- The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes
- by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
- (#15 in our series by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle)
- Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
- copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
- this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
- This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
- Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
- header without written permission.
- Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
- eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
- important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
- how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
- donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
- **Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
- **eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
- *****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
- Title: The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes
- Author: Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
- Release Date: March, 1999 [EBook #1661]
- [Most recently updated: November 29, 2002]
- Edition: 12
- Language: English
- Character set encoding: ASCII
- *** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ADVENTURES OF SHERLOCK HOLMES ***
- (Additional editing by Jose Menendez)
- THE ADVENTURES OF
- SHERLOCK HOLMES
- BY
- SIR ARTHUR CONAN DOYLE
- CONTENTS
- I. A Scandal in Bohemia
- II. The Red-Headed League
- III. A Case of Identity
- IV. The Boscombe Valley Mystery
- V. The Five Orange Pips
- VI. The Man with the Twisted Lip
- VII. The Adventure of the Blue Carbuncle
- VIII. The Adventure of the Speckled Band
- IX. The Adventure of the Engineer's Thumb
- X. The Adventure of the Noble Bachelor
- XI. The Adventure of the Beryl Coronet
- XII. The Adventure of the Copper Beeches
- ADVENTURE I. A SCANDAL IN BOHEMIA
- I.
- To Sherlock Holmes she is always the woman. I have seldom heard him mention her under any other name. In his eyes she eclipses and predominates the whole of her sex. It was not that he felt any emotion akin to love for Irene Adler. All emotions, and that one particularly, were abhorrent to his cold, precise but admirably balanced mind. He was, I take it, the most perfect reasoning and observing machine that the world has seen, but as a lover he would have placed himself in a false position. He never spoke of the softer passions, save with a gibe and a sneer. They were admirable things for the observer--excellent for drawing the veil from men's motives and actions. But for the trained reasoner to admit such intrusions into his own delicate and finely adjusted temperament was to introduce a distracting factor which might throw a doubt upon all his mental results. Grit in a sensitive instrument, or a crack in one of his own high-power lenses, would not be more disturbing than a strong emotion in a nature such as his. And yet there was but one woman to him, and that woman was the late Irene Adler, of dubious and questionable memory.
- I had seen little of Holmes lately. My marriage had drifted us away from each other. My own complete happiness, and the home-centred interests which rise up around the man who first finds himself master of his own establishment, were sufficient to absorb all my attention, while Holmes, who loathed every form of society with his whole Bohemian soul, remained in our lodgings in Baker Street, buried among his old books, and alternating from week to week between cocaine and ambition, the drowsiness of the drug, and the fierce energy of his own keen nature. He was still, as ever, deeply attracted by the study of crime, and occupied his immense faculties and extraordinary powers of observation in following out those clues, and clearing up those mysteries which had been abandoned as hopeless by the official police. From time to time I heard some vague account of his doings: of his summons to Odessa in the case of the Trepoff murder, of his clearing up of the singular tragedy of the Atkinson brothers at Trincomalee, and finally of the mission which he had accomplished so delicately and successfully for the reigning family of Holland. Beyond these signs of his activity, however, which I merely shared with all the readers of the daily press, I knew little of my former friend and companion.
- One night--it was on the twentieth of March, 1888--I was returning from a journey to a patient (for I had now returned to civil practice), when my way led me through Baker Street. As I passed the well-remembered door, which must always be associated in my mind with my wooing, and with the dark incidents of the Study in Scarlet, I was seized with a keen desire to see Holmes again, and to know how he was employing his extraordinary powers. His rooms were brilliantly lit, and, even as I looked up, I saw his tall, spare figure pass twice in a dark silhouette against the blind. He was pacing the room swiftly, eagerly, with his head sunk upon his chest and his hands clasped behind him. To me, who knew his every mood and habit, his attitude and manner told their own story. He was at work again. He had risen out of his drug-created dreams and was hot upon the scent of some new problem. I rang the bell and was shown up to the chamber which had formerly been in part my own.
- His manner was not effusive. It seldom was; but he was glad, I think, to see me. With hardly a word spoken, but with a kindly eye, he waved me to an armchair, threw across his case of cigars, and indicated a spirit case and a gasogene in the corner. Then he stood before the fire and looked me over in his singular introspective fashion.
- "Wedlock suits you," he remarked. "I think, Watson, that you have put on seven and a half pounds since I saw you."
- "Seven!" I answered.
- "Indeed, I should have thought a little more. Just a trifle more, I fancy, Watson. And in practice again, I observe. You did not tell me that you intended to go into harness."
- "Then, how do you know?"
- "I see it, I deduce it. How do I know that you have been getting yourself very wet lately, and that you have a most clumsy and careless servant girl?"
- "My dear Holmes," said I, "this is too much. You would certainly have been burned, had you lived a few centuries ago. It is true that I had a country walk on Thursday and came home in a dreadful mess, but as I have changed my clothes I can't imagine how you deduce it. As to Mary Jane, she is incorrigible, and my wife has given her notice, but there, again, I fail to see how you work it out."
- He chuckled to himself and rubbed his long, nervous hands together.
- "It is simplicity itself," said he; "my eyes tell me that on the inside of your left shoe, just where the firelight strikes it, the leather is scored by six almost parallel cuts. Obviously they have been caused by someone who has very carelessly scraped round the edges of the sole in order to remove crusted mud from it. Hence, you see, my double deduction that you had been out in vile weather, and that you had a particularly malignant boot-slitting specimen of the London slavey. As to your practice, if a gentleman walks into my rooms smelling of iodoform, with a black mark of nitrate of silver upon his right forefinger, and a bulge on the right side of his top-hat to show where he has secreted his stethoscope, I must be dull, indeed, if I do not pronounce him to be an active member of the medical profession."
- I could not help laughing at the ease with which he explained his process of deduction. "When I hear you give your reasons," I remarked, "the thing always appears to me to be so ridiculously simple that I could easily do it myself, though at each successive instance of your reasoning I am baffled until you explain your process. And yet I believe that my eyes are as good as yours."
- "Quite so," he answered, lighting a cigarette, and throwing himself down into an armchair. "You see, but you do not observe. The distinction is clear. For example, you have frequently seen the steps which lead up from the hall to this room."
- "Frequently."
- "How often?"
- "Well, some hundreds of times."
- "Then how many are there?"
- "How many? I don't know."
- "Quite so! You have not observed. And yet you have seen. That is just my point. Now, I know that there are seventeen steps, because I have both seen and observed. By the way, since you are interested in these little problems, and since you are good enough to chronicle one or two of my trifling experiences, you may be interested in this." He threw over a sheet of thick, pink-tinted notepaper which had been lying open upon the table. "It came by the last post," said he. "Read it aloud."
- The note was undated, and without either signature or address.
- "There will call upon you to-night, at a quarter to eight o'clock," it said, "a gentleman who desires to consult you upon a matter of the very deepest moment. Your recent services to one of the royal houses of Europe have shown that you are one who may safely be trusted with matters which are of an importance which can hardly be exaggerated. This account of you we have from all quarters received. Be in your chamber then at that hour, and do not take it amiss if your visitor wear a mask."
- "This is indeed a mystery," I remarked. "What do you imagine that it means?"
- "I have no data yet. It is a capital mistake to theorise before one has data. Insensibly one begins to twist facts to suit theories, instead of theories to suit facts. But the note itself. What do you deduce from it?"
- I carefully examined the writing, and the paper upon which it was written.
- "The man who wrote it was presumably well to do," I remarked, endeavouring to imitate my companion's processes. "Such paper could not be bought under half a crown a packet. It is peculiarly strong and stiff."
- "Peculiar--that is the very word," said Holmes. "It is not an English paper at all. Hold it up to the light."
- I did so, and saw a large "E" with a small "g," a "P," and a large "G" with a small "t" woven into the texture of the paper.
- "What do you make of that?" asked Holmes.
- "The name of the maker, no doubt; or his monogram, rather."
- "Not at all. The 'G' with the small 't' stands for 'Gesellschaft,' which is the German for 'Company.' It is a customary contraction like our 'Co.' 'P,' of course, stands for 'Papier.' Now for the 'Eg.' Let us glance at our Continental Gazetteer." He took down a heavy brown volume from his shelves. "Eglow, Eglonitz--here we are, Egria. It is in a German-speaking country--in Bohemia, not far from Carlsbad. 'Remarkable as being the scene of the death of Wallenstein, and for its numerous glass-factories and paper-mills.' Ha, ha, my boy, what do you make of that?" His eyes sparkled, and he sent up a great blue triumphant cloud from his cigarette.
- "The paper was made in Bohemia," I said.
- "Precisely. And the man who wrote the note is a German. Do you note the peculiar construction of the sentence--'This account of you we have from all quarters received.' A Frenchman or Russian could not have written that. It is the German who is so uncourteous to his verbs. It only remains, therefore, to discover what is wanted by this German who writes upon Bohemian paper and prefers wearing a mask to showing his face. And here he comes, if I am not mistaken, to resolve all our doubts."
- As he spoke there was the sharp sound of horses' hoofs and grating wheels against the curb, followed by a sharp pull at the bell. Holmes whistled.
- "A pair, by the sound," said he. "Yes," he continued, glancing out of the window. "A nice little brougham and a pair of beauties. A hundred and fifty guineas apiece. There's money in this case, Watson, if there is nothing else."
- "I think that I had better go, Holmes."
- "Not a bit, Doctor. Stay where you are. I am lost without my Boswell. And this promises to be interesting. It would be a pity to miss it."
- "But your client--"
- "Never mind him. I may want your help, and so may he. Here he comes. Sit down in that armchair, Doctor, and give us your best attention."
- A slow and heavy step, which had been heard upon the stairs and in the passage, paused immediately outside the door. Then there was a loud and authoritative tap.
- "Come in!" said Holmes.
- A man entered who could hardly have been less than six feet six inches in height, with the chest and limbs of a Hercules. His dress was rich with a richness which would, in England, be looked upon as akin to bad taste. Heavy bands of astrakhan were slashed across the sleeves and fronts of his double-breasted coat, while the deep blue cloak which was thrown over his shoulders was lined with flame-coloured silk and secured at the neck with a brooch which consisted of a single flaming beryl. Boots which extended halfway up his calves, and which were trimmed at the tops with rich brown fur, completed the impression of barbaric opulence which was suggested by his whole appearance. He carried a broad-brimmed hat in his hand, while he wore across the upper part of his face, extending down past the cheekbones, a black vizard mask, which he had apparently adjusted that very moment, for his hand was still raised to it as he entered. From the lower part of the face he appeared to be a man of strong character, with a thick, hanging lip, and a long, straight chin suggestive of resolution pushed to the length of obstinacy.
- "You had my note?" he asked with a deep harsh voice and a strongly marked German accent. "I told you that I would call." He looked from one to the other of us, as if uncertain which to address.
- "Pray take a seat," said Holmes. "This is my friend and colleague, Dr. Watson, who is occasionally good enough to help me in my cases. Whom have I the honour to address?"
- "You may address me as the Count Von Kramm, a Bohemian nobleman. I understand that this gentleman, your friend, is a man of honour and discretion, whom I may trust with a matter of the most extreme importance. If not, I should much prefer to communicate with you alone."
- I rose to go, but Holmes caught me by the wrist and pushed me back into my chair. "It is both, or none," said he. "You may say before this gentleman anything which you may say to me."
- The Count shrugged his broad shoulders. "Then I must begin," said he, "by binding you both to absolute secrecy for two years; at the end of that time the matter will be of no importance. At present it is not too much to say that it is of such weight it may have an influence upon European history."
- "I promise," said Holmes.
- "And I."
- "You will excuse this mask," continued our strange visitor. "The august person who employs me wishes his agent to be unknown to you, and I may confess at once that the title by which I have just called myself is not exactly my own."
- "I was aware of it," said Holmes dryly.
- "The circumstances are of great delicacy, and every precaution has to be taken to quench what might grow to be an immense scandal and seriously compromise one of the reigning families of Europe. To speak plainly, the matter implicates the great House of Ormstein, hereditary kings of Bohemia."
- "I was also aware of that," murmured Holmes, settling himself down in his armchair and closing his eyes.
- Our visitor glanced with some apparent surprise at the languid, lounging figure of the man who had been no doubt depicted to him as the most incisive reasoner and most energetic agent in Europe. Holmes slowly reopened his eyes and looked impatiently at his gigantic client.
- "If your Majesty would condescend to state your case," he remarked, "I should be better able to advise you."
- The man sprang from his chair and paced up and down the room in uncontrollable agitation. Then, with a gesture of desperation, he tore the mask from his face and hurled it upon the ground. "You are right," he cried; "I am the King. Why should I attempt to conceal it?"
- "Why, indeed?" murmured Holmes. "Your Majesty had not spoken before I was aware that I was addressing Wilhelm Gottsreich Sigismond von Ormstein, Grand Duke of Cassel-Felstein, and hereditary King of Bohemia."
- "But you can understand," said our strange visitor, sitting down once more and passing his hand over his high white forehead, "you can understand that I am not accustomed to doing such business in my own person. Yet the matter was so delicate that I could not confide it to an agent without putting myself in his power. I have come incognito from Prague for the purpose of consulting you."
- "Then, pray consult," said Holmes, shutting his eyes once more.
- "The facts are briefly these: Some five years ago, during a lengthy visit to Warsaw, I made the acquaintance of the well-known adventuress, Irene Adler. The name is no doubt familiar to you."
- "Kindly look her up in my index, Doctor," murmured Holmes without opening his eyes. For many years he had adopted a system of docketing all paragraphs concerning men and things, so that it was difficult to name a subject or a person on which he could not at once furnish information. In this case I found her biography sandwiched in between that of a Hebrew rabbi and that of a staff-commander who had written a monograph upon the deep-sea fishes.
- "Let me see!" said Holmes. "Hum! Born in New Jersey in the year 1858. Contralto--hum! La Scala, hum! Prima donna Imperial Opera of Warsaw--yes! Retired from operatic stage--ha! Living in London--quite so! Your Majesty, as I understand, became entangled with this young person, wrote her some compromising letters, and is now desirous of getting those letters back."
- "Precisely so. But how--"
- "Was there a secret marriage?"
- "None."
- "No legal papers or certificates?"
- "None."
- "Then I fail to follow your Majesty. If this young person should produce her letters for blackmailing or other purposes, how is she to prove their authenticity?"
- "There is the writing."
- "Pooh, pooh! Forgery."
- "My private note-paper."
- "Stolen."
- "My own seal."
- "Imitated."
- "My photograph."
- "Bought."
- "We were both in the photograph."
- "Oh, dear! That is very bad! Your Majesty has indeed committed an indiscretion."
- "I was mad--insane."
- "You have compromised yourself seriously."
- "I was only Crown Prince then. I was young. I am but thirty now."
- "It must be recovered."
- "We have tried and failed."
- "Your Majesty must pay. It must be bought."
- "She will not sell."
- "Stolen, then."
- "Five attempts have been made. Twice burglars in my pay ransacked her house. Once we diverted her luggage when she travelled. Twice she has been waylaid. There has been no result."
- "No sign of it?"
- "Absolutely none."
- Holmes laughed. "It is quite a pretty little problem," said he.
- "But a very serious one to me," returned the King reproachfully.
- "Very, indeed. And what does she propose to do with the photograph?"
- "To ruin me."
- "But how?"
- "I am about to be married."
- "So I have heard."
- "To Clotilde Lothman von Saxe-Meningen, second daughter of the King of Scandinavia. You may know the strict principles of her family. She is herself the very soul of delicacy. A shadow of a doubt as to my conduct would bring the matter to an end."
- "And Irene Adler?"
- "Threatens to send them the photograph. And she will do it. I know that she will do it. You do not know her, but she has a soul of steel. She has the face of the most beautiful of women, and the mind of the most resolute of men. Rather than I should marry another woman, there are no lengths to which she would not go--none."
- "You are sure that she has not sent it yet?"
- "I am sure."
- "And why?"
- "Because she has said that she would send it on the day when the betrothal was publicly proclaimed. That will be next Monday."
- "Oh, then we have three days yet," said Holmes with a yawn. "That is very fortunate, as I have one or two matters of importance to look into just at present. Your Majesty will, of course, stay in London for the present?"
- "Certainly. You will find me at the Langham under the name of the Count Von Kramm."
- "Then I shall drop you a line to let you know how we progress."
- "Pray do so. I shall be all anxiety."
- "Then, as to money?"
- "You have carte blanche."
- "Absolutely?"
- "I tell you that I would give one of the provinces of my kingdom to have that photograph."
- "And for present expenses?"
- The King took a heavy chamois leather bag from under his cloak and laid it on the table.
- "There are three hundred pounds in gold and seven hundred in notes," he said.
- Holmes scribbled a receipt upon a sheet of his note-book and handed it to him.
- "And Mademoiselle's address?" he asked.
- "Is Briony Lodge, Serpentine Avenue, St. John's Wood."
- Holmes took a note of it. "One other question," said he. "Was the photograph a cabinet?"
- "It was."
- "Then, good-night, your Majesty, and I trust that we shall soon have some good news for you. And good-night, Watson," he added, as the wheels of the royal brougham rolled down the street. "If you will be good enough to call to-morrow afternoon at three o'clock I should like to chat this little matter over with you."
- II.
- At three o'clock precisely I was at Baker Street, but Holmes had not yet returned. The landlady informed me that he had left the house shortly after eight o'clock in the morning. I sat down beside the fire, however, with the intention of awaiting him, however long he might be. I was already deeply interested in his inquiry, for, though it was surrounded by none of the grim and strange features which were associated with the two crimes which I have already recorded, still, the nature of the case and the exalted station of his client gave it a character of its own. Indeed, apart from the nature of the investigation which my friend had on hand, there was something in his masterly grasp of a situation, and his keen, incisive reasoning, which made it a pleasure to me to study his system of work, and to follow the quick, subtle methods by which he disentangled the most inextricable mysteries. So accustomed was I to his invariable success that the very possibility of his failing had ceased to enter into my head.
- It was close upon four before the door opened, and a drunken-looking groom, ill-kempt and side-whiskered, with an inflamed face and disreputable clothes, walked into the room. Accustomed as I was to my friend's amazing powers in the use of disguises, I had to look three times before I was certain that it was indeed he. With a nod he vanished into the bedroom, whence he emerged in five minutes tweed-suited and respectable, as of old. Putting his hands into his pockets, he stretched out his legs in front of the fire and laughed heartily for some minutes.
- "Well, really!" he cried, and then he choked and laughed again until he was obliged to lie back, limp and helpless, in the chair.
- "What is it?"
- "It's quite too funny. I am sure you could never guess how I employed my morning, or what I ended by doing."
- "I can't imagine. I suppose that you have been watching the habits, and perhaps the house, of Miss Irene Adler."
- "Quite so; but the sequel was rather unusual. I will tell you, however. I left the house a little after eight o'clock this morning in the character of a groom out of work. There is a wonderful sympathy and freemasonry among horsey men. Be one of them, and you will know all that there is to know. I soon found Briony Lodge. It is a bijou villa, with a garden at the back, but built out in front right up to the road, two stories. Chubb lock to the door. Large sitting-room on the right side, well furnished, with long windows almost to the floor, and those preposterous English window fasteners which a child could open. Behind there was nothing remarkable, save that the passage window could be reached from the top of the coach-house. I walked round it and examined it closely from every point of view, but without noting anything else of interest.
- "I then lounged down the street and found, as I expected, that there was a mews in a lane which runs down by one wall of the garden. I lent the ostlers a hand in rubbing down their horses, and received in exchange twopence, a glass of half-and-half, two fills of shag tobacco, and as much information as I could desire about Miss Adler, to say nothing of half a dozen other people in the neighbourhood in whom I was not in the least interested, but whose biographies I was compelled to listen to."
- "And what of Irene Adler?" I asked.
- "Oh, she has turned all the men's heads down in that part. She is the daintiest thing under a bonnet on this planet. So say the Serpentine-mews, to a man. She lives quietly, sings at concerts, drives out at five every day, and returns at seven sharp for dinner. Seldom goes out at other times, except when she sings. Has only one male visitor, but a good deal of him. He is dark, handsome, and dashing, never calls less than once a day, and often twice. He is a Mr. Godfrey Norton, of the Inner Temple. See the advantages of a cabman as a confidant. They had driven him home a dozen times from Serpentine-mews, and knew all about him. When I had listened to all they had to tell, I began to walk up and down near Briony Lodge once more, and to think over my plan of campaign.
- "This Godfrey Norton was evidently an important factor in the matter. He was a lawyer. That sounded ominous. What was the relation between them, and what the object of his repeated visits? Was she his client, his friend, or his mistress? If the former, she had probably transferred the photograph to his keeping. If the latter, it was less likely. On the issue of this question depended whether I should continue my work at Briony Lodge, or turn my attention to the gentleman's chambers in the Temple. It was a delicate point, and it widened the field of my inquiry. I fear that I bore you with these details, but I have to let you see my little difficulties, if you are to understand the situation."
- "I am following you closely," I answered.
- "I was still balancing the matter in my mind when a hansom cab drove up to Briony Lodge, and a gentleman sprang out. He was a remarkably handsome man, dark, aquiline, and moustached--evidently the man of whom I had heard. He appeared to be in a great hurry, shouted to the cabman to wait, and brushed past the maid who opened the door with the air of a man who was thoroughly at home.
- "He was in the house about half an hour, and I could catch glimpses of him in the windows of the sitting-room, pacing up and down, talking excitedly, and waving his arms. Of her I could see nothing. Presently he emerged, looking even more flurried than before. As he stepped up to the cab, he pulled a gold watch from his pocket and looked at it earnestly, 'Drive like the devil,' he shouted, 'first to Gross & Hankey's in Regent Street, and then to the Church of St. Monica in the Edgeware Road. Half a guinea if you do it in twenty minutes!'
- "Away they went, and I was just wondering whether I should not do well to follow them when up the lane came a neat little landau, the coachman with his coat only half-buttoned, and his tie under his ear, while all the tags of his harness were sticking out of the buckles. It hadn't pulled up before she shot out of the hall door and into it. I only caught a glimpse of her at the moment, but she was a lovely woman, with a face that a man might die for.
- " 'The Church of St. Monica, John,' she cried, 'and half a sovereign if you reach it in twenty minutes.'
- "This was quite too good to lose, Watson. I was just balancing whether I should run for it, or whether I should perch behind her landau when a cab came through the street. The driver looked twice at such a shabby fare, but I jumped in before he could object. 'The Church of St. Monica,' said I, 'and half a sovereign if you reach it in twenty minutes.' It was twenty-five minutes to twelve, and of course it was clear enough what was in the wind.
- "My cabby drove fast. I don't think I ever drove faster, but the others were there before us. The cab and the landau with their steaming horses were in front of the door when I arrived. I paid the man and hurried into the church. There was not a soul there save the two whom I had followed and a surpliced clergyman, who seemed to be expostulating with them. They were all three standing in a knot in front of the altar. I lounged up the side aisle like any other idler who has dropped into a church. Suddenly, to my surprise, the three at the altar faced round to me, and Godfrey Norton came running as hard as he could towards me.
- " 'Thank God,' he cried. 'You'll do. Come! Come!'
- " 'What then?' I asked.
- " 'Come, man, come, only three minutes, or it won't be legal.'
- "I was half-dragged up to the altar, and before I knew where I was I found myself mumbling responses which were whispered in my ear, and vouching for things of which I knew nothing, and generally assisting in the secure tying up of Irene Adler, spinster, to Godfrey Norton, bachelor. It was all done in an instant, and there was the gentleman thanking me on the one side and the lady on the other, while the clergyman beamed on me in front. It was the most preposterous position in which I ever found myself in my life, and it was the thought of it that started me laughing just now. It seems that there had been some informality about their license, that the clergyman absolutely refused to marry them without a witness of some sort, and that my lucky appearance saved the bridegroom from having to sally out into the streets in search of a best man. The bride gave me a sovereign, and I mean to wear it on my watch chain in memory of the occasion."
- "This is a very unexpected turn of affairs," said I; "and what then?"
- "Well, I found my plans very seriously menaced. It looked as if the pair might take an immediate departure, and so necessitate very prompt and energetic measures on my part. At the church door, however, they separated, he driving back to the Temple, and she to her own house. 'I shall drive out in the park at five as usual,' she said as she left him. I heard no more. They drove away in different directions, and I went off to make my own arrangements."
- "Which are?"
- "Some cold beef and a glass of beer," he answered, ringing the bell. "I have been too busy to think of food, and I am likely to be busier still this evening. By the way, Doctor, I shall want your co-operation."
- "I shall be delighted."
- "You don't mind breaking the law?"
- "Not in the least."
- "Nor running a chance of arrest?"
- "Not in a good cause."
- "Oh, the cause is excellent!"
- "Then I am your man."
- "I was sure that I might rely on you."
- "But what is it you wish?"
- "When Mrs. Turner has brought in the tray I will make it clear to you. Now," he said as he turned hungrily on the simple fare that our landlady had provided, "I must discuss it while I eat, for I have not much time. It is nearly five now. In two hours we must be on the scene of action. Miss Irene, or Madame, rather, returns from her drive at seven. We must be at Briony Lodge to meet her."
- "And what then?"
- "You must leave that to me. I have already arranged what is to occur. There is only one point on which I must insist. You must not interfere, come what may. You understand?"
- "I am to be neutral?"
- "To do nothing whatever. There will probably be some small unpleasantness. Do not join in it. It will end in my being conveyed into the house. Four or five minutes afterwards the sitting-room window will open. You are to station yourself close to that open window."
- "Yes."
- "You are to watch me, for I will be visible to you."
- "Yes."
- "And when I raise my hand--so--you will throw into the room what I give you to throw, and will, at the same time, raise the cry of fire. You quite follow me?"
- "Entirely."
- "It is nothing very formidable," he said, taking a long cigar-shaped roll from his pocket. "It is an ordinary plumber's smoke-rocket, fitted with a cap at either end to make it self-lighting. Your task is confined to that. When you raise your cry of fire, it will be taken up by quite a number of people. You may then walk to the end of the street, and I will rejoin you in ten minutes. I hope that I have made myself clear?"
- "I am to remain neutral, to get near the window, to watch you, and at the signal to throw in this object, then to raise the cry of fire, and to wait you at the corner of the street."
- "Precisely."
- "Then you may entirely rely on me."
- "That is excellent. I think, perhaps, it is almost time that I prepare for the new role I have to play."
- He disappeared into his bedroom and returned in a few minutes in the character of an amiable and simple-minded Nonconformist clergyman. His broad black hat, his baggy trousers, his white tie, his sympathetic smile, and general look of peering and benevolent curiosity were such as Mr. John Hare alone could have equalled. It was not merely that Holmes changed his costume. His expression, his manner, his very soul seemed to vary with every fresh part that he assumed. The stage lost a fine actor, even as science lost an acute reasoner, when he became a specialist in crime.
- It was a quarter past six when we left Baker Street, and it still wanted ten minutes to the hour when we found ourselves in Serpentine Avenue. It was already dusk, and the lamps were just being lighted as we paced up and down in front of Briony Lodge, waiting for the coming of its occupant. The house was just such as I had pictured it from Sherlock Holmes' succinct description, but the locality appeared to be less private than I expected. On the contrary, for a small street in a quiet neighbourhood, it was remarkably animated. There was a group of shabbily dressed men smoking and laughing in a corner, a scissors-grinder with his wheel, two guardsmen who were flirting with a nurse-girl, and several well-dressed young men who were lounging up and down with cigars in their mouths.
- "You see," remarked Holmes, as we paced to and fro in front of the house, "this marriage rather simplifies matters. The photograph becomes a double-edged weapon now. The chances are that she would be as averse to its being seen by Mr. Godfrey Norton, as our client is to its coming to the eyes of his princess. Now the question is, Where are we to find the photograph?"
- "Where, indeed?"
- "It is most unlikely that she carries it about with her. It is cabinet size. Too large for easy concealment about a woman's dress. She knows that the King is capable of having her waylaid and searched. Two attempts of the sort have already been made. We may take it, then, that she does not carry it about with her."
- "Where, then?"
- "Her banker or her lawyer. There is that double possibility. But I am inclined to think neither. Women are naturally secretive, and they like to do their own secreting. Why should she hand it over to anyone else? She could trust her own guardianship, but she could not tell what indirect or political influence might be brought to bear upon a business man. Besides, remember that she had resolved to use it within a few days. It must be where she can lay her hands upon it. It must be in her own house."
- "But it has twice been burgled."
- "Pshaw! They did not know how to look."
- "But how will you look?"
- "I will not look."
- "What then?"
- "I will get her to show me."
- "But she will refuse."
- "She will not be able to. But I hear the rumble of wheels. It is her carriage. Now carry out my orders to the letter."
- As he spoke the gleam of the sidelights of a carriage came round the curve of the avenue. It was a smart little landau which rattled up to the door of Briony Lodge. As it pulled up, one of the loafing men at the corner dashed forward to open the door in the hope of earning a copper, but was elbowed away by another loafer, who had rushed up with the same intention. A fierce quarrel broke out, which was increased by the two guardsmen, who took sides with one of the loungers, and by the scissors-grinder, who was equally hot upon the other side. A blow was struck, and in an instant the lady, who had stepped from her carriage, was the centre of a little knot of flushed and struggling men, who struck savagely at each other with their fists and sticks. Holmes dashed into the crowd to protect the lady; but, just as he reached her, he gave a cry and dropped to the ground, with the blood running freely down his face. At his fall the guardsmen took to their heels in one direction and the loungers in the other, while a number of better dressed people, who had watched the scuffle without taking part in it, crowded in to help the lady and to attend to the injured man. Irene Adler, as I will still call her, had hurried up the steps; but she stood at the top with her superb figure outlined against the lights of the hall, looking back into the street.
- "Is the poor gentleman much hurt?" she asked.
- "He is dead," cried several voices.
- "No, no, there's life in him!" shouted another. "But he'll be gone before you can get him to hospital."
- "He's a brave fellow," said a woman. "They would have had the lady's purse and watch if it hadn't been for him. They were a gang, and a rough one, too. Ah, he's breathing now."
- "He can't lie in the street. May we bring him in, marm?"
- "Surely. Bring him into the sitting-room. There is a comfortable sofa. This way, please!"
- Slowly and solemnly he was borne into Briony Lodge and laid out in the principal room, while I still observed the proceedings from my post by the window. The lamps had been lit, but the blinds had not been drawn, so that I could see Holmes as he lay upon the couch. I do not know whether he was seized with compunction at that moment for the part he was playing, but I know that I never felt more heartily ashamed of myself in my life than when I saw the beautiful creature against whom I was conspiring, or the grace and kindliness with which she waited upon the injured man. And yet it would be the blackest treachery to Holmes to draw back now from the part which he had intrusted to me. I hardened my heart, and took the smoke-rocket from under my ulster. After all, I thought, we are not injuring her. We are but preventing her from injuring another.
- Holmes had sat up upon the couch, and I saw him motion like a man who is in need of air. A maid rushed across and threw open the window. At the same instant I saw him raise his hand and at the signal I tossed my rocket into the room with a cry of "Fire!" The word was no sooner out of my mouth than the whole crowd of spectators, well dressed and ill--gentlemen, ostlers, and servant maids--joined in a general shriek of "Fire!" Thick clouds of smoke curled through the room and out at the open window. I caught a glimpse of rushing figures, and a moment later the voice of Holmes from within assuring them that it was a false alarm. Slipping through the shouting crowd I made my way to the corner of the street, and in ten minutes was rejoiced to find my friend's arm in mine, and to get away from the scene of uproar. He walked swiftly and in silence for some few minutes until we had turned down one of the quiet streets which lead towards the Edgeware Road.
- "You did it very nicely, Doctor," he remarked. "Nothing could have been better. It is all right."
- "You have the photograph?"
- "I know where it is."
- "And how did you find out?"
- "She showed me, as I told you she would."
- "I am still in the dark."
- "I do not wish to make a mystery," said he, laughing. "The matter was perfectly simple. You, of course, saw that everyone in the street was an accomplice. They were all engaged for the evening."
- "I guessed as much."
- "Then, when the row broke out, I had a little moist red paint in the palm of my hand. I rushed forward, fell down, clapped my hand to my face, and became a piteous spectacle. It is an old trick."
- "That also I could fathom."
- "Then they carried me in. She was bound to have me in. What else could she do? And into her sitting-room, which was the very room which I suspected. It lay between that and her bedroom, and I was determined to see which. They laid me on a couch, I motioned for air, they were compelled to open the window, and you had your chance."
- "How did that help you?"
- "It was all-important. When a woman thinks that her house is on fire, her instinct is at once to rush to the thing which she values most. It is a perfectly overpowering impulse, and I have more than once taken advantage of it. In the case of the Darlington Substitution Scandal it was of use to me, and also in the Arnsworth Castle business. A married woman grabs at her baby; an unmarried one reaches for her jewel-box. Now it was clear to me that our lady of to-day had nothing in the house more precious to her than what we are in quest of. She would rush to secure it. The alarm of fire was admirably done. The smoke and shouting were enough to shake nerves of steel. She responded beautifully. The photograph is in a recess behind a sliding panel just above the right bell-pull. She was there in an instant, and I caught a glimpse of it as she half drew it out. When I cried out that it was a false alarm, she replaced it, glanced at the rocket, rushed from the room, and I have not seen her since. I rose, and, making my excuses, escaped from the house. I hesitated whether to attempt to secure the photograph at once; but the coachman had come in, and as he was watching me narrowly, it seemed safer to wait. A little over-precipitance may ruin all."
- "And now?" I asked.
- "Our quest is practically finished. I shall call with the King to-morrow, and with you, if you care to come with us. We will be shown into the sitting-room to wait for the lady, but it is probable that when she comes she may find neither us nor the photograph. It might be a satisfaction to his Majesty to regain it with his own hands."
- "And when will you call?"
- "At eight in the morning. She will not be up, so that we shall have a clear field. Besides, we must be prompt, for this marriage may mean a complete change in her life and habits. I must wire to the King without delay."
- We had reached Baker Street and had stopped at the door. He was searching his pockets for the key when someone passing said:
- "Good-night, Mister Sherlock Holmes."
- There were several people on the pavement at the time, but the greeting appeared to come from a slim youth in an ulster who had hurried by.
- "I've heard that voice before," said Holmes, staring down the dimly lit street. "Now, I wonder who the deuce that could have been."
- III.
- I slept at Baker Street that night, and we were engaged upon our toast and coffee in the morning when the King of Bohemia rushed into the room.
- "You have really got it!" he cried, grasping Sherlock Holmes by either shoulder and looking eagerly into his face.
- "Not yet."
- "But you have hopes?"
- "I have hopes."
- "Then, come. I am all impatience to be gone."
- "We must have a cab."
- "No, my brougham is waiting."
- "Then that will simplify matters." We descended and started off once more for Briony Lodge.
- "Irene Adler is married," remarked Holmes.
- "Married! When?"
- "Yesterday."
- "But to whom?"
- "To an English lawyer named Norton."
- "But she could not love him."
- "I am in hopes that she does."
- "And why in hopes?"
- "Because it would spare your Majesty all fear of future annoyance. If the lady loves her husband, she does not love your Majesty. If she does not love your Majesty, there is no reason why she should interfere with your Majesty's plan."
- "It is true. And yet--! Well! I wish she had been of my own station! What a queen she would have made!" He relapsed into a moody silence, which was not broken until we drew up in Serpentine Avenue.
- The door of Briony Lodge was open, and an elderly woman stood upon the steps. She watched us with a sardonic eye as we stepped from the brougham.
- "Mr. Sherlock Holmes, I believe?" said she.
- "I am Mr. Holmes," answered my companion, looking at her with a questioning and rather startled gaze.
- "Indeed! My mistress told me that you were likely to call. She left this morning with her husband by the 5:15 train from Charing Cross for the Continent."
- "What!" Sherlock Holmes staggered back, white with chagrin and surprise. "Do you mean that she has left England?"
- "Never to return."
- "And the papers?" asked the King hoarsely. "All is lost."
- "We shall see." He pushed past the servant and rushed into the drawing-room, followed by the King and myself. The furniture was scattered about in every direction, with dismantled shelves and open drawers, as if the lady had hurriedly ransacked them before her flight. Holmes rushed at the bell-pull, tore back a small sliding shutter, and, plunging in his hand, pulled out a photograph and a letter. The photograph was of Irene Adler herself in evening dress, the letter was superscribed to "Sherlock Holmes, Esq. To be left till called for." My friend tore it open, and we all three read it together. It was dated at midnight of the preceding night and ran in this way:
- "MY DEAR MR. SHERLOCK HOLMES,--You really did it very well. You took me in completely. Until after the alarm of fire, I had not a suspicion. But then, when I found how I had betrayed myself, I began to think. I had been warned against you months ago. I had been told that, if the King employed an agent, it would certainly be you. And your address had been given me. Yet, with all this, you made me reveal what you wanted to know. Even after I became suspicious, I found it hard to think evil of such a dear, kind old clergyman. But, you know, I have been trained as an actress myself. Male costume is nothing new to me. I often take advantage of the freedom which it gives. I sent John, the coachman, to watch you, ran upstairs, got into my walking clothes, as I call them, and came down just as you departed.
- "Well, I followed you to your door, and so made sure that I was really an object of interest to the celebrated Mr. Sherlock Holmes. Then I, rather imprudently, wished you good-night, and started for the Temple to see my husband.
- "We both thought the best resource was flight, when pursued by so formidable an antagonist; so you will find the nest empty when you call to-morrow. As to the photograph, your client may rest in peace. I love and am loved by a better man than he. The King may do what he will without hindrance from one whom he has cruelly wronged. I keep it only to safeguard myself, and to preserve a weapon which will always secure me from any steps which he might take in the future. I leave a photograph which he might care to possess; and I remain, dear Mr. Sherlock Holmes,
- "Very truly yours,
- "IRENE NORTON, nee ADLER."
- "What a woman--oh, what a woman!" cried the King of Bohemia, when we had all three read this epistle. "Did I not tell you how quick and resolute she was? Would she not have made an admirable queen? Is it not a pity that she was not on my level?"
- "From what I have seen of the lady, she seems, indeed, to be on a very different level to your Majesty," said Holmes coldly. "I am sorry that I have not been able to bring your Majesty's business to a more successful conclusion."
- "On the contrary, my dear sir," cried the King; "nothing could be more successful. I know that her word is inviolate. The photograph is now as safe as if it were in the fire."
- "I am glad to hear your Majesty say so."
- "I am immensely indebted to you. Pray tell me in what way I can reward you. This ring--" He slipped an emerald snake ring from his finger and held it out upon the palm of his hand.
- "Your Majesty has something which I should value even more highly," said Holmes.
- "You have but to name it."
- "This photograph!"
- The King stared at him in amazement.
- "Irene's photograph!" he cried. "Certainly, if you wish it."
- "I thank your Majesty. Then there is no more to be done in the matter. I have the honour to wish you a very good morning." He bowed, and, turning away without observing the hand which the King had stretched out to him, he set off in my company for his chambers.
- And that was how a great scandal threatened to affect the kingdom of Bohemia, and how the best plans of Mr. Sherlock Holmes were beaten by a woman's wit. He used to make merry over the cleverness of women, but I have not heard him do it of late. And when he speaks of Irene Adler, or when he refers to her photograph, it is always under the honourable title of the woman.
- ADVENTURE II. THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE
- I had called upon my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, one day in the autumn of last year and found him in deep conversation with a very stout, florid-faced, elderly gentleman with fiery red hair. With an apology for my intrusion, I was about to withdraw when Holmes pulled me abruptly into the room and closed the door behind me.
- "You could not possibly have come at a better time, my dear Watson," he said cordially.
- "I was afraid that you were engaged."
- "So I am. Very much so."
- "Then I can wait in the next room."
- "Not at all. This gentleman, Mr. Wilson, has been my partner and helper in many of my most successful cases, and I have no doubt that he will be of the utmost use to me in yours also."
- The stout gentleman half rose from his chair and gave a bob of greeting, with a quick little questioning glance from his small fat-encircled eyes.
- "Try the settee," said Holmes, relapsing into his armchair and putting his fingertips together, as was his custom when in judicial moods. "I know, my dear Watson, that you share my love of all that is bizarre and outside the conventions and humdrum routine of everyday life. You have shown your relish for it by the enthusiasm which has prompted you to chronicle, and, if you will excuse my saying so, somewhat to embellish so many of my own little adventures."
- "Your cases have indeed been of the greatest interest to me," I observed.
- "You will remember that I remarked the other day, just before we went into the very simple problem presented by Miss Mary Sutherland, that for strange effects and extraordinary combinations we must go to life itself, which is always far more daring than any effort of the imagination."
- "A proposition which I took the liberty of doubting."
- "You did, Doctor, but none the less you must come round to my view, for otherwise I shall keep on piling fact upon fact on you until your reason breaks down under them and acknowledges me to be right. Now, Mr. Jabez Wilson here has been good enough to call upon me this morning, and to begin a narrative which promises to be one of the most singular which I have listened to for some time. You have heard me remark that the strangest and most unique things are very often connected not with the larger but with the smaller crimes, and occasionally, indeed, where there is room for doubt whether any positive crime has been committed. As far as I have heard, it is impossible for me to say whether the present case is an instance of crime or not, but the course of events is certainly among the most singular that I have ever listened to. Perhaps, Mr. Wilson, you would have the great kindness to recommence your narrative. I ask you not merely because my friend Dr. Watson has not heard the opening part but also because the peculiar nature of the story makes me anxious to have every possible detail from your lips. As a rule, when I have heard some slight indication of the course of events, I am able to guide myself by the thousands of other similar cases which occur to my memory. In the present instance I am forced to admit that the facts are, to the best of my belief, unique."
- The portly client puffed out his chest with an appearance of some little pride and pulled a dirty and wrinkled newspaper from the inside pocket of his greatcoat. As he glanced down the advertisement column, with his head thrust forward and the paper flattened out upon his knee, I took a good look at the man and endeavoured, after the fashion of my companion, to read the indications which might be presented by his dress or appearance.
- I did not gain very much, however, by my inspection. Our visitor bore every mark of being an average commonplace British tradesman, obese, pompous, and slow. He wore rather baggy grey shepherd's check trousers, a not over-clean black frock-coat, unbuttoned in the front, and a drab waistcoat with a heavy brassy Albert chain, and a square pierced bit of metal dangling down as an ornament. A frayed top-hat and a faded brown overcoat with a wrinkled velvet collar lay upon a chair beside him. Altogether, look as I would, there was nothing remarkable about the man save his blazing red head, and the expression of extreme chagrin and discontent upon his features.
- Sherlock Holmes' quick eye took in my occupation, and he shook his head with a smile as he noticed my questioning glances. "Beyond the obvious facts that he has at some time done manual labour, that he takes snuff, that he is a Freemason, that he has been in China, and that he has done a considerable amount of writing lately, I can deduce nothing else."
- Mr. Jabez Wilson started up in his chair, with his forefinger upon the paper, but his eyes upon my companion.
- "How, in the name of good-fortune, did you know all that, Mr. Holmes?" he asked. "How did you know, for example, that I did manual labour. It's as true as gospel, for I began as a ship's carpenter."
- "Your hands, my dear sir. Your right hand is quite a size larger than your left. You have worked with it, and the muscles are more developed."
- "Well, the snuff, then, and the Freemasonry?"
- "I won't insult your intelligence by telling you how I read that, especially as, rather against the strict rules of your order, you use an arc-and-compass breastpin."
- "Ah, of course, I forgot that. But the writing?"
- "What else can be indicated by that right cuff so very shiny for five inches, and the left one with the smooth patch near the elbow where you rest it upon the desk?"
- "Well, but China?"
- "The fish that you have tattooed immediately above your right wrist could only have been done in China. I have made a small study of tattoo marks and have even contributed to the literature of the subject. That trick of staining the fishes' scales of a delicate pink is quite peculiar to China. When, in addition, I see a Chinese coin hanging from your watch-chain, the matter becomes even more simple."
- Mr. Jabez Wilson laughed heavily. "Well, I never!" said he. "I thought at first that you had done something clever, but I see that there was nothing in it after all."
- "I begin to think, Watson," said Holmes, "that I make a mistake in explaining. 'Omne ignotum pro magnifico,' you know, and my poor little reputation, such as it is, will suffer shipwreck if I am so candid. Can you not find the advertisement, Mr. Wilson?"
- "Yes, I have got it now," he answered with his thick red finger planted halfway down the column. "Here it is. This is what began it all. You just read it for yourself, sir."
- I took the paper from him and read as follows:
- "TO THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE: On account of the bequest of the late Ezekiah Hopkins, of Lebanon, Pennsylvania, U. S. A., there is now another vacancy open which entitles a member of the League to a salary of $4 a week for purely nominal services. All red-headed men who are sound in body and mind and above the age of twenty-one years, are eligible. Apply in person on Monday, at eleven o'clock, to Duncan Ross, at the offices of the League, 7 Pope's Court, Fleet Street."
- "What on earth does this mean?" I ejaculated after I had twice read over the extraordinary announcement.
- Holmes chuckled and wriggled in his chair, as was his habit when in high spirits. "It is a little off the beaten track, isn't it?" said he. "And now, Mr. Wilson, off you go at scratch and tell us all about yourself, your household, and the effect which this advertisement had upon your fortunes. You will first make a note, Doctor, of the paper and the date."
- "It is The Morning Chronicle of April 27, 1890. Just two months ago."
- "Very good. Now, Mr. Wilson?"
- "Well, it is just as I have been telling you, Mr. Sherlock Holmes," said Jabez Wilson, mopping his forehead; "I have a small pawnbroker's business at Coburg Square, near the City. It's not a very large affair, and of late years it has not done more than just give me a living. I used to be able to keep two assistants, but now I only keep one; and I would have a job to pay him but that he is willing to come for half wages so as to learn the business."
- "What is the name of this obliging youth?" asked Sherlock Holmes.
- "His name is Vincent Spaulding, and he's not such a youth, either. It's hard to say his age. I should not wish a smarter assistant, Mr. Holmes; and I know very well that he could better himself and earn twice what I am able to give him. But, after all, if he is satisfied, why should I put ideas in his head?"
- "Why, indeed? You seem most fortunate in having an employe who comes under the full market price. It is not a common experience among employers in this age. I don't know that your assistant is not as remarkable as your advertisement."
- "Oh, he has his faults, too," said Mr. Wilson. "Never was such a fellow for photography. Snapping away with a camera when he ought to be improving his mind, and then diving down into the cellar like a rabbit into its hole to develop his pictures. That is his main fault, but on the whole he's a good worker. There's no vice in him."
- "He is still with you, I presume?"
- "Yes, sir. He and a girl of fourteen, who does a bit of simple cooking and keeps the place clean--that's all I have in the house, for I am a widower and never had any family. We live very quietly, sir, the three of us; and we keep a roof over our heads and pay our debts, if we do nothing more.
- "The first thing that put us out was that advertisement. Spaulding, he came down into the office just this day eight weeks, with this very paper in his hand, and he says:
- " 'I wish to the Lord, Mr. Wilson, that I was a red-headed man.'
- " 'Why that?' I asks.
- " 'Why,' says he, 'here's another vacancy on the League of the Red-headed Men. It's worth quite a little fortune to any man who gets it, and I understand that there are more vacancies than there are men, so that the trustees are at their wits' end what to do with the money. If my hair would only change colour, here's a nice little crib all ready for me to step into.'
- " 'Why, what is it, then?' I asked. You see, Mr. Holmes, I am a very stay-at-home man, and as my business came to me instead of my having to go to it, I was often weeks on end without putting my foot over the door-mat. In that way I didn't know much of what was going on outside, and I was always glad of a bit of news.
- " 'Have you never heard of the League of the Red-headed Men?' he asked with his eyes open.
- " 'Never.'
- " 'Why, I wonder at that, for you are eligible yourself for one of the vacancies.'
- " 'And what are they worth?' I asked.
- " 'Oh, merely a couple of hundred a year, but the work is slight, and it need not interfere very much with one's other occupations.'
- "Well, you can easily think that that made me prick up my ears, for the business has not been over good for some years, and an extra couple of hundred would have been very handy.
- " 'Tell me all about it,' said I.
- " 'Well,' said he, showing me the advertisement, 'you can see for yourself that the League has a vacancy, and there is the address where you should apply for particulars. As far as I can make out, the League was founded by an American millionaire, Ezekiah Hopkins, who was very peculiar in his ways. He was himself red-headed, and he had a great sympathy for all red-headed men; so, when he died, it was found that he had left his enormous fortune in the hands of trustees, with instructions to apply the interest to the providing of easy berths to men whose hair is of that colour. From all I hear it is splendid pay and very little to do.'
- " 'But,' said I, 'there would be millions of red-headed men who would apply.'
- " 'Not so many as you might think,' he answered. 'You see it is really confined to Londoners, and to grown men. This American had started from London when he was young, and he wanted to do the old town a good turn. Then, again, I have heard it is no use your applying if your hair is light red, or dark red, or anything but real bright, blazing, fiery red. Now, if you cared to apply, Mr. Wilson, you would just walk in; but perhaps it would hardly be worth your while to put yourself out of the way for the sake of a few hundred pounds.'
- "Now, it is a fact, gentlemen, as you may see for yourselves, that my hair is of a very full and rich tint, so that it seemed to me that if there was to be any competition in the matter I stood as good a chance as any man that I had ever met. Vincent Spaulding seemed to know so much about it that I thought he might prove useful, so I just ordered him to put up the shutters for the day and to come right away with me. He was very willing to have a holiday, so we shut the business up and started off for the address that was given us in the advertisement.
- "I never hope to see such a sight as that again, Mr. Holmes. From north, south, east, and west every man who had a shade of red in his hair had tramped into the city to answer the advertisement. Fleet Street was choked with red-headed folk, and Pope's Court looked like a coster's orange barrow. I should not have thought there were so many in the whole country as were brought together by that single advertisement. Every shade of colour they were--straw, lemon, orange, brick, Irish-setter, liver, clay; but, as Spaulding said, there were not many who had the real vivid flame-coloured tint. When I saw how many were waiting, I would have given it up in despair; but Spaulding would not hear of it. How he did it I could not imagine, but he pushed and pulled and butted until he got me through the crowd, and right up to the steps which led to the office. There was a double stream upon the stair, some going up in hope, and some coming back dejected; but we wedged in as well as we could and soon found ourselves in the office."
- "Your experience has been a most entertaining one," remarked Holmes as his client paused and refreshed his memory with a huge pinch of snuff. "Pray continue your very interesting statement."
- "There was nothing in the office but a couple of wooden chairs and a deal table, behind which sat a small man with a head that was even redder than mine. He said a few words to each candidate as he came up, and then he always managed to find some fault in them which would disqualify them. Getting a vacancy did not seem to be such a very easy matter, after all. However, when our turn came the little man was much more favourable to me than to any of the others, and he closed the door as we entered, so that he might have a private word with us.
- " 'This is Mr. Jabez Wilson,' said my assistant, 'and he is willing to fill a vacancy in the League.'
- " 'And he is admirably suited for it,' the other answered. 'He has every requirement. I cannot recall when I have seen anything so fine.' He took a step backward, cocked his head on one side, and gazed at my hair until I felt quite bashful. Then suddenly he plunged forward, wrung my hand, and congratulated me warmly on my success.
- " 'It would be injustice to hesitate,' said he. 'You will, however, I am sure, excuse me for taking an obvious precaution.' With that he seized my hair in both his hands, and tugged until I yelled with the pain. 'There is water in your eyes,' said he as he released me. 'I perceive that all is as it should be. But we have to be careful, for we have twice been deceived by wigs and once by paint. I could tell you tales of cobbler's wax which would disgust you with human nature.' He stepped over to the window and shouted through it at the top of his voice that the vacancy was filled. A groan of disappointment came up from below, and the folk all trooped away in different directions until there was not a red-head to be seen except my own and that of the manager.
- " 'My name,' said he, 'is Mr. Duncan Ross, and I am myself one of the pensioners upon the fund left by our noble benefactor. Are you a married man, Mr. Wilson? Have you a family?'
- "I answered that I had not.
- "His face fell immediately.
- " 'Dear me!' he said gravely, 'that is very serious indeed! I am sorry to hear you say that. The fund was, of course, for the propagation and spread of the red-heads as well as for their maintenance. It is exceedingly unfortunate that you should be a bachelor.'
- "My face lengthened at this, Mr. Holmes, for I thought that I was not to have the vacancy after all; but after thinking it over for a few minutes he said that it would be all right.
- " 'In the case of another,' said he, 'the objection might be fatal, but we must stretch a point in favour of a man with such a head of hair as yours. When shall you be able to enter upon your new duties?'
- " 'Well, it is a little awkward, for I have a business already,' said I.
- " 'Oh, never mind about that, Mr. Wilson!' said Vincent Spaulding. 'I should be able to look after that for you.'
- " 'What would be the hours?' I asked.
- " 'Ten to two.'
- "Now a pawnbroker's business is mostly done of an evening, Mr. Holmes, especially Thursday and Friday evening, which is just before pay-day; so it would suit me very well to earn a little in the mornings. Besides, I knew that my assistant was a good man, and that he would see to anything that turned up.
- " 'That would suit me very well,' said I. 'And the pay?'
- " 'Is $4 a week.'
- " 'And the work?'
- " 'Is purely nominal.'
- " 'What do you call purely nominal?'
- " 'Well, you have to be in the office, or at least in the building, the whole time. If you leave, you forfeit your whole position forever. The will is very clear upon that point. You don't comply with the conditions if you budge from the office during that time.'
- " 'It's only four hours a day, and I should not think of leaving,' said I.
- " 'No excuse will avail,' said Mr. Duncan Ross; 'neither sickness nor business nor anything else. There you must stay, or you lose your billet.'
- " 'And the work?'
- " 'Is to copy out the Encyclopaedia Britannica. There is the first volume of it in that press. You must find your own ink, pens, and blotting-paper, but we provide this table and chair. Will you be ready to-morrow?'
- " 'Certainly,' I answered.
- " 'Then, good-bye, Mr. Jabez Wilson, and let me congratulate you once more on the important position which you have been fortunate enough to gain.' He bowed me out of the room and I went home with my assistant, hardly knowing what to say or do, I was so pleased at my own good fortune.
- "Well, I thought over the matter all day, and by evening I was in low spirits again; for I had quite persuaded myself that the whole affair must be some great hoax or fraud, though what its object might be I could not imagine. It seemed altogether past belief that anyone could make such a will, or that they would pay such a sum for doing anything so simple as copying out the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Vincent Spaulding did what he could to cheer me up, but by bedtime I had reasoned myself out of the whole thing. However, in the morning I determined to have a look at it anyhow, so I bought a penny bottle of ink, and with a quill-pen, and seven sheets of foolscap paper, I started off for Pope's Court.
- "Well, to my surprise and delight, everything was as right as possible. The table was set out ready for me, and Mr. Duncan Ross was there to see that I got fairly to work. He started me off upon the letter A, and then he left me; but he would drop in from time to time to see that all was right with me. At two o'clock he bade me good-day, complimented me upon the amount that I had written, and locked the door of the office after me.
- "This went on day after day, Mr. Holmes, and on Saturday the manager came in and planked down four golden sovereigns for my week's work. It was the same next week, and the same the week after. Every morning I was there at ten, and every afternoon I left at two. By degrees Mr. Duncan Ross took to coming in only once of a morning, and then, after a time, he did not come in at all. Still, of course, I never dared to leave the room for an instant, for I was not sure when he might come, and the billet was such a good one, and suited me so well, that I would not risk the loss of it.
- "Eight weeks passed away like this, and I had written about Abbots and Archery and Armour and Architecture and Attica, and hoped with diligence that I might get on to the B's before very long. It cost me something in foolscap, and I had pretty nearly filled a shelf with my writings. And then suddenly the whole business came to an end."
- "To an end?"
- "Yes, sir. And no later than this morning. I went to my work as usual at ten o'clock, but the door was shut and locked, with a little square of cardboard hammered on to the middle of the panel with a tack. Here it is, and you can read for yourself."
- He held up a piece of white cardboard about the size of a sheet of note-paper. It read in this fashion:
- THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE
- IS
- DISSOLVED.
- October 9, 1890.
- Sherlock Holmes and I surveyed this curt announcement and the rueful face behind it, until the comical side of the affair so completely overtopped every other consideration that we both burst out into a roar of laughter.
- "I cannot see that there is anything very funny," cried our client, flushing up to the roots of his flaming head. "If you can do nothing better than laugh at me, I can go elsewhere."
- "No, no," cried Holmes, shoving him back into the chair from which he had half risen. "I really wouldn't miss your case for the world. It is most refreshingly unusual. But there is, if you will excuse my saying so, something just a little funny about it. Pray what steps did you take when you found the card upon the door?"
- "I was staggered, sir. I did not know what to do. Then I called at the offices round, but none of them seemed to know anything about it. Finally, I went to the landlord, who is an accountant living on the ground floor, and I asked him if he could tell me what had become of the Red-headed League. He said that he had never heard of any such body. Then I asked him who Mr. Duncan Ross was. He answered that the name was new to him.
- " 'Well,' said I, 'the gentleman at No. 4.'
- " 'What, the red-headed man?'
- " 'Yes.'
- " 'Oh,' said he, 'his name was William Morris. He was a solicitor and was using my room as a temporary convenience until his new premises were ready. He moved out yesterday.'
- " 'Where could I find him?'
- " 'Oh, at his new offices. He did tell me the address. Yes, 17 King Edward Street, near St. Paul's.'
- "I started off, Mr. Holmes, but when I got to that address it was a manufactory of artificial knee-caps, and no one in it had ever heard of either Mr. William Morris or Mr. Duncan Ross."
- "And what did you do then?" asked Holmes.
- "I went home to Saxe-Coburg Square, and I took the advice of my assistant. But he could not help me in any way. He could only say that if I waited I should hear by post. But that was not quite good enough, Mr. Holmes. I did not wish to lose such a place without a struggle, so, as I had heard that you were good enough to give advice to poor folk who were in need of it, I came right away to you."
- "And you did very wisely," said Holmes. "Your case is an exceedingly remarkable one, and I shall be happy to look into it. From what you have told me I think that it is possible that graver issues hang from it than might at first sight appear."
- "Grave enough!" said Mr. Jabez Wilson. "Why, I have lost four pound a week."
- "As far as you are personally concerned," remarked Holmes, "I do not see that you have any grievance against this extraordinary league. On the contrary, you are, as I understand, richer by some $30, to say nothing of the minute knowledge which you have gained on every subject which comes under the letter A. You have lost nothing by them."
- "No, sir. But I want to find out about them, and who they are, and what their object was in playing this prank--if it was a prank--upon me. It was a pretty expensive joke for them, for it cost them two and thirty pounds."
- "We shall endeavour to clear up these points for you. And, first, one or two questions, Mr. Wilson. This assistant of yours who first called your attention to the advertisement--how long had he been with you?"
- "About a month then."
- "How did he come?"
- "In answer to an advertisement."
- "Was he the only applicant?"
- "No, I had a dozen."
- "Why did you pick him?"
- "Because he was handy and would come cheap."
- "At half wages, in fact."
- "Yes."
- "What is he like, this Vincent Spaulding?"
- "Small, stout-built, very quick in his ways, no hair on his face, though he's not short of thirty. Has a white splash of acid upon his forehead."
- Holmes sat up in his chair in considerable excitement. "I thought as much," said he. "Have you ever observed that his ears are pierced for earrings?"
- "Yes, sir. He told me that a gipsy had done it for him when he was a lad."
- "Hum!" said Holmes, sinking back in deep thought. "He is still with you?"
- "Oh, yes, sir; I have only just left him."
- "And has your business been attended to in your absence?"
- "Nothing to complain of, sir. There's never very much to do of a morning."
- "That will do, Mr. Wilson. I shall be happy to give you an opinion upon the subject in the course of a day or two. To-day is Saturday, and I hope that by Monday we may come to a conclusion."
- "Well, Watson," said Holmes when our visitor had left us, "what do you make of it all?"
- "I make nothing of it," I answered frankly. "It is a most mysterious business."
- "As a rule," said Holmes, "the more bizarre a thing is the less mysterious it proves to be. It is your commonplace, featureless crimes which are really puzzling, just as a commonplace face is the most difficult to identify. But I must be prompt over this matter."
- "What are you going to do, then?" I asked.
- "To smoke," he answered. "It is quite a three pipe problem, and I beg that you won't speak to me for fifty minutes." He curled himself up in his chair, with his thin knees drawn up to his hawk-like nose, and there he sat with his eyes closed and his black clay pipe thrusting out like the bill of some strange bird. I had come to the conclusion that he had dropped asleep, and indeed was nodding myself, when he suddenly sprang out of his chair with the gesture of a man who has made up his mind and put his pipe down upon the mantelpiece.
- "Sarasate plays at the St. James's Hall this afternoon," he remarked. "What do you think, Watson? Could your patients spare you for a few hours?"
- "I have nothing to do to-day. My practice is never very absorbing."
- "Then put on your hat and come. I am going through the City first, and we can have some lunch on the way. I observe that there is a good deal of German music on the programme, which is rather more to my taste than Italian or French. It is introspective, and I want to introspect. Come along!"
- We travelled by the Underground as far as Aldersgate; and a short walk took us to Saxe-Coburg Square, the scene of the singular story which we had listened to in the morning. It was a poky, little, shabby-genteel place, where four lines of dingy two-storied brick houses looked out into a small railed-in enclosure, where a lawn of weedy grass and a few clumps of faded laurel bushes made a hard fight against a smoke-laden and uncongenial atmosphere. Three gilt balls and a brown board with "JABEZ WILSON" in white letters, upon a corner house, announced the place where our red-headed client carried on his business. Sherlock Holmes stopped in front of it with his head on one side and looked it all over, with his eyes shining brightly between puckered lids. Then he walked slowly up the street, and then down again to the corner, still looking keenly at the houses. Finally he returned to the pawnbroker's, and, having thumped vigorously upon the pavement with his stick two or three times, he went up to the door and knocked. It was instantly opened by a bright-looking, clean-shaven young fellow, who asked him to step in.
- "Thank you," said Holmes, "I only wished to ask you how you would go from here to the Strand."
- "Third right, fourth left," answered the assistant promptly, closing the door.
- "Smart fellow, that," observed Holmes as we walked away. "He is, in my judgment, the fourth smartest man in London, and for daring I am not sure that he has not a claim to be third. I have known something of him before."
- "Evidently," said I, "Mr. Wilson's assistant counts for a good deal in this mystery of the Red-headed League. I am sure that you inquired your way merely in order that you might see him."
- "Not him."
- "What then?"
- "The knees of his trousers."
- "And what did you see?"
- "What I expected to see."
- "Why did you beat the pavement?"
- "My dear doctor, this is a time for observation, not for talk. We are spies in an enemy's country. We know something of Saxe-Coburg Square. Let us now explore the parts which lie behind it."
- The road in which we found ourselves as we turned round the corner from the retired Saxe-Coburg Square presented as great a contrast to it as the front of a picture does to the back. It was one of the main arteries which conveyed the traffic of the City to the north and west. The roadway was blocked with the immense stream of commerce flowing in a double tide inward and outward, while the footpaths were black with the hurrying swarm of pedestrians. It was difficult to realise as we looked at the line of fine shops and stately business premises that they really abutted on the other side upon the faded and stagnant square which we had just quitted.
- "Let me see," said Holmes, standing at the corner and glancing along the line, "I should like just to remember the order of the houses here. It is a hobby of mine to have an exact knowledge of London. There is Mortimer's, the tobacconist, the little newspaper shop, the Coburg branch of the City and Suburban Bank, the Vegetarian Restaurant, and McFarlane's carriage-building depot. That carries us right on to the other block. And now, Doctor, we've done our work, so it's time we had some play. A sandwich and a cup of coffee, and then off to violin-land, where all is sweetness and delicacy and harmony, and there are no red-headed clients to vex us with their conundrums."
- My friend was an enthusiastic musician, being himself not only a very capable performer but a composer of no ordinary merit. All the afternoon he sat in the stalls wrapped in the most perfect happiness, gently waving his long, thin fingers in time to the music, while his gently smiling face and his languid, dreamy eyes were as unlike those of Holmes the sleuth-hound, Holmes the relentless, keen-witted, ready-handed criminal agent, as it was possible to conceive. In his singular character the dual nature alternately asserted itself, and his extreme exactness and astuteness represented, as I have often thought, the reaction against the poetic and contemplative mood which occasionally predominated in him. The swing of his nature took him from extreme languor to devouring energy; and, as I knew well, he was never so truly formidable as when, for days on end, he had been lounging in his armchair amid his improvisations and his black-letter editions. Then it was that the lust of the chase would suddenly come upon him, and that his brilliant reasoning power would rise to the level of intuition, until those who were unacquainted with his methods would look askance at him as on a man whose knowledge was not that of other mortals. When I saw him that afternoon so enwrapped in the music at St. James's Hall I felt that an evil time might be coming upon those whom he had set himself to hunt down.
- "You want to go home, no doubt, Doctor," he remarked as we emerged.
- "Yes, it would be as well."
- "And I have some business to do which will take some hours. This business at Coburg Square is serious."
- "Why serious?"
- "A considerable crime is in contemplation. I have every reason to believe that we shall be in time to stop it. But to-day being Saturday rather complicates matters. I shall want your help to-night."
- "At what time?"
- "Ten will be early enough."
- "I shall be at Baker Street at ten."
- "Very well. And, I say, Doctor, there may be some little danger, so kindly put your army revolver in your pocket." He waved his hand, turned on his heel, and disappeared in an instant among the crowd.
- I trust that I am not more dense than my neighbours, but I was always oppressed with a sense of my own stupidity in my dealings with Sherlock Holmes. Here I had heard what he had heard, I had seen what he had seen, and yet from his words it was evident that he saw clearly not only what had happened but what was about to happen, while to me the whole business was still confused and grotesque. As I drove home to my house in Kensington I thought over it all, from the extraordinary story of the red-headed copier of the Encyclopaedia down to the visit to Saxe-Coburg Square, and the ominous words with which he had parted from me. What was this nocturnal expedition, and why should I go armed? Where were we going, and what were we to do? I had the hint from Holmes that this smooth-faced pawnbroker's assistant was a formidable man--a man who might play a deep game. I tried to puzzle it out, but gave it up in despair and set the matter aside until night should bring an explanation.
- It was a quarter-past nine when I started from home and made my way across the Park, and so through Oxford Street to Baker Street. Two hansoms were standing at the door, and as I entered the passage I heard the sound of voices from above. On entering his room, I found Holmes in animated conversation with two men, one of whom I recognised as Peter Jones, the official police agent, while the other was a long, thin, sad-faced man, with a very shiny hat and oppressively respectable frock-coat.
- "Ha! Our party is complete," said Holmes, buttoning up his pea-jacket and taking his heavy hunting crop from the rack. "Watson, I think you know Mr. Jones, of Scotland Yard? Let me introduce you to Mr. Merryweather, who is to be our companion in to-night's adventure."
- "We're hunting in couples again, Doctor, you see," said Jones in his consequential way. "Our friend here is a wonderful man for starting a chase. All he wants is an old dog to help him to do the running down."
- "I hope a wild goose may not prove to be the end of our chase," observed Mr. Merryweather gloomily.
- "You may place considerable confidence in Mr. Holmes, sir," said the police agent loftily. "He has his own little methods, which are, if he won't mind my saying so, just a little too theoretical and fantastic, but he has the makings of a detective in him. It is not too much to say that once or twice, as in that business of the Sholto murder and the Agra treasure, he has been more nearly correct than the official force."
- "Oh, if you say so, Mr. Jones, it is all right," said the stranger with deference. "Still, I confess that I miss my rubber. It is the first Saturday night for seven-and-twenty years that I have not had my rubber."
- "I think you will find," said Sherlock Holmes, "that you will play for a higher stake to-night than you have ever done yet, and that the play will be more exciting. For you, Mr. Merryweather, the stake will be some $30,000; and for you, Jones, it will be the man upon whom you wish to lay your hands."
- "John Clay, the murderer, thief, smasher, and forger. He's a young man, Mr. Merryweather, but he is at the head of his profession, and I would rather have my bracelets on him than on any criminal in London. He's a remarkable man, is young John Clay. His grandfather was a royal duke, and he himself has been to Eton and Oxford. His brain is as cunning as his fingers, and though we meet signs of him at every turn, we never know where to find the man himself. He'll crack a crib in Scotland one week, and be raising money to build an orphanage in Cornwall the next. I've been on his track for years and have never set eyes on him yet."
- "I hope that I may have the pleasure of introducing you to-night. I've had one or two little turns also with Mr. John Clay, and I agree with you that he is at the head of his profession. It is past ten, however, and quite time that we started. If you two will take the first hansom, Watson and I will follow in the second."
- Sherlock Holmes was not very communicative during the long drive and lay back in the cab humming the tunes which he had heard in the afternoon. We rattled through an endless labyrinth of gas-lit streets until we emerged into Farrington Street.
- "We are close there now," my friend remarked. "This fellow Merryweather is a bank director, and personally interested in the matter. I thought it as well to have Jones with us also. He is not a bad fellow, though an absolute imbecile in his profession. He has one positive virtue. He is as brave as a bulldog and as tenacious as a lobster if he gets his claws upon anyone. Here we are, and they are waiting for us."
- We had reached the same crowded thoroughfare in which we had found ourselves in the morning. Our cabs were dismissed, and, following the guidance of Mr. Merryweather, we passed down a narrow passage and through a side door, which he opened for us. Within there was a small corridor, which ended in a very massive iron gate. This also was opened, and led down a flight of winding stone steps, which terminated at another formidable gate. Mr. Merryweather stopped to light a lantern, and then conducted us down a dark, earth-smelling passage, and so, after opening a third door, into a huge vault or cellar, which was piled all round with crates and massive boxes.
- "You are not very vulnerable from above," Holmes remarked as he held up the lantern and gazed about him.
- "Nor from below," said Mr. Merryweather, striking his stick upon the flags which lined the floor. "Why, dear me, it sounds quite hollow!" he remarked, looking up in surprise.
- "I must really ask you to be a little more quiet!" said Holmes severely. "You have already imperilled the whole success of our expedition. Might I beg that you would have the goodness to sit down upon one of those boxes, and not to interfere?"
- The solemn Mr. Merryweather perched himself upon a crate, with a very injured expression upon his face, while Holmes fell upon his knees upon the floor and, with the lantern and a magnifying lens, began to examine minutely the cracks between the stones. A few seconds sufficed to satisfy him, for he sprang to his feet again and put his glass in his pocket.
- "We have at least an hour before us," he remarked, "for they can hardly take any steps until the good pawnbroker is safely in bed. Then they will not lose a minute, for the sooner they do their work the longer time they will have for their escape. We are at present, Doctor--as no doubt you have divined--in the cellar of the City branch of one of the principal London banks. Mr. Merryweather is the chairman of directors, and he will explain to you that there are reasons why the more daring criminals of London should take a considerable interest in this cellar at present."
- "It is our French gold," whispered the director. "We have had several warnings that an attempt might be made upon it."
- "Your French gold?"
- "Yes. We had occasion some months ago to strengthen our resources and borrowed for that purpose 30,000 napoleons from the Bank of France. It has become known that we have never had occasion to unpack the money, and that it is still lying in our cellar. The crate upon which I sit contains 2,000 napoleons packed between layers of lead foil. Our reserve of bullion is much larger at present than is usually kept in a single branch office, and the directors have had misgivings upon the subject."
- "Which were very well justified," observed Holmes. "And now it is time that we arranged our little plans. I expect that within an hour matters will come to a head. In the meantime Mr. Merryweather, we must put the screen over that dark lantern."
- "And sit in the dark?"
- "I am afraid so. I had brought a pack of cards in my pocket, and I thought that, as we were a partie carree, you might have your rubber after all. But I see that the enemy's preparations have gone so far that we cannot risk the presence of a light. And, first of all, we must choose our positions. These are daring men, and though we shall take them at a disadvantage, they may do us some harm unless we are careful. I shall stand behind this crate, and do you conceal yourselves behind those. Then, when I flash a light upon them, close in swiftly. If they fire, Watson, have no compunction about shooting them down."
- I placed my revolver, cocked, upon the top of the wooden case behind which I crouched. Holmes shot the slide across the front of his lantern and left us in pitch darkness--such an absolute darkness as I have never before experienced. The smell of hot metal remained to assure us that the light was still there, ready to flash out at a moment's notice. To me, with my nerves worked up to a pitch of expectancy, there was something depressing and subduing in the sudden gloom, and in the cold dank air of the vault.
- "They have but one retreat," whispered Holmes. "That is back through the house into Saxe-Coburg Square. I hope that you have done what I asked you, Jones?"
- "I have an inspector and two officers waiting at the front door."
- "Then we have stopped all the holes. And now we must be silent and wait."
- What a time it seemed! From comparing notes afterwards it was but an hour and a quarter, yet it appeared to me that the night must have almost gone, and the dawn be breaking above us. My limbs were weary and stiff, for I feared to change my position; yet my nerves were worked up to the highest pitch of tension, and my hearing was so acute that I could not only hear the gentle breathing of my companions, but I could distinguish the deeper, heavier in-breath of the bulky Jones from the thin, sighing note of the bank director. From my position I could look over the case in the direction of the floor. Suddenly my eyes caught the glint of a light.
- At first it was but a lurid spark upon the stone pavement. Then it lengthened out until it became a yellow line, and then, without any warning or sound, a gash seemed to open and a hand appeared, a white, almost womanly hand, which felt about in the centre of the little area of light. For a minute or more the hand, with its writhing fingers, protruded out of the floor. Then it was withdrawn as suddenly as it appeared, and all was dark again save the single lurid spark which marked a chink between the stones.
- Its disappearance, however, was but momentary. With a rending, tearing sound, one of the broad, white stones turned over upon its side and left a square, gaping hole, through which streamed the light of a lantern. Over the edge there peeped a clean-cut, boyish face, which looked keenly about it, and then, with a hand on either side of the aperture, drew itself shoulder-high and waist-high, until one knee rested upon the edge. In another instant he stood at the side of the hole and was hauling after him a companion, lithe and small like himself, with a pale face and a shock of very red hair.
- "It's all clear," he whispered. "Have you the chisel and the bags? Great Scott! Jump, Archie, jump, and I'll swing for it!"
- Sherlock Holmes had sprung out and seized the intruder by the collar. The other dived down the hole, and I heard the sound of rending cloth as Jones clutched at his skirts. The light flashed upon the barrel of a revolver, but Holmes' hunting crop came down on the man's wrist, and the pistol clinked upon the stone floor.
- "It's no use, John Clay," said Holmes blandly. "You have no chance at all."
- "So I see," the other answered with the utmost coolness. "I fancy that my pal is all right, though I see you have got his coat-tails."
- "There are three men waiting for him at the door," said Holmes.
- "Oh, indeed! You seem to have done the thing very completely. I must compliment you."
- "And I you," Holmes answered. "Your red-headed idea was very new and effective."
- "You'll see your pal again presently," said Jones. "He's quicker at climbing down holes than I am. Just hold out while I fix the derbies."
- "I beg that you will not touch me with your filthy hands," remarked our prisoner as the handcuffs clattered upon his wrists. "You may not be aware that I have royal blood in my veins. Have the goodness, also, when you address me always to say 'sir' and 'please.' "
- "All right," said Jones with a stare and a snigger. "Well, would you please, sir, march upstairs, where we can get a cab to carry your Highness to the police-station?"
- "That is better," said John Clay serenely. He made a sweeping bow to the three of us and walked quietly off in the custody of the detective.
- "Really, Mr. Holmes," said Mr. Merryweather as we followed them from the cellar, "I do not know how the bank can thank you or repay you. There is no doubt that you have detected and defeated in the most complete manner one of the most determined attempts at bank robbery that have ever come within my experience."
- "I have had one or two little scores of my own to settle with Mr. John Clay," said Holmes. "I have been at some small expense over this matter, which I shall expect the bank to refund, but beyond that I am amply repaid by having had an experience which is in many ways unique, and by hearing the very remarkable narrative of the Red-headed League."
- "You see, Watson," he explained in the early hours of the morning as we sat over a glass of whisky and soda in Baker Street, "it was perfectly obvious from the first that the only possible object of this rather fantastic business of the advertisement of the League, and the copying of the Encyclopaedia, must be to get this not over-bright pawnbroker out of the way for a number of hours every day. It was a curious way of managing it, but, really, it would be difficult to suggest a better. The method was no doubt suggested to Clay's ingenious mind by the colour of his accomplice's hair. The $4 a week was a lure which must draw him, and what was it to them, who were playing for thousands? They put in the advertisement, one rogue has the temporary office, the other rogue incites the man to apply for it, and together they manage to secure his absence every morning in the week. From the time that I heard of the assistant having come for half wages, it was obvious to me that he had some strong motive for securing the situation."
- "But how could you guess what the motive was?"
- "Had there been women in the house, I should have suspected a mere vulgar intrigue. That, however, was out of the question. The man's business was a small one, and there was nothing in his house which could account for such elaborate preparations, and such an expenditure as they were at. It must, then, be something out of the house. What could it be? I thought of the assistant's fondness for photography, and his trick of vanishing into the cellar. The cellar! There was the end of this tangled clue. Then I made inquiries as to this mysterious assistant and found that I had to deal with one of the coolest and most daring criminals in London. He was doing something in the cellar--something which took many hours a day for months on end. What could it be, once more? I could think of nothing save that he was running a tunnel to some other building.
- "So far I had got when we went to visit the scene of action. I surprised you by beating upon the pavement with my stick. I was ascertaining whether the cellar stretched out in front or behind. It was not in front. Then I rang the bell, and, as I hoped, the assistant answered it. We have had some skirmishes, but we had never set eyes upon each other before. I hardly looked at his face. His knees were what I wished to see. You must yourself have remarked how worn, wrinkled, and stained they were. They spoke of those hours of burrowing. The only remaining point was what they were burrowing for. I walked round the corner, saw the City and Suburban Bank abutted on our friend's premises, and felt that I had solved my problem. When you drove home after the concert I called upon Scotland Yard and upon the chairman of the bank directors, with the result that you have seen."
- "And how could you tell that they would make their attempt to-night?" I asked.
- "Well, when they closed their League offices that was a sign that they cared no longer about Mr. Jabez Wilson's presence--in other words, that they had completed their tunnel. But it was essential that they should use it soon, as it might be discovered, or the bullion might be removed. Saturday would suit them better than any other day, as it would give them two days for their escape. For all these reasons I expected them to come to-night."
- "You reasoned it out beautifully," I exclaimed in unfeigned admiration. "It is so long a chain, and yet every link rings true."
- "It saved me from ennui," he answered, yawning. "Alas! I already feel it closing in upon me. My life is spent in one long effort to escape from the commonplaces of existence. These little problems help me to do so."
- "And you are a benefactor of the race," said I.
- He shrugged his shoulders. "Well, perhaps, after all, it is of some little use," he remarked. " 'L'homme c'est rien--l'oeuvre c'est tout,' as Gustave Flaubert wrote to George Sand."
- ADVENTURE III. A CASE OF IDENTITY
- "My dear fellow," said Sherlock Holmes as we sat on either side of the fire in his lodgings at Baker Street, "life is infinitely stranger than anything which the mind of man could invent. We would not dare to conceive the things which are really mere commonplaces of existence. If we could fly out of that window hand in hand, hover over this great city, gently remove the roofs, and peep in at the queer things which are going on, the strange coincidences, the plannings, the cross-purposes, the wonderful chains of events, working through generations, and leading to the most outre results, it would make all fiction with its conventionalities and foreseen conclusions most stale and unprofitable."
- "And yet I am not convinced of it," I answered. "The cases which come to light in the papers are, as a rule, bald enough, and vulgar enough. We have in our police reports realism pushed to its extreme limits, and yet the result is, it must be confessed, neither fascinating nor artistic."
- "A certain selection and discretion must be used in producing a realistic effect," remarked Holmes. "This is wanting in the police report, where more stress is laid, perhaps, upon the platitudes of the magistrate than upon the details, which to an observer contain the vital essence of the whole matter. Depend upon it, there is nothing so unnatural as the commonplace."
- I smiled and shook my head. "I can quite understand your thinking so." I said. "Of course, in your position of unofficial adviser and helper to everybody who is absolutely puzzled, throughout three continents, you are brought in contact with all that is strange and bizarre. But here"--I picked up the morning paper from the ground--"let us put it to a practical test. Here is the first heading upon which I come. 'A husband's cruelty to his wife.' There is half a column of print, but I know without reading it that it is all perfectly familiar to me. There is, of course, the other woman, the drink, the push, the blow, the bruise, the sympathetic sister or landlady. The crudest of writers could invent nothing more crude."
- "Indeed, your example is an unfortunate one for your argument," said Holmes, taking the paper and glancing his eye down it. "This is the Dundas separation case, and, as it happens, I was engaged in clearing up some small points in connection with it. The husband was a teetotaler, there was no other woman, and the conduct complained of was that he had drifted into the habit of winding up every meal by taking out his false teeth and hurling them at his wife, which, you will allow, is not an action likely to occur to the imagination of the average story-teller. Take a pinch of snuff, Doctor, and acknowledge that I have scored over you in your example."
- He held out his snuffbox of old gold, with a great amethyst in the centre of the lid. Its splendour was in such contrast to his homely ways and simple life that I could not help commenting upon it.
- "Ah," said he, "I forgot that I had not seen you for some weeks. It is a little souvenir from the King of Bohemia in return for my assistance in the case of the Irene Adler papers."
- "And the ring?" I asked, glancing at a remarkable brilliant which sparkled upon his finger.
- "It was from the reigning family of Holland, though the matter in which I served them was of such delicacy that I cannot confide it even to you, who have been good enough to chronicle one or two of my little problems."
- "And have you any on hand just now?" I asked with interest.
- "Some ten or twelve, but none which present any feature of interest. They are important, you understand, without being interesting. Indeed, I have found that it is usually in unimportant matters that there is a field for the observation, and for the quick analysis of cause and effect which gives the charm to an investigation. The larger crimes are apt to be the simpler, for the bigger the crime the more obvious, as a rule, is the motive. In these cases, save for one rather intricate matter which has been referred to me from Marseilles, there is nothing which presents any features of interest. It is possible, however, that I may have something better before very many minutes are over, for this is one of my clients, or I am much mistaken."
- He had risen from his chair and was standing between the parted blinds gazing down into the dull neutral-tinted London street. Looking over his shoulder, I saw that on the pavement opposite there stood a large woman with a heavy fur boa round her neck, and a large curling red feather in a broad-brimmed hat which was tilted in a coquettish Duchess of Devonshire fashion over her ear. From under this great panoply she peeped up in a nervous, hesitating fashion at our windows, while her body oscillated backward and forward, and her fingers fidgeted with her glove buttons. Suddenly, with a plunge, as of the swimmer who leaves the bank, she hurried across the road, and we heard the sharp clang of the bell.
- "I have seen those symptoms before," said Holmes, throwing his cigarette into the fire. "Oscillation upon the pavement always means an affaire de coeur. She would like advice, but is not sure that the matter is not too delicate for communication. And yet even here we may discriminate. When a woman has been seriously wronged by a man she no longer oscillates, and the usual symptom is a broken bell wire. Here we may take it that there is a love matter, but that the maiden is not so much angry as perplexed, or grieved. But here she comes in person to resolve our doubts."
- As he spoke there was a tap at the door, and the boy in buttons entered to announce Miss Mary Sutherland, while the lady herself loomed behind his small black figure like a full-sailed merchant-man behind a tiny pilot boat. Sherlock Holmes welcomed her with the easy courtesy for which he was remarkable, and, having closed the door and bowed her into an armchair, he looked her over in the minute and yet abstracted fashion which was peculiar to him.
- "Do you not find," he said, "that with your short sight it is a little trying to do so much typewriting?"
- "I did at first," she answered, "but now I know where the letters are without looking." Then, suddenly realising the full purport of his words, she gave a violent start and looked up, with fear and astonishment upon her broad, good-humoured face. "You've heard about me, Mr. Holmes," she cried, "else how could you know all that?"
- "Never mind," said Holmes, laughing; "it is my business to know things. Perhaps I have trained myself to see what others overlook. If not, why should you come to consult me?"
- "I came to you, sir, because I heard of you from Mrs. Etherege, whose husband you found so easy when the police and everyone had given him up for dead. Oh, Mr. Holmes, I wish you would do as much for me. I'm not rich, but still I have a hundred a year in my own right, besides the little that I make by the machine, and I would give it all to know what has become of Mr. Hosmer Angel."
- "Why did you come away to consult me in such a hurry?" asked Sherlock Holmes, with his finger-tips together and his eyes to the ceiling.
- Again a startled look came over the somewhat vacuous face of Miss Mary Sutherland. "Yes, I did bang out of the house," she said, "for it made me angry to see the easy way in which Mr. Windibank--that is, my father--took it all. He would not go to the police, and he would not go to you, and so at last, as he would do nothing and kept on saying that there was no harm done, it made me mad, and I just on with my things and came right away to you."
- "Your father," said Holmes, "your stepfather, surely, since the name is different."
- "Yes, my stepfather. I call him father, though it sounds funny, too, for he is only five years and two months older than myself."
- "And your mother is alive?"
- "Oh, yes, mother is alive and well. I wasn't best pleased, Mr. Holmes, when she married again so soon after father's death, and a man who was nearly fifteen years younger than herself. Father was a plumber in the Tottenham Court Road, and he left a tidy business behind him, which mother carried on with Mr. Hardy, the foreman; but when Mr. Windibank came he made her sell the business, for he was very superior, being a traveller in wines. They got $4700 for the goodwill and interest, which wasn't near as much as father could have got if he had been alive."
- I had expected to see Sherlock Holmes impatient under this rambling and inconsequential narrative, but, on the contrary, he had listened with the greatest concentration of attention.
- "Your own little income," he asked, "does it come out of the business?"
- "Oh, no, sir. It is quite separate and was left me by my uncle Ned in Auckland. It is in New Zealand stock, paying 4 1/4 per cent. Two thousand five hundred pounds was the amount, but I can only touch the interest."
- "You interest me extremely," said Holmes. "And since you draw so large a sum as a hundred a year, with what you earn into the bargain, you no doubt travel a little and indulge yourself in every way. I believe that a single lady can get on very nicely upon an income of about $60."
- "I could do with much less than that, Mr. Holmes, but you understand that as long as I live at home I don't wish to be a burden to them, and so they have the use of the money just while I am staying with them. Of course, that is only just for the time. Mr. Windibank draws my interest every quarter and pays it over to mother, and I find that I can do pretty well with what I earn at typewriting. It brings me twopence a sheet, and I can often do from fifteen to twenty sheets in a day."
- "You have made your position very clear to me," said Holmes. "This is my friend, Dr. Watson, before whom you can speak as freely as before myself. Kindly tell us now all about your connection with Mr. Hosmer Angel."
- A flush stole over Miss Sutherland's face, and she picked nervously at the fringe of her jacket. "I met him first at the gasfitters' ball," she said. "They used to send father tickets when he was alive, and then afterwards they remembered us, and sent them to mother. Mr. Windibank did not wish us to go. He never did wish us to go anywhere. He would get quite mad if I wanted so much as to join a Sunday-school treat. But this time I was set on going, and I would go; for what right had he to prevent? He said the folk were not fit for us to know, when all father's friends were to be there. And he said that I had nothing fit to wear, when I had my purple plush that I had never so much as taken out of the drawer. At last, when nothing else would do, he went off to France upon the business of the firm, but we went, mother and I, with Mr. Hardy, who used to be our foreman, and it was there I met Mr. Hosmer Angel."
- "I suppose," said Holmes, "that when Mr. Windibank came back from France he was very annoyed at your having gone to the ball."
- "Oh, well, he was very good about it. He laughed, I remember, and shrugged his shoulders, and said there was no use denying anything to a woman, for she would have her way."
- "I see. Then at the gasfitters' ball you met, as I understand, a gentleman called Mr. Hosmer Angel."
- "Yes, sir. I met him that night, and he called next day to ask if we had got home all safe, and after that we met him--that is to say, Mr. Holmes, I met him twice for walks, but after that father came back again, and Mr. Hosmer Angel could not come to the house any more."
- "No?"
- "Well, you know father didn't like anything of the sort. He wouldn't have any visitors if he could help it, and he used to say that a woman should be happy in her own family circle. But then, as I used to say to mother, a woman wants her own circle to begin with, and I had not got mine yet."
- "But how about Mr. Hosmer Angel? Did he make no attempt to see you?"
- "Well, father was going off to France again in a week, and Hosmer wrote and said that it would be safer and better not to see each other until he had gone. We could write in the meantime, and he used to write every day. I took the letters in in the morning, so there was no need for father to know."
- "Were you engaged to the gentleman at this time?"
- "Oh, yes, Mr. Holmes. We were engaged after the first walk that we took. Hosmer--Mr. Angel--was a cashier in an office in Leadenhall Street--and--"
- "What office?"
- "That's the worst of it, Mr. Holmes, I don't know."
- "Where did he live, then?"
- "He slept on the premises."
- "And you don't know his address?"
- "No--except that it was Leadenhall Street."
- "Where did you address your letters, then?"
- "To the Leadenhall Street Post Office, to be left till called for. He said that if they were sent to the office he would be chaffed by all the other clerks about having letters from a lady, so I offered to typewrite them, like he did his, but he wouldn't have that, for he said that when I wrote them they seemed to come from me, but when they were typewritten he always felt that the machine had come between us. That will just show you how fond he was of me, Mr. Holmes, and the little things that he would think of."
- "It was most suggestive," said Holmes. "It has long been an axiom of mine that the little things are infinitely the most important. Can you remember any other little things about Mr. Hosmer Angel?"
- "He was a very shy man, Mr. Holmes. He would rather walk with me in the evening than in the daylight, for he said that he hated to be conspicuous. Very retiring and gentlemanly he was. Even his voice was gentle. He'd had the quinsy and swollen glands when he was young, he told me, and it had left him with a weak throat, and a hesitating, whispering fashion of speech. He was always well dressed, very neat and plain, but his eyes were weak, just as mine are, and he wore tinted glasses against the glare."
- "Well, and what happened when Mr. Windibank, your stepfather, returned to France?"
- "Mr. Hosmer Angel came to the house again and proposed that we should marry before father came back. He was in dreadful earnest and made me swear, with my hands on the Testament, that whatever happened I would always be true to him. Mother said he was quite right to make me swear, and that it was a sign of his passion. Mother was all in his favour from the first and was even fonder of him than I was. Then, when they talked of marrying within the week, I began to ask about father; but they both said never to mind about father, but just to tell him afterwards, and mother said she would make it all right with him. I didn't quite like that, Mr. Holmes. It seemed funny that I should ask his leave, as he was only a few years older than me; but I didn't want to do anything on the sly, so I wrote to father at Bordeaux, where the company has its French offices, but the letter came back to me on the very morning of the wedding."
- "It missed him, then?"
- "Yes, sir; for he had started to England just before it arrived."
- "Ha! that was unfortunate. Your wedding was arranged, then, for the Friday. Was it to be in church?"
- "Yes, sir, but very quietly. It was to be at St. Saviour's, near King's Cross, and we were to have breakfast afterwards at the St. Pancras Hotel. Hosmer came for us in a hansom, but as there were two of us he put us both into it and stepped himself into a four-wheeler, which happened to be the only other cab in the street. We got to the church first, and when the four-wheeler drove up we waited for him to step out, but he never did, and when the cabman got down from the box and looked there was no one there! The cabman said that he could not imagine what had become of him, for he had seen him get in with his own eyes. That was last Friday, Mr. Holmes, and I have never seen or heard anything since then to throw any light upon what became of him."
- "It seems to me that you have been very shamefully treated," said Holmes.
- "Oh, no, sir! He was too good and kind to leave me so. Why, all the morning he was saying to me that, whatever happened, I was to be true; and that even if something quite unforeseen occurred to separate us, I was always to remember that I was pledged to him, and that he would claim his pledge sooner or later. It seemed strange talk for a wedding-morning, but what has happened since gives a meaning to it."
- "Most certainly it does. Your own opinion is, then, that some unforeseen catastrophe has occurred to him?"
- "Yes, sir. I believe that he foresaw some danger, or else he would not have talked so. And then I think that what he foresaw happened."
- "But you have no notion as to what it could have been?"
- "None."
- "One more question. How did your mother take the matter?"
- "She was angry, and said that I was never to speak of the matter again."
- "And your father? Did you tell him?"
- "Yes; and he seemed to think, with me, that something had happened, and that I should hear of Hosmer again. As he said, what interest could anyone have in bringing me to the doors of the church, and then leaving me? Now, if he had borrowed my money, or if he had married me and got my money settled on him, there might be some reason, but Hosmer was very independent about money and never would look at a shilling of mine. And yet, what could have happened? And why could he not write? Oh, it drives me half-mad to think of it, and I can't sleep a wink at night." She pulled a little handkerchief out of her muff and began to sob heavily into it.
- "I shall glance into the case for you," said Holmes, rising, "and I have no doubt that we shall reach some definite result. Let the weight of the matter rest upon me now, and do not let your mind dwell upon it further. Above all, try to let Mr. Hosmer Angel vanish from your memory, as he has done from your life."
- "Then you don't think I'll see him again?"
- "I fear not."
- "Then what has happened to him?"
- "You will leave that question in my hands. I should like an accurate description of him and any letters of his which you can spare."
- "I advertised for him in last Saturday's Chronicle," said she. "Here is the slip and here are four letters from him."
- "Thank you. And your address?"
- "No. 31 Lyon Place, Camberwell."
- "Mr. Angel's address you never had, I understand. Where is your father's place of business?"
- "He travels for Westhouse & Marbank, the great claret importers of Fenchurch Street."
- "Thank you. You have made your statement very clearly. You will leave the papers here, and remember the advice which I have given you. Let the whole incident be a sealed book, and do not allow it to affect your life."
- "You are very kind, Mr. Holmes, but I cannot do that. I shall be true to Hosmer. He shall find me ready when he comes back."
- For all the preposterous hat and the vacuous face, there was something noble in the simple faith of our visitor which compelled our respect. She laid her little bundle of papers upon the table and went her way, with a promise to come again whenever she might be summoned.
- Sherlock Holmes sat silent for a few minutes with his fingertips still pressed together, his legs stretched out in front of him, and his gaze directed upward to the ceiling. Then he took down from the rack the old and oily clay pipe, which was to him as a counsellor, and, having lit it, he leaned back in his chair, with the thick blue cloud-wreaths spinning up from him, and a look of infinite languor in his face.
- "Quite an interesting study, that maiden," he observed. "I found her more interesting than her little problem, which, by the way, is rather a trite one. You will find parallel cases, if you consult my index, in Andover in '77, and there was something of the sort at The Hague last year. Old as is the idea, however, there were one or two details which were new to me. But the maiden herself was most instructive."
- "You appeared to read a good deal upon her which was quite invisible to me," I remarked.
- "Not invisible but unnoticed, Watson. You did not know where to look, and so you missed all that was important. I can never bring you to realise the importance of sleeves, the suggestiveness of thumb-nails, or the great issues that may hang from a boot-lace. Now, what did you gather from that woman's appearance? Describe it."
- "Well, she had a slate-coloured, broad-brimmed straw hat, with a feather of a brickish red. Her jacket was black, with black beads sewn upon it, and a fringe of little black jet ornaments. Her dress was brown, rather darker than coffee colour, with a little purple plush at the neck and sleeves. Her gloves were greyish and were worn through at the right forefinger. Her boots I didn't observe. She had small round, hanging gold earrings, and a general air of being fairly well-to-do in a vulgar, comfortable, easy-going way."
- Sherlock Holmes clapped his hands softly together and chuckled.
- " 'Pon my word, Watson, you are coming along wonderfully. You have really done very well indeed. It is true that you have missed everything of importance, but you have hit upon the method, and you have a quick eye for colour. Never trust to general impressions, my boy, but concentrate yourself upon details. My first glance is always at a woman's sleeve. In a man it is perhaps better first to take the knee of the trouser. As you observe, this woman had plush upon her sleeves, which is a most useful material for showing traces. The double line a little above the wrist, where the typewritist presses against the table, was beautifully defined. The sewing-machine, of the hand type, leaves a similar mark, but only on the left arm, and on the side of it farthest from the thumb, instead of being right across the broadest part, as this was. I then glanced at her face, and, observing the dint of a pince-nez at either side of her nose, I ventured a remark upon short sight and typewriting, which seemed to surprise her."
- "It surprised me."
- "But, surely, it was obvious. I was then much surprised and interested on glancing down to observe that, though the boots which she was wearing were not unlike each other, they were really odd ones; the one having a slightly decorated toe-cap, and the other a plain one. One was buttoned only in the two lower buttons out of five, and the other at the first, third, and fifth. Now, when you see that a young lady, otherwise neatly dressed, has come away from home with odd boots, half-buttoned, it is no great deduction to say that she came away in a hurry."
- "And what else?" I asked, keenly interested, as I always was, by my friend's incisive reasoning.
- "I noted, in passing, that she had written a note before leaving home but after being fully dressed. You observed that her right glove was torn at the forefinger, but you did not apparently see that both glove and finger were stained with violet ink. She had written in a hurry and dipped her pen too deep. It must have been this morning, or the mark would not remain clear upon the finger. All this is amusing, though rather elementary, but I must go back to business, Watson. Would you mind reading me the advertised description of Mr. Hosmer Angel?"
- I held the little printed slip to the light.
- "Missing," it said, "on the morning of the fourteenth, a gentleman named Hosmer Angel. About five ft. seven in. in height; strongly built, sallow complexion, black hair, a little bald in the centre, bushy, black side-whiskers and moustache; tinted glasses, slight infirmity of speech. Was dressed, when last seen, in black frock-coat faced with silk, black waistcoat, gold Albert chain, and grey Harris tweed trousers, with brown gaiters over elastic-sided boots. Known to have been employed in an office in Leadenhall Street. Anybody bringing--"
- "That will do," said Holmes. "As to the letters," he continued, glancing over them, "they are very commonplace. Absolutely no clue in them to Mr. Angel, save that he quotes Balzac once. There is one remarkable point, however, which will no doubt strike you."
- "They are typewritten," I remarked.
- "Not only that, but the signature is typewritten. Look at the neat little 'Hosmer Angel' at the bottom. There is a date, you see, but no superscription except Leadenhall Street, which is rather vague. The point about the signature is very suggestive--in fact, we may call it conclusive."
- "Of what?"
- "My dear fellow, is it possible you do not see how strongly it bears upon the case?"
- "I cannot say that I do unless it were that he wished to be able to deny his signature if an action for breach of promise were instituted."
- "No, that was not the point. However, I shall write two letters, which should settle the matter. One is to a firm in the City, the other is to the young lady's stepfather, Mr. Windibank, asking him whether he could meet us here at six o'clock to-morrow evening. It is just as well that we should do business with the male relatives. And now, Doctor, we can do nothing until the answers to those letters come, so we may put our little problem upon the shelf for the interim."
- I had had so many reasons to believe in my friend's subtle powers of reasoning and extraordinary energy in action that I felt that he must have some solid grounds for the assured and easy demeanour with which he treated the singular mystery which he had been called upon to fathom. Once only had I known him to fail, in the case of the King of Bohemia and of the Irene Adler photograph; but when I looked back to the weird business of the Sign of Four, and the extraordinary circumstances connected with the Study in Scarlet, I felt that it would be a strange tangle indeed which he could not unravel.
- I left him then, still puffing at his black clay pipe, with the conviction that when I came again on the next evening I would find that he held in his hands all the clues which would lead up to the identity of the disappearing bridegroom of Miss Mary Sutherland.
- A professional case of great gravity was engaging my own attention at the time, and the whole of next day I was busy at the bedside of the sufferer. It was not until close upon six o'clock that I found myself free and was able to spring into a hansom and drive to Baker Street, half afraid that I might be too late to assist at the denouement of the little mystery. I found Sherlock Holmes alone, however, half asleep, with his long, thin form curled up in the recesses of his armchair. A formidable array of bottles and test-tubes, with the pungent cleanly smell of hydrochloric acid, told me that he had spent his day in the chemical work which was so dear to him.
- "Well, have you solved it?" I asked as I entered.
- "Yes. It was the bisulphate of baryta."
- "No, no, the mystery!" I cried.
- "Oh, that! I thought of the salt that I have been working upon. There was never any mystery in the matter, though, as I said yesterday, some of the details are of interest. The only drawback is that there is no law, I fear, that can touch the scoundrel."
- "Who was he, then, and what was his object in deserting Miss Sutherland?"
- The question was hardly out of my mouth, and Holmes had not yet opened his lips to reply, when we heard a heavy footfall in the passage and a tap at the door.
- "This is the girl's stepfather, Mr. James Windibank," said Holmes. "He has written to me to say that he would be here at six. Come in!"
- The man who entered was a sturdy, middle-sized fellow, some thirty years of age, clean-shaven, and sallow-skinned, with a bland, insinuating manner, and a pair of wonderfully sharp and penetrating grey eyes. He shot a questioning glance at each of us, placed his shiny top-hat upon the sideboard, and with a slight bow sidled down into the nearest chair.
- "Good-evening, Mr. James Windibank," said Holmes. "I think that this typewritten letter is from you, in which you made an appointment with me for six o'clock?"
- "Yes, sir. I am afraid that I am a little late, but I am not quite my own master, you know. I am sorry that Miss Sutherland has troubled you about this little matter, for I think it is far better not to wash linen of the sort in public. It was quite against my wishes that she came, but she is a very excitable, impulsive girl, as you may have noticed, and she is not easily controlled when she has made up her mind on a point. Of course, I did not mind you so much, as you are not connected with the official police, but it is not pleasant to have a family misfortune like this noised abroad. Besides, it is a useless expense, for how could you possibly find this Hosmer Angel?"
- "On the contrary," said Holmes quietly; "I have every reason to believe that I will succeed in discovering Mr. Hosmer Angel."
- Mr. Windibank gave a violent start and dropped his gloves. "I am delighted to hear it," he said.
- "It is a curious thing," remarked Holmes, "that a typewriter has really quite as much individuality as a man's handwriting. Unless they are quite new, no two of them write exactly alike. Some letters get more worn than others, and some wear only on one side. Now, you remark in this note of yours, Mr. Windibank, that in every case there is some little slurring over of the 'e,' and a slight defect in the tail of the 'r.' There are fourteen other characteristics, but those are the more obvious."
- "We do all our correspondence with this machine at the office, and no doubt it is a little worn," our visitor answered, glancing keenly at Holmes with his bright little eyes.
- "And now I will show you what is really a very interesting study, Mr. Windibank," Holmes continued. "I think of writing another little monograph some of these days on the typewriter and its relation to crime. It is a subject to which I have devoted some little attention. I have here four letters which purport to come from the missing man. They are all typewritten. In each case, not only are the 'e's' slurred and the 'r's' tailless, but you will observe, if you care to use my magnifying lens, that the fourteen other characteristics to which I have alluded are there as well."
- Mr. Windibank sprang out of his chair and picked up his hat. "I cannot waste time over this sort of fantastic talk, Mr. Holmes," he said. "If you can catch the man, catch him, and let me know when you have done it."
- "Certainly," said Holmes, stepping over and turning the key in the door. "I let you know, then, that I have caught him!"
- "What! where?" shouted Mr. Windibank, turning white to his lips and glancing about him like a rat in a trap.
- "Oh, it won't do--really it won't," said Holmes suavely. "There is no possible getting out of it, Mr. Windibank. It is quite too transparent, and it was a very bad compliment when you said that it was impossible for me to solve so simple a question. That's right! Sit down and let us talk it over."
- Our visitor collapsed into a chair, with a ghastly face and a glitter of moisture on his brow. "It--it's not actionable," he stammered.
- "I am very much afraid that it is not. But between ourselves, Windibank, it was as cruel and selfish and heartless a trick in a petty way as ever came before me. Now, let me just run over the course of events, and you will contradict me if I go wrong."
- The man sat huddled up in his chair, with his head sunk upon his breast, like one who is utterly crushed. Holmes stuck his feet up on the corner of the mantelpiece and, leaning back with his hands in his pockets, began talking, rather to himself, as it seemed, than to us.
- "The man married a woman very much older than himself for her money," said he, "and he enjoyed the use of the money of the daughter as long as she lived with them. It was a considerable sum, for people in their position, and the loss of it would have made a serious difference. It was worth an effort to preserve it. The daughter was of a good, amiable disposition, but affectionate and warm-hearted in her ways, so that it was evident that with her fair personal advantages, and her little income, she would not be allowed to remain single long. Now her marriage would mean, of course, the loss of a hundred a year, so what does her stepfather do to prevent it? He takes the obvious course of keeping her at home and forbidding her to seek the company of people of her own age. But soon he found that that would not answer forever. She became restive, insisted upon her rights, and finally announced her positive intention of going to a certain ball. What does her clever stepfather do then? He conceives an idea more creditable to his head than to his heart. With the connivance and assistance of his wife he disguised himself, covered those keen eyes with tinted glasses, masked the face with a moustache and a pair of bushy whiskers, sunk that clear voice into an insinuating whisper, and doubly secure on account of the girl's short sight, he appears as Mr. Hosmer Angel, and keeps off other lovers by making love himself."
- "It was only a joke at first," groaned our visitor. "We never thought that she would have been so carried away."
- "Very likely not. However that may be, the young lady was very decidedly carried away, and, having quite made up her mind that her stepfather was in France, the suspicion of treachery never for an instant entered her mind. She was flattered by the gentleman's attentions, and the effect was increased by the loudly expressed admiration of her mother. Then Mr. Angel began to call, for it was obvious that the matter should be pushed as far as it would go if a real effect were to be produced. There were meetings, and an engagement, which would finally secure the girl's affections from turning towards anyone else. But the deception could not be kept up forever. These pretended journeys to France were rather cumbrous. The thing to do was clearly to bring the business to an end in such a dramatic manner that it would leave a permanent impression upon the young lady's mind and prevent her from looking upon any other suitor for some time to come. Hence those vows of fidelity exacted upon a Testament, and hence also the allusions to a possibility of something happening on the very morning of the wedding. James Windibank wished Miss Sutherland to be so bound to Hosmer Angel, and so uncertain as to his fate, that for ten years to come, at any rate, she would not listen to another man. As far as the church door he brought her, and then, as he could go no farther, he conveniently vanished away by the old trick of stepping in at one door of a four-wheeler and out at the other. I think that was the chain of events, Mr. Windibank!"
- Our visitor had recovered something of his assurance while Holmes had been talking, and he rose from his chair now with a cold sneer upon his pale face.
- "It may be so, or it may not, Mr. Holmes," said he, "but if you are so very sharp you ought to be sharp enough to know that it is you who are breaking the law now, and not me. I have done nothing actionable from the first, but as long as you keep that door locked you lay yourself open to an action for assault and illegal constraint."
- "The law cannot, as you say, touch you," said Holmes, unlocking and throwing open the door, "yet there never was a man who deserved punishment more. If the young lady has a brother or a friend, he ought to lay a whip across your shoulders. By Jove!" he continued, flushing up at the sight of the bitter sneer upon the man's face, "it is not part of my duties to my client, but here's a hunting crop handy, and I think I shall just treat myself to--" He took two swift steps to the whip, but before he could grasp it there was a wild clatter of steps upon the stairs, the heavy hall door banged, and from the window we could see Mr. James Windibank running at the top of his speed down the road.
- "There's a cold-blooded scoundrel!" said Holmes, laughing, as he threw himself down into his chair once more. "That fellow will rise from crime to crime until he does something very bad, and ends on a gallows. The case has, in some respects, been not entirely devoid of interest."
- "I cannot now entirely see all the steps of your reasoning," I remarked.
- "Well, of course it was obvious from the first that this Mr. Hosmer Angel must have some strong object for his curious conduct, and it was equally clear that the only man who really profited by the incident, as far as we could see, was the stepfather. Then the fact that the two men were never together, but that the one always appeared when the other was away, was suggestive. So were the tinted spectacles and the curious voice, which both hinted at a disguise, as did the bushy whiskers. My suspicions were all confirmed by his peculiar action in typewriting his signature, which, of course, inferred that his handwriting was so familiar to her that she would recognise even the smallest sample of it. You see all these isolated facts, together with many minor ones, all pointed in the same direction."
- "And how did you verify them?"
- "Having once spotted my man, it was easy to get corroboration. I knew the firm for which this man worked. Having taken the printed description. I eliminated everything from it which could be the result of a disguise--the whiskers, the glasses, the voice, and I sent it to the firm, with a request that they would inform me whether it answered to the description of any of their travellers. I had already noticed the peculiarities of the typewriter, and I wrote to the man himself at his business address asking him if he would come here. As I expected, his reply was typewritten and revealed the same trivial but characteristic defects. The same post brought me a letter from Westhouse & Marbank, of Fenchurch Street, to say that the description tallied in every respect with that of their employe, James Windibank. Voila tout!"
- "And Miss Sutherland?"
- "If I tell her she will not believe me. You may remember the old Persian saying, 'There is danger for him who taketh the tiger cub, and danger also for whoso snatches a delusion from a woman.' There is as much sense in Hafiz as in Horace, and as much knowledge of the world."
- ADVENTURE IV. THE BOSCOMBE VALLEY MYSTERY
- We were seated at breakfast one morning, my wife and I, when the maid brought in a telegram. It was from Sherlock Holmes and ran in this way:
- "Have you a couple of days to spare? Have just been wired for from the west of England in connection with Boscombe Valley tragedy. Shall be glad if you will come with me. Air and scenery perfect. Leave Paddington by the 11:15."
- "What do you say, dear?" said my wife, looking across at me. "Will you go?"
- "I really don't know what to say. I have a fairly long list at present."
- "Oh, Anstruther would do your work for you. You have been looking a little pale lately. I think that the change would do you good, and you are always so interested in Mr. Sherlock Holmes' cases."
- "I should be ungrateful if I were not, seeing what I gained through one of them," I answered. "But if I am to go, I must pack at once, for I have only half an hour."
- My experience of camp life in Afghanistan had at least had the effect of making me a prompt and ready traveller. My wants were few and simple, so that in less than the time stated I was in a cab with my valise, rattling away to Paddington Station. Sherlock Holmes was pacing up and down the platform, his tall, gaunt figure made even gaunter and taller by his long grey travelling-cloak and close-fitting cloth cap.
- "It is really very good of you to come, Watson," said he. "It makes a considerable difference to me, having someone with me on whom I can thoroughly rely. Local aid is always either worthless or else biassed. If you will keep the two corner seats I shall get the tickets."
- We had the carriage to ourselves save for an immense litter of papers which Holmes had brought with him. Among these he rummaged and read, with intervals of note-taking and of meditation, until we were past Reading. Then he suddenly rolled them all into a gigantic ball and tossed them up onto the rack.
- "Have you heard anything of the case?" he asked.
- "Not a word. I have not seen a paper for some days."
- "The London press has not had very full accounts. I have just been looking through all the recent papers in order to master the particulars. It seems, from what I gather, to be one of those simple cases which are so extremely difficult."
- "That sounds a little paradoxical."
- "But it is profoundly true. Singularity is almost invariably a clue. The more featureless and commonplace a crime is, the more difficult it is to bring it home. In this case, however, they have established a very serious case against the son of the murdered man."
- "It is a murder, then?"
- "Well, it is conjectured to be so. I shall take nothing for granted until I have the opportunity of looking personally into it. I will explain the state of things to you, as far as I have been able to understand it, in a very few words.
- "Boscombe Valley is a country district not very far from Ross, in Herefordshire. The largest landed proprietor in that part is a Mr. John Turner, who made his money in Australia and returned some years ago to the old country. One of the farms which he held, that of Hatherley, was let to Mr. Charles McCarthy, who was also an ex-Australian. The men had known each other in the colonies, so that it was not unnatural that when they came to settle down they should do so as near each other as possible. Turner was apparently the richer man, so McCarthy became his tenant but still remained, it seems, upon terms of perfect equality, as they were frequently together. McCarthy had one son, a lad of eighteen, and Turner had an only daughter of the same age, but neither of them had wives living. They appear to have avoided the society of the neighbouring English families and to have led retired lives, though both the McCarthys were fond of sport and were frequently seen at the race-meetings of the neighbourhood. McCarthy kept two servants--a man and a girl. Turner had a considerable household, some half-dozen at the least. That is as much as I have been able to gather about the families. Now for the facts.
- "On June 3rd, that is, on Monday last, McCarthy left his house at Hatherley about three in the afternoon and walked down to the Boscombe Pool, which is a small lake formed by the spreading out of the stream which runs down the Boscombe Valley. He had been out with his serving-man in the morning at Ross, and he had told the man that he must hurry, as he had an appointment of importance to keep at three. From that appointment he never came back alive.
- "From Hatherley Farmhouse to the Boscombe Pool is a quarter of a mile, and two people saw him as he passed over this ground. One was an old woman, whose name is not mentioned, and the other was William Crowder, a game-keeper in the employ of Mr. Turner. Both these witnesses depose that Mr. McCarthy was walking alone. The game-keeper adds that within a few minutes of his seeing Mr. McCarthy pass he had seen his son, Mr. James McCarthy, going the same way with a gun under his arm. To the best of his belief, the father was actually in sight at the time, and the son was following him. He thought no more of the matter until he heard in the evening of the tragedy that had occurred.
- "The two McCarthys were seen after the time when William Crowder, the game-keeper, lost sight of them. The Boscombe Pool is thickly wooded round, with just a fringe of grass and of reeds round the edge. A girl of fourteen, Patience Moran, who is the daughter of the lodge-keeper of the Boscombe Valley estate, was in one of the woods picking flowers. She states that while she was there she saw, at the border of the wood and close by the lake, Mr. McCarthy and his son, and that they appeared to be having a violent quarrel. She heard Mr. McCarthy the elder using very strong language to his son, and she saw the latter raise up his hand as if to strike his father. She was so frightened by their violence that she ran away and told her mother when she reached home that she had left the two McCarthys quarrelling near Boscombe Pool, and that she was afraid that they were going to fight. She had hardly said the words when young Mr. McCarthy came running up to the lodge to say that he had found his father dead in the wood, and to ask for the help of the lodge-keeper. He was much excited, without either his gun or his hat, and his right hand and sleeve were observed to be stained with fresh blood. On following him they found the dead body stretched out upon the grass beside the pool. The head had been beaten in by repeated blows of some heavy and blunt weapon. The injuries were such as might very well have been inflicted by the butt-end of his son's gun, which was found lying on the grass within a few paces of the body. Under these circumstances the young man was instantly arrested, and a verdict of 'wilful murder' having been returned at the inquest on Tuesday, he was on Wednesday brought before the magistrates at Ross, who have referred the case to the next Assizes. Those are the main facts of the case as they came out before the coroner and the police-court."
- "I could hardly imagine a more damning case," I remarked. "If ever circumstantial evidence pointed to a criminal it does so here."
- "Circumstantial evidence is a very tricky thing," answered Holmes thoughtfully. "It may seem to point very straight to one thing, but if you shift your own point of view a little, you may find it pointing in an equally uncompromising manner to something entirely different. It must be confessed, however, that the case looks exceedingly grave against the young man, and it is very possible that he is indeed the culprit. There are several people in the neighbourhood, however, and among them Miss Turner, the daughter of the neighbouring landowner, who believe in his innocence, and who have retained Lestrade, whom you may recollect in connection with the Study in Scarlet, to work out the case in his interest. Lestrade, being rather puzzled, has referred the case to me, and hence it is that two middle-aged gentlemen are flying westward at fifty miles an hour instead of quietly digesting their breakfasts at home."
- "I am afraid," said I, "that the facts are so obvious that you will find little credit to be gained out of this case."
- "There is nothing more deceptive than an obvious fact," he answered, laughing. "Besides, we may chance to hit upon some other obvious facts which may have been by no means obvious to Mr. Lestrade. You know me too well to think that I am boasting when I say that I shall either confirm or destroy his theory by means which he is quite incapable of employing, or even of understanding. To take the first example to hand, I very clearly perceive that in your bedroom the window is upon the right-hand side, and yet I question whether Mr. Lestrade would have noted even so self-evident a thing as that."
- "How on earth--"
- "My dear fellow, I know you well. I know the military neatness which characterises you. You shave every morning, and in this season you shave by the sunlight; but since your shaving is less and less complete as we get farther back on the left side, until it becomes positively slovenly as we get round the angle of the jaw, it is surely very clear that that side is less illuminated than the other. I could not imagine a man of your habits looking at himself in an equal light and being satisfied with such a result. I only quote this as a trivial example of observation and inference. Therein lies my metier, and it is just possible that it may be of some service in the investigation which lies before us. There are one or two minor points which were brought out in the inquest, and which are worth considering."
- "What are they?"
- "It appears that his arrest did not take place at once, but after the return to Hatherley Farm. On the inspector of constabulary informing him that he was a prisoner, he remarked that he was not surprised to hear it, and that it was no more than his deserts. This observation of his had the natural effect of removing any traces of doubt which might have remained in the minds of the coroner's jury."
- "It was a confession," I ejaculated.
- "No, for it was followed by a protestation of innocence."
- "Coming on the top of such a damning series of events, it was at least a most suspicious remark."
- "On the contrary," said Holmes, "it is the brightest rift which I can at present see in the clouds. However innocent he might be, he could not be such an absolute imbecile as not to see that the circumstances were very black against him. Had he appeared surprised at his own arrest, or feigned indignation at it, I should have looked upon it as highly suspicious, because such surprise or anger would not be natural under the circumstances, and yet might appear to be the best policy to a scheming man. His frank acceptance of the situation marks him as either an innocent man, or else as a man of considerable self-restraint and firmness. As to his remark about his deserts, it was also not unnatural if you consider that he stood beside the dead body of his father, and that there is no doubt that he had that very day so far forgotten his filial duty as to bandy words with him, and even, according to the little girl whose evidence is so important, to raise his hand as if to strike him. The self-reproach and contrition which are displayed in his remark appear to me to be the signs of a healthy mind rather than of a guilty one."
- I shook my head. "Many men have been hanged on far slighter evidence," I remarked.
- "So they have. And many men have been wrongfully hanged."
- "What is the young man's own account of the matter?"
- "It is, I am afraid, not very encouraging to his supporters, though there are one or two points in it which are suggestive. You will find it here, and may read it for yourself."
- He picked out from his bundle a copy of the local Herefordshire paper, and having turned down the sheet he pointed out the paragraph in which the unfortunate young man had given his own statement of what had occurred. I settled myself down in the corner of the carriage and read it very carefully. It ran in this way:
- "Mr. James McCarthy, the only son of the deceased, was then called and gave evidence as follows: 'I had been away from home for three days at Bristol, and had only just returned upon the morning of last Monday, the 3rd. My father was absent from home at the time of my arrival, and I was informed by the maid that he had driven over to Ross with John Cobb, the groom. Shortly after my return I heard the wheels of his trap in the yard, and, looking out of my window, I saw him get out and walk rapidly out of the yard, though I was not aware in which direction he was going. I then took my gun and strolled out in the direction of the Boscombe Pool, with the intention of visiting the rabbit warren which is upon the other side. On my way I saw William Crowder, the game-keeper, as he had stated in his evidence; but he is mistaken in thinking that I was following my father. I had no idea that he was in front of me. When about a hundred yards from the pool I heard a cry of "Cooee!" which was a usual signal between my father and myself. I then hurried forward, and found him standing by the pool. He appeared to be much surprised at seeing me and asked me rather roughly what I was doing there. A conversation ensued which led to high words and almost to blows, for my father was a man of a very violent temper. Seeing that his passion was becoming ungovernable, I left him and returned towards Hatherley Farm. I had not gone more than 150 yards, however, when I heard a hideous outcry behind me, which caused me to run back again. I found my father expiring upon the ground, with his head terribly injured. I dropped my gun and held him in my arms, but he almost instantly expired. I knelt beside him for some minutes, and then made my way to Mr. Turner's lodge-keeper, his house being the nearest, to ask for assistance. I saw no one near my father when I returned, and I have no idea how he came by his injuries. He was not a popular man, being somewhat cold and forbidding in his manners, but he had, as far as I know, no active enemies. I know nothing further of the matter.'
- "The Coroner: Did your father make any statement to you before he died?
- "Witness: He mumbled a few words, but I could only catch some allusion to a rat.
- "The Coroner: What did you understand by that?
- "Witness: It conveyed no meaning to me. I thought that he was delirious.
- "The Coroner: What was the point upon which you and your father had this final quarrel?
- "Witness: I should prefer not to answer.
- "The Coroner: I am afraid that I must press it.
- "Witness: It is really impossible for me to tell you. I can assure you that it has nothing to do with the sad tragedy which followed.
- "The Coroner: That is for the court to decide. I need not point out to you that your refusal to answer will prejudice your case considerably in any future proceedings which may arise.
- "Witness: I must still refuse.
- "The Coroner: I understand that the cry of 'Cooee' was a common signal between you and your father?
- "Witness: It was.
- "The Coroner: How was it, then, that he uttered it before he saw you, and before he even knew that you had returned from Bristol?
- "Witness (with considerable confusion): I do not know.
- "A Juryman: Did you see nothing which aroused your suspicions when you returned on hearing the cry and found your father fatally injured?
- "Witness: Nothing definite.
- "The Coroner: What do you mean?
- "Witness: I was so disturbed and excited as I rushed out into the open, that I could think of nothing except of my father. Yet I have a vague impression that as I ran forward something lay upon the ground to the left of me. It seemed to me to be something grey in colour, a coat of some sort, or a plaid perhaps. When I rose from my father I looked round for it, but it was gone.
- " 'Do you mean that it disappeared before you went for help?'
- " 'Yes, it was gone.'
- " 'You cannot say what it was?'
- " 'No, I had a feeling something was there.'
- " 'How far from the body?'
- " 'A dozen yards or so.'
- " 'And how far from the edge of the wood?'
- " 'About the same.'
- " 'Then if it was removed it was while you were within a dozen yards of it?'
- " 'Yes, but with my back towards it.'
- "This concluded the examination of the witness."
- "I see," said I as I glanced down the column, "that the coroner in his concluding remarks was rather severe upon young McCarthy. He calls attention, and with reason, to the discrepancy about his father having signalled to him before seeing him, also to his refusal to give details of his conversation with his father, and his singular account of his father's dying words. They are all, as he remarks, very much against the son."
- Holmes laughed softly to himself and stretched himself out upon the cushioned seat. "Both you and the coroner have been at some pains," said he, "to single out the very strongest points in the young man's favour. Don't you see that you alternately give him credit for having too much imagination and too little? Too little, if he could not invent a cause of quarrel which would give him the sympathy of the jury; too much, if he evolved from his own inner consciousness anything so outre as a dying reference to a rat, and the incident of the vanishing cloth. No, sir, I shall approach this case from the point of view that what this young man says is true, and we shall see whither that hypothesis will lead us. And now here is my pocket Petrarch, and not another word shall I say of this case until we are on the scene of action. We lunch at Swindon, and I see that we shall be there in twenty minutes."
- It was nearly four o'clock when we at last, after passing through the beautiful Stroud Valley, and over the broad gleaming Severn, found ourselves at the pretty little country-town of Ross. A lean, ferret-like man, furtive and sly-looking, was waiting for us upon the platform. In spite of the light brown dustcoat and leather-leggings which he wore in deference to his rustic surroundings, I had no difficulty in recognising Lestrade, of Scotland Yard. With him we drove to the Hereford Arms where a room had already been engaged for us.
- "I have ordered a carriage," said Lestrade as we sat over a cup of tea. "I knew your energetic nature, and that you would not be happy until you had been on the scene of the crime."
- "It was very nice and complimentary of you," Holmes answered. "It is entirely a question of barometric pressure."
- Lestrade looked startled. "I do not quite follow," he said.
- "How is the glass? Twenty-nine, I see. No wind, and not a cloud in the sky. I have a caseful of cigarettes here which need smoking, and the sofa is very much superior to the usual country hotel abomination. I do not think that it is probable that I shall use the carriage to-night."
- Lestrade laughed indulgently. "You have, no doubt, already formed your conclusions from the newspapers," he said. "The case is as plain as a pikestaff, and the more one goes into it the plainer it becomes. Still, of course, one can't refuse a lady, and such a very positive one, too. She has heard of you, and would have your opinion, though I repeatedly told her that there was nothing which you could do which I had not already done. Why, bless my soul! here is her carriage at the door."
- He had hardly spoken before there rushed into the room one of the most lovely young women that I have ever seen in my life. Her violet eyes shining, her lips parted, a pink flush upon her cheeks, all thought of her natural reserve lost in her overpowering excitement and concern.
- "Oh, Mr. Sherlock Holmes!" she cried, glancing from one to the other of us, and finally, with a woman's quick intuition, fastening upon my companion, "I am so glad that you have come. I have driven down to tell you so. I know that James didn't do it. I know it, and I want you to start upon your work knowing it, too. Never let yourself doubt upon that point. We have known each other since we were little children, and I know his faults as no one else does; but he is too tender-hearted to hurt a fly. Such a charge is absurd to anyone who really knows him."
- "I hope we may clear him, Miss Turner," said Sherlock Holmes. "You may rely upon my doing all that I can."
- "But you have read the evidence. You have formed some conclusion? Do you not see some loophole, some flaw? Do you not yourself think that he is innocent?"
- "I think that it is very probable."
- "There, now!" she cried, throwing back her head and looking defiantly at Lestrade. "You hear! He gives me hopes."
- Lestrade shrugged his shoulders. "I am afraid that my colleague has been a little quick in forming his conclusions," he said.
- "But he is right. Oh! I know that he is right. James never did it. And about his quarrel with his father, I am sure that the reason why he would not speak about it to the coroner was because I was concerned in it."
- "In what way?" asked Holmes.
- "It is no time for me to hide anything. James and his father had many disagreements about me. Mr. McCarthy was very anxious that there should be a marriage between us. James and I have always loved each other as brother and sister; but of course he is young and has seen very little of life yet, and--and--well, he naturally did not wish to do anything like that yet. So there were quarrels, and this, I am sure, was one of them."
- "And your father?" asked Holmes. "Was he in favour of such a union?"
- "No, he was averse to it also. No one but Mr. McCarthy was in favour of it." A quick blush passed over her fresh young face as Holmes shot one of his keen, questioning glances at her.
- "Thank you for this information," said he. "May I see your father if I call to-morrow?"
- "I am afraid the doctor won't allow it."
- "The doctor?"
- "Yes, have you not heard? Poor father has never been strong for years back, but this has broken him down completely. He has taken to his bed, and Dr. Willows says that he is a wreck and that his nervous system is shattered. Mr. McCarthy was the only man alive who had known dad in the old days in Victoria."
- "Ha! In Victoria! That is important."
- "Yes, at the mines."
- "Quite so; at the gold-mines, where, as I understand, Mr. Turner made his money."
- "Yes, certainly."
- "Thank you, Miss Turner. You have been of material assistance to me."
- "You will tell me if you have any news to-morrow. No doubt you will go to the prison to see James. Oh, if you do, Mr. Holmes, do tell him that I know him to be innocent."
- "I will, Miss Turner."
- "I must go home now, for dad is very ill, and he misses me so if I leave him. Good-bye, and God help you in your undertaking." She hurried from the room as impulsively as she had entered, and we heard the wheels of her carriage rattle off down the street.
- "I am ashamed of you, Holmes," said Lestrade with dignity after a few minutes' silence. "Why should you raise up hopes which you are bound to disappoint? I am not over-tender of heart, but I call it cruel."
- "I think that I see my way to clearing James McCarthy," said Holmes. "Have you an order to see him in prison?"
- "Yes, but only for you and me."
- "Then I shall reconsider my resolution about going out. We have still time to take a train to Hereford and see him to-night?"
- "Ample."
- "Then let us do so. Watson, I fear that you will find it very slow, but I shall only be away a couple of hours."
- I walked down to the station with them, and then wandered through the streets of the little town, finally returning to the hotel, where I lay upon the sofa and tried to interest myself in a yellow-backed novel. The puny plot of the story was so thin, however, when compared to the deep mystery through which we were groping, and I found my attention wander so continually from the action to the fact, that I at last flung it across the room and gave myself up entirely to a consideration of the events of the day. Supposing that this unhappy young man's story were absolutely true, then what hellish thing, what absolutely unforeseen and extraordinary calamity could have occurred between the time when he parted from his father, and the moment when, drawn back by his screams, he rushed into the glade? It was something terrible and deadly. What could it be? Might not the nature of the injuries reveal something to my medical instincts? I rang the bell and called for the weekly county paper, which contained a verbatim account of the inquest. In the surgeon's deposition it was stated that the posterior third of the left parietal bone and the left half of the occipital bone had been shattered by a heavy blow from a blunt weapon. I marked the spot upon my own head. Clearly such a blow must have been struck from behind. That was to some extent in favour of the accused, as when seen quarrelling he was face to face with his father. Still, it did not go for very much, for the older man might have turned his back before the blow fell. Still, it might be worth while to call Holmes' attention to it. Then there was the peculiar dying reference to a rat. What could that mean? It could not be delirium. A man dying from a sudden blow does not commonly become delirious. No, it was more likely to be an attempt to explain how he met his fate. But what could it indicate? I cudgelled my brains to find some possible explanation. And then the incident of the grey cloth seen by young McCarthy. If that were true the murderer must have dropped some part of his dress, presumably his overcoat, in his flight, and must have had the hardihood to return and to carry it away at the instant when the son was kneeling with his back turned not a dozen paces off. What a tissue of mysteries and improbabilities the whole thing was! I did not wonder at Lestrade's opinion, and yet I had so much faith in Sherlock Holmes' insight that I could not lose hope as long as every fresh fact seemed to strengthen his conviction of young McCarthy's innocence.
- It was late before Sherlock Holmes returned. He came back alone, for Lestrade was staying in lodgings in the town.
- "The glass still keeps very high," he remarked as he sat down. "It is of importance that it should not rain before we are able to go over the ground. On the other hand, a man should be at his very best and keenest for such nice work as that, and I did not wish to do it when fagged by a long journey. I have seen young McCarthy."
- "And what did you learn from him?"
- "Nothing."
- "Could he throw no light?"
- "None at all. I was inclined to think at one time that he knew who had done it and was screening him or her, but I am convinced now that he is as puzzled as everyone else. He is not a very quick-witted youth, though comely to look at and, I should think, sound at heart."
- "I cannot admire his taste," I remarked, "if it is indeed a fact that he was averse to a marriage with so charming a young lady as this Miss Turner."
- "Ah, thereby hangs a rather painful tale. This fellow is madly, insanely, in love with her, but some two years ago, when he was only a lad, and before he really knew her, for she had been away five years at a boarding-school, what does the idiot do but get into the clutches of a barmaid in Bristol and marry her at a registry office? No one knows a word of the matter, but you can imagine how maddening it must be to him to be upbraided for not doing what he would give his very eyes to do, but what he knows to be absolutely impossible. It was sheer frenzy of this sort which made him throw his hands up into the air when his father, at their last interview, was goading him on to propose to Miss Turner. On the other hand, he had no means of supporting himself, and his father, who was by all accounts a very hard man, would have thrown him over utterly had he known the truth. It was with his barmaid wife that he had spent the last three days in Bristol, and his father did not know where he was. Mark that point. It is of importance. Good has come out of evil, however, for the barmaid, finding from the papers that he is in serious trouble and likely to be hanged, has thrown him over utterly and has written to him to say that she has a husband already in the Bermuda Dockyard, so that there is really no tie between them. I think that that bit of news has consoled young McCarthy for all that he has suffered."
- "But if he is innocent, who has done it?"
- "Ah! who? I would call your attention very particularly to two points. One is that the murdered man had an appointment with someone at the pool, and that the someone could not have been his son, for his son was away, and he did not know when he would return. The second is that the murdered man was heard to cry 'Cooee!' before he knew that his son had returned. Those are the crucial points upon which the case depends. And now let us talk about George Meredith, if you please, and we shall leave all minor matters until to-morrow."
- There was no rain, as Holmes had foretold, and the morning broke bright and cloudless. At nine o'clock Lestrade called for us with the carriage, and we set off for Hatherley Farm and the Boscombe Pool.
- "There is serious news this morning," Lestrade observed. "It is said that Mr. Turner, of the Hall, is so ill that his life is despaired of."
- "An elderly man, I presume?" said Holmes.
- "About sixty; but his constitution has been shattered by his life abroad, and he has been in failing health for some time. This business has had a very bad effect upon him. He was an old friend of McCarthy's, and, I may add, a great benefactor to him, for I have learned that he gave him Hatherley Farm rent free."
- "Indeed! That is interesting," said Holmes.
- "Oh, yes! In a hundred other ways he has helped him. Everybody about here speaks of his kindness to him."
- "Really! Does it not strike you as a little singular that this McCarthy, who appears to have had little of his own, and to have been under such obligations to Turner, should still talk of marrying his son to Turner's daughter, who is, presumably, heiress to the estate, and that in such a very cocksure manner, as if it were merely a case of a proposal and all else would follow? It is the more strange, since we know that Turner himself was averse to the idea. The daughter told us as much. Do you not deduce something from that?"
- "We have got to the deductions and the inferences," said Lestrade, winking at me. "I find it hard enough to tackle facts, Holmes, without flying away after theories and fancies."
- "You are right," said Holmes demurely; "you do find it very hard to tackle the facts."
- "Anyhow, I have grasped one fact which you seem to find it difficult to get hold of," replied Lestrade with some warmth.
- "And that is--"
- "That McCarthy senior met his death from McCarthy junior and that all theories to the contrary are the merest moonshine."
- "Well, moonshine is a brighter thing than fog," said Holmes, laughing. "But I am very much mistaken if this is not Hatherley Farm upon the left."
- "Yes, that is it." It was a widespread, comfortable-looking building, two-storied, slate-roofed, with great yellow blotches of lichen upon the grey walls. The drawn blinds and the smokeless chimneys, however, gave it a stricken look, as though the weight of this horror still lay heavy upon it. We called at the door, when the maid, at Holmes' request, showed us the boots which her master wore at the time of his death, and also a pair of the son's, though not the pair which he had then had. Having measured these very carefully from seven or eight different points, Holmes desired to be led to the court-yard, from which we all followed the winding track which led to Boscombe Pool.
- Sherlock Holmes was transformed when he was hot upon such a scent as this. Men who had only known the quiet thinker and logician of Baker Street would have failed to recognise him. His face flushed and darkened. His brows were drawn into two hard black lines, while his eyes shone out from beneath them with a steely glitter. His face was bent downward, his shoulders bowed, his lips compressed, and the veins stood out like whipcord in his long, sinewy neck. His nostrils seemed to dilate with a purely animal lust for the chase, and his mind was so absolutely concentrated upon the matter before him that a question or remark fell unheeded upon his ears, or, at the most, only provoked a quick, impatient snarl in reply. Swiftly and silently he made his way along the track which ran through the meadows, and so by way of the woods to the Boscombe Pool. It was damp, marshy ground, as is all that district, and there were marks of many feet, both upon the path and amid the short grass which bounded it on either side. Sometimes Holmes would hurry on, sometimes stop dead, and once he made quite a little detour into the meadow. Lestrade and I walked behind him, the detective indifferent and contemptuous, while I watched my friend with the interest which sprang from the conviction that every one of his actions was directed towards a definite end.
- The Boscombe Pool, which is a little reed-girt sheet of water some fifty yards across, is situated at the boundary between the Hatherley Farm and the private park of the wealthy Mr. Turner. Above the woods which lined it upon the farther side we could see the red, jutting pinnacles which marked the site of the rich landowner's dwelling. On the Hatherley side of the pool the woods grew very thick, and there was a narrow belt of sodden grass twenty paces across between the edge of the trees and the reeds which lined the lake. Lestrade showed us the exact spot at which the body had been found, and, indeed, so moist was the ground, that I could plainly see the traces which had been left by the fall of the stricken man. To Holmes, as I could see by his eager face and peering eyes, very many other things were to be read upon the trampled grass. He ran round, like a dog who is picking up a scent, and then turned upon my companion.
- "What did you go into the pool for?" he asked.
- "I fished about with a rake. I thought there might be some weapon or other trace. But how on earth--"
- "Oh, tut, tut! I have no time! That left foot of yours with its inward twist is all over the place. A mole could trace it, and there it vanishes among the reeds. Oh, how simple it would all have been had I been here before they came like a herd of buffalo and wallowed all over it. Here is where the party with the lodge-keeper came, and they have covered all tracks for six or eight feet round the body. But here are three separate tracks of the same feet." He drew out a lens and lay down upon his waterproof to have a better view, talking all the time rather to himself than to us. "These are young McCarthy's feet. Twice he was walking, and once he ran swiftly, so that the soles are deeply marked and the heels hardly visible. That bears out his story. He ran when he saw his father on the ground. Then here are the father's feet as he paced up and down. What is this, then? It is the butt-end of the gun as the son stood listening. And this? Ha, ha! What have we here? Tiptoes! tiptoes! Square, too, quite unusual boots! They come, they go, they come again--of course that was for the cloak. Now where did they come from?" He ran up and down, sometimes losing, sometimes finding the track until we were well within the edge of the wood and under the shadow of a great beech, the largest tree in the neighbourhood. Holmes traced his way to the farther side of this and lay down once more upon his face with a little cry of satisfaction. For a long time he remained there, turning over the leaves and dried sticks, gathering up what seemed to me to be dust into an envelope and examining with his lens not only the ground but even the bark of the tree as far as he could reach. A jagged stone was lying among the moss, and this also he carefully examined and retained. Then he followed a pathway through the wood until he came to the highroad, where all traces were lost.
- "It has been a case of considerable interest," he remarked, returning to his natural manner. "I fancy that this grey house on the right must be the lodge. I think that I will go in and have a word with Moran, and perhaps write a little note. Having done that, we may drive back to our luncheon. You may walk to the cab, and I shall be with you presently."
- It was about ten minutes before we regained our cab and drove back into Ross, Holmes still carrying with him the stone which he had picked up in the wood.
- "This may interest you, Lestrade," he remarked, holding it out. "The murder was done with it."
- "I see no marks."
- "There are none."
- "How do you know, then?"
- "The grass was growing under it. It had only lain there a few days. There was no sign of a place whence it had been taken. It corresponds with the injuries. There is no sign of any other weapon."
- "And the murderer?"
- "Is a tall man, left-handed, limps with the right leg, wears thick-soled shooting-boots and a grey cloak, smokes Indian cigars, uses a cigar-holder, and carries a blunt pen-knife in his pocket. There are several other indications, but these may be enough to aid us in our search."
- Lestrade laughed. "I am afraid that I am still a sceptic," he said. "Theories are all very well, but we have to deal with a hard-headed British jury."
- "Nous verrons," answered Holmes calmly. "You work your own method, and I shall work mine. I shall be busy this afternoon, and shall probably return to London by the evening train."
- "And leave your case unfinished?"
- "No, finished."
- "But the mystery?"
- "It is solved."
- "Who was the criminal, then?"
- "The gentleman I describe."
- "But who is he?"
- "Surely it would not be difficult to find out. This is not such a populous neighbourhood."
- Lestrade shrugged his shoulders. "I am a practical man," he said, "and I really cannot undertake to go about the country looking for a left-handed gentleman with a game leg. I should become the laughing-stock of Scotland Yard."
- "All right," said Holmes quietly. "I have given you the chance. Here are your lodgings. Good-bye. I shall drop you a line before I leave."
- Having left Lestrade at his rooms, we drove to our hotel, where we found lunch upon the table. Holmes was silent and buried in thought with a pained expression upon his face, as one who finds himself in a perplexing position.
- "Look here, Watson," he said when the cloth was cleared "just sit down in this chair and let me preach to you for a little. I don't know quite what to do, and I should value your advice. Light a cigar and let me expound."
- "Pray do so."
- "Well, now, in considering this case there are two points about young McCarthy's narrative which struck us both instantly, although they impressed me in his favour and you against him. One was the fact that his father should, according to his account, cry 'Cooee!' before seeing him. The other was his singular dying reference to a rat. He mumbled several words, you understand, but that was all that caught the son's ear. Now from this double point our research must commence, and we will begin it by presuming that what the lad says is absolutely true."
- "What of this 'Cooee!' then?"
- "Well, obviously it could not have been meant for the son. The son, as far as he knew, was in Bristol. It was mere chance that he was within earshot. The 'Cooee!' was meant to attract the attention of whoever it was that he had the appointment with. But 'Cooee' is a distinctly Australian cry, and one which is used between Australians. There is a strong presumption that the person whom McCarthy expected to meet him at Boscombe Pool was someone who had been in Australia."
- "What of the rat, then?"
- Sherlock Holmes took a folded paper from his pocket and flattened it out on the table. "This is a map of the Colony of Victoria," he said. "I wired to Bristol for it last night." He put his hand over part of the map. "What do you read?"
- "ARAT," I read.
- "And now?" He raised his hand.
- "BALLARAT."
- "Quite so. That was the word the man uttered, and of which his son only caught the last two syllables. He was trying to utter the name of his murderer. So and so, of Ballarat."
- "It is wonderful!" I exclaimed.
- "It is obvious. And now, you see, I had narrowed the field down considerably. The possession of a grey garment was a third point which, granting the son's statement to be correct, was a certainty. We have come now out of mere vagueness to the definite conception of an Australian from Ballarat with a grey cloak."
- "Certainly."
- "And one who was at home in the district, for the pool can only be approached by the farm or by the estate, where strangers could hardly wander."
- "Quite so."
- "Then comes our expedition of to-day. By an examination of the ground I gained the trifling details which I gave to that imbecile Lestrade, as to the personality of the criminal."
- "But how did you gain them?"
- "You know my method. It is founded upon the observation of trifles."
- "His height I know that you might roughly judge from the length of his stride. His boots, too, might be told from their traces."
- "Yes, they were peculiar boots."
- "But his lameness?"
- "The impression of his right foot was always less distinct than his left. He put less weight upon it. Why? Because he limped--he was lame."
- "But his left-handedness."
- "You were yourself struck by the nature of the injury as recorded by the surgeon at the inquest. The blow was struck from immediately behind, and yet was upon the left side. Now, how can that be unless it were by a left-handed man? He had stood behind that tree during the interview between the father and son. He had even smoked there. I found the ash of a cigar, which my special knowledge of tobacco ashes enables me to pronounce as an Indian cigar. I have, as you know, devoted some attention to this, and written a little monograph on the ashes of 140 different varieties of pipe, cigar, and cigarette tobacco. Having found the ash, I then looked round and discovered the stump among the moss where he had tossed it. It was an Indian cigar, of the variety which are rolled in Rotterdam."
- "And the cigar-holder?"
- "I could see that the end had not been in his mouth. Therefore he used a holder. The tip had been cut off, not bitten off, but the cut was not a clean one, so I deduced a blunt pen-knife."
- "Holmes," I said, "you have drawn a net round this man from which he cannot escape, and you have saved an innocent human life as truly as if you had cut the cord which was hanging him. I see the direction in which all this points. The culprit is--"
- "Mr. John Turner," cried the hotel waiter, opening the door of our sitting-room, and ushering in a visitor.
- The man who entered was a strange and impressive figure. His slow, limping step and bowed shoulders gave the appearance of decrepitude, and yet his hard, deep-lined, craggy features, and his enormous limbs showed that he was possessed of unusual strength of body and of character. His tangled beard, grizzled hair, and outstanding, drooping eyebrows combined to give an air of dignity and power to his appearance, but his face was of an ashen white, while his lips and the corners of his nostrils were tinged with a shade of blue. It was clear to me at a glance that he was in the grip of some deadly and chronic disease.
- "Pray sit down on the sofa," said Holmes gently. "You had my note?"
- "Yes, the lodge-keeper brought it up. You said that you wished to see me here to avoid scandal."
- "I thought people would talk if I went to the Hall."
- "And why did you wish to see me?" He looked across at my companion with despair in his weary eyes, as though his question was already answered.
- "Yes," said Holmes, answering the look rather than the words. "It is so. I know all about McCarthy."
- The old man sank his face in his hands. "God help me!" he cried. "But I would not have let the young man come to harm. I give you my word that I would have spoken out if it went against him at the Assizes."
- "I am glad to hear you say so," said Holmes gravely.
- "I would have spoken now had it not been for my dear girl. It would break her heart--it will break her heart when she hears that I am arrested."
- "It may not come to that," said Holmes.
- "What?"
- "I am no official agent. I understand that it was your daughter who required my presence here, and I am acting in her interests. Young McCarthy must be got off, however."
- "I am a dying man," said old Turner. "I have had diabetes for years. My doctor says it is a question whether I shall live a month. Yet I would rather die under my own roof than in a gaol."
- Holmes rose and sat down at the table with his pen in his hand and a bundle of paper before him. "Just tell us the truth," he said. "I shall jot down the facts. You will sign it, and Watson here can witness it. Then I could produce your confession at the last extremity to save young McCarthy. I promise you that I shall not use it unless it is absolutely needed."
- "It's as well," said the old man; "it's a question whether I shall live to the Assizes, so it matters little to me, but I should wish to spare Alice the shock. And now I will make the thing clear to you; it has been a long time in the acting, but will not take me long to tell.
- "You didn't know this dead man, McCarthy. He was a devil incarnate. I tell you that. God keep you out of the clutches of such a man as he. His grip has been upon me these twenty years, and he has blasted my life. I'll tell you first how I came to be in his power.
- "It was in the early '60's at the diggings. I was a young chap then, hot-blooded and reckless, ready to turn my hand at anything; I got among bad companions, took to drink, had no luck with my claim, took to the bush, and in a word became what you would call over here a highway robber. There were six of us, and we had a wild, free life of it, sticking up a station from time to time, or stopping the wagons on the road to the diggings. Black Jack of Ballarat was the name I went under, and our party is still remembered in the colony as the Ballarat Gang.
- "One day a gold convoy came down from Ballarat to Melbourne, and we lay in wait for it and attacked it. There were six troopers and six of us, so it was a close thing, but we emptied four of their saddles at the first volley. Three of our boys were killed, however, before we got the swag. I put my pistol to the head of the wagon-driver, who was this very man McCarthy. I wish to the Lord that I had shot him then, but I spared him, though I saw his wicked little eyes fixed on my face, as though to remember every feature. We got away with the gold, became wealthy men, and made our way over to England without being suspected. There I parted from my old pals and determined to settle down to a quiet and respectable life. I bought this estate, which chanced to be in the market, and I set myself to do a little good with my money, to make up for the way in which I had earned it. I married, too, and though my wife died young she left me my dear little Alice. Even when she was just a baby her wee hand seemed to lead me down the right path as nothing else had ever done. In a word, I turned over a new leaf and did my best to make up for the past. All was going well when McCarthy laid his grip upon me.
- "I had gone up to town about an investment, and I met him in Regent Street with hardly a coat to his back or a boot to his foot.
- " 'Here we are, Jack,' says he, touching me on the arm; 'we'll be as good as a family to you. There's two of us, me and my son, and you can have the keeping of us. If you don't--it's a fine, law-abiding country is England, and there's always a policeman within hail.'
- "Well, down they came to the west country, there was no shaking them off, and there they have lived rent free on my best land ever since. There was no rest for me, no peace, no forgetfulness; turn where I would, there was his cunning, grinning face at my elbow. It grew worse as Alice grew up, for he soon saw I was more afraid of her knowing my past than of the police. Whatever he wanted he must have, and whatever it was I gave him without question, land, money, houses, until at last he asked a thing which I could not give. He asked for Alice.
- "His son, you see, had grown up, and so had my girl, and as I was known to be in weak health, it seemed a fine stroke to him that his lad should step into the whole property. But there I was firm. I would not have his cursed stock mixed with mine; not that I had any dislike to the lad, but his blood was in him, and that was enough. I stood firm. McCarthy threatened. I braved him to do his worst. We were to meet at the pool midway between our houses to talk it over.
- "When I went down there I found him talking with his son, so I smoked a cigar and waited behind a tree until he should be alone. But as I listened to his talk all that was black and bitter in me seemed to come uppermost. He was urging his son to marry my daughter with as little regard for what she might think as if she were a slut from off the streets. It drove me mad to think that I and all that I held most dear should be in the power of such a man as this. Could I not snap the bond? I was already a dying and a desperate man. Though clear of mind and fairly strong of limb, I knew that my own fate was sealed. But my memory and my girl! Both could be saved if I could but silence that foul tongue. I did it, Mr. Holmes. I would do it again. Deeply as I have sinned, I have led a life of martyrdom to atone for it. But that my girl should be entangled in the same meshes which held me was more than I could suffer. I struck him down with no more compunction than if he had been some foul and venomous beast. His cry brought back his son; but I had gained the cover of the wood, though I was forced to go back to fetch the cloak which I had dropped in my flight. That is the true story, gentlemen, of all that occurred."
- "Well, it is not for me to judge you," said Holmes as the old man signed the statement which had been drawn out. "I pray that we may never be exposed to such a temptation."
- "I pray not, sir. And what do you intend to do?"
- "In view of your health, nothing. You are yourself aware that you will soon have to answer for your deed at a higher court than the Assizes. I will keep your confession, and if McCarthy is condemned I shall be forced to use it. If not, it shall never be seen by mortal eye; and your secret, whether you be alive or dead, shall be safe with us."
- "Farewell, then," said the old man solemnly. "Your own deathbeds, when they come, will be the easier for the thought of the peace which you have given to mine." Tottering and shaking in all his giant frame, he stumbled slowly from the room.
- "God help us!" said Holmes after a long silence. "Why does fate play such tricks with poor, helpless worms? I never hear of such a case as this that I do not think of Baxter's words, and say, 'There, but for the grace of God, goes Sherlock Holmes.' "
- James McCarthy was acquitted at the Assizes on the strength of a number of objections which had been drawn out by Holmes and submitted to the defending counsel. Old Turner lived for seven months after our interview, but he is now dead; and there is every prospect that the son and daughter may come to live happily together in ignorance of the black cloud which rests upon their past.
- ADVENTURE V. THE FIVE ORANGE PIPS
- When I glance over my notes and records of the Sherlock Holmes cases between the years '82 and '90, I am faced by so many which present strange and interesting features that it is no easy matter to know which to choose and which to leave. Some, however, have already gained publicity through the papers, and others have not offered a field for those peculiar qualities which my friend possessed in so high a degree, and which it is the object of these papers to illustrate. Some, too, have baffled his analytical skill, and would be, as narratives, beginnings without an ending, while others have been but partially cleared up, and have their explanations founded rather upon conjecture and surmise than on that absolute logical proof which was so dear to him. There is, however, one of these last which was so remarkable in its details and so startling in its results that I am tempted to give some account of it in spite of the fact that there are points in connection with it which never have been, and probably never will be, entirely cleared up.
- The year '87 furnished us with a long series of cases of greater or less interest, of which I retain the records. Among my headings under this one twelve months I find an account of the adventure of the Paradol Chamber, of the Amateur Mendicant Society, who held a luxurious club in the lower vault of a furniture warehouse, of the facts connected with the loss of the British barque Sophy Anderson, of the singular adventures of the Grice Patersons in the island of Uffa, and finally of the Camberwell poisoning case. In the latter, as may be remembered, Sherlock Holmes was able, by winding up the dead man's watch, to prove that it had been wound up two hours before, and that therefore the deceased had gone to bed within that time--a deduction which was of the greatest importance in clearing up the case. All these I may sketch out at some future date, but none of them present such singular features as the strange train of circumstances which I have now taken up my pen to describe.
- It was in the latter days of September, and the equinoctial gales had set in with exceptional violence. All day the wind had screamed and the rain had beaten against the windows, so that even here in the heart of great, hand-made London we were forced to raise our minds for the instant from the routine of life and to recognise the presence of those great elemental forces which shriek at mankind through the bars of his civilisation, like untamed beasts in a cage. As evening drew in, the storm grew higher and louder, and the wind cried and sobbed like a child in the chimney. Sherlock Holmes sat moodily at one side of the fireplace cross-indexing his records of crime, while I at the other was deep in one of Clark Russell's fine sea-stories until the howl of the gale from without seemed to blend with the text, and the splash of the rain to lengthen out into the long swash of the sea waves. My wife was on a visit to her mother's, and for a few days I was a dweller once more in my old quarters at Baker Street.
- "Why," said I, glancing up at my companion, "that was surely the bell. Who could come to-night? Some friend of yours, perhaps?"
- "Except yourself I have none," he answered. "I do not encourage visitors."
- "A client, then?"
- "If so, it is a serious case. Nothing less would bring a man out on such a day and at such an hour. But I take it that it is more likely to be some crony of the landlady's."
- Sherlock Holmes was wrong in his conjecture, however, for there came a step in the passage and a tapping at the door. He stretched out his long arm to turn the lamp away from himself and towards the vacant chair upon which a newcomer must sit.
- "Come in!" said he.
- The man who entered was young, some two-and-twenty at the outside, well-groomed and trimly clad, with something of refinement and delicacy in his bearing. The streaming umbrella which he held in his hand, and his long shining waterproof told of the fierce weather through which he had come. He looked about him anxiously in the glare of the lamp, and I could see that his face was pale and his eyes heavy, like those of a man who is weighed down with some great anxiety.
- "I owe you an apology," he said, raising his golden pince-nez to his eyes. "I trust that I am not intruding. I fear that I have brought some traces of the storm and rain into your snug chamber."
- "Give me your coat and umbrella," said Holmes. "They may rest here on the hook and will be dry presently. You have come up from the south-west, I see."
- "Yes, from Horsham."
- "That clay and chalk mixture which I see upon your toe caps is quite distinctive."
- "I have come for advice."
- "That is easily got."
- "And help."
- "That is not always so easy."
- "I have heard of you, Mr. Holmes. I heard from Major Prendergast how you saved him in the Tankerville Club scandal."
- "Ah, of course. He was wrongfully accused of cheating at cards."
- "He said that you could solve anything."
- "He said too much."
- "That you are never beaten."
- "I have been beaten four times--three times by men, and once by a woman."
- "But what is that compared with the number of your successes?"
- "It is true that I have been generally successful."
- "Then you may be so with me."
- "I beg that you will draw your chair up to the fire and favour me with some details as to your case."
- "It is no ordinary one."
- "None of those which come to me are. I am the last court of appeal."
- "And yet I question, sir, whether, in all your experience, you have ever listened to a more mysterious and inexplicable chain of events than those which have happened in my own family."
- "You fill me with interest," said Holmes. "Pray give us the essential facts from the commencement, and I can afterwards question you as to those details which seem to me to be most important."
- The young man pulled his chair up and pushed his wet feet out towards the blaze.
- "My name," said he, "is John Openshaw, but my own affairs have, as far as I can understand, little to do with this awful business. It is a hereditary matter; so in order to give you an idea of the facts, I must go back to the commencement of the affair.
- "You must know that my grandfather had two sons--my uncle Elias and my father Joseph. My father had a small factory at Coventry, which he enlarged at the time of the invention of bicycling. He was a patentee of the Openshaw unbreakable tire, and his business met with such success that he was able to sell it and to retire upon a handsome competence.
- "My uncle Elias emigrated to America when he was a young man and became a planter in Florida, where he was reported to have done very well. At the time of the war he fought in Jackson's army, and afterwards under Hood, where he rose to be a colonel. When Lee laid down his arms my uncle returned to his plantation, where he remained for three or four years. About 1869 or 1870 he came back to Europe and took a small estate in Sussex, near Horsham. He had made a very considerable fortune in the States, and his reason for leaving them was his aversion to the negroes, and his dislike of the Republican policy in extending the franchise to them. He was a singular man, fierce and quick-tempered, very foul-mouthed when he was angry, and of a most retiring disposition. During all the years that he lived at Horsham, I doubt if ever he set foot in the town. He had a garden and two or three fields round his house, and there he would take his exercise, though very often for weeks on end he would never leave his room. He drank a great deal of brandy and smoked very heavily, but he would see no society and did not want any friends, not even his own brother.
- "He didn't mind me; in fact, he took a fancy to me, for at the time when he saw me first I was a youngster of twelve or so. This would be in the year 1878, after he had been eight or nine years in England. He begged my father to let me live with him and he was very kind to me in his way. When he was sober he used to be fond of playing backgammon and draughts with me, and he would make me his representative both with the servants and with the tradespeople, so that by the time that I was sixteen I was quite master of the house. I kept all the keys and could go where I liked and do what I liked, so long as I did not disturb him in his privacy. There was one singular exception, however, for he had a single room, a lumber-room up among the attics, which was invariably locked, and which he would never permit either me or anyone else to enter. With a boy's curiosity I have peeped through the keyhole, but I was never able to see more than such a collection of old trunks and bundles as would be expected in such a room.
- "One day--it was in March, 1883--a letter with a foreign stamp lay upon the table in front of the colonel's plate. It was not a common thing for him to receive letters, for his bills were all paid in ready money, and he had no friends of any sort. 'From India!' said he as he took it up, 'Pondicherry postmark! What can this be?' Opening it hurriedly, out there jumped five little dried orange pips, which pattered down upon his plate. I began to laugh at this, but the laugh was struck from my lips at the sight of his face. His lip had fallen, his eyes were protruding, his skin the colour of putty, and he glared at the envelope which he still held in his trembling hand, 'K. K. K.!' he shrieked, and then, 'My God, my God, my sins have overtaken me!'
- " 'What is it, uncle?' I cried.
- " 'Death,' said he, and rising from the table he retired to his room, leaving me palpitating with horror. I took up the envelope and saw scrawled in red ink upon the inner flap, just above the gum, the letter K three times repeated. There was nothing else save the five dried pips. What could be the reason of his overpowering terror? I left the breakfast-table, and as I ascended the stair I met him coming down with an old rusty key, which must have belonged to the attic, in one hand, and a small brass box, like a cashbox, in the other.
- " 'They may do what they like, but I'll checkmate them still,' said he with an oath. 'Tell Mary that I shall want a fire in my room to-day, and send down to Fordham, the Horsham lawyer.'
- "I did as he ordered, and when the lawyer arrived I was asked to step up to the room. The fire was burning brightly, and in the grate there was a mass of black, fluffy ashes, as of burned paper, while the brass box stood open and empty beside it. As I glanced at the box I noticed, with a start, that upon the lid was printed the treble K which I had read in the morning upon the envelope.
- " 'I wish you, John,' said my uncle, 'to witness my will. I leave my estate, with all its advantages and all its disadvantages, to my brother, your father, whence it will, no doubt, descend to you. If you can enjoy it in peace, well and good! If you find you cannot, take my advice, my boy, and leave it to your deadliest enemy. I am sorry to give you such a two-edged thing, but I can't say what turn things are going to take. Kindly sign the paper where Mr. Fordham shows you.'
- "I signed the paper as directed, and the lawyer took it away with him. The singular incident made, as you may think, the deepest impression upon me, and I pondered over it and turned it every way in my mind without being able to make anything of it. Yet I could not shake off the vague feeling of dread which it left behind, though the sensation grew less keen as the weeks passed and nothing happened to disturb the usual routine of our lives. I could see a change in my uncle, however. He drank more than ever, and he was less inclined for any sort of society. Most of his time he would spend in his room, with the door locked upon the inside, but sometimes he would emerge in a sort of drunken frenzy and would burst out of the house and tear about the garden with a revolver in his hand, screaming out that he was afraid of no man, and that he was not to be cooped up, like a sheep in a pen, by man or devil. When these hot fits were over, however, he would rush tumultuously in at the door and lock and bar it behind him, like a man who can brazen it out no longer against the terror which lies at the roots of his soul. At such times I have seen his face, even on a cold day, glisten with moisture, as though it were new raised from a basin.
- "Well, to come to an end of the matter, Mr. Holmes, and not to abuse your patience, there came a night when he made one of those drunken sallies from which he never came back. We found him, when we went to search for him, face downward in a little green-scummed pool, which lay at the foot of the garden. There was no sign of any violence, and the water was but two feet deep, so that the jury, having regard to his known eccentricity, brought in a verdict of 'suicide.' But I, who knew how he winced from the very thought of death, had much ado to persuade myself that he had gone out of his way to meet it. The matter passed, however, and my father entered into possession of the estate, and of some $14,000, which lay to his credit at the bank."
- "One moment," Holmes interposed, "your statement is, I foresee, one of the most remarkable to which I have ever listened. Let me have the date of the reception by your uncle of the letter, and the date of his supposed suicide."
- "The letter arrived on March 10, 1883. His death was seven weeks later, upon the night of May 2nd."
- "Thank you. Pray proceed."
- "When my father took over the Horsham property, he, at my request, made a careful examination of the attic, which had been always locked up. We found the brass box there, although its contents had been destroyed. On the inside of the cover was a paper label, with the initials of K. K. K. repeated upon it, and 'Letters, memoranda, receipts, and a register' written beneath. These, we presume, indicated the nature of the papers which had been destroyed by Colonel Openshaw. For the rest, there was nothing of much importance in the attic save a great many scattered papers and note-books bearing upon my uncle's life in America. Some of them were of the war time and showed that he had done his duty well and had borne the repute of a brave soldier. Others were of a date during the reconstruction of the Southern states, and were mostly concerned with politics, for he had evidently taken a strong part in opposing the carpet-bag politicians who had been sent down from the North.
- "Well, it was the beginning of '84 when my father came to live at Horsham, and all went as well as possible with us until the January of '85. On the fourth day after the new year I heard my father give a sharp cry of surprise as we sat together at the breakfast-table. There he was, sitting with a newly opened envelope in one hand and five dried orange pips in the outstretched palm of the other one. He had always laughed at what he called my cock-and-bull story about the colonel, but he looked very scared and puzzled now that the same thing had come upon himself.
- " 'Why, what on earth does this mean, John?' he stammered.
- "My heart had turned to lead. 'It is K. K. K.,' said I.
- "He looked inside the envelope. 'So it is,' he cried. 'Here are the very letters. But what is this written above them?'
- " 'Put the papers on the sundial,' I read, peeping over his shoulder.
- " 'What papers? What sundial?' he asked.
- " 'The sundial in the garden. There is no other,' said I; 'but the papers must be those that are destroyed.'
- " 'Pooh!' said he, gripping hard at his courage. 'We are in a civilised land here, and we can't have tomfoolery of this kind. Where does the thing come from?'
- " 'From Dundee,' I answered, glancing at the postmark.
- " 'Some preposterous practical joke,' said he. 'What have I to do with sundials and papers? I shall take no notice of such nonsense.'
- " 'I should certainly speak to the police,' I said.
- " 'And be laughed at for my pains. Nothing of the sort.'
- " 'Then let me do so?'
- " 'No, I forbid you. I won't have a fuss made about such nonsense.'
- "It was in vain to argue with him, for he was a very obstinate man. I went about, however, with a heart which was full of forebodings.
- "On the third day after the coming of the letter my father went from home to visit an old friend of his, Major Freebody, who is in command of one of the forts upon Portsdown Hill. I was glad that he should go, for it seemed to me that he was farther from danger when he was away from home. In that, however, I was in error. Upon the second day of his absence I received a telegram from the major, imploring me to come at once. My father had fallen over one of the deep chalk-pits which abound in the neighbourhood, and was lying senseless, with a shattered skull. I hurried to him, but he passed away without having ever recovered his consciousness. He had, as it appears, been returning from Fareham in the twilight, and as the country was unknown to him, and the chalk-pit unfenced, the jury had no hesitation in bringing in a verdict of 'death from accidental causes.' Carefully as I examined every fact connected with his death, I was unable to find anything which could suggest the idea of murder. There were no signs of violence, no footmarks, no robbery, no record of strangers having been seen upon the roads. And yet I need not tell you that my mind was far from at ease, and that I was well-nigh certain that some foul plot had been woven round him.
- "In this sinister way I came into my inheritance. You will ask me why I did not dispose of it? I answer, because I was well convinced that our troubles were in some way dependent upon an incident in my uncle's life, and that the danger would be as pressing in one house as in another.
- "It was in January, '85, that my poor father met his end, and two years and eight months have elapsed since then. During that time I have lived happily at Horsham, and I had begun to hope that this curse had passed away from the family, and that it had ended with the last generation. I had begun to take comfort too soon, however; yesterday morning the blow fell in the very shape in which it had come upon my father."
- The young man took from his waistcoat a crumpled envelope, and turning to the table he shook out upon it five little dried orange pips.
- "This is the envelope," he continued. "The postmark is London--eastern division. Within are the very words which were upon my father's last message: 'K. K. K.'; and then 'Put the papers on the sundial.' "
- "What have you done?" asked Holmes.
- "Nothing."
- "Nothing?"
- "To tell the truth"--he sank his face into his thin, white hands--"I have felt helpless. I have felt like one of those poor rabbits when the snake is writhing towards it. I seem to be in the grasp of some resistless, inexorable evil, which no foresight and no precautions can guard against."
- "Tut! tut!" cried Sherlock Holmes. "You must act, man, or you are lost. Nothing but energy can save you. This is no time for despair."
- "I have seen the police."
- "Ah!"
- "But they listened to my story with a smile. I am convinced that the inspector has formed the opinion that the letters are all practical jokes, and that the deaths of my relations were really accidents, as the jury stated, and were not to be connected with the warnings."
- Holmes shook his clenched hands in the air. "Incredible imbecility!" he cried.
- "They have, however, allowed me a policeman, who may remain in the house with me."
- "Has he come with you to-night?"
- "No. His orders were to stay in the house."
- Again Holmes raved in the air.
- "Why did you come to me," he cried, "and, above all, why did you not come at once?"
- "I did not know. It was only to-day that I spoke to Major Prendergast about my troubles and was advised by him to come to you."
- "It is really two days since you had the letter. We should have acted before this. You have no further evidence, I suppose, than that which you have placed before us--no suggestive detail which might help us?"
- "There is one thing," said John Openshaw. He rummaged in his coat pocket, and, drawing out a piece of discoloured, blue-tinted paper, he laid it out upon the table. "I have some remembrance," said he, "that on the day when my uncle burned the papers I observed that the small, unburned margins which lay amid the ashes were of this particular colour. I found this single sheet upon the floor of his room, and I am inclined to think that it may be one of the papers which has, perhaps, fluttered out from among the others, and in that way has escaped destruction. Beyond the mention of pips, I do not see that it helps us much. I think myself that it is a page from some private diary. The writing is undoubtedly my uncle's."
- Holmes moved the lamp, and we both bent over the sheet of paper, which showed by its ragged edge that it had indeed been torn from a book. It was headed, "March, 1869," and beneath were the following enigmatical notices:
- "4th. Hudson came. Same old platform.
- "7th. Set the pips on McCauley, Paramore, and
- John Swain, of St. Augustine.
- "9th. McCauley cleared.
- "10th. John Swain cleared.
- "12th. Visited Paramore. All well."
- "Thank you!" said Holmes, folding up the paper and returning it to our visitor. "And now you must on no account lose another instant. We cannot spare time even to discuss what you have told me. You must get home instantly and act."
- "What shall I do?"
- "There is but one thing to do. It must be done at once. You must put this piece of paper which you have shown us into the brass box which you have described. You must also put in a note to say that all the other papers were burned by your uncle, and that this is the only one which remains. You must assert that in such words as will carry conviction with them. Having done this, you must at once put the box out upon the sundial, as directed. Do you understand?"
- "Entirely."
- "Do not think of revenge, or anything of the sort, at present. I think that we may gain that by means of the law; but we have our web to weave, while theirs is already woven. The first consideration is to remove the pressing danger which threatens you. The second is to clear up the mystery and to punish the guilty parties."
- "I thank you," said the young man, rising and pulling on his overcoat. "You have given me fresh life and hope. I shall certainly do as you advise."
- "Do not lose an instant. And, above all, take care of yourself in the meanwhile, for I do not think that there can be a doubt that you are threatened by a very real and imminent danger. How do you go back?"
- "By train from Waterloo."
- "It is not yet nine. The streets will be crowded, so I trust that you may be in safety. And yet you cannot guard yourself too closely."
- "I am armed."
- "That is well. To-morrow I shall set to work upon your case."
- "I shall see you at Horsham, then?"
- "No, your secret lies in London. It is there that I shall seek it."
- "Then I shall call upon you in a day, or in two days, with news as to the box and the papers. I shall take your advice in every particular." He shook hands with us and took his leave. Outside the wind still screamed and the rain splashed and pattered against the windows. This strange, wild story seemed to have come to us from amid the mad elements--blown in upon us like a sheet of sea-weed in a gale--and now to have been reabsorbed by them once more.
- Sherlock Holmes sat for some time in silence, with his head sunk forward and his eyes bent upon the red glow of the fire. Then he lit his pipe, and leaning back in his chair he watched the blue smoke-rings as they chased each other up to the ceiling.
- "I think, Watson," he remarked at last, "that of all our cases we have had none more fantastic than this."
- "Save, perhaps, the Sign of Four."
- "Well, yes. Save, perhaps, that. And yet this John Openshaw seems to me to be walking amid even greater perils than did the Sholtos."
- "But have you," I asked, "formed any definite conception as to what these perils are?"
- "There can be no question as to their nature," he answered.
- "Then what are they? Who is this K. K. K., and why does he pursue this unhappy family?"
- Sherlock Holmes closed his eyes and placed his elbows upon the arms of his chair, with his finger-tips together. "The ideal reasoner," he remarked, "would, when he had once been shown a single fact in all its bearings, deduce from it not only all the chain of events which led up to it but also all the results which would follow from it. As Cuvier could correctly describe a whole animal by the contemplation of a single bone, so the observer who has thoroughly understood one link in a series of incidents should be able to accurately state all the other ones, both before and after. We have not yet grasped the results which the reason alone can attain to. Problems may be solved in the study which have baffled all those who have sought a solution by the aid of their senses. To carry the art, however, to its highest pitch, it is necessary that the reasoner should be able to utilise all the facts which have come to his knowledge; and this in itself implies, as you will readily see, a possession of all knowledge, which, even in these days of free education and encyclopaedias, is a somewhat rare accomplishment. It is not so impossible, however, that a man should possess all knowledge which is likely to be useful to him in his work, and this I have endeavoured in my case to do. If I remember rightly, you on one occasion, in the early days of our friendship, defined my limits in a very precise fashion."
- "Yes," I answered, laughing. "It was a singular document. Philosophy, astronomy, and politics were marked at zero, I remember. Botany variable, geology profound as regards the mud-stains from any region within fifty miles of town, chemistry eccentric, anatomy unsystematic, sensational literature and crime records unique, violin-player, boxer, swordsman, lawyer, and self-poisoner by cocaine and tobacco. Those, I think, were the main points of my analysis."
- Holmes grinned at the last item. "Well," he said, "I say now, as I said then, that a man should keep his little brain-attic stocked with all the furniture that he is likely to use, and the rest he can put away in the lumber-room of his library, where he can get it if he wants it. Now, for such a case as the one which has been submitted to us to-night, we need certainly to muster all our resources. Kindly hand me down the letter K of the American Encyclopaedia which stands upon the shelf beside you. Thank you. Now let us consider the situation and see what may be deduced from it. In the first place, we may start with a strong presumption that Colonel Openshaw had some very strong reason for leaving America. Men at his time of life do not change all their habits and exchange willingly the charming climate of Florida for the lonely life of an English provincial town. His extreme love of solitude in England suggests the idea that he was in fear of someone or something, so we may assume as a working hypothesis that it was fear of someone or something which drove him from America. As to what it was he feared, we can only deduce that by considering the formidable letters which were received by himself and his successors. Did you remark the postmarks of those letters?"
- "The first was from Pondicherry, the second from Dundee, and the third from London."
- "From East London. What do you deduce from that?"
- "They are all seaports. That the writer was on board of a ship."
- "Excellent. We have already a clue. There can be no doubt that the probability--the strong probability--is that the writer was on board of a ship. And now let us consider another point. In the case of Pondicherry, seven weeks elapsed between the threat and its fulfilment, in Dundee it was only some three or four days. Does that suggest anything?"
- "A greater distance to travel."
- "But the letter had also a greater distance to come."
- "Then I do not see the point."
- "There is at least a presumption that the vessel in which the man or men are is a sailing-ship. It looks as if they always send their singular warning or token before them when starting upon their mission. You see how quickly the deed followed the sign when it came from Dundee. If they had come from Pondicherry in a steamer they would have arrived almost as soon as their letter. But, as a matter of fact, seven weeks elapsed. I think that those seven weeks represented the difference between the mail-boat which brought the letter and the sailing vessel which brought the writer."
- "It is possible."
- "More than that. It is probable. And now you see the deadly urgency of this new case, and why I urged young Openshaw to caution. The blow has always fallen at the end of the time which it would take the senders to travel the distance. But this one comes from London, and therefore we cannot count upon delay."
- "Good God!" I cried. "What can it mean, this relentless persecution?"
- "The papers which Openshaw carried are obviously of vital importance to the person or persons in the sailing-ship. I think that it is quite clear that there must be more than one of them. A single man could not have carried out two deaths in such a way as to deceive a coroner's jury. There must have been several in it, and they must have been men of resource and determination. Their papers they mean to have, be the holder of them who it may. In this way you see K. K. K. ceases to be the initials of an individual and becomes the badge of a society."
- "But of what society?"
- "Have you never--" said Sherlock Holmes, bending forward and sinking his voice--"have you never heard of the Ku Klux Klan?"
- "I never have."
- Holmes turned over the leaves of the book upon his knee. "Here it is," said he presently:
- " 'Ku Klux Klan. A name derived from the fanciful resemblance to the sound produced by cocking a rifle. This terrible secret society was formed by some ex-Confederate soldiers in the Southern states after the Civil War, and it rapidly formed local branches in different parts of the country, notably in Tennessee, Louisiana, the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida. Its power was used for political purposes, principally for the terrorising of the negro voters and the murdering and driving from the country of those who were opposed to its views. Its outrages were usually preceded by a warning sent to the marked man in some fantastic but generally recognised shape--a sprig of oak-leaves in some parts, melon seeds or orange pips in others. On receiving this the victim might either openly abjure his former ways, or might fly from the country. If he braved the matter out, death would unfailingly come upon him, and usually in some strange and unforeseen manner. So perfect was the organisation of the society, and so systematic its methods, that there is hardly a case upon record where any man succeeded in braving it with impunity, or in which any of its outrages were traced home to the perpetrators. For some years the organisation flourished in spite of the efforts of the United States government and of the better classes of the community in the South. Eventually, in the year 1869, the movement rather suddenly collapsed, although there have been sporadic outbreaks of the same sort since that date.'
- "You will observe," said Holmes, laying down the volume, "that the sudden breaking up of the society was coincident with the disappearance of Openshaw from America with their papers. It may well have been cause and effect. It is no wonder that he and his family have some of the more implacable spirits upon their track. You can understand that this register and diary may implicate some of the first men in the South, and that there may be many who will not sleep easy at night until it is recovered."
- "Then the page we have seen--"
- "Is such as we might expect. It ran, if I remember right, 'sent the pips to A, B, and C'--that is, sent the society's warning to them. Then there are successive entries that A and B cleared, or left the country, and finally that C was visited, with, I fear, a sinister result for C. Well, I think, Doctor, that we may let some light into this dark place, and I believe that the only chance young Openshaw has in the meantime is to do what I have told him. There is nothing more to be said or to be done to-night, so hand me over my violin and let us try to forget for half an hour the miserable weather and the still more miserable ways of our fellow men."
- It had cleared in the morning, and the sun was shining with a subdued brightness through the dim veil which hangs over the great city. Sherlock Holmes was already at breakfast when I came down.
- "You will excuse me for not waiting for you," said he; "I have, I foresee, a very busy day before me in looking into this case of young Openshaw's."
- "What steps will you take?" I asked.
- "It will very much depend upon the results of my first inquiries. I may have to go down to Horsham, after all."
- "You will not go there first?"
- "No, I shall commence with the City. Just ring the bell and the maid will bring up your coffee."
- As I waited, I lifted the unopened newspaper from the table and glanced my eye over it. It rested upon a heading which sent a chill to my heart.
- "Holmes," I cried, "you are too late."
- "Ah!" said he, laying down his cup, "I feared as much. How was it done?" He spoke calmly, but I could see that he was deeply moved.
- "My eye caught the name of Openshaw, and the heading 'Tragedy Near Waterloo Bridge.' Here is the account:
- " 'Between nine and ten last night Police-Constable Cook, of the H Division, on duty near Waterloo Bridge, heard a cry for help and a splash in the water. The night, however, was extremely dark and stormy, so that, in spite of the help of several passers-by, it was quite impossible to effect a rescue. The alarm, however, was given, and, by the aid of the water-police, the body was eventually recovered. It proved to be that of a young gentleman whose name, as it appears from an envelope which was found in his pocket, was John Openshaw, and whose residence is near Horsham. It is conjectured that he may have been hurrying down to catch the last train from Waterloo Station, and that in his haste and the extreme darkness he missed his path and walked over the edge of one of the small landing-places for river steamboats. The body exhibited no traces of violence, and there can be no doubt that the deceased had been the victim of an unfortunate accident, which should have the effect of calling the attention of the authorities to the condition of the riverside landing-stages.' "
- We sat in silence for some minutes, Holmes more depressed and shaken than I had ever seen him.
- "That hurts my pride, Watson," he said at last. "It is a petty feeling, no doubt, but it hurts my pride. It becomes a personal matter with me now, and, if God sends me health, I shall set my hand upon this gang. That he should come to me for help, and that I should send him away to his death--!" He sprang from his chair and paced about the room in uncontrollable agitation, with a flush upon his sallow cheeks and a nervous clasping and unclasping of his long thin hands.
- "They must be cunning devils," he exclaimed at last. "How could they have decoyed him down there? The Embankment is not on the direct line to the station. The bridge, no doubt, was too crowded, even on such a night, for their purpose. Well, Watson, we shall see who will win in the long run. I am going out now!"
- "To the police?"
- "No; I shall be my own police. When I have spun the web they may take the flies, but not before."
- All day I was engaged in my professional work, and it was late in the evening before I returned to Baker Street. Sherlock Holmes had not come back yet. It was nearly ten o'clock before he entered, looking pale and worn. He walked up to the sideboard, and tearing a piece from the loaf he devoured it voraciously, washing it down with a long draught of water.
- "You are hungry," I remarked.
- "Starving. It had escaped my memory. I have had nothing since breakfast."
- "Nothing?"
- "Not a bite. I had no time to think of it."
- "And how have you succeeded?"
- "Well."
- "You have a clue?"
- "I have them in the hollow of my hand. Young Openshaw shall not long remain unavenged. Why, Watson, let us put their own devilish trade-mark upon them. It is well thought of!"
- "What do you mean?"
- He took an orange from the cupboard, and tearing it to pieces he squeezed out the pips upon the table. Of these he took five and thrust them into an envelope. On the inside of the flap he wrote "S. H. for J. O." Then he sealed it and addressed it to "Captain James Calhoun, Barque Lone Star, Savannah, Georgia."
- "That will await him when he enters port," said he, chuckling. "It may give him a sleepless night. He will find it as sure a precursor of his fate as Openshaw did before him."
- "And who is this Captain Calhoun?"
- "The leader of the gang. I shall have the others, but he first."
- "How did you trace it, then?"
- He took a large sheet of paper from his pocket, all covered with dates and names.
- "I have spent the whole day," said he, "over Lloyd's registers and files of the old papers, following the future career of every vessel which touched at Pondicherry in January and February in '83. There were thirty-six ships of fair tonnage which were reported there during those months. Of these, one, the Lone Star, instantly attracted my attention, since, although it was reported as having cleared from London, the name is that which is given to one of the states of the Union."
- "Texas, I think."
- "I was not and am not sure which; but I knew that the ship must have an American origin."
- "What then?"
- "I searched the Dundee records, and when I found that the barque Lone Star was there in January, '85, my suspicion became a certainty. I then inquired as to the vessels which lay at present in the port of London."
- "Yes?"
- "The Lone Star had arrived here last week. I went down to the Albert Dock and found that she had been taken down the river by the early tide this morning, homeward bound to Savannah. I wired to Gravesend and learned that she had passed some time ago, and as the wind is easterly I have no doubt that she is now past the Goodwins and not very far from the Isle of Wight."
- "What will you do, then?"
- "Oh, I have my hand upon him. He and the two mates, are as I learn, the only native-born Americans in the ship. The others are Finns and Germans. I know, also, that they were all three away from the ship last night. I had it from the stevedore who has been loading their cargo. By the time that their sailing-ship reaches Savannah the mail-boat will have carried this letter, and the cable will have informed the police of Savannah that these three gentlemen are badly wanted here upon a charge of murder."
- There is ever a flaw, however, in the best laid of human plans, and the murderers of John Openshaw were never to receive the orange pips which would show them that another, as cunning and as resolute as themselves, was upon their track. Very long and very severe were the equinoctial gales that year. We waited long for news of the Lone Star of Savannah, but none ever reached us. We did at last hear that somewhere far out in the Atlantic a shattered stern-post of a boat was seen swinging in the trough of a wave, with the letters "L. S." carved upon it, and that is all which we shall ever know of the fate of the Lone Star.
- ADVENTURE VI. THE MAN WITH THE TWISTED LIP
- Isa Whitney, brother of the late Elias Whitney, D.D., Principal of the Theological College of St. George's, was much addicted to opium. The habit grew upon him, as I understand, from some foolish freak when he was at college; for having read De Quincey's description of his dreams and sensations, he had drenched his tobacco with laudanum in an attempt to produce the same effects. He found, as so many more have done, that the practice is easier to attain than to get rid of, and for many years he continued to be a slave to the drug, an object of mingled horror and pity to his friends and relatives. I can see him now, with yellow, pasty face, drooping lids, and pin-point pupils, all huddled in a chair, the wreck and ruin of a noble man.
- One night--it was in June, '89--there came a ring to my bell, about the hour when a man gives his first yawn and glances at the clock. I sat up in my chair, and my wife laid her needle-work down in her lap and made a little face of disappointment.
- "A patient!" said she. "You'll have to go out."
- I groaned, for I was newly come back from a weary day.
- We heard the door open, a few hurried words, and then quick steps upon the linoleum. Our own door flew open, and a lady, clad in some dark-coloured stuff, with a black veil, entered the room.
- "You will excuse my calling so late," she began, and then, suddenly losing her self-control, she ran forward, threw her arms about my wife's neck, and sobbed upon her shoulder. "Oh, I'm in such trouble!" she cried; "I do so want a little help."
- "Why," said my wife, pulling up her veil, "it is Kate Whitney. How you startled me, Kate! I had not an idea who you were when you came in."
- "I didn't know what to do, so I came straight to you." That was always the way. Folk who were in grief came to my wife like birds to a light-house.
- "It was very sweet of you to come. Now, you must have some wine and water, and sit here comfortably and tell us all about it. Or should you rather that I sent James off to bed?"
- "Oh, no, no! I want the doctor's advice and help, too. It's about Isa. He has not been home for two days. I am so frightened about him!"
- It was not the first time that she had spoken to us of her husband's trouble, to me as a doctor, to my wife as an old friend and school companion. We soothed and comforted her by such words as we could find. Did she know where her husband was? Was it possible that we could bring him back to her?
- It seems that it was. She had the surest information that of late he had, when the fit was on him, made use of an opium den in the farthest east of the City. Hitherto his orgies had always been confined to one day, and he had come back, twitching and shattered, in the evening. But now the spell had been upon him eight-and-forty hours, and he lay there, doubtless among the dregs of the docks, breathing in the poison or sleeping off the effects. There he was to be found, she was sure of it, at the Bar of Gold, in Upper Swandam Lane. But what was she to do? How could she, a young and timid woman, make her way into such a place and pluck her husband out from among the ruffians who surrounded him?
- There was the case, and of course there was but one way out of it. Might I not escort her to this place? And then, as a second thought, why should she come at all? I was Isa Whitney's medical adviser, and as such I had influence over him. I could manage it better if I were alone. I promised her on my word that I would send him home in a cab within two hours if he were indeed at the address which she had given me. And so in ten minutes I had left my armchair and cheery sitting-room behind me, and was speeding eastward in a hansom on a strange errand, as it seemed to me at the time, though the future only could show how strange it was to be.
- But there was no great difficulty in the first stage of my adventure. Upper Swandam Lane is a vile alley lurking behind the high wharves which line the north side of the river to the east of London Bridge. Between a slop-shop and a gin-shop, approached by a steep flight of steps leading down to a black gap like the mouth of a cave, I found the den of which I was in search. Ordering my cab to wait, I passed down the steps, worn hollow in the centre by the ceaseless tread of drunken feet; and by the light of a flickering oil-lamp above the door I found the latch and made my way into a long, low room, thick and heavy with the brown opium smoke, and terraced with wooden berths, like the forecastle of an emigrant ship.
- Through the gloom one could dimly catch a glimpse of bodies lying in strange fantastic poses, bowed shoulders, bent knees, heads thrown back, and chins pointing upward, with here and there a dark, lack-lustre eye turned upon the newcomer. Out of the black shadows there glimmered little red circles of light, now bright, now faint, as the burning poison waxed or waned in the bowls of the metal pipes. The most lay silent, but some muttered to themselves, and others talked together in a strange, low, monotonous voice, their conversation coming in gushes, and then suddenly tailing off into silence, each mumbling out his own thoughts and paying little heed to the words of his neighbour. At the farther end was a small brazier of burning charcoal, beside which on a three-legged wooden stool there sat a tall, thin old man, with his jaw resting upon his two fists, and his elbows upon his knees, staring into the fire.
- As I entered, a sallow Malay attendant had hurried up with a pipe for me and a supply of the drug, beckoning me to an empty berth.
- "Thank you. I have not come to stay," said I. "There is a friend of mine here, Mr. Isa Whitney, and I wish to speak with him."
- There was a movement and an exclamation from my right, and peering through the gloom, I saw Whitney, pale, haggard, and unkempt, staring out at me.
- "My God! It's Watson," said he. He was in a pitiable state of reaction, with every nerve in a twitter. "I say, Watson, what o'clock is it?"
- "Nearly eleven."
- "Of what day?"
- "Of Friday, June 19th."
- "Good heavens! I thought it was Wednesday. It is Wednesday. What d'you want to frighten a chap for?" He sank his face onto his arms and began to sob in a high treble key.
- "I tell you that it is Friday, man. Your wife has been waiting this two days for you. You should be ashamed of yourself!"
- "So I am. But you've got mixed, Watson, for I have only been here a few hours, three pipes, four pipes--I forget how many. But I'll go home with you. I wouldn't frighten Kate--poor little Kate. Give me your hand! Have you a cab?"
- "Yes, I have one waiting."
- "Then I shall go in it. But I must owe something. Find what I owe, Watson. I am all off colour. I can do nothing for myself."
- I walked down the narrow passage between the double row of sleepers, holding my breath to keep out the vile, stupefying fumes of the drug, and looking about for the manager. As I passed the tall man who sat by the brazier I felt a sudden pluck at my skirt, and a low voice whispered, "Walk past me, and then look back at me." The words fell quite distinctly upon my ear. I glanced down. They could only have come from the old man at my side, and yet he sat now as absorbed as ever, very thin, very wrinkled, bent with age, an opium pipe dangling down from between his knees, as though it had dropped in sheer lassitude from his fingers. I took two steps forward and looked back. It took all my self-control to prevent me from breaking out into a cry of astonishment. He had turned his back so that none could see him but I. His form had filled out, his wrinkles were gone, the dull eyes had regained their fire, and there, sitting by the fire and grinning at my surprise, was none other than Sherlock Holmes. He made a slight motion to me to approach him, and instantly, as he turned his face half round to the company once more, subsided into a doddering, loose-lipped senility.
- "Holmes!" I whispered, "what on earth are you doing in this den?"
- "As low as you can," he answered; "I have excellent ears. If you would have the great kindness to get rid of that sottish friend of yours I should be exceedingly glad to have a little talk with you."
- "I have a cab outside."
- "Then pray send him home in it. You may safely trust him, for he appears to be too limp to get into any mischief. I should recommend you also to send a note by the cabman to your wife to say that you have thrown in your lot with me. If you will wait outside, I shall be with you in five minutes."
- It was difficult to refuse any of Sherlock Holmes' requests, for they were always so exceedingly definite, and put forward with such a quiet air of mastery. I felt, however, that when Whitney was once confined in the cab my mission was practically accomplished; and for the rest, I could not wish anything better than to be associated with my friend in one of those singular adventures which were the normal condition of his existence. In a few minutes I had written my note, paid Whitney's bill, led him out to the cab, and seen him driven through the darkness. In a very short time a decrepit figure had emerged from the opium den, and I was walking down the street with Sherlock Holmes. For two streets he shuffled along with a bent back and an uncertain foot. Then, glancing quickly round, he straightened himself out and burst into a hearty fit of laughter.
- "I suppose, Watson," said he, "that you imagine that I have added opium-smoking to cocaine injections, and all the other little weaknesses on which you have favoured me with your medical views."
- "I was certainly surprised to find you there."
- "But not more so than I to find you."
- "I came to find a friend."
- "And I to find an enemy."
- "An enemy?"
- "Yes; one of my natural enemies, or, shall I say, my natural prey. Briefly, Watson, I am in the midst of a very remarkable inquiry, and I have hoped to find a clue in the incoherent ramblings of these sots, as I have done before now. Had I been recognised in that den my life would not have been worth an hour's purchase; for I have used it before now for my own purposes, and the rascally Lascar who runs it has sworn to have vengeance upon me. There is a trap-door at the back of that building, near the corner of Paul's Wharf, which could tell some strange tales of what has passed through it upon the moonless nights."
- "What! You do not mean bodies?"
- "Ay, bodies, Watson. We should be rich men if we had $1000 for every poor devil who has been done to death in that den. It is the vilest murder-trap on the whole riverside, and I fear that Neville St. Clair has entered it never to leave it more. But our trap should be here." He put his two forefingers between his teeth and whistled shrilly--a signal which was answered by a similar whistle from the distance, followed shortly by the rattle of wheels and the clink of horses' hoofs.
- "Now, Watson," said Holmes, as a tall dog-cart dashed up through the gloom, throwing out two golden tunnels of yellow light from its side lanterns. "You'll come with me, won't you?"
- "If I can be of use."
- "Oh, a trusty comrade is always of use; and a chronicler still more so. My room at The Cedars is a double-bedded one."
- "The Cedars?"
- "Yes; that is Mr. St. Clair's house. I am staying there while I conduct the inquiry."
- "Where is it, then?"
- "Near Lee, in Kent. We have a seven-mile drive before us."
- "But I am all in the dark."
- "Of course you are. You'll know all about it presently. Jump up here. All right, John; we shall not need you. Here's half a crown. Look out for me to-morrow, about eleven. Give her her head. So long, then!"
- He flicked the horse with his whip, and we dashed away through the endless succession of sombre and deserted streets, which widened gradually, until we were flying across a broad balustraded bridge, with the murky river flowing sluggishly beneath us. Beyond lay another dull wilderness of bricks and mortar, its silence broken only by the heavy, regular footfall of the policeman, or the songs and shouts of some belated party of revellers. A dull wrack was drifting slowly across the sky, and a star or two twinkled dimly here and there through the rifts of the clouds. Holmes drove in silence, with his head sunk upon his breast, and the air of a man who is lost in thought, while I sat beside him, curious to learn what this new quest might be which seemed to tax his powers so sorely, and yet afraid to break in upon the current of his thoughts. We had driven several miles, and were beginning to get to the fringe of the belt of suburban villas, when he shook himself, shrugged his shoulders, and lit up his pipe with the air of a man who has satisfied himself that he is acting for the best.
- "You have a grand gift of silence, Watson," said he. "It makes you quite invaluable as a companion. 'Pon my word, it is a great thing for me to have someone to talk to, for my own thoughts are not over-pleasant. I was wondering what I should say to this dear little woman to-night when she meets me at the door."
- "You forget that I know nothing about it."
- "I shall just have time to tell you the facts of the case before we get to Lee. It seems absurdly simple, and yet, somehow I can get nothing to go upon. There's plenty of thread, no doubt, but I can't get the end of it into my hand. Now, I'll state the case clearly and concisely to you, Watson, and maybe you can see a spark where all is dark to me."
- "Proceed, then."
- "Some years ago--to be definite, in May, 1884--there came to Lee a gentleman, Neville St. Clair by name, who appeared to have plenty of money. He took a large villa, laid out the grounds very nicely, and lived generally in good style. By degrees he made friends in the neighbourhood, and in 1887 he married the daughter of a local brewer, by whom he now has two children. He had no occupation, but was interested in several companies and went into town as a rule in the morning, returning by the 5:14 from Cannon Street every night. Mr. St. Clair is now thirty-seven years of age, is a man of temperate habits, a good husband, a very affectionate father, and a man who is popular with all who know him. I may add that his whole debts at the present moment, as far as we have been able to ascertain, amount to $88 10s., while he has $220 standing to his credit in the Capital and Counties Bank. There is no reason, therefore, to think that money troubles have been weighing upon his mind.
- "Last Monday Mr. Neville St. Clair went into town rather earlier than usual, remarking before he started that he had two important commissions to perform, and that he would bring his little boy home a box of bricks. Now, by the merest chance, his wife received a telegram upon this same Monday, very shortly after his departure, to the effect that a small parcel of considerable value which she had been expecting was waiting for her at the offices of the Aberdeen Shipping Company. Now, if you are well up in your London, you will know that the office of the company is in Fresno Street, which branches out of Upper Swandam Lane, where you found me to-night. Mrs. St. Clair had her lunch, started for the City, did some shopping, proceeded to the company's office, got her packet, and found herself at exactly 4:35 walking through Swandam Lane on her way back to the station. Have you followed me so far?"
- "It is very clear."
- "If you remember, Monday was an exceedingly hot day, and Mrs. St. Clair walked slowly, glancing about in the hope of seeing a cab, as she did not like the neighbourhood in which she found herself. While she was walking in this way down Swandam Lane, she suddenly heard an ejaculation or cry, and was struck cold to see her husband looking down at her and, as it seemed to her, beckoning to her from a second-floor window. The window was open, and she distinctly saw his face, which she describes as being terribly agitated. He waved his hands frantically to her, and then vanished from the window so suddenly that it seemed to her that he had been plucked back by some irresistible force from behind. One singular point which struck her quick feminine eye was that although he wore some dark coat, such as he had started to town in, he had on neither collar nor necktie.
- "Convinced that something was amiss with him, she rushed down the steps--for the house was none other than the opium den in which you found me to-night--and running through the front room she attempted to ascend the stairs which led to the first floor. At the foot of the stairs, however, she met this Lascar scoundrel of whom I have spoken, who thrust her back and, aided by a Dane, who acts as assistant there, pushed her out into the street. Filled with the most maddening doubts and fears, she rushed down the lane and, by rare good-fortune, met in Fresno Street a number of constables with an inspector, all on their way to their beat. The inspector and two men accompanied her back, and in spite of the continued resistance of the proprietor, they made their way to the room in which Mr. St. Clair had last been seen. There was no sign of him there. In fact, in the whole of that floor there was no one to be found save a crippled wretch of hideous aspect, who, it seems, made his home there. Both he and the Lascar stoutly swore that no one else had been in the front room during the afternoon. So determined was their denial that the inspector was staggered, and had almost come to believe that Mrs. St. Clair had been deluded when, with a cry, she sprang at a small deal box which lay upon the table and tore the lid from it. Out there fell a cascade of children's bricks. It was the toy which he had promised to bring home.
- "This discovery, and the evident confusion which the cripple showed, made the inspector realise that the matter was serious. The rooms were carefully examined, and results all pointed to an abominable crime. The front room was plainly furnished as a sitting-room and led into a small bedroom, which looked out upon the back of one of the wharves. Between the wharf and the bedroom window is a narrow strip, which is dry at low tide but is covered at high tide with at least four and a half feet of water. The bedroom window was a broad one and opened from below. On examination traces of blood were to be seen upon the windowsill, and several scattered drops were visible upon the wooden floor of the bedroom. Thrust away behind a curtain in the front room were all the clothes of Mr. Neville St. Clair, with the exception of his coat. His boots, his socks, his hat, and his watch--all were there. There were no signs of violence upon any of these garments, and there were no other traces of Mr. Neville St. Clair. Out of the window he must apparently have gone for no other exit could be discovered, and the ominous bloodstains upon the sill gave little promise that he could save himself by swimming, for the tide was at its very highest at the moment of the tragedy.
- "And now as to the villains who seemed to be immediately implicated in the matter. The Lascar was known to be a man of the vilest antecedents, but as, by Mrs. St. Clair's story, he was known to have been at the foot of the stair within a very few seconds of her husband's appearance at the window, he could hardly have been more than an accessory to the crime. His defence was one of absolute ignorance, and he protested that he had no knowledge as to the doings of Hugh Boone, his lodger, and that he could not account in any way for the presence of the missing gentleman's clothes.
- "So much for the Lascar manager. Now for the sinister cripple who lives upon the second floor of the opium den, and who was certainly the last human being whose eyes rested upon Neville St. Clair. His name is Hugh Boone, and his hideous face is one which is familiar to every man who goes much to the City. He is a professional beggar, though in order to avoid the police regulations he pretends to a small trade in wax vestas. Some little distance down Threadneedle Street, upon the left-hand side, there is, as you may have remarked, a small angle in the wall. Here it is that this creature takes his daily seat, cross-legged with his tiny stock of matches on his lap, and as he is a piteous spectacle a small rain of charity descends into the greasy leather cap which lies upon the pavement beside him. I have watched the fellow more than once before ever I thought of making his professional acquaintance, and I have been surprised at the harvest which he has reaped in a short time. His appearance, you see, is so remarkable that no one can pass him without observing him. A shock of orange hair, a pale face disfigured by a horrible scar, which, by its contraction, has turned up the outer edge of his upper lip, a bulldog chin, and a pair of very penetrating dark eyes, which present a singular contrast to the colour of his hair, all mark him out from amid the common crowd of mendicants and so, too, does his wit, for he is ever ready with a reply to any piece of chaff which may be thrown at him by the passers-by. This is the man whom we now learn to have been the lodger at the opium den, and to have been the last man to see the gentleman of whom we are in quest."
- "But a cripple!" said I. "What could he have done single-handed against a man in the prime of life?"
- "He is a cripple in the sense that he walks with a limp; but in other respects he appears to be a powerful and well-nurtured man. Surely your medical experience would tell you, Watson, that weakness in one limb is often compensated for by exceptional strength in the others."
- "Pray continue your narrative."
- "Mrs. St. Clair had fainted at the sight of the blood upon the window, and she was escorted home in a cab by the police, as her presence could be of no help to them in their investigations. Inspector Barton, who had charge of the case, made a very careful examination of the premises, but without finding anything which threw any light upon the matter. One mistake had been made in not arresting Boone instantly, as he was allowed some few minutes during which he might have communicated with his friend the Lascar, but this fault was soon remedied, and he was seized and searched, without anything being found which could incriminate him. There were, it is true, some blood-stains upon his right shirt-sleeve, but he pointed to his ring-finger, which had been cut near the nail, and explained that the bleeding came from there, adding that he had been to the window not long before, and that the stains which had been observed there came doubtless from the same source. He denied strenuously having ever seen Mr. Neville St. Clair and swore that the presence of the clothes in his room was as much a mystery to him as to the police. As to Mrs. St. Clair's assertion that she had actually seen her husband at the window, he declared that she must have been either mad or dreaming. He was removed, loudly protesting, to the police-station, while the inspector remained upon the premises in the hope that the ebbing tide might afford some fresh clue.
- "And it did, though they hardly found upon the mud-bank what they had feared to find. It was Neville St. Clair's coat, and not Neville St. Clair, which lay uncovered as the tide receded. And what do you think they found in the pockets?"
- "I cannot imagine."
- "No, I don't think you would guess. Every pocket stuffed with pennies and half-pennies--421 pennies and 270 half-pennies. It was no wonder that it had not been swept away by the tide. But a human body is a different matter. There is a fierce eddy between the wharf and the house. It seemed likely enough that the weighted coat had remained when the stripped body had been sucked away into the river."
- "But I understand that all the other clothes were found in the room. Would the body be dressed in a coat alone?"
- "No, sir, but the facts might be met speciously enough. Suppose that this man Boone had thrust Neville St. Clair through the window, there is no human eye which could have seen the deed. What would he do then? It would of course instantly strike him that he must get rid of the tell-tale garments. He would seize the coat, then, and be in the act of throwing it out, when it would occur to him that it would swim and not sink. He has little time, for he has heard the scuffle downstairs when the wife tried to force her way up, and perhaps he has already heard from his Lascar confederate that the police are hurrying up the street. There is not an instant to be lost. He rushes to some secret hoard, where he has accumulated the fruits of his beggary, and he stuffs all the coins upon which he can lay his hands into the pockets to make sure of the coat's sinking. He throws it out, and would have done the same with the other garments had not he heard the rush of steps below, and only just had time to close the window when the police appeared."
- "It certainly sounds feasible."
- "Well, we will take it as a working hypothesis for want of a better. Boone, as I have told you, was arrested and taken to the station, but it could not be shown that there had ever before been anything against him. He had for years been known as a professional beggar, but his life appeared to have been a very quiet and innocent one. There the matter stands at present, and the questions which have to be solved--what Neville St. Clair was doing in the opium den, what happened to him when there, where is he now, and what Hugh Boone had to do with his disappearance--are all as far from a solution as ever. I confess that I cannot recall any case within my experience which looked at the first glance so simple and yet which presented such difficulties."
- While Sherlock Holmes had been detailing this singular series of events, we had been whirling through the outskirts of the great town until the last straggling houses had been left behind, and we rattled along with a country hedge upon either side of us. Just as he finished, however, we drove through two scattered villages, where a few lights still glimmered in the windows.
- "We are on the outskirts of Lee," said my companion. "We have touched on three English counties in our short drive, starting in Middlesex, passing over an angle of Surrey, and ending in Kent. See that light among the trees? That is The Cedars, and beside that lamp sits a woman whose anxious ears have already, I have little doubt, caught the clink of our horse's feet."
- "But why are you not conducting the case from Baker Street?" I asked.
- "Because there are many inquiries which must be made out here. Mrs. St. Clair has most kindly put two rooms at my disposal, and you may rest assured that she will have nothing but a welcome for my friend and colleague. I hate to meet her, Watson, when I have no news of her husband. Here we are. Whoa, there, whoa!"
- We had pulled up in front of a large villa which stood within its own grounds. A stable-boy had run out to the horse's head, and springing down, I followed Holmes up the small, winding gravel-drive which led to the house. As we approached, the door flew open, and a little blonde woman stood in the opening, clad in some sort of light mousseline de soie, with a touch of fluffy pink chiffon at her neck and wrists. She stood with her figure outlined against the flood of light, one hand upon the door, one half-raised in her eagerness, her body slightly bent, her head and face protruded, with eager eyes and parted lips, a standing question.
- "Well?" she cried, "well?" And then, seeing that there were two of us, she gave a cry of hope which sank into a groan as she saw that my companion shook his head and shrugged his shoulders.
- "No good news?"
- "None."
- "No bad?"
- "No."
- "Thank God for that. But come in. You must be weary, for you have had a long day."
- "This is my friend, Dr. Watson. He has been of most vital use to me in several of my cases, and a lucky chance has made it possible for me to bring him out and associate him with this investigation."
- "I am delighted to see you," said she, pressing my hand warmly. "You will, I am sure, forgive anything that may be wanting in our arrangements, when you consider the blow which has come so suddenly upon us."
- "My dear madam," said I, "I am an old campaigner, and if I were not I can very well see that no apology is needed. If I can be of any assistance, either to you or to my friend here, I shall be indeed happy."
- "Now, Mr. Sherlock Holmes," said the lady as we entered a well-lit dining-room, upon the table of which a cold supper had been laid out, "I should very much like to ask you one or two plain questions, to which I beg that you will give a plain answer."
- "Certainly, madam."
- "Do not trouble about my feelings. I am not hysterical, nor given to fainting. I simply wish to hear your real, real opinion."
- "Upon what point?"
- "In your heart of hearts, do you think that Neville is alive?"
- Sherlock Holmes seemed to be embarrassed by the question. "Frankly, now!" she repeated, standing upon the rug and looking keenly down at him as he leaned back in a basket-chair.
- "Frankly, then, madam, I do not."
- "You think that he is dead?"
- "I do."
- "Murdered?"
- "I don't say that. Perhaps."
- "And on what day did he meet his death?"
- "On Monday."
- "Then perhaps, Mr. Holmes, you will be good enough to explain how it is that I have received a letter from him to-day."
- Sherlock Holmes sprang out of his chair as if he had been galvanised.
- "What!" he roared.
- "Yes, to-day." She stood smiling, holding up a little slip of paper in the air.
- "May I see it?"
- "Certainly."
- He snatched it from her in his eagerness, and smoothing it out upon the table he drew over the lamp and examined it intently. I had left my chair and was gazing at it over his shoulder. The envelope was a very coarse one and was stamped with the Gravesend postmark and with the date of that very day, or rather of the day before, for it was considerably after midnight.
- "Coarse writing," murmured Holmes. "Surely this is not your husband's writing, madam."
- "No, but the enclosure is."
- "I perceive also that whoever addressed the envelope had to go and inquire as to the address."
- "How can you tell that?"
- "The name, you see, is in perfectly black ink, which has dried itself. The rest is of the greyish colour, which shows that blotting-paper has been used. If it had been written straight off, and then blotted, none would be of a deep black shade. This man has written the name, and there has then been a pause before he wrote the address, which can only mean that he was not familiar with it. It is, of course, a trifle, but there is nothing so important as trifles. Let us now see the letter. Ha! there has been an enclosure here!"
- "Yes, there was a ring. His signet-ring."
- "And you are sure that this is your husband's hand?"
- "One of his hands."
- "One?"
- "His hand when he wrote hurriedly. It is very unlike his usual writing, and yet I know it well."
- " 'Dearest do not be frightened. All will come well. There is a huge error which it may take some little time to rectify. Wait in patience.--NEVILLE.' Written in pencil upon the fly-leaf of a book, octavo size, no water-mark. Hum! Posted to-day in Gravesend by a man with a dirty thumb. Ha! And the flap has been gummed, if I am not very much in error, by a person who had been chewing tobacco. And you have no doubt that it is your husband's hand, madam?"
- "None. Neville wrote those words."
- "And they were posted to-day at Gravesend. Well, Mrs. St. Clair, the clouds lighten, though I should not venture to say that the danger is over."
- "But he must be alive, Mr. Holmes."
- "Unless this is a clever forgery to put us on the wrong scent. The ring, after all, proves nothing. It may have been taken from him."
- "No, no; it is, it is his very own writing!"
- "Very well. It may, however, have been written on Monday and only posted to-day."
- "That is possible."
- "If so, much may have happened between."
- "Oh, you must not discourage me, Mr. Holmes. I know that all is well with him. There is so keen a sympathy between us that I should know if evil came upon him. On the very day that I saw him last he cut himself in the bedroom, and yet I in the dining-room rushed upstairs instantly with the utmost certainty that something had happened. Do you think that I would respond to such a trifle and yet be ignorant of his death?"
- "I have seen too much not to know that the impression of a woman may be more valuable than the conclusion of an analytical reasoner. And in this letter you certainly have a very strong piece of evidence to corroborate your view. But if your husband is alive and able to write letters, why should he remain away from you?"
- "I cannot imagine. It is unthinkable."
- "And on Monday he made no remarks before leaving you?"
- "No."
- "And you were surprised to see him in Swandam Lane?"
- "Very much so."
- "Was the window open?"
- "Yes."
- "Then he might have called to you?"
- "He might."
- "He only, as I understand, gave an inarticulate cry?"
- "Yes."
- "A call for help, you thought?"
- "Yes. He waved his hands."
- "But it might have been a cry of surprise. Astonishment at the unexpected sight of you might cause him to throw up his hands?"
- "It is possible."
- "And you thought he was pulled back?"
- "He disappeared so suddenly."
- "He might have leaped back. You did not see anyone else in the room?"
- "No, but this horrible man confessed to having been there, and the Lascar was at the foot of the stairs."
- "Quite so. Your husband, as far as you could see, had his ordinary clothes on?"
- "But without his collar or tie. I distinctly saw his bare throat."
- "Had he ever spoken of Swandam Lane?"
- "Never."
- "Had he ever showed any signs of having taken opium?"
- "Never."
- "Thank you, Mrs. St. Clair. Those are the principal points about which I wished to be absolutely clear. We shall now have a little supper and then retire, for we may have a very busy day to-morrow."
- A large and comfortable double-bedded room had been placed at our disposal, and I was quickly between the sheets, for I was weary after my night of adventure. Sherlock Holmes was a man, however, who, when he had an unsolved problem upon his mind, would go for days, and even for a week, without rest, turning it over, rearranging his facts, looking at it from every point of view until he had either fathomed it or convinced himself that his data were insufficient. It was soon evident to me that he was now preparing for an all-night sitting. He took off his coat and waistcoat, put on a large blue dressing-gown, and then wandered about the room collecting pillows from his bed and cushions from the sofa and armchairs. With these he constructed a sort of Eastern divan, upon which he perched himself cross-legged, with an ounce of shag tobacco and a box of matches laid out in front of him. In the dim light of the lamp I saw him sitting there, an old briar pipe between his lips, his eyes fixed vacantly upon the corner of the ceiling, the blue smoke curling up from him, silent, motionless, with the light shining upon his strong-set aquiline features. So he sat as I dropped off to sleep, and so he sat when a sudden ejaculation caused me to wake up, and I found the summer sun shining into the apartment. The pipe was still between his lips, the smoke still curled upward, and the room was full of a dense tobacco haze, but nothing remained of the heap of shag which I had seen upon the previous night.
- "Awake, Watson?" he asked.
- "Yes."
- "Game for a morning drive?"
- "Certainly."
- "Then dress. No one is stirring yet, but I know where the stable-boy sleeps, and we shall soon have the trap out." He chuckled to himself as he spoke, his eyes twinkled, and he seemed a different man to the sombre thinker of the previous night.
- As I dressed I glanced at my watch. It was no wonder that no one was stirring. It was twenty-five minutes past four. I had hardly finished when Holmes returned with the news that the boy was putting in the horse.
- "I want to test a little theory of mine," said he, pulling on his boots. "I think, Watson, that you are now standing in the presence of one of the most absolute fools in Europe. I deserve to be kicked from here to Charing Cross. But I think I have the key of the affair now."
- "And where is it?" I asked, smiling.
- "In the bathroom," he answered. "Oh, yes, I am not joking," he continued, seeing my look of incredulity. "I have just been there, and I have taken it out, and I have got it in this Gladstone bag. Come on, my boy, and we shall see whether it will not fit the lock."
- We made our way downstairs as quietly as possible, and out into the bright morning sunshine. In the road stood our horse and trap, with the half-clad stable-boy waiting at the head. We both sprang in, and away we dashed down the London Road. A few country carts were stirring, bearing in vegetables to the metropolis, but the lines of villas on either side were as silent and lifeless as some city in a dream.
- "It has been in some points a singular case," said Holmes, flicking the horse on into a gallop. "I confess that I have been as blind as a mole, but it is better to learn wisdom late than never to learn it at all."
- In town the earliest risers were just beginning to look sleepily from their windows as we drove through the streets of the Surrey side. Passing down the Waterloo Bridge Road we crossed over the river, and dashing up Wellington Street wheeled sharply to the right and found ourselves in Bow Street. Sherlock Holmes was well known to the force, and the two constables at the door saluted him. One of them held the horse's head while the other led us in.
- "Who is on duty?" asked Holmes.
- "Inspector Bradstreet, sir."
- "Ah, Bradstreet, how are you?" A tall, stout official had come down the stone-flagged passage, in a peaked cap and frogged jacket. "I wish to have a quiet word with you, Bradstreet." "Certainly, Mr. Holmes. Step into my room here." It was a small, office-like room, with a huge ledger upon the table, and a telephone projecting from the wall. The inspector sat down at his desk.
- "What can I do for you, Mr. Holmes?"
- "I called about that beggarman, Boone--the one who was charged with being concerned in the disappearance of Mr. Neville St. Clair, of Lee."
- "Yes. He was brought up and remanded for further inquiries."
- "So I heard. You have him here?"
- "In the cells."
- "Is he quiet?"
- "Oh, he gives no trouble. But he is a dirty scoundrel."
- "Dirty?"
- "Yes, it is all we can do to make him wash his hands, and his face is as black as a tinker's. Well, when once his case has been settled, he will have a regular prison bath; and I think, if you saw him, you would agree with me that he needed it."
- "I should like to see him very much."
- "Would you? That is easily done. Come this way. You can leave your bag."
- "No, I think that I'll take it."
- "Very good. Come this way, if you please." He led us down a passage, opened a barred door, passed down a winding stair, and brought us to a whitewashed corridor with a line of doors on each side.
- "The third on the right is his," said the inspector. "Here it is!" He quietly shot back a panel in the upper part of the door and glanced through.
- "He is asleep," said he. "You can see him very well."
- We both put our eyes to the grating. The prisoner lay with his face towards us, in a very deep sleep, breathing slowly and heavily. He was a middle-sized man, coarsely clad as became his calling, with a coloured shirt protruding through the rent in his tattered coat. He was, as the inspector had said, extremely dirty, but the grime which covered his face could not conceal its repulsive ugliness. A broad wheal from an old scar ran right across it from eye to chin, and by its contraction had turned up one side of the upper lip, so that three teeth were exposed in a perpetual snarl. A shock of very bright red hair grew low over his eyes and forehead.
- "He's a beauty, isn't he?" said the inspector.
- "He certainly needs a wash," remarked Holmes. "I had an idea that he might, and I took the liberty of bringing the tools with me." He opened the Gladstone bag as he spoke, and took out, to my astonishment, a very large bath-sponge.
- "He! he! You are a funny one," chuckled the inspector.
- "Now, if you will have the great goodness to open that door very quietly, we will soon make him cut a much more respectable figure."
- "Well, I don't know why not," said the inspector. "He doesn't look a credit to the Bow Street cells, does he?" He slipped his key into the lock, and we all very quietly entered the cell. The sleeper half turned, and then settled down once more into a deep slumber. Holmes stooped to the water-jug, moistened his sponge, and then rubbed it twice vigorously across and down the prisoner's face.
- "Let me introduce you," he shouted, "to Mr. Neville St. Clair, of Lee, in the county of Kent."
- Never in my life have I seen such a sight. The man's face peeled off under the sponge like the bark from a tree. Gone was the coarse brown tint! Gone, too, was the horrid scar which had seamed it across, and the twisted lip which had given the repulsive sneer to the face! A twitch brought away the tangled red hair, and there, sitting up in his bed, was a pale, sad-faced, refined-looking man, black-haired and smooth-skinned, rubbing his eyes and staring about him with sleepy bewilderment. Then suddenly realising the exposure, he broke into a scream and threw himself down with his face to the pillow.
- "Great heavens!" cried the inspector, "it is, indeed, the missing man. I know him from the photograph."
- The prisoner turned with the reckless air of a man who abandons himself to his destiny. "Be it so," said he. "And pray what am I charged with?"
- "With making away with Mr. Neville St.-- Oh, come, you can't be charged with that unless they make a case of attempted suicide of it," said the inspector with a grin. "Well, I have been twenty-seven years in the force, but this really takes the cake."
- "If I am Mr. Neville St. Clair, then it is obvious that no crime has been committed, and that, therefore, I am illegally detained."
- "No crime, but a very great error has been committed," said Holmes. "You would have done better to have trusted you wife."
- "It was not the wife; it was the children," groaned the prisoner. "God help me, I would not have them ashamed of their father. My God! What an exposure! What can I do?"
- Sherlock Holmes sat down beside him on the couch and patted him kindly on the shoulder.
- "If you leave it to a court of law to clear the matter up," said he, "of course you can hardly avoid publicity. On the other hand, if you convince the police authorities that there is no possible case against you, I do not know that there is any reason that the details should find their way into the papers. Inspector Bradstreet would, I am sure, make notes upon anything which you might tell us and submit it to the proper authorities. The case would then never go into court at all."
- "God bless you!" cried the prisoner passionately. "I would have endured imprisonment, ay, even execution, rather than have left my miserable secret as a family blot to my children.
- "You are the first who have ever heard my story. My father was a schoolmaster in Chesterfield, where I received an excellent education. I travelled in my youth, took to the stage, and finally became a reporter on an evening paper in London. One day my editor wished to have a series of articles upon begging in the metropolis, and I volunteered to supply them. There was the point from which all my adventures started. It was only by trying begging as an amateur that I could get the facts upon which to base my articles. When an actor I had, of course, learned all the secrets of making up, and had been famous in the green-room for my skill. I took advantage now of my attainments. I painted my face, and to make myself as pitiable as possible I made a good scar and fixed one side of my lip in a twist by the aid of a small slip of flesh-coloured plaster. Then with a red head of hair, and an appropriate dress, I took my station in the business part of the city, ostensibly as a match-seller but really as a beggar. For seven hours I plied my trade, and when I returned home in the evening I found to my surprise that I had received no less than 26s. 4d.
- "I wrote my articles and thought little more of the matter until, some time later, I backed a bill for a friend and had a writ served upon me for $25. I was at my wit's end where to get the money, but a sudden idea came to me. I begged a fortnight's grace from the creditor, asked for a holiday from my employers, and spent the time in begging in the City under my disguise. In ten days I had the money and had paid the debt.
- "Well, you can imagine how hard it was to settle down to arduous work at $2 a week when I knew that I could earn as much in a day by smearing my face with a little paint, laying my cap on the ground, and sitting still. It was a long fight between my pride and the money, but the dollars won at last, and I threw up reporting and sat day after day in the corner which I had first chosen, inspiring pity by my ghastly face and filling my pockets with coppers. Only one man knew my secret. He was the keeper of a low den in which I used to lodge in Swandam Lane, where I could every morning emerge as a squalid beggar and in the evenings transform myself into a well-dressed man about town. This fellow, a Lascar, was well paid by me for his rooms, so that I knew that my secret was safe in his possession.
- "Well, very soon I found that I was saving considerable sums of money. I do not mean that any beggar in the streets of London could earn $700 a year--which is less than my average takings--but I had exceptional advantages in my power of making up, and also in a facility of repartee, which improved by practice and made me quite a recognised character in the City. All day a stream of pennies, varied by silver, poured in upon me, and it was a very bad day in which I failed to take $2.
- "As I grew richer I grew more ambitious, took a house in the country, and eventually married, without anyone having a suspicion as to my real occupation. My dear wife knew that I had business in the City. She little knew what.
- "Last Monday I had finished for the day and was dressing in my room above the opium den when I looked out of my window and saw, to my horror and astonishment, that my wife was standing in the street, with her eyes fixed full upon me. I gave a cry of surprise, threw up my arms to cover my face, and, rushing to my confidant, the Lascar, entreated him to prevent anyone from coming up to me. I heard her voice downstairs, but I knew that she could not ascend. Swiftly I threw off my clothes, pulled on those of a beggar, and put on my pigments and wig. Even a wife's eyes could not pierce so complete a disguise. But then it occurred to me that there might be a search in the room, and that the clothes might betray me. I threw open the window, reopening by my violence a small cut which I had inflicted upon myself in the bedroom that morning. Then I seized my coat, which was weighted by the coppers which I had just transferred to it from the leather bag in which I carried my takings. I hurled it out of the window, and it disappeared into the Thames. The other clothes would have followed, but at that moment there was a rush of constables up the stair, and a few minutes after I found, rather, I confess, to my relief, that instead of being identified as Mr. Neville St. Clair, I was arrested as his murderer.
- "I do not know that there is anything else for me to explain. I was determined to preserve my disguise as long as possible, and hence my preference for a dirty face. Knowing that my wife would be terribly anxious, I slipped off my ring and confided it to the Lascar at a moment when no constable was watching me, together with a hurried scrawl, telling her that she had no cause to fear."
- "That note only reached her yesterday," said Holmes.
- "Good God! What a week she must have spent!"
- "The police have watched this Lascar," said Inspector Bradstreet, "and I can quite understand that he might find it difficult to post a letter unobserved. Probably he handed it to some sailor customer of his, who forgot all about it for some days."
- "That was it," said Holmes, nodding approvingly; "I have no doubt of it. But have you never been prosecuted for begging?"
- "Many times; but what was a fine to me?"
- "It must stop here, however," said Bradstreet. "If the police are to hush this thing up, there must be no more of Hugh Boone."
- "I have sworn it by the most solemn oaths which a man can take."
- "In that case I think that it is probable that no further steps may be taken. But if you are found again, then all must come out. I am sure, Mr. Holmes, that we are very much indebted to you for having cleared the matter up. I wish I knew how you reach your results."
- "I reached this one," said my friend, "by sitting upon five pillows and consuming an ounce of shag. I think, Watson, that if we drive to Baker Street we shall just be in time for breakfast."
- VII. THE ADVENTURE OF THE BLUE CARBUNCLE
- I had called upon my friend Sherlock Holmes upon the second morning after Christmas, with the intention of wishing him the compliments of the season. He was lounging upon the sofa in a purple dressing-gown, a pipe-rack within his reach upon the right, and a pile of crumpled morning papers, evidently newly studied, near at hand. Beside the couch was a wooden chair, and on the angle of the back hung a very seedy and disreputable hard-felt hat, much the worse for wear, and cracked in several places. A lens and a forceps lying upon the seat of the chair suggested that the hat had been suspended in this manner for the purpose of examination.
- "You are engaged," said I; "perhaps I interrupt you."
- "Not at all. I am glad to have a friend with whom I can discuss my results. The matter is a perfectly trivial one"--he jerked his thumb in the direction of the old hat--"but there are points in connection with it which are not entirely devoid of interest and even of instruction."
- I seated myself in his armchair and warmed my hands before his crackling fire, for a sharp frost had set in, and the windows were thick with the ice crystals. "I suppose," I remarked, "that, homely as it looks, this thing has some deadly story linked on to it--that it is the clue which will guide you in the solution of some mystery and the punishment of some crime."
- "No, no. No crime," said Sherlock Holmes, laughing. "Only one of those whimsical little incidents which will happen when you have four million human beings all jostling each other within the space of a few square miles. Amid the action and reaction of so dense a swarm of humanity, every possible combination of events may be expected to take place, and many a little problem will be presented which may be striking and bizarre without being criminal. We have already had experience of such."
- "So much so," I remarked, "that of the last six cases which I have added to my notes, three have been entirely free of any legal crime."
- "Precisely. You allude to my attempt to recover the Irene Adler papers, to the singular case of Miss Mary Sutherland, and to the adventure of the man with the twisted lip. Well, I have no doubt that this small matter will fall into the same innocent category. You know Peterson, the commissionaire?"
- "Yes."
- "It is to him that this trophy belongs."
- "It is his hat."
- "No, no, he found it. Its owner is unknown. I beg that you will look upon it not as a battered billycock but as an intellectual problem. And, first, as to how it came here. It arrived upon Christmas morning, in company with a good fat goose, which is, I have no doubt, roasting at this moment in front of Peterson's fire. The facts are these: about four o'clock on Christmas morning, Peterson, who, as you know, is a very honest fellow, was returning from some small jollification and was making his way homeward down Tottenham Court Road. In front of him he saw, in the gaslight, a tallish man, walking with a slight stagger, and carrying a white goose slung over his shoulder. As he reached the corner of Goodge Street, a row broke out between this stranger and a little knot of roughs. One of the latter knocked off the man's hat, on which he raised his stick to defend himself and, swinging it over his head, smashed the shop window behind him. Peterson had rushed forward to protect the stranger from his assailants; but the man, shocked at having broken the window, and seeing an official-looking person in uniform rushing towards him, dropped his goose, took to his heels, and vanished amid the labyrinth of small streets which lie at the back of Tottenham Court Road. The roughs had also fled at the appearance of Peterson, so that he was left in possession of the field of battle, and also of the spoils of victory in the shape of this battered hat and a most unimpeachable Christmas goose."
- "Which surely he restored to their owner?"
- "My dear fellow, there lies the problem. It is true that 'For Mrs. Henry Baker' was printed upon a small card which was tied to the bird's left leg, and it is also true that the initials 'H. B.' are legible upon the lining of this hat, but as there are some thousands of Bakers, and some hundreds of Henry Bakers in this city of ours, it is not easy to restore lost property to any one of them."
- "What, then, did Peterson do?"
- "He brought round both hat and goose to me on Christmas morning, knowing that even the smallest problems are of interest to me. The goose we retained until this morning, when there were signs that, in spite of the slight frost, it would be well that it should be eaten without unnecessary delay. Its finder has carried it off, therefore, to fulfil the ultimate destiny of a goose, while I continue to retain the hat of the unknown gentleman who lost his Christmas dinner."
- "Did he not advertise?"
- "No."
- "Then, what clue could you have as to his identity?"
- "Only as much as we can deduce."
- "From his hat?"
- "Precisely."
- "But you are joking. What can you gather from this old battered felt?"
- "Here is my lens. You know my methods. What can you gather yourself as to the individuality of the man who has worn this article?"
- I took the tattered object in my hands and turned it over rather ruefully. It was a very ordinary black hat of the usual round shape, hard and much the worse for wear. The lining had been of red silk, but was a good deal discoloured. There was no maker's name; but, as Holmes had remarked, the initials "H. B." were scrawled upon one side. It was pierced in the brim for a hat-securer, but the elastic was missing. For the rest, it was cracked, exceedingly dusty, and spotted in several places, although there seemed to have been some attempt to hide the discoloured patches by smearing them with ink.
- "I can see nothing," said I, handing it back to my friend.
- "On the contrary, Watson, you can see everything. You fail, however, to reason from what you see. You are too timid in drawing your inferences."
- "Then, pray tell me what it is that you can infer from this hat?"
- He picked it up and gazed at it in the peculiar introspective fashion which was characteristic of him. "It is perhaps less suggestive than it might have been," he remarked, "and yet there are a few inferences which are very distinct, and a few others which represent at least a strong balance of probability. That the man was highly intellectual is of course obvious upon the face of it, and also that he was fairly well-to-do within the last three years, although he has now fallen upon evil days. He had foresight, but has less now than formerly, pointing to a moral retrogression, which, when taken with the decline of his fortunes, seems to indicate some evil influence, probably drink, at work upon him. This may account also for the obvious fact that his wife has ceased to love him."
- "My dear Holmes!"
- "He has, however, retained some degree of self-respect," he continued, disregarding my remonstrance. "He is a man who leads a sedentary life, goes out little, is out of training entirely, is middle-aged, has grizzled hair which he has had cut within the last few days, and which he anoints with lime-cream. These are the more patent facts which are to be deduced from his hat. Also, by the way, that it is extremely improbable that he has gas laid on in his house."
- "You are certainly joking, Holmes."
- "Not in the least. Is it possible that even now, when I give you these results, you are unable to see how they are attained?"
- "I have no doubt that I am very stupid, but I must confess that I am unable to follow you. For example, how did you deduce that this man was intellectual?"
- For answer Holmes clapped the hat upon his head. It came right over the forehead and settled upon the bridge of his nose. "It is a question of cubic capacity," said he; "a man with so large a brain must have something in it."
- "The decline of his fortunes, then?"
- "This hat is three years old. These flat brims curled at the edge came in then. It is a hat of the very best quality. Look at the band of ribbed silk and the excellent lining. If this man could afford to buy so expensive a hat three years ago, and has had no hat since, then he has assuredly gone down in the world."
- "Well, that is clear enough, certainly. But how about the foresight and the moral retrogression?"
- Sherlock Holmes laughed. "Here is the foresight," said he putting his finger upon the little disc and loop of the hat-securer. "They are never sold upon hats. If this man ordered one, it is a sign of a certain amount of foresight, since he went out of his way to take this precaution against the wind. But since we see that he has broken the elastic and has not troubled to replace it, it is obvious that he has less foresight now than formerly, which is a distinct proof of a weakening nature. On the other hand, he has endeavoured to conceal some of these stains upon the felt by daubing them with ink, which is a sign that he has not entirely lost his self-respect."
- "Your reasoning is certainly plausible."
- "The further points, that he is middle-aged, that his hair is grizzled, that it has been recently cut, and that he uses lime-cream, are all to be gathered from a close examination of the lower part of the lining. The lens discloses a large number of hair-ends, clean cut by the scissors of the barber. They all appear to be adhesive, and there is a distinct odour of lime-cream. This dust, you will observe, is not the gritty, grey dust of the street but the fluffy brown dust of the house, showing that it has been hung up indoors most of the time, while the marks of moisture upon the inside are proof positive that the wearer perspired very freely, and could therefore, hardly be in the best of training."
- "But his wife--you said that she had ceased to love him."
- "This hat has not been brushed for weeks. When I see you, my dear Watson, with a week's accumulation of dust upon your hat, and when your wife allows you to go out in such a state, I shall fear that you also have been unfortunate enough to lose your wife's affection."
- "But he might be a bachelor."
- "Nay, he was bringing home the goose as a peace-offering to his wife. Remember the card upon the bird's leg."
- "You have an answer to everything. But how on earth do you deduce that the gas is not laid on in his house?"
- "One tallow stain, or even two, might come by chance; but when I see no less than five, I think that there can be little doubt that the individual must be brought into frequent contact with burning tallow--walks upstairs at night probably with his hat in one hand and a guttering candle in the other. Anyhow, he never got tallow-stains from a gas-jet. Are you satisfied?"
- "Well, it is very ingenious," said I, laughing; "but since, as you said just now, there has been no crime committed, and no harm done save the loss of a goose, all this seems to be rather a waste of energy."
- Sherlock Holmes had opened his mouth to reply, when the door flew open, and Peterson, the commissionaire, rushed into the apartment with flushed cheeks and the face of a man who is dazed with astonishment.
- "The goose, Mr. Holmes! The goose, sir!" he gasped.
- "Eh? What of it, then? Has it returned to life and flapped off through the kitchen window?" Holmes twisted himself round upon the sofa to get a fairer view of the man's excited face.
- "See here, sir! See what my wife found in its crop!" He held out his hand and displayed upon the centre of the palm a brilliantly scintillating blue stone, rather smaller than a bean in size, but of such purity and radiance that it twinkled like an electric point in the dark hollow of his hand.
- Sherlock Holmes sat up with a whistle. "By Jove, Peterson!" said he, "this is treasure trove indeed. I suppose you know what you have got?"
- "A diamond, sir? A precious stone. It cuts into glass as though it were putty."
- "It's more than a precious stone. It is the precious stone."
- "Not the Countess of Morcar's blue carbuncle!" I ejaculated.
- "Precisely so. I ought to know its size and shape, seeing that I have read the advertisement about it in The Times every day lately. It is absolutely unique, and its value can only be conjectured, but the reward offered of $1000 is certainly not within a twentieth part of the market price."
- "A thousand pounds! Great Lord of mercy!" The commissionaire plumped down into a chair and stared from one to the other of us.
- "That is the reward, and I have reason to know that there are sentimental considerations in the background which would induce the Countess to part with half her fortune if she could but recover the gem."
- "It was lost, if I remember aright, at the Hotel Cosmopolitan," I remarked.
- "Precisely so, on December 22nd, just five days ago. John Horner, a plumber, was accused of having abstracted it from the lady's jewel-case. The evidence against him was so strong that the case has been referred to the Assizes. I have some account of the matter here, I believe." He rummaged amid his newspapers, glancing over the dates, until at last he smoothed one out, doubled it over, and read the following paragraph:
- "Hotel Cosmopolitan Jewel Robbery. John Horner, 26, plumber, was brought up upon the charge of having upon the 22nd inst., abstracted from the jewel-case of the Countess of Morcar the valuable gem known as the blue carbuncle. James Ryder, upper-attendant at the hotel, gave his evidence to the effect that he had shown Horner up to the dressing-room of the Countess of Morcar upon the day of the robbery in order that he might solder the second bar of the grate, which was loose. He had remained with Horner some little time, but had finally been called away. On returning, he found that Horner had disappeared, that the bureau had been forced open, and that the small morocco casket in which, as it afterwards transpired, the Countess was accustomed to keep her jewel, was lying empty upon the dressing-table. Ryder instantly gave the alarm, and Horner was arrested the same evening; but the stone could not be found either upon his person or in his rooms. Catherine Cusack, maid to the Countess, deposed to having heard Ryder's cry of dismay on discovering the robbery, and to having rushed into the room, where she found matters as described by the last witness. Inspector Bradstreet, B division, gave evidence as to the arrest of Horner, who struggled frantically, and protested his innocence in the strongest terms. Evidence of a previous conviction for robbery having been given against the prisoner, the magistrate refused to deal summarily with the offence, but referred it to the Assizes. Horner, who had shown signs of intense emotion during the proceedings, fainted away at the conclusion and was carried out of court."
- "Hum! So much for the police-court," said Holmes thoughtfully, tossing aside the paper. "The question for us now to solve is the sequence of events leading from a rifled jewel-case at one end to the crop of a goose in Tottenham Court Road at the other. You see, Watson, our little deductions have suddenly assumed a much more important and less innocent aspect. Here is the stone; the stone came from the goose, and the goose came from Mr. Henry Baker, the gentleman with the bad hat and all the other characteristics with which I have bored you. So now we must set ourselves very seriously to finding this gentleman and ascertaining what part he has played in this little mystery. To do this, we must try the simplest means first, and these lie undoubtedly in an advertisement in all the evening papers. If this fail, I shall have recourse to other methods."
- "What will you say?"
- "Give me a pencil and that slip of paper. Now, then: 'Found at the corner of Goodge Street, a goose and a black felt hat. Mr. Henry Baker can have the same by applying at 6:30 this evening at 221B, Baker Street.' That is clear and concise."
- "Very. But will he see it?"
- "Well, he is sure to keep an eye on the papers, since, to a poor man, the loss was a heavy one. He was clearly so scared by his mischance in breaking the window and by the approach of Peterson that he thought of nothing but flight, but since then he must have bitterly regretted the impulse which caused him to drop his bird. Then, again, the introduction of his name will cause him to see it, for everyone who knows him will direct his attention to it. Here you are, Peterson, run down to the advertising agency and have this put in the evening papers."
- "In which, sir?"
- "Oh, in the Globe, Star, Pall Mall, St. James's, Evening News, Standard, Echo, and any others that occur to you."
- "Very well, sir. And this stone?"
- "Ah, yes, I shall keep the stone. Thank you. And, I say, Peterson, just buy a goose on your way back and leave it here with me, for we must have one to give to this gentleman in place of the one which your family is now devouring."
- When the commissionaire had gone, Holmes took up the stone and held it against the light. "It's a bonny thing," said he. "Just see how it glints and sparkles. Of course it is a nucleus and focus of crime. Every good stone is. They are the devil's pet baits. In the larger and older jewels every facet may stand for a bloody deed. This stone is not yet twenty years old. It was found in the banks of the Amoy River in southern China and is remarkable in having every characteristic of the carbuncle, save that it is blue in shade instead of ruby red. In spite of its youth, it has already a sinister history. There have been two murders, a vitriol-throwing, a suicide, and several robberies brought about for the sake of this forty-grain weight of crystallised charcoal. Who would think that so pretty a toy would be a purveyor to the gallows and the prison? I'll lock it up in my strong box now and drop a line to the Countess to say that we have it."
- "Do you think that this man Horner is innocent?"
- "I cannot tell."
- "Well, then, do you imagine that this other one, Henry Baker, had anything to do with the matter?"
- "It is, I think, much more likely that Henry Baker is an absolutely innocent man, who had no idea that the bird which he was carrying was of considerably more value than if it were made of solid gold. That, however, I shall determine by a very simple test if we have an answer to our advertisement."
- "And you can do nothing until then?"
- "Nothing."
- "In that case I shall continue my professional round. But I shall come back in the evening at the hour you have mentioned, for I should like to see the solution of so tangled a business."
- "Very glad to see you. I dine at seven. There is a woodcock, I believe. By the way, in view of recent occurrences, perhaps I ought to ask Mrs. Hudson to examine its crop."
- I had been delayed at a case, and it was a little after half-past six when I found myself in Baker Street once more. As I approached the house I saw a tall man in a Scotch bonnet with a coat which was buttoned up to his chin waiting outside in the bright semicircle which was thrown from the fanlight. Just as I arrived the door was opened, and we were shown up together to Holmes' room.
- "Mr. Henry Baker, I believe," said he, rising from his armchair and greeting his visitor with the easy air of geniality which he could so readily assume. "Pray take this chair by the fire, Mr. Baker. It is a cold night, and I observe that your circulation is more adapted for summer than for winter. Ah, Watson, you have just come at the right time. Is that your hat, Mr. Baker?"
- "Yes, sir, that is undoubtedly my hat."
- He was a large man with rounded shoulders, a massive head, and a broad, intelligent face, sloping down to a pointed beard of grizzled brown. A touch of red in nose and cheeks, with a slight tremor of his extended hand, recalled Holmes' surmise as to his habits. His rusty black frock-coat was buttoned right up in front, with the collar turned up, and his lank wrists protruded from his sleeves without a sign of cuff or shirt. He spoke in a slow staccato fashion, choosing his words with care, and gave the impression generally of a man of learning and letters who had had ill-usage at the hands of fortune.
- "We have retained these things for some days," said Holmes, "because we expected to see an advertisement from you giving your address. I am at a loss to know now why you did not advertise."
- Our visitor gave a rather shamefaced laugh. "Shillings have not been so plentiful with me as they once were," he remarked. "I had no doubt that the gang of roughs who assaulted me had carried off both my hat and the bird. I did not care to spend more money in a hopeless attempt at recovering them."
- "Very naturally. By the way, about the bird, we were compelled to eat it."
- "To eat it!" Our visitor half rose from his chair in his excitement.
- "Yes, it would have been of no use to anyone had we not done so. But I presume that this other goose upon the sideboard, which is about the same weight and perfectly fresh, will answer your purpose equally well?"
- "Oh, certainly, certainly," answered Mr. Baker with a sigh of relief.
- "Of course, we still have the feathers, legs, crop, and so on of your own bird, so if you wish--"
- The man burst into a hearty laugh. "They might be useful to me as relics of my adventure," said he, "but beyond that I can hardly see what use the disjecta membra of my late acquaintance are going to be to me. No, sir, I think that, with your permission, I will confine my attentions to the excellent bird which I perceive upon the sideboard."
- Sherlock Holmes glanced sharply across at me with a slight shrug of his shoulders.
- "There is your hat, then, and there your bird," said he. "By the way, would it bore you to tell me where you got the other one from? I am somewhat of a fowl fancier, and I have seldom seen a better grown goose."
- "Certainly, sir," said Baker, who had risen and tucked his newly gained property under his arm. "There are a few of us who frequent the Alpha Inn, near the Museum--we are to be found in the Museum itself during the day, you understand. This year our good host, Windigate by name, instituted a goose club, by which, on consideration of some few pence every week, we were each to receive a bird at Christmas. My pence were duly paid, and the rest is familiar to you. I am much indebted to you, sir, for a Scotch bonnet is fitted neither to my years nor my gravity." With a comical pomposity of manner he bowed solemnly to both of us and strode off upon his way.
- "So much for Mr. Henry Baker," said Holmes when he had closed the door behind him. "It is quite certain that he knows nothing whatever about the matter. Are you hungry, Watson?"
- "Not particularly."
- "Then I suggest that we turn our dinner into a supper and follow up this clue while it is still hot."
- "By all means."
- It was a bitter night, so we drew on our ulsters and wrapped cravats about our throats. Outside, the stars were shining coldly in a cloudless sky, and the breath of the passers-by blew out into smoke like so many pistol shots. Our footfalls rang out crisply and loudly as we swung through the doctors' quarter, Wimpole Street, Harley Street, and so through Wigmore Street into Oxford Street. In a quarter of an hour we were in Bloomsbury at the Alpha Inn, which is a small public-house at the corner of one of the streets which runs down into Holborn. Holmes pushed open the door of the private bar and ordered two glasses of beer from the ruddy-faced, white-aproned landlord.
- "Your beer should be excellent if it is as good as your geese," said he.
- "My geese!" The man seemed surprised.
- "Yes. I was speaking only half an hour ago to Mr. Henry Baker, who was a member of your goose club."
- "Ah! yes, I see. But you see, sir, them's not our geese."
- "Indeed! Whose, then?"
- "Well, I got the two dozen from a salesman in Covent Garden."
- "Indeed? I know some of them. Which was it?"
- "Breckinridge is his name."
- "Ah! I don't know him. Well, here's your good health landlord, and prosperity to your house. Good-night."
- "Now for Mr. Breckinridge," he continued, buttoning up his coat as we came out into the frosty air. "Remember, Watson that though we have so homely a thing as a goose at one end of this chain, we have at the other a man who will certainly get seven years' penal servitude unless we can establish his innocence. It is possible that our inquiry may but confirm his guilt; but, in any case, we have a line of investigation which has been missed by the police, and which a singular chance has placed in our hands. Let us follow it out to the bitter end. Faces to the south, then, and quick march!"
- We passed across Holborn, down Endell Street, and so through a zigzag of slums to Covent Garden Market. One of the largest stalls bore the name of Breckinridge upon it, and the proprietor a horsey-looking man, with a sharp face and trim side-whiskers was helping a boy to put up the shutters.
- "Good-evening. It's a cold night," said Holmes.
- The salesman nodded and shot a questioning glance at my companion.
- "Sold out of geese, I see," continued Holmes, pointing at the bare slabs of marble.
- "Let you have five hundred to-morrow morning."
- "That's no good."
- "Well, there are some on the stall with the gas-flare."
- "Ah, but I was recommended to you."
- "Who by?"
- "The landlord of the Alpha."
- "Oh, yes; I sent him a couple of dozen."
- "Fine birds they were, too. Now where did you get them from?"
- To my surprise the question provoked a burst of anger from the salesman.
- "Now, then, mister," said he, with his head cocked and his arms akimbo, "what are you driving at? Let's have it straight, now."
- "It is straight enough. I should like to know who sold you the geese which you supplied to the Alpha."
- "Well then, I shan't tell you. So now!"
- "Oh, it is a matter of no importance; but I don't know why you should be so warm over such a trifle."
- "Warm! You'd be as warm, maybe, if you were as pestered as I am. When I pay good money for a good article there should be an end of the business; but it's 'Where are the geese?' and 'Who did you sell the geese to?' and 'What will you take for the geese?' One would think they were the only geese in the world, to hear the fuss that is made over them."
- "Well, I have no connection with any other people who have been making inquiries," said Holmes carelessly. "If you won't tell us the bet is off, that is all. But I'm always ready to back my opinion on a matter of fowls, and I have a fiver on it that the bird I ate is country bred."
- "Well, then, you've lost your fiver, for it's town bred," snapped the salesman.
- "It's nothing of the kind."
- "I say it is."
- "I don't believe it."
- "D'you think you know more about fowls than I, who have handled them ever since I was a nipper? I tell you, all those birds that went to the Alpha were town bred."
- "You'll never persuade me to believe that."
- "Will you bet, then?"
- "It's merely taking your money, for I know that I am right. But I'll have a sovereign on with you, just to teach you not to be obstinate."
- The salesman chuckled grimly. "Bring me the books, Bill," said he.
- The small boy brought round a small thin volume and a great greasy-backed one, laying them out together beneath the hanging lamp.
- "Now then, Mr. Cocksure," said the salesman, "I thought that I was out of geese, but before I finish you'll find that there is still one left in my shop. You see this little book?"
- "Well?"
- "That's the list of the folk from whom I buy. D'you see? Well, then, here on this page are the country folk, and the numbers after their names are where their accounts are in the big ledger. Now, then! You see this other page in red ink? Well, that is a list of my town suppliers. Now, look at that third name. Just read it out to me."
- "Mrs. Oakshott, 117, Brixton Road--249," read Holmes.
- "Quite so. Now turn that up in the ledger."
- Holmes turned to the page indicated. "Here you are, 'Mrs. Oakshott, 117, Brixton Road, egg and poultry supplier.' "
- "Now, then, what's the last entry?"
- " 'December 22nd. Twenty-four geese at 7s. 6d.' "
- "Quite so. There you are. And underneath?"
- " 'Sold to Mr. Windigate of the Alpha, at 12s.' "
- "What have you to say now?"
- Sherlock Holmes looked deeply chagrined. He drew a sovereign from his pocket and threw it down upon the slab, turning away with the air of a man whose disgust is too deep for words. A few yards off he stopped under a lamp-post and laughed in the hearty, noiseless fashion which was peculiar to him.
- "When you see a man with whiskers of that cut and the 'Pink 'un' protruding out of his pocket, you can always draw him by a bet," said he. "I daresay that if I had put $100 down in front of him, that man would not have given me such complete information as was drawn from him by the idea that he was doing me on a wager. Well, Watson, we are, I fancy, nearing the end of our quest, and the only point which remains to be determined is whether we should go on to this Mrs. Oakshott to-night, or whether we should reserve it for to-morrow. It is clear from what that surly fellow said that there are others besides ourselves who are anxious about the matter, and I should--"
- His remarks were suddenly cut short by a loud hubbub which broke out from the stall which we had just left. Turning round we saw a little rat-faced fellow standing in the centre of the circle of yellow light which was thrown by the swinging lamp, while Breckinridge, the salesman, framed in the door of his stall, was shaking his fists fiercely at the cringing figure.
- "I've had enough of you and your geese," he shouted. "I wish you were all at the devil together. If you come pestering me any more with your silly talk I'll set the dog at you. You bring Mrs. Oakshott here and I'll answer her, but what have you to do with it? Did I buy the geese off you?"
- "No; but one of them was mine all the same," whined the little man.
- "Well, then, ask Mrs. Oakshott for it."
- "She told me to ask you."
- "Well, you can ask the King of Proosia, for all I care. I've had enough of it. Get out of this!" He rushed fiercely forward, and the inquirer flitted away into the darkness.
- "Ha! this may save us a visit to Brixton Road," whispered Holmes. "Come with me, and we will see what is to be made of this fellow." Striding through the scattered knots of people who lounged round the flaring stalls, my companion speedily overtook the little man and touched him upon the shoulder. He sprang round, and I could see in the gas-light that every vestige of colour had been driven from his face.
- "Who are you, then? What do you want?" he asked in a quavering voice.
- "You will excuse me," said Holmes blandly, "but I could not help overhearing the questions which you put to the salesman just now. I think that I could be of assistance to you."
- "You? Who are you? How could you know anything of the matter?"
- "My name is Sherlock Holmes. It is my business to know what other people don't know."
- "But you can know nothing of this?"
- "Excuse me, I know everything of it. You are endeavouring to trace some geese which were sold by Mrs. Oakshott, of Brixton Road, to a salesman named Breckinridge, by him in turn to Mr. Windigate, of the Alpha, and by him to his club, of which Mr. Henry Baker is a member."
- "Oh, sir, you are the very man whom I have longed to meet," cried the little fellow with outstretched hands and quivering fingers. "I can hardly explain to you how interested I am in this matter."
- Sherlock Holmes hailed a four-wheeler which was passing. "In that case we had better discuss it in a cosy room rather than in this wind-swept market-place," said he. "But pray tell me, before we go farther, who it is that I have the pleasure of assisting."
- The man hesitated for an instant. "My name is John Robinson," he answered with a sidelong glance.
- "No, no; the real name," said Holmes sweetly. "It is always awkward doing business with an alias."
- A flush sprang to the white cheeks of the stranger. "Well then," said he, "my real name is James Ryder."
- "Precisely so. Head attendant at the Hotel Cosmopolitan. Pray step into the cab, and I shall soon be able to tell you everything which you would wish to know."
- The little man stood glancing from one to the other of us with half-frightened, half-hopeful eyes, as one who is not sure whether he is on the verge of a windfall or of a catastrophe. Then he stepped into the cab, and in half an hour we were back in the sitting-room at Baker Street. Nothing had been said during our drive, but the high, thin breathing of our new companion, and the claspings and unclaspings of his hands, spoke of the nervous tension within him.
- "Here we are!" said Holmes cheerily as we filed into the room. "The fire looks very seasonable in this weather. You look cold, Mr. Ryder. Pray take the basket-chair. I will just put on my slippers before we settle this little matter of yours. Now, then! You want to know what became of those geese?"
- "Yes, sir."
- "Or rather, I fancy, of that goose. It was one bird, I imagine in which you were interested--white, with a black bar across the tail."
- Ryder quivered with emotion. "Oh, sir," he cried, "can you tell me where it went to?"
- "It came here."
- "Here?"
- "Yes, and a most remarkable bird it proved. I don't wonder that you should take an interest in it. It laid an egg after it was dead--the bonniest, brightest little blue egg that ever was seen. I have it here in my museum."
- Our visitor staggered to his feet and clutched the mantelpiece with his right hand. Holmes unlocked his strong-box and held up the blue carbuncle, which shone out like a star, with a cold, brilliant, many-pointed radiance. Ryder stood glaring with a drawn face, uncertain whether to claim or to disown it.
- "The game's up, Ryder," said Holmes quietly. "Hold up, man, or you'll be into the fire! Give him an arm back into his chair, Watson. He's not got blood enough to go in for felony with impunity. Give him a dash of brandy. So! Now he looks a little more human. What a shrimp it is, to be sure!"
- For a moment he had staggered and nearly fallen, but the brandy brought a tinge of colour into his cheeks, and he sat staring with frightened eyes at his accuser.
- "I have almost every link in my hands, and all the proofs which I could possibly need, so there is little which you need tell me. Still, that little may as well be cleared up to make the case complete. You had heard, Ryder, of this blue stone of the Countess of Morcar's?"
- "It was Catherine Cusack who told me of it," said he in a crackling voice.
- "I see--her ladyship's waiting-maid. Well, the temptation of sudden wealth so easily acquired was too much for you, as it has been for better men before you; but you were not very scrupulous in the means you used. It seems to me, Ryder, that there is the making of a very pretty villain in you. You knew that this man Horner, the plumber, had been concerned in some such matter before, and that suspicion would rest the more readily upon him. What did you do, then? You made some small job in my lady's room--you and your confederate Cusack--and you managed that he should be the man sent for. Then, when he had left, you rifled the jewel-case, raised the alarm, and had this unfortunate man arrested. You then--"
- Ryder threw himself down suddenly upon the rug and clutched at my companion's knees. "For God's sake, have mercy!" he shrieked. "Think of my father! Of my mother! It would break their hearts. I never went wrong before! I never will again. I swear it. I'll swear it on a Bible. Oh, don't bring it into court! For Christ's sake, don't!"
- "Get back into your chair!" said Holmes sternly. "It is very well to cringe and crawl now, but you thought little enough of this poor Horner in the dock for a crime of which he knew nothing."
- "I will fly, Mr. Holmes. I will leave the country, sir. Then the charge against him will break down."
- "Hum! We will talk about that. And now let us hear a true account of the next act. How came the stone into the goose, and how came the goose into the open market? Tell us the truth, for there lies your only hope of safety."
- Ryder passed his tongue over his parched lips. "I will tell you it just as it happened, sir," said he. "When Horner had been arrested, it seemed to me that it would be best for me to get away with the stone at once, for I did not know at what moment the police might not take it into their heads to search me and my room. There was no place about the hotel where it would be safe. I went out, as if on some commission, and I made for my sister's house. She had married a man named Oakshott, and lived in Brixton Road, where she fattened fowls for the market. All the way there every man I met seemed to me to be a policeman or a detective; and, for all that it was a cold night, the sweat was pouring down my face before I came to the Brixton Road. My sister asked me what was the matter, and why I was so pale; but I told her that I had been upset by the jewel robbery at the hotel. Then I went into the back yard and smoked a pipe and wondered what it would be best to do.
- "I had a friend once called Maudsley, who went to the bad, and has just been serving his time in Pentonville. One day he had met me, and fell into talk about the ways of thieves, and how they could get rid of what they stole. I knew that he would be true to me, for I knew one or two things about him; so I made up my mind to go right on to Kilburn, where he lived, and take him into my confidence. He would show me how to turn the stone into money. But how to get to him in safety? I thought of the agonies I had gone through in coming from the hotel. I might at any moment be seized and searched, and there would be the stone in my waistcoat pocket. I was leaning against the wall at the time and looking at the geese which were waddling about round my feet, and suddenly an idea came into my head which showed me how I could beat the best detective that ever lived.
- "My sister had told me some weeks before that I might have the pick of her geese for a Christmas present, and I knew that she was always as good as her word. I would take my goose now, and in it I would carry my stone to Kilburn. There was a little shed in the yard, and behind this I drove one of the birds--a fine big one, white, with a barred tail. I caught it, and prying its bill open, I thrust the stone down its throat as far as my finger could reach. The bird gave a gulp, and I felt the stone pass along its gullet and down into its crop. But the creature flapped and struggled, and out came my sister to know what was the matter. As I turned to speak to her the brute broke loose and fluttered off among the others.
- " 'Whatever were you doing with that bird, Jem?' says she.
- " 'Well,' said I, 'you said you'd give me one for Christmas, and I was feeling which was the fattest.'
- " 'Oh,' says she, 'we've set yours aside for you--Jem's bird, we call it. It's the big white one over yonder. There's twenty-six of them, which makes one for you, and one for us, and two dozen for the market.'
- " 'Thank you, Maggie,' says I; 'but if it is all the same to you, I'd rather have that one I was handling just now.'
- " 'The other is a good three pound heavier,' said she, 'and we fattened it expressly for you.'
- " 'Never mind. I'll have the other, and I'll take it now,' said I.
- " 'Oh, just as you like,' said she, a little huffed. 'Which is it you want, then?'
- " 'That white one with the barred tail, right in the middle of the flock.'
- " 'Oh, very well. Kill it and take it with you.'
- "Well, I did what she said, Mr. Holmes, and I carried the bird all the way to Kilburn. I told my pal what I had done, for he was a man that it was easy to tell a thing like that to. He laughed until he choked, and we got a knife and opened the goose. My heart turned to water, for there was no sign of the stone, and I knew that some terrible mistake had occurred. I left the bird, rushed back to my sister's, and hurried into the back yard. There was not a bird to be seen there.
- " 'Where are they all, Maggie?' I cried.
- " 'Gone to the dealer's, Jem.'
- " 'Which dealer's?'
- " 'Breckinridge, of Covent Garden.'
- " 'But was there another with a barred tail?' I asked, 'the same as the one I chose?'
- " 'Yes, Jem; there were two barred-tailed ones, and I could never tell them apart.'
- "Well, then, of course I saw it all, and I ran off as hard as my feet would carry me to this man Breckinridge; but he had sold the lot at once, and not one word would he tell me as to where they had gone. You heard him yourselves to-night. Well, he has always answered me like that. My sister thinks that I am going mad. Sometimes I think that I am myself. And now--and now I am myself a branded thief, without ever having touched the wealth for which I sold my character. God help me! God help me!" He burst into convulsive sobbing, with his face buried in his hands.
- There was a long silence, broken only by his heavy breathing and by the measured tapping of Sherlock Holmes' finger-tips upon the edge of the table. Then my friend rose and threw open the door.
- "Get out!" said he.
- "What, sir! Oh, Heaven bless you!"
- "No more words. Get out!"
- And no more words were needed. There was a rush, a clatter upon the stairs, the bang of a door, and the crisp rattle of running footfalls from the street.
- "After all, Watson," said Holmes, reaching up his hand for his clay pipe, "I am not retained by the police to supply their deficiencies. If Horner were in danger it would be another thing; but this fellow will not appear against him, and the case must collapse. I suppose that I am commuting a felony, but it is just possible that I am saving a soul. This fellow will not go wrong again; he is too terribly frightened. Send him to gaol now, and you make him a gaol-bird for life. Besides, it is the season of forgiveness. Chance has put in our way a most singular and whimsical problem, and its solution is its own reward. If you will have the goodness to touch the bell, Doctor, we will begin another investigation, in which, also a bird will be the chief feature."
- VIII. THE ADVENTURE OF THE SPECKLED BAND
- On glancing over my notes of the seventy odd cases in which I have during the last eight years studied the methods of my friend Sherlock Holmes, I find many tragic, some comic, a large number merely strange, but none commonplace; for, working as he did rather for the love of his art than for the acquirement of wealth, he refused to associate himself with any investigation which did not tend towards the unusual, and even the fantastic. Of all these varied cases, however, I cannot recall any which presented more singular features than that which was associated with the well-known Surrey family of the Roylotts of Stoke Moran. The events in question occurred in the early days of my association with Holmes, when we were sharing rooms as bachelors in Baker Street. It is possible that I might have placed them upon record before, but a promise of secrecy was made at the time, from which I have only been freed during the last month by the untimely death of the lady to whom the pledge was given. It is perhaps as well that the facts should now come to light, for I have reasons to know that there are widespread rumours as to the death of Dr. Grimesby Roylott which tend to make the matter even more terrible than the truth.
- It was early in April in the year '83 that I woke one morning to find Sherlock Holmes standing, fully dressed, by the side of my bed. He was a late riser, as a rule, and as the clock on the mantelpiece showed me that it was only a quarter-past seven, I blinked up at him in some surprise, and perhaps just a little resentment, for I was myself regular in my habits.
- "Very sorry to knock you up, Watson," said he, "but it's the common lot this morning. Mrs. Hudson has been knocked up, she retorted upon me, and I on you."
- "What is it, then--a fire?"
- "No; a client. It seems that a young lady has arrived in a considerable state of excitement, who insists upon seeing me. She is waiting now in the sitting-room. Now, when young ladies wander about the metropolis at this hour of the morning, and knock sleepy people up out of their beds, I presume that it is something very pressing which they have to communicate. Should it prove to be an interesting case, you would, I am sure, wish to follow it from the outset. I thought, at any rate, that I should call you and give you the chance."
- "My dear fellow, I would not miss it for anything."
- I had no keener pleasure than in following Holmes in his professional investigations, and in admiring the rapid deductions, as swift as intuitions, and yet always founded on a logical basis with which he unravelled the problems which were submitted to him. I rapidly threw on my clothes and was ready in a few minutes to accompany my friend down to the sitting-room. A lady dressed in black and heavily veiled, who had been sitting in the window, rose as we entered.
- "Good-morning, madam," said Holmes cheerily. "My name is Sherlock Holmes. This is my intimate friend and associate, Dr. Watson, before whom you can speak as freely as before myself. Ha! I am glad to see that Mrs. Hudson has had the good sense to light the fire. Pray draw up to it, and I shall order you a cup of hot coffee, for I observe that you are shivering."
- "It is not cold which makes me shiver," said the woman in a low voice, changing her seat as requested.
- "What, then?"
- "It is fear, Mr. Holmes. It is terror." She raised her veil as she spoke, and we could see that she was indeed in a pitiable state of agitation, her face all drawn and grey, with restless frightened eyes, like those of some hunted animal. Her features and figure were those of a woman of thirty, but her hair was shot with premature grey, and her expression was weary and haggard. Sherlock Holmes ran her over with one of his quick, all-comprehensive glances.
- "You must not fear," said he soothingly, bending forward and patting her forearm. "We shall soon set matters right, I have no doubt. You have come in by train this morning, I see."
- "You know me, then?"
- "No, but I observe the second half of a return ticket in the palm of your left glove. You must have started early, and yet you had a good drive in a dog-cart, along heavy roads, before you reached the station."
- The lady gave a violent start and stared in bewilderment at my companion.
- "There is no mystery, my dear madam," said he, smiling. "The left arm of your jacket is spattered with mud in no less than seven places. The marks are perfectly fresh. There is no vehicle save a dog-cart which throws up mud in that way, and then only when you sit on the left-hand side of the driver."
- "Whatever your reasons may be, you are perfectly correct," said she. "I started from home before six, reached Leatherhead at twenty past, and came in by the first train to Waterloo. Sir, I can stand this strain no longer; I shall go mad if it continues. I have no one to turn to--none, save only one, who cares for me, and he, poor fellow, can be of little aid. I have heard of you, Mr. Holmes; I have heard of you from Mrs. Farintosh, whom you helped in the hour of her sore need. It was from her that I had your address. Oh, sir, do you not think that you could help me, too, and at least throw a little light through the dense darkness which surrounds me? At present it is out of my power to reward you for your services, but in a month or six weeks I shall be married, with the control of my own income, and then at least you shall not find me ungrateful."
- Holmes turned to his desk and, unlocking it, drew out a small case-book, which he consulted.
- "Farintosh," said he. "Ah yes, I recall the case; it was concerned with an opal tiara. I think it was before your time, Watson. I can only say, madam, that I shall be happy to devote the same care to your case as I did to that of your friend. As to reward, my profession is its own reward; but you are at liberty to defray whatever expenses I may be put to, at the time which suits you best. And now I beg that you will lay before us everything that may help us in forming an opinion upon the matter."
- "Alas!" replied our visitor, "the very horror of my situation lies in the fact that my fears are so vague, and my suspicions depend so entirely upon small points, which might seem trivial to another, that even he to whom of all others I have a right to look for help and advice looks upon all that I tell him about it as the fancies of a nervous woman. He does not say so, but I can read it from his soothing answers and averted eyes. But I have heard, Mr. Holmes, that you can see deeply into the manifold wickedness of the human heart. You may advise me how to walk amid the dangers which encompass me."
- "I am all attention, madam."
- "My name is Helen Stoner, and I am living with my stepfather, who is the last survivor of one of the oldest Saxon families in England, the Roylotts of Stoke Moran, on the western border of Surrey."
- Holmes nodded his head. "The name is familiar to me," said he.
- "The family was at one time among the richest in England, and the estates extended over the borders into Berkshire in the north, and Hampshire in the west. In the last century, however, four successive heirs were of a dissolute and wasteful disposition, and the family ruin was eventually completed by a gambler in the days of the Regency. Nothing was left save a few acres of ground, and the two-hundred-year-old house, which is itself crushed under a heavy mortgage. The last squire dragged out his existence there, living the horrible life of an aristocratic pauper; but his only son, my stepfather, seeing that he must adapt himself to the new conditions, obtained an advance from a relative, which enabled him to take a medical degree and went out to Calcutta, where, by his professional skill and his force of character, he established a large practice. In a fit of anger, however, caused by some robberies which had been perpetrated in the house, he beat his native butler to death and narrowly escaped a capital sentence. As it was, he suffered a long term of imprisonment and afterwards returned to England a morose and disappointed man.
- "When Dr. Roylott was in India he married my mother, Mrs. Stoner, the young widow of Major-General Stoner, of the Bengal Artillery. My sister Julia and I were twins, and we were only two years old at the time of my mother's re-marriage. She had a considerable sum of money--not less than $1000 a year--and this she bequeathed to Dr. Roylott entirely while we resided with him, with a provision that a certain annual sum should be allowed to each of us in the event of our marriage. Shortly after our return to England my mother died--she was killed eight years ago in a railway accident near Crewe. Dr. Roylott then abandoned his attempts to establish himself in practice in London and took us to live with him in the old ancestral house at Stoke Moran. The money which my mother had left was enough for all our wants, and there seemed to be no obstacle to our happiness.
- "But a terrible change came over our stepfather about this time. Instead of making friends and exchanging visits with our neighbours, who had at first been overjoyed to see a Roylott of Stoke Moran back in the old family seat, he shut himself up in his house and seldom came out save to indulge in ferocious quarrels with whoever might cross his path. Violence of temper approaching to mania has been hereditary in the men of the family, and in my stepfather's case it had, I believe, been intensified by his long residence in the tropics. A series of disgraceful brawls took place, two of which ended in the police-court, until at last he became the terror of the village, and the folks would fly at his approach, for he is a man of immense strength, and absolutely uncontrollable in his anger.
- "Last week he hurled the local blacksmith over a parapet into a stream, and it was only by paying over all the money which I could gather together that I was able to avert another public exposure. He had no friends at all save the wandering gipsies, and he would give these vagabonds leave to encamp upon the few acres of bramble-covered land which represent the family estate, and would accept in return the hospitality of their tents, wandering away with them sometimes for weeks on end. He has a passion also for Indian animals, which are sent over to him by a correspondent, and he has at this moment a cheetah and a baboon, which wander freely over his grounds and are feared by the villagers almost as much as their master.
- "You can imagine from what I say that my poor sister Julia and I had no great pleasure in our lives. No servant would stay with us, and for a long time we did all the work of the house. She was but thirty at the time of her death, and yet her hair had already begun to whiten, even as mine has."
- "Your sister is dead, then?"
- "She died just two years ago, and it is of her death that I wish to speak to you. You can understand that, living the life which I have described, we were little likely to see anyone of our own age and position. We had, however, an aunt, my mother's maiden sister, Miss Honoria Westphail, who lives near Harrow, and we were occasionally allowed to pay short visits at this lady's house. Julia went there at Christmas two years ago, and met there a half-pay major of marines, to whom she became engaged. My stepfather learned of the engagement when my sister returned and offered no objection to the marriage; but within a fortnight of the day which had been fixed for the wedding, the terrible event occurred which has deprived me of my only companion."
- Sherlock Holmes had been leaning back in his chair with his eyes closed and his head sunk in a cushion, but he half opened his lids now and glanced across at his visitor.
- "Pray be precise as to details," said he.
- "It is easy for me to be so, for every event of that dreadful time is seared into my memory. The manor-house is, as I have already said, very old, and only one wing is now inhabited. The bedrooms in this wing are on the ground floor, the sitting-rooms being in the central block of the buildings. Of these bedrooms the first is Dr. Roylott's, the second my sister's, and the third my own. There is no communication between them, but they all open out into the same corridor. Do I make myself plain?"
- "Perfectly so."
- "The windows of the three rooms open out upon the lawn. That fatal night Dr. Roylott had gone to his room early, though we knew that he had not retired to rest, for my sister was troubled by the smell of the strong Indian cigars which it was his custom to smoke. She left her room, therefore, and came into mine, where she sat for some time, chatting about her approaching wedding. At eleven o'clock she rose to leave me, but she paused at the door and looked back.
- " 'Tell me, Helen,' said she, 'have you ever heard anyone whistle in the dead of the night?'
- " 'Never,' said I.
- " 'I suppose that you could not possibly whistle, yourself, in your sleep?'
- " 'Certainly not. But why?'
- " 'Because during the last few nights I have always, about three in the morning, heard a low, clear whistle. I am a light sleeper, and it has awakened me. I cannot tell where it came from--perhaps from the next room, perhaps from the lawn. I thought that I would just ask you whether you had heard it.'
- " 'No, I have not. It must be those wretched gipsies in the plantation.'
- " 'Very likely. And yet if it were on the lawn, I wonder that you did not hear it also.'
- " 'Ah, but I sleep more heavily than you.'
- " 'Well, it is of no great consequence, at any rate.' She smiled back at me, closed my door, and a few moments later I heard her key turn in the lock."
- "Indeed," said Holmes. "Was it your custom always to lock yourselves in at night?"
- "Always."
- "And why?"
- "I think that I mentioned to you that the doctor kept a cheetah and a baboon. We had no feeling of security unless our doors were locked."
- "Quite so. Pray proceed with your statement."
- "I could not sleep that night. A vague feeling of impending misfortune impressed me. My sister and I, you will recollect, were twins, and you know how subtle are the links which bind two souls which are so closely allied. It was a wild night. The wind was howling outside, and the rain was beating and splashing against the windows. Suddenly, amid all the hubbub of the gale, there burst forth the wild scream of a terrified woman. I knew that it was my sister's voice. I sprang from my bed, wrapped a shawl round me, and rushed into the corridor. As I opened my door I seemed to hear a low whistle, such as my sister described, and a few moments later a clanging sound, as if a mass of metal had fallen. As I ran down the passage, my sister's door was unlocked, and revolved slowly upon its hinges. I stared at it horror-stricken, not knowing what was about to issue from it. By the light of the corridor-lamp I saw my sister appear at the opening, her face blanched with terror, her hands groping for help, her whole figure swaying to and fro like that of a drunkard. I ran to her and threw my arms round her, but at that moment her knees seemed to give way and she fell to the ground. She writhed as one who is in terrible pain, and her limbs were dreadfully convulsed. At first I thought that she had not recognised me, but as I bent over her she suddenly shrieked out in a voice which I shall never forget, 'Oh, my God! Helen! It was the band! The speckled band!' There was something else which she would fain have said, and she stabbed with her finger into the air in the direction of the doctor's room, but a fresh convulsion seized her and choked her words. I rushed out, calling loudly for my stepfather, and I met him hastening from his room in his dressing-gown. When he reached my sister's side she was unconscious, and though he poured brandy down her throat and sent for medical aid from the village, all efforts were in vain, for she slowly sank and died without having recovered her consciousness. Such was the dreadful end of my beloved sister."
- "One moment," said Holmes, "are you sure about this whistle and metallic sound? Could you swear to it?"
- "That was what the county coroner asked me at the inquiry. It is my strong impression that I heard it, and yet, among the crash of the gale and the creaking of an old house, I may possibly have been deceived."
- "Was your sister dressed?"
- "No, she was in her night-dress. In her right hand was found the charred stump of a match, and in her left a match-box."
- "Showing that she had struck a light and looked about her when the alarm took place. That is important. And what conclusions did the coroner come to?"
- "He investigated the case with great care, for Dr. Roylott's conduct had long been notorious in the county, but he was unable to find any satisfactory cause of death. My evidence showed that the door had been fastened upon the inner side, and the windows were blocked by old-fashioned shutters with broad iron bars, which were secured every night. The walls were carefully sounded, and were shown to be quite solid all round, and the flooring was also thoroughly examined, with the same result. The chimney is wide, but is barred up by four large staples. It is certain, therefore, that my sister was quite alone when she met her end. Besides, there were no marks of any violence upon her."
- "How about poison?"
- "The doctors examined her for it, but without success."
- "What do you think that this unfortunate lady died of, then?"
- "It is my belief that she died of pure fear and nervous shock, though what it was that frightened her I cannot imagine."
- "Were there gipsies in the plantation at the time?"
- "Yes, there are nearly always some there."
- "Ah, and what did you gather from this allusion to a band--a speckled band?"
- "Sometimes I have thought that it was merely the wild talk of delirium, sometimes that it may have referred to some band of people, perhaps to these very gipsies in the plantation. I do not know whether the spotted handkerchiefs which so many of them wear over their heads might have suggested the strange adjective which she used."
- Holmes shook his head like a man who is far from being satisfied.
- "These are very deep waters," said he; "pray go on with your narrative."
- "Two years have passed since then, and my life has been until lately lonelier than ever. A month ago, however, a dear friend, whom I have known for many years, has done me the honour to ask my hand in marriage. His name is Armitage--Percy Armitage--the second son of Mr. Armitage, of Crane Water, near Reading. My stepfather has offered no opposition to the match, and we are to be married in the course of the spring. Two days ago some repairs were started in the west wing of the building, and my bedroom wall has been pierced, so that I have had to move into the chamber in which my sister died, and to sleep in the very bed in which she slept. Imagine, then, my thrill of terror when last night, as I lay awake, thinking over her terrible fate, I suddenly heard in the silence of the night the low whistle which had been the herald of her own death. I sprang up and lit the lamp, but nothing was to be seen in the room. I was too shaken to go to bed again, however, so I dressed, and as soon as it was daylight I slipped down, got a dog-cart at the Crown Inn, which is opposite, and drove to Leatherhead, from whence I have come on this morning with the one object of seeing you and asking your advice."
- "You have done wisely," said my friend. "But have you told me all?"
- "Yes, all."
- "Miss Roylott, you have not. You are screening your stepfather."
- "Why, what do you mean?"
- For answer Holmes pushed back the frill of black lace which fringed the hand that lay upon our visitor's knee. Five little livid spots, the marks of four fingers and a thumb, were printed upon the white wrist.
- "You have been cruelly used," said Holmes.
- The lady coloured deeply and covered over her injured wrist. "He is a hard man," she said, "and perhaps he hardly knows his own strength."
- There was a long silence, during which Holmes leaned his chin upon his hands and stared into the crackling fire.
- "This is a very deep business," he said at last. "There are a thousand details which I should desire to know before I decide upon our course of action. Yet we have not a moment to lose. If we were to come to Stoke Moran to-day, would it be possible for us to see over these rooms without the knowledge of your stepfather?"
- "As it happens, he spoke of coming into town to-day upon some most important business. It is probable that he will be away all day, and that there would be nothing to disturb you. We have a housekeeper now, but she is old and foolish, and I could easily get her out of the way."
- "Excellent. You are not averse to this trip, Watson?"
- "By no means."
- "Then we shall both come. What are you going to do yourself?"
- "I have one or two things which I would wish to do now that I am in town. But I shall return by the twelve o'clock train, so as to be there in time for your coming."
- "And you may expect us early in the afternoon. I have myself some small business matters to attend to. Will you not wait and breakfast?"
- "No, I must go. My heart is lightened already since I have confided my trouble to you. I shall look forward to seeing you again this afternoon." She dropped her thick black veil over her face and glided from the room.
- "And what do you think of it all, Watson?" asked Sherlock Holmes, leaning back in his chair.
- "It seems to me to be a most dark and sinister business."
- "Dark enough and sinister enough."
- "Yet if the lady is correct in saying that the flooring and walls are sound, and that the door, window, and chimney are impassable, then her sister must have been undoubtedly alone when she met her mysterious end."
- "What becomes, then, of these nocturnal whistles, and what of the very peculiar words of the dying woman?"
- "I cannot think."
- "When you combine the ideas of whistles at night, the presence of a band of gipsies who are on intimate terms with this old doctor, the fact that we have every reason to believe that the doctor has an interest in preventing his stepdaughter's marriage, the dying allusion to a band, and, finally, the fact that Miss Helen Stoner heard a metallic clang, which might have been caused by one of those metal bars that secured the shutters falling back into its place, I think that there is good ground to think that the mystery may be cleared along those lines."
- "But what, then, did the gipsies do?"
- "I cannot imagine."
- "I see many objections to any such theory."
- "And so do I. It is precisely for that reason that we are going to Stoke Moran this day. I want to see whether the objections are fatal, or if they may be explained away. But what in the name of the devil!"
- The ejaculation had been drawn from my companion by the fact that our door had been suddenly dashed open, and that a huge man had framed himself in the aperture. His costume was a peculiar mixture of the professional and of the agricultural, having a black top-hat, a long frock-coat, and a pair of high gaiters, with a hunting-crop swinging in his hand. So tall was he that his hat actually brushed the cross bar of the doorway, and his breadth seemed to span it across from side to side. A large face, seared with a thousand wrinkles, burned yellow with the sun, and marked with every evil passion, was turned from one to the other of us, while his deep-set, bile-shot eyes, and his high, thin, fleshless nose, gave him somewhat the resemblance to a fierce old bird of prey.
- "Which of you is Holmes?" asked this apparition.
- "My name, sir; but you have the advantage of me," said my companion quietly.
- "I am Dr. Grimesby Roylott, of Stoke Moran."
- "Indeed, Doctor," said Holmes blandly. "Pray take a seat."
- "I will do nothing of the kind. My stepdaughter has been here. I have traced her. What has she been saying to you?"
- "It is a little cold for the time of the year," said Holmes.
- "What has she been saying to you?" screamed the old man furiously.
- "But I have heard that the crocuses promise well," continued my companion imperturbably.
- "Ha! You put me off, do you?" said our new visitor, taking a step forward and shaking his hunting-crop. "I know you, you scoundrel! I have heard of you before. You are Holmes, the meddler."
- My friend smiled.
- "Holmes, the busybody!"
- His smile broadened.
- "Holmes, the Scotland Yard Jack-in-office!"
- Holmes chuckled heartily. "Your conversation is most entertaining," said he. "When you go out close the door, for there is a decided draught."
- "I will go when I have said my say. Don't you dare to meddle with my affairs. I know that Miss Stoner has been here. I traced her! I am a dangerous man to fall foul of! See here." He stepped swiftly forward, seized the poker, and bent it into a curve with his huge brown hands.
- "See that you keep yourself out of my grip," he snarled, and hurling the twisted poker into the fireplace he strode out of the room.
- "He seems a very amiable person," said Holmes, laughing. "I am not quite so bulky, but if he had remained I might have shown him that my grip was not much more feeble than his own." As he spoke he picked up the steel poker and, with a sudden effort, straightened it out again.
- "Fancy his having the insolence to confound me with the official detective force! This incident gives zest to our investigation, however, and I only trust that our little friend will not suffer from her imprudence in allowing this brute to trace her. And now, Watson, we shall order breakfast, and afterwards I shall walk down to Doctors' Commons, where I hope to get some data which may help us in this matter."
- It was nearly one o'clock when Sherlock Holmes returned from his excursion. He held in his hand a sheet of blue paper, scrawled over with notes and figures.
- "I have seen the will of the deceased wife," said he. "To determine its exact meaning I have been obliged to work out the present prices of the investments with which it is concerned. The total income, which at the time of the wife's death was little short of $1100, is now, through the fall in agricultural prices, not more than $750. Each daughter can claim an income of $250, in case of marriage. It is evident, therefore, that if both girls had married, this beauty would have had a mere pittance, while even one of them would cripple him to a very serious extent. My morning's work has not been wasted, since it has proved that he has the very strongest motives for standing in the way of anything of the sort. And now, Watson, this is too serious for dawdling, especially as the old man is aware that we are interesting ourselves in his affairs; so if you are ready, we shall call a cab and drive to Waterloo. I should be very much obliged if you would slip your revolver into your pocket. An Eley's No. 2 is an excellent argument with gentlemen who can twist steel pokers into knots. That and a tooth-brush are, I think, all that we need."
- At Waterloo we were fortunate in catching a train for Leatherhead, where we hired a trap at the station inn and drove for four or five miles through the lovely Surrey lanes. It was a perfect day, with a bright sun and a few fleecy clouds in the heavens. The trees and wayside hedges were just throwing out their first green shoots, and the air was full of the pleasant smell of the moist earth. To me at least there was a strange contrast between the sweet promise of the spring and this sinister quest upon which we were engaged. My companion sat in the front of the trap, his arms folded, his hat pulled down over his eyes, and his chin sunk upon his breast, buried in the deepest thought. Suddenly, however, he started, tapped me on the shoulder, and pointed over the meadows.
- "Look there!" said he.
- A heavily timbered park stretched up in a gentle slope, thickening into a grove at the highest point. From amid the branches there jutted out the grey gables and high roof-tree of a very old mansion.
- "Stoke Moran?" said he.
- "Yes, sir, that be the house of Dr. Grimesby Roylott," remarked the driver.
- "There is some building going on there," said Holmes; "that is where we are going."
- "There's the village," said the driver, pointing to a cluster of roofs some distance to the left; "but if you want to get to the house, you'll find it shorter to get over this stile, and so by the foot-path over the fields. There it is, where the lady is walking."
- "And the lady, I fancy, is Miss Stoner," observed Holmes, shading his eyes. "Yes, I think we had better do as you suggest."
- We got off, paid our fare, and the trap rattled back on its way to Leatherhead.
- "I thought it as well," said Holmes as we climbed the stile, "that this fellow should think we had come here as architects, or on some definite business. It may stop his gossip. Good-afternoon, Miss Stoner. You see that we have been as good as our word."
- Our client of the morning had hurried forward to meet us with a face which spoke her joy. "I have been waiting so eagerly for you," she cried, shaking hands with us warmly. "All has turned out splendidly. Dr. Roylott has gone to town, and it is unlikely that he will be back before evening."
- "We have had the pleasure of making the doctor's acquaintance," said Holmes, and in a few words he sketched out what had occurred. Miss Stoner turned white to the lips as she listened.
- "Good heavens!" she cried, "he has followed me, then."
- "So it appears."
- "He is so cunning that I never know when I am safe from him. What will he say when he returns?"
- "He must guard himself, for he may find that there is someone more cunning than himself upon his track. You must lock yourself up from him to-night. If he is violent, we shall take you away to your aunt's at Harrow. Now, we must make the best use of our time, so kindly take us at once to the rooms which we are to examine."
- The building was of grey, lichen-blotched stone, with a high central portion and two curving wings, like the claws of a crab, thrown out on each side. In one of these wings the windows were broken and blocked with wooden boards, while the roof was partly caved in, a picture of ruin. The central portion was in little better repair, but the right-hand block was comparatively modern, and the blinds in the windows, with the blue smoke curling up from the chimneys, showed that this was where the family resided. Some scaffolding had been erected against the end wall, and the stone-work had been broken into, but there were no signs of any workmen at the moment of our visit. Holmes walked slowly up and down the ill-trimmed lawn and examined with deep attention the outsides of the windows.
- "This, I take it, belongs to the room in which you used to sleep, the centre one to your sister's, and the one next to the main building to Dr. Roylott's chamber?"
- "Exactly so. But I am now sleeping in the middle one."
- "Pending the alterations, as I understand. By the way, there does not seem to be any very pressing need for repairs at that end wall."
- "There were none. I believe that it was an excuse to move me from my room."
- "Ah! that is suggestive. Now, on the other side of this narrow wing runs the corridor from which these three rooms open. There are windows in it, of course?"
- "Yes, but very small ones. Too narrow for anyone to pass through."
- "As you both locked your doors at night, your rooms were unapproachable from that side. Now, would you have the kindness to go into your room and bar your shutters?"
- Miss Stoner did so, and Holmes, after a careful examination through the open window, endeavoured in every way to force the shutter open, but without success. There was no slit through which a knife could be passed to raise the bar. Then with his lens he tested the hinges, but they were of solid iron, built firmly into the massive masonry. "Hum!" said he, scratching his chin in some perplexity, "my theory certainly presents some difficulties. No one could pass these shutters if they were bolted. Well, we shall see if the inside throws any light upon the matter."
- A small side door led into the whitewashed corridor from which the three bedrooms opened. Holmes refused to examine the third chamber, so we passed at once to the second, that in which Miss Stoner was now sleeping, and in which her sister had met with her fate. It was a homely little room, with a low ceiling and a gaping fireplace, after the fashion of old country-houses. A brown chest of drawers stood in one corner, a narrow white-counterpaned bed in another, and a dressing-table on the left-hand side of the window. These articles, with two small wicker-work chairs, made up all the furniture in the room save for a square of Wilton carpet in the centre. The boards round and the panelling of the walls were of brown, worm-eaten oak, so old and discoloured that it may have dated from the original building of the house. Holmes drew one of the chairs into a corner and sat silent, while his eyes travelled round and round and up and down, taking in every detail of the apartment.
- "Where does that bell communicate with?" he asked at last pointing to a thick bell-rope which hung down beside the bed, the tassel actually lying upon the pillow.
- "It goes to the housekeeper's room."
- "It looks newer than the other things?"
- "Yes, it was only put there a couple of years ago."
- "Your sister asked for it, I suppose?"
- "No, I never heard of her using it. We used always to get what we wanted for ourselves."
- "Indeed, it seemed unnecessary to put so nice a bell-pull there. You will excuse me for a few minutes while I satisfy myself as to this floor." He threw himself down upon his face with his lens in his hand and crawled swiftly backward and forward, examining minutely the cracks between the boards. Then he did the same with the wood-work with which the chamber was panelled. Finally he walked over to the bed and spent some time in staring at it and in running his eye up and down the wall. Finally he took the bell-rope in his hand and gave it a brisk tug.
- "Why, it's a dummy," said he.
- "Won't it ring?"
- "No, it is not even attached to a wire. This is very interesting. You can see now that it is fastened to a hook just above where the little opening for the ventilator is."
- "How very absurd! I never noticed that before."
- "Very strange!" muttered Holmes, pulling at the rope. "There are one or two very singular points about this room. For example, what a fool a builder must be to open a ventilator into another room, when, with the same trouble, he might have communicated with the outside air!"
- "That is also quite modern," said the lady.
- "Done about the same time as the bell-rope?" remarked Holmes.
- "Yes, there were several little changes carried out about that time."
- "They seem to have been of a most interesting character--dummy bell-ropes, and ventilators which do not ventilate. With your permission, Miss Stoner, we shall now carry our researches into the inner apartment."
- Dr. Grimesby Roylott's chamber was larger than that of his step-daughter, but was as plainly furnished. A camp-bed, a small wooden shelf full of books, mostly of a technical character, an armchair beside the bed, a plain wooden chair against the wall, a round table, and a large iron safe were the principal things which met the eye. Holmes walked slowly round and examined each and all of them with the keenest interest.
- "What's in here?" he asked, tapping the safe.
- "My stepfather's business papers."
- "Oh! you have seen inside, then?"
- "Only once, some years ago. I remember that it was full of papers."
- "There isn't a cat in it, for example?"
- "No. What a strange idea!"
- "Well, look at this!" He took up a small saucer of milk which stood on the top of it.
- "No; we don't keep a cat. But there is a cheetah and a baboon."
- "Ah, yes, of course! Well, a cheetah is just a big cat, and yet a saucer of milk does not go very far in satisfying its wants, I daresay. There is one point which I should wish to determine." He squatted down in front of the wooden chair and examined the seat of it with the greatest attention.
- "Thank you. That is quite settled," said he, rising and putting his lens in his pocket. "Hullo! Here is something interesting!"
- The object which had caught his eye was a small dog lash hung on one corner of the bed. The lash, however, was curled upon itself and tied so as to make a loop of whipcord.
- "What do you make of that, Watson?"
- "It's a common enough lash. But I don't know why it should be tied."
- "That is not quite so common, is it? Ah, me! it's a wicked world, and when a clever man turns his brains to crime it is the worst of all. I think that I have seen enough now, Miss Stoner, and with your permission we shall walk out upon the lawn."
- I had never seen my friend's face so grim or his brow so dark as it was when we turned from the scene of this investigation. We had walked several times up and down the lawn, neither Miss Stoner nor myself liking to break in upon his thoughts before he roused himself from his reverie.
- "It is very essential, Miss Stoner," said he, "that you should absolutely follow my advice in every respect."
- "I shall most certainly do so."
- "The matter is too serious for any hesitation. Your life may depend upon your compliance."
- "I assure you that I am in your hands."
- "In the first place, both my friend and I must spend the night in your room."
- Both Miss Stoner and I gazed at him in astonishment.
- "Yes, it must be so. Let me explain. I believe that that is the village inn over there?"
- "Yes, that is the Crown."
- "Very good. Your windows would be visible from there?"
- "Certainly."
- "You must confine yourself to your room, on pretence of a headache, when your stepfather comes back. Then when you hear him retire for the night, you must open the shutters of your window, undo the hasp, put your lamp there as a signal to us, and then withdraw quietly with everything which you are likely to want into the room which you used to occupy. I have no doubt that, in spite of the repairs, you could manage there for one night."
- "Oh, yes, easily."
- "The rest you will leave in our hands."
- "But what will you do?"
- "We shall spend the night in your room, and we shall investigate the cause of this noise which has disturbed you."
- "I believe, Mr. Holmes, that you have already made up your mind," said Miss Stoner, laying her hand upon my companion's sleeve.
- "Perhaps I have."
- "Then, for pity's sake, tell me what was the cause of my sister's death."
- "I should prefer to have clearer proofs before I speak."
- "You can at least tell me whether my own thought is correct, and if she died from some sudden fright."
- "No, I do not think so. I think that there was probably some more tangible cause. And now, Miss Stoner, we must leave you for if Dr. Roylott returned and saw us our journey would be in vain. Good-bye, and be brave, for if you will do what I have told you, you may rest assured that we shall soon drive away the dangers that threaten you."
- Sherlock Holmes and I had no difficulty in engaging a bedroom and sitting-room at the Crown Inn. They were on the upper floor, and from our window we could command a view of the avenue gate, and of the inhabited wing of Stoke Moran Manor House. At dusk we saw Dr. Grimesby Roylott drive past, his huge form looming up beside the little figure of the lad who drove him. The boy had some slight difficulty in undoing the heavy iron gates, and we heard the hoarse roar of the doctor's voice and saw the fury with which he shook his clinched fists at him. The trap drove on, and a few minutes later we saw a sudden light spring up among the trees as the lamp was lit in one of the sitting-rooms.
- "Do you know, Watson," said Holmes as we sat together in the gathering darkness, "I have really some scruples as to taking you to-night. There is a distinct element of danger."
- "Can I be of assistance?"
- "Your presence might be invaluable."
- "Then I shall certainly come."
- "It is very kind of you."
- "You speak of danger. You have evidently seen more in these rooms than was visible to me."
- "No, but I fancy that I may have deduced a little more. I imagine that you saw all that I did."
- "I saw nothing remarkable save the bell-rope, and what purpose that could answer I confess is more than I can imagine."
- "You saw the ventilator, too?"
- "Yes, but I do not think that it is such a very unusual thing to have a small opening between two rooms. It was so small that a rat could hardly pass through."
- "I knew that we should find a ventilator before ever we came to Stoke Moran."
- "My dear Holmes!"
- "Oh, yes, I did. You remember in her statement she said that her sister could smell Dr. Roylott's cigar. Now, of course that suggested at once that there must be a communication between the two rooms. It could only be a small one, or it would have been remarked upon at the coroner's inquiry. I deduced a ventilator."
- "But what harm can there be in that?"
- "Well, there is at least a curious coincidence of dates. A ventilator is made, a cord is hung, and a lady who sleeps in the bed dies. Does not that strike you?"
- "I cannot as yet see any connection."
- "Did you observe anything very peculiar about that bed?"
- "No."
- "It was clamped to the floor. Did you ever see a bed fastened like that before?"
- "I cannot say that I have."
- "The lady could not move her bed. It must always be in the same relative position to the ventilator and to the rope--or so we may call it, since it was clearly never meant for a bell-pull."
- "Holmes," I cried, "I seem to see dimly what you are hinting at. We are only just in time to prevent some subtle and horrible crime."
- "Subtle enough and horrible enough. When a doctor does go wrong he is the first of criminals. He has nerve and he has knowledge. Palmer and Pritchard were among the heads of their profession. This man strikes even deeper, but I think, Watson, that we shall be able to strike deeper still. But we shall have horrors enough before the night is over; for goodness' sake let us have a quiet pipe and turn our minds for a few hours to something more cheerful."
- About nine o'clock the light among the trees was extinguished, and all was dark in the direction of the Manor House. Two hours passed slowly away, and then, suddenly, just at the stroke of eleven, a single bright light shone out right in front of us.
- "That is our signal," said Holmes, springing to his feet; "it comes from the middle window."
- As we passed out he exchanged a few words with the landlord, explaining that we were going on a late visit to an acquaintance, and that it was possible that we might spend the night there. A moment later we were out on the dark road, a chill wind blowing in our faces, and one yellow light twinkling in front of us through the gloom to guide us on our sombre errand.
- There was little difficulty in entering the grounds, for unrepaired breaches gaped in the old park wall. Making our way among the trees, we reached the lawn, crossed it, and were about to enter through the window when out from a clump of laurel bushes there darted what seemed to be a hideous and distorted child, who threw itself upon the grass with writhing limbs and then ran swiftly across the lawn into the darkness.
- "My God!" I whispered; "did you see it?"
- Holmes was for the moment as startled as I. His hand closed like a vice upon my wrist in his agitation. Then he broke into a low laugh and put his lips to my ear.
- "It is a nice household," he murmured. "That is the baboon."
- I had forgotten the strange pets which the doctor affected. There was a cheetah, too; perhaps we might find it upon our shoulders at any moment. I confess that I felt easier in my mind when, after following Holmes' example and slipping off my shoes, I found myself inside the bedroom. My companion noiselessly closed the shutters, moved the lamp onto the table, and cast his eyes round the room. All was as we had seen it in the daytime. Then creeping up to me and making a trumpet of his hand, he whispered into my ear again so gently that it was all that I could do to distinguish the words:
- "The least sound would be fatal to our plans."
- I nodded to show that I had heard.
- "We must sit without light. He would see it through the ventilator."
- I nodded again.
- "Do not go asleep; your very life may depend upon it. Have your pistol ready in case we should need it. I will sit on the side of the bed, and you in that chair."
- I took out my revolver and laid it on the corner of the table.
- Holmes had brought up a long thin cane, and this he placed upon the bed beside him. By it he laid the box of matches and the stump of a candle. Then he turned down the lamp, and we were left in darkness.
- How shall I ever forget that dreadful vigil? I could not hear a sound, not even the drawing of a breath, and yet I knew that my companion sat open-eyed, within a few feet of me, in the same state of nervous tension in which I was myself. The shutters cut off the least ray of light, and we waited in absolute darkness.
- From outside came the occasional cry of a night-bird, and once at our very window a long drawn catlike whine, which told us that the cheetah was indeed at liberty. Far away we could hear the deep tones of the parish clock, which boomed out every quarter of an hour. How long they seemed, those quarters! Twelve struck, and one and two and three, and still we sat waiting silently for whatever might befall.
- Suddenly there was the momentary gleam of a light up in the direction of the ventilator, which vanished immediately, but was succeeded by a strong smell of burning oil and heated metal. Someone in the next room had lit a dark-lantern. I heard a gentle sound of movement, and then all was silent once more, though the smell grew stronger. For half an hour I sat with straining ears. Then suddenly another sound became audible--a very gentle, soothing sound, like that of a small jet of steam escaping continually from a kettle. The instant that we heard it, Holmes sprang from the bed, struck a match, and lashed furiously with his cane at the bell-pull.
- "You see it, Watson?" he yelled. "You see it?"
- But I saw nothing. At the moment when Holmes struck the light I heard a low, clear whistle, but the sudden glare flashing into my weary eyes made it impossible for me to tell what it was at which my friend lashed so savagely. I could, however, see that his face was deadly pale and filled with horror and loathing. He had ceased to strike and was gazing up at the ventilator when suddenly there broke from the silence of the night the most horrible cry to which I have ever listened. It swelled up louder and louder, a hoarse yell of pain and fear and anger all mingled in the one dreadful shriek. They say that away down in the village, and even in the distant parsonage, that cry raised the sleepers from their beds. It struck cold to our hearts, and I stood gazing at Holmes, and he at me, until the last echoes of it had died away into the silence from which it rose.
- "What can it mean?" I gasped.
- "It means that it is all over," Holmes answered. "And perhaps, after all, it is for the best. Take your pistol, and we will enter Dr. Roylott's room."
- With a grave face he lit the lamp and led the way down the corridor. Twice he struck at the chamber door without any reply from within. Then he turned the handle and entered, I at his heels, with the cocked pistol in my hand.
- It was a singular sight which met our eyes. On the table stood a dark-lantern with the shutter half open, throwing a brilliant beam of light upon the iron safe, the door of which was ajar. Beside this table, on the wooden chair, sat Dr. Grimesby Roylott clad in a long grey dressing-gown, his bare ankles protruding beneath, and his feet thrust into red heelless Turkish slippers. Across his lap lay the short stock with the long lash which we had noticed during the day. His chin was cocked upward and his eyes were fixed in a dreadful, rigid stare at the corner of the ceiling. Round his brow he had a peculiar yellow band, with brownish speckles, which seemed to be bound tightly round his head. As we entered he made neither sound nor motion.
- "The band! the speckled band!" whispered Holmes.
- I took a step forward. In an instant his strange headgear began to move, and there reared itself from among his hair the squat diamond-shaped head and puffed neck of a loathsome serpent.
- "It is a swamp adder!" cried Holmes; "the deadliest snake in India. He has died within ten seconds of being bitten. Violence does, in truth, recoil upon the violent, and the schemer falls into the pit which he digs for another. Let us thrust this creature back into its den, and we can then remove Miss Stoner to some place of shelter and let the county police know what has happened."
- As he spoke he drew the dog-whip swiftly from the dead man's lap, and throwing the noose round the reptile's neck he drew it from its horrid perch and, carrying it at arm's length, threw it into the iron safe, which he closed upon it.
- Such are the true facts of the death of Dr. Grimesby Roylott, of Stoke Moran. It is not necessary that I should prolong a narrative which has already run to too great a length by telling how we broke the sad news to the terrified girl, how we conveyed her by the morning train to the care of her good aunt at Harrow, of how the slow process of official inquiry came to the conclusion that the doctor met his fate while indiscreetly playing with a dangerous pet. The little which I had yet to learn of the case was told me by Sherlock Holmes as we travelled back next day.
- "I had," said he, "come to an entirely erroneous conclusion which shows, my dear Watson, how dangerous it always is to reason from insufficient data. The presence of the gipsies, and the use of the word 'band,' which was used by the poor girl, no doubt, to explain the appearance which she had caught a hurried glimpse of by the light of her match, were sufficient to put me upon an entirely wrong scent. I can only claim the merit that I instantly reconsidered my position when, however, it became clear to me that whatever danger threatened an occupant of the room could not come either from the window or the door. My attention was speedily drawn, as I have already remarked to you, to this ventilator, and to the bell-rope which hung down to the bed. The discovery that this was a dummy, and that the bed was clamped to the floor, instantly gave rise to the suspicion that the rope was there as a bridge for something passing through the hole and coming to the bed. The idea of a snake instantly occurred to me, and when I coupled it with my knowledge that the doctor was furnished with a supply of creatures from India, I felt that I was probably on the right track. The idea of using a form of poison which could not possibly be discovered by any chemical test was just such a one as would occur to a clever and ruthless man who had had an Eastern training. The rapidity with which such a poison would take effect would also, from his point of view, be an advantage. It would be a sharp-eyed coroner, indeed, who could distinguish the two little dark punctures which would show where the poison fangs had done their work. Then I thought of the whistle. Of course he must recall the snake before the morning light revealed it to the victim. He had trained it, probably by the use of the milk which we saw, to return to him when summoned. He would put it through this ventilator at the hour that he thought best, with the certainty that it would crawl down the rope and land on the bed. It might or might not bite the occupant, perhaps she might escape every night for a week, but sooner or later she must fall a victim.
- "I had come to these conclusions before ever I had entered his room. An inspection of his chair showed me that he had been in the habit of standing on it, which of course would be necessary in order that he should reach the ventilator. The sight of the safe, the saucer of milk, and the loop of whipcord were enough to finally dispel any doubts which may have remained. The metallic clang heard by Miss Stoner was obviously caused by her stepfather hastily closing the door of his safe upon its terrible occupant. Having once made up my mind, you know the steps which I took in order to put the matter to the proof. I heard the creature hiss as I have no doubt that you did also, and I instantly lit the light and attacked it."
- "With the result of driving it through the ventilator."
- "And also with the result of causing it to turn upon its master at the other side. Some of the blows of my cane came home and roused its snakish temper, so that it flew upon the first person it saw. In this way I am no doubt indirectly responsible for Dr. Grimesby Roylott's death, and I cannot say that it is likely to weigh very heavily upon my conscience."
- IX. THE ADVENTURE OF THE ENGINEER'S THUMB
- Of all the problems which have been submitted to my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, for solution during the years of our intimacy, there were only two which I was the means of introducing to his notice--that of Mr. Hatherley's thumb, and that of Colonel Warburton's madness. Of these the latter may have afforded a finer field for an acute and original observer, but the other was so strange in its inception and so dramatic in its details that it may be the more worthy of being placed upon record, even if it gave my friend fewer openings for those deductive methods of reasoning by which he achieved such remarkable results. The story has, I believe, been told more than once in the newspapers, but, like all such narratives, its effect is much less striking when set forth en bloc in a single half-column of print than when the facts slowly evolve before your own eyes, and the mystery clears gradually away as each new discovery furnishes a step which leads on to the complete truth. At the time the circumstances made a deep impression upon me, and the lapse of two years has hardly served to weaken the effect.
- It was in the summer of '89, not long after my marriage, that the events occurred which I am now about to summarise. I had returned to civil practice and had finally abandoned Holmes in his Baker Street rooms, although I continually visited him and occasionally even persuaded him to forgo his Bohemian habits so far as to come and visit us. My practice had steadily increased, and as I happened to live at no very great distance from Paddington Station, I got a few patients from among the officials. One of these, whom I had cured of a painful and lingering disease, was never weary of advertising my virtues and of endeavouring to send me on every sufferer over whom he might have any influence.
- One morning, at a little before seven o'clock, I was awakened by the maid tapping at the door to announce that two men had come from Paddington and were waiting in the consulting-room. I dressed hurriedly, for I knew by experience that railway cases were seldom trivial, and hastened downstairs. As I descended, my old ally, the guard, came out of the room and closed the door tightly behind him.
- "I've got him here," he whispered, jerking his thumb over his shoulder; "he's all right."
- "What is it, then?" I asked, for his manner suggested that it was some strange creature which he had caged up in my room.
- "It's a new patient," he whispered. "I thought I'd bring him round myself; then he couldn't slip away. There he is, all safe and sound. I must go now, Doctor; I have my dooties, just the same as you." And off he went, this trusty tout, without even giving me time to thank him.
- I entered my consulting-room and found a gentleman seated by the table. He was quietly dressed in a suit of heather tweed with a soft cloth cap which he had laid down upon my books. Round one of his hands he had a handkerchief wrapped, which was mottled all over with bloodstains. He was young, not more than five-and-twenty, I should say, with a strong, masculine face; but he was exceedingly pale and gave me the impression of a man who was suffering from some strong agitation, which it took all his strength of mind to control.
- "I am sorry to knock you up so early, Doctor," said he, "but I have had a very serious accident during the night. I came in by train this morning, and on inquiring at Paddington as to where I might find a doctor, a worthy fellow very kindly escorted me here. I gave the maid a card, but I see that she has left it upon the side-table."
- I took it up and glanced at it. "Mr. Victor Hatherley, hydraulic engineer, 16A, Victoria Street (3rd floor)." That was the name, style, and abode of my morning visitor. "I regret that I have kept you waiting," said I, sitting down in my library-chair. "You are fresh from a night journey, I understand, which is in itself a monotonous occupation."
- "Oh, my night could not be called monotonous," said he, and laughed. He laughed very heartily, with a high, ringing note, leaning back in his chair and shaking his sides. All my medical instincts rose up against that laugh.
- "Stop it!" I cried; "pull yourself together!" and I poured out some water from a caraffe.
- It was useless, however. He was off in one of those hysterical outbursts which come upon a strong nature when some great crisis is over and gone. Presently he came to himself once more, very weary and pale-looking.
- "I have been making a fool of myself," he gasped.
- "Not at all. Drink this." I dashed some brandy into the water, and the colour began to come back to his bloodless cheeks.
- "That's better!" said he. "And now, Doctor, perhaps you would kindly attend to my thumb, or rather to the place where my thumb used to be."
- He unwound the handkerchief and held out his hand. It gave even my hardened nerves a shudder to look at it. There were four protruding fingers and a horrid red, spongy surface where the thumb should have been. It had been hacked or torn right out from the roots.
- "Good heavens!" I cried, "this is a terrible injury. It must have bled considerably."
- "Yes, it did. I fainted when it was done, and I think that I must have been senseless for a long time. When I came to I found that it was still bleeding, so I tied one end of my handkerchief very tightly round the wrist and braced it up with a twig."
- "Excellent! You should have been a surgeon."
- "It is a question of hydraulics, you see, and came within my own province."
- "This has been done," said I, examining the wound, "by a very heavy and sharp instrument."
- "A thing like a cleaver," said he.
- "An accident, I presume?"
- "By no means."
- "What! a murderous attack?"
- "Very murderous indeed."
- "You horrify me."
- I sponged the wound, cleaned it, dressed it, and finally covered it over with cotton wadding and carbolised bandages. He lay back without wincing, though he bit his lip from time to time.
- "How is that?" I asked when I had finished.
- "Capital! Between your brandy and your bandage, I feel a new man. I was very weak, but I have had a good deal to go through."
- "Perhaps you had better not speak of the matter. It is evidently trying to your nerves."
- "Oh, no, not now. I shall have to tell my tale to the police; but, between ourselves, if it were not for the convincing evidence of this wound of mine, I should be surprised if they believed my statement, for it is a very extraordinary one, and I have not much in the way of proof with which to back it up; and, even if they believe me, the clues which I can give them are so vague that it is a question whether justice will be done."
- "Ha!" cried I, "if it is anything in the nature of a problem which you desire to see solved, I should strongly recommend you to come to my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, before you go to the official police."
- "Oh, I have heard of that fellow," answered my visitor, "and I should be very glad if he would take the matter up, though of course I must use the official police as well. Would you give me an introduction to him?"
- "I'll do better. I'll take you round to him myself."
- "I should be immensely obliged to you."
- "We'll call a cab and go together. We shall just be in time to have a little breakfast with him. Do you feel equal to it?"
- "Yes; I shall not feel easy until I have told my story."
- "Then my servant will call a cab, and I shall be with you in an instant." I rushed upstairs, explained the matter shortly to my wife, and in five minutes was inside a hansom, driving with my new acquaintance to Baker Street.
- Sherlock Holmes was, as I expected, lounging about his sitting-room in his dressing-gown, reading the agony column of The Times and smoking his before-breakfast pipe, which was composed of all the plugs and dottles left from his smokes of the day before, all carefully dried and collected on the corner of the mantelpiece. He received us in his quietly genial fashion, ordered fresh rashers and eggs, and joined us in a hearty meal. When it was concluded he settled our new acquaintance upon the sofa, placed a pillow beneath his head, and laid a glass of brandy and water within his reach.
- "It is easy to see that your experience has been no common one, Mr. Hatherley," said he. "Pray, lie down there and make yourself absolutely at home. Tell us what you can, but stop when you are tired and keep up your strength with a little stimulant."
- "Thank you," said my patient. "but I have felt another man since the doctor bandaged me, and I think that your breakfast has completed the cure. I shall take up as little of your valuable time as possible, so I shall start at once upon my peculiar experiences."
- Holmes sat in his big armchair with the weary, heavy-lidded expression which veiled his keen and eager nature, while I sat opposite to him, and we listened in silence to the strange story which our visitor detailed to us.
- "You must know," said he, "that I am an orphan and a bachelor, residing alone in lodgings in London. By profession I am a hydraulic engineer, and I have had considerable experience of my work during the seven years that I was apprenticed to Venner & Matheson, the well-known firm, of Greenwich. Two years ago, having served my time, and having also come into a fair sum of money through my poor father's death, I determined to start in business for myself and took professional chambers in Victoria Street.
- "I suppose that everyone finds his first independent start in business a dreary experience. To me it has been exceptionally so. During two years I have had three consultations and one small job, and that is absolutely all that my profession has brought me. My gross takings amount to $27 10s. Every day, from nine in the morning until four in the afternoon, I waited in my little den, until at last my heart began to sink, and I came to believe that I should never have any practice at all.
- "Yesterday, however, just as I was thinking of leaving the office, my clerk entered to say there was a gentleman waiting who wished to see me upon business. He brought up a card, too, with the name of 'Colonel Lysander Stark' engraved upon it. Close at his heels came the colonel himself, a man rather over the middle size, but of an exceeding thinness. I do not think that I have ever seen so thin a man. His whole face sharpened away into nose and chin, and the skin of his cheeks was drawn quite tense over his outstanding bones. Yet this emaciation seemed to be his natural habit, and due to no disease, for his eye was bright, his step brisk, and his bearing assured. He was plainly but neatly dressed, and his age, I should judge, would be nearer forty than thirty.
- " 'Mr. Hatherley?' said he, with something of a German accent. 'You have been recommended to me, Mr. Hatherley, as being a man who is not only proficient in his profession but is also discreet and capable of preserving a secret.'
- "I bowed, feeling as flattered as any young man would at such an address. 'May I ask who it was who gave me so good a character?'
- " 'Well, perhaps it is better that I should not tell you that just at this moment. I have it from the same source that you are both an orphan and a bachelor and are residing alone in London.'
- " 'That is quite correct,' I answered; 'but you will excuse me if I say that I cannot see how all this bears upon my professional qualifications. I understand that it was on a professional matter that you wished to speak to me?'
- " 'Undoubtedly so. But you will find that all I say is really to the point. I have a professional commission for you, but absolute secrecy is quite essential--absolute secrecy, you understand, and of course we may expect that more from a man who is alone than from one who lives in the bosom of his family.'
- " 'If I promise to keep a secret,' said I, 'you may absolutely depend upon my doing so.'
- "He looked very hard at me as I spoke, and it seemed to me that I had never seen so suspicious and questioning an eye.
- " 'Do you promise, then?' said he at last.
- " 'Yes, I promise.'
- " 'Absolute and complete silence before, during, and after? No reference to the matter at all, either in word or writing?'
- " 'I have already given you my word.'
- " 'Very good.' He suddenly sprang up, and darting like lightning across the room he flung open the door. The passage outside was empty.
- " 'That's all right,' said he, coming back. 'I know that clerks are sometimes curious as to their master's affairs. Now we can talk in safety.' He drew up his chair very close to mine and began to stare at me again with the same questioning and thoughtful look.
- "A feeling of repulsion, and of something akin to fear had begun to rise within me at the strange antics of this fleshless man. Even my dread of losing a client could not restrain me from showing my impatience.
- " 'I beg that you will state your business, sir,' said I; 'my time is of value.' Heaven forgive me for that last sentence, but the words came to my lips.
- " 'How would fifty guineas for a night's work suit you?' he asked.
- " 'Most admirably.'
- " 'I say a night's work, but an hour's would be nearer the mark. I simply want your opinion about a hydraulic stamping machine which has got out of gear. If you show us what is wrong we shall soon set it right ourselves. What do you think of such a commission as that?'
- " 'The work appears to be light and the pay munificent.'
- " 'Precisely so. We shall want you to come to-night by the last train.'
- " 'Where to?'
- " 'To Eyford, in Berkshire. It is a little place near the borders of Oxfordshire, and within seven miles of Reading. There is a train from Paddington which would bring you there at about 11:15.'
- " 'Very good.'
- " 'I shall come down in a carriage to meet you.'
- " 'There is a drive, then?'
- " 'Yes, our little place is quite out in the country. It is a good seven miles from Eyford Station.'
- " 'Then we can hardly get there before midnight. I suppose there would be no chance of a train back. I should be compelled to stop the night.'
- " 'Yes, we could easily give you a shake-down.'
- " 'That is very awkward. Could I not come at some more convenient hour?'
- " 'We have judged it best that you should come late. It is to recompense you for any inconvenience that we are paying to you, a young and unknown man, a fee which would buy an opinion from the very heads of your profession. Still, of course, if you would like to draw out of the business, there is plenty of time to do so.'
- "I thought of the fifty guineas, and of how very useful they would be to me. 'Not at all,' said I, 'I shall be very happy to accommodate myself to your wishes. I should like, however, to understand a little more clearly what it is that you wish me to do.'
- " 'Quite so. It is very natural that the pledge of secrecy which we have exacted from you should have aroused your curiosity. I have no wish to commit you to anything without your having it all laid before you. I suppose that we are absolutely safe from eavesdroppers?'
- " 'Entirely.'
- " 'Then the matter stands thus. You are probably aware that fuller's-earth is a valuable product, and that it is only found in one or two places in England?'
- " 'I have heard so.'
- " 'Some little time ago I bought a small place--a very small place--within ten miles of Reading. I was fortunate enough to discover that there was a deposit of fuller's-earth in one of my fields. On examining it, however, I found that this deposit was a comparatively small one, and that it formed a link between two very much larger ones upon the right and left--both of them, however, in the grounds of my neighbours. These good people were absolutely ignorant that their land contained that which was quite as valuable as a gold-mine. Naturally, it was to my interest to buy their land before they discovered its true value, but unfortunately I had no capital by which I could do this. I took a few of my friends into the secret, however, and they suggested that we should quietly and secretly work our own little deposit and that in this way we should earn the money which would enable us to buy the neighbouring fields. This we have now been doing for some time, and in order to help us in our operations we erected a hydraulic press. This press, as I have already explained, has got out of order, and we wish your advice upon the subject. We guard our secret very jealously, however, and if it once became known that we had hydraulic engineers coming to our little house, it would soon rouse inquiry, and then, if the facts came out, it would be good-bye to any chance of getting these fields and carrying out our plans. That is why I have made you promise me that you will not tell a human being that you are going to Eyford to-night. I hope that I make it all plain?'
- " 'I quite follow you,' said I. 'The only point which I could not quite understand was what use you could make of a hydraulic press in excavating fuller's-earth, which, as I understand, is dug out like gravel from a pit.'
- " 'Ah!' said he carelessly, 'we have our own process. We compress the earth into bricks, so as to remove them without revealing what they are. But that is a mere detail. I have taken you fully into my confidence now, Mr. Hatherley, and I have shown you how I trust you.' He rose as he spoke. 'I shall expect you, then, at Eyford at 11:15.'
- " 'I shall certainly be there.'
- " 'And not a word to a soul.' He looked at me with a last long, questioning gaze, and then, pressing my hand in a cold, dank grasp, he hurried from the room.
- "Well, when I came to think it all over in cool blood I was very much astonished, as you may both think, at this sudden commission which had been intrusted to me. On the one hand, of course, I was glad, for the fee was at least tenfold what I should have asked had I set a price upon my own services, and it was possible that this order might lead to other ones. On the other hand, the face and manner of my patron had made an unpleasant impression upon me, and I could not think that his explanation of the fuller's-earth was sufficient to explain the necessity for my coming at midnight, and his extreme anxiety lest I should tell anyone of my errand. However, I threw all fears to the winds, ate a hearty supper, drove to Paddington, and started off, having obeyed to the letter the injunction as to holding my tongue.
- "At Reading I had to change not only my carriage but my station. However, I was in time for the last train to Eyford, and I reached the little dim-lit station after eleven o'clock. I was the only passenger who got out there, and there was no one upon the platform save a single sleepy porter with a lantern. As I passed out through the wicket gate, however, I found my acquaintance of the morning waiting in the shadow upon the other side. Without a word he grasped my arm and hurried me into a carriage, the door of which was standing open. He drew up the windows on either side, tapped on the wood-work, and away we went as fast as the horse could go."
- "One horse?" interjected Holmes.
- "Yes, only one."
- "Did you observe the colour?"
- "Yes, I saw it by the side-lights when I was stepping into the carriage. It was a chestnut."
- "Tired-looking or fresh?"
- "Oh, fresh and glossy."
- "Thank you. I am sorry to have interrupted you. Pray continue your most interesting statement."
- "Away we went then, and we drove for at least an hour. Colonel Lysander Stark had said that it was only seven miles, but I should think, from the rate that we seemed to go, and from the time that we took, that it must have been nearer twelve. He sat at my side in silence all the time, and I was aware, more than once when I glanced in his direction, that he was looking at me with great intensity. The country roads seem to be not very good in that part of the world, for we lurched and jolted terribly. I tried to look out of the windows to see something of where we were, but they were made of frosted glass, and I could make out nothing save the occasional bright blur of a passing light. Now and then I hazarded some remark to break the monotony of the journey, but the colonel answered only in monosyllables, and the conversation soon flagged. At last, however, the bumping of the road was exchanged for the crisp smoothness of a gravel-drive, and the carriage came to a stand. Colonel Lysander Stark sprang out, and, as I followed after him, pulled me swiftly into a porch which gaped in front of us. We stepped, as it were, right out of the carriage and into the hall, so that I failed to catch the most fleeting glance of the front of the house. The instant that I had crossed the threshold the door slammed heavily behind us, and I heard faintly the rattle of the wheels as the carriage drove away.
- "It was pitch dark inside the house, and the colonel fumbled about looking for matches and muttering under his breath. Suddenly a door opened at the other end of the passage, and a long, golden bar of light shot out in our direction. It grew broader, and a woman appeared with a lamp in her hand, which she held above her head, pushing her face forward and peering at us. I could see that she was pretty, and from the gloss with which the light shone upon her dark dress I knew that it was a rich material. She spoke a few words in a foreign tongue in a tone as though asking a question, and when my companion answered in a gruff monosyllable she gave such a start that the lamp nearly fell from her hand. Colonel Stark went up to her, whispered something in her ear, and then, pushing her back into the room from whence she had come, he walked towards me again with the lamp in his hand.
- " 'Perhaps you will have the kindness to wait in this room for a few minutes,' said he, throwing open another door. It was a quiet, little, plainly furnished room, with a round table in the centre, on which several German books were scattered. Colonel Stark laid down the lamp on the top of a harmonium beside the door. 'I shall not keep you waiting an instant,' said he, and vanished into the darkness.
- "I glanced at the books upon the table, and in spite of my ignorance of German I could see that two of them were treatises on science, the others being volumes of poetry. Then I walked across to the window, hoping that I might catch some glimpse of the country-side, but an oak shutter, heavily barred, was folded across it. It was a wonderfully silent house. There was an old clock ticking loudly somewhere in the passage, but otherwise everything was deadly still. A vague feeling of uneasiness began to steal over me. Who were these German people, and what were they doing living in this strange, out-of-the-way place? And where was the place? I was ten miles or so from Eyford, that was all I knew, but whether north, south, east, or west I had no idea. For that matter, Reading, and possibly other large towns, were within that radius, so the place might not be so secluded, after all. Yet it was quite certain, from the absolute stillness, that we were in the country. I paced up and down the room, humming a tune under my breath to keep up my spirits and feeling that I was thoroughly earning my fifty-guinea fee.
- "Suddenly, without any preliminary sound in the midst of the utter stillness, the door of my room swung slowly open. The woman was standing in the aperture, the darkness of the hall behind her, the yellow light from my lamp beating upon her eager and beautiful face. I could see at a glance that she was sick with fear, and the sight sent a chill to my own heart. She held up one shaking finger to warn me to be silent, and she shot a few whispered words of broken English at me, her eyes glancing back, like those of a frightened horse, into the gloom behind her.
- " 'I would go,' said she, trying hard, as it seemed to me, to speak calmly; 'I would go. I should not stay here. There is no good for you to do.'
- " 'But, madam,' said I, 'I have not yet done what I came for. I cannot possibly leave until I have seen the machine.'
- " 'It is not worth your while to wait,' she went on. 'You can pass through the door; no one hinders.' And then, seeing that I smiled and shook my head, she suddenly threw aside her constraint and made a step forward, with her hands wrung together. 'For the love of Heaven!' she whispered, 'get away from here before it is too late!'
- "But I am somewhat headstrong by nature, and the more ready to engage in an affair when there is some obstacle in the way. I thought of my fifty-guinea fee, of my wearisome journey, and of the unpleasant night which seemed to be before me. Was it all to go for nothing? Why should I slink away without having carried out my commission, and without the payment which was my due? This woman might, for all I knew, be a monomaniac. With a stout bearing, therefore, though her manner had shaken me more than I cared to confess, I still shook my head and declared my intention of remaining where I was. She was about to renew her entreaties when a door slammed overhead, and the sound of several footsteps was heard upon the stairs. She listened for an instant, threw up her hands with a despairing gesture, and vanished as suddenly and as noiselessly as she had come.
- "The newcomers were Colonel Lysander Stark and a short thick man with a chinchilla beard growing out of the creases of his double chin, who was introduced to me as Mr. Ferguson.
- " 'This is my secretary and manager,' said the colonel. 'By the way, I was under the impression that I left this door shut just now. I fear that you have felt the draught.'
- " 'On the contrary,' said I, 'I opened the door myself because I felt the room to be a little close.'
- "He shot one of his suspicious looks at me. 'Perhaps we had better proceed to business, then,' said he. 'Mr. Ferguson and I will take you up to see the machine.'
- " 'I had better put my hat on, I suppose.'
- " 'Oh, no, it is in the house.'
- " 'What, you dig fuller's-earth in the house?'
- " 'No, no. This is only where we compress it. But never mind that. All we wish you to do is to examine the machine and to let us know what is wrong with it.'
- "We went upstairs together, the colonel first with the lamp, the fat manager and I behind him. It was a labyrinth of an old house, with corridors, passages, narrow winding staircases, and little low doors, the thresholds of which were hollowed out by the generations who had crossed them. There were no carpets and no signs of any furniture above the ground floor, while the plaster was peeling off the walls, and the damp was breaking through in green, unhealthy blotches. I tried to put on as unconcerned an air as possible, but I had not forgotten the warnings of the lady, even though I disregarded them, and I kept a keen eye upon my two companions. Ferguson appeared to be a morose and silent man, but I could see from the little that he said that he was at least a fellow-countryman.
- "Colonel Lysander Stark stopped at last before a low door, which he unlocked. Within was a small, square room, in which the three of us could hardly get at one time. Ferguson remained outside, and the colonel ushered me in.
- " 'We are now,' said he, 'actually within the hydraulic press, and it would be a particularly unpleasant thing for us if anyone were to turn it on. The ceiling of this small chamber is really the end of the descending piston, and it comes down with the force of many tons upon this metal floor. There are small lateral columns of water outside which receive the force, and which transmit and multiply it in the manner which is familiar to you. The machine goes readily enough, but there is some stiffness in the working of it, and it has lost a little of its force. Perhaps you will have the goodness to look it over and to show us how we can set it right.'
- "I took the lamp from him, and I examined the machine very thoroughly. It was indeed a gigantic one, and capable of exercising enormous pressure. When I passed outside, however, and pressed down the levers which controlled it, I knew at once by the whishing sound that there was a slight leakage, which allowed a regurgitation of water through one of the side cylinders. An examination showed that one of the india-rubber bands which was round the head of a driving-rod had shrunk so as not quite to fill the socket along which it worked. This was clearly the cause of the loss of power, and I pointed it out to my companions, who followed my remarks very carefully and asked several practical questions as to how they should proceed to set it right. When I had made it clear to them, I returned to the main chamber of the machine and took a good look at it to satisfy my own curiosity. It was obvious at a glance that the story of the fuller's-earth was the merest fabrication, for it would be absurd to suppose that so powerful an engine could be designed for so inadequate a purpose. The walls were of wood, but the floor consisted of a large iron trough, and when I came to examine it I could see a crust of metallic deposit all over it. I had stooped and was scraping at this to see exactly what it was when I heard a muttered exclamation in German and saw the cadaverous face of the colonel looking down at me.
- " 'What are you doing there?' he asked.
- "I felt angry at having been tricked by so elaborate a story as that which he had told me. 'I was admiring your fuller's-earth,' said I; 'I think that I should be better able to advise you as to your machine if I knew what the exact purpose was for which it was used.'
- "The instant that I uttered the words I regretted the rashness of my speech. His face set hard, and a baleful light sprang up in his grey eyes.
- " 'Very well,' said he, 'you shall know all about the machine.' He took a step backward, slammed the little door, and turned the key in the lock. I rushed towards it and pulled at the handle, but it was quite secure, and did not give in the least to my kicks and shoves. 'Hullo!' I yelled. 'Hullo! Colonel! Let me out!'
- "And then suddenly in the silence I heard a sound which sent my heart into my mouth. It was the clank of the levers and the swish of the leaking cylinder. He had set the engine at work. The lamp still stood upon the floor where I had placed it when examining the trough. By its light I saw that the black ceiling was coming down upon me, slowly, jerkily, but, as none knew better than myself, with a force which must within a minute grind me to a shapeless pulp. I threw myself, screaming, against the door, and dragged with my nails at the lock. I implored the colonel to let me out, but the remorseless clanking of the levers drowned my cries. The ceiling was only a foot or two above my head, and with my hand upraised I could feel its hard, rough surface. Then it flashed through my mind that the pain of my death would depend very much upon the position in which I met it. If I lay on my face the weight would come upon my spine, and I shuddered to think of that dreadful snap. Easier the other way, perhaps; and yet, had I the nerve to lie and look up at that deadly black shadow wavering down upon me? Already I was unable to stand erect, when my eye caught something which brought a gush of hope back to my heart.
- "I have said that though the floor and ceiling were of iron, the walls were of wood. As I gave a last hurried glance around, I saw a thin line of yellow light between two of the boards, which broadened and broadened as a small panel was pushed backward. For an instant I could hardly believe that here was indeed a door which led away from death. The next instant I threw myself through, and lay half-fainting upon the other side. The panel had closed again behind me, but the crash of the lamp, and a few moments afterwards the clang of the two slabs of metal, told me how narrow had been my escape.
- "I was recalled to myself by a frantic plucking at my wrist, and I found myself lying upon the stone floor of a narrow corridor, while a woman bent over me and tugged at me with her left hand, while she held a candle in her right. It was the same good friend whose warning I had so foolishly rejected.
- " 'Come! come!' she cried breathlessly. 'They will be here in a moment. They will see that you are not there. Oh, do not waste the so-precious time, but come!'
- "This time, at least, I did not scorn her advice. I staggered to my feet and ran with her along the corridor and down a winding stair. The latter led to another broad passage, and just as we reached it we heard the sound of running feet and the shouting of two voices, one answering the other from the floor on which we were and from the one beneath. My guide stopped and looked about her like one who is at her wit's end. Then she threw open a door which led into a bedroom, through the window of which the moon was shining brightly.
- " 'It is your only chance,' said she. 'It is high, but it may be that you can jump it.'
- "As she spoke a light sprang into view at the further end of the passage, and I saw the lean figure of Colonel Lysander Stark rushing forward with a lantern in one hand and a weapon like a butcher's cleaver in the other. I rushed across the bedroom, flung open the window, and looked out. How quiet and sweet and wholesome the garden looked in the moonlight, and it could not be more than thirty feet down. I clambered out upon the sill, but I hesitated to jump until I should have heard what passed between my saviour and the ruffian who pursued me. If she were ill-used, then at any risks I was determined to go back to her assistance. The thought had hardly flashed through my mind before he was at the door, pushing his way past her; but she threw her arms round him and tried to hold him back.
- " 'Fritz! Fritz!' she cried in English, 'remember your promise after the last time. You said it should not be again. He will be silent! Oh, he will be silent!'
- " 'You are mad, Elise!' he shouted, struggling to break away from her. 'You will be the ruin of us. He has seen too much. Let me pass, I say!' He dashed her to one side, and, rushing to the window, cut at me with his heavy weapon. I had let myself go, and was hanging by the hands to the sill, when his blow fell. I was conscious of a dull pain, my grip loosened, and I fell into the garden below.
- "I was shaken but not hurt by the fall; so I picked myself up and rushed off among the bushes as hard as I could run, for I understood that I was far from being out of danger yet. Suddenly, however, as I ran, a deadly dizziness and sickness came over me. I glanced down at my hand, which was throbbing painfully, and then, for the first time, saw that my thumb had been cut off and that the blood was pouring from my wound. I endeavoured to tie my handkerchief round it, but there came a sudden buzzing in my ears, and next moment I fell in a dead faint among the rose-bushes.
- "How long I remained unconscious I cannot tell. It must have been a very long time, for the moon had sunk, and a bright morning was breaking when I came to myself. My clothes were all sodden with dew, and my coat-sleeve was drenched with blood from my wounded thumb. The smarting of it recalled in an instant all the particulars of my night's adventure, and I sprang to my feet with the feeling that I might hardly yet be safe from my pursuers. But to my astonishment, when I came to look round me, neither house nor garden were to be seen. I had been lying in an angle of the hedge close by the highroad, and just a little lower down was a long building, which proved, upon my approaching it, to be the very station at which I had arrived upon the previous night. Were it not for the ugly wound upon my hand, all that had passed during those dreadful hours might have been an evil dream.
- "Half dazed, I went into the station and asked about the morning train. There would be one to Reading in less than an hour. The same porter was on duty, I found, as had been there when I arrived. I inquired of him whether he had ever heard of Colonel Lysander Stark. The name was strange to him. Had he observed a carriage the night before waiting for me? No, he had not. Was there a police-station anywhere near? There was one about three miles off.
- "It was too far for me to go, weak and ill as I was. I determined to wait until I got back to town before telling my story to the police. It was a little past six when I arrived, so I went first to have my wound dressed, and then the doctor was kind enough to bring me along here. I put the case into your hands and shall do exactly what you advise."
- We both sat in silence for some little time after listening to this extraordinary narrative. Then Sherlock Holmes pulled down from the shelf one of the ponderous commonplace books in which he placed his cuttings.
- "Here is an advertisement which will interest you," said he. "It appeared in all the papers about a year ago. Listen to this: 'Lost, on the 9th inst., Mr. Jeremiah Hayling, aged twenty-six, a hydraulic engineer. Left his lodgings at ten o'clock at night, and has not been heard of since. Was dressed in,' etc., etc. Ha! That represents the last time that the colonel needed to have his machine overhauled, I fancy."
- "Good heavens!" cried my patient. "Then that explains what the girl said."
- "Undoubtedly. It is quite clear that the colonel was a cool and desperate man, who was absolutely determined that nothing should stand in the way of his little game, like those out-and-out pirates who will leave no survivor from a captured ship. Well, every moment now is precious, so if you feel equal to it we shall go down to Scotland Yard at once as a preliminary to starting for Eyford."
- Some three hours or so afterwards we were all in the train together, bound from Reading to the little Berkshire village. There were Sherlock Holmes, the hydraulic engineer, Inspector Bradstreet, of Scotland Yard, a plain-clothes man, and myself. Bradstreet had spread an ordnance map of the county out upon the seat and was busy with his compasses drawing a circle with Eyford for its centre.
- "There you are," said he. "That circle is drawn at a radius of ten miles from the village. The place we want must be somewhere near that line. You said ten miles, I think, sir."
- "It was an hour's good drive."
- "And you think that they brought you back all that way when you were unconscious?"
- "They must have done so. I have a confused memory, too, of having been lifted and conveyed somewhere."
- "What I cannot understand," said I, "is why they should have spared you when they found you lying fainting in the garden. Perhaps the villain was softened by the woman's entreaties."
- "I hardly think that likely. I never saw a more inexorable face in my life."
- "Oh, we shall soon clear up all that," said Bradstreet. "Well, I have drawn my circle, and I only wish I knew at what point upon it the folk that we are in search of are to be found."
- "I think I could lay my finger on it," said Holmes quietly.
- "Really, now!" cried the inspector, "you have formed your opinion! Come, now, we shall see who agrees with you. I say it is south, for the country is more deserted there."
- "And I say east," said my patient.
- "I am for west," remarked the plain-clothes man. "There are several quiet little villages up there."
- "And I am for north," said I, "because there are no hills there, and our friend says that he did not notice the carriage go up any."
- "Come," cried the inspector, laughing; "it's a very pretty diversity of opinion. We have boxed the compass among us. Who do you give your casting vote to?"
- "You are all wrong."
- "But we can't all be."
- "Oh, yes, you can. This is my point." He placed his finger in the centre of the circle. "This is where we shall find them."
- "But the twelve-mile drive?" gasped Hatherley.
- "Six out and six back. Nothing simpler. You say yourself that the horse was fresh and glossy when you got in. How could it be that if it had gone twelve miles over heavy roads?"
- "Indeed, it is a likely ruse enough," observed Bradstreet thoughtfully. "Of course there can be no doubt as to the nature of this gang."
- "None at all," said Holmes. "They are coiners on a large scale, and have used the machine to form the amalgam which has taken the place of silver."
- "We have known for some time that a clever gang was at work," said the inspector. "They have been turning out half-crowns by the thousand. We even traced them as far as Reading, but could get no farther, for they had covered their traces in a way that showed that they were very old hands. But now, thanks to this lucky chance, I think that we have got them right enough."
- But the inspector was mistaken, for those criminals were not destined to fall into the hands of justice. As we rolled into Eyford Station we saw a gigantic column of smoke which streamed up from behind a small clump of trees in the neighbourhood and hung like an immense ostrich feather over the landscape.
- "A house on fire?" asked Bradstreet as the train steamed off again on its way.
- "Yes, sir!" said the station-master.
- "When did it break out?"
- "I hear that it was during the night, sir, but it has got worse, and the whole place is in a blaze."
- "Whose house is it?"
- "Dr. Becher's."
- "Tell me," broke in the engineer, "is Dr. Becher a German, very thin, with a long, sharp nose?"
- The station-master laughed heartily. "No, sir, Dr. Becher is an Englishman, and there isn't a man in the parish who has a better-lined waistcoat. But he has a gentleman staying with him, a patient, as I understand, who is a foreigner, and he looks as if a little good Berkshire beef would do him no harm."
- The station-master had not finished his speech before we were all hastening in the direction of the fire. The road topped a low hill, and there was a great widespread whitewashed building in front of us, spouting fire at every chink and window, while in the garden in front three fire-engines were vainly striving to keep the flames under.
- "That's it!" cried Hatherley, in intense excitement. "There is the gravel-drive, and there are the rose-bushes where I lay. That second window is the one that I jumped from."
- "Well, at least," said Holmes, "you have had your revenge upon them. There can be no question that it was your oil-lamp which, when it was crushed in the press, set fire to the wooden walls, though no doubt they were too excited in the chase after you to observe it at the time. Now keep your eyes open in this crowd for your friends of last night, though I very much fear that they are a good hundred miles off by now."
- And Holmes' fears came to be realised, for from that day to this no word has ever been heard either of the beautiful woman, the sinister German, or the morose Englishman. Early that morning a peasant had met a cart containing several people and some very bulky boxes driving rapidly in the direction of Reading, but there all traces of the fugitives disappeared, and even Holmes' ingenuity failed ever to discover the least clue as to their whereabouts.
- The firemen had been much perturbed at the strange arrangements which they had found within, and still more so by discovering a newly severed human thumb upon a window-sill of the second floor. About sunset, however, their efforts were at last successful, and they subdued the flames, but not before the roof had fallen in, and the whole place been reduced to such absolute ruin that, save some twisted cylinders and iron piping, not a trace remained of the machinery which had cost our unfortunate acquaintance so dearly. Large masses of nickel and of tin were discovered stored in an out-house, but no coins were to be found, which may have explained the presence of those bulky boxes which have been already referred to.
- How our hydraulic engineer had been conveyed from the garden to the spot where he recovered his senses might have remained forever a mystery were it not for the soft mould, which told us a very plain tale. He had evidently been carried down by two persons, one of whom had remarkably small feet and the other unusually large ones. On the whole, it was most probable that the silent Englishman, being less bold or less murderous than his companion, had assisted the woman to bear the unconscious man out of the way of danger.
- "Well," said our engineer ruefully as we took our seats to return once more to London, "it has been a pretty business for me! I have lost my thumb and I have lost a fifty-guinea fee, and what have I gained?"
- "Experience," said Holmes, laughing. "Indirectly it may be of value, you know; you have only to put it into words to gain the reputation of being excellent company for the remainder of your existence."
- X. THE ADVENTURE OF THE NOBLE BACHELOR
- The Lord St. Simon marriage, and its curious termination, have long ceased to be a subject of interest in those exalted circles in which the unfortunate bridegroom moves. Fresh scandals have eclipsed it, and their more piquant details have drawn the gossips away from this four-year-old drama. As I have reason to believe, however, that the full facts have never been revealed to the general public, and as my friend Sherlock Holmes had a considerable share in clearing the matter up, I feel that no memoir of him would be complete without some little sketch of this remarkable episode.
- It was a few weeks before my own marriage, during the days when I was still sharing rooms with Holmes in Baker Street, that he came home from an afternoon stroll to find a letter on the table waiting for him. I had remained indoors all day, for the weather had taken a sudden turn to rain, with high autumnal winds, and the Jezail bullet which I had brought back in one of my limbs as a relic of my Afghan campaign throbbed with dull persistence. With my body in one easy-chair and my legs upon another, I had surrounded myself with a cloud of newspapers until at last, saturated with the news of the day, I tossed them all aside and lay listless, watching the huge crest and monogram upon the envelope upon the table and wondering lazily who my friend's noble correspondent could be.
- "Here is a very fashionable epistle," I remarked as he entered. "Your morning letters, if I remember right, were from a fish-monger and a tide-waiter."
- "Yes, my correspondence has certainly the charm of variety," he answered, smiling, "and the humbler are usually the more interesting. This looks like one of those unwelcome social summonses which call upon a man either to be bored or to lie."
- He broke the seal and glanced over the contents.
- "Oh, come, it may prove to be something of interest, after all."
- "Not social, then?"
- "No, distinctly professional."
- "And from a noble client?"
- "One of the highest in England."
- "My dear fellow, I congratulate you."
- "I assure you, Watson, without affectation, that the status of my client is a matter of less moment to me than the interest of his case. It is just possible, however, that that also may not be wanting in this new investigation. You have been reading the papers diligently of late, have you not?"
- "It looks like it," said I ruefully, pointing to a huge bundle in the corner. "I have had nothing else to do."
- "It is fortunate, for you will perhaps be able to post me up. I read nothing except the criminal news and the agony column. The latter is always instructive. But if you have followed recent events so closely you must have read about Lord St. Simon and his wedding?"
- "Oh, yes, with the deepest interest."
- "That is well. The letter which I hold in my hand is from Lord St. Simon. I will read it to you, and in return you must turn over these papers and let me have whatever bears upon the matter. This is what he says:
- " 'MY DEAR MR. SHERLOCK HOLMES:--Lord Backwater tells me that I may place implicit reliance upon your judgment and discretion. I have determined, therefore, to call upon you and to consult you in reference to the very painful event which has occurred in connection with my wedding. Mr. Lestrade, of Scotland Yard, is acting already in the matter, but he assures me that he sees no objection to your co-operation, and that he even thinks that it might be of some assistance. I will call at four o'clock in the afternoon, and, should you have any other engagement at that time, I hope that you will postpone it, as this matter is of paramount importance. Yours faithfully,
- " 'ST. SIMON.'
- "It is dated from Grosvenor Mansions, written with a quill pen, and the noble lord has had the misfortune to get a smear of ink upon the outer side of his right little finger," remarked Holmes as he folded up the epistle.
- "He says four o'clock. It is three now. He will be here in an hour."
- "Then I have just time, with your assistance, to get clear upon the subject. Turn over those papers and arrange the extracts in their order of time, while I take a glance as to who our client is." He picked a red-covered volume from a line of books of reference beside the mantelpiece. "Here he is," said he, sitting down and flattening it out upon his knee. " 'Lord Robert Walsingham de Vere St. Simon, second son of the Duke of Balmoral.' Hum! 'Arms: Azure, three caltrops in chief over a fess sable. Born in 1846.' He's forty-one years of age, which is mature for marriage. Was Under-Secretary for the colonies in a late administration. The Duke, his father, was at one time Secretary for Foreign Affairs. They inherit Plantagenet blood by direct descent, and Tudor on the distaff side. Ha! Well, there is nothing very instructive in all this. I think that I must turn to you Watson, for something more solid."
- "I have very little difficulty in finding what I want," said I, "for the facts are quite recent, and the matter struck me as remarkable. I feared to refer them to you, however, as I knew that you had an inquiry on hand and that you disliked the intrusion of other matters."
- "Oh, you mean the little problem of the Grosvenor Square furniture van. That is quite cleared up now--though, indeed, it was obvious from the first. Pray give me the results of your newspaper selections."
- "Here is the first notice which I can find. It is in the personal column of the Morning Post, and dates, as you see, some weeks back: 'A marriage has been arranged,' it says, 'and will, if rumour is correct, very shortly take place, between Lord Robert St. Simon, second son of the Duke of Balmoral, and Miss Hatty Doran, the only daughter of Aloysius Doran. Esq., of San Francisco, Cal., U.S.A.' That is all."
- "Terse and to the point," remarked Holmes, stretching his long, thin legs towards the fire.
- "There was a paragraph amplifying this in one of the society papers of the same week. Ah, here it is: 'There will soon be a call for protection in the marriage market, for the present free-trade principle appears to tell heavily against our home product. One by one the management of the noble houses of Great Britain is passing into the hands of our fair cousins from across the Atlantic. An important addition has been made during the last week to the list of the prizes which have been borne away by these charming invaders. Lord St. Simon, who has shown himself for over twenty years proof against the little god's arrows, has now definitely announced his approaching marriage with Miss Hatty Doran, the fascinating daughter of a California millionaire. Miss Doran, whose graceful figure and striking face attracted much attention at the Westbury House festivities, is an only child, and it is currently reported that her dowry will run to considerably over the six figures, with expectancies for the future. As it is an open secret that the Duke of Balmoral has been compelled to sell his pictures within the last few years, and as Lord St. Simon has no property of his own save the small estate of Birchmoor, it is obvious that the Californian heiress is not the only gainer by an alliance which will enable her to make the easy and common transition from a Republican lady to a British peeress.' "
- "Anything else?" asked Holmes, yawning.
- "Oh, yes; plenty. Then there is another note in the Morning Post to say that the marriage would be an absolutely quiet one, that it would be at St. George's, Hanover Square, that only half a dozen intimate friends would be invited, and that the party would return to the furnished house at Lancaster Gate which has been taken by Mr. Aloysius Doran. Two days later--that is, on Wednesday last--there is a curt announcement that the wedding had taken place, and that the honeymoon would be passed at Lord Backwater's place, near Petersfield. Those are all the notices which appeared before the disappearance of the bride."
- "Before the what?" asked Holmes with a start.
- "The vanishing of the lady."
- "When did she vanish, then?"
- "At the wedding breakfast."
- "Indeed. This is more interesting than it promised to be; quite dramatic, in fact."
- "Yes; it struck me as being a little out of the common."
- "They often vanish before the ceremony, and occasionally during the honeymoon; but I cannot call to mind anything quite so prompt as this. Pray let me have the details."
- "I warn you that they are very incomplete."
- "Perhaps we may make them less so."
- "Such as they are, they are set forth in a single article of a morning paper of yesterday, which I will read to you. It is headed, 'Singular Occurrence at a Fashionable Wedding':
- " 'The family of Lord Robert St. Simon has been thrown into the greatest consternation by the strange and painful episodes which have taken place in connection with his wedding. The ceremony, as shortly announced in the papers of yesterday, occurred on the previous morning; but it is only now that it has been possible to confirm the strange rumours which have been so persistently floating about. In spite of the attempts of the friends to hush the matter up, so much public attention has now been drawn to it that no good purpose can be served by affecting to disregard what is a common subject for conversation.
- " 'The ceremony, which was performed at St. George's, Hanover Square, was a very quiet one, no one being present save the father of the bride, Mr. Aloysius Doran, the Duchess of Balmoral, Lord Backwater, Lord Eustace and Lady Clara St. Simon (the younger brother and sister of the bridegroom), and Lady Alicia Whittington. The whole party proceeded afterwards to the house of Mr. Aloysius Doran, at Lancaster Gate, where breakfast had been prepared. It appears that some little trouble was caused by a woman, whose name has not been ascertained, who endeavoured to force her way into the house after the bridal party, alleging that she had some claim upon Lord St. Simon. It was only after a painful and prolonged scene that she was ejected by the butler and the footman. The bride, who had fortunately entered the house before this unpleasant interruption, had sat down to breakfast with the rest, when she complained of a sudden indisposition and retired to her room. Her prolonged absence having caused some comment, her father followed her, but learned from her maid that she had only come up to her chamber for an instant, caught up an ulster and bonnet, and hurried down to the passage. One of the footmen declared that he had seen a lady leave the house thus apparelled, but had refused to credit that it was his mistress, believing her to be with the company. On ascertaining that his daughter had disappeared, Mr. Aloysius Doran, in conjunction with the bridegroom, instantly put themselves in communication with the police, and very energetic inquiries are being made, which will probably result in a speedy clearing up of this very singular business. Up to a late hour last night, however, nothing had transpired as to the whereabouts of the missing lady. There are rumours of foul play in the matter, and it is said that the police have caused the arrest of the woman who had caused the original disturbance, in the belief that, from jealousy or some other motive, she may have been concerned in the strange disappearance of the bride.' "
- "And is that all?"
- "Only one little item in another of the morning papers, but it is a suggestive one."
- "And it is--"
- "That Miss Flora Millar, the lady who had caused the disturbance, has actually been arrested. It appears that she was formerly a danseuse at the Allegro, and that she has known the bridegroom for some years. There are no further particulars, and the whole case is in your hands now--so far as it has been set forth in the public press."
- "And an exceedingly interesting case it appears to be. I would not have missed it for worlds. But there is a ring at the bell, Watson, and as the clock makes it a few minutes after four, I have no doubt that this will prove to be our noble client. Do not dream of going, Watson, for I very much prefer having a witness, if only as a check to my own memory."
- "Lord Robert St. Simon," announced our page-boy, throwing open the door. A gentleman entered, with a pleasant, cultured face, high-nosed and pale, with something perhaps of petulance about the mouth, and with the steady, well-opened eye of a man whose pleasant lot it had ever been to command and to be obeyed. His manner was brisk, and yet his general appearance gave an undue impression of age, for he had a slight forward stoop and a little bend of the knees as he walked. His hair, too, as he swept off his very curly-brimmed hat, was grizzled round the edges and thin upon the top. As to his dress, it was careful to the verge of foppishness, with high collar, black frock-coat, white waistcoat, yellow gloves, patent-leather shoes, and light-coloured gaiters. He advanced slowly into the room, turning his head from left to right, and swinging in his right hand the cord which held his golden eyeglasses.
- "Good-day, Lord St. Simon," said Holmes, rising and bowing. "Pray take the basket-chair. This is my friend and colleague, Dr. Watson. Draw up a little to the fire, and we will talk this matter over."
- "A most painful matter to me, as you can most readily imagine, Mr. Holmes. I have been cut to the quick. I understand that you have already managed several delicate cases of this sort, sir, though I presume that they were hardly from the same class of society."
- "No, I am descending."
- "I beg pardon."
- "My last client of the sort was a king."
- "Oh, really! I had no idea. And which king?"
- "The King of Scandinavia."
- "What! Had he lost his wife?"
- "You can understand," said Holmes suavely, "that I extend to the affairs of my other clients the same secrecy which I promise to you in yours."
- "Of course! Very right! very right! I'm sure I beg pardon. As to my own case, I am ready to give you any information which may assist you in forming an opinion."
- "Thank you. I have already learned all that is in the public prints, nothing more. I presume that I may take it as correct--this article, for example, as to the disappearance of the bride."
- Lord St. Simon glanced over it. "Yes, it is correct, as far as it goes."
- "But it needs a great deal of supplementing before anyone could offer an opinion. I think that I may arrive at my facts most directly by questioning you."
- "Pray do so."
- "When did you first meet Miss Hatty Doran?"
- "In San Francisco, a year ago."
- "You were travelling in the States?"
- "Yes."
- "Did you become engaged then?"
- "No."
- "But you were on a friendly footing?"
- "I was amused by her society, and she could see that I was amused."
- "Her father is very rich?"
- "He is said to be the richest man on the Pacific slope."
- "And how did he make his money?"
- "In mining. He had nothing a few years ago. Then he struck gold, invested it, and came up by leaps and bounds."
- "Now, what is your own impression as to the young lady's--your wife's character?"
- The nobleman swung his glasses a little faster and stared down into the fire. "You see, Mr. Holmes," said he, "my wife was twenty before her father became a rich man. During that time she ran free in a mining camp and wandered through woods or mountains, so that her education has come from Nature rather than from the schoolmaster. She is what we call in England a tomboy, with a strong nature, wild and free, unfettered by any sort of traditions. She is impetuous--volcanic, I was about to say. She is swift in making up her mind and fearless in carrying out her resolutions. On the other hand, I would not have given her the name which I have the honour to bear"--he gave a little stately cough--"had I not thought her to be at bottom a noble woman. I believe that she is capable of heroic self-sacrifice and that anything dishonourable would be repugnant to her."
- "Have you her photograph?"
- "I brought this with me." He opened a locket and showed us the full face of a very lovely woman. It was not a photograph but an ivory miniature, and the artist had brought out the full effect of the lustrous black hair, the large dark eyes, and the exquisite mouth. Holmes gazed long and earnestly at it. Then he closed the locket and handed it back to Lord St. Simon.
- "The young lady came to London, then, and you renewed your acquaintance?"
- "Yes, her father brought her over for this last London season. I met her several times, became engaged to her, and have now married her."
- "She brought, I understand, a considerable dowry?"
- "A fair dowry. Not more than is usual in my family."
- "And this, of course, remains to you, since the marriage is a fait accompli?"
- "I really have made no inquiries on the subject."
- "Very naturally not. Did you see Miss Doran on the day before the wedding?"
- "Yes."
- "Was she in good spirits?"
- "Never better. She kept talking of what we should do in our future lives."
- "Indeed! That is very interesting. And on the morning of the wedding?"
- "She was as bright as possible--at least until after the ceremony."
- "And did you observe any change in her then?"
- "Well, to tell the truth, I saw then the first signs that I had ever seen that her temper was just a little sharp. The incident however, was too trivial to relate and can have no possible bearing upon the case."
- "Pray let us have it, for all that."
- "Oh, it is childish. She dropped her bouquet as we went towards the vestry. She was passing the front pew at the time, and it fell over into the pew. There was a moment's delay, but the gentleman in the pew handed it up to her again, and it did not appear to be the worse for the fall. Yet when I spoke to her of the matter, she answered me abruptly; and in the carriage, on our way home, she seemed absurdly agitated over this trifling cause."
- "Indeed! You say that there was a gentleman in the pew. Some of the general public were present, then?"
- "Oh, yes. It is impossible to exclude them when the church is open."
- "This gentleman was not one of your wife's friends?"
- "No, no; I call him a gentleman by courtesy, but he was quite a common-looking person. I hardly noticed his appearance. But really I think that we are wandering rather far from the point."
- "Lady St. Simon, then, returned from the wedding in a less cheerful frame of mind than she had gone to it. What did she do on re-entering her father's house?"
- "I saw her in conversation with her maid."
- "And who is her maid?"
- "Alice is her name. She is an American and came from California with her."
- "A confidential servant?"
- "A little too much so. It seemed to me that her mistress allowed her to take great liberties. Still, of course, in America they look upon these things in a different way."
- "How long did she speak to this Alice?"
- "Oh, a few minutes. I had something else to think of."
- "You did not overhear what they said?"
- "Lady St. Simon said something about 'jumping a claim.' She was accustomed to use slang of the kind. I have no idea what she meant."
- "American slang is very expressive sometimes. And what did your wife do when she finished speaking to her maid?"
- "She walked into the breakfast-room."
- "On your arm?"
- "No, alone. She was very independent in little matters like that. Then, after we had sat down for ten minutes or so, she rose hurriedly, muttered some words of apology, and left the room. She never came back."
- "But this maid, Alice, as I understand, deposes that she went to her room, covered her bride's dress with a long ulster, put on a bonnet, and went out."
- "Quite so. And she was afterwards seen walking into Hyde Park in company with Flora Millar, a woman who is now in custody, and who had already made a disturbance at Mr. Doran's house that morning."
- "Ah, yes. I should like a few particulars as to this young lady, and your relations to her."
- Lord St. Simon shrugged his shoulders and raised his eyebrows. "We have been on a friendly footing for some years--I may say on a very friendly footing. She used to be at the Allegro. I have not treated her ungenerously, and she had no just cause of complaint against me, but you know what women are, Mr. Holmes. Flora was a dear little thing, but exceedingly hot-headed and devotedly attached to me. She wrote me dreadful letters when she heard that I was about to be married, and, to tell the truth, the reason why I had the marriage celebrated so quietly was that I feared lest there might be a scandal in the church. She came to Mr. Doran's door just after we returned, and she endeavoured to push her way in, uttering very abusive expressions towards my wife, and even threatening her, but I had foreseen the possibility of something of the sort, and I had two police fellows there in private clothes, who soon pushed her out again. She was quiet when she saw that there was no good in making a row."
- "Did your wife hear all this?"
- "No, thank goodness, she did not."
- "And she was seen walking with this very woman afterwards?"
- "Yes. That is what Mr. Lestrade, of Scotland Yard, looks upon as so serious. It is thought that Flora decoyed my wife out and laid some terrible trap for her."
- "Well, it is a possible supposition."
- "You think so, too?"
- "I did not say a probable one. But you do not yourself look upon this as likely?"
- "I do not think Flora would hurt a fly."
- "Still, jealousy is a strange transformer of characters. Pray what is your own theory as to what took place?"
- "Well, really, I came to seek a theory, not to propound one. I have given you all the facts. Since you ask me, however, I may say that it has occurred to me as possible that the excitement of this affair, the consciousness that she had made so immense a social stride, had the effect of causing some little nervous disturbance in my wife."
- "In short, that she had become suddenly deranged?"
- "Well, really, when I consider that she has turned her back--I will not say upon me, but upon so much that many have aspired to without success--I can hardly explain it in any other fashion."
- "Well, certainly that is also a conceivable hypothesis," said Holmes, smiling. "And now, Lord St. Simon, I think that I have nearly all my data. May I ask whether you were seated at the breakfast-table so that you could see out of the window?"
- "We could see the other side of the road and the Park."
- "Quite so. Then I do not think that I need to detain you longer. I shall communicate with you."
- "Should you be fortunate enough to solve this problem," said our client, rising.
- "I have solved it."
- "Eh? What was that?"
- "I say that I have solved it."
- "Where, then, is my wife?"
- "That is a detail which I shall speedily supply."
- Lord St. Simon shook his head. "I am afraid that it will take wiser heads than yours or mine," he remarked, and bowing in a stately, old-fashioned manner he departed.
- "It is very good of Lord St. Simon to honour my head by putting it on a level with his own," said Sherlock Holmes, laughing. "I think that I shall have a whisky and soda and a cigar after all this cross-questioning. I had formed my conclusions as to the case before our client came into the room."
- "My dear Holmes!"
- "I have notes of several similar cases, though none, as I remarked before, which were quite as prompt. My whole examination served to turn my conjecture into a certainty. Circumstantial evidence is occasionally very convincing, as when you find a trout in the milk, to quote Thoreau's example."
- "But I have heard all that you have heard."
- "Without, however, the knowledge of pre-existing cases which serves me so well. There was a parallel instance in Aberdeen some years back, and something on very much the same lines at Munich the year after the Franco-Prussian War. It is one of these cases--but, hullo, here is Lestrade! Good-afternoon, Lestrade! You will find an extra tumbler upon the sideboard, and there are cigars in the box."
- The official detective was attired in a pea-jacket and cravat, which gave him a decidedly nautical appearance, and he carried a black canvas bag in his hand. With a short greeting he seated himself and lit the cigar which had been offered to him.
- "What's up, then?" asked Holmes with a twinkle in his eye. "You look dissatisfied."
- "And I feel dissatisfied. It is this infernal St. Simon marriage case. I can make neither head nor tail of the business."
- "Really! You surprise me."
- "Who ever heard of such a mixed affair? Every clue seems to slip through my fingers. I have been at work upon it all day."
- "And very wet it seems to have made you," said Holmes laying his hand upon the arm of the pea-jacket.
- "Yes, I have been dragging the Serpentine."
- "In heaven's name, what for?"
- "In search of the body of Lady St. Simon."
- Sherlock Holmes leaned back in his chair and laughed heartily.
- "Have you dragged the basin of Trafalgar Square fountain?" he asked.
- "Why? What do you mean?"
- "Because you have just as good a chance of finding this lady in the one as in the other."
- Lestrade shot an angry glance at my companion. "I suppose you know all about it," he snarled.
- "Well, I have only just heard the facts, but my mind is made up."
- "Oh, indeed! Then you think that the Serpentine plays no part in the matter?"
- "I think it very unlikely."
- "Then perhaps you will kindly explain how it is that we found this in it?" He opened his bag as he spoke, and tumbled onto the floor a wedding-dress of watered silk, a pair of white satin shoes and a bride's wreath and veil, all discoloured and soaked in water. "There," said he, putting a new wedding-ring upon the top of the pile. "There is a little nut for you to crack, Master Holmes."
- "Oh, indeed!" said my friend, blowing blue rings into the air. "You dragged them from the Serpentine?"
- "No. They were found floating near the margin by a park-keeper. They have been identified as her clothes, and it seemed to me that if the clothes were there the body would not be far off."
- "By the same brilliant reasoning, every man's body is to be found in the neighbourhood of his wardrobe. And pray what did you hope to arrive at through this?"
- "At some evidence implicating Flora Millar in the disappearance."
- "I am afraid that you will find it difficult."
- "Are you, indeed, now?" cried Lestrade with some bitterness. "I am afraid, Holmes, that you are not very practical with your deductions and your inferences. You have made two blunders in as many minutes. This dress does implicate Miss Flora Millar."
- "And how?"
- "In the dress is a pocket. In the pocket is a card-case. In the card-case is a note. And here is the very note." He slapped it down upon the table in front of him. "Listen to this: 'You will see me when all is ready. Come at once. F. H. M.' Now my theory all along has been that Lady St. Simon was decoyed away by Flora Millar, and that she, with confederates, no doubt, was responsible for her disappearance. Here, signed with her initials, is the very note which was no doubt quietly slipped into her hand at the door and which lured her within their reach."
- "Very good, Lestrade," said Holmes, laughing. "You really are very fine indeed. Let me see it." He took up the paper in a listless way, but his attention instantly became riveted, and he gave a little cry of satisfaction. "This is indeed important," said he.
- "Ha! you find it so?"
- "Extremely so. I congratulate you warmly."
- Lestrade rose in his triumph and bent his head to look. "Why," he shrieked, "you're looking at the wrong side!"
- "On the contrary, this is the right side."
- "The right side? You're mad! Here is the note written in pencil over here."
- "And over here is what appears to be the fragment of a hotel bill, which interests me deeply."
- "There's nothing in it. I looked at it before," said Lestrade. " 'Oct. 4th, rooms 8s., breakfast 2s. 6d., cocktail 1s., lunch 2s. 6d., glass sherry, 8d.' I see nothing in that."
- "Very likely not. It is most important, all the same. As to the note, it is important also, or at least the initials are, so I congratulate you again."
- "I've wasted time enough," said Lestrade, rising. "I believe in hard work and not in sitting by the fire spinning fine theories. Good-day, Mr. Holmes, and we shall see which gets to the bottom of the matter first." He gathered up the garments, thrust them into the bag, and made for the door.
- "Just one hint to you, Lestrade," drawled Holmes before his rival vanished; "I will tell you the true solution of the matter. Lady St. Simon is a myth. There is not, and there never has been, any such person."
- Lestrade looked sadly at my companion. Then he turned to me, tapped his forehead three times, shook his head solemnly, and hurried away.
- He had hardly shut the door behind him when Holmes rose to put on his overcoat. "There is something in what the fellow says about outdoor work," he remarked, "so I think, Watson, that I must leave you to your papers for a little."
- It was after five o'clock when Sherlock Holmes left me, but I had no time to be lonely, for within an hour there arrived a confectioner's man with a very large flat box. This he unpacked with the help of a youth whom he had brought with him, and presently, to my very great astonishment, a quite epicurean little cold supper began to be laid out upon our humble lodging-house mahogany. There were a couple of brace of cold woodcock, a pheasant, a pate de foie gras pie with a group of ancient and cobwebby bottles. Having laid out all these luxuries, my two visitors vanished away, like the genii of the Arabian Nights, with no explanation save that the things had been paid for and were ordered to this address.
- Just before nine o'clock Sherlock Holmes stepped briskly into the room. His features were gravely set, but there was a light in his eye which made me think that he had not been disappointed in his conclusions.
- "They have laid the supper, then," he said, rubbing his hands.
- "You seem to expect company. They have laid for five."
- "Yes, I fancy we may have some company dropping in," said he. "I am surprised that Lord St. Simon has not already arrived. Ha! I fancy that I hear his step now upon the stairs."
- It was indeed our visitor of the afternoon who came bustling in, dangling his glasses more vigorously than ever, and with a very perturbed expression upon his aristocratic features.
- "My messenger reached you, then?" asked Holmes.
- "Yes, and I confess that the contents startled me beyond measure. Have you good authority for what you say?"
- "The best possible."
- Lord St. Simon sank into a chair and passed his hand over his forehead.
- "What will the Duke say," he murmured, "when he hears that one of the family has been subjected to such humiliation?"
- "It is the purest accident. I cannot allow that there is any humiliation."
- "Ah, you look on these things from another standpoint."
- "I fail to see that anyone is to blame. I can hardly see how the lady could have acted otherwise, though her abrupt method of doing it was undoubtedly to be regretted. Having no mother, she had no one to advise her at such a crisis."
- "It was a slight, sir, a public slight," said Lord St. Simon, tapping his fingers upon the table.
- "You must make allowance for this poor girl, placed in so unprecedented a position."
- "I will make no allowance. I am very angry indeed, and I have been shamefully used."
- "I think that I heard a ring," said Holmes. "Yes, there are steps on the landing. If I cannot persuade you to take a lenient view of the matter, Lord St. Simon, I have brought an advocate here who may be more successful." He opened the door and ushered in a lady and gentleman. "Lord St. Simon," said he "allow me to introduce you to Mr. and Mrs. Francis Hay Moulton. The lady, I think, you have already met."
- At the sight of these newcomers our client had sprung from his seat and stood very erect, with his eyes cast down and his hand thrust into the breast of his frock-coat, a picture of offended dignity. The lady had taken a quick step forward and had held out her hand to him, but he still refused to raise his eyes. It was as well for his resolution, perhaps, for her pleading face was one which it was hard to resist.
- "You're angry, Robert," said she. "Well, I guess you have every cause to be."
- "Pray make no apology to me," said Lord St. Simon bitterly.
- "Oh, yes, I know that I have treated you real bad and that I should have spoken to you before I went; but I was kind of rattled, and from the time when I saw Frank here again I just didn't know what I was doing or saying. I only wonder I didn't fall down and do a faint right there before the altar."
- "Perhaps, Mrs. Moulton, you would like my friend and me to leave the room while you explain this matter?"
- "If I may give an opinion," remarked the strange gentleman, "we've had just a little too much secrecy over this business already. For my part, I should like all Europe and America to hear the rights of it." He was a small, wiry, sunburnt man, clean-shaven, with a sharp face and alert manner.
- "Then I'll tell our story right away," said the lady. "Frank here and I met in '84, in McQuire's camp, near the Rockies, where Pa was working a claim. We were engaged to each other, Frank and I; but then one day father struck a rich pocket and made a pile, while poor Frank here had a claim that petered out and came to nothing. The richer Pa grew the poorer was Frank; so at last Pa wouldn't hear of our engagement lasting any longer, and he took me away to 'Frisco. Frank wouldn't throw up his hand, though; so he followed me there, and he saw me without Pa knowing anything about it. It would only have made him mad to know, so we just fixed it all up for ourselves. Frank said that he would go and make his pile, too, and never come back to claim me until he had as much as Pa. So then I promised to wait for him to the end of time and pledged myself not to marry anyone else while he lived. 'Why shouldn't we be married right away, then,' said he, 'and then I will feel sure of you; and I won't claim to be your husband until I come back?' Well, we talked it over, and he had fixed it all up so nicely, with a clergyman all ready in waiting, that we just did it right there; and then Frank went off to seek his fortune, and I went back to Pa.
- "The next I heard of Frank was that he was in Montana, and then he went prospecting in Arizona, and then I heard of him from New Mexico. After that came a long newspaper story about how a miners' camp had been attacked by Apache Indians, and there was my Frank's name among the killed. I fainted dead away, and I was very sick for months after. Pa thought I had a decline and took me to half the doctors in 'Frisco. Not a word of news came for a year and more, so that I never doubted that Frank was really dead. Then Lord St. Simon came to 'Frisco, and we came to London, and a marriage was arranged, and Pa was very pleased, but I felt all the time that no man on this earth would ever take the place in my heart that had been given to my poor Frank.
- "Still, if I had married Lord St. Simon, of course I'd have done my duty by him. We can't command our love, but we can our actions. I went to the altar with him with the intention to make him just as good a wife as it was in me to be. But you may imagine what I felt when, just as I came to the altar rails, I glanced back and saw Frank standing and looking at me out of the first pew. I thought it was his ghost at first; but when I looked again there he was still, with a kind of question in his eyes, as if to ask me whether I were glad or sorry to see him. I wonder I didn't drop. I know that everything was turning round, and the words of the clergyman were just like the buzz of a bee in my ear. I didn't know what to do. Should I stop the service and make a scene in the church? I glanced at him again, and he seemed to know what I was thinking, for he raised his finger to his lips to tell me to be still. Then I saw him scribble on a piece of paper, and I knew that he was writing me a note. As I passed his pew on the way out I dropped my bouquet over to him, and he slipped the note into my hand when he returned me the flowers. It was only a line asking me to join him when he made the sign to me to do so. Of course I never doubted for a moment that my first duty was now to him, and I determined to do just whatever he might direct.
- "When I got back I told my maid, who had known him in California, and had always been his friend. I ordered her to say nothing, but to get a few things packed and my ulster ready. I know I ought to have spoken to Lord St. Simon, but it was dreadful hard before his mother and all those great people. I just made up my mind to run away and explain afterwards. I hadn't been at the table ten minutes before I saw Frank out of the window at the other side of the road. He beckoned to me and then began walking into the Park. I slipped out, put on my things, and followed him. Some woman came talking something or other about Lord St. Simon to me--seemed to me from the little I heard as if he had a little secret of his own before marriage also--but I managed to get away from her and soon overtook Frank. We got into a cab together, and away we drove to some lodgings he had taken in Gordon Square, and that was my true wedding after all those years of waiting. Frank had been a prisoner among the Apaches, had escaped, came on to 'Frisco, found that I had given him up for dead and had gone to England, followed me there, and had come upon me at last on the very morning of my second wedding."
- "I saw it in a paper," explained the American. "It gave the name and the church but not where the lady lived."
- "Then we had a talk as to what we should do, and Frank was all for openness, but I was so ashamed of it all that I felt as if I should like to vanish away and never see any of them again--just sending a line to Pa, perhaps, to show him that I was alive. It was awful to me to think of all those lords and ladies sitting round that breakfast-table and waiting for me to come back. So Frank took my wedding-clothes and things and made a bundle of them, so that I should not be traced, and dropped them away somewhere where no one could find them. It is likely that we should have gone on to Paris to-morrow, only that this good gentleman, Mr. Holmes, came round to us this evening, though how he found us is more than I can think, and he showed us very clearly and kindly that I was wrong and that Frank was right, and that we should be putting ourselves in the wrong if we were so secret. Then he offered to give us a chance of talking to Lord St. Simon alone, and so we came right away round to his rooms at once. Now, Robert, you have heard it all, and I am very sorry if I have given you pain, and I hope that you do not think very meanly of me."
- Lord St. Simon had by no means relaxed his rigid attitude, but had listened with a frowning brow and a compressed lip to this long narrative.
- "Excuse me," he said, "but it is not my custom to discuss my most intimate personal affairs in this public manner."
- "Then you won't forgive me? You won't shake hands before I go?"
- "Oh, certainly, if it would give you any pleasure." He put out his hand and coldly grasped that which she extended to him.
- "I had hoped," suggested Holmes, "that you would have joined us in a friendly supper."
- "I think that there you ask a little too much," responded his Lordship. "I may be forced to acquiesce in these recent developments, but I can hardly be expected to make merry over them. I think that with your permission I will now wish you all a very good-night." He included us all in a sweeping bow and stalked out of the room.
- "Then I trust that you at least will honour me with your company," said Sherlock Holmes. "It is always a joy to meet an American, Mr. Moulton, for I am one of those who believe that the folly of a monarch and the blundering of a minister in far-gone years will not prevent our children from being some day citizens of the same world-wide country under a flag which shall be a quartering of the Union Jack with the Stars and Stripes."
- "The case has been an interesting one," remarked Holmes when our visitors had left us, "because it serves to show very clearly how simple the explanation may be of an affair which at first sight seems to be almost inexplicable. Nothing could be more natural than the sequence of events as narrated by this lady, and nothing stranger than the result when viewed, for instance, by Mr. Lestrade of Scotland Yard."
- "You were not yourself at fault at all, then?"
- "From the first, two facts were very obvious to me, the one that the lady had been quite willing to undergo the wedding ceremony, the other that she had repented of it within a few minutes of returning home. Obviously something had occurred during the morning, then, to cause her to change her mind. What could that something be? She could not have spoken to anyone when she was out, for she had been in the company of the bridegroom. Had she seen someone, then? If she had, it must be someone from America because she had spent so short a time in this country that she could hardly have allowed anyone to acquire so deep an influence over her that the mere sight of him would induce her to change her plans so completely. You see we have already arrived, by a process of exclusion, at the idea that she might have seen an American. Then who could this American be, and why should he possess so much influence over her? It might be a lover; it might be a husband. Her young womanhood had, I knew, been spent in rough scenes and under strange conditions. So far I had got before I ever heard Lord St. Simon's narrative. When he told us of a man in a pew, of the change in the bride's manner, of so transparent a device for obtaining a note as the dropping of a bouquet, of her resort to her confidential maid, and of her very significant allusion to claim-jumping--which in miners' parlance means taking possession of that which another person has a prior claim to--the whole situation became absolutely clear. She had gone off with a man, and the man was either a lover or was a previous husband--the chances being in favour of the latter."
- "And how in the world did you find them?"
- "It might have been difficult, but friend Lestrade held information in his hands the value of which he did not himself know. The initials were, of course, of the highest importance, but more valuable still was it to know that within a week he had settled his bill at one of the most select London hotels."
- "How did you deduce the select?"
- "By the select prices. Eight shillings for a bed and eightpence for a glass of sherry pointed to one of the most expensive hotels. There are not many in London which charge at that rate. In the second one which I visited in Northumberland Avenue, I learned by an inspection of the book that Francis H. Moulton, an American gentleman, had left only the day before, and on looking over the entries against him, I came upon the very items which I had seen in the duplicate bill. His letters were to be forwarded to 226 Gordon Square; so thither I travelled, and being fortunate enough to find the loving couple at home, I ventured to give them some paternal advice and to point out to them that it would be better in every way that they should make their position a little clearer both to the general public and to Lord St. Simon in particular. I invited them to meet him here, and, as you see, I made him keep the appointment."
- "But with no very good result," I remarked. "His conduct was certainly not very gracious."
- "Ah, Watson," said Holmes, smiling, "perhaps you would not be very gracious either, if, after all the trouble of wooing and wedding, you found yourself deprived in an instant of wife and of fortune. I think that we may judge Lord St. Simon very mercifully and thank our stars that we are never likely to find ourselves in the same position. Draw your chair up and hand me my violin, for the only problem we have still to solve is how to while away these bleak autumnal evenings."
- XI. THE ADVENTURE OF THE BERYL CORONET
- "Holmes," said I as I stood one morning in our bow-window looking down the street, "here is a madman coming along. It seems rather sad that his relatives should allow him to come out alone."
- My friend rose lazily from his armchair and stood with his hands in the pockets of his dressing-gown, looking over my shoulder. It was a bright, crisp February morning, and the snow of the day before still lay deep upon the ground, shimmering brightly in the wintry sun. Down the centre of Baker Street it had been ploughed into a brown crumbly band by the traffic, but at either side and on the heaped-up edges of the foot-paths it still lay as white as when it fell. The grey pavement had been cleaned and scraped, but was still dangerously slippery, so that there were fewer passengers than usual. Indeed, from the direction of the Metropolitan Station no one was coming save the single gentleman whose eccentric conduct had drawn my attention.
- He was a man of about fifty, tall, portly, and imposing, with a massive, strongly marked face and a commanding figure. He was dressed in a sombre yet rich style, in black frock-coat, shining hat, neat brown gaiters, and well-cut pearl-grey trousers. Yet his actions were in absurd contrast to the dignity of his dress and features, for he was running hard, with occasional little springs, such as a weary man gives who is little accustomed to set any tax upon his legs. As he ran he jerked his hands up and down, waggled his head, and writhed his face into the most extraordinary contortions.
- "What on earth can be the matter with him?" I asked. "He is looking up at the numbers of the houses."
- "I believe that he is coming here," said Holmes, rubbing his hands.
- "Here?"
- "Yes; I rather think he is coming to consult me professionally. I think that I recognise the symptoms. Ha! did I not tell you?" As he spoke, the man, puffing and blowing, rushed at our door and pulled at our bell until the whole house resounded with the clanging.
- A few moments later he was in our room, still puffing, still gesticulating, but with so fixed a look of grief and despair in his eyes that our smiles were turned in an instant to horror and pity. For a while he could not get his words out, but swayed his body and plucked at his hair like one who has been driven to the extreme limits of his reason. Then, suddenly springing to his feet, he beat his head against the wall with such force that we both rushed upon him and tore him away to the centre of the room. Sherlock Holmes pushed him down into the easy-chair and, sitting beside him, patted his hand and chatted with him in the easy, soothing tones which he knew so well how to employ.
- "You have come to me to tell your story, have you not?" said he. "You are fatigued with your haste. Pray wait until you have recovered yourself, and then I shall be most happy to look into any little problem which you may submit to me."
- The man sat for a minute or more with a heaving chest, fighting against his emotion. Then he passed his handkerchief over his brow, set his lips tight, and turned his face towards us.
- "No doubt you think me mad?" said he.
- "I see that you have had some great trouble," responded Holmes.
- "God knows I have!--a trouble which is enough to unseat my reason, so sudden and so terrible is it. Public disgrace I might have faced, although I am a man whose character has never yet borne a stain. Private affliction also is the lot of every man; but the two coming together, and in so frightful a form, have been enough to shake my very soul. Besides, it is not I alone. The very noblest in the land may suffer unless some way be found out of this horrible affair."
- "Pray compose yourself, sir," said Holmes, "and let me have a clear account of who you are and what it is that has befallen you."
- "My name," answered our visitor, "is probably familiar to your ears. I am Alexander Holder, of the banking firm of Holder & Stevenson, of Threadneedle Street."
- The name was indeed well known to us as belonging to the senior partner in the second largest private banking concern in the City of London. What could have happened, then, to bring one of the foremost citizens of London to this most pitiable pass? We waited, all curiosity, until with another effort he braced himself to tell his story.
- "I feel that time is of value," said he; "that is why I hastened here when the police inspector suggested that I should secure your co-operation. I came to Baker Street by the Underground and hurried from there on foot, for the cabs go slowly through this snow. That is why I was so out of breath, for I am a man who takes very little exercise. I feel better now, and I will put the facts before you as shortly and yet as clearly as I can.
- "It is, of course, well known to you that in a successful banking business as much depends upon our being able to find remunerative investments for our funds as upon our increasing our connection and the number of our depositors. One of our most lucrative means of laying out money is in the shape of loans, where the security is unimpeachable. We have done a good deal in this direction during the last few years, and there are many noble families to whom we have advanced large sums upon the security of their pictures, libraries, or plate.
- "Yesterday morning I was seated in my office at the bank when a card was brought in to me by one of the clerks. I started when I saw the name, for it was that of none other than--well, perhaps even to you I had better say no more than that it was a name which is a household word all over the earth--one of the highest, noblest, most exalted names in England. I was overwhelmed by the honour and attempted, when he entered, to say so, but he plunged at once into business with the air of a man who wishes to hurry quickly through a disagreeable task.
- " 'Mr. Holder,' said he, 'I have been informed that you are in the habit of advancing money.'
- " 'The firm does so when the security is good.' I answered.
- " 'It is absolutely essential to me,' said he, 'that I should have $50,000 at once. I could, of course, borrow so trifling a sum ten times over from my friends, but I much prefer to make it a matter of business and to carry out that business myself. In my position you can readily understand that it is unwise to place one's self under obligations.'
- " 'For how long, may I ask, do you want this sum?' I asked.
- " 'Next Monday I have a large sum due to me, and I shall then most certainly repay what you advance, with whatever interest you think it right to charge. But it is very essential to me that the money should be paid at once.'
- " 'I should be happy to advance it without further parley from my own private purse,' said I, 'were it not that the strain would be rather more than it could bear. If, on the other hand, I am to do it in the name of the firm, then in justice to my partner I must insist that, even in your case, every businesslike precaution should be taken.'
- " 'I should much prefer to have it so,' said he, raising up a square, black morocco case which he had laid beside his chair. 'You have doubtless heard of the Beryl Coronet?'
- " 'One of the most precious public possessions of the empire,' said I.
- " 'Precisely.' He opened the case, and there, imbedded in soft, flesh-coloured velvet, lay the magnificent piece of jewellery which he had named. 'There are thirty-nine enormous beryls,' said he, 'and the price of the gold chasing is incalculable. The lowest estimate would put the worth of the coronet at double the sum which I have asked. I am prepared to leave it with you as my security.'
- "I took the precious case into my hands and looked in some perplexity from it to my illustrious client.
- " 'You doubt its value?' he asked.
- " 'Not at all. I only doubt--'
- " 'The propriety of my leaving it. You may set your mind at rest about that. I should not dream of doing so were it not absolutely certain that I should be able in four days to reclaim it. It is a pure matter of form. Is the security sufficient?'
- " 'Ample.'
- " 'You understand, Mr. Holder, that I am giving you a strong proof of the confidence which I have in you, founded upon all that I have heard of you. I rely upon you not only to be discreet and to refrain from all gossip upon the matter but, above all, to preserve this coronet with every possible precaution because I need not say that a great public scandal would be caused if any harm were to befall it. Any injury to it would be almost as serious as its complete loss, for there are no beryls in the world to match these, and it would be impossible to replace them. I leave it with you, however, with every confidence, and I shall call for it in person on Monday morning.'
- "Seeing that my client was anxious to leave, I said no more but, calling for my cashier, I ordered him to pay over fifty $1000 notes. When I was alone once more, however, with the precious case lying upon the table in front of me, I could not but think with some misgivings of the immense responsibility which it entailed upon me. There could be no doubt that, as it was a national possession, a horrible scandal would ensue if any misfortune should occur to it. I already regretted having ever consented to take charge of it. However, it was too late to alter the matter now, so I locked it up in my private safe and turned once more to my work.
- "When evening came I felt that it would be an imprudence to leave so precious a thing in the office behind me. Bankers' safes had been forced before now, and why should not mine be? If so, how terrible would be the position in which I should find myself! I determined, therefore, that for the next few days I would always carry the case backward and forward with me, so that it might never be really out of my reach. With this intention, I called a cab and drove out to my house at Streatham, carrying the jewel with me. I did not breathe freely until I had taken it upstairs and locked it in the bureau of my dressing-room.
- "And now a word as to my household, Mr. Holmes, for I wish you to thoroughly understand the situation. My groom and my page sleep out of the house, and may be set aside altogether. I have three maid-servants who have been with me a number of years and whose absolute reliability is quite above suspicion. Another, Lucy Parr, the second waiting-maid, has only been in my service a few months. She came with an excellent character, however, and has always given me satisfaction. She is a very pretty girl and has attracted admirers who have occasionally hung about the place. That is the only drawback which we have found to her, but we believe her to be a thoroughly good girl in every way.
- "So much for the servants. My family itself is so small that it will not take me long to describe it. I am a widower and have an only son, Arthur. He has been a disappointment to me, Mr. Holmes--a grievous disappointment. I have no doubt that I am myself to blame. People tell me that I have spoiled him. Very likely I have. When my dear wife died I felt that he was all I had to love. I could not bear to see the smile fade even for a moment from his face. I have never denied him a wish. Perhaps it would have been better for both of us had I been sterner, but I meant it for the best.
- "It was naturally my intention that he should succeed me in my business, but he was not of a business turn. He was wild, wayward, and, to speak the truth, I could not trust him in the handling of large sums of money. When he was young he became a member of an aristocratic club, and there, having charming manners, he was soon the intimate of a number of men with long purses and expensive habits. He learned to play heavily at cards and to squander money on the turf, until he had again and again to come to me and implore me to give him an advance upon his allowance, that he might settle his debts of honour. He tried more than once to break away from the dangerous company which he was keeping, but each time the influence of his friend, Sir George Burnwell, was enough to draw him back again.
- "And, indeed, I could not wonder that such a man as Sir George Burnwell should gain an influence over him, for he has frequently brought him to my house, and I have found myself that I could hardly resist the fascination of his manner. He is older than Arthur, a man of the world to his finger-tips, one who had been everywhere, seen everything, a brilliant talker, and a man of great personal beauty. Yet when I think of him in cold blood, far away from the glamour of his presence, I am convinced from his cynical speech and the look which I have caught in his eyes that he is one who should be deeply distrusted. So I think, and so, too, thinks my little Mary, who has a woman's quick insight into character.
- "And now there is only she to be described. She is my niece; but when my brother died five years ago and left her alone in the world I adopted her, and have looked upon her ever since as my daughter. She is a sunbeam in my house--sweet, loving, beautiful, a wonderful manager and housekeeper, yet as tender and quiet and gentle as a woman could be. She is my right hand. I do not know what I could do without her. In only one matter has she ever gone against my wishes. Twice my boy has asked her to marry him, for he loves her devotedly, but each time she has refused him. I think that if anyone could have drawn him into the right path it would have been she, and that his marriage might have changed his whole life; but now, alas! it is too late--forever too late!
- "Now, Mr. Holmes, you know the people who live under my roof, and I shall continue with my miserable story.
- "When we were taking coffee in the drawing-room that night after dinner, I told Arthur and Mary my experience, and of the precious treasure which we had under our roof, suppressing only the name of my client. Lucy Parr, who had brought in the coffee, had, I am sure, left the room; but I cannot swear that the door was closed. Mary and Arthur were much interested and wished to see the famous coronet, but I thought it better not to disturb it.
- " 'Where have you put it?' asked Arthur.
- " 'In my own bureau.'
- " 'Well, I hope to goodness the house won't be burgled during the night.' said he.
- " 'It is locked up,' I answered.
- " 'Oh, any old key will fit that bureau. When I was a youngster I have opened it myself with the key of the box-room cupboard.'
- "He often had a wild way of talking, so that I thought little of what he said. He followed me to my room, however, that night with a very grave face.
- " 'Look here, dad,' said he with his eyes cast down, 'can you let me have $200?'
- " 'No, I cannot!' I answered sharply. 'I have been far too generous with you in money matters.'
- " 'You have been very kind,' said he, 'but I must have this money, or else I can never show my face inside the club again.'
- " 'And a very good thing, too!' I cried.
- " 'Yes, but you would not have me leave it a dishonoured man,' said he. 'I could not bear the disgrace. I must raise the money in some way, and if you will not let me have it, then I must try other means.'
- "I was very angry, for this was the third demand during the month. 'You shall not have a farthing from me,' I cried, on which he bowed and left the room without another word.
- "When he was gone I unlocked my bureau, made sure that my treasure was safe, and locked it again. Then I started to go round the house to see that all was secure--a duty which I usually leave to Mary but which I thought it well to perform myself that night. As I came down the stairs I saw Mary herself at the side window of the hall, which she closed and fastened as I approached.
- " 'Tell me, dad,' said she, looking, I thought, a little disturbed, 'did you give Lucy, the maid, leave to go out to-night?'
- " 'Certainly not.'
- " 'She came in just now by the back door. I have no doubt that she has only been to the side gate to see someone, but I think that it is hardly safe and should be stopped.'
- " 'You must speak to her in the morning, or I will if you prefer it. Are you sure that everything is fastened?'
- " 'Quite sure, dad.'
- " 'Then, good-night.' I kissed her and went up to my bedroom again, where I was soon asleep.
- "I am endeavouring to tell you everything, Mr. Holmes, which may have any bearing upon the case, but I beg that you will question me upon any point which I do not make clear."
- "On the contrary, your statement is singularly lucid."
- "I come to a part of my story now in which I should wish to be particularly so. I am not a very heavy sleeper, and the anxiety in my mind tended, no doubt, to make me even less so than usual. About two in the morning, then, I was awakened by some sound in the house. It had ceased ere I was wide awake, but it had left an impression behind it as though a window had gently closed somewhere. I lay listening with all my ears. Suddenly, to my horror, there was a distinct sound of footsteps moving softly in the next room. I slipped out of bed, all palpitating with fear, and peeped round the corner of my dressing-room door.
- " 'Arthur!' I screamed, 'you villain! you thief! How dare you touch that coronet?'
- "The gas was half up, as I had left it, and my unhappy boy, dressed only in his shirt and trousers, was standing beside the light, holding the coronet in his hands. He appeared to be wrenching at it, or bending it with all his strength. At my cry he dropped it from his grasp and turned as pale as death. I snatched it up and examined it. One of the gold corners, with three of the beryls in it, was missing.
- " 'You blackguard!' I shouted, beside myself with rage. 'You have destroyed it! You have dishonoured me forever! Where are the jewels which you have stolen?'
- " 'Stolen!' he cried.
- " 'Yes, thief!' I roared, shaking him by the shoulder.
- " 'There are none missing. There cannot be any missing,' said he.
- " 'There are three missing. And you know where they are. Must I call you a liar as well as a thief? Did I not see you trying to tear off another piece?'
- " 'You have called me names enough,' said he, 'I will not stand it any longer. I shall not say another word about this business, since you have chosen to insult me. I will leave your house in the morning and make my own way in the world.'
- " 'You shall leave it in the hands of the police!' I cried half-mad with grief and rage. 'I shall have this matter probed to the bottom.'
- " 'You shall learn nothing from me,' said he with a passion such as I should not have thought was in his nature. 'If you choose to call the police, let the police find what they can.'
- "By this time the whole house was astir, for I had raised my voice in my anger. Mary was the first to rush into my room, and, at the sight of the coronet and of Arthur's face, she read the whole story and, with a scream, fell down senseless on the ground. I sent the house-maid for the police and put the investigation into their hands at once. When the inspector and a constable entered the house, Arthur, who had stood sullenly with his arms folded, asked me whether it was my intention to charge him with theft. I answered that it had ceased to be a private matter, but had become a public one, since the ruined coronet was national property. I was determined that the law should have its way in everything.
- " 'At least,' said he, 'you will not have me arrested at once. It would be to your advantage as well as mine if I might leave the house for five minutes.'
- " 'That you may get away, or perhaps that you may conceal what you have stolen,' said I. And then, realising the dreadful position in which I was placed, I implored him to remember that not only my honour but that of one who was far greater than I was at stake; and that he threatened to raise a scandal which would convulse the nation. He might avert it all if he would but tell me what he had done with the three missing stones.
- " 'You may as well face the matter,' said I; 'you have been caught in the act, and no confession could make your guilt more heinous. If you but make such reparation as is in your power, by telling us where the beryls are, all shall be forgiven and forgotten.'
- " 'Keep your forgiveness for those who ask for it,' he answered, turning away from me with a sneer. I saw that he was too hardened for any words of mine to influence him. There was but one way for it. I called in the inspector and gave him into custody. A search was made at once not only of his person but of his room and of every portion of the house where he could possibly have concealed the gems; but no trace of them could be found, nor would the wretched boy open his mouth for all our persuasions and our threats. This morning he was removed to a cell, and I, after going through all the police formalities, have hurried round to you to implore you to use your skill in unravelling the matter. The police have openly confessed that they can at present make nothing of it. You may go to any expense which you think necessary. I have already offered a reward of $1000. My God, what shall I do! I have lost my honour, my gems, and my son in one night. Oh, what shall I do!"
- He put a hand on either side of his head and rocked himself to and fro, droning to himself like a child whose grief has got beyond words.
- Sherlock Holmes sat silent for some few minutes, with his brows knitted and his eyes fixed upon the fire.
- "Do you receive much company?" he asked.
- "None save my partner with his family and an occasional friend of Arthur's. Sir George Burnwell has been several times lately. No one else, I think."
- "Do you go out much in society?"
- "Arthur does. Mary and I stay at home. We neither of us care for it."
- "That is unusual in a young girl."
- "She is of a quiet nature. Besides, she is not so very young. She is four-and-twenty."
- "This matter, from what you say, seems to have been a shock to her also."
- "Terrible! She is even more affected than I."
- "You have neither of you any doubt as to your son's guilt?"
- "How can we have when I saw him with my own eyes with the coronet in his hands."
- "I hardly consider that a conclusive proof. Was the remainder of the coronet at all injured?"
- "Yes, it was twisted."
- "Do you not think, then, that he might have been trying to straighten it?"
- "God bless you! You are doing what you can for him and for me. But it is too heavy a task. What was he doing there at all? If his purpose were innocent, why did he not say so?"
- "Precisely. And if it were guilty, why did he not invent a lie? His silence appears to me to cut both ways. There are several singular points about the case. What did the police think of the noise which awoke you from your sleep?"
- "They considered that it might be caused by Arthur's closing his bedroom door."
- "A likely story! As if a man bent on felony would slam his door so as to wake a household. What did they say, then, of the disappearance of these gems?"
- "They are still sounding the planking and probing the furniture in the hope of finding them."
- "Have they thought of looking outside the house?"
- "Yes, they have shown extraordinary energy. The whole garden has already been minutely examined."
- "Now, my dear sir," said Holmes. "is it not obvious to you now that this matter really strikes very much deeper than either you or the police were at first inclined to think? It appeared to you to be a simple case; to me it seems exceedingly complex. Consider what is involved by your theory. You suppose that your son came down from his bed, went, at great risk, to your dressing-room, opened your bureau, took out your coronet, broke off by main force a small portion of it, went off to some other place, concealed three gems out of the thirty-nine, with such skill that nobody can find them, and then returned with the other thirty-six into the room in which he exposed himself to the greatest danger of being discovered. I ask you now, is such a theory tenable?"
- "But what other is there?" cried the banker with a gesture of despair. "If his motives were innocent, why does he not explain them?"
- "It is our task to find that out," replied Holmes; "so now, if you please, Mr. Holder, we will set off for Streatham together, and devote an hour to glancing a little more closely into details."
- My friend insisted upon my accompanying them in their expedition, which I was eager enough to do, for my curiosity and sympathy were deeply stirred by the story to which we had listened. I confess that the guilt of the banker's son appeared to me to be as obvious as it did to his unhappy father, but still I had such faith in Holmes' judgment that I felt that there must be some grounds for hope as long as he was dissatisfied with the accepted explanation. He hardly spoke a word the whole way out to the southern suburb, but sat with his chin upon his breast and his hat drawn over his eyes, sunk in the deepest thought. Our client appeared to have taken fresh heart at the little glimpse of hope which had been presented to him, and he even broke into a desultory chat with me over his business affairs. A short railway journey and a shorter walk brought us to Fairbank, the modest residence of the great financier.
- Fairbank was a good-sized square house of white stone, standing back a little from the road. A double carriage-sweep, with a snow-clad lawn, stretched down in front to two large iron gates which closed the entrance. On the right side was a small wooden thicket, which led into a narrow path between two neat hedges stretching from the road to the kitchen door, and forming the tradesmen's entrance. On the left ran a lane which led to the stables, and was not itself within the grounds at all, being a public, though little used, thoroughfare. Holmes left us standing at the door and walked slowly all round the house, across the front, down the tradesmen's path, and so round by the garden behind into the stable lane. So long was he that Mr. Holder and I went into the dining-room and waited by the fire until he should return. We were sitting there in silence when the door opened and a young lady came in. She was rather above the middle height, slim, with dark hair and eyes, which seemed the darker against the absolute pallor of her skin. I do not think that I have ever seen such deadly paleness in a woman's face. Her lips, too, were bloodless, but her eyes were flushed with crying. As she swept silently into the room she impressed me with a greater sense of grief than the banker had done in the morning, and it was the more striking in her as she was evidently a woman of strong character, with immense capacity for self-restraint. Disregarding my presence, she went straight to her uncle and passed her hand over his head with a sweet womanly caress.
- "You have given orders that Arthur should be liberated, have you not, dad?" she asked.
- "No, no, my girl, the matter must be probed to the bottom."
- "But I am so sure that he is innocent. You know what woman's instincts are. I know that he has done no harm and that you will be sorry for having acted so harshly."
- "Why is he silent, then, if he is innocent?"
- "Who knows? Perhaps because he was so angry that you should suspect him."
- "How could I help suspecting him, when I actually saw him with the coronet in his hand?"
- "Oh, but he had only picked it up to look at it. Oh, do, do take my word for it that he is innocent. Let the matter drop and say no more. It is so dreadful to think of our dear Arthur in prison!"
- "I shall never let it drop until the gems are found--never, Mary! Your affection for Arthur blinds you as to the awful consequences to me. Far from hushing the thing up, I have brought a gentleman down from London to inquire more deeply into it."
- "This gentleman?" she asked, facing round to me.
- "No, his friend. He wished us to leave him alone. He is round in the stable lane now."
- "The stable lane?" She raised her dark eyebrows. "What can he hope to find there? Ah! this, I suppose, is he. I trust, sir, that you will succeed in proving, what I feel sure is the truth, that my cousin Arthur is innocent of this crime."
- "I fully share your opinion, and I trust, with you, that we may prove it," returned Holmes, going back to the mat to knock the snow from his shoes. "I believe I have the honour of addressing Miss Mary Holder. Might I ask you a question or two?"
- "Pray do, sir, if it may help to clear this horrible affair up."
- "You heard nothing yourself last night?"
- "Nothing, until my uncle here began to speak loudly. I heard that, and I came down."
- "You shut up the windows and doors the night before. Did you fasten all the windows?"
- "Yes."
- "Were they all fastened this morning?"
- "Yes."
- "You have a maid who has a sweetheart? I think that you remarked to your uncle last night that she had been out to see him?"
- "Yes, and she was the girl who waited in the drawing-room, and who may have heard uncle's remarks about the coronet."
- "I see. You infer that she may have gone out to tell her sweetheart, and that the two may have planned the robbery."
- "But what is the good of all these vague theories," cried the banker impatiently, "when I have told you that I saw Arthur with the coronet in his hands?"
- "Wait a little, Mr. Holder. We must come back to that. About this girl, Miss Holder. You saw her return by the kitchen door, I presume?"
- "Yes; when I went to see if the door was fastened for the night I met her slipping in. I saw the man, too, in the gloom."
- "Do you know him?"
- "Oh, yes! he is the green-grocer who brings our vegetables round. His name is Francis Prosper."
- "He stood," said Holmes, "to the left of the door--that is to say, farther up the path than is necessary to reach the door?"
- "Yes, he did."
- "And he is a man with a wooden leg?"
- Something like fear sprang up in the young lady's expressive black eyes. "Why, you are like a magician," said she. "How do you know that?" She smiled, but there was no answering smile in Holmes' thin, eager face.
- "I should be very glad now to go upstairs," said he. "I shall probably wish to go over the outside of the house again. Perhaps I had better take a look at the lower windows before I go up."
- He walked swiftly round from one to the other, pausing only at the large one which looked from the hall onto the stable lane. This he opened and made a very careful examination of the sill with his powerful magnifying lens. "Now we shall go upstairs," said he at last.
- The banker's dressing-room was a plainly furnished little chamber, with a grey carpet, a large bureau, and a long mirror. Holmes went to the bureau first and looked hard at the lock.
- "Which key was used to open it?" he asked.
- "That which my son himself indicated--that of the cupboard of the lumber-room."
- "Have you it here?"
- "That is it on the dressing-table."
- Sherlock Holmes took it up and opened the bureau.
- "It is a noiseless lock," said he. "It is no wonder that it did not wake you. This case, I presume, contains the coronet. We must have a look at it." He opened the case, and taking out the diadem he laid it upon the table. It was a magnificent specimen of the jeweller's art, and the thirty-six stones were the finest that I have ever seen. At one side of the coronet was a cracked edge, where a corner holding three gems had been torn away.
- "Now, Mr. Holder," said Holmes, "here is the corner which corresponds to that which has been so unfortunately lost. Might I beg that you will break it off."
- The banker recoiled in horror. "I should not dream of trying," said he.
- "Then I will." Holmes suddenly bent his strength upon it, but without result. "I feel it give a little," said he; "but, though I am exceptionally strong in the fingers, it would take me all my time to break it. An ordinary man could not do it. Now, what do you think would happen if I did break it, Mr. Holder? There would be a noise like a pistol shot. Do you tell me that all this happened within a few yards of your bed and that you heard nothing of it?"
- "I do not know what to think. It is all dark to me."
- "But perhaps it may grow lighter as we go. What do you think, Miss Holder?"
- "I confess that I still share my uncle's perplexity."
- "Your son had no shoes or slippers on when you saw him?"
- "He had nothing on save only his trousers and shirt."
- "Thank you. We have certainly been favoured with extraordinary luck during this inquiry, and it will be entirely our own fault if we do not succeed in clearing the matter up. With your permission, Mr. Holder, I shall now continue my investigations outside."
- He went alone, at his own request, for he explained that any unnecessary footmarks might make his task more difficult. For an hour or more he was at work, returning at last with his feet heavy with snow and his features as inscrutable as ever.
- "I think that I have seen now all that there is to see, Mr. Holder," said he; "I can serve you best by returning to my rooms."
- "But the gems, Mr. Holmes. Where are they?"
- "I cannot tell."
- The banker wrung his hands. "I shall never see them again!" he cried. "And my son? You give me hopes?"
- "My opinion is in no way altered."
- "Then, for God's sake, what was this dark business which was acted in my house last night?"
- "If you can call upon me at my Baker Street rooms to-morrow morning between nine and ten I shall be happy to do what I can to make it clearer. I understand that you give me carte blanche to act for you, provided only that I get back the gems, and that you place no limit on the sum I may draw."
- "I would give my fortune to have them back."
- "Very good. I shall look into the matter between this and then. Good-bye; it is just possible that I may have to come over here again before evening."
- It was obvious to me that my companion's mind was now made up about the case, although what his conclusions were was more than I could even dimly imagine. Several times during our homeward journey I endeavoured to sound him upon the point, but he always glided away to some other topic, until at last I gave it over in despair. It was not yet three when we found ourselves in our rooms once more. He hurried to his chamber and was down again in a few minutes dressed as a common loafer. With his collar turned up, his shiny, seedy coat, his red cravat, and his worn boots, he was a perfect sample of the class.
- "I think that this should do," said he, glancing into the glass above the fireplace. "I only wish that you could come with me, Watson, but I fear that it won't do. I may be on the trail in this matter, or I may be following a will-o'-the-wisp, but I shall soon know which it is. I hope that I may be back in a few hours." He cut a slice of beef from the joint upon the sideboard, sandwiched it between two rounds of bread, and thrusting this rude meal into his pocket he started off upon his expedition.
- I had just finished my tea when he returned, evidently in excellent spirits, swinging an old elastic-sided boot in his hand. He chucked it down into a corner and helped himself to a cup of tea.
- "I only looked in as I passed," said he. "I am going right on."
- "Where to?"
- "Oh, to the other side of the West End. It may be some time before I get back. Don't wait up for me in case I should be late."
- "How are you getting on?"
- "Oh, so so. Nothing to complain of. I have been out to Streatham since I saw you last, but I did not call at the house. It is a very sweet little problem, and I would not have missed it for a good deal. However, I must not sit gossiping here, but must get these disreputable clothes off and return to my highly respectable self."
- I could see by his manner that he had stronger reasons for satisfaction than his words alone would imply. His eyes twinkled, and there was even a touch of colour upon his sallow cheeks. He hastened upstairs, and a few minutes later I heard the slam of the hall door, which told me that he was off once more upon his congenial hunt.
- I waited until midnight, but there was no sign of his return, so I retired to my room. It was no uncommon thing for him to be away for days and nights on end when he was hot upon a scent, so that his lateness caused me no surprise. I do not know at what hour he came in, but when I came down to breakfast in the morning there he was with a cup of coffee in one hand and the paper in the other, as fresh and trim as possible.
- "You will excuse my beginning without you, Watson," said he, "but you remember that our client has rather an early appointment this morning."
- "Why, it is after nine now," I answered. "I should not be surprised if that were he. I thought I heard a ring."
- It was, indeed, our friend the financier. I was shocked by the change which had come over him, for his face which was naturally of a broad and massive mould, was now pinched and fallen in, while his hair seemed to me at least a shade whiter. He entered with a weariness and lethargy which was even more painful than his violence of the morning before, and he dropped heavily into the armchair which I pushed forward for him.
- "I do not know what I have done to be so severely tried," said he. "Only two days ago I was a happy and prosperous man, without a care in the world. Now I am left to a lonely and dishonoured age. One sorrow comes close upon the heels of another. My niece, Mary, has deserted me."
- "Deserted you?"
- "Yes. Her bed this morning had not been slept in, her room was empty, and a note for me lay upon the hall table. I had said to her last night, in sorrow and not in anger, that if she had married my boy all might have been well with him. Perhaps it was thoughtless of me to say so. It is to that remark that she refers in this note:
- " 'MY DEAREST UNCLE:--I feel that I have brought trouble upon you, and that if I had acted differently this terrible misfortune might never have occurred. I cannot, with this thought in my mind, ever again be happy under your roof, and I feel that I must leave you forever. Do not worry about my future, for that is provided for; and, above all, do not search for me, for it will be fruitless labour and an ill-service to me. In life or in death, I am ever your loving
- " 'MARY.'
- "What could she mean by that note, Mr. Holmes? Do you think it points to suicide?"
- "No, no, nothing of the kind. It is perhaps the best possible solution. I trust, Mr. Holder, that you are nearing the end of your troubles."
- "Ha! You say so! You have heard something, Mr. Holmes; you have learned something! Where are the gems?"
- "You would not think $1000 apiece an excessive sum for them?"
- "I would pay ten."
- "That would be unnecessary. Three thousand will cover the matter. And there is a little reward, I fancy. Have you your check-book? Here is a pen. Better make it out for $4000."
- With a dazed face the banker made out the required check. Holmes walked over to his desk, took out a little triangular piece of gold with three gems in it, and threw it down upon the table.
- With a shriek of joy our client clutched it up.
- "You have it!" he gasped. "I am saved! I am saved!"
- The reaction of joy was as passionate as his grief had been, and he hugged his recovered gems to his bosom.
- "There is one other thing you owe, Mr. Holder," said Sherlock Holmes rather sternly.
- "Owe!" He caught up a pen. "Name the sum, and I will pay it."
- "No, the debt is not to me. You owe a very humble apology to that noble lad, your son, who has carried himself in this matter as I should be proud to see my own son do, should I ever chance to have one."
- "Then it was not Arthur who took them?"
- "I told you yesterday, and I repeat to-day, that it was not."
- "You are sure of it! Then let us hurry to him at once to let him know that the truth is known."
- "He knows it already. When I had cleared it all up I had an interview with him, and finding that he would not tell me the story, I told it to him, on which he had to confess that I was right and to add the very few details which were not yet quite clear to me. Your news of this morning, however, may open his lips."
- "For heaven's sake, tell me, then, what is this extraordinary mystery!"
- "I will do so, and I will show you the steps by which I reached it. And let me say to you, first, that which it is hardest for me to say and for you to hear: there has been an understanding between Sir George Burnwell and your niece Mary. They have now fled together."
- "My Mary? Impossible!"
- "It is unfortunately more than possible; it is certain. Neither you nor your son knew the true character of this man when you admitted him into your family circle. He is one of the most dangerous men in England--a ruined gambler, an absolutely desperate villain, a man without heart or conscience. Your niece knew nothing of such men. When he breathed his vows to her, as he had done to a hundred before her, she flattered herself that she alone had touched his heart. The devil knows best what he said, but at least she became his tool and was in the habit of seeing him nearly every evening."
- "I cannot, and I will not, believe it!" cried the banker with an ashen face.
- "I will tell you, then, what occurred in your house last night. Your niece, when you had, as she thought, gone to your room, slipped down and talked to her lover through the window which leads into the stable lane. His footmarks had pressed right through the snow, so long had he stood there. She told him of the coronet. His wicked lust for gold kindled at the news, and he bent her to his will. I have no doubt that she loved you, but there are women in whom the love of a lover extinguishes all other loves, and I think that she must have been one. She had hardly listened to his instructions when she saw you coming downstairs, on which she closed the window rapidly and told you about one of the servants' escapade with her wooden-legged lover, which was all perfectly true.
- "Your boy, Arthur, went to bed after his interview with you but he slept badly on account of his uneasiness about his club debts. In the middle of the night he heard a soft tread pass his door, so he rose and, looking out, was surprised to see his cousin walking very stealthily along the passage until she disappeared into your dressing-room. Petrified with astonishment, the lad slipped on some clothes and waited there in the dark to see what would come of this strange affair. Presently she emerged from the room again, and in the light of the passage-lamp your son saw that she carried the precious coronet in her hands. She passed down the stairs, and he, thrilling with horror, ran along and slipped behind the curtain near your door, whence he could see what passed in the hall beneath. He saw her stealthily open the window, hand out the coronet to someone in the gloom, and then closing it once more hurry back to her room, passing quite close to where he stood hid behind the curtain.
- "As long as she was on the scene he could not take any action without a horrible exposure of the woman whom he loved. But the instant that she was gone he realised how crushing a misfortune this would be for you, and how all-important it was to set it right. He rushed down, just as he was, in his bare feet, opened the window, sprang out into the snow, and ran down the lane, where he could see a dark figure in the moonlight. Sir George Burnwell tried to get away, but Arthur caught him, and there was a struggle between them, your lad tugging at one side of the coronet, and his opponent at the other. In the scuffle, your son struck Sir George and cut him over the eye. Then something suddenly snapped, and your son, finding that he had the coronet in his hands, rushed back, closed the window, ascended to your room, and had just observed that the coronet had been twisted in the struggle and was endeavouring to straighten it when you appeared upon the scene."
- "Is it possible?" gasped the banker.
- "You then roused his anger by calling him names at a moment when he felt that he had deserved your warmest thanks. He could not explain the true state of affairs without betraying one who certainly deserved little enough consideration at his hands. He took the more chivalrous view, however, and preserved her secret."
- "And that was why she shrieked and fainted when she saw the coronet," cried Mr. Holder. "Oh, my God! what a blind fool I have been! And his asking to be allowed to go out for five minutes! The dear fellow wanted to see if the missing piece were at the scene of the struggle. How cruelly I have misjudged him!"
- "When I arrived at the house," continued Holmes, "I at once went very carefully round it to observe if there were any traces in the snow which might help me. I knew that none had fallen since the evening before, and also that there had been a strong frost to preserve impressions. I passed along the tradesmen's path, but found it all trampled down and indistinguishable. Just beyond it, however, at the far side of the kitchen door, a woman had stood and talked with a man, whose round impressions on one side showed that he had a wooden leg. I could even tell that they had been disturbed, for the woman had run back swiftly to the door, as was shown by the deep toe and light heel marks, while Wooden-leg had waited a little, and then had gone away. I thought at the time that this might be the maid and her sweetheart, of whom you had already spoken to me, and inquiry showed it was so. I passed round the garden without seeing anything more than random tracks, which I took to be the police; but when I got into the stable lane a very long and complex story was written in the snow in front of me.
- "There was a double line of tracks of a booted man, and a second double line which I saw with delight belonged to a man with naked feet. I was at once convinced from what you had told me that the latter was your son. The first had walked both ways, but the other had run swiftly, and as his tread was marked in places over the depression of the boot, it was obvious that he had passed after the other. I followed them up and found they led to the hall window, where Boots had worn all the snow away while waiting. Then I walked to the other end, which was a hundred yards or more down the lane. I saw where Boots had faced round, where the snow was cut up as though there had been a struggle, and, finally, where a few drops of blood had fallen, to show me that I was not mistaken. Boots had then run down the lane, and another little smudge of blood showed that it was he who had been hurt. When he came to the highroad at the other end, I found that the pavement had been cleared, so there was an end to that clue.
- "On entering the house, however, I examined, as you remember, the sill and framework of the hall window with my lens, and I could at once see that someone had passed out. I could distinguish the outline of an instep where the wet foot had been placed in coming in. I was then beginning to be able to form an opinion as to what had occurred. A man had waited outside the window; someone had brought the gems; the deed had been overseen by your son; he had pursued the thief; had struggled with him; they had each tugged at the coronet, their united strength causing injuries which neither alone could have effected. He had returned with the prize, but had left a fragment in the grasp of his opponent. So far I was clear. The question now was, who was the man and who was it brought him the coronet?
- "It is an old maxim of mine that when you have excluded the impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth. Now, I knew that it was not you who had brought it down, so there only remained your niece and the maids. But if it were the maids, why should your son allow himself to be accused in their place? There could be no possible reason. As he loved his cousin, however, there was an excellent explanation why he should retain her secret--the more so as the secret was a disgraceful one. When I remembered that you had seen her at that window, and how she had fainted on seeing the coronet again, my conjecture became a certainty.
- "And who could it be who was her confederate? A lover evidently, for who else could outweigh the love and gratitude which she must feel to you? I knew that you went out little, and that your circle of friends was a very limited one. But among them was Sir George Burnwell. I had heard of him before as being a man of evil reputation among women. It must have been he who wore those boots and retained the missing gems. Even though he knew that Arthur had discovered him, he might still flatter himself that he was safe, for the lad could not say a word without compromising his own family.
- "Well, your own good sense will suggest what measures I took next. I went in the shape of a loafer to Sir George's house, managed to pick up an acquaintance with his valet, learned that his master had cut his head the night before, and, finally, at the expense of six shillings, made all sure by buying a pair of his cast-off shoes. With these I journeyed down to Streatham and saw that they exactly fitted the tracks."
- "I saw an ill-dressed vagabond in the lane yesterday evening," said Mr. Holder.
- "Precisely. It was I. I found that I had my man, so I came home and changed my clothes. It was a delicate part which I had to play then, for I saw that a prosecution must be avoided to avert scandal, and I knew that so astute a villain would see that our hands were tied in the matter. I went and saw him. At first, of course, he denied everything. But when I gave him every particular that had occurred, he tried to bluster and took down a life-preserver from the wall. I knew my man, however, and I clapped a pistol to his head before he could strike. Then he became a little more reasonable. I told him that we would give him a price for the stones he held--$1000 apiece. That brought out the first signs of grief that he had shown. 'Why, dash it all!' said he, 'I've let them go at six hundred for the three!' I soon managed to get the address of the receiver who had them, on promising him that there would be no prosecution. Off I set to him, and after much chaffering I got our stones at $1000 apiece. Then I looked in upon your son, told him that all was right, and eventually got to my bed about two o'clock, after what I may call a really hard day's work."
- "A day which has saved England from a great public scandal," said the banker, rising. "Sir, I cannot find words to thank you, but you shall not find me ungrateful for what you have done. Your skill has indeed exceeded all that I have heard of it. And now I must fly to my dear boy to apologise to him for the wrong which I have done him. As to what you tell me of poor Mary, it goes to my very heart. Not even your skill can inform me where she is now."
- "I think that we may safely say," returned Holmes, "that she is wherever Sir George Burnwell is. It is equally certain, too, that whatever her sins are, they will soon receive a more than sufficient punishment."
- XII. THE ADVENTURE OF THE COPPER BEECHES
- "To the man who loves art for its own sake," remarked Sherlock Holmes, tossing aside the advertisement sheet of the Daily Telegraph, "it is frequently in its least important and lowliest manifestations that the keenest pleasure is to be derived. It is pleasant to me to observe, Watson, that you have so far grasped this truth that in these little records of our cases which you have been good enough to draw up, and, I am bound to say, occasionally to embellish, you have given prominence not so much to the many causes celebres and sensational trials in which I have figured but rather to those incidents which may have been trivial in themselves, but which have given room for those faculties of deduction and of logical synthesis which I have made my special province."
- "And yet," said I, smiling, "I cannot quite hold myself absolved from the charge of sensationalism which has been urged against my records."
- "You have erred, perhaps," he observed, taking up a glowing cinder with the tongs and lighting with it the long cherry-wood pipe which was wont to replace his clay when he was in a disputatious rather than a meditative mood--"you have erred perhaps in attempting to put colour and life into each of your statements instead of confining yourself to the task of placing upon record that severe reasoning from cause to effect which is really the only notable feature about the thing."
- "It seems to me that I have done you full justice in the matter," I remarked with some coldness, for I was repelled by the egotism which I had more than once observed to be a strong factor in my friend's singular character.
- "No, it is not selfishness or conceit," said he, answering, as was his wont, my thoughts rather than my words. "If I claim full justice for my art, it is because it is an impersonal thing--a thing beyond myself. Crime is common. Logic is rare. Therefore it is upon the logic rather than upon the crime that you should dwell. You have degraded what should have been a course of lectures into a series of tales."
- It was a cold morning of the early spring, and we sat after breakfast on either side of a cheery fire in the old room at Baker Street. A thick fog rolled down between the lines of dun-coloured houses, and the opposing windows loomed like dark, shapeless blurs through the heavy yellow wreaths. Our gas was lit and shone on the white cloth and glimmer of china and metal, for the table had not been cleared yet. Sherlock Holmes had been silent all the morning, dipping continuously into the advertisement columns of a succession of papers until at last, having apparently given up his search, he had emerged in no very sweet temper to lecture me upon my literary shortcomings.
- "At the same time," he remarked after a pause, during which he had sat puffing at his long pipe and gazing down into the fire, "you can hardly be open to a charge of sensationalism, for out of these cases which you have been so kind as to interest yourself in, a fair proportion do not treat of crime, in its legal sense, at all. The small matter in which I endeavoured to help the King of Bohemia, the singular experience of Miss Mary Sutherland, the problem connected with the man with the twisted lip, and the incident of the noble bachelor, were all matters which are outside the pale of the law. But in avoiding the sensational, I fear that you may have bordered on the trivial."
- "The end may have been so," I answered, "but the methods I hold to have been novel and of interest."
- "Pshaw, my dear fellow, what do the public, the great unobservant public, who could hardly tell a weaver by his tooth or a compositor by his left thumb, care about the finer shades of analysis and deduction! But, indeed, if you are trivial. I cannot blame you, for the days of the great cases are past. Man, or at least criminal man, has lost all enterprise and originality. As to my own little practice, it seems to be degenerating into an agency for recovering lost lead pencils and giving advice to young ladies from boarding-schools. I think that I have touched bottom at last, however. This note I had this morning marks my zero-point, I fancy. Read it!" He tossed a crumpled letter across to me.
- It was dated from Montague Place upon the preceding evening, and ran thus:
- "DEAR MR. HOLMES:--I am very anxious to consult you as to whether I should or should not accept a situation which has been offered to me as governess. I shall call at half-past ten to-morrow if I do not inconvenience you. Yours faithfully,
- "VIOLET HUNTER."
- "Do you know the young lady?" I asked.
- "Not I."
- "It is half-past ten now."
- "Yes, and I have no doubt that is her ring."
- "It may turn out to be of more interest than you think. You remember that the affair of the blue carbuncle, which appeared to be a mere whim at first, developed into a serious investigation. It may be so in this case, also."
- "Well, let us hope so. But our doubts will very soon be solved, for here, unless I am much mistaken, is the person in question."
- As he spoke the door opened and a young lady entered the room. She was plainly but neatly dressed, with a bright, quick face, freckled like a plover's egg, and with the brisk manner of a woman who has had her own way to make in the world.
- "You will excuse my troubling you, I am sure," said she, as my companion rose to greet her, "but I have had a very strange experience, and as I have no parents or relations of any sort from whom I could ask advice, I thought that perhaps you would be kind enough to tell me what I should do."
- "Pray take a seat, Miss Hunter. I shall be happy to do anything that I can to serve you."
- I could see that Holmes was favourably impressed by the manner and speech of his new client. He looked her over in his searching fashion, and then composed himself, with his lids drooping and his finger-tips together, to listen to her story.
- "I have been a governess for five years," said she, "in the family of Colonel Spence Munro, but two months ago the colonel received an appointment at Halifax, in Nova Scotia, and took his children over to America with him, so that I found myself without a situation. I advertised, and I answered advertisements, but without success. At last the little money which I had saved began to run short, and I was at my wit's end as to what I should do.
- "There is a well-known agency for governesses in the West End called Westaway's, and there I used to call about once a week in order to see whether anything had turned up which might suit me. Westaway was the name of the founder of the business, but it is really managed by Miss Stoper. She sits in her own little office, and the ladies who are seeking employment wait in an anteroom, and are then shown in one by one, when she consults her ledgers and sees whether she has anything which would suit them.
- "Well, when I called last week I was shown into the little office as usual, but I found that Miss Stoper was not alone. A prodigiously stout man with a very smiling face and a great heavy chin which rolled down in fold upon fold over his throat sat at her elbow with a pair of glasses on his nose, looking very earnestly at the ladies who entered. As I came in he gave quite a jump in his chair and turned quickly to Miss Stoper.
- " 'That will do,' said he; 'I could not ask for anything better. Capital! capital!' He seemed quite enthusiastic and rubbed his hands together in the most genial fashion. He was such a comfortable-looking man that it was quite a pleasure to look at him.
- " 'You are looking for a situation, miss?' he asked.
- " 'Yes, sir.'
- " 'As governess?'
- " 'Yes, sir.'
- " 'And what salary do you ask?'
- " 'I had $4 a month in my last place with Colonel Spence Munro.'
- " 'Oh, tut, tut! sweating--rank sweating!' he cried, throwing his fat hands out into the air like a man who is in a boiling passion. 'How could anyone offer so pitiful a sum to a lady with such attractions and accomplishments?'
- " 'My accomplishments, sir, may be less than you imagine,' said I. 'A little French, a little German, music, and drawing--'
- " 'Tut, tut!' he cried. 'This is all quite beside the question. The point is, have you or have you not the bearing and deportment of a lady? There it is in a nutshell. If you have not, you are not fitted for the rearing of a child who may some day play a considerable part in the history of the country. But if you have why, then, how could any gentleman ask you to condescend to accept anything under the three figures? Your salary with me, madam, would commence at $100 a year.'
- "You may imagine, Mr. Holmes, that to me, destitute as I was, such an offer seemed almost too good to be true. The gentleman, however, seeing perhaps the look of incredulity upon my face, opened a pocket-book and took out a note.
- " 'It is also my custom,' said he, smiling in the most pleasant fashion until his eyes were just two little shining slits amid the white creases of his face, 'to advance to my young ladies half their salary beforehand, so that they may meet any little expenses of their journey and their wardrobe.'
- "It seemed to me that I had never met so fascinating and so thoughtful a man. As I was already in debt to my tradesmen, the advance was a great convenience, and yet there was something unnatural about the whole transaction which made me wish to know a little more before I quite committed myself.
- " 'May I ask where you live, sir?' said I.
- " 'Hampshire. Charming rural place. The Copper Beeches, five miles on the far side of Winchester. It is the most lovely country, my dear young lady, and the dearest old country-house.'
- " 'And my duties, sir? I should be glad to know what they would be.'
- " 'One child--one dear little romper just six years old. Oh, if you could see him killing cockroaches with a slipper! Smack! smack! smack! Three gone before you could wink!' He leaned back in his chair and laughed his eyes into his head again.
- "I was a little startled at the nature of the child's amusement, but the father's laughter made me think that perhaps he was joking.
- " 'My sole duties, then,' I asked, 'are to take charge of a single child?'
- " 'No, no, not the sole, not the sole, my dear young lady,' he cried. 'Your duty would be, as I am sure your good sense would suggest, to obey any little commands my wife might give, provided always that they were such commands as a lady might with propriety obey. You see no difficulty, heh?'
- " 'I should be happy to make myself useful.'
- " 'Quite so. In dress now, for example. We are faddy people, you know--faddy but kind-hearted. If you were asked to wear any dress which we might give you, you would not object to our little whim. Heh?'
- " 'No,' said I, considerably astonished at his words.
- " 'Or to sit here, or sit there, that would not be offensive to you?'
- " 'Oh, no.'
- " 'Or to cut your hair quite short before you come to us?'
- "I could hardly believe my ears. As you may observe, Mr. Holmes, my hair is somewhat luxuriant, and of a rather peculiar tint of chestnut. It has been considered artistic. I could not dream of sacrificing it in this offhand fashion.
- " 'I am afraid that that is quite impossible,' said I. He had been watching me eagerly out of his small eyes, and I could see a shadow pass over his face as I spoke.
- " 'I am afraid that it is quite essential,' said he. 'It is a little fancy of my wife's, and ladies' fancies, you know, madam, ladies' fancies must be consulted. And so you won't cut your hair?'
- " 'No, sir, I really could not,' I answered firmly.
- " 'Ah, very well; then that quite settles the matter. It is a pity, because in other respects you would really have done very nicely. In that case, Miss Stoper, I had best inspect a few more of your young ladies.'
- "The manageress had sat all this while busy with her papers without a word to either of us, but she glanced at me now with so much annoyance upon her face that I could not help suspecting that she had lost a handsome commission through my refusal.
- " 'Do you desire your name to be kept upon the books?' she asked.
- " 'If you please, Miss Stoper.'
- " 'Well, really, it seems rather useless, since you refuse the most excellent offers in this fashion,' said she sharply. 'You can hardly expect us to exert ourselves to find another such opening for you. Good-day to you, Miss Hunter.' She struck a gong upon the table, and I was shown out by the page.
- "Well, Mr. Holmes, when I got back to my lodgings and found little enough in the cupboard, and two or three bills upon the table. I began to ask myself whether I had not done a very foolish thing. After all, if these people had strange fads and expected obedience on the most extraordinary matters, they were at least ready to pay for their eccentricity. Very few governesses in England are getting $100 a year. Besides, what use was my hair to me? Many people are improved by wearing it short and perhaps I should be among the number. Next day I was inclined to think that I had made a mistake, and by the day after I was sure of it. I had almost overcome my pride so far as to go back to the agency and inquire whether the place was still open when I received this letter from the gentleman himself. I have it here and I will read it to you:
- " 'The Copper Beeches, near Winchester.
- " 'DEAR MISS HUNTER:--Miss Stoper has very kindly given me your address, and I write from here to ask you whether you have reconsidered your decision. My wife is very anxious that you should come, for she has been much attracted by my description of you. We are willing to give $30 a quarter, or $120 a year, so as to recompense you for any little inconvenience which our fads may cause you. They are not very exacting, after all. My wife is fond of a particular shade of electric blue and would like you to wear such a dress indoors in the morning. You need not, however, go to the expense of purchasing one, as we have one belonging to my dear daughter Alice (now in Philadelphia), which would, I should think, fit you very well. Then, as to sitting here or there, or amusing yourself in any manner indicated, that need cause you no inconvenience. As regards your hair, it is no doubt a pity, especially as I could not help remarking its beauty during our short interview, but I am afraid that I must remain firm upon this point, and I only hope that the increased salary may recompense you for the loss. Your duties, as far as the child is concerned, are very light. Now do try to come, and I shall meet you with the dog-cart at Winchester. Let me know your train. Yours faithfully,
- " 'JEPHRO RUCASTLE.'
- "That is the letter which I have just received, Mr. Holmes, and my mind is made up that I will accept it. I thought, however, that before taking the final step I should like to submit the whole matter to your consideration."
- "Well, Miss Hunter, if your mind is made up, that settles the question," said Holmes, smiling.
- "But you would not advise me to refuse?"
- "I confess that it is not the situation which I should like to see a sister of mine apply for."
- "What is the meaning of it all, Mr. Holmes?"
- "Ah, I have no data. I cannot tell. Perhaps you have yourself formed some opinion?"
- "Well, there seems to me to be only one possible solution. Mr. Rucastle seemed to be a very kind, good-natured man. Is it not possible that his wife is a lunatic, that he desires to keep the matter quiet for fear she should be taken to an asylum, and that he humours her fancies in every way in order to prevent an outbreak?"
- "That is a possible solution--in fact, as matters stand, it is the most probable one. But in any case it does not seem to be a nice household for a young lady."
- "But the money, Mr. Holmes, the money!"
- "Well, yes, of course the pay is good--too good. That is what makes me uneasy. Why should they give you $120 a year, when they could have their pick for $40? There must be some strong reason behind."
- "I thought that if I told you the circumstances you would understand afterwards if I wanted your help. I should feel so much stronger if I felt that you were at the back of me."
- "Oh, you may carry that feeling away with you. I assure you that your little problem promises to be the most interesting which has come my way for some months. There is something distinctly novel about some of the features. If you should find yourself in doubt or in danger--"
- "Danger! What danger do you foresee?"
- Holmes shook his head gravely. "It would cease to be a danger if we could define it," said he. "But at any time, day or night, a telegram would bring me down to your help."
- "That is enough." She rose briskly from her chair with the anxiety all swept from her face. "I shall go down to Hampshire quite easy in my mind now. I shall write to Mr. Rucastle at once, sacrifice my poor hair to-night, and start for Winchester to-morrow." With a few grateful words to Holmes she bade us both good-night and bustled off upon her way.
- "At least," said I as we heard her quick, firm steps descending the stairs, "she seems to be a young lady who is very well able to take care of herself."
- "And she would need to be," said Holmes gravely. "I am much mistaken if we do not hear from her before many days are past."
- It was not very long before my friend's prediction was fulfilled. A fortnight went by, during which I frequently found my thoughts turning in her direction and wondering what strange side-alley of human experience this lonely woman had strayed into. The unusual salary, the curious conditions, the light duties, all pointed to something abnormal, though whether a fad or a plot, or whether the man were a philanthropist or a villain, it was quite beyond my powers to determine. As to Holmes, I observed that he sat frequently for half an hour on end, with knitted brows and an abstracted air, but he swept the matter away with a wave of his hand when I mentioned it. "Data! data! data!" he cried impatiently. "I can't make bricks without clay." And yet he would always wind up by muttering that no sister of his should ever have accepted such a situation.
- The telegram which we eventually received came late one night just as I was thinking of turning in and Holmes was settling down to one of those all-night chemical researches which he frequently indulged in, when I would leave him stooping over a retort and a test-tube at night and find him in the same position when I came down to breakfast in the morning. He opened the yellow envelope, and then, glancing at the message, threw it across to me.
- "Just look up the trains in Bradshaw," said he, and turned back to his chemical studies.
- The summons was a brief and urgent one.
- "Please be at the Black Swan Hotel at Winchester at midday to-morrow," it said. "Do come! I am at my wit's end.
- "HUNTER."
- "Will you come with me?" asked Holmes, glancing up.
- "I should wish to."
- "Just look it up, then."
- "There is a train at half-past nine," said I, glancing over my Bradshaw. "It is due at Winchester at 11:30."
- "That will do very nicely. Then perhaps I had better postpone my analysis of the acetones, as we may need to be at our best in the morning."
- By eleven o'clock the next day we were well upon our way to the old English capital. Holmes had been buried in the morning papers all the way down, but after we had passed the Hampshire border he threw them down and began to admire the scenery. It was an ideal spring day, a light blue sky, flecked with little fleecy white clouds drifting across from west to east. The sun was shining very brightly, and yet there was an exhilarating nip in the air, which set an edge to a man's energy. All over the countryside, away to the rolling hills around Aldershot, the little red and grey roofs of the farm-steadings peeped out from amid the light green of the new foliage.
- "Are they not fresh and beautiful?" I cried with all the enthusiasm of a man fresh from the fogs of Baker Street.
- But Holmes shook his head gravely.
- "Do you know, Watson," said he, "that it is one of the curses of a mind with a turn like mine that I must look at everything with reference to my own special subject. You look at these scattered houses, and you are impressed by their beauty. I look at them, and the only thought which comes to me is a feeling of their isolation and of the impunity with which crime may be committed there."
- "Good heavens!" I cried. "Who would associate crime with these dear old homesteads?"
- "They always fill me with a certain horror. It is my belief, Watson, founded upon my experience, that the lowest and vilest alleys in London do not present a more dreadful record of sin than does the smiling and beautiful countryside."
- "You horrify me!"
- "But the reason is very obvious. The pressure of public opinion can do in the town what the law cannot accomplish. There is no lane so vile that the scream of a tortured child, or the thud of a drunkard's blow, does not beget sympathy and indignation among the neighbours, and then the whole machinery of justice is ever so close that a word of complaint can set it going, and there is but a step between the crime and the dock. But look at these lonely houses, each in its own fields, filled for the most part with poor ignorant folk who know little of the law. Think of the deeds of hellish cruelty, the hidden wickedness which may go on, year in, year out, in such places, and none the wiser. Had this lady who appeals to us for help gone to live in Winchester, I should never have had a fear for her. It is the five miles of country which makes the danger. Still, it is clear that she is not personally threatened."
- "No. If she can come to Winchester to meet us she can get away."
- "Quite so. She has her freedom."
- "What can be the matter, then? Can you suggest no explanation?"
- "I have devised seven separate explanations, each of which would cover the facts as far as we know them. But which of these is correct can only be determined by the fresh information which we shall no doubt find waiting for us. Well, there is the tower of the cathedral, and we shall soon learn all that Miss Hunter has to tell."
- The Black Swan is an inn of repute in the High Street, at no distance from the station, and there we found the young lady waiting for us. She had engaged a sitting-room, and our lunch awaited us upon the table.
- "I am so delighted that you have come," she said earnestly. "It is so very kind of you both; but indeed I do not know what I should do. Your advice will be altogether invaluable to me."
- "Pray tell us what has happened to you."
- "I will do so, and I must be quick, for I have promised Mr. Rucastle to be back before three. I got his leave to come into town this morning, though he little knew for what purpose."
- "Let us have everything in its due order." Holmes thrust his long thin legs out towards the fire and composed himself to listen.
- "In the first place, I may say that I have met, on the whole, with no actual ill-treatment from Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle. It is only fair to them to say that. But I cannot understand them, and I am not easy in my mind about them."
- "What can you not understand?"
- "Their reasons for their conduct. But you shall have it all just as it occurred. When I came down, Mr. Rucastle met me here and drove me in his dog-cart to the Copper Beeches. It is, as he said, beautifully situated, but it is not beautiful in itself, for it is a large square block of a house, whitewashed, but all stained and streaked with damp and bad weather. There are grounds round it, woods on three sides, and on the fourth a field which slopes down to the Southampton highroad, which curves past about a hundred yards from the front door. This ground in front belongs to the house, but the woods all round are part of Lord Southerton's preserves. A clump of copper beeches immediately in front of the hall door has given its name to the place.
- "I was driven over by my employer, who was as amiable as ever, and was introduced by him that evening to his wife and the child. There was no truth, Mr. Holmes, in the conjecture which seemed to us to be probable in your rooms at Baker Street. Mrs. Rucastle is not mad. I found her to be a silent, pale-faced woman, much younger than her husband, not more than thirty, I should think, while he can hardly be less than forty-five. From their conversation I have gathered that they have been married about seven years, that he was a widower, and that his only child by the first wife was the daughter who has gone to Philadelphia. Mr. Rucastle told me in private that the reason why she had left them was that she had an unreasoning aversion to her stepmother. As the daughter could not have been less than twenty, I can quite imagine that her position must have been uncomfortable with her father's young wife.
- "Mrs. Rucastle seemed to me to be colourless in mind as well as in feature. She impressed me neither favourably nor the reverse. She was a nonentity. It was easy to see that she was passionately devoted both to her husband and to her little son. Her light grey eyes wandered continually from one to the other, noting every little want and forestalling it if possible. He was kind to her also in his bluff, boisterous fashion, and on the whole they seemed to be a happy couple. And yet she had some secret sorrow, this woman. She would often be lost in deep thought, with the saddest look upon her face. More than once I have surprised her in tears. I have thought sometimes that it was the disposition of her child which weighed upon her mind, for I have never met so utterly spoiled and so ill-natured a little creature. He is small for his age, with a head which is quite disproportionately large. His whole life appears to be spent in an alternation between savage fits of passion and gloomy intervals of sulking. Giving pain to any creature weaker than himself seems to be his one idea of amusement, and he shows quite remarkable talent in planning the capture of mice, little birds, and insects. But I would rather not talk about the creature, Mr. Holmes, and, indeed, he has little to do with my story."
- "I am glad of all details," remarked my friend, "whether they seem to you to be relevant or not."
- "I shall try not to miss anything of importance. The one unpleasant thing about the house, which struck me at once, was the appearance and conduct of the servants. There are only two, a man and his wife. Toller, for that is his name, is a rough, uncouth man, with grizzled hair and whiskers, and a perpetual smell of drink. Twice since I have been with them he has been quite drunk, and yet Mr. Rucastle seemed to take no notice of it. His wife is a very tall and strong woman with a sour face, as silent as Mrs. Rucastle and much less amiable. They are a most unpleasant couple, but fortunately I spend most of my time in the nursery and my own room, which are next to each other in one corner of the building.
- "For two days after my arrival at the Copper Beeches my life was very quiet; on the third, Mrs. Rucastle came down just after breakfast and whispered something to her husband.
- " 'Oh, yes,' said he, turning to me, 'we are very much obliged to you, Miss Hunter, for falling in with our whims so far as to cut your hair. I assure you that it has not detracted in the tiniest iota from your appearance. We shall now see how the electric-blue dress will become you. You will find it laid out upon the bed in your room, and if you would be so good as to put it on we should both be extremely obliged.'
- "The dress which I found waiting for me was of a peculiar shade of blue. It was of excellent material, a sort of beige, but it bore unmistakable signs of having been worn before. It could not have been a better fit if I had been measured for it. Both Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle expressed a delight at the look of it, which seemed quite exaggerated in its vehemence. They were waiting for me in the drawing-room, which is a very large room, stretching along the entire front of the house, with three long windows reaching down to the floor. A chair had been placed close to the central window, with its back turned towards it. In this I was asked to sit, and then Mr. Rucastle, walking up and down on the other side of the room, began to tell me a series of the funniest stories that I have ever listened to. You cannot imagine how comical he was, and I laughed until I was quite weary. Mrs. Rucastle, however, who has evidently no sense of humour, never so much as smiled, but sat with her hands in her lap, and a sad, anxious look upon her face. After an hour or so, Mr. Rucastle suddenly remarked that it was time to commence the duties of the day, and that I might change my dress and go to little Edward in the nursery.
- "Two days later this same performance was gone through under exactly similar circumstances. Again I changed my dress, again I sat in the window, and again I laughed very heartily at the funny stories of which my employer had an immense repertoire, and which he told inimitably. Then he handed me a yellow-backed novel, and moving my chair a little sideways, that my own shadow might not fall upon the page, he begged me to read aloud to him. I read for about ten minutes, beginning in the heart of a chapter, and then suddenly, in the middle of a sentence, he ordered me to cease and to change my dress.
- "You can easily imagine, Mr. Holmes, how curious I became as to what the meaning of this extraordinary performance could possibly be. They were always very careful, I observed, to turn my face away from the window, so that I became consumed with the desire to see what was going on behind my back. At first it seemed to be impossible, but I soon devised a means. My hand-mirror had been broken, so a happy thought seized me, and I concealed a piece of the glass in my handkerchief. On the next occasion, in the midst of my laughter, I put my handkerchief up to my eyes, and was able with a little management to see all that there was behind me. I confess that I was disappointed. There was nothing. At least that was my first impression. At the second glance, however, I perceived that there was a man standing in the Southampton Road, a small bearded man in a grey suit, who seemed to be looking in my direction. The road is an important highway, and there are usually people there. This man, however, was leaning against the railings which bordered our field and was looking earnestly up. I lowered my handkerchief and glanced at Mrs. Rucastle to find her eyes fixed upon me with a most searching gaze. She said nothing, but I am convinced that she had divined that I had a mirror in my hand and had seen what was behind me. She rose at once.
- " 'Jephro,' said she, 'there is an impertinent fellow upon the road there who stares up at Miss Hunter.'
- " 'No friend of yours, Miss Hunter?' he asked.
- " 'No, I know no one in these parts.'
- " 'Dear me! How very impertinent! Kindly turn round and motion to him to go away.'
- " 'Surely it would be better to take no notice.'
- " 'No, no, we should have him loitering here always. Kindly turn round and wave him away like that.'
- "I did as I was told, and at the same instant Mrs. Rucastle drew down the blind. That was a week ago, and from that time I have not sat again in the window, nor have I worn the blue dress, nor seen the man in the road."
- "Pray continue," said Holmes. "Your narrative promises to be a most interesting one."
- "You will find it rather disconnected, I fear, and there may prove to be little relation between the different incidents of which I speak. On the very first day that I was at the Copper Beeches, Mr. Rucastle took me to a small outhouse which stands near the kitchen door. As we approached it I heard the sharp rattling of a chain, and the sound as of a large animal moving about.
- " 'Look in here!' said Mr. Rucastle, showing me a slit between two planks. 'Is he not a beauty?'
- "I looked through and was conscious of two glowing eyes, and of a vague figure huddled up in the darkness.
- " 'Don't be frightened,' said my employer, laughing at the start which I had given. 'It's only Carlo, my mastiff. I call him mine, but really old Toller, my groom, is the only man who can do anything with him. We feed him once a day, and not too much then, so that he is always as keen as mustard. Toller lets him loose every night, and God help the trespasser whom he lays his fangs upon. For goodness' sake don't you ever on any pretext set your foot over the threshold at night, for it's as much as your life is worth.'
- "The warning was no idle one, for two nights later I happened to look out of my bedroom window about two o'clock in the morning. It was a beautiful moonlight night, and the lawn in front of the house was silvered over and almost as bright as day. I was standing, rapt in the peaceful beauty of the scene, when I was aware that something was moving under the shadow of the copper beeches. As it emerged into the moonshine I saw what it was. It was a giant dog, as large as a calf, tawny tinted, with hanging jowl, black muzzle, and huge projecting bones. It walked slowly across the lawn and vanished into the shadow upon the other side. That dreadful sentinel sent a chill to my heart which I do not think that any burglar could have done.
- "And now I have a very strange experience to tell you. I had, as you know, cut off my hair in London, and I had placed it in a great coil at the bottom of my trunk. One evening, after the child was in bed, I began to amuse myself by examining the furniture of my room and by rearranging my own little things. There was an old chest of drawers in the room, the two upper ones empty and open, the lower one locked. I had filled the first two with my linen, and as I had still much to pack away I was naturally annoyed at not having the use of the third drawer. It struck me that it might have been fastened by a mere oversight, so I took out my bunch of keys and tried to open it. The very first key fitted to perfection, and I drew the drawer open. There was only one thing in it, but I am sure that you would never guess what it was. It was my coil of hair.
- "I took it up and examined it. It was of the same peculiar tint, and the same thickness. But then the impossibility of the thing obtruded itself upon me. How could my hair have been locked in the drawer? With trembling hands I undid my trunk, turned out the contents, and drew from the bottom my own hair. I laid the two tresses together, and I assure you that they were identical. Was it not extraordinary? Puzzle as I would, I could make nothing at all of what it meant. I returned the strange hair to the drawer, and I said nothing of the matter to the Rucastles as I felt that I had put myself in the wrong by opening a drawer which they had locked.
- "I am naturally observant, as you may have remarked, Mr. Holmes, and I soon had a pretty good plan of the whole house in my head. There was one wing, however, which appeared not to be inhabited at all. A door which faced that which led into the quarters of the Tollers opened into this suite, but it was invariably locked. One day, however, as I ascended the stair, I met Mr. Rucastle coming out through this door, his keys in his hand, and a look on his face which made him a very different person to the round, jovial man to whom I was accustomed. His cheeks were red, his brow was all crinkled with anger, and the veins stood out at his temples with passion. He locked the door and hurried past me without a word or a look.
- "This aroused my curiosity, so when I went out for a walk in the grounds with my charge, I strolled round to the side from which I could see the windows of this part of the house. There were four of them in a row, three of which were simply dirty, while the fourth was shuttered up. They were evidently all deserted. As I strolled up and down, glancing at them occasionally, Mr. Rucastle came out to me, looking as merry and jovial as ever.
- " 'Ah!' said he, 'you must not think me rude if I passed you without a word, my dear young lady. I was preoccupied with business matters.'
- "I assured him that I was not offended. 'By the way,' said I, 'you seem to have quite a suite of spare rooms up there, and one of them has the shutters up.'
- "He looked surprised and, as it seemed to me, a little startled at my remark.
- " 'Photography is one of my hobbies,' said he. 'I have made my dark room up there. But, dear me! what an observant young lady we have come upon. Who would have believed it? Who would have ever believed it?' He spoke in a jesting tone, but there was no jest in his eyes as he looked at me. I read suspicion there and annoyance, but no jest.
- "Well, Mr. Holmes, from the moment that I understood that there was something about that suite of rooms which I was not to know, I was all on fire to go over them. It was not mere curiosity, though I have my share of that. It was more a feeling of duty--a feeling that some good might come from my penetrating to this place. They talk of woman's instinct; perhaps it was woman's instinct which gave me that feeling. At any rate, it was there, and I was keenly on the lookout for any chance to pass the forbidden door.
- "It was only yesterday that the chance came. I may tell you that, besides Mr. Rucastle, both Toller and his wife find something to do in these deserted rooms, and I once saw him carrying a large black linen bag with him through the door. Recently he has been drinking hard, and yesterday evening he was very drunk; and when I came upstairs there was the key in the door. I have no doubt at all that he had left it there. Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle were both downstairs, and the child was with them, so that I had an admirable opportunity. I turned the key gently in the lock, opened the door, and slipped through.
- "There was a little passage in front of me, unpapered and uncarpeted, which turned at a right angle at the farther end. Round this corner were three doors in a line, the first and third of which were open. They each led into an empty room, dusty and cheerless, with two windows in the one and one in the other, so thick with dirt that the evening light glimmered dimly through them. The centre door was closed, and across the outside of it had been fastened one of the broad bars of an iron bed, padlocked at one end to a ring in the wall, and fastened at the other with stout cord. The door itself was locked as well, and the key was not there. This barricaded door corresponded clearly with the shuttered window outside, and yet I could see by the glimmer from beneath it that the room was not in darkness. Evidently there was a skylight which let in light from above. As I stood in the passage gazing at the sinister door and wondering what secret it might veil, I suddenly heard the sound of steps within the room and saw a shadow pass backward and forward against the little slit of dim light which shone out from under the door. A mad, unreasoning terror rose up in me at the sight, Mr. Holmes. My overstrung nerves failed me suddenly, and I turned and ran--ran as though some dreadful hand were behind me clutching at the skirt of my dress. I rushed down the passage, through the door, and straight into the arms of Mr. Rucastle, who was waiting outside.
- " 'So,' said he, smiling, 'it was you, then. I thought that it must be when I saw the door open.'
- " 'Oh, I am so frightened!' I panted.
- " 'My dear young lady! my dear young lady!'--you cannot think how caressing and soothing his manner was--'and what has frightened you, my dear young lady?'
- "But his voice was just a little too coaxing. He overdid it. I was keenly on my guard against him.
- " 'I was foolish enough to go into the empty wing,' I answered. 'But it is so lonely and eerie in this dim light that I was frightened and ran out again. Oh, it is so dreadfully still in there!'
- " 'Only that?' said he, looking at me keenly.
- " 'Why, what did you think?' I asked.
- " 'Why do you think that I lock this door?'
- " 'I am sure that I do not know.'
- " 'It is to keep people out who have no business there. Do you see?' He was still smiling in the most amiable manner.
- " 'I am sure if I had known--'
- " 'Well, then, you know now. And if you ever put your foot over that threshold again'--here in an instant the smile hardened into a grin of rage, and he glared down at me with the face of a demon--'I'll throw you to the mastiff.'
- "I was so terrified that I do not know what I did. I suppose that I must have rushed past him into my room. I remember nothing until I found myself lying on my bed trembling all over. Then I thought of you, Mr. Holmes. I could not live there longer without some advice. I was frightened of the house, of the man, of the woman, of the servants, even of the child. They were all horrible to me. If I could only bring you down all would be well. Of course I might have fled from the house, but my curiosity was almost as strong as my fears. My mind was soon made up. I would send you a wire. I put on my hat and cloak, went down to the office, which is about half a mile from the house, and then returned, feeling very much easier. A horrible doubt came into my mind as I approached the door lest the dog might be loose, but I remembered that Toller had drunk himself into a state of insensibility that evening, and I knew that he was the only one in the household who had any influence with the savage creature, or who would venture to set him free. I slipped in in safety and lay awake half the night in my joy at the thought of seeing you. I had no difficulty in getting leave to come into Winchester this morning, but I must be back before three o'clock, for Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle are going on a visit, and will be away all the evening, so that I must look after the child. Now I have told you all my adventures, Mr. Holmes, and I should be very glad if you could tell me what it all means, and, above all, what I should do."
- Holmes and I had listened spellbound to this extraordinary story. My friend rose now and paced up and down the room, his hands in his pockets, and an expression of the most profound gravity upon his face.
- "Is Toller still drunk?" he asked.
- "Yes. I heard his wife tell Mrs. Rucastle that she could do nothing with him."
- "That is well. And the Rucastles go out to-night?"
- "Yes."
- "Is there a cellar with a good strong lock?"
- "Yes, the wine-cellar."
- "You seem to me to have acted all through this matter like a very brave and sensible girl, Miss Hunter. Do you think that you could perform one more feat? I should not ask it of you if I did not think you a quite exceptional woman."
- "I will try. What is it?"
- "We shall be at the Copper Beeches by seven o'clock, my friend and I. The Rucastles will be gone by that time, and Toller will, we hope, be incapable. There only remains Mrs. Toller, who might give the alarm. If you could send her into the cellar on some errand, and then turn the key upon her, you would facilitate matters immensely."
- "I will do it."
- "Excellent! We shall then look thoroughly into the affair. Of course there is only one feasible explanation. You have been brought there to personate someone, and the real person is imprisoned in this chamber. That is obvious. As to who this prisoner is, I have no doubt that it is the daughter, Miss Alice Rucastle, if I remember right, who was said to have gone to America. You were chosen, doubtless, as resembling her in height, figure, and the colour of your hair. Hers had been cut off, very possibly in some illness through which she has passed, and so, of course, yours had to be sacrificed also. By a curious chance you came upon her tresses. The man in the road was undoubtedly some friend of hers--possibly her fiance--and no doubt, as you wore the girl's dress and were so like her, he was convinced from your laughter, whenever he saw you, and afterwards from your gesture, that Miss Rucastle was perfectly happy, and that she no longer desired his attentions. The dog is let loose at night to prevent him from endeavouring to communicate with her. So much is fairly clear. The most serious point in the case is the disposition of the child."
- "What on earth has that to do with it?" I ejaculated.
- "My dear Watson, you as a medical man are continually gaining light as to the tendencies of a child by the study of the parents. Don't you see that the converse is equally valid. I have frequently gained my first real insight into the character of parents by studying their children. This child's disposition is abnormally cruel, merely for cruelty's sake, and whether he derives this from his smiling father, as I should suspect, or from his mother, it bodes evil for the poor girl who is in their power."
- "I am sure that you are right, Mr. Holmes," cried our client. "A thousand things come back to me which make me certain that you have hit it. Oh, let us lose not an instant in bringing help to this poor creature."
- "We must be circumspect, for we are dealing with a very cunning man. We can do nothing until seven o'clock. At that hour we shall be with you, and it will not be long before we solve the mystery."
- We were as good as our word, for it was just seven when we reached the Copper Beeches, having put up our trap at a wayside public-house. The group of trees, with their dark leaves shining like burnished metal in the light of the setting sun, were sufficient to mark the house even had Miss Hunter not been standing smiling on the door-step.
- "Have you managed it?" asked Holmes.
- A loud thudding noise came from somewhere downstairs. "That is Mrs. Toller in the cellar," said she. "Her husband lies snoring on the kitchen rug. Here are his keys, which are the duplicates of Mr. Rucastle's."
- "You have done well indeed!" cried Holmes with enthusiasm. "Now lead the way, and we shall soon see the end of this black business."
- We passed up the stair, unlocked the door, followed on down a passage, and found ourselves in front of the barricade which Miss Hunter had described. Holmes cut the cord and removed the transverse bar. Then he tried the various keys in the lock, but without success. No sound came from within, and at the silence Holmes' face clouded over.
- "I trust that we are not too late," said he. "I think, Miss Hunter, that we had better go in without you. Now, Watson, put your shoulder to it, and we shall see whether we cannot make our way in."
- It was an old rickety door and gave at once before our united strength. Together we rushed into the room. It was empty. There was no furniture save a little pallet bed, a small table, and a basketful of linen. The skylight above was open, and the prisoner gone.
- "There has been some villainy here," said Holmes; "this beauty has guessed Miss Hunter's intentions and has carried his victim off."
- "But how?"
- "Through the skylight. We shall soon see how he managed it." He swung himself up onto the roof. "Ah, yes," he cried, "here's the end of a long light ladder against the eaves. That is how he did it."
- "But it is impossible," said Miss Hunter; "the ladder was not there when the Rucastles went away."
- "He has come back and done it. I tell you that he is a clever and dangerous man. I should not be very much surprised if this were he whose step I hear now upon the stair. I think, Watson, that it would be as well for you to have your pistol ready."
- The words were hardly out of his mouth before a man appeared at the door of the room, a very fat and burly man, with a heavy stick in his hand. Miss Hunter screamed and shrunk against the wall at the sight of him, but Sherlock Holmes sprang forward and confronted him.
- "You villain!" said he, "where's your daughter?"
- The fat man cast his eyes round, and then up at the open skylight.
- "It is for me to ask you that," he shrieked, "you thieves! Spies and thieves! I have caught you, have I? You are in my power. I'll serve you!" He turned and clattered down the stairs as hard as he could go.
- "He's gone for the dog!" cried Miss Hunter.
- "I have my revolver," said I.
- "Better close the front door," cried Holmes, and we all rushed down the stairs together. We had hardly reached the hall when we heard the baying of a hound, and then a scream of agony, with a horrible worrying sound which it was dreadful to listen to. An elderly man with a red face and shaking limbs came staggering out at a side door.
- "My God!" he cried. "Someone has loosed the dog. It's not been fed for two days. Quick, quick, or it'll be too late!"
- Holmes and I rushed out and round the angle of the house, with Toller hurrying behind us. There was the huge famished brute, its black muzzle buried in Rucastle's throat, while he writhed and screamed upon the ground. Running up, I blew its brains out, and it fell over with its keen white teeth still meeting in the great creases of his neck. With much labour we separated them and carried him, living but horribly mangled, into the house. We laid him upon the drawing-room sofa, and having dispatched the sobered Toller to bear the news to his wife, I did what I could to relieve his pain. We were all assembled round him when the door opened, and a tall, gaunt woman entered the room.
- "Mrs. Toller!" cried Miss Hunter.
- "Yes, miss. Mr. Rucastle let me out when he came back before he went up to you. Ah, miss, it is a pity you didn't let me know what you were planning, for I would have told you that your pains were wasted."
- "Ha!" said Holmes, looking keenly at her. "It is clear that Mrs. Toller knows more about this matter than anyone else."
- "Yes, sir, I do, and I am ready enough to tell what I know."
- "Then, pray, sit down, and let us hear it for there are several points on which I must confess that I am still in the dark."
- "I will soon make it clear to you," said she; "and I'd have done so before now if I could ha' got out from the cellar. If there's police-court business over this, you'll remember that I was the one that stood your friend, and that I was Miss Alice's friend too.
- "She was never happy at home, Miss Alice wasn't, from the time that her father married again. She was slighted like and had no say in anything, but it never really became bad for her until after she met Mr. Fowler at a friend's house. As well as I could learn, Miss Alice had rights of her own by will, but she was so quiet and patient, she was, that she never said a word about them but just left everything in Mr. Rucastle's hands. He knew he was safe with her; but when there was a chance of a husband coming forward, who would ask for all that the law would give him, then her father thought it time to put a stop on it. He wanted her to sign a paper, so that whether she married or not, he could use her money. When she wouldn't do it, he kept on worrying her until she got brain-fever, and for six weeks was at death's door. Then she got better at last, all worn to a shadow, and with her beautiful hair cut off; but that didn't make no change in her young man, and he stuck to her as true as man could be."
- "Ah," said Holmes, "I think that what you have been good enough to tell us makes the matter fairly clear, and that I can deduce all that remains. Mr. Rucastle then, I presume, took to this system of imprisonment?"
- "Yes, sir."
- "And brought Miss Hunter down from London in order to get rid of the disagreeable persistence of Mr. Fowler."
- "That was it, sir."
- "But Mr. Fowler being a persevering man, as a good seaman should be, blockaded the house, and having met you succeeded by certain arguments, metallic or otherwise, in convincing you that your interests were the same as his."
- "Mr. Fowler was a very kind-spoken, free-handed gentleman," said Mrs. Toller serenely.
- "And in this way he managed that your good man should have no want of drink, and that a ladder should be ready at the moment when your master had gone out."
- "You have it, sir, just as it happened."
- "I am sure we owe you an apology, Mrs. Toller," said Holmes, "for you have certainly cleared up everything which puzzled us. And here comes the country surgeon and Mrs. Rucastle, so I think, Watson, that we had best escort Miss Hunter back to Winchester, as it seems to me that our locus standi now is rather a questionable one."
- And thus was solved the mystery of the sinister house with the copper beeches in front of the door. Mr. Rucastle survived, but was always a broken man, kept alive solely through the care of his devoted wife. They still live with their old servants, who probably know so much of Rucastle's past life that he finds it difficult to part from them. Mr. Fowler and Miss Rucastle were married, by special license, in Southampton the day after their flight, and he is now the holder of a government appointment in the island of Mauritius. As to Miss Violet Hunter, my friend Holmes, rather to my disappointment, manifested no further interest in her when once she had ceased to be the centre of one of his problems, and she is now the head of a private school at Walsall, where I believe that she has met with considerable success.
- *** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ADVENTURES OF SHERLOCK HOLMES ***
- This file should be named advsh12h.htm or advsh12h.zip
- Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, advsh13h.txt
- VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, advsh12ah.txt
- Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
- editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
- unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
- keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
- We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
- of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
- Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
- even years after the official publication date.
- Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
- midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
- The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
- Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
- preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
- and editing by those who wish to do so.
- Most people start at our Web sites at:
- http://gutenberg.net or
- http://promo.net/pg
- These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
- Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
- eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
- Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
- can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
- also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
- indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
- announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
- http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or
- ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
- Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
- Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
- as it appears in our Newsletters.
- Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
- We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
- time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
- to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
- searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
- projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
- per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
- million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
- files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
- We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
- If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
- will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
- The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
- This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
- which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
- Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
- eBooks Year Month
- 1 1971 July
- 10 1991 January
- 100 1994 January
- 1000 1997 August
- 1500 1998 October
- 2000 1999 December
- 2500 2000 December
- 3000 2001 November
- 4000 2001 October/November
- 6000 2002 December*
- 9000 2003 November*
- 10000 2004 January*
- The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
- to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
- We need your donations more than ever!
- As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
- and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
- Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
- Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
- Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
- Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
- Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
- Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
- Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
- We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
- that have responded.
- As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
- will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
- Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
- In answer to various questions we have received on this:
- We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
- request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
- you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
- just ask.
- While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
- not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
- donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
- donate.
- International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
- how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
- deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
- ways.
- Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
- PMB 113
- 1739 University Ave.
- Oxford, MS 38655-4109
- Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
- method other than by check or money order.
- The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
- the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
- [Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
- tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
- requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
- made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
- We need your donations more than ever!
- You can get up to date donation information online at:
- http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
- ***
- If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
- you can always email directly to:
- Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
- Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
- We would prefer to send you information by email.
- **The Legal Small Print**
- (Three Pages)
- ***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
- Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
- They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
- your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
- someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
- fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
- disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
- you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
- *BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
- By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
- eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
- this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
- a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
- sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
- you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
- medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
- ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
- This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
- is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
- through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
- Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
- on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
- distribute it in the United States without permission and
- without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
- below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
- under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
- Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
- any commercial products without permission.
- To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
- efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
- works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
- medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
- things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
- corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
- intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
- disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
- codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
- LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
- But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
- [1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
- receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
- all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
- legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
- UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
- INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
- OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
- POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
- If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
- receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
- you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
- time to the person you received it from. If you received it
- on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
- such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
- copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
- choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
- receive it electronically.
- THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
- WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
- TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
- LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
- PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
- the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
- above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
- may have other legal rights.
- INDEMNITY
- You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
- and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
- with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
- texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
- legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
- following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
- [2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
- or [3] any Defect.
- DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
- You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
- disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
- "Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
- or:
- [1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
- requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
- eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
- if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
- binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
- including any form resulting from conversion by word
- processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
- *EITHER*:
- [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
- does *not* contain characters other than those
- intended by the author of the work, although tilde
- (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
- be used to convey punctuation intended by the
- author, and additional characters may be used to
- indicate hypertext links; OR
- [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
- no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
- form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
- the case, for instance, with most word processors);
- OR
- [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
- no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
- eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
- or other equivalent proprietary form).
- [2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
- "Small Print!" statement.
- [3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
- gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
- already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
- don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
- payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
- the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
- legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
- periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
- let us know your plans and to work out the details.
- WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
- Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
- public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
- in machine readable form.
- The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
- public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
- Money should be paid to the:
- "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
- If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
- software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
- hart@pobox.com
- [Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
- when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
- Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
- used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
- they hardware or software or any other related product without
- express permission.]
- *END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
- The Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States
- by Charles A. Beard and Mary R. Beard
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
- almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
- re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
- with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
- Title: History of the United States
- Author: Charles A. Beard and Mary R. Beard
- Release Date: October 28, 2005 [EBook #16960]
- Language: English
- Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
- *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
- Produced by Curtis Weyant, M and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
- HISTORY
- OF THE
- UNITED STATES
- BY
- CHARLES A. BEARD
- AND
- MARY R. BEARD
- New York
- THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
- 1921
- _All rights reserved_
- COPYRIGHT, 1921,
- BY THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.
- Set up and electrotyped. Published March, 1921.
- Norwood Press
- J.S. Cushing Co.--Berwick & Smith Co.
- NORWOOD, MASS., U.S.A.
- PREFACE
- As things now stand, the course of instruction in American history in
- our public schools embraces three distinct treatments of the subject.
- Three separate books are used. First, there is the primary book, which
- is usually a very condensed narrative with emphasis on biographies and
- anecdotes. Second, there is the advanced text for the seventh or eighth
- grade, generally speaking, an expansion of the elementary book by the
- addition of forty or fifty thousand words. Finally, there is the high
- school manual. This, too, ordinarily follows the beaten path, giving
- fuller accounts of the same events and characters. To put it bluntly, we
- do not assume that our children obtain permanent possessions from their
- study of history in the lower grades. If mathematicians followed the
- same method, high school texts on algebra and geometry would include the
- multiplication table and fractions.
- There is, of course, a ready answer to the criticism advanced above. It
- is that teachers have learned from bitter experience how little history
- their pupils retain as they pass along the regular route. No teacher of
- history will deny this. Still it is a standing challenge to existing
- methods of historical instruction. If the study of history cannot be
- made truly progressive like the study of mathematics, science, and
- languages, then the historians assume a grave responsibility in adding
- their subject to the already overloaded curriculum. If the successive
- historical texts are only enlarged editions of the first text--more
- facts, more dates, more words--then history deserves most of the sharp
- criticism which it is receiving from teachers of science, civics, and
- economics.
- In this condition of affairs we find our justification for offering a
- new high school text in American history. Our first contribution is one
- of omission. The time-honored stories of exploration and the
- biographies of heroes are left out. We frankly hold that, if pupils know
- little or nothing about Columbus, Cortes, Magellan, or Captain John
- Smith by the time they reach the high school, it is useless to tell the
- same stories for perhaps the fourth time. It is worse than useless. It
- is an offense against the teachers of those subjects that are
- demonstrated to be progressive in character.
- In the next place we have omitted all descriptions of battles. Our
- reasons for this are simple. The strategy of a campaign or of a single
- battle is a highly technical, and usually a highly controversial, matter
- about which experts differ widely. In the field of military and naval
- operations most writers and teachers of history are mere novices. To
- dispose of Gettysburg or the Wilderness in ten lines or ten pages is
- equally absurd to the serious student of military affairs. Any one who
- compares the ordinary textbook account of a single Civil War campaign
- with the account given by Ropes, for instance, will ask for no further
- comment. No youth called upon to serve our country in arms would think
- of turning to a high school manual for information about the art of
- warfare. The dramatic scene or episode, so useful in arousing the
- interest of the immature pupil, seems out of place in a book that
- deliberately appeals to boys and girls on the very threshold of life's
- serious responsibilities.
- It is not upon negative features, however, that we rest our case. It is
- rather upon constructive features.
- _First._ We have written a topical, not a narrative, history. We have
- tried to set forth the important aspects, problems, and movements of
- each period, bringing in the narrative rather by way of illustration.
- _Second._ We have emphasized those historical topics which help to
- explain how our nation has come to be what it is to-day.
- _Third._ We have dwelt fully upon the social and economic aspects of our
- history, especially in relation to the politics of each period.
- _Fourth._ We have treated the causes and results of wars, the problems
- of financing and sustaining armed forces, rather than military strategy.
- These are the subjects which belong to a history for civilians. These
- are matters which civilians can understand--matters which they must
- understand, if they are to play well their part in war and peace.
- _Fifth._ By omitting the period of exploration, we have been able to
- enlarge the treatment of our own time. We have given special attention
- to the history of those current questions which must form the subject
- matter of sound instruction in citizenship.
- _Sixth._ We have borne in mind that America, with all her unique
- characteristics, is a part of a general civilization. Accordingly we
- have given diplomacy, foreign affairs, world relations, and the
- reciprocal influences of nations their appropriate place.
- _Seventh._ We have deliberately aimed at standards of maturity. The
- study of a mere narrative calls mainly for the use of the memory. We
- have aimed to stimulate habits of analysis, comparison, association,
- reflection, and generalization--habits calculated to enlarge as well as
- inform the mind. We have been at great pains to make our text clear,
- simple, and direct; but we have earnestly sought to stretch the
- intellects of our readers--to put them upon their mettle. Most of them
- will receive the last of their formal instruction in the high school.
- The world will soon expect maturity from them. Their achievements will
- depend upon the possession of other powers than memory alone. The
- effectiveness of their citizenship in our republic will be measured by
- the excellence of their judgment as well as the fullness of their
- information.
- C.A.B.
- M.R.B.
- NEW YORK CITY,
- February 8, 1921.
- =A SMALL LIBRARY IN AMERICAN HISTORY=
- _=SINGLE VOLUMES:=_
- BASSETT, J.S. _A Short History of the United States_
- ELSON, H.W. _History of the United States of America_
- _=SERIES:=_
- "EPOCHS OF AMERICAN HISTORY," EDITED BY A.B. HART
- HART, A.B. _Formation of the Union_
- THWAITES, R.G. _The Colonies_
- WILSON, WOODROW. _Division and Reunion_
- "RIVERSIDE SERIES," EDITED BY W.E. DODD
- BECKER, C.L. _Beginnings of the American People_
- DODD, W.E. _Expansion and Conflict_
- JOHNSON, A. _Union and Democracy_
- PAXSON, F.L. _The New Nation_
- CONTENTS
- PART I. THE COLONIAL PERIOD
- CHAPTER PAGE
- I. THE GREAT MIGRATION TO AMERICA 1
- The Agencies of American Colonization 2
- The Colonial Peoples 6
- The Process of Colonization 12
- II. COLONIAL AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 20
- The Land and the Westward Movement 20
- Industrial and Commercial Development 28
- III. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PROGRESS 38
- The Leadership of the Churches 39
- Schools and Colleges 43
- The Colonial Press 46
- The Evolution in Political Institutions 48
- IV. THE DEVELOPMENT OF COLONIAL NATIONALISM 56
- Relations with the Indians and the French 57
- The Effects of Warfare on the Colonies 61
- Colonial Relations with the British Government 64
- Summary of Colonial Period 73
- PART II. CONFLICT AND INDEPENDENCE
- V. THE NEW COURSE IN BRITISH IMPERIAL POLICY 77
- George III and His System 77
- George III's Ministers and Their Colonial Policies 79
- Colonial Resistance Forces Repeal 83
- Resumption of British Revenue and Commercial Policies 87
- Renewed Resistance in America 90
- Retaliation by the British Government 93
- From Reform to Revolution in America 95
- VI. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION 99
- Resistance and Retaliation 99
- American Independence 101
- The Establishment of Government and the New Allegiance 108
- Military Affairs 116
- The Finances of the Revolution 125
- The Diplomacy of the Revolution 127
- Peace at Last 132
- Summary of the Revolutionary Period 135
- PART III. FOUNDATIONS OF THE UNION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
- VII. THE FORMATION OF THE CONSTITUTION 139
- The Promise and the Difficulties of America 139
- The Calling of a Constitutional Convention 143
- The Framing of the Constitution 146
- The Struggle over Ratification 157
- VIII. THE CLASH OF POLITICAL PARTIES 162
- The Men and Measures of the New Government 162
- The Rise of Political Parties 168
- Foreign Influences and Domestic Politics 171
- IX. THE JEFFERSONIAN REPUBLICANS IN POWER 186
- Republican Principles and Policies 186
- The Republicans and the Great West 188
- The Republican War for Commercial Independence 193
- The Republicans Nationalized 201
- The National Decisions of Chief Justice Marshall 208
- Summary of Union and National Politics 212
- PART IV. THE WEST AND JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY
- X. THE FARMERS BEYOND THE APPALACHIANS 217
- Preparation for Western Settlement 217
- The Western Migration and New States 221
- The Spirit of the Frontier 228
- The West and the East Meet 230
- XI. JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY 238
- The Democratic Movement in the East 238
- The New Democracy Enters the Arena 244
- The New Democracy at Washington 250
- The Rise of the Whigs 260
- The Interaction of American and European Opinion 265
- XII. THE MIDDLE BORDER AND THE GREAT WEST 271
- The Advance of the Middle Border 271
- On to the Pacific--Texas and the Mexican War 276
- The Pacific Coast and Utah 284
- Summary of Western Development and National Politics 292
- PART V. SECTIONAL CONFLICT AND RECONSTRUCTION
- XIII. THE RISE OF THE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM 295
- The Industrial Revolution 296
- The Industrial Revolution and National Politics 307
- XIV. THE PLANTING SYSTEM AND NATIONAL POLITICS 316
- Slavery--North and South 316
- Slavery in National Politics 324
- The Drift of Events toward the Irrepressible Conflict 332
- XV. THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 344
- The Southern Confederacy 344
- The War Measures of the Federal Government 350
- The Results of the Civil War 365
- Reconstruction in the South 370
- Summary of the Sectional Conflict 375
- PART VI. NATIONAL GROWTH AND WORLD POLITICS
- XVI. THE POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC EVOLUTION OF THE SOUTH 379
- The South at the Close of the War 379
- The Restoration of White Supremacy 382
- The Economic Advance of the South 389
- XVII. BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND THE REPUBLICAN PARTY 401
- Railways and Industry 401
- The Supremacy of the Republican Party (1861-1885) 412
- The Growth of Opposition to Republican Rule 417
- XVIII. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE GREAT WEST 425
- The Railways as Trail Blazers 425
- The Evolution of Grazing and Agriculture 431
- Mining and Manufacturing in the West 436
- The Admission of New States 440
- The Influence of the Far West on National Life 443
- XIX. DOMESTIC ISSUES BEFORE THE COUNTRY (1865-1897) 451
- The Currency Question 452
- The Protective Tariff and Taxation 459
- The Railways and Trusts 460
- The Minor Parties and Unrest 462
- The Sound Money Battle of 1896 466
- Republican Measures and Results 472
- XX. AMERICA A WORLD POWER (1865-1900) 477
- American Foreign Relations (1865-1898) 478
- Cuba and the Spanish War 485
- American Policies in the Philippines and the Orient 497
- Summary of National Growth and World Politics 504
- PART VII. PROGRESSIVE DEMOCRACY AND THE WORLD WAR
- XXI. THE EVOLUTION OF REPUBLICAN POLICIES (1901-1913) 507
- Foreign Affairs 508
- Colonial Administration 515
- The Roosevelt Domestic Policies 519
- Legislative and Executive Activities 523
- The Administration of President Taft 527
- Progressive Insurgency and the Election of 1912 530
- XXII. THE SPIRIT OF REFORM IN AMERICA 536
- An Age of Criticism 536
- Political Reforms 538
- Measures of Economic Reform 546
- XXIII. THE NEW POLITICAL DEMOCRACY 554
- The Rise of the Woman Movement 555
- The National Struggle for Woman Suffrage 562
- XXIV. INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY 570
- Cooperation between Employers and Employees 571
- The Rise and Growth of Organized Labor 575
- The Wider Relations of Organized Labor 577
- Immigration and Americanization 582
- XXV. PRESIDENT WILSON AND THE WORLD WAR 588
- Domestic Legislation 588
- Colonial and Foreign Policies 592
- The United States and the European War 596
- The United States at War 604
- The Settlement at Paris 612
- Summary of Democracy and the World War 620
- APPENDIX 627
- A TOPICAL SYLLABUS 645
- INDEX 655
- MAPS
- PAGE
- The Original Grants (color map) _Facing_ 4
- German and Scotch-Irish Settlements 8
- Distribution of Population in 1790 27
- English, French, and Spanish Possessions in America, 1750
- (color map) _Facing_ 59
- The Colonies at the Time of the Declaration of Independence
- (color map) _Facing_ 108
- North America according to the Treaty of 1783
- (color map) _Facing_ 134
- The United States in 1805 (color map) _Facing_ 193
- Roads and Trails into Western Territory (color map) _Facing_ 224
- The Cumberland Road 233
- Distribution of Population in 1830 235
- Texas and the Territory in Dispute 282
- The Oregon Country and the Disputed Boundary 285
- The Overland Trails 287
- Distribution of Slaves in Southern States 323
- The Missouri Compromise 326
- Slave and Free Soil on the Eve of the Civil War 335
- The United States in 1861 (color map) _Facing_ 345
- Railroads of the United States in 1918 405
- The United States in 1870 (color map) _Facing_ 427
- The United States in 1912 (color map) _Facing_ 443
- American Dominions in the Pacific (color map) _Facing_ 500
- The Caribbean Region (color map) _Facing_ 592
- Battle Lines of the Various Years of the World War 613
- Europe in 1919 (color map) _Between_ 618-619
- "THE NATIONS OF THE WEST" (popularly called "The
- Pioneers"), designed by A. Stirling Calder and modeled by
- Mr. Calder, F.G.R. Roth, and Leo Lentelli, topped the Arch
- of the Setting Sun at the Panama-Pacific Exposition held at
- San Francisco in 1915. Facing the Court of the Universe
- moves a group of men and women typical of those who have
- made our civilization. From left to right appear the
- French-Canadian, the Alaskan, the Latin-American, the
- German, the Italian, the Anglo-American, and the American
- Indian, squaw and warrior. In the place of honor in the
- center of the group, standing between the oxen on the tongue
- of the prairie schooner, is a figure, beautiful and almost
- girlish, but strong, dignified, and womanly, the Mother of
- To-morrow. Above the group rides the Spirit of Enterprise,
- flanked right and left by the Hopes of the Future in the
- person of two boys. The group as a whole is beautifully
- symbolic of the westward march of American civilization.
- [Illustration: _Photograph by Cardinell-Vincent Co., San Francisco_
- "THE NATIONS OF THE WEST"]
- HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES
- PART I. THE COLONIAL PERIOD
- CHAPTER I
- THE GREAT MIGRATION TO AMERICA
- The tide of migration that set in toward the shores of North America
- during the early years of the seventeenth century was but one phase in
- the restless and eternal movement of mankind upon the surface of the
- earth. The ancient Greeks flung out their colonies in every direction,
- westward as far as Gaul, across the Mediterranean, and eastward into
- Asia Minor, perhaps to the very confines of India. The Romans, supported
- by their armies and their government, spread their dominion beyond the
- narrow lands of Italy until it stretched from the heather of Scotland to
- the sands of Arabia. The Teutonic tribes, from their home beyond the
- Danube and the Rhine, poured into the empire of the Caesars and made the
- beginnings of modern Europe. Of this great sweep of races and empires
- the settlement of America was merely a part. And it was, moreover, only
- one aspect of the expansion which finally carried the peoples, the
- institutions, and the trade of Europe to the very ends of the earth.
- In one vital point, it must be noted, American colonization differed
- from that of the ancients. The Greeks usually carried with them
- affection for the government they left behind and sacred fire from the
- altar of the parent city; but thousands of the immigrants who came to
- America disliked the state and disowned the church of the mother
- country. They established compacts of government for themselves and set
- up altars of their own. They sought not only new soil to till but also
- political and religious liberty for themselves and their children.
- THE AGENCIES OF AMERICAN COLONIZATION
- It was no light matter for the English to cross three thousand miles of
- water and found homes in the American wilderness at the opening of the
- seventeenth century. Ships, tools, and supplies called for huge outlays
- of money. Stores had to be furnished in quantities sufficient to sustain
- the life of the settlers until they could gather harvests of their own.
- Artisans and laborers of skill and industry had to be induced to risk
- the hazards of the new world. Soldiers were required for defense and
- mariners for the exploration of inland waters. Leaders of good judgment,
- adept in managing men, had to be discovered. Altogether such an
- enterprise demanded capital larger than the ordinary merchant or
- gentleman could amass and involved risks more imminent than he dared to
- assume. Though in later days, after initial tests had been made, wealthy
- proprietors were able to establish colonies on their own account, it was
- the corporation that furnished the capital and leadership in the
- beginning.
- =The Trading Company.=--English pioneers in exploration found an
- instrument for colonization in companies of merchant adventurers, which
- had long been employed in carrying on commerce with foreign countries.
- Such a corporation was composed of many persons of different ranks of
- society--noblemen, merchants, and gentlemen--who banded together for a
- particular undertaking, each contributing a sum of money and sharing in
- the profits of the venture. It was organized under royal authority; it
- received its charter, its grant of land, and its trading privileges from
- the king and carried on its operations under his supervision and
- control. The charter named all the persons originally included in the
- corporation and gave them certain powers in the management of its
- affairs, including the right to admit new members. The company was in
- fact a little government set up by the king. When the members of the
- corporation remained in England, as in the case of the Virginia Company,
- they operated through agents sent to the colony. When they came over the
- seas themselves and settled in America, as in the case of Massachusetts,
- they became the direct government of the country they possessed. The
- stockholders in that instance became the voters and the governor, the
- chief magistrate.
- [Illustration: JOHN WINTHROP, GOVERNOR OF THE MASSACHUSETTS BAY
- COMPANY]
- Four of the thirteen colonies in America owed their origins to the
- trading corporation. It was the London Company, created by King James I,
- in 1606, that laid during the following year the foundations of Virginia
- at Jamestown. It was under the auspices of their West India Company,
- chartered in 1621, that the Dutch planted the settlements of the New
- Netherland in the valley of the Hudson. The founders of Massachusetts
- were Puritan leaders and men of affairs whom King Charles I incorporated
- in 1629 under the title: "The governor and company of the Massachusetts
- Bay in New England." In this case the law did but incorporate a group
- drawn together by religious ties. "We must be knit together as one man,"
- wrote John Winthrop, the first Puritan governor in America. Far to the
- south, on the banks of the Delaware River, a Swedish commercial company
- in 1638 made the beginnings of a settlement, christened New Sweden; it
- was destined to pass under the rule of the Dutch, and finally under the
- rule of William Penn as the proprietary colony of Delaware.
- In a certain sense, Georgia may be included among the "company
- colonies." It was, however, originally conceived by the moving spirit,
- James Oglethorpe, as an asylum for poor men, especially those imprisoned
- for debt. To realize this humane purpose, he secured from King George
- II, in 1732, a royal charter uniting several gentlemen, including
- himself, into "one body politic and corporate," known as the "Trustees
- for establishing the colony of Georgia in America." In the structure of
- their organization and their methods of government, the trustees did not
- differ materially from the regular companies created for trade and
- colonization. Though their purposes were benevolent, their transactions
- had to be under the forms of law and according to the rules of business.
- =The Religious Congregation.=--A second agency which figured largely in
- the settlement of America was the religious brotherhood, or
- congregation, of men and women brought together in the bonds of a common
- religious faith. By one of the strange fortunes of history, this
- institution, founded in the early days of Christianity, proved to be a
- potent force in the origin and growth of self-government in a land far
- away from Galilee. "And the multitude of them that believed were of one
- heart and of one soul," we are told in the Acts describing the Church at
- Jerusalem. "We are knit together as a body in a most sacred covenant of
- the Lord ... by virtue of which we hold ourselves strictly tied to all
- care of each other's good and of the whole," wrote John Robinson, a
- leader among the Pilgrims who founded their tiny colony of Plymouth in
- 1620. The Mayflower Compact, so famous in American history, was but a
- written and signed agreement, incorporating the spirit of obedience to
- the common good, which served as a guide to self-government until
- Plymouth was annexed to Massachusetts in 1691.
- [Illustration: THE ORIGINAL GRANTS]
- Three other colonies, all of which retained their identity until the eve
- of the American Revolution, likewise sprang directly from the
- congregations of the faithful: Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New
- Hampshire, mainly offshoots from Massachusetts. They were founded by
- small bodies of men and women, "united in solemn covenants with the
- Lord," who planted their settlements in the wilderness. Not until many a
- year after Roger Williams and Anne Hutchinson conducted their followers
- to the Narragansett country was Rhode Island granted a charter of
- incorporation (1663) by the crown. Not until long after the congregation
- of Thomas Hooker from Newtown blazed the way into the Connecticut River
- Valley did the king of England give Connecticut a charter of its own
- (1662) and a place among the colonies. Half a century elapsed before the
- towns laid out beyond the Merrimac River by emigrants from Massachusetts
- were formed into the royal province of New Hampshire in 1679.
- Even when Connecticut was chartered, the parchment and sealing wax of
- the royal lawyers did but confirm rights and habits of self-government
- and obedience to law previously established by the congregations. The
- towns of Hartford, Windsor, and Wethersfield had long lived happily
- under their "Fundamental Orders" drawn up by themselves in 1639; so had
- the settlers dwelt peacefully at New Haven under their "Fundamental
- Articles" drafted in the same year. The pioneers on the Connecticut
- shore had no difficulty in agreeing that "the Scriptures do hold forth a
- perfect rule for the direction and government of all men."
- =The Proprietor.=--A third and very important colonial agency was the
- proprietor, or proprietary. As the name, associated with the word
- "property," implies, the proprietor was a person to whom the king
- granted property in lands in North America to have, hold, use, and enjoy
- for his own benefit and profit, with the right to hand the estate down
- to his heirs in perpetual succession. The proprietor was a rich and
- powerful person, prepared to furnish or secure the capital, collect the
- ships, supply the stores, and assemble the settlers necessary to found
- and sustain a plantation beyond the seas. Sometimes the proprietor
- worked alone. Sometimes two or more were associated like partners in the
- common undertaking.
- Five colonies, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and the Carolinas,
- owe their formal origins, though not always their first settlements, nor
- in most cases their prosperity, to the proprietary system. Maryland,
- established in 1634 under a Catholic nobleman, Lord Baltimore, and
- blessed with religious toleration by the act of 1649, flourished under
- the mild rule of proprietors until it became a state in the American
- union. New Jersey, beginning its career under two proprietors, Berkeley
- and Carteret, in 1664, passed under the direct government of the crown
- in 1702. Pennsylvania was, in a very large measure, the product of the
- generous spirit and tireless labors of its first proprietor, the leader
- of the Friends, William Penn, to whom it was granted in 1681 and in
- whose family it remained until 1776. The two Carolinas were first
- organized as one colony in 1663 under the government and patronage of
- eight proprietors, including Lord Clarendon; but after more than half a
- century both became royal provinces governed by the king.
- [Illustration: WILLIAM PENN, PROPRIETOR OF PENNSYLVANIA]
- THE COLONIAL PEOPLES
- =The English.=--In leadership and origin the thirteen colonies, except
- New York and Delaware, were English. During the early days of all, save
- these two, the main, if not the sole, current of immigration was from
- England. The colonists came from every walk of life. They were men,
- women, and children of "all sorts and conditions." The major portion
- were yeomen, or small land owners, farm laborers, and artisans. With
- them were merchants and gentlemen who brought their stocks of goods or
- their fortunes to the New World. Scholars came from Oxford and
- Cambridge to preach the gospel or to teach. Now and then the son of an
- English nobleman left his baronial hall behind and cast his lot with
- America. The people represented every religious faith--members of the
- Established Church of England; Puritans who had labored to reform that
- church; Separatists, Baptists, and Friends, who had left it altogether;
- and Catholics, who clung to the religion of their fathers.
- New England was almost purely English. During the years between 1629 and
- 1640, the period of arbitrary Stuart government, about twenty thousand
- Puritans emigrated to America, settling in the colonies of the far
- North. Although minor additions were made from time to time, the greater
- portion of the New England people sprang from this original stock.
- Virginia, too, for a long time drew nearly all her immigrants from
- England alone. Not until the eve of the Revolution did other
- nationalities, mainly the Scotch-Irish and Germans, rival the English in
- numbers.
- The populations of later English colonies--the Carolinas, New York,
- Pennsylvania, and Georgia--while receiving a steady stream of
- immigration from England, were constantly augmented by wanderers from
- the older settlements. New York was invaded by Puritans from New England
- in such numbers as to cause the Anglican clergymen there to lament that
- "free thinking spreads almost as fast as the Church." North Carolina was
- first settled toward the northern border by immigrants from Virginia.
- Some of the North Carolinians, particularly the Quakers, came all the
- way from New England, tarrying in Virginia only long enough to learn how
- little they were wanted in that Anglican colony.
- =The Scotch-Irish.=--Next to the English in numbers and influence were
- the Scotch-Irish, Presbyterians in belief, English in tongue. Both
- religious and economic reasons sent them across the sea. Their Scotch
- ancestors, in the days of Cromwell, had settled in the north of Ireland
- whence the native Irish had been driven by the conqueror's sword. There
- the Scotch nourished for many years enjoying in peace their own form of
- religion and growing prosperous in the manufacture of fine linen and
- woolen cloth. Then the blow fell. Toward the end of the seventeenth
- century their religious worship was put under the ban and the export of
- their cloth was forbidden by the English Parliament. Within two decades
- twenty thousand Scotch-Irish left Ulster alone, for America; and all
- during the eighteenth century the migration continued to be heavy.
- Although no exact record was kept, it is reckoned that the Scotch-Irish
- and the Scotch who came directly from Scotland, composed one-sixth of
- the entire American population on the eve of the Revolution.
- [Illustration: SETTLEMENTS OF GERMAN AND SCOTCH-IRISH
- IMMIGRANTS]
- These newcomers in America made their homes chiefly in New Jersey,
- Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, and the Carolinas. Coming late upon
- the scene, they found much of the land immediately upon the seaboard
- already taken up. For this reason most of them became frontier people
- settling the interior and upland regions. There they cleared the land,
- laid out their small farms, and worked as "sturdy yeomen on the soil,"
- hardy, industrious, and independent in spirit, sharing neither the
- luxuries of the rich planters nor the easy life of the leisurely
- merchants. To their agriculture they added woolen and linen
- manufactures, which, flourishing in the supple fingers of their tireless
- women, made heavy inroads upon the trade of the English merchants in
- the colonies. Of their labors a poet has sung:
- "O, willing hands to toil;
- Strong natures tuned to the harvest-song and bound to the kindly soil;
- Bold pioneers for the wilderness, defenders in the field."
- =The Germans.=--Third among the colonists in order of numerical
- importance were the Germans. From the very beginning, they appeared in
- colonial records. A number of the artisans and carpenters in the first
- Jamestown colony were of German descent. Peter Minuit, the famous
- governor of New Motherland, was a German from Wesel on the Rhine, and
- Jacob Leisler, leader of a popular uprising against the provincial
- administration of New York, was a German from Frankfort-on-Main. The
- wholesale migration of Germans began with the founding of Pennsylvania.
- Penn was diligent in searching for thrifty farmers to cultivate his
- lands and he made a special effort to attract peasants from the Rhine
- country. A great association, known as the Frankfort Company, bought
- more than twenty thousand acres from him and in 1684 established a
- center at Germantown for the distribution of German immigrants. In old
- New York, Rhinebeck-on-the-Hudson became a similar center for
- distribution. All the way from Maine to Georgia inducements were offered
- to the German farmers and in nearly every colony were to be found, in
- time, German settlements. In fact the migration became so large that
- German princes were frightened at the loss of so many subjects and
- England was alarmed by the influx of foreigners into her overseas
- dominions. Yet nothing could stop the movement. By the end of the
- colonial period, the number of Germans had risen to more than two
- hundred thousand.
- The majority of them were Protestants from the Rhine region, and South
- Germany. Wars, religious controversies, oppression, and poverty drove
- them forth to America. Though most of them were farmers, there were also
- among them skilled artisans who contributed to the rapid growth of
- industries in Pennsylvania. Their iron, glass, paper, and woolen mills,
- dotted here and there among the thickly settled regions, added to the
- wealth and independence of the province.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- A GLIMPSE OF OLD GERMANTOWN]
- Unlike the Scotch-Irish, the Germans did not speak the language of the
- original colonists or mingle freely with them. They kept to themselves,
- built their own schools, founded their own newspapers, and published
- their own books. Their clannish habits often irritated their neighbors
- and led to occasional agitations against "foreigners." However, no
- serious collisions seem to have occurred; and in the days of the
- Revolution, German soldiers from Pennsylvania fought in the patriot
- armies side by side with soldiers from the English and Scotch-Irish
- sections.
- =Other Nationalities.=--Though the English, the Scotch-Irish, and the
- Germans made up the bulk of the colonial population, there were other
- racial strains as well, varying in numerical importance but contributing
- their share to colonial life.
- From France came the Huguenots fleeing from the decree of the king which
- inflicted terrible penalties upon Protestants.
- From "Old Ireland" came thousands of native Irish, Celtic in race and
- Catholic in religion. Like their Scotch-Irish neighbors to the north,
- they revered neither the government nor the church of England imposed
- upon them by the sword. How many came we do not know, but shipping
- records of the colonial period show that boatload after boatload left
- the southern and eastern shores of Ireland for the New World.
- Undoubtedly thousands of their passengers were Irish of the native
- stock. This surmise is well sustained by the constant appearance of
- Celtic names in the records of various colonies.
- [Illustration:_From an old print_
- OLD DUTCH FORT AND ENGLISH CHURCH NEAR ALBANY]
- The Jews, then as ever engaged in their age-long battle for religious
- and economic toleration, found in the American colonies, not complete
- liberty, but certainly more freedom than they enjoyed in England,
- France, Spain, or Portugal. The English law did not actually recognize
- their right to live in any of the dominions, but owing to the easy-going
- habits of the Americans they were allowed to filter into the seaboard
- towns. The treatment they received there varied. On one occasion the
- mayor and council of New York forbade them to sell by retail and on
- another prohibited the exercise of their religious worship. Newport,
- Philadelphia, and Charleston were more hospitable, and there large
- Jewish colonies, consisting principally of merchants and their families,
- flourished in spite of nominal prohibitions of the law.
- Though the small Swedish colony in Delaware was quickly submerged
- beneath the tide of English migration, the Dutch in New York continued
- to hold their own for more than a hundred years after the English
- conquest in 1664. At the end of the colonial period over one-half of the
- 170,000 inhabitants of the province were descendants of the original
- Dutch--still distinct enough to give a decided cast to the life and
- manners of New York. Many of them clung as tenaciously to their mother
- tongue as they did to their capacious farmhouses or their Dutch ovens;
- but they were slowly losing their identity as the English pressed in
- beside them to farm and trade.
- The melting pot had begun its historic mission.
- THE PROCESS OF COLONIZATION
- Considered from one side, colonization, whatever the motives of the
- emigrants, was an economic matter. It involved the use of capital to pay
- for their passage, to sustain them on the voyage, and to start them on
- the way of production. Under this stern economic necessity, Puritans,
- Scotch-Irish, Germans, and all were alike laid.
- =Immigrants Who Paid Their Own Way.=--Many of the immigrants to America
- in colonial days were capitalists themselves, in a small or a large way,
- and paid their own passage. What proportion of the colonists were able
- to finance their voyage across the sea is a matter of pure conjecture.
- Undoubtedly a very considerable number could do so, for we can trace the
- family fortunes of many early settlers. Henry Cabot Lodge is authority
- for the statement that "the settlers of New England were drawn from the
- country gentlemen, small farmers, and yeomanry of the mother
- country.... Many of the emigrants were men of wealth, as the old lists
- show, and all of them, with few exceptions, were men of property and
- good standing. They did not belong to the classes from which emigration
- is usually supplied, for they all had a stake in the country they left
- behind." Though it would be interesting to know how accurate this
- statement is or how applicable to the other colonies, no study has as
- yet been made to gratify that interest. For the present it is an
- unsolved problem just how many of the colonists were able to bear the
- cost of their own transfer to the New World.
- =Indentured Servants.=--That at least tens of thousands of immigrants
- were unable to pay for their passage is established beyond the shadow of
- a doubt by the shipping records that have come down to us. The great
- barrier in the way of the poor who wanted to go to America was the cost
- of the sea voyage. To overcome this difficulty a plan was worked out
- whereby shipowners and other persons of means furnished the passage
- money to immigrants in return for their promise, or bond, to work for a
- term of years to repay the sum advanced. This system was called
- indentured servitude.
- It is probable that the number of bond servants exceeded the original
- twenty thousand Puritans, the yeomen, the Virginia gentlemen, and the
- Huguenots combined. All the way down the coast from Massachusetts to
- Georgia were to be found in the fields, kitchens, and workshops, men,
- women, and children serving out terms of bondage generally ranging from
- five to seven years. In the proprietary colonies the proportion of bond
- servants was very high. The Baltimores, Penns, Carterets, and other
- promoters anxiously sought for workers of every nationality to till
- their fields, for land without labor was worth no more than land in the
- moon. Hence the gates of the proprietary colonies were flung wide open.
- Every inducement was offered to immigrants in the form of cheap land,
- and special efforts were made to increase the population by importing
- servants. In Pennsylvania, it was not uncommon to find a master with
- fifty bond servants on his estate. It has been estimated that two-thirds
- of all the immigrants into Pennsylvania between the opening of the
- eighteenth century and the outbreak of the Revolution were in bondage.
- In the other Middle colonies the number was doubtless not so large; but
- it formed a considerable part of the population.
- The story of this traffic in white servants is one of the most striking
- things in the history of labor. Bondmen differed from the serfs of the
- feudal age in that they were not bound to the soil but to the master.
- They likewise differed from the negro slaves in that their servitude had
- a time limit. Still they were subject to many special disabilities. It
- was, for instance, a common practice to impose on them penalties far
- heavier than were imposed upon freemen for the same offense. A free
- citizen of Pennsylvania who indulged in horse racing and gambling was
- let off with a fine; a white servant guilty of the same unlawful conduct
- was whipped at the post and fined as well.
- The ordinary life of the white servant was also severely restricted. A
- bondman could not marry without his master's consent; nor engage in
- trade; nor refuse work assigned to him. For an attempt to escape or
- indeed for any infraction of the law, the term of service was extended.
- The condition of white bondmen in Virginia, according to Lodge, "was
- little better than that of slaves. Loose indentures and harsh laws put
- them at the mercy of their masters." It would not be unfair to add that
- such was their lot in all other colonies. Their fate depended upon the
- temper of their masters.
- Cruel as was the system in many ways, it gave thousands of people in the
- Old World a chance to reach the New--an opportunity to wrestle with fate
- for freedom and a home of their own. When their weary years of servitude
- were over, if they survived, they might obtain land of their own or
- settle as free mechanics in the towns. For many a bondman the gamble
- proved to be a losing venture because he found himself unable to rise
- out of the state of poverty and dependence into which his servitude
- carried him. For thousands, on the contrary, bondage proved to be a real
- avenue to freedom and prosperity. Some of the best citizens of America
- have the blood of indentured servants in their veins.
- =The Transported--Involuntary Servitude.=--In their anxiety to secure
- settlers, the companies and proprietors having colonies in America
- either resorted to or connived at the practice of kidnapping men, women,
- and children from the streets of English cities. In 1680 it was
- officially estimated that "ten thousand persons were spirited away" to
- America. Many of the victims of the practice were young children, for
- the traffic in them was highly profitable. Orphans and dependents were
- sometimes disposed of in America by relatives unwilling to support them.
- In a single year, 1627, about fifteen hundred children were shipped to
- Virginia.
- In this gruesome business there lurked many tragedies, and very few
- romances. Parents were separated from their children and husbands from
- their wives. Hundreds of skilled artisans--carpenters, smiths, and
- weavers--utterly disappeared as if swallowed up by death. A few thus
- dragged off to the New World to be sold into servitude for a term of
- five or seven years later became prosperous and returned home with
- fortunes. In one case a young man who was forcibly carried over the sea
- lived to make his way back to England and establish his claim to a
- peerage.
- Akin to the kidnapped, at least in economic position, were convicts
- deported to the colonies for life in lieu of fines and imprisonment. The
- Americans protested vigorously but ineffectually against this practice.
- Indeed, they exaggerated its evils, for many of the "criminals" were
- only mild offenders against unduly harsh and cruel laws. A peasant
- caught shooting a rabbit on a lord's estate or a luckless servant girl
- who purloined a pocket handkerchief was branded as a criminal along with
- sturdy thieves and incorrigible rascals. Other transported offenders
- were "political criminals"; that is, persons who criticized or opposed
- the government. This class included now Irish who revolted against
- British rule in Ireland; now Cavaliers who championed the king against
- the Puritan revolutionists; Puritans, in turn, dispatched after the
- monarchy was restored; and Scotch and English subjects in general who
- joined in political uprisings against the king.
- =The African Slaves.=--Rivaling in numbers, in the course of time, the
- indentured servants and whites carried to America against their will
- were the African negroes brought to America and sold into slavery. When
- this form of bondage was first introduced into Virginia in 1619, it was
- looked upon as a temporary necessity to be discarded with the increase
- of the white population. Moreover it does not appear that those planters
- who first bought negroes at the auction block intended to establish a
- system of permanent bondage. Only by a slow process did chattel slavery
- take firm root and become recognized as the leading source of the labor
- supply. In 1650, thirty years after the introduction of slavery, there
- were only three hundred Africans in Virginia.
- The great increase in later years was due in no small measure to the
- inordinate zeal for profits that seized slave traders both in Old and in
- New England. Finding it relatively easy to secure negroes in Africa,
- they crowded the Southern ports with their vessels. The English Royal
- African Company sent to America annually between 1713 and 1743 from five
- to ten thousand slaves. The ship owners of New England were not far
- behind their English brethren in pushing this extraordinary traffic.
- As the proportion of the negroes to the free white population steadily
- rose, and as whole sections were overrun with slaves and slave traders,
- the Southern colonies grew alarmed. In 1710, Virginia sought to curtail
- the importation by placing a duty of $5 on each slave. This effort was
- futile, for the royal governor promptly vetoed it. From time to time
- similar bills were passed, only to meet with royal disapproval. South
- Carolina, in 1760, absolutely prohibited importation; but the measure
- was killed by the British crown. As late as 1772, Virginia, not daunted
- by a century of rebuffs, sent to George III a petition in this vein:
- "The importation of slaves into the colonies from the coast of Africa
- hath long been considered as a trade of great inhumanity and under its
- present encouragement, we have too much reason to fear, will endanger
- the very existence of Your Majesty's American dominions.... Deeply
- impressed with these sentiments, we most humbly beseech Your Majesty to
- remove all those restraints on Your Majesty's governors of this colony
- which inhibit their assenting to such laws as might check so very
- pernicious a commerce."
- All such protests were without avail. The negro population grew by leaps
- and bounds, until on the eve of the Revolution it amounted to more than
- half a million. In five states--Maryland, Virginia, the two Carolinas,
- and Georgia--the slaves nearly equalled or actually exceeded the whites
- in number. In South Carolina they formed almost two-thirds of the
- population. Even in the Middle colonies of Delaware and Pennsylvania
- about one-fifth of the inhabitants were from Africa. To the North, the
- proportion of slaves steadily diminished although chattel servitude was
- on the same legal footing as in the South. In New York approximately one
- in six and in New England one in fifty were negroes, including a few
- freedmen.
- The climate, the soil, the commerce, and the industry of the North were
- all unfavorable to the growth of a servile population. Still, slavery,
- though sectional, was a part of the national system of economy. Northern
- ships carried slaves to the Southern colonies and the produce of the
- plantations to Europe. "If the Northern states will consult their
- interest, they will not oppose the increase in slaves which will
- increase the commodities of which they will become the carriers," said
- John Rutledge, of South Carolina, in the convention which framed the
- Constitution of the United States. "What enriches a part enriches the
- whole and the states are the best judges of their particular interest,"
- responded Oliver Ellsworth, the distinguished spokesman of Connecticut.
- =References=
- E. Charming, _History of the United States_, Vols. I and II.
- J.A. Doyle, _The English Colonies in America_ (5 vols.).
- J. Fiske, _Old Virginia and Her Neighbors_ (2 vols.).
- A.B. Faust, _The German Element in the United States_ (2 vols.).
- H.J. Ford, _The Scotch-Irish in America_.
- L. Tyler, _England in America_ (American Nation Series).
- R. Usher, _The Pilgrims and Their History_.
- =Questions=
- 1. America has been called a nation of immigrants. Explain why.
- 2. Why were individuals unable to go alone to America in the beginning?
- What agencies made colonization possible? Discuss each of them.
- 3. Make a table of the colonies, showing the methods employed in their
- settlement.
- 4. Why were capital and leadership so very important in early
- colonization?
- 5. What is meant by the "melting pot"? What nationalities were
- represented among the early colonists?
- 6. Compare the way immigrants come to-day with the way they came in
- colonial times.
- 7. Contrast indentured servitude with slavery and serfdom.
- 8. Account for the anxiety of companies and proprietors to secure
- colonists.
- 9. What forces favored the heavy importation of slaves?
- 10. In what way did the North derive advantages from slavery?
- =Research Topics=
- =The Chartered Company.=--Compare the first and third charters of
- Virginia in Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book of American History_,
- 1606-1898, pp. 1-14. Analyze the first and second Massachusetts charters
- in Macdonald, pp. 22-84. Special reference: W.A.S. Hewins, _English
- Trading Companies_.
- =Congregations and Compacts for Self-government.=--A study of the
- Mayflower Compact, the Fundamental Orders of Connecticut and the
- Fundamental Articles of New Haven in Macdonald, pp. 19, 36, 39.
- Reference: Charles Borgeaud, _Rise of Modern Democracy_, and C.S.
- Lobingier, _The People's Law_, Chaps. I-VII.
- =The Proprietary System.=--Analysis of Penn's charter of 1681, in
- Macdonald, p. 80. Reference: Lodge, _Short History of the English
- Colonies in America_, p. 211.
- =Studies of Individual Colonies.=--Review of outstanding events in
- history of each colony, using Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
- 55-159, as the basis.
- =Biographical Studies.=--John Smith, John Winthrop, William Penn, Lord
- Baltimore, William Bradford, Roger Williams, Anne Hutchinson, Thomas
- Hooker, and Peter Stuyvesant, using any good encyclopedia.
- =Indentured Servitude.=--In Virginia, Lodge, _Short History_, pp. 69-72;
- in Pennsylvania, pp. 242-244. Contemporary account in Callender,
- _Economic History of the United States_, pp. 44-51. Special reference:
- Karl Geiser, _Redemptioners and Indentured Servants_ (Yale Review, X,
- No. 2 Supplement).
- =Slavery.=--In Virginia, Lodge, _Short History_, pp. 67-69; in the
- Northern colonies, pp. 241, 275, 322, 408, 442.
- =The People of the Colonies.=--Virginia, Lodge, _Short History_, pp.
- 67-73; New England, pp. 406-409, 441-450; Pennsylvania, pp. 227-229,
- 240-250; New York, pp. 312-313, 322-335.
- CHAPTER II
- COLONIAL AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE
- THE LAND AND THE WESTWARD MOVEMENT
- =The Significance of Land Tenure.=--The way in which land may be
- acquired, held, divided among heirs, and bought and sold exercises a
- deep influence on the life and culture of a people. The feudal and
- aristocratic societies of Europe were founded on a system of landlordism
- which was characterized by two distinct features. In the first place,
- the land was nearly all held in great estates, each owned by a single
- proprietor. In the second place, every estate was kept intact under the
- law of primogeniture, which at the death of a lord transferred all his
- landed property to his eldest son. This prevented the subdivision of
- estates and the growth of a large body of small farmers or freeholders
- owning their own land. It made a form of tenantry or servitude
- inevitable for the mass of those who labored on the land. It also
- enabled the landlords to maintain themselves in power as a governing
- class and kept the tenants and laborers subject to their economic and
- political control. If land tenure was so significant in Europe, it was
- equally important in the development of America, where practically all
- the first immigrants were forced by circumstances to derive their
- livelihood from the soil.
- =Experiments in Common Tillage.=--In the New World, with its broad
- extent of land awaiting the white man's plow, it was impossible to
- introduce in its entirety and over the whole area the system of lords
- and tenants that existed across the sea. So it happened that almost
- every kind of experiment in land tenure, from communism to feudalism,
- was tried. In the early days of the Jamestown colony, the land, though
- owned by the London Company, was tilled in common by the settlers. No
- man had a separate plot of his own. The motto of the community was:
- "Labor and share alike." All were supposed to work in the fields and
- receive an equal share of the produce. At Plymouth, the Pilgrims
- attempted a similar experiment, laying out the fields in common and
- distributing the joint produce of their labor with rough equality among
- the workers.
- In both colonies the communistic experiments were failures. Angry at the
- lazy men in Jamestown who idled their time away and yet expected regular
- meals, Captain John Smith issued a manifesto: "Everyone that gathereth
- not every day as much as I do, the next day shall be set beyond the
- river and forever banished from the fort and live there or starve." Even
- this terrible threat did not bring a change in production. Not until
- each man was given a plot of his own to till, not until each gathered
- the fruits of his own labor, did the colony prosper. In Plymouth, where
- the communal experiment lasted for five years, the results were similar
- to those in Virginia, and the system was given up for one of separate
- fields in which every person could "set corn for his own particular."
- Some other New England towns, refusing to profit by the experience of
- their Plymouth neighbor, also made excursions into common ownership and
- labor, only to abandon the idea and go in for individual ownership of
- the land. "By degrees it was seen that even the Lord's people could not
- carry the complicated communist legislation into perfect and wholesome
- practice."
- =Feudal Elements in the Colonies--Quit Rents, Manors, and
- Plantations.=--At the other end of the scale were the feudal elements of
- land tenure found in the proprietary colonies, in the seaboard regions
- of the South, and to some extent in New York. The proprietor was in fact
- a powerful feudal lord, owning land granted to him by royal charter. He
- could retain any part of it for his personal use or dispose of it all in
- large or small lots. While he generally kept for himself an estate of
- baronial proportions, it was impossible for him to manage directly any
- considerable part of the land in his dominion. Consequently he either
- sold it in parcels for lump sums or granted it to individuals on
- condition that they make to him an annual payment in money, known as
- "quit rent." In Maryland, the proprietor sometimes collected as high as
- $9000 (equal to about $500,000 to-day) in a single year from this
- source. In Pennsylvania, the quit rents brought a handsome annual
- tribute into the exchequer of the Penn family. In the royal provinces,
- the king of England claimed all revenues collected in this form from the
- land, a sum amounting to $19,000 at the time of the Revolution. The quit
- rent,--"really a feudal payment from freeholders,"--was thus a material
- source of income for the crown as well as for the proprietors. Wherever
- it was laid, however, it proved to be a burden, a source of constant
- irritation; and it became a formidable item in the long list of
- grievances which led to the American Revolution.
- Something still more like the feudal system of the Old World appeared in
- the numerous manors or the huge landed estates granted by the crown, the
- companies, or the proprietors. In the colony of Maryland alone there
- were sixty manors of three thousand acres each, owned by wealthy men and
- tilled by tenants holding small plots under certain restrictions of
- tenure. In New York also there were many manors of wide extent, most of
- which originated in the days of the Dutch West India Company, when
- extensive concessions were made to patroons to induce them to bring over
- settlers. The Van Rensselaer, the Van Cortlandt, and the Livingston
- manors were so large and populous that each was entitled to send a
- representative to the provincial legislature. The tenants on the New
- York manors were in somewhat the same position as serfs on old European
- estates. They were bound to pay the owner a rent in money and kind; they
- ground their grain at his mill; and they were subject to his judicial
- power because he held court and meted out justice, in some instances
- extending to capital punishment.
- The manors of New York or Maryland were, however, of slight consequence
- as compared with the vast plantations of the Southern seaboard--huge
- estates, far wider in expanse than many a European barony and tilled by
- slaves more servile than any feudal tenants. It must not be forgotten
- that this system of land tenure became the dominant feature of a large
- section and gave a decided bent to the economic and political life of
- America.
- [Illustration: SOUTHERN PLANTATION MANSION]
- =The Small Freehold.=--In the upland regions of the South, however, and
- throughout most of the North, the drift was against all forms of
- servitude and tenantry and in the direction of the freehold; that is,
- the small farm owned outright and tilled by the possessor and his
- family. This was favored by natural circumstances and the spirit of the
- immigrants. For one thing, the abundance of land and the scarcity of
- labor made it impossible for the companies, the proprietors, or the
- crown to develop over the whole continent a network of vast estates. In
- many sections, particularly in New England, the climate, the stony soil,
- the hills, and the narrow valleys conspired to keep the farms within a
- moderate compass. For another thing, the English, Scotch-Irish, and
- German peasants, even if they had been tenants in the Old World, did not
- propose to accept permanent dependency of any kind in the New. If they
- could not get freeholds, they would not settle at all; thus they forced
- proprietors and companies to bid for their enterprise by selling land in
- small lots. So it happened that the freehold of modest proportions
- became the cherished unit of American farmers. The people who tilled the
- farms were drawn from every quarter of western Europe; but the freehold
- system gave a uniform cast to their economic and social life in America.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- A NEW ENGLAND FARMHOUSE]
- =Social Effects of Land Tenure.=--Land tenure and the process of western
- settlement thus developed two distinct types of people engaged in the
- same pursuit--agriculture. They had a common tie in that they both
- cultivated the soil and possessed the local interest and independence
- which arise from that occupation. Their methods and their culture,
- however, differed widely.
- The Southern planter, on his broad acres tilled by slaves, resembled the
- English landlord on his estates more than he did the colonial farmer who
- labored with his own hands in the fields and forests. He sold his rice
- and tobacco in large amounts directly to English factors, who took his
- entire crop in exchange for goods and cash. His fine clothes,
- silverware, china, and cutlery he bought in English markets. Loving the
- ripe old culture of the mother country, he often sent his sons to Oxford
- or Cambridge for their education. In short, he depended very largely for
- his prosperity and his enjoyment of life upon close relations with the
- Old World. He did not even need market towns in which to buy native
- goods, for they were made on his own plantation by his own artisans who
- were usually gifted slaves.
- The economic condition of the small farmer was totally different. His
- crops were not big enough to warrant direct connection with English
- factors or the personal maintenance of a corps of artisans. He needed
- local markets, and they sprang up to meet the need. Smiths, hatters,
- weavers, wagon-makers, and potters at neighboring towns supplied him
- with the rough products of their native skill. The finer goods, bought
- by the rich planter in England, the small farmer ordinarily could not
- buy. His wants were restricted to staples like tea and sugar, and
- between him and the European market stood the merchant. His community
- was therefore more self-sufficient than the seaboard line of great
- plantations. It was more isolated, more provincial, more independent,
- more American. The planter faced the Old East. The farmer faced the New
- West.
- =The Westward Movement.=--Yeoman and planter nevertheless were alike in
- one respect. Their land hunger was never appeased. Each had the eye of
- an expert for new and fertile soil; and so, north and south, as soon as
- a foothold was secured on the Atlantic coast, the current of migration
- set in westward, creeping through forests, across rivers, and over
- mountains. Many of the later immigrants, in their search for cheap
- lands, were compelled to go to the border; but in a large part the path
- breakers to the West were native Americans of the second and third
- generations. Explorers, fired by curiosity and the lure of the
- mysterious unknown, and hunters, fur traders, and squatters, following
- their own sweet wills, blazed the trail, opening paths and sending back
- stories of the new regions they traversed. Then came the regular
- settlers with lawful titles to the lands they had purchased, sometimes
- singly and sometimes in companies.
- In Massachusetts, the westward movement is recorded in the founding of
- Springfield in 1636 and Great Barrington in 1725. By the opening of the
- eighteenth century the pioneers of Connecticut had pushed north and west
- until their outpost towns adjoined the Hudson Valley settlements. In New
- York, the inland movement was directed by the Hudson River to Albany,
- and from that old Dutch center it radiated in every direction,
- particularly westward through the Mohawk Valley. New Jersey was early
- filled to its borders, the beginnings of the present city of New
- Brunswick being made in 1681 and those of Trenton in 1685. In
- Pennsylvania, as in New York, the waterways determined the main lines of
- advance. Pioneers, pushing up through the valley of the Schuylkill,
- spread over the fertile lands of Berks and Lancaster counties, laying
- out Reading in 1748. Another current of migration was directed by the
- Susquehanna, and, in 1726, the first farmhouse was built on the bank
- where Harrisburg was later founded. Along the southern tier of counties
- a thin line of settlements stretched westward to Pittsburgh, reaching
- the upper waters of the Ohio while the colony was still under the Penn
- family.
- In the South the westward march was equally swift. The seaboard was
- quickly occupied by large planters and their slaves engaged in the
- cultivation of tobacco and rice. The Piedmont Plateau, lying back from
- the coast all the way from Maryland to Georgia, was fed by two streams
- of migration, one westward from the sea and the other southward from the
- other colonies--Germans from Pennsylvania and Scotch-Irish furnishing
- the main supply. "By 1770, tide-water Virginia was full to overflowing
- and the 'back country' of the Blue Ridge and the Shenandoah was fully
- occupied. Even the mountain valleys ... were claimed by sturdy pioneers.
- Before the Declaration of Independence, the oncoming tide of
- home-seekers had reached the crest of the Alleghanies."
- [Illustration: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION, 1790]
- Beyond the mountains pioneers had already ventured, harbingers of an
- invasion that was about to break in upon Kentucky and Tennessee. As
- early as 1769 that mighty Nimrod, Daniel Boone, curious to hunt
- buffaloes, of which he had heard weird reports, passed through the
- Cumberland Gap and brought back news of a wonderful country awaiting the
- plow. A hint was sufficient. Singly, in pairs, and in groups, settlers
- followed the trail he had blazed. A great land corporation, the
- Transylvania Company, emulating the merchant adventurers of earlier
- times, secured a huge grant of territory and sought profits in quit
- rents from lands sold to farmers. By the outbreak of the Revolution
- there were several hundred people in the Kentucky region. Like the older
- colonists, they did not relish quit rents, and their opposition wrecked
- the Transylvania Company. They even carried their protests into the
- Continental Congress in 1776, for by that time they were our "embryo
- fourteenth colony."
- INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
- Though the labor of the colonists was mainly spent in farming, there was
- a steady growth in industrial and commercial pursuits. Most of the
- staple industries of to-day, not omitting iron and textiles, have their
- beginnings in colonial times. Manufacturing and trade soon gave rise to
- towns which enjoyed an importance all out of proportion to their
- numbers. The great centers of commerce and finance on the seaboard
- originated in the days when the king of England was "lord of these
- dominions."
- [Illustration: DOMESTIC INDUSTRY: DIPPING TALLOW CANDLES]
- =Textile Manufacture as a Domestic Industry.=--Colonial women, in
- addition to sharing every hardship of pioneering, often the heavy labor
- of the open field, developed in the course of time a national industry
- which was almost exclusively their own. Wool and flax were raised in
- abundance in the North and South. "Every farm house," says Coman, the
- economic historian, "was a workshop where the women spun and wove the
- serges, kerseys, and linsey-woolseys which served for the common wear."
- By the close of the seventeenth century, New England manufactured cloth
- in sufficient quantities to export it to the Southern colonies and to
- the West Indies. As the industry developed, mills were erected for the
- more difficult process of dyeing, weaving, and fulling, but carding and
- spinning continued to be done in the home. The Dutch of New Netherland,
- the Swedes of Delaware, and the Scotch-Irish of the interior "were not
- one whit behind their Yankee neighbors."
- The importance of this enterprise to British economic life can hardly be
- overestimated. For many a century the English had employed their fine
- woolen cloth as the chief staple in a lucrative foreign trade, and the
- government had come to look upon it as an object of special interest and
- protection. When the colonies were established, both merchants and
- statesmen naturally expected to maintain a monopoly of increasing value;
- but before long the Americans, instead of buying cloth, especially of
- the coarser varieties, were making it to sell. In the place of
- customers, here were rivals. In the place of helpless reliance upon
- English markets, here was the germ of economic independence.
- If British merchants had not discovered it in the ordinary course of
- trade, observant officers in the provinces would have conveyed the news
- to them. Even in the early years of the eighteenth century the royal
- governor of New York wrote of the industrious Americans to his home
- government: "The consequence will be that if they can clothe themselves
- once, not only comfortably, but handsomely too, without the help of
- England, they who already are not very fond of submitting to government
- will soon think of putting in execution designs they have long harboured
- in their breasts. This will not seem strange when you consider what sort
- of people this country is inhabited by."
- =The Iron Industry.=--Almost equally widespread was the art of iron
- working--one of the earliest and most picturesque of colonial
- industries. Lynn, Massachusetts, had a forge and skilled artisans within
- fifteen years after the founding of Boston. The smelting of iron began
- at New London and New Haven about 1658; in Litchfield county,
- Connecticut, a few years later; at Great Barrington, Massachusetts, in
- 1731; and near by at Lenox some thirty years after that. New Jersey had
- iron works at Shrewsbury within ten years after the founding of the
- colony in 1665. Iron forges appeared in the valleys of the Delaware and
- the Susquehanna early in the following century, and iron masters then
- laid the foundations of fortunes in a region destined to become one of
- the great iron centers of the world. Virginia began iron working in the
- year that saw the introduction of slavery. Although the industry soon
- lapsed, it was renewed and flourished in the eighteenth century.
- Governor Spotswood was called the "Tubal Cain" of the Old Dominion
- because he placed the industry on a firm foundation. Indeed it seems
- that every colony, except Georgia, had its iron foundry. Nails, wire,
- metallic ware, chains, anchors, bar and pig iron were made in large
- quantities; and Great Britain, by an act in 1750, encouraged the
- colonists to export rough iron to the British Islands.
- =Shipbuilding.=--Of all the specialized industries in the colonies,
- shipbuilding was the most important. The abundance of fir for masts, oak
- for timbers and boards, pitch for tar and turpentine, and hemp for rope
- made the way of the shipbuilder easy. Early in the seventeenth century a
- ship was built at New Amsterdam, and by the middle of that century
- shipyards were scattered along the New England coast at Newburyport,
- Salem, New Bedford, Newport, Providence, New London, and New Haven.
- Yards at Albany and Poughkeepsie in New York built ships for the trade
- of that colony with England and the Indies. Wilmington and Philadelphia
- soon entered the race and outdistanced New York, though unable to equal
- the pace set by New England. While Maryland, Virginia, and South
- Carolina also built ships, Southern interest was mainly confined to the
- lucrative business of producing ship materials: fir, cedar, hemp, and
- tar.
- =Fishing.=--The greatest single economic resource of New England outside
- of agriculture was the fisheries. This industry, started by hardy
- sailors from Europe, long before the landing of the Pilgrims, flourished
- under the indomitable seamanship of the Puritans, who labored with the
- net and the harpoon in almost every quarter of the Atlantic. "Look,"
- exclaimed Edmund Burke, in the House of Commons, "at the manner in
- which the people of New England have of late carried on the whale
- fishery. Whilst we follow them among the tumbling mountains of ice and
- behold them penetrating into the deepest frozen recesses of Hudson's Bay
- and Davis's Straits, while we are looking for them beneath the arctic
- circle, we hear that they have pierced into the opposite region of polar
- cold, that they are at the antipodes and engaged under the frozen
- serpent of the south.... Nor is the equinoctial heat more discouraging
- to them than the accumulated winter of both poles. We know that, whilst
- some of them draw the line and strike the harpoon on the coast of
- Africa, others run the longitude and pursue their gigantic game along
- the coast of Brazil. No sea but what is vexed by their fisheries. No
- climate that is not witness to their toils. Neither the perseverance of
- Holland nor the activity of France nor the dexterous and firm sagacity
- of English enterprise ever carried this most perilous mode of hard
- industry to the extent to which it has been pushed by this recent
- people."
- The influence of the business was widespread. A large and lucrative
- European trade was built upon it. The better quality of the fish caught
- for food was sold in the markets of Spain, Portugal, and Italy, or
- exchanged for salt, lemons, and raisins for the American market. The
- lower grades of fish were carried to the West Indies for slave
- consumption, and in part traded for sugar and molasses, which furnished
- the raw materials for the thriving rum industry of New England. These
- activities, in turn, stimulated shipbuilding, steadily enlarging the
- demand for fishing and merchant craft of every kind and thus keeping the
- shipwrights, calkers, rope makers, and other artisans of the seaport
- towns rushed with work. They also increased trade with the mother
- country for, out of the cash collected in the fish markets of Europe and
- the West Indies, the colonists paid for English manufactures. So an
- ever-widening circle of American enterprise centered around this single
- industry, the nursery of seamanship and the maritime spirit.
- =Oceanic Commerce and American Merchants.=--All through the eighteenth
- century, the commerce of the American colonies spread in every direction
- until it rivaled in the number of people employed, the capital engaged,
- and the profits gleaned, the commerce of European nations. A modern
- historian has said: "The enterprising merchants of New England developed
- a network of trade routes that covered well-nigh half the world." This
- commerce, destined to be of such significance in the conflict with the
- mother country, presented, broadly speaking, two aspects.
- On the one side, it involved the export of raw materials and
- agricultural produce. The Southern colonies produced for shipping,
- tobacco, rice, tar, pitch, and pine; the Middle colonies, grain, flour,
- furs, lumber, and salt pork; New England, fish, flour, rum, furs, shoes,
- and small articles of manufacture. The variety of products was in fact
- astounding. A sarcastic writer, while sneering at the idea of an
- American union, once remarked of colonial trade: "What sort of dish will
- you make? New England will throw in fish and onions. The middle states,
- flax-seed and flour. Maryland and Virginia will add tobacco. North
- Carolina, pitch, tar, and turpentine. South Carolina, rice and indigo,
- and Georgia will sprinkle the whole composition with sawdust. Such an
- absurd jumble will you make if you attempt to form a union among such
- discordant materials as the thirteen British provinces."
- On the other side, American commerce involved the import trade,
- consisting principally of English and continental manufactures, tea, and
- "India goods." Sugar and molasses, brought from the West Indies,
- supplied the flourishing distilleries of Massachusetts, Rhode Island,
- and Connecticut. The carriage of slaves from Africa to the Southern
- colonies engaged hundreds of New England's sailors and thousands of
- pounds of her capital.
- The disposition of imported goods in the colonies, though in part
- controlled by English factors located in America, employed also a large
- and important body of American merchants like the Willings and Morrises
- of Philadelphia; the Amorys, Hancocks, and Faneuils of Boston; and the
- Livingstons and Lows of New York. In their zeal and enterprise, they
- were worthy rivals of their English competitors, so celebrated for
- world-wide commercial operations. Though fully aware of the advantages
- they enjoyed in British markets and under the protection of the British
- navy, the American merchants were high-spirited and mettlesome, ready to
- contend with royal officers in order to shield American interests
- against outside interference.
- [Illustration: THE DUTCH WEST INDIA WAREHOUSE IN NEW AMSTERDAM
- (NEW YORK CITY)]
- Measured against the immense business of modern times, colonial commerce
- seems perhaps trivial. That, however, is not the test of its
- significance. It must be considered in relation to the growth of English
- colonial trade in its entirety--a relation which can be shown by a few
- startling figures. The whole export trade of England, including that to
- the colonies, was, in 1704, $6,509,000. On the eve of the American
- Revolution, namely, in 1772, English exports to the American colonies
- alone amounted to $6,024,000; in other words, almost as much as the
- whole foreign business of England two generations before. At the first
- date, colonial trade was but one-twelfth of the English export business;
- at the second date, it was considerably more than one-third. In 1704,
- Pennsylvania bought in English markets goods to the value of $11,459; in
- 1772 the purchases of the same colony amounted to $507,909. In short,
- Pennsylvania imports increased fifty times within sixty-eight years,
- amounting in 1772 to almost the entire export trade of England to the
- colonies at the opening of the century. The American colonies were
- indeed a great source of wealth to English merchants.
- =Intercolonial Commerce.=--Although the bad roads of colonial times made
- overland transportation difficult and costly, the many rivers and
- harbors along the coast favored a lively water-borne trade among the
- colonies. The Connecticut, Hudson, Delaware, and Susquehanna rivers in
- the North and the many smaller rivers in the South made it possible for
- goods to be brought from, and carried to, the interior regions in little
- sailing vessels with comparative ease. Sloops laden with manufactures,
- domestic and foreign, collected at some city like Providence, New York,
- or Philadelphia, skirted the coasts, visited small ports, and sailed up
- the navigable rivers to trade with local merchants who had for exchange
- the raw materials which they had gathered in from neighboring farms.
- Larger ships carried the grain, live stock, cloth, and hardware of New
- England to the Southern colonies, where they were traded for tobacco,
- leather, tar, and ship timber. From the harbors along the Connecticut
- shores there were frequent sailings down through Long Island Sound to
- Maryland, Virginia, and the distant Carolinas.
- =Growth of Towns.=--In connection with this thriving trade and industry
- there grew up along the coast a number of prosperous commercial centers
- which were soon reckoned among the first commercial towns of the whole
- British empire, comparing favorably in numbers and wealth with such
- ports as Liverpool and Bristol. The statistical records of that time are
- mainly guesses; but we know that Philadelphia stood first in size among
- these towns. Serving as the port of entry for Pennsylvania, Delaware,
- and western Jersey, it had drawn within its borders, just before the
- Revolution, about 25,000 inhabitants. Boston was second in rank, with
- somewhat more than 20,000 people. New York, the "commercial capital of
- Connecticut and old East Jersey," was slightly smaller than Boston, but
- growing at a steady rate. The fourth town in size was Charleston, South
- Carolina, with about 10,000 inhabitants. Newport in Rhode Island, a
- center of rum manufacture and shipping, stood fifth, with a population
- of about 7000. Baltimore and Norfolk were counted as "considerable
- towns." In the interior, Hartford in Connecticut, Lancaster and York in
- Pennsylvania, and Albany in New York, with growing populations and
- increasing trade, gave prophecy of an urban America away from the
- seaboard. The other towns were straggling villages. Williamsburg,
- Virginia, for example, had about two hundred houses, in which dwelt a
- dozen families of the gentry and a few score of tradesmen. Inland county
- seats often consisted of nothing more than a log courthouse, a prison,
- and one wretched inn to house judges, lawyers, and litigants during the
- sessions of the court.
- The leading towns exercised an influence on colonial opinion all out of
- proportion to their population. They were the centers of wealth, for one
- thing; of the press and political activity, for another. Merchants and
- artisans could readily take concerted action on public questions arising
- from their commercial operations. The towns were also centers for news,
- gossip, religious controversy, and political discussion. In the market
- places the farmers from the countryside learned of British policies and
- laws, and so, mingling with the townsmen, were drawn into the main
- currents of opinion which set in toward colonial nationalism and
- independence.
- =References=
- J. Bishop, _History of American Manufactures_ (2 vols.).
- E.L. Bogart, _Economic History of the United States_.
- P.A. Bruce, _Economic History of Virginia_ (2 vols.).
- E. Semple, _American History and Its Geographical Conditions_.
- W. Weeden, _Economic and Social History of New England_. (2 vols.).
- =Questions=
- 1. Is land in your community parceled out into small farms? Contrast the
- system in your community with the feudal system of land tenure.
- 2. Are any things owned and used in common in your community? Why did
- common tillage fail in colonial times?
- 3. Describe the elements akin to feudalism which were introduced in the
- colonies.
- 4. Explain the success of freehold tillage.
- 5. Compare the life of the planter with that of the farmer.
- 6. How far had the western frontier advanced by 1776?
- 7. What colonial industry was mainly developed by women? Why was it very
- important both to the Americans and to the English?
- 8. What were the centers for iron working? Ship building?
- 9. Explain how the fisheries affected many branches of trade and
- industry.
- 10. Show how American trade formed a vital part of English business.
- 11. How was interstate commerce mainly carried on?
- 12. What were the leading towns? Did they compare in importance with
- British towns of the same period?
- =Research Topics=
- =Land Tenure.=--Coman, _Industrial History_ (rev. ed.), pp. 32-38.
- Special reference: Bruce, _Economic History of Virginia_, Vol. I, Chap.
- VIII.
- =Tobacco Planting in Virginia.=--Callender, _Economic History of the
- United States_, pp. 22-28.
- =Colonial Agriculture.=--Coman, pp. 48-63. Callender, pp. 69-74.
- Reference: J.R.H. Moore, _Industrial History of the American People_,
- pp. 131-162.
- =Colonial Manufactures.=--Coman, pp. 63-73. Callender, pp. 29-44.
- Special reference: Weeden, _Economic and Social History of New England_.
- =Colonial Commerce.=--Coman, pp. 73-85. Callender, pp. 51-63, 78-84.
- Moore, pp. 163-208. Lodge, _Short History of the English Colonies_, pp.
- 409-412, 229-231, 312-314.
- Chapter III
- SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PROGRESS
- Colonial life, crowded as it was with hard and unremitting toil, left
- scant leisure for the cultivation of the arts and sciences. There was
- little money in private purses or public treasuries to be dedicated to
- schools, libraries, and museums. Few there were with time to read long
- and widely, and fewer still who could devote their lives to things that
- delight the eye and the mind. And yet, poor and meager as the
- intellectual life of the colonists may seem by way of comparison, heroic
- efforts were made in every community to lift the people above the plane
- of mere existence. After the first clearings were opened in the forests
- those efforts were redoubled, and with lengthening years told upon the
- thought and spirit of the land. The appearance, during the struggle with
- England, of an extraordinary group of leaders familiar with history,
- political philosophy, and the arts of war, government, and diplomacy
- itself bore eloquent testimony to the high quality of the American
- intellect. No one, not even the most critical, can run through the
- writings of distinguished Americans scattered from Massachusetts to
- Georgia--the Adamses, Ellsworth, the Morrises, the Livingstons,
- Hamilton, Franklin, Washington, Madison, Marshall, Henry, the Randolphs,
- and the Pinckneys--without coming to the conclusion that there was
- something in American colonial life which fostered minds of depth and
- power. Women surmounted even greater difficulties than the men in the
- process of self-education, and their keen interest in public issues is
- evident in many a record like the _Letters_ of Mrs. John Adams to her
- husband during the Revolution; the writings of Mrs. Mercy Otis Warren,
- the sister of James Otis, who measured her pen with the British
- propagandists; and the patriot newspapers founded and managed by women.
- THE LEADERSHIP OF THE CHURCHES
- In the intellectual life of America, the churches assumed a role of high
- importance. There were abundant reasons for this. In many of the
- colonies--Maryland, Pennsylvania, and New England--the religious impulse
- had been one of the impelling motives in stimulating immigration. In all
- the colonies, the clergy, at least in the beginning, formed the only
- class with any leisure to devote to matters of the spirit. They preached
- on Sundays and taught school on week days. They led in the discussion of
- local problems and in the formation of political opinion, so much of
- which was concerned with the relation between church and state. They
- wrote books and pamphlets. They filled most of the chairs in the
- colleges; under clerical guidance, intellectual and spiritual, the
- Americans received their formal education. In several of the provinces
- the Anglican Church was established by law. In New England the Puritans
- were supreme, notwithstanding the efforts of the crown to overbear their
- authority. In the Middle colonies, particularly, the multiplication of
- sects made the dominance of any single denomination impossible; and in
- all of them there was a growing diversity of faith, which promised in
- time a separation of church and state and freedom of opinion.
- =The Church of England.=--Virginia was the stronghold of the English
- system of church and state. The Anglican faith and worship were
- prescribed by law, sustained by taxes imposed on all, and favored by the
- governor, the provincial councilors, and the richest planters. "The
- Established Church," says Lodge, "was one of the appendages of the
- Virginia aristocracy. They controlled the vestries and the ministers,
- and the parish church stood not infrequently on the estate of the
- planter who built and managed it." As in England, Catholics and
- Protestant Dissenters were at first laid under heavy disabilities. Only
- slowly and on sufferance were they admitted to the province; but when
- once they were even covertly tolerated, they pressed steadily in, until,
- by the Revolution, they outnumbered the adherents of the established
- order.
- The Church was also sanctioned by law and supported by taxes in the
- Carolinas after 1704, and in Georgia after that colony passed directly
- under the crown in 1754--this in spite of the fact that the majority of
- the inhabitants were Dissenters. Against the protests of the Catholics
- it was likewise established in Maryland. In New York, too,
- notwithstanding the resistance of the Dutch, the Established Church was
- fostered by the provincial officials, and the Anglicans, embracing about
- one-fifteenth of the population, exerted an influence all out of
- proportion to their numbers.
- Many factors helped to enhance the power of the English Church in the
- colonies. It was supported by the British government and the official
- class sent out to the provinces. Its bishops and archbishops in England
- were appointed by the king, and its faith and service were set forth by
- acts of Parliament. Having its seat of power in the English monarchy, it
- could hold its clergy and missionaries loyal to the crown and so
- counteract to some extent the independent spirit that was growing up in
- America. The Church, always a strong bulwark of the state, therefore had
- a political role to play here as in England. Able bishops and far-seeing
- leaders firmly grasped this fact about the middle of the eighteenth
- century and redoubled their efforts to augment the influence of the
- Church in provincial affairs. Unhappily for their plans they failed to
- calculate in advance the effect of their methods upon dissenting
- Protestants, who still cherished memories of bitter religious conflicts
- in the mother country.
- =Puritanism in New England.=--If the established faith made for imperial
- unity, the same could not be said of Puritanism. The Plymouth Pilgrims
- had cast off all allegiance to the Anglican Church and established a
- separate and independent congregation before they came to America. The
- Puritans, essaying at first the task of reformers within the Church,
- soon after their arrival in Massachusetts, likewise flung off their yoke
- of union with the Anglicans. In each town a separate congregation was
- organized, the male members choosing the pastor, the teachers, and the
- other officers. They also composed the voters in the town meeting, where
- secular matters were determined. The union of church and government was
- thus complete, and uniformity of faith and life prescribed by law and
- enforced by civil authorities; but this worked for local autonomy
- instead of imperial unity.
- The clergy became a powerful class, dominant through their learning and
- their fearful denunciations of the faithless. They wrote the books for
- the people to read--the famous Cotton Mather having three hundred and
- eighty-three books and pamphlets to his credit. In cooperation with the
- civil officers they enforced a strict observance of the Puritan
- Sabbath--a day of rest that began at six o'clock on Saturday evening and
- lasted until sunset on Sunday. All work, all trading, all amusement, and
- all worldly conversation were absolutely prohibited during those hours.
- A thoughtless maid servant who for some earthly reason smiled in church
- was in danger of being banished as a vagabond. Robert Pike, a devout
- Puritan, thinking the sun had gone to rest, ventured forth on horseback
- one Sunday evening and was luckless enough to have a ray of light strike
- him through a rift in the clouds. The next day he was brought into court
- and fined for "his ungodly conduct." With persons accused of witchcraft
- the Puritans were still more ruthless. When a mania of persecution swept
- over Massachusetts in 1692, eighteen people were hanged, one was pressed
- to death, many suffered imprisonment, and two died in jail.
- Just about this time, however, there came a break in the uniformity of
- Puritan rule. The crown and church in England had long looked upon it
- with disfavor, and in 1684 King Charles II annulled the old charter of
- the Massachusetts Bay Company. A new document issued seven years later
- wrested from the Puritans of the colony the right to elect their own
- governor and reserved the power of appointment to the king. It also
- abolished the rule limiting the suffrage to church members, substituting
- for it a simple property qualification. Thus a royal governor and an
- official family, certain to be Episcopalian in faith and monarchist in
- sympathies, were forced upon Massachusetts; and members of all religious
- denominations, if they had the required amount of property, were
- permitted to take part in elections. By this act in the name of the
- crown, the Puritan monopoly was broken down in Massachusetts, and that
- province was brought into line with Connecticut, Rhode Island, and New
- Hampshire, where property, not religious faith, was the test for the
- suffrage.
- =Growth of Religious Toleration.=--Though neither the Anglicans of
- Virginia nor the Puritans of Massachusetts believed in toleration for
- other denominations, that principle was strictly applied in Rhode
- Island. There, under the leadership of Roger Williams, liberty in
- matters of conscience was established in the beginning. Maryland, by
- granting in 1649 freedom to those who professed to believe in Jesus
- Christ, opened its gates to all Christians; and Pennsylvania, true to
- the tenets of the Friends, gave freedom of conscience to those "who
- confess and acknowledge the one Almighty and Eternal God to be the
- creator, upholder, and ruler of the World." By one circumstance or
- another, the Middle colonies were thus early characterized by diversity
- rather than uniformity of opinion. Dutch Protestants, Huguenots,
- Quakers, Baptists, Presbyterians, New Lights, Moravians, Lutherans,
- Catholics, and other denominations became too strongly intrenched and
- too widely scattered to permit any one of them to rule, if it had
- desired to do so. There were communities and indeed whole sections where
- one or another church prevailed, but in no colony was a legislature
- steadily controlled by a single group. Toleration encouraged diversity,
- and diversity, in turn, worked for greater toleration.
- The government and faith of the dissenting denominations conspired with
- economic and political tendencies to draw America away from the English
- state. Presbyterians, Quakers, Baptists, and Puritans had no hierarchy
- of bishops and archbishops to bind them to the seat of power in London.
- Neither did they look to that metropolis for guidance in interpreting
- articles of faith. Local self-government in matters ecclesiastical
- helped to train them for local self-government in matters political. The
- spirit of independence which led Dissenters to revolt in the Old World,
- nourished as it was amid favorable circumstances in the New World, made
- them all the more zealous in the defense of every right against
- authority imposed from without.
- SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES
- =Religion and Local Schools.=--One of the first cares of each Protestant
- denomination was the education of the children in the faith. In this
- work the Bible became the center of interest. The English version was
- indeed the one book of the people. Farmers, shopkeepers, and artisans,
- whose life had once been bounded by the daily routine of labor, found in
- the Scriptures not only an inspiration to religious conduct, but also a
- book of romance, travel, and history. "Legend and annal," says John
- Richard Green, "war-song and psalm, state-roll and biography, the mighty
- voices of prophets, the parables of Evangelists, stories of mission
- journeys, of perils by sea and among the heathen, philosophic arguments,
- apocalyptic visions, all were flung broadcast over minds unoccupied for
- the most part by any rival learning.... As a mere literary monument, the
- English version of the Bible remains the noblest example of the English
- tongue." It was the King James version just from the press that the
- Pilgrims brought across the sea with them.
- For the authority of the Established Church was substituted the
- authority of the Scriptures. The Puritans devised a catechism based upon
- their interpretation of the Bible, and, very soon after their arrival in
- America, they ordered all parents and masters of servants to be diligent
- in seeing that their children and wards were taught to read religious
- works and give answers to the religious questions. Massachusetts was
- scarcely twenty years old before education of this character was
- declared to be compulsory, and provision was made for public schools
- where those not taught at home could receive instruction in reading and
- writing.
- [Illustration: A PAGE FROM A FAMOUS SCHOOLBOOK
- A In ADAM'S Fall
- We sinned all.
- B Heaven to find,
- The Bible Mind.
- C Christ crucify'd
- For sinners dy'd.
- D The Deluge drown'd
- The Earth around.
- E ELIJAH hid
- by Ravens fed.
- F The judgment made
- FELIX afraid.]
- Outside of New England the idea of compulsory education was not regarded
- with the same favor; but the whole land was nevertheless dotted with
- little schools kept by "dames, itinerant teachers, or local parsons."
- Whether we turn to the life of Franklin in the North or Washington in
- the South, we read of tiny schoolhouses, where boys, and sometimes
- girls, were taught to read and write. Where there were no schools,
- fathers and mothers of the better kind gave their children the rudiments
- of learning. Though illiteracy was widespread, there is evidence to show
- that the diffusion of knowledge among the masses was making steady
- progress all through the eighteenth century.
- =Religion and Higher Learning.=--Religious motives entered into the
- establishment of colleges as well as local schools. Harvard, founded in
- 1636, and Yale, opened in 1718, were intended primarily to train
- "learned and godly ministers" for the Puritan churches of New England.
- To the far North, Dartmouth, chartered in 1769, was designed first as a
- mission to the Indians and then as a college for the sons of New England
- farmers preparing to preach, teach, or practice law. The College of New
- Jersey, organized in 1746 and removed to Princeton eleven years later,
- was sustained by the Presbyterians. Two colleges looked to the
- Established Church as their source of inspiration and support: William
- and Mary, founded in Virginia in 1693, and King's College, now Columbia
- University, chartered by King George II in 1754, on an appeal from the
- New York Anglicans, alarmed at the growth of religious dissent and the
- "republican tendencies" of the age. Two colleges revealed a drift away
- from sectarianism. Brown, established in Rhode Island in 1764, and the
- Philadelphia Academy, forerunner of the University of Pennsylvania,
- organized by Benjamin Franklin, reflected the spirit of toleration by
- giving representation on the board of trustees to several religious
- sects. It was Franklin's idea that his college should prepare young men
- to serve in public office as leaders of the people and ornaments to
- their country.
- =Self-education in America.=--Important as were these institutions of
- learning, higher education was by no means confined within their walls.
- Many well-to-do families sent their sons to Oxford or Cambridge in
- England. Private tutoring in the home was common. In still more families
- there were intelligent children who grew up in the great colonial school
- of adversity and who trained themselves until, in every contest of mind
- and wit, they could vie with the sons of Harvard or William and Mary or
- any other college. Such, for example, was Benjamin Franklin, whose
- charming autobiography, in addition to being an American classic, is a
- fine record of self-education. His formal training in the classroom was
- limited to a few years at a local school in Boston; but his
- self-education continued throughout his life. He early manifested a zeal
- for reading, and devoured, he tells us, his father's dry library on
- theology, Bunyan's works, Defoe's writings, Plutarch's _Lives_, Locke's
- _On the Human Understanding_, and innumerable volumes dealing with
- secular subjects. His literary style, perhaps the best of his time,
- Franklin acquired by the diligent and repeated analysis of the
- _Spectator_. In a life crowded with labors, he found time to read widely
- in natural science and to win single-handed recognition at the hands of
- European savants for his discoveries in electricity. By his own efforts
- he "attained an acquaintance" with Latin, Italian, French, and Spanish,
- thus unconsciously preparing himself for the day when he was to speak
- for all America at the court of the king of France.
- Lesser lights than Franklin, educated by the same process, were found
- all over colonial America. From this fruitful source of native ability,
- self-educated, the American cause drew great strength in the trials of
- the Revolution.
- THE COLONIAL PRESS
- =The Rise of the Newspaper.=--The evolution of American democracy into a
- government by public opinion, enlightened by the open discussion of
- political questions, was in no small measure aided by a free press. That
- too, like education, was a matter of slow growth. A printing press was
- brought to Massachusetts in 1639, but it was put in charge of an
- official censor and limited to the publication of religious works. Forty
- years elapsed before the first newspaper appeared, bearing the curious
- title, _Public Occurrences Both Foreign and Domestic_, and it had not
- been running very long before the government of Massachusetts suppressed
- it for discussing a political question.
- Publishing, indeed, seemed to be a precarious business; but in 1704
- there came a second venture in journalism, _The Boston News-Letter_,
- which proved to be a more lasting enterprise because it refrained from
- criticizing the authorities. Still the public interest languished. When
- Franklin's brother, James, began to issue his _New England Courant_
- about 1720, his friends sought to dissuade him, saying that one
- newspaper was enough for America. Nevertheless he continued it; and his
- confidence in the future was rewarded. In nearly every colony a gazette
- or chronicle appeared within the next thirty years or more. Benjamin
- Franklin was able to record in 1771 that America had twenty-five
- newspapers. Boston led with five. Philadelphia had three: two in English
- and one in German.
- =Censorship and Restraints on the Press.=--The idea of printing,
- unlicensed by the government and uncontrolled by the church, was,
- however, slow in taking form. The founders of the American colonies had
- never known what it was to have the free and open publication of books,
- pamphlets, broadsides, and newspapers. When the art of printing was
- first discovered, the control of publishing was vested in clerical
- authorities. After the establishment of the State Church in England in
- the reign of Elizabeth, censorship of the press became a part of royal
- prerogative. Printing was restricted to Oxford, Cambridge, and London;
- and no one could publish anything without previous approval of the
- official censor. When the Puritans were in power, the popular party,
- with a zeal which rivaled that of the crown, sought, in turn, to silence
- royalist and clerical writers by a vigorous censorship. After the
- restoration of the monarchy, control of the press was once more placed
- in royal hands, where it remained until 1695, when Parliament, by
- failing to renew the licensing act, did away entirely with the official
- censorship. By that time political parties were so powerful and so
- active and printing presses were so numerous that official review of all
- published matter became a sheer impossibility.
- In America, likewise, some troublesome questions arose in connection
- with freedom of the press. The Puritans of Massachusetts were no less
- anxious than King Charles or the Archbishop of London to shut out from
- the prying eyes of the people all literature "not mete for them to
- read"; and so they established a system of official licensing for
- presses, which lasted until 1755. In the other colonies where there was
- more diversity of opinion and publishers could set up in business with
- impunity, they were nevertheless constantly liable to arrest for
- printing anything displeasing to the colonial governments. In 1721 the
- editor of the _Mercury_ in Philadelphia was called before the
- proprietary council and ordered to apologize for a political article,
- and for a later offense of a similar character he was thrown into jail.
- A still more famous case was that of Peter Zenger, a New York publisher,
- who was arrested in 1735 for criticising the administration. Lawyers who
- ventured to defend the unlucky editor were deprived of their licenses to
- practice, and it became necessary to bring an attorney all the way from
- Philadelphia. By this time the tension of feeling was high, and the
- approbation of the public was forthcoming when the lawyer for the
- defense exclaimed to the jury that the very cause of liberty itself, not
- that of the poor printer, was on trial! The verdict for Zenger, when it
- finally came, was the signal for an outburst of popular rejoicing.
- Already the people of King George's province knew how precious a thing
- is the freedom of the press.
- Thanks to the schools, few and scattered as they were, and to the
- vigilance of parents, a very large portion, perhaps nearly one-half, of
- the colonists could read. Through the newspapers, pamphlets, and
- almanacs that streamed from the types, the people could follow the
- course of public events and grasp the significance of political
- arguments. An American opinion was in the process of making--an
- independent opinion nourished by the press and enriched by discussions
- around the fireside and at the taverns. When the day of resistance to
- British rule came, government by opinion was at hand. For every person
- who could hear the voice of Patrick Henry and Samuel Adams, there were a
- thousand who could see their appeals on the printed page. Men who had
- spelled out their letters while poring over Franklin's _Poor Richard's
- Almanac_ lived to read Thomas Paine's thrilling call to arms.
- THE EVOLUTION IN POLITICAL INSTITUTIONS
- Two very distinct lines of development appeared in colonial politics.
- The one, exalting royal rights and aristocratic privileges, was the
- drift toward provincial government through royal officers appointed in
- England. The other, leading toward democracy and self-government, was
- the growth in the power of the popular legislative assembly. Each
- movement gave impetus to the other, with increasing force during the
- passing years, until at last the final collision between the two ideals
- of government came in the war of independence.
- =The Royal Provinces.=--Of the thirteen English colonies eight were
- royal provinces in 1776, with governors appointed by the king. Virginia
- passed under the direct rule of the crown in 1624, when the charter of
- the London Company was annulled. The Massachusetts Bay corporation lost
- its charter in 1684, and the new instrument granted seven years later
- stripped the colonists of the right to choose their chief executive. In
- the early decades of the eighteenth century both the Carolinas were
- given the provincial instead of the proprietary form. New Hampshire,
- severed from Massachusetts in 1679, and Georgia, surrendered by the
- trustees in 1752, went into the hands of the crown. New York,
- transferred to the Duke of York on its capture from the Dutch in 1664,
- became a province when he took the title of James II in 1685. New
- Jersey, after remaining for nearly forty years under proprietors, was
- brought directly under the king in 1702. Maryland, Pennsylvania, and
- Delaware, although they retained their proprietary character until the
- Revolution, were in some respects like the royal colonies, for their
- governors were as independent of popular choice as were the appointees
- of King George. Only two colonies, Rhode Island and Connecticut,
- retained full self-government on the eve of the Revolution. They alone
- had governors and legislatures entirely of their own choosing.
- The chief officer of the royal province was the governor, who enjoyed
- high and important powers which he naturally sought to augment at every
- turn. He enforced the laws and, usually with the consent of a council,
- appointed the civil and military officers. He granted pardons and
- reprieves; he was head of the highest court; he was commander-in-chief
- of the militia; he levied troops for defense and enforced martial law in
- time of invasion, war, and rebellion. In all the provinces, except
- Massachusetts, he named the councilors who composed the upper house of
- the legislature and was likely to choose those who favored his claims.
- He summoned, adjourned, and dissolved the popular assembly, or the lower
- house; he laid before it the projects of law desired by the crown; and
- he vetoed measures which he thought objectionable. Here were in America
- all the elements of royal prerogative against which Hampden had
- protested and Cromwell had battled in England.
- [Illustration: THE ROYAL GOVERNOR'S PALACE AT NEW BERNE]
- The colonial governors were generally surrounded by a body of
- office-seekers and hunters for land grants. Some of them were noblemen
- of broken estates who had come to America to improve their fortunes. The
- pretensions of this circle grated on colonial nerves, and privileges
- granted to them, often at the expense of colonists, did much to deepen
- popular antipathy to the British government. Favors extended to
- adherents of the Established Church displeased Dissenters. The
- reappearance of this formidable union of church and state, from which
- they had fled, stirred anew the ancient wrath against that combination.
- =The Colonial Assembly.=--Coincident with the drift toward
- administration through royal governors was the second and opposite
- tendency, namely, a steady growth in the practice of self-government.
- The voters of England had long been accustomed to share in taxation and
- law-making through representatives in Parliament, and the idea was early
- introduced in America. Virginia was only twelve years old (1619) when
- its first representative assembly appeared. As the towns of
- Massachusetts multiplied and it became impossible for all the members of
- the corporation to meet at one place, the representative idea was
- adopted, in 1633. The river towns of Connecticut formed a representative
- system under their "Fundamental Orders" of 1639, and the entire colony
- was given a royal charter in 1662. Generosity, as well as practical
- considerations, induced such proprietors as Lord Baltimore and William
- Penn to invite their colonists to share in the government as soon as any
- considerable settlements were made. Thus by one process or another every
- one of the colonies secured a popular assembly.
- It is true that in the provision for popular elections, the suffrage was
- finally restricted to property owners or taxpayers, with a leaning
- toward the freehold qualification. In Virginia, the rural voter had to
- be a freeholder owning at least fifty acres of land, if there was no
- house on it, or twenty-five acres with a house twenty-five feet square.
- In Massachusetts, the voter for member of the assembly under the charter
- of 1691 had to be a freeholder of an estate worth forty shillings a year
- at least or of other property to the value of forty pounds sterling. In
- Pennsylvania, the suffrage was granted to freeholders owning fifty acres
- or more of land well seated, twelve acres cleared, and to other persons
- worth at least fifty pounds in lawful money.
- Restrictions like these undoubtedly excluded from the suffrage a very
- considerable number of men, particularly the mechanics and artisans of
- the towns, who were by no means content with their position.
- Nevertheless, it was relatively easy for any man to acquire a small
- freehold, so cheap and abundant was land; and in fact a large proportion
- of the colonists were land owners. Thus the assemblies, in spite of the
- limited suffrage, acquired a democratic tone.
- The popular character of the assemblies increased as they became engaged
- in battles with the royal and proprietary governors. When called upon by
- the executive to make provision for the support of the administration,
- the legislature took advantage of the opportunity to make terms in the
- interest of the taxpayers. It made annual, not permanent, grants of
- money to pay official salaries and then insisted upon electing a
- treasurer to dole it out. Thus the colonists learned some of the
- mysteries of public finance, as well as the management of rapacious
- officials. The legislature also used its power over money grants to
- force the governor to sign bills which he would otherwise have vetoed.
- =Contests between Legislatures and Governors.=--As may be imagined, many
- and bitter were the contests between the royal and proprietary governors
- and the colonial assemblies. Franklin relates an amusing story of how
- the Pennsylvania assembly held in one hand a bill for the executive to
- sign and, in the other hand, the money to pay his salary. Then, with sly
- humor, Franklin adds: "Do not, my courteous reader, take pet at our
- proprietary constitution for these our bargain and sale proceedings in
- legislation. It is a happy country where justice and what was your own
- before can be had for ready money. It is another addition to the value
- of money and of course another spur to industry. Every land is not so
- blessed."
- It must not be thought, however, that every governor got off as easily
- as Franklin's tale implies. On the contrary, the legislatures, like
- Caesar, fed upon meat that made them great and steadily encroached upon
- executive prerogatives as they tried out and found their strength. If
- we may believe contemporary laments, the power of the crown in America
- was diminishing when it was struck down altogether. In New York, the
- friends of the governor complained in 1747 that "the inhabitants of
- plantations are generally educated in republican principles; upon
- republican principles all is conducted. Little more than a shadow of
- royal authority remains in the Northern colonies." "Here," echoed the
- governor of South Carolina, the following year, "levelling principles
- prevail; the frame of the civil government is unhinged; a governor, if
- he would be idolized, must betray his trust; the people have got their
- whole administration in their hands; the election of the members of the
- assembly is by ballot; not civil posts only, but all ecclesiastical
- preferments, are in the disposal or election of the people."
- Though baffled by the "levelling principles" of the colonial assemblies,
- the governors did not give up the case as hopeless. Instead they evolved
- a system of policy and action which they thought could bring the
- obstinate provincials to terms. That system, traceable in their letters
- to the government in London, consisted of three parts: (1) the royal
- officers in the colonies were to be made independent of the legislatures
- by taxes imposed by acts of Parliament; (2) a British standing army was
- to be maintained in America; (3) the remaining colonial charters were to
- be revoked and government by direct royal authority was to be enlarged.
- Such a system seemed plausible enough to King George III and to many
- ministers of the crown in London. With governors, courts, and an army
- independent of the colonists, they imagined it would be easy to carry
- out both royal orders and acts of Parliament. This reasoning seemed both
- practical and logical. Nor was it founded on theory, for it came fresh
- from the governors themselves. It was wanting in one respect only. It
- failed to take account of the fact that the American people were growing
- strong in the practice of self-government and could dispense with the
- tutelage of the British ministry, no matter how excellent it might be or
- how benevolent its intentions.
- =References=
- A.M. Earle, _Home Life in Colonial Days_.
- A.L. Cross, _The Anglican Episcopate and the American Colonies_ (Harvard
- Studies).
- E.G. Dexter, _History of Education in the United States_.
- C.A. Duniway, _Freedom of the Press in Massachusetts_.
- Benjamin Franklin, _Autobiography_.
- E.B. Greene, _The Provincial Governor_ (Harvard Studies).
- A.E. McKinley, _The Suffrage Franchise in the Thirteen English Colonies_
- (Pennsylvania University Studies).
- M.C. Tyler, _History of American Literature during the Colonial Times_
- (2 vols.).
- =Questions=
- 1. Why is leisure necessary for the production of art and literature?
- How may leisure be secured?
- 2. Explain the position of the church in colonial life.
- 3. Contrast the political roles of Puritanism and the Established
- Church.
- 4. How did diversity of opinion work for toleration?
- 5. Show the connection between religion and learning in colonial times.
- 6. Why is a "free press" such an important thing to American democracy?
- 7. Relate some of the troubles of early American publishers.
- 8. Give the undemocratic features of provincial government.
- 9. How did the colonial assemblies help to create an independent
- American spirit, in spite of a restricted suffrage?
- 10. Explain the nature of the contests between the governors and the
- legislatures.
- =Research Topics=
- =Religious and Intellectual Life.=--Lodge, _Short History of the English
- Colonies_: (1) in New England, pp. 418-438, 465-475; (2) in Virginia,
- pp. 54-61, 87-89; (3) in Pennsylvania, pp. 232-237, 253-257; (4) in New
- York, pp. 316-321. Interesting source materials in Hart, _American
- History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 255-275, 276-290.
- =The Government of a Royal Province, Virginia.=--Lodge, pp. 43-50.
- Special Reference: E.B. Greene, _The Provincial Governor_ (Harvard
- Studies).
- =The Government of a Proprietary Colony, Pennsylvania.=--Lodge, pp.
- 230-232.
- =Government in New England.=--Lodge, pp. 412-417.
- =The Colonial Press.=--Special Reference: G.H. Payne, _History of
- Journalism in the United States_ (1920).
- =Colonial Life in General.=--John Fiske, _Old Virginia and Her
- Neighbors_, Vol. II, pp. 174-269; Elson, _History of the United States_,
- pp. 197-210.
- =Colonial Government in General.=--Elson, pp. 210-216.
- CHAPTER IV
- THE DEVELOPMENT OF COLONIAL NATIONALISM
- It is one of the well-known facts of history that a people loosely
- united by domestic ties of a political and economic nature, even a
- people torn by domestic strife, may be welded into a solid and compact
- body by an attack from a foreign power. The imperative call to common
- defense, the habit of sharing common burdens, the fusing force of common
- service--these things, induced by the necessity of resisting outside
- interference, act as an amalgam drawing together all elements, except,
- perhaps, the most discordant. The presence of the enemy allays the most
- virulent of quarrels, temporarily at least. "Politics," runs an old
- saying, "stops at the water's edge."
- This ancient political principle, so well understood in diplomatic
- circles, applied nearly as well to the original thirteen American
- colonies as to the countries of Europe. The necessity for common
- defense, if not equally great, was certainly always pressing. Though it
- has long been the practice to speak of the early settlements as founded
- in "a wilderness," this was not actually the case. From the earliest
- days of Jamestown on through the years, the American people were
- confronted by dangers from without. All about their tiny settlements
- were Indians, growing more and more hostile as the frontier advanced and
- as sharp conflicts over land aroused angry passions. To the south and
- west was the power of Spain, humiliated, it is true, by the disaster to
- the Armada, but still presenting an imposing front to the British
- empire. To the north and west were the French, ambitious, energetic,
- imperial in temper, and prepared to contest on land and water the
- advance of British dominion in America.
- RELATIONS WITH THE INDIANS AND THE FRENCH
- =Indian Affairs.=--It is difficult to make general statements about the
- relations of the colonists to the Indians. The problem was presented in
- different shape in different sections of America. It was not handled
- according to any coherent or uniform plan by the British government,
- which alone could speak for all the provinces at the same time. Neither
- did the proprietors and the governors who succeeded one another, in an
- irregular train, have the consistent policy or the matured experience
- necessary for dealing wisely with Indian matters. As the difficulties
- arose mainly on the frontiers, where the restless and pushing pioneers
- were making their way with gun and ax, nearly everything that happened
- was the result of chance rather than of calculation. A personal quarrel
- between traders and an Indian, a jug of whisky, a keg of gunpowder, the
- exchange of guns for furs, personal treachery, or a flash of bad temper
- often set in motion destructive forces of the most terrible character.
- On one side of the ledger may be set innumerable generous records--of
- Squanto and Samoset teaching the Pilgrims the ways of the wilds; of
- Roger Williams buying his lands from the friendly natives; or of William
- Penn treating with them on his arrival in America. On the other side of
- the ledger must be recorded many a cruel and bloody conflict as the
- frontier rolled westward with deadly precision. The Pequots on the
- Connecticut border, sensing their doom, fell upon the tiny settlements
- with awful fury in 1637 only to meet with equally terrible punishment. A
- generation later, King Philip, son of Massasoit, the friend of the
- Pilgrims, called his tribesmen to a war of extermination which brought
- the strength of all New England to the field and ended in his own
- destruction. In New York, the relations with the Indians, especially
- with the Algonquins and the Mohawks, were marked by periodic and
- desperate wars. Virginia and her Southern neighbors suffered as did New
- England. In 1622 Opecacano, a brother of Powhatan, the friend of the
- Jamestown settlers, launched a general massacre; and in 1644 he
- attempted a war of extermination. In 1675 the whole frontier was ablaze.
- Nathaniel Bacon vainly attempted to stir the colonial governor to put up
- an adequate defense and, failing in that plea, himself headed a revolt
- and a successful expedition against the Indians. As the Virginia
- outposts advanced into the Kentucky country, the strife with the natives
- was transferred to that "dark and bloody ground"; while to the
- southeast, a desperate struggle with the Tuscaroras called forth the
- combined forces of the two Carolinas and Virginia.
- [Illustration: _From an old print._
- VIRGINIANS DEFENDING THEMSELVES AGAINST THE INDIANS]
- From such horrors New Jersey and Delaware were saved on account of their
- geographical location. Pennsylvania, consistently following a policy of
- conciliation, was likewise spared until her western vanguard came into
- full conflict with the allied French and Indians. Georgia, by clever
- negotiations and treaties of alliance, managed to keep on fair terms
- with her belligerent Cherokees and Creeks. But neither diplomacy nor
- generosity could stay the inevitable conflict as the frontier advanced,
- especially after the French soldiers enlisted the Indians in their
- imperial enterprises. It was then that desultory fighting became general
- warfare.
- [Illustration: ENGLISH, FRENCH, AND SPANISH POSSESSIONS IN AMERICA,
- 1750]
- =Early Relations with the French.=--During the first decades of French
- exploration and settlement in the St. Lawrence country, the English
- colonies, engrossed with their own problems, gave little or no thought
- to their distant neighbors. Quebec, founded in 1608, and Montreal, in
- 1642, were too far away, too small in population, and too slight in
- strength to be much of a menace to Boston, Hartford, or New York. It was
- the statesmen in France and England, rather than the colonists in
- America, who first grasped the significance of the slowly converging
- empires in North America. It was the ambition of Louis XIV of France,
- rather than the labors of Jesuit missionaries and French rangers, that
- sounded the first note of colonial alarm.
- Evidence of this lies in the fact that three conflicts between the
- English and the French occurred before their advancing frontiers met on
- the Pennsylvania border. King William's War (1689-1697), Queen Anne's
- War (1701-1713), and King George's War (1744-1748) owed their origins
- and their endings mainly to the intrigues and rivalries of European
- powers, although they all involved the American colonies in struggles
- with the French and their savage allies.
- =The Clash in the Ohio Valley.=--The second of these wars had hardly
- closed, however, before the English colonists themselves began to be
- seriously alarmed about the rapidly expanding French dominion in the
- West. Marquette and Joliet, who opened the Lake region, and La Salle,
- who in 1682 had gone down the Mississippi to the Gulf, had been followed
- by the builders of forts. In 1718, the French founded New Orleans, thus
- taking possession of the gateway to the Mississippi as well as the St.
- Lawrence. A few years later they built Fort Niagara; in 1731 they
- occupied Crown Point; in 1749 they formally announced their dominion
- over all the territory drained by the Ohio River. Having asserted this
- lofty claim, they set out to make it good by constructing in the years
- 1752-1754 Fort Le Boeuf near Lake Erie, Fort Venango on the upper
- waters of the Allegheny, and Fort Duquesne at the junction of the
- streams forming the Ohio. Though they were warned by George Washington,
- in the name of the governor of Virginia, to keep out of territory "so
- notoriously known to be property of the crown of Great Britain," the
- French showed no signs of relinquishing their pretensions.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- BRADDOCK'S RETREAT]
- =The Final Phase--the French and Indian War.=--Thus it happened that the
- shot which opened the Seven Years' War, known in America as the French
- and Indian War, was fired in the wilds of Pennsylvania. There began the
- conflict that spread to Europe and even Asia and finally involved
- England and Prussia, on the one side, and France, Austria, Spain, and
- minor powers on the other. On American soil, the defeat of Braddock in
- 1755 and Wolfe's exploit in capturing Quebec four years later were the
- dramatic features. On the continent of Europe, England subsidized
- Prussian arms to hold France at bay. In India, on the banks of the
- Ganges, as on the banks of the St. Lawrence, British arms were
- triumphant. Well could the historian write: "Conquests equaling in
- rapidity and far surpassing in magnitude those of Cortes and Pizarro had
- been achieved in the East." Well could the merchants of London declare
- that under the administration of William Pitt, the imperial genius of
- this world-wide conflict, commerce had been "united with and made to
- flourish by war."
- From the point of view of the British empire, the results of the war
- were momentous. By the peace of 1763, Canada and the territory east of
- the Mississippi, except New Orleans, passed under the British flag. The
- remainder of the Louisiana territory was transferred to Spain and French
- imperial ambitions on the American continent were laid to rest. In
- exchange for Havana, which the British had seized during the war, Spain
- ceded to King George the colony of Florida. Not without warrant did
- Macaulay write in after years that Pitt "was the first Englishman of his
- time; and he had made England the first country in the world."
- THE EFFECTS OF WARFARE ON THE COLONIES
- The various wars with the French and the Indians, trivial in detail as
- they seem to-day, had a profound influence on colonial life and on the
- destiny of America. Circumstances beyond the control of popular
- assemblies, jealous of their individual powers, compelled cooperation
- among them, grudging and stingy no doubt, but still cooperation. The
- American people, more eager to be busy in their fields or at their
- trades, were simply forced to raise and support armies, to learn the
- arts of warfare, and to practice, if in a small theater, the science of
- statecraft. These forces, all cumulative, drove the colonists, so
- tenaciously provincial in their habits, in the direction of nationalism.
- =The New England Confederation.=--It was in their efforts to deal with
- the problems presented by the Indian and French menace that the
- Americans took the first steps toward union. Though there were many
- common ties among the settlers of New England, it required a deadly
- fear of the Indians to produce in 1643 the New England Confederation,
- composed of Massachusetts, Plymouth, Connecticut, and New Haven. The
- colonies so united were bound together in "a firm and perpetual league
- of friendship and amity for offense and defense, mutual service and
- succor, upon all just occasions." They made provision for distributing
- the burdens of wars among the members and provided for a congress of
- commissioners from each colony to determine upon common policies. For
- some twenty years the Confederation was active and it continued to hold
- meetings until after the extinction of the Indian peril on the immediate
- border.
- Virginia, no less than Massachusetts, was aware of the importance of
- intercolonial cooperation. In the middle of the seventeenth century, the
- Old Dominion began treaties of commerce and amity with New York and the
- colonies of New England. In 1684 delegates from Virginia met at Albany
- with the agents of New York and Massachusetts to discuss problems of
- mutual defense. A few years later the Old Dominion cooperated loyally
- with the Carolinas in defending their borders against Indian forays.
- =The Albany Plan of Union.=--An attempt at a general colonial union was
- made in 1754. On the suggestion of the Lords of Trade in England, a
- conference was held at Albany to consider Indian relations, to devise
- measures of defense against the French, and to enter into "articles of
- union and confederation for the general defense of his Majesty's
- subjects and interests in North America as well in time of peace as of
- war." New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New York,
- Pennsylvania, and Maryland were represented. After a long discussion, a
- plan of union, drafted mainly, it seems, by Benjamin Franklin, was
- adopted and sent to the colonies and the crown for approval. The
- colonies, jealous of their individual rights, refused to accept the
- scheme and the king disapproved it for the reason, Franklin said, that
- it had "too much weight in the democratic part of the constitution."
- Though the Albany union failed, the document is still worthy of study
- because it forecast many of the perplexing problems that were not solved
- until thirty-three years afterward, when another convention of which
- also Franklin was a member drafted the Constitution of the United
- States.
- [Illustration: BENJAMIN FRANKLIN]
- =The Military Education of the Colonists.=--The same wars that showed
- the provincials the meaning of union likewise instructed them in the art
- of defending their institutions. Particularly was this true of the last
- French and Indian conflict, which stretched all the way from Maine to
- the Carolinas and made heavy calls upon them all for troops. The answer,
- it is admitted, was far from satisfactory to the British government and
- the conduct of the militiamen was far from professional; but thousands
- of Americans got a taste, a strong taste, of actual fighting in the
- field. Men like George Washington and Daniel Morgan learned lessons that
- were not forgotten in after years. They saw what American militiamen
- could do under favorable circumstances and they watched British regulars
- operating on American soil. "This whole transaction," shrewdly remarked
- Franklin of Braddock's campaign, "gave us Americans the first suspicion
- that our exalted ideas of the prowess of British regular troops had not
- been well founded." It was no mere accident that the Virginia colonel
- who drew his sword under the elm at Cambridge and took command of the
- army of the Revolution was the brave officer who had "spurned the
- whistle of bullets" at the memorable battle in western Pennsylvania.
- =Financial Burdens and Commercial Disorder.=--While the provincials were
- learning lessons in warfare they were also paying the bills. All the
- conflicts were costly in treasure as in blood. King Philip's war left
- New England weak and almost bankrupt. The French and Indian struggle was
- especially expensive. The twenty-five thousand men put in the field by
- the colonies were sustained only by huge outlays of money. Paper
- currency streamed from the press and debts were accumulated. Commerce
- was driven from its usual channels and prices were enhanced. When the
- end came, both England and America were staggering under heavy
- liabilities, and to make matters worse there was a fall of prices
- accompanied by a commercial depression which extended over a period of
- ten years. It was in the midst of this crisis that measures of taxation
- had to be devised to pay the cost of the war, precipitating the quarrel
- which led to American independence.
- =The Expulsion of French Power from North America.=--The effects of the
- defeat administered to France, as time proved, were difficult to
- estimate. Some British statesmen regarded it as a happy circumstance
- that the colonists, already restive under their administration, had no
- foreign power at hand to aid them in case they struck for independence.
- American leaders, on the other hand, now that the soldiers of King Louis
- were driven from the continent, thought that they had no other country
- to fear if they cast off British sovereignty. At all events, France,
- though defeated, was not out of the sphere of American influence; for,
- as events proved, it was the fortunate French alliance negotiated by
- Franklin that assured the triumph of American arms in the War of the
- Revolution.
- COLONIAL RELATIONS WITH THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT
- It was neither the Indian wars nor the French wars that finally brought
- forth American nationality. That was the product of the long strife
- with the mother country which culminated in union for the war of
- independence. The forces that created this nation did not operate in the
- colonies alone. The character of the English sovereigns, the course of
- events in English domestic politics, and English measures of control
- over the colonies--executive, legislative, and judicial--must all be
- taken into account.
- =The Last of the Stuarts.=--The struggles between Charles I (1625-49)
- and the parliamentary party and the turmoil of the Puritan regime
- (1649-60) so engrossed the attention of Englishmen at home that they had
- little time to think of colonial policies or to interfere with colonial
- affairs. The restoration of the monarchy in 1660, accompanied by
- internal peace and the increasing power of the mercantile classes in the
- House of Commons, changed all that. In the reign of Charles II
- (1660-85), himself an easy-going person, the policy of regulating trade
- by act of Parliament was developed into a closely knit system and
- powerful agencies to supervise the colonies were created. At the same
- time a system of stricter control over the dominions was ushered in by
- the annulment of the old charter of Massachusetts which conferred so
- much self-government on the Puritans.
- Charles' successor, James II, a man of sterner stuff and jealous of his
- authority in the colonies as well as at home, continued the policy thus
- inaugurated and enlarged upon it. If he could have kept his throne, he
- would have bent the Americans under a harsh rule or brought on in his
- dominions a revolution like that which he precipitated at home in 1688.
- He determined to unite the Northern colonies and introduce a more
- efficient administration based on the pattern of the royal provinces. He
- made a martinet, Sir Edmund Andros, governor of all New England, New
- York, and New Jersey. The charter of Massachusetts, annulled in the last
- days of his brother's reign, he continued to ignore, and that of
- Connecticut would have been seized if it had not been spirited away and
- hidden, according to tradition, in a hollow oak.
- For several months, Andros gave the Northern colonies a taste of
- ill-tempered despotism. He wrung quit rents from land owners not
- accustomed to feudal dues; he abrogated titles to land where, in his
- opinion, they were unlawful; he forced the Episcopal service upon the
- Old South Church in Boston; and he denied the writ of _habeas corpus_ to
- a preacher who denounced taxation without representation. In the middle
- of his arbitrary course, however, his hand was stayed. The news came
- that King James had been dethroned by his angry subjects, and the people
- of Boston, kindling a fire on Beacon Hill, summoned the countryside to
- dispose of Andros. The response was prompt and hearty. The hated
- governor was arrested, imprisoned, and sent back across the sea under
- guard.
- The overthrow of James, followed by the accession of William and Mary
- and by assured parliamentary supremacy, had an immediate effect in the
- colonies. The new order was greeted with thanksgiving. Massachusetts was
- given another charter which, though not so liberal as the first,
- restored the spirit if not the entire letter of self-government. In the
- other colonies where Andros had been operating, the old course of
- affairs was resumed.
- =The Indifference of the First Two Georges.=--On the death in 1714 of
- Queen Anne, the successor of King William, the throne passed to a
- Hanoverian prince who, though grateful for English honors and revenues,
- was more interested in Hanover than in England. George I and George II,
- whose combined reigns extended from 1714 to 1760, never even learned to
- speak the English language, at least without an accent. The necessity of
- taking thought about colonial affairs bored both of them so that the
- stoutest defender of popular privileges in Boston or Charleston had no
- ground to complain of the exercise of personal prerogatives by the king.
- Moreover, during a large part of this period, the direction of affairs
- was in the hands of an astute leader, Sir Robert Walpole, who betrayed
- his somewhat cynical view of politics by adopting as his motto: "Let
- sleeping dogs lie." He revealed his appreciation of popular sentiment
- by exclaiming: "I will not be the minister to enforce taxes at the
- expense of blood." Such kings and such ministers were not likely to
- arouse the slumbering resistance of the thirteen colonies across the
- sea.
- =Control of the Crown over the Colonies.=--While no English ruler from
- James II to George III ventured to interfere with colonial matters
- personally, constant control over the colonies was exercised by royal
- officers acting under the authority of the crown. Systematic supervision
- began in 1660, when there was created by royal order a committee of the
- king's council to meet on Mondays and Thursdays of each week to consider
- petitions, memorials, and addresses respecting the plantations. In 1696
- a regular board was established, known as the "Lords of Trade and
- Plantations," which continued, until the American Revolution, to
- scrutinize closely colonial business. The chief duties of the board were
- to examine acts of colonial legislatures, to recommend measures to those
- assemblies for adoption, and to hear memorials and petitions from the
- colonies relative to their affairs.
- The methods employed by this board were varied. All laws passed by
- American legislatures came before it for review as a matter of routine.
- If it found an act unsatisfactory, it recommended to the king the
- exercise of his veto power, known as the royal disallowance. Any person
- who believed his personal or property rights injured by a colonial law
- could be heard by the board in person or by attorney; in such cases it
- was the practice to hear at the same time the agent of the colony so
- involved. The royal veto power over colonial legislation was not,
- therefore, a formal affair, but was constantly employed on the
- suggestion of a highly efficient agency of the crown. All this was in
- addition to the powers exercised by the governors in the royal
- provinces.
- =Judicial Control.=--Supplementing this administrative control over the
- colonies was a constant supervision by the English courts of law. The
- king, by virtue of his inherent authority, claimed and exercised high
- appellate powers over all judicial tribunals in the empire. The right
- of appeal from local courts, expressly set forth in some charters, was,
- on the eve of the Revolution, maintained in every colony. Any subject in
- England or America, who, in the regular legal course, was aggrieved by
- any act of a colonial legislature or any decision of a colonial court,
- had the right, subject to certain regulations, to carry his case to the
- king in council, forcing his opponent to follow him across the sea. In
- the exercise of appellate power, the king in council acting as a court
- could, and frequently did, declare acts of colonial legislatures duly
- enacted and approved, null and void, on the ground that they were
- contrary to English law.
- =Imperial Control in Operation.=--Day after day, week after week, year
- after year, the machinery for political and judicial control over
- colonial affairs was in operation. At one time the British governors in
- the colonies were ordered not to approve any colonial law imposing a
- duty on European goods imported in English vessels. Again, when North
- Carolina laid a tax on peddlers, the council objected to it as
- "restrictive upon the trade and dispersion of English manufactures
- throughout the continent." At other times, Indian trade was regulated in
- the interests of the whole empire or grants of lands by a colonial
- legislature were set aside. Virginia was forbidden to close her ports to
- North Carolina lest there should be retaliation.
- In short, foreign and intercolonial trade were subjected to a control
- higher than that of the colony, foreshadowing a day when the
- Constitution of the United States was to commit to Congress the power to
- regulate interstate and foreign commerce and commerce with the Indians.
- A superior judicial power, towering above that of the colonies, as the
- Supreme Court at Washington now towers above the states, kept the
- colonial legislatures within the metes and bounds of established law. In
- the thousands of appeals, memorials, petitions, and complaints, and the
- rulings and decisions upon them, were written the real history of
- British imperial control over the American colonies.
- So great was the business before the Lords of Trade that the colonies
- had to keep skilled agents in London to protect their interests. As
- common grievances against the operation of this machinery of control
- arose, there appeared in each colony a considerable body of men, with
- the merchants in the lead, who chafed at the restraints imposed on their
- enterprise. Only a powerful blow was needed to weld these bodies into a
- common mass nourishing the spirit of colonial nationalism. When to the
- repeated minor irritations were added general and sweeping measures of
- Parliament applying to every colony, the rebound came in the Revolution.
- =Parliamentary Control over Colonial Affairs.=--As soon as Parliament
- gained in power at the expense of the king, it reached out to bring the
- American colonies under its sway as well. Between the execution of
- Charles I and the accession of George III, there was enacted an immense
- body of legislation regulating the shipping, trade, and manufactures of
- America. All of it, based on the "mercantile" theory then prevalent in
- all countries of Europe, was designed to control the overseas
- plantations in such a way as to foster the commercial and business
- interests of the mother country, where merchants and men of finance had
- got the upper hand. According to this theory, the colonies of the
- British empire should be confined to agriculture and the production of
- raw materials, and forced to buy their manufactured goods of England.
- _The Navigation Acts._--In the first rank among these measures of
- British colonial policy must be placed the navigation laws framed for
- the purpose of building up the British merchant marine and navy--arms so
- essential in defending the colonies against the Spanish, Dutch, and
- French. The beginning of this type of legislation was made in 1651 and
- it was worked out into a system early in the reign of Charles II
- (1660-85).
- The Navigation Acts, in effect, gave a monopoly of colonial commerce to
- British ships. No trade could be carried on between Great Britain and
- her dominions save in vessels built and manned by British subjects. No
- European goods could be brought to America save in the ships of the
- country that produced them or in English ships. These laws, which were
- almost fatal to Dutch shipping in America, fell with severity upon the
- colonists, compelling them to pay higher freight rates. The adverse
- effect, however, was short-lived, for the measures stimulated
- shipbuilding in the colonies, where the abundance of raw materials gave
- the master builders of America an advantage over those of the mother
- country. Thus the colonists in the end profited from the restrictive
- policy written into the Navigation Acts.
- _The Acts against Manufactures._--The second group of laws was
- deliberately aimed to prevent colonial industries from competing too
- sharply with those of England. Among the earliest of these measures may
- be counted the Woolen Act of 1699, forbidding the exportation of woolen
- goods from the colonies and even the woolen trade between towns and
- colonies. When Parliament learned, as the result of an inquiry, that New
- England and New York were making thousands of hats a year and sending
- large numbers annually to the Southern colonies and to Ireland, Spain,
- and Portugal, it enacted in 1732 a law declaring that "no hats or felts,
- dyed or undyed, finished or unfinished" should be "put upon any vessel
- or laden upon any horse or cart with intent to export to any place
- whatever." The effect of this measure upon the hat industry was almost
- ruinous. A few years later a similar blow was given to the iron
- industry. By an act of 1750, pig and bar iron from the colonies were
- given free entry to England to encourage the production of the raw
- material; but at the same time the law provided that "no mill or other
- engine for slitting or rolling of iron, no plating forge to work with a
- tilt hammer, and no furnace for making steel" should be built in the
- colonies. As for those already built, they were declared public
- nuisances and ordered closed. Thus three important economic interests of
- the colonists, the woolen, hat, and iron industries, were laid under the
- ban.
- _The Trade Laws._--The third group of restrictive measures passed by the
- British Parliament related to the sale of colonial produce. An act of
- 1663 required the colonies to export certain articles to Great Britain
- or to her dominions alone; while sugar, tobacco, and ginger consigned to
- the continent of Europe had to pass through a British port paying custom
- duties and through a British merchant's hands paying the usual
- commission. At first tobacco was the only one of the "enumerated
- articles" which seriously concerned the American colonies, the rest
- coming mainly from the British West Indies. In the course of time,
- however, other commodities were added to the list of enumerated
- articles, until by 1764 it embraced rice, naval stores, copper, furs,
- hides, iron, lumber, and pearl ashes. This was not all. The colonies
- were compelled to bring their European purchases back through English
- ports, paying duties to the government and commissions to merchants
- again.
- _The Molasses Act._--Not content with laws enacted in the interest of
- English merchants and manufacturers, Parliament sought to protect the
- British West Indies against competition from their French and Dutch
- neighbors. New England merchants had long carried on a lucrative trade
- with the French islands in the West Indies and Dutch Guiana, where sugar
- and molasses could be obtained in large quantities at low prices. Acting
- on the protests of English planters in the Barbadoes and Jamaica,
- Parliament, in 1733, passed the famous Molasses Act imposing duties on
- sugar and molasses imported into the colonies from foreign
- countries--rates which would have destroyed the American trade with the
- French and Dutch if the law had been enforced. The duties, however, were
- not collected. The molasses and sugar trade with the foreigners went on
- merrily, smuggling taking the place of lawful traffic.
- =Effect of the Laws in America.=--As compared with the strict monopoly
- of her colonial trade which Spain consistently sought to maintain, the
- policy of England was both moderate and liberal. Furthermore, the
- restrictive laws were supplemented by many measures intended to be
- favorable to colonial prosperity. The Navigation Acts, for example,
- redounded to the advantage of American shipbuilders and the producers
- of hemp, tar, lumber, and ship stores in general. Favors in British
- ports were granted to colonial producers as against foreign competitors
- and in some instances bounties were paid by England to encourage
- colonial enterprise. Taken all in all, there is much justification in
- the argument advanced by some modern scholars to the effect that the
- colonists gained more than they lost by British trade and industrial
- legislation. Certainly after the establishment of independence, when
- free from these old restrictions, the Americans found themselves
- handicapped by being treated as foreigners rather than favored traders
- and the recipients of bounties in English markets.
- Be that as it may, it appears that the colonists felt little irritation
- against the mother country on account of the trade and navigation laws
- enacted previous to the close of the French and Indian war. Relatively
- few were engaged in the hat and iron industries as compared with those
- in farming and planting, so that England's policy of restricting America
- to agriculture did not conflict with the interests of the majority of
- the inhabitants. The woolen industry was largely in the hands of women
- and carried on in connection with their domestic duties, so that it was
- not the sole support of any considerable number of people.
- As a matter of fact, moreover, the restrictive laws, especially those
- relating to trade, were not rigidly enforced. Cargoes of tobacco were
- boldly sent to continental ports without even so much as a bow to the
- English government, to which duties should have been paid. Sugar and
- molasses from the French and Dutch colonies were shipped into New
- England in spite of the law. Royal officers sometimes protested against
- smuggling and sometimes connived at it; but at no time did they succeed
- in stopping it. Taken all in all, very little was heard of "the galling
- restraints of trade" until after the French war, when the British
- government suddenly entered upon a new course.
- SUMMARY OF THE COLONIAL PERIOD
- In the period between the landing of the English at Jamestown, Virginia,
- in 1607, and the close of the French and Indian war in 1763--a period of
- a century and a half--a new nation was being prepared on this continent
- to take its place among the powers of the earth. It was an epoch of
- migration. Western Europe contributed emigrants of many races and
- nationalities. The English led the way. Next to them in numerical
- importance were the Scotch-Irish and the Germans. Into the melting pot
- were also cast Dutch, Swedes, French, Jews, Welsh, and Irish. Thousands
- of negroes were brought from Africa to till Southern fields or labor as
- domestic servants in the North.
- Why did they come? The reasons are various. Some of them, the Pilgrims
- and Puritans of New England, the French Huguenots, Scotch-Irish and
- Irish, and the Catholics of Maryland, fled from intolerant governments
- that denied them the right to worship God according to the dictates of
- their consciences. Thousands came to escape the bondage of poverty in
- the Old World and to find free homes in America. Thousands, like the
- negroes from Africa, were dragged here against their will. The lure of
- adventure appealed to the restless and the lure of profits to the
- enterprising merchants.
- How did they come? In some cases religious brotherhoods banded together
- and borrowed or furnished the funds necessary to pay the way. In other
- cases great trading companies were organized to found colonies. Again it
- was the wealthy proprietor, like Lord Baltimore or William Penn, who
- undertook to plant settlements. Many immigrants were able to pay their
- own way across the sea. Others bound themselves out for a term of years
- in exchange for the cost of the passage. Negroes were brought on account
- of the profits derived from their sale as slaves.
- Whatever the motive for their coming, however, they managed to get
- across the sea. The immigrants set to work with a will. They cut down
- forests, built houses, and laid out fields. They founded churches,
- schools, and colleges. They set up forges and workshops. They spun and
- wove. They fashioned ships and sailed the seas. They bartered and
- traded. Here and there on favorable harbors they established centers of
- commerce--Boston, Providence, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and
- Charleston. As soon as a firm foothold was secured on the shore line
- they pressed westward until, by the close of the colonial period, they
- were already on the crest of the Alleghanies.
- Though they were widely scattered along a thousand miles of seacoast,
- the colonists were united in spirit by many common ties. The major
- portion of them were Protestants. The language, the law, and the
- literature of England furnished the basis of national unity. Most of the
- colonists were engaged in the same hard task; that of conquering a
- wilderness. To ties of kinship and language were added ties created by
- necessity. They had to unite in defense; first, against the Indians and
- later against the French. They were all subjects of the same
- sovereign--the king of England. The English Parliament made laws for
- them and the English government supervised their local affairs, their
- trade, and their manufactures. Common forces assailed them. Common
- grievances vexed them. Common hopes inspired them.
- Many of the things which tended to unite them likewise tended to throw
- them into opposition to the British Crown and Parliament. Most of them
- were freeholders; that is, farmers who owned their own land and tilled
- it with their own hands. A free soil nourished the spirit of freedom.
- The majority of them were Dissenters, critics, not friends, of the
- Church of England, that stanch defender of the British monarchy. Each
- colony in time developed its own legislature elected by the voters; it
- grew accustomed to making laws and laying taxes for itself. Here was a
- people learning self-reliance and self-government. The attempts to
- strengthen the Church of England in America and the transformation of
- colonies into royal provinces only fanned the spirit of independence
- which they were designed to quench.
- Nevertheless, the Americans owed much of their prosperity to the
- assistance of the government that irritated them. It was the protection
- of the British navy that prevented Holland, Spain, and France from
- wiping out their settlements. Though their manufacture and trade were
- controlled in the interests of the mother country, they also enjoyed
- great advantages in her markets. Free trade existed nowhere upon the
- earth; but the broad empire of Britain was open to American ships and
- merchandise. It could be said, with good reason, that the disadvantages
- which the colonists suffered through British regulation of their
- industry and trade were more than offset by the privileges they enjoyed.
- Still that is somewhat beside the point, for mere economic advantage is
- not necessarily the determining factor in the fate of peoples. A
- thousand circumstances had helped to develop on this continent a nation,
- to inspire it with a passion for independence, and to prepare it for a
- destiny greater than that of a prosperous dominion of the British
- empire. The economists, who tried to prove by logic unassailable that
- America would be richer under the British flag, could not change the
- spirit of Patrick Henry, Samuel Adams, Benjamin Franklin, or George
- Washington.
- =References=
- G.L. Beer, _Origin of the British Colonial System_ and _The Old Colonial
- System_.
- A. Bradley, _The Fight for Canada in North America_.
- C.M. Andrews, _Colonial Self-Government_ (American Nation Series).
- H. Egerton, _Short History of British Colonial Policy_.
- F. Parkman, _France and England in North America_ (12 vols.).
- R. Thwaites, _France in America_ (American Nation Series).
- J. Winsor, _The Mississippi Valley_ and _Cartier to Frontenac_.
- =Questions=
- 1. How would you define "nationalism"?
- 2. Can you give any illustrations of the way that war promotes
- nationalism?
- 3. Why was it impossible to establish and maintain a uniform policy in
- dealing with the Indians?
- 4. What was the outcome of the final clash with the French?
- 5. Enumerate the five chief results of the wars with the French and the
- Indians. Discuss each in detail.
- 6. Explain why it was that the character of the English king mattered to
- the colonists.
- 7. Contrast England under the Stuarts with England under the
- Hanoverians.
- 8. Explain how the English Crown, Courts, and Parliament controlled the
- colonies.
- 9. Name the three important classes of English legislation affecting the
- colonies. Explain each.
- 10. Do you think the English legislation was beneficial or injurious to
- the colonies? Why?
- =Research Topics=
- =Rise of French Power in North America.=--Special reference: Francis
- Parkman, _Struggle for a Continent_.
- =The French and Indian Wars.=--Special reference: W.M. Sloane, _French
- War and the Revolution_, Chaps. VI-IX. Parkman, _Montcalm and Wolfe_,
- Vol. II, pp. 195-299. Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
- 171-196.
- =English Navigation Acts.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp.
- 55, 72, 78, 90, 103. Coman, _Industrial History_, pp. 79-85.
- =British Colonial Policy.=--Callender, _Economic History of the United
- States_, pp. 102-108.
- =The New England Confederation.=--Analyze the document in Macdonald,
- _Source Book_, p. 45. Special reference: Fiske, _Beginnings of New
- England_, pp. 140-198.
- =The Administration of Andros.=--Fiske, _Beginnings_, pp. 242-278.
- =Biographical Studies.=--William Pitt and Sir Robert Walpole. Consult
- Green, _Short History of England_, on their policies, using the index.
- PART II. CONFLICT AND INDEPENDENCE
- CHAPTER V
- THE NEW COURSE IN BRITISH IMPERIAL POLICY
- On October 25, 1760, King George II died and the British crown passed to
- his young grandson. The first George, the son of the Elector of Hanover
- and Sophia the granddaughter of James I, was a thorough German who never
- even learned to speak the language of the land over which he reigned.
- The second George never saw England until he was a man. He spoke English
- with an accent and until his death preferred his German home. During
- their reign, the principle had become well established that the king did
- not govern but acted only through ministers representing the majority in
- Parliament.
- GEORGE III AND HIS SYSTEM
- =The Character of the New King.=--The third George rudely broke the
- German tradition of his family. He resented the imputation that he was a
- foreigner and on all occasions made a display of his British sympathies.
- To the draft of his first speech to Parliament, he added the popular
- phrase: "Born and educated in this country, I glory in the name of
- Briton." Macaulay, the English historian, certainly of no liking for
- high royal prerogative, said of George: "The young king was a born
- Englishman. All his tastes and habits, good and bad, were English. No
- portion of his subjects had anything to reproach him with.... His age,
- his appearance, and all that was known of his character conciliated
- public favor. He was in the bloom of youth; his person and address were
- pleasing; scandal imputed to him no vice; and flattery might without
- glaring absurdity ascribe to him many princely virtues."
- Nevertheless George III had been spoiled by his mother, his tutors, and
- his courtiers. Under their influence he developed high and mighty
- notions about the sacredness of royal authority and his duty to check
- the pretensions of Parliament and the ministers dependent upon it. His
- mother had dinned into his ears the slogan: "George, be king!" Lord
- Bute, his teacher and adviser, had told him that his honor required him
- to take an active part in the shaping of public policy and the making of
- laws. Thus educated, he surrounded himself with courtiers who encouraged
- him in the determination to rule as well as reign, to subdue all
- parties, and to place himself at the head of the nation and empire.
- [Illustration: _From an old print._
- GEORGE III]
- =Political Parties and George III.=--The state of the political parties
- favored the plans of the king to restore some of the ancient luster of
- the crown. The Whigs, who were composed mainly of the smaller
- freeholders, merchants, inhabitants of towns, and Protestant
- non-conformists, had grown haughty and overbearing through long
- continuance in power and had as a consequence raised up many enemies in
- their own ranks. Their opponents, the Tories, had by this time given up
- all hope of restoring to the throne the direct Stuart line; but they
- still cherished their old notions about divine right. With the
- accession of George III the coveted opportunity came to them to rally
- around the throne again. George received his Tory friends with open
- arms, gave them offices, and bought them seats in the House of Commons.
- =The British Parliamentary System.=--The peculiarities of the British
- Parliament at the time made smooth the way for the king and his allies
- with their designs for controlling the entire government. In the first
- place, the House of Lords was composed mainly of hereditary nobles whose
- number the king could increase by the appointment of his favorites, as
- of old. Though the members of the House of Commons were elected by
- popular vote, they did not speak for the mass of English people. Great
- towns like Leeds, Manchester, and Birmingham, for example, had no
- representatives at all. While there were about eight million inhabitants
- in Great Britain, there were in 1768 only about 160,000 voters; that is
- to say, only about one in every ten adult males had a voice in the
- government. Many boroughs returned one or more members to the Commons
- although they had merely a handful of voters or in some instances no
- voters at all. Furthermore, these tiny boroughs were often controlled by
- lords who openly sold the right of representation to the highest bidder.
- The "rotten-boroughs," as they were called by reformers, were a public
- scandal, but George III readily made use of them to get his friends into
- the House of Commons.
- GEORGE III'S MINISTERS AND THEIR COLONIAL POLICIES
- =Grenville and the War Debt.=--Within a year after the accession of
- George III, William Pitt was turned out of office, the king treating him
- with "gross incivility" and the crowds shouting "Pitt forever!" The
- direction of affairs was entrusted to men enjoying the king's
- confidence. Leadership in the House of Commons fell to George Grenville,
- a grave and laborious man who for years had groaned over the increasing
- cost of government.
- The first task after the conclusion of peace in 1763 was the adjustment
- of the disordered finances of the kingdom. The debt stood at the highest
- point in the history of the country. More revenue was absolutely
- necessary and Grenville began to search for it, turning his attention
- finally to the American colonies. In this quest he had the aid of a
- zealous colleague, Charles Townshend, who had long been in public
- service and was familiar with the difficulties encountered by royal
- governors in America. These two men, with the support of the entire
- ministry, inaugurated in February, 1763, "a new system of colonial
- government. It was announced by authority that there were to be no more
- requisitions from the king to the colonial assemblies for supplies, but
- that the colonies were to be taxed instead by act of Parliament.
- Colonial governors and judges were to be paid by the Crown; they were to
- be supported by a standing army of twenty regiments; and all the
- expenses of this force were to be met by parliamentary taxation."
- =Restriction of Paper Money (1763).=--Among the many complaints filed
- before the board of trade were vigorous protests against the issuance of
- paper money by the colonial legislatures. The new ministry provided a
- remedy in the act of 1763, which declared void all colonial laws
- authorizing paper money or extending the life of outstanding bills. This
- law was aimed at the "cheap money" which the Americans were fond of
- making when specie was scarce--money which they tried to force on their
- English creditors in return for goods and in payment of the interest and
- principal of debts. Thus the first chapter was written in the long
- battle over sound money on this continent.
- =Limitation on Western Land Sales.=--Later in the same year (1763)
- George III issued a royal proclamation providing, among other things,
- for the government of the territory recently acquired by the treaty of
- Paris from the French. One of the provisions in this royal decree
- touched frontiersmen to the quick. The contests between the king's
- officers and the colonists over the disposition of western lands had
- been long and sharp. The Americans chafed at restrictions on
- settlement. The more adventurous were continually moving west and
- "squatting" on land purchased from the Indians or simply seized without
- authority. To put an end to this, the king forbade all further purchases
- from the Indians, reserving to the crown the right to acquire such lands
- and dispose of them for settlement. A second provision in the same
- proclamation vested the power of licensing trade with the Indians,
- including the lucrative fur business, in the hands of royal officers in
- the colonies. These two limitations on American freedom and enterprise
- were declared to be in the interest of the crown and for the
- preservation of the rights of the Indians against fraud and abuses.
- =The Sugar Act of 1764.=--King George's ministers next turned their
- attention to measures of taxation and trade. Since the heavy debt under
- which England was laboring had been largely incurred in the defense of
- America, nothing seemed more reasonable to them than the proposition
- that the colonies should help to bear the burden which fell so heavily
- upon the English taxpayer. The Sugar Act of 1764 was the result of this
- reasoning. There was no doubt about the purpose of this law, for it was
- set forth clearly in the title: "An act for granting certain duties in
- the British colonies and plantations in America ... for applying the
- produce of such duties ... towards defraying the expenses of defending,
- protecting and securing the said colonies and plantations ... and for
- more effectually preventing the clandestine conveyance of goods to and
- from the said colonies and plantations and improving and securing the
- trade between the same and Great Britain." The old Molasses Act had been
- prohibitive; the Sugar Act of 1764 was clearly intended as a revenue
- measure. Specified duties were laid upon sugar, indigo, calico, silks,
- and many other commodities imported into the colonies. The enforcement
- of the Molasses Act had been utterly neglected; but this Sugar Act had
- "teeth in it." Special precautions as to bonds, security, and
- registration of ship masters, accompanied by heavy penalties, promised
- a vigorous execution of the new revenue law.
- The strict terms of the Sugar Act were strengthened by administrative
- measures. Under a law of the previous year the commanders of armed
- vessels stationed along the American coast were authorized to stop,
- search, and, on suspicion, seize merchant ships approaching colonial
- ports. By supplementary orders, the entire British official force in
- America was instructed to be diligent in the execution of all trade and
- navigation laws. Revenue collectors, officers of the army and navy, and
- royal governors were curtly ordered to the front to do their full duty
- in the matter of law enforcement. The ordinary motives for the discharge
- of official obligations were sharpened by an appeal to avarice, for
- naval officers who seized offenders against the law were rewarded by
- large prizes out of the forfeitures and penalties.
- =The Stamp Act (1765).=--The Grenville-Townshend combination moved
- steadily towards its goal. While the Sugar Act was under consideration
- in Parliament, Grenville announced a plan for a stamp bill. The next
- year it went through both Houses with a speed that must have astounded
- its authors. The vote in the Commons stood 205 in favor to 49 against;
- while in the Lords it was not even necessary to go through the formality
- of a count. As George III was temporarily insane, the measure received
- royal assent by a commission acting as a board of regency. Protests of
- colonial agents in London were futile. "We might as well have hindered
- the sun's progress!" exclaimed Franklin. Protests of a few opponents in
- the Commons were equally vain. The ministry was firm in its course and
- from all appearances the Stamp Act hardly roused as much as a languid
- interest in the city of London. In fact, it is recorded that the fateful
- measure attracted less notice than a bill providing for a commission to
- act for the king when he was incapacitated.
- The Stamp Act, like the Sugar Act, declared the purpose of the British
- government to raise revenue in America "towards defraying the expenses
- of defending, protecting, and securing the British colonies and
- plantations in America." It was a long measure of more than fifty
- sections, carefully planned and skillfully drawn. By its provisions
- duties were imposed on practically all papers used in legal
- transactions,--deeds, mortgages, inventories, writs, bail bonds,--on
- licenses to practice law and sell liquor, on college diplomas, playing
- cards, dice, pamphlets, newspapers, almanacs, calendars, and
- advertisements. The drag net was closely knit, for scarcely anything
- escaped.
- =The Quartering Act (1765).=--The ministers were aware that the Stamp
- Act would rouse opposition in America--how great they could not
- conjecture. While the measure was being debated, a friend of General
- Wolfe, Colonel Barre, who knew America well, gave them an ominous
- warning in the Commons. "Believe me--remember I this day told you so--"
- he exclaimed, "the same spirit of freedom which actuated that people at
- first will accompany them still ... a people jealous of their liberties
- and who will vindicate them, if ever they should be violated." The
- answer of the ministry to a prophecy of force was a threat of force.
- Preparations were accordingly made to dispatch a larger number of
- soldiers than usual to the colonies, and the ink was hardly dry on the
- Stamp Act when Parliament passed the Quartering Act ordering the
- colonists to provide accommodations for the soldiers who were to enforce
- the new laws. "We have the power to tax them," said one of the ministry,
- "and we will tax them."
- COLONIAL RESISTANCE FORCES REPEAL
- =Popular Opposition.=--The Stamp Act was greeted in America by an
- outburst of denunciation. The merchants of the seaboard cities took the
- lead in making a dignified but unmistakable protest, agreeing not to
- import British goods while the hated law stood upon the books. Lawyers,
- some of them incensed at the heavy taxes on their operations and others
- intimidated by patriots who refused to permit them to use stamped
- papers, joined with the merchants. Aristocratic colonial Whigs, who had
- long grumbled at the administration of royal governors, protested
- against taxation without their consent, as the Whigs had done in old
- England. There were Tories, however, in the colonies as in England--many
- of them of the official class--who denounced the merchants, lawyers, and
- Whig aristocrats as "seditious, factious and republican." Yet the
- opposition to the Stamp Act and its accompanying measure, the Quartering
- Act, grew steadily all through the summer of 1765.
- In a little while it was taken up in the streets and along the
- countryside. All through the North and in some of the Southern colonies,
- there sprang up, as if by magic, committees and societies pledged to
- resist the Stamp Act to the bitter end. These popular societies were
- known as Sons of Liberty and Daughters of Liberty: the former including
- artisans, mechanics, and laborers; and the latter, patriotic women. Both
- groups were alike in that they had as yet taken little part in public
- affairs. Many artisans, as well as all the women, were excluded from the
- right to vote for colonial assemblymen.
- While the merchants and Whig gentlemen confined their efforts chiefly to
- drafting well-phrased protests against British measures, the Sons of
- Liberty operated in the streets and chose rougher measures. They stirred
- up riots in Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and Charleston when attempts
- were made to sell the stamps. They sacked and burned the residences of
- high royal officers. They organized committees of inquisition who by
- threats and intimidation curtailed the sale of British goods and the use
- of stamped papers. In fact, the Sons of Liberty carried their operations
- to such excesses that many mild opponents of the stamp tax were
- frightened and drew back in astonishment at the forces they had
- unloosed. The Daughters of Liberty in a quieter way were making a very
- effective resistance to the sale of the hated goods by spurring on
- domestic industries, their own particular province being the manufacture
- of clothing, and devising substitutes for taxed foods. They helped to
- feed and clothe their families without buying British goods.
- =Legislative Action against the Stamp Act.=--Leaders in the colonial
- assemblies, accustomed to battle against British policies, supported the
- popular protest. The Stamp Act was signed on March 22, 1765. On May 30,
- the Virginia House of Burgesses passed a set of resolutions declaring
- that the General Assembly of the colony alone had the right to lay taxes
- upon the inhabitants and that attempts to impose them otherwise were
- "illegal, unconstitutional, and unjust." It was in support of these
- resolutions that Patrick Henry uttered the immortal challenge: "Caesar
- had his Brutus, Charles I his Cromwell, and George III...." Cries of
- "Treason" were calmly met by the orator who finished: "George III may
- profit by their example. If that be treason, make the most of it."
- [Illustration: PATRICK HENRY]
- =The Stamp Act Congress.=--The Massachusetts Assembly answered the call
- of Virginia by inviting the colonies to elect delegates to a Congress to
- be held in New York to discuss the situation. Nine colonies responded
- and sent representatives. The delegates, while professing the warmest
- affection for the king's person and government, firmly spread on record
- a series of resolutions that admitted of no double meaning. They
- declared that taxes could not be imposed without their consent, given
- through their respective colonial assemblies; that the Stamp Act showed
- a tendency to subvert their rights and liberties; that the recent trade
- acts were burdensome and grievous; and that the right to petition the
- king and Parliament was their heritage. They thereupon made "humble
- supplication" for the repeal of the Stamp Act.
- The Stamp Act Congress was more than an assembly of protest. It marked
- the rise of a new agency of government to express the will of America.
- It was the germ of a government which in time was to supersede the
- government of George III in the colonies. It foreshadowed the Congress
- of the United States under the Constitution. It was a successful attempt
- at union. "There ought to be no New England men," declared Christopher
- Gadsden, in the Stamp Act Congress, "no New Yorkers known on the
- Continent, but all of us Americans."
- =The Repeal of the Stamp Act and the Sugar Act.=--The effect of American
- resistance on opinion in England was telling. Commerce with the colonies
- had been effectively boycotted by the Americans; ships lay idly swinging
- at the wharves; bankruptcy threatened hundreds of merchants in London,
- Bristol, and Liverpool. Workingmen in the manufacturing towns of England
- were thrown out of employment. The government had sown folly and was
- reaping, in place of the coveted revenue, rebellion.
- Perplexed by the storm they had raised, the ministers summoned to the
- bar of the House of Commons, Benjamin Franklin, the agent for
- Pennsylvania, who was in London. "Do you think it right," asked
- Grenville, "that America should be protected by this country and pay no
- part of the expenses?" The answer was brief: "That is not the case; the
- colonies raised, clothed, and paid during the last war twenty-five
- thousand men and spent many millions." Then came an inquiry whether the
- colonists would accept a modified stamp act. "No, never," replied
- Franklin, "never! They will never submit to it!" It was next suggested
- that military force might compel obedience to law. Franklin had a ready
- answer. "They cannot force a man to take stamps.... They may not find a
- rebellion; they may, indeed, make one."
- The repeal of the Stamp Act was moved in the House of Commons a few days
- later. The sponsor for the repeal spoke of commerce interrupted, debts
- due British merchants placed in jeopardy, Manchester industries closed,
- workingmen unemployed, oppression instituted, and the loss of the
- colonies threatened. Pitt and Edmund Burke, the former near the close
- of his career, the latter just beginning his, argued cogently in favor
- of retracing the steps taken the year before. Grenville refused.
- "America must learn," he wailed, "that prayers are not to be brought to
- Caesar through riot and sedition." His protests were idle. The Commons
- agreed to the repeal on February 22, 1766, amid the cheers of the
- victorious majority. It was carried through the Lords in the face of
- strong opposition and, on March 18, reluctantly signed by the king, now
- restored to his right mind.
- In rescinding the Stamp Act, Parliament did not admit the contention of
- the Americans that it was without power to tax them. On the contrary, it
- accompanied the repeal with a Declaratory Act. It announced that the
- colonies were subordinate to the crown and Parliament of Great Britain;
- that the king and Parliament therefore had undoubted authority to make
- laws binding the colonies in all cases whatsoever; and that the
- resolutions and proceedings of the colonists denying such authority were
- null and void.
- The repeal was greeted by the colonists with great popular
- demonstrations. Bells were rung; toasts to the king were drunk; and
- trade resumed its normal course. The Declaratory Act, as a mere paper
- resolution, did not disturb the good humor of those who again cheered
- the name of King George. Their confidence was soon strengthened by the
- news that even the Sugar Act had been repealed, thus practically
- restoring the condition of affairs before Grenville and Townshend
- inaugurated their policy of "thoroughness."
- RESUMPTION OF BRITISH REVENUE AND COMMERCIAL POLICIES
- =The Townshend Acts (1767).=--The triumph of the colonists was brief.
- Though Pitt, the friend of America, was once more prime minister, and
- seated in the House of Lords as the Earl of Chatham, his severe illness
- gave to Townshend and the Tory party practical control over Parliament.
- Unconvinced by the experience with the Stamp Act, Townshend brought
- forward and pushed through both Houses of Parliament three measures,
- which to this day are associated with his name. First among his
- restrictive laws was that of June 29, 1767, which placed the enforcement
- of the collection of duties and customs on colonial imports and exports
- in the hands of British commissioners appointed by the king, resident in
- the colonies, paid from the British treasury, and independent of all
- control by the colonists. The second measure of the same date imposed a
- tax on lead, glass, paint, tea, and a few other articles imported into
- the colonies, the revenue derived from the duties to be applied toward
- the payment of the salaries and other expenses of royal colonial
- officials. A third measure was the Tea Act of July 2, 1767, aimed at the
- tea trade which the Americans carried on illegally with foreigners. This
- law abolished the duty which the East India Company had to pay in
- England on tea exported to America, for it was thought that English tea
- merchants might thus find it possible to undersell American tea
- smugglers.
- =Writs of Assistance Legalized by Parliament.=--Had Parliament been
- content with laying duties, just as a manifestation of power and right,
- and neglected their collection, perhaps little would have been heard of
- the Townshend Acts. It provided, however, for the strict, even the
- harsh, enforcement of the law. It ordered customs officers to remain at
- their posts and put an end to smuggling. In the revenue act of June 29,
- 1767, it expressly authorized the superior courts of the colonies to
- issue "writs of assistance," empowering customs officers to enter "any
- house, warehouse, shop, cellar, or other place in the British colonies
- or plantations in America to search for and seize" prohibited or
- smuggled goods.
- The writ of assistance, which was a general search warrant issued to
- revenue officers, was an ancient device hateful to a people who
- cherished the spirit of personal independence and who had made actual
- gains in the practice of civil liberty. To allow a "minion of the law"
- to enter a man's house and search his papers and premises, was too much
- for the emotions of people who had fled to America in a quest for
- self-government and free homes, who had braved such hardships to
- establish them, and who wanted to trade without official interference.
- The writ of assistance had been used in Massachusetts in 1755 to prevent
- illicit trade with Canada and had aroused a violent hostility at that
- time. In 1761 it was again the subject of a bitter controversy which
- arose in connection with the application of a customs officer to a
- Massachusetts court for writs of assistance "as usual." This application
- was vainly opposed by James Otis in a speech of five hours' duration--a
- speech of such fire and eloquence that it sent every man who heard it
- away "ready to take up arms against writs of assistance." Otis denounced
- the practice as an exercise of arbitrary power which had cost one king
- his head and another his throne, a tyrant's device which placed the
- liberty of every man in jeopardy, enabling any petty officer to work
- possible malice on any innocent citizen on the merest suspicion, and to
- spread terror and desolation through the land. "What a scene," he
- exclaimed, "does this open! Every man, prompted by revenge, ill-humor,
- or wantonness to inspect the inside of his neighbor's house, may get a
- writ of assistance. Others will ask it from self-defense; one arbitrary
- exertion will provoke another until society is involved in tumult and
- blood." He did more than attack the writ itself. He said that Parliament
- could not establish it because it was against the British constitution.
- This was an assertion resting on slender foundation, but it was quickly
- echoed by the people. Then and there James Otis sounded the call to
- America to resist the exercise of arbitrary power by royal officers.
- "Then and there," wrote John Adams, "the child Independence was born."
- Such was the hated writ that Townshend proposed to put into the hands of
- customs officers in his grim determination to enforce the law.
- =The New York Assembly Suspended.=--In the very month that Townshend's
- Acts were signed by the king, Parliament took a still more drastic step.
- The assembly of New York, protesting against the "ruinous and
- insupportable" expense involved, had failed to make provision for the
- care of British troops in accordance with the terms of the Quartering
- Act. Parliament therefore suspended the assembly until it promised to
- obey the law. It was not until a third election was held that compliance
- with the Quartering Act was wrung from the reluctant province. In the
- meantime, all the colonies had learned on how frail a foundation their
- representative bodies rested.
- RENEWED RESISTANCE IN AMERICA
- =The Massachusetts Circular (1768).=--Massachusetts, under the
- leadership of Samuel Adams, resolved to resist the policy of renewed
- intervention in America. At his suggestion the assembly adopted a
- Circular Letter addressed to the assemblies of the other colonies
- informing them of the state of affairs in Massachusetts and roundly
- condemning the whole British program. The Circular Letter declared that
- Parliament had no right to lay taxes on Americans without their consent
- and that the colonists could not, from the nature of the case, be
- represented in Parliament. It went on shrewdly to submit to
- consideration the question as to whether any people could be called free
- who were subjected to governors and judges appointed by the crown and
- paid out of funds raised independently. It invited the other colonies,
- in the most temperate tones, to take thought about the common
- predicament in which they were all placed.
- [Illustration: _From an old print._
- SAMUEL ADAMS]
- =The Dissolution of Assemblies.=--The governor of Massachusetts, hearing
- of the Circular Letter, ordered the assembly to rescind its appeal. On
- meeting refusal, he promptly dissolved it. The Maryland, Georgia, and
- South Carolina assemblies indorsed the Circular Letter and were also
- dissolved at once. The Virginia House of Burgesses, thoroughly aroused,
- passed resolutions on May 16, 1769, declaring that the sole right of
- imposing taxes in Virginia was vested in its legislature, asserting anew
- the right of petition to the crown, condemning the transportation of
- persons accused of crimes or trial beyond the seas, and beseeching the
- king for a redress of the general grievances. The immediate dissolution
- of the Virginia assembly, in its turn, was the answer of the royal
- governor.
- =The Boston Massacre.=--American opposition to the British authorities
- kept steadily rising as assemblies were dissolved, the houses of
- citizens searched, and troops distributed in increasing numbers among
- the centers of discontent. Merchants again agreed not to import British
- goods, the Sons of Liberty renewed their agitation, and women set about
- the patronage of home products still more loyally.
- On the night of March 5, 1770, a crowd on the streets of Boston began to
- jostle and tease some British regulars stationed in the town. Things
- went from bad to worse until some "boys and young fellows" began to
- throw snowballs and stones. Then the exasperated soldiers fired into the
- crowd, killing five and wounding half a dozen more. The day after the
- "massacre," a mass meeting was held in the town and Samuel Adams was
- sent to demand the withdrawal of the soldiers. The governor hesitated
- and tried to compromise. Finding Adams relentless, the governor yielded
- and ordered the regulars away.
- The Boston Massacre stirred the country from New Hampshire to Georgia.
- Popular passions ran high. The guilty soldiers were charged with murder.
- Their defense was undertaken, in spite of the wrath of the populace, by
- John Adams and Josiah Quincy, who as lawyers thought even the worst
- offenders entitled to their full rights in law. In his speech to the
- jury, however, Adams warned the British government against its course,
- saying, that "from the nature of things soldiers quartered in a populous
- town will always occasion two mobs where they will prevent one." Two of
- the soldiers were convicted and lightly punished.
- =Resistance in the South.=--The year following the Boston Massacre some
- citizens of North Carolina, goaded by the conduct of the royal governor,
- openly resisted his authority. Many were killed as a result and seven
- who were taken prisoners were hanged as traitors. A little later royal
- troops and local militia met in a pitched battle near Alamance River,
- called the "Lexington of the South."
- =The _Gaspee_ Affair and the Virginia Resolutions of 1773.=--On sea as
- well as on land, friction between the royal officers and the colonists
- broke out into overt acts. While patrolling Narragansett Bay looking for
- smugglers one day in 1772, the armed ship, _Gaspee_, ran ashore and was
- caught fast. During the night several men from Providence boarded the
- vessel and, after seizing the crew, set it on fire. A royal commission,
- sent to Rhode Island to discover the offenders and bring them to
- account, failed because it could not find a single informer. The very
- appointment of such a commission aroused the patriots of Virginia to
- action; and in March, 1773, the House of Burgesses passed a resolution
- creating a standing committee of correspondence to develop cooperation
- among the colonies in resistance to British measures.
- =The Boston Tea Party.=--Although the British government, finding the
- Townshend revenue act a failure, repealed in 1770 all the duties except
- that on tea, it in no way relaxed its resolve to enforce the other
- commercial regulations it had imposed on the colonies. Moreover,
- Parliament decided to relieve the British East India Company of the
- financial difficulties into which it had fallen partly by reason of the
- Tea Act and the colonial boycott that followed. In 1773 it agreed to
- return to the Company the regular import duties, levied in England, on
- all tea transshipped to America. A small impost of three pence, to be
- collected in America, was left as a reminder of the principle laid down
- in the Declaratory Act that Parliament had the right to tax the
- colonists.
- This arrangement with the East India Company was obnoxious to the
- colonists for several reasons. It was an act of favoritism for one
- thing, in the interest of a great monopoly. For another thing, it
- promised to dump on the American market, suddenly, an immense amount of
- cheap tea and so cause heavy losses to American merchants who had large
- stocks on hand. It threatened with ruin the business of all those who
- were engaged in clandestine trade with the Dutch. It carried with it an
- irritating tax of three pence on imports. In Charleston, Annapolis, New
- York, and Boston, captains of ships who brought tea under this act were
- roughly handled. One night in December, 1773, a band of Boston citizens,
- disguised as Indians, boarded the hated tea ships and dumped the cargo
- into the harbor. This was serious business, for it was open, flagrant,
- determined violation of the law. As such the British government viewed
- it.
- RETALIATION BY THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT
- =Reception of the News of the Tea Riot.=--The news of the tea riot in
- Boston confirmed King George in his conviction that there should be no
- soft policy in dealing with his American subjects. "The die is cast," he
- stated with evident satisfaction. "The colonies must either triumph or
- submit.... If we take the resolute part, they will undoubtedly be very
- meek." Lord George Germain characterized the tea party as "the
- proceedings of a tumultuous and riotous rabble who ought, if they had
- the least prudence, to follow their mercantile employments and not
- trouble themselves with politics and government, which they do not
- understand." This expressed, in concise form, exactly the sentiments of
- Lord North, who had then for three years been the king's chief minister.
- Even Pitt, Lord Chatham, was prepared to support the government in
- upholding its authority.
- =The Five Intolerable Acts.=--Parliament, beginning on March 31, 1774,
- passed five stringent measures, known in American history as the five
- "intolerable acts." They were aimed at curing the unrest in America. The
- _first_ of them was a bill absolutely shutting the port of Boston to
- commerce with the outside world. The _second_, following closely,
- revoked the Massachusetts charter of 1691 and provided furthermore that
- the councilors should be appointed by the king, that all judges should
- be named by the royal governor, and that town meetings (except to elect
- certain officers) could not be held without the governor's consent. A
- _third_ measure, after denouncing the "utter subversion of all lawful
- government" in the provinces, authorized royal agents to transfer to
- Great Britain or to other colonies the trials of officers or other
- persons accused of murder in connection with the enforcement of the law.
- The _fourth_ act legalized the quartering of troops in Massachusetts
- towns. The _fifth_ of the measures was the Quebec Act, which granted
- religious toleration to the Catholics in Canada, extended the boundaries
- of Quebec southward to the Ohio River, and established, in this western
- region, government by a viceroy.
- The intolerable acts went through Parliament with extraordinary
- celerity. There was an opposition, alert and informed; but it was
- ineffective. Burke spoke eloquently against the Boston port bill,
- condemning it roundly for punishing the innocent with the guilty, and
- showing how likely it was to bring grave consequences in its train. He
- was heard with respect and his pleas were rejected. The bill passed both
- houses without a division, the entry "unanimous" being made upon their
- journals although it did not accurately represent the state of opinion.
- The law destroying the charter of Massachusetts passed the Commons by a
- vote of three to one; and the third intolerable act by a vote of four to
- one. The triumph of the ministry was complete. "What passed in Boston,"
- exclaimed the great jurist, Lord Mansfield, "is the overt act of High
- Treason proceeding from our over lenity and want of foresight." The
- crown and Parliament were united in resorting to punitive measures.
- In the colonies the laws were received with consternation. To the
- American Protestants, the Quebec Act was the most offensive. That
- project they viewed not as an act of grace or of mercy but as a direct
- attempt to enlist French Canadians on the side of Great Britain. The
- British government did not grant religious toleration to Catholics
- either at home or in Ireland and the Americans could see no good motive
- in granting it in North America. The act was also offensive because
- Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Virginia had, under their charters,
- large claims in the territory thus annexed to Quebec.
- To enforce these intolerable acts the military arm of the British
- government was brought into play. The commander-in-chief of the armed
- forces in America, General Gage, was appointed governor of
- Massachusetts. Reinforcements were brought to the colonies, for now King
- George was to give "the rebels," as he called them, a taste of strong
- medicine. The majesty of his law was to be vindicated by force.
- FROM REFORM TO REVOLUTION IN AMERICA
- =The Doctrine of Natural Rights.=--The dissolution of assemblies, the
- destruction of charters, and the use of troops produced in the colonies
- a new phase in the struggle. In the early days of the contest with the
- British ministry, the Americans spoke of their "rights as Englishmen"
- and condemned the acts of Parliament as unlawful, as violating the
- principles of the English constitution under which they all lived. When
- they saw that such arguments had no effect on Parliament, they turned
- for support to their "natural rights." The latter doctrine, in the form
- in which it was employed by the colonists, was as English as the
- constitutional argument. John Locke had used it with good effect in
- defense of the English revolution in the seventeenth century. American
- leaders, familiar with the writings of Locke, also took up his thesis in
- the hour of their distress. They openly declared that their rights did
- not rest after all upon the English constitution or a charter from the
- crown. "Old Magna Carta was not the beginning of all things," retorted
- Otis when the constitutional argument failed. "A time may come when
- Parliament shall declare every American charter void, but the natural,
- inherent, and inseparable rights of the colonists as men and as citizens
- would remain and whatever became of charters can never be abolished
- until the general conflagration." Of the same opinion was the young and
- impetuous Alexander Hamilton. "The sacred rights of mankind," he
- exclaimed, "are not to be rummaged for among old parchments or musty
- records. They are written as with a sunbeam in the whole volume of human
- destiny by the hand of divinity itself, and can never be erased or
- obscured by mortal power."
- Firm as the American leaders were in the statement and defense of their
- rights, there is every reason for believing that in the beginning they
- hoped to confine the conflict to the realm of opinion. They constantly
- avowed that they were loyal to the king when protesting in the strongest
- language against his policies. Even Otis, regarded by the loyalists as a
- firebrand, was in fact attempting to avert revolution by winning
- concessions from England. "I argue this cause with the greater
- pleasure," he solemnly urged in his speech against the writs of
- assistance, "as it is in favor of British liberty ... and as it is in
- opposition to a kind of power, the exercise of which in former periods
- cost one king of England his head and another his throne."
- =Burke Offers the Doctrine of Conciliation.=--The flooding tide of
- American sentiment was correctly measured by one Englishman at least,
- Edmund Burke, who quickly saw that attempts to restrain the rise of
- American democracy were efforts to reverse the processes of nature. He
- saw how fixed and rooted in the nature of things was the American
- spirit--how inevitable, how irresistible. He warned his countrymen that
- there were three ways of handling the delicate situation--and only
- three. One was to remove the cause of friction by changing the spirit of
- the colonists--an utter impossibility because that spirit was grounded
- in the essential circumstances of American life. The second was to
- prosecute American leaders as criminals; of this he begged his
- countrymen to beware lest the colonists declare that "a government
- against which a claim of liberty is tantamount to high treason is a
- government to which submission is equivalent to slavery." The third and
- right way to meet the problem, Burke concluded, was to accept the
- American spirit, repeal the obnoxious measures, and receive the colonies
- into equal partnership.
- =Events Produce the Great Decision.=--The right way, indicated by Burke,
- was equally impossible to George III and the majority in Parliament. To
- their narrow minds, American opinion was contemptible and American
- resistance unlawful, riotous, and treasonable. The correct way, in their
- view, was to dispatch more troops to crush the "rebels"; and that very
- act took the contest from the realm of opinion. As John Adams said:
- "Facts are stubborn things." Opinions were unseen, but marching soldiers
- were visible to the veriest street urchin. "Now," said Gouverneur
- Morris, "the sheep, simple as they are, cannot be gulled as heretofore."
- It was too late to talk about the excellence of the British
- constitution. If any one is bewildered by the controversies of modern
- historians as to why the crisis came at last, he can clarify his
- understanding by reading again Edmund Burke's stately oration, _On
- Conciliation with America_.
- =References=
- G.L. Beer, _British Colonial Policy_ (1754-63).
- E. Channing, _History of the United States_, Vol. III.
- R. Frothingham, _Rise of the Republic_.
- G.E. Howard, _Preliminaries of the Revolution_ (American Nation Series).
- J.K. Hosmer, _Samuel Adams_.
- J.T. Morse, _Benjamin Franklin_.
- M.C. Tyler, _Patrick Henry_.
- J.A. Woodburn (editor), _The American Revolution_ (Selections from the
- English work by Lecky).
- =Questions=
- 1. Show how the character of George III made for trouble with the
- colonies.
- 2. Explain why the party and parliamentary systems of England favored
- the plans of George III.
- 3. How did the state of English finances affect English policy?
- 4. Enumerate five important measures of the English government affecting
- the colonies between 1763 and 1765. Explain each in detail.
- 5. Describe American resistance to the Stamp Act. What was the outcome?
- 6. Show how England renewed her policy of regulation in 1767.
- 7. Summarize the events connected with American resistance.
- 8. With what measures did Great Britain retaliate?
- 9. Contrast "constitutional" with "natural" rights.
- 10. What solution did Burke offer? Why was it rejected?
- =Research Topics=
- =Powers Conferred on Revenue Officers by Writs of Assistance.=--See a
- writ in Macdonald, _Source Book_, p. 109.
- =The Acts of Parliament Respecting America.=--Macdonald, pp. 117-146.
- Assign one to each student for report and comment.
- =Source Studies on the Stamp Act.=--Hart, _American History Told by
- Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 394-412.
- =Source Studies of the Townshend Acts.=--Hart, Vol. II, pp. 413-433.
- =American Principles.=--Prepare a table of them from the Resolutions of
- the Stamp Act Congress and the Massachusetts Circular. Macdonald, pp.
- 136-146.
- =An English Historian's View of the Period.=--Green, _Short History of
- England_, Chap. X.
- =English Policy Not Injurious to America.=--Callender, _Economic
- History_, pp. 85-121.
- =A Review of English Policy.=--Woodrow Wilson, _History of the American
- People_, Vol. II, pp. 129-170.
- =The Opening of the Revolution.=--Elson, _History of the United States_,
- pp. 220-235.
- CHAPTER VI
- THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION
- RESISTANCE AND RETALIATION
- =The Continental Congress.=--When the news of the "intolerable acts"
- reached America, every one knew what strong medicine Parliament was
- prepared to administer to all those who resisted its authority. The
- cause of Massachusetts became the cause of all the colonies. Opposition
- to British policy, hitherto local and spasmodic, now took on a national
- character. To local committees and provincial conventions was added a
- Continental Congress, appropriately called by Massachusetts on June 17,
- 1774, at the instigation of Samuel Adams. The response to the summons
- was electric. By hurried and irregular methods delegates were elected
- during the summer, and on September 5 the Congress duly assembled in
- Carpenter's Hall in Philadelphia. Many of the greatest men in America
- were there--George Washington and Patrick Henry from Virginia and John
- and Samuel Adams from Massachusetts. Every shade of opinion was
- represented. Some were impatient with mild devices; the majority favored
- moderation.
- The Congress drew up a declaration of American rights and stated in
- clear and dignified language the grievances of the colonists. It
- approved the resistance to British measures offered by Massachusetts and
- promised the united support of all sections. It prepared an address to
- King George and another to the people of England, disavowing the idea of
- independence but firmly attacking the policies pursued by the British
- government.
- =The Non-Importation Agreement.=--The Congress was not content, however,
- with professions of faith and with petitions. It took one revolutionary
- step. It agreed to stop the importation of British goods into America,
- and the enforcement of this agreement it placed in the hands of local
- "committees of safety and inspection," to be elected by the qualified
- voters. The significance of this action is obvious. Congress threw
- itself athwart British law. It made a rule to bind American citizens and
- to be carried into effect by American officers. It set up a state within
- the British state and laid down a test of allegiance to the new order.
- The colonists, who up to this moment had been wavering, had to choose
- one authority or the other. They were for the enforcement of the
- non-importation agreement or they were against it. They either bought
- English goods or they did not. In the spirit of the toast--"May Britain
- be wise and America be free"--the first Continental Congress adjourned
- in October, having appointed the tenth of May following for the meeting
- of a second Congress, should necessity require.
- =Lord North's "Olive Branch."=--When the news of the action of the
- American Congress reached England, Pitt and Burke warmly urged a repeal
- of the obnoxious laws, but in vain. All they could wring from the prime
- minister, Lord North, was a set of "conciliatory resolutions" proposing
- to relieve from taxation any colony that would assume its share of
- imperial defense and make provision for supporting the local officers of
- the crown. This "olive branch" was accompanied by a resolution assuring
- the king of support at all hazards in suppressing the rebellion and by
- the restraining act of March 30, 1775, which in effect destroyed the
- commerce of New England.
- =Bloodshed at Lexington and Concord (April 19, 1775).=--Meanwhile the
- British authorities in Massachusetts relaxed none of their efforts in
- upholding British sovereignty. General Gage, hearing that military
- stores had been collected at Concord, dispatched a small force to seize
- them. By this act he precipitated the conflict he had sought to avoid.
- At Lexington, on the road to Concord, occurred "the little thing" that
- produced "the great event." An unexpected collision beyond the thought
- or purpose of any man had transferred the contest from the forum to the
- battle field.
- =The Second Continental Congress.=--Though blood had been shed and war
- was actually at hand, the second Continental Congress, which met at
- Philadelphia in May, 1775, was not yet convinced that conciliation was
- beyond human power. It petitioned the king to interpose on behalf of the
- colonists in order that the empire might avoid the calamities of civil
- war. On the last day of July, it made a temperate but firm answer to
- Lord North's offer of conciliation, stating that the proposal was
- unsatisfactory because it did not renounce the right to tax or repeal
- the offensive acts of Parliament.
- =Force, the British Answer.=--Just as the representatives of America
- were about to present the last petition of Congress to the king on
- August 23, 1775, George III issued a proclamation of rebellion. This
- announcement declared that the colonists, "misled by dangerous and
- ill-designing men," were in a state of insurrection; it called on the
- civil and military powers to bring "the traitors to justice"; and it
- threatened with "condign punishment the authors, perpetrators, and
- abettors of such traitorous designs." It closed with the usual prayer:
- "God, save the king." Later in the year, Parliament passed a sweeping
- act destroying all trade and intercourse with America. Congress was
- silent at last. Force was also America's answer.
- AMERICAN INDEPENDENCE
- =Drifting into War.=--Although the Congress had not given up all hope of
- reconciliation in the spring and summer of 1775, it had firmly resolved
- to defend American rights by arms if necessary. It transformed the
- militiamen who had assembled near Boston, after the battle of Lexington,
- into a Continental army and selected Washington as commander-in-chief.
- It assumed the powers of a government and prepared to raise money, wage
- war, and carry on diplomatic relations with foreign countries.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- SPIRIT OF 1776]
- Events followed thick and fast. On June 17, the American militia, by
- the stubborn defense of Bunker Hill, showed that it could make British
- regulars pay dearly for all they got. On July 3, Washington took command
- of the army at Cambridge. In January, 1776, after bitter disappointments
- in drumming up recruits for its army in England, Scotland, and Ireland,
- the British government concluded a treaty with the Landgrave of
- Hesse-Cassel in Germany contracting, at a handsome figure, for thousands
- of soldiers and many pieces of cannon. This was the crowning insult to
- America. Such was the view of all friends of the colonies on both sides
- of the water. Such was, long afterward, the judgment of the conservative
- historian Lecky: "The conduct of England in hiring German mercenaries to
- subdue the essentially English population beyond the Atlantic made
- reconciliation hopeless and independence inevitable." The news of this
- wretched transaction in German soldiers had hardly reached America
- before there ran all down the coast the thrilling story that Washington
- had taken Boston, on March 17, 1776, compelling Lord Howe to sail with
- his entire army for Halifax.
- =The Growth of Public Sentiment in Favor of Independence.=--Events were
- bearing the Americans away from their old position under the British
- constitution toward a final separation. Slowly and against their
- desires, prudent and honorable men, who cherished the ties that united
- them to the old order and dreaded with genuine horror all thought of
- revolution, were drawn into the path that led to the great decision. In
- all parts of the country and among all classes, the question of the hour
- was being debated. "American independence," as the historian Bancroft
- says, "was not an act of sudden passion nor the work of one man or one
- assembly. It had been discussed in every part of the country by farmers
- and merchants, by mechanics and planters, by the fishermen along the
- coast and the backwoodsmen of the West; in town meetings and from the
- pulpit; at social gatherings and around the camp fires; in county
- conventions and conferences or committees; in colonial congresses and
- assemblies."
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- THOMAS PAINE]
- =Paine's "Commonsense."=--In the midst of this ferment of American
- opinion, a bold and eloquent pamphleteer broke in upon the hesitating
- public with a program for absolute independence, without fears and
- without apologies. In the early days of 1776, Thomas Paine issued the
- first of his famous tracts, "Commonsense," a passionate attack upon the
- British monarchy and an equally passionate plea for American liberty.
- Casting aside the language of petition with which Americans had hitherto
- addressed George III, Paine went to the other extreme and assailed him
- with many a violent epithet. He condemned monarchy itself as a system
- which had laid the world "in blood and ashes." Instead of praising the
- British constitution under which colonists had been claiming their
- rights, he brushed it aside as ridiculous, protesting that it was "owing
- to the constitution of the people, not to the constitution of the
- government, that the Crown is not as oppressive in England as in
- Turkey."
- Having thus summarily swept away the grounds of allegiance to the old
- order, Paine proceeded relentlessly to an argument for immediate
- separation from Great Britain. There was nothing in the sphere of
- practical interest, he insisted, which should bind the colonies to the
- mother country. Allegiance to her had been responsible for the many wars
- in which they had been involved. Reasons of trade were not less weighty
- in behalf of independence. "Our corn will fetch its price in any market
- in Europe and our imported goods must be paid for, buy them where we
- will." As to matters of government, "it is not in the power of Britain
- to do this continent justice; the business of it will soon be too
- weighty and intricate to be managed with any tolerable degree of
- convenience by a power so distant from us and so very ignorant of us."
- There is accordingly no alternative to independence for America.
- "Everything that is right or natural pleads for separation. The blood of
- the slain, the weeping voice of nature cries ''tis time to part.' ...
- Arms, the last resort, must decide the contest; the appeal was the
- choice of the king and the continent hath accepted the challenge.... The
- sun never shone on a cause of greater worth. 'Tis not the affair of a
- city, a county, a province or a kingdom, but of a continent.... 'Tis not
- the concern of a day, a year or an age; posterity is involved in the
- contest and will be more or less affected to the end of time by the
- proceedings now. Now is the seed-time of Continental union, faith, and
- honor.... O! ye that love mankind! Ye that dare oppose not only the
- tyranny, but the tyrant, stand forth.... Let names of Whig and Tory be
- extinct. Let none other be heard among us than those of a good citizen,
- an open and resolute friend, and a virtuous supporter of the rights of
- mankind and of the free and independent states of America." As more than
- 100,000 copies were scattered broadcast over the country, patriots
- exclaimed with Washington: "Sound doctrine and unanswerable reason!"
- =The Drift of Events toward Independence.=--Official support for the
- idea of independence began to come from many quarters. On the tenth of
- February, 1776, Gadsden, in the provincial convention of South Carolina,
- advocated a new constitution for the colony and absolute independence
- for all America. The convention balked at the latter but went half way
- by abolishing the system of royal administration and establishing a
- complete plan of self-government. A month later, on April 12, the
- neighboring state of North Carolina uttered the daring phrase from which
- others shrank. It empowered its representatives in the Congress to
- concur with the delegates of the other colonies in declaring
- independence. Rhode Island, Massachusetts, and Virginia quickly
- responded to the challenge. The convention of the Old Dominion, on May
- 15, instructed its delegates at Philadelphia to propose the independence
- of the United Colonies and to give the assent of Virginia to the act of
- separation. When the resolution was carried the British flag on the
- state house was lowered for all time.
- Meanwhile the Continental Congress was alive to the course of events
- outside. The subject of independence was constantly being raised. "Are
- we rebels?" exclaimed Wyeth of Virginia during a debate in February.
- "No: we must declare ourselves a free people." Others hesitated and
- spoke of waiting for the arrival of commissioners of conciliation. "Is
- not America already independent?" asked Samuel Adams a few weeks later.
- "Why not then declare it?" Still there was uncertainty and delegates
- avoided the direct word. A few more weeks elapsed. At last, on May 10,
- Congress declared that the authority of the British crown in America
- must be suppressed and advised the colonies to set up governments of
- their own.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- THOMAS JEFFERSON READING HIS DRAFT OF THE DECLARATION OF
- INDEPENDENCE TO THE COMMITTEE OF CONGRESS]
- =Independence Declared.=--The way was fully prepared, therefore, when,
- on June 7, the Virginia delegation in the Congress moved that "these
- united colonies are and of right ought to be free and independent
- states." A committee was immediately appointed to draft a formal
- document setting forth the reasons for the act, and on July 2 all the
- states save New York went on record in favor of severing their political
- connection with Great Britain. Two days later, July 4, Jefferson's draft
- of the Declaration of Independence, changed in some slight particulars,
- was adopted. The old bell in Independence Hall, as it is now known, rang
- out the glad tidings; couriers swiftly carried the news to the uttermost
- hamlet and farm. A new nation announced its will to have a place among
- the powers of the world.
- To some documents is given immortality. The Declaration of Independence
- is one of them. American patriotism is forever associated with it; but
- patriotism alone does not make it immortal. Neither does the vigor of
- its language or the severity of its indictment give it a secure place in
- the records of time. The secret of its greatness lies in the simple fact
- that it is one of the memorable landmarks in the history of a political
- ideal which for three centuries has been taking form and spreading
- throughout the earth, challenging kings and potentates, shaking down
- thrones and aristocracies, breaking the armies of irresponsible power on
- battle fields as far apart as Marston Moor and Chateau-Thierry. That
- ideal, now so familiar, then so novel, is summed up in the simple
- sentence: "Governments derive their just powers from the consent of the
- governed."
- Written in a "decent respect for the opinions of mankind," to set forth
- the causes which impelled the American colonists to separate from
- Britain, the Declaration contained a long list of "abuses and
- usurpations" which had induced them to throw off the government of King
- George. That section of the Declaration has passed into "ancient"
- history and is seldom read. It is the part laying down a new basis for
- government and giving a new dignity to the common man that has become a
- household phrase in the Old World as in the New.
- In the more enduring passages there are four fundamental ideas which,
- from the standpoint of the old system of government, were the essence of
- revolution: (1) all men are created equal and are endowed by their
- Creator with certain unalienable rights including life, liberty, and the
- pursuit of happiness; (2) the purpose of government is to secure these
- rights; (3) governments derive their just powers from the consent of the
- governed; (4) whenever any form of government becomes destructive of
- these ends it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it and
- institute new government, laying its foundations on such principles and
- organizing its powers in such form as to them shall seem most likely to
- effect their safety and happiness. Here was the prelude to the historic
- drama of democracy--a challenge to every form of government and every
- privilege not founded on popular assent.
- THE ESTABLISHMENT OF GOVERNMENT AND THE NEW ALLEGIANCE
- =The Committees of Correspondence.=--As soon as debate had passed into
- armed resistance, the patriots found it necessary to consolidate their
- forces by organizing civil government. This was readily effected, for
- the means were at hand in town meetings, provincial legislatures, and
- committees of correspondence. The working tools of the Revolution were
- in fact the committees of correspondence--small, local, unofficial
- groups of patriots formed to exchange views and create public sentiment.
- As early as November, 1772, such a committee had been created in Boston
- under the leadership of Samuel Adams. It held regular meetings, sent
- emissaries to neighboring towns, and carried on a campaign of education
- in the doctrines of liberty.
- [Illustration: THE COLONIES OF NORTH AMERICA AT THE TIME OF THE
- DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE]
- Upon local organizations similar in character to the Boston committee
- were built county committees and then the larger colonial committees,
- congresses, and conventions, all unofficial and representing the
- revolutionary elements. Ordinarily the provincial convention was merely
- the old legislative assembly freed from all royalist sympathizers and
- controlled by patriots. Finally, upon these colonial assemblies was
- built the Continental Congress, the precursor of union under the
- Articles of Confederation and ultimately under the Constitution of the
- United States. This was the revolutionary government set up within the
- British empire in America.
- =State Constitutions Framed.=--With the rise of these new assemblies of
- the people, the old colonial governments broke down. From the royal
- provinces the governor, the judges, and the high officers fled in haste,
- and it became necessary to substitute patriot authorities. The appeal to
- the colonies advising them to adopt a new form of government for
- themselves, issued by the Congress in May, 1776, was quickly acted upon.
- Before the expiration of a year, Virginia, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
- Delaware, Maryland, Georgia, and New York had drafted new constitutions
- as states, not as colonies uncertain of their destinies. Connecticut and
- Rhode Island, holding that their ancient charters were equal to their
- needs, merely renounced their allegiance to the king and went on as
- before so far as the form of government was concerned. South Carolina,
- which had drafted a temporary plan early in 1776, drew up a new and more
- complete constitution in 1778. Two years later Massachusetts with much
- deliberation put into force its fundamental law, which in most of its
- essential features remains unchanged to-day.
- The new state constitutions in their broad outlines followed colonial
- models. For the royal governor was substituted a governor or president
- chosen usually by the legislature; but in two instances, New York and
- Massachusetts, by popular vote. For the provincial council there was
- substituted, except in Georgia, a senate; while the lower house, or
- assembly, was continued virtually without change. The old property
- restriction on the suffrage, though lowered slightly in some states, was
- continued in full force to the great discontent of the mechanics thus
- deprived of the ballot. The special qualifications, laid down in several
- constitutions, for governors, senators, and representatives, indicated
- that the revolutionary leaders were not prepared for any radical
- experiments in democracy. The protests of a few women, like Mrs. John
- Adams of Massachusetts and Mrs. Henry Corbin of Virginia, against a
- government which excluded them from political rights were treated as
- mild curiosities of no significance, although in New Jersey women were
- allowed to vote for many years on the same terms as men.
- By the new state constitutions the signs and symbols of royal power, of
- authority derived from any source save "the people," were swept aside
- and republican governments on an imposing scale presented for the first
- time to the modern world. Copies of these remarkable documents prepared
- by plain citizens were translated into French and widely circulated in
- Europe. There they were destined to serve as a guide and inspiration to
- a generation of constitution-makers whose mission it was to begin the
- democratic revolution in the Old World.
- =The Articles of Confederation.=--The formation of state constitutions
- was an easy task for the revolutionary leaders. They had only to build
- on foundations already laid. The establishment of a national system of
- government was another matter. There had always been, it must be
- remembered, a system of central control over the colonies, but Americans
- had had little experience in its operation. When the supervision of the
- crown of Great Britain was suddenly broken, the patriot leaders,
- accustomed merely to provincial statesmanship, were poorly trained for
- action on a national stage.
- Many forces worked against those who, like Franklin, had a vision of
- national destiny. There were differences in economic interest--commerce
- and industry in the North and the planting system of the South. There
- were contests over the apportionment of taxes and the quotas of troops
- for common defense. To these practical difficulties were added local
- pride, the vested rights of state and village politicians in their
- provincial dignity, and the scarcity of men with a large outlook upon
- the common enterprise.
- Nevertheless, necessity compelled them to consider some sort of
- federation. The second Continental Congress had hardly opened its work
- before the most sagacious leaders began to urge the desirability of a
- permanent connection. As early as July, 1775, Congress resolved to go
- into a committee of the whole on the state of the union, and Franklin,
- undaunted by the fate of his Albany plan of twenty years before, again
- presented a draft of a constitution. Long and desultory debates followed
- and it was not until late in 1777 that Congress presented to the states
- the Articles of Confederation. Provincial jealousies delayed
- ratification, and it was the spring of 1781, a few months before the
- surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown, when Maryland, the last of the
- states, approved the Articles. This plan of union, though it was all
- that could be wrung from the reluctant states, provided for neither a
- chief executive nor a system of federal courts. It created simply a
- Congress of delegates in which each state had an equal voice and gave it
- the right to call upon the state legislatures for the sinews of
- government--money and soldiers.
- =The Application of Tests of Allegiance.=--As the successive steps were
- taken in the direction of independent government, the patriots devised
- and applied tests designed to discover who were for and who were against
- the new nation in the process of making. When the first Continental
- Congress agreed not to allow the importation of British goods, it
- provided for the creation of local committees to enforce the rules. Such
- agencies were duly formed by the choice of men favoring the scheme, all
- opponents being excluded from the elections. Before these bodies those
- who persisted in buying British goods were summoned and warned or
- punished according to circumstances. As soon as the new state
- constitutions were put into effect, local committees set to work in the
- same way to ferret out all who were not outspoken in their support of
- the new order of things.
- [Illustration: MOBBING THE TORIES]
- These patriot agencies, bearing different names in different sections,
- were sometimes ruthless in their methods. They called upon all men to
- sign the test of loyalty, frequently known as the "association test."
- Those who refused were promptly branded as outlaws, while some of the
- more dangerous were thrown into jail. The prison camp in Connecticut at
- one time held the former governor of New Jersey and the mayor of New
- York. Thousands were black-listed and subjected to espionage. The
- black-list of Pennsylvania contained the names of nearly five hundred
- persons of prominence who were under suspicion. Loyalists or Tories who
- were bold enough to speak and write against the Revolution were
- suppressed and their pamphlets burned. In many places, particularly in
- the North, the property of the loyalists was confiscated and the
- proceeds applied to the cause of the Revolution.
- The work of the official agencies for suppression of opposition was
- sometimes supplemented by mob violence. A few Tories were hanged without
- trial, and others were tarred and feathered. One was placed upon a cake
- of ice and held there "until his loyalty to King George might cool."
- Whole families were driven out of their homes to find their way as best
- they could within the British lines or into Canada, where the British
- government gave them lands. Such excesses were deplored by Washington,
- but they were defended on the ground that in effect a civil war, as well
- as a war for independence, was being waged.
- =The Patriots and Tories.=--Thus, by one process or another, those who
- were to be citizens of the new republic were separated from those who
- preferred to be subjects of King George. Just what proportion of the
- Americans favored independence and what share remained loyal to the
- British monarchy there is no way of knowing. The question of revolution
- was not submitted to popular vote, and on the point of numbers we have
- conflicting evidence. On the patriot side, there is the testimony of a
- careful and informed observer, John Adams, who asserted that two-thirds
- of the people were for the American cause and not more than one-third
- opposed the Revolution at all stages.
- On behalf of the loyalists, or Tories as they were popularly known,
- extravagant claims were made. Joseph Galloway, who had been a member of
- the first Continental Congress and had fled to England when he saw its
- temper, testified before a committee of Parliament in 1779 that not
- one-fifth of the American people supported the insurrection and that
- "many more than four-fifths of the people prefer a union with Great
- Britain upon constitutional principles to independence." At the same
- time General Robertson, who had lived in America twenty-four years,
- declared that "more than two-thirds of the people would prefer the
- king's government to the Congress' tyranny." In an address to the king
- in that year a committee of American loyalists asserted that "the number
- of Americans in his Majesty's army exceeded the number of troops
- enlisted by Congress to oppose them."
- =The Character of the Loyalists.=--When General Howe evacuated Boston,
- more than a thousand people fled with him. This great company, according
- to a careful historian, "formed the aristocracy of the province by
- virtue of their official rank; of their dignified callings and
- professions; of their hereditary wealth and of their culture." The act
- of banishment passed by Massachusetts in 1778, listing over 300 Tories,
- "reads like the social register of the oldest and noblest families of
- New England," more than one out of five being graduates of Harvard
- College. The same was true of New York and Philadelphia; namely, that
- the leading loyalists were prominent officials of the old order,
- clergymen and wealthy merchants. With passion the loyalists fought
- against the inevitable or with anguish of heart they left as refugees
- for a life of uncertainty in Canada or the mother country.
- =Tories Assail the Patriots.=--The Tories who remained in America joined
- the British army by the thousands or in other ways aided the royal
- cause. Those who were skillful with the pen assailed the patriots in
- editorials, rhymes, satires, and political catechisms. They declared
- that the members of Congress were "obscure, pettifogging attorneys,
- bankrupt shopkeepers, outlawed smugglers, etc." The people and their
- leaders they characterized as "wretched banditti ... the refuse and
- dregs of mankind." The generals in the army they sneered at as "men of
- rank and honor nearly on a par with those of the Congress."
- =Patriot Writers Arouse the National Spirit.=--Stung by Tory taunts,
- patriot writers devoted themselves to creating and sustaining a public
- opinion favorable to the American cause. Moreover, they had to combat
- the depression that grew out of the misfortunes in the early days of the
- war. A terrible disaster befell Generals Arnold and Montgomery in the
- winter of 1775 as they attempted to bring Canada into the revolution--a
- disaster that cost 5000 men; repeated calamities harassed Washington in
- 1776 as he was defeated on Long Island, driven out of New York City, and
- beaten at Harlem Heights and White Plains. These reverses were almost
- too great for the stoutest patriots.
- Pamphleteers, preachers, and publicists rose, however, to meet the needs
- of the hour. John Witherspoon, provost of the College of New Jersey,
- forsook the classroom for the field of political controversy. The poet,
- Philip Freneau, flung taunts of cowardice at the Tories and celebrated
- the spirit of liberty in many a stirring poem. Songs, ballads, plays,
- and satires flowed from the press in an unending stream. Fast days,
- battle anniversaries, celebrations of important steps taken by Congress
- afforded to patriotic clergymen abundant opportunities for sermons.
- "Does Mr. Wiberd preach against oppression?" anxiously inquired John
- Adams in a letter to his wife. The answer was decisive. "The clergy of
- every denomination, not excepting the Episcopalian, thunder and lighten
- every Sabbath. They pray for Boston and Massachusetts. They thank God
- most explicitly and fervently for our remarkable successes. They pray
- for the American army."
- Thomas Paine never let his pen rest. He had been with the forces of
- Washington when they retreated from Fort Lee and were harried from New
- Jersey into Pennsylvania. He knew the effect of such reverses on the
- army as well as on the public. In December, 1776, he made a second great
- appeal to his countrymen in his pamphlet, "The Crisis," the first part
- of which he had written while defeat and gloom were all about him. This
- tract was a cry for continued support of the Revolution. "These are the
- times that try men's souls," he opened. "The summer soldier and the
- sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of his
- country; but he that stands it now deserves the love and thanks of men
- and women." Paine laid his lash fiercely on the Tories, branding every
- one as a coward grounded in "servile, slavish, self-interested fear." He
- deplored the inadequacy of the militia and called for a real army. He
- refuted the charge that the retreat through New Jersey was a disaster
- and he promised victory soon. "By perseverance and fortitude," he
- concluded, "we have the prospect of a glorious issue; by cowardice and
- submission the sad choice of a variety of evils--a ravaged country, a
- depopulated city, habitations without safety and slavery without
- hope.... Look on this picture and weep over it." His ringing call to
- arms was followed by another and another until the long contest was
- over.
- MILITARY AFFAIRS
- =The Two Phases of the War.=--The war which opened with the battle of
- Lexington, on April 19, 1775, and closed with the surrender of
- Cornwallis at Yorktown on October 19, 1781, passed through two distinct
- phases--the first lasting until the treaty of alliance with France, in
- 1778, and the second until the end of the struggle. During the first
- phase, the war was confined mainly to the North. The outstanding
- features of the contest were the evacuation of Boston by the British,
- the expulsion of American forces from New York and their retreat through
- New Jersey, the battle of Trenton, the seizure of Philadelphia by the
- British (September, 1777), the invasion of New York by Burgoyne and his
- capture at Saratoga in October, 1777, and the encampment of American
- forces at Valley Forge for the terrible winter of 1777-78.
- The final phase of the war, opening with the treaty of alliance with
- France on February 6, 1778, was confined mainly to the Middle states,
- the West, and the South. In the first sphere of action the chief events
- were the withdrawal of the British from Philadelphia, the battle of
- Monmouth, and the inclosure of the British in New York by deploying
- American forces from Morristown, New Jersey, up to West Point. In the
- West, George Rogers Clark, by his famous march into the Illinois
- country, secured Kaskaskia and Vincennes and laid a firm grip on the
- country between the Ohio and the Great Lakes. In the South, the second
- period opened with successes for the British. They captured Savannah,
- conquered Georgia, and restored the royal governor. In 1780 they seized
- Charleston, administered a crushing defeat to the American forces under
- Gates at Camden, and overran South Carolina, though meeting reverses at
- Cowpens and King's Mountain. Then came the closing scenes. Cornwallis
- began the last of his operations. He pursued General Greene far into
- North Carolina, clashed with him at Guilford Court House, retired to the
- coast, took charge of British forces engaged in plundering Virginia, and
- fortified Yorktown, where he was penned up by the French fleet from the
- sea and the combined French and American forces on land.
- =The Geographical Aspects of the War.=--For the British the theater of
- the war offered many problems. From first to last it extended from
- Massachusetts to Georgia, a distance of almost a thousand miles. It was
- nearly three thousand miles from the main base of supplies and, though
- the British navy kept the channel open, transports were constantly
- falling prey to daring privateers and fleet American war vessels. The
- sea, on the other hand, offered an easy means of transportation between
- points along the coast and gave ready access to the American centers of
- wealth and population. Of this the British made good use. Though early
- forced to give up Boston, they seized New York and kept it until the end
- of the war; they took Philadelphia and retained it until threatened by
- the approach of the French fleet; and they captured and held both
- Savannah and Charleston. Wars, however, are seldom won by the conquest
- of cities.
- Particularly was this true in the case of the Revolution. Only a small
- portion of the American people lived in towns. Countrymen back from the
- coast were in no way dependent upon them for a livelihood. They lived on
- the produce of the soil, not upon the profits of trade. This very fact
- gave strength to them in the contest. Whenever the British ventured far
- from the ports of entry, they encountered reverses. Burgoyne was forced
- to surrender at Saratoga because he was surrounded and cut off from his
- base of supplies. As soon as the British got away from Charleston, they
- were harassed and worried by the guerrilla warriors of Marion, Sumter,
- and Pickens. Cornwallis could technically defeat Greene at Guilford far
- in the interior; but he could not hold the inland region he had invaded.
- Sustained by their own labor, possessing the interior to which their
- armies could readily retreat, supplied mainly from native resources, the
- Americans could not be hemmed in, penned up, and destroyed at one fell
- blow.
- =The Sea Power.=--The British made good use of their fleet in cutting
- off American trade, but control of the sea did not seriously affect the
- United States. As an agricultural country, the ruin of its commerce was
- not such a vital matter. All the materials for a comfortable though
- somewhat rude life were right at hand. It made little difference to a
- nation fighting for existence, if silks, fine linens, and chinaware were
- cut off. This was an evil to which submission was necessary.
- Nor did the brilliant exploits of John Paul Jones and Captain John Barry
- materially change the situation. They demonstrated the skill of American
- seamen and their courage as fighting men. They raised the rates of
- British marine insurance, but they did not dethrone the mistress of the
- seas. Less spectacular, and more distinctive, were the deeds of the
- hundreds of privateers and minor captains who overhauled British supply
- ships and kept British merchantmen in constant anxiety. Not until the
- French fleet was thrown into the scale, were the British compelled to
- reckon seriously with the enemy on the sea and make plans based upon the
- possibilities of a maritime disaster.
- =Commanding Officers.=--On the score of military leadership it is
- difficult to compare the contending forces in the revolutionary contest.
- There is no doubt that all the British commanders were men of experience
- in the art of warfare. Sir William Howe had served in America during the
- French War and was accounted an excellent officer, a strict
- disciplinarian, and a gallant gentleman. Nevertheless he loved ease,
- society, and good living, and his expulsion from Boston, his failure to
- overwhelm Washington by sallies from his comfortable bases at New York
- and Philadelphia, destroyed every shred of his military reputation. John
- Burgoyne, to whom was given the task of penetrating New York from
- Canada, had likewise seen service in the French War both in America and
- Europe. He had, however, a touch of the theatrical in his nature and
- after the collapse of his plans and the surrender of his army in 1777,
- he devoted his time mainly to light literature. Sir Henry Clinton, who
- directed the movement which ended in the capture of Charleston in 1780,
- had "learned his trade on the continent," and was regarded as a man of
- discretion and understanding in military matters. Lord Cornwallis, whose
- achievements at Camden and Guilford were blotted out by his surrender at
- Yorktown, had seen service in the Seven Years' War and had undoubted
- talents which he afterward displayed with great credit to himself in
- India. Though none of them, perhaps, were men of first-rate ability,
- they all had training and experience to guide them.
- [Illustration: GEORGE WASHINGTON]
- The Americans had a host in Washington himself. He had long been
- interested in military strategy and had tested his coolness under fire
- during the first clashes with the French nearly twenty years before. He
- had no doubts about the justice of his cause, such as plagued some of
- the British generals. He was a stern but reasonable disciplinarian. He
- was reserved and patient, little given to exaltation at success or
- depression at reverses. In the dark hour of the Revolution, "what held
- the patriot forces together?" asks Beveridge in his _Life of John
- Marshall_. Then he answers: "George Washington and he alone. Had he
- died or been seriously disabled, the Revolution would have ended....
- Washington was the soul of the American cause. Washington was the
- government. Washington was the Revolution." The weakness of Congress in
- furnishing men and supplies, the indolence of civilians, who lived at
- ease while the army starved, the intrigues of army officers against him
- such as the "Conway cabal," the cowardice of Lee at Monmouth, even the
- treason of Benedict Arnold, while they stirred deep emotions in his
- breast and aroused him to make passionate pleas to his countrymen, did
- not shake his iron will or his firm determination to see the war through
- to the bitter end. The weight of Washington's moral force was
- immeasurable.
- Of the generals who served under him, none can really be said to have
- been experienced military men when the war opened. Benedict Arnold, the
- unhappy traitor but brave and daring soldier, was a druggist, book
- seller, and ship owner at New Haven when the news of Lexington called
- him to battle. Horatio Gates was looked upon as a "seasoned soldier"
- because he had entered the British army as a youth, had been wounded at
- Braddock's memorable defeat, and had served with credit during the Seven
- Years' War; but he was the most conspicuous failure of the Revolution.
- The triumph over Burgoyne was the work of other men; and his crushing
- defeat at Camden put an end to his military pretensions. Nathanael
- Greene was a Rhode Island farmer and smith without military experience
- who, when convinced that war was coming, read Caesar's _Commentaries_ and
- took up the sword. Francis Marion was a shy and modest planter of South
- Carolina whose sole passage at arms had been a brief but desperate brush
- with the Indians ten or twelve years earlier. Daniel Morgan, one of the
- heroes of Cowpens, had been a teamster with Braddock's army and had seen
- some fighting during the French and Indian War, but his military
- knowledge, from the point of view of a trained British officer, was
- negligible. John Sullivan was a successful lawyer at Durham, New
- Hampshire, and a major in the local militia when duty summoned him to
- lay down his briefs and take up the sword. Anthony Wayne was a
- Pennsylvania farmer and land surveyor who, on hearing the clash of arms,
- read a few books on war, raised a regiment, and offered himself for
- service. Such is the story of the chief American military leaders, and
- it is typical of them all. Some had seen fighting with the French and
- Indians, but none of them had seen warfare on a large scale with regular
- troops commanded according to the strategy evolved in European
- experience. Courage, native ability, quickness of mind, and knowledge of
- the country they had in abundance, and in battles such as were fought
- during the Revolution all those qualities counted heavily in the
- balance.
- =Foreign Officers in American Service.=--To native genius was added
- military talent from beyond the seas. Baron Steuben, well schooled in
- the iron regime of Frederick the Great, came over from Prussia, joined
- Washington at Valley Forge, and day after day drilled and manoeuvered the
- men, laughing and cursing as he turned raw countrymen into regular
- soldiers. From France came young Lafayette and the stern De Kalb, from
- Poland came Pulaski and Kosciusko;--all acquainted with the arts of war
- as waged in Europe and fitted for leadership as well as teaching.
- Lafayette came early, in 1776, in a ship of his own, accompanied by
- several officers of wide experience, and remained loyally throughout the
- war sharing the hardships of American army life. Pulaski fell at the
- siege of Savannah and De Kalb at Camden. Kosciusko survived the American
- war to defend in vain the independence of his native land. To these
- distinguished foreigners, who freely threw in their lot with American
- revolutionary fortunes, was due much of that spirit and discipline which
- fitted raw recruits and temperamental militiamen to cope with a military
- power of the first rank.
- =The Soldiers.=--As far as the British soldiers were concerned their
- annals are short and simple. The regulars from the standing army who
- were sent over at the opening of the contest, the recruits drummed up
- by special efforts at home, and the thousands of Hessians bought
- outright by King George presented few problems of management to the
- British officers. These common soldiers were far away from home and
- enlisted for the war. Nearly all of them were well disciplined and many
- of them experienced in actual campaigns. The armies of King George
- fought bravely, as the records of Bunker Hill, Brandywine, and Monmouth
- demonstrate. Many a man and subordinate officer and, for that matter,
- some of the high officers expressed a reluctance at fighting against
- their own kin; but they obeyed orders.
- The Americans, on the other hand, while they fought with grim
- determination, as men fighting for their homes, were lacking in
- discipline and in the experience of regular troops. When the war broke
- in upon them, there were no common preparations for it. There was no
- continental army; there were only local bands of militiamen, many of
- them experienced in fighting but few of them "regulars" in the military
- sense. Moreover they were volunteers serving for a short time,
- unaccustomed to severe discipline, and impatient at the restraints
- imposed on them by long and arduous campaigns. They were continually
- leaving the service just at the most critical moments. "The militia,"
- lamented Washington, "come in, you cannot tell how; go, you cannot tell
- where; consume your provisions; exhaust your stores; and leave you at
- last at a critical moment."
- Again and again Washington begged Congress to provide for an army of
- regulars enlisted for the war, thoroughly trained and paid according to
- some definite plan. At last he was able to overcome, in part at least,
- the chronic fear of civilians in Congress and to wring from that
- reluctant body an agreement to grant half pay to all officers and a
- bonus to all privates who served until the end of the war. Even this
- scheme, which Washington regarded as far short of justice to the
- soldiers, did not produce quick results. It was near the close of the
- conflict before he had an army of well-disciplined veterans capable of
- meeting British regulars on equal terms.
- Though there were times when militiamen and frontiersmen did valiant and
- effective work, it is due to historical accuracy to deny the
- time-honored tradition that a few minutemen overwhelmed more numerous
- forces of regulars in a seven years' war for independence. They did
- nothing of the sort. For the victories of Bennington, Trenton, Saratoga,
- and Yorktown there were the defeats of Bunker Hill, Long Island, White
- Plains, Germantown, and Camden. Not once did an army of militiamen
- overcome an equal number of British regulars in an open trial by battle.
- "To bring men to be well acquainted with the duties of a soldier," wrote
- Washington, "requires time.... To expect the same service from raw and
- undisciplined recruits as from veteran soldiers is to expect what never
- did and perhaps never will happen."
- =How the War Was Won.=--Then how did the American army win the war? For
- one thing there were delays and blunders on the part of the British
- generals who, in 1775 and 1776, dallied in Boston and New York with
- large bodies of regular troops when they might have been dealing
- paralyzing blows at the scattered bands that constituted the American
- army. "Nothing but the supineness or folly of the enemy could have saved
- us," solemnly averred Washington in 1780. Still it is fair to say that
- this apparent supineness was not all due to the British generals. The
- ministers behind them believed that a large part of the colonists were
- loyal and that compromise would be promoted by inaction rather than by a
- war vigorously prosecuted. Victory by masterly inactivity was obviously
- better than conquest, and the slighter the wounds the quicker the
- healing. Later in the conflict when the seasoned forces of France were
- thrown into the scale, the Americans themselves had learned many things
- about the practical conduct of campaigns. All along, the British were
- embarrassed by the problem of supplies. Their troops could not forage
- with the skill of militiamen, as they were in unfamiliar territory. The
- long oversea voyages were uncertain at best and doubly so when the
- warships of France joined the American privateers in preying on supply
- boats.
- The British were in fact battered and worn down by a guerrilla war and
- outdone on two important occasions by superior forces--at Saratoga and
- Yorktown. Stern facts convinced them finally that an immense army, which
- could be raised only by a supreme effort, would be necessary to subdue
- the colonies if that hazardous enterprise could be accomplished at all.
- They learned also that America would then be alienated, fretful, and the
- scene of endless uprisings calling for an army of occupation. That was a
- price which staggered even Lord North and George III. Moreover, there
- were forces of opposition at home with which they had to reckon.
- =Women and the War.=--At no time were the women of America indifferent
- to the struggle for independence. When it was confined to the realm of
- opinion they did their part in creating public sentiment. Mrs. Elizabeth
- Timothee, for example, founded in Charleston, in 1773, a newspaper to
- espouse the cause of the province. Far to the north the sister of James
- Otis, Mrs. Mercy Warren, early begged her countrymen to rest their case
- upon their natural rights, and in influential circles she urged the
- leaders to stand fast by their principles. While John Adams was tossing
- about with uncertainty at the Continental Congress, his wife was writing
- letters to him declaring her faith in "independency."
- When the war came down upon the country, women helped in every field. In
- sustaining public sentiment they were active. Mrs. Warren with a
- tireless pen combatted loyalist propaganda in many a drama and satire.
- Almost every revolutionary leader had a wife or daughter who rendered
- service in the "second line of defense." Mrs. Washington managed the
- plantation while the General was at the front and went north to face the
- rigors of the awful winter at Valley Forge--an inspiration to her
- husband and his men. The daughter of Benjamin Franklin, Mrs. Sarah
- Bache, while her father was pleading the American cause in France, set
- the women of Pennsylvania to work sewing and collecting supplies. Even
- near the firing line women were to be found, aiding the wounded, hauling
- powder to the front, and carrying dispatches at the peril of their
- lives.
- In the economic sphere, the work of women was invaluable. They harvested
- crops without enjoying the picturesque title of "farmerettes" and they
- canned and preserved for the wounded and the prisoners of war. Of their
- labor in spinning and weaving it is recorded: "Immediately on being cut
- off from the use of English manufactures, the women engaged within their
- own families in manufacturing various kinds of cloth for domestic use.
- They thus kept their households decently clad and the surplus of their
- labors they sold to such as chose to buy rather than make for
- themselves. In this way the female part of families by their industry
- and strict economy frequently supported the whole domestic circle,
- evincing the strength of their attachment and the value of their
- service."
- For their war work, women were commended by high authorities on more
- than one occasion. They were given medals and public testimonials even
- as in our own day. Washington thanked them for their labors and paid
- tribute to them for the inspiration and material aid which they had
- given to the cause of independence.
- THE FINANCES OF THE REVOLUTION
- When the Revolution opened, there were thirteen little treasuries in
- America but no common treasury, and from first to last the Congress was
- in the position of a beggar rather than a sovereign. Having no authority
- to lay and collect taxes directly and knowing the hatred of the
- provincials for taxation, it resorted mainly to loans and paper money to
- finance the war. "Do you think," boldly inquired one of the delegates,
- "that I will consent to load my constituents with taxes when we can send
- to the printer and get a wagon load of money, one quire of which will
- pay for the whole?"
- =Paper Money and Loans.=--Acting on this curious but appealing political
- economy, Congress issued in June, 1776, two million dollars in bills of
- credit to be redeemed by the states on the basis of their respective
- populations. Other issues followed in quick succession. In all about
- $241,000,000 of continental paper was printed, to which the several
- states added nearly $210,000,000 of their own notes. Then came
- interest-bearing bonds in ever increasing quantities. Several millions
- were also borrowed from France and small sums from Holland and Spain. In
- desperation a national lottery was held, producing meager results. The
- property of Tories was confiscated and sold, bringing in about
- $16,000,000. Begging letters were sent to the states asking them to
- raise revenues for the continental treasury, but the states, burdened
- with their own affairs, gave little heed.
- =Inflation and Depreciation.=--As paper money flowed from the press, it
- rapidly declined in purchasing power until in 1779 a dollar was worth
- only two or three cents in gold or silver. Attempts were made by
- Congress and the states to compel people to accept the notes at face
- value; but these were like attempts to make water flow uphill.
- Speculators collected at once to fatten on the calamities of the
- republic. Fortunes were made and lost gambling on the prices of public
- securities while the patriot army, half clothed, was freezing at Valley
- Forge. "Speculation, peculation, engrossing, forestalling," exclaimed
- Washington, "afford too many melancholy proofs of the decay of public
- virtue. Nothing, I am convinced, but the depreciation of our currency
- ... aided by stock jobbing and party dissensions has fed the hopes of
- the enemy."
- =The Patriot Financiers.=--To the efforts of Congress in financing the
- war were added the labors of private citizens. Hayn Solomon, a merchant
- of Philadelphia, supplied members of Congress, including Madison,
- Jefferson, and Monroe, and army officers, like Lee and Steuben, with
- money for their daily needs. All together he contributed the huge sum of
- half a million dollars to the American cause and died broken in purse,
- if not in spirit, a British prisoner of war. Another Philadelphia
- merchant, Robert Morris, won for himself the name of the "patriot
- financier" because he labored night and day to find the money to meet
- the bills which poured in upon the bankrupt government. When his own
- funds were exhausted, he borrowed from his friends. Experienced in the
- handling of merchandise, he created agencies at important points to
- distribute supplies to the troops, thus displaying administrative as
- well as financial talents.
- [Illustration: ROBERT MORRIS]
- Women organized "drives" for money, contributed their plate and their
- jewels, and collected from door to door. Farmers took worthless paper in
- return for their produce, and soldiers saw many a pay day pass without
- yielding them a penny. Thus by the labors and sacrifices of citizens,
- the issuance of paper money, lotteries, the floating of loans,
- borrowings in Europe, and the impressment of supplies, the Congress
- staggered through the Revolution like a pauper who knows not how his
- next meal is to be secured but is continuously relieved at a crisis by a
- kindly fate.
- THE DIPLOMACY OF THE REVOLUTION
- When the full measure of honor is given to the soldiers and sailors and
- their commanding officers, the civilians who managed finances and
- supplies, the writers who sustained the American spirit, and the women
- who did well their part, there yet remains the duty of recognizing the
- achievements of diplomacy. The importance of this field of activity was
- keenly appreciated by the leaders in the Continental Congress. They were
- fairly well versed in European history. They knew of the balance of
- power and the sympathies, interests, and prejudices of nations and their
- rulers. All this information they turned to good account, in opening
- relations with continental countries and seeking money, supplies, and
- even military assistance. For the transaction of this delicate business,
- they created a secret committee on foreign correspondence as early as
- 1775 and prepared to send agents abroad.
- =American Agents Sent Abroad.=--Having heard that France was inclining a
- friendly ear to the American cause, the Congress, in March, 1776, sent a
- commissioner to Paris, Silas Deane of Connecticut, often styled the
- "first American diplomat." Later in the year a form of treaty to be
- presented to foreign powers was drawn up, and Franklin, Arthur Lee, and
- Deane were selected as American representatives at the court of "His
- Most Christian Majesty the King of France." John Jay of New York was
- chosen minister to Spain in 1779; John Adams was sent to Holland the
- same year; and other agents were dispatched to Florence, Vienna, and
- Berlin. The representative selected for St. Petersburg spent two
- fruitless years there, "ignored by the court, living in obscurity and
- experiencing nothing but humiliation and failure." Frederick the Great,
- king of Prussia, expressed a desire to find in America a market for
- Silesian linens and woolens, but, fearing England's command of the sea,
- he refused to give direct aid to the Revolutionary cause.
- =Early French Interest.=--The great diplomatic triumph of the Revolution
- was won at Paris, and Benjamin Franklin was the hero of the occasion,
- although many circumstances prepared the way for his success. Louis
- XVI's foreign minister, Count de Vergennes, before the arrival of any
- American representative, had brought to the attention of the king the
- opportunity offered by the outbreak of the war between England and her
- colonies. He showed him how France could redress her grievances and
- "reduce the power and greatness of England"--the empire that in 1763 had
- forced upon her a humiliating peace "at the price of our possessions,
- of our commerce, and our credit in the Indies, at the price of Canada,
- Louisiana, Isle Royale, Acadia, and Senegal." Equally successful in
- gaining the king's interest was a curious French adventurer,
- Beaumarchais, a man of wealth, a lover of music, and the author of two
- popular plays, "Figaro" and "The Barber of Seville." These two men had
- already urged upon the king secret aid for America before Deane appeared
- on the scene. Shortly after his arrival they made confidential
- arrangements to furnish money, clothing, powder, and other supplies to
- the struggling colonies, although official requests for them were
- officially refused by the French government.
- =Franklin at Paris.=--When Franklin reached Paris, he was received only
- in private by the king's minister, Vergennes. The French people,
- however, made manifest their affection for the "plain republican" in
- "his full dress suit of spotted Manchester velvet." He was known among
- men of letters as an author, a scientist, and a philosopher of
- extraordinary ability. His "Poor Richard" had thrice been translated
- into French and was scattered in numerous editions throughout the
- kingdom. People of all ranks--ministers, ladies at court, philosophers,
- peasants, and stable boys--knew of Franklin and wished him success in
- his mission. The queen, Marie Antoinette, fated to lose her head in a
- revolution soon to follow, played with fire by encouraging "our dear
- republican."
- For the king of France, however, this was more serious business. England
- resented the presence of this "traitor" in Paris, and Louis had to be
- cautious about plunging into another war that might also end
- disastrously. Moreover, the early period of Franklin's sojourn in Paris
- was a dark hour for the American Revolution. Washington's brilliant
- exploit at Trenton on Christmas night, 1776, and the battle with
- Cornwallis at Princeton had been followed by the disaster at Brandywine,
- the loss of Philadelphia, the defeat at Germantown, and the retirement
- to Valley Forge for the winter of 1777-78. New York City and
- Philadelphia--two strategic ports--were in British hands; the Hudson
- and Delaware rivers were blocked; and General Burgoyne with his British
- troops was on his way down through the heart of northern New York,
- cutting New England off from the rest of the colonies. No wonder the
- king was cautious. Then the unexpected happened. Burgoyne, hemmed in
- from all sides by the American forces, his flanks harried, his foraging
- parties beaten back, his supplies cut off, surrendered on October 17,
- 1777, to General Gates, who had superseded General Schuyler in time to
- receive the honor.
- =Treaties of Alliance and Commerce (1778).=--News of this victory,
- placed by historians among the fifteen decisive battles of the world,
- reached Franklin one night early in December while he and some friends
- sat gloomily at dinner. Beaumarchais, who was with him, grasped at once
- the meaning of the situation and set off to the court at Versailles with
- such haste that he upset his coach and dislocated his arm. The king and
- his ministers were at last convinced that the hour had come to aid the
- Revolution. Treaties of commerce and alliance were drawn up and signed
- in February, 1778. The independence of the United States was recognized
- by France and an alliance was formed to guarantee that independence.
- Combined military action was agreed upon and Louis then formally
- declared war on England. Men who had, a few short years before, fought
- one another in the wilderness of Pennsylvania or on the Plains of
- Abraham, were now ranged side by side in a war on the Empire that Pitt
- had erected and that George III was pulling down.
- =Spain and Holland Involved.=--Within a few months, Spain, remembering
- the steady decline of her sea power since the days of the Armada and
- hoping to drive the British out of Gibraltar, once more joined the
- concert of nations against England. Holland, a member of a league of
- armed neutrals formed in protest against British searches on the high
- seas, sent her fleet to unite with the forces of Spain, France, and
- America to prey upon British commerce. To all this trouble for England
- was added the danger of a possible revolt in Ireland, where the spirit
- of independence was flaming up.
- =The British Offer Terms to America.=--Seeing the colonists about to be
- joined by France in a common war on the English empire, Lord North
- proposed, in February, 1778, a renewal of negotiations. By solemn
- enactment, Parliament declared its intention not to exercise the right
- of imposing taxes within the colonies; at the same time it authorized
- the opening of negotiations through commissioners to be sent to America.
- A truce was to be established, pardons granted, objectionable laws
- suspended, and the old imperial constitution, as it stood before the
- opening of hostilities, restored to full vigor. It was too late. Events
- had taken the affairs of America out of the hands of British
- commissioners and diplomats.
- =Effects of French Aid.=--The French alliance brought ships of war,
- large sums of gold and silver, loads of supplies, and a considerable
- body of trained soldiers to the aid of the Americans. Timely as was this
- help, it meant no sudden change in the fortunes of war. The British
- evacuated Philadelphia in the summer following the alliance, and
- Washington's troops were encouraged to come out of Valley Forge. They
- inflicted a heavy blow on the British at Monmouth, but the treasonable
- conduct of General Charles Lee prevented a triumph. The recovery of
- Philadelphia was offset by the treason of Benedict Arnold, the loss of
- Savannah and Charleston (1780), and the defeat of Gates at Camden.
- The full effect of the French alliance was not felt until 1781, when
- Cornwallis went into Virginia and settled at Yorktown. Accompanied by
- French troops Washington swept rapidly southward and penned the British
- to the shore while a powerful French fleet shut off their escape by sea.
- It was this movement, which certainly could not have been executed
- without French aid, that put an end to all chance of restoring British
- dominion in America. It was the surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown that
- caused Lord North to pace the floor and cry out: "It is all over! It is
- all over!" What might have been done without the French alliance lies
- hidden from mankind. What was accomplished with the help of French
- soldiers, sailors, officers, money, and supplies, is known to all the
- earth. "All the world agree," exultantly wrote Franklin from Paris to
- General Washington, "that no expedition was ever better planned or
- better executed. It brightens the glory that must accompany your name to
- the latest posterity." Diplomacy as well as martial valor had its
- reward.
- PEACE AT LAST
- =British Opposition to the War.=--In measuring the forces that led to
- the final discomfiture of King George and Lord North, it is necessary to
- remember that from the beginning to the end the British ministry at home
- faced a powerful, informed, and relentless opposition. There were
- vigorous protests, first against the obnoxious acts which precipitated
- the unhappy quarrel, then against the way in which the war was waged,
- and finally against the futile struggle to retain a hold upon the
- American dominions. Among the members of Parliament who thundered
- against the government were the first statesmen and orators of the land.
- William Pitt, Earl of Chatham, though he deplored the idea of American
- independence, denounced the government as the aggressor and rejoiced in
- American resistance. Edmund Burke leveled his heavy batteries against
- every measure of coercion and at last strove for a peace which, while
- giving independence to America, would work for reconciliation rather
- than estrangement. Charles James Fox gave the colonies his generous
- sympathy and warmly championed their rights. Outside of the circle of
- statesmen there were stout friends of the American cause like David
- Hume, the philosopher and historian, and Catherine Macaulay, an author
- of wide fame and a republican bold enough to encourage Washington in
- seeing it through.
- Against this powerful opposition, the government enlisted a whole army
- of scribes and journalists to pour out criticism on the Americans and
- their friends. Dr. Samuel Johnson, whom it employed in this business,
- was so savage that even the ministers had to tone down his pamphlets
- before printing them. Far more weighty was Edward Gibbon, who was in
- time to win fame as the historian of the _Decline and Fall of the Roman
- Empire_. He had at first opposed the government; but, on being given a
- lucrative post, he used his sharp pen in its support, causing his
- friends to ridicule him in these lines:
- "King George, in a fright
- Lest Gibbon should write
- The story of England's disgrace,
- Thought no way so sure
- His pen to secure
- As to give the historian a place."
- =Lord North Yields.=--As time wore on, events bore heavily on the side
- of the opponents of the government's measures. They had predicted that
- conquest was impossible, and they had urged the advantages of a peace
- which would in some measure restore the affections of the Americans.
- Every day's news confirmed their predictions and lent support to their
- arguments. Moreover, the war, which sprang out of an effort to relieve
- English burdens, made those burdens heavier than ever. Military expenses
- were daily increasing. Trade with the colonies, the greatest single
- outlet for British goods and capital, was paralyzed. The heavy debts due
- British merchants in America were not only unpaid but postponed into an
- indefinite future. Ireland was on the verge of revolution. The French
- had a dangerous fleet on the high seas. In vain did the king assert in
- December, 1781, that no difficulties would ever make him consent to a
- peace that meant American independence. Parliament knew better, and on
- February 27, 1782, in the House of Commons was carried an address to the
- throne against continuing the war. Burke, Fox, the younger Pitt, Barre,
- and other friends of the colonies voted in the affirmative. Lord North
- gave notice then that his ministry was at an end. The king moaned:
- "Necessity made me yield."
- In April, 1782, Franklin received word from the English government that
- it was prepared to enter into negotiations leading to a settlement. This
- was embarrassing. In the treaty of alliance with France, the United
- States had promised that peace should be a joint affair agreed to by
- both nations in open conference. Finding France, however, opposed to
- some of their claims respecting boundaries and fisheries, the American
- commissioners conferred with the British agents at Paris without
- consulting the French minister. They actually signed a preliminary peace
- draft before they informed him of their operations. When Vergennes
- reproached him, Franklin replied that they "had been guilty of
- neglecting _bienseance_ [good manners] but hoped that the great work
- would not be ruined by a single indiscretion."
- =The Terms of Peace (1783).=--The general settlement at Paris in 1783
- was a triumph for America. England recognized the independence of the
- United States, naming each state specifically, and agreed to boundaries
- extending from the Atlantic to the Mississippi and from the Great Lakes
- to the Floridas. England held Canada, Newfoundland, and the West Indies
- intact, made gains in India, and maintained her supremacy on the seas.
- Spain won Florida and Minorca but not the coveted Gibraltar. France
- gained nothing important save the satisfaction of seeing England humbled
- and the colonies independent.
- The generous terms secured by the American commission at Paris called
- forth surprise and gratitude in the United States and smoothed the way
- for a renewal of commercial relations with the mother country. At the
- same time they gave genuine anxiety to European diplomats. "This federal
- republic is born a pigmy," wrote the Spanish ambassador to his royal
- master. "A day will come when it will be a giant; even a colossus
- formidable to these countries. Liberty of conscience and the facility
- for establishing a new population on immense lands, as well as the
- advantages of the new government, will draw thither farmers and artisans
- from all the nations. In a few years we shall watch with grief the
- tyrannical existence of the same colossus."
- [Illustration: NORTH AMERICA ACCORDING TO THE TREATY OF 1783]
- SUMMARY OF THE REVOLUTIONARY PERIOD
- The independence of the American colonies was foreseen by many European
- statesmen as they watched the growth of their population, wealth, and
- power; but no one could fix the hour of the great event. Until 1763 the
- American colonists lived fairly happily under British dominion. There
- were collisions from time to time, of course. Royal governors clashed
- with stiff-necked colonial legislatures. There were protests against the
- exercise of the king's veto power in specific cases. Nevertheless, on
- the whole, the relations between America and the mother country were
- more amicable in 1763 than at any period under the Stuart regime which
- closed in 1688.
- The crash, when it came, was not deliberately willed by any one. It was
- the product of a number of forces that happened to converge about 1763.
- Three years before, there had come to the throne George III, a young,
- proud, inexperienced, and stubborn king. For nearly fifty years his
- predecessors, Germans as they were in language and interest, had allowed
- things to drift in England and America. George III decided that he would
- be king in fact as well as in name. About the same time England brought
- to a close the long and costly French and Indian War and was staggering
- under a heavy burden of debt and taxes. The war had been fought partly
- in defense of the American colonies and nothing seemed more reasonable
- to English statesmen than the idea that the colonies should bear part of
- the cost of their own defense. At this juncture there came into
- prominence, in royal councils, two men bent on taxing America and
- controlling her trade, Grenville and Townshend. The king was willing,
- the English taxpayers were thankful for any promise of relief, and
- statesmen were found to undertake the experiment. England therefore set
- out upon a new course. She imposed taxes upon the colonists, regulated
- their trade and set royal officers upon them to enforce the law. This
- action evoked protests from the colonists. They held a Stamp Act
- Congress to declare their rights and petition for a redress of
- grievances. Some of the more restless spirits rioted in the streets,
- sacked the houses of the king's officers, and tore up the stamped paper.
- Frightened by uprising, the English government drew back and repealed
- the Stamp Act. Then it veered again and renewed its policy of
- interference. Interference again called forth American protests.
- Protests aroused sharper retaliation. More British regulars were sent
- over to keep order. More irritating laws were passed by Parliament.
- Rioting again appeared: tea was dumped in the harbor of Boston and
- seized in the harbor of Charleston. The British answer was more force.
- The response of the colonists was a Continental Congress for defense. An
- unexpected and unintended clash of arms at Lexington and Concord in the
- spring of 1775 brought forth from the king of England a proclamation:
- "The Americans are rebels!"
- The die was cast. The American Revolution had begun. Washington was made
- commander-in-chief. Armies were raised, money was borrowed, a huge
- volume of paper currency was issued, and foreign aid was summoned.
- Franklin plied his diplomatic arts at Paris until in 1778 he induced
- France to throw her sword into the balance. Three years later,
- Cornwallis surrendered at Yorktown. In 1783, by the formal treaty of
- peace, George III acknowledged the independence of the United States.
- The new nation, endowed with an imperial domain stretching from the
- Atlantic Ocean to the Mississippi River, began its career among the
- sovereign powers of the earth.
- In the sphere of civil government, the results of the Revolution were
- equally remarkable. Royal officers and royal authorities were driven
- from the former dominions. All power was declared to be in the people.
- All the colonies became states, each with its own constitution or plan
- of government. The thirteen states were united in common bonds under the
- Articles of Confederation. A republic on a large scale was instituted.
- Thus there was begun an adventure in popular government such as the
- world had never seen. Could it succeed or was it destined to break down
- and be supplanted by a monarchy? The fate of whole continents hung upon
- the answer.
- =References=
- J. Fiske, _The American Revolution_ (2 vols.).
- H. Lodge, _Life of Washington_ (2 vols.).
- W. Sumner, _The Financier and the Finances of the American Revolution_.
- O. Trevelyan, _The American Revolution_ (4 vols.). A sympathetic account
- by an English historian.
- M.C. Tyler, _Literary History of the American Revolution_ (2 vols.).
- C.H. Van Tyne, _The American Revolution_ (American Nation Series) and
- _The Loyalists in the American Revolution_.
- =Questions=
- 1. What was the non-importation agreement? By what body was it adopted?
- Why was it revolutionary in character?
- 2. Contrast the work of the first and second Continental Congresses.
- 3. Why did efforts at conciliation fail?
- 4. Trace the growth of American independence from opinion to the sphere
- of action.
- 5. Why is the Declaration of Independence an "immortal" document?
- 6. What was the effect of the Revolution on colonial governments? On
- national union?
- 7. Describe the contest between "Patriots" and "Tories."
- 8. What topics are considered under "military affairs"? Discuss each in
- detail.
- 9. Contrast the American forces with the British forces and show how the
- war was won.
- 10. Compare the work of women in the Revolutionary War with their labors
- in the World War (1917-18).
- 11. How was the Revolution financed?
- 12. Why is diplomacy important in war? Describe the diplomatic triumph
- of the Revolution.
- 13. What was the nature of the opposition in England to the war?
- 14. Give the events connected with the peace settlement; the terms of
- peace.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Spirit of America.=--Woodrow Wilson, _History of the American
- People_, Vol. II, pp. 98-126.
- =American Rights.=--Draw up a table showing all the principles laid down
- by American leaders in (1) the Resolves of the First Continental
- Congress, Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 162-166; (2) the
- Declaration of the Causes and the Necessity of Taking Up Arms,
- Macdonald, pp. 176-183; and (3) the Declaration of Independence.
- =The Declaration of Independence.=--Fiske, _The American Revolution_,
- Vol. I, pp. 147-197. Elson, _History of the United States_, pp. 250-254.
- =Diplomacy and the French Alliance.=--Hart, _American History Told by
- Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 574-590. Fiske, Vol. II, pp. 1-24.
- Callender, _Economic History of the United States_, pp. 159-168; Elson,
- pp. 275-280.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Washington, Franklin, Samuel Adams, Patrick
- Henry, Thomas Jefferson--emphasizing the peculiar services of each.
- =The Tories.=--Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 470-480.
- =Valley Forge.=--Fiske, Vol. II, pp. 25-49.
- =The Battles of the Revolution.=--Elson, pp. 235-317.
- =An English View of the Revolution.=--Green, _Short History of England_,
- Chap. X, Sect. 2.
- =English Opinion and the Revolution.=--Trevelyan, _The American
- Revolution_, Vol. III (or Part 2, Vol. II), Chaps. XXIV-XXVII.
- PART III. THE UNION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
- CHAPTER VII
- THE FORMATION OF THE CONSTITUTION
- THE PROMISE AND THE DIFFICULTIES OF AMERICA
- The rise of a young republic composed of thirteen states, each governed
- by officials popularly elected under constitutions drafted by "the plain
- people," was the most significant feature of the eighteenth century. The
- majority of the patriots whose labors and sacrifices had made this
- possible naturally looked upon their work and pronounced it good. Those
- Americans, however, who peered beneath the surface of things, saw that
- the Declaration of Independence, even if splendidly phrased, and paper
- constitutions, drawn by finest enthusiasm "uninstructed by experience,"
- could not alone make the republic great and prosperous or even free. All
- around them they saw chaos in finance and in industry and perils for the
- immediate future.
- =The Weakness of the Articles of Confederation.=--The government under
- the Articles of Confederation had neither the strength nor the resources
- necessary to cope with the problems of reconstruction left by the war.
- The sole organ of government was a Congress composed of from two to
- seven members from each state chosen as the legislature might direct and
- paid by the state. In determining all questions, each state had one
- vote--Delaware thus enjoying the same weight as Virginia. There was no
- president to enforce the laws. Congress was given power to select a
- committee of thirteen--one from each state--to act as an executive body
- when it was not in session; but this device, on being tried out, proved
- a failure. There was no system of national courts to which citizens and
- states could appeal for the protection of their rights or through which
- they could compel obedience to law. The two great powers of government,
- military and financial, were withheld. Congress, it is true, could
- authorize expenditures but had to rely upon the states for the payment
- of contributions to meet its bills. It could also order the
- establishment of an army, but it could only request the states to supply
- their respective quotas of soldiers. It could not lay taxes nor bring
- any pressure to bear upon a single citizen in the whole country. It
- could act only through the medium of the state governments.
- =Financial and Commercial Disorders.=--In the field of public finance,
- the disorders were pronounced. The huge debt incurred during the war was
- still outstanding. Congress was unable to pay either the interest or the
- principal. Public creditors were in despair, as the market value of
- their bonds sank to twenty-five or even ten cents on the dollar. The
- current bills of Congress were unpaid. As some one complained, there was
- not enough money in the treasury to buy pen and ink with which to record
- the transactions of the shadow legislature. The currency was in utter
- chaos. Millions of dollars in notes issued by Congress had become mere
- trash worth a cent or two on the dollar. There was no other expression
- of contempt so forceful as the popular saying: "not worth a
- Continental." To make matters worse, several of the states were pouring
- new streams of paper money from the press. Almost the only good money in
- circulation consisted of English, French, and Spanish coins, and the
- public was even defrauded by them because money changers were busy
- clipping and filing away the metal. Foreign commerce was unsettled. The
- entire British system of trade discrimination was turned against the
- Americans, and Congress, having no power to regulate foreign commerce,
- was unable to retaliate or to negotiate treaties which it could enforce.
- Domestic commerce was impeded by the jealousies of the states, which
- erected tariff barriers against their neighbors. The condition of the
- currency made the exchange of money and goods extremely difficult, and,
- as if to increase the confusion, backward states enacted laws hindering
- the prompt collection of debts within their borders--an evil which
- nothing but a national system of courts could cure.
- =Congress in Disrepute.=--With treaties set at naught by the states, the
- laws unenforced, the treasury empty, and the public credit gone, the
- Congress of the United States fell into utter disrepute. It called upon
- the states to pay their quotas of money into the treasury, only to be
- treated with contempt. Even its own members looked upon it as a solemn
- futility. Some of the ablest men refused to accept election to it, and
- many who did take the doubtful honor failed to attend the sessions.
- Again and again it was impossible to secure a quorum for the transaction
- of business.
- =Troubles of the State Governments.=--The state governments, free to
- pursue their own course with no interference from without, had almost as
- many difficulties as the Congress. They too were loaded with
- revolutionary debts calling for heavy taxes upon an already restive
- population. Oppressed by their financial burdens and discouraged by the
- fall in prices which followed the return of peace, the farmers of
- several states joined in a concerted effort and compelled their
- legislatures to issue large sums of paper money. The currency fell in
- value, but nevertheless it was forced on unwilling creditors to square
- old accounts.
- In every part of the country legislative action fluctuated violently.
- Laws were made one year only to be repealed the next and reenacted the
- third year. Lands were sold by one legislature and the sales were
- canceled by its successor. Uncertainty and distrust were the natural
- consequences. Men of substance longed for some power that would forbid
- states to issue bills of credit, to make paper money legal tender in
- payment of debts, or to impair the obligation of contracts. Men heavily
- in debt, on the other hand, urged even more drastic action against
- creditors.
- So great did the discontent of the farmers in New Hampshire become in
- 1786 that a mob surrounded the legislature, demanding a repeal of the
- taxes and the issuance of paper money. It was with difficulty that an
- armed rebellion was avoided. In Massachusetts the malcontents, under the
- leadership of Daniel Shays, a captain in the Revolutionary army,
- organized that same year open resistance to the government of the state.
- Shays and his followers protested against the conduct of creditors in
- foreclosing mortgages upon the debt-burdened farmers, against the
- lawyers for increasing the costs of legal proceedings, against the
- senate of the state the members of which were apportioned among the
- towns on the basis of the amount of taxes paid, against heavy taxes, and
- against the refusal of the legislature to issue paper money. They seized
- the towns of Worcester and Springfield and broke up the courts of
- justice. All through the western part of the state the revolt spread,
- sending a shock of alarm to every center and section of the young
- republic. Only by the most vigorous action was Governor Bowdoin able to
- quell the uprising; and when that task was accomplished, the state
- government did not dare to execute any of the prisoners because they had
- so many sympathizers. Moreover, Bowdoin and several members of the
- legislature who had been most zealous in their attacks on the insurgents
- were defeated at the ensuing election. The need of national assistance
- for state governments in times of domestic violence was everywhere
- emphasized by men who were opposed to revolutionary acts.
- =Alarm over Dangers to the Republic.=--Leading American citizens,
- watching the drift of affairs, were slowly driven to the conclusion that
- the new ship of state so proudly launched a few years before was
- careening into anarchy. "The facts of our peace and independence," wrote
- a friend of Washington, "do not at present wear so promising an
- appearance as I had fondly painted in my mind. The prejudices,
- jealousies, and turbulence of the people at times almost stagger my
- confidence in our political establishments; and almost occasion me to
- think that they will show themselves unworthy of the noble prize for
- which we have contended."
- Washington himself was profoundly discouraged. On hearing of Shays's
- rebellion, he exclaimed: "What, gracious God, is man that there should
- be such inconsistency and perfidiousness in his conduct! It is but the
- other day that we were shedding our blood to obtain the constitutions
- under which we now live--constitutions of our own choice and making--and
- now we are unsheathing our sword to overturn them." The same year he
- burst out in a lament over rumors of restoring royal government. "I am
- told that even respectable characters speak of a monarchical government
- without horror. From thinking proceeds speaking. Hence to acting is
- often but a single step. But how irresistible and tremendous! What a
- triumph for our enemies to verify their predictions! What a triumph for
- the advocates of despotism to find that we are incapable of governing
- ourselves!"
- =Congress Attempts Some Reforms.=--The Congress was not indifferent to
- the events that disturbed Washington. On the contrary it put forth many
- efforts to check tendencies so dangerous to finance, commerce,
- industries, and the Confederation itself. In 1781, even before the
- treaty of peace was signed, the Congress, having found out how futile
- were its taxing powers, carried a resolution of amendment to the
- Articles of Confederation, authorizing the levy of a moderate duty on
- imports. Yet this mild measure was rejected by the states. Two years
- later the Congress prepared another amendment sanctioning the levy of
- duties on imports, to be collected this time by state officers and
- applied to the payment of the public debt. This more limited proposal,
- designed to save public credit, likewise failed. In 1786, the Congress
- made a third appeal to the states for help, declaring that they had been
- so irregular and so negligent in paying their quotas that further
- reliance upon that mode of raising revenues was dishonorable and
- dangerous.
- THE CALLING OF A CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION
- =Hamilton and Washington Urge Reform.=--The attempts at reform by the
- Congress were accompanied by demand for, both within and without that
- body, a convention to frame a new plan of government. In 1780, the
- youthful Alexander Hamilton, realizing the weakness of the Articles, so
- widely discussed, proposed a general convention for the purpose of
- drafting a new constitution on entirely different principles. With
- tireless energy he strove to bring his countrymen to his view.
- Washington, agreeing with him on every point, declared, in a circular
- letter to the governors, that the duration of the union would be short
- unless there was lodged somewhere a supreme power "to regulate and
- govern the general concerns of the confederated republic." The governor
- of Massachusetts, disturbed by the growth of discontent all about him,
- suggested to the state legislature in 1785 the advisability of a
- national convention to enlarge the powers of the Congress. The
- legislature approved the plan, but did not press it to a conclusion.
- [Illustration: ALEXANDER HAMILTON]
- =The Annapolis Convention.=--Action finally came from the South. The
- Virginia legislature, taking things into its own hands, called a
- conference of delegates at Annapolis to consider matters of taxation and
- commerce. When the convention assembled in 1786, it was found that only
- five states had taken the trouble to send representatives. The leaders
- were deeply discouraged, but the resourceful Hamilton, a delegate from
- New York, turned the affair to good account. He secured the adoption of
- a resolution, calling upon the Congress itself to summon another
- convention, to meet at Philadelphia.
- =A National Convention Called (1787).=--The Congress, as tardy as ever,
- at last decided in February, 1787, to issue the call. Fearing drastic
- changes, however, it restricted the convention to "the sole and express
- purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation." Jealous of its own
- powers, it added that any alterations proposed should be referred to the
- Congress and the states for their approval.
- Every state in the union, except Rhode Island, responded to this call.
- Indeed some of the states, having the Annapolis resolution before them,
- had already anticipated the Congress by selecting delegates before the
- formal summons came. Thus, by the persistence of governors,
- legislatures, and private citizens, there was brought about the
- long-desired national convention. In May, 1787, it assembled in
- Philadelphia.
- =The Eminent Men of the Convention.=--On the roll of that memorable
- convention were fifty-five men, at least half of whom were acknowledged
- to be among the foremost statesmen and thinkers in America. Every field
- of statecraft was represented by them: war and practical management in
- Washington, who was chosen president of the convention; diplomacy in
- Franklin, now old and full of honor in his own land as well as abroad;
- finance in Alexander Hamilton and Robert Morris; law in James Wilson of
- Pennsylvania; the philosophy of government in James Madison, called the
- "father of the Constitution." They were not theorists but practical men,
- rich in political experience and endowed with deep insight into the
- springs of human action. Three of them had served in the Stamp Act
- Congress: Dickinson of Delaware, William Samuel Johnson of Connecticut,
- and John Rutledge of South Carolina. Eight had been signers of the
- Declaration of Independence: Read of Delaware, Sherman of Connecticut,
- Wythe of Virginia, Gerry of Massachusetts, Franklin, Robert Morris,
- George Clymer, and James Wilson of Pennsylvania. All but twelve had at
- some time served in the Continental Congress and eighteen were members
- of that body in the spring of 1787. Washington, Hamilton, Mifflin, and
- Charles Pinckney had been officers in the Revolutionary army. Seven of
- the delegates had gained political experience as governors of states.
- "The convention as a whole," according to the historian Hildreth,
- "represented in a marked manner the talent, intelligence, and
- especially the conservative sentiment of the country."
- THE FRAMING OF THE CONSTITUTION
- =Problems Involved.=--The great problems before the convention were nine
- in number: (1) Shall the Articles of Confederation be revised or a new
- system of government constructed? (2) Shall the government be founded on
- states equal in power as under the Articles or on the broader and deeper
- foundation of population? (3) What direct share shall the people have in
- the election of national officers? (4) What shall be the qualifications
- for the suffrage? (5) How shall the conflicting interests of the
- commercial and the planting states be balanced so as to safeguard the
- essential rights of each? (6) What shall be the form of the new
- government? (7) What powers shall be conferred on it? (8) How shall the
- state legislatures be restrained from their attacks on property rights
- such as the issuance of paper money? (9) Shall the approval of all the
- states be necessary, as under the Articles, for the adoption and
- amendment of the Constitution?
- =Revision of the Articles or a New Government?=--The moment the first
- problem was raised, representatives of the small states, led by William
- Paterson of New Jersey, were on their feet. They feared that, if the
- Articles were overthrown, the equality and rights of the states would be
- put in jeopardy. Their protest was therefore vigorous. They cited the
- call issued by the Congress in summoning the convention which
- specifically stated that they were assembled for "the sole and express
- purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation." They cited also
- their instructions from their state legislatures, which authorized them
- to "revise and amend" the existing scheme of government, not to make a
- revolution in it. To depart from the authorization laid down by the
- Congress and the legislatures would be to exceed their powers, they
- argued, and to betray the trust reposed in them by their countrymen.
- To their contentions, Randolph of Virginia replied: "When the salvation
- of the republic is at stake, it would be treason to our trust not to
- propose what we find necessary." Hamilton, reminding the delegates that
- their work was still subject to the approval of the states, frankly said
- that on the point of their powers he had no scruples. With the issue
- clear, the convention cast aside the Articles as if they did not exist
- and proceeded to the work of drawing up a new constitution, "laying its
- foundations on such principles and organizing its powers in such form"
- as to the delegates seemed "most likely to affect their safety and
- happiness."
- =A Government Founded on States or on People?--The
- Compromise.=--Defeated in their attempt to limit the convention to a
- mere revision of the Articles, the spokesmen of the smaller states
- redoubled their efforts to preserve the equality of the states. The
- signal for a radical departure from the Articles on this point was given
- early in the sessions when Randolph presented "the Virginia plan." He
- proposed that the new national legislature consist of two houses, the
- members of which were to be apportioned among the states according to
- their wealth or free white population, as the convention might decide.
- This plan was vehemently challenged. Paterson of New Jersey flatly
- avowed that neither he nor his state would ever bow to such tyranny. As
- an alternative, he presented "the New Jersey plan" calling for a
- national legislature of one house representing states as such, not
- wealth or people--a legislature in which all states, large or small,
- would have equal voice. Wilson of Pennsylvania, on behalf of the more
- populous states, took up the gauntlet which Paterson had thrown down. It
- was absurd, he urged, for 180,000 men in one state to have the same
- weight in national counsels as 750,000 men in another state. "The
- gentleman from New Jersey," he said, "is candid. He declares his opinion
- boldly.... I will be equally candid.... I will never confederate on his
- principles." So the bitter controversy ran on through many exciting
- sessions.
- Greek had met Greek. The convention was hopelessly deadlocked and on the
- verge of dissolution, "scarce held together by the strength of a hair,"
- as one of the delegates remarked. A crash was averted only by a
- compromise. Instead of a Congress of one house as provided by the
- Articles, the convention agreed upon a legislature of two houses. In the
- Senate, the aspirations of the small states were to be satisfied, for
- each state was given two members in that body. In the formation of the
- House of Representatives, the larger states were placated, for it was
- agreed that the members of that chamber were to be apportioned among the
- states on the basis of population, counting three-fifths of the slaves.
- =The Question of Popular Election.=--The method of selecting federal
- officers and members of Congress also produced an acrimonious debate
- which revealed how deep-seated was the distrust of the capacity of the
- people to govern themselves. Few there were who believed that no branch
- of the government should be elected directly by the voters; still fewer
- were there, however, who desired to see all branches so chosen. One or
- two even expressed a desire for a monarchy. The dangers of democracy
- were stressed by Gerry of Massachusetts: "All the evils we experience
- flow from an excess of democracy. The people do not want virtue but are
- the dupes of pretended patriots.... I have been too republican
- heretofore but have been taught by experience the danger of a leveling
- spirit." To the "democratic licentiousness of the state legislatures,"
- Randolph sought to oppose a "firm senate." To check the excesses of
- popular government Charles Pinckney of South Carolina declared that no
- one should be elected President who was not worth $100,000 and that high
- property qualifications should be placed on members of Congress and
- judges. Other members of the convention were stoutly opposed to such
- "high-toned notions of government." Franklin and Wilson, both from
- Pennsylvania, vigorously championed popular election; while men like
- Madison insisted that at least one part of the government should rest on
- the broad foundation of the people.
- Out of this clash of opinion also came compromise. One branch, the House
- of Representatives, it was agreed, was to be elected directly by the
- voters, while the Senators were to be elected indirectly by the state
- legislatures. The President was to be chosen by electors selected as the
- legislatures of the states might determine, and the judges of the
- federal courts, supreme and inferior, by the President and the Senate.
- =The Question of the Suffrage.=--The battle over the suffrage was sharp
- but brief. Gouverneur Morris proposed that only land owners should be
- permitted to vote. Madison replied that the state legislatures, which
- had made so much trouble with radical laws, were elected by freeholders.
- After the debate, the delegates, unable to agree on any property
- limitations on the suffrage, decided that the House of Representatives
- should be elected by voters having the "qualifications requisite for
- electors of the most numerous branch of the state legislature." Thus
- they accepted the suffrage provisions of the states.
- =The Balance between the Planting and the Commercial States.=--After the
- debates had gone on for a few weeks, Madison came to the conclusion that
- the real division in the convention was not between the large and the
- small states but between the planting section founded on slave labor and
- the commercial North. Thus he anticipated by nearly three-quarters of a
- century "the irrepressible conflict." The planting states had neither
- the free white population nor the wealth of the North. There were,
- counting Delaware, six of them as against seven commercial states.
- Dependent for their prosperity mainly upon the sale of tobacco, rice,
- and other staples abroad, they feared that Congress might impose
- restraints upon their enterprise. Being weaker in numbers, they were
- afraid that the majority might lay an unfair burden of taxes upon them.
- _Representation and Taxation._--The Southern members of the convention
- were therefore very anxious to secure for their section the largest
- possible representation in Congress, and at the same time to restrain
- the taxing power of that body. Two devices were thought adapted to these
- ends. One was to count the slaves as people when apportioning
- representatives among the states according to their respective
- populations; the other was to provide that direct taxes should be
- apportioned among the states, in proportion not to their wealth but to
- the number of their free white inhabitants. For obvious reasons the
- Northern delegates objected to these proposals. Once more a compromise
- proved to be the solution. It was agreed that not all the slaves but
- three-fifths of them should be counted for both purposes--representation
- and direct taxation.
- _Commerce and the Slave Trade._--Southern interests were also involved
- in the project to confer upon Congress the power to regulate interstate
- and foreign commerce. To the manufacturing and trading states this was
- essential. It would prevent interstate tariffs and trade jealousies; it
- would enable Congress to protect American manufactures and to break
- down, by appropriate retaliations, foreign discriminations against
- American commerce. To the South the proposal was menacing because
- tariffs might interfere with the free exchange of the produce of
- plantations in European markets, and navigation acts might confine the
- carrying trade to American, that is Northern, ships. The importation of
- slaves, moreover, it was feared might be heavily taxed or immediately
- prohibited altogether.
- The result of this and related controversies was a debate on the merits
- of slavery. Gouverneur Morris delivered his mind and heart on that
- subject, denouncing slavery as a nefarious institution and the curse of
- heaven on the states in which it prevailed. Mason of Virginia, a
- slaveholder himself, was hardly less outspoken, saying: "Slavery
- discourages arts and manufactures. The poor despise labor when performed
- by slaves. They prevent the migration of whites who really strengthen
- and enrich a country."
- The system, however, had its defenders. Representatives from South
- Carolina argued that their entire economic life rested on slave labor
- and that the high death rate in the rice swamps made continuous
- importation necessary. Ellsworth of Connecticut took the ground that
- the convention should not meddle with slavery. "The morality or wisdom
- of slavery," he said, "are considerations belonging to the states. What
- enriches a part enriches the whole." To the future he turned an
- untroubled face: "As population increases, poor laborers will be so
- plenty as to render slaves useless. Slavery in time will not be a speck
- in our country." Virginia and North Carolina, already overstocked with
- slaves, favored prohibiting the traffic in them; but South Carolina was
- adamant. She must have fresh supplies of slaves or she would not
- federate.
- So it was agreed that, while Congress might regulate foreign trade by
- majority vote, the importation of slaves should not be forbidden before
- the lapse of twenty years, and that any import tax should not exceed $10
- a head. At the same time, in connection with the regulation of foreign
- trade, it was stipulated that a two-thirds vote in the Senate should be
- necessary in the ratification of treaties. A further concession to the
- South was made in the provision for the return of runaway slaves--a
- provision also useful in the North, where indentured servants were about
- as troublesome as slaves in escaping from their masters.
- =The Form of the Government.=--As to the details of the frame of
- government and the grand principles involved, the opinion of the
- convention ebbed and flowed, decisions being taken in the heat of
- debate, only to be revoked and taken again.
- _The Executive._--There was general agreement that there should be an
- executive branch; for reliance upon Congress to enforce its own laws and
- treaties had been a broken reed. On the character and functions of the
- executive, however, there were many views. The New Jersey plan called
- for a council selected by the Congress; the Virginia plan provided that
- the executive branch should be chosen by the Congress but did not state
- whether it should be composed of one or several persons. On this matter
- the convention voted first one way and then another; finally it agreed
- on a single executive chosen indirectly by electors selected as the
- state legislatures might decide, serving for four years, subject to
- impeachment, and endowed with regal powers in the command of the army
- and the navy and in the enforcement of the laws.
- _The Legislative Branch--Congress._--After the convention had made the
- great compromise between the large and small commonwealths by giving
- representation to states in the Senate and to population in the House,
- the question of methods of election had to be decided. As to the House
- of Representatives it was readily agreed that the members should be
- elected by direct popular vote. There was also easy agreement on the
- proposition that a strong Senate was needed to check the "turbulence" of
- the lower house. Four devices were finally selected to accomplish this
- purpose. In the first place, the Senators were not to be chosen directly
- by the voters but by the legislatures of the states, thus removing their
- election one degree from the populace. In the second place, their term
- was fixed at six years instead of two, as in the case of the House. In
- the third place, provision was made for continuity by having only
- one-third of the members go out at a time while two-thirds remained in
- service. Finally, it was provided that Senators must be at least thirty
- years old while Representatives need be only twenty-five.
- _The Judiciary._--The need for federal courts to carry out the law was
- hardly open to debate. The feebleness of the Articles of Confederation
- was, in a large measure, attributed to the want of a judiciary to hold
- states and individuals in obedience to the laws and treaties of the
- union. Nevertheless on this point the advocates of states' rights were
- extremely sensitive. They looked with distrust upon judges appointed at
- the national capital and emancipated from local interests and
- traditions; they remembered with what insistence they had claimed
- against Britain the right of local trial by jury and with what
- consternation they had viewed the proposal to make colonial judges
- independent of the assemblies in the matter of their salaries.
- Reluctantly they yielded to the demand for federal courts, consenting at
- first only to a supreme court to review cases heard in lower state
- courts and finally to such additional inferior courts as Congress might
- deem necessary.
- _The System of Checks and Balances._--It is thus apparent that the
- framers of the Constitution, in shaping the form of government, arranged
- for a distribution of power among three branches, executive,
- legislative, and judicial. Strictly speaking we might say four branches,
- for the legislature, or Congress, was composed of two houses, elected in
- different ways, and one of them, the Senate, was made a check on the
- President through its power of ratifying treaties and appointments. "The
- accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judicial, in the
- same hands," wrote Madison, "whether of one, a few, or many, and whether
- hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the
- very definition of tyranny." The devices which the convention adopted to
- prevent such a centralization of authority were exceedingly ingenious
- and well calculated to accomplish the purposes of the authors.
- The legislature consisted of two houses, the members of which were to be
- apportioned on a different basis, elected in different ways, and to
- serve for different terms. A veto on all its acts was vested in a
- President elected in a manner not employed in the choice of either
- branch of the legislature, serving for four years, and subject to
- removal only by the difficult process of impeachment. After a law had
- run the gantlet of both houses and the executive, it was subject to
- interpretation and annulment by the judiciary, appointed by the
- President with the consent of the Senate and serving for life. Thus it
- was made almost impossible for any political party to get possession of
- all branches of the government at a single popular election. As Hamilton
- remarked, the friends of good government considered "every institution
- calculated to restrain the excess of law making and to keep things in
- the same state in which they happen to be at any given period as more
- likely to do good than harm."
- =The Powers of the Federal Government.=--On the question of the powers
- to be conferred upon the new government there was less occasion for a
- serious dispute. Even the delegates from the small states agreed with
- those from Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, and Virginia that new powers
- should be added to those intrusted to Congress by the Articles of
- Confederation. The New Jersey plan as well as the Virginia plan
- recognized this fact. Some of the delegates, like Hamilton and Madison,
- even proposed to give Congress a general legislative authority covering
- all national matters; but others, frightened by the specter of
- nationalism, insisted on specifying each power to be conferred and
- finally carried the day.
- _Taxation and Commerce._--There were none bold enough to dissent from
- the proposition that revenue must be provided to pay current expenses
- and discharge the public debt. When once the dispute over the
- apportionment of direct taxes among the slave states was settled, it was
- an easy matter to decide that Congress should have power to lay and
- collect taxes, duties, imposts, and excises. In this way the national
- government was freed from dependence upon stubborn and tardy
- legislatures and enabled to collect funds directly from citizens. There
- were likewise none bold enough to contend that the anarchy of state
- tariffs and trade discriminations should be longer endured. When the
- fears of the planting states were allayed and the "bargain" over the
- importation of slaves was reached, the convention vested in Congress the
- power to regulate foreign and interstate commerce.
- _National Defense._--The necessity for national defense was realized,
- though the fear of huge military establishments was equally present. The
- old practice of relying on quotas furnished by the state legislatures
- was completely discredited. As in the case of taxes a direct authority
- over citizens was demanded. Congress was therefore given full power to
- raise and support armies and a navy. It could employ the state militia
- when desirable; but it could at the same time maintain a regular army
- and call directly upon all able-bodied males if the nature of a crisis
- was thought to require it.
- _The "Necessary and Proper" Clause._--To the specified power vested in
- Congress by the Constitution, the advocates of a strong national
- government added a general clause authorizing it to make all laws
- "necessary and proper" for carrying into effect any and all of the
- enumerated powers. This clause, interpreted by that master mind, Chief
- Justice Marshall, was later construed to confer powers as wide as the
- requirements of a vast country spanning a continent and taking its place
- among the mighty nations of the earth.
- =Restraints on the States.=--Framing a government and endowing it with
- large powers were by no means the sole concern of the convention. Its
- very existence had been due quite as much to the conduct of the state
- legislatures as to the futilities of a paralyzed Continental Congress.
- In every state, explains Marshall in his _Life of Washington_, there was
- a party of men who had "marked out for themselves a more indulgent
- course. Viewing with extreme tenderness the case of the debtor, their
- efforts were unceasingly directed to his relief. To exact a faithful
- compliance with contracts was, in their opinion, a harsh measure which
- the people could not bear. They were uniformly in favor of relaxing the
- administration of justice, of affording facilities for the payment of
- debts, or of suspending their collection, and remitting taxes."
- The legislatures under the dominance of these men had enacted paper
- money laws enabling debtors to discharge their obligations more easily.
- The convention put an end to such practices by providing that no state
- should emit bills of credit or make anything but gold or silver legal
- tender in the payment of debts. The state legislatures had enacted laws
- allowing men to pay their debts by turning over to creditors land or
- personal property; they had repealed the charter of an endowed college
- and taken the management from the hands of the lawful trustees; and they
- had otherwise interfered with the enforcement of private agreements. The
- convention, taking notice of such matters, inserted a clause forbidding
- states "to impair the obligation of contracts." The more venturous of
- the radicals had in Massachusetts raised the standard of revolt against
- the authorities of the state. The convention answered by a brief
- sentence to the effect that the President of the United States, to be
- equipped with a regular army, would send troops to suppress domestic
- insurrections whenever called upon by the legislature or, if it was not
- in session, by the governor of the state. To make sure that the
- restrictions on the states would not be dead letters, the federal
- Constitution, laws, and treaties were made the supreme law of the land,
- to be enforced whenever necessary by a national judiciary and executive
- against violations on the part of any state authorities.
- =Provisions for Ratification and Amendment.=--When the frame of
- government had been determined, the powers to be vested in it had been
- enumerated, and the restrictions upon the states had been written into
- the bond, there remained three final questions. How shall the
- Constitution be ratified? What number of states shall be necessary to
- put it into effect? How shall it be amended in the future?
- On the first point, the mandate under which the convention was sitting
- seemed positive. The Articles of Confederation were still in effect.
- They provided that amendments could be made only by unanimous adoption
- in Congress and the approval of all the states. As if to give force to
- this provision of law, the call for the convention had expressly stated
- that all alterations and revisions should be reported to Congress for
- adoption or rejection, Congress itself to transmit the document
- thereafter to the states for their review.
- To have observed the strict letter of the law would have defeated the
- purposes of the delegates, because Congress and the state legislatures
- were openly hostile to such drastic changes as had been made. Unanimous
- ratification, as events proved, would have been impossible. Therefore
- the delegates decided that the Constitution should be sent to Congress
- with the recommendation that it, in turn, transmit the document, not to
- the state legislatures, but to conventions held in the states for the
- special object of deciding upon ratification. This process was followed.
- It was their belief that special conventions would be more friendly than
- the state legislatures.
- The convention was equally positive in dealing with the problem of the
- number of states necessary to establish the new Constitution. Attempts
- to change the Articles had failed because amendment required the
- approval of every state and there was always at least one recalcitrant
- member of the union. The opposition to a new Constitution was
- undoubtedly formidable. Rhode Island had even refused to take part in
- framing it, and her hostility was deep and open. So the convention cast
- aside the provision of the Articles of Confederation which required
- unanimous approval for any change in the plan of government; it decreed
- that the new Constitution should go into effect when ratified by nine
- states.
- In providing for future changes in the Constitution itself the
- convention also thrust aside the old rule of unanimous approval, and
- decided that an amendment could be made on a two-thirds vote in both
- houses of Congress and ratification by three-fourths of the states. This
- change was of profound significance. Every state agreed to be bound in
- the future by amendments duly adopted even in case it did not approve
- them itself. America in this way set out upon the high road that led
- from a league of states to a nation.
- THE STRUGGLE OVER RATIFICATION
- On September 17, 1787, the Constitution, having been finally drafted in
- clear and simple language, a model to all makers of fundamental law, was
- adopted. The convention, after nearly four months of debate in secret
- session, flung open the doors and presented to the Americans the
- finished plan for the new government. Then the great debate passed to
- the people.
- =The Opposition.=--Storms of criticism at once descended upon the
- Constitution. "Fraudulent usurpation!" exclaimed Gerry, who had refused
- to sign it. "A monster" out of the "thick veil of secrecy," declaimed a
- Pennsylvania newspaper. "An iron-handed despotism will be the result,"
- protested a third. "We, 'the low-born,'" sarcastically wrote a fourth,
- "will now admit the 'six hundred well-born' immediately to establish
- this most noble, most excellent, and truly divine constitution." The
- President will become a king; Congress will be as tyrannical as
- Parliament in the old days; the states will be swallowed up; the rights
- of the people will be trampled upon; the poor man's justice will be lost
- in the endless delays of the federal courts--such was the strain of the
- protests against ratification.
- [Illustration: AN ADVERTISEMENT OF _The Federalist_]
- =Defense of the Constitution.=--Moved by the tempest of opposition,
- Hamilton, Madison, and Jay took up their pens in defense of the
- Constitution. In a series of newspaper articles they discussed and
- expounded with eloquence, learning, and dignity every important clause
- and provision of the proposed plan. These papers, afterwards collected
- and published in a volume known as _The Federalist_, form the finest
- textbook on the Constitution that has ever been printed. It takes its
- place, moreover, among the wisest and weightiest treatises on government
- ever written in any language in any time. Other men, not so gifted, were
- no less earnest in their support of ratification. In private
- correspondence, editorials, pamphlets, and letters to the newspapers,
- they urged their countrymen to forget their partisanship and accept a
- Constitution which, in spite of any defects great or small, was the
- only guarantee against dissolution and warfare at home and dishonor and
- weakness abroad.
- [Illustration: CELEBRATING THE RATIFICATION]
- =The Action of the State Conventions.=--Before the end of the year,
- 1787, three states had ratified the Constitution: Delaware and New
- Jersey unanimously and Pennsylvania after a short, though savage,
- contest. Connecticut and Georgia followed early the next year. Then came
- the battle royal in Massachusetts, ending in ratification in February by
- the narrow margin of 187 votes to 168. In the spring came the news that
- Maryland and South Carolina were "under the new roof." On June 21, New
- Hampshire, where the sentiment was at first strong enough to defeat the
- Constitution, joined the new republic, influenced by the favorable
- decision in Massachusetts. Swift couriers were sent to carry the news to
- New York and Virginia, where the question of ratification was still
- undecided. Nine states had accepted it and were united, whether more saw
- fit to join or not.
- Meanwhile, however, Virginia, after a long and searching debate, had
- given her approval by a narrow margin, leaving New York as the next seat
- of anxiety. In that state the popular vote for the delegates to the
- convention had been clearly and heavily against ratification. Events
- finally demonstrated the futility of resistance, and Hamilton by good
- judgment and masterly arguments was at last able to marshal a majority
- of thirty to twenty-seven votes in favor of ratification.
- The great contest was over. All the states, except North Carolina and
- Rhode Island, had ratified. "The sloop Anarchy," wrote an ebullient
- journalist, "when last heard from was ashore on Union rocks."
- =The First Election.=--In the autumn of 1788, elections were held to
- fill the places in the new government. Public opinion was overwhelmingly
- in favor of Washington as the first President. Yielding to the
- importunities of friends, he accepted the post in the spirit of public
- service. On April 30, 1789, he took the oath of office at Federal Hall
- in New York City. "Long live George Washington, President of the United
- States!" cried Chancellor Livingston as soon as the General had kissed
- the Bible. The cry was caught by the assembled multitude and given back.
- A new experiment in popular government was launched.
- =References=
- M. Farrand, _The Framing of the Constitution of the United States_.
- P.L. Ford, _Essays on the Constitution of the United States_.
- _The Federalist_ (in many editions).
- G. Hunt, _Life of James Madison_.
- A.C. McLaughlin, _The Confederation and the Constitution_ (American
- Nation Series).
- =Questions=
- 1. Account for the failure of the Articles of Confederation.
- 2. Explain the domestic difficulties of the individual states.
- 3. Why did efforts at reform by the Congress come to naught?
- 4. Narrate the events leading up to the constitutional convention.
- 5. Who were some of the leading men in the convention? What had been
- their previous training?
- 6. State the great problems before the convention.
- 7. In what respects were the planting and commercial states opposed?
- What compromises were reached?
- 8. Show how the "check and balance" system is embodied in our form of
- government.
- 9. How did the powers conferred upon the federal government help cure
- the defects of the Articles of Confederation?
- 10. In what way did the provisions for ratifying and amending the
- Constitution depart from the old system?
- 11. What was the nature of the conflict over ratification?
- =Research Topics=
- =English Treatment of American Commerce.=--Callender, _Economic History
- of the United States_, pp. 210-220.
- =Financial Condition of the United States.=--Fiske, _Critical Period of
- American History_, pp. 163-186.
- =Disordered Commerce.=--Fiske, pp. 134-162.
- =Selfish Conduct of the States.=--Callender, pp. 185-191.
- =The Failure of the Confederation.=--Elson, _History of the United
- States_, pp. 318-326.
- =Formation of the Constitution.=--(1) The plans before the convention,
- Fiske, pp. 236-249; (2) the great compromise, Fiske, pp. 250-255; (3)
- slavery and the convention, Fiske, pp. 256-266; and (4) the frame of
- government, Fiske, pp. 275-301; Elson, pp. 328-334.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Look up the history and services of the leaders
- in the convention in any good encyclopedia.
- =Ratification of the Constitution.=--Hart, _History Told by
- Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 233-254; Elson, pp. 334-340.
- =Source Study.=--Compare the Constitution and Articles of Confederation
- under the following heads: (1) frame of government; (2) powers of
- Congress; (3) limits on states; and (4) methods of amendment. Every line
- of the Constitution should be read and re-read in the light of the
- historical circumstances set forth in this chapter.
- CHAPTER VIII
- THE CLASH OF POLITICAL PARTIES
- THE MEN AND MEASURES OF THE NEW GOVERNMENT
- =Friends of the Constitution in Power.=--In the first Congress that
- assembled after the adoption of the Constitution, there were eleven
- Senators, led by Robert Morris, the financier, who had been delegates to
- the national convention. Several members of the House of
- Representatives, headed by James Madison, had also been at Philadelphia
- in 1787. In making his appointments, Washington strengthened the new
- system of government still further by a judicious selection of
- officials. He chose as Secretary of the Treasury, Alexander Hamilton,
- who had been the most zealous for its success; General Knox, head of the
- War Department, and Edmund Randolph, the Attorney-General, were likewise
- conspicuous friends of the experiment. Every member of the federal
- judiciary whom Washington appointed, from the Chief Justice, John Jay,
- down to the justices of the district courts, had favored the
- ratification of the Constitution; and a majority of them had served as
- members of the national convention that framed the document or of the
- state ratifying conventions. Only one man of influence in the new
- government, Thomas Jefferson, the Secretary of State, was reckoned as a
- doubter in the house of the faithful. He had expressed opinions both for
- and against the Constitution; but he had been out of the country acting
- as the minister at Paris when the Constitution was drafted and ratified.
- =An Opposition to Conciliate.=--The inauguration of Washington amid the
- plaudits of his countrymen did not set at rest all the political turmoil
- which had been aroused by the angry contest over ratification. "The
- interesting nature of the question," wrote John Marshall, "the equality
- of the parties, the animation produced inevitably by ardent debate had a
- necessary tendency to embitter the dispositions of the vanquished and to
- fix more deeply in many bosoms their prejudices against a plan of
- government in opposition to which all their passions were enlisted." The
- leaders gathered around Washington were well aware of the excited state
- of the country. They saw Rhode Island and North Carolina still outside
- of the union.[1] They knew by what small margins the Constitution had
- been approved in the great states of Massachusetts, Virginia, and New
- York. They were equally aware that a majority of the state conventions,
- in yielding reluctant approval to the Constitution, had drawn a number
- of amendments for immediate submission to the states.
- =The First Amendments--a Bill of Rights.=--To meet the opposition,
- Madison proposed, and the first Congress adopted, a series of amendments
- to the Constitution. Ten of them were soon ratified and became in 1791 a
- part of the law of the land. These amendments provided, among other
- things, that Congress could make no law respecting the establishment of
- religion, abridging the freedom of speech or of the press or the right
- of the people peaceably to assemble and petition the government for a
- redress of grievances. They also guaranteed indictment by grand jury and
- trial by jury for all persons charged by federal officers with serious
- crimes. To reassure those who still feared that local rights might be
- invaded by the federal government, the tenth amendment expressly
- provided that the powers not delegated to the United States by the
- Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the
- states respectively or to the people. Seven years later, the eleventh
- amendment was written in the same spirit as the first ten, after a
- heated debate over the action of the Supreme Court in permitting a
- citizen to bring a suit against "the sovereign state" of Georgia. The
- new amendment was designed to protect states against the federal
- judiciary by forbidding it to hear any case in which a state was sued by
- a citizen.
- =Funding the National Debt.=--Paper declarations of rights, however,
- paid no bills. To this task Hamilton turned all his splendid genius. At
- the very outset he addressed himself to the problem of the huge public
- debt, daily mounting as the unpaid interest accumulated. In a _Report on
- Public Credit_ under date of January 9, 1790, one of the first and
- greatest of American state papers, he laid before Congress the outlines
- of his plan. He proposed that the federal government should call in all
- the old bonds, certificates of indebtedness, and other promises to pay
- which had been issued by the Congress since the beginning of the
- Revolution. These national obligations, he urged, should be put into one
- consolidated debt resting on the credit of the United States; to the
- holders of the old paper should be issued new bonds drawing interest at
- fixed rates. This process was called "funding the debt." Such a
- provision for the support of public credit, Hamilton insisted, would
- satisfy creditors, restore landed property to its former value, and
- furnish new resources to agriculture and commerce in the form of credit
- and capital.
- =Assumption and Funding of State Debts.=--Hamilton then turned to the
- obligations incurred by the several states in support of the Revolution.
- These debts he proposed to add to the national debt. They were to be
- "assumed" by the United States government and placed on the same secure
- foundation as the continental debt. This measure he defended not merely
- on grounds of national honor. It would, as he foresaw, give strength to
- the new national government by making all public creditors, men of
- substance in their several communities, look to the federal, rather than
- the state government, for the satisfaction of their claims.
- =Funding at Face Value.=--On the question of the terms of consolidation,
- assumption, and funding, Hamilton had a firm conviction. That millions
- of dollars' worth of the continental and state bonds had passed out of
- the hands of those who had originally subscribed their funds to the
- support of the government or had sold supplies for the Revolutionary
- army was well known. It was also a matter of common knowledge that a
- very large part of these bonds had been bought by speculators at ruinous
- figures--ten, twenty, and thirty cents on the dollar. Accordingly, it
- had been suggested, even in very respectable quarters, that a
- discrimination should be made between original holders and speculative
- purchasers. Some who held this opinion urged that the speculators who
- had paid nominal sums for their bonds should be reimbursed for their
- outlays and the original holders paid the difference; others said that
- the government should "scale the debt" by redeeming, not at full value
- but at a figure reasonably above the market price. Against the
- proposition Hamilton set his face like flint. He maintained that the
- government was honestly bound to redeem every bond at its face value,
- although the difficulty of securing revenue made necessary a lower rate
- of interest on a part of the bonds and the deferring of interest on
- another part.
- =Funding and Assumption Carried.=--There was little difficulty in
- securing the approval of both houses of Congress for the funding of the
- national debt at full value. The bill for the assumption of state debts,
- however, brought the sharpest division of opinions. To the Southern
- members of Congress assumption was a gross violation of states' rights,
- without any warrant in the Constitution and devised in the interest of
- Northern speculators who, anticipating assumption and funding, had
- bought up at low prices the Southern bonds and other promises to pay.
- New England, on the other hand, was strongly in favor of assumption;
- several representatives from that section were rash enough to threaten a
- dissolution of the union if the bill was defeated. To this dispute was
- added an equally bitter quarrel over the location of the national
- capital, then temporarily at New York City.
- [Illustration: FIRST UNITED STATES BANK AT PHILADELPHIA]
- A deadlock, accompanied by the most surly feelings on both sides,
- threatened the very existence of the young government. Washington and
- Hamilton were thoroughly alarmed. Hearing of the extremity to which the
- contest had been carried and acting on the appeal from the Secretary of
- the Treasury, Jefferson intervened at this point. By skillful management
- at a good dinner he brought the opposing leaders together; and thus once
- more, as on many other occasions, peace was purchased and the union
- saved by compromise. The bargain this time consisted of an exchange of
- votes for assumption in return for votes for the capital. Enough
- Southern members voted for assumption to pass the bill, and a majority
- was mustered in favor of building the capital on the banks of the
- Potomac, after locating it for a ten-year period at Philadelphia to
- satisfy Pennsylvania members.
- =The United States Bank.=--Encouraged by the success of his funding and
- assumption measures, Hamilton laid before Congress a project for a great
- United States Bank. He proposed that a private corporation be chartered
- by Congress, authorized to raise a capital stock of $10,000,000
- (three-fourths in new six per cent federal bonds and one-fourth in
- specie) and empowered to issue paper currency under proper safeguards.
- Many advantages, Hamilton contended, would accrue to the government from
- this institution. The price of the government bonds would be increased,
- thus enhancing public credit. A national currency would be created of
- uniform value from one end of the land to the other. The branches of the
- bank in various cities would make easy the exchange of funds so vital to
- commercial transactions on a national scale. Finally, through the issue
- of bank notes, the money capital available for agriculture and industry
- would be increased, thus stimulating business enterprise. Jefferson
- hotly attacked the bank on the ground that Congress had no power
- whatever under the Constitution to charter such a private corporation.
- Hamilton defended it with great cogency. Washington, after weighing all
- opinions, decided in favor of the proposal. In 1791 the bill
- establishing the first United States Bank for a period of twenty years
- became a law.
- =The Protective Tariff.=--A third part of Hamilton's program was the
- protection of American industries. The first revenue act of 1789, though
- designed primarily to bring money into the empty treasury, declared in
- favor of the principle. The following year Washington referred to the
- subject in his address to Congress. Thereupon Hamilton was instructed to
- prepare recommendations for legislative action. The result, after a
- delay of more than a year, was his _Report on Manufactures_, another
- state paper worthy, in closeness of reasoning and keenness of
- understanding, of a place beside his report on public credit. Hamilton
- based his argument on the broadest national grounds: the protective
- tariff would, by encouraging the building of factories, create a home
- market for the produce of farms and plantations; by making the United
- States independent of other countries in times of peace, it would double
- its security in time of war; by making use of the labor of women and
- children, it would turn to the production of goods persons otherwise
- idle or only partly employed; by increasing the trade between the North
- and South it would strengthen the links of union and add to political
- ties those of commerce and intercourse. The revenue measure of 1792 bore
- the impress of these arguments.
- THE RISE OF POLITICAL PARTIES
- =Dissensions over Hamilton's Measures.=--Hamilton's plans, touching
- deeply as they did the resources of individuals and the interests of the
- states, awakened alarm and opposition. Funding at face value, said his
- critics, was a government favor to speculators; the assumption of state
- debts was a deep design to undermine the state governments; Congress had
- no constitutional power to create a bank; the law creating the bank
- merely allowed a private corporation to make paper money and lend it at
- a high rate of interest; and the tariff was a tax on land and labor for
- the benefit of manufacturers.
- Hamilton's reply to this bill of indictment was simple and
- straightforward. Some rascally speculators had profited from the funding
- of the debt at face value, but that was only an incident in the
- restoration of public credit. In view of the jealousies of the states it
- was a good thing to reduce their powers and pretensions. The
- Constitution was not to be interpreted narrowly but in the full light of
- national needs. The bank would enlarge the amount of capital so sorely
- needed to start up American industries, giving markets to farmers and
- planters. The tariff by creating a home market and increasing
- opportunities for employment would benefit both land and labor. Out of
- such wise policies firmly pursued by the government, he concluded, were
- bound to come strength and prosperity for the new government at home,
- credit and power abroad. This view Washington fully indorsed, adding
- the weight of his great name to the inherent merits of the measures
- adopted under his administration.
- =The Sharpness of the Partisan Conflict.=--As a result of the clash of
- opinion, the people of the country gradually divided into two parties:
- Federalists and Anti-Federalists, the former led by Hamilton, the latter
- by Jefferson. The strength of the Federalists lay in the cities--Boston,
- Providence, Hartford, New York, Philadelphia, Charleston--among the
- manufacturing, financial, and commercial groups of the population who
- were eager to extend their business operations. The strength of the
- Anti-Federalists lay mainly among the debt-burdened farmers who feared
- the growth of what they called "a money power" and planters in all
- sections who feared the dominance of commercial and manufacturing
- interests. The farming and planting South, outside of the few towns,
- finally presented an almost solid front against assumption, the bank,
- and the tariff. The conflict between the parties grew steadily in
- bitterness, despite the conciliatory and engaging manner in which
- Hamilton presented his cause in his state papers and despite the
- constant efforts of Washington to soften the asperity of the
- contestants.
- =The Leadership and Doctrines of Jefferson.=--The party dispute had not
- gone far before the opponents of the administration began to look to
- Jefferson as their leader. Some of Hamilton's measures he had approved,
- declaring afterward that he did not at the time understand their
- significance. Others, particularly the bank, he fiercely assailed. More
- than once, he and Hamilton, shaking violently with anger, attacked each
- other at cabinet meetings, and nothing short of the grave and dignified
- pleas of Washington prevented an early and open break between them. In
- 1794 it finally came. Jefferson resigned as Secretary of State and
- retired to his home in Virginia to assume, through correspondence and
- negotiation, the leadership of the steadily growing party of opposition.
- Shy and modest in manner, halting in speech, disliking the turmoil of
- public debate, and deeply interested in science and philosophy,
- Jefferson was not very well fitted for the strenuous life of political
- contest. Nevertheless, he was an ambitious and shrewd negotiator. He was
- also by honest opinion and matured conviction the exact opposite of
- Hamilton. The latter believed in a strong, active, "high-toned"
- government, vigorously compelling in all its branches. Jefferson looked
- upon such government as dangerous to the liberties of citizens and
- openly avowed his faith in the desirability of occasional popular
- uprisings. Hamilton distrusted the people. "Your people is a great
- beast," he is reported to have said. Jefferson professed his faith in
- the people with an abandon that was considered reckless in his time.
- On economic matters, the opinions of the two leaders were also
- hopelessly at variance. Hamilton, while cherishing agriculture, desired
- to see America a great commercial and industrial nation. Jefferson was
- equally set against this course for his country. He feared the
- accumulation of riches and the growth of a large urban working class.
- The mobs of great cities, he said, are sores on the body politic;
- artisans are usually the dangerous element that make revolutions;
- workshops should be kept in Europe and with them the artisans with their
- insidious morals and manners. The only substantial foundation for a
- republic, Jefferson believed to be agriculture. The spirit of
- independence could be kept alive only by free farmers, owning the land
- they tilled and looking to the sun in heaven and the labor of their
- hands for their sustenance. Trusting as he did in the innate goodness of
- human nature when nourished on a free soil, Jefferson advocated those
- measures calculated to favor agriculture and to enlarge the rights of
- persons rather than the powers of government. Thus he became the
- champion of the individual against the interference of the government,
- and an ardent advocate of freedom of the press, freedom of speech, and
- freedom of scientific inquiry. It was, accordingly, no mere factious
- spirit that drove him into opposition to Hamilton.
- =The Whisky Rebellion.=--The political agitation of the Anti-Federalists
- was accompanied by an armed revolt against the government in 1794. The
- occasion for this uprising was another of Hamilton's measures, a law
- laying an excise tax on distilled spirits, for the purpose of increasing
- the revenue needed to pay the interest on the funded debt. It so
- happened that a very considerable part of the whisky manufactured in the
- country was made by the farmers, especially on the frontier, in their
- own stills. The new revenue law meant that federal officers would now
- come into the homes of the people, measure their liquor, and take the
- tax out of their pockets. All the bitterness which farmers felt against
- the fiscal measures of the government was redoubled. In the western
- districts of Pennsylvania, Virginia, and North Carolina, they refused to
- pay the tax. In Pennsylvania, some of them sacked and burned the houses
- of the tax collectors, as the Revolutionists thirty years before had
- mobbed the agents of King George sent over to sell stamps. They were in
- a fair way to nullify the law in whole districts when Washington called
- out the troops to suppress "the Whisky Rebellion." Then the movement
- collapsed; but it left behind a deep-seated resentment which flared up
- in the election of several obdurate Anti-Federalist Congressmen from the
- disaffected regions.
- FOREIGN INFLUENCES AND DOMESTIC POLITICS
- =The French Revolution.=--In this exciting period, when all America was
- distracted by partisan disputes, a storm broke in Europe--the
- epoch-making French Revolution--which not only shook the thrones of the
- Old World but stirred to its depths the young republic of the New World.
- The first scene in this dramatic affair occurred in the spring of 1789,
- a few days after Washington was inaugurated. The king of France, Louis
- XVI, driven into bankruptcy by extravagance and costly wars, was forced
- to resort to his people for financial help. Accordingly he called, for
- the first time in more than one hundred fifty years, a meeting of the
- national parliament, the "Estates General," composed of representatives
- of the "three estates"--the clergy, nobility, and commoners. Acting
- under powerful leaders, the commoners, or "third estate," swept aside
- the clergy and nobility and resolved themselves into a national
- assembly. This stirred the country to its depths.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- LOUIS XVI IN THE HANDS OF THE MOB]
- Great events followed in swift succession. On July 14, 1789, the
- Bastille, an old royal prison, symbol of the king's absolutism, was
- stormed by a Paris crowd and destroyed. On the night of August 4, the
- feudal privileges of the nobility were abolished by the national
- assembly amid great excitement. A few days later came the famous
- Declaration of the Rights of Man, proclaiming the sovereignty of the
- people and the privileges of citizens. In the autumn of 1791, Louis XVI
- was forced to accept a new constitution for France vesting the
- legislative power in a popular assembly. Little disorder accompanied
- these startling changes. To all appearances a peaceful revolution had
- stripped the French king of his royal prerogatives and based the
- government of his country on the consent of the governed.
- =American Influence in France.=--In undertaking their great political
- revolt the French had been encouraged by the outcome of the American
- Revolution. Officers and soldiers, who had served in the American war,
- reported to their French countrymen marvelous tales. At the frugal table
- of General Washington, in council with the unpretentious Franklin, or at
- conferences over the strategy of war, French noblemen of ancient lineage
- learned to respect both the talents and the simple character of the
- leaders in the great republican commonwealth beyond the seas. Travelers,
- who had gone to see the experiment in republicanism with their own eyes,
- carried home to the king and ruling class stories of an astounding
- system of popular government.
- On the other hand the dalliance with American democracy was regarded by
- French conservatives as playing with fire. "When we think of the false
- ideas of government and philanthropy," wrote one of Lafayette's aides,
- "which these youths acquired in America and propagated in France with so
- much enthusiasm and such deplorable success--for this mania of imitation
- powerfully aided the Revolution, though it was not the sole cause of
- it--we are bound to confess that it would have been better, both for
- themselves and for us, if these young philosophers in red-heeled shoes
- had stayed at home in attendance on the court."
- =Early American Opinion of the French Revolution.=--So close were the
- ties between the two nations that it is not surprising to find every
- step in the first stages of the French Revolution greeted with applause
- in the United States. "Liberty will have another feather in her cap,"
- exultantly wrote a Boston editor. "In no part of the globe," soberly
- wrote John Marshall, "was this revolution hailed with more joy than in
- America.... But one sentiment existed." The main key to the Bastille,
- sent to Washington as a memento, was accepted as "a token of the
- victory gained by liberty." Thomas Paine saw in the great event "the
- first ripe fruits of American principles transplanted into Europe."
- Federalists and Anti-Federalists regarded the new constitution of France
- as another vindication of American ideals.
- =The Reign of Terror.=--While profuse congratulations were being
- exchanged, rumors began to come that all was not well in France. Many
- noblemen, enraged at the loss of their special privileges, fled into
- Germany and plotted an invasion of France to overthrow the new system of
- government. Louis XVI entered into negotiations with his brother
- monarchs on the continent to secure their help in the same enterprise,
- and he finally betrayed to the French people his true sentiments by
- attempting to escape from his kingdom, only to be captured and taken
- back to Paris in disgrace.
- A new phase of the revolution now opened. The working people, excluded
- from all share in the government by the first French constitution,
- became restless, especially in Paris. Assembling on the Champs de Mars,
- a great open field, they signed a petition calling for another
- constitution giving them the suffrage. When told to disperse, they
- refused and were fired upon by the national guard. This "massacre," as
- it was called, enraged the populace. A radical party, known as
- "Jacobins," then sprang up, taking its name from a Jacobin monastery in
- which it held its sessions. In a little while it became the master of
- the popular convention convoked in September, 1792. The monarchy was
- immediately abolished and a republic established. On January 21, 1793,
- Louis was sent to the scaffold. To the war on Austria, already raging,
- was added a war on England. Then came the Reign of Terror, during which
- radicals in possession of the convention executed in large numbers
- counter-revolutionists and those suspected of sympathy with the
- monarchy. They shot down peasants who rose in insurrection against their
- rule and established a relentless dictatorship. Civil war followed.
- Terrible atrocities were committed on both sides in the name of liberty,
- and in the name of monarchy. To Americans of conservative temper it now
- seemed that the Revolution, so auspiciously begun, had degenerated into
- anarchy and mere bloodthirsty strife.
- =Burke Summons the World to War on France.=--In England, Edmund Burke
- led the fight against the new French principles which he feared might
- spread to all Europe. In his _Reflections on the French Revolution_,
- written in 1790, he attacked with terrible wrath the whole program of
- popular government; he called for war, relentless war, upon the French
- as monsters and outlaws; he demanded that they be reduced to order by
- the restoration of the king to full power under the protection of the
- arms of European nations.
- =Paine's Defense of the French Revolution.=--To counteract the campaign
- of hate against the French, Thomas Paine replied to Burke in another of
- his famous tracts, _The Rights of Man_, which was given to the American
- public in an edition containing a letter of approval from Jefferson.
- Burke, said Paine, had been mourning about the glories of the French
- monarchy and aristocracy but had forgotten the starving peasants and the
- oppressed people; had wept over the plumage and neglected the dying
- bird. Burke had denied the right of the French people to choose their
- own governors, blandly forgetting that the English government in which
- he saw final perfection itself rested on two revolutions. He had boasted
- that the king of England held his crown in contempt of the democratic
- societies. Paine answered: "If I ask a man in America if he wants a
- king, he retorts and asks me if I take him for an idiot." To the charge
- that the doctrines of the rights of man were "new fangled," Paine
- replied that the question was not whether they were new or old but
- whether they were right or wrong. As to the French disorders and
- difficulties, he bade the world wait to see what would be brought forth
- in due time.
- =The Effect of the French Revolution on American Politics.=--The course
- of the French Revolution and the controversies accompanying it,
- exercised a profound influence on the formation of the first political
- parties in America. The followers of Hamilton, now proud of the name
- "Federalists," drew back in fright as they heard of the cruel deeds
- committed during the Reign of Terror. They turned savagely upon the
- revolutionists and their friends in America, denouncing as "Jacobin"
- everybody who did not condemn loudly enough the proceedings of the
- French Republic. A Massachusetts preacher roundly assailed "the
- atheistical, anarchical, and in other respects immoral principles of the
- French Republicans"; he then proceeded with equal passion to attack
- Jefferson and the Anti-Federalists, whom he charged with spreading false
- French propaganda and betraying America. "The editors, patrons, and
- abettors of these vehicles of slander," he exclaimed, "ought to be
- considered and treated as enemies to their country.... Of all traitors
- they are the most aggravatedly criminal; of all villains, they are the
- most infamous and detestable."
- The Anti-Federalists, as a matter of fact, were generally favorable to
- the Revolution although they deplored many of the events associated with
- it. Paine's pamphlet, indorsed by Jefferson, was widely read. Democratic
- societies, after the fashion of French political clubs, arose in the
- cities; the coalition of European monarchs against France was denounced
- as a coalition against the very principles of republicanism; and the
- execution of Louis XVI was openly celebrated at a banquet in
- Philadelphia. Harmless titles, such as "Sir," "the Honorable," and "His
- Excellency," were decried as aristocratic and some of the more excited
- insisted on adopting the French title, "Citizen," speaking, for example,
- of "Citizen Judge" and "Citizen Toastmaster." Pamphlets in defense of
- the French streamed from the press, while subsidized newspapers kept the
- propaganda in full swing.
- =The European War Disturbs American Commerce.=--This battle of wits, or
- rather contest in calumny, might have gone on indefinitely in America
- without producing any serious results, had it not been for the war
- between England and France, then raging. The English, having command of
- the seas, claimed the right to seize American produce bound for French
- ports and to confiscate American ships engaged in carrying French goods.
- Adding fuel to a fire already hot enough, they began to search American
- ships and to carry off British-born sailors found on board American
- vessels.
- =The French Appeal for Help.=--At the same time the French Republic
- turned to the United States for aid in its war on England and sent over
- as its diplomatic representative "Citizen" Genet, an ardent supporter of
- the new order. On his arrival at Charleston, he was greeted with fervor
- by the Anti-Federalists. As he made his way North, he was wined and
- dined and given popular ovations that turned his head. He thought the
- whole country was ready to join the French Republic in its contest with
- England. Genet therefore attempted to use the American ports as the base
- of operations for French privateers preying on British merchant ships;
- and he insisted that the United States was in honor bound to help France
- under the treaty of 1778.
- =The Proclamation of Neutrality and the Jay Treaty.=--Unmoved by the
- rising tide of popular sympathy for France, Washington took a firm
- course. He received Genet coldly. The demand that the United States aid
- France under the old treaty of alliance he answered by proclaiming the
- neutrality of America and warning American citizens against hostile acts
- toward either France or England. When Genet continued to hold meetings,
- issue manifestoes, and stir up the people against England, Washington
- asked the French government to recall him. This act he followed up by
- sending the Chief Justice, John Jay, on a pacific mission to England.
- The result was the celebrated Jay treaty of 1794. By its terms Great
- Britain agreed to withdraw her troops from the western forts where they
- had been since the war for independence and to grant certain slight
- trade concessions. The chief sources of bitterness--the failure of the
- British to return slaves carried off during the Revolution, the seizure
- of American ships, and the impressment of sailors--were not touched,
- much to the distress of everybody in America, including loyal
- Federalists. Nevertheless, Washington, dreading an armed conflict with
- England, urged the Senate to ratify the treaty. The weight of his
- influence carried the day.
- At this, the hostility of the Anti-Federalists knew no bounds. Jefferson
- declared the Jay treaty "an infamous act which is really nothing more
- than an alliance between England and the Anglo-men of this country,
- against the legislature and the people of the United States." Hamilton,
- defending it with his usual courage, was stoned by a mob in New York and
- driven from the platform with blood streaming from his face. Jay was
- burned in effigy. Even Washington was not spared. The House of
- Representatives was openly hostile. To display its feelings, it called
- upon the President for the papers relative to the treaty negotiations,
- only to be more highly incensed by his flat refusal to present them, on
- the ground that the House did not share in the treaty-making power.
- =Washington Retires from Politics.=--Such angry contests confirmed the
- President in his slowly maturing determination to retire at the end of
- his second term in office. He did not believe that a third term was
- unconstitutional or improper; but, worn out by his long and arduous
- labors in war and in peace and wounded by harsh attacks from former
- friends, he longed for the quiet of his beautiful estate at Mount
- Vernon.
- In September, 1796, on the eve of the presidential election, Washington
- issued his Farewell Address, another state paper to be treasured and
- read by generations of Americans to come. In this address he directed
- the attention of the people to three subjects of lasting interest. He
- warned them against sectional jealousies. He remonstrated against the
- spirit of partisanship, saying that in government "of the popular
- character, in government purely elective, it is a spirit not to be
- encouraged." He likewise cautioned the people against "the insidious
- wiles of foreign influence," saying: "Europe has a set of primary
- interests which to us have none or a very remote relation. Hence she
- must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are
- essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it would be
- unwise in us to implicate ourselves, by artificial ties, in the ordinary
- vicissitudes of her politics or the ordinary combinations and collisions
- of her friendships or enmities.... Why forego the advantages of so
- peculiar a situation?... It is our true policy to steer clear of
- permanent alliances with any portion of the foreign world.... Taking
- care always to keep ourselves, by suitable establishments, on a
- respectable defensive posture, we may safely trust to temporary
- alliances for extraordinary emergencies."
- =The Campaign of 1796--Adams Elected.=--On hearing of the retirement of
- Washington, the Anti-Federalists cast off all restraints. In honor of
- France and in opposition to what they were pleased to call the
- monarchical tendencies of the Federalists, they boldly assumed the name
- "Republican"; the term "Democrat," then applied only to obscure and
- despised radicals, had not come into general use. They selected
- Jefferson as their candidate for President against John Adams, the
- Federalist nominee, and carried on such a spirited campaign that they
- came within four votes of electing him.
- The successful candidate, Adams, was not fitted by training or opinion
- for conciliating a determined opposition. He was a reserved and studious
- man. He was neither a good speaker nor a skillful negotiator. In one of
- his books he had declared himself in favor of "government by an
- aristocracy of talents and wealth"--an offense which the Republicans
- never forgave. While John Marshall found him "a sensible, plain, candid,
- good-tempered man," Jefferson could see in him nothing but a "monocrat"
- and "Anglo-man." Had it not been for the conduct of the French
- government, Adams would hardly have enjoyed a moment's genuine
- popularity during his administration.
- =The Quarrel with France.=--The French Directory, the executive
- department established under the constitution of 1795, managed, however,
- to stir the anger of Republicans and Federalists alike. It regarded the
- Jay treaty as a rebuke to France and a flagrant violation of obligations
- solemnly registered in the treaty of 1778. Accordingly it refused to
- receive the American minister, treated him in a humiliating way, and
- finally told him to leave the country. Overlooking this affront in his
- anxiety to maintain peace, Adams dispatched to France a commission of
- eminent men with instructions to reach an understanding with the French
- Republic. On their arrival, they were chagrined to find, instead of a
- decent reception, an indirect demand for an apology respecting the past
- conduct of the American government, a payment in cash, and an annual
- tribute as the price of continued friendship. When the news of this
- affair reached President Adams, he promptly laid it before Congress,
- referring to the Frenchmen who had made the demands as "Mr. X, Mr. Y,
- and Mr. Z."
- This insult, coupled with the fact that French privateers, like the
- British, were preying upon American commerce, enraged even the
- Republicans who had been loudest in the profession of their French
- sympathies. They forgot their wrath over the Jay treaty and joined with
- the Federalists in shouting: "Millions for defense, not a cent for
- tribute!" Preparations for war were made on every hand. Washington was
- once more called from Mount Vernon to take his old position at the head
- of the army. Indeed, fighting actually began upon the high seas and went
- on without a formal declaration of war until the year 1800. By that time
- the Directory had been overthrown. A treaty was readily made with
- Napoleon, the First Consul, who was beginning his remarkable career as
- chief of the French Republic, soon to be turned into an empire.
- =Alien and Sedition Laws.=--Flushed with success, the Federalists
- determined, if possible, to put an end to radical French influence in
- America and to silence Republican opposition. They therefore passed two
- drastic laws in the summer of 1798: the Alien and Sedition Acts.
- The first of these measures empowered the President to expel from the
- country or to imprison any alien whom he regarded as "dangerous" or "had
- reasonable grounds to suspect" of "any treasonable or secret
- machinations against the government."
- The second of the measures, the Sedition Act, penalized not only those
- who attempted to stir up unlawful combinations against the government
- but also every one who wrote, uttered, or published "any false,
- scandalous, and malicious writing ... against the government of the
- United States or either House of Congress, or the President of the
- United States, with intent to defame said government ... or to bring
- them or either of them into contempt or disrepute." This measure was
- hurried through Congress in spite of the opposition and the clear
- provision in the Constitution that Congress shall make no law abridging
- the freedom of speech or of the press. Even many Federalists feared the
- consequences of the action. Hamilton was alarmed when he read the bill,
- exclaiming: "Let us not establish a tyranny. Energy is a very different
- thing from violence." John Marshall told his friends in Virginia that,
- had he been in Congress, he would have opposed the two bills because he
- thought them "useless" and "calculated to create unnecessary discontents
- and jealousies."
- The Alien law was not enforced; but it gave great offense to the Irish
- and French whose activities against the American government's policy
- respecting Great Britain put them in danger of prison. The Sedition law,
- on the other hand, was vigorously applied. Several editors of Republican
- newspapers soon found themselves in jail or broken by ruinous fines for
- their caustic criticisms of the Federalist President and his policies.
- Bystanders at political meetings, who uttered sentiments which, though
- ungenerous and severe, seem harmless enough now, were hurried before
- Federalist judges and promptly fined and imprisoned. Although the
- prosecutions were not numerous, they aroused a keen resentment. The
- Republicans were convinced that their political opponents, having
- saddled upon the country Hamilton's fiscal system and the British
- treaty, were bent on silencing all censure. The measures therefore had
- exactly the opposite effect from that which their authors intended.
- Instead of helping the Federalist party, they made criticism of it more
- bitter than ever.
- =The Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions.=--Jefferson was quick to take
- advantage of the discontent. He drafted a set of resolutions declaring
- the Sedition law null and void, as violating the federal Constitution.
- His resolutions were passed by the Kentucky legislature late in 1798,
- signed by the governor, and transmitted to the other states for their
- consideration. Though receiving unfavorable replies from a number of
- Northern states, Kentucky the following year reaffirmed its position and
- declared that the nullification of all unconstitutional acts of Congress
- was the rightful remedy to be used by the states in the redress of
- grievances. It thus defied the federal government and announced a
- doctrine hostile to nationality and fraught with terrible meaning for
- the future. In the neighboring state of Virginia, Madison led a movement
- against the Alien and Sedition laws. He induced the legislature to pass
- resolutions condemning the acts as unconstitutional and calling upon the
- other states to take proper means to preserve their rights and the
- rights of the people.
- =The Republican Triumph in 1800.=--Thus the way was prepared for the
- election of 1800. The Republicans left no stone unturned in their
- efforts to place on the Federalist candidate, President Adams, all the
- odium of the Alien and Sedition laws, in addition to responsibility for
- approving Hamilton's measures and policies. The Federalists, divided in
- councils and cold in their affection for Adams, made a poor campaign.
- They tried to discredit their opponents with epithets of "Jacobins" and
- "Anarchists"--terms which had been weakened by excessive use. When the
- vote was counted, it was found that Adams had been defeated; while the
- Republicans had carried the entire South and New York also and secured
- eight of the fifteen electoral votes cast by Pennsylvania. "Our beloved
- Adams will now close his bright career," lamented a Federalist
- newspaper. "Sons of faction, demagogues and high priests of anarchy, now
- you have cause to triumph!"
- [Illustration: _An old cartoon_
- A QUARREL BETWEEN A FEDERALIST AND A REPUBLICAN IN THE HOUSE OF
- REPRESENTATIVES]
- Jefferson's election, however, was still uncertain. By a curious
- provision in the Constitution, presidential electors were required to
- vote for two persons without indicating which office each was to fill,
- the one receiving the highest number of votes to be President and the
- candidate standing next to be Vice President. It so happened that Aaron
- Burr, the Republican candidate for Vice President, had received the same
- number of votes as Jefferson; as neither had a majority the election was
- thrown into the House of Representatives, where the Federalists held the
- balance of power. Although it was well known that Burr was not even a
- candidate for President, his friends and many Federalists began
- intriguing for his election to that high office. Had it not been for the
- vigorous action of Hamilton the prize might have been snatched out of
- Jefferson's hands. Not until the thirty-sixth ballot on February 17,
- 1801, was the great issue decided in his favor.[2]
- =References=
- J.S. Bassett, _The Federalist System_ (American Nation Series).
- C.A. Beard, _Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy_.
- H. Lodge, _Alexander Hamilton_.
- J.T. Morse, _Thomas Jefferson_.
- =Questions=
- 1. Who were the leaders in the first administration under the
- Constitution?
- 2. What step was taken to appease the opposition?
- 3. Enumerate Hamilton's great measures and explain each in detail.
- 4. Show the connection between the parts of Hamilton's system.
- 5. Contrast the general political views of Hamilton and Jefferson.
- 6. What were the important results of the "peaceful" French Revolution
- (1789-92)?
- 7. Explain the interaction of opinion between France and the United
- States.
- 8. How did the "Reign of Terror" change American opinion?
- 9. What was the Burke-Paine controversy?
- 10. Show how the war in Europe affected American commerce and involved
- America with England and France.
- 11. What were American policies with regard to each of those countries?
- 12. What was the outcome of the Alien and Sedition Acts?
- =Research Topics=
- =Early Federal Legislation.=--Coman, _Industrial History of the United
- States_, pp. 133-156; Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
- 341-348.
- =Hamilton's Report on Public Credit.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source
- Book_, pp. 233-243.
- =The French Revolution.=--Robinson and Beard, _Development of Modern
- Europe_, Vol. I, pp. 224-282; Elson, pp. 351-354.
- =The Burke-Paine Controversy.=--Make an analysis of Burke's _Reflections
- on the French Revolution_ and Paine's _Rights of Man_.
- =The Alien and Sedition Acts.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_,
- pp. 259-267; Elson, pp. 367-375.
- =Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions.=--Macdonald, pp. 267-278.
- =Source Studies.=--Materials in Hart, _American History Told by
- Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 255-343.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Alexander Hamilton, John Adams, Thomas
- Jefferson, and Albert Gallatin.
- =The Twelfth Amendment.=--Contrast the provision in the original
- Constitution with the terms of the Amendment. _See_ Appendix.
- FOOTNOTES:
- [1] North Carolina ratified in November, 1789, and Rhode Island in May,
- 1790.
- [2] To prevent a repetition of such an unfortunate affair, the twelfth
- amendment of the Constitution was adopted in 1804, changing slightly the
- method of electing the President.
- CHAPTER IX
- THE JEFFERSONIAN REPUBLICANS IN POWER
- REPUBLICAN PRINCIPLES AND POLICIES
- =Opposition to Strong Central Government.=--Cherishing especially the
- agricultural interest, as Jefferson said, the Republicans were in the
- beginning provincial in their concern and outlook. Their attachment to
- America was, certainly, as strong as that of Hamilton; but they regarded
- the state, rather than the national government, as the proper center of
- power and affection. Indeed, a large part of the rank and file had been
- among the opponents of the Constitution in the days of its adoption.
- Jefferson had entertained doubts about it and Monroe, destined to be the
- fifth President, had been one of the bitter foes of ratification. The
- former went so far in the direction of local autonomy that he exalted
- the state above the nation in the Kentucky resolutions of 1798,
- declaring the Constitution to be a mere compact and the states competent
- to interpret and nullify federal law. This was provincialism with a
- vengeance. "It is jealousy, not confidence, which prescribes limited
- constitutions," wrote Jefferson for the Kentucky legislature. Jealousy
- of the national government, not confidence in it--this is the ideal that
- reflected the provincial and agricultural interest.
- =Republican Simplicity.=--Every act of the Jeffersonian party during its
- early days of power was in accord with the ideals of government which it
- professed. It had opposed all pomp and ceremony, calculated to give
- weight and dignity to the chief executive of the nation, as symbols of
- monarchy and high prerogative. Appropriately, therefore, Jefferson's
- inauguration on March 4, 1801, the first at the new capital at
- Washington, was marked by extreme simplicity. In keeping with this
- procedure he quit the practice, followed by Washington and Adams, of
- reading presidential addresses to Congress in joint assembly and adopted
- in its stead the plan of sending his messages in writing--a custom that
- was continued unbroken until 1913 when President Wilson returned to the
- example set by the first chief magistrate.
- =Republican Measures.=--The Republicans had complained of a great
- national debt as the source of a dangerous "money power," giving
- strength to the federal government; accordingly they began to pay it off
- as rapidly as possible. They had held commerce in low esteem and looked
- upon a large navy as a mere device to protect it; consequently they
- reduced the number of warships. They had objected to excise taxes,
- particularly on whisky; these they quickly abolished, to the intense
- satisfaction of the farmers. They had protested against the heavy cost
- of the federal government; they reduced expenses by discharging hundreds
- of men from the army and abolishing many offices.
- They had savagely criticized the Sedition law and Jefferson refused to
- enforce it. They had been deeply offended by the assault on freedom of
- speech and press and they promptly impeached Samuel Chase, a justice of
- the Supreme Court, who had been especially severe in his attacks upon
- offenders under the Sedition Act. Their failure to convict Justice Chase
- by a narrow margin was due to no lack of zeal on their part but to the
- Federalist strength in the Senate where the trial was held. They had
- regarded the appointment of a large number of federal judges during the
- last hours of Adams' administration as an attempt to intrench
- Federalists in the judiciary and to enlarge the sphere of the national
- government. Accordingly, they at once repealed the act creating the new
- judgeships, thus depriving the "midnight appointees" of their posts.
- They had considered the federal offices, civil and military, as sources
- of great strength to the Federalists and Jefferson, though committed to
- the principle that offices should be open to all and distributed
- according to merit, was careful to fill most of the vacancies as they
- occurred with trusted Republicans. To his credit, however, it must be
- said that he did not make wholesale removals to find room for party
- workers.
- The Republicans thus hewed to the line of their general policy of
- restricting the weight, dignity, and activity of the national
- government. Yet there were no Republicans, as the Federalists asserted,
- prepared to urge serious modifications in the Constitution. "If there be
- any among us who wish to dissolve this union or to change its republican
- form," wrote Jefferson in his first inaugural, "let them stand
- undisturbed as monuments of the safety with which error of opinion may
- be tolerated where reason is left free to combat it." After reciting the
- fortunate circumstances of climate, soil, and isolation which made the
- future of America so full of promise, Jefferson concluded: "A wise and
- frugal government which shall restrain men from injuring one another,
- shall leave them otherwise free to regulate their own pursuits of
- industry and improvement and shall not take from the mouth of labour the
- bread it has earned. This is the sum of good government; and this is
- necessary to close the circle of our felicities."
- In all this the Republicans had not reckoned with destiny. In a few
- short years that lay ahead it was their fate to double the territory of
- the country, making inevitable a continental nation; to give the
- Constitution a generous interpretation that shocked many a Federalist;
- to wage war on behalf of American commerce; to reestablish the hated
- United States Bank; to enact a high protective tariff; to see their
- Federalist opponents in their turn discredited as nullifiers and
- provincials; to announce high national doctrines in foreign affairs; and
- to behold the Constitution exalted and defended against the pretensions
- of states by a son of old Virginia, John Marshall, Chief Justice of the
- Supreme Court of the United States.
- THE REPUBLICANS AND THE GREAT WEST
- =Expansion and Land Hunger.=--The first of the great measures which
- drove the Republicans out upon this new national course--the purchase
- of the Louisiana territory--was the product of circumstances rather than
- of their deliberate choosing. It was not the lack of land for his
- cherished farmers that led Jefferson to add such an immense domain to
- the original possessions of the United States. In the Northwest
- territory, now embracing Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin,
- and a portion of Minnesota, settlements were mainly confined to the
- north bank of the Ohio River. To the south, in Kentucky and Tennessee,
- where there were more than one hundred thousand white people who had
- pushed over the mountains from Virginia and the Carolinas, there were
- still wide reaches of untilled soil. The Alabama and Mississippi regions
- were vast Indian frontiers of the state of Georgia, unsettled and almost
- unexplored. Even to the wildest imagination there seemed to be territory
- enough to satisfy the land hunger of the American people for a century
- to come.
- =The Significance of the Mississippi River.=--At all events the East,
- then the center of power, saw no good reason for expansion. The planters
- of the Carolinas, the manufacturers of Pennsylvania, the importers of
- New York, the shipbuilders of New England, looking to the seaboard and
- to Europe for trade, refinements, and sometimes their ideas of
- government, were slow to appreciate the place of the West in national
- economy. The better educated the Easterners were, the less, it seems,
- they comprehended the destiny of the nation. Sons of Federalist fathers
- at Williams College, after a long debate decided by a vote of fifteen to
- one that the purchase of Louisiana was undesirable.
- On the other hand, the pioneers of Kentucky, Ohio, and Tennessee,
- unlearned in books, saw with their own eyes the resources of the
- wilderness. Many of them had been across the Mississippi and had beheld
- the rich lands awaiting the plow of the white man. Down the great river
- they floated their wheat, corn, and bacon to ocean-going ships bound for
- the ports of the seaboard or for Europe. The land journeys over the
- mountain barriers with bulky farm produce, they knew from experience,
- were almost impossible, and costly at best. Nails, bolts of cloth, tea,
- and coffee could go or come that way, but not corn and bacon. A free
- outlet to the sea by the Mississippi was as essential to the pioneers of
- the Kentucky region as the harbor of Boston to the merchant princes of
- that metropolis.
- =Louisiana under Spanish Rule.=--For this reason they watched with deep
- solicitude the fortunes of the Spanish king to whom, at the close of the
- Seven Years' War, had fallen the Louisiana territory stretching from New
- Orleans to the Rocky Mountains. While he controlled the mouth of the
- Mississippi there was little to fear, for he had neither the army nor
- the navy necessary to resist any invasion of American trade. Moreover,
- Washington had been able, by the exercise of great tact, to secure from
- Spain in 1795 a trading privilege through New Orleans which satisfied
- the present requirements of the frontiersmen even if it did not allay
- their fears for the future. So things stood when a swift succession of
- events altered the whole situation.
- =Louisiana Transferred to France.=--In July, 1802, a royal order from
- Spain instructed the officials at New Orleans to close the port to
- American produce. About the same time a disturbing rumor, long current,
- was confirmed--Napoleon had coerced Spain into returning Louisiana to
- France by a secret treaty signed in 1800. "The scalers of the Alps and
- conquerors of Venice" now looked across the sea for new scenes of
- adventure. The West was ablaze with excitement. A call for war ran
- through the frontier; expeditions were organized to prevent the landing
- of the French; and petitions for instant action flooded in upon
- Jefferson.
- =Jefferson Sees the Danger.=--Jefferson, the friend of France and sworn
- enemy of England, compelled to choose in the interest of America, never
- winced. "The cession of Louisiana and the Floridas by Spain to France,"
- he wrote to Livingston, the American minister in Paris, "works sorely on
- the United States. It completely reverses all the political relations of
- the United States and will form a new epoch in our political course....
- There is on the globe one single spot, the possessor of which is our
- natural and habitual enemy. It is New Orleans through which the produce
- of three-eighths of our territory must pass to market.... France,
- placing herself in that door, assumes to us an attitude of defiance.
- Spain might have retained it quietly for years. Her pacific
- dispositions, her feeble state would induce her to increase our
- facilities there.... Not so can it ever be in the hands of France....
- The day that France takes possession of New Orleans fixes the sentence
- which is to restrain her forever within her low water mark.... It seals
- the union of the two nations who in conjunction can maintain exclusive
- possession of the ocean. From that moment we must marry ourselves to the
- British fleet and nation.... This is not a state of things we seek or
- desire. It is one which this measure, if adopted by France, forces on us
- as necessarily as any other cause by the laws of nature brings on its
- necessary effect."
- =Louisiana Purchased.=--Acting on this belief, but apparently seeing
- only the Mississippi outlet at stake, Jefferson sent his friend, James
- Monroe, to France with the power to buy New Orleans and West Florida.
- Before Monroe arrived, the regular minister, Livingston, had already
- convinced Napoleon that it would be well to sell territory which might
- be wrested from him at any moment by the British sea power, especially
- as the war, temporarily stopped by the peace of Amiens, was once more
- raging in Europe. Wise as he was in his day, Livingston had at first no
- thought of buying the whole Louisiana country. He was simply dazed when
- Napoleon offered to sell the entire domain and get rid of the business
- altogether. Though staggered by the proposal, he and Monroe decided to
- accept. On April 30, they signed the treaty of cession, agreeing to pay
- $11,250,000 in six per cent bonds and to discharge certain debts due
- French citizens, making in all approximately fifteen millions. Spain
- protested, Napoleon's brother fumed, French newspapers objected; but the
- deed was done.
- =Jefferson and His Constitutional Scruples.=--When the news of this
- extraordinary event reached the United States, the people were filled
- with astonishment, and no one was more surprised than Jefferson himself.
- He had thought of buying New Orleans and West Florida for a small sum,
- and now a vast domain had been dumped into the lap of the nation. He was
- puzzled. On looking into the Constitution he found not a line
- authorizing the purchase of more territory and so he drafted an
- amendment declaring "Louisiana, as ceded by France,--a part of the
- United States." He had belabored the Federalists for piling up a big
- national debt and he could hardly endure the thought of issuing more
- bonds himself.
- In the midst of his doubts came the news that Napoleon might withdraw
- from the bargain. Thoroughly alarmed by that, Jefferson pressed the
- Senate for a ratification of the treaty. He still clung to his original
- idea that the Constitution did not warrant the purchase; but he lamely
- concluded: "If our friends shall think differently, I shall certainly
- acquiesce with satisfaction; confident that the good sense of our
- country will correct the evil of construction when it shall produce ill
- effects." Thus the stanch advocate of "strict interpretation" cut loose
- from his own doctrine and intrusted the construction of the Constitution
- to "the good sense" of his countrymen.
- =The Treaty Ratified.=--This unusual transaction, so favorable to the
- West, aroused the ire of the seaboard Federalists. Some denounced it as
- unconstitutional, easily forgetting Hamilton's masterly defense of the
- bank, also not mentioned in the Constitution. Others urged that, if "the
- howling wilderness" ever should be settled, it would turn against the
- East, form new commercial connections, and escape from federal control.
- Still others protested that the purchase would lead inevitably to the
- dominance of a "hotch potch of wild men from the Far West." Federalists,
- who thought "the broad back of America" could readily bear Hamilton's
- consolidated debt, now went into agonies over a bond issue of less than
- one-sixth of that amount. But in vain. Jefferson's party with a high
- hand carried the day. The Senate, after hearing the Federalist protest,
- ratified the treaty. In December, 1803, the French flag was hauled down
- from the old government buildings in New Orleans and the Stars and
- Stripes were hoisted as a sign that the land of Coronado, De Soto,
- Marquette, and La Salle had passed forever to the United States.
- [Illustration: THE UNITED STATES IN 1805]
- By a single stroke, the original territory of the United States was more
- than doubled. While the boundaries of the purchase were uncertain, it is
- safe to say that the Louisiana territory included what is now Arkansas,
- Missouri, Iowa, Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, and large
- portions of Louisiana, Minnesota, North Dakota, Colorado, Montana, and
- Wyoming. The farm lands that the friends of "a little America" on the
- seacoast declared a hopeless wilderness were, within a hundred years,
- fully occupied and valued at nearly seven billion dollars--almost five
- hundred times the price paid to Napoleon.
- =Western Explorations.=--Having taken the fateful step, Jefferson wisely
- began to make the most of it. He prepared for the opening of the new
- country by sending the Lewis and Clark expedition to explore it,
- discover its resources, and lay out an overland route through the
- Missouri Valley and across the Great Divide to the Pacific. The story of
- this mighty exploit, which began in the spring of 1804 and ended in the
- autumn of 1806, was set down with skill and pains in the journal of
- Lewis and Clark; when published even in a short form, it invited the
- forward-looking men of the East to take thought about the western
- empire. At the same time Zebulon Pike, in a series of journeys, explored
- the sources of the Mississippi River and penetrated the Spanish
- territories of the far Southwest. Thus scouts and pioneers continued the
- work of diplomats.
- THE REPUBLICAN WAR FOR COMMERCIAL INDEPENDENCE
- =The English and French Blockades.=--In addition to bringing Louisiana
- to the United States, the reopening of the European War in 1803, after a
- short lull, renewed in an acute form the commercial difficulties that
- had plagued the country all during the administrations of Washington and
- Adams. The Republicans were now plunged into the hornets' nest. The
- party whose ardent spirits had burned Jay in effigy, stoned Hamilton for
- defending his treaty, jeered Washington's proclamation of neutrality,
- and spoken bitterly of "timid traders," could no longer take refuge in
- criticism. It had to act.
- Its troubles took a serious turn in 1806. England, in a determined
- effort to bring France to her knees by starvation, declared the coast of
- Europe blockaded from Brest to the mouth of the Elbe River. Napoleon
- retaliated by his Berlin Decree of November, 1806, blockading the
- British Isles--a measure terrifying to American ship owners whose
- vessels were liable to seizure by any French rover, though Napoleon had
- no navy to make good his proclamation. Great Britain countered with a
- still more irritating decree--the Orders in Council of 1807. It modified
- its blockade, but in so doing merely authorized American ships not
- carrying munitions of war to complete their voyage to the Continent, on
- condition of their stopping at a British port, securing a license, and
- paying a tax. This, responded Napoleon, was the height of insolence, and
- he denounced it as a gross violation of international law. He then
- closed the circle of American troubles by issuing his Milan Decree of
- December, 1807. This order declared that any ship which complied with
- the British rules would be subject to seizure and confiscation by French
- authorities.
- =The Impressment of Seamen.=--That was not all. Great Britain, in dire
- need of men for her navy, adopted the practice of stopping American
- ships, searching them, and carrying away British-born sailors found on
- board. British sailors were so badly treated, so cruelly flogged for
- trivial causes, and so meanly fed that they fled in crowds to the
- American marine. In many cases it was difficult to tell whether seamen
- were English or American. They spoke the same language, so that language
- was no test. Rovers on the deep and stragglers in the ports of both
- countries, they frequently had no papers to show their nativity.
- Moreover, Great Britain held to the old rule--"Once an Englishman,
- always an Englishman"--a doctrine rejected by the United States in
- favor of the principle that a man could choose the nation to which he
- would give allegiance. British sea captains, sometimes by mistake, and
- often enough with reckless indifference, carried away into servitude in
- their own navy genuine American citizens. The process itself, even when
- executed with all the civilities of law, was painful enough, for it
- meant that American ships were forced to "come to," and compelled to
- rest submissively under British guns until the searching party had pried
- into records, questioned seamen, seized and handcuffed victims. Saints
- could not have done this work without raising angry passions, and only
- saints could have endured it with patience and fortitude.
- Had the enactment of the scenes been confined to the high seas and
- knowledge of them to rumors and newspaper stories, American resentment
- might not have been so intense; but many a search and seizure was made
- in sight of land. British and French vessels patrolled the coasts,
- firing on one another and chasing one another in American waters within
- the three-mile limit. When, in the summer of 1807, the American frigate
- _Chesapeake_ refused to surrender men alleged to be deserters from King
- George's navy, the British warship _Leopard_ opened fire, killing three
- men and wounding eighteen more--an act which even the British ministry
- could hardly excuse. If the French were less frequently the offenders,
- it was not because of their tenderness about American rights but because
- so few of their ships escaped the hawk-eyed British navy to operate in
- American waters.
- =The Losses in American Commerce.=--This high-handed conduct on the part
- of European belligerents was very injurious to American trade. By their
- enterprise, American shippers had become the foremost carriers on the
- Atlantic Ocean. In a decade they had doubled the tonnage of American
- merchant ships under the American flag, taking the place of the French
- marine when Britain swept that from the seas, and supplying Britain with
- the sinews of war for the contest with the Napoleonic empire. The
- American shipping engaged in foreign trade embraced 363,110 tons in
- 1791; 669,921 tons in 1800; and almost 1,000,000 tons in 1810. Such was
- the enterprise attacked by the British and French decrees. American
- ships bound for Great Britain were liable to be captured by French
- privateers which, in spite of the disasters of the Nile and Trafalgar,
- ranged the seas. American ships destined for the Continent, if they
- failed to stop at British ports and pay tribute, were in great danger of
- capture by the sleepless British navy and its swarm of auxiliaries.
- American sea captains who, in fear of British vengeance, heeded the
- Orders in Council and paid the tax were almost certain to fall a prey to
- French vengeance, for the French were vigorous in executing the Milan
- Decree.
- =Jefferson's Policy.=--The President's dilemma was distressing. Both the
- belligerents in Europe were guilty of depredations on American commerce.
- War on both of them was out of the question. War on France was
- impossible because she had no territory on this side of the water which
- could be reached by American troops and her naval forces had been
- shattered at the battles of the Nile and Trafalgar. War on Great
- Britain, a power which Jefferson's followers feared and distrusted, was
- possible but not inviting. Jefferson shrank from it. A man of peace, he
- disliked war's brazen clamor; a man of kindly spirit, he was startled at
- the death and destruction which it brought in its train. So for the
- eight years Jefferson steered an even course, suggesting measure after
- measure with a view to avoiding bloodshed. He sent, it is true,
- Commodore Preble in 1803 to punish Mediterranean pirates preying upon
- American commerce; but a great war he evaded with passionate
- earnestness, trying in its place every other expedient to protect
- American rights.
- =The Embargo and Non-intercourse Acts.=--In 1806, Congress passed and
- Jefferson approved a non-importation act closing American ports to
- certain products from British dominions--a measure intended as a club
- over the British government's head. This law, failing in its purpose,
- Jefferson proposed and Congress adopted in December, 1807, the Embargo
- Act forbidding all vessels to leave American harbors for foreign ports.
- France and England were to be brought to terms by cutting off their
- supplies.
- The result of the embargo was pathetic. England and France refused to
- give up search and seizure. American ship owners who, lured by huge
- profits, had formerly been willing to take the risk were now restrained
- by law to their home ports. Every section suffered. The South and West
- found their markets for cotton, rice, tobacco, corn, and bacon
- curtailed. Thus they learned by bitter experience the national
- significance of commerce. Ship masters, ship builders, longshoremen, and
- sailors were thrown out of employment while the prices of foreign goods
- doubled. Those who obeyed the law were ruined; violators of the law
- smuggled goods into Canada and Florida for shipment abroad.
- Jefferson's friends accepted the medicine with a wry face as the only
- alternative to supine submission or open war. His opponents, without
- offering any solution of their own, denounced it as a contemptible plan
- that brought neither relief nor honor. Beset by the clamor that arose on
- all sides, Congress, in the closing days of Jefferson's administration,
- repealed the Embargo law and substituted a Non-intercourse act
- forbidding trade with England and France while permitting it with other
- countries--a measure equally futile in staying the depredations on
- American shipping.
- =Jefferson Retires in Favor of Madison.=--Jefferson, exhausted by
- endless wrangling and wounded, as Washington had been, by savage
- criticism, welcomed March 4, 1809. His friends urged him to "stay by the
- ship" and accept a third term. He declined, saying that election for
- life might result from repeated reelection. In following Washington's
- course and defending it on principle, he set an example to all his
- successors, making the "third term doctrine" a part of American
- unwritten law.
- His intimate friend, James Madison, to whom he turned over the burdens
- of his high office was, like himself, a man of peace. Madison had been a
- leader since the days of the Revolution, but in legislative halls and
- council chambers, not on the field of battle. Small in stature,
- sensitive in feelings, studious in habits, he was no man for the rough
- and tumble of practical politics. He had taken a prominent and
- distinguished part in the framing and the adoption of the Constitution.
- He had served in the first Congress as a friend of Hamilton's measures.
- Later he attached himself to Jefferson's fortunes and served for eight
- years as his first counselor, the Secretary of State. The principles of
- the Constitution, which he had helped to make and interpret, he was now
- as President called upon to apply in one of the most perplexing moments
- in all American history. In keeping with his own traditions and
- following in the footsteps of Jefferson, he vainly tried to solve the
- foreign problem by negotiation.
- =The Trend of Events.=--Whatever difficulties Madison had in making up
- his mind on war and peace were settled by events beyond his own control.
- In the spring of 1811, a British frigate held up an American ship near
- the harbor of New York and impressed a seaman alleged to be an American
- citizen. Burning with resentment, the captain of the _President_, an
- American warship, acting under orders, poured several broadsides into
- the _Little Belt_, a British sloop, suspected of being the guilty party.
- The British also encouraged the Indian chief Tecumseh, who welded
- together the Indians of the Northwest under British protection and gave
- signs of restlessness presaging a revolt. This sent a note of alarm
- along the frontier that was not checked even when, in November,
- Tecumseh's men were badly beaten at Tippecanoe by William Henry
- Harrison. The Indians stood in the way of the advancing frontier, and it
- seemed to the pioneers that, without support from the British in Canada,
- the Red Men would soon be subdued.
- =Clay and Calhoun.=--While events were moving swiftly and rumors were
- flying thick and fast, the mastery of the government passed from the
- uncertain hands of Madison to a party of ardent young men in Congress,
- dubbed "Young Republicans," under the leadership of two members destined
- to be mighty figures in American history: Henry Clay of Kentucky and
- John C. Calhoun of South Carolina. The former contended, in a flair of
- folly, that "the militia of Kentucky alone are competent to place
- Montreal and Upper Canada at your feet." The latter with a light heart
- spoke of conquering Canada in a four weeks' campaign. "It must not be
- inferred," says Channing, "that in advocating conquest, the Westerners
- were actuated merely by desire for land; they welcomed war because they
- thought it would be the easiest way to abate Indian troubles. The
- savages were supported by the fur-trading interests that centred at
- Quebec and London.... The Southerners on their part wished for Florida
- and they thought that the conquest of Canada would obviate some Northern
- opposition to this acquisition of slave territory." While Clay and
- Calhoun, spokesmen of the West and South, were not unmindful of what
- Napoleon had done to American commerce, they knew that their followers
- still remembered with deep gratitude the aid of the French in the war
- for independence and that the embers of the old hatred for George III,
- still on the throne, could be readily blown into flame.
- =Madison Accepts War as Inevitable.=--The conduct of the British
- ministers with whom Madison had to deal did little to encourage him in
- adhering to the policy of "watchful waiting." One of them, a high Tory,
- believed that all Americans were alike "except that a few are less
- knaves than others" and his methods were colored by his belief. On the
- recall of this minister the British government selected another no less
- high and mighty in his principles and opinions. So Madison became
- thoroughly discouraged about the outcome of pacific measures. When the
- pressure from Congress upon him became too heavy, he gave way, signing
- on June 18, 1812, the declaration of war on Great Britain. In
- proclaiming hostilities, the administration set forth the causes which
- justified the declaration; namely, the British had been encouraging the
- Indians to attack American citizens on the frontier; they had ruined
- American trade by blockades; they had insulted the American flag by
- stopping and searching our ships; they had illegally seized American
- sailors and driven them into the British navy.
- =The Course of the War.=--The war lasted for nearly three years without
- bringing victory to either side. The surrender of Detroit by General
- Hull to the British and the failure of the American invasion of Canada
- were offset by Perry's victory on Lake Erie and a decisive blow
- administered to British designs for an invasion of New York by way of
- Plattsburgh. The triumph of Jackson at New Orleans helped to atone for
- the humiliation suffered in the burning of the Capitol by the British.
- The stirring deeds of the _Constitution_, the _United States_, and the
- _Argus_ on the seas, the heroic death of Lawrence and the victories of a
- hundred privateers furnished consolation for those who suffered from the
- iron blockade finally established by the British government when it came
- to appreciate the gravity of the situation. While men love the annals of
- the sea, they will turn to the running battles, the narrow escapes, and
- the reckless daring of American sailors in that naval contest with Great
- Britain.
- All this was exciting but it was inconclusive. In fact, never was a
- government less prepared than was that of the United States in 1812. It
- had neither the disciplined troops, the ships of war, nor the supplies
- required by the magnitude of the military task. It was fortune that
- favored the American cause. Great Britain, harassed, worn, and
- financially embarrassed by nearly twenty years of fighting in Europe,
- was in no mood to gather her forces for a titanic effort in America even
- after Napoleon was overthrown and sent into exile at Elba in the spring
- of 1814. War clouds still hung on the European horizon and the conflict
- temporarily halted did again break out. To be rid of American anxieties
- and free for European eventualities, England was ready to settle with
- the United States, especially as that could be done without conceding
- anything or surrendering any claims.
- =The Treaty of Peace.=--Both countries were in truth sick of a war that
- offered neither glory nor profit. Having indulged in the usual
- diplomatic skirmishing, they sent representatives to Ghent to discuss
- terms of peace. After long negotiations an agreement was reached on
- Christmas eve, 1814, a few days before Jackson's victory at New Orleans.
- When the treaty reached America the people were surprised to find that
- it said nothing about the seizure of American sailors, the destruction
- of American trade, the searching of American ships, or the support of
- Indians on the frontier. Nevertheless, we are told, the people "passed
- from gloom to glory" when the news of peace arrived. The bells were
- rung; schools were closed; flags were displayed; and many a rousing
- toast was drunk in tavern and private home. The rejoicing could
- continue. With Napoleon definitely beaten at Waterloo in June, 1815,
- Great Britain had no need to impress sailors, search ships, and
- confiscate American goods bound to the Continent. Once more the terrible
- sea power sank into the background and the ocean was again white with
- the sails of merchantmen.
- THE REPUBLICANS NATIONALIZED
- =The Federalists Discredited.=--By a strange turn of fortune's wheel,
- the party of Hamilton, Washington, Adams, the party of the grand nation,
- became the party of provincialism and nullification. New England,
- finding its shipping interests crippled in the European conflict and
- then penalized by embargoes, opposed the declaration of war on Great
- Britain, which meant the completion of the ruin already begun. In the
- course of the struggle, the Federalist leaders came perilously near to
- treason in their efforts to hamper the government of the United States;
- and in their desperation they fell back upon the doctrine of
- nullification so recently condemned by them when it came from Kentucky.
- The Senate of Massachusetts, while the war was in progress, resolved
- that it was waged "without justifiable cause," and refused to approve
- military and naval projects not connected with "the defense of our
- seacoast and soil." A Boston newspaper declared that the union was
- nothing but a treaty among sovereign states, that states could decide
- for themselves the question of obeying federal law, and that armed
- resistance under the banner of a state would not be rebellion or
- treason. The general assembly of Connecticut reminded the administration
- at Washington that "the state of Connecticut is a free, sovereign, and
- independent state." Gouverneur Morris, a member of the convention which
- had drafted the Constitution, suggested the holding of another
- conference to consider whether the Northern states should remain in the
- union.
- [Illustration: _From an old cartoon_
- NEW ENGLAND JUMPING INTO THE HANDS OF GEORGE III]
- In October, 1814, a convention of delegates from Connecticut,
- Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and certain counties of New Hampshire and
- Vermont was held at Hartford, on the call of Massachusetts. The counsels
- of the extremists were rejected but the convention solemnly went on
- record to the effect that acts of Congress in violation of the
- Constitution are void; that in cases of deliberate, dangerous, and
- palpable infractions the state is duty bound to interpose its authority
- for the protection of its citizens; and that when emergencies occur the
- states must be their own judges and execute their own decisions. Thus
- New England answered the challenge of Calhoun and Clay. Fortunately its
- actions were not as rash as its words. The Hartford convention merely
- proposed certain amendments to the Constitution and adjourned. At the
- close of the war, its proposals vanished harmlessly; but the men who
- made them were hopelessly discredited.
- =The Second United States Bank.=--In driving the Federalists towards
- nullification and waging a national war themselves, the Republicans lost
- all their old taint of provincialism. Moreover, in turning to measures
- of reconstruction called forth by the war, they resorted to the national
- devices of the Federalists. In 1816, they chartered for a period of
- twenty years a second United States Bank--the institution which
- Jefferson and Madison once had condemned as unsound and
- unconstitutional. The Constitution remained unchanged; times and
- circumstances had changed. Calhoun dismissed the vexed question of
- constitutionality with a scant reference to an ancient dispute, while
- Madison set aside his scruples and signed the bill.
- =The Protective Tariff of 1816.=--The Republicans supplemented the Bank
- by another Federalist measure--a high protective tariff. Clay viewed it
- as the beginning of his "American system" of protection. Calhoun
- defended it on national principles. For this sudden reversal of policy
- the young Republicans were taunted by some of their older party
- colleagues with betraying the "agricultural interest" that Jefferson had
- fostered; but Calhoun refused to listen to their criticisms. "When the
- seas are open," he said, "the produce of the South may pour anywhere
- into the markets of the Old World.... What are the effects of a war with
- a maritime power--with England? Our commerce annihilated ... our
- agriculture cut off from its accustomed markets, the surplus of the
- farmer perishes on his hands.... The recent war fell with peculiar
- pressure on the growers of cotton and tobacco and the other great
- staples of the country; and the same state of things will recur in the
- event of another war unless prevented by the foresight of this body....
- When our manufactures are grown to a certain perfection, as they soon
- will be under the fostering care of the government, we shall no longer
- experience these evils." With the Republicans nationalized, the
- Federalist party, as an organization, disappeared after a crushing
- defeat in the presidential campaign of 1816.
- =Monroe and the Florida Purchase.=--To the victor in that political
- contest, James Monroe of Virginia, fell two tasks of national
- importance, adding to the prestige of the whole country and deepening
- the sense of patriotism that weaned men away from mere allegiance to
- states. The first of these was the purchase of Florida from Spain. The
- acquisition of Louisiana let the Mississippi flow "unvexed to the sea";
- but it left all the states east of the river cut off from the Gulf,
- affording them ground for discontent akin to that which had moved the
- pioneers of Kentucky to action a generation earlier. The uncertainty as
- to the boundaries of Louisiana gave the United States a claim to West
- Florida, setting on foot a movement for occupation. The Florida swamps
- were a basis for Indian marauders who periodically swept into the
- frontier settlements, and hiding places for runaway slaves. Thus the
- sanction of international law was given to punitive expeditions into
- alien territory.
- The pioneer leaders stood waiting for the signal. It came. President
- Monroe, on the occasion of an Indian outbreak, ordered General Jackson
- to seize the offenders, in the Floridas, if necessary. The high-spirited
- warrior, taking this as a hint that he was to occupy the coveted region,
- replied that, if possession was the object of the invasion, he could
- occupy the Floridas within sixty days. Without waiting for an answer to
- this letter, he launched his expedition, and in the spring of 1818 was
- master of the Spanish king's domain to the south.
- There was nothing for the king to do but to make the best of the
- inevitable by ceding the Floridas to the United States in return for
- five million dollars to be paid to American citizens having claims
- against Spain. On Washington's birthday, 1819, the treaty was signed. It
- ceded the Floridas to the United States and defined the boundary between
- Mexico and the United States by drawing a line from the mouth of the
- Sabine River in a northwesterly direction to the Pacific. On this
- occasion even Monroe, former opponent of the Constitution, forgot to
- inquire whether new territory could be constitutionally acquired and
- incorporated into the American union. The Republicans seemed far away
- from the days of "strict construction." And Jefferson still lived!
- =The Monroe Doctrine.=--Even more effective in fashioning the national
- idea was Monroe's enunciation of the famous doctrine that bears his
- name. The occasion was another European crisis. During the Napoleonic
- upheaval and the years of dissolution that ensued, the Spanish colonies
- in America, following the example set by their English neighbors in
- 1776, declared their independence. Unable to conquer them alone, the
- king of Spain turned for help to the friendly powers of Europe that
- looked upon revolution and republics with undisguised horror.
- _The Holy Alliance._--He found them prepared to view his case with
- sympathy. Three of them, Austria, Prussia, and Russia, under the
- leadership of the Czar, Alexander I, in the autumn of 1815, had entered
- into a Holy Alliance to sustain by reciprocal service the autocratic
- principle in government. Although the effusive, almost maudlin, language
- of the treaty did not express their purpose explicitly, the Alliance was
- later regarded as a mere union of monarchs to prevent the rise and
- growth of popular government.
- The American people thought their worst fears confirmed when, in 1822, a
- conference of delegates from Russia, Austria, Prussia, and France met at
- Verona to consider, among other things, revolutions that had just broken
- out in Spain and Italy. The spirit of the conference is reflected in the
- first article of the agreement reached by the delegates: "The high
- contracting powers, being convinced that the system of representative
- government is equally incompatible with the monarchical principle and
- the maxim of the sovereignty of the people with the divine right,
- mutually engage in the most solemn manner to use all their efforts to
- put an end to the system of representative government in whatever
- country it may exist in Europe and to prevent its being introduced in
- those countries where it is not yet known." The Czar, who incidentally
- coveted the west coast of North America, proposed to send an army to aid
- the king of Spain in his troubles at home, thus preparing the way for
- intervention in Spanish America. It was material weakness not want of
- spirit, that prevented the grand union of monarchs from making open war
- on popular government.
- _The Position of England._--Unfortunately, too, for the Holy Alliance,
- England refused to cooperate. English merchants had built up a large
- trade with the independent Latin-American colonies and they protested
- against the restoration of Spanish sovereignty, which meant a renewal of
- Spain's former trade monopoly. Moreover, divine right doctrines had been
- laid to rest in England and the representative principle thoroughly
- established. Already there were signs of the coming democratic flood
- which was soon to carry the first reform bill of 1832, extending the
- suffrage, and sweep on to even greater achievements. British statesmen,
- therefore, had to be cautious. In such circumstances, instead of
- cooperating with the autocrats of Russia, Austria, and Prussia, they
- turned to the minister of the United States in London. The British prime
- minister, Canning, proposed that the two countries join in declaring
- their unwillingness to see the Spanish colonies transferred to any other
- power.
- _Jefferson's Advice._--The proposal was rejected; but President Monroe
- took up the suggestion with Madison and Jefferson as well as with his
- Secretary of State, John Quincy Adams. They favored the plan. Jefferson
- said: "One nation, most of all, could disturb us in this pursuit [of
- freedom]; she now offers to lead, aid, and accompany us in it. By
- acceding to her proposition we detach her from the bands, bring her
- mighty weight into the scale of free government and emancipate a
- continent at one stroke.... With her on our side we need not fear the
- whole world. With her then we should most sedulously cherish a cordial
- friendship."
- _Monroe's Statement of the Doctrine._--Acting on the advice of trusted
- friends, President Monroe embodied in his message to Congress, on
- December 2, 1823, a statement of principles now famous throughout the
- world as the Monroe Doctrine. To the autocrats of Europe he announced
- that he would regard "any attempt on their part to extend their system
- to any portion of this hemisphere as dangerous to our peace and safety."
- While he did not propose to interfere with existing colonies dependent
- on European powers, he ranged himself squarely on the side of those that
- had declared their independence. Any attempt by a European power to
- oppress them or control their destiny in any manner he characterized as
- "a manifestation of an unfriendly disposition toward the United States."
- Referring in another part of his message to a recent claim which the
- Czar had made to the Pacific coast, President Monroe warned the Old
- World that "the American continents, by the free and independent
- condition which they have assumed and maintained, are henceforth not to
- be considered as subjects for future colonization by any European
- powers." The effect of this declaration was immediate and profound. Men
- whose political horizon had been limited to a community or state were
- led to consider their nation as a great power among the sovereignties of
- the earth, taking its part in shaping their international relations.
- =The Missouri Compromise.=--Respecting one other important measure of
- this period, the Republicans also took a broad view of their obligations
- under the Constitution; namely, the Missouri Compromise. It is true,
- they insisted on the admission of Missouri as a slave state, balanced
- against the free state of Maine; but at the same time they assented to
- the prohibition of slavery in the Louisiana territory north of the line
- 36 o 30'. During the debate on the subject an extreme view had been
- presented, to the effect that Congress had no constitutional warrant for
- abolishing slavery in the territories. The precedent of the Northwest
- Ordinance, ratified by Congress in 1789, seemed a conclusive answer from
- practice to this contention; but Monroe submitted the issue to his
- cabinet, which included Calhoun of South Carolina, Crawford of Georgia,
- and Wirt of Virginia, all presumably adherents to the Jeffersonian
- principle of strict construction. He received in reply a unanimous
- verdict to the effect that Congress did have the power to prohibit
- slavery in the territories governed by it. Acting on this advice he
- approved, on March 6, 1820, the bill establishing freedom north of the
- compromise line. This generous interpretation of the powers of Congress
- stood for nearly forty years, until repudiated by the Supreme Court in
- the Dred Scott case.
- THE NATIONAL DECISIONS OF CHIEF JUSTICE MARSHALL
- =John Marshall, the Nationalist.=--The Republicans in the lower ranges
- of state politics, who did not catch the grand national style of their
- leaders charged with responsibilities in the national field, were
- assisted in their education by a Federalist from the Old Dominion, John
- Marshall, who, as Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of the United
- States from 1801 to 1835, lost no occasion to exalt the Constitution
- above the claims of the provinces. No differences of opinion as to his
- political views have ever led even his warmest opponents to deny his
- superb abilities or his sincere devotion to the national idea. All will
- likewise agree that for talents, native and acquired, he was an ornament
- to the humble democracy that brought him forth. His whole career was
- American. Born on the frontier of Virginia, reared in a log cabin,
- granted only the barest rudiments of education, inured to hardship and
- rough life, he rose by masterly efforts to the highest judicial honor
- America can bestow.
- On him the bitter experience of the Revolution and of later days made a
- lasting impression. He was no "summer patriot." He had been a soldier in
- the Revolutionary army. He had suffered with Washington at Valley Forge.
- He had seen his comrades in arms starving and freezing because the
- Continental Congress had neither the power nor the inclination to force
- the states to do their full duty. To him the Articles of Confederation
- were the symbol of futility. Into the struggle for the formation of the
- Constitution and its ratification in Virginia he had thrown himself with
- the ardor of a soldier. Later, as a member of Congress, a representative
- to France, and Secretary of State, he had aided the Federalists in
- establishing the new government. When at length they were driven from
- power in the executive and legislative branches of the government, he
- was chosen for their last stronghold, the Supreme Court. By historic
- irony he administered the oath of office to his bitterest enemy, Thomas
- Jefferson; and, long after the author of the Declaration of Independence
- had retired to private life, the stern Chief Justice continued to
- announce the old Federalist principles from the Supreme Bench.
- [Illustration: JOHN MARSHALL]
- =Marbury _vs._ Madison--An Act of Congress Annulled.=--He had been in
- his high office only two years when he laid down for the first time in
- the name of the entire Court the doctrine that the judges have the power
- to declare an act of Congress null and void when in their opinion it
- violates the Constitution. This power was not expressly conferred on the
- Court. Though many able men held that the judicial branch of the
- government enjoyed it, the principle was not positively established
- until 1803 when the case of Marbury _vs._ Madison was decided. In
- rendering the opinion of the Court, Marshall cited no precedents. He
- sought no foundations for his argument in ancient history. He rested it
- on the general nature of the American system. The Constitution, ran his
- reasoning, is the supreme law of the land; it limits and binds all who
- act in the name of the United States; it limits the powers of Congress
- and defines the rights of citizens. If Congress can ignore its
- limitations and trespass upon the rights of citizens, Marshall argued,
- then the Constitution disappears and Congress is supreme. Since,
- however, the Constitution is supreme and superior to Congress, it is the
- duty of judges, under their oath of office, to sustain it against
- measures which violate it. Therefore, from the nature of the American
- constitutional system the courts must declare null and void all acts
- which are not authorized. "A law repugnant to the Constitution," he
- closed, "is void and the courts as well as other departments are bound
- by that instrument." From that day to this the practice of federal and
- state courts in passing upon the constitutionality of laws has remained
- unshaken.
- This doctrine was received by Jefferson and many of his followers with
- consternation. If the idea was sound, he exclaimed, "then indeed is our
- Constitution a complete _felo de se_ [legally, a suicide]. For,
- intending to establish three departments, coordinate and independent
- that they might check and balance one another, it has given, according
- to this opinion, to one of them alone the right to prescribe rules for
- the government of the others, and to that one, too, which is unelected
- by and independent of the nation.... The Constitution, on this
- hypothesis, is a mere thing of wax in the hands of the judiciary which
- they may twist and shape into any form they please. It should be
- remembered, as an axiom of eternal truth in politics, that whatever
- power in any government is independent, is absolute also.... A judiciary
- independent of a king or executive alone is a good thing; but
- independence of the will of the nation is a solecism, at least in a
- republican government." But Marshall was mighty and his view prevailed,
- though from time to time other men, clinging to Jefferson's opinion,
- likewise opposed the exercise by the Courts of the high power of passing
- upon the constitutionality of acts of Congress.
- =Acts of State Legislatures Declared Unconstitutional.=--Had Marshall
- stopped with annulling an act of Congress, he would have heard less
- criticism from Republican quarters; but, with the same firmness, he set
- aside acts of state legislatures as well, whenever, in his opinion, they
- violated the federal Constitution. In 1810, in the case of Fletcher
- _vs._ Peck, he annulled an act of the Georgia legislature, informing the
- state that it was not sovereign, but "a part of a large empire, ... a
- member of the American union; and that union has a constitution ...
- which imposes limits to the legislatures of the several states." In the
- case of McCulloch _vs._ Maryland, decided in 1819, he declared void an
- act of the Maryland legislature designed to paralyze the branches of the
- United States Bank established in that state. In the same year, in the
- still more memorable Dartmouth College case, he annulled an act of the
- New Hampshire legislature which infringed upon the charter received by
- the college from King George long before. That charter, he declared, was
- a contract between the state and the college, which the legislature
- under the federal Constitution could not impair. Two years later he
- stirred the wrath of Virginia by summoning her to the bar of the Supreme
- Court to answer in a case in which the validity of one of her laws was
- involved and then justified his action in a powerful opinion rendered in
- the case of Cohens _vs._ Virginia.
- All these decisions aroused the legislatures of the states. They passed
- sheaves of resolutions protesting and condemning; but Marshall never
- turned and never stayed. The Constitution of the United States, he
- fairly thundered at them, is the supreme law of the land; the Supreme
- Court is the proper tribunal to pass finally upon the validity of the
- laws of the states; and "those sovereignties," far from possessing the
- right of review and nullification, are irrevocably bound by the
- decisions of that Court. This was strong medicine for the authors of the
- Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions and for the members of the Hartford
- convention; but they had to take it.
- =The Doctrine of Implied Powers.=--While restraining Congress in the
- Marbury case and the state legislatures in a score of cases, Marshall
- also laid the judicial foundation for a broad and liberal view of the
- Constitution as opposed to narrow and strict construction. In McCulloch
- _vs._ Maryland, he construed generously the words "necessary and proper"
- in such a way as to confer upon Congress a wide range of "implied
- powers" in addition to their express powers. That case involved, among
- other things, the question whether the act establishing the second
- United States Bank was authorized by the Constitution. Marshall answered
- in the affirmative. Congress, ran his reasoning, has large powers over
- taxation and the currency; a bank is of appropriate use in the exercise
- of these enumerated powers; and therefore, though not absolutely
- necessary, a bank is entirely proper and constitutional. "With respect
- to the means by which the powers that the Constitution confers are to be
- carried into execution," he said, Congress must be allowed the
- discretion which "will enable that body to perform the high duties
- assigned to it, in the manner most beneficial to the people." In short,
- the Constitution of the United States is not a strait jacket but a
- flexible instrument vesting in Congress the powers necessary to meet
- national problems as they arise. In delivering this opinion Marshall
- used language almost identical with that employed by Lincoln when,
- standing on the battle field of a war waged to preserve the nation, he
- said that "a government of the people, by the people, for the people
- shall not perish from the earth."
- SUMMARY OF THE UNION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
- During the strenuous period between the establishment of American
- independence and the advent of Jacksonian democracy the great American
- experiment was under the direction of the men who had launched it. All
- the Presidents in that period, except John Quincy Adams, had taken part
- in the Revolution. James Madison, the chief author of the Constitution,
- lived until 1836. This age, therefore, was the "age of the fathers." It
- saw the threatened ruin of the country under the Articles of
- Confederation, the formation of the Constitution, the rise of political
- parties, the growth of the West, the second war with England, and the
- apparent triumph of the national spirit over sectionalism.
- The new republic had hardly been started in 1783 before its troubles
- began. The government could not raise money to pay its debts or running
- expenses; it could not protect American commerce and manufactures
- against European competition; it could not stop the continual issues of
- paper money by the states; it could not intervene to put down domestic
- uprisings that threatened the existence of the state governments.
- Without money, without an army, without courts of law, the union under
- the Articles of Confederation was drifting into dissolution. Patriots,
- who had risked their lives for independence, began to talk of monarchy
- again. Washington, Hamilton, and Madison insisted that a new
- constitution alone could save America from disaster.
- By dint of much labor the friends of a new form of government induced
- the Congress to call a national convention to take into account the
- state of America. In May, 1787, it assembled at Philadelphia and for
- months it debated and wrangled over plans for a constitution. The small
- states clamored for equal rights in the union. The large states vowed
- that they would never grant it. A spirit of conciliation, fair play, and
- compromise saved the convention from breaking up. In addition, there
- were jealousies between the planting states and the commercial states.
- Here, too, compromises had to be worked out. Some of the delegates
- feared the growth of democracy and others cherished it. These factions
- also had to be placated. At last a plan of government was drafted--the
- Constitution of the United States--and submitted to the states for
- approval. Only after a long and acrimonious debate did enough states
- ratify the instrument to put it into effect. On April 30, 1789, George
- Washington was inaugurated first President.
- The new government proceeded to fund the old debt of the nation, assume
- the debts of the states, found a national bank, lay heavy taxes to pay
- the bills, and enact laws protecting American industry and commerce.
- Hamilton led the way, but he had not gone far before he encountered
- opposition. He found a formidable antagonist in Jefferson. In time two
- political parties appeared full armed upon the scene: the Federalists
- and the Republicans. For ten years they filled the country with
- political debate. In 1800 the Federalists were utterly vanquished by the
- Republicans with Jefferson in the lead.
- By their proclamations of faith the Republicans favored the states
- rather than the new national government, but in practice they added
- immensely to the prestige and power of the nation. They purchased
- Louisiana from France, they waged a war for commercial independence
- against England, they created a second United States Bank, they enacted
- the protective tariff of 1816, they declared that Congress had power to
- abolish slavery north of the Missouri Compromise line, and they spread
- the shield of the Monroe Doctrine between the Western Hemisphere and
- Europe.
- Still America was a part of European civilization. Currents of opinion
- flowed to and fro across the Atlantic. Friends of popular government in
- Europe looked to America as the great exemplar of their ideals. Events
- in Europe reacted upon thought in the United States. The French
- Revolution exerted a profound influence on the course of political
- debate. While it was in the stage of mere reform all Americans favored
- it. When the king was executed and a radical democracy set up, American
- opinion was divided. When France fell under the military dominion of
- Napoleon and preyed upon American commerce, the United States made ready
- for war.
- The conduct of England likewise affected American affairs. In 1793 war
- broke out between England and France and raged with only a slight
- intermission until 1815. England and France both ravaged American
- commerce, but England was the more serious offender because she had
- command of the seas. Though Jefferson and Madison strove for peace, the
- country was swept into war by the vehemence of the "Young Republicans,"
- headed by Clay and Calhoun.
- When the armed conflict was closed, one in diplomacy opened. The
- autocratic powers of Europe threatened to intervene on behalf of Spain
- in her attempt to recover possession of her Latin-American colonies.
- Their challenge to America brought forth the Monroe Doctrine. The powers
- of Europe were warned not to interfere with the independence or the
- republican policies of this hemisphere or to attempt any new
- colonization in it. It seemed that nationalism was to have a peaceful
- triumph over sectionalism.
- =References=
- H. Adams, _History of the United States, 1800-1817_ (9 vols.).
- K.C. Babcock, _Rise of American Nationality_ (American Nation Series).
- E. Channing, _The Jeffersonian System_ (Same Series).
- D.C. Gilman, _James Monroe_.
- W. Reddaway, _The Monroe Doctrine_.
- T. Roosevelt, _Naval War of 1812_.
- =Questions=
- 1. What was the leading feature of Jefferson's political theory?
- 2. Enumerate the chief measures of his administration.
- 3. Were the Jeffersonians able to apply their theories? Give the
- reasons.
- 4. Explain the importance of the Mississippi River to Western farmers.
- 5. Show how events in Europe forced the Louisiana Purchase.
- 6. State the constitutional question involved in the Louisiana Purchase.
- 7. Show how American trade was affected by the European war.
- 8. Compare the policies of Jefferson and Madison.
- 9. Why did the United States become involved with England rather than
- with France?
- 10. Contrast the causes of the War of 1812 with the results.
- 11. Give the economic reasons for the attitude of New England.
- 12. Give five "nationalist" measures of the Republicans. Discuss each in
- detail.
- 13. Sketch the career of John Marshall.
- 14. Discuss the case of Marbury _vs._ Madison.
- 15. Summarize Marshall's views on: (_a_) states' rights; and (_b_) a
- liberal interpretation of the Constitution.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Louisiana Purchase.=--Text of Treaty in Macdonald, _Documentary
- Source Book_, pp. 279-282. Source materials in Hart, _American History
- Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 363-384. Narrative, Henry Adams,
- _History of the United States_, Vol. II, pp. 25-115; Elson, _History of
- the United States_, pp. 383-388.
- =The Embargo and Non-Intercourse Acts.=--Macdonald, pp. 282-288; Adams,
- Vol. IV, pp. 152-177; Elson, pp. 394-405.
- =Congress and the War of 1812.=--Adams, Vol. VI, pp. 113-198; Elson, pp.
- 408-450.
- =Proposals of the Hartford Convention.=--Macdonald, pp. 293-302.
- =Manufactures and the Tariff of 1816.=--Coman, _Industrial History of
- the United States_, pp. 184-194.
- =The Second United States Bank.=--Macdonald, pp. 302-306.
- =Effect of European War on American Trade.=--Callender, _Economic
- History of the United States_, pp. 240-250.
- =The Monroe Message.=--Macdonald, pp. 318-320.
- =Lewis and Clark Expedition.=--R.G. Thwaites, _Rocky Mountain
- Explorations_, pp. 92-187. Schafer, _A History of the Pacific Northwest_
- (rev. ed.), pp. 29-61.
- PART IV. THE WEST AND JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY
- CHAPTER X
- THE FARMERS BEYOND THE APPALACHIANS
- The nationalism of Hamilton was undemocratic. The democracy of Jefferson
- was, in the beginning, provincial. The historic mission of uniting
- nationalism and democracy was in the course of time given to new leaders
- from a region beyond the mountains, peopled by men and women from all
- sections and free from those state traditions which ran back to the
- early days of colonization. The voice of the democratic nationalism
- nourished in the West was heard when Clay of Kentucky advocated his
- American system of protection for industries; when Jackson of Tennessee
- condemned nullification in a ringing proclamation that has taken its
- place among the great American state papers; and when Lincoln of
- Illinois, in a fateful hour, called upon a bewildered people to meet the
- supreme test whether this was a nation destined to survive or to perish.
- And it will be remembered that Lincoln's party chose for its banner that
- earlier device--Republican--which Jefferson had made a sign of power.
- The "rail splitter" from Illinois united the nationalism of Hamilton
- with the democracy of Jefferson, and his appeal was clothed in the
- simple language of the people, not in the sonorous rhetoric which
- Webster learned in the schools.
- PREPARATION FOR WESTERN SETTLEMENT
- =The West and the American Revolution.=--The excessive attention devoted
- by historians to the military operations along the coast has obscured
- the role played by the frontier in the American Revolution. The action
- of Great Britain in closing western land to easy settlement in 1763 was
- more than an incident in precipitating the war for independence.
- Americans on the frontier did not forget it; when Indians were employed
- by England to defend that land, zeal for the patriot cause set the
- interior aflame. It was the members of the western vanguard, like Daniel
- Boone, John Sevier, and George Rogers Clark, who first understood the
- value of the far-away country under the guns of the English forts, where
- the Red Men still wielded the tomahawk and the scalping knife. It was
- they who gave the East no rest until their vision was seen by the
- leaders on the seaboard who directed the course of national policy. It
- was one of their number, a seasoned Indian fighter, George Rogers Clark,
- who with aid from Virginia seized Kaskaskia and Vincennes and secured
- the whole Northwest to the union while the fate of Washington's army was
- still hanging in the balance.
- =Western Problems at the End of the Revolution.=--The treaty of peace,
- signed with Great Britain in 1783, brought the definite cession of the
- coveted territory west to the Mississippi River, but it left unsolved
- many problems. In the first place, tribes of resentful Indians in the
- Ohio region, even though British support was withdrawn at last, had to
- be reckoned with; and it was not until after the establishment of the
- federal Constitution that a well-equipped army could be provided to
- guarantee peace on the border. In the second place, British garrisons
- still occupied forts on Lake Erie pending the execution of the terms of
- the treaty of 1783--terms which were not fulfilled until after the
- ratification of the Jay treaty twelve years later. In the third place,
- Virginia, Connecticut, and Massachusetts had conflicting claims to the
- land in the Northwest based on old English charters and Indian treaties.
- It was only after a bitter contest that the states reached an agreement
- to transfer their rights to the government of the United States,
- Virginia executing her deed of cession on March 1, 1784. In the fourth
- place, titles to lands bought by individuals remained uncertain in the
- absence of official maps and records. To meet this last situation,
- Congress instituted a systematic survey of the Ohio country, laying it
- out into townships, sections of 640 acres each, and quarter sections. In
- every township one section of land was set aside for the support of
- public schools.
- =The Northwest Ordinance.=--The final problem which had to be solved
- before settlement on a large scale could be begun was that of governing
- the territory. Pioneers who looked with hungry eyes on the fertile
- valley of the Ohio could hardly restrain their impatience. Soldiers of
- the Revolution, who had been paid for their services in land warrants
- entitling them to make entries in the West, called for action.
- Congress answered by passing in 1787 the famous Northwest Ordinance
- providing for temporary territorial government to be followed by the
- creation of a popular assembly as soon as there were five thousand free
- males in any district. Eventual admission to the union on an equal
- footing with the original states was promised to the new territories.
- Religious freedom was guaranteed. The safeguards of trial by jury,
- regular judicial procedure, and _habeas corpus_ were established, in order
- that the methods of civilized life might take the place of the
- rough-and-ready justice of lynch law. During the course of the debate on
- the Ordinance, Congress added the sixth article forbidding slavery and
- involuntary servitude.
- This Charter of the Northwest, so well planned by the Congress under the
- Articles of Confederation, was continued in force by the first Congress
- under the Constitution in 1789. The following year its essential
- provisions, except the ban on slavery, were applied to the territory
- south of the Ohio, ceded by North Carolina to the national government,
- and in 1798 to the Mississippi territory, once held by Georgia. Thus it
- was settled for all time that "the new colonies were not to be exploited
- for the benefit of the parent states (any more than for the benefit of
- England) but were to be autonomous and coordinate commonwealths." This
- outcome, bitterly opposed by some Eastern leaders who feared the triumph
- of Western states over the seaboard, completed the legal steps necessary
- by way of preparation for the flood of settlers.
- =The Land Companies, Speculators, and Western Land Tenure.=--As in the
- original settlement of America, so in the opening of the West, great
- companies and single proprietors of large grants early figured. In 1787
- the Ohio Land Company, a New England concern, acquired a million and a
- half acres on the Ohio and began operations by planting the town of
- Marietta. A professional land speculator, J.C. Symmes, secured a million
- acres lower down where the city of Cincinnati was founded. Other
- individuals bought up soldiers' claims and so acquired enormous holdings
- for speculative purposes. Indeed, there was such a rush to make fortunes
- quickly through the rise in land values that Washington was moved to cry
- out against the "rage for speculating in and forestalling of land on the
- North West of the Ohio," protesting that "scarce a valuable spot within
- any tolerable distance of it is left without a claimant." He therefore
- urged Congress to fix a reasonable price for the land, not "too
- exorbitant and burdensome for real occupiers, but high enough to
- discourage monopolizers."
- Congress, however, was not prepared to use the public domain for the
- sole purpose of developing a body of small freeholders in the West. It
- still looked upon the sale of public lands as an important source of
- revenue with which to pay off the public debt; consequently it thought
- more of instant income than of ultimate results. It placed no limit on
- the amount which could be bought when it fixed the price at $2 an acre
- in 1796, and it encouraged the professional land operator by making the
- first installment only twenty cents an acre in addition to the small
- registration and survey fee. On such terms a speculator with a few
- thousand dollars could get possession of an enormous plot of land. If he
- was fortunate in disposing of it, he could meet the installments, which
- were spread over a period of four years, and make a handsome profit for
- himself. Even when the credit or installment feature was abolished in
- 1821 and the price of the land lowered to a cash price of $1.75 an acre,
- the opportunity for large speculative purchases continued to attract
- capital to land ventures.
- =The Development of the Small Freehold.=--The cheapness of land and the
- scarcity of labor, nevertheless, made impossible the triumph of the huge
- estate with its semi-servile tenantry. For about $45 a man could get a
- farm of 160 acres on the installment plan; another payment of $80 was
- due in forty days; but a four-year term was allowed for the discharge of
- the balance. With a capital of from two to three hundred dollars a
- family could embark on a land venture. If it had good crops, it could
- meet the deferred payments. It was, however, a hard battle at best. Many
- a man forfeited his land through failure to pay the final installment;
- yet in the end, in spite of all the handicaps, the small freehold of a
- few hundred acres at most became the typical unit of Western
- agriculture, except in the planting states of the Gulf. Even the lands
- of the great companies were generally broken up and sold in small lots.
- The tendency toward moderate holdings, so favored by Western conditions,
- was also promoted by a clause in the Northwest Ordinance declaring that
- the land of any person dying intestate--that is, without any will
- disposing of it--should be divided equally among his descendants.
- Hildreth says of this provision: "It established the important
- republican principle, not then introduced into all the states, of the
- equal distribution of landed as well as personal property." All these
- forces combined made the wide dispersion of wealth, in the early days of
- the nineteenth century, an American characteristic, in marked contrast
- with the European system of family prestige and vast estates based on
- the law of primogeniture.
- THE WESTERN MIGRATION AND NEW STATES
- =The People.=--With government established, federal arms victorious over
- the Indians, and the lands surveyed for sale, the way was prepared for
- the immigrants. They came with a rush. Young New Englanders, weary of
- tilling the stony soil of their native states, poured through New York
- and Pennsylvania, some settling on the northern bank of the Ohio but
- most of them in the Lake region. Sons and daughters of German farmers in
- Pennsylvania and many a redemptioner who had discharged his bond of
- servitude pressed out into Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, or beyond. From
- the exhausted fields and the clay hills of the Southern states came
- pioneers of English and Scotch-Irish descent, the latter in great
- numbers. Indeed one historian of high authority has ventured to say that
- "the rapid expansion of the United States from a coast strip to a
- continental area is largely a Scotch-Irish achievement." While native
- Americans of mixed stocks led the way into the West, it was not long
- before immigrants direct from Europe, under the stimulus of company
- enterprise, began to filter into the new settlements in increasing
- numbers.
- The types of people were as various as the nations they represented.
- Timothy Flint, who published his entertaining _Recollections_ in 1826,
- found the West a strange mixture of all sorts and conditions of people.
- Some of them, he relates, had been hunters in the upper world of the
- Mississippi, above the falls of St. Anthony. Some had been still farther
- north, in Canada. Still others had wandered from the South--the Gulf of
- Mexico, the Red River, and the Spanish country. French boatmen and
- trappers, Spanish traders from the Southwest, Virginia planters with
- their droves of slaves mingled with English, German, and Scotch-Irish
- farmers. Hunters, forest rangers, restless bordermen, and squatters,
- like the foaming combers of an advancing tide, went first. Then followed
- the farmers, masters of the ax and plow, with their wives who shared
- every burden and hardship and introduced some of the features of
- civilized life. The hunters and rangers passed on to new scenes; the
- home makers built for all time.
- =The Number of Immigrants.=--There were no official stations on the
- frontier to record the number of immigrants who entered the West during
- the decades following the American Revolution. But travelers of the time
- record that every road was "crowded" with pioneers and their families,
- their wagons and cattle; and that they were seldom out of the sound of
- the snapping whip of the teamster urging forward his horses or the crack
- of the hunter's rifle as he brought down his evening meal. "During the
- latter half of 1787," says Coman, "more than nine hundred boats floated
- down the Ohio carrying eighteen thousand men, women, and children, and
- twelve thousand horses, sheep, and cattle, and six hundred and fifty
- wagons." Other lines of travel were also crowded and with the passing
- years the flooding tide of home seekers rose higher and higher.
- =The Western Routes.=--Four main routes led into the country beyond the
- Appalachians. The Genesee road, beginning at Albany, ran almost due west
- to the present site of Buffalo on Lake Erie, through a level country. In
- the dry season, wagons laden with goods could easily pass along it into
- northern Ohio. A second route, through Pittsburgh, was fed by three
- eastern branches, one starting at Philadelphia, one at Baltimore, and
- another at Alexandria. A third main route wound through the mountains
- from Alexandria to Boonesboro in Kentucky and then westward across the
- Ohio to St. Louis. A fourth, the most famous of them all, passed through
- the Cumberland Gap and by branches extended into the Cumberland valley
- and the Kentucky country.
- Of these four lines of travel, the Pittsburgh route offered the most
- advantages. Pioneers, no matter from what section they came, when once
- they were on the headwaters of the Ohio and in possession of a flatboat,
- could find a quick and easy passage into all parts of the West and
- Southwest. Whether they wanted to settle in Ohio, Kentucky, or western
- Tennessee they could find their way down the drifting flood to their
- destination or at least to some spot near it. Many people from the South
- as well as the Northern and Middle states chose this route; so it came
- about that the sons and daughters of Virginia and the Carolinas mingled
- with those of New York, Pennsylvania, and New England in the settlement
- of the Northwest territory.
- =The Methods of Travel into the West.=--Many stories giving exact
- descriptions of methods of travel into the West in the early days have
- been preserved. The country was hardly opened before visitors from the
- Old World and from the Eastern states, impelled by curiosity, made their
- way to the very frontier of civilization and wrote books to inform or
- amuse the public. One of them, Gilbert Imlay, an English traveler, has
- given us an account of the Pittsburgh route as he found it in 1791. "If
- a man ... " he writes, "has a family or goods of any sort to remove, his
- best way, then, would be to purchase a waggon and team of horses to
- carry his property to Redstone Old Fort or to Pittsburgh, according as
- he may come from the Northern or Southern states. A good waggon will
- cost, at Philadelphia, about $10 ... and the horses about $12 each; they
- would cost something more both at Baltimore and Alexandria. The waggon
- may be covered with canvass, and if it is the choice of the people, they
- may sleep in it of nights with the greatest safety. But if they dislike
- that, there are inns of accommodation the whole distance on the
- different roads.... The provisions I would purchase in the same manner
- [that is, from the farmers along the road]; and by having two or three
- camp kettles and stopping every evening when the weather is fine upon
- the brink of some rivulet and by kindling a fire they may soon dress
- their own food.... This manner of journeying is so far from being
- disagreeable that in a fine season it is extremely pleasant." The
- immigrant once at Pittsburgh or Wheeling could then buy a flatboat of a
- size required for his goods and stock, and drift down the current to his
- journey's end.
- [Illustration: ROADS AND TRAILS INTO THE WESTERN TERRITORY]
- =The Admission of Kentucky and Tennessee.=--When the eighteenth century
- drew to a close, Kentucky had a population larger than Delaware, Rhode
- Island, or New Hampshire. Tennessee claimed 60,000 inhabitants. In 1792
- Kentucky took her place as a state beside her none too kindly parent,
- Virginia. The Eastern Federalists resented her intrusion; but they took
- some consolation in the admission of Vermont because the balance of
- Eastern power was still retained.
- As if to assert their independence of old homes and conservative ideas
- the makers of Kentucky's first constitution swept aside the landed
- qualification on the suffrage and gave the vote to all free white males.
- Four years later, Kentucky's neighbor to the south, Tennessee, followed
- this step toward a wider democracy. After encountering fierce opposition
- from the Federalists, Tennessee was accepted as the sixteenth state.
- =Ohio.=--The door of the union had hardly opened for Tennessee when
- another appeal was made to Congress, this time from the pioneers in
- Ohio. The little posts founded at Marietta and Cincinnati had grown into
- flourishing centers of trade. The stream of immigrants, flowing down the
- river, added daily to their numbers and the growing settlements all
- around poured produce into their markets to be exchanged for "store
- goods." After the Indians were disposed of in 1794 and the last British
- soldier left the frontier forts under the terms of the Jay treaty of
- 1795, tiny settlements of families appeared on Lake Erie in the "Western
- Reserve," a region that had been retained by Connecticut when she
- surrendered her other rights in the Northwest.
- At the close of the century, Ohio, claiming a population of more than
- 50,000, grew discontented with its territorial status. Indeed, two years
- before the enactment of the Northwest Ordinance, squatters in that
- region had been invited by one John Emerson to hold a convention after
- the fashion of the men of Hartford, Windsor, and Wethersfield in old
- Connecticut and draft a frame of government for themselves. This true
- son of New England declared that men "have an undoubted right to pass
- into every vacant country and there to form their constitution and that
- from the confederation of the whole United States Congress is not
- empowered to forbid them." This grand convention was never held because
- the heavy hand of the government fell upon the leaders; but the spirit
- of John Emerson did not perish. In November, 1802, a convention chosen
- by voters, assembled under the authority of Congress at Chillicothe,
- drew up a constitution. It went into force after a popular ratification.
- The roll of the convention bore such names as Abbot, Baldwin, Cutler,
- Huntington, Putnam, and Sargent, and the list of counties from which
- they came included Adams, Fairfield, Hamilton, Jefferson, Trumbull, and
- Washington, showing that the new America in the West was peopled and led
- by the old stock. In 1803 Ohio was admitted to the union.
- =Indiana and Illinois.=--As in the neighboring state, the frontier in
- Indiana advanced northward from the Ohio, mainly under the leadership,
- however, of settlers from the South--restless Kentuckians hoping for
- better luck in a newer country and pioneers from the far frontiers of
- Virginia and North Carolina. As soon as a tier of counties swinging
- upward like the horns of the moon against Ohio on the east and in the
- Wabash Valley on the west was fairly settled, a clamor went up for
- statehood. Under the authority of an act of Congress in 1816 the
- Indianians drafted a constitution and inaugurated their government at
- Corydon. "The majority of the members of the convention," we are told by
- a local historian, "were frontier farmers who had a general idea of what
- they wanted and had sense enough to let their more erudite colleagues
- put it into shape."
- Two years later, the pioneers of Illinois, also settled upward from the
- Ohio, like Indiana, elected their delegates to draft a constitution.
- Leadership in the convention, quite properly, was taken by a man born in
- New York and reared in Tennessee; and the constitution as finally
- drafted "was in its principal provisions a copy of the then existing
- constitutions of Kentucky, Ohio, and Indiana.... Many of the articles
- are exact copies in wording although differently arranged and
- numbered."
- =Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama.=--Across the Mississippi to the
- far south, clearing and planting had gone on with much bustle and
- enterprise. The cotton and sugar lands of Louisiana, opened by French
- and Spanish settlers, were widened in every direction by planters with
- their armies of slaves from the older states. New Orleans, a good market
- and a center of culture not despised even by the pioneer, grew apace. In
- 1810 the population of lower Louisiana was over 75,000. The time had
- come, said the leaders of the people, to fulfill the promise made to
- France in the treaty of cession; namely, to grant to the inhabitants of
- the territory statehood and the rights of American citizens. Federalists
- from New England still having a voice in Congress, if somewhat weaker,
- still protested in tones of horror. "I am compelled to declare it as my
- deliberate opinion," pronounced Josiah Quincy in the House of
- Representatives, "that if this bill [to admit Louisiana] passes, the
- bonds of this Union are virtually dissolved ... that as it will be the
- right of all, so it will be the duty of some [states] to prepare
- definitely for a separation; amicably if they can, violently if they
- must.... It is a death blow to the Constitution. It may afterwards
- linger; but lingering, its fate will, at no very distant period, be
- consummated." Federalists from New York like those from New England had
- their doubts about the wisdom of admitting Western states; but the party
- of Jefferson and Madison, having the necessary majority, granted the
- coveted statehood to Louisiana in 1812.
- When, a few years later, Mississippi and Alabama knocked at the doors of
- the union, the Federalists had so little influence, on account of their
- conduct during the second war with England, that spokesmen from the
- Southwest met a kindlier reception at Washington. Mississippi, in 1817,
- and Alabama, in 1819, took their places among the United States of
- America. Both of them, while granting white manhood suffrage, gave their
- constitutions the tone of the old East by providing landed
- qualifications for the governor and members of the legislature.
- =Missouri.=--Far to the north in the Louisiana purchase, a new
- commonwealth was rising to power. It was peopled by immigrants who came
- down the Ohio in fleets of boats or crossed the Mississippi from
- Kentucky and Tennessee. Thrifty Germans from Pennsylvania, hardy farmers
- from Virginia ready to work with their own hands, freemen seeking
- freemen's homes, planters with their slaves moving on from worn-out
- fields on the seaboard, came together in the widening settlements of the
- Missouri country. Peoples from the North and South flowed together,
- small farmers and big planters mingling in one community. When their
- numbers had reached sixty thousand or more, they precipitated a contest
- over their admission to the union, "ringing an alarm bell in the night,"
- as Jefferson phrased it. The favorite expedient of compromise with
- slavery was brought forth in Congress once more. Maine consequently was
- brought into the union without slavery and Missouri with slavery. At the
- same time there was drawn westward through the rest of the Louisiana
- territory a line separating servitude from slavery.
- THE SPIRIT OF THE FRONTIER
- =Land Tenure and Liberty.=--Over an immense western area there developed
- an unbroken system of freehold farms. In the Gulf states and the lower
- Mississippi Valley, it is true, the planter with his many slaves even
- led in the pioneer movement; but through large sections of Tennessee and
- Kentucky, as well as upper Georgia and Alabama, and all throughout the
- Northwest territory the small farmer reigned supreme. In this immense
- dominion there sprang up a civilization without caste or class--a body
- of people all having about the same amount of this world's goods and
- deriving their livelihood from one source: the labor of their own hands
- on the soil. The Northwest territory alone almost equaled in area all
- the original thirteen states combined, except Georgia, and its system of
- agricultural economy was unbroken by plantations and feudal estates. "In
- the subdivision of the soil and the great equality of condition," as
- Webster said on more than one occasion, "lay the true basis, most
- certainly, of popular government." There was the undoubted source of
- Jacksonian democracy.
- [Illustration: A LOG CABIN--LINCOLN'S BIRTHPLACE]
- =The Characteristics of the Western People.=--Travelers into the
- Northwest during the early years of the nineteenth century were agreed
- that the people of that region were almost uniformly marked by the
- characteristics common to an independent yeomanry. A close observer thus
- recorded his impressions: "A spirit of adventurous enterprise, a
- willingness to go through any hardship to accomplish an object....
- Independence of thought and action. They have felt the influence of
- these principles from their childhood. Men who can endure anything; that
- have lived almost without restraint, free as the mountain air or as the
- deer and the buffalo of their forests, and who know they are Americans
- all.... An apparent roughness which some would deem rudeness of
- manner.... Where there is perfect equality in a neighborhood of people
- who know little about each other's previous history or ancestry but
- where each is lord of the soil he cultivates. Where a log cabin is all
- that the best of families can expect to have for years and of course can
- possess few of the external decorations which have so much influence in
- creating a diversity of rank in society. These circumstances have laid
- the foundation for that equality of intercourse, simplicity of manners,
- want of deference, want of reserve, great readiness to make
- acquaintances, freedom of speech, indisposition to brook real or
- imaginary insults which one witnesses among people of the West."
- This equality, this independence, this rudeness so often described by
- the traveler as marking a new country, were all accentuated by the
- character of the settlers themselves. Traces of the fierce, unsociable,
- eagle-eyed, hard-drinking hunter remained. The settlers who followed the
- hunter were, with some exceptions, soldiers of the Revolutionary army,
- farmers of the "middling order," and mechanics from the towns,--English,
- Scotch-Irish, Germans,--poor in possessions and thrown upon the labor of
- their own hands for support. Sons and daughters from well-to-do Eastern
- homes sometimes brought softer manners; but the equality of life and the
- leveling force of labor in forest and field soon made them one in spirit
- with their struggling neighbors. Even the preachers and teachers, who
- came when the cabins were raised in the clearings and rude churches and
- schoolhouses were built, preached sermons and taught lessons that
- savored of the frontier, as any one may know who reads Peter
- Cartwright's _A Muscular Christian_ or Eggleston's _The Hoosier
- Schoolmaster_.
- THE WEST AND THE EAST MEET
- =The East Alarmed.=--A people so independent as the Westerners and so
- attached to local self-government gave the conservative East many a rude
- shock, setting gentlemen in powdered wigs and knee breeches agog with
- the idea that terrible things might happen in the Mississippi Valley.
- Not without good grounds did Washington fear that "a touch of a feather
- would turn" the Western settlers away from the seaboard to the
- Spaniards; and seriously did he urge the East not to neglect them, lest
- they be "drawn into the arms of, or be dependent upon foreigners."
- Taking advantage of the restless spirit in the Southwest, Aaron Burr,
- having disgraced himself by killing Alexander Hamilton in a duel, laid
- wild plans, if not to bring about a secession in that region, at least
- to build a state of some kind out of the Spanish dominions adjoining
- Louisiana. Frightened at such enterprises and fearing the dominance of
- the West, the Federalists, with a few conspicuous exceptions, opposed
- equality between the sections. Had their narrow views prevailed, the
- West, with its new democracy, would have been held in perpetual tutelage
- to the seaboard or perhaps been driven into independence as the thirteen
- colonies had been not long before.
- =Eastern Friends of the West.=--Fortunately for the nation, there were
- many Eastern leaders, particularly from the South, who understood the
- West, approved its spirit, and sought to bring the two sections together
- by common bonds. Washington kept alive and keen the zeal for Western
- advancement which he acquired in his youth as a surveyor. He never grew
- tired of urging upon his Eastern friends the importance of the lands
- beyond the mountains. He pressed upon the governor of Virginia a project
- for a wagon road connecting the seaboard with the Ohio country and was
- active in a movement to improve the navigation of the Potomac. He
- advocated strengthening the ties of commerce. "Smooth the roads," he
- said, "and make easy the way for them, and then see what an influx of
- articles will be poured upon us; how amazingly our exports will be
- increased by them; and how amply we shall be compensated for any trouble
- and expense we may encounter to effect it." Jefferson, too, was
- interested in every phase of Western development--the survey of lands,
- the exploration of waterways, the opening of trade, and even the
- discovery of the bones of prehistoric animals. Robert Fulton, the
- inventor of the steamboat, was another man of vision who for many years
- pressed upon his countrymen the necessity of uniting East and West by a
- canal which would cement the union, raise the value of the public lands,
- and extend the principles of confederate and republican government.
- =The Difficulties of Early Transportation.=--Means of communication
- played an important part in the strategy of all those who sought to
- bring together the seaboard and the frontier. The produce of the
- West--wheat, corn, bacon, hemp, cattle, and tobacco--was bulky and the
- cost of overland transportation was prohibitive. In the Eastern market,
- "a cow and her calf were given for a bushel of salt, while a suit of
- 'store clothes' cost as much as a farm." In such circumstances, the
- inhabitants of the Mississippi Valley were forced to ship their produce
- over a long route by way of New Orleans and to pay high freight rates
- for everything that was brought across the mountains. Scows of from five
- to fifty tons were built at the towns along the rivers and piloted down
- the stream to the Crescent City. In a few cases small ocean-going
- vessels were built to transport goods to the West Indies or to the
- Eastern coast towns. Salt, iron, guns, powder, and the absolute
- essentials which the pioneers had to buy mainly in Eastern markets were
- carried over narrow wagon trails that were almost impassable in the
- rainy season.
- =The National Road.=--To far-sighted men, like Albert Gallatin, "the
- father of internal improvements," the solution of this problem was the
- construction of roads and canals. Early in Jefferson's administration,
- Congress dedicated a part of the proceeds from the sale of lands to
- building highways from the headwaters of the navigable waters emptying
- into the Atlantic to the Ohio River and beyond into the Northwest
- territory. In 1806, after many misgivings, it authorized a great
- national highway binding the East and the West. The Cumberland Road, as
- it was called, began in northwestern Maryland, wound through southern
- Pennsylvania, crossed the narrow neck of Virginia at Wheeling, and then
- shot almost straight across Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, into Missouri.
- By 1817, stagecoaches were running between Washington and Wheeling; by
- 1833 contractors had carried their work to Columbus, Ohio, and by 1852,
- to Vandalia, Illinois. Over this ballasted road mail and passenger
- coaches could go at high speed, and heavy freight wagons proceed in
- safety at a steady pace.
- [Illustration: THE CUMBERLAND ROAD]
- =Canals and Steamboats.=--A second epoch in the economic union of the
- East and West was reached with the opening of the Erie Canal in 1825,
- offering an all-water route from New York City to the Great Lakes and
- the Mississippi Valley. Pennsylvania, alarmed by the advantages
- conferred on New York by this enterprise, began her system of canals and
- portages from Philadelphia to Pittsburgh, completing the last link in
- 1834. In the South, the Chesapeake and Ohio Company, chartered in 1825,
- was busy with a project to connect Georgetown and Cumberland when
- railways broke in upon the undertaking before it was half finished.
- About the same time, Ohio built a canal across the state, affording
- water communication between Lake Erie and the Ohio River through a rich
- wheat belt. Passengers could now travel by canal boat into the West with
- comparative ease and comfort, if not at a rapid speed, and the bulkiest
- of freight could be easily handled. Moreover, the rate charged for
- carrying goods was cut by the Erie Canal from $32 a ton per hundred
- miles to $1. New Orleans was destined to lose her primacy in the
- Mississippi Valley.
- The diversion of traffic to Eastern markets was also stimulated by
- steamboats which appeared on the Ohio about 1810, three years after
- Fulton had made his famous trip on the Hudson. It took twenty men to
- sail and row a five-ton scow up the river at a speed of from ten to
- twenty miles a day. In 1825, Timothy Flint traveled a hundred miles a
- day on the new steamer _Grecian_ "against the whole weight of the
- Mississippi current." Three years later the round trip from Louisville
- to New Orleans was cut to eight days. Heavy produce that once had to
- float down to New Orleans could be carried upstream and sent to the East
- by way of the canal systems.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- AN EARLY MISSISSIPPI STEAMBOAT]
- Thus the far country was brought near. The timid no longer hesitated at
- the thought of the perilous journey. All routes were crowded with
- Western immigrants. The forests fell before the ax like grain before the
- sickle. Clearings scattered through the woods spread out into a great
- mosaic of farms stretching from the Southern Appalachians to Lake
- Michigan. The national census of 1830 gave 937,000 inhabitants to Ohio;
- 343,000 to Indiana; 157,000 to Illinois; 687,000 to Kentucky; and
- 681,000 to Tennessee.
- [Illustration: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION, 1830]
- With the increase in population and the growth of agriculture came
- political influence. People who had once petitioned Congress now sent
- their own representatives. Men who had hitherto accepted without
- protests Presidents from the seaboard expressed a new spirit of dissent
- in 1824 by giving only three electoral votes for John Quincy Adams; and
- four years later they sent a son of the soil from Tennessee, Andrew
- Jackson, to take Washington's chair as chief executive of the
- nation--the first of a long line of Presidents from the Mississippi
- basin.
- =References=
- W.G. Brown, _The Lower South in American History_.
- B.A. Hinsdale, _The Old North West_ (2 vols.).
- A.B. Hulbert, _Great American Canals_ and _The Cumberland Road_.
- T. Roosevelt, _Thomas H. Benton_.
- P.J. Treat, _The National Land System_ (1785-1820).
- F.J. Turner, _Rise of the New West_ (American Nation Series).
- J. Winsor, _The Westward Movement_.
- =Questions=
- 1. How did the West come to play a role in the Revolution?
- 2. What preparations were necessary to settlement?
- 3. Give the principal provisions of the Northwest Ordinance.
- 4. Explain how freehold land tenure happened to predominate in the West.
- 5. Who were the early settlers in the West? What routes did they take?
- How did they travel?
- 6. Explain the Eastern opposition to the admission of new Western
- states. Show how it was overcome.
- 7. Trace a connection between the economic system of the West and the
- spirit of the people.
- 8. Who were among the early friends of Western development?
- 9. Describe the difficulties of trade between the East and the West.
- 10. Show how trade was promoted.
- =Research Topics=
- =Northwest Ordinance.=--Analysis of text in Macdonald, _Documentary
- Source Book_. Roosevelt, _Winning of the West_, Vol. V, pp. 5-57.
- =The West before the Revolution.=--Roosevelt, Vol. I.
- =The West during the Revolution.=--Roosevelt, Vols. II and III.
- =Tennessee.=--Roosevelt, Vol. V, pp. 95-119 and Vol. VI, pp. 9-87.
- =The Cumberland Road.=--A.B. Hulbert, _The Cumberland Road_.
- =Early Life in the Middle West.=--Callender, _Economic History of the
- United States_, pp. 617-633; 636-641.
- =Slavery in the Southwest.=--Callender, pp. 641-652.
- =Early Land Policy.=--Callender, pp. 668-680.
- =Westward Movement of Peoples.=--Roosevelt, Vol. IV, pp. 7-39.
- Lists of books dealing with the early history of Western states are
- given in Hart, Channing, and Turner, _Guide to the Study and Reading of
- American History_ (rev. ed.), pp. 62-89.
- =Kentucky.=--Roosevelt, Vol. IV, pp. 176-263.
- CHAPTER XI
- JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY
- The New England Federalists, at the Hartford convention, prophesied that
- in time the West would dominate the East. "At the adoption of the
- Constitution," they said, "a certain balance of power among the original
- states was considered to exist, and there was at that time and yet is
- among those parties a strong affinity between their great and general
- interests. By the admission of these [new] states that balance has been
- materially affected and unless the practice be modified must ultimately
- be destroyed. The Southern states will first avail themselves of their
- new confederates to govern the East, and finally the Western states,
- multiplied in number, and augmented in population, will control the
- interests of the whole." Strangely enough the fulfillment of this
- prophecy was being prepared even in Federalist strongholds by the rise
- of a new urban democracy that was to make common cause with the farmers
- beyond the mountains.
- THE DEMOCRATIC MOVEMENT IN THE EAST
- =The Aristocratic Features of the Old Order.=--The Revolutionary
- fathers, in setting up their first state constitutions, although they
- often spoke of government as founded on the consent of the governed, did
- not think that consistency required giving the vote to all adult males.
- On the contrary they looked upon property owners as the only safe
- "depositary" of political power. They went back to the colonial
- tradition that related taxation and representation. This, they argued,
- was not only just but a safeguard against the "excesses of democracy."
- In carrying their theory into execution they placed taxpaying or
- property qualifications on the right to vote. Broadly speaking, these
- limitations fell into three classes. Three states, Pennsylvania (1776),
- New Hampshire (1784), and Georgia (1798), gave the ballot to all who
- paid taxes, without reference to the value of their property. Three,
- Virginia, Delaware, and Rhode Island, clung firmly to the ancient
- principles that only freeholders could be intrusted with electoral
- rights. Still other states, while closely restricting the suffrage,
- accepted the ownership of other things as well as land in fulfillment of
- the requirements. In Massachusetts, for instance, the vote was granted
- to all men who held land yielding an annual income of three pounds or
- possessed other property worth sixty pounds.
- The electors thus enfranchised, numerous as they were, owing to the wide
- distribution of land, often suffered from a very onerous disability. In
- many states they were able to vote only for persons of wealth because
- heavy property qualifications were imposed on public officers. In New
- Hampshire, the governor had to be worth five hundred pounds, one-half in
- land; in Massachusetts, one thousand pounds, all freehold; in Maryland,
- five thousand pounds, one thousand of which was freehold; in North
- Carolina, one thousand pounds freehold; and in South Carolina, ten
- thousand pounds freehold. A state senator in Massachusetts had to be the
- owner of a freehold worth three hundred pounds or personal property
- worth six hundred pounds; in New Jersey, one thousand pounds' worth of
- property; in North Carolina, three hundred acres of land; in South
- Carolina, two thousand pounds freehold. For members of the lower house
- of the legislature lower qualifications were required.
- In most of the states the suffrage or office holding or both were
- further restricted by religious provisions. No single sect was powerful
- enough to dominate after the Revolution, but, for the most part,
- Catholics and Jews were either disfranchised or excluded from office.
- North Carolina and Georgia denied the ballot to any one who was not a
- Protestant. Delaware withheld it from all who did not believe in the
- Trinity and the inspiration of the Scriptures. Massachusetts and
- Maryland limited it to Christians. Virginia and New York, advanced for
- their day, made no discrimination in government on account of religious
- opinion.
- =The Defense of the Old Order.=--It must not be supposed that property
- qualifications were thoughtlessly imposed at the outset or considered of
- little consequence in practice. In the beginning they were viewed as
- fundamental. As towns grew in size and the number of landless citizens
- increased, the restrictions were defended with even more vigor. In
- Massachusetts, the great Webster upheld the rights of property in
- government, saying: "It is entirely just that property should have its
- due weight and consideration in political arrangements.... The
- disastrous revolutions which the world has witnessed, those political
- thunderstorms and earthquakes which have shaken the pillars of society
- to their deepest foundations, have been revolutions against property."
- In Pennsylvania, a leader in local affairs cried out against a plan to
- remove the taxpaying limitation on the suffrage: "What does the delegate
- propose? To place the vicious vagrant, the wandering Arabs, the Tartar
- hordes of our large cities on the level with the virtuous and good man?"
- In Virginia, Jefferson himself had first believed in property
- qualifications and had feared with genuine alarm the "mobs of the great
- cities." It was near the end of the eighteenth century before he
- accepted the idea of manhood suffrage. Even then he was unable to
- convince the constitution-makers of his own state. "It is not an idle
- chimera of the brain," urged one of them, "that the possession of land
- furnishes the strongest evidence of permanent, common interest with, and
- attachment to, the community.... It is upon this foundation I wish to
- place the right of suffrage. This is the best general standard which can
- be resorted to for the purpose of determining whether the persons to be
- invested with the right of suffrage are such persons as could be,
- consistently with the safety and well-being of the community, intrusted
- with the exercise of that right."
- =Attacks on the Restricted Suffrage.=--The changing circumstances of
- American life, however, soon challenged the rule of those with property.
- Prominent among the new forces were the rising mercantile and business
- interests. Where the freehold qualification was applied, business men
- who did not own land were deprived of the vote and excluded from office.
- In New York, for example, the most illiterate farmer who had one hundred
- pounds' worth of land could vote for state senator and governor, while
- the landless banker or merchant could not. It is not surprising,
- therefore, to find business men taking the lead in breaking down
- freehold limitations on the suffrage. The professional classes also were
- interested in removing the barriers which excluded many of them from
- public affairs. It was a schoolmaster, Thomas Dorr, who led the popular
- uprising in Rhode Island which brought the exclusive rule by freeholders
- to an end.
- In addition to the business and professional classes, the mechanics of
- the towns showed a growing hostility to a system of government that
- generally barred them from voting or holding office. Though not
- numerous, they had early begun to exercise an influence on the course of
- public affairs. They had led the riots against the Stamp Act, overturned
- King George's statue, and "crammed stamps down the throats of
- collectors." When the state constitutions were framed they took a lively
- interest, particularly in New York City and Philadelphia. In June, 1776,
- the "mechanicks in union" in New York protested against putting the new
- state constitution into effect without their approval, declaring that
- the right to vote on the acceptance or rejection of a fundamental law
- "is the birthright of every man to whatever state he may belong." Though
- their petition was rejected, their spirit remained. When, a few years
- later, the federal Constitution was being framed, the mechanics watched
- the process with deep concern; they knew that one of its main objects
- was to promote trade and commerce, affecting directly their daily bread.
- During the struggle over ratification, they passed resolutions approving
- its provisions and they often joined in parades organized to stir up
- sentiment for the Constitution, even though they could not vote for
- members of the state conventions and so express their will directly.
- After the organization of trade unions they collided with the courts of
- law and thus became interested in the election of judges and lawmakers.
- Those who attacked the old system of class rule found a strong moral
- support in the Declaration of Independence. Was it not said that all men
- are created equal? Whoever runs may read. Was it not declared that
- governments derive their just power from the consent of the governed?
- That doctrine was applied with effect to George III and seemed
- appropriate for use against the privileged classes of Massachusetts or
- Virginia. "How do the principles thus proclaimed," asked the
- non-freeholders of Richmond, in petitioning for the ballot, "accord with
- the existing regulation of the suffrage? A regulation which, instead of
- the equality nature ordains, creates an odious distinction between
- members of the same community ... and vests in a favored class, not in
- consideration of their public services but of their private possessions,
- the highest of all privileges."
- =Abolition of Property Qualifications.=--By many minor victories rather
- than by any spectacular triumphs did the advocates of manhood suffrage
- carry the day. Slight gains were made even during the Revolution or
- shortly afterward. In Pennsylvania, the mechanics, by taking an active
- part in the contest over the Constitution of 1776, were able to force
- the qualification down to the payment of a small tax. Vermont came into
- the union in 1792 without any property restrictions. In the same year
- Delaware gave the vote to all men who paid taxes. Maryland, reckoned one
- of the most conservative of states, embarked on the experiment of
- manhood suffrage in 1809; and nine years later, Connecticut, equally
- conservative, decided that all taxpayers were worthy of the ballot.
- Five states, Massachusetts, New York, Virginia, Rhode Island, and North
- Carolina, remained obdurate while these changes were going on around
- them; finally they had to yield themselves. The last struggle in
- Massachusetts took place in the constitutional convention of 1820. There
- Webster, in the prime of his manhood, and John Adams, in the closing
- years of his old age, alike protested against such radical innovations
- as manhood suffrage. Their protests were futile. The property test was
- abolished and a small tax-paying qualification was substituted. New York
- surrendered the next year and, after trying some minor restrictions for
- five years, went completely over to white manhood suffrage in 1826.
- Rhode Island clung to her freehold qualification through thirty years of
- agitation. Then Dorr's Rebellion, almost culminating in bloodshed,
- brought about a reform in 1843 which introduced a slight tax-paying
- qualification as an alternative to the freehold. Virginia and North
- Carolina were still unconvinced. The former refused to abandon ownership
- of land as the test for political rights until 1850 and the latter until
- 1856. Although religious discriminations and property qualifications for
- office holders were sometimes retained after the establishment of
- manhood suffrage, they were usually abolished along with the monopoly of
- government enjoyed by property owners and taxpayers.
- [Illustration: THOMAS DORR AROUSING HIS FOLLOWERS]
- At the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century, the white
- male industrial workers and the mechanics of the Northern cities, at
- least, could lay aside the petition for the ballot and enjoy with the
- free farmer a voice in the government of their common country.
- "Universal democracy," sighed Carlyle, who was widely read in the United
- States, "whatever we may think of it has declared itself the inevitable
- fact of the days in which we live; and he who has any chance to instruct
- or lead in these days must begin by admitting that ... Where no
- government is wanted, save that of the parish constable, as in America
- with its boundless soil, every man being able to find work and
- recompense for himself, democracy may subsist; not elsewhere." Amid the
- grave misgivings of the first generation of statesmen, America was
- committed to the great adventure, in the populous towns of the East as
- well as in the forests and fields of the West.
- THE NEW DEMOCRACY ENTERS THE ARENA
- The spirit of the new order soon had a pronounced effect on the
- machinery of government and the practice of politics. The enfranchised
- electors were not long in demanding for themselves a larger share in
- administration.
- =The Spoils System and Rotation in Office.=--First of all they wanted
- office for themselves, regardless of their fitness. They therefore
- extended the system of rewarding party workers with government
- positions--a system early established in several states, notably New
- York and Pennsylvania. Closely connected with it was the practice of
- fixing short terms for officers and making frequent changes in
- personnel. "Long continuance in office," explained a champion of this
- idea in Pennsylvania in 1837, "unfits a man for the discharge of its
- duties, by rendering him arbitrary and aristocratic, and tends to beget,
- first life office, and then hereditary office, which leads to the
- destruction of free government." The solution offered was the historic
- doctrine of "rotation in office." At the same time the principle of
- popular election was extended to an increasing number of officials who
- had once been appointed either by the governor or the legislature. Even
- geologists, veterinarians, surveyors, and other technical officers were
- declared elective on the theory that their appointment "smacked of
- monarchy."
- =Popular Election of Presidential Electors.=--In a short time the spirit
- of democracy, while playing havoc with the old order in state
- government, made its way upward into the federal system. The framers of
- the Constitution, bewildered by many proposals and unable to agree on
- any single plan, had committed the choice of presidential electors to
- the discretion of the state legislatures. The legislatures, in turn,
- greedy of power, early adopted the practice of choosing the electors
- themselves; but they did not enjoy it long undisturbed. Democracy,
- thundering at their doors, demanded that they surrender the privilege to
- the people. Reluctantly they yielded, sometimes granting popular
- election and then withdrawing it. The drift was inevitable, and the
- climax came with the advent of Jacksonian democracy. In 1824, Vermont,
- New York, Delaware, South Carolina, Georgia, and Louisiana, though some
- had experimented with popular election, still left the choice of
- electors with the legislature. Eight years later South Carolina alone
- held to the old practice. Popular election had become the final word.
- The fanciful idea of an electoral college of "good and wise men,"
- selected without passion or partisanship by state legislatures acting as
- deliberative bodies, was exploded for all time; the election of the
- nation's chief magistrate was committed to the tempestuous methods of
- democracy.
- =The Nominating Convention.=--As the suffrage was widened and the
- popular choice of presidential electors extended, there arose a violent
- protest against the methods used by the political parties in nominating
- candidates. After the retirement of Washington, both the Republicans and
- the Federalists found it necessary to agree upon their favorites before
- the election, and they adopted a colonial device--the pre-election
- caucus. The Federalist members of Congress held a conference and
- selected their candidate, and the Republicans followed the example. In
- a short time the practice of nominating by a "congressional caucus"
- became a recognized institution. The election still remained with the
- people; but the power of picking candidates for their approval passed
- into the hands of a small body of Senators and Representatives.
- A reaction against this was unavoidable. To friends of "the plain
- people," like Andrew Jackson, it was intolerable, all the more so
- because the caucus never favored him with the nomination. More
- conservative men also found grave objections to it. They pointed out
- that, whereas the Constitution intended the President to be an
- independent officer, he had now fallen under the control of a caucus of
- congressmen. The supremacy of the legislative branch had been obtained
- by an extra-legal political device. To such objections were added
- practical considerations. In 1824, when personal rivalry had taken the
- place of party conflicts, the congressional caucus selected as the
- candidate, William H. Crawford, of Georgia, a man of distinction but no
- great popularity, passing by such an obvious hero as General Jackson.
- The followers of the General were enraged and demanded nothing short of
- the death of "King Caucus." Their clamor was effective. Under their
- attacks, the caucus came to an ignominious end.
- In place of it there arose in 1831 a new device, the national nominating
- convention, composed of delegates elected by party voters for the sole
- purpose of nominating candidates. Senators and Representatives were
- still prominent in the party councils, but they were swamped by hundreds
- of delegates "fresh from the people," as Jackson was wont to say. In
- fact, each convention was made up mainly of office holders and office
- seekers, and the new institution was soon denounced as vigorously as
- King Caucus had been, particularly by statesmen who failed to obtain a
- nomination. Still it grew in strength and by 1840 was firmly
- established.
- =The End of the Old Generation.=--In the election of 1824, the
- representatives of the "aristocracy" made their last successful stand.
- Until then the leadership by men of "wealth and talents" had been
- undisputed. There had been five Presidents--Washington, John Adams,
- Jefferson, Madison, and Monroe--all Eastern men brought up in prosperous
- families with the advantages of culture which come from leisure and the
- possession of life's refinements. None of them had ever been compelled
- to work with his hands for a livelihood. Four of them had been
- slaveholders. Jefferson was a philosopher, learned in natural science, a
- master of foreign languages, a gentleman of dignity and grace of manner,
- notwithstanding his studied simplicity. Madison, it was said, was armed
- "with all the culture of his century." Monroe was a graduate of William
- and Mary, a gentleman of the old school. Jefferson and his three
- successors called themselves Republicans and professed a genuine faith
- in the people but they were not "of the people" themselves; they were
- not sons of the soil or the workshop. They were all men of "the grand
- old order of society" who gave finish and style even to popular
- government.
- Monroe was the last of the Presidents belonging to the heroic epoch of
- the Revolution. He had served in the war for independence, in the
- Congress under the Articles of Confederation, and in official capacity
- after the adoption of the Constitution. In short, he was of the age that
- had wrought American independence and set the government afloat. With
- his passing, leadership went to a new generation; but his successor,
- John Quincy Adams, formed a bridge between the old and the new in that
- he combined a high degree of culture with democratic sympathies.
- Washington had died in 1799, preceded but a few months by Patrick Henry
- and followed in four years by Samuel Adams. Hamilton had been killed in
- a duel with Burr in 1804. Thomas Jefferson and John Adams were yet alive
- in 1824 but they were soon to pass from the scene, reconciled at last,
- full of years and honors. Madison was in dignified retirement, destined
- to live long enough to protest against the doctrine of nullification
- proclaimed by South Carolina before death carried him away at the ripe
- old age of eighty-five.
- =The Election of John Quincy Adams (1824).=--The campaign of 1824 marked
- the end of the "era of good feeling" inaugurated by the collapse of the
- Federalist party after the election of 1816. There were four leading
- candidates, John Quincy Adams, Andrew Jackson, Henry Clay, and W.H.
- Crawford. The result of the election was a division of the electoral
- votes into four parts and no one received a majority. Under the
- Constitution, therefore, the selection of President passed to the House
- of Representatives. Clay, who stood at the bottom of the poll, threw his
- weight to Adams and assured his triumph, much to the chagrin of
- Jackson's friends. They thought, with a certain justification, that
- inasmuch as the hero of New Orleans had received the largest electoral
- vote, the House was morally bound to accept the popular judgment and
- make him President. Jackson shook hands cordially with Adams on the day
- of the inauguration, but never forgave him for being elected.
- While Adams called himself a Republican in politics and often spoke of
- "the rule of the people," he was regarded by Jackson's followers as "an
- aristocrat." He was not a son of the soil. Neither was he acquainted at
- first hand with the labor of farmers and mechanics. He had been educated
- at Harvard and in Europe. Like his illustrious father, John Adams, he
- was a stern and reserved man, little given to seeking popularity.
- Moreover, he was from the East and the frontiersmen of the West regarded
- him as a man "born with a silver spoon in his mouth." Jackson's
- supporters especially disliked him because they thought their hero
- entitled to the presidency. Their anger was deepened when Adams
- appointed Clay to the office of Secretary of State; and they set up a
- cry that there had been a "deal" by which Clay had helped to elect Adams
- to get office for himself.
- Though Adams conducted his administration with great dignity and in a
- fine spirit of public service, he was unable to overcome the opposition
- which he encountered on his election to office or to win popularity in
- the West and South. On the contrary, by advocating government assistance
- in building roads and canals and public grants in aid of education,
- arts, and sciences, he ran counter to the current which had set in
- against appropriations of federal funds for internal improvements. By
- signing the Tariff Bill of 1828, soon known as the "Tariff of
- Abominations," he made new enemies without adding to his friends in New
- York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio where he sorely needed them. Handicapped by
- the false charge that he had been a party to a "corrupt bargain" with
- Clay to secure his first election; attacked for his advocacy of a high
- protective tariff; charged with favoring an "aristocracy of
- office-holders" in Washington on account of his refusal to discharge
- government clerks by the wholesale, Adams was retired from the White
- House after he had served four years.
- =The Triumph of Jackson in 1828.=--Probably no candidate for the
- presidency ever had such passionate popular support as Andrew Jackson
- had in 1828. He was truly a man of the people. Born of poor parents in
- the upland region of South Carolina, schooled in poverty and adversity,
- without the advantages of education or the refinements of cultivated
- leisure, he seemed the embodiment of the spirit of the new American
- democracy. Early in his youth he had gone into the frontier of Tennessee
- where he soon won a name as a fearless and intrepid Indian fighter. On
- the march and in camp, he endeared himself to his men by sharing their
- hardships, sleeping on the ground with them, and eating parched corn
- when nothing better could be found for the privates. From local
- prominence he sprang into national fame by his exploit at the battle of
- New Orleans. His reputation as a military hero was enhanced by the
- feeling that he had been a martyr to political treachery in 1824. The
- farmers of the West and South claimed him as their own. The mechanics of
- the Eastern cities, newly enfranchised, also looked upon him as their
- friend. Though his views on the tariff, internal improvements, and other
- issues before the country were either vague or unknown, he was readily
- elected President.
- The returns of the electoral vote in 1828 revealed the sources of
- Jackson's power. In New England, he received but one ballot, from
- Maine; he had a majority of the electors in New York and all of them in
- Pennsylvania; and he carried every state south of Maryland and beyond
- the Appalachians. Adams did not get a single electoral vote in the South
- and West. The prophecy of the Hartford convention had been fulfilled.
- [Illustration: ANDREW JACKSON]
- When Jackson took the oath of office on March 4, 1829, the government of
- the United States entered into a new era. Until this time the
- inauguration of a President--even that of Jefferson, the apostle of
- simplicity--had brought no rude shock to the course of affairs at the
- capital. Hitherto the installation of a President meant that an
- old-fashioned gentleman, accompanied by a few servants, had driven to
- the White House in his own coach, taken the oath with quiet dignity,
- appointed a few new men to the higher posts, continued in office the
- long list of regular civil employees, and begun his administration with
- respectable decorum. Jackson changed all this. When he was inaugurated,
- men and women journeyed hundreds of miles to witness the ceremony. Great
- throngs pressed into the White House, "upset the bowls of punch, broke
- the glasses, and stood with their muddy boots on the satin-covered
- chairs to see the people's President." If Jefferson's inauguration was,
- as he called it, the "great revolution," Jackson's inauguration was a
- cataclysm.
- THE NEW DEMOCRACY AT WASHINGTON
- =The Spoils System.=--The staid and respectable society of Washington
- was disturbed by this influx of farmers and frontiersmen. To speak of
- politics became "bad form" among fashionable women. The clerks and
- civil servants of the government who had enjoyed long and secure tenure
- of office became alarmed at the clamor of new men for their positions.
- Doubtless the major portion of them had opposed the election of Jackson
- and looked with feelings akin to contempt upon him and his followers.
- With a hunter's instinct, Jackson scented his prey. Determined to have
- none but his friends in office, he made a clean sweep, expelling old
- employees to make room for men "fresh from the people." This was a new
- custom. Other Presidents had discharged a few officers for engaging in
- opposition politics. They had been careful in making appointments not to
- choose inveterate enemies; but they discharged relatively few men on
- account of their political views and partisan activities.
- By wholesale removals and the frank selection of officers on party
- grounds--a practice already well intrenched in New York--Jackson
- established the "spoils system" at Washington. The famous slogan, "to
- the victor belong the spoils of victory," became the avowed principle of
- the national government. Statesmen like Calhoun denounced it; poets like
- James Russell Lowell ridiculed it; faithful servants of the government
- suffered under it; but it held undisturbed sway for half a century
- thereafter, each succeeding generation outdoing, if possible, its
- predecessor in the use of public office for political purposes. If any
- one remarked that training and experience were necessary qualifications
- for important public positions, he met Jackson's own profession of
- faith: "The duties of any public office are so simple or admit of being
- made so simple that any man can in a short time become master of them."
- =The Tariff and Nullification.=--Jackson had not been installed in power
- very long before he was compelled to choose between states' rights and
- nationalism. The immediate occasion of the trouble was the tariff--a
- matter on which Jackson did not have any very decided views. His mind
- did not run naturally to abstruse economic questions; and owing to the
- divided opinion of the country it was "good politics" to be vague and
- ambiguous in the controversy. Especially was this true, because the
- tariff issue was threatening to split the country into parties again.
- _The Development of the Policy of "Protection."_--The war of 1812 and
- the commercial policies of England which followed it had accentuated the
- need for American economic independence. During that conflict, the
- United States, cut off from English manufactures as during the
- Revolution, built up home industries to meet the unusual call for iron,
- steel, cloth, and other military and naval supplies as well as the
- demands from ordinary markets. Iron foundries and textile mills sprang
- up as in the night; hundreds of business men invested fortunes in
- industrial enterprises so essential to the military needs of the
- government; and the people at large fell into the habit of buying
- American-made goods again. As the London _Times_ tersely observed of the
- Americans, "their first war with England made them independent; their
- second war made them formidable."
- In recognition of this state of affairs, the tariff of 1816 was
- designed: _first_, to prevent England from ruining these "infant
- industries" by dumping the accumulated stores of years suddenly upon
- American markets; and, _secondly_, to enlarge in the manufacturing
- centers the demand for American agricultural produce. It accomplished
- the purposes of its framers. It kept in operation the mills and furnaces
- so recently built. It multiplied the number of industrial workers and
- enhanced the demand for the produce of the soil. It brought about
- another very important result. It turned the capital and enterprise of
- New England from shipping to manufacturing, and converted her statesmen,
- once friends of low tariffs, into ardent advocates of protection.
- In the early years of the nineteenth century, the Yankees had bent their
- energies toward building and operating ships to carry produce from
- America to Europe and manufactures from Europe to America. For this
- reason, they had opposed the tariff of 1816 calculated to increase
- domestic production and cut down the carrying trade. Defeated in their
- efforts, they accepted the inevitable and turned to manufacturing. Soon
- they were powerful friends of protection for American enterprise. As the
- money invested and the labor employed in the favored industries
- increased, the demand for continued and heavier protection grew apace.
- Even the farmers who furnished raw materials, like wool, flax, and hemp,
- began to see eye to eye with the manufacturers. So the textile interests
- of New England, the iron masters of Connecticut, New Jersey, and
- Pennsylvania, the wool, hemp, and flax growers of Ohio, Kentucky, and
- Tennessee, and the sugar planters of Louisiana developed into a
- formidable combination in support of a high protective tariff.
- _The Planting States Oppose the Tariff._--In the meantime, the cotton
- states on the seaboard had forgotten about the havoc wrought during the
- Napoleonic wars when their produce rotted because there were no ships to
- carry it to Europe. The seas were now open. The area devoted to cotton
- had swiftly expanded as Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana were opened
- up. Cotton had in fact become "king" and the planters depended for their
- prosperity, as they thought, upon the sale of their staple to English
- manufacturers whose spinning and weaving mills were the wonder of the
- world. Manufacturing nothing and having to buy nearly everything except
- farm produce and even much of that for slaves, the planters naturally
- wanted to purchase manufactures in the cheapest market, England, where
- they sold most of their cotton. The tariff, they contended, raised the
- price of the goods they had to buy and was thus in fact a tribute laid
- on them for the benefit of the Northern mill owners.
- _The Tariff of Abominations._--They were overborne, however, in 1824 and
- again in 1828 when Northern manufacturers and Western farmers forced
- Congress to make an upward revision of the tariff. The Act of 1828 known
- as "the Tariff of Abominations," though slightly modified in 1832, was
- "the straw which broke the camel's back." Southern leaders turned in
- rage against the whole system. The legislatures of Virginia, North
- Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama denounced it; a general
- convention of delegates held at Augusta issued a protest of defiance
- against it; and South Carolina, weary of verbal battles, decided to
- prevent its enforcement.
- _South Carolina Nullifies the Tariff._--The legislature of that state,
- on October 26, 1832, passed a bill calling for a state convention which
- duly assembled in the following month. In no mood for compromise, it
- adopted the famous Ordinance of Nullification after a few days' debate.
- Every line of this document was clear and firm. The tariff, it opened,
- gives "bounties to classes and individuals ... at the expense and to the
- injury and oppression of other classes and individuals"; it is a
- violation of the Constitution of the United States and therefore null
- and void; its enforcement in South Carolina is unlawful; if the federal
- government attempts to coerce the state into obeying the law, "the
- people of this state will thenceforth hold themselves absolved from all
- further obligations to maintain or preserve their political connection
- with the people of the other states and will forthwith proceed to
- organize a separate government and do all other acts and things which
- sovereign and independent states may of right do."
- _Southern States Condemn Nullification._--The answer of the country to
- this note of defiance, couched in the language used in the Kentucky
- resolutions and by the New England Federalists during the war of 1812,
- was quick and positive. The legislatures of the Southern states, while
- condemning the tariff, repudiated the step which South Carolina had
- taken. Georgia responded: "We abhor the doctrine of nullification as
- neither a peaceful nor a constitutional remedy." Alabama found it
- "unsound in theory and dangerous in practice." North Carolina replied
- that it was "revolutionary in character, subversive of the Constitution
- of the United States." Mississippi answered: "It is disunion by
- force--it is civil war." Virginia spoke more softly, condemning the
- tariff and sustaining the principle of the Virginia resolutions but
- denying that South Carolina could find in them any sanction for her
- proceedings.
- _Jackson Firmly Upholds the Union._--The eyes of the country were turned
- upon Andrew Jackson. It was known that he looked with no friendly
- feelings upon nullification, for, at a Jefferson dinner in the spring of
- 1830 while the subject was in the air, he had with laconic firmness
- announced a toast: "Our federal union; it must be preserved." When two
- years later the open challenge came from South Carolina, he replied that
- he would enforce the law, saying with his frontier directness: "If a
- single drop of blood shall be shed there in opposition to the laws of
- the United States, I will hang the first man I can lay my hands on
- engaged in such conduct upon the first tree that I can reach." He made
- ready to keep his word by preparing for the use of military and naval
- forces in sustaining the authority of the federal government. Then in a
- long and impassioned proclamation to the people of South Carolina he
- pointed out the national character of the union, and announced his
- solemn resolve to preserve it by all constitutional means. Nullification
- he branded as "incompatible with the existence of the union,
- contradicted expressly by the letter of the Constitution, unauthorized
- by its spirit, inconsistent with every principle on which it was
- founded, and destructive of the great objects for which it was formed."
- _A Compromise._--In his messages to Congress, however, Jackson spoke the
- language of conciliation. A few days before issuing his proclamation he
- suggested that protection should be limited to the articles of domestic
- manufacture indispensable to safety in war time, and shortly afterward
- he asked for new legislation to aid him in enforcing the laws. With two
- propositions before it, one to remove the chief grounds for South
- Carolina's resistance and the other to apply force if it was continued,
- Congress bent its efforts to avoid a crisis. On February 12, 1833,
- Henry Clay laid before the Senate a compromise tariff bill providing for
- the gradual reduction of the duties until by 1842 they would reach the
- level of the law which Calhoun had supported in 1816. About the same
- time the "force bill," designed to give the President ample authority in
- executing the law in South Carolina, was taken up. After a short but
- acrimonious debate, both measures were passed and signed by President
- Jackson on the same day, March 2. Looking upon the reduction of the
- tariff as a complete vindication of her policy and an undoubted victory,
- South Carolina rescinded her ordinance and enacted another nullifying
- the force bill.
- [Illustration: _From an old print._
- DANIEL WEBSTER]
- _The Webster-Hayne Debate._--Where the actual victory lay in this
- quarrel, long the subject of high dispute, need not concern us to-day.
- Perhaps the chief result of the whole affair was a clarification of the
- issue between the North and the South--a definite statement of the
- principles for which men on both sides were years afterward to lay down
- their lives. On behalf of nationalism and a perpetual union, the stanch
- old Democrat from Tennessee had, in his proclamation on nullification,
- spoken a language that admitted of only one meaning. On behalf of
- nullification, Senator Hayne, of South Carolina, a skilled lawyer and
- courtly orator, had in a great speech delivered in the Senate in
- January, 1830, set forth clearly and cogently the doctrine that the
- union is a compact among sovereign states from which the parties may
- lawfully withdraw. It was this address that called into the arena
- Daniel Webster, Senator from Massachusetts, who, spreading the mantle
- of oblivion over the Hartford convention, delivered a reply to Hayne
- that has been reckoned among the powerful orations of all time--a plea
- for the supremacy of the Constitution and the national character of the
- union.
- =The War on the United States Bank.=--If events forced the issue of
- nationalism and nullification upon Jackson, the same could not be said
- of his attack on the bank. That institution, once denounced by every
- true Jeffersonian, had been reestablished in 1816 under the
- administration of Jefferson's disciple, James Madison. It had not been
- in operation very long, however, before it aroused bitter opposition,
- especially in the South and the West. Its notes drove out of circulation
- the paper currency of unsound banks chartered by the states, to the
- great anger of local financiers. It was accused of favoritism in making
- loans, of conferring special privileges upon politicians in return for
- their support at Washington. To all Jackson's followers it was "an
- insidious money power." One of them openly denounced it as an
- institution designed "to strengthen the arm of wealth and counterpoise
- the influence of extended suffrage in the disposition of public
- affairs."
- This sentiment President Jackson fully shared. In his first message to
- Congress he assailed the bank in vigorous language. He declared that its
- constitutionality was in doubt and alleged that it had failed to
- establish a sound and uniform currency. If such an institution was
- necessary, he continued, it should be a public bank, owned and managed
- by the government, not a private concern endowed with special privileges
- by it. In his second and third messages, Jackson came back to the
- subject, leaving the decision, however, to "an enlightened people and
- their representatives."
- Moved by this frank hostility and anxious for the future, the bank
- applied to Congress for a renewal of its charter in 1832, four years
- before the expiration of its life. Clay, with his eye upon the
- presidency and an issue for the campaign, warmly supported the
- application. Congress, deeply impressed by his leadership, passed the
- bill granting the new charter, and sent the open defiance to Jackson.
- His response was an instant veto. The battle was on and it raged with
- fury until the close of his second administration, ending in the
- destruction of the bank, a disordered currency, and a national panic.
- In his veto message, Jackson attacked the bank as unconstitutional and
- even hinted at corruption. He refused to assent to the proposition that
- the Supreme Court had settled the question of constitutionality by the
- decision in the McCulloch case. "Each public officer," he argued, "who
- takes an oath to support the Constitution, swears that he will support
- it as he understands it, not as it is understood by others."
- Not satisfied with his veto and his declaration against the bank,
- Jackson ordered the Secretary of the Treasury to withdraw the government
- deposits which formed a large part of the institution's funds. This
- action he followed up by an open charge that the bank had used money
- shamefully to secure the return of its supporters to Congress. The
- Senate, stung by this charge, solemnly resolved that Jackson had
- "assumed upon himself authority and power not conferred by the
- Constitution and laws, but in derogation of both."
- The effects of the destruction of the bank were widespread. When its
- charter expired in 1836, banking was once more committed to the control
- of the states. The state legislatures, under a decision rendered by the
- Supreme Court after the death of Marshall, began to charter banks under
- state ownership and control, with full power to issue paper money--this
- in spite of the provision in the Constitution that states shall not
- issue bills of credit or make anything but gold and silver coin legal
- tender in the payment of debts. Once more the country was flooded by
- paper currency of uncertain value. To make matters worse, Jackson
- adopted the practice of depositing huge amounts of government funds in
- these banks, not forgetting to render favors to those institutions which
- supported him in politics--"pet banks," as they were styled at the
- time. In 1837, partially, though by no means entirely, as a result of
- the abolition of the bank, the country was plunged into one of the most
- disastrous panics which it ever experienced.
- =Internal Improvements Checked.=--The bank had presented to Jackson a
- very clear problem--one of destruction. Other questions were not so
- simple, particularly the subject of federal appropriations in aid of
- roads and other internal improvements. Jefferson had strongly favored
- government assistance in such matters, but his administration was
- followed by a reaction. Both Madison and Monroe vetoed acts of Congress
- appropriating public funds for public roads, advancing as their reason
- the argument that the Constitution authorized no such laws. Jackson,
- puzzled by the clamor on both sides, followed their example without
- making the constitutional bar absolute. Congress, he thought, might
- lawfully build highways of a national and military value, but he
- strongly deprecated attacks by local interests on the federal treasury.
- =The Triumph of the Executive Branch.=--Jackson's reelection in 1832
- served to confirm his opinion that he was the chosen leader of the
- people, freed and instructed to ride rough shod over Congress and even
- the courts. No President before or since ever entertained in times of
- peace such lofty notions of executive prerogative. The entire body of
- federal employees he transformed into obedient servants of his wishes, a
- sign or a nod from him making and undoing the fortunes of the humble and
- the mighty. His lawful cabinet of advisers, filling all of the high
- posts in the government, he treated with scant courtesy, preferring
- rather to secure his counsel and advice from an unofficial body of
- friends and dependents who, owing to their secret methods and back
- stairs arrangements, became known as "the kitchen cabinet." Under the
- leadership of a silent, astute, and resourceful politician, Amos
- Kendall, this informal gathering of the faithful both gave and carried
- out decrees and orders, communicating the President's lightest wish or
- strictest command to the uttermost part of the country. Resolutely and
- in the face of bitter opposition Jackson had removed the deposits from
- the United States Bank. When the Senate protested against this arbitrary
- conduct, he did not rest until it was forced to expunge the resolution
- of condemnation; in time one of his lieutenants with his own hands was
- able to tear the censure from the records. When Chief Justice Marshall
- issued a decree against Georgia which did not suit him, Jackson,
- according to tradition, blurted out that Marshall could go ahead and
- enforce his own orders. To the end he pursued his willful way, finally
- even choosing his own successor.
- THE RISE OF THE WHIGS
- =Jackson's Measures Arouse Opposition.=--Measures so decided, policies
- so radical, and conduct so high-handed could not fail to arouse against
- Jackson a deep and exasperated opposition. The truth is the conduct of
- his entire administration profoundly disturbed the business and finances
- of the country. It was accompanied by conditions similar to those which
- existed under the Articles of Confederation. A paper currency, almost as
- unstable and irritating as the worthless notes of revolutionary days,
- flooded the country, hindering the easy transaction of business. The use
- of federal funds for internal improvements, so vital to the exchange of
- commodities which is the very life of industry, was blocked by executive
- vetoes. The Supreme Court, which, under Marshall, had held refractory
- states to their obligations under the Constitution, was flouted; states'
- rights judges, deliberately selected by Jackson for the bench, began to
- sap and undermine the rulings of Marshall. The protective tariff, under
- which the textile industry of New England, the iron mills of
- Pennsylvania, and the wool, flax, and hemp farms of the West had
- flourished, had received a severe blow in the compromise of 1833 which
- promised a steady reduction of duties. To cap the climax, Jackson's
- party, casting aside the old and reputable name of Republican, boldly
- chose for its title the term "Democrat," throwing down the gauntlet to
- every conservative who doubted the omniscience of the people. All these
- things worked together to evoke an opposition that was sharp and
- determined.
- [Illustration: AN OLD CARTOON RIDICULING CLAY'S TARIFF AND INTERNAL
- IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM]
- =Clay and the National Republicans.=--In this opposition movement,
- leadership fell to Henry Clay, a son of Kentucky, rather than to Daniel
- Webster of Massachusetts. Like Jackson, Clay was born in a home haunted
- by poverty. Left fatherless early and thrown upon his own resources, he
- went from Virginia into Kentucky where by sheer force of intellect he
- rose to eminence in the profession of law. Without the martial gifts or
- the martial spirit of Jackson, he slipped more easily into the social
- habits of the East at the same time that he retained his hold on the
- affections of the boisterous West. Farmers of Ohio, Indiana, and
- Kentucky loved him; financiers of New York and Philadelphia trusted him.
- He was thus a leader well fitted to gather the forces of opposition
- into union against Jackson.
- Around Clay's standard assembled a motley collection, representing every
- species of political opinion, united by one tie only--hatred for "Old
- Hickory." Nullifiers and less strenuous advocates of states' rights were
- yoked with nationalists of Webster's school; ardent protectionists were
- bound together with equally ardent free traders, all fraternizing in one
- grand confusion of ideas under the title of "National Republicans." Thus
- the ancient and honorable term selected by Jefferson and his party, now
- abandoned by Jacksonian Democracy, was adroitly adopted to cover the
- supporters of Clay. The platform of the party, however, embraced all the
- old Federalist principles: protection for American industry; internal
- improvements; respect for the Supreme Court; resistance to executive
- tyranny; and denunciation of the spoils system. Though Jackson was
- easily victorious in 1832, the popular vote cast for Clay should have
- given him some doubts about the faith of "the whole people" in the
- wisdom of his "reign."
- =Van Buren and the Panic of 1837.=--Nothing could shake the General's
- superb confidence. At the end of his second term he insisted on
- selecting his own successor; at a national convention, chosen by party
- voters, but packed with his office holders and friends, he nominated
- Martin Van Buren of New York. Once more he proved his strength by
- carrying the country for the Democrats. With a fine flourish, he
- attended the inauguration of Van Buren and then retired, amid the
- applause and tears of his devotees, to the Hermitage, his home in
- Tennessee.
- Fortunately for him, Jackson escaped the odium of a disastrous panic
- which struck the country with terrible force in the following summer.
- Among the contributory causes of this crisis, no doubt, were the
- destruction of the bank and the issuance of the "specie circular" of
- 1836 which required the purchasers of public lands to pay for them in
- coin, instead of the paper notes of state banks. Whatever the dominating
- cause, the ruin was widespread. Bank after bank went under; boom towns
- in the West collapsed; Eastern mills shut down; and working people in
- the industrial centers, starving from unemployment, begged for relief.
- Van Buren braved the storm, offering no measure of reform or assistance
- to the distracted people. He did seek security for government funds by
- suggesting the removal of deposits from private banks and the
- establishment of an independent treasury system, with government
- depositaries for public funds, in several leading cities. This plan was
- finally accepted by Congress in 1840.
- Had Van Buren been a captivating figure he might have lived down the
- discredit of the panic unjustly laid at his door; but he was far from
- being a favorite with the populace. Though a man of many talents, he
- owed his position to the quiet and adept management of Jackson rather
- than to his own personal qualities. The men of the frontier did not care
- for him. They suspected that he ate from "gold plate" and they could not
- forgive him for being an astute politician from New York. Still the
- Democratic party, remembering Jackson's wishes, renominated him
- unanimously in 1840 and saw him go down to utter defeat.
- =The Whigs and General Harrison.=--By this time, the National
- Republicans, now known as Whigs--a title taken from the party of
- opposition to the Crown in England, had learned many lessons. Taking a
- leaf out of the Democratic book, they nominated, not Clay of Kentucky,
- well known for his views on the bank, the tariff, and internal
- improvements, but a military hero, General William Henry Harrison, a man
- of uncertain political opinions. Harrison, a son of a Virginia signer of
- the Declaration of Independence, sprang into public view by winning a
- battle more famous than important, "Tippecanoe"--a brush with the
- Indians in Indiana. He added to his laurels by rendering praiseworthy
- services during the war of 1812. When days of peace returned he was
- rewarded by a grateful people with a seat in Congress. Then he retired
- to quiet life in a little village near Cincinnati. Like Jackson he was
- held to be a son of the South and the West. Like Jackson he was a
- military hero, a lesser light, but still a light. Like Old Hickory he
- rode into office on a tide of popular feeling against an Eastern man
- accused of being something of an aristocrat. His personal popularity was
- sufficient. The Whigs who nominated him shrewdly refused to adopt a
- platform or declare their belief in anything. When some Democrat
- asserted that Harrison was a backwoodsman whose sole wants were a jug of
- hard cider and a log cabin, the Whigs treated the remark not as an
- insult but as proof positive that Harrison deserved the votes of Jackson
- men. The jug and the cabin they proudly transformed into symbols of the
- campaign, and won for their chieftain 234 electoral votes, while Van
- Buren got only sixty.
- =Harrison and Tyler.=--The Hero of Tippecanoe was not long to enjoy the
- fruits of his victory. The hungry horde of Whig office seekers descended
- upon him like wolves upon the fold. If he went out they waylaid him; if
- he stayed indoors, he was besieged; not even his bed chamber was spared.
- He was none too strong at best and he took a deep cold on the day of his
- inauguration. Between driving out Democrats and appeasing Whigs, he fell
- mortally ill. Before the end of a month he lay dead at the capitol.
- Harrison's successor, John Tyler, the Vice President, whom the Whigs had
- nominated to catch votes in Virginia, was more of a Democrat than
- anything else, though he was not partisan enough to please anybody. The
- Whigs railed at him because he would not approve the founding of another
- United States Bank. The Democrats stormed at him for refusing, until
- near the end of his term, to sanction the annexation of Texas, which had
- declared its independence of Mexico in 1836. His entire administration,
- marked by unseemly wrangling, produced only two measures of importance.
- The Whigs, flushed by victory, with the aid of a few protectionist
- Democrats, enacted, in 1842, a new tariff law destroying the compromise
- which had brought about the truce between the North and the South, in
- the days of nullification. The distinguished leader of the Whigs, Daniel
- Webster, as Secretary of State, in negotiation with Lord Ashburton
- representing Great Britain, settled the long-standing dispute between
- the two countries over the Maine boundary. A year after closing this
- chapter in American diplomacy, Webster withdrew to private life, leaving
- the President to endure alone the buffets of political fortune.
- To the end, the Whigs regarded Tyler as a traitor to their cause; but
- the judgment of history is that it was a case of the biter bitten. They
- had nominated him for the vice presidency as a man of views acceptable
- to Southern Democrats in order to catch their votes, little reckoning
- with the chances of his becoming President. Tyler had not deceived them
- and, thoroughly soured, he left the White House in 1845 not to appear in
- public life again until the days of secession, when he espoused the
- Southern confederacy. Jacksonian Democracy, with new leadership, serving
- a new cause--slavery--was returned to power under James K. Polk, a
- friend of the General from Tennessee. A few grains of sand were to run
- through the hour glass before the Whig party was to be broken and
- scattered as the Federalists had been more than a generation before.
- THE INTERACTION OF AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN OPINION
- =Democracy in England and France.=--During the period of Jacksonian
- Democracy, as in all epochs of ferment, there was a close relation
- between the thought of the New World and the Old. In England, the
- successes of the American experiment were used as arguments in favor of
- overthrowing the aristocracy which George III had manipulated with such
- effect against America half a century before. In the United States, on
- the other hand, conservatives like Chancellor Kent, the stout opponent
- of manhood suffrage in New York, cited the riots of the British working
- classes as a warning against admitting the same classes to a share in
- the government of the United States. Along with the agitation of opinion
- went epoch-making events. In 1832, the year of Jackson's second
- triumph, the British Parliament passed its first reform bill, which
- conferred the ballot--not on workingmen as yet--but on mill owners and
- shopkeepers whom the landlords regarded with genuine horror. The initial
- step was thus taken in breaking down the privileges of the landed
- aristocracy and the rich merchants of England.
- About the same time a popular revolution occurred in France. The Bourbon
- family, restored to the throne of France by the allied powers after
- their victory over Napoleon in 1815, had embarked upon a policy of
- arbitrary government. To use the familiar phrase, they had learned
- nothing and forgotten nothing. Charles X, who came to the throne in
- 1824, set to work with zeal to undo the results of the French
- Revolution, to stifle the press, restrict the suffrage, and restore the
- clergy and the nobility to their ancient rights. His policy encountered
- equally zealous opposition and in 1830 he was overthrown. The popular
- party, under the leadership of Lafayette, established, not a republic as
- some of the radicals had hoped, but a "liberal" middle-class monarchy
- under Louis Philippe. This second French Revolution made a profound
- impression on Americans, convincing them that the whole world was moving
- toward democracy. The mayor, aldermen, and citizens of New York City
- joined in a great parade to celebrate the fall of the Bourbons. Mingled
- with cheers for the new order in France were hurrahs for "the people's
- own, Andrew Jackson, the Hero of New Orleans and President of the United
- States!"
- =European Interest in America.=--To the older and more settled
- Europeans, the democratic experiment in America was either a menace or
- an inspiration. Conservatives viewed it with anxiety; liberals with
- optimism. Far-sighted leaders could see that the tide of democracy was
- rising all over the world and could not be stayed. Naturally the country
- that had advanced furthest along the new course was the place in which
- to find arguments for and against proposals that Europe should make
- experiments of the same character.
- =De Tocqueville's _Democracy in America_.=--In addition to the casual
- traveler there began to visit the United States the thoughtful observer
- bent on finding out what manner of nation this was springing up in the
- wilderness. Those who looked with sympathy upon the growing popular
- forces of England and France found in the United States, in spite of
- many blemishes and defects, a guarantee for the future of the people's
- rule in the Old World. One of these, Alexis de Tocqueville, a French
- liberal of mildly democratic sympathies, made a journey to this country
- in 1831; he described in a very remarkable volume, _Democracy in
- America_, the grand experiment as he saw it. On the whole he was
- convinced. After examining with a critical eye the life and labor of the
- American people, as well as the constitutions of the states and the
- nation, he came to the conclusion that democracy with all its faults was
- both inevitable and successful. Slavery he thought was a painful
- contrast to the other features of American life, and he foresaw what
- proved to be the irrepressible conflict over it. He believed that
- through blundering the people were destined to learn the highest of all
- arts, self-government on a grand scale. The absence of a leisure class,
- devoted to no calling or profession, merely enjoying the refinements of
- life and adding to its graces--the flaw in American culture that gave
- deep distress to many a European leader--de Tocqueville thought a
- necessary virtue in the republic. "Amongst a democratic people where
- there is no hereditary wealth, every man works to earn a living, or has
- worked, or is born of parents who have worked. A notion of labor is
- therefore presented to the mind on every side as the necessary, natural,
- and honest condition of human existence." It was this notion of a
- government in the hands of people who labored that struck the French
- publicist as the most significant fact in the modern world.
- =Harriet Martineau's Visit to America.=--This phase of American life
- also profoundly impressed the brilliant English writer, Harriet
- Martineau. She saw all parts of the country, the homes of the rich and
- the log cabins of the frontier; she traveled in stagecoaches, canal
- boats, and on horseback; and visited sessions of Congress and auctions
- at slave markets. She tried to view the country impartially and the
- thing that left the deepest mark on her mind was the solidarity of the
- people in one great political body. "However various may be the tribes
- of inhabitants in those states, whatever part of the world may have been
- their birthplace, or that of their fathers, however broken may be their
- language, however servile or noble their employments, however exalted or
- despised their state, all are declared to be bound together by equal
- political obligations.... In that self-governing country all are held to
- have an equal interest in the principles of its institutions and to be
- bound in equal duty to watch their workings." Miss Martineau was also
- impressed with the passion of Americans for land ownership and
- contrasted the United States favorably with England where the tillers of
- the soil were either tenants or laborers for wages.
- =Adverse Criticism.=--By no means all observers and writers were
- convinced that America was a success. The fastidious traveler, Mrs.
- Trollope, who thought the English system of church and state was ideal,
- saw in the United States only roughness and ignorance. She lamented the
- "total and universal want of manners both in males and females," adding
- that while "they appear to have clear heads and active intellects,"
- there was "no charm, no grace in their conversation." She found
- everywhere a lack of reverence for kings, learning, and rank. Other
- critics were even more savage. The editor of the _Foreign Quarterly_
- petulantly exclaimed that the United States was "a brigand
- confederation." Charles Dickens declared the country to be "so maimed
- and lame, so full of sores and ulcers that her best friends turn from
- the loathsome creature in disgust." Sydney Smith, editor of the
- _Edinburgh Review_, was never tired of trying his caustic wit at the
- expense of America. "Their Franklins and Washingtons and all the other
- sages and heroes of their revolution were born and bred subjects of the
- king of England," he observed in 1820. "During the thirty or forty
- years of their independence they have done absolutely nothing for the
- sciences, for the arts, for literature, or even for the statesmanlike
- studies of politics or political economy.... In the four quarters of the
- globe who reads an American book? Or goes to an American play? Or looks
- at an American picture or statue?" To put a sharp sting into his taunt
- he added, forgetting by whose authority slavery was introduced and
- fostered: "Under which of the old tyrannical governments of Europe is
- every sixth man a slave whom his fellow creatures may buy and sell?"
- Some Americans, while resenting the hasty and often superficial
- judgments of European writers, winced under their satire and took
- thought about certain particulars in the indictments brought against
- them. The mass of the people, however, bent on the great experiment,
- gave little heed to carping critics who saw the flaws and not the
- achievements of our country--critics who were in fact less interested in
- America than in preventing the rise and growth of democracy in Europe.
- =References=
- J.S. Bassett, _Life of Andrew Jackson_.
- J.W. Burgess, _The Middle Period_.
- H. Lodge, _Daniel Webster_.
- W. Macdonald, _Jacksonian Democracy_ (American Nation Series).
- Ostrogorski, _Democracy and the Organization of Political Parties_, Vol.
- II.
- C.H. Peck, _The Jacksonian Epoch_.
- C. Schurz, _Henry Clay_.
- =Questions=
- 1. By what devices was democracy limited in the first days of our
- Republic?
- 2. On what grounds were the limitations defended? Attacked?
- 3. Outline the rise of political democracy in the United States.
- 4. Describe three important changes in our political system.
- 5. Contrast the Presidents of the old and the new generations.
- 6. Account for the unpopularity of John Adams' administration.
- 7. What had been the career of Andrew Jackson before 1829?
- 8. Sketch the history of the protective tariff and explain the theory
- underlying it.
- 9. Explain the growth of Southern opposition to the tariff.
- 10. Relate the leading events connected with nullification in South
- Carolina.
- 11. State Jackson's views and tell the outcome of the controversy.
- 12. Why was Jackson opposed to the bank? How did he finally destroy it?
- 13. The Whigs complained of Jackson's "executive tyranny." What did they
- mean?
- 14. Give some of the leading events in Clay's career.
- 15. How do you account for the triumph of Harrison in 1840?
- 16. Why was Europe especially interested in America at this period? Who
- were some of the European writers on American affairs?
- =Research Topics=
- =Jackson's Criticisms of the Bank.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source
- Book_, pp. 320-329.
- =Financial Aspects of the Bank Controversy.=--Dewey, _Financial History
- of the United States_, Sections 86-87; Elson, _History of the United
- States_, pp. 492-496.
- =Jackson's View of the Union.=--See his proclamation on nullification in
- Macdonald, pp. 333-340.
- =Nullification.=--McMaster, _History of the People of the United
- States_, Vol. VI, pp. 153-182; Elson, pp. 487-492.
- =The Webster-Hayne Debate.=--Analyze the arguments. Extensive extracts
- are given in Macdonald's larger three-volume work, _Select Documents of
- United States History, 1776-1761_, pp. 239-260.
- =The Character of Jackson's Administration.=--Woodrow Wilson, _History
- of the American People_, Vol. IV, pp. 1-87; Elson, pp. 498-501.
- =The People in 1830.=--From contemporary writings in Hart, _American
- History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 509-530.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Andrew Jackson, J.Q. Adams, Henry Clay, Daniel
- Webster, J.C. Calhoun, and W.H. Harrison.
- CHAPTER XII
- THE MIDDLE BORDER AND THE GREAT WEST
- "We shall not send an emigrant beyond the Mississippi in a hundred
- years," exclaimed Livingston, the principal author of the Louisiana
- purchase. When he made this astounding declaration, he doubtless had
- before his mind's eye the great stretches of unoccupied lands between
- the Appalachians and the Mississippi. He also had before him the history
- of the English colonies, which told him of the two centuries required to
- settle the seaboard region. To practical men, his prophecy did not seem
- far wrong; but before the lapse of half that time there appeared beyond
- the Mississippi a tier of new states, reaching from the Gulf of Mexico
- to the southern boundary of Minnesota, and a new commonwealth on the
- Pacific Ocean where American emigrants had raised the Bear flag of
- California.
- THE ADVANCE OF THE MIDDLE BORDER
- =Missouri.=--When the middle of the nineteenth century had been reached,
- the Mississippi River, which Daniel Boone, the intrepid hunter, had
- crossed during Washington's administration "to escape from civilization"
- in Kentucky, had become the waterway for a vast empire. The center of
- population of the United States had passed to the Ohio Valley. Missouri,
- with its wide reaches of rich lands, low-lying, level, and fertile, well
- adapted to hemp raising, had drawn to its borders thousands of planters
- from the old Southern states--from Virginia and the Carolinas as well as
- from Kentucky and Tennessee. When the great compromise of 1820-21
- admitted her to the union, wearing "every jewel of sovereignty," as a
- florid orator announced, migratory slave owners were assured that their
- property would be safe in Missouri. Along the western shore of the
- Mississippi and on both banks of the Missouri to the uttermost limits of
- the state, plantations tilled by bondmen spread out in broad expanses.
- In the neighborhood of Jefferson City the slaves numbered more than a
- fourth of the population.
- Into this stream of migration from the planting South flowed another
- current of land-tilling farmers; some from Kentucky, Tennessee, and
- Mississippi, driven out by the onrush of the planters buying and
- consolidating small farms into vast estates; and still more from the
- East and the Old World. To the northwest over against Iowa and to the
- southwest against Arkansas, these yeomen laid out farms to be tilled by
- their own labor. In those regions the number of slaves seldom rose above
- five or six per cent of the population. The old French post, St. Louis,
- enriched by the fur trade of the Far West and the steamboat traffic of
- the river, grew into a thriving commercial city, including among its
- seventy-five thousand inhabitants in 1850 nearly forty thousand
- foreigners, German immigrants from Pennsylvania and Europe being the
- largest single element.
- =Arkansas.=--Below Missouri lay the territory of Arkansas, which had
- long been the paradise of the swarthy hunter and the restless
- frontiersman fleeing from the advancing borders of farm and town. In
- search of the life, wild and free, where the rifle supplied the game and
- a few acres of ground the corn and potatoes, they had filtered into the
- territory in an unending drift, "squatting" on the land. Without so much
- as asking the leave of any government, territorial or national, they
- claimed as their own the soil on which they first planted their feet.
- Like the Cherokee Indians, whom they had as neighbors, whose very
- customs and dress they sometimes adopted, the squatters spent their days
- in the midst of rough plenty, beset by chills, fevers, and the ills of
- the flesh, but for many years unvexed by political troubles or the
- restrictions of civilized life.
- Unfortunately for them, however, the fertile valleys of the Mississippi
- and Arkansas were well adapted to the cultivation of cotton and tobacco
- and their sylvan peace was soon broken by an invasion of planters. The
- newcomers, with their servile workers, spread upward in the valley
- toward Missouri and along the southern border westward to the Red River.
- In time the slaves in the tier of counties against Louisiana ranged from
- thirty to seventy per cent of the population. This marked the doom of
- the small farmer, swept Arkansas into the main current of planting
- politics, and led to a powerful lobby at Washington in favor of
- admission to the union, a boon granted in 1836.
- =Michigan.=--In accordance with a well-established custom, a free state
- was admitted to the union to balance a slave state. In 1833, the people
- of Michigan, a territory ten times the size of Connecticut, announced
- that the time had come for them to enjoy the privileges of a
- commonwealth. All along the southern border the land had been occupied
- largely by pioneers from New England, who built prim farmhouses and
- adopted the town-meeting plan of self-government after the fashion of
- the old home. The famous post of Detroit was growing into a flourishing
- city as the boats plying on the Great Lakes carried travelers, settlers,
- and freight through the narrows. In all, according to the census, there
- were more than ninety thousand inhabitants in the territory; so it was
- not without warrant that they clamored for statehood. Congress, busy as
- ever with politics, delayed; and the inhabitants of Michigan, unable to
- restrain their impatience, called a convention, drew up a constitution,
- and started a lively quarrel with Ohio over the southern boundary. The
- hand of Congress was now forced. Objections were made to the new
- constitution on the ground that it gave the ballot to all free white
- males, including aliens not yet naturalized; but the protests were
- overborne in a long debate. The boundary was fixed, and Michigan, though
- shorn of some of the land she claimed, came into the union in 1837.
- =Wisconsin.=--Across Lake Michigan to the west lay the territory of
- Wisconsin, which shared with Michigan the interesting history of the
- Northwest, running back into the heroic days when French hunters and
- missionaries were planning a French empire for the great monarch, Louis
- XIV. It will not be forgotten that the French rangers of the woods, the
- black-robed priests, prepared for sacrifice, even to death, the trappers
- of the French agencies, and the French explorers--Marquette, Joliet, and
- Menard--were the first white men to paddle their frail barks through the
- northern waters. They first blazed their trails into the black forests
- and left traces of their work in the names of portages and little
- villages. It was from these forests that Red Men in full war paint
- journeyed far to fight under the _fleur-de-lis_ of France when the
- soldiers of King Louis made their last stand at Quebec and Montreal
- against the imperial arms of Britain. It was here that the British flag
- was planted in 1761 and that the great Pontiac conspiracy was formed two
- years later to overthrow British dominion.
- When, a generation afterward, the Stars and Stripes supplanted the Union
- Jack, the French were still almost the only white men in the region.
- They were soon joined by hustling Yankee fur traders who did battle
- royal against British interlopers. The traders cut their way through
- forest trails and laid out the routes through lake and stream and over
- portages for the settlers and their families from the states "back
- East." It was the forest ranger who discovered the water power later
- used to turn the busy mills grinding the grain from the spreading farm
- lands. In the wake of the fur hunters, forest men, and farmers came
- miners from Kentucky, Tennessee, and Missouri crowding in to exploit the
- lead ores of the northwest, some of them bringing slaves to work their
- claims. Had it not been for the gold fever of 1849 that drew the
- wielders of pick and shovel to the Far West, Wisconsin would early have
- taken high rank among the mining regions of the country.
- From a favorable point of vantage on Lake Michigan, the village of
- Milwaukee, a center for lumber and grain transport and a place of entry
- for Eastern goods, grew into a thriving city. It claimed twenty thousand
- inhabitants, when in 1848 Congress admitted Wisconsin to the union.
- Already the Germans, Irish, and Scandinavians had found their way into
- the territory. They joined Americans from the older states in clearing
- forests, building roads, transforming trails into highways, erecting
- mills, and connecting streams with canals to make a network of routes
- for the traffic that poured to and from the Great Lakes.
- =Iowa and Minnesota.=--To the southwest of Wisconsin beyond the
- Mississippi, where the tall grass of the prairies waved like the sea,
- farmers from New England, New York, and Ohio had prepared Iowa for
- statehood. A tide of immigration that might have flowed into Missouri
- went northward; for freemen, unaccustomed to slavery and slave markets,
- preferred the open country above the compromise line. With incredible
- swiftness, they spread farms westward from the Mississippi. With Yankee
- ingenuity they turned to trading on the river, building before 1836
- three prosperous centers of traffic: Dubuque, Davenport, and Burlington.
- True to their old traditions, they founded colleges and academies that
- religion and learning might be cherished on the frontier as in the
- states from which they came. Prepared for self-government, the Iowans
- laid siege to the door of Congress and were admitted to the union in
- 1846.
- Above Iowa, on the Mississippi, lay the territory of Minnesota--the home
- of the Dakotas, the Ojibways, and the Sioux. Like Michigan and
- Wisconsin, it had been explored early by the French scouts, and the
- first white settlement was the little French village of Mendota. To the
- people of the United States, the resources of the country were first
- revealed by the historic journey of Zebulon Pike in 1805 and by American
- fur traders who were quick to take advantage of the opportunity to ply
- their arts of hunting and bartering in fresh fields. In 1839 an
- American settlement was planted at Marina on the St. Croix, the outpost
- of advancing civilization. Within twenty years, the territory, boasting
- a population of 150,000, asked for admission to the union. In 1858 the
- plea was granted and Minnesota showed her gratitude three years later by
- being first among the states to offer troops to Lincoln in the hour of
- peril.
- ON TO THE PACIFIC--TEXAS AND THE MEXICAN WAR
- =The Uniformity of the Middle West.=--There was a certain monotony about
- pioneering in the Northwest and on the middle border. As the long
- stretches of land were cleared or prepared for the plow, they were laid
- out like checkerboards into squares of forty, eighty, one hundred sixty,
- or more acres, each the seat of a homestead. There was a striking
- uniformity also about the endless succession of fertile fields spreading
- far and wide under the hot summer sun. No majestic mountains relieved
- the sweep of the prairie. Few monuments of other races and antiquity
- were there to awaken curiosity about the region. No sonorous bells in
- old missions rang out the time of day. The chaffering Red Man bartering
- blankets and furs for powder and whisky had passed farther on. The
- population was made up of plain farmers and their families engaged in
- severe and unbroken labor, chopping down trees, draining fever-breeding
- swamps, breaking new ground, and planting from year to year the same
- rotation of crops. Nearly all the settlers were of native American stock
- into whose frugal and industrious lives the later Irish and German
- immigrants fitted, on the whole, with little friction. Even the Dutch
- oven fell before the cast-iron cooking stove. Happiness and sorrow,
- despair and hope were there, but all encompassed by the heavy tedium of
- prosaic sameness.
- [Illustration: SANTA BARBARA MISSION]
- =A Contrast in the Far West and Southwest.=--As George Rogers Clark and
- Daniel Boone had stirred the snug Americans of the seaboard to seek
- their fortunes beyond the Appalachians, so now Kit Carson, James Bowie,
- Sam Houston, Davy Crockett, and John C. Fremont were to lead the way
- into a new land, only a part of which was under the American flag. The
- setting for this new scene in the westward movement was thrown out in a
- wide sweep from the headwaters of the Mississippi to the banks of the
- Rio Grande; from the valleys of the Sabine and Red rivers to Montana and
- the Pacific slope. In comparison with the middle border, this region
- presented such startling diversities that only the eye of faith could
- foresee the unifying power of nationalism binding its communities with
- the older sections of the country. What contrasts indeed! The blue grass
- region of Kentucky or the rich, black soil of Illinois--the painted
- desert, the home of the sage brush and the coyote! The level prairies of
- Iowa--the mighty Rockies shouldering themselves high against the
- horizon! The long bleak winters of Wisconsin--California of endless
- summer! The log churches of Indiana or Illinois--the quaint missions of
- San Antonio, Tucson, and Santa Barbara! The little state of
- Delaware--the empire of Texas, one hundred and twenty times its area!
- And scattered about through the Southwest were signs of an ancient
- civilization--fragments of four-and five-story dwellings, ruined dams,
- aqueducts, and broken canals, which told of once prosperous peoples
- who, by art and science, had conquered the aridity of the desert and
- lifted themselves in the scale of culture above the savages of the
- plain.
- The settlers of this vast empire were to be as diverse in their origins
- and habits as those of the colonies on the coast had been. Americans of
- English, Irish, and Scotch-Irish descent came as usual from the Eastern
- states. To them were added the migratory Germans as well. Now for the
- first time came throngs of Scandinavians. Some were to make their homes
- on quiet farms as the border advanced against the setting sun. Others
- were to be Indian scouts, trappers, fur hunters, miners, cowboys, Texas
- planters, keepers of lonely posts on the plain and the desert, stage
- drivers, pilots of wagon trains, pony riders, fruit growers, "lumber
- jacks," and smelter workers. One common bond united them--a passion for
- the self-government accorded to states. As soon as a few thousand
- settlers came together in a single territory, there arose a mighty shout
- for a position beside the staid commonwealths of the East and the South.
- Statehood meant to the pioneers self-government, dignity, and the right
- to dispose of land, minerals, and timber in their own way. In the quest
- for this local autonomy there arose many a wordy contest in Congress,
- each of the political parties lending a helping hand in the admission of
- a state when it gave promise of adding new congressmen of the "right
- political persuasion," to use the current phrase.
- =Southern Planters and Texas.=--While the farmers of the North found the
- broad acres of the Western prairies stretching on before them apparently
- in endless expanse, it was far different with the Southern planters.
- Ever active in their search for new fields as they exhausted the virgin
- soil of the older states, the restless subjects of King Cotton quickly
- reached the frontier of Louisiana. There they paused; but only for a
- moment. The fertile land of Texas just across the boundary lured them on
- and the Mexican republic to which it belonged extended to them a more
- than generous welcome. Little realizing the perils lurking in a
- "peaceful penetration," the authorities at Mexico City opened wide the
- doors and made large grants of land to American contractors, who agreed
- to bring a number of families into Texas. The omnipresent Yankee, in the
- person of Moses Austin of Connecticut, hearing of this good news in the
- Southwest, obtained a grant in 1820 to settle three hundred Americans
- near Bexar--a commission finally carried out to the letter by his son
- and celebrated in the name given to the present capital of the state of
- Texas. Within a decade some twenty thousand Americans had crossed the
- border.
- =Mexico Closes the Door.=--The government of Mexico, unaccustomed to
- such enterprise and thoroughly frightened by its extent, drew back in
- dismay. Its fears were increased as quarrels broke out between the
- Americans and the natives in Texas. Fear grew into consternation when
- efforts were made by President Jackson to buy the territory for the
- United States. Mexico then sought to close the flood gates. It stopped
- all American colonization schemes, canceled many of the land grants, put
- a tariff on farming implements, and abolished slavery. These barriers
- were raised too late. A call for help ran through the western border of
- the United States. The sentinels of the frontier answered. Davy
- Crockett, the noted frontiersman, bear hunter, and backwoods politician;
- James Bowie, the dexterous wielder of the knife that to this day bears
- his name; and Sam Houston, warrior and pioneer, rushed to the aid of
- their countrymen in Texas. Unacquainted with the niceties of diplomacy,
- impatient at the formalities of international law, they soon made it
- known that in spite of Mexican sovereignty they would be their own
- masters.
- =The Independence of Texas Declared.=--Numbering only about one-fourth
- of the population in Texas, they raised the standard of revolt in 1836
- and summoned a convention. Following in the footsteps of their
- ancestors, they issued a declaration of independence signed mainly by
- Americans from the slave states. Anticipating that the government of
- Mexico would not quietly accept their word of defiance as final, they
- dispatched a force to repel "the invading army," as General Houston
- called the troops advancing under the command of Santa Ana, the Mexican
- president. A portion of the Texan soldiers took their stand in the
- Alamo, an old Spanish mission in the cottonwood trees in the town of San
- Antonio. Instead of obeying the order to blow up the mission and retire,
- they held their ground until they were completely surrounded and cut off
- from all help. Refusing to surrender, they fought to the bitter end, the
- last man falling a victim to the sword. Vengeance was swift. Within
- three months General Houston overwhelmed Santa Ana at the San Jacinto,
- taking him prisoner of war and putting an end to all hopes for the
- restoration of Mexican sovereignty over Texas.
- The Lone Star Republic, with Houston at the head, then sought admission
- to the United States. This seemed at first an easy matter. All that was
- required to bring it about appeared to be a treaty annexing Texas to the
- union. Moreover, President Jackson, at the height of his popularity, had
- a warm regard for General Houston and, with his usual sympathy for rough
- and ready ways of doing things, approved the transaction. Through an
- American representative in Mexico, Jackson had long and anxiously
- labored, by means none too nice, to wring from the Mexican republic the
- cession of the coveted territory. When the Texans took matters into
- their own hands, he was more than pleased; but he could not marshal the
- approval of two-thirds of the Senators required for a treaty of
- annexation. Cautious as well as impetuous, Jackson did not press the
- issue; he went out of office in 1837 with Texas uncertain as to her
- future.
- =Northern Opposition to Annexation.=--All through the North the
- opposition to annexation was clear and strong. Anti-slavery agitators
- could hardly find words savage enough to express their feelings.
- "Texas," exclaimed Channing in a letter to Clay, "is but the first step
- of aggression. I trust indeed that Providence will beat back and humble
- our cupidity and ambition. I now ask whether as a people we are
- prepared to seize on a neighboring territory for the end of extending
- slavery? I ask whether as a people we can stand forth in the sight of
- God, in the sight of nations, and adopt this atrocious policy? Sooner
- perish! Sooner be our name blotted out from the record of nations!"
- William Lloyd Garrison called for the secession of the Northern states
- if Texas was brought into the union with slavery. John Quincy Adams
- warned his countrymen that they were treading in the path of the
- imperialism that had brought the nations of antiquity to judgment and
- destruction. Henry Clay, the Whig candidate for President, taking into
- account changing public sentiment, blew hot and cold, losing the state
- of New York and the election of 1844 by giving a qualified approval of
- annexation. In the same campaign, the Democrats boldly demanded the
- "Reannexation of Texas," based on claims which the United States once
- had to Spanish territory beyond the Sabine River.
- =Annexation.=--The politicians were disposed to walk very warily. Van
- Buren, at heart opposed to slavery extension, refused to press the issue
- of annexation. Tyler, a pro-slavery Democrat from Virginia, by a strange
- fling of fortune carried into office as a nominal Whig, kept his mind
- firmly fixed on the idea of reelection and let the troublesome matter
- rest until the end of his administration was in sight. He then listened
- with favor to the voice of the South. Calhoun stated what seemed to be a
- convincing argument: All good Americans have their hearts set on the
- Constitution; the admission of Texas is absolutely essential to the
- preservation of the union; it will give a balance of power to the South
- as against the North growing with incredible swiftness in wealth and
- population. Tyler, impressed by the plea, appointed Calhoun to the
- office of Secretary of State in 1844, authorizing him to negotiate the
- treaty of annexation--a commission at once executed. This scheme was
- blocked in the Senate where the necessary two-thirds vote could not be
- secured. Balked but not defeated, the advocates of annexation drew up a
- joint resolution which required only a majority vote in both houses,
- and in February of the next year, just before Tyler gave way to Polk,
- they pushed it through Congress. So Texas, amid the groans of Boston and
- the hurrahs of Charleston, folded up her flag and came into the union.
- [Illustration: TEXAS AND THE TERRITORY IN DISPUTE]
- =The Mexican War.=--The inevitable war with Mexico, foretold by the
- abolitionists and feared by Henry Clay, ensued, the ostensible cause
- being a dispute over the boundaries of the new state. The Texans claimed
- all the lands down to the Rio Grande. The Mexicans placed the border of
- Texas at the Nueces River and a line drawn thence in a northerly
- direction. President Polk, accepting the Texan view of the controversy,
- ordered General Zachary Taylor to move beyond the Nueces in defense of
- American sovereignty. This act of power, deemed by the Mexicans an
- invasion of their territory, was followed by an attack on our troops.
- President Polk, not displeased with the turn of events, announced that
- American blood had been "spilled on American soil" and that war existed
- "by the act of Mexico." Congress, in a burst of patriotic fervor,
- brushed aside the protests of those who deplored the conduct of the
- government as wanton aggression on a weaker nation and granted money and
- supplies to prosecute the war. The few Whigs in the House of
- Representatives, who refused to vote in favor of taking up arms,
- accepted the inevitable with such good grace as they could command. All
- through the South and the West the war was popular. New England
- grumbled, but gave loyal, if not enthusiastic, support to a conflict
- precipitated by policies not of its own choosing. Only a handful of firm
- objectors held out. James Russell Lowell, in his _Biglow Papers_, flung
- scorn and sarcasm to the bitter end.
- =The Outcome of the War.=--The foregone conclusion was soon reached.
- General Taylor might have delivered the fatal thrust from northern
- Mexico if politics had not intervened. Polk, anxious to avoid raising up
- another military hero for the Whigs to nominate for President, decided
- to divide the honors by sending General Scott to strike a blow at the
- capital, Mexico City. The deed was done with speed and pomp and two
- heroes were lifted into presidential possibilities. In the Far West a
- third candidate was made, John C. Fremont, who, in cooperation with
- Commodores Sloat and Stockton and General Kearney, planted the Stars and
- Stripes on the Pacific slope.
- In February, 1848, the Mexicans came to terms, ceding to the victor
- California, Arizona, New Mexico, and more--a domain greater in extent
- than the combined areas of France and Germany. As a salve to the wound,
- the vanquished received fifteen million dollars in cash and the
- cancellation of many claims held by American citizens. Five years later,
- through the negotiations of James Gadsden, a further cession of lands
- along the southern border of Arizona and New Mexico was secured on
- payment of ten million dollars.
- =General Taylor Elected President.=--The ink was hardly dry upon the
- treaty that closed the war before "rough and ready" General Taylor, a
- slave owner from Louisiana, "a Whig," as he said, "but not an ultra
- Whig," was put forward as the Whig candidate for President. He himself
- had not voted for years and he was fairly innocent in matters political.
- The tariff, the currency, and internal improvements, with a magnificent
- gesture he referred to the people's representatives in Congress,
- offering to enforce the laws as made, if elected. Clay's followers
- mourned. Polk stormed but could not win even a renomination at the hands
- of the Democrats. So it came about that the hero of Buena Vista,
- celebrated for his laconic order, "Give 'em a little more grape, Captain
- Bragg," became President of the United States.
- THE PACIFIC COAST AND UTAH
- =Oregon.=--Closely associated in the popular mind with the contest about
- the affairs of Texas was a dispute with Great Britain over the
- possession of territory in Oregon. In their presidential campaign of
- 1844, the Democrats had coupled with the slogan, "The Reannexation of
- Texas," two other cries, "The Reoccupation of Oregon," and "Fifty-four
- Forty or Fight." The last two slogans were founded on American
- discoveries and explorations in the Far Northwest. Their appearance in
- politics showed that the distant Oregon country, larger in area than New
- England, New York, and Pennsylvania combined, was at last receiving from
- the nation the attention which its importance warranted.
- _Joint Occupation and Settlement._--Both England and the United States
- had long laid claim to Oregon and in 1818 they had agreed to occupy the
- territory jointly--a contract which was renewed ten years later for an
- indefinite period. Under this plan, citizens of both countries were free
- to hunt and settle anywhere in the region. The vanguard of British fur
- traders and Canadian priests was enlarged by many new recruits, with
- Americans not far behind them. John Jacob Astor, the resourceful New
- York merchant, sent out trappers and hunters who established a trading
- post at Astoria in 1811. Some twenty years later, American
- missionaries--among them two very remarkable men, Jason Lee and Marcus
- Whitman--were preaching the gospel to the Indians.
- Through news from the fur traders and missionaries, Eastern farmers
- heard of the fertile lands awaiting their plows on the Pacific slope;
- those with the pioneering spirit made ready to take possession of the
- new country. In 1839 a band went around by Cape Horn. Four years later a
- great expedition went overland. The way once broken, others followed
- rapidly. As soon as a few settlements were well established, the
- pioneers held a mass meeting and agreed upon a plan of government. "We,
- the people of Oregon territory," runs the preamble to their compact,
- "for the purposes of mutual protection and to secure peace and
- prosperity among ourselves, agree to adopt the following laws and
- regulations until such time as the United States of America extend their
- jurisdiction over us." Thus self-government made its way across the
- Rocky Mountains.
- [Illustration: THE OREGON COUNTRY AND THE DISPUTED BOUNDARY]
- _The Boundary Dispute with England Adjusted._--By this time it was
- evident that the boundaries of Oregon must be fixed. Having made the
- question an issue in his campaign, Polk, after his election in 1844,
- pressed it upon the attention of the country. In his inaugural address
- and his first message to Congress he reiterated the claim of the
- Democratic platform that "our title to the whole territory of Oregon is
- clear and unquestionable." This pretension Great Britain firmly
- rejected, leaving the President a choice between war and compromise.
- Polk, already having the contest with Mexico on his hands, sought and
- obtained a compromise. The British government, moved by a hint from the
- American minister, offered a settlement which would fix the boundary at
- the forty-ninth parallel instead of "fifty-four forty," and give it
- Vancouver Island. Polk speedily chose this way out of the dilemma.
- Instead of making the decision himself, however, and drawing up a
- treaty, he turned to the Senate for "counsel." As prearranged with party
- leaders, the advice was favorable to the plan. The treaty, duly drawn in
- 1846, was ratified by the Senate after an acrimonious debate. "Oh!
- mountain that was delivered of a mouse," exclaimed Senator Benton, "thy
- name shall be fifty-four forty!" Thirteen years later, the southern part
- of the territory was admitted to the union as the state of Oregon,
- leaving the northern and eastern sections in the status of a territory.
- =California.=--With the growth of the northwestern empire, dedicated by
- nature to freedom, the planting interests might have been content, had
- fortune not wrested from them the fair country of California. Upon this
- huge territory they had set their hearts. The mild climate and fertile
- soil seemed well suited to slavery and the planters expected to extend
- their sway to the entire domain. California was a state of more than
- 155,000 square miles--about seventy times the size of the state of
- Delaware. It could readily be divided into five or six large states, if
- that became necessary to preserve the Southern balance of power.
- _Early American Relations with California._--Time and tide, it seems,
- were not on the side of the planters. Already Americans of a far
- different type were invading the Pacific slope. Long before Polk ever
- dreamed of California, the Yankee with his cargo of notions had been
- around the Horn. Daring skippers had sailed out of New England harbors
- with a variety of goods, bent their course around South America to
- California, on to China and around the world, trading as they went and
- leaving pots, pans, woolen cloth, guns, boots, shoes, salt fish, naval
- stores, and rum in their wake. "Home from Californy!" rang the cry in
- many a New England port as a good captain let go his anchor on his
- return from the long trading voyage in the Pacific.
- [Illustration: THE OVERLAND TRAILS]
- _The Overland Trails._--Not to be outdone by the mariners of the deep,
- western scouts searched for overland routes to the Pacific. Zebulon
- Pike, explorer and pathfinder, by his expedition into the Southwest
- during Jefferson's administration, had discovered the resources of New
- Spain and had shown his countrymen how easy it was to reach Santa Fe
- from the upper waters of the Arkansas River. Not long afterward, traders
- laid open the route, making Franklin, Missouri, and later Fort
- Leavenworth the starting point. Along the trail, once surveyed, poured
- caravans heavily guarded by armed men against marauding Indians. Sand
- storms often wiped out all signs of the route; hunger and thirst did
- many a band of wagoners to death; but the lure of the game and the
- profits at the end kept the business thriving. Huge stocks of cottons,
- glass, hardware, and ammunition were drawn almost across the continent
- to be exchanged at Santa Fe for furs, Indian blankets, silver, and
- mules; and many a fortune was made out of the traffic.
- _Americans in California._--Why stop at Santa Fe? The question did not
- long remain unanswered. In 1829, Ewing Young broke the path to Los
- Angeles. Thirteen years later Fremont made the first of his celebrated
- expeditions across plain, desert, and mountain, arousing the interest of
- the entire country in the Far West. In the wake of the pathfinders went
- adventurers, settlers, and artisans. By 1847, more than one-fifth of the
- inhabitants in the little post of two thousand on San Francisco Bay were
- from the United States. The Mexican War, therefore, was not the
- beginning but the end of the American conquest of California--a conquest
- initiated by Americans who went to till the soil, to trade, or to follow
- some mechanical pursuit.
- _The Discovery of Gold._--As if to clinch the hold on California already
- secured by the friends of free soil, there came in 1848 the sudden
- discovery of gold at Sutter's Mill in the Sacramento Valley. When this
- exciting news reached the East, a mighty rush began to California, over
- the trails, across the Isthmus of Panama, and around Cape Horn. Before
- two years had passed, it is estimated that a hundred thousand people, in
- search of fortunes, had arrived in California--mechanics, teachers,
- doctors, lawyers, farmers, miners, and laborers from the four corners of
- the earth.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- SAN FRANCISCO IN 1849]
- _California a Free State._--With this increase in population there
- naturally resulted the usual demand for admission to the union. Instead
- of waiting for authority from Washington, the Californians held a
- convention in 1849 and framed their constitution. With impatience, the
- delegates brushed aside the plea that "the balance of power between the
- North and South" required the admission of their state as a slave
- commonwealth. Without a dissenting voice, they voted in favor of freedom
- and boldly made their request for inclusion among the United States.
- President Taylor, though a Southern man, advised Congress to admit the
- applicant. Robert Toombs of Georgia vowed to God that he preferred
- secession. Henry Clay, the great compromiser, came to the rescue and in
- 1850 California was admitted as a free state.
- =Utah.=--On the long road to California, in the midst of forbidding and
- barren wastes, a religious sect, the Mormons, had planted a colony
- destined to a stormy career. Founded in 1830 under the leadership of
- Joseph Smith of New York, the sect had suffered from many cruel buffets
- of fortune. From Ohio they had migrated into Missouri where they were
- set upon and beaten. Some of them were murdered by indignant neighbors.
- Harried out of Missouri, they went into Illinois only to see their
- director and prophet, Smith, first imprisoned by the authorities and
- then shot by a mob. Having raised up a cloud of enemies on account of
- both their religious faith and their practice of allowing a man to have
- more than one wife, they fell in heartily with the suggestion of a new
- leader, Brigham Young, that they go into the Far West beyond the plains
- of Kansas--into the forlorn desert where the wicked would cease from
- troubling and the weary could be at rest, as they read in the Bible. In
- 1847, Young, with a company of picked men, searched far and wide until
- he found a suitable spot overlooking the Salt Lake Valley. Returning to
- Illinois, he gathered up his followers, now numbering several thousand,
- and in one mighty wagon caravan they all went to their distant haven.
- _Brigham Young and His Economic System._--In Brigham Young the Mormons
- had a leader of remarkable power who gave direction to the redemption of
- the arid soil, the management of property, and the upbuilding of
- industry. He promised them to make the desert blossom as the rose, and
- verily he did it. He firmly shaped the enterprise of the colony along
- co-operative lines, holding down the speculator and profiteer with one
- hand and giving encouragement to the industrious poor with the other.
- With the shrewdness befitting a good business man, he knew how to draw
- the line between public and private interest. Land was given outright to
- each family, but great care was exercised in the distribution so that
- none should have great advantage over another. The purchase of supplies
- and the sale of produce were carried on through a cooperative store, the
- profits of which went to the common good. Encountering for the first
- time in the history of the Anglo-Saxon race the problem of aridity, the
- Mormons surmounted the most perplexing obstacles with astounding skill.
- They built irrigation works by cooperative labor and granted water
- rights to all families on equitable terms.
- _The Growth of Industries._--Though farming long remained the major
- interest of the colony, the Mormons, eager to be self-supporting in
- every possible way, bent their efforts also to manufacturing and later
- to mining. Their missionaries, who hunted in the highways and byways of
- Europe for converts, never failed to stress the economic advantages of
- the sect. "We want," proclaimed President Young to all the earth, "a
- company of woolen manufacturers to come with machinery and take the wool
- from the sheep and convert it into the best clothes. We want a company
- of potters; we need them; the clay is ready and the dishes wanted.... We
- want some men to start a furnace forthwith; the iron, coal, and molders
- are waiting.... We have a printing press and any one who can take good
- printing and writing paper to the Valley will be a blessing to
- themselves and the church." Roads and bridges were built; millions were
- spent in experiments in agriculture and manufacturing; missionaries at a
- huge cost were maintained in the East and in Europe; an army was kept
- for defense against the Indians; and colonies were planted in the
- outlying regions. A historian of Deseret, as the colony was called by
- the Mormons, estimated in 1895 that by the labor of their hands the
- people had produced nearly half a billion dollars in wealth since the
- coming of the vanguard.
- _Polygamy Forbidden._--The hope of the Mormons that they might forever
- remain undisturbed by outsiders was soon dashed to earth, for hundreds
- of farmers and artisans belonging to other religious sects came to
- settle among them. In 1850 the colony was so populous and prosperous
- that it was organized into a territory of the United States and brought
- under the supervision of the federal government. Protests against
- polygamy were raised in the colony and at the seat of authority three
- thousand miles away at Washington. The new Republican party in 1856
- proclaimed it "the right and duty of Congress to prohibit in the
- Territories those twin relics of barbarism, polygamy and slavery." In
- due time the Mormons had to give up their marriage practices which were
- condemned by the common opinion of all western civilization; but they
- kept their religious faith. Monuments to their early enterprise are seen
- in the Temple and the Tabernacle, the irrigation works, and the great
- wealth of the Church.
- SUMMARY OF WESTERN DEVELOPMENT AND NATIONAL POLITICS
- While the statesmen of the old generation were solving the problems of
- their age, hunters, pioneers, and home seekers were preparing new
- problems beyond the Alleghanies. The West was rising in population and
- wealth. Between 1783 and 1829, eleven states were added to the original
- thirteen. All but two were in the West. Two of them were in the
- Louisiana territory beyond the Mississippi. Here the process of
- colonization was repeated. Hardy frontier people cut down the forests,
- built log cabins, laid out farms, and cut roads through the wilderness.
- They began a new civilization just as the immigrants to Virginia or
- Massachusetts had done two centuries earlier.
- Like the seaboard colonists before them, they too cherished the spirit
- of independence and power. They had not gone far upon their course
- before they resented the monopoly of the presidency by the East. In 1829
- they actually sent one of their own cherished leaders, Andrew Jackson,
- to the White House. Again in 1840, in 1844, in 1848, and in 1860, the
- Mississippi Valley could boast that one of its sons had been chosen for
- the seat of power at Washington. Its democratic temper evoked a cordial
- response in the towns of the East where the old aristocracy had been put
- aside and artisans had been given the ballot.
- For three decades the West occupied the interest of the nation. Under
- Jackson's leadership, it destroyed the second United States Bank. When
- he smote nullification in South Carolina, it gave him cordial support.
- It approved his policy of parceling out government offices among party
- workers--"the spoils system" in all its fullness. On only one point did
- it really dissent. The West heartily favored internal improvements, the
- appropriation of federal funds for highways, canals, and railways.
- Jackson had misgivings on this question and awakened sharp criticism by
- vetoing a road improvement bill.
- From their point of vantage on the frontier, the pioneers pressed on
- westward. They pushed into Texas, created a state, declared their
- independence, demanded a place in the union, and precipitated a war with
- Mexico. They crossed the trackless plain and desert, laying out trails
- to Santa Fe, to Oregon, and to California. They were upon the scene when
- the Mexican War brought California under the Stars and Stripes. They had
- laid out their farms in the Willamette Valley when the slogan
- "Fifty-Four Forty or Fight" forced a settlement of the Oregon boundary.
- California and Oregon were already in the union when there arose the
- Great Civil War testing whether this nation or any nation so conceived
- and so dedicated could long endure.
- =References=
- G.P. Brown, _Westward Expansion_ (American Nation Series).
- K. Coman, _Economic Beginnings of the Far West_ (2 vols.).
- F. Parkman, _California and the Oregon Trail_.
- R.S. Ripley, _The War with Mexico_.
- W.C. Rives, _The United States and Mexico, 1821-48_ (2 vols.).
- =Questions=
- 1. Give some of the special features in the history of Missouri,
- Arkansas, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota.
- 2. Contrast the climate and soil of the Middle West and the Far West.
- 3. How did Mexico at first encourage American immigration?
- 4. What produced the revolution in Texas? Who led in it?
- 5. Narrate some of the leading events in the struggle over annexation to
- the United States.
- 6. What action by President Polk precipitated war?
- 7. Give the details of the peace settlement with Mexico.
- 8. What is meant by the "joint occupation" of Oregon?
- 9. How was the Oregon boundary dispute finally settled?
- 10. Compare the American "invasion" of California with the migration
- into Texas.
- 11. Explain how California became a free state.
- 12. Describe the early economic policy of the Mormons.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Independence of Texas.=--McMaster, _History of the People of the
- United States_, Vol. VI, pp. 251-270. Woodrow Wilson, _History of the
- American People_, Vol. IV, pp. 102-126.
- =The Annexation of Texas.=--McMaster, Vol. VII. The passages on
- annexation are scattered through this volume and it is an exercise in
- ingenuity to make a connected story of them. Source materials in Hart,
- _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 637-655; Elson,
- _History of the United States_, pp. 516-521, 526-527.
- =The War with Mexico.=--Elson, pp. 526-538.
- =The Oregon Boundary Dispute.=--Schafer, _History of the Pacific
- Northwest_ (rev. ed.), pp. 88-104; 173-185.
- =The Migration to Oregon.=--Schafer, pp. 105-172. Coman, _Economic
- Beginnings of the Far West_, Vol. II, pp. 113-166.
- =The Santa Fe Trail.=--Coman, _Economic Beginnings_, Vol. II, pp. 75-93.
- =The Conquest of California.=--Coman, Vol. II, pp. 297-319.
- =Gold in California.=--McMaster, Vol. VII, pp. 585-614.
- =The Mormon Migration.=--Coman, Vol. II, pp. 167-206.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Fremont, Generals Scott and Taylor, Sam
- Houston, and David Crockett.
- =The Romance of Western Exploration.=--J.G. Neihardt, _The Splendid
- Wayfaring_. J.G. Neihardt, _The Song of Hugh Glass_.
- PART V. SECTIONAL CONFLICT AND RECONSTRUCTION
- CHAPTER XIII
- THE RISE OF THE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM
- If Jefferson could have lived to see the Stars and Stripes planted on
- the Pacific Coast, the broad empire of Texas added to the planting
- states, and the valley of the Willamette waving with wheat sown by
- farmers from New England, he would have been more than fortified in his
- faith that the future of America lay in agriculture. Even a stanch old
- Federalist like Gouverneur Morris or Josiah Quincy would have mournfully
- conceded both the prophecy and the claim. Manifest destiny never seemed
- more clearly written in the stars.
- As the farmers from the Northwest and planters from the Southwest poured
- in upon the floor of Congress, the party of Jefferson, christened anew
- by Jackson, grew stronger year by year. Opponents there were, no doubt,
- disgruntled critics and Whigs by conviction; but in 1852 Franklin
- Pierce, the Democratic candidate for President, carried every state in
- the union except Massachusetts, Vermont, Kentucky, and Tennessee. This
- victory, a triumph under ordinary circumstances, was all the more
- significant in that Pierce was pitted against a hero of the Mexican War,
- General Scott, whom the Whigs, hoping to win by rousing the martial
- ardor of the voters, had nominated. On looking at the election returns,
- the new President calmly assured the planters that "the general
- principle of reduction of duties with a view to revenue may now be
- regarded as the settled policy of the country." With equal confidence,
- he waved aside those agitators who devoted themselves "to the supposed
- interests of the relatively few Africans in the United States." Like a
- watchman in the night he called to the country: "All's well."
- The party of Hamilton and Clay lay in the dust.
- THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION
- As pride often goeth before a fall, so sanguine expectation is sometimes
- the symbol of defeat. Jackson destroyed the bank. Polk signed the tariff
- bill of 1846 striking an effective blow at the principle of protection
- for manufactures. Pierce promised to silence the abolitionists. His
- successor was to approve a drastic step in the direction of free trade.
- Nevertheless all these things left untouched the springs of power that
- were in due time to make America the greatest industrial nation on the
- earth; namely, vast national resources, business enterprise, inventive
- genius, and the free labor supply of Europe. Unseen by the thoughtless,
- unrecorded in the diaries of wiseacres, rarely mentioned in the speeches
- of statesmen, there was swiftly rising such a tide in the affairs of
- America as Jefferson and Hamilton never dreamed of in their little
- philosophies.
- =The Inventors.=--Watt and Boulton experimenting with steam in England,
- Whitney combining wood and steel into a cotton gin, Fulton and Fitch
- applying the steam engine to navigation, Stevens and Peter Cooper trying
- out the "iron horse" on "iron highways," Slater building spinning mills
- in Pawtucket, Howe attaching the needle to the flying wheel, Morse
- spanning a continent with the telegraph, Cyrus Field linking the markets
- of the new world with the old along the bed of the Atlantic, McCormick
- breaking the sickle under the reaper--these men and a thousand more were
- destroying in a mighty revolution of industry the world of the
- stagecoach and the tallow candle which Washington and Franklin had
- inherited little changed from the age of Caesar. Whitney was to make
- cotton king. Watt and Fulton were to make steel and steam masters of the
- world. Agriculture was to fall behind in the race for supremacy.
- =Industry Outstrips Planting.=--The story of invention, that tribute to
- the triumph of mind over matter, fascinating as a romance, need not be
- treated in detail here. The effects of invention on social and political
- life, multitudinous and never-ending, form the very warp and woof of
- American progress from the days of Andrew Jackson to the latest hour.
- Neither the great civil conflict--the clash of two systems--nor the
- problems of the modern age can be approached without an understanding of
- the striking phases of industrialism.
- [Illustration: A NEW ENGLAND MILL BUILT IN 1793]
- First and foremost among them was the uprush of mills managed by
- captains of industry and manned by labor drawn from farms, cities, and
- foreign lands. For every planter who cleared a domain in the Southwest
- and gathered his army of bondmen about him, there rose in the North a
- magician of steam and steel who collected under his roof an army of free
- workers.
- In seven league boots this new giant strode ahead of the Southern giant.
- Between 1850 and 1859, to use dollars and cents as the measure of
- progress, the value of domestic manufactures including mines and
- fisheries rose from $1,019,106,616 to $1,900,000,000, an increase of
- eighty-six per cent in ten years. In this same period the total
- production of naval stores, rice, sugar, tobacco, and cotton, the
- staples of the South, went only from $165,000,000, in round figures, to
- $204,000,000. At the halfway point of the century, the capital invested
- in industry, commerce, and cities far exceeded the value of all the farm
- land between the Atlantic and the Pacific; thus the course of economy
- had been reversed in fifty years. Tested by figures of production, King
- Cotton had shriveled by 1860 to a petty prince in comparison, for each
- year the captains of industry turned out goods worth nearly twenty times
- all the bales of cotton picked on Southern plantations. Iron, boots and
- shoes, and leather goods pouring from Northern mills surpassed in value
- the entire cotton output.
- =The Agrarian West Turns to Industry.=--Nor was this vast enterprise
- confined to the old Northeast where, as Madison had sagely remarked,
- commerce was early dominant. "Cincinnati," runs an official report in
- 1854, "appears to be a great central depot for ready-made clothing and
- its manufacture for the Western markets may be said to be one of the
- great trades of that city." There, wrote another traveler, "I heard the
- crack of the cattle driver's whip and the hum of the factory: the West
- and the East meeting." Louisville and St. Louis were already famous for
- their clothing trades and the manufacture of cotton bagging. Five
- hundred of the two thousand woolen mills in the country in 1860 were in
- the Western states. Of the output of flour and grist mills, which almost
- reached in value the cotton crop of 1850, the Ohio Valley furnished a
- rapidly growing share. The old home of Jacksonian democracy, where
- Federalists had been almost as scarce as monarchists, turned slowly
- backward, as the needle to the pole, toward the principle of protection
- for domestic industry, espoused by Hamilton and defended by Clay.
- =The Extension of Canals and Railways.=--As necessary to mechanical
- industry as steel and steam power was the great market, spread over a
- wide and diversified area and knit together by efficient means of
- transportation. This service was supplied to industry by the steamship,
- which began its career on the Hudson in 1807; by the canals, of which
- the Erie opened in 1825 was the most noteworthy; and by the railways,
- which came into practical operation about 1830.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- AN EARLY RAILWAY]
- With sure instinct the Eastern manufacturer reached out for the markets
- of the Northwest territory where free farmers were producing annually
- staggering crops of corn, wheat, bacon, and wool. The two great canal
- systems--the Erie connecting New York City with the waterways of the
- Great Lakes and the Pennsylvania chain linking Philadelphia with the
- headwaters of the Ohio--gradually turned the tide of trade from New
- Orleans to the Eastern seaboard. The railways followed the same paths.
- By 1860, New York had rail connections with Chicago and St. Louis, one
- of the routes running through the Hudson and Mohawk valleys and along
- the Great Lakes, the other through Philadelphia and Pennsylvania and
- across the rich wheat fields of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois. Baltimore,
- not to be outdone by her two rivals, reached out over the mountains for
- the Western trade and in 1857 had trains running into St. Louis.
- In railway enterprise the South took more interest than in canals, and
- the friends of that section came to its aid. To offset the magnet
- drawing trade away from the Mississippi Valley, lines were built from
- the Gulf to Chicago, the Illinois Central part of the project being a
- monument to the zeal and industry of a Democrat, better known in
- politics than in business, Stephen A. Douglas. The swift movement of
- cotton and tobacco to the North or to seaports was of common concern to
- planters and manufacturers. Accordingly lines were flung down along the
- Southern coast, linking Richmond, Charleston, and Savannah with the
- Northern markets. Other lines struck inland from the coast, giving a
- rail outlet to the sea for Raleigh, Columbia, Atlanta, Chattanooga,
- Nashville, and Montgomery. Nevertheless, in spite of this enterprise,
- the mileage of all the Southern states in 1860 did not equal that of
- Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois combined.
- =Banking and Finance.=--Out of commerce and manufactures and the
- construction and operation of railways came such an accumulation of
- capital in the Northern states as merchants of old never imagined. The
- banks of the four industrial states of Massachusetts, Connecticut, New
- York, and Pennsylvania in 1860 had funds greater than the banks in all
- the other states combined. New York City had become the money market of
- America, the center to which industrial companies, railway promoters,
- farmers, and planters turned for capital to initiate and carry on their
- operations. The banks of Louisiana, South Carolina, Georgia, and
- Virginia, it is true, had capital far in excess of the banks of the
- Northwest; but still they were relatively small compared with the
- financial institutions of the East.
- =The Growth of the Industrial Population.=--A revolution of such
- magnitude in industry, transport, and finance, overturning as it did the
- agrarian civilization of the old Northwest and reaching out to the very
- borders of the country, could not fail to bring in its train
- consequences of a striking character. Some were immediate and obvious.
- Others require a fullness of time not yet reached to reveal their
- complete significance. Outstanding among them was the growth of an
- industrial population, detached from the land, concentrated in cities,
- and, to use Jefferson's phrase, dependent upon "the caprices and
- casualties of trade" for a livelihood. This was a result, as the great
- Virginian had foreseen, which flowed inevitably from public and private
- efforts to stimulate industry as against agriculture.
- [Illustration: LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS, IN 1838, AN EARLY INDUSTRIAL
- TOWN]
- It was estimated in 1860, on the basis of the census figures, that
- mechanical production gave employment to 1,100,000 men and 285,000
- women, making, if the average number of dependents upon them be
- reckoned, nearly six million people or about one-sixth of the population
- of the country sustained from manufactures. "This," runs the official
- record, "was exclusive of the number engaged in the production of many
- of the raw materials and of the food for manufacturers; in the
- distribution of their products, such as merchants, clerks, draymen,
- mariners, the employees of railroads, expresses, and steamboats; of
- capitalists, various artistic and professional classes, as well as
- carpenters, bricklayers, painters, and the members of other mechanical
- trades not classed as manufactures. It is safe to assume, then, that
- one-third of the whole population is supported, directly, or indirectly,
- by manufacturing industry." Taking, however, the number of persons
- directly supported by manufactures, namely about six millions, reveals
- the astounding fact that the white laboring population, divorced from
- the soil, already exceeded the number of slaves on Southern farms and
- plantations.
- _Immigration._--The more carefully the rapid growth of the industrial
- population is examined, the more surprising is the fact that such an
- immense body of free laborers could be found, particularly when it is
- recalled to what desperate straits the colonial leaders were put in
- securing immigrants,--slavery, indentured servitude, and kidnapping
- being the fruits of their necessities. The answer to the enigma is to be
- found partly in European conditions and partly in the cheapness of
- transportation after the opening of the era of steam navigation. Shrewd
- observers of the course of events had long foreseen that a flood of
- cheap labor was bound to come when the way was made easy. Some, among
- them Chief Justice Ellsworth, went so far as to prophesy that white
- labor would in time be so abundant that slavery would disappear as the
- more costly of the two labor systems. The processes of nature were aided
- by the policies of government in England and Germany.
- _The Coming of the Irish._--The opposition of the Irish people to the
- English government, ever furious and irrepressible, was increased in the
- mid forties by an almost total failure of the potato crop, the main
- support of the peasants. Catholic in religion, they had been compelled
- to support a Protestant church. Tillers of the soil by necessity, they
- were forced to pay enormous tributes to absentee landlords in England
- whose claim to their estates rested upon the title of conquest and
- confiscation. Intensely loyal to their race, the Irish were subjected in
- all things to the Parliament at London, in which their small minority of
- representatives had little influence save in holding a balance of power
- between the two contending English parties. To the constant political
- irritation, the potato famine added physical distress beyond
- description. In cottages and fields and along the highways the victims
- of starvation lay dead by the hundreds, the relief which charity
- afforded only bringing misery more sharply to the foreground. Those who
- were fortunate enough to secure passage money sought escape to America.
- In 1844 the total immigration into the United States was less than
- eighty thousand; in 1850 it had risen by leaps and bounds to more than
- three hundred thousand. Between 1820 and 1860 the immigrants from the
- United Kingdom numbered 2,750,000, of whom more than one-half were
- Irish. It has been said with a touch of exaggeration that the American
- canals and railways of those days were built by the labor of Irishmen.
- _The German Migration._--To political discontent and economic distress,
- such as was responsible for the coming of the Irish, may likewise be
- traced the source of the Germanic migration. The potato blight that fell
- upon Ireland visited the Rhine Valley and Southern Germany at the same
- time with results as pitiful, if less extensive. The calamity inflicted
- by nature was followed shortly by another inflicted by the despotic
- conduct of German kings and princes. In 1848 there had occurred
- throughout Europe a popular uprising in behalf of republics and
- democratic government. For a time it rode on a full tide of success.
- Kings were overthrown, or compelled to promise constitutional
- government, and tyrannical ministers fled from their palaces. Then came
- reaction. Those who had championed the popular cause were imprisoned,
- shot, or driven out of the land. Men of attainments and distinction,
- whose sole offense was opposition to the government of kings and
- princes, sought an asylum in America, carrying with them to the land of
- their adoption the spirit of liberty and democracy. In 1847 over fifty
- thousand Germans came to America, the forerunners of a migration that
- increased, almost steadily, for many years. The record of 1860 showed
- that in the previous twenty years nearly a million and a half had found
- homes in the United States. Far and wide they scattered, from the mills
- and shops of the seacoast towns to the uttermost frontiers of Wisconsin
- and Minnesota.
- _The Labor of Women and Children._--If the industries, canals, and
- railways of the country were largely manned by foreign labor, still
- important native sources must not be overlooked; above all, the women
- and children of the New England textile districts. Spinning and weaving,
- by a tradition that runs far beyond the written records of mankind,
- belonged to women. Indeed it was the dexterous housewives, spinsters,
- and boys and girls that laid the foundations of the textile industry in
- America, foundations upon which the mechanical revolution was built. As
- the wheel and loom were taken out of the homes to the factories operated
- by water power or the steam engine, the women and, to use Hamilton's
- phrase, "the children of tender years," followed as a matter of course.
- "The cotton manufacture alone employs six thousand persons in Lowell,"
- wrote a French observer in 1836; "of this number nearly five thousand
- are young women from seventeen to twenty-four years of age, the
- daughters of farmers from the different New England states." It was not
- until after the middle of the century that foreign lands proved to be
- the chief source from which workers were recruited for the factories of
- New England. It was then that the daughters of the Puritans, outdone by
- the competition of foreign labor, both of men and women, left the
- spinning jenny and the loom to other hands.
- =The Rise of Organized Labor.=--The changing conditions of American
- life, marked by the spreading mill towns of New England, New York, and
- Pennsylvania and the growth of cities like Buffalo, Cincinnati,
- Louisville, St. Louis, Detroit, and Chicago in the West, naturally
- brought changes, as Jefferson had prophesied, in "manners and morals." A
- few mechanics, smiths, carpenters, and masons, widely scattered through
- farming regions and rural villages, raise no such problems as tens of
- thousands of workers collected in one center in daily intercourse,
- learning the power of cooperation and union.
- Even before the coming of steam and machinery, in the "good old days" of
- handicrafts, laborers in many trades--printers, shoemakers, carpenters,
- for example--had begun to draw together in the towns for the advancement
- of their interests in the form of higher wages, shorter days, and
- milder laws. The shoemakers of Philadelphia, organized in 1794,
- conducted a strike in 1799 and held together until indicted seven years
- later for conspiracy. During the twenties and thirties, local labor
- unions sprang up in all industrial centers and they led almost
- immediately to city federations of the several crafts.
- As the thousands who were dependent upon their daily labor for their
- livelihood mounted into the millions and industries spread across the
- continent, the local unions of craftsmen grew into national craft
- organizations bound together by the newspapers, the telegraph, and the
- railways. Before 1860 there were several such national trade unions,
- including the plumbers, printers, mule spinners, iron molders, and stone
- cutters. All over the North labor leaders arose--men unknown to general
- history but forceful and resourceful characters who forged links binding
- scattered and individual workers into a common brotherhood. An attempt
- was even made in 1834 to federate all the crafts into a permanent
- national organization; but it perished within three years through lack
- of support. Half a century had to elapse before the American Federation
- of Labor was to accomplish this task.
- All the manifestations of the modern labor movement had appeared, in
- germ at least, by the time the mid-century was reached: unions, labor
- leaders, strikes, a labor press, a labor political program, and a labor
- political party. In every great city industrial disputes were a common
- occurrence. The papers recorded about four hundred in two years,
- 1853-54, local affairs but forecasting economic struggles in a larger
- field. The labor press seems to have begun with the founding of the
- _Mechanics' Free Press_ in Philadelphia in 1828 and the establishment of
- the New York _Workingman's Advocate_ shortly afterward. These
- semi-political papers were in later years followed by regular trade
- papers designed to weld together and advance the interests of particular
- crafts. Edited by able leaders, these little sheets with limited
- circulation wielded an enormous influence in the ranks of the workers.
- =Labor and Politics.=--As for the political program of labor, the main
- planks were clear and specific: the abolition of imprisonment for debt,
- manhood suffrage in states where property qualifications still
- prevailed, free and universal education, laws protecting the safety and
- health of workers in mills and factories, abolition of lotteries, repeal
- of laws requiring militia service, and free land in the West.
- Into the labor papers and platforms there sometimes crept a note of
- hostility to the masters of industry, a sign of bitterness that excited
- little alarm while cheap land in the West was open to the discontented.
- The Philadelphia workmen, in issuing a call for a local convention,
- invited "all those of our fellow citizens who live by their own labor
- and none other." In Newcastle county, Delaware, the association of
- working people complained in 1830: "The poor have no laws; the laws are
- made by the rich and of course for the rich." Here and there an
- extremist went to the length of advocating an equal division of wealth
- among all the people--the crudest kind of communism.
- Agitation of this character produced in labor circles profound distrust
- of both Whigs and Democrats who talked principally about tariffs and
- banks; it resulted in attempts to found independent labor parties. In
- Philadelphia, Albany, New York City, and New England, labor candidates
- were put up for elections in the early thirties and in a few cases were
- victorious at the polls. "The balance of power has at length got into
- the hands of the working people, where it properly belongs,"
- triumphantly exclaimed the _Mechanics' Free Press_ of Philadelphia in
- 1829. But the triumph was illusory. Dissensions appeared in the labor
- ranks. The old party leaders, particularly of Tammany Hall, the
- Democratic party organization in New York City, offered concessions to
- labor in return for votes. Newspapers unsparingly denounced "trade union
- politicians" as "demagogues," "levellers," and "rag, tag, and bobtail";
- and some of them, deeming labor unrest the sour fruit of manhood
- suffrage, suggested disfranchisement as a remedy. Under the influence
- of concessions and attacks the political fever quickly died away, and
- the end of the decade left no remnant of the labor political parties.
- Labor leaders turned to a task which seemed more substantial and
- practical, that of organizing workingmen into craft unions for the
- definite purpose of raising wages and reducing hours.
- THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
- =Southern Plans for Union with the West.=--It was long the design of
- Southern statesmen like Calhoun to hold the West and the South together
- in one political party. The theory on which they based their hope was
- simple. Both sections were agricultural--the producers of raw materials
- and the buyers of manufactured goods. The planters were heavy purchasers
- of Western bacon, pork, mules, and grain. The Mississippi River and its
- tributaries formed the natural channel for the transportation of heavy
- produce southward to the plantations and outward to Europe. Therefore,
- ran their political reasoning, the interests of the two sections were
- one. By standing together in favor of low tariffs, they could buy their
- manufactures cheaply in Europe and pay for them in cotton, tobacco, and
- grain. The union of the two sections under Jackson's management seemed
- perfect.
- =The East Forms Ties with the West.=--Eastern leaders were not blind to
- the ambitions of Southern statesmen. On the contrary, they also
- recognized the importance of forming strong ties with the agrarian West
- and drawing the produce of the Ohio Valley to Philadelphia and New York.
- The canals and railways were the physical signs of this economic union,
- and the results, commercial and political, were soon evident. By the
- middle of the century, Southern economists noted the change, one of
- them, De Bow, lamenting that "the great cities of the North have
- severally penetrated the interior with artificial lines until they have
- taken from the open and untaxed current of the Mississippi the commerce
- produced on its borders." To this writer it was an astounding thing to
- behold "the number of steamers that now descend the upper Mississippi
- River, loaded to the guards with produce, as far as the mouth of the
- Illinois River and then turn up that stream with their cargoes to be
- shipped to New York _via_ Chicago. The Illinois canal has not only swept
- the whole produce along the line of the Illinois River to the East, but
- it is drawing the products of the upper Mississippi through the same
- channel; thus depriving New Orleans and St. Louis of a rich portion of
- their former trade."
- If to any shippers the broad current of the great river sweeping down to
- New Orleans offered easier means of physical communication to the sea
- than the canals and railways, the difference could be overcome by the
- credit which Eastern bankers were able to extend to the grain and
- produce buyers, in the first instance, and through them to the farmers
- on the soil. The acute Southern observer just quoted, De Bow, admitted
- with evident regret, in 1852, that "last autumn, the rich regions of
- Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois were flooded with the local bank notes of
- the Eastern States, advanced by the New York houses on produce to be
- shipped by way of the canals in the spring.... These moneyed facilities
- enable the packer, miller, and speculator to hold on to their produce
- until the opening of navigation in the spring and they are no longer
- obliged, as formerly, to hurry off their shipments during the winter by
- the way of New Orleans in order to realize funds by drafts on their
- shipments. The banking facilities at the East are doing as much to draw
- trade from us as the canals and railways which Eastern capital is
- constructing." Thus canals, railways, and financial credit were swiftly
- forging bonds of union between the old home of Jacksonian Democracy in
- the West and the older home of Federalism in the East. The nationalism
- to which Webster paid eloquent tribute became more and more real with
- the passing of time. The self-sufficiency of the pioneer was broken down
- as he began to watch the produce markets of New York and Philadelphia
- where the prices of corn and hogs fixed his earnings for the year.
- =The West and Manufactures.=--In addition to the commercial bonds
- between the East and the West there was growing up a common interest in
- manufactures. As skilled white labor increased in the Ohio Valley, the
- industries springing up in the new cities made Western life more like
- that of the industrial East than like that of the planting South.
- Moreover, the Western states produced some important raw materials for
- American factories, which called for protection against foreign
- competition, notably, wool, hemp, and flax. As the South had little or
- no foreign competition in cotton and tobacco, the East could not offer
- protection for her raw materials in exchange for protection for
- industries. With the West, however, it became possible to establish
- reciprocity in tariffs; that is, for example, to trade a high rate on
- wool for a high rate on textiles or iron.
- =The South Dependent on the North.=--While East and West were drawing
- together, the distinctions between North and South were becoming more
- marked; the latter, having few industries and producing little save raw
- materials, was being forced into the position of a dependent section. As
- a result of the protective tariff, Southern planters were compelled to
- turn more and more to Northern mills for their cloth, shoes, hats, hoes,
- plows, and machinery. Nearly all the goods which they bought in Europe
- in exchange for their produce came overseas to Northern ports, whence
- transshipments were made by rail and water to Southern points of
- distribution. Their rice, cotton, and tobacco, in as far as they were
- not carried to Europe in British bottoms, were transported by Northern
- masters. In these ways, a large part of the financial operations
- connected with the sale of Southern produce and the purchase of goods in
- exchange passed into the hands of Northern merchants and bankers who,
- naturally, made profits from their transactions. Finally, Southern
- planters who wanted to buy more land and more slaves on credit borrowed
- heavily in the North where huge accumulations made the rates of interest
- lower than the smaller banks of the South could afford.
- =The South Reckons the Cost of Economic Dependence.=--As Southern
- dependence upon Northern capital became more and more marked, Southern
- leaders began to chafe at what they regarded as restraints laid upon
- their enterprise. In a word, they came to look upon the planter as a
- tribute-bearer to the manufacturer and financier. "The South,"
- expostulated De Bow, "stands in the attitude of feeding ... a vast
- population of [Northern] merchants, shipowners, capitalists, and others
- who, without claims on her progeny, drink up the life blood of her
- trade.... Where goes the value of our labor but to those who, taking
- advantage of our folly, ship for us, buy for us, sell to us, and, after
- turning our own capital to their profitable account, return laden with
- our money to enjoy their easily earned opulence at home."
- Southern statisticians, not satisfied with generalities, attempted to
- figure out how great was this tribute in dollars and cents. They
- estimated that the planters annually lent to Northern merchants the full
- value of their exports, a hundred millions or more, "to be used in the
- manipulation of foreign imports." They calculated that no less than
- forty millions all told had been paid to shipowners in profits. They
- reckoned that, if the South were to work up her own cotton, she would
- realize from seventy to one hundred millions a year that otherwise went
- North. Finally, to cap the climax, they regretted that planters spent
- some fifteen millions a year pleasure-seeking in the alluring cities and
- summer resorts of the North.
- =Southern Opposition to Northern Policies.=--Proceeding from these
- premises, Southern leaders drew the logical conclusion that the entire
- program of economic measures demanded in the North was without exception
- adverse to Southern interests and, by a similar chain of reasoning,
- injurious to the corn and wheat producers of the West. Cheap labor
- afforded by free immigration, a protective tariff raising prices of
- manufactures for the tiller of the soil, ship subsidies increasing the
- tonnage of carrying trade in Northern hands, internal improvements
- forging new economic bonds between the East and the West, a national
- banking system giving strict national control over the currency as a
- safeguard against paper inflation--all these devices were regarded in
- the South as contrary to the planting interest. They were constantly
- compared with the restrictive measures by which Great Britain more than
- half a century before had sought to bind American interests.
- As oppression justified a war for independence once, statesmen argued,
- so it can justify it again. "It is curious as it is melancholy and
- distressing," came a broad hint from South Carolina, "to see how
- striking is the analogy between the colonial vassalage to which the
- manufacturing states have reduced the planting states and that which
- formerly bound the Anglo-American colonies to the British empire....
- England said to her American colonies: 'You shall not trade with the
- rest of the world for such manufactures as are produced in the mother
- country.' The manufacturing states say to their Southern colonies: 'You
- shall not trade with the rest of the world for such manufactures as we
- produce.'" The conclusion was inexorable: either the South must control
- the national government and its economic measures, or it must declare,
- as America had done four score years before, its political and economic
- independence. As Northern mills multiplied, as railways spun their
- mighty web over the face of the North, and as accumulated capital rose
- into the hundreds of millions, the conviction of the planters and their
- statesmen deepened into desperation.
- =Efforts to Start Southern Industries Fail.=--A few of them, seeing the
- predominance of the North, made determined efforts to introduce
- manufactures into the South. To the leaders who were averse to secession
- and nullification this seemed the only remedy for the growing disparity
- in the power of the two sections. Societies for the encouragement of
- mechanical industries were formed, the investment of capital was sought,
- and indeed a few mills were built on Southern soil. The results were
- meager. The natural resources, coal and water power, were abundant; but
- the enterprise for direction and the skilled labor were wanting. The
- stream of European immigration flowed North and West, not South. The
- Irish or German laborer, even if he finally made his home in a city, had
- before him, while in the North, the alternative of a homestead on
- Western land. To him slavery was a strange, if not a repelling,
- institution. He did not take to it kindly nor care to fix his home where
- it flourished. While slavery lasted, the economy of the South was
- inevitably agricultural. While agriculture predominated, leadership with
- equal necessity fell to the planting interest. While the planting
- interest ruled, political opposition to Northern economy was destined to
- grow in strength.
- =The Southern Theory of Sectionalism.=--In the opinion of the statesmen
- who frankly represented the planting interest, the industrial system was
- its deadly enemy. Their entire philosophy of American politics was
- summed up in a single paragraph by McDuffie, a spokesman for South
- Carolina: "Owing to the federative character of our government, the
- great geographical extent of our territory, and the diversity of the
- pursuits of our citizens in different parts of the union, it has so
- happened that two great interests have sprung up, standing directly
- opposed to each other. One of these consists of those manufactures which
- the Northern and Middle states are capable of producing but which, owing
- to the high price of labor and the high profits of capital in those
- states, cannot hold competition with foreign manufactures without the
- aid of bounties, directly or indirectly given, either by the general
- government or by the state governments. The other of these interests
- consists of the great agricultural staples of the Southern states which
- can find a market only in foreign countries and which can be
- advantageously sold only in exchange for foreign manufactures which come
- in competition with those of the Northern and Middle states.... These
- interests then stand diametrically and irreconcilably opposed to each
- other. The interest, the pecuniary interest of the Northern
- manufacturer, is directly promoted by every increase of the taxes
- imposed upon Southern commerce; and it is unnecessary to add that the
- interest of the Southern planter is promoted by every diminution of
- taxes imposed upon the productions of their industry. If, under these
- circumstances, the manufacturers were clothed with the power of imposing
- taxes, at their pleasure, upon the foreign imports of the planter, no
- doubt would exist in the mind of any man that it would have all the
- characteristics of an absolute and unqualified despotism." The economic
- soundness of this reasoning, a subject of interesting speculation for
- the economist, is of little concern to the historian. The historical
- point is that this opinion was widely held in the South and with the
- progress of time became the prevailing doctrine of the planting
- statesmen.
- Their antagonism was deepened because they also became convinced, on
- what grounds it is not necessary to inquire, that the leaders of the
- industrial interest thus opposed to planting formed a consolidated
- "aristocracy of wealth," bent upon the pursuit and attainment of
- political power at Washington. "By the aid of various associated
- interests," continued McDuffie, "the manufacturing capitalists have
- obtained a complete and permanent control over the legislation of
- Congress on this subject [the tariff].... Men confederated together upon
- selfish and interested principles, whether in pursuit of the offices or
- the bounties of the government, are ever more active and vigilant than
- the great majority who act from disinterested and patriotic impulses.
- Have we not witnessed it on this floor, sir? Who ever knew the tariff
- men to divide on any question affecting their confederated interests?...
- The watchword is, stick together, right or wrong upon every question
- affecting the common cause. Such, sir, is the concert and vigilance and
- such the combinations by which the manufacturing party, acting upon the
- interests of some and the prejudices of others, have obtained a decided
- and permanent control over public opinion in all the tariff states."
- Thus, as the Southern statesman would have it, the North, in matters
- affecting national policies, was ruled by a "confederated interest"
- which menaced the planting interest. As the former grew in magnitude and
- attached to itself the free farmers of the West through channels of
- trade and credit, it followed as night the day that in time the planters
- would be overshadowed and at length overborne in the struggle of giants.
- Whether the theory was sound or not, Southern statesmen believed it and
- acted upon it.
- =References=
- M. Beard, _Short History of the American Labor Movement_.
- E.L. Bogart, _Economic History of the United States_.
- J.R. Commons, _History of Labour in the United States_ (2 vols.).
- E.R. Johnson, _American Railway Transportation_.
- C.D. Wright, _Industrial Evolution of the United States_.
- =Questions=
- 1. What signs pointed to a complete Democratic triumph in 1852?
- 2. What is the explanation of the extraordinary industrial progress of
- America?
- 3. Compare the planting system with the factory system.
- 4. In what sections did industry flourish before the Civil War? Why?
- 5. Show why transportation is so vital to modern industry and
- agriculture.
- 6. Explain how it was possible to secure so many people to labor in
- American industries.
- 7. Trace the steps in the rise of organized labor before 1860.
- 8. What political and economic reforms did labor demand?
- 9. Why did the East and the South seek closer ties with the West?
- 10. Describe the economic forces which were drawing the East and the
- West together.
- 11. In what way was the South economically dependent upon the North?
- 12 State the national policies generally favored in the North and
- condemned in the South.
- 13. Show how economic conditions in the South were unfavorable to
- industry.
- 14. Give the Southern explanation of the antagonism between the North
- and the South.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Inventions.=--Assign one to each student. Satisfactory accounts are
- to be found in any good encyclopedia, especially the Britannica.
- =River and Lake Commerce.=--Callender, _Economic History of the United
- States_, pp. 313-326.
- =Railways and Canals.=--Callender, pp. 326-344; 359-387. Coman,
- _Industrial History of the United States_, pp. 216-225.
- =The Growth of Industry, 1815-1840.=--Callender, pp. 459-471. From 1850
- to 1860, Callender, pp. 471-486.
- =Early Labor Conditions.=--Callender, pp. 701-718.
- =Early Immigration.=--Callender, pp. 719-732.
- =Clay's Home Market Theory of the Tariff.=--Callender, pp. 498-503.
- =The New England View of the Tariff.=--Callender, pp. 503-514.
- CHAPTER XIV
- THE PLANTING SYSTEM AND NATIONAL POLITICS
- James Madison, the father of the federal Constitution, after he had
- watched for many days the battle royal in the national convention of
- 1787, exclaimed that the contest was not between the large and the small
- states, but between the commercial North and the planting South. From
- the inauguration of Washington to the election of Lincoln the sectional
- conflict, discerned by this penetrating thinker, exercised a profound
- influence on the course of American politics. It was latent during the
- "era of good feeling" when the Jeffersonian Republicans adopted
- Federalist policies; it flamed up in the contest between the Democrats
- and Whigs. Finally it raged in the angry political quarrel which
- culminated in the Civil War.
- SLAVERY--NORTH AND SOUTH
- =The Decline of Slavery in the North.=--At the time of the adoption of
- the Constitution, slavery was lawful in all the Northern states except
- Massachusetts. There were almost as many bondmen in New York as in
- Georgia. New Jersey had more than Delaware or Tennessee, indeed nearly
- as many as both combined. All told, however, there were only about forty
- thousand in the North as against nearly seven hundred thousand in the
- South. Moreover, most of the Northern slaves were domestic servants, not
- laborers necessary to keep mills going or fields under cultivation.
- There was, in the North, a steadily growing moral sentiment against the
- system. Massachusetts abandoned it in 1780. In the same year,
- Pennsylvania provided for gradual emancipation. New Hampshire, where
- there had been only a handful, Connecticut with a few thousand
- domestics, and New Jersey early followed these examples. New York, in
- 1799, declared that all children born of slaves after July 4 of that
- year should be free, though held for a term as apprentices; and in 1827
- it swept away the last vestiges of slavery. So with the passing of the
- generation that had framed the Constitution, chattel servitude
- disappeared in the commercial states, leaving behind only such
- discriminations as disfranchisement or high property qualifications on
- colored voters.
- =The Growth of Northern Sentiment against Slavery.=--In both sections of
- the country there early existed, among those more or less
- philosophically inclined, a strong opposition to slavery on moral as
- well as economic grounds. In the constitutional convention of 1787,
- Gouverneur Morris had vigorously condemned it and proposed that the
- whole country should bear the cost of abolishing it. About the same time
- a society for promoting the abolition of slavery, under the presidency
- of Benjamin Franklin, laid before Congress a petition that serious
- attention be given to the emancipation of "those unhappy men who alone
- in this land of freedom are degraded into perpetual bondage." When
- Congress, acting on the recommendations of President Jefferson, provided
- for the abolition of the foreign slave trade on January 1, 1808, several
- Northern members joined with Southern members in condemning the system
- as well as the trade. Later, colonization societies were formed to
- encourage the emancipation of slaves and their return to Africa. James
- Madison was president and Henry Clay vice president of such an
- organization.
- The anti-slavery sentiment of which these were the signs was
- nevertheless confined to narrow circles and bore no trace of bitterness.
- "We consider slavery your calamity, not your crime," wrote a
- distinguished Boston clergyman to his Southern brethren, "and we will
- share with you the burden of putting an end to it. We will consent that
- the public lands shall be appropriated to this object.... I deprecate
- everything which sows discord and exasperating sectional animosities."
- =Uncompromising Abolition.=--In a little while the spirit of generosity
- was gone. Just as Jacksonian Democracy rose to power there appeared a
- new kind of anti-slavery doctrine--the dogmatism of the abolition
- agitator. For mild speculation on the evils of the system was
- substituted an imperious and belligerent demand for instant
- emancipation. If a date must be fixed for its appearance, the year 1831
- may be taken when William Lloyd Garrison founded in Boston his
- anti-slavery paper, _The Liberator_. With singleness of purpose and
- utter contempt for all opposing opinions and arguments, he pursued his
- course of passionate denunciation. He apologized for having ever
- "assented to the popular but pernicious doctrine of gradual abolition."
- He chose for his motto: "Immediate and unconditional emancipation!" He
- promised his readers that he would be "harsh as truth and uncompromising
- as justice"; that he would not "think or speak or write with
- moderation." Then he flung out his defiant call: "I am in earnest--I
- will not equivocate--I will not excuse--I will not retreat a single
- inch--and I will be heard....
- 'Such is the vow I take, so help me God.'"
- Though Garrison complained that "the apathy of the people is enough to
- make every statue leap from its pedestal," he soon learned how alive the
- masses were to the meaning of his propaganda. Abolition orators were
- stoned in the street and hissed from the platform. Their meeting places
- were often attacked and sometimes burned to the ground. Garrison himself
- was assaulted in the streets of Boston, finding refuge from the angry
- mob behind prison bars. Lovejoy, a publisher in Alton, Illinois, for his
- willingness to give abolition a fair hearing, was brutally murdered; his
- printing press was broken to pieces as a warning to all those who
- disturbed the nation's peace of mind. The South, doubly frightened by a
- slave revolt in 1831 which ended in the murder of a number of men,
- women, and children, closed all discussion of slavery in that section.
- "Now," exclaimed Calhoun, "it is a question which admits of neither
- concession nor compromise."
- As the opposition hardened, the anti-slavery agitation gathered in force
- and intensity. Whittier blew his blast from the New England hills:
- "No slave-hunt in our borders--no pirate on our strand;
- No fetters in the Bay State--no slave upon our land."
- Lowell, looking upon the espousal of a great cause as the noblest aim of
- his art, ridiculed and excoriated bondage in the South. Those
- abolitionists, not gifted as speakers or writers, signed petitions
- against slavery and poured them in upon Congress. The flood of them was
- so continuous that the House of Representatives, forgetting its
- traditions, adopted in 1836 a "gag rule" which prevented the reading of
- appeals and consigned them to the waste basket. Not until the Whigs were
- in power nearly ten years later was John Quincy Adams able, after a
- relentless campaign, to carry a motion rescinding the rule.
- How deep was the impression made upon the country by this agitation for
- immediate and unconditional emancipation cannot be measured. If the
- popular vote for those candidates who opposed not slavery, but its
- extension to the territories, be taken as a standard, it was slight
- indeed. In 1844, the Free Soil candidate, Birney, polled 62,000 votes
- out of over a million and a half; the Free Soil vote of the next
- campaign went beyond a quarter of a million, but the increase was due to
- the strength of the leader, Martin Van Buren; four years afterward it
- receded to 156,000, affording all the outward signs for the belief that
- the pleas of the abolitionist found no widespread response among the
- people. Yet the agitation undoubtedly ran deeper than the ballot box.
- Young statesmen of the North, in whose hands the destiny of frightful
- years was to lie, found their indifference to slavery broken and their
- consciences stirred by the unending appeal and the tireless reiteration.
- Charles Sumner afterward boasted that he read the _Liberator_ two years
- before Wendell Phillips, the young Boston lawyer who cast aside his
- profession to take up the dangerous cause.
- =Early Southern Opposition to Slavery.=--In the South, the sentiment
- against slavery was strong; it led some to believe that it would also
- come to an end there in due time. Washington disliked it and directed in
- his will that his own slaves should be set free after the death of his
- wife. Jefferson, looking into the future, condemned the system by which
- he also lived, saying: "Can the liberties of a nation be thought secure
- when we have removed their only firm basis, a conviction in the minds of
- the people that their liberties are the gift of God? Are they not to be
- violated but with His wrath? Indeed I tremble for my country when I
- reflect that God is just; that His justice cannot sleep forever." Nor
- did Southern men confine their sentiments to expressions of academic
- opinion. They accepted in 1787 the Ordinance which excluded slavery from
- the Northwest territory forever and also the Missouri Compromise, which
- shut it out of a vast section of the Louisiana territory.
- =The Revolution in the Slave System.=--Among the representatives of
- South Carolina and Georgia, however, the anti-slavery views of
- Washington and Jefferson were by no means approved; and the drift of
- Southern economy was decidedly in favor of extending and perpetuating,
- rather than abolishing, the system of chattel servitude. The invention
- of the cotton gin and textile machinery created a market for cotton
- which the planters, with all their skill and energy, could hardly
- supply. Almost every available acre was brought under cotton culture as
- the small farmers were driven steadily from the seaboard into the
- uplands or to the Northwest.
- The demand for slaves to till the swiftly expanding fields was enormous.
- The number of bondmen rose from 700,000 in Washington's day to more than
- three millions in 1850. At the same time slavery itself was transformed.
- Instead of the homestead where the same family of masters kept the same
- families of slaves from generation to generation, came the plantation
- system of the Far South and Southwest where masters were ever moving and
- ever extending their holdings of lands and slaves. This in turn reacted
- on the older South where the raising of slaves for the market became a
- regular and highly profitable business.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- JOHN C. CALHOUN]
- =Slavery Defended as a Positive Good.=--As the abolition agitation
- increased and the planting system expanded, apologies for slavery became
- fainter and fainter in the South. Then apologies were superseded by
- claims that slavery was a beneficial scheme of labor control. Calhoun,
- in a famous speech in the Senate in 1837, sounded the new note by
- declaring slavery "instead of an evil, a good--a positive good." His
- reasoning was as follows: in every civilized society one portion of the
- community must live on the labor of another; learning, science, and the
- arts are built upon leisure; the African slave, kindly treated by his
- master and mistress and looked after in his old age, is better off than
- the free laborers of Europe; and under the slave system conflicts
- between capital and labor are avoided. The advantages of slavery in this
- respect, he concluded, "will become more and more manifest, if left
- undisturbed by interference from without, as the country advances in
- wealth and numbers."
- =Slave Owners Dominate Politics.=--The new doctrine of Calhoun was
- eagerly seized by the planters as they came more and more to overshadow
- the small farmers of the South and as they beheld the menace of
- abolition growing upon the horizon. It formed, as they viewed matters, a
- moral defense for their labor system--sound, logical, invincible. It
- warranted them in drawing together for the protection of an institution
- so necessary, so inevitable, so beneficent.
- Though in 1850 the slave owners were only about three hundred and fifty
- thousand in a national population of nearly twenty million whites, they
- had an influence all out of proportion to their numbers. They were knit
- together by the bonds of a common interest. They had leisure and wealth.
- They could travel and attend conferences and conventions. Throughout the
- South and largely in the North, they had the press, the schools, and the
- pulpits on their side. They formed, as it were, a mighty union for the
- protection and advancement of their common cause. Aided by those
- mechanics and farmers of the North who stuck by Jacksonian Democracy
- through thick and thin, the planters became a power in the federal
- government. "We nominate Presidents," exultantly boasted a Richmond
- newspaper; "the North elects them."
- This jubilant Southern claim was conceded by William H. Seward, a
- Republican Senator from New York, in a speech describing the power of
- slavery in the national government. "A party," he said, "is in one sense
- a joint stock association, in which those who contribute most direct the
- action and management of the concern.... The slaveholders, contributing
- in an overwhelming proportion to the strength of the Democratic party,
- necessarily dictate and prescribe its policy." He went on: "The
- slaveholding class has become the governing power in each of the
- slaveholding states and it practically chooses thirty of the sixty-two
- members of the Senate, ninety of the two hundred and thirty-three
- members of the House of Representatives, and one hundred and five of the
- two hundred and ninety-five electors of President and Vice-President of
- the United States." Then he considered the slave power in the Supreme
- Court. "That tribunal," he exclaimed, "consists of a chief justice and
- eight associate justices. Of these, five were called from slave states
- and four from free states. The opinions and bias of each of them were
- carefully considered by the President and Senate when he was appointed.
- Not one of them was found wanting in soundness of politics, according to
- the slaveholder's exposition of the Constitution." Such was the Northern
- view of the planting interest that, from the arena of national politics,
- challenged the whole country in 1860.
- [Illustration: DISTRIBUTION OF SLAVES IN THE SOUTHERN STATES]
- SLAVERY IN NATIONAL POLITICS
- =National Aspects of Slavery.=--It may be asked why it was that slavery,
- founded originally on state law and subject to state government, was
- drawn into the current of national affairs. The answer is simple. There
- were, in the first place, constitutional reasons. The Congress of the
- United States had to make all needful rules for the government of the
- territories, the District of Columbia, the forts and other property
- under national authority; so it was compelled to determine whether
- slavery should exist in the places subject to its jurisdiction. Upon
- Congress was also conferred the power of admitting new states; whenever
- a territory asked for admission, the issue could be raised as to whether
- slavery should be sanctioned or excluded. Under the Constitution,
- provision was made for the return of runaway slaves; Congress had the
- power to enforce this clause by appropriate legislation. Since the
- control of the post office was vested in the federal government, it had
- to face the problem raised by the transmission of abolition literature
- through the mails. Finally citizens had the right of petition; it
- inheres in all free government and it is expressly guaranteed by the
- first amendment to the Constitution. It was therefore legal for
- abolitionists to present to Congress their petitions, even if they asked
- for something which it had no right to grant. It was thus impossible,
- constitutionally, to draw a cordon around the slavery issue and confine
- the discussion of it to state politics.
- There were, in the second place, economic reasons why slavery was
- inevitably drawn into the national sphere. It was the basis of the
- planting system which had direct commercial relations with the North and
- European countries; it was affected by federal laws respecting tariffs,
- bounties, ship subsidies, banking, and kindred matters. The planters of
- the South, almost without exception, looked upon the protective tariff
- as a tribute laid upon them for the benefit of Northern industries. As
- heavy borrowers of money in the North, they were generally in favor of
- "easy money," if not paper currency, as an aid in the repayment of their
- debts. This threw most of them into opposition to the Whig program for a
- United States Bank. All financial aids to American shipping they stoutly
- resisted, preferring to rely upon the cheaper service rendered by
- English shippers. Internal improvements, those substantial ties that
- were binding the West to the East and turning the traffic from New
- Orleans to Philadelphia and New York, they viewed with alarm. Free
- homesteads from the public lands, which tended to overbalance the South
- by building free states, became to them a measure dangerous to their
- interests. Thus national economic policies, which could not by any twist
- or turn be confined to state control, drew the slave system and its
- defenders into the political conflict that centered at Washington.
- =Slavery and the Territories--the Missouri Compromise (1820).=--Though
- men continually talked about "taking slavery out of politics," it could
- not be done. By 1818 slavery had become so entrenched and the
- anti-slavery sentiment so strong, that Missouri's quest for admission
- brought both houses of Congress into a deadlock that was broken only by
- compromise. The South, having half the Senators, could prevent the
- admission of Missouri stripped of slavery; and the North, powerful in
- the House of Representatives, could keep Missouri with slavery out of
- the union indefinitely. An adjustment of pretensions was the last
- resort. Maine, separated from the parent state of Massachusetts, was
- brought into the union with freedom and Missouri with bondage. At the
- same time it was agreed that the remainder of the vast Louisiana
- territory north of the parallel of 36 o 30' should be, like the old
- Northwest, forever free; while the southern portion was left to slavery.
- In reality this was an immense gain for liberty. The area dedicated to
- free farmers was many times greater than that left to the planters. The
- principle was once more asserted that Congress had full power to prevent
- slavery in the territories.
- [Illustration: THE MISSOURI COMPROMISE]
- =The Territorial Question Reopened by the Wilmot Proviso.=--To the
- Southern leaders, the annexation of Texas and the conquest of Mexico
- meant renewed security to the planting interest against the increasing
- wealth and population of the North. Texas, it was said, could be divided
- into four slave states. The new territories secured by the treaty of
- peace with Mexico contained the promise of at least three more. Thus, as
- each new free soil state knocked for admission into the union, the
- South could demand as the price of its consent a new slave state. No
- wonder Southern statesmen saw, in the annexation of Texas and the
- conquest of Mexico, slavery and King Cotton triumphant--secure for all
- time against adverse legislation. Northern leaders were equally
- convinced that the Southern prophecy was true. Abolitionists and
- moderate opponents of slavery alike were in despair. Texas, they
- lamented, would fasten slavery upon the country forevermore. "No living
- man," cried one, "will see the end of slavery in the United States!"
- It so happened, however, that the events which, it was thought, would
- secure slavery let loose a storm against it. A sign appeared first on
- August 6, 1846, only a few months after war was declared on Mexico. On
- that day, David Wilmot, a Democrat from Pennsylvania, introduced into
- the House of Representatives a resolution to the effect that, as an
- express and fundamental condition to the acquisition of any territory
- from the republic of Mexico, slavery should be forever excluded from
- every part of it. "The Wilmot Proviso," as the resolution was popularly
- called, though defeated on that occasion, was a challenge to the South.
- The South answered the challenge. Speaking in the House of
- Representatives, Robert Toombs of Georgia boldly declared: "In the
- presence of the living God, if by your legislation you seek to drive us
- from the territories of California and New Mexico ... I am for
- disunion." South Carolina announced that the day for talk had passed and
- the time had come to join her sister states "in resisting the
- application of the Wilmot Proviso at any and all hazards." A conference,
- assembled at Jackson, Mississippi, in the autumn of 1849, called a
- general convention of Southern states to meet at Nashville the following
- summer. The avowed purpose was to arrest "the course of aggression" and,
- if that was not possible, to provide "in the last resort for their
- separate welfare by the formation of a compact and union that will
- afford protection to their liberties and rights." States that had
- spurned South Carolina's plea for nullification in 1832 responded to
- this new appeal with alacrity--an augury of the secession to come.
- [Illustration: _From an old print._
- HENRY CLAY]
- =The Great Debate of 1850.=--The temper of the country was white hot
- when Congress convened in December, 1849. It was a memorable session,
- memorable for the great men who took part in the debates and memorable
- for the grand Compromise of 1850 which it produced. In the Senate sat
- for the last time three heroic figures: Webster from the North, Calhoun
- from the South, and Clay from a border state. For nearly forty years
- these three had been leaders of men. All had grown old and gray in
- service. Calhoun was already broken in health and in a few months was to
- be borne from the political arena forever. Clay and Webster had but two
- more years in their allotted span.
- Experience, learning, statecraft--all these things they now marshaled in
- a mighty effort to solve the slavery problem. On January 29, 1850, Clay
- offered to the Senate a compromise granting concessions to both sides;
- and a few days later, in a powerful oration, he made a passionate appeal
- for a union of hearts through mutual sacrifices. Calhoun relentlessly
- demanded the full measure of justice for the South: equal rights in the
- territories bought by common blood; the return of runaway slaves as
- required by the Constitution; the suppression of the abolitionists; and
- the restoration of the balance of power between the North and the South.
- Webster, in his notable "Seventh of March speech," condemned the Wilmot
- Proviso, advocated a strict enforcement of the fugitive slave law,
- denounced the abolitionists, and made a final plea for the Constitution,
- union, and liberty. This was the address which called forth from
- Whittier the poem, "Ichabod," deploring the fall of the mighty one whom
- he thought lost to all sense of faith and honor.
- =The Terms of the Compromise of 1850.=--When the debates were closed,
- the results were totaled in a series of compromise measures, all of
- which were signed in September, 1850, by the new President, Millard
- Fillmore, who had taken office two months before on the death of Zachary
- Taylor. By these acts the boundaries of Texas were adjusted and the
- territory of New Mexico created, subject to the provision that all or
- any part of it might be admitted to the union "with or without slavery
- as their constitution may provide at the time of their admission." The
- Territory of Utah was similarly organized with the same conditions as to
- slavery, thus repudiating the Wilmot Proviso without guaranteeing
- slavery to the planters. California was admitted as a free state under a
- constitution in which the people of the territory had themselves
- prohibited slavery.
- The slave trade was abolished in the District of Columbia, but slavery
- itself existed as before at the capital of the nation. This concession
- to anti-slavery sentiment was more than offset by a fugitive slave law,
- drastic in spirit and in letter. It placed the enforcement of its terms
- in the hands of federal officers appointed from Washington and so
- removed it from the control of authorities locally elected. It provided
- that masters or their agents, on filing claims in due form, might
- summarily remove their escaped slaves without affording their "alleged
- fugitives" the right of trial by jury, the right to witness, the right
- to offer any testimony in evidence. Finally, to "put teeth" into the
- act, heavy penalties were prescribed for all who obstructed or assisted
- in obstructing the enforcement of the law. Such was the Great Compromise
- of 1850.
- [Illustration: AN OLD CARTOON REPRESENTING WEBSTER "STEALING CLAY'S
- THUNDER"]
- =The Pro-slavery Triumph in the Election of 1852.=--The results of the
- election of 1852 seemed to show conclusively that the nation was weary
- of slavery agitation and wanted peace. Both parties, Whigs and
- Democrats, endorsed the fugitive slave law and approved the Great
- Compromise. The Democrats, with Franklin Pierce as their leader, swept
- the country against the war hero, General Winfield Scott, on whom the
- Whigs had staked their hopes. Even Webster, broken with grief at his
- failure to receive the nomination, advised his friends to vote for
- Pierce and turned away from politics to meditate upon approaching death.
- The verdict of the voters would seem to indicate that for the time
- everybody, save a handful of disgruntled agitators, looked upon Clay's
- settlement as the last word. "The people, especially the business men of
- the country," says Elson, "were utterly weary of the agitation and they
- gave their suffrages to the party that promised them rest." The Free
- Soil party, condemning slavery as "a sin against God and a crime against
- man," and advocating freedom for the territories, failed to carry a
- single state. In fact it polled fewer votes than it had four years
- earlier--156,000 as against nearly 3,000,000, the combined vote of the
- Whigs and Democrats. It is not surprising, therefore, that President
- Pierce, surrounded in his cabinet by strong Southern sympathizers, could
- promise to put an end to slavery agitation and to crush the abolition
- movement in the bud.
- =Anti-slavery Agitation Continued.=--The promise was more difficult to
- fulfill than to utter. In fact, the vigorous execution of one measure
- included in the Compromise--the fugitive slave law--only made matters
- worse. Designed as security for the planters, it proved a powerful
- instrument in their undoing. Slavery five hundred miles away on a
- Louisiana plantation was so remote from the North that only the
- strongest imagination could maintain a constant rage against it. "Slave
- catching," "man hunting" by federal officers on the streets of
- Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Chicago, or Milwaukee and in the hamlets
- and villages of the wide-stretching farm lands of the North was another
- matter. It brought the most odious aspects of slavery home to thousands
- of men and women who would otherwise have been indifferent to the
- system. Law-abiding business men, mechanics, farmers, and women, when
- they saw peaceful negroes, who had resided in their neighborhoods
- perhaps for years, torn away by federal officers and carried back to
- bondage, were transformed into enemies of the law. They helped slaves to
- escape; they snatched them away from officers who had captured them;
- they broke open jails and carried fugitives off to Canada.
- Assistance to runaway slaves, always more or less common in the North,
- was by this time organized into a system. Regular routes, known as
- "underground railways," were laid out across the free states into
- Canada, and trusted friends of freedom maintained "underground stations"
- where fugitives were concealed in the daytime between their long night
- journeys. Funds were raised and secret agents sent into the South to
- help negroes to flee. One negro woman, Harriet Tubman, "the Moses of her
- people," with headquarters at Philadelphia, is accredited with nineteen
- invasions into slave territory and the emancipation of three hundred
- negroes. Those who worked at this business were in constant peril. One
- underground operator, Calvin Fairbank, spent nearly twenty years in
- prison for aiding fugitives from justice. Yet perils and prisons did not
- stay those determined men and women who, in obedience to their
- consciences, set themselves to this lawless work.
- [Illustration: HARRIET BEECHER STOWE]
- From thrilling stories of adventure along the underground railways came
- some of the scenes and themes of the novel by Harriet Beecher Stowe,
- "Uncle Tom's Cabin," published two years after the Compromise of 1850.
- Her stirring tale set forth the worst features of slavery in vivid word
- pictures that caught and held the attention of millions of readers.
- Though the book was unfair to the South and was denounced as a hideous
- distortion of the truth, it was quickly dramatized and played in every
- city and town throughout the North. Topsy, Little Eva, Uncle Tom, the
- fleeing slave, Eliza Harris, and the cruel slave driver, Simon Legree,
- with his baying blood hounds, became living specters in many a home that
- sought to bar the door to the "unpleasant and irritating business of
- slavery agitation."
- THE DRIFT OF EVENTS TOWARD THE IRREPRESSIBLE CONFLICT
- =Repeal of the Missouri Compromise.=--To practical men, after all, the
- "rub-a-dub" agitation of a few abolitionists, an occasional riot over
- fugitive slaves, and the vogue of a popular novel seemed of slight or
- transient importance. They could point with satisfaction to the election
- returns of 1852; but their very security was founded upon shifting
- sands. The magnificent triumph of the pro-slavery Democrats in 1852
- brought a turn in affairs that destroyed the foundations under their
- feet. Emboldened by their own strength and the weakness of their
- opponents, they now dared to repeal the Missouri Compromise. The leader
- in this fateful enterprise was Stephen A. Douglas, Senator from
- Illinois, and the occasion for the deed was the demand for the
- organization of territorial government in the regions west of Iowa and
- Missouri.
- Douglas, like Clay and Webster before him, was consumed by a strong
- passion for the presidency, and, to reach his goal, it was necessary to
- win the support of the South. This he undoubtedly sought to do when he
- introduced on January 4, 1854, a bill organizing the Nebraska territory
- on the principle of the Compromise of 1850; namely, that the people in
- the territory might themselves decide whether they would have slavery or
- not. Unwittingly the avalanche was started.
- After a stormy debate, in which important amendments were forced on
- Douglas, the Kansas-Nebraska Bill became a law on May 30, 1854. The
- measure created two territories, Kansas and Nebraska, and provided that
- they, or territories organized out of them, could come into the union as
- states "with or without slavery as their constitutions may prescribe at
- the time of their admission." Not content with this, the law went on to
- declare the Missouri Compromise null and void as being inconsistent with
- the principle of non-intervention by Congress with slavery in the states
- and territories. Thus by a single blow the very heart of the continent,
- dedicated to freedom by solemn agreement, was thrown open to slavery. A
- desperate struggle between slave owners and the advocates of freedom was
- the outcome in Kansas.
- If Douglas fancied that the North would receive the overthrow of the
- Missouri Compromise in the same temper that it greeted Clay's
- settlement, he was rapidly disillusioned. A blast of rage, terrific in
- its fury, swept from Maine to Iowa. Staid old Boston hanged him in
- effigy with an inscription--"Stephen A. Douglas, author of the infamous
- Nebraska bill: the Benedict Arnold of 1854." City after city burned him
- in effigy until, as he himself said, he could travel from the Atlantic
- coast to Chicago in the light of the fires. Thousands of Whigs and
- Free-soil Democrats deserted their parties which had sanctioned or at
- least tolerated the Kansas-Nebraska Bill, declaring that the startling
- measure showed an evident resolve on the part of the planters to rule
- the whole country. A gage of defiance was thrown down to the
- abolitionists. An issue was set even for the moderate and timid who had
- been unmoved by the agitation over slavery in the Far South. That issue
- was whether slavery was to be confined within its existing boundaries or
- be allowed to spread without interference, thereby placing the free
- states in the minority and surrendering the federal government wholly to
- the slave power.
- =The Rise of the Republican Party.=--Events of terrible significance,
- swiftly following, drove the country like a ship before a gale straight
- into civil war. The Kansas-Nebraska Bill rent the old parties asunder
- and called into being the Republican party. While that bill was pending
- in Congress, many Northern Whigs and Democrats had come to the
- conclusion that a new party dedicated to freedom in the territories must
- follow the repeal of the Missouri Compromise. Several places claim to be
- the original home of the Republican party; but historians generally
- yield it to Wisconsin. At Ripon in that state, a mass meeting of Whigs
- and Democrats assembled in February, 1854, and resolved to form a new
- party if the Kansas-Nebraska Bill should pass. At a second meeting a
- fusion committee representing Whigs, Free Soilers, and Democrats was
- formed and the name Republican--the name of Jefferson's old party--was
- selected. All over the country similar meetings were held and political
- committees were organized.
- When the presidential campaign of 1856 began the Republicans entered the
- contest. After a preliminary conference in Pittsburgh in February, they
- held a convention in Philadelphia at which was drawn up a platform
- opposing the extension of slavery to the territories. John C. Fremont,
- the distinguished explorer, was named for the presidency. The results
- of the election were astounding as compared with the Free-soil failure
- of the preceding election. Prominent men like Longfellow, Washington
- Irving, William Cullen Bryant, Ralph Waldo Emerson, and George William
- Curtis went over to the new party and 1,341,264 votes were rolled up for
- "free labor, free speech, free men, free Kansas, and Fremont."
- Nevertheless the victory of the Democrats was decisive. Their candidate,
- James Buchanan of Pennsylvania, was elected by a majority of 174 to 114
- electoral votes.
- [Illustration: SLAVE AND FREE SOIL ON EVE OF CIVIL WAR]
- =The Dred Scott Decision (1857).=--In his inaugural, Buchanan vaguely
- hinted that in a forthcoming decision the Supreme Court would settle one
- of the vital questions of the day. This was a reference to the Dred
- Scott case then pending. Scott was a slave who had been taken by his
- master into the upper Louisiana territory, where freedom had been
- established by the Missouri Compromise, and then carried back into his
- old state of Missouri. He brought suit for his liberty on the ground
- that his residence in the free territory made him free. This raised the
- question whether the law of Congress prohibiting slavery north of 36 o
- 30' was authorized by the federal Constitution or not. The Court might
- have avoided answering it by saying that even though Scott was free in
- the territory, he became a slave again in Missouri by virtue of the law
- of that state. The Court, however, faced the issue squarely. It held
- that Scott had not been free anywhere and that, besides, the Missouri
- Compromise violated the Constitution and was null and void.
- The decision was a triumph for the South. It meant that Congress after
- all had no power to abolish slavery in the territories. Under the decree
- of the highest court in the land, that could be done only by an
- amendment to the Constitution which required a two-thirds vote in
- Congress and the approval of three-fourths of the states. Such an
- amendment was obviously impossible--the Southern states were too
- numerous; but the Republicans were not daunted. "We know," said Lincoln,
- "the Court that made it has often overruled its own decisions and we
- shall do what we can to have it overrule this." Legislatures of Northern
- states passed resolutions condemning the decision and the Republican
- platform of 1860 characterized the dogma that the Constitution carried
- slavery into the territories as "a dangerous political heresy at
- variance with the explicit provisions of that instrument itself ... with
- legislative and judicial precedent ... revolutionary in tendency and
- subversive of the peace and harmony of the country."
- =The Panic of 1857.=--In the midst of the acrimonious dispute over the
- Dred Scott decision, came one of the worst business panics which ever
- afflicted the country. In the spring and summer of 1857, fourteen
- railroad corporations, including the Erie, Michigan Central, and the
- Illinois Central, failed to meet their obligations; banks and insurance
- companies, some of them the largest and strongest institutions in the
- North, closed their doors; stocks and bonds came down in a crash on the
- markets; manufacturing was paralyzed; tens of thousands of working
- people were thrown out of employment; "hunger meetings" of idle men were
- held in the cities and banners bearing the inscription, "We want
- bread," were flung out. In New York, working men threatened to invade
- the Council Chamber to demand "work or bread," and the frightened mayor
- called for the police and soldiers. For this distressing state of
- affairs many remedies were offered; none with more zeal and persistence
- than the proposal for a higher tariff to take the place of the law of
- March, 1857, a Democratic measure making drastic reductions in the rates
- of duty. In the manufacturing districts of the North, the panic was
- ascribed to the "Democratic assault on business." So an old issue was
- again vigorously advanced, preparatory to the next presidential
- campaign.
- =The Lincoln-Douglas Debates.=--The following year the interest of the
- whole country was drawn to a series of debates held in Illinois by
- Lincoln and Douglas, both candidates for the United States Senate. In
- the course of his campaign Lincoln had uttered his trenchant saying that
- "a house divided against itself cannot stand. I believe this government
- cannot endure permanently half slave and half free." At the same time he
- had accused Douglas, Buchanan, and the Supreme Court of acting in
- concert to make slavery national. This daring statement arrested the
- attention of Douglas, who was making his campaign on the doctrine of
- "squatter sovereignty;" that is, the right of the people of each
- territory "to vote slavery up or down." After a few long-distance shots
- at each other, the candidates agreed to meet face to face and discuss
- the issues of the day. Never had such crowds been seen at political
- meetings in Illinois. Farmers deserted their plows, smiths their forges,
- and housewives their baking to hear "Honest Abe" and "the Little Giant."
- The results of the series of debates were momentous. Lincoln clearly
- defined his position. The South, he admitted, was entitled under the
- Constitution to a fair, fugitive slave law. He hoped that there might be
- no new slave states; but he did not see how Congress could exclude the
- people of a territory from admission as a state if they saw fit to adopt
- a constitution legalizing the ownership of slaves. He favored the
- gradual abolition of slavery in the District of Columbia and the total
- exclusion of it from the territories of the United States by act of
- Congress.
- Moreover, he drove Douglas into a hole by asking how he squared
- "squatter sovereignty" with the Dred Scott decision; how, in other
- words, the people of a territory could abolish slavery when the Court
- had declared that Congress, the superior power, could not do it under
- the Constitution? To this baffling question Douglas lamely replied that
- the inhabitants of a territory, by "unfriendly legislation," might make
- property in slaves insecure and thus destroy the institution. This
- answer to Lincoln's query alienated many Southern Democrats who believed
- that the Dred Scott decision settled the question of slavery in the
- territories for all time. Douglas won the election to the Senate; but
- Lincoln, lifted into national fame by the debates, beat him in the
- campaign for President two years later.
- =John Brown's Raid.=--To the abolitionists the line of argument pursued
- by Lincoln, including his proposal to leave slavery untouched in the
- states where it existed, was wholly unsatisfactory. One of them, a grim
- and resolute man, inflamed by a hatred for slavery in itself, turned
- from agitation to violence. "These men are all talk; what is needed is
- action--action!" So spoke John Brown of New York. During the sanguinary
- struggle in Kansas he hurried to the frontier, gun and dagger in hand,
- to help drive slave owners from the free soil of the West. There he
- committed deeds of such daring and cruelty that he was outlawed and a
- price put upon his head. Still he kept on the path of "action." Aided by
- funds from Northern friends, he gathered a small band of his followers
- around him, saying to them: "If God be for us, who can be against us?"
- He went into Virginia in the autumn of 1859, hoping, as he explained,
- "to effect a mighty conquest even though it be like the last victory of
- Samson." He seized the government armory at Harper's Ferry, declared
- free the slaves whom he found, and called upon them to take up arms in
- defense of their liberty. His was a hope as forlorn as it was desperate.
- Armed forces came down upon him and, after a hard battle, captured him.
- Tried for treason, Brown was condemned to death. The governor of
- Virginia turned a deaf ear to pleas for clemency based on the ground
- that the prisoner was simply a lunatic. "This is a beautiful country,"
- said the stern old Brown glancing upward to the eternal hills on his way
- to the gallows, as calmly as if he were returning home from a long
- journey. "So perish all such enemies of Virginia. All such enemies of
- the Union. All such foes of the human race," solemnly announced the
- executioner as he fulfilled the judgment of the law.
- The raid and its grim ending deeply moved the country. Abolitionists
- looked upon Brown as a martyr and tolled funeral bells on the day of his
- execution. Longfellow wrote in his diary: "This will be a great day in
- our history; the date of a new revolution as much needed as the old
- one." Jefferson Davis saw in the affair "the invasion of a state by a
- murderous gang of abolitionists bent on inciting slaves to murder
- helpless women and children"--a crime for which the leader had met a
- felon's death. Lincoln spoke of the raid as absurd, the deed of an
- enthusiast who had brooded over the oppression of a people until he
- fancied himself commissioned by heaven to liberate them--an attempt
- which ended in "little else than his own execution." To Republican
- leaders as a whole, the event was very embarrassing. They were taunted
- by the Democrats with responsibility for the deed. Douglas declared his
- "firm and deliberate conviction that the Harper's Ferry crime was the
- natural, logical, inevitable result of the doctrines and teachings of
- the Republican party." So persistent were such attacks that the
- Republicans felt called upon in 1860 to denounce Brown's raid "as among
- the gravest of crimes."
- =The Democrats Divided.=--When the Democratic convention met at
- Charleston in the spring of 1860, a few months after Brown's execution,
- it soon became clear that there was danger ahead. Between the extreme
- slavery advocates of the Far South and the so-called pro-slavery
- Democrats of the Douglas type, there was a chasm which no appeals to
- party loyalty could bridge. As the spokesman of the West, Douglas knew
- that, while the North was not abolitionist, it was passionately set
- against an extension of slavery into the territories by act of Congress;
- that squatter sovereignty was the mildest kind of compromise acceptable
- to the farmers whose votes would determine the fate of the election.
- Southern leaders would not accept his opinion. Yancey, speaking for
- Alabama, refused to palter with any plan not built on the proposition
- that slavery was in itself right. He taunted the Northern Democrats with
- taking the view that slavery was wrong, but that they could not do
- anything about it. That, he said, was the fatal error--the cause of all
- discord, the source of "Black Republicanism," as well as squatter
- sovereignty. The gauntlet was thus thrown down at the feet of the
- Northern delegates: "You must not apologize for slavery; you must
- declare it right; you must advocate its extension." The challenge, so
- bluntly put, was as bluntly answered. "Gentlemen of the South,"
- responded a delegate from Ohio, "you mistake us. You mistake us. We will
- not do it."
- For ten days the Charleston convention wrangled over the platform and
- balloted for the nomination of a candidate. Douglas, though in the lead,
- could not get the two-thirds vote required for victory. For more than
- fifty times the roll of the convention was called without a decision.
- Then in sheer desperation the convention adjourned to meet later at
- Baltimore. When the delegates again assembled, their passions ran as
- high as ever. The division into two irreconcilable factions was
- unchanged. Uncompromising delegates from the South withdrew to Richmond,
- nominated John C. Breckinridge of Kentucky for President, and put forth
- a platform asserting the rights of slave owners in the territories and
- the duty of the federal government to protect them. The delegates who
- remained at Baltimore nominated Douglas and endorsed his doctrine of
- squatter sovereignty.
- =The Constitutional Union Party.=--While the Democratic party was being
- disrupted, a fragment of the former Whig party, known as the
- Constitutional Unionists, held a convention at Baltimore and selected
- national candidates: John Bell from Tennessee and Edward Everett from
- Massachusetts. A melancholy interest attached to this assembly. It was
- mainly composed of old men whose political views were those of Clay and
- Webster, cherished leaders now dead and gone. In their platform they
- sought to exorcise the evil spirit of partisanship by inviting their
- fellow citizens to "support the Constitution of the country, the union
- of the states, and the enforcement of the laws." The party that
- campaigned on this grand sentiment only drew laughter from the Democrats
- and derision from the Republicans and polled less than one-fourth the
- votes.
- =The Republican Convention.=--With the Whigs definitely forced into a
- separate group, the Republican convention at Chicago was fated to be
- sectional in character, although five slave states did send delegates.
- As the Democrats were split, the party that had led a forlorn hope four
- years before was on the high road to success at last. New and powerful
- recruits were found. The advocates of a high protective tariff and the
- friends of free homesteads for farmers and workingmen mingled with
- enthusiastic foes of slavery. While still firm in their opposition to
- slavery in the territories, the Republicans went on record in favor of a
- homestead law granting free lands to settlers and approved customs
- duties designed "to encourage the development of the industrial
- interests of the whole country." The platform was greeted with cheers
- which, according to the stenographic report of the convention, became
- loud and prolonged as the protective tariff and homestead planks were
- read.
- Having skillfully drawn a platform to unite the North in opposition to
- slavery and the planting system, the Republicans were also adroit in
- their selection of a candidate. The tariff plank might carry
- Pennsylvania, a Democratic state; but Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois were
- equally essential to success at the polls. The southern counties of
- these states were filled with settlers from Virginia, North Carolina,
- and Kentucky who, even if they had no love for slavery, were no friends
- of abolition. Moreover, remembering the old fight on the United States
- Bank in Andrew Jackson's day, they were suspicious of men from the East.
- Accordingly, they did not favor the candidacy of Seward, the leading
- Republican statesman and "favorite son" of New York.
- After much trading and discussing, the convention came to the conclusion
- that Abraham Lincoln of Illinois was the most "available" candidate. He
- was of Southern origin, born in Kentucky in 1809, a fact that told
- heavily in the campaign in the Ohio Valley. He was a man of the soil,
- the son of poor frontier parents, a pioneer who in his youth had labored
- in the fields and forests, celebrated far and wide as "honest Abe, the
- rail-splitter." It was well-known that he disliked slavery, but was no
- abolitionist. He had come dangerously near to Seward's radicalism in his
- "house-divided-against-itself" speech but he had never committed himself
- to the reckless doctrine that there was a "higher law" than the
- Constitution. Slavery in the South he tolerated as a bitter fact;
- slavery in the territories he opposed with all his strength. Of his
- sincerity there could be no doubt. He was a speaker and writer of
- singular power, commanding, by the use of simple and homely language,
- the hearts and minds of those who heard him speak or read his printed
- words. He had gone far enough in his opposition to slavery; but not too
- far. He was the man of the hour! Amid lusty cheers from ten thousand
- throats, Lincoln was nominated for the presidency by the Republicans. In
- the ensuing election, he carried all the free states except New Jersey.
- =References=
- P.E. Chadwick, _Causes of the Civil War_ (American Nation Series).
- W.E. Dodd, _Statesmen of the Old South_.
- E. Engle, _Southern Sidelights_ (Sympathetic account of the Old South).
- A.B. Hart, _Slavery and Abolition_ (American Nation Series).
- J.F. Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vols. I and II.
- T.C. Smith, _Parties and Slavery_ (American Nation Series).
- =Questions=
- 1. Trace the decline of slavery in the North and explain it.
- 2. Describe the character of early opposition to slavery.
- 3. What was the effect of abolition agitation?
- 4. Why did anti-slavery sentiment practically disappear in the South?
- 5. On what grounds did Calhoun defend slavery?
- 6. Explain how slave owners became powerful in politics.
- 7. Why was it impossible to keep the slavery issue out of national
- politics?
- 8. Give the leading steps in the long controversy over slavery in the
- territories.
- 9. State the terms of the Compromise of 1850 and explain its failure.
- 10. What were the startling events between 1850 and 1860?
- 11. Account for the rise of the Republican party. What party had used
- the title before?
- 12. How did the Dred Scott decision become a political issue?
- 13. What were some of the points brought out in the Lincoln-Douglas
- debates?
- 14. Describe the party division in 1860.
- 15. What were the main planks in the Republican platform?
- =Research Topics=
- =The Extension of Cotton Planting.=--Callender, _Economic History of the
- United States_, pp. 760-768.
- =Abolition Agitation.=--McMaster, _History of the People of the United
- States_, Vol. VI, pp. 271-298.
- =Calhoun's Defense of Slavery.=--Harding, _Select Orations Illustrating
- American History_, pp. 247-257.
- =The Compromise of 1850.=--Clay's speech in Harding, _Select Orations_,
- pp. 267-289. The compromise laws in Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book
- of American History_, pp. 383-394. Narrative account in McMaster, Vol.
- VIII, pp. 1-55; Elson, _History of the United States_, pp. 540-548.
- =The Repeal of the Missouri Compromise.=--McMaster, Vol. VIII, pp.
- 192-231; Elson, pp. 571-582.
- =The Dred Scott Case.=--McMaster, Vol. VIII, pp. 278-282. Compare the
- opinion of Taney and the dissent of Curtis in Macdonald, _Documentary
- Source Book_, pp. 405-420; Elson, pp. 595-598.
- =The Lincoln-Douglas Debates.=--Analysis of original speeches in
- Harding, _Select Orations_ pp. 309-341; Elson, pp. 598-604.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Calhoun, Clay, Webster, A.H. Stephens, Douglas,
- W.H. Seward, William Lloyd Garrison, Wendell Phillips, and Harriet
- Beecher Stowe.
- CHAPTER XV
- THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
- "The irrepressible conflict is about to be visited upon us through the
- Black Republican nominee and his fanatical, diabolical Republican
- party," ran an appeal to the voters of South Carolina during the
- campaign of 1860. If that calamity comes to pass, responded the governor
- of the state, the answer should be a declaration of independence. In a
- few days the suspense was over. The news of Lincoln's election came
- speeding along the wires. Prepared for the event, the editor of the
- Charleston _Mercury_ unfurled the flag of his state amid wild cheers
- from an excited throng in the streets. Then he seized his pen and wrote:
- "The tea has been thrown overboard; the revolution of 1860 has been
- initiated." The issue was submitted to the voters in the choice of
- delegates to a state convention called to cast off the yoke of the
- Constitution.
- THE SOUTHERN CONFEDERACY
- =Secession.=--As arranged, the convention of South Carolina assembled in
- December and without a dissenting voice passed the ordinance of
- secession withdrawing from the union. Bells were rung exultantly, the
- roar of cannon carried the news to outlying counties, fireworks lighted
- up the heavens, and champagne flowed. The crisis so long expected had
- come at last; even the conservatives who had prayed that they might
- escape the dreadful crash greeted it with a sigh of relief.
- [Illustration: THE UNITED STATES IN 1861
- The border states (in purple) remained loyal.]
- South Carolina now sent forth an appeal to her sister states--states
- that had in Jackson's day repudiated nullification as leading to "the
- dissolution of the union." The answer that came this time was in a
- different vein. A month had hardly elapsed before five other
- states--Florida, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana--had
- withdrawn from the union. In February, Texas followed. Virginia,
- hesitating until the bombardment of Fort Sumter forced a conclusion,
- seceded in April; but fifty-five of the one hundred and forty-three
- delegates dissented, foreshadowing the creation of the new state of West
- Virginia which Congress admitted to the union in 1863. In May, North
- Carolina, Arkansas, and Tennessee announced their independence.
- =Secession and the Theories of the Union.=--In severing their relations
- with the union, the seceding states denied every point in the Northern
- theory of the Constitution. That theory, as every one knows, was
- carefully formulated by Webster and elaborated by Lincoln. According to
- it, the union was older than the states; it was created before the
- Declaration of Independence for the purpose of common defense. The
- Articles of Confederation did but strengthen this national bond and the
- Constitution sealed it forever. The federal government was not a
- creature of state governments. It was erected by the people and derived
- its powers directly from them. "It is," said Webster, "the people's
- Constitution, the people's government; made for the people; made by the
- people; and answerable to the people. The people of the United States
- have declared that this Constitution shall be the supreme law." When a
- state questions the lawfulness of any act of the federal government, it
- cannot nullify that act or withdraw from the union; it must abide by the
- decision of the Supreme Court of the United States. The union of these
- states is perpetual, ran Lincoln's simple argument in the first
- inaugural; the federal Constitution has no provision for its own
- termination; it can be destroyed only by some action not provided for in
- the instrument itself; even if it is a compact among all the states the
- consent of all must be necessary to its dissolution; therefore no state
- can lawfully get out of the union and acts of violence against the
- United States are insurrectionary or revolutionary. This was the system
- which he believed himself bound to defend by his oath of office
- "registered in heaven."
- All this reasoning Southern statesmen utterly rejected. In their opinion
- the thirteen original states won their independence as separate and
- sovereign powers. The treaty of peace with Great Britain named them all
- and acknowledged them "to be free, sovereign, and independent states."
- The Articles of Confederation very explicitly declared that "each state
- retains its sovereignty, freedom, and independence." The Constitution
- was a "league of nations" formed by an alliance of thirteen separate
- powers, each one of which ratified the instrument before it was put into
- effect. They voluntarily entered the union under the Constitution and
- voluntarily they could leave it. Such was the constitutional doctrine of
- Hayne, Calhoun, and Jefferson Davis. In seceding, the Southern states
- had only to follow legal methods, and the transaction would be correct
- in every particular. So conventions were summoned, elections were held,
- and "sovereign assemblies of the people" set aside the Constitution in
- the same manner as it had been ratified nearly four score years before.
- Thus, said the Southern people, the moral judgment was fulfilled and the
- letter of the law carried into effect.
- [Illustration: JEFFERSON DAVIS]
- =The Formation of the Confederacy.=--Acting on the call of Mississippi,
- a congress of delegates from the seceded states met at Montgomery,
- Alabama, and on February 8, 1861, adopted a temporary plan of union. It
- selected, as provisional president, Jefferson Davis of Mississippi, a
- man well fitted by experience and moderation for leadership, a graduate
- of West Point, who had rendered distinguished service on the field of
- battle in the Mexican War, in public office, and as a member of
- Congress.
- In March, a permanent constitution of the Confederate states was
- drafted. It was quickly ratified by the states; elections were held in
- November; and the government under it went into effect the next year.
- This new constitution, in form, was very much like the famous instrument
- drafted at Philadelphia in 1787. It provided for a President, a Senate,
- and a House of Representatives along almost identical lines. In the
- powers conferred upon them, however, there were striking differences.
- The right to appropriate money for internal improvements was expressly
- withheld; bounties were not to be granted from the treasury nor import
- duties so laid as to promote or foster any branch of industry. The
- dignity of the state, if any might be bold enough to question it, was
- safeguarded in the opening line by the declaration that each acted "in
- its sovereign and independent character" in forming the Southern union.
- =Financing the Confederacy.=--No government ever set out upon its career
- with more perplexing tasks in front of it. The North had a monetary
- system; the South had to create one. The North had a scheme of taxation
- that produced large revenues from numerous sources; the South had to
- formulate and carry out a financial plan. Like the North, the
- Confederacy expected to secure a large revenue from customs duties,
- easily collected and little felt among the masses. To this expectation
- the blockade of Southern ports inaugurated by Lincoln in April, 1861,
- soon put an end. Following the precedent set by Congress under the
- Articles of Confederation, the Southern Congress resorted to a direct
- property tax apportioned among the states, only to meet the failure that
- might have been foretold.
- The Confederacy also sold bonds, the first issue bringing into the
- treasury nearly all the specie available in the Southern banks. This
- specie by unhappy management was early sent abroad to pay for supplies,
- sapping the foundations of a sound currency system. Large amounts of
- bonds were sold overseas, commanding at first better terms than those
- of the North in the markets of London, Paris, and Amsterdam, many an
- English lord and statesman buying with enthusiasm and confidence to
- lament within a few years the proofs of his folly. The difficulties of
- bringing through the blockade any supplies purchased by foreign bond
- issues, however, nullified the effect of foreign credit and forced the
- Confederacy back upon the device of paper money. In all approximately
- one billion dollars streamed from the printing presses, to fall in value
- at an alarming rate, reaching in January, 1863, the astounding figure of
- fifty dollars in paper money for one in gold. Every known device was
- used to prevent its depreciation, without result. To the issues of the
- Confederate Congress were added untold millions poured out by the states
- and by private banks.
- =Human and Material Resources.=--When we measure strength for strength
- in those signs of power--men, money, and supplies--it is difficult to
- see how the South was able to embark on secession and war with such
- confidence in the outcome. In the Confederacy at the final reckoning
- there were eleven states in all, to be pitted against twenty-two; a
- population of nine millions, nearly one-half servile, to be pitted
- against twenty-two millions; a land without great industries to produce
- war supplies and without vast capital to furnish war finances, joined in
- battle with a nation already industrial and fortified by property worth
- eleven billion dollars. Even after the Confederate Congress authorized
- conscription in 1862, Southern man power, measured in numbers, was
- wholly inadequate to uphold the independence which had been declared.
- How, therefore, could the Confederacy hope to sustain itself against
- such a combination of men, money, and materials as the North could
- marshal?
- =Southern Expectations.=--The answer to this question is to be found in
- the ideas that prevailed among Southern leaders. First of all, they
- hoped, in vain, to carry the Confederacy up to the Ohio River; and, with
- the aid of Missouri, to gain possession of the Mississippi Valley, the
- granary of the nation. In the second place, they reckoned upon a large
- and continuous trade with Great Britain--the exchange of cotton for war
- materials. They likewise expected to receive recognition and open aid
- from European powers that looked with satisfaction upon the breakup of
- the great American republic. In the third place, they believed that
- their control over several staples so essential to Northern industry
- would enable them to bring on an industrial crisis in the manufacturing
- states. "I firmly believe," wrote Senator Hammond, of South Carolina, in
- 1860, "that the slave-holding South is now the controlling power of the
- world; that no other power would face us in hostility. Cotton, rice,
- tobacco, and naval stores command the world; and we have the sense to
- know it and are sufficiently Teutonic to carry it out successfully. The
- North without us would be a motherless calf, bleating about, and die of
- mange and starvation."
- There were other grounds for confidence. Having seized all of the
- federal military and naval supplies in the South, and having left the
- national government weak in armed power during their possession of the
- presidency, Southern leaders looked to a swift war, if it came at all,
- to put the finishing stroke to independence. "The greasy mechanics of
- the North," it was repeatedly said, "will not fight." As to disparity in
- numbers they drew historic parallels. "Our fathers, a mere handful,
- overcame the enormous power of Great Britain," a saying of ex-President
- Tyler, ran current to reassure the doubtful. Finally, and this point
- cannot be too strongly emphasized, the South expected to see a weakened
- and divided North. It knew that the abolitionists and the Southern
- sympathizers were ready to let the Confederate states go in peace; that
- Lincoln represented only a little more than one-third the voters of the
- country; and that the vote for Douglas, Bell, and Breckinridge meant a
- decided opposition to the Republicans and their policies.
- =Efforts at Compromise.=--Republican leaders, on reviewing the same
- facts, were themselves uncertain as to the outcome of a civil war and
- made many efforts to avoid a crisis. Thurlow Weed, an Albany journalist
- and politician who had done much to carry New York for Lincoln, proposed
- a plan for extending the Missouri Compromise line to the Pacific.
- Jefferson Davis, warning his followers that a war if it came would be
- terrible, was prepared to accept the offer; but Lincoln, remembering his
- campaign pledges, stood firm as a rock against it. His followers in
- Congress took the same position with regard to a similar settlement
- suggested by Senator Crittenden of Kentucky.
- Though unwilling to surrender his solemn promises respecting slavery in
- the territories, Lincoln was prepared to give to Southern leaders a
- strong guarantee that his administration would not interfere directly or
- indirectly with slavery in the states. Anxious to reassure the South on
- this point, the Republicans in Congress proposed to write into the
- Constitution a declaration that no amendment should ever be made
- authorizing the abolition of or interference with slavery in any state.
- The resolution, duly passed, was sent forth on March 4, 1861, with the
- approval of Lincoln; it was actually ratified by three states before the
- storm of war destroyed it. By the irony of fate the thirteenth amendment
- was to abolish, not guarantee, slavery.
- THE WAR MEASURES OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
- =Raising the Armies.=--The crisis at Fort Sumter, on April 12-14, 1861,
- forced the President and Congress to turn from negotiations to problems
- of warfare. Little did they realize the magnitude of the task before
- them. Lincoln's first call for volunteers, issued on April 15, 1861,
- limited the number to 75,000, put their term of service at three months,
- and prescribed their duty as the enforcement of the law against
- combinations too powerful to be overcome by ordinary judicial process.
- Disillusionment swiftly followed. The terrible defeat of the Federals at
- Bull Run on July 21 revealed the serious character of the task before
- them; and by a series of measures Congress put the entire man power of
- the country at the President's command. Under these acts, he issued new
- calls for volunteers. Early in August, 1862, he ordered a draft of
- militiamen numbering 300,000 for nine months' service. The results were
- disappointing--ominous--for only about 87,000 soldiers were added to the
- army. Something more drastic was clearly necessary.
- In March, 1863, Lincoln signed the inevitable draft law; it enrolled in
- the national forces liable to military duty all able-bodied male
- citizens and persons of foreign birth who had declared their intention
- to become citizens, between the ages of twenty and forty-five
- years--with exemptions on grounds of physical weakness and dependency.
- From the men enrolled were drawn by lot those destined to active
- service. Unhappily the measure struck a mortal blow at the principle of
- universal liability by excusing any person who found a substitute for
- himself or paid into the war office a sum, not exceeding three hundred
- dollars, to be fixed by general order. This provision, so crass and so
- obviously favoring the well-to-do, sowed seeds of bitterness which
- sprang up a hundredfold in the North.
- [Illustration: THE DRAFT RIOTS IN NEW YORK CITY]
- The beginning of the drawings under the draft act in New York City, on
- Monday, July 13, 1863, was the signal for four days of rioting. In the
- course of this uprising, draft headquarters were destroyed; the office
- of the _Tribune_ was gutted; negroes were seized, hanged, and shot; the
- homes of obnoxious Unionists were burned down; the residence of the
- mayor of the city was attacked; and regular battles were fought in the
- streets between the rioters and the police. Business stopped and a large
- part of the city passed absolutely into the control of the mob. Not
- until late the following Wednesday did enough troops arrive to restore
- order and enable the residents of the city to resume their daily
- activities. At least a thousand people had been killed or wounded and
- more than a million dollars' worth of damage done to property. The draft
- temporarily interrupted by this outbreak was then resumed and carried
- out without further trouble.
- The results of the draft were in the end distinctly disappointing to the
- government. The exemptions were numerous and the number who preferred
- and were able to pay $300 rather than serve exceeded all expectations.
- Volunteering, it is true, was stimulated, but even that resource could
- hardly keep the thinning ranks of the army filled. With reluctance
- Congress struck out the $300 exemption clause, but still favored the
- well-to-do by allowing them to hire substitutes if they could find them.
- With all this power in its hands the administration was able by January,
- 1865, to construct a union army that outnumbered the Confederates two to
- one.
- =War Finance.=--In the financial sphere the North faced immense
- difficulties. The surplus in the treasury had been dissipated by 1861
- and the tariff of 1857 had failed to produce an income sufficient to
- meet the ordinary expenses of the government. Confronted by military and
- naval expenditures of appalling magnitude, rising from $35,000,000 in
- the first year of the war to $1,153,000,000 in the last year, the
- administration had to tap every available source of income. The duties
- on imports were increased, not once but many times, producing huge
- revenues and also meeting the most extravagant demands of the
- manufacturers for protection. Direct taxes were imposed on the states
- according to their respective populations, but the returns were
- meager--all out of proportion to the irritation involved. Stamp taxes
- and taxes on luxuries, occupations, and the earnings of corporations
- were laid with a weight that, in ordinary times, would have drawn forth
- opposition of ominous strength. The whole gamut of taxation was run.
- Even a tax on incomes and gains by the year, the first in the history of
- the federal government, was included in the long list.
- Revenues were supplemented by bond issues, mounting in size and interest
- rate, until in October, at the end of the war, the debt stood at
- $2,208,000,000. The total cost of the war was many times the money value
- of all the slaves in the Southern states. To the debt must be added
- nearly half a billion dollars in "greenbacks"--paper money issued by
- Congress in desperation as bond sales and revenues from taxes failed to
- meet the rising expenditures. This currency issued at par on
- questionable warrant from the Constitution, like all such paper, quickly
- began to decline until in the worst fortunes of 1864 one dollar in gold
- was worth nearly three in greenbacks.
- =The Blockade of Southern Ports.=--Four days after his call for
- volunteers, April 19, 1861, President Lincoln issued a proclamation
- blockading the ports of the Southern Confederacy. Later the blockade was
- extended to Virginia and North Carolina, as they withdrew from the
- union. Vessels attempting to enter or leave these ports, if they
- disregarded the warnings of a blockading ship, were to be captured and
- brought as prizes to the nearest convenient port. To make the order
- effective, immediate steps were taken to increase the naval forces,
- depleted by neglect, until the entire coast line was patrolled with such
- a number of ships that it was a rare captain who ventured to run the
- gantlet. The collision between the _Merrimac_ and the _Monitor_ in
- March, 1862, sealed the fate of the Confederacy. The exploits of the
- union navy are recorded in the falling export of cotton: $202,000,000 in
- 1860; $42,000,000 in 1861; and $4,000,000 in 1862.
- The deadly effect of this paralysis of trade upon Southern war power may
- be readily imagined. Foreign loans, payable in cotton, could be
- negotiated but not paid off. Supplies could be purchased on credit but
- not brought through the drag net. With extreme difficulty could the
- Confederate government secure even paper for the issue of money and
- bonds. Publishers, in despair at the loss of supplies, were finally
- driven to the use of brown wrapping paper and wall paper. As the
- railways and rolling stock wore out, it became impossible to renew them
- from England or France. Unable to export their cotton, planters on the
- seaboard burned it in what were called "fires of patriotism." In their
- lurid light the fatal weakness of Southern economy stood revealed.
- [Illustration: A BLOCKADE RUNNER]
- =Diplomacy.=--The war had not advanced far before the federal government
- became involved in many perplexing problems of diplomacy in Europe. The
- Confederacy early turned to England and France for financial aid and for
- recognition as an independent power. Davis believed that the industrial
- crisis created by the cotton blockade would in time literally compel
- Europe to intervene in order to get this essential staple. The crisis
- came as he expected but not the result. Thousands of English textile
- workers were thrown out of employment; and yet, while on the point of
- starvation, they adopted resolutions favoring the North instead of
- petitioning their government to aid the South by breaking the blockade.
- With the ruling classes it was far otherwise. Napoleon III, the Emperor
- of the French, was eager to help in disrupting the American republic; if
- he could have won England's support, he would have carried out his
- designs. As it turned out he found plenty of sympathy across the Channel
- but not open and official cooperation. According to the eminent
- historian, Rhodes, "four-fifths of the British House of Lords and most
- members of the House of Commons were favorable to the Confederacy and
- anxious for its triumph." Late in 1862 the British ministers, thus
- sustained, were on the point of recognizing the independence of the
- Confederacy. Had it not been for their extreme caution, for the constant
- and harassing criticism by English friends of the United States--like
- John Bright--and for the victories of Vicksburg and Gettysburg, both
- England and France would have doubtless declared the Confederacy to be
- one of the independent powers of the earth.
- [Illustration: JOHN BRIGHT]
- While stopping short of recognizing its independence, England and France
- took several steps that were in favor of the South. In proclaiming
- neutrality, they early accepted the Confederates as "belligerents" and
- accorded them the rights of people at war--a measure which aroused anger
- in the North at first but was later admitted to be sound. Otherwise
- Confederates taken in battle would have been regarded as "rebels" or
- "traitors" to be hanged or shot. Napoleon III proposed to Russia in 1861
- a coalition of powers against the North, only to meet a firm refusal.
- The next year he suggested intervention to Great Britain, encountering
- this time a conditional rejection of his plans. In 1863, not daunted by
- rebuffs, he offered his services to Lincoln as a mediator, receiving in
- reply a polite letter declining his proposal and a sharp resolution from
- Congress suggesting that he attend to his own affairs.
- In both England and France the governments pursued a policy of
- friendliness to the Confederate agents. The British ministry, with
- indifference if not connivance, permitted rams and ships to be built in
- British docks and allowed them to escape to play havoc under the
- Confederate flag with American commerce. One of them, the _Alabama_,
- built in Liverpool by a British firm and paid for by bonds sold in
- England, ran an extraordinary career and threatened to break the
- blockade. The course followed by the British government, against the
- protests of the American minister in London, was later regretted. By an
- award of a tribunal of arbitration at Geneva in 1872, Great Britain was
- required to pay the huge sum of $15,500,000 to cover the damages wrought
- by Confederate cruisers fitted out in England.
- [Illustration: WILLIAM H. SEWARD]
- In all fairness it should be said that the conduct of the North
- contributed to the irritation between the two countries. Seward, the
- Secretary of State, was vindictive in dealing with Great Britain; had it
- not been for the moderation of Lincoln, he would have pursued a course
- verging in the direction of open war. The New York and Boston papers
- were severe in their attacks on England. Words were, on one occasion at
- least, accompanied by an act savoring of open hostility. In November,
- 1861, Captain Wilkes, commanding a union vessel, overhauled the British
- steamer _Trent_, and carried off by force two Confederate agents, Mason
- and Slidell, sent by President Davis to represent the Confederacy at
- London and Paris respectively. This was a clear violation of the right
- of merchant vessels to be immune from search and impressment; and, in
- answer to the demand of Great Britain for the release of the two men,
- the United States conceded that it was in the wrong. It surrendered the
- two Confederate agents to a British vessel for safe conduct abroad, and
- made appropriate apologies.
- =Emancipation.=--Among the extreme war measures adopted by the Northern
- government must be counted the emancipation of the slaves in the states
- in arms against the union. This step was early and repeatedly suggested
- to Lincoln by the abolitionists; but was steadily put aside. He knew
- that the abolitionists were a mere handful, that emancipation might
- drive the border states into secession, and that the Northern soldiers
- had enlisted to save the union. Moreover, he had before him a solemn
- resolution passed by Congress on July 22, 1861, declaring the sole
- purpose of the war to be the salvation of the union and disavowing any
- intention of interfering with slavery.
- The federal government, though pledged to the preservation of slavery,
- soon found itself beaten back upon its course and out upon a new tack.
- Before a year had elapsed, namely on April 10, 1862, Congress resolved
- that financial aid should be given to any state that might adopt gradual
- emancipation. Six days later it abolished slavery in the District of
- Columbia. Two short months elapsed. On June 19, 1862, it swept slavery
- forever from the territories of the United States. Chief Justice Taney
- still lived, the Dred Scott decision stood as written in the book, but
- the Constitution had been re-read in the light of the Civil War. The
- drift of public sentiment in the North was being revealed.
- While these measures were pending in Congress, Lincoln was slowly making
- up his mind. By July of that year he had come to his great decision.
- Near the end of that month he read to his cabinet the draft of a
- proclamation of emancipation; but he laid it aside until a military
- achievement would make it something more than an idle gesture. In
- September, the severe check administered to Lee at Antietam seemed to
- offer the golden opportunity. On the 22d, the immortal document was
- given to the world announcing that, unless the states in arms returned
- to the union by January 1, 1863, the fatal blow at their "peculiar
- institution" would be delivered. Southern leaders treated it with slight
- regard, and so on the date set the promise was fulfilled. The
- proclamation was issued as a war measure, adopted by the President as
- commander-in-chief of the armed forces, on grounds of military
- necessity. It did not abolish slavery. It simply emancipated slaves in
- places then in arms against federal authority. Everywhere else slavery,
- as far as the Proclamation was concerned, remained lawful.
- [Illustration: ABRAHAM LINCOLN]
- To seal forever the proclamation of emancipation, and to extend freedom
- to the whole country, Congress, in January, 1865, on the urgent
- recommendation of Lincoln, transmitted to the states the thirteenth
- amendment, abolishing slavery throughout the United States. By the end
- of 1865 the amendment was ratified. The house was not divided against
- itself; it did not fall; it was all free.
- =The Restraint of Civil Liberty.=--As in all great wars, particularly
- those in the nature of a civil strife, it was found necessary to use
- strong measures to sustain opinion favorable to the administration's
- military policies and to frustrate the designs of those who sought to
- hamper its action. Within two weeks of his first call for volunteers,
- Lincoln empowered General Scott to suspend the writ of _habeas corpus_
- along the line of march between Philadelphia and Washington and thus to
- arrest and hold without interference from civil courts any one whom he
- deemed a menace to the union. At a later date the area thus ruled by
- military officers was extended by executive proclamation. By an act of
- March 3, 1863, Congress, desiring to lay all doubts about the
- President's power, authorized him to suspend the writ throughout the
- United States or in any part thereof. It also freed military officers
- from the necessity of surrendering to civil courts persons arrested
- under their orders, or even making answers to writs issued from such
- courts. In the autumn of that year the President, acting under the terms
- of this law, declared this ancient and honorable instrument for the
- protection of civil liberties, the _habeas corpus_, suspended throughout
- the length and breadth of the land. The power of the government was also
- strengthened by an act defining and punishing certain conspiracies,
- passed on July 31, 1861--a measure which imposed heavy penalties on
- those who by force, intimidation, or threat interfered with the
- execution of the law.
- Thus doubly armed, the military authorities spared no one suspected of
- active sympathy with the Southern cause. Editors were arrested and
- imprisoned, their papers suspended, and their newsboys locked up. Those
- who organized "peace meetings" soon found themselves in the toils of the
- law. Members of the Maryland legislature, the mayor of Baltimore, and
- local editors suspected of entertaining secessionist opinions, were
- imprisoned on military orders although charged with no offense, and were
- denied the privilege of examination before a civil magistrate. A Vermont
- farmer, too outspoken in his criticism of the government, found himself
- behind the bars until the government, in its good pleasure, saw fit to
- release him. These measures were not confined to the theater of war nor
- to the border states where the spirit of secession was strong enough to
- endanger the cause of union. They were applied all through the Northern
- states up to the very boundaries of Canada. Zeal for the national cause,
- too often supplemented by a zeal for persecution, spread terror among
- those who wavered in the singleness of their devotion to the union.
- These drastic operations on the part of military authorities, so foreign
- to the normal course of civilized life, naturally aroused intense and
- bitter hostility. Meetings of protest were held throughout the country.
- Thirty-six members of the House of Representatives sought to put on
- record their condemnation of the suspension of the _habeas corpus_ act,
- only to meet a firm denial by the supporters of the act. Chief Justice
- Taney, before whom the case of a man arrested under the President's
- military authority was brought, emphatically declared, in a long and
- learned opinion bristling with historical examples, that the President
- had no power to suspend the writ of _habeas corpus_. In Congress and
- out, Democrats, abolitionists, and champions of civil liberty denounced
- Lincoln and his Cabinet in unsparing terms. Vallandigham, a Democratic
- leader of Ohio, afterward banished to the South for his opposition to
- the war, constantly applied to Lincoln the epithet of "Caesar." Wendell
- Phillips saw in him "a more unlimited despot than the world knows this
- side of China."
- Sensitive to such stinging thrusts and no friend of wanton persecution,
- Lincoln attempted to mitigate the rigors of the law by paroling many
- political prisoners. The general policy, however, he defended in homely
- language, very different in tone and meaning from the involved reasoning
- of the lawyers. "Must I shoot a simple-minded soldier boy who deserts,
- while I must not touch a hair of the wily agitator who induces him to
- desert?" he asked in a quiet way of some spokesmen for those who
- protested against arresting people for "talking against the war." This
- summed up his philosophy. He was engaged in a war to save the union, and
- all measures necessary and proper to accomplish that purpose were
- warranted by the Constitution which he had sworn to uphold.
- =Military Strategy--North and South.=--The broad outlines of military
- strategy followed by the commanders of the opposing forces are clear
- even to the layman who cannot be expected to master the details of a
- campaign or, for that matter, the maneuvers of a single great battle.
- The problem for the South was one of defense mainly, though even for
- defense swift and paralyzing strokes at the North were later deemed
- imperative measures. The problem of the North was, to put it baldly, one
- of invasion and conquest. Southern territory had to be invaded and
- Southern armies beaten on their own ground or worn down to exhaustion
- there.
- In the execution of this undertaking, geography, as usual, played a
- significant part in the disposition of forces. The Appalachian ranges,
- stretching through the Confederacy to Northern Alabama, divided the
- campaigns into Eastern and Western enterprises. Both were of signal
- importance. Victory in the East promised the capture of the Confederate
- capital of Richmond, a stroke of moral worth, hardly to be
- overestimated. Victory in the West meant severing the Confederacy and
- opening the Mississippi Valley down to the Gulf.
- As it turned out, the Western forces accomplished their task first,
- vindicating the military powers of union soldiers and shaking the
- confidence of opposing commanders. In February, 1862, Grant captured
- Fort Donelson on the Tennessee River, rallied wavering unionists in
- Kentucky, forced the evacuation of Nashville, and opened the way for two
- hundred miles into the Confederacy. At Shiloh, Murfreesboro, Vicksburg,
- Chickamauga, Chattanooga, desperate fighting followed and, in spite of
- varying fortunes, it resulted in the discomfiture and retirement of
- Confederate forces to the Southeast into Georgia. By the middle of 1863,
- the Mississippi Valley was open to the Gulf, the initiative taken out of
- the hands of Southern commanders in the West, and the way prepared for
- Sherman's final stroke--the march from Atlanta to the sea--a maneuver
- executed with needless severity in the autumn of 1864.
- [Illustration: GENERAL ULYSSES S. GRANT]
- [Illustration: GENERAL ROBERT E. LEE]
- For the almost unbroken succession of achievements in the West by
- Generals Grant, Sherman, Thomas, and Hooker against Albert Sidney
- Johnston, Bragg, Pemberton, and Hood, the union forces in the East
- offered at first an almost equally unbroken series of misfortunes and
- disasters. Far from capturing Richmond, they had been thrown on the
- defensive. General after general--McClellan, Pope, Burnside, Hooker, and
- Meade--was tried and found wanting. None of them could administer a
- crushing defeat to the Confederate troops and more than once the union
- soldiers were beaten in a fair battle. They did succeed, however, in
- delivering a severe check to advancing Confederates under General Robert
- E. Lee, first at Antietam in September, 1862, and then at Gettysburg in
- July, 1863--checks reckoned as victories though in each instance the
- Confederates escaped without demoralization. Not until the beginning of
- the next year, when General Grant, supplied with almost unlimited men
- and munitions, began his irresistible hammering at Lee's army, did the
- final phase of the war commence. The pitiless drive told at last.
- General Lee, on April 9, 1865, seeing the futility of further conflict,
- surrendered an army still capable of hard fighting, at Appomattox, not
- far from the capital of the Confederacy.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- THE FEDERAL MILITARY HOSPITAL AT GETTYSBURG]
- =Abraham Lincoln.=--The services of Lincoln to the cause of union defy
- description. A judicial scrutiny of the war reveals his thought and
- planning in every part of the varied activity that finally crowned
- Northern arms with victory. Is it in the field of diplomacy? Does
- Seward, the Secretary of State, propose harsh and caustic measures
- likely to draw England's sword into the scale? Lincoln counsels
- moderation. He takes the irritating message and with his own hand
- strikes out, erases, tones down, and interlines, exchanging for words
- that sting and burn the language of prudence and caution. Is it a matter
- of compromise with the South, so often proposed by men on both sides
- sick of carnage? Lincoln is always ready to listen and turns away only
- when he is invited to surrender principles essential to the safety of
- the union. Is it high strategy of war, a question of the general best
- fitted to win Gettysburg--Hooker, Sedgwick, or Meade? Lincoln goes in
- person to the War Department in the dead of night to take counsel with
- his Secretary and to make the fateful choice.
- Is it a complaint from a citizen, deprived, as he believes, of his civil
- liberties unjustly or in violation of the Constitution? Lincoln is ready
- to hear it and anxious to afford relief, if warrant can be found for it.
- Is a mother begging for the life of a son sentenced to be shot as a
- deserter? Lincoln hears her petition, and grants it even against the
- protests made by his generals in the name of military discipline. Do
- politicians sow dissensions in the army and among civilians? Lincoln
- grandly waves aside their petty personalities and invites them to think
- of the greater cause. Is it a question of securing votes to ratify the
- thirteenth amendment abolishing slavery? Lincoln thinks it not beneath
- his dignity to traffic and huckster with politicians over the trifling
- jobs asked in return by the members who hold out against him. Does a New
- York newspaper call him an ignorant Western boor? Lincoln's reply is a
- letter to a mother who has given her all--her sons on the field of
- battle--and an address at Gettysburg, both of which will live as long as
- the tongue in which they were written. These are tributes not only to
- his mastery of the English language but also to his mastery of all those
- sentiments of sweetness and strength which are the finest flowers of
- culture.
- Throughout the entire span of service, however, Lincoln was beset by
- merciless critics. The fiery apostles of abolition accused him of
- cowardice when he delayed the bold stroke at slavery. Anti-war Democrats
- lashed out at every step he took. Even in his own party he found no
- peace. Charles Sumner complained: "Our President is now dictator,
- _imperator_--whichever you like; but how vain to have the power of a
- god and not to use it godlike." Leaders among the Republicans sought to
- put him aside in 1864 and place Chase in his chair. "I hope we may never
- have a worse man," was Lincoln's quiet answer.
- Wide were the dissensions in the North during that year and the
- Republicans, while selecting Lincoln as their candidate again, cast off
- their old name and chose the simple title of the "Union party."
- Moreover, they selected a Southern man, Andrew Johnson, of Tennessee, to
- be associated with him as candidate for Vice President. This combination
- the Northern Democrats boldly confronted with a platform declaring that
- "after four years of failure to restore the union by the experiment of
- war, during which, under the pretence of military necessity or war power
- higher than the Constitution, the Constitution itself has been
- disregarded in every part and public liberty and private right alike
- trodden down ... justice, humanity, liberty, and public welfare demand
- that immediate efforts be made for a cessation of hostilities, to the
- end that peace may be restored on the basis of the federal union of the
- states." It is true that the Democratic candidate, General McClellan,
- sought to break the yoke imposed upon him by the platform, saying that
- he could not look his old comrades in the face and pronounce their
- efforts vain; but the party call to the nation to repudiate Lincoln and
- his works had gone forth. The response came, giving Lincoln 2,200,000
- votes against 1,800,000 for his opponent. The bitter things said about
- him during the campaign, he forgot and forgave. When in April, 1865, he
- was struck down by the assassin's hand, he above all others in
- Washington was planning measures of moderation and healing.
- THE RESULTS OF THE CIVIL WAR
- There is a strong and natural tendency on the part of writers to stress
- the dramatic and heroic aspects of war; but the long judgment of history
- requires us to include all other significant phases as well. Like every
- great armed conflict, the Civil War outran the purposes of those who
- took part in it. Waged over the nature of the union, it made a
- revolution in the union, changing public policies and constitutional
- principles and giving a new direction to agriculture and industry.
- =The Supremacy of the Union.=--First and foremost, the war settled for
- all time the long dispute as to the nature of the federal system. The
- doctrine of state sovereignty was laid to rest. Men might still speak of
- the rights of states and think of their commonwealths with affection,
- but nullification and secession were destroyed. The nation was supreme.
- =The Destruction of the Slave Power.=--Next to the vindication of
- national supremacy was the destruction of the planting aristocracy of
- the South--that great power which had furnished leadership of undoubted
- ability and had so long contested with the industrial and commercial
- interests of the North. The first paralyzing blow at the planters was
- struck by the abolition of slavery. The second and third came with the
- fourteenth (1868) and fifteenth (1870) amendments, giving the ballot to
- freedmen and excluding from public office the Confederate
- leaders--driving from the work of reconstruction the finest talents of
- the South. As if to add bitterness to gall and wormwood, the fourteenth
- amendment forbade the United States or any state to pay any debts
- incurred in aid of the Confederacy or in the emancipation of the
- slaves--plunging into utter bankruptcy the Southern financiers who had
- stripped their section of capital to support their cause. So the
- Southern planters found themselves excluded from public office and ruled
- over by their former bondmen under the tutelage of Republican leaders.
- Their labor system was wrecked and their money and bonds were as
- worthless as waste paper. The South was subject to the North. That which
- neither the Federalists nor the Whigs had been able to accomplish in the
- realm of statecraft was accomplished on the field of battle.
- =The Triumph of Industry.=--The wreck of the planting system was
- accompanied by a mighty upswing of Northern industry which made the old
- Whigs of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania stare in wonderment. The demands
- of the federal government for manufactured goods at unrestricted prices
- gave a stimulus to business which more than replaced the lost markets of
- the South. Between 1860 and 1870 the number of manufacturing
- establishments increased 79.6 per cent as against 14.2 for the previous
- decade; while the number of persons employed almost doubled. There was
- no doubt about the future of American industry.
- =The Victory for the Protective Tariff.=--Moreover, it was henceforth to
- be well protected. For many years before the war the friends of
- protection had been on the defensive. The tariff act of 1857 imposed
- duties so low as to presage a tariff for revenue only. The war changed
- all that. The extraordinary military expenditures, requiring heavy taxes
- on all sources, justified tariffs so high that a follower of Clay or
- Webster might well have gasped with astonishment. After the war was over
- the debt remained and both interest and principal had to be paid.
- Protective arguments based on economic reasoning were supported by a
- plain necessity for revenue which admitted no dispute.
- =A Liberal Immigration Policy.=--Linked with industry was the labor
- supply. The problem of manning industries became a pressing matter, and
- Republican leaders grappled with it. In the platform of the Union party
- adopted in 1864 it was declared "that foreign immigration, which in the
- past has added so much to the wealth, the development of resources, and
- the increase of power to this nation--the asylum of the oppressed of all
- nations--should be fostered and encouraged by a liberal and just
- policy." In that very year Congress, recognizing the importance of the
- problem, passed a measure of high significance, creating a bureau of
- immigration, and authorizing a modified form of indentured labor, by
- making it legal for immigrants to pledge their wages in advance to pay
- their passage over. Though the bill was soon repealed, the practice
- authorized by it was long continued. The cheapness of the passage
- shortened the term of service; but the principle was older than the
- days of William Penn.
- =The Homestead Act of 1862.=--In the immigration measure guaranteeing a
- continuous and adequate labor supply, the manufacturers saw an offset to
- the Homestead Act of 1862 granting free lands to settlers. The Homestead
- law they had resisted in a long and bitter congressional battle.
- Naturally, they had not taken kindly to a scheme which lured men away
- from the factories or enabled them to make unlimited demands for higher
- wages as the price of remaining. Southern planters likewise had feared
- free homesteads for the very good reason that they only promised to add
- to the overbalancing power of the North.
- In spite of the opposition, supporters of a liberal land policy made
- steady gains. Free-soil Democrats,--Jacksonian farmers and
- mechanics,--labor reformers, and political leaders, like Stephen A.
- Douglas of Illinois and Andrew Johnson of Tennessee, kept up the
- agitation in season and out. More than once were they able to force a
- homestead bill through the House of Representatives only to have it
- blocked in the Senate where Southern interests were intrenched. Then,
- after the Senate was won over, a Democratic President, James Buchanan,
- vetoed the bill. Still the issue lived. The Republicans, strong among
- the farmers of the Northwest, favored it from the beginning and pressed
- it upon the attention of the country. Finally the manufacturers yielded;
- they received their compensation in the contract labor law. In 1862
- Congress provided for the free distribution of land in 160-acre lots
- among men and women of strong arms and willing hearts ready to build
- their serried lines of homesteads to the Rockies and beyond.
- =Internal Improvements.=--If farmers and manufacturers were early
- divided on the matter of free homesteads, the same could hardly be said
- of internal improvements. The Western tiller of the soil was as eager
- for some easy way of sending his produce to market as the manufacturer
- was for the same means to transport his goods to the consumer on the
- farm. While the Confederate leaders were writing into their
- constitution a clause forbidding all appropriations for internal
- improvements, the Republican leaders at Washington were planning such
- expenditures from the treasury in the form of public land grants to
- railways as would have dazed the authors of the national road bill half
- a century earlier.
- =Sound Finance--National Banking.=--From Hamilton's day to Lincoln's,
- business men in the East had contended for a sound system of national
- currency. The experience of the states with paper money, painfully
- impressive in the years before the framing of the Constitution, had been
- convincing to those who understood the economy of business. The
- Constitution, as we have seen, bore the signs of this experience. States
- were forbidden to emit bills of credit: paper money, in short. This
- provision stood clear in the document; but judicial ingenuity had
- circumvented it in the age of Jacksonian Democracy. The states had
- enacted and the Supreme Court, after the death of John Marshall, had
- sustained laws chartering banking companies and authorizing them to
- issue paper money. So the country was beset by the old curse, the banks
- of Western and Southern states issuing reams of paper notes to help
- borrowers pay their debts.
- In dealing with war finances, the Republicans attacked this ancient
- evil. By act of Congress in 1864, they authorized a series of national
- banks founded on the credit of government bonds and empowered to issue
- notes. The next year they stopped all bank paper sent forth under the
- authority of the states by means of a prohibitive tax. In this way, by
- two measures Congress restored federal control over the monetary system
- although it did not reestablish the United States Bank so hated by
- Jacksonian Democracy.
- =Destruction of States' Rights by Fourteenth Amendment.=--These acts and
- others not cited here were measures of centralization and consolidation
- at the expense of the powers and dignity of the states. They were all of
- high import, but the crowning act of nationalism was the fourteenth
- amendment which, among other things, forbade states to "deprive any
- person of life, liberty or property without due process of law." The
- immediate occasion, though not the actual cause of this provision, was
- the need for protecting the rights of freedmen against hostile
- legislatures in the South. The result of the amendment, as was
- prophesied in protests loud and long from every quarter of the
- Democratic party, was the subjection of every act of state, municipal,
- and county authorities to possible annulment by the Supreme Court at
- Washington. The expected happened.
- Few negroes ever brought cases under the fourteenth amendment to the
- attention of the courts; but thousands of state laws, municipal
- ordinances, and acts of local authorities were set aside as null and
- void under it. Laws of states regulating railway rates, fixing hours of
- labor in bakeshops, and taxing corporations were in due time to be
- annulled as conflicting with an amendment erroneously supposed to be
- designed solely for the protection of negroes. As centralized power over
- tariffs, railways, public lands, and other national concerns went to
- Congress, so centralized power over the acts of state and local
- authorities involving an infringement of personal and property rights
- was conferred on the federal judiciary, the apex of which was the
- Supreme Court at Washington. Thus the old federation of "independent
- states," all equal in rights and dignity, each wearing the "jewel of
- sovereignty" so celebrated in Southern oratory, had gone the way of all
- flesh under the withering blasts of Civil War.
- RECONSTRUCTION IN THE SOUTH
- =Theories about the Position of the Seceded States.=--On the morning of
- April 9, 1865, when General Lee surrendered his army to General Grant,
- eleven states stood in a peculiar relation to the union now declared
- perpetual. Lawyers and political philosophers were much perturbed and
- had been for some time as to what should be done with the members of the
- former Confederacy. Radical Republicans held that they were "conquered
- provinces" at the mercy of Congress, to be governed under such laws as
- it saw fit to enact and until in its wisdom it decided to readmit any or
- all of them to the union. Men of more conservative views held that, as
- the war had been waged by the North on the theory that no state could
- secede from the union, the Confederate states had merely attempted to
- withdraw and had failed. The corollary of this latter line of argument
- was simple: "The Southern states are still in the union and it is the
- duty of the President, as commander-in-chief, to remove the federal
- troops as soon as order is restored and the state governments ready to
- function once more as usual."
- =Lincoln's Proposal.=--Some such simple and conservative form of
- reconstruction had been suggested by Lincoln in a proclamation of
- December 8, 1863. He proposed pardon and a restoration of property,
- except in slaves, to nearly all who had "directly or by implication
- participated in the existing rebellion," on condition that they take an
- oath of loyalty to the union. He then announced that when, in any of the
- states named, a body of voters, qualified under the law as it stood
- before secession and equal in number to one-tenth the votes cast in
- 1860, took the oath of allegiance, they should be permitted to
- reestablish a state government. Such a government, he added, should be
- recognized as a lawful authority and entitled to protection under the
- federal Constitution. With reference to the status of the former slaves
- Lincoln made it clear that, while their freedom must be recognized, he
- would not object to any legislation "which may yet be consistent as a
- temporary arrangement with their present condition as a laboring,
- landless, and homeless class."
- =Andrew Johnson's Plan--His Impeachment.=--Lincoln's successor, Andrew
- Johnson, the Vice President, soon after taking office, proposed to
- pursue a somewhat similar course. In a number of states he appointed
- military governors, instructing them at the earliest possible moment to
- assemble conventions, chosen "by that portion of the people of the said
- states who are loyal to the United States," and proceed to the
- organization of regular civil government. Johnson, a Southern man and a
- Democrat, was immediately charged by the Republicans with being too
- ready to restore the Southern states. As the months went by, the
- opposition to his measures and policies in Congress grew in size and
- bitterness. The contest resulted in the impeachment of Johnson by the
- House of Representatives in March, 1868, and his acquittal by the Senate
- merely because his opponents lacked one vote of the two-thirds required
- for conviction.
- =Congress Enacts "Reconstruction Laws."=--In fact, Congress was in a
- strategic position. It was the law-making body, and it could, moreover,
- determine the conditions under which Senators and Representatives from
- the South were to be readmitted. It therefore proceeded to pass a series
- of reconstruction acts--carrying all of them over Johnson's veto. These
- measures, the first of which became a law on March 2, 1867, betrayed an
- animus not found anywhere in Lincoln's plans or Johnson's proclamations.
- They laid off the ten states--the whole Confederacy with the exception
- of Tennessee--still outside the pale, into five military districts, each
- commanded by a military officer appointed by the President. They ordered
- the commanding general to prepare a register of voters for the election
- of delegates to conventions chosen for the purpose of drafting new
- constitutions. Such voters, however, were not to be, as Lincoln had
- suggested, loyal persons duly qualified under the law existing before
- secession but "the male citizens of said state, twenty-one years old and
- upward, of whatever race, color, or previous condition, ... except such
- as may be disfranchised for participation in the rebellion or for felony
- at common law." This was the death knell to the idea that the leaders of
- the Confederacy and their white supporters might be permitted to share
- in the establishment of the new order. Power was thus arbitrarily thrust
- into the hands of the newly emancipated male negroes and the handful of
- whites who could show a record of loyalty. That was not all. Each state
- was, under the reconstruction acts, compelled to ratify the fourteenth
- amendment to the federal Constitution as a price of restoration to the
- union.
- The composition of the conventions thus authorized may be imagined.
- Bondmen without the asking and without preparation found themselves the
- governing power. An army of adventurers from the North, "carpet baggers"
- as they were called, poured in upon the scene to aid in
- "reconstruction." Undoubtedly many men of honor and fine intentions gave
- unstinted service, but the results of their deliberations only
- aggravated the open wound left by the war. Any number of political
- doctors offered their prescriptions; but no effective remedy could be
- found. Under measures admittedly open to grave objections, the Southern
- states were one after another restored to the union by the grace of
- Congress, the last one in 1870. Even this grudging concession of the
- formalities of statehood did not mean a full restoration of honors and
- privileges. The last soldier was not withdrawn from the last Southern
- capital until 1877, and federal control over elections long remained as
- a sign of congressional supremacy.
- =The Status of the Freedmen.=--Even more intricate than the issues
- involved in restoring the seceded states to the union was the question
- of what to do with the newly emancipated slaves. That problem, often put
- to abolitionists before the war, had become at last a real concern. The
- thirteenth amendment abolishing slavery had not touched it at all. It
- declared bondmen free, but did nothing to provide them with work or
- homes and did not mention the subject of political rights. All these
- matters were left to the states, and the legislatures of some of them,
- by their famous "black codes," restored a form of servitude under the
- guise of vagrancy and apprentice laws. Such methods were in fact partly
- responsible for the reaction that led Congress to abandon Lincoln's
- policies and undertake its own program of reconstruction.
- Still no extensive effort was made to solve by law the economic problems
- of the bondmen. Radical abolitionists had advocated that the slaves when
- emancipated should be given outright the fields of their former
- masters; but Congress steadily rejected the very idea of confiscation.
- The necessity of immediate assistance it recognized by creating in 1865
- the Freedmen's Bureau to take care of refugees. It authorized the issue
- of food and clothing to the destitute and the renting of abandoned and
- certain other lands under federal control to former slaves at reasonable
- rates. But the larger problem of the relation of the freedmen to the
- land, it left to the slow working of time.
- Against sharp protests from conservative men, particularly among the
- Democrats, Congress did insist, however, on conferring upon the freedmen
- certain rights by national law. These rights fell into broad divisions,
- civil and political. By an act passed in 1866, Congress gave to former
- slaves the rights of white citizens in the matter of making contracts,
- giving testimony in courts, and purchasing, selling, and leasing
- property. As it was doubtful whether Congress had the power to enact
- this law, there was passed and submitted to the states the fourteenth
- amendment which gave citizenship to the freedmen, assured them of the
- privileges and immunities of citizens of the United States, and declared
- that no state should deprive any person of his life, liberty, or
- property without due process of law. Not yet satisfied, Congress
- attempted to give social equality to negroes by the second civil rights
- bill of 1875 which promised to them, among other things, the full and
- equal enjoyment of inns, theaters, public conveyances, and places of
- amusement--a law later declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court.
- The matter of political rights was even more hotly contested; but the
- radical Republicans, like Charles Sumner, asserted that civil rights
- were not secure unless supported by the suffrage. In this same
- fourteenth amendment they attempted to guarantee the ballot to all negro
- men, leaving the women to take care of themselves. The amendment
- declared in effect that when any state deprived adult male citizens of
- the right to vote, its representation in Congress should be reduced in
- the proportion such persons bore to the voting population.
- This provision having failed to accomplish its purpose, the fifteenth
- amendment was passed and ratified, expressly declaring that no citizen
- should be deprived of the right to vote "on account of race, color, or
- previous condition of servitude." To make assurance doubly secure,
- Congress enacted in 1870, 1872, and 1873 three drastic laws, sometimes
- known as "force bills," providing for the use of federal authorities,
- civil and military, in supervising elections in all parts of the Union.
- So the federal government, having destroyed chattel slavery, sought by
- legal decree to sweep away all its signs and badges, civil, social, and
- political. Never, save perhaps in some of the civil conflicts of Greece
- or Rome, had there occurred in the affairs of a nation a social
- revolution so complete, so drastic, and far-reaching in its results.
- SUMMARY OF THE SECTIONAL CONFLICT
- Just as the United States, under the impetus of Western enterprise,
- rounded out the continental domain, its very existence as a nation was
- challenged by a fratricidal conflict between two sections. This storm
- had been long gathering upon the horizon. From the very beginning in
- colonial times there had been a marked difference between the South and
- the North. The former by climate and soil was dedicated to a planting
- system--the cultivation of tobacco, rice, cotton, and sugar cane--and in
- the course of time slave labor became the foundation of the system. The
- North, on the other hand, supplemented agriculture by commerce, trade,
- and manufacturing. Slavery, though lawful, did not flourish there. An
- abundant supply of free labor kept the Northern wheels turning.
- This difference between the two sections, early noted by close
- observers, was increased with the advent of the steam engine and the
- factory system. Between 1815 and 1860 an industrial revolution took
- place in the North. Its signs were gigantic factories, huge aggregations
- of industrial workers, immense cities, a flourishing commerce, and
- prosperous banks. Finding an unfavorable reception in the South, the new
- industrial system was confined mainly to the North. By canals and
- railways New York, Boston, and Philadelphia were linked with the
- wheatfields of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois. A steel net wove North and
- Northwest together. A commercial net supplemented it. Western trade was
- diverted from New Orleans to the East and Eastern credit sustained
- Western enterprise.
- In time, the industrial North and the planting South evolved different
- ideas of political policy. The former looked with favor on protective
- tariffs, ship subsidies, a sound national banking system, and internal
- improvements. The farmers of the West demanded that the public domain be
- divided up into free homesteads for farmers. The South steadily swung
- around to the opposite view. Its spokesmen came to regard most of these
- policies as injurious to the planting interests.
- The economic questions were all involved in a moral issue. The Northern
- states, in which slavery was of slight consequence, had early abolished
- the institution. In the course of a few years there appeared
- uncompromising advocates of universal emancipation. Far and wide the
- agitation spread. The South was thoroughly frightened. It demanded
- protection against the agitators, the enforcement of its rights in the
- case of runaway slaves, and equal privileges for slavery in the new
- territories.
- With the passing years the conflict between the two sections increased
- in bitterness. It flamed up in 1820 and was allayed by the Missouri
- compromise. It took on the form of a tariff controversy and
- nullification in 1832. It appeared again after the Mexican war when the
- question of slavery in the new territories was raised. Again
- compromise--the great settlement of 1850--seemed to restore peace, only
- to prove an illusion. A series of startling events swept the country
- into war: the repeal of the Missouri compromise in 1854, the rise of the
- Republican party pledged to the prohibition of slavery in the
- territories, the Dred Scott decision of 1857, the Lincoln-Douglas
- debates, John Brown's raid, the election of Lincoln, and secession.
- The Civil War, lasting for four years, tested the strength of both North
- and South, in leadership, in finance, in diplomatic skill, in material
- resources, in industry, and in armed forces. By the blockade of Southern
- ports, by an overwhelming weight of men and materials, and by relentless
- hammering on the field of battle, the North was victorious.
- The results of the war were revolutionary in character. Slavery was
- abolished and the freedmen given the ballot. The Southern planters who
- had been the leaders of their section were ruined financially and almost
- to a man excluded from taking part in political affairs. The union was
- declared to be perpetual and the right of a state to secede settled by
- the judgment of battle. Federal control over the affairs of states,
- counties, and cities was established by the fourteenth amendment. The
- power and prestige of the federal government were enhanced beyond
- imagination. The North was now free to pursue its economic policies: a
- protective tariff, a national banking system, land grants for railways,
- free lands for farmers. Planting had dominated the country for nearly a
- generation. Business enterprise was to take its place.
- =References=
- NORTHERN ACCOUNTS
- J.K. Hosmer, _The Appeal to Arms_ and _The Outcome of the Civil War_
- (American Nation Series).
- J. Ropes, _History of the Civil War_ (best account of military
- campaigns).
- J.F. Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vols. III, IV, and V.
- J.T. Morse, _Abraham Lincoln_ (2 vols.).
- SOUTHERN ACCOUNTS
- W.E. Dodd, _Jefferson Davis_.
- Jefferson Davis, _Rise and Fall of the Confederate Government_.
- E. Pollard, _The Lost Cause_.
- A.H. Stephens, _The War between the States_.
- =Questions=
- 1. Contrast the reception of secession in 1860 with that given to
- nullification in 1832.
- 2. Compare the Northern and Southern views of the union.
- 3. What were the peculiar features of the Confederate constitution?
- 4. How was the Confederacy financed?
- 5. Compare the resources of the two sections.
- 6. On what foundations did Southern hopes rest?
- 7. Describe the attempts at a peaceful settlement.
- 8. Compare the raising of armies for the Civil War with the methods
- employed in the World War. (See below, chapter XXV.)
- 9. Compare the financial methods of the government in the two wars.
- 10. Explain why the blockade was such a deadly weapon.
- 11. Give the leading diplomatic events of the war.
- 12. Trace the growth of anti-slavery sentiment.
- 13. What measures were taken to restrain criticism of the government?
- 14. What part did Lincoln play in all phases of the war?
- 15. State the principal results of the war.
- 16. Compare Lincoln's plan of reconstruction with that adopted by
- Congress.
- 17. What rights did Congress attempt to confer upon the former slaves?
- =Research Topics=
- =Was Secession Lawful?=--The Southern view by Jefferson Davis in
- Harding, _Select Orations Illustrating American History_, pp. 364-369.
- Lincoln's view, Harding, pp. 371-381.
- =The Confederate Constitution.=--Compare with the federal Constitution
- in Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 424-433 and pp. 271-279.
- =Federal Legislative Measures.=--Prepare a table and brief digest of the
- important laws relating to the war. Macdonald, pp. 433-482.
- =Economic Aspects of the War.=--Coman, _Industrial History of the United
- States_, pp. 279-301. Dewey, _Financial History of the United States_,
- Chaps. XII and XIII. Tabulate the economic measures of Congress in
- Macdonald.
- =Military Campaigns.=--The great battles are fully treated in Rhodes,
- _History of the Civil War_, and teachers desiring to emphasize military
- affairs may assign campaigns to members of the class for study and
- report. A briefer treatment in Elson, _History of the United States_,
- pp. 641-785.
- =Biographical Studies.=--Lincoln, Davis, Lee, Grant, Sherman, and other
- leaders in civil and military affairs, with reference to local "war
- governors."
- =English and French Opinion of the War.=--Rhodes, _History of the United
- States_, Vol. IV, pp. 337-394.
- =The South during the War.=--Rhodes, Vol. V, pp. 343-382.
- =The North during the War.=--Rhodes, Vol. V, pp. 189-342.
- =Reconstruction Measures.=--Macdonald, _Source Book_, pp. 500-511;
- 514-518; 529-530; Elson, pp. 786-799.
- =The Force Bills.=--Macdonald, pp. 547-551; 554-564.
- PART VI. NATIONAL GROWTH AND WORLD POLITICS
- CHAPTER XVI
- THE POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC EVOLUTION OF THE SOUTH
- The outcome of the Civil War in the South was nothing short of a
- revolution. The ruling class, the law, and the government of the old
- order had been subverted. To political chaos was added the havoc wrought
- in agriculture, business, and transportation by military operations. And
- as if to fill the cup to the brim, the task of reconstruction was
- committed to political leaders from another section of the country,
- strangers to the life and traditions of the South.
- THE SOUTH AT THE CLOSE OF THE WAR
- =A Ruling Class Disfranchised.=--As the sovereignty of the planters had
- been the striking feature of the old regime, so their ruin was the
- outstanding fact of the new. The situation was extraordinary. The
- American Revolution was carried out by people experienced in the arts of
- self-government, and at its close they were free to follow the general
- course to which they had long been accustomed. The French Revolution
- witnessed the overthrow of the clergy and the nobility; but middle
- classes who took their places had been steadily rising in intelligence
- and wealth.
- The Southern Revolution was unlike either of these cataclysms. It was
- not brought about by a social upheaval, but by an external crisis. It
- did not enfranchise a class that sought and understood power, but
- bondmen who had played no part in the struggle. Moreover it struck down
- a class equipped to rule. The leading planters were almost to a man
- excluded from state and federal offices, and the fourteenth amendment
- was a bar to their return. All civil and military places under the
- authority of the United States and of the states were closed to every
- man who had taken an oath to support the Constitution as a member of
- Congress, as a state legislator, or as a state or federal officer, and
- afterward engaged in "insurrection or rebellion," or "given aid and
- comfort to the enemies" of the United States. This sweeping provision,
- supplemented by the reconstruction acts, laid under the ban most of the
- talent, energy, and spirit of the South.
- =The Condition of the State Governments.=--The legislative, executive,
- and judicial branches of the state governments thus passed into the
- control of former slaves, led principally by Northern adventurers or
- Southern novices, known as "Scalawags." The result was a carnival of
- waste, folly, and corruption. The "reconstruction" assembly of South
- Carolina bought clocks at $480 apiece and chandeliers at $650. To
- purchase land for former bondmen the sum of $800,000 was appropriated;
- and swamps bought at seventy-five cents an acre were sold to the state
- at five times the cost. In the years between 1868 and 1873, the debt of
- the state rose from about $5,800,000 to $24,000,000, and millions of the
- increase could not be accounted for by the authorities responsible for
- it.
- =Economic Ruin--Urban and Rural.=--No matter where Southern men turned
- in 1865 they found devastation--in the towns, in the country, and along
- the highways. Atlanta, the city to which Sherman applied the torch, lay
- in ashes; Nashville and Chattanooga had been partially wrecked; Richmond
- and Augusta had suffered severely from fires. Charleston was described
- by a visitor as "a city of ruins, of desolation, of vacant houses, of
- rotten wharves, of deserted warehouses, of weed gardens, of miles of
- grass-grown streets.... How few young men there are, how generally the
- young women are dressed in black! The flower of their proud aristocracy
- is buried on scores of battle fields."
- Those who journeyed through the country about the same time reported
- desolation equally widespread and equally pathetic. An English traveler
- who made his way along the course of the Tennessee River in 1870 wrote:
- "The trail of war is visible throughout the valley in burnt-up gin
- houses, ruined bridges, mills, and factories ... and large tracts of
- once cultivated land are stripped of every vestige of fencing. The
- roads, long neglected, are in disorder and, having in many places become
- impassable, new tracks have been made through the woods and fields
- without much respect to boundaries." Many a great plantation had been
- confiscated by the federal authorities while the owner was in
- Confederate service. Many more lay in waste. In the wake of the armies
- the homes of rich and poor alike, if spared the torch, had been
- despoiled of the stock and seeds necessary to renew agriculture.
- =Railways Dilapidated.=--Transportation was still more demoralized. This
- is revealed in the pages of congressional reports based upon first-hand
- investigations. One eloquent passage illustrates all the rest. From
- Pocahontas to Decatur, Alabama, a distance of 114 miles, we are told,
- the railroad was "almost entirely destroyed, except the road bed and
- iron rails, and they were in a very bad condition--every bridge and
- trestle destroyed, cross-ties rotten, buildings burned, water tanks
- gone, tracks grown up in weeds and bushes, not a saw mill near the line
- and the labor system of the country gone. About forty miles of the track
- were burned, the cross-ties entirely destroyed, and the rails bent and
- twisted in such a manner as to require great labor to straighten and a
- large portion of them requiring renewal."
- =Capital and Credit Destroyed.=--The fluid capital of the South, money
- and credit, was in the same prostrate condition as the material capital.
- The Confederate currency, inflated to the bursting point, had utterly
- collapsed and was as worthless as waste paper. The bonds of the
- Confederate government were equally valueless. Specie had nearly
- disappeared from circulation. The fourteenth amendment to the federal
- Constitution had made all "debts, obligations, and claims" incurred in
- aid of the Confederate cause "illegal and void." Millions of dollars
- owed to Northern creditors before the war were overdue and payment was
- pressed upon the debtors. Where such debts were secured by mortgages on
- land, executions against the property could be obtained in federal
- courts.
- THE RESTORATION OF WHITE SUPREMACY
- =Intimidation.=--In both politics and economics, the process of
- reconstruction in the South was slow and arduous. The first battle in
- the political contest for white supremacy was won outside the halls of
- legislatures and the courts of law. It was waged, in the main, by secret
- organizations, among which the Ku Klux Klan and the White Camelia were
- the most prominent. The first of these societies appeared in Tennessee
- in 1866 and held its first national convention the following year. It
- was in origin a social club. According to its announcement, its objects
- were "to protect the weak, the innocent, and the defenceless from the
- indignities, wrongs, and outrages of the lawless, the violent, and the
- brutal; and to succor the suffering, especially the widows and orphans
- of the Confederate soldiers." The whole South was called "the Empire"
- and was ruled by a "Grand Wizard." Each state was a realm and each
- county a province. In the secret orders there were enrolled over half a
- million men.
- The methods of the Ku Klux and the White Camelia were similar. Solemn
- parades of masked men on horses decked in long robes were held,
- sometimes in the daytime and sometimes at the dead of night. Notices
- were sent to obnoxious persons warning them to stop certain practices.
- If warning failed, something more convincing was tried. Fright was the
- emotion most commonly stirred. A horseman, at the witching hour of
- midnight, would ride up to the house of some offender, lift his head
- gear, take off a skull, and hand it to the trembling victim with the
- request that he hold it for a few minutes. Frequently violence was
- employed either officially or unofficially by members of the Klan. Tar
- and feathers were freely applied; the whip was sometimes laid on
- unmercifully, and occasionally a brutal murder was committed. Often the
- members were fired upon from bushes or behind trees, and swift
- retaliation followed. So alarming did the clashes become that in 1870
- Congress forbade interference with electors or going in disguise for the
- purpose of obstructing the exercise of the rights enjoyed under federal
- law.
- In anticipation of such a step on the part of the federal government,
- the Ku Klux was officially dissolved by the "Grand Wizard" in 1869.
- Nevertheless, the local societies continued their organization and
- methods. The spirit survived the national association. "On the whole,"
- says a Southern writer, "it is not easy to see what other course was
- open to the South.... Armed resistance was out of the question. And yet
- there must be some control had of the situation.... If force was denied,
- craft was inevitable."
- =The Struggle for the Ballot Box.=--The effects of intimidation were
- soon seen at elections. The freedman, into whose inexperienced hand the
- ballot had been thrust, was ordinarily loath to risk his head by the
- exercise of his new rights. He had not attained them by a long and
- laborious contest of his own and he saw no urgent reason why he should
- battle for the privilege of using them. The mere show of force, the mere
- existence of a threat, deterred thousands of ex-slaves from appearing at
- the polls. Thus the whites steadily recovered their dominance. Nothing
- could prevent it. Congress enacted force bills establishing federal
- supervision of elections and the Northern politicians protested against
- the return of former Confederates to practical, if not official, power;
- but all such opposition was like resistance to the course of nature.
- =Amnesty for Southerners.=--The recovery of white supremacy in this way
- was quickly felt in national councils. The Democratic party in the North
- welcomed it as a sign of its return to power. The more moderate
- Republicans, anxious to heal the breach in American unity, sought to
- encourage rather than to repress it. So it came about that amnesty for
- Confederates was widely advocated. Yet it must be said that the struggle
- for the removal of disabilities was stubborn and bitter. Lincoln, with
- characteristic generosity, in the midst of the war had issued a general
- proclamation of amnesty to nearly all who had been in arms against the
- Union, on condition that they take an oath of loyalty; but Johnson,
- vindictive toward Southern leaders and determined to make "treason
- infamous," had extended the list of exceptions. Congress, even more
- relentless in its pursuit of Confederates, pushed through the fourteenth
- amendment which worked the sweeping disabilities we have just described.
- To appeals for comprehensive clemency, Congress was at first adamant. In
- vain did men like Carl Schurz exhort their colleagues to crown their
- victory in battle with a noble act of universal pardon and oblivion.
- Congress would not yield. It would grant amnesty in individual cases;
- for the principle of proscription it stood fast. When finally in 1872,
- seven years after the surrender at Appomattox, it did pass the general
- amnesty bill, it insisted on certain exceptions. Confederates who had
- been members of Congress just before the war, or had served in other
- high posts, civil or military, under the federal government, were still
- excluded from important offices. Not until the summer of 1898, when the
- war with Spain produced once more a union of hearts, did Congress relent
- and abolish the last of the disabilities imposed on the Confederates.
- =The Force Bills Attacked and Nullified.=--The granting of amnesty
- encouraged the Democrats to redouble their efforts all along the line.
- In 1874 they captured the House of Representatives and declared war on
- the "force bills." As a Republican Senate blocked immediate repeal, they
- resorted to an ingenious parliamentary trick. To the appropriation bill
- for the support of the army they attached a "rider," or condition, to
- the effect that no troops should be used to sustain the Republican
- government in Louisiana. The Senate rejected the proposal. A deadlock
- ensued and Congress adjourned without making provision for the army.
- Satisfied with the technical victory, the Democrats let the army bill
- pass the next session, but kept up their fight on the force laws until
- they wrung from President Hayes a measure forbidding the use of United
- States troops in supervising elections. The following year they again
- had recourse to a rider on the army bill and carried it through, putting
- an end to the use of money for military control of elections. The
- reconstruction program was clearly going to pieces, and the Supreme
- Court helped along the process of dissolution by declaring parts of the
- laws invalid. In 1878 the Democrats even won a majority in the Senate
- and returned to power a large number of men once prominent in the
- Confederate cause.
- The passions of the war by this time were evidently cooling. A new
- generation of men was coming on the scene. The supremacy of the whites
- in the South, if not yet complete, was at least assured. Federal
- marshals, their deputies, and supervisors of elections still possessed
- authority over the polls, but their strength had been shorn by the
- withdrawal of United States troops. The war on the remaining remnants of
- the "force bills" lapsed into desultory skirmishing. When in 1894 the
- last fragment was swept away, the country took little note of the fact.
- The only task that lay before the Southern leaders was to write in the
- constitutions of their respective states the provisions of law which
- would clinch the gains so far secured and establish white supremacy
- beyond the reach of outside intervention.
- =White Supremacy Sealed by New State Constitutions.=--The impetus to
- this final step was given by the rise of the Populist movement in the
- South, which sharply divided the whites and in many communities threw
- the balance of power into the hands of the few colored voters who
- survived the process of intimidation. Southern leaders now devised new
- constitutions so constructed as to deprive negroes of the ballot by law.
- Mississippi took the lead in 1890; South Carolina followed five years
- later; Louisiana, in 1898; North Carolina, in 1900; Alabama and
- Maryland, in 1901; and Virginia, in 1902.
- The authors of these measures made no attempt to conceal their purposes.
- "The intelligent white men of the South," said Governor Tillman, "intend
- to govern here." The fifteenth amendment to the federal Constitution,
- however, forbade them to deprive any citizen of the right to vote on
- account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude. This made
- necessary the devices of indirection. They were few, simple, and
- effective. The first and most easily administered was the ingenious
- provision requiring each prospective voter to read a section of the
- state constitution or "understand and explain it" when read to him by
- the election officers. As an alternative, the payment of taxes or the
- ownership of a small amount of property was accepted as a qualification
- for voting. Southern leaders, unwilling to disfranchise any of the poor
- white men who had stood side by side with them "in the dark days of
- reconstruction," also resorted to a famous provision known as "the
- grandfather clause." This plan admitted to the suffrage any man who did
- not have either property or educational qualifications, provided he had
- voted on or before 1867 or was the son or grandson of any such person.
- The devices worked effectively. Of the 147,000 negroes in Mississippi
- above the age of twenty-one, only about 8600 registered under the
- constitution of 1890. Louisiana had 127,000 colored voters enrolled in
- 1896; under the constitution drafted two years later the registration
- fell to 5300. An analysis of the figures for South Carolina in 1900
- indicates that only about one negro out of every hundred adult males of
- that race took part in elections. Thus was closed this chapter of
- reconstruction.
- =The Supreme Court Refuses to Intervene.=--Numerous efforts were made to
- prevail upon the Supreme Court of the United States to declare such laws
- unconstitutional; but the Court, usually on technical grounds, avoided
- coming to a direct decision on the merits of the matter. In one case
- the Court remarked that it could not take charge of and operate the
- election machinery of Alabama; it concluded that "relief from a great
- political wrong, if done as alleged, by the people of a state and by the
- state itself, must be given by them, or by the legislative and executive
- departments of the government of the United States." Only one of the
- several schemes employed, namely, the "grandfather clause," was held to
- be a violation of the federal Constitution. This blow, effected in 1915
- by the decision in the Oklahoma and Maryland cases, left, however, the
- main structure of disfranchisement unimpaired.
- =Proposals to Reduce Southern Representation in Congress.=--These
- provisions excluding thousands of male citizens from the ballot did not,
- in express terms, deprive any one of the vote on account of race or
- color. They did not, therefore, run counter to the letter of the
- fifteenth amendment; but they did unquestionably make the states which
- adopted them liable to the operations of the fourteenth amendment. The
- latter very explicitly provides that whenever any state deprives adult
- male citizens of the right to vote (except in certain minor cases) the
- representation of the state in Congress shall be reduced in the
- proportion which such number of disfranchised citizens bears to the
- whole number of male citizens over twenty-one years of age.
- Mindful of this provision, those who protested against disfranchisement
- in the South turned to the Republican party for relief, asking for
- action by the political branches of the federal government as the
- Supreme Court had suggested. The Republicans responded in their platform
- of 1908 by condemning all devices designed to deprive any one of the
- ballot for reasons of color alone; they demanded the enforcement in
- letter and spirit of the fourteenth as well as all other amendments.
- Though victorious in the election, the Republicans refrained from
- reopening the ancient contest; they made no attempt to reduce Southern
- representation in the House. Southern leaders, while protesting against
- the declarations of their opponents, were able to view them as idle
- threats in no way endangering the security of the measures by which
- political reconstruction had been undone.
- =The Solid South.=--Out of the thirty-year conflict against "carpet-bag
- rule" there emerged what was long known as the "solid South"--a South
- that, except occasionally in the border states, never gave an electoral
- vote to a Republican candidate for President. Before the Civil War, the
- Southern people had been divided on political questions. Take, for
- example, the election of 1860. In all the fifteen slave states the
- variety of opinion was marked. In nine of them--Delaware, Virginia,
- Tennessee, Missouri, Maryland, Louisiana, Kentucky, Georgia, and
- Arkansas--the combined vote against the representative of the extreme
- Southern point of view, Breckinridge, constituted a safe majority. In
- each of the six states which were carried by Breckinridge, there was a
- large and powerful minority. In North Carolina Breckinridge's majority
- over Bell and Douglas was only 849 votes. Equally astounding to those
- who imagine the South united in defense of extreme views in 1860 was the
- vote for Bell, the Unionist candidate, who stood firmly for the
- Constitution and silence on slavery. In every Southern state Bell's vote
- was large. In Virginia, Kentucky, Missouri, and Tennessee it was greater
- than that received by Breckinridge; in Georgia, it was 42,000 against
- 51,000; in Louisiana, 20,000 against 22,000; in Mississippi, 25,000
- against 40,000.
- The effect of the Civil War upon these divisions was immediate and
- decisive, save in the border states where thousands of men continued to
- adhere to the cause of Union. In the Confederacy itself nearly all
- dissent was silenced by war. Men who had been bitter opponents joined
- hands in defense of their homes; when the armed conflict was over they
- remained side by side working against "Republican misrule and negro
- domination." By 1890, after Northern supremacy was definitely broken,
- they boasted that there were at least twelve Southern states in which no
- Republican candidate for President could win a single electoral vote.
- =Dissent in the Solid South.=--Though every one grew accustomed to speak
- of the South as "solid," it did not escape close observers that in a
- number of Southern states there appeared from time to time a fairly
- large body of dissenters. In 1892 the Populists made heavy inroads upon
- the Democratic ranks. On other occasions, the contests between factions
- within the Democratic party over the nomination of candidates revealed
- sharp differences of opinion. In some places, moreover, there grew up a
- Republican minority of respectable size. For example, in Georgia, Mr.
- Taft in 1908 polled 41,000 votes against 72,000 for Mr. Bryan; in North
- Carolina, 114,000 against 136,000; in Tennessee, 118,000 against
- 135,000; in Kentucky, 235,000 against 244,000. In 1920, Senator Harding,
- the Republican candidate, broke the record by carrying Tennessee as well
- as Kentucky, Oklahoma, and Maryland.
- THE ECONOMIC ADVANCE OF THE SOUTH
- =The Break-up of the Great Estates.=--In the dissolution of chattel
- slavery it was inevitable that the great estate should give way before
- the small farm. The plantation was in fact founded on slavery. It was
- continued and expanded by slavery. Before the war the prosperous
- planter, either by inclination or necessity, invested his surplus in
- more land to add to his original domain. As his slaves increased in
- number, he was forced to increase his acreage or sell them, and he
- usually preferred the former, especially in the Far South. Still another
- element favored the large estate. Slave labor quickly exhausted the soil
- and of its own force compelled the cutting of the forests and the
- extension of the area under cultivation. Finally, the planter took a
- natural pride in his great estate; it was a sign of his prowess and his
- social prestige.
- In 1865 the foundations of the planting system were gone. It was
- difficult to get efficient labor to till the vast plantations. The
- planters themselves were burdened with debts and handicapped by lack of
- capital. Negroes commonly preferred tilling plots of their own, rented
- or bought under mortgage, to the more irksome wage labor under white
- supervision. The land hunger of the white farmer, once checked by the
- planting system, reasserted itself. Before these forces the plantation
- broke up. The small farm became the unit of cultivation in the South as
- in the North. Between 1870 and 1900 the number of farms doubled in every
- state south of the line of the Potomac and Ohio rivers, except in
- Arkansas and Louisiana. From year to year the process of breaking up
- continued, with all that it implied in the creation of land-owning
- farmers.
- =The Diversification of Crops.=--No less significant was the concurrent
- diversification of crops. Under slavery, tobacco, rice, and sugar were
- staples and "cotton was king." These were standard crops. The methods of
- cultivation were simple and easily learned. They tested neither the
- skill nor the ingenuity of the slaves. As the returns were quick, they
- did not call for long-time investments of capital. After slavery was
- abolished, they still remained the staples, but far-sighted
- agriculturists saw the dangers of depending upon a few crops. The mild
- climate all the way around the coast from Virginia to Texas and the
- character of the alluvial soil invited the exercise of more imagination.
- Peaches, oranges, peanuts, and other fruits and vegetables were found to
- grow luxuriantly. Refrigeration for steamships and freight cars put the
- markets of great cities at the doors of Southern fruit and vegetable
- gardeners. The South, which in planting days had relied so heavily upon
- the Northwest for its foodstuffs, began to battle for independence.
- Between 1880 and the close of the century the value of its farm crops
- increased from $660,000,000 to $1,270,000,000.
- =The Industrial and Commercial Revolution.=--On top of the radical
- changes in agriculture came an industrial and commercial revolution. The
- South had long been rich in natural resources, but the slave system had
- been unfavorable to their development. Rivers that would have turned
- millions of spindles tumbled unheeded to the seas. Coal and iron beds
- lay unopened. Timber was largely sacrificed in clearing lands for
- planting, or fell to earth in decay. Southern enterprise was consumed in
- planting. Slavery kept out the white immigrants who might have supplied
- the skilled labor for industry.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- STEEL MILLS--BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA]
- After 1865, achievement and fortune no longer lay on the land alone. As
- soon as the paralysis of the war was over, the South caught the
- industrial spirit that had conquered feudal Europe and the agricultural
- North. In the development of mineral wealth, enormous strides were
- taken. Iron ore of every quality was found, the chief beds being in
- Virginia, West Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, North Carolina, Georgia,
- Alabama, Arkansas, and Texas. Five important coal basins were uncovered:
- in Virginia, North Carolina, the Appalachian chain from Maryland to
- Northern Alabama, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Texas. Oil pools were found
- in Kentucky, Tennessee, and Texas. Within two decades, 1880 to 1900, the
- output of mineral wealth multiplied tenfold: from ten millions a year to
- one hundred millions. The iron industries of West Virginia and Alabama
- began to rival those of Pennsylvania. Birmingham became the Pittsburgh
- and Atlanta the Chicago of the South.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- A SOUTHERN COTTON MILL IN A COTTON FIELD]
- In other lines of industry, lumbering and cotton manufacturing took a
- high rank. The development of Southern timber resources was in every
- respect remarkable, particularly in Louisiana, Arkansas, and
- Mississippi. At the end of the first decade of the twentieth century,
- primacy in lumber had passed from the Great Lakes region to the South.
- In 1913 eight Southern states produced nearly four times as much lumber
- as the Lake states and twice as much as the vast forests of Washington
- and Oregon.
- The development of the cotton industry, in the meantime, was similarly
- astounding. In 1865 cotton spinning was a negligible matter in the
- Southern states. In 1880 they had one-fourth of the mills of the
- country. At the end of the century they had one-half the mills, the two
- Carolinas taking the lead by consuming more than one-third of their
- entire cotton crop. Having both the raw materials and the power at hand,
- they enjoyed many advantages over the New England rivals, and at the
- opening of the new century were outstripping the latter in the
- proportion of spindles annually put into operation. Moreover, the cotton
- planters, finding a market at the neighboring mills, began to look
- forward to a day when they would be somewhat emancipated from absolute
- dependence upon the cotton exchanges of New York, New Orleans, and
- Liverpool.
- Transportation kept pace with industry. In 1860, the South had about ten
- thousand miles of railway. By 1880 the figure had doubled. During the
- next twenty years over thirty thousand miles were added, most of the
- increase being in Texas. About 1898 there opened a period of
- consolidation in which scores of short lines were united, mainly under
- the leadership of Northern capitalists, and new through service opened
- to the North and West. Thus Southern industries were given easy outlets
- to the markets of the nation and brought within the main currents of
- national business enterprise.
- =The Social Effects of the Economic Changes.=--As long as the slave
- system lasted and planting was the major interest, the South was bound
- to be sectional in character. With slavery gone, crops diversified,
- natural resources developed, and industries promoted, the social order
- of the ante-bellum days inevitably dissolved; the South became more and
- more assimilated to the system of the North. In this process several
- lines of development are evident.
- In the first place we see the steady rise of the small farmer. Even in
- the old days there had been a large class of white yeomen who owned no
- slaves and tilled the soil with their own hands, but they labored under
- severe handicaps. They found the fertile lands of the coast and river
- valleys nearly all monopolized by planters, and they were by the force
- of circumstances driven into the uplands where the soil was thin and the
- crops were light. Still they increased in numbers and zealously worked
- their freeholds.
- The war proved to be their opportunity. With the break-up of the
- plantations, they managed to buy land more worthy of their plows. By
- intelligent labor and intensive cultivation they were able to restore
- much of the worn-out soil to its original fertility. In the meantime
- they rose with their prosperity in the social and political scale. It
- became common for the sons of white farmers to enter the professions,
- while their daughters went away to college and prepared for teaching.
- Thus a more democratic tone was given to the white society of the South.
- Moreover the migration to the North and West, which had formerly carried
- thousands of energetic sons and daughters to search for new homesteads,
- was materially reduced. The energy of the agricultural population went
- into rehabilitation.
- The increase in the number of independent farmers was accompanied by the
- rise of small towns and villages which gave diversity to the life of the
- South. Before 1860 it was possible to travel through endless stretches
- of cotton and tobacco. The social affairs of the planter's family
- centered in the homestead even if they were occasionally interrupted by
- trips to distant cities or abroad. Carpentry, bricklaying, and
- blacksmithing were usually done by slaves skilled in simple handicrafts.
- Supplies were bought wholesale. In this way there was little place in
- plantation economy for villages and towns with their stores and
- mechanics.
- The abolition of slavery altered this. Small farms spread out where
- plantations had once stood. The skilled freedmen turned to agriculture
- rather than to handicrafts; white men of a business or mechanical bent
- found an opportunity to serve the needs of their communities. So local
- merchants and mechanics became an important element in the social
- system. In the county seats, once dominated by the planters, business
- and professional men assumed the leadership.
- Another vital outcome of this revolution was the transference of a large
- part of planting enterprise to business. Mr. Bruce, a Southern historian
- of fine scholarship, has summed up this process in a single telling
- paragraph: "The higher planting class that under the old system gave so
- much distinction to rural life has, so far as it has survived at all,
- been concentrated in the cities. The families that in the time of
- slavery would have been found only in the country are now found, with a
- few exceptions, in the towns. The transplantation has been practically
- universal. The talent, the energy, the ambition that formerly sought
- expression in the management of great estates and the control of hosts
- of slaves, now seek a field of action in trade, in manufacturing
- enterprises, or in the general enterprises of development. This was for
- the ruling class of the South the natural outcome of the great economic
- revolution that followed the war."
- As in all other parts of the world, the mechanical revolution was
- attended by the growth of a population of industrial workers dependent
- not upon the soil but upon wages for their livelihood. When Jefferson
- Davis was inaugurated President of the Southern Confederacy, there were
- approximately only one hundred thousand persons employed in Southern
- manufactures as against more than a million in Northern mills. Fifty
- years later, Georgia and Alabama alone had more than one hundred and
- fifty thousand wage-earners. Necessarily this meant also a material
- increase in urban population, although the wide dispersion of cotton
- spinning among small centers prevented the congestion that had
- accompanied the rise of the textile industry in New England. In 1910,
- New Orleans, Atlanta, Memphis, Nashville, and Houston stood in the same
- relation to the New South that Cincinnati, Chicago, Cleveland, and
- Detroit had stood to the New West fifty years before. The problems of
- labor and capital and municipal administration, which the earlier
- writers boasted would never perplex the planting South, had come in full
- force.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- A GLIMPSE OF MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE]
- =The Revolution in the Status of the Slaves.=--No part of Southern
- society was so profoundly affected by the Civil War and economic
- reconstruction as the former slaves. On the day of emancipation, they
- stood free, but empty-handed, the owners of no tools or property, the
- masters of no trade and wholly inexperienced in the arts of self-help
- that characterized the whites in general. They had never been accustomed
- to looking out for themselves. The plantation bell had called them to
- labor and released them. Doles of food and clothing had been regularly
- made in given quantities. They did not understand wages, ownership,
- renting, contracts, mortgages, leases, bills, or accounts.
- When they were emancipated, four courses were open to them. They could
- flee from the plantation to the nearest town or city, or to the distant
- North, to seek a livelihood. Thousands of them chose this way,
- overcrowding cities where disease mowed them down. They could remain
- where they, were in their cabins and work for daily wages instead of
- food, clothing, and shelter. This second course the major portion of
- them chose; but, as few masters had cash to dispense, the new relation
- was much like the old, in fact. It was still one of barter. The planter
- offered food, clothing, and shelter; the former slaves gave their labor
- in return. That was the best that many of them could do.
- A third course open to freedmen was that of renting from the former
- master, paying him usually with a share of the produce of the land. This
- way a large number of them chose. It offered them a chance to become
- land owners in time and it afforded an easier life, the renter being, to
- a certain extent at least, master of his own hours of labor. The final
- and most difficult path was that to ownership of land. Many a master
- helped his former slaves to acquire small holdings by offering easy
- terms. The more enterprising and the more fortunate who started life as
- renters or wage-earners made their way upward to ownership in so many
- cases that by the end of the century, one-fourth of the colored laborers
- on the land owned the soil they tilled.
- In the meantime, the South, though relatively poor, made relatively
- large expenditures for the education of the colored population. By the
- opening of the twentieth century, facilities were provided for more than
- one-half of the colored children of school age. While in many respects
- this progress was disappointing, its significance, to be appreciated,
- must be derived from a comparison with the total illiteracy which
- prevailed under slavery.
- In spite of all that happened, however, the status of the negroes in the
- South continued to give a peculiar character to that section of the
- country. They were almost entirely excluded from the exercise of the
- suffrage, especially in the Far South. Special rooms were set aside for
- them at the railway stations and special cars on the railway lines. In
- the field of industry calling for technical skill, it appears, from the
- census figures, that they lost ground between 1890 and 1900--a condition
- which their friends ascribed to discriminations against them in law and
- in labor organizations and their critics ascribed to their lack of
- aptitude. Whatever may be the truth, the fact remained that at the
- opening of the twentieth century neither the hopes of the emancipators
- nor the fears of their opponents were realized. The marks of the
- "peculiar institution" were still largely impressed upon Southern
- society.
- The situation, however, was by no means unchanging. On the contrary
- there was a decided drift in affairs. For one thing, the proportion of
- negroes in the South had slowly declined. By 1900 they were in a
- majority in only two states, South Carolina and Mississippi. In
- Arkansas, Virginia, West Virginia, and North Carolina the proportion of
- the white population was steadily growing. The colored migration
- northward increased while the westward movement of white farmers which
- characterized pioneer days declined. At the same time a part of the
- foreign immigration into the United States was diverted southward. As
- the years passed these tendencies gained momentum. The already huge
- colored quarters in some Northern cities were widely expanded, as whole
- counties in the South were stripped of their colored laborers. The race
- question, in its political and economic aspects, became less and less
- sectional, more and more national. The South was drawn into the main
- stream of national life. The separatist forces which produced the
- cataclysm of 1861 sank irresistibly into the background.
- =References=
- H.W. Grady, _The New South_ (1890).
- H.A. Herbert, _Why the Solid South_.
- W.G. Brown, _The Lower South_.
- E.G. Murphy, _Problems of the Present South_.
- B.T. Washington, _The Negro Problem_; _The Story of the Negro_; _The
- Future of the Negro_.
- A.B. Hart, _The Southern South_ and R.S. Baker, _Following the Color
- Line_ (two works by Northern writers).
- T.N. Page, _The Negro, the Southerner's Problem_.
- =Questions=
- 1. Give the three main subdivisions of the chapter.
- 2. Compare the condition of the South in 1865 with that of the North.
- Compare with the condition of the United States at the close of the
- Revolutionary War. At the close of the World War in 1918.
- 3. Contrast the enfranchisement of the slaves with the enfranchisement
- of white men fifty years earlier.
- 4. What was the condition of the planters as compared with that of the
- Northern manufacturers?
- 5. How does money capital contribute to prosperity? Describe the plight
- of Southern finance.
- 6. Give the chief steps in the restoration of white supremacy.
- 7. Do you know of any other societies to compare with the Ku Klux Klan?
- 8. Give Lincoln's plan for amnesty. What principles do you think should
- govern the granting of amnesty?
- 9. How were the "Force bills" overcome?
- 10. Compare the fourteenth and fifteenth amendments with regard to the
- suffrage provisions.
- 11. Explain how they may be circumvented.
- 12. Account for the Solid South. What was the situation before 1860?
- 13. In what ways did Southern agriculture tend to become like that of
- the North? What were the social results?
- 14. Name the chief results of an "industrial revolution" in general. In
- the South, in particular.
- 15. What courses were open to freedmen in 1865?
- 16. Give the main features in the economic and social status of the
- colored population in the South.
- 17. Explain why the race question is national now, rather than
- sectional.
- =Research Topics=
- =Amnesty for Confederates.=--Study carefully the provisions of the
- fourteenth amendment in the Appendix. Macdonald, _Documentary Source
- Book of American History_, pp. 470 and 564. A plea for amnesty in
- Harding, _Select Orations Illustrating American History_, pp. 467-488.
- =Political Conditions in the South in 1868.=--Dunning, _Reconstruction,
- Political and Economic_ (American Nation Series), pp. 109-123; Hart,
- _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 445-458,
- 497-500; Elson, _History of the United States_, pp. 799-805.
- =Movement for White Supremacy.=--Dunning, _Reconstruction_, pp. 266-280;
- Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp. 39-58; Beard, _American
- Government and Politics_, pp. 454-457.
- =The Withdrawal of Federal Troops from the South.=--Sparks, _National
- Development_ (American Nation Series), pp. 84-102; Rhodes, _History of
- the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 1-12.
- =Southern Industry.=--Paxson, _The New Nation_, pp. 192-207; T.M. Young,
- _The American Cotton Industry_, pp. 54-99.
- =The Race Question.=--B.T. Washington, _Up From Slavery_ (sympathetic
- presentation); A.H. Stone, _Studies in the American Race Problem_
- (coldly analytical); Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 647-649,
- 652-654, 663-669.
- CHAPTER XVII
- BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND THE REPUBLICAN PARTY
- If a single phrase be chosen to characterize American life during the
- generation that followed the age of Douglas and Lincoln, it must be
- "business enterprise"--the tremendous, irresistible energy of a virile
- people, mounting in numbers toward a hundred million and applied without
- let or hindrance to the developing of natural resources of unparalleled
- richness. The chief goal of this effort was high profits for the
- captains of industry, on the one hand; and high wages for the workers,
- on the other. Its signs, to use the language of a Republican orator in
- 1876, were golden harvest fields, whirling spindles, turning wheels,
- open furnace doors, flaming forges, and chimneys filled with eager fire.
- The device blazoned on its shield and written over its factory doors was
- "prosperity." A Republican President was its "advance agent." Released
- from the hampering interference of the Southern planters and the
- confusing issues of the slavery controversy, business enterprise sprang
- forward to the task of winning the entire country. Then it flung its
- outposts to the uttermost parts of the earth--Europe, Africa, and the
- Orient--where were to be found markets for American goods and natural
- resources for American capital to develop.
- RAILWAYS AND INDUSTRY
- =The Outward Signs of Enterprise.=--It is difficult to comprehend all
- the multitudinous activities of American business energy or to appraise
- its effects upon the life and destiny of the American people; for beyond
- the horizon of the twentieth century lie consequences as yet undreamed
- of in our poor philosophy. Statisticians attempt to record its
- achievements in terms of miles of railways built, factories opened, men
- and women employed, fortunes made, wages paid, cities founded, rivers
- spanned, boxes, bales, and tons produced. Historians apply standards of
- comparison with the past. Against the slow and leisurely stagecoach,
- they set the swift express, rushing from New York to San Francisco in
- less time than Washington consumed in his triumphal tour from Mt. Vernon
- to New York for his first inaugural. Against the lazy sailing vessel
- drifting before a genial breeze, they place the turbine steamer crossing
- the Atlantic in five days or the still swifter airplane, in fifteen
- hours. For the old workshop where a master and a dozen workmen and
- apprentices wrought by hand, they offer the giant factory where ten
- thousand persons attend the whirling wheels driven by steam. They write
- of the "romance of invention" and the "captains of industry."
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- A CORNER IN THE BETHLEHEM STEEL WORKS]
- =The Service of the Railway.=--All this is fitting in its way. Figures
- and contrasts cannot, however, tell the whole story. Take, for example,
- the extension of railways. It is easy to relate that there were 30,000
- miles in 1860; 166,000 in 1890; and 242,000 in 1910. It is easy to show
- upon the map how a few straggling lines became a perfect mesh of closely
- knitted railways; or how, like the tentacles of a great monster, the few
- roads ending in the Mississippi Valley in 1860 were extended and
- multiplied until they tapped every wheat field, mine, and forest beyond
- the valley. All this, eloquent of enterprise as it truly is, does not
- reveal the significance of railways for American life. It does not
- indicate how railways made a continental market for American goods; nor
- how they standardized the whole country, giving to cities on the
- advancing frontier the leading features of cities in the old East; nor
- how they carried to the pioneer the comforts of civilization; nor yet
- how in the West they were the forerunners of civilization, the makers of
- homesteads, the builders of states.
- =Government Aid for Railways.=--Still the story is not ended. The
- significant relation between railways and politics must not be
- overlooked. The bounty of a lavish government, for example, made
- possible the work of railway promoters. By the year 1872 the Federal
- government had granted in aid of railways 155,000,000 acres of land--an
- area estimated as almost equal to Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut,
- Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont. The
- Union Pacific Company alone secured from the federal government a free
- right of way through the public domain, twenty sections of land with
- each mile of railway, and a loan up to fifty millions of dollars secured
- by a second mortgage on the company's property. More than half of the
- northern tier of states lying against Canada from Lake Michigan to the
- Pacific was granted to private companies in aid of railways and wagon
- roads. About half of New Mexico, Arizona, and California was also given
- outright to railway companies. These vast grants from the federal
- government were supplemented by gifts from the states in land and by
- subscriptions amounting to more than two hundred million dollars. The
- history of these gifts and their relation to the political leaders that
- engineered them would alone fill a large and interesting volume.
- =Railway Fortunes and Capital.=--Out of this gigantic railway promotion,
- the first really immense American fortunes were made. Henry Adams, the
- grandson of John Quincy Adams, related that his grandfather on his
- mother's side, Peter Brooks, on his death in 1849, left a fortune of two
- million dollars, "supposed to be the largest estate in Boston," then one
- of the few centers of great riches. Compared with the opulence that
- sprang out of the Union Pacific, the Northern Pacific, the Southern
- Pacific, with their subsidiary and component lines, the estate of Peter
- Brooks was a poor man's heritage.
- The capital invested in these railways was enormous beyond the
- imagination of the men of the stagecoach generation. The total debt of
- the United States incurred in the Revolutionary War--a debt which those
- of little faith thought the country could never pay--was reckoned at a
- figure well under $75,000,000. When the Union Pacific Railroad was
- completed, there were outstanding against it $27,000,000 in first
- mortgage bonds, $27,000,000 in second mortgage bonds held by the
- government, $10,000,000 in income bonds, $10,000,000 in land grant
- bonds, and, on top of that huge bonded indebtedness, $36,000,000 in
- stock--making $110,000,000 in all. If the amount due the United States
- government be subtracted, still there remained, in private hands, stocks
- and bonds exceeding in value the whole national debt of Hamilton's
- day--a debt that strained all the resources of the Federal government in
- 1790. Such was the financial significance of the railways.
- [Illustration: RAILROADS OF THE UNITED STATES IN 1918]
- =Growth and Extension of Industry.=--In the field of manufacturing,
- mining, and metal working, the results of business enterprise far
- outstripped, if measured in mere dollars, the results of railway
- construction. By the end of the century there were about ten billion
- dollars invested in factories alone and five million wage-earners
- employed in them; while the total value of the output, fourteen billion
- dollars, was fifteen times the figure for 1860. In the Eastern states
- industries multiplied. In the Northwest territory, the old home of
- Jacksonian Democracy, they overtopped agriculture. By the end of the
- century, Ohio had almost reached and Illinois had surpassed
- Massachusetts in the annual value of manufacturing output.
- That was not all. Untold wealth in the form of natural resources was
- discovered in the South and West. Coal deposits were found in the
- Appalachians stretching from Pennsylvania down to Alabama, in Michigan,
- in the Mississippi Valley, and in the Western mountains from North
- Dakota to New Mexico. In nearly every coal-bearing region, iron was also
- discovered and the great fields of Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota
- soon rivaled those of the Appalachian area. Copper, lead, gold, and
- silver in fabulous quantities were unearthed by the restless prospectors
- who left no plain or mountain fastness unexplored. Petroleum, first
- pumped from the wells of Pennsylvania in the summer of 1859, made new
- fortunes equaling those of trade, railways, and land speculation. It
- scattered its riches with an especially lavish hand through Oklahoma,
- Texas, and California.
- =The Trust--an Instrument of Industrial Progress.=--Business enterprise,
- under the direction of powerful men working single-handed, or of small
- groups of men pooling their capital for one or more undertakings, had
- not advanced far before there appeared upon the scene still mightier
- leaders of even greater imagination. New constructive genius now brought
- together and combined under one management hundreds of concerns or
- thousands of miles of railways, revealing the magic strength of
- cooperation on a national scale. Price-cutting in oil, threatening ruin
- to those engaged in the industry, as early as 1879, led a number of
- companies in Cleveland, Pittsburgh, and Philadelphia to unite in
- price-fixing. Three years later a group of oil interests formed a close
- organization, placing all their stocks in the hands of trustees, among
- whom was John D. Rockefeller. The trustees, in turn, issued
- certificates representing the share to which each participant was
- entitled; and took over the management of the entire business. Such was
- the nature of the "trust," which was to play such an unique role in the
- progress of America.
- The idea of combination was applied in time to iron and steel, copper,
- lead, sugar, cordage, coal, and other commodities, until in each field
- there loomed a giant trust or corporation, controlling, if not most of
- the output, at least enough to determine in a large measure the prices
- charged to consumers. With the passing years, the railways, mills,
- mines, and other business concerns were transferred from individual
- owners to corporations. At the end of the nineteenth century, the whole
- face of American business was changed. Three-fourths of the output from
- industries came from factories under corporate management and only
- one-fourth from individual and partnership undertakings.
- [Illustration: JOHN D. ROCKEFELLER]
- =The Banking Corporation.=--Very closely related to the growth of
- business enterprise on a large scale was the system of banking. In the
- old days before banks, a person with savings either employed them in his
- own undertakings, lent them to a neighbor, or hid them away where they
- set no industry in motion. Even in the early stages of modern business,
- it was common for a manufacturer to rise from small beginnings by
- financing extensions out of his own earnings and profits. This state of
- affairs was profoundly altered by the growth of the huge corporations
- requiring millions and even billions of capital. The banks, once an
- adjunct to business, became the leaders in business.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- WALL STREET, NEW YORK CITY]
- It was the banks that undertook to sell the stocks and bonds issued by
- new corporations and trusts and to supply them with credit to carry on
- their operations. Indeed, many of the great mergers or combinations in
- business were initiated by magnates in the banking world with millions
- and billions under their control. Through their connections with one
- another, the banks formed a perfect network of agencies gathering up the
- pennies and dollars of the masses as well as the thousands of the rich
- and pouring them all into the channels of business and manufacturing.
- In this growth of banking on a national scale, it was inevitable that a
- few great centers, like Wall Street in New York or State Street in
- Boston, should rise to a position of dominance both in concentrating the
- savings and profits of the nation and in financing new as well as old
- corporations.
- =The Significance of the Corporation.=--The corporation, in fact, became
- the striking feature of American business life, one of the most
- marvelous institutions of all time, comparable in wealth and power and
- the number of its servants with kingdoms and states of old. The effect
- of its rise and growth cannot be summarily estimated; but some special
- facts are obvious. It made possible gigantic enterprises once entirely
- beyond the reach of any individual, no matter how rich. It eliminated
- many of the futile and costly wastes of competition in connection with
- manufacture, advertising, and selling. It studied the cheapest methods
- of production and shut down mills that were poorly equipped or
- disadvantageously located. It established laboratories for research in
- industry, chemistry, and mechanical inventions. Through the sale of
- stocks and bonds, it enabled tens of thousands of people to become
- capitalists, if only in a small way. The corporation made it possible
- for one person to own, for instance, a $50 share in a million dollar
- business concern--a thing entirely impossible under a regime of
- individual owners and partnerships.
- There was, of course, another side to the picture. Many of the
- corporations sought to become monopolies and to make profits, not by
- economies and good management, but by extortion from purchasers.
- Sometimes they mercilessly crushed small business men, their
- competitors, bribed members of legislatures to secure favorable laws,
- and contributed to the campaign funds of both leading parties. Wherever
- a trust approached the position of a monopoly, it acquired a dominion
- over the labor market which enabled it to break even the strongest trade
- unions. In short, the power of the trust in finance, in manufacturing,
- in politics, and in the field of labor control can hardly be measured.
- =The Corporation and Labor.=--In the development of the corporation
- there was to be observed a distinct severing of the old ties between
- master and workmen, which existed in the days of small industries. For
- the personal bond between the owner and the employees was substituted a
- new relation. "In most parts of our country," as President Wilson once
- said, "men work, not for themselves, not as partners in the old way in
- which they used to work, but generally as employees--in a higher or
- lower grade--of great corporations." The owner disappeared from the
- factory and in his place came the manager, representing the usually
- invisible stockholders and dependent for his success upon his ability to
- make profits for the owners. Hence the term "soulless corporation,"
- which was to exert such a deep influence on American thinking about
- industrial relations.
- =Cities and Immigration.=--Expressed in terms of human life, this era of
- unprecedented enterprise meant huge industrial cities and an immense
- labor supply, derived mainly from European immigration. Here, too,
- figures tell only a part of the story. In Washington's day nine-tenths
- of the American people were engaged in agriculture and lived in the
- country; in 1890 more than one-third of the population dwelt in towns of
- 2500 and over; in 1920 more than half of the population lived in towns
- of over 2500. In forty years, between 1860 and 1900, Greater New York
- had grown from 1,174,000 to 3,437,000; San Francisco from 56,000 to
- 342,000; Chicago from 109,000 to 1,698,000. The miles of city tenements
- began to rival, in the number of their residents, the farm homesteads of
- the West. The time so dreaded by Jefferson had arrived. People were
- "piled upon one another in great cities" and the republic of small
- farmers had passed away.
- To these industrial centers flowed annually an ever-increasing tide of
- immigration, reaching the half million point in 1880; rising to
- three-quarters of a million three years later; and passing the million
- mark in a single year at the opening of the new century. Immigration was
- as old as America but new elements now entered the situation. In the
- first place, there were radical changes in the nationality of the
- newcomers. The migration from Northern Europe--England, Ireland,
- Germany, and Scandinavia--diminished; that from Italy, Russia, and
- Austria-Hungary increased, more than three-fourths of the entire number
- coming from these three lands between the years 1900 and 1910. These
- later immigrants were Italians, Poles, Magyars, Czechs, Slovaks,
- Russians, and Jews, who came from countries far removed from the
- language and the traditions of England whence came the founders of
- America.
- In the second place, the reception accorded the newcomers differed from
- that given to the immigrants in the early days. By 1890 all the free
- land was gone. They could not, therefore, be dispersed widely among the
- native Americans to assimilate quickly and unconsciously the habits and
- ideas of American life. On the contrary, they were diverted mainly to
- the industrial centers. There they crowded--nay, overcrowded--into
- colonies of their own where they preserved their languages, their
- newspapers, and their old-world customs and views.
- So eager were American business men to get an enormous labor supply that
- they asked few questions about the effect of this "alien invasion" upon
- the old America inherited from the fathers. They even stimulated the
- invasion artificially by importing huge armies of foreigners under
- contract to work in specified mines and mills. There seemed to be no
- limit to the factories, forges, refineries, and railways that could be
- built, to the multitudes that could be employed in conquering a
- continent. As for the future, that was in the hands of Providence!
- =Business Theories of Politics.=--As the statesmen of Hamilton's school
- and the planters of Calhoun's had their theories of government and
- politics, so the leaders in business enterprise had theirs. It was
- simple and easily stated. "It is the duty of the government," they
- urged, "to protect American industry against foreign competition by
- means of high tariffs on imported goods, to aid railways by generous
- grants of land, to sell mineral and timber lands at low prices to
- energetic men ready to develop them, and then to leave the rest to the
- initiative and drive of individuals and companies." All government
- interference with the management, prices, rates, charges, and conduct of
- private business they held to be either wholly pernicious or intolerably
- impertinent. Judging from their speeches and writings, they conceived
- the nation as a great collection of individuals, companies, and labor
- unions all struggling for profits or high wages and held together by a
- government whose principal duty was to keep the peace among them and
- protect industry against the foreign manufacturer. Such was the
- political theory of business during the generation that followed the
- Civil War.
- THE SUPREMACY OF THE REPUBLICAN PARTY (1861-85)
- =Business Men and Republican Policies.=--Most of the leaders in industry
- gravitated to the Republican ranks. They worked in the North and the
- Republican party was essentially Northern. It was moreover--at least so
- far as the majority of its members were concerned--committed to
- protective tariffs, a sound monetary and banking system, the promotion
- of railways and industry by land grants, and the development of internal
- improvements. It was furthermore generous in its immigration policy. It
- proclaimed America to be an asylum for the oppressed of all countries
- and flung wide the doors for immigrants eager to fill the factories, man
- the mines, and settle upon Western lands. In a word the Republicans
- stood for all those specific measures which favored the enlargement and
- prosperity of business. At the same time they resisted government
- interference with private enterprise. They did not regulate railway
- rates, prosecute trusts for forming combinations, or prevent railway
- companies from giving lower rates to some shippers than to others. To
- sum it up, the political theories of the Republican party for three
- decades after the Civil War were the theories of American
- business--prosperous and profitable industries for the owners and "the
- full dinner pail" for the workmen. Naturally a large portion of those
- who flourished under its policies gave their support to it, voted for
- its candidates, and subscribed to its campaign funds.
- =Sources of Republican Strength in the North.=--The Republican party was
- in fact a political organization of singular power. It originated in a
- wave of moral enthusiasm, having attracted to itself, if not the
- abolitionists, certainly all those idealists, like James Russell Lowell
- and George William Curtis, who had opposed slavery when opposition was
- neither safe nor popular. To moral principles it added practical
- considerations. Business men had confidence in it. Workingmen, who
- longed for the independence of the farmer, owed to its indulgent land
- policy the opportunity of securing free homesteads in the West. The
- immigrant, landing penniless on these shores, as a result of the same
- beneficent system, often found himself in a little while with an estate
- as large as many a baronial domain in the Old World. Under a Republican
- administration, the union had been saved. To it the veterans of the war
- could turn with confidence for those rewards of service which the
- government could bestow: pensions surpassing in liberality anything that
- the world had ever seen. Under a Republican administration also the
- great debt had been created in the defense of the union, and to the
- Republican party every investor in government bonds could look for the
- full and honorable discharge of the interest and principal. The spoils
- system, inaugurated by Jacksonian Democracy, in turn placed all the
- federal offices in Republican hands, furnishing an army of party workers
- to be counted on for loyal service in every campaign.
- Of all these things Republican leaders made full and vigorous use,
- sometimes ascribing to the party, in accordance with ancient political
- usage, merits and achievements not wholly its own. Particularly was this
- true in the case of saving the union. "When in the economy of
- Providence, this land was to be purged of human slavery ... the
- Republican party came into power," ran a declaration in one platform.
- "The Republican party suppressed a gigantic rebellion, emancipated four
- million slaves, decreed the equal citizenship of all, and established
- universal suffrage," ran another. As for the aid rendered by the
- millions of Northern Democrats who stood by the union and the tens of
- thousands of them who actually fought in the union army, the Republicans
- in their zeal were inclined to be oblivious. They repeatedly charged the
- Democratic party "with being the same in character and spirit as when it
- sympathized with treason."
- =Republican Control of the South.=--To the strength enjoyed in the
- North, the Republicans for a long time added the advantages that came
- from control over the former Confederate states where the newly
- enfranchised negroes, under white leadership, gave a grateful support to
- the party responsible for their freedom. In this branch of politics,
- motives were so mixed that no historian can hope to appraise them all at
- their proper values. On the one side of the ledger must be set the
- vigorous efforts of the honest and sincere friends of the freedmen to
- win for them complete civil and political equality, wiping out not only
- slavery but all its badges of misery and servitude. On the same side
- must be placed the labor of those who had valiantly fought in forum and
- field to save the union and who regarded continued Republican supremacy
- after the war as absolutely necessary to prevent the former leaders in
- secession from coming back to power. At the same time there were
- undoubtedly some men of the baser sort who looked on politics as a game
- and who made use of "carpet-bagging" in the South to win the spoils that
- might result from it. At all events, both by laws and presidential acts,
- the Republicans for many years kept a keen eye upon the maintenance of
- their dominion in the South. Their declaration that neither the law nor
- its administration should admit any discrimination in respect of
- citizens by reason of race, color, or previous condition of servitude
- appealed to idealists and brought results in elections. Even South
- Carolina, where reposed the ashes of John C. Calhoun, went Republican in
- 1872 by a vote of three to one!
- Republican control was made easy by the force bills described in a
- previous chapter--measures which vested the supervision of elections in
- federal officers appointed by Republican Presidents. These drastic
- measures, departing from American tradition, the Republican authors
- urged, were necessary to safeguard the purity of the ballot, not merely
- in the South where the timid freedman might readily be frightened from
- using it; but also in the North, particularly in New York City, where it
- was claimed that fraud was regularly practiced by Democratic leaders.
- The Democrats, on their side, indignantly denied the charges, replying
- that the force bills were nothing but devices created by the Republicans
- for the purpose of securing their continued rule through systematic
- interference with elections. Even the measures of reconstruction were
- deemed by Democratic leaders as thinly veiled schemes to establish
- Republican power throughout the country. "Nor is there the slightest
- doubt," exclaimed Samuel J. Tilden, spokesman of the Democrats in New
- York and candidate for President in 1876, "that the paramount object and
- motive of the Republican party is by these means to secure itself
- against a reaction of opinion adverse to it in our great populous
- Northern commonwealths.... When the Republican party resolved to
- establish negro supremacy in the ten states in order to gain to itself
- the representation of those states in Congress, it had to begin by
- governing the people of those states by the sword.... The next was the
- creation of new electoral bodies for those ten states, in which, by
- exclusions, by disfranchisements and proscriptions, by control over
- registration, by applying test oaths ... by intimidation and by every
- form of influence, three million negroes are made to predominate over
- four and a half million whites."
- =The War as a Campaign Issue.=--Even the repeal of force bills could not
- allay the sectional feelings engendered by the war. The Republicans
- could not forgive the men who had so recently been in arms against the
- union and insisted on calling them "traitors" and "rebels." The
- Southerners, smarting under the reconstruction acts, could regard the
- Republicans only as political oppressors. The passions of the war had
- been too strong; the distress too deep to be soon forgotten. The
- generation that went through it all remembered it all. For twenty
- years, the Republicans, in their speeches and platforms, made "a
- straight appeal to the patriotism of the Northern voters." They
- maintained that their party, which had saved the union and emancipated
- the slaves, was alone worthy of protecting the union and uplifting the
- freedmen.
- Though the Democrats, especially in the North, resented this policy and
- dubbed it with the expressive but inelegant phrase, "waving the bloody
- shirt," the Republicans refused to surrender a slogan which made such a
- ready popular appeal. As late as 1884, a leader expressed the hope that
- they might "wring one more President from the bloody shirt." They
- refused to let the country forget that the Democratic candidate, Grover
- Cleveland, had escaped military service by hiring a substitute; and they
- made political capital out of the fact that he had "insulted the
- veterans of the Grand Army of the Republic" by going fishing on
- Decoration Day.
- =Three Republican Presidents.=--Fortified by all these elements of
- strength, the Republicans held the presidency from 1869 to 1885. The
- three Presidents elected in this period, Grant, Hayes, and Garfield, had
- certain striking characteristics in common. They were all of origin
- humble enough to please the most exacting Jacksonian Democrat. They had
- been generals in the union army. Grant, next to Lincoln, was regarded as
- the savior of the Constitution. Hayes and Garfield, though lesser lights
- in the military firmament, had honorable records duly appreciated by
- veterans of the war, now thoroughly organized into the Grand Army of the
- Republic. It is true that Grant was not a politician and had never voted
- the Republican ticket; but this was readily overlooked. Hayes and
- Garfield on the other hand were loyal party men. The former had served
- in Congress and for three terms as governor of his state. The latter had
- long been a member of the House of Representatives and was Senator-elect
- when he received the nomination for President.
- All of them possessed, moreover, another important asset, which was not
- forgotten by the astute managers who led in selecting candidates. All
- of them were from Ohio--though Grant had been in Illinois when the
- summons to military duties came--and Ohio was a strategic state. It lay
- between the manufacturing East and the agrarian country to the West.
- Having growing industries and wool to sell it benefited from the
- protective tariff. Yet being mainly agricultural still, it was not
- without sympathy for the farmers who showed low tariff or free trade
- tendencies. Whatever share the East had in shaping laws and framing
- policies, it was clear that the West was to have the candidates. This
- division in privileges--not uncommon in political management--was always
- accompanied by a judicious selection of the candidate for Vice
- President. With Garfield, for example, was associated a prominent New
- York politician, Chester A. Arthur, who, as fate decreed, was destined
- to more than three years' service as chief magistrate, on the
- assassination of his superior in office.
- =The Disputed Election of 1876.=--While taking note of the long years of
- Republican supremacy, it must be recorded that grave doubts exist in the
- minds of many historians as to whether one of the three Presidents,
- Hayes, was actually the victor in 1876 or not. His Democratic opponent,
- Samuel J. Tilden, received a popular plurality of a quarter of a million
- and had a plausible claim to a majority of the electoral vote. At all
- events, four states sent in double returns, one set for Tilden and
- another for Hayes; and a deadlock ensued. Both parties vehemently
- claimed the election and the passions ran so high that sober men did not
- shrink from speaking of civil war again. Fortunately, in the end, the
- counsels of peace prevailed. Congress provided for an electoral
- commission of fifteen men to review the contested returns. The
- Democrats, inspired by Tilden's moderation, accepted the judgment in
- favor of Hayes even though they were not convinced that he was really
- entitled to the office.
- THE GROWTH OF OPPOSITION TO REPUBLICAN RULE
- =Abuses in American Political Life.=--During their long tenure of
- office, the Republicans could not escape the inevitable consequences of
- power; that is, evil practices and corrupt conduct on the part of some
- who found shelter within the party. For that matter neither did the
- Democrats manage to avoid such difficulties in those states and cities
- where they had the majority. In New York City, for instance, the local
- Democratic organization, known as Tammany Hall, passed under the sway of
- a group of politicians headed by "Boss" Tweed. He plundered the city
- treasury until public-spirited citizens, supported by Samuel J. Tilden,
- the Democratic leader of the state, rose in revolt, drove the ringleader
- from power, and sent him to jail. In Philadelphia, the local Republican
- bosses were guilty of offenses as odious as those committed by New York
- politicians. Indeed, the decade that followed the Civil War was marred
- by so many scandals in public life that one acute editor was moved to
- inquire: "Are not all the great communities of the Western World growing
- more corrupt as they grow in wealth?"
- In the sphere of national politics, where the opportunities were
- greater, betrayals of public trust were even more flagrant. One
- revelation after another showed officers, high and low, possessed with
- the spirit of peculation. Members of Congress, it was found, accepted
- railway stock in exchange for votes in favor of land grants and other
- concessions to the companies. In the administration as well as the
- legislature the disease was rife. Revenue officers permitted whisky
- distillers to evade their taxes and received heavy bribes in return. A
- probe into the post-office department revealed the malodorous "star
- route frauds"--the deliberate overpayment of certain mail carriers whose
- lines were indicated in the official record by asterisks or stars. Even
- cabinet officers did not escape suspicion, for the trail of the serpent
- led straight to the door of one of them.
- In the lower ranges of official life, the spoils system became more
- virulent as the number of federal employees increased. The holders of
- offices and the seekers after them constituted a veritable political
- army. They crowded into Republican councils, for the Republicans, being
- in power, could alone dispense federal favors. They filled positions in
- the party ranging from the lowest township committee to the national
- convention. They helped to nominate candidates and draft platforms and
- elbowed to one side the busy citizen, not conversant with party
- intrigues, who could only give an occasional day to political matters.
- Even the Civil Service Act of 1883, wrung from a reluctant Congress two
- years after the assassination of Garfield, made little change for a long
- time. It took away from the spoilsmen a few thousand government
- positions, but it formed no check on the practice of rewarding party
- workers from the public treasury.
- On viewing this state of affairs, many a distinguished citizen became
- profoundly discouraged. James Russell Lowell, for example, thought he
- saw a steady decline in public morals. In 1865, hearing of Lee's
- surrender, he had exclaimed: "There is something magnificent in having a
- country to love!" Ten years later, when asked to write an ode for the
- centennial at Philadelphia in 1876, he could think only of a biting
- satire on the nation:
- "Show your state legislatures; show your Rings;
- And challenge Europe to produce such things
- As high officials sitting half in sight
- To share the plunder and fix things right.
- If that don't fetch her, why, you need only
- To show your latest style in martyrs,--Tweed:
- She'll find it hard to hide her spiteful tears
- At such advance in one poor hundred years."
- When his critics condemned him for this "attack upon his native land,"
- Lowell replied in sadness: "These fellows have no notion of what love of
- country means. It was in my very blood and bones. If I am not an
- American who ever was?... What fills me with doubt and dismay is the
- degradation of the moral tone. Is it or is it not a result of democracy?
- Is ours a 'government of the people, by the people, for the people,' or
- a Kakistocracy [a government of the worst], rather for the benefit of
- knaves at the cost of fools?"
- =The Reform Movement in Republican Ranks.=--The sentiments expressed by
- Lowell, himself a Republican and for a time American ambassador to
- England, were shared by many men in his party. Very soon after the close
- of the Civil War some of them began to protest vigorously against the
- policies and conduct of their leaders. In 1872, the dissenters, calling
- themselves Liberal Republicans, broke away altogether, nominated a
- candidate of their own, Horace Greeley, and put forward a platform
- indicting the Republican President fiercely enough to please the most
- uncompromising Democrat. They accused Grant of using "the powers and
- opportunities of his high office for the promotion of personal ends."
- They charged him with retaining "notoriously corrupt and unworthy men in
- places of power and responsibility." They alleged that the Republican
- party kept "alive the passions and resentments of the late civil war to
- use them for their own advantages," and employed the "public service of
- the government as a machinery of corruption and personal influence."
- It was not apparent, however, from the ensuing election that any
- considerable number of Republicans accepted the views of the Liberals.
- Greeley, though indorsed by the Democrats, was utterly routed and died
- of a broken heart. The lesson of his discomfiture seemed to be that
- independent action was futile. So, at least, it was regarded by most men
- of the rising generation like Henry Cabot Lodge, of Massachusetts, and
- Theodore Roosevelt, of New York. Profiting by the experience of Greeley
- they insisted in season and out that reformers who desired to rid the
- party of abuses should remain loyal to it and do their work "on the
- inside."
- =The Mugwumps and Cleveland Democracy in 1884.=--Though aided by
- Republican dissensions, the Democrats were slow in making headway
- against the political current. They were deprived of the energetic and
- capable leadership once afforded by the planters, like Calhoun, Davis,
- and Toombs; they were saddled by their opponents with responsibility for
- secession; and they were stripped of the support of the prostrate
- South. Not until the last Southern state was restored to the union, not
- until a general amnesty was wrung from Congress, not until white
- supremacy was established at the polls, and the last federal soldier
- withdrawn from Southern capitals did they succeed in capturing the
- presidency.
- The opportune moment for them came in 1884 when a number of
- circumstances favored their aspirations. The Republicans, leaving the
- Ohio Valley in their search for a candidate, nominated James G. Blaine
- of Maine, a vigorous and popular leader but a man under fire from the
- reformers in his own party. The Democrats on their side were able to
- find at this juncture an able candidate who had no political enemies in
- the sphere of national politics, Grover Cleveland, then governor of New
- York and widely celebrated as a man of "sterling honesty." At the same
- time a number of dissatisfied Republicans openly espoused the Democratic
- cause,--among them Carl Schurz, George William Curtis, Henry Ward
- Beecher, and William Everett, men of fine ideals and undoubted
- integrity. Though the "regular" Republicans called them "Mugwumps" and
- laughed at them as the "men milliners, the dilettanti, and carpet
- knights of politics," they had a following that was not to be despised.
- The campaign which took place that year was one of the most savage in
- American history. Issues were thrust into the background. The tariff,
- though mentioned, was not taken seriously. Abuse of the opposition was
- the favorite resource of party orators. The Democrats insisted that "the
- Republican party so far as principle is concerned is a reminiscence. In
- practice it is an organization for enriching those who control its
- machinery." For the Republican candidate, Blaine, they could hardly find
- words to express their contempt. The Republicans retaliated in kind.
- They praised their own good works, as of old, in saving the union, and
- denounced the "fraud and violence practiced by the Democracy in the
- Southern states." Seeing little objectionable in the public record of
- Cleveland as mayor of Buffalo and governor of New York, they attacked
- his personal character. Perhaps never in the history of political
- campaigns did the discussions on the platform and in the press sink to
- so low a level. Decent people were sickened. Even hot partisans shrank
- from their own words when, after the election, they had time to reflect
- on their heedless passions. Moreover, nothing was decided by the
- balloting. Cleveland was elected, but his victory was a narrow one. A
- change of a few hundred votes in New York would have sent his opponent
- to the White House instead.
- =Changing Political Fortunes (1888-96).=--After the Democrats had
- settled down to the enjoyment of their hard-earned victory, President
- Cleveland in his message of 1887 attacked the tariff as "vicious,
- inequitable, and illogical"; as a system of taxation that laid a burden
- upon "every consumer in the land for the benefit of our manufacturers."
- Business enterprise was thoroughly alarmed. The Republicans
- characterized the tariff message as a free-trade assault upon the
- industries of the country. Mainly on that issue they elected in 1888
- Benjamin Harrison of Indiana, a shrewd lawyer, a reticent politician, a
- descendant of the hero of Tippecanoe, and a son of the old Northwest.
- Accepting the outcome of the election as a vindication of their
- principles, the Republicans, under the leadership of William McKinley in
- the House of Representatives, enacted in 1890 a tariff law imposing the
- highest duties yet laid in our history. To their utter surprise,
- however, they were instantly informed by the country that their program
- was not approved. That very autumn they lost in the congressional
- elections, and two years later they were decisively beaten in the
- presidential campaign, Cleveland once more leading his party to victory.
- =References=
- L.H. Haney, _Congressional History of Railways_ (2 vols.).
- J.P. Davis, _Union Pacific Railway_.
- J.M. Swank, _History of the Manufacture of Iron_.
- M.T. Copeland, _The Cotton Manufacturing Industry in the United States_
- (Harvard Studies).
- E.W. Bryce, _Progress of Invention in the Nineteenth Century_.
- Ida Tarbell, _History of the Standard Oil Company_ (Critical).
- G.H. Montague, _Rise and Progress of the Standard Oil Company_
- (Friendly).
- H.P. Fairchild, _Immigration_, and F.J. Warne, _The Immigrant Invasion_
- (Both works favor exclusion).
- I.A. Hourwich, _Immigration_ (Against exclusionist policies).
- J.F. Rhodes, _History of the United States, 1877-1896_, Vol. VIII.
- Edward Stanwood, _A History of the Presidency_, Vol. I, for the
- presidential elections of the period.
- =Questions=
- 1. Contrast the state of industry and commerce at the close of the Civil
- War with its condition at the close of the Revolutionary War.
- 2. Enumerate the services rendered to the nation by the railways.
- 3. Explain the peculiar relation of railways to government.
- 4. What sections of the country have been industrialized?
- 5. How do you account for the rise and growth of the trusts? Explain
- some of the economic advantages of the trust.
- 6. Are the people in cities more or less independent than the farmers?
- What was Jefferson's view?
- 7. State some of the problems raised by unrestricted immigration.
- 8. What was the theory of the relation of government to business in this
- period? Has it changed in recent times?
- 9. State the leading economic policies sponsored by the Republican
- party.
- 10. Why were the Republicans especially strong immediately after the
- Civil War?
- 11. What illustrations can you give showing the influence of war in
- American political campaigns?
- 12. Account for the strength of middle-western candidates.
- 13. Enumerate some of the abuses that appeared in American political
- life after 1865.
- 14. Sketch the rise and growth of the reform movement.
- 15. How is the fluctuating state of public opinion reflected in the
- elections from 1880 to 1896?
- =Research Topics=
- =Invention, Discovery, and Transportation.=--Sparks, _National
- Development_ (American Nation Series), pp. 37-67; Bogart, _Economic
- History of the United States_, Chaps. XXI, XXII, and XXIII.
- =Business and Politics.=--Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series),
- pp. 92-107; Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vol. VII, pp. 1-29,
- 64-73, 175-206; Wilson, _History of the American People_, Vol. IV, pp.
- 78-96.
- =Immigration.=--Coman, _Industrial History of the United States_ (2d
- ed.), pp. 369-374; E.L. Bogart, _Economic History of the United States_,
- pp. 420-422, 434-437; Jenks and Lauck, _Immigration Problems_, Commons,
- _Races and Immigrants_.
- =The Disputed Election of 1876.=--Haworth, _The United States in Our Own
- Time_, pp. 82-94; Dunning, _Reconstruction, Political and Economic_
- (American Nation Series), pp. 294-341; Elson, _History of the United
- States_, pp. 835-841.
- =Abuses in Political Life.=--Dunning, _Reconstruction_, pp. 281-293; see
- criticisms in party platforms in Stanwood, _History of the Presidency_,
- Vol. I; Bryce, _American Commonwealth_ (1910 ed.), Vol. II, pp. 379-448;
- 136-167.
- =Studies of Presidential Administrations.=--(_a_) Grant, (_b_) Hayes,
- (_c_) Garfield-Arthur, (_d_) Cleveland, and (_e_) Harrison, in Haworth,
- _The United States in Our Own Time_, or in Paxson, _The New Nation_
- (Riverside Series), or still more briefly in Elson.
- =Cleveland Democracy.=--Haworth, _The United States_, pp. 164-183;
- Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 240-327; Elson,
- pp. 857-887.
- =Analysis of Modern Immigration Problems.=--_Syllabus in History_ (New
- York State, 1919), pp. 110-112.
- CHAPTER XVIII
- THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE GREAT WEST
- At the close of the Civil War, Kansas and Texas were sentinel states on
- the middle border. Beyond the Rockies, California, Oregon, and Nevada
- stood guard, the last of them having been just admitted to furnish
- another vote for the fifteenth amendment abolishing slavery. Between the
- near and far frontiers lay a vast reach of plain, desert, plateau, and
- mountain, almost wholly undeveloped. A broad domain, extending from
- Canada to Mexico, and embracing the regions now included in Washington,
- Idaho, Wyoming, Montana, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, the Dakotas, and
- Oklahoma, had fewer than half a million inhabitants. It was laid out
- into territories, each administered under a governor appointed by the
- President and Senate and, as soon as there was the requisite number of
- inhabitants, a legislature elected by the voters. No railway line
- stretched across the desert. St. Joseph on the Missouri was the terminus
- of the Eastern lines. It required twenty-five days for a passenger to
- make the overland journey to California by the stagecoach system,
- established in 1858, and more than ten days for the swift pony express,
- organized in 1860, to carry a letter to San Francisco. Indians still
- roamed the plain and desert and more than one powerful tribe disputed
- the white man's title to the soil.
- THE RAILWAYS AS TRAIL BLAZERS
- =Opening Railways to the Pacific.=--A decade before the Civil War the
- importance of rail connection between the East and the Pacific Coast had
- been recognized. Pressure had already been brought to bear on Congress
- to authorize the construction of a line and to grant land and money in
- its aid. Both the Democrats and Republicans approved the idea, but it
- was involved in the slavery controversy. Indeed it was submerged in it.
- Southern statesmen wanted connections between the Gulf and the Pacific
- through Texas, while Northerners stood out for a central route.
- The North had its way during the war. Congress, by legislation initiated
- in 1862, provided for the immediate organization of companies to build a
- line from the Missouri River to California and made grants of land and
- loans of money to aid in the enterprise. The Western end, the Central
- Pacific, was laid out under the supervision of Leland Stanford. It was
- heavily financed by the Mormons of Utah and also by the state
- government, the ranchmen, miners, and business men of California; and it
- was built principally by Chinese labor. The Eastern end, the Union
- Pacific, starting at Omaha, was constructed mainly by veterans of the
- Civil War and immigrants from Ireland and Germany. In 1869 the two
- companies met near Ogden in Utah and the driving of the last spike,
- uniting the Atlantic and the Pacific, was the occasion of a great
- demonstration.
- Other lines to the Pacific were projected at the same time; but the
- panic of 1873 checked railway enterprise for a while. With the revival
- of prosperity at the end of that decade, construction was renewed with
- vigor and the year 1883 marked a series of railway triumphs. In February
- trains were running from New Orleans through Houston, San Antonio, and
- Yuma to San Francisco, as a result of a union of the Texas Pacific with
- the Southern Pacific and its subsidiary corporations. In September the
- last spike was driven in the Northern Pacific at Helena, Montana. Lake
- Superior was connected with Puget Sound. The waters explored by Joliet
- and Marquette were joined to the waters plowed by Sir Francis Drake
- while he was searching for a route around the world. That same year also
- a third line was opened to the Pacific by way of the Atchison, Topeka
- and Santa Fe, making connections through Albuquerque and Needles with
- San Francisco. The fondest hopes of railway promoters seemed to be
- realized.
- [Illustration: UNITED STATES IN 1870]
- =Western Railways Precede Settlement.=--In the Old World and on our
- Atlantic seaboard, railways followed population and markets. In the Far
- West, railways usually preceded the people. Railway builders planned
- cities on paper before they laid tracks connecting them. They sent
- missionaries to spread the gospel of "Western opportunity" to people in
- the Middle West, in the Eastern cities, and in Southern states. Then
- they carried their enthusiastic converts bag and baggage in long trains
- to the distant Dakotas and still farther afield. So the development of
- the Far West was not left to the tedious processes of time. It was
- pushed by men of imagination--adventurers who made a romance of
- money-making and who had dreams of empire unequaled by many kings of the
- past.
- These empire builders bought railway lands in huge tracts; they got more
- from the government; they overcame every obstacle of canon, mountain,
- and stream with the aid of science; they built cities according to the
- plans made by the engineers. Having the towns ready and railway and
- steamboat connections formed with the rest of the world, they carried
- out the people to use the railways, the steamships, the houses, and the
- land. It was in this way that "the frontier speculator paved the way for
- the frontier agriculturalist who had to be near a market before he could
- farm." The spirit of this imaginative enterprise, which laid out
- railways and towns in advance of the people, is seen in an advertisement
- of that day: "This extension will run 42 miles from York, northeast
- through the Island Lake country, and will have five good North Dakota
- towns. The stations on the line will be well equipped with elevators and
- will be constructed and ready for operation at the commencement of the
- grain season. Prospective merchants have been active in securing
- desirable locations at the different towns on the line. There are still
- opportunities for hotels, general merchandise, hardware, furniture, and
- drug stores, etc."
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- A TOWN ON THE PRAIRIE]
- Among the railway promoters and builders in the West, James J. Hill,
- of the Great Northern and allied lines, was one of the most forceful
- figures. He knew that tracks and trains were useless without passengers
- and freight; without a population of farmers and town dwellers. He
- therefore organized publicity in the Virginias, Iowa, Ohio, Indiana,
- Illinois, Wisconsin, and Nebraska especially. He sent out agents to tell
- the story of Western opportunity in this vein: "You see your children
- come out of school with no chance to get farms of their own because the
- cost of land in your older part of the country is so high that you can't
- afford to buy land to start your sons out in life around you. They have
- to go to the cities to make a living or become laborers in the mills or
- hire out as farm hands. There is no future for them there. If you are
- doing well where you are and can safeguard the future of your children
- and see them prosper around you, don't leave here. But if you want
- independence, if you are renting your land, if the money-lender is
- carrying you along and you are running behind year after year, you can
- do no worse by moving.... You farmers talk of free trade and protection
- and what this or that political party will do for you. Why don't you
- vote a homestead for yourself? That is the only thing Uncle Sam will
- ever give you. Jim Hill hasn't an acre of land to sell you. We are not
- in the real estate business. We don't want you to go out West and make a
- failure of it because the rates at which we haul you and your goods make
- the first transaction a loss.... We must have landless men for a manless
- land."
- Unlike steamship companies stimulating immigration to get the fares,
- Hill was seeking permanent settlers who would produce, manufacture, and
- use the railways as the means of exchange. Consequently he fixed low
- rates and let his passengers take a good deal of live stock and
- household furniture free. By doing this he made an appeal that was
- answered by eager families. In 1894 the vanguard of home seekers left
- Indiana in fourteen passenger coaches, filled with men, women, and
- children, and forty-eight freight cars carrying their household goods
- and live stock. In the ten years that followed, 100,000 people from the
- Middle West and the South, responding to his call, went to the Western
- country where they brought eight million acres of prairie land under
- cultivation.
- When Hill got his people on the land, he took an interest in everything
- that increased the productivity of their labor. Was the output of food
- for his freight cars limited by bad drainage on the farms? Hill then
- interested himself in practical ways of ditching and tiling. Were
- farmers hampered in hauling their goods to his trains by bad roads? In
- that case, he urged upon the states the improvement of highways. Did the
- traffic slacken because the food shipped was not of the best quality?
- Then live stock must be improved and scientific farming promoted. Did
- the farmers need credit? Banks must be established close at hand to
- advance it. In all conferences on scientific farm management,
- conservation of natural resources, banking and credit in relation to
- agriculture and industry, Hill was an active participant. His was the
- long vision, seeing in conservation and permanent improvements the
- foundation of prosperity for the railways and the people.
- Indeed, he neglected no opportunity to increase the traffic on the
- lines. He wanted no empty cars running in either direction and no wheat
- stored in warehouses for the lack of markets. So he looked to the Orient
- as well as to Europe as an outlet for the surplus of the farms. He sent
- agents to China and Japan to discover what American goods and produce
- those countries would consume and what manufactures they had to offer to
- Americans in exchange. To open the Pacific trade he bought two ocean
- monsters, the _Minnesota_ and the _Dakota_, thus preparing for
- emergencies West as well as East. When some Japanese came to the United
- States on their way to Europe to buy steel rails, Hill showed them how
- easy it was for them to make their purchase in this country and ship by
- way of American railways and American vessels. So the railway builder
- and promoter, who helped to break the virgin soil of the prairies, lived
- through the pioneer epoch and into the age of great finance. Before he
- died he saw the wheat fields of North Dakota linked with the spinning
- jennies of Manchester and the docks of Yokohama.
- THE EVOLUTION OF GRAZING AND AGRICULTURE
- =The Removal of the Indians.=--Unlike the frontier of New England in
- colonial days or that of Kentucky later, the advancing lines of home
- builders in the Far West had little difficulty with warlike natives.
- Indian attacks were made on the railway construction gangs; General
- Custer had his fatal battle with the Sioux in 1876 and there were minor
- brushes; but they were all of relatively slight consequence. The former
- practice of treating with the Indians as independent nations was
- abandoned in 1871 and most of them were concentrated in reservations
- where they were mainly supported by the government. The supervision of
- their affairs was vested in a board of commissioners created in 1869 and
- instructed to treat them as wards of the nation--a trust which
- unfortunately was often betrayed. A further step in Indian policy was
- taken in 1887 when provision was made for issuing lands to individual
- Indians, thus permitting them to become citizens and settle down among
- their white neighbors as farmers or cattle raisers. The disappearance of
- the buffalo, the main food supply of the wild Indians, had made them
- more tractable and more willing to surrender the freedom of the hunter
- for the routine of the reservation, ranch, or wheat field.
- =The Cowboy and Cattle Ranger.=--Between the frontier of farms and the
- mountains were plains and semi-arid regions in vast reaches suitable for
- grazing. As soon as the railways were open into the Missouri Valley,
- affording an outlet for stock, there sprang up to the westward cattle
- and sheep raising on an immense scale. The far-famed American cowboy was
- the hero in this scene. Great herds of cattle were bred in Texas; with
- the advancing spring and summer seasons, they were driven northward
- across the plains and over the buffalo trails. In a single year, 1884,
- it is estimated that nearly one million head of cattle were moved out of
- Texas to the North by four thousand cowboys, supplied with 30,000
- horses and ponies.
- During the two decades from 1870 to 1890 both the cattle men and the
- sheep raisers had an almost free run of the plains, using public lands
- without paying for the privilege and waging war on one another over the
- possession of ranges. At length, however, both had to go, as the
- homesteaders and land companies came and fenced in the plain and desert
- with endless lines of barbed wire. Already in 1893 a writer familiar
- with the frontier lamented the passing of the picturesque days: "The
- unique position of the cowboys among the Americans is jeopardized in a
- thousand ways. Towns are growing up on their pasture lands; irrigation
- schemes of a dozen sorts threaten to turn bunch-grass scenery into
- farm-land views; farmers are pre-empting valleys and the sides of
- waterways; and the day is not far distant when stock-raising must be
- done mainly in small herds, with winter corrals, and then the cowboy's
- days will end. Even now his condition disappoints those who knew him
- only half a dozen years ago. His breed seems to have deteriorated and
- his ranks are filling with men who work for wages rather than for the
- love of the free life and bold companionship that once tempted men into
- that calling. Splendid Cheyenne saddles are less and less numerous in
- the outfits; the distinctive hat that made its way up from Mexico may or
- may not be worn; all the civil authorities in nearly all towns in the
- grazing country forbid the wearing of side arms; nobody shoots up these
- towns any more. The fact is the old simon-pure cowboy days are gone
- already."
- =Settlement under the Homestead Act of 1862.=--Two factors gave a
- special stimulus to the rapid settlement of Western lands which swept
- away the Indians and the cattle rangers. The first was the policy of the
- railway companies in selling large blocks of land received from the
- government at low prices to induce immigration. The second was the
- operation of the Homestead law passed in 1862. This measure practically
- closed the long controversy over the disposition of the public domain
- that was suitable for agriculture. It provided for granting, without any
- cost save a small registration fee, public lands in lots of 160 acres
- each to citizens and aliens who declared their intention of becoming
- citizens. The one important condition attached was that the settler
- should occupy the farm for five years before his title was finally
- confirmed. Even this stipulation was waived in the case of the Civil War
- veterans who were allowed to count their term of military service as a
- part of the five years' occupancy required. As the soldiers of the
- Revolutionary and Mexican wars had advanced in great numbers to the
- frontier in earlier days, so now veterans led in the settlement of the
- middle border. Along with them went thousands of German, Irish, and
- Scandinavian immigrants, fresh from the Old World. Between 1867 and
- 1874, 27,000,000 acres were staked out in quarter-section farms. In
- twenty years (1860-80), the population of Nebraska leaped from 28,000 to
- almost half a million; Kansas from 100,000 to a million; Iowa from
- 600,000 to 1,600,000; and the Dakotas from 5000 to 140,000.
- =The Diversity of Western Agriculture.=--In soil, produce, and
- management, Western agriculture presented many contrasts to that of the
- East and South. In the region of arable and watered lands the typical
- American unit--the small farm tilled by the owner--appeared as usual;
- but by the side of it many a huge domain owned by foreign or Eastern
- companies and tilled by hired labor. Sometimes the great estate took the
- shape of the "bonanza farm" devoted mainly to wheat and corn and
- cultivated on a large scale by machinery. Again it assumed the form of
- the cattle ranch embracing tens of thousands of acres. Again it was a
- vast holding of diversified interest, such as the Santa Anita ranch near
- Los Angeles, a domain of 60,000 acres "cultivated in a glorious sweep of
- vineyards and orange and olive orchards, rich sheep and cattle pastures
- and horse ranches, their life and customs handed down from the Spanish
- owners of the various ranches which were swept into one estate."
- =Irrigation.=--In one respect agriculture in the Far West was unique. In
- a large area spreading through eight states, Montana, Idaho, Wyoming,
- Utah, Colorado, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico, and parts of adjoining
- states, the rainfall was so slight that the ordinary crops to which the
- American farmer was accustomed could not be grown at all. The Mormons
- were the first Anglo-Saxons to encounter aridity, and they were baffled
- at first; but they studied it and mastered it by magnificent irrigation
- systems. As other settlers poured into the West the problem of the
- desert was attacked with a will, some of them replying to the
- commiseration of Eastern farmers by saying that it was easier to scoop
- out an irrigation ditch than to cut forests and wrestle with stumps and
- stones. Private companies bought immense areas at low prices, built
- irrigation works, and disposed of their lands in small plots. Some
- ranchers with an instinct for water, like that of the miner for metal,
- sank wells into the dry sand and were rewarded with gushers that "soused
- the thirsty desert and turned its good-for-nothing sand into
- good-for-anything loam." The federal government came to the aid of the
- arid regions in 1894 by granting lands to the states to be used for
- irrigation purposes. In this work Wyoming took the lead with a law which
- induced capitalists to invest in irrigation and at the same time
- provided for the sale of the redeemed lands to actual settlers. Finally
- in 1902 the federal government by its liberal Reclamation Act added its
- strength to that of individuals, companies, and states in conquering
- "arid America."
- "Nowhere," writes Powell, a historian of the West, in his picturesque
- _End of the Trail_, "has the white man fought a more courageous fight or
- won a more brilliant victory than in Arizona. His weapons have been the
- transit and the level, the drill and the dredge, the pick and the spade;
- and the enemy which he has conquered has been the most stubborn of all
- foes--the hostile forces of Nature.... The story of how the white man
- within the space of less than thirty years penetrated, explored, and
- mapped this almost unknown region; of how he carried law, order, and
- justice into a section which had never had so much as a speaking
- acquaintance with any one of the three before; of how, realizing the
- necessity for means of communication, he built highways of steel across
- this territory from east to west and from north to south; of how,
- undismayed by the savageness of the countenance which the desert turned
- upon him, he laughed and rolled up his sleeves, and spat upon his hands,
- and slashed the face of the desert with canals and irrigating ditches,
- and filled those ditches with water brought from deep in the earth or
- high in the mountains; and of how, in the conquered and submissive soil,
- he replaced the aloe with alfalfa, the mesquite with maize, the cactus
- with cotton, forms one of the most inspiring chapters in our history. It
- is one of the epics of civilization, this reclamation of the Southwest,
- and its heroes, thank God, are Americans.
- "Other desert regions have been redeemed by irrigation--Egypt, for
- example, and Mesopotamia and parts of the Sudan--but the people of all
- those regions lay stretched out in the shade of a convenient palm,
- metaphorically speaking, and waited for some one with more energy than
- themselves to come along and do the work. But the Arizonians, mindful of
- the fact that God, the government, and Carnegie help those who help
- themselves, spent their days wielding the pick and shovel, and their
- evenings in writing letters to Washington with toil-hardened hands.
- After a time the government was prodded into action and the great dams
- at Laguna and Roosevelt are the result. Then the people, organizing
- themselves into cooperative leagues and water-users' associations, took
- up the work of reclamation where the government left off; it is to these
- energetic, persevering men who have drilled wells, plowed fields, and
- dug ditches through the length and breadth of that great region which
- stretches from Yuma to Tucson, that the metamorphosis of Arizona is
- due."
- The effect of irrigation wherever introduced was amazing. Stretches of
- sand and sagebrush gave way to fertile fields bearing crops of wheat,
- corn, fruits, vegetables, and grass. Huge ranches grazed by browsing
- sheep were broken up into small plots. The cowboy and ranchman vanished.
- In their place rose the prosperous community--a community unlike the
- township of Iowa or the industrial center of the East. Its intensive
- tillage left little room for hired labor. Its small holdings drew
- families together in village life rather than dispersing them on the
- lonely plain. Often the development of water power in connection with
- irrigation afforded electricity for labor-saving devices and lifted many
- a burden that in other days fell heavily upon the shoulders of the
- farmer and his family.
- MINING AND MANUFACTURING IN THE WEST
- =Mineral Resources.=--In another important particular the Far West
- differed from the Mississippi Valley states. That was in the
- predominance of mining over agriculture throughout a vast section.
- Indeed it was the minerals rather than the land that attracted the
- pioneers who first opened the country. The discovery of gold in
- California in 1848 was the signal for the great rush of prospectors,
- miners, and promoters who explored the valleys, climbed the hills,
- washed the sands, and dug up the soil in their feverish search for gold,
- silver, copper, coal, and other minerals. In Nevada and Montana the
- development of mineral resources went on all during the Civil War. Alder
- Gulch became Virginia City in 1863; Last Chance Gulch was named Helena
- in 1864; and Confederate Gulch was christened Diamond City in 1865. At
- Butte the miners began operations in 1864 and within five years had
- washed out eight million dollars' worth of gold. Under the gold they
- found silver; under silver they found copper.
- Even at the end of the nineteenth century, after agriculture was well
- advanced and stock and sheep raising introduced on a large scale,
- minerals continued to be the chief source of wealth in a number of
- states. This was revealed by the figures for 1910. The gold, silver,
- iron, and copper of Colorado were worth more than the wheat, corn, and
- oats combined; the copper of Montana sold for more than all the cereals
- and four times the price of the wheat. The interest of Nevada was also
- mainly mining, the receipts from the mineral output being $43,000,000 or
- more than one-half the national debt of Hamilton's day. The yield of the
- mines of Utah was worth four or five times the wheat crop; the coal of
- Wyoming brought twice as much as the great wool clip; the minerals of
- Arizona were totaled at $43,000,000 as against a wool clip reckoned at
- $1,200,000; while in Idaho alone of this group of states did the wheat
- crop exceed in value the output of the mines.
- [Illustration: _Photograph from Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- LOGGING]
- =Timber Resources.=--The forests of the great West, unlike those of the
- Ohio Valley, proved a boon to the pioneers rather than a foe to be
- attacked. In Ohio and Indiana, for example, the frontier line of
- homemakers had to cut, roll, and burn thousands of trees before they
- could put out a crop of any size. Beyond the Mississippi, however,
- there were all ready for the breaking plow great reaches of almost
- treeless prairie, where every stick of timber was precious. In the other
- parts, often rough and mountainous, where stood primeval forests of the
- finest woods, the railroads made good use of the timber. They consumed
- acres of forests themselves in making ties, bridge timbers, and
- telegraph poles, and they laid a heavy tribute upon the forests for
- their annual upkeep. The surplus trees, such as had burdened the
- pioneers of the Northwest Territory a hundred years before, they carried
- off to markets on the east and west coasts.
- =Western Industries.=--The peculiar conditions of the Far West
- stimulated a rise of industries more rapid than is usual in new country.
- The mining activities which in many sections preceded agriculture called
- for sawmills to furnish timber for the mines and smelters to reduce and
- refine ores. The ranches supplied sheep and cattle for the packing
- houses of Kansas City as well as Chicago. The waters of the Northwest
- afforded salmon for 4000 cases in 1866 and for 1,400,000 cases in 1916.
- The fruits and vegetables of California brought into existence
- innumerable canneries. The lumber industry, starting with crude sawmills
- to furnish rough timbers for railways and mines, ended in specialized
- factories for paper, boxes, and furniture. As the railways preceded
- settlement and furnished a ready outlet for local manufactures, so they
- encouraged the early establishment of varied industries, thus creating a
- state of affairs quite unlike that which obtained in the Ohio Valley in
- the early days before the opening of the Erie Canal.
- =Social Effects of Economic Activities.=--In many respects the social
- life of the Far West also differed from that of the Ohio Valley. The
- treeless prairies, though open to homesteads, favored the great estate
- tilled in part by tenant labor and in part by migratory seasonal labor,
- summoned from all sections of the country for the harvests. The mineral
- resources created hundreds of huge fortunes which made the accumulations
- of eastern mercantile families look trivial by comparison. Other
- millionaires won their fortunes in the railway business and still more
- from the cattle and sheep ranges. In many sections the "cattle king," as
- he was called, was as dominant as the planter had been in the old South.
- Everywhere in the grazing country he was a conspicuous and important
- person. He "sometimes invested money in banks, in railroad stocks, or in
- city property.... He had his rating in the commercial reviews and could
- hobnob with bankers, railroad presidents, and metropolitan merchants....
- He attended party caucuses and conventions, ran for the state
- legislature, and sometimes defeated a lawyer or metropolitan 'business
- man' in the race for a seat in Congress. In proportion to their numbers,
- the ranchers ... have constituted a highly impressive class."
- Although many of the early capitalists of the great West, especially
- from Nevada, spent their money principally in the East, others took
- leadership in promoting the sections in which they had made their
- fortunes. A railroad pioneer, General Palmer, built his home at Colorado
- Springs, founded the town, and encouraged local improvements. Denver
- owed its first impressive buildings to the civic patriotism of Horace
- Tabor, a wealthy mine owner. Leland Stanford paid his tribute to
- California in the endowment of a large university. Colonel W.F. Cody,
- better known as "Buffalo Bill," started his career by building a "boom
- town" which collapsed, and made a large sum of money supplying buffalo
- meat to construction hands (hence his popular name). By his famous Wild
- West Show, he increased it to a fortune which he devoted mainly to the
- promotion of a western reclamation scheme.
- While the Far West was developing this vigorous, aggressive leadership
- in business, a considerable industrial population was springing up. Even
- the cattle ranges and hundreds of farms were conducted like factories in
- that they were managed through overseers who hired plowmen, harvesters,
- and cattlemen at regular wages. At the same time there appeared other
- peculiar features which made a lasting impression on western economic
- life. Mining, lumbering, and fruit growing, for instance, employed
- thousands of workers during the rush months and turned them out at other
- times. The inevitable result was an army of migratory laborers wandering
- from camp to camp, from town to town, and from ranch to ranch, without
- fixed homes or established habits of life. From this extraordinary
- condition there issued many a long and lawless conflict between capital
- and labor, giving a distinct color to the labor movement in whole
- sections of the mountain and coast states.
- THE ADMISSION OF NEW STATES
- =The Spirit of Self-Government.=--The instinct of self-government was
- strong in the western communities. In the very beginning, it led to the
- organization of volunteer committees, known as "vigilantes," to suppress
- crime and punish criminals. As soon as enough people were settled
- permanently in a region, they took care to form a more stable kind of
- government. An illustration of this process is found in the Oregon
- compact made by the pioneers in 1843, the spirit of which is reflected
- in an editorial in an old copy of the _Rocky Mountain News_: "We claim
- that any body or community of American citizens which from any cause or
- under any circumstances is cut off from or from isolation is so situated
- as not to be under any active and protecting branch of the central
- government, have a right, if on American soil, to frame a government and
- enact such laws and regulations as may be necessary for their own
- safety, protection, and happiness, always with the condition precedent,
- that they shall, at the earliest moment when the central government
- shall extend an effective organization and laws over them, give it their
- unqualified support and obedience."
- People who turned so naturally to the organization of local
- administration were equally eager for admission to the union as soon as
- any shadow of a claim to statehood could be advanced. As long as a
- region was merely one of the territories of the United States, the
- appointment of the governor and other officers was controlled by
- politics at Washington. Moreover the disposition of land, mineral
- rights, forests, and water power was also in the hands of national
- leaders. Thus practical considerations were united with the spirit of
- independence in the quest for local autonomy.
- =Nebraska and Colorado.=--Two states, Nebraska and Colorado, had little
- difficulty in securing admission to the union. The first, Nebraska, had
- been organized as a territory by the famous Kansas-Nebraska bill which
- did so much to precipitate the Civil War. Lying to the north of Kansas,
- which had been admitted in 1861, it escaped the invasion of slave owners
- from Missouri and was settled mainly by farmers from the North. Though
- it claimed a population of only 67,000, it was regarded with kindly
- interest by the Republican Congress at Washington and, reduced to its
- present boundaries, it received the coveted statehood in 1867.
- This was hardly accomplished before the people of Colorado to the
- southwest began to make known their demands. They had been organized
- under territorial government in 1861 when they numbered only a handful;
- but within ten years the aspect of their affairs had completely changed.
- The silver and gold deposits of the Leadville and Cripple Creek regions
- had attracted an army of miners and prospectors. The city of Denver,
- founded in 1858 and named after the governor of Kansas whence came many
- of the early settlers, had grown from a straggling camp of log huts into
- a prosperous center of trade. By 1875 it was reckoned that the
- population of the territory was not less than one hundred thousand; the
- following year Congress, yielding to the popular appeal, made Colorado a
- member of the American union.
- =Six New States (1889-1890).=--For many years there was a deadlock in
- Congress over the admission of new states. The spell was broken in 1889
- under the leadership of the Dakotas. For a long time the Dakota
- territory, organized in 1861, had been looked upon as the home of the
- powerful Sioux Indians whose enormous reservation blocked the advance of
- the frontier. The discovery of gold in the Black Hills, however, marked
- their doom. Even before Congress could open their lands to prospectors,
- pioneers were swarming over the country. Farmers from the adjoining
- Minnesota and the Eastern states, Scandinavians, Germans, and Canadians,
- came in swelling waves to occupy the fertile Dakota lands, now famous
- even as far away as the fjords of Norway. Seldom had the plow of man cut
- through richer soil than was found in the bottoms of the Red River
- Valley, and it became all the more precious when the opening of the
- Northern Pacific in 1883 afforded a means of transportation east and
- west. The population, which had numbered 135,000 in 1880, passed the
- half million mark before ten years had elapsed.
- Remembering that Nebraska had been admitted with only 67,000
- inhabitants, the Dakotans could not see why they should be kept under
- federal tutelage. At the same time Washington, far away on the Pacific
- Coast, Montana, Idaho, and Wyoming, boasting of their populations and
- their riches, put in their own eloquent pleas. But the members of
- Congress were busy with politics. The Democrats saw no good reason for
- admitting new Republican states until after their defeat in 1888. Near
- the end of their term the next year they opened the door for North and
- South Dakota, Washington, and Montana. In 1890, a Republican Congress
- brought Idaho and Wyoming into the union, the latter with woman
- suffrage, which had been granted twenty-one years before.
- =Utah.=--Although Utah had long presented all the elements of a
- well-settled and industrious community, its admission to the union was
- delayed on account of popular hostility to the practice of polygamy. The
- custom, it is true, had been prohibited by act of Congress in 1862; but
- the law had been systematically evaded. In 1882 Congress made another
- and more effective effort to stamp out polygamy. Five years later it
- even went so far as to authorize the confiscation of the property of the
- Mormon Church in case the practice of plural marriages was not stopped.
- Meanwhile the Gentile or non-Mormon population was steadily increasing
- and the leaders in the Church became convinced that the battle
- against the sentiment of the country was futile. At last in 1896 Utah
- was admitted as a state under a constitution which forbade plural
- marriages absolutely and forever. Horace Greeley, who visited Utah in
- 1859, had prophesied that the Pacific Railroad would work a revolution
- in the land of Brigham Young. His prophecy had come true.
- [Illustration: THE UNITED STATES IN 1912]
- =Rounding out the Continent.=--Three more territories now remained out
- of the Union. Oklahoma, long an Indian reservation, had been opened for
- settlement to white men in 1889. The rush upon the fertile lands of this
- region, the last in the history of America, was marked by all the frenzy
- of the final, desperate chance. At a signal from a bugle an army of men
- with families in wagons, men and women on horseback and on foot, burst
- into the territory. During the first night a city of tents was raised at
- Guthrie and Oklahoma City. In ten days wooden houses rose on the plains.
- In a single year there were schools, churches, business blocks, and
- newspapers. Within fifteen years there was a population of more than
- half a million. To the west, Arizona with a population of about 125,000
- and New Mexico with 200,000 inhabitants joined Oklahoma in asking for
- statehood. Congress, then Republican, looked with reluctance upon the
- addition of more Democratic states; but in 1907 it was literally
- compelled by public sentiment and a sense of justice to admit Oklahoma.
- In 1910 the House of Representatives went to the Democrats and within
- two years Arizona and New Mexico were "under the roof." So the
- continental domain was rounded out.
- THE INFLUENCE OF THE FAR WEST ON NATIONAL LIFE
- =The Last of the Frontier.=--When Horace Greeley made his trip west in
- 1859 he thus recorded the progress of civilization in his journal:
- "May 12th, Chicago.--Chocolate and morning journals last
- seen on the hotel breakfast table.
- 23rd, Leavenworth (Kansas).--Room bells and bath tubs make
- their final appearance.
- 26th, Manhattan.--Potatoes and eggs last recognized among
- the blessings that 'brighten as they take their flight.'
- 27th, Junction City.--Last visitation of a boot-black, with
- dissolving views of a board bedroom. Beds bid us good-by."
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Panama-California Exposition_
- THE CANADIAN BUILDING AT THE PANAMA-CALIFORNIA INTERNATIONAL
- EXPOSITION, SAN DIEGO, 1915]
- Within thirty years travelers were riding across that country in Pullman
- cars and enjoying at the hotels all the comforts of a standardized
- civilization. The "wild west" was gone, and with it that frontier of
- pioneers and settlers who had long given such a bent and tone to
- American life and had "poured in upon the floor of Congress" such a long
- line of "backwoods politicians," as they were scornfully styled.
- =Free Land and Eastern Labor.=--It was not only the picturesque features
- of the frontier that were gone. Of far more consequence was the
- disappearance of free lands with all that meant for American labor. For
- more than a hundred years, any man of even moderate means had been able
- to secure a homestead of his own and an independent livelihood. For a
- hundred years America had been able to supply farms to as many
- immigrants as cared to till the soil. Every new pair of strong arms
- meant more farms and more wealth. Workmen in Eastern factories, mines,
- or mills who did not like their hours, wages, or conditions of labor,
- could readily find an outlet to the land. Now all that was over. By
- about 1890 most of the desirable land available under the Homestead act
- had disappeared. American industrial workers confronted a new situation.
- =Grain Supplants King Cotton.=--In the meantime a revolution was taking
- place in agriculture. Until 1860 the chief staples sold by America were
- cotton and tobacco. With the advance of the frontier, corn and wheat
- supplanted them both in agrarian economy. The West became the granary of
- the East and of Western Europe. The scoop shovel once used to handle
- grain was superseded by the towering elevator, loading and unloading
- thousands of bushels every hour. The refrigerator car and ship made the
- packing industry as stable as the production of cotton or corn, and gave
- an immense impetus to cattle raising and sheep farming. So the meat of
- the West took its place on the English dinner table by the side of bread
- baked from Dakotan wheat.
- =Aid in American Economic Independence.=--The effects of this economic
- movement were manifold and striking. Billions of dollars' worth of
- American grain, dairy produce, and meat were poured into European
- markets where they paid off debts due money lenders and acquired
- capital to develop American resources. Thus they accelerated the
- progress of American financiers toward national independence. The
- country, which had timidly turned to the Old World for capital in
- Hamilton's day and had borrowed at high rates of interest in London in
- Lincoln's day, moved swiftly toward the time when it would be among the
- world's first bankers and money lenders itself. Every grain of wheat and
- corn pulled the balance down on the American side of the scale.
- =Eastern Agriculture Affected.=--In the East as well as abroad the
- opening of the western granary produced momentous results. The
- agricultural economy of that part of the country was changed in many
- respects. Whole sections of the poorest land went almost out of
- cultivation, the abandoned farms of the New England hills bearing solemn
- witness to the competing power of western wheat fields. Sheep and cattle
- raising, as well as wheat and corn production, suffered at least a
- relative decline. Thousands of farmers cultivating land of the lower
- grade were forced to go West or were driven to the margin of
- subsistence. Even the herds that supplied Eastern cities with milk were
- fed upon grain brought halfway across the continent.
- =The Expansion of the American Market.=--Upon industry as well as
- agriculture, the opening of vast food-producing regions told in a
- thousand ways. The demand for farm machinery, clothing, boots, shoes,
- and other manufactures gave to American industries such a market as even
- Hamilton had never foreseen. Moreover it helped to expand far into the
- Mississippi Valley the industrial area once confined to the Northern
- seaboard states and to transform the region of the Great Lakes into an
- industrial empire. Herein lies the explanation of the growth of
- mid-western cities after 1865. Chicago, with its thirty-five railways,
- tapped every locality of the West and South. To the railways were added
- the water routes of the Lakes, thus creating a strategic center for
- industries. Long foresight carried the McCormick reaper works to
- Chicago before 1860. From Troy, New York, went a large stove plant. That
- was followed by a shoe factory from Massachusetts. The packing industry
- rose as a matter of course at a point so advantageous for cattle raisers
- and shippers and so well connected with Eastern markets.
- To the opening of the Far West also the Lake region was indebted for a
- large part of that water-borne traffic which made it "the Mediterranean
- basin of North America." The produce of the West and the manufactures of
- the East poured through it in an endless stream. The swift growth of
- shipbuilding on the Great Lakes helped to compensate for the decline of
- the American marine on the high seas. In response to this stimulus
- Detroit could boast that her shipwrights were able to turn out a ten
- thousand ton Leviathan for ore or grain about "as quickly as carpenters
- could put up an eight-room house." Thus in relation to the Far West the
- old Northwest territory--the wilderness of Jefferson's time--had taken
- the position formerly occupied by New England alone. It was supplying
- capital and manufactures for a vast agricultural empire West and South.
- =America on the Pacific.=--It has been said that the Mediterranean Sea
- was the center of ancient civilization; that modern civilization has
- developed on the shores of the Atlantic; and that the future belongs to
- the Pacific. At any rate, the sweep of the United States to the shores
- of the Pacific quickly exercised a powerful influence on world affairs
- and it undoubtedly has a still greater significance for the future.
- Very early regular traffic sprang up between the Pacific ports and the
- Hawaiian Islands, China, and Japan. Two years before the adjustment of
- the Oregon controversy with England, namely in 1844, the United States
- had established official and trading relations with China. Ten years
- later, four years after the admission of California to the union, the
- barred door of Japan was forced open by Commodore Perry. The commerce
- which had long before developed between the Pacific ports and Hawaii,
- China, and Japan now flourished under official care. In 1865 a ship
- from Honolulu carried sugar, molasses, and fruits from Hawaii to the
- Oregon port of Astoria. The next year a vessel from Hongkong brought
- rice, mats, and tea from China. An era of lucrative trade was opened.
- The annexation of Hawaii in 1898, the addition of the Philippines at the
- same time, and the participation of American troops in the suppression
- of the Boxer rebellion in Peking in 1900, were but signs and symbols of
- American power on the Pacific.
- [Illustration: _From an old print_
- COMMODORE PERRY'S MEN MAKING PRESENTS TO THE JAPANESE]
- =Conservation and the Land Problem.=--The disappearance of the frontier
- also brought new and serious problems to the governments of the states
- and the nation. The people of the whole United States suddenly were
- forced to realize that there was a limit to the rich, new land to
- exploit and to the forests and minerals awaiting the ax and the pick.
- Then arose in America the questions which had long perplexed the
- countries of the Old World--the scientific use of the soils and
- conservation of natural resources. Hitherto the government had followed
- the easy path of giving away arable land and selling forest and mineral
- lands at low prices. Now it had to face far more difficult and complex
- problems. It also had to consider questions of land tenure again,
- especially if the ideal of a nation of home-owning farmers was to be
- maintained. While there was plenty of land for every man or woman who
- wanted a home on the soil, it made little difference if single landlords
- or companies got possession of millions of acres, if a hundred men in
- one western river valley owned 17,000,000 acres; but when the good land
- for small homesteads was all gone, then was raised the real issue. At
- the opening of the twentieth century the nation, which a hundred years
- before had land and natural resources apparently without limit, was
- compelled to enact law after law conserving its forests and minerals.
- Then it was that the great state of California, on the very border of
- the continent, felt constrained to enact a land settlement measure
- providing government assistance in an effort to break up large holdings
- into small lots and to make it easy for actual settlers to acquire small
- farms. America was passing into a new epoch.
- =References=
- Henry Inman, _The Old Santa Fe Trail_.
- R.I. Dodge, _The Plains of the Great West_ (1877).
- C.H. Shinn, _The Story of the Mine_.
- Cy Warman, _The Story of the Railroad_.
- Emerson Hough, _The Story of the Cowboy_.
- H.H. Bancroft is the author of many works on the West but his writings
- will be found only in the larger libraries.
- Joseph Schafer, _History of the Pacific Northwest_ (ed. 1918).
- T.H. Hittel, _History of California_ (4 vols.).
- W.H. Olin, _American Irrigation Farming_.
- W.E. Smythe, _The Conquest of Arid America_.
- H.A. Millis, _The American-Japanese Problem_.
- E.S. Meany, _History of the State of Washington_.
- H.K. Norton, _The Story of California_.
- =Questions=
- 1. Name the states west of the Mississippi in 1865.
- 2. In what manner was the rest of the western region governed?
- 3. How far had settlement been carried?
- 4. What were the striking physical features of the West?
- 5. How was settlement promoted after 1865?
- 6. Why was admission to the union so eagerly sought?
- 7. Explain how politics became involved in the creation of new states.
- 8. Did the West rapidly become like the older sections of the country?
- 9. What economic peculiarities did it retain or develop?
- 10. How did the federal government aid in western agriculture?
- 11. How did the development of the West affect the East? The South?
- 12. What relation did the opening of the great grain areas of the West
- bear to the growth of America's commercial and financial power?
- 13. State some of the new problems of the West.
- 14. Discuss the significance of American expansion to the Pacific Ocean.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Passing of the Wild West.=--Haworth, _The United States in Our Own
- Times_, pp. 100-124.
- =The Indian Question.=--Sparks, _National Development_ (American Nation
- Series), pp. 265-281.
- =The Chinese Question.=--Sparks, _National Development_, pp. 229-250;
- Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 180-196.
- =The Railway Age.=--Schafer, _History of the Pacific Northwest_, pp.
- 230-245; E.V. Smalley, _The Northern Pacific Railroad_; Paxson, _The New
- Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp. 20-26, especially the map on p. 23, and
- pp. 142-148.
- =Agriculture and Business.=--Schafer, _Pacific Northwest_, pp. 246-289.
- =Ranching in the Northwest.=--Theodore Roosevelt, _Ranch Life_, and
- _Autobiography_, pp. 103-143.
- =The Conquest of the Desert.=--W.E. Smythe, _The Conquest of Arid
- America_.
- =Studies of Individual Western States.=--Consult any good encyclopedia.
- CHAPTER XIX
- DOMESTIC ISSUES BEFORE THE COUNTRY (1865-1897)
- For thirty years after the Civil War the leading political parties,
- although they engaged in heated presidential campaigns, were not sharply
- and clearly opposed on many matters of vital significance. During none
- of that time was there a clash of opinion over specific issues such as
- rent the country in 1800 when Jefferson rode a popular wave to victory,
- or again in 1828 when Jackson's western hordes came sweeping into power.
- The Democrats, who before 1860 definitely opposed protective tariffs,
- federal banking, internal improvements, and heavy taxes, now spoke
- cautiously on all these points. The Republicans, conscious of the fact
- that they had been a minority of the voters in 1860 and warned by the
- early loss of the House of Representatives in 1874, also moved with
- considerable prudence among the perplexing problems of the day. Again
- and again the votes in Congress showed that no clear line separated all
- the Democrats from all the Republicans. There were Republicans who
- favored tariff reductions and "cheap money." There were Democrats who
- looked with partiality upon high protection or with indulgence upon the
- contraction of the currency. Only on matters relating to the coercion of
- the South was the division between the parties fairly definite; this
- could be readily accounted for on practical as well as sentimental
- grounds.
- After all, the vague criticisms and proposals that found their way into
- the political platforms did but reflect the confusion of mind prevailing
- in the country. The fact that, out of the eighteen years between 1875
- and 1893, the Democrats held the House of Representatives for fourteen
- years while the Republicans had every President but one showed that the
- voters, like the politicians, were in a state of indecision. Hayes had a
- Democratic House during his entire term and a Democratic Senate for two
- years of the four. Cleveland was confronted by a belligerent Republican
- majority in the Senate during his first administration; and at the same
- time was supported by a Democratic majority in the House. Harrison was
- sustained by continuous Republican successes in Senatorial elections;
- but in the House he had the barest majority from 1889 to 1891 and lost
- that altogether at the election held in the middle of his term. The
- opinion of the country was evidently unsettled and fluctuating. It was
- still distracted by memories of the dead past and uncertain as to the
- trend of the future.
- THE CURRENCY QUESTION
- Nevertheless these years of muddled politics and nebulous issues proved
- to be a period in which social forces were gathering for the great
- campaign of 1896. Except for three new features--the railways, the
- trusts, and the trade unions--the subjects of debate among the people
- were the same as those that had engaged their attention since the
- foundation of the republic: the currency, the national debt, banking,
- the tariff, and taxation.
- =Debtors and the Fall in Prices.=--For many reasons the currency
- question occupied the center of interest. As of old, the farmers and
- planters of the West and South were heavily in debt to the East for
- borrowed money secured by farm mortgages; and they counted upon the sale
- of cotton, corn, wheat, and hogs to meet interest and principal when
- due. During the war, the Western farmers had been able to dispose of
- their produce at high prices and thus discharge their debts with
- comparative ease; but after the war prices declined. Wheat that sold at
- two dollars a bushel in 1865 brought sixty-four cents twenty years
- later. The meaning of this for the farmers in debt--and nearly
- three-fourths of them were in that class--can be shown by a single
- illustration. A thousand-dollar mortgage on a Western farm could be paid
- off by five hundred bushels of wheat when prices were high; whereas it
- took about fifteen hundred bushels to pay the same debt when wheat was
- at the bottom of the scale. For the farmer, it must be remembered, wheat
- was the measure of his labor, the product of his toil under the summer
- sun; and in its price he found the test of his prosperity.
- =Creditors and Falling Prices.=--To the bondholders or creditors, on the
- other hand, falling prices were clear gain. If a fifty-dollar coupon on
- a bond bought seventy or eighty bushels of wheat instead of twenty or
- thirty, the advantage to the owner of the coupon was obvious. Moreover
- the advantage seemed to him entirely just. Creditors had suffered heavy
- losses when the Civil War carried prices skyward while the interest
- rates on their old bonds remained stationary. For example, if a man had
- a $1000 bond issued before 1860 and paying interest at five per cent, he
- received fifty dollars a year from it. Before the war each dollar would
- buy a bushel of wheat; in 1865 it would only buy half a bushel. When
- prices--that is, the cost of living--began to go down, creditors
- therefore generally regarded the change with satisfaction as a return to
- normal conditions.
- =The Cause of Falling Prices.=--The fall in prices was due, no doubt, to
- many factors. Among them must be reckoned the discontinuance of
- government buying for war purposes, labor-saving farm machinery,
- immigration, and the opening of new wheat-growing regions. The currency,
- too, was an element in the situation. Whatever the cause, the
- discontented farmers believed that the way to raise prices was to issue
- more money. They viewed it as a case of supply and demand. If there was
- a small volume of currency in circulation, prices would be low; if there
- was a large volume, prices would be high. Hence they looked with favor
- upon all plans to increase the amount of money in circulation. First
- they advocated more paper notes--greenbacks--and then they turned to
- silver as the remedy. The creditors, on the other hand, naturally
- approved the reduction of the volume of currency. They wished to see the
- greenbacks withdrawn from circulation and gold--a metal more limited in
- volume than silver--made the sole basis of the national monetary system.
- =The Battle over the Greenbacks.=--The contest between these factions
- began as early as 1866. In that year, Congress enacted a law authorizing
- the Treasury to withdraw the greenbacks from circulation. The paper
- money party set up a shrill cry of protest, and kept up the fight until,
- in 1878, it forced Congress to provide for the continuous re-issue of
- the legal tender notes as they came into the Treasury in payment of
- taxes and other dues. Then could the friends of easy money rejoice:
- "Thou, Greenback, 'tis of thee
- Fair money of the free,
- Of thee we sing."
- =Resumption of Specie Payment.=--There was, however, another side to
- this victory. The opponents of the greenbacks, unable to stop the
- circulation of paper, induced Congress to pass a law in 1875 providing
- that on and after January 1, 1879, "the Secretary of the Treasury shall
- redeem in coin the United States legal tender notes then outstanding on
- their presentation at the office of the Assistant Treasurer of the
- United States in the City of New York in sums of not less than fifty
- dollars." "The way to resume," John Sherman had said, "is to resume."
- When the hour for redemption arrived, the Treasury was prepared with a
- large hoard of gold. "On the appointed day," wrote the assistant
- secretary, "anxiety reigned in the office of the Treasury. Hour after
- hour passed; no news from New York. Inquiry by wire showed that all was
- quiet. At the close of the day this message came: '$135,000 of notes
- presented for coin--$400,000 of gold for notes.' That was all.
- Resumption was accomplished with no disturbance. By five o'clock the
- news was all over the land, and the New York bankers were sipping their
- tea in absolute safety."
- =The Specie Problem--the Parity of Gold and Silver.=--Defeated in their
- efforts to stop "the present suicidal and destructive policy of
- contraction," the advocates of an abundant currency demanded an increase
- in the volume of silver in circulation. This precipitated one of the
- sharpest political battles in American history. The issue turned on
- legal as well as economic points. The Constitution gave Congress the
- power to coin money and it forbade the states to make anything but gold
- and silver legal tender in the payment of debts. It evidently
- contemplated the use of both metals in the currency system. Such, at
- least, was the view of many eminent statesmen, including no less a
- personage than James G. Blaine. The difficulty, however, lay in
- maintaining gold and silver coins on a level which would permit them to
- circulate with equal facility. Obviously, if the gold in a gold dollar
- exceeds the value of the silver in a silver dollar on the open market,
- men will hoard gold money and leave silver money in circulation. When,
- for example, Congress in 1792 fixed the ratio of the two metals at one
- to fifteen--one ounce of gold declared worth fifteen of silver--it was
- soon found that gold had been undervalued. When again in 1834 the ratio
- was put at one to sixteen, it was found that silver was undervalued.
- Consequently the latter metal was not brought in for coinage and silver
- almost dropped out of circulation. Many a silver dollar was melted down
- by silverware factories.
- =Silver Demonetized in 1873.=--So things stood in 1873. At that time,
- Congress, in enacting a mintage law, discontinued the coinage of the
- standard silver dollar, then practically out of circulation. This act
- was denounced later by the friends of silver as "the crime of '73," a
- conspiracy devised by the money power and secretly carried out. This
- contention the debates in Congress do not seem to sustain. In the course
- of the argument on the mint law it was distinctly said by one speaker at
- least: "This bill provides for the making of changes in the legal tender
- coin of the country and for substituting as legal tender, coin of only
- one metal instead of two as heretofore."
- =The Decline in the Value of Silver.=--Absorbed in the greenback
- controversy, the people apparently did not appreciate, at the time, the
- significance of the "demonetization" of silver; but within a few years
- several events united in making it the center of a political storm.
- Germany, having abandoned silver in 1871, steadily increased her demand
- for gold. Three years later, the countries of the Latin Union followed
- this example, thus helping to enhance the price of the yellow metal. All
- the while, new silver lodes, discovered in the Far West, were pouring
- into the market great streams of the white metal, bearing down the
- price. Then came the resumption of specie payment, which, in effect,
- placed the paper money on a gold basis. Within twenty years silver was
- worth in gold only about half the price of 1870.
- That there had been a real decline in silver was denied by the friends
- of that metal. They alleged that gold had gone up because it had been
- given a monopoly in the coinage markets of civilized governments. This
- monopoly, they continued, was the fruit of a conspiracy against the
- people conceived by the bankers of the world. Moreover, they went on,
- the placing of the greenbacks on a gold basis had itself worked a
- contraction of the currency; it lowered the prices of labor and produce
- to the advantage of the holders of long-term investments bearing a fixed
- rate of interest. When wheat sold at sixty-four cents a bushel, their
- search for relief became desperate, and they at last concentrated their
- efforts on opening the mints of the government for the free coinage of
- silver at the ratio of sixteen to one.
- =Republicans and Democrats Divided.=--On this question both Republicans
- and Democrats were divided, the line being drawn between the East on the
- one hand and the South and West on the other, rather than between the
- two leading parties. So trusted a leader as James G. Blaine avowed, in a
- speech delivered in the Senate in 1878, that, as the Constitution
- required Congress to make both gold and silver the money of the land,
- the only question left was that of fixing the ratio between them. He
- affirmed, moreover, the main contention of the silver faction that a
- reopening of the government mints of the world to silver would bring it
- up to its old relation with gold. He admitted also that their most
- ominous warnings were well founded, saying: "I believe the struggle now
- going on in this country and in other countries for a single gold
- standard would, if successful, produce widespread disaster throughout
- the commercial world. The destruction of silver as money and the
- establishment of gold as the sole unit of value must have a ruinous
- effect on all forms of property, except those investments which yield a
- fixed return."
- This was exactly the concession that the silver party wanted.
- "Three-fourths of the business enterprises of this country are conducted
- on borrowed capital," said Senator Jones, of Nevada. "Three-fourths of
- the homes and farms that stand in the names of the actual occupants have
- been bought on time and a very large proportion of them are mortgaged
- for the payment of some part of the purchase money. Under the operation
- of a shrinkage in the volume of money, this enormous mass of borrowers,
- at the maturity of their respective debts, though nominally paying no
- more than the amount borrowed, with interest, are in reality, in the
- amount of the principal alone, returning a percentage of value greater
- than they received--more in equity than they contracted to pay.... In
- all discussions of the subject the creditors attempt to brush aside the
- equities involved by sneering at the debtors."
- =The Silver Purchase Act (1878).=--Even before the actual resumption of
- specie payment, the advocates of free silver were a power to be reckoned
- with, particularly in the Democratic party. They had a majority in the
- House of Representatives in 1878 and they carried a silver bill through
- that chamber. Blocked by the Republican Senate they accepted a
- compromise in the Bland-Allison bill, which provided for huge monthly
- purchases of silver by the government for coinage into dollars. So
- strong was the sentiment that a two-thirds majority was mustered after
- President Hayes vetoed the measure.
- The effect of this act, as some had anticipated, was disappointing. It
- did not stay silver on its downward course. Thereupon the silver faction
- pressed through Congress in 1886 a bill providing for the issue of paper
- certificates based on the silver accumulated in the Treasury. Still
- silver continued to fall. Then the advocates of inflation declared that
- they would be content with nothing short of free coinage at the ratio of
- sixteen to one. If the issue had been squarely presented in 1890, there
- is good reason for believing that free silver would have received a
- majority in both houses of Congress; but it was not presented.
- =The Sherman Silver Purchase Act and the Bond Sales.=--Republican
- leaders, particularly from the East, stemmed the silver tide by a
- diversion of forces. They passed the Sherman Act of 1890 providing for
- large monthly purchases of silver and for the issue of notes redeemable
- in gold or silver at the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury. In
- a clause of superb ambiguity they announced that it was "the established
- policy of the United States to maintain the two metals on a parity with
- each other upon the present legal ratio or such other ratio as may be
- provided by law." For a while silver was buoyed up. Then it turned once
- more on its downward course. In the meantime the Treasury was in a sad
- plight. To maintain the gold reserve, President Cleveland felt compelled
- to sell government bonds; and to his dismay he found that as soon as the
- gold was brought in at the front door of the Treasury, notes were
- presented for redemption and the gold was quickly carried out at the
- back door. Alarmed at the vicious circle thus created, he urged upon
- Congress the repeal of the Sherman Silver Purchase Act. For this he was
- roundly condemned by many of his own followers who branded his conduct
- as "treason to the party"; but the Republicans, especially from the
- East, came to his rescue and in 1893 swept the troublesome sections of
- the law from the statute book. The anger of the silver faction knew no
- bounds, and the leaders made ready for the approaching presidential
- campaign.
- THE PROTECTIVE TARIFF AND TAXATION
- =Fluctuation in Tariff Policy.=--As each of the old parties was divided
- on the currency question, it is not surprising that there was some
- confusion in their ranks over the tariff. Like the silver issue, the
- tariff tended to align the manufacturing East against the agricultural
- West and South rather than to cut directly between the two parties.
- Still the Republicans on the whole stood firmly by the rates imposed
- during the Civil War. If we except the reductions of 1872 which were
- soon offset by increases, we may say that those rates were substantially
- unchanged for nearly twenty years. When a revision was brought about,
- however, it was initiated by Republican leaders. Seeing a huge surplus
- of revenue in the Treasury in 1883, they anticipated popular clamor by
- revising the tariff on the theory that it ought to be reformed by its
- friends rather than by its enemies. On the other hand, it was the
- Republicans also who enacted the McKinley tariff bill of 1890, which
- carried protection to its highest point up to that time.
- The Democrats on their part were not all confirmed free traders or even
- advocates of tariff for revenue only. In Cleveland's first
- administration they did attack the protective system in the House, where
- they had a majority, and in this they were vigorously supported by the
- President. The assault, however, proved to be a futile gesture for it
- was blocked by the Republicans in the Senate. When, after the sweeping
- victory of 1892, the Democrats in the House again attempted to bring
- down the tariff by the Wilson bill of 1894, they were checkmated by
- their own party colleagues in the upper chamber. In the end they were
- driven into a compromise that looked more like a McKinley than a Calhoun
- tariff. The Republicans taunted them with being "babes in the woods."
- President Cleveland was so dissatisfied with the bill that he refused to
- sign it, allowing it to become a law, on the lapse of ten days, without
- his approval.
- =The Income Tax of 1894.=--The advocates of tariff reduction usually
- associated with their proposal a tax on incomes. The argument which
- they advanced in support of their program was simple. Most of the
- industries, they said, are in the East and the protective tariff which
- taxes consumers for the benefit of manufacturers is, in effect, a
- tribute laid upon the rest of the country. As an offset they offered a
- tax on large incomes; this owing to the heavy concentration of rich
- people in the East, would fall mainly upon the beneficiaries of
- protection. "We propose," said one of them, "to place a part of the
- burden upon the accumulated wealth of the country instead of placing it
- all upon the consumption of the people." In this spirit the sponsors of
- the Wilson tariff bill laid a tax upon all incomes of $4000 a year or
- more.
- In taking this step, the Democrats encountered opposition in their own
- party. Senator Hill, of New York, turned fiercely upon them, exclaiming:
- "The professors with their books, the socialists with their schemes, the
- anarchists with their bombs are all instructing the people in the ...
- principles of taxation." Even the Eastern Republicans were hardly as
- savage in their denunciation of the tax. But all this labor was wasted.
- The next year the Supreme Court of the United States declared the income
- tax to be a direct tax, and therefore null and void because it was laid
- on incomes wherever found and not apportioned among the states according
- to population. The fact that four of the nine judges dissented from this
- decision was also an index to the diversity of opinion that divided both
- parties.
- THE RAILWAYS AND TRUSTS
- =The Grangers and State Regulation.=--The same uncertainty about the
- railways and trusts pervaded the ranks of the Republicans and Democrats.
- As to the railways, the first firm and consistent demand for their
- regulation came from the West. There the farmers, in the early
- seventies, having got control in state legislatures, particularly in
- Iowa, Wisconsin, and Illinois, enacted drastic laws prescribing the
- maximum charges which companies could make for carrying freight and
- passengers. The application of these measures, however, was limited
- because the state could not fix the rates for transporting goods and
- passengers beyond its own borders. The power of regulating interstate
- commerce, under the Constitution, belonged to Congress.
- =The Interstate Commerce Act of 1887.=--Within a few years, the movement
- which had been so effective in western legislatures appeared at
- Washington in the form of demands for the federal regulation of
- interstate rates. In 1887, the pressure became so strong that Congress
- created the interstate commerce commission and forbade many abuses on
- the part of railways; such as discriminating in charges between one
- shipper and another and granting secret rebates to favored persons. This
- law was a significant beginning; but it left the main question of
- rate-fixing untouched, much to the discontent of farmers and shippers.
- =The Sherman Anti-Trust Law of 1890.=--As in the case of the railways,
- attacks upon the trusts were first made in state legislatures, where it
- became the fashion to provide severe penalties for those who formed
- monopolies and "conspired to enhance prices." Republicans and Democrats
- united in the promotion of measures of this kind. As in the case of the
- railways also, the movement to curb the trusts soon had spokesmen at
- Washington. Though Blaine had declared that "trusts were largely a
- private affair with which neither the President nor any private citizen
- had any particular right to interfere," it was a Republican Congress
- that enacted in 1890 the first measure--the Sherman Anti-Trust
- Law--directed against great combinations in business. This act declared
- illegal "every contract, combination in the form of trust or otherwise,
- or conspiracy in restraint of trade and commerce among the several
- states or with foreign nations."
- =The Futility of the Anti-Trust Law.=--Whether the Sherman law was
- directed against all combinations or merely those which placed an
- "unreasonable restraint" on trade and competition was not apparent.
- Senator Platt of Connecticut, a careful statesman of the old school,
- averred: "The questions of whether the bill would be operative, of how
- it would operate, or whether it was within the power of Congress to
- enact it, have been whistled down the wind in this Senate as idle talk
- and the whole effort has been to get some bill headed: 'A bill to punish
- trusts,' with which to go to the country." Whatever its purpose, its
- effect upon existing trusts and upon the formation of new combinations
- was negligible. It was practically unenforced by President Harrison and
- President Cleveland, in spite of the constant demand for harsh action
- against "monopolies." It was patent that neither the Republicans nor the
- Democrats were prepared for a war on the trusts to the bitter end.
- THE MINOR PARTIES AND UNREST
- =The Demands of Dissenting Parties.=--From the election of 1872, when
- Horace Greeley made his ill-fated excursion into politics, onward, there
- appeared in each presidential campaign one, and sometimes two or more
- parties, stressing issues that appealed mainly to wage-earners and
- farmers. Whether they chose to call themselves Labor Reformers,
- Greenbackers, or Anti-monopolists, their slogans and their platforms all
- pointed in one direction. Even the Prohibitionists, who in 1872 started
- on their career with a single issue, the abolition of the liquor
- traffic, found themselves making declarations of faith on other matters
- and hopelessly split over the money question in 1896.
- A composite view of the platforms put forth by the dissenting parties
- from the administration of Grant to the close of Cleveland's second term
- reveals certain notions common to them all. These included among many
- others: the earliest possible payment of the national debt; regulation
- of the rates of railways and telegraph companies; repeal of the specie
- resumption act of 1875; the issue of legal tender notes by the
- government convertible into interest-bearing obligations on demand;
- unlimited coinage of silver as well as gold; a graduated inheritance
- tax; legislation to take from "land, railroad, money, and other gigantic
- corporate monopolies ... the powers they have so corruptly and unjustly
- usurped"; popular or direct election of United States Senators; woman
- suffrage; and a graduated income tax, "placing the burden of government
- on those who can best afford to pay instead of laying it on the farmers
- and producers."
- =Criticism of the Old Parties.=--To this long program of measures the
- reformers added harsh and acrid criticism of the old parties and
- sometimes, it must be said, of established institutions of government.
- "We denounce," exclaimed the Labor party in 1888, "the Democratic and
- Republican parties as hopelessly and shamelessly corrupt and by reason
- of their affiliation with monopolies equally unworthy of the suffrages
- of those who do not live upon public plunder." "The United States
- Senate," insisted the Greenbackers, "is a body composed largely of
- aristocratic millionaires who according to their own party papers
- generally purchased their elections in order to protect the great
- monopolies which they represent." Indeed, if their platforms are to be
- accepted at face value, the Greenbackers believed that the entire
- government had passed out of the hands of the people.
- =The Grangers.=--This unsparing, not to say revolutionary, criticism of
- American political life, appealed, it seems, mainly to farmers in the
- Middle West. Always active in politics, they had, before the Civil War,
- cast their lot as a rule with one or the other of the leading parties.
- In 1867, however, there grew up among them an association known as the
- "Patrons of Husbandry," which was destined to play a large role in the
- partisan contests of the succeeding decades. This society, which
- organized local lodges or "granges" on principles of secrecy and
- fraternity, was originally designed to promote in a general way the
- interests of the farmers. Its political bearings were apparently not
- grasped at first by its promoters. Yet, appealing as it did to the most
- active and independent spirits among the farmers and gathering to itself
- the strength that always comes from organization, it soon found itself
- in the hands of leaders more or less involved in politics. Where a few
- votes are marshaled together in a democracy, there is power.
- =The Greenback Party.=--The first extensive activity of the Grangers was
- connected with the attack on the railways in the Middle West which
- forced several state legislatures to reduce freight and passenger rates
- by law. At the same time, some leaders in the movement, no doubt
- emboldened by this success, launched in 1876 a new political party,
- popularly known as the Greenbackers, favoring a continued re-issue of
- the legal tenders. The beginnings were disappointing; but two years
- later, in the congressional elections, the Greenbackers swept whole
- sections of the country. Their candidates polled more than a million
- votes and fourteen of them were returned to the House of
- Representatives. To all outward signs a new and formidable party had
- entered the lists.
- The sanguine hopes of the leaders proved to be illusory. The quiet
- operations of the resumption act the following year, a revival of
- industry from a severe panic which had set in during 1873, the Silver
- Purchase Act, and the re-issue of Greenbacks cut away some of the
- grounds of agitation. There was also a diversion of forces to the silver
- faction which had a substantial support in the silver mine owners of the
- West. At all events the Greenback vote fell to about 300,000 in the
- election of 1880. A still greater drop came four years later and the
- party gave up the ghost, its sponsors returning to their former
- allegiance or sulking in their tents.
- =The Rise of the Populist Party.=--Those leaders of the old parties who
- now looked for a happy future unvexed by new factions were doomed to
- disappointment. The funeral of the Greenback party was hardly over
- before there arose two other political specters in the agrarian
- sections: the National Farmers' Alliance and Industrial Union,
- particularly strong in the South and West; and the Farmers' Alliance,
- operating in the North. By 1890 the two orders claimed over three
- million members. As in the case of the Grangers many years before, the
- leaders among them found an easy way into politics. In 1892 they held a
- convention, nominated a candidate for President, and adopted the name of
- "People's Party," from which they were known as Populists. Their
- platform, in every line, breathed a spirit of radicalism. They declared
- that "the newspapers are largely subsidized or muzzled; public opinion
- silenced; business prostrate; our homes covered with mortgages; and the
- land concentrating in the hands of capitalists.... The fruits of the
- toil of millions are boldly stolen to build up colossal fortunes for a
- few." Having delivered this sweeping indictment, the Populists put
- forward their remedies: the free coinage of silver, a graduated income
- tax, postal savings banks, and government ownership of railways and
- telegraphs. At the same time they approved the initiative, referendum,
- and popular election of Senators, and condemned the use of federal
- troops in labor disputes. On this platform, the Populists polled over a
- million votes, captured twenty-two presidential electors, and sent a
- powerful delegation to Congress.
- =Industrial Distress Augments Unrest.=--The four years intervening
- between the campaign of 1892 and the next presidential election brought
- forth many events which aggravated the ill-feeling expressed in the
- portentous platform of Populism. Cleveland, a consistent enemy of free
- silver, gave his powerful support to the gold standard and insisted on
- the repeal of the Silver Purchase Act, thus alienating an increasing
- number of his own party. In 1893 a grave industrial crisis fell upon the
- land: banks and business houses went into bankruptcy with startling
- rapidity; factories were closed; idle men thronged the streets hunting
- for work; and the prices of wheat and corn dropped to a ruinous level.
- Labor disputes also filled the crowded record. A strike at the Pullman
- car works in Chicago spread to the railways. Disorders ensued. President
- Cleveland, against the protests of the governor of Illinois, John P.
- Altgeld, dispatched troops to the scene of action. The United States
- district court at Chicago issued an injunction forbidding the president
- of the Railway Union, Eugene V. Debs, or his assistants to interfere
- with the transmission of the mails or interstate commerce in any form.
- For refusing to obey the order, Debs was arrested and imprisoned. With
- federal troops in possession of the field, with their leader in jail,
- the strikers gave up the battle, defeated but not subdued. To cap the
- climax the Supreme Court of the United States, the following year (1895)
- declared null and void the income tax law just enacted by Congress, thus
- fanning the flames of Populist discontent all over the West and South.
- THE SOUND MONEY BATTLE OF 1896
- =Conservative Men Alarmed.=--Men of conservative thought and leaning in
- both parties were by this time thoroughly disturbed. They looked upon
- the rise of Populism and the growth of labor disputes as the signs of a
- revolutionary spirit, indeed nothing short of a menace to American
- institutions and ideals. The income tax law of 1894, exclaimed the
- distinguished New York advocate, Joseph H. Choate, in an impassioned
- speech before the Supreme Court, "is communistic in its purposes and
- tendencies and is defended here upon principles as communistic,
- socialistic--what shall I call them--populistic as ever have been
- addressed to any political assembly in the world." Mr. Justice Field in
- the name of the Court replied: "The present assault upon capital is but
- the beginning. It will be but the stepping stone to others larger and
- more sweeping till our political conditions will become a war of the
- poor against the rich." In declaring the income tax unconstitutional, he
- believed that he was but averting greater evils lurking under its guise.
- As for free silver, nearly all conservative men were united in calling
- it a measure of confiscation and repudiation; an effort of the debtors
- to pay their obligations with money worth fifty cents on the dollar; the
- climax of villainies openly defended; a challenge to law, order, and
- honor.
- =The Republicans Come Out for the Gold Standard.=--It was among the
- Republicans that this opinion was most widely shared and firmly held. It
- was they who picked up the gauge thrown down by the Populists, though a
- host of Democrats, like Cleveland and Hill of New York, also battled
- against the growing Populist defection in Democratic ranks. When the
- Republican national convention assembled in 1896, the die was soon
- cast; a declaration of opposition to free silver save by international
- agreement was carried by a vote of eight to one. The Republican party,
- to use the vigorous language of Mr. Lodge, arrayed itself against "not
- only that organized failure, the Democratic party, but all the wandering
- forces of political chaos and social disorder ... in these bitter times
- when the forces of disorder are loose and the wreckers with their false
- lights gather at the shore to lure the ship of state upon the rocks."
- Yet it is due to historic truth to state that McKinley, whom the
- Republicans nominated, had voted in Congress for the free coinage of
- silver, was widely known as a bimetallist, and was only with difficulty
- persuaded to accept the unequivocal indorsement of the gold standard
- which was pressed upon him by his counselors. Having accepted it,
- however, he proved to be a valiant champion, though his major interest
- was undoubtedly in the protective tariff. To him nothing was more
- reprehensible than attempts "to array class against class, 'the classes
- against the masses,' section against section, labor against capital,
- 'the poor against the rich,' or interest against interest." Such was the
- language of his acceptance speech. The whole program of Populism he now
- viewed as a "sudden, dangerous, and revolutionary assault upon law and
- order."
- =The Democratic Convention at Chicago.=--Never, save at the great
- disruption on the eve of the Civil War, did a Democratic national
- convention display more feeling than at Chicago in 1896. From the
- opening prayer to the last motion before the house, every act, every
- speech, every scene, every resolution evoked passions and sowed
- dissensions. Departing from long party custom, it voted down in anger a
- proposal to praise the administration of the Democratic President,
- Cleveland. When the platform with its radical planks, including free
- silver, was reported, a veritable storm broke. Senator Hill, trembling
- with emotion, protested against the departure from old tests of
- Democratic allegiance; against principles that must drive out of the
- party men who had grown gray in its service; against revolutionary,
- unwise, and unprecedented steps in the history of the party. Senator
- Vilas of Wisconsin, in great fervor, avowed that there was no difference
- in principle between the free coinage of silver--"the confiscation of
- one-half of the credits of the nation for the benefit of debtors"--and
- communism itself--"a universal distribution of property." In the triumph
- of that cause he saw the beginning of "the overthrow of all law, all
- justice, all security and repose in the social order."
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- WILLIAM J. BRYAN IN 1898]
- =The Crown of Thorns Speech.=--The champions of free silver replied in
- strident tones. They accused the gold advocates of being the aggressors
- who had assailed the labor and the homes of the people. William Jennings
- Bryan, of Nebraska, voiced their sentiments in a memorable oration. He
- declared that their cause "was as holy as the cause of liberty--the
- cause of humanity." He exclaimed that the contest was between the idle
- holders of idle capital and the toiling millions. Then he named those
- for whom he spoke--the wage-earner, the country lawyer, the small
- merchant, the farmer, and the miner. "The man who is employed for wages
- is as much a business man as his employer. The attorney in a country
- town is as much a business man as the corporation counsel in a great
- metropolis. The merchant at the cross roads store is as much a business
- man as the merchant of New York. The farmer ... is as much a business
- man as the man who goes upon the board of trade and bets upon the price
- of grain. The miners who go a thousand feet into the earth or climb two
- thousand feet upon the cliffs ... are as much business men as the few
- financial magnates who in a back room corner the money of the world....
- It is for these that we speak. We do not come as aggressors. Ours is not
- a war of conquest. We are fighting in defense of our homes, our
- families, and our posterity. We have petitioned and our petitions have
- been scorned. We have entreated and our entreaties have been
- disregarded. We have begged and they have mocked when our calamity came.
- We beg no longer; we entreat no more; we petition no more. We defy
- them.... We shall answer their demands for a gold standard by saying to
- them, 'You shall not press upon the brow of labor this crown of thorns.
- You shall not crucify mankind upon a cross of gold.'"
- =Bryan Nominated.=--In all the history of national conventions never had
- an orator so completely swayed a multitude; not even Yancey in his
- memorable plea in the Charleston convention of 1860 when, with grave and
- moving eloquence, he espoused the Southern cause against the impending
- fates. The delegates, after cheering Mr. Bryan until they could cheer no
- more, tore the standards from the floor and gathered around the Nebraska
- delegation to renew the deafening applause. The platform as reported was
- carried by a vote of two to one and the young orator from the West,
- hailed as America's Tiberius Gracchus, was nominated as the Democratic
- candidate for President. The South and West had triumphed over the East.
- The division was sectional, admittedly sectional--the old combination of
- power which Calhoun had so anxiously labored to build up a century
- earlier. The Gold Democrats were repudiated in terms which were clear to
- all. A few, unable to endure the thought of voting the Republican
- ticket, held a convention at Indianapolis where, with the sanction of
- Cleveland, they nominated candidates of their own and endorsed the gold
- standard in a forlorn hope.
- =The Democratic Platform.=--It was to the call from Chicago that the
- Democrats gave heed and the Republicans made answer. The platform on
- which Mr. Bryan stood, unlike most party manifestoes, was explicit in
- its language and its appeal. It denounced the practice of allowing
- national banks to issue notes intended to circulate as money on the
- ground that it was "in derogation of the Constitution," recalling
- Jackson's famous attack on the Bank in 1832. It declared that tariff
- duties should be laid "for the purpose of revenue"--Calhoun's doctrine.
- In demanding the free coinage of silver, it recurred to the practice
- abandoned in 1873. The income tax came next on the program. The platform
- alleged that the law of 1894, passed by a Democratic Congress, was "in
- strict pursuance of the uniform decisions of the Supreme Court for
- nearly a hundred years," and then hinted that the decision annulling the
- law might be reversed by the same body "as it may hereafter be
- constituted."
- The appeal to labor voiced by Mr. Bryan in his "crown of thorns" speech
- was reinforced in the platform. "As labor creates the wealth of the
- country," ran one plank, "we demand the passage of such laws as may be
- necessary to protect it in all its rights." Referring to the recent
- Pullman strike, the passions of which had not yet died away, the
- platform denounced "arbitrary interference by federal authorities in
- local affairs as a violation of the Constitution of the United States
- and a crime against free institutions." A special objection was lodged
- against "government by injunction as a new and highly dangerous form of
- oppression by which federal judges, in contempt of the laws of states
- and rights of citizens, become at once legislators, judges, and
- executioners." The remedy advanced was a federal law assuring trial by
- jury in all cases of contempt in labor disputes. Having made this
- declaration of faith, the Democrats, with Mr. Bryan at the head, raised
- their standard of battle.
- =The Heated Campaign.=--The campaign which ensued outrivaled in the
- range of its educational activities and the bitterness of its tone all
- other political conflicts in American history, not excepting the fateful
- struggle of 1860. Immense sums of money were contributed to the funds of
- both parties. Railway, banking, and other corporations gave generously
- to the Republicans; the silver miners, less lavishly but with the same
- anxiety, supported the Democrats. The country was flooded with
- pamphlets, posters, and handbills. Every public forum, from the great
- auditoriums of the cities to the "red schoolhouses" on the countryside,
- was occupied by the opposing forces.
- Mr. Bryan took the stump himself, visiting all parts of the country in
- special trains and addressing literally millions of people in the open
- air. Mr. McKinley chose the older and more formal plan. He received
- delegations at his home in Canton and discussed the issues of the
- campaign from his front porch, leaving to an army of well-organized
- orators the task of reaching the people in their home towns. Parades,
- processions, and monster demonstrations filled the land with politics.
- Whole states were polled in advance by the Republicans and the doubtful
- voters personally visited by men equipped with arguments and literature.
- Manufacturers, frightened at the possibility of disordered public
- credit, announced that they would close their doors if the Democrats won
- the election. Men were dismissed from public and private places on
- account of their political views, one eminent college president being
- forced out for advocating free silver. The language employed by
- impassioned and embittered speakers on both sides roused the public to a
- state of frenzy, once more showing the lengths to which men could go in
- personal and political abuse.
- =The Republican Victory.=--The verdict of the nation was decisive.
- McKinley received 271 of the 447 electoral votes, and 7,111,000 popular
- votes as against Bryan's 6,509,000. The congressional elections were
- equally positive although, on account of the composition of the Senate,
- the "hold-over" Democrats and Populists still enjoyed a power out of
- proportion to their strength as measured at the polls. Even as it was,
- the Republicans got full control of both houses--a dominion of the
- entire government which they were to hold for fourteen years--until the
- second half of Mr. Taft's administration, when they lost possession of
- the House of Representatives. The yoke of indecision was broken. The
- party of sound finance and protective tariffs set out upon its lease of
- power with untroubled assurance.
- REPUBLICAN MEASURES AND RESULTS
- =The Gold Standard and the Tariff.=--Yet strange as it may seem, the
- Republicans did not at once enact legislation making the gold dollar the
- standard for the national currency. Not until 1900 did they take that
- positive step. In his first inaugural President McKinley, as if still
- uncertain in his own mind or fearing a revival of the contest just
- closed, placed the tariff, not the money question, in the forefront.
- "The people have decided," he said, "that such legislation should be had
- as will give ample protection and encouragement to the industries and
- development of our country." Protection for American industries,
- therefore, he urged, is the task before Congress. "With adequate revenue
- secured, but not until then, we can enter upon changes in our fiscal
- laws." As the Republicans had only forty-six of the ninety Senators, and
- at least four of them were known advocates of free silver, the
- discretion exercised by the President in selecting the tariff for
- congressional debate was the better part of valor.
- Congress gave heed to the warning. Under the direction of Nelson P.
- Dingley, whose name was given to the bill, a tariff measure levying the
- highest rates yet laid in the history of American imposts was prepared
- and driven through the House of Representatives. The opposition
- encountered in the Senate, especially from the West, was overcome by
- concessions in favor of that section; but the duties on sugar, tin,
- steel, lumber, hemp, and in fact all of the essential commodities
- handled by combinations and trusts, were materially raised.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- PRESIDENT MCKINLEY AND HIS CABINET]
- =Growth of Combinations.=--The years that followed the enactment of the
- Dingley law were, whatever the cause, the most prosperous the country
- had witnessed for many a decade. Industries of every kind were soon
- running full blast; labor was employed; commerce spread more swiftly
- than ever to the markets of the world. Coincident with this progress was
- the organization of the greatest combinations and trusts the world had
- yet seen. In 1899 the smelters formed a trust with a capital of
- $65,000,000; in the same year the Standard Oil Company with a capital of
- over one hundred millions took the place of the old trust; and the
- Copper Trust was incorporated under the laws of New Jersey, its par
- value capital being fixed shortly afterward at $175,000,000. A year
- later the National Sugar Refining Company, of New Jersey, started with a
- capital of $90,000,000, adopting the policy of issuing to the
- stockholders no public statement of its earnings or financial condition.
- Before another twelvemonth had elapsed all previous corporate financing
- was reduced to small proportions by the flotation of the United States
- Steel Corporation with a capital of more than a billion dollars, an
- enterprise set in motion by the famous Morgan banking house of New York.
- In nearly all these gigantic undertakings, the same great leaders in
- finance were more or less intimately associated. To use the language of
- an eminent authority: "They are all allied and intertwined by their
- various mutual interests. For instance, the Pennsylvania Railroad
- interests are on the one hand allied with the Vanderbilts and on the
- other with the Rockefellers. The Vanderbilts are closely allied with the
- Morgan group.... Viewed as a whole we find the dominating influences in
- the trusts to be made up of a network of large and small capitalists,
- many allied to one another by ties of more or less importance, but all
- being appendages to or parts of the greater groups which are themselves
- dependent on and allied with the two mammoth or Rockefeller and Morgan
- groups. These two mammoth groups jointly ... constitute the heart of the
- business and commercial life of the nation." Such was the picture of
- triumphant business enterprise drawn by a financier within a few years
- after the memorable campaign of 1896.
- America had become one of the first workshops of the world. It was, by
- virtue of the closely knit organization of its business and finance, one
- of the most powerful and energetic leaders in the struggle of the giants
- for the business of the earth. The capital of the Steel Corporation
- alone was more than ten times the total national debt which the apostles
- of calamity in the days of Washington and Hamilton declared the nation
- could never pay. American industry, filling domestic markets to
- overflowing, was ready for new worlds to conquer.
- =References=
- F.W. Taussig, _Tariff History of the United States_.
- J.L. Laughlin, _Bimetallism in the United States_.
- A.B. Hepburn, _History of Coinage and Currency in the United States_.
- E.R.A. Seligman, _The Income Tax_.
- S.J. Buck, _The Granger Movement_ (Harvard Studies).
- F.H. Dixon, _State Railroad Control_.
- H.R. Meyer, _Government Regulation of Railway Rates_.
- W.Z. Ripley (editor), _Trusts, Pools, and Corporations_.
- R.T. Ely, _Monopolies and Trusts_.
- J.B. Clark, _The Control of Trusts_.
- =Questions=
- 1. What proof have we that the political parties were not clearly
- divided over issues between 1865 and 1896?
- 2. Why is a fall in prices a loss to farmers and a gain to holders of
- fixed investments?
- 3. Explain the theory that the quantity of money determines the prices
- of commodities.
- 4. Why was it difficult, if not impossible, to keep gold and silver at a
- parity?
- 5. What special conditions favored a fall in silver between 1870 and
- 1896?
- 6. Describe some of the measures taken to raise the value of silver.
- 7. Explain the relation between the tariff and the income tax in 1894.
- 8. How did it happen that the farmers led in regulating railway rates?
- 9. Give the terms of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act. What was its immediate
- effect?
- 10. Name some of the minor parties. Enumerate the reforms they
- advocated.
- 11. Describe briefly the experiments of the farmers in politics.
- 12. How did industrial conditions increase unrest?
- 13. Why were conservative men disturbed in the early nineties?
- 14. Explain the Republican position in 1896.
- 15. Give Mr. Bryan's doctrines in 1896. Enumerate the chief features of
- the Democratic platform.
- 16. What were the leading measures adopted by the Republicans after
- their victory in 1896?
- =Research Topics=
- =Greenbacks and Resumption.=--Dewey, _Financial History of the United
- States_ (6th ed.), Sections 122-125, 154, and 378; MacDonald,
- _Documentary Source Book of American History_, pp. 446, 566; Hart,
- _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 531-533; Rhodes,
- _History of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 97-101.
- =Demonetization and Coinage of Silver.=--Dewey, _Financial History_,
- Sections 170-173, 186, 189, 194; MacDonald, _Documentary Source Book_,
- pp. 174, 573, 593, 595; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 529-531;
- Rhodes, _History_, Vol. VIII, pp. 93-97.
- =Free Silver and the Campaign of 1896.=--Dewey, _National Problems_
- (American Nation Series), pp. 220-237, 314-328; Hart, _Contemporaries_,
- Vol. IV, pp. 533-538.
- =Tariff Revision.=--Dewey, _Financial History_, Sections 167, 180, 181,
- 187, 192, 196; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 518-525; Rhodes,
- _History_, Vol. VIII, pp. 168-179, 346-351, 418-422.
- =Federal Regulation of Railways.=--Dewey, _National Problems_, pp.
- 91-111; MacDonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 581-590; Hart,
- _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 521-523; Rhodes, _History_, Vol. VIII,
- pp. 288-292.
- =The Rise and Regulation of Trusts.=--Dewey, _National Problems_, pp.
- 188-202; MacDonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 591-593.
- =The Grangers and Populism.=--Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside
- Series), pp. 20-37, 177-191, 208-223.
- =General Analysis of Domestic Problems.=--_Syllabus in History_ (New
- York State, 1920), pp. 137-142.
- CHAPTER XX
- AMERICA A WORLD POWER (1865-1900)
- It has now become a fashion, sanctioned by wide usage and by eminent
- historians, to speak of America, triumphant over Spain and possessed of
- new colonies, as entering the twentieth century in the role of "a world
- power," for the first time. Perhaps at this late day, it is useless to
- protest against the currency of the idea. Nevertheless, the truth is
- that from the fateful moment in March, 1775, when Edmund Burke unfolded
- to his colleagues in the British Parliament the resources of an
- invincible America, down to the settlement at Versailles in 1919 closing
- the drama of the World War, this nation has been a world power,
- influencing by its example, by its institutions, by its wealth, trade,
- and arms the course of international affairs. And it should be said also
- that neither in the field of commercial enterprise nor in that of
- diplomacy has it been wanting in spirit or ingenuity.
- When John Hay, Secretary of State, heard that an American citizen,
- Perdicaris, had been seized by Raisuli, a Moroccan bandit, in 1904, he
- wired his brusque message: "We want Perdicaris alive or Raisuli dead."
- This was but an echo of Commodore Decatur's equally characteristic
- answer, "Not a minute," given nearly a hundred years before to the
- pirates of Algiers begging for time to consider whether they would cease
- preying upon American merchantmen. Was it not as early as 1844 that the
- American commissioner, Caleb Cushing, taking advantage of the British
- Opium War on China, negotiated with the Celestial Empire a successful
- commercial treaty? Did he not then exultantly exclaim: "The laws of the
- Union follow its citizens and its banner protects them even within the
- domain of the Chinese Empire"? Was it not almost half a century before
- the battle of Manila Bay in 1898, that Commodore Perry with an adequate
- naval force "gently coerced Japan into friendship with us," leading all
- the nations of the earth in the opening of that empire to the trade of
- the Occident? Nor is it inappropriate in this connection to recall the
- fact that the Monroe Doctrine celebrates in 1923 its hundredth
- anniversary.
- AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS (1865-98)
- =French Intrigues in Mexico Blocked.=--Between the war for the union and
- the war with Spain, the Department of State had many an occasion to
- present the rights of America among the powers of the world. Only a
- little while after the civil conflict came to a close, it was called
- upon to deal with a dangerous situation created in Mexico by the
- ambitions of Napoleon III. During the administration of Buchanan, Mexico
- had fallen into disorder through the strife of the Liberal and the
- Clerical parties; the President asked for authority to use American
- troops to bring to a peaceful haven "a wreck upon the ocean, drifting
- about as she is impelled by different factions." Our own domestic crisis
- then intervened.
- Observing the United States heavily involved in its own problems, the
- great powers, England, France, and Spain, decided in the autumn of 1861
- to take a hand themselves in restoring order in Mexico. They entered
- into an agreement to enforce the claims of their citizens against Mexico
- and to protect their subjects residing in that republic. They invited
- the United States to join them, and, on meeting a polite refusal, they
- prepared for a combined military and naval demonstration on their own
- account. In the midst of this action England and Spain, discovering the
- sinister purposes of Napoleon, withdrew their troops and left the field
- to him.
- The French Emperor, it was well known, looked with jealousy upon the
- growth of the United States and dreamed of establishing in the Western
- hemisphere an imperial power to offset the American republic.
- Intervention to collect debts was only a cloak for his deeper designs.
- Throwing off that guise in due time, he made the Archduke Maximilian, a
- brother of the ruler of Austria, emperor in Mexico, and surrounded his
- throne by French soldiers, in spite of all protests.
- This insolent attack upon the Mexican republic, deeply resented in the
- United States, was allowed to drift in its course until 1865. At that
- juncture General Sheridan was dispatched to the Mexican border with a
- large armed force; General Grant urged the use of the American army to
- expel the French from this continent. The Secretary of State, Seward,
- counseled negotiation first, and, applying the Monroe Doctrine, was able
- to prevail upon Napoleon III to withdraw his troops. Without the support
- of French arms, the sham empire in Mexico collapsed like a house of
- cards and the unhappy Maximilian, the victim of French ambition and
- intrigue, met his death at the hands of a Mexican firing squad.
- =Alaska Purchased.=--The Mexican affair had not been brought to a close
- before the Department of State was busy with negotiations which resulted
- in the purchase of Alaska from Russia. The treaty of cession, signed on
- March 30, 1867, added to the United States a domain of nearly six
- hundred thousand square miles, a territory larger than Texas and nearly
- three-fourths the size of the Louisiana purchase. Though it was a
- distant colony separated from our continental domain by a thousand miles
- of water, no question of "imperialism" or "colonization foreign to
- American doctrines" seems to have been raised at the time. The treaty
- was ratified promptly by the Senate. The purchase price, $7,200,000, was
- voted by the House of Representatives after the display of some
- resentment against a system that compelled it to appropriate money to
- fulfill an obligation which it had no part in making. Seward, who
- formulated the treaty, rejoiced, as he afterwards said, that he had kept
- Alaska out of the hands of England.
- =American Interest in the Caribbean.=--Having achieved this diplomatic
- triumph, Seward turned to the increase of American power in another
- direction. He negotiated, with Denmark, a treaty providing for the
- purchase of the islands of St. John and St. Thomas in the West Indies,
- strategic points in the Caribbean for sea power. This project, long
- afterward brought to fruition by other men, was defeated on this
- occasion by the refusal of the Senate to ratify the treaty. Evidently it
- was not yet prepared to exercise colonial dominion over other races.
- Undaunted by the misadventure in Caribbean policies, President Grant
- warmly advocated the acquisition of Santo Domingo. This little republic
- had long been in a state of general disorder. In 1869 a treaty of
- annexation was concluded with its president. The document Grant
- transmitted to the Senate with his cordial approval, only to have it
- rejected. Not at all changed in his opinion by the outcome of his
- effort, he continued to urge the subject of annexation. Even in his last
- message to Congress he referred to it, saying that time had only proved
- the wisdom of his early course. The addition of Santo Domingo to the
- American sphere of protection was the work of a later generation. The
- State Department, temporarily checked, had to bide its time.
- =The _Alabama_ Claims Arbitrated.=--Indeed, it had in hand a far more
- serious matter, a vexing issue that grew out of Civil War diplomacy. The
- British government, as already pointed out in other connections, had
- permitted Confederate cruisers, including the famous _Alabama_, built in
- British ports, to escape and prey upon the commerce of the Northern
- states. This action, denounced at the time by our government as a grave
- breach of neutrality as well as a grievous injury to American citizens,
- led first to remonstrances and finally to repeated claims for damages
- done to American ships and goods. For a long time Great Britain was
- firm. Her foreign secretary denied all obligations in the premises,
- adding somewhat curtly that "he wished to say once for all that Her
- Majesty's government disclaimed any responsibility for the losses and
- hoped that they had made their position perfectly clear." Still
- President Grant was not persuaded that the door of diplomacy, though
- closed, was barred. Hamilton Fish, his Secretary of State, renewed the
- demand. Finally he secured from the British government in 1871 the
- treaty of Washington providing for the arbitration not merely of the
- _Alabama_ and other claims but also all points of serious controversy
- between the two countries.
- The tribunal of arbitration thus authorized sat at Geneva in
- Switzerland, and after a long and careful review of the arguments on
- both sides awarded to the United States the lump sum of $15,500,000 to
- be distributed among the American claimants. The damages thus allowed
- were large, unquestionably larger than strict justice required and it is
- not surprising that the decision excited much adverse comment in
- England. Nevertheless, the prompt payment by the British government
- swept away at once a great cloud of ill-feeling in America. Moreover,
- the spectacle of two powerful nations choosing the way of peaceful
- arbitration to settle an angry dispute seemed a happy, if illusory, omen
- of a modern method for avoiding the arbitrament of war.
- =Samoa.=--If the Senate had its doubts at first about the wisdom of
- acquiring strategic points for naval power in distant seas, the same
- could not be said of the State Department or naval officers. In 1872
- Commander Meade, of the United States navy, alive to the importance of
- coaling stations even in mid-ocean, made a commercial agreement with the
- chief of Tutuila, one of the Samoan Islands, far below the equator, in
- the southern Pacific, nearer to Australia than to California. This
- agreement, providing among other things for our use of the harbor of
- Pago Pago as a naval base, was six years later changed into a formal
- treaty ratified by the Senate.
- Such enterprise could not escape the vigilant eyes of England and
- Germany, both mindful of the course of the sea power in history. The
- German emperor, seizing as a pretext a quarrel between his consul in the
- islands and a native king, laid claim to an interest in the Samoan
- group. England, aware of the dangers arising from German outposts in the
- southern seas so near to Australia, was not content to stand aside. So
- it happened that all three countries sent battleships to the Samoan
- waters, threatening a crisis that was fortunately averted by friendly
- settlement. If, as is alleged, Germany entertained a notion of
- challenging American sea power then and there, the presence of British
- ships must have dispelled that dream.
- The result of the affair was a tripartite agreement by which the three
- powers in 1889 undertook a protectorate over the islands. But joint
- control proved unsatisfactory. There was constant friction between the
- Germans and the English. The spheres of authority being vague and open
- to dispute, the plan had to be abandoned at the end of ten years.
- England withdrew altogether, leaving to Germany all the islands except
- Tutuila, which was ceded outright to the United States. Thus one of the
- finest harbors in the Pacific, to the intense delight of the American
- navy, passed permanently under American dominion. Another triumph in
- diplomacy was set down to the credit of the State Department.
- =Cleveland and the Venezuela Affair.=--In the relations with South
- America, as well as in those with the distant Pacific, the diplomacy of
- the government at Washington was put to the test. For some time it had
- been watching a dispute between England and Venezuela over the western
- boundary of British Guiana and, on an appeal from Venezuela, it had
- taken a lively interest in the contest. In 1895 President Cleveland saw
- that Great Britain would yield none of her claims. After hearing the
- arguments of Venezuela, his Secretary of State, Richard T. Olney, in a
- note none too conciliatory, asked the British government whether it was
- willing to arbitrate the points in controversy. This inquiry he
- accompanied by a warning to the effect that the United States could not
- permit any European power to contest its mastery in this hemisphere.
- "The United States," said the Secretary, "is practically sovereign on
- this continent and its fiat is law upon the subjects to which it
- confines its interposition.... Its infinite resources, combined with its
- isolated position, render it master of the situation and practically
- invulnerable against any or all other powers."
- The reply evoked from the British government by this strong statement
- was firm and clear. The Monroe Doctrine, it said, even if not so widely
- stretched by interpretation, was not binding in international law; the
- dispute with Venezuela was a matter of interest merely to the parties
- involved; and arbitration of the question was impossible. This response
- called forth President Cleveland's startling message of 1895. He asked
- Congress to create a commission authorized to ascertain by researches
- the true boundary between Venezuela and British Guiana. He added that it
- would be the duty of this country "to resist by every means in its
- power, as a willful aggression upon its rights and interests, the
- appropriation by Great Britain of any lands or the exercise of
- governmental jurisdiction over any territory which, after investigation,
- we have determined of right belongs to Venezuela." The serious character
- of this statement he thoroughly understood. He declared that he was
- conscious of his responsibilities, intimating that war, much as it was
- to be deplored, was not comparable to "a supine submission to wrong and
- injustice and the consequent loss of national self-respect and honor."
- [Illustration: GROVER CLEVELAND]
- The note of defiance which ran through this message, greeted by shrill
- cries of enthusiasm in many circles, was viewed in other quarters as a
- portent of war. Responsible newspapers in both countries spoke of an
- armed settlement of the dispute as inevitable. Congress created the
- commission and appropriated money for the investigation; a body of
- learned men was appointed to determine the merits of the conflicting
- boundary claims. The British government, deaf to the clamor of the
- bellicose section of the London press, deplored the incident,
- courteously replied in the affirmative to a request for assistance in
- the search for evidence, and finally agreed to the proposition that the
- issue be submitted to arbitration. The outcome of this somewhat perilous
- dispute contributed not a little to Cleveland's reputation as "a
- sterling representative of the true American spirit." This was not
- diminished when the tribunal of arbitration found that Great Britain was
- on the whole right in her territorial claims against Venezuela.
- =The Annexation of Hawaii.=--While engaged in the dangerous Venezuela
- controversy, President Cleveland was compelled by a strange turn in
- events to consider the annexation of the Hawaiian Islands in the
- mid-Pacific. For more than half a century American missionaries had been
- active in converting the natives to the Christian faith and enterprising
- American business men had been developing the fertile sugar plantations.
- Both the Department of State and the Navy Department were fully
- conscious of the strategic relation of the islands to the growth of sea
- power and watched with anxiety any developments likely to bring them
- under some other Dominion.
- The country at large was indifferent, however, until 1893, when a
- revolution, headed by Americans, broke out, ending in the overthrow of
- the native government, the abolition of the primitive monarchy, and the
- retirement of Queen Liliuokalani to private life. This crisis, a
- repetition of the Texas affair in a small theater, was immediately
- followed by a demand from the new Hawaiian government for annexation to
- the United States. President Harrison looked with favor on the proposal,
- negotiated the treaty of annexation, and laid it before the Senate for
- approval. There it still rested when his term of office was brought to a
- close.
- Harrison's successor, Cleveland, it was well known, had doubts about the
- propriety of American action in Hawaii. For the purpose of making an
- inquiry into the matter, he sent a special commissioner to the islands.
- On the basis of the report of his agent, Cleveland came to the
- conclusion that "the revolution in the island kingdom had been
- accomplished by the improper use of the armed forces of the United
- States and that the wrong should be righted by a restoration of the
- queen to her throne." Such being his matured conviction, though the
- facts upon which he rested it were warmly controverted, he could do
- nothing but withdraw the treaty from the Senate and close the incident.
- To the Republicans this sharp and cavalier disposal of their plans,
- carried out in a way that impugned the motives of a Republican
- President, was nothing less than "a betrayal of American interests." In
- their platform of 1896 they made clear their position: "Our foreign
- policy should be at all times firm, vigorous, and dignified and all our
- interests in the Western hemisphere carefully watched and guarded. The
- Hawaiian Islands should be controlled by the United States and no
- foreign power should be permitted to interfere with them." There was no
- mistaking this view of the issue. As the vote in the election gave
- popular sanction to Republican policies, Congress by a joint resolution,
- passed on July 6, 1898, annexed the islands to the United States and
- later conferred upon them the ordinary territorial form of government.
- CUBA AND THE SPANISH WAR
- =Early American Relations with Cuba.=--The year that brought Hawaii
- finally under the American flag likewise drew to a conclusion another
- long controversy over a similar outpost in the Atlantic, one of the last
- remnants of the once glorious Spanish empire--the island of Cuba.
- For a century the Department of State had kept an anxious eye upon this
- base of power, knowing full well that both France and England, already
- well established in the West Indies, had their attention also fixed upon
- Cuba. In the administration of President Fillmore they had united in
- proposing to the United States a tripartite treaty guaranteeing Spain in
- her none too certain ownership. This proposal, squarely rejected,
- furnished the occasion for a statement of American policy which stood
- the test of all the years that followed; namely, that the affair was one
- between Spain and the United States alone.
- In that long contest in the United States for the balance of power
- between the North and South, leaders in the latter section often thought
- of bringing Cuba into the union to offset the free states. An
- opportunity to announce their purposes publicly was afforded in 1854 by
- a controversy over the seizure of an American ship by Cuban authorities.
- On that occasion three American ministers abroad, stationed at Madrid,
- Paris, and London respectively, held a conference and issued the
- celebrated "Ostend Manifesto." They united in declaring that Cuba, by
- her geographical position, formed a part of the United States, that
- possession by a foreign power was inimical to American interests, and
- that an effort should be made to purchase the island from Spain. In case
- the owner refused to sell, they concluded, with a menacing flourish, "by
- every law, human and divine, we shall be justified in wresting it from
- Spain if we possess the power." This startling proclamation to the world
- was promptly disowned by the United States government.
- [Illustration: _=An old cartoon.=_
- A SIGHT TOO BAD
- _Struggling Cuba._ "You must be awfully near-sighted, Mr. President, not
- to recognize me." _U.S.G._ "No, I am far-sighted: for I can recognize
- France."]
- =Revolutions in Cuba.=--For nearly twenty years afterwards the Cuban
- question rested. Then it was revived in another form during President
- Grant's administrations, when the natives became engaged in a
- destructive revolt against Spanish officials. For ten years--1868-78--a
- guerrilla warfare raged in the island. American citizens, by virtue of
- their ancient traditions of democracy, naturally sympathized with a war
- for independence and self-government. Expeditions to help the insurgents
- were fitted out secretly in American ports. Arms and supplies were
- smuggled into Cuba. American soldiers of fortune joined their ranks. The
- enforcement of neutrality against the friends of Cuban independence, no
- pleasing task for a sympathetic President, the protection of American
- lives and property in the revolutionary area, and similar matters kept
- our government busy with Cuba for a whole decade.
- A brief lull in Cuban disorders was followed in 1895 by a renewal of the
- revolutionary movement. The contest between the rebels and the Spanish
- troops, marked by extreme cruelty and a total disregard for life and
- property, exceeded all bounds of decency, and once more raised the old
- questions that had tormented Grant's administration. Gomez, the leader
- of the revolt, intent upon provoking American interference, laid waste
- the land with fire and sword. By a proclamation of November 6, 1895, he
- ordered the destruction of sugar plantations and railway connections and
- the closure of all sugar factories. The work of ruin was completed by
- the ruthless Spanish general, Weyler, who concentrated the inhabitants
- from rural regions into military camps, where they died by the hundreds
- of disease and starvation. Stories of the atrocities, bad enough in
- simple form, became lurid when transmuted into American news and deeply
- moved the sympathies of the American people. Sermons were preached about
- Spanish misdeeds; orators demanded that the Cubans be sustained "in
- their heroic struggle for independence"; newspapers, scouting the
- ordinary forms of diplomatic negotiation, spurned mediation and demanded
- intervention and war if necessary.
- [Illustration: _Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- CUBAN REVOLUTIONISTS]
- =President Cleveland's Policy.=--Cleveland chose the way of peace. He
- ordered the observance of the rule of neutrality. He declined to act on
- a resolution of Congress in favor of giving to the Cubans the rights of
- belligerents. Anxious to bring order to the distracted island, he
- tendered to Spain the good offices of the United States as mediator in
- the contest--a tender rejected by the Spanish government with the broad
- hint that President Cleveland might be more vigorous in putting a stop
- to the unlawful aid in money, arms, and supplies, afforded to the
- insurgents by American sympathizers. Thereupon the President returned to
- the course he had marked out for himself, leaving "the public nuisance"
- to his successor, President McKinley.
- =Republican Policies.=--The Republicans in 1897 found themselves in a
- position to employ that "firm, vigorous, and dignified" foreign policy
- which they had approved in their platform. They had declared: "The
- government of Spain having lost control of Cuba and being unable to
- protect the property or lives of resident American citizens or to comply
- with its treaty obligations, we believe that the government of the
- United States should actively use its influence and good offices to
- restore peace and give independence to the island." The American
- property in Cuba to which the Republicans referred in their platform
- amounted by this time to more than fifty million dollars; the commerce
- with the island reached more than one hundred millions annually; and the
- claims of American citizens against Spain for property destroyed totaled
- sixteen millions. To the pleas of humanity which made such an effective
- appeal to the hearts of the American people, there were thus added
- practical considerations of great weight.
- =President McKinley Negotiates.=--In the face of the swelling tide of
- popular opinion in favor of quick, drastic, and positive action,
- McKinley chose first the way of diplomacy. A short time after his
- inauguration he lodged with the Spanish government a dignified protest
- against its policies in Cuba, thus opening a game of thrust and parry
- with the suave ministers at Madrid. The results of the exchange of
- notes were the recall of the obnoxious General Weyler, the appointment
- of a governor-general less bloodthirsty in his methods, a change in the
- policy of concentrating civilians in military camps, and finally a
- promise of "home rule" for Cuba. There is no doubt that the Spanish
- government was eager to avoid a war that could have but one outcome. The
- American minister at Madrid, General Woodford, was convinced that firm
- and patient pressure would have resulted in the final surrender of Cuba
- by the Spanish government.
- =The De Lome and the _Maine_ Incidents.=--Such a policy was defeated by
- events. In February, 1898, a private letter written by Senor de Lome,
- the Spanish ambassador at Washington, expressing contempt for the
- President of the United States, was filched from the mails and passed
- into the hands of a journalist, William R. Hearst, who published it to
- the world. In the excited state of American opinion, few gave heed to
- the grave breach of diplomatic courtesy committed by breaking open
- private correspondence. The Spanish government was compelled to recall
- De Lome, thus officially condemning his conduct.
- At this point a far more serious crisis put the pacific relations of the
- two negotiating countries in dire peril. On February 15, the battleship
- _Maine_, riding in the harbor of Havana, was blown up and sunk, carrying
- to death two officers and two hundred and fifty-eight members of the
- crew. This tragedy, ascribed by the American public to the malevolence
- of Spanish officials, profoundly stirred an already furious nation.
- When, on March 21, a commission of inquiry reported that the ill-fated
- ship had been blown up by a submarine mine which had in turn set off
- some of the ship's magazines, the worst suspicions seemed confirmed. If
- any one was inclined to be indifferent to the Cuban war for
- independence, he was now met by the vehement cry: "Remember the
- _Maine_!"
- =Spanish Concessions.=--Still the State Department, under McKinley's
- steady hand, pursued the path of negotiation, Spain proving more pliable
- and more ready with promises of reform in the island. Early in April,
- however, there came a decided change in the tenor of American diplomacy.
- On the 4th, McKinley, evidently convinced that promises did not mean
- performances, instructed our minister at Madrid to warn the Spanish
- government that as no effective armistice had been offered to the
- Cubans, he would lay the whole matter before Congress. This decision,
- every one knew, from the temper of Congress, meant war--a prospect which
- excited all the European powers. The Pope took an active interest in the
- crisis. France and Germany, foreseeing from long experience in world
- politics an increase of American power and prestige through war, sought
- to prevent it. Spain, hopeless and conscious of her weakness, at last
- dispatched to the President a note promising to suspend hostilities, to
- call a Cuban parliament, and to grant all the autonomy that could be
- reasonably asked.
- =President McKinley Calls for War.=--For reasons of his own--reasons
- which have never yet been fully explained--McKinley ignored the final
- program of concessions presented by Spain. At the very moment when his
- patient negotiations seemed to bear full fruit, he veered sharply from
- his course and launched the country into the war by sending to Congress
- his militant message of April 11, 1898. Without making public the last
- note he had received from Spain, he declared that he was brought to the
- end of his effort and the cause was in the hands of Congress. Humanity,
- the protection of American citizens and property, the injuries to
- American commerce and business, the inability of Spain to bring about
- permanent peace in the island--these were the grounds for action that
- induced him to ask for authority to employ military and naval forces in
- establishing a stable government in Cuba. They were sufficient for a
- public already straining at the leash.
- =The Resolution of Congress.=--There was no doubt of the outcome when
- the issue was withdrawn from diplomacy and placed in charge of Congress.
- Resolutions were soon introduced into the House of Representatives
- authorizing the President to employ armed force in securing peace and
- order in the island and "establishing by the free action of the people
- thereof a stable and independent government of their own." To the form
- and spirit of this proposal the Democrats and Populists took exception.
- In the Senate, where they were stronger, their position had to be
- reckoned with by the narrow Republican majority. As the resolution
- finally read, the independence of Cuba was recognized; Spain was called
- upon to relinquish her authority and withdraw from the island; and the
- President was empowered to use force to the extent necessary to carry
- the resolutions into effect. Furthermore the United States disclaimed
- "any disposition or intention to exercise sovereignty, jurisdiction, or
- control over said island except for the pacification thereof." Final
- action was taken by Congress on April 19, 1898, and approved by the
- President on the following day.
- =War and Victory.=--Startling events then followed in swift succession.
- The navy, as a result in no small measure of the alertness of Theodore
- Roosevelt, Assistant Secretary of the Department, was ready for the
- trial by battle. On May 1, Commodore Dewey at Manila Bay shattered the
- Spanish fleet, marking the doom of Spanish dominion in the Philippines.
- On July 3, the Spanish fleet under Admiral Cervera, in attempting to
- escape from Havana, was utterly destroyed by American forces under
- Commodore Schley. On July 17, Santiago, invested by American troops
- under General Shafter and shelled by the American ships, gave up the
- struggle. On July 25 General Miles landed in Porto Rico. On August 13,
- General Merritt and Admiral Dewey carried Manila by storm. The war was
- over.
- =The Peace Protocol.=--Spain had already taken cognizance of stern
- facts. As early as July 26, 1898, acting through the French ambassador,
- M. Cambon, the Madrid government approached President McKinley for a
- statement of the terms on which hostilities could be brought to a close.
- After some skirmishing Spain yielded reluctantly to the ultimatum. On
- August 12, the preliminary peace protocol was signed, stipulating that
- Cuba should be free, Porto Rico ceded to the United States, and Manila
- occupied by American troops pending the formal treaty of peace. On
- October 1, the commissioners of the two countries met at Paris to bring
- about the final settlement.
- =Peace Negotiations.=--When the day for the first session of the
- conference arrived, the government at Washington apparently had not made
- up its mind on the final disposition of the Philippines. Perhaps, before
- the battle of Manila Bay, not ten thousand people in the United States
- knew or cared where the Philippines were. Certainly there was in the
- autumn of 1898 no decided opinion as to what should be done with the
- fruits of Dewey's victory. President McKinley doubtless voiced the
- sentiment of the people when he stated to the peace commissioners on the
- eve of their departure that there had originally been no thought of
- conquest in the Pacific.
- The march of events, he added, had imposed new duties on the country.
- "Incidental to our tenure in the Philippines," he said, "is the
- commercial opportunity to which American statesmanship cannot be
- indifferent. It is just to use every legitimate means for the
- enlargement of American trade." On this ground he directed the
- commissioners to accept not less than the cession of the island of
- Luzon, the chief of the Philippine group, with its harbor of Manila. It
- was not until the latter part of October that he definitely instructed
- them to demand the entire archipelago, on the theory that the occupation
- of Luzon alone could not be justified "on political, commercial, or
- humanitarian grounds." This departure from the letter of the peace
- protocol was bitterly resented by the Spanish agents. It was with
- heaviness of heart that they surrendered the last sign of Spain's
- ancient dominion in the far Pacific.
- =The Final Terms of Peace.=--The treaty of peace, as finally agreed
- upon, embraced the following terms: the independence of Cuba; the
- cession of Porto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines to the United States;
- the settlement of claims filed by the citizens of both countries; the
- payment of twenty million dollars to Spain by the United States for the
- Philippines; and the determination of the status of the inhabitants of
- the ceded territories by Congress. The great decision had been made. Its
- issue was in the hands of the Senate where the Democrats and the
- Populists held the balance of power under the requirement of the
- two-thirds vote for ratification.
- =The Contest in America over the Treaty of Peace.=--The publication of
- the treaty committing the United States to the administration of distant
- colonies directed the shifting tides of public opinion into two distinct
- channels: support of the policy and opposition to it. The trend in
- Republican leadership, long in the direction marked out by the treaty,
- now came into the open. Perhaps a majority of the men highest in the
- councils of that party had undergone the change of heart reflected in
- the letters of John Hay, Secretary of State. In August of 1898 he had
- hinted, in a friendly letter to Andrew Carnegie, that he sympathized
- with the latter's opposition to "imperialism"; but he had added quickly:
- "The only question in my mind is how far it is now possible for us to
- withdraw from the Philippines." In November of the same year he wrote to
- Whitelaw Reid, one of the peace commissioners at Paris: "There is a wild
- and frantic attack now going on in the press against the whole
- Philippine transaction. Andrew Carnegie really seems to be off his
- head.... But all this confusion of tongues will go its way. The country
- will applaud the resolution that has been reached and you will return in
- the role of conquering heroes with your 'brows bound with oak.'"
- Senator Beveridge of Indiana and Senator Platt of Connecticut, accepting
- the verdict of history as the proof of manifest destiny, called for
- unquestioning support of the administration in its final step. "Every
- expansion of our territory," said the latter, "has been in accordance
- with the irresistible law of growth. We could no more resist the
- successive expansions by which we have grown to be the strongest nation
- on earth than a tree can resist its growth. The history of territorial
- expansion is the history of our nation's progress and glory. It is a
- matter to be proud of, not to lament. We should rejoice that Providence
- has given us the opportunity to extend our influence, our institutions,
- and our civilization into regions hitherto closed to us, rather than
- contrive how we can thwart its designs."
- This doctrine was savagely attacked by opponents of McKinley's policy,
- many a stanch Republican joining with the majority of Democrats in
- denouncing the treaty as a departure from the ideals of the republic.
- Senator Vest introduced in the Senate a resolution that "under the
- Constitution of the United States, no power is given to the federal
- Government to acquire territory to be held and governed permanently as
- colonies." Senator Hoar, of Massachusetts, whose long and honorable
- career gave weight to his lightest words, inveighed against the whole
- procedure and to the end of his days believed that the new drift into
- rivalry with European nations as a colonial power was fraught with
- genuine danger. "Our imperialistic friends," he said, "seem to have
- forgotten the use of the vocabulary of liberty. They talk about giving
- good government. 'We shall give them such a government as we think they
- are fitted for.' 'We shall give them a better government than they had
- before.' Why, Mr. President, that one phrase conveys to a free man and a
- free people the most stinging of insults. In that little phrase, as in a
- seed, is contained the germ of all despotism and of all tyranny.
- Government is not a gift. Free government is not to be given by all the
- blended powers of earth and heaven. It is a birthright. It belongs, as
- our fathers said, and as their children said, as Jefferson said, and as
- President McKinley said, to human nature itself."
- The Senate, more conservative on the question of annexation than the
- House of Representatives composed of men freshly elected in the stirring
- campaign of 1896, was deliberate about ratification of the treaty. The
- Democrats and Populists were especially recalcitrant. Mr. Bryan hurried
- to Washington and brought his personal influence to bear in favor of
- speedy action. Patriotism required ratification, it was said in one
- quarter. The country desires peace and the Senate ought not to delay, it
- was urged in another. Finally, on February 6, 1899, the requisite
- majority of two-thirds was mustered, many a Senator who voted for the
- treaty, however, sharing the misgivings of Senator Hoar as to the
- "dangers of imperialism." Indeed at the time, the Senators passed a
- resolution declaring that the policy to be adopted in the Philippines
- was still an open question, leaving to the future, in this way, the
- possibility of retracing their steps.
- =The Attitude of England.=--The Spanish war, while accomplishing the
- simple objects of those who launched the nation on that course, like all
- other wars, produced results wholly unforeseen. In the first place, it
- exercised a profound influence on the drift of opinion among European
- powers. In England, sympathy with the United States was from the first
- positive and outspoken. "The state of feeling here," wrote Mr. Hay, then
- ambassador in London, "is the best I have ever known. From every quarter
- the evidences of it come to me. The royal family by habit and tradition
- are most careful not to break the rules of strict neutrality, but even
- among them I find nothing but hearty kindness and--so far as is
- consistent with propriety--sympathy. Among the political leaders on both
- sides I find not only sympathy but a somewhat eager desire that 'the
- other fellows' shall not seem more friendly."
- Joseph Chamberlain, the distinguished Liberal statesman, thinking no
- doubt of the continental situation, said in a political address at the
- very opening of the war that the next duty of Englishmen "is to
- establish and maintain bonds of permanent unity with our kinsmen across
- the Atlantic.... I even go so far as to say that, terrible as war may
- be, even war would be cheaply purchased if, in a great and noble cause,
- the Stars and Stripes and the Union Jack should wave together over an
- Anglo-Saxon alliance." To the American ambassador he added
- significantly that he did not "care a hang what they say about it on the
- continent," which was another way of expressing the hope that the
- warning to Germany and France was sufficient. This friendly English
- opinion, so useful to the United States when a combination of powers to
- support Spain was more than possible, removed all fears as to the
- consequences of the war. Henry Adams, recalling days of humiliation in
- London during the Civil War, when his father was the American
- ambassador, coolly remarked that it was "the sudden appearance of
- Germany as the grizzly terror" that "frightened England into America's
- arms"; but the net result in keeping the field free for an easy triumph
- of American arms was none the less appreciated in Washington where,
- despite outward calm, fears of European complications were never absent.
- AMERICAN POLICIES IN THE PHILIPPINES AND THE ORIENT
- =The Filipino Revolt against American Rule.=--In the sphere of domestic
- politics, as well as in the field of foreign relations, the outcome of
- the Spanish war exercised a marked influence. It introduced at once
- problems of colonial administration and difficulties in adjusting trade
- relations with the outlying dominions. These were furthermore
- complicated in the very beginning by the outbreak of an insurrection
- against American sovereignty in the Philippines. The leader of the
- revolt, Aguinaldo, had been invited to join the American forces in
- overthrowing Spanish dominion, and he had assumed, apparently without
- warrant, that independence would be the result of the joint operations.
- When the news reached him that the American flag had been substituted
- for the Spanish flag, his resentment was keen. In February, 1899, there
- occurred a slight collision between his men and some American soldiers.
- The conflict thus begun was followed by serious fighting which finally
- dwindled into a vexatious guerrilla warfare lasting three years and
- costing heavily in men and money. Atrocities were committed by the
- native insurrectionists and, sad to relate, they were repaid in kind;
- it was argued in defense of the army that the ordinary rules of warfare
- were without terror to men accustomed to fighting like savages. In vain
- did McKinley assure the Filipinos that the institutions and laws
- established in the islands would be designed "not for our satisfaction
- or for the expression of our theoretical views, but for the happiness,
- peace, and prosperity of the people of the Philippine Islands." Nothing
- short of military pressure could bring the warring revolutionists to
- terms.
- =Attacks on Republican "Imperialism."=--The Filipino insurrection,
- following so quickly upon the ratification of the treaty with Spain,
- moved the American opponents of McKinley's colonial policies to redouble
- their denunciation of what they were pleased to call "imperialism."
- Senator Hoar was more than usually caustic in his indictment of the new
- course. The revolt against American rule did but convince him of the
- folly hidden in the first fateful measures. Everywhere he saw a
- conspiracy of silence and injustice. "I have failed to discover in the
- speeches, public or private, of the advocates of this war," he contended
- in the Senate, "or in the press which supports it and them, a single
- expression anywhere of a desire to do justice to the people of the
- Philippine Islands, or of a desire to make known to the people of the
- United States the truth of the case.... The catchwords, the cries, the
- pithy and pregnant phrases of which their speech is full, all mean
- dominion. They mean perpetual dominion.... There is not one of these
- gentlemen who will rise in his place and affirm that if he were a
- Filipino he would not do exactly as the Filipinos are doing; that he
- would not despise them if they were to do otherwise. So much at least
- they owe of respect to the dead and buried history--the dead and buried
- history so far as they can slay and bury it--of their country." In the
- way of practical suggestions, the Senator offered as a solution of the
- problem: the recognition of independence, assistance in establishing
- self-government, and an invitation to all powers to join in a guarantee
- of freedom to the islands.
- =The Republican Answer.=--To McKinley and his supporters, engaged in a
- sanguinary struggle to maintain American supremacy, such talk was more
- than quixotic; it was scarcely short of treasonable. They pointed out
- the practical obstacles in the way of uniform self-government for a
- collection of seven million people ranging in civilization from the most
- ignorant hill men to the highly cultivated inhabitants of Manila. The
- incidents of the revolt and its repression, they admitted, were painful
- enough; but still nothing as compared with the chaos that would follow
- the attempt of a people who had never had experience in such matters to
- set up and sustain democratic institutions. They preferred rather the
- gradual process of fitting the inhabitants of the islands for
- self-government. This course, in their eyes, though less poetic, was
- more in harmony with the ideals of humanity. Having set out upon it,
- they pursued it steadfastly to the end. First, they applied force
- without stint to the suppression of the revolt. Then they devoted such
- genius for colonial administration as they could command to the
- development of civil government, commerce, and industry.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- A PHILIPPINE HOME]
- =The Boxer Rebellion in China.=--For a nation with a world-wide trade,
- steadily growing, as the progress of home industries redoubled the zeal
- for new markets, isolation was obviously impossible. Never was this
- clearer than in 1900 when a native revolt against foreigners in China,
- known as the Boxer uprising, compelled the United States to join with
- the powers of Europe in a military expedition and a diplomatic
- settlement. The Boxers, a Chinese association, had for some time carried
- on a campaign of hatred against all aliens in the Celestial empire,
- calling upon the natives to rise in patriotic wrath and drive out the
- foreigners who, they said, "were lacerating China like tigers." In the
- summer of 1900 the revolt flamed up in deeds of cruelty. Missionaries
- and traders were murdered in the provinces; foreign legations were
- stoned; the German ambassador, one of the most cordially despised
- foreigners, was killed in the streets of Peking; and to all appearances
- a frightful war of extermination had begun. In the month of June nearly
- five hundred men, women, and children, representing all nations, were
- besieged in the British quarters in Peking under constant fire of
- Chinese guns and in peril of a terrible death.
- =Intervention in China.=--Nothing but the arrival of armed forces, made
- up of Japanese, Russian, British, American, French, and German soldiers
- and marines, prevented the destruction of the beleaguered aliens. When
- once the foreign troops were in possession of the Chinese capital,
- diplomatic questions of the most delicate character arose. For more than
- half a century, the imperial powers of Europe had been carving up the
- Chinese empire, taking to themselves territory, railway concessions,
- mining rights, ports, and commercial privileges at the expense of the
- huge but helpless victim. The United States alone among the great
- nations, while as zealous as any in the pursuit of peaceful trade, had
- refrained from seizing Chinese territory or ports. Moreover, the
- Department of State had been urging European countries to treat China
- with fairness, to respect her territorial integrity, and to give her
- equal trading privileges with all nations.
- =The American Policy of the "Open Door."=--In the autumn of 1899,
- Secretary Hay had addressed to London, Berlin, Rome, Paris, Tokyo, and
- St. Petersburg his famous note on the "open door" policy in China. In
- this document he proposed that existing treaty ports and vested
- interests of the several foreign countries should be respected; that
- the Chinese government should be permitted to extend its tariffs to all
- ports held by alien powers except the few free ports; and that there
- should be no discrimination in railway and port charges among the
- citizens of foreign countries operating in the empire. To these
- principles the governments addressed by Mr. Hay, finally acceded with
- evident reluctance.
- [Illustration: AMERICAN DOMINIONS IN THE PACIFIC]
- On this basis he then proposed the settlement that had to follow the
- Boxer uprising. "The policy of the Government of the United States," he
- said to the great powers, in the summer of 1900, "is to seek a solution
- which may bring about permanent safety and peace to China, preserve
- Chinese territorial and administrative entity, protect all rights
- guaranteed to friendly powers by treaty and international law, and
- safeguard for the world the principle of equal and impartial trade with
- all parts of the Chinese empire." This was a friendly warning to the
- world that the United States would not join in a scramble to punish the
- Chinese by carving out more territory. "The moment we acted," said Mr.
- Hay, "the rest of the world paused and finally came over to our ground;
- and the German government, which is generally brutal but seldom silly,
- recovered its senses, and climbed down off its perch."
- In taking this position, the Secretary of State did but reflect the
- common sense of America. "We are, of course," he explained, "opposed to
- the dismemberment of that empire and we do not think that the public
- opinion of the United States would justify this government in taking
- part in the great game of spoliation now going on." Heavy damages were
- collected by the European powers from China for the injuries inflicted
- upon their citizens by the Boxers; but the United States, finding the
- sum awarded in excess of the legitimate claims, returned the balance in
- the form of a fund to be applied to the education of Chinese students in
- American universities. "I would rather be, I think," said Mr. Hay, "the
- dupe of China than the chum of the Kaiser." By pursuing a liberal
- policy, he strengthened the hold of the United States upon the
- affections of the Chinese people and, in the long run, as he remarked
- himself, safeguarded "our great commercial interests in that Empire."
- =Imperialism in the Presidential Campaign of 1900.=--It is not strange
- that the policy pursued by the Republican administration in disposing of
- the questions raised by the Spanish War became one of the first issues
- in the presidential campaign of 1900. Anticipating attacks from every
- quarter, the Republicans, in renominating McKinley, set forth their
- position in clear and ringing phrases: "In accepting by the treaty of
- Paris the just responsibility of our victories in the Spanish War the
- President and Senate won the undoubted approval of the American people.
- No other course was possible than to destroy Spain's sovereignty
- throughout the West Indies and in the Philippine Islands. That course
- created our responsibility, before the world and with the unorganized
- population whom our intervention had freed from Spain, to provide for
- the maintenance of law and order, and for the establishment of good
- government and for the performance of international obligations. Our
- authority could not be less than our responsibility, and wherever
- sovereign rights were extended it became the high duty of the government
- to maintain its authority, to put down armed insurrection, and to confer
- the blessings of liberty and civilization upon all the rescued peoples.
- The largest measure of self-government consistent with their welfare and
- our duties shall be secured to them by law." To give more strength to
- their ticket, the Republican convention, in a whirlwind of enthusiasm,
- nominated for the vice presidency, against his protest, Theodore
- Roosevelt, the governor of New York and the hero of the Rough Riders, so
- popular on account of their Cuban campaign.
- The Democrats, as expected, picked up the gauntlet thrown down with such
- defiance by the Republicans. Mr. Bryan, whom they selected as their
- candidate, still clung to the currency issue; but the main emphasis,
- both of the platform and the appeal for votes, was on the "imperialistic
- program" of the Republican administration. The Democrats denounced the
- treatment of Cuba and Porto Rico and condemned the Philippine policy in
- sharp and vigorous terms. "As we are not willing," ran the platform, "to
- surrender our civilization or to convert the Republic into an empire, we
- favor an immediate declaration of the Nation's purpose to give to the
- Filipinos, first, a stable form of government; second, independence;
- third, protection from outside interference.... The greedy commercialism
- which dictated the Philippine policy of the Republican administration
- attempts to justify it with the plea that it will pay, but even this
- sordid and unworthy plea fails when brought to the test of facts. The
- war of 'criminal aggression' against the Filipinos entailing an annual
- expense of many millions has already cost more than any possible profit
- that could accrue from the entire Philippine trade for years to come....
- We oppose militarism. It means conquest abroad and intimidation and
- oppression at home. It means the strong arm which has ever been fatal to
- free institutions. It is what millions of our citizens have fled from in
- Europe. It will impose upon our peace-loving people a large standing
- army, an unnecessary burden of taxation, and would be a constant menace
- to their liberties." Such was the tenor of their appeal to the voters.
- With the issues clearly joined, the country rejected the Democratic
- candidate even more positively than four years before. The popular vote
- cast for McKinley was larger and that cast for Bryan smaller than in the
- silver election. Thus vindicated at the polls, McKinley turned with
- renewed confidence to the development of the policies he had so far
- advanced. But fate cut short his designs. In the September following his
- second inauguration, he was shot by an anarchist while attending the
- Buffalo exposition. "What a strange and tragic fate it has been of
- mine," wrote the Secretary of State, John Hay, on the day of the
- President's death, "to stand by the bier of three of my dearest friends,
- Lincoln, Garfield, and McKinley, three of the gentlest of men, all risen
- to the head of the state and all done to death by assassins." On
- September 14, 1901, the Vice President, Theodore Roosevelt, took up the
- lines of power that had fallen from the hands of his distinguished
- chief, promising to continue "absolutely unbroken" the policies he had
- inherited.
- SUMMARY OF NATIONAL GROWTH AND WORLD POLITICS
- The economic aspects of the period between 1865 and 1900 may be readily
- summed up: the recovery of the South from the ruin of the Civil War, the
- extension of the railways, the development of the Great West, and the
- triumph of industry and business enterprise. In the South many of the
- great plantations were broken up and sold in small farms, crops were
- diversified, the small farming class was raised in the scale of social
- importance, the cotton industry was launched, and the coal, iron,
- timber, and other resources were brought into use. In the West the free
- arable land was practically exhausted by 1890 under the terms of the
- Homestead Act; gold, silver, copper, coal and other minerals were
- discovered in abundance; numerous rail connections were formed with the
- Atlantic seaboard; the cowboy and the Indian were swept away before a
- standardized civilization of electric lights and bathtubs. By the end of
- the century the American frontier had disappeared. The wild, primitive
- life so long associated with America was gone. The unity of the nation
- was established.
- In the field of business enterprise, progress was most marked. The
- industrial system, which had risen and flourished before the Civil War,
- grew into immense proportions and the industrial area was extended from
- the Northeast into all parts of the country. Small business concerns
- were transformed into huge corporations. Individual plants were merged
- under the management of gigantic trusts. Short railway lines were
- consolidated into national systems. The industrial population of
- wage-earners rose into the tens of millions. The immigration of aliens
- increased by leaps and bounds. The cities overshadowed the country. The
- nation that had once depended upon Europe for most of its manufactured
- goods became a competitor of Europe in the markets of the earth.
- In the sphere of politics, the period witnessed the recovery of white
- supremacy in the South; the continued discussion of the old questions,
- such as the currency, the tariff, and national banking; and the
- injection of new issues like the trusts and labor problems. As of old,
- foreign affairs were kept well at the front. Alaska was purchased from
- Russia; attempts were made to extend American influence in the Caribbean
- region; a Samoan island was brought under the flag; and the Hawaiian
- islands were annexed. The Monroe Doctrine was applied with vigor in the
- dispute between Venezuela and Great Britain.
- Assistance was given to the Cubans in their revolutionary struggle
- against Spain and thus there was precipitated a war which ended in the
- annexation of Porto Rico and the Philippines. American influence in the
- Pacific and the Orient was so enlarged as to be a factor of great weight
- in world affairs. Thus questions connected with foreign and "imperial"
- policies were united with domestic issues to make up the warp and woof
- of politics. In the direction of affairs, the Republicans took the
- leadership, for they held the presidency during all the years, except
- eight, between 1865 and 1900.
- =References=
- J.W. Foster, _A Century of American Diplomacy_; _American Diplomacy in
- the Orient_.
- W.F. Reddaway, _The Monroe Doctrine_.
- J.H. Latane, _The United States and Spanish America_.
- A.C. Coolidge, _United States as a World Power_.
- A.T. Mahan, _Interest of the United States in the Sea Power_.
- F.E. Chadwick, _Spanish-American War_.
- D.C. Worcester, _The Philippine Islands and Their People_.
- M.M. Kalaw, _Self-Government in the Philippines_.
- L.S. Rowe, _The United States and Porto Rico_.
- F.E. Chadwick, _The Relations of the United States and Spain_.
- W.R. Shepherd, _Latin America_; _Central and South America_.
- =Questions=
- 1. Tell the story of the international crisis that developed soon after
- the Civil War with regard to Mexico.
- 2. Give the essential facts relating to the purchase of Alaska.
- 3. Review the early history of our interest in the Caribbean.
- 4. Amid what circumstances was the Monroe Doctrine applied in
- Cleveland's administration?
- 5. Give the causes that led to the war with Spain.
- 6. Tell the leading events in that war.
- 7. What was the outcome as far as Cuba was concerned? The outcome for
- the United States?
- 8. Discuss the attitude of the Filipinos toward American sovereignty in
- the islands.
- 9. Describe McKinley's colonial policy.
- 10. How was the Spanish War viewed in England? On the Continent?
- 11. Was there a unified American opinion on American expansion?
- 12. Was this expansion a departure from our traditions?
- 13. What events led to foreign intervention in China?
- 14. Explain the policy of the "open door."
- =Research Topics=
- =Hawaii and Venezuela.=--Dewey, _National Problems_ (American Nation
- Series), pp. 279-313; Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 600-602;
- Hart, _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 612-616.
- =Intervention in Cuba.=--Latane, _America as a World Power_ (American
- Nation Series), pp. 3-28; Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp.
- 597-598; Roosevelt, _Autobiography_, pp. 223-277; Haworth, _The United
- States in Our Own Time_, pp. 232-256; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV,
- pp. 573-578.
- =The War with Spain.=--Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
- 889-896.
- =Terms of Peace with Spain.=--Latane, pp. 63-81; Macdonald, pp. 602-608;
- Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 588-590.
- =The Philippine Insurrection.=--Latane, pp. 82-99.
- =Imperialism as a Campaign Issue.=--Latane, pp. 120-132; Haworth, pp.
- 257-277; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 604-611.
- =Biographical Studies.=--William McKinley, M.A. Hanna, John Hay;
- Admirals, George Dewey, W.T. Sampson, and W.S. Schley; and Generals,
- W.R. Shafter, Joseph Wheeler, and H.W. Lawton.
- =General Analysis of American Expansion.=--_Syllabus in History_ (New
- York State, 1920), pp. 142-147.
- PART VII. PROGRESSIVE DEMOCRACY AND THE WORLD WAR
- CHAPTER XXI
- THE EVOLUTION OF REPUBLICAN POLICIES (1901-13)
- =The Personality and Early Career of Roosevelt.=--On September 14, 1901,
- when Theodore Roosevelt took the oath of office, the presidency passed
- to a new generation and a leader of a new type recalling, if comparisons
- must be made, Andrew Jackson rather than any Republican predecessor.
- Roosevelt was brusque, hearty, restless, and fond of action--"a young
- fellow of infinite dash and originality," as John Hay remarked of him;
- combining the spirit of his old college, Harvard, with the breezy
- freedom of the plains; interested in everything--a new species of game,
- a new book, a diplomatic riddle, or a novel theory of history or
- biology. Though only forty-three years old he was well versed in the art
- of practical politics. Coming upon the political scene in the early
- eighties, he had associated himself with the reformers in the Republican
- party; but he was no Mugwump. From the first he vehemently preached the
- doctrine of party loyalty; if beaten in the convention, he voted the
- straight ticket in the election. For twenty years he adhered to this
- rule and during a considerable portion of that period he held office as
- a spokesman of his party. He served in the New York legislature, as head
- of the metropolitan police force, as federal civil service commissioner
- under President Harrison, as assistant secretary of the navy under
- President McKinley, and as governor of the Empire state. Political
- managers of the old school spoke of him as "brilliant but erratic"; they
- soon found him equal to the shrewdest in negotiation and action.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- ROOSEVELT TALKING TO THE ENGINEER OF A RAILROAD TRAIN]
- FOREIGN AFFAIRS
- =The Panama Canal.=--The most important foreign question confronting
- President Roosevelt on the day of his inauguration, that of the Panama
- Canal, was a heritage from his predecessor. The idea of a water route
- across the isthmus, long a dream of navigators, had become a living
- issue after the historic voyage of the battleship _Oregon_ around South
- America during the Spanish War. But before the United States could act
- it had to undo the Clayton-Bulwer treaty, made with Great Britain in
- 1850, providing for the construction of the canal under joint
- supervision. This was finally effected by the Hay-Pauncefote treaty of
- 1901 authorizing the United States to proceed alone, on condition that
- there should be no discriminations against other nations in the matter
- of rates and charges.
- This accomplished, it was necessary to decide just where the canal
- should be built. One group in Congress favored the route through
- Nicaragua; in fact, two official commissions had already approved that
- location. Another group favored cutting the way through Panama after
- purchasing the rights of the old French company which, under the
- direction of De Lesseps, the hero of the Suez Canal, had made a costly
- failure some twenty years before. After a heated argument over the
- merits of the two plans, preference was given to the Panama route. As
- the isthmus was then a part of Colombia, President Roosevelt proceeded
- to negotiate with the government at Bogota a treaty authorizing the
- United States to cut a canal through its territory. The treaty was
- easily framed, but it was rejected by the Colombian senate, much to the
- President's exasperation. "You could no more make an agreement with the
- Colombian rulers," he exclaimed, "than you could nail jelly to a wall."
- He was spared the necessity by a timely revolution. On November 3, 1903,
- Panama renounced its allegiance to Colombia and three days later the
- United States recognized its independence.
- [Illustration: _Courtesy of Panama Canal, Washington, D.C._
- DEEPEST EXCAVATED PORTION OF PANAMA CANAL, SHOWING GOLD HILL ON
- RIGHT AND CONTRACTOR'S HILL ON LEFT. JUNE, 1913]
- This amazing incident was followed shortly by the signature of a treaty
- between Panama and the United States in which the latter secured the
- right to construct the long-discussed canal, in return for a guarantee
- of independence and certain cash payments. The rights and property of
- the French concern were then bought, and the final details settled. A
- lock rather than a sea-level canal was agreed upon. Construction by the
- government directly instead of by private contractors was adopted.
- Scientific medicine was summoned to stamp out the tropical diseases
- that had made Panama a plague spot. Finally, in 1904, as the President
- said, "the dirt began to fly." After surmounting formidable
- difficulties--engineering, labor, and sanitary--the American forces in
- 1913 joined the waters of the Atlantic and the Pacific. Nearly eight
- thousand miles were cut off the sea voyage from New York to San
- Francisco. If any were inclined to criticize President Roosevelt for
- the way in which he snapped off negotiations with Colombia and
- recognized the Panama revolutionists, their attention was drawn to the
- magnificent outcome of the affair. Notwithstanding the treaty with Great
- Britain, Congress passed a tolls bill discriminating in rates in favor
- of American ships. It was only on the urgent insistence of President
- Wilson that the measure was later repealed.
- =The Conclusion of the Russo-Japanese War.=--The applause which greeted
- the President's next diplomatic stroke was unmarred by censure of any
- kind. In the winter of 1904 there broke out between Japan and Russia a
- terrible conflict over the division of spoils in Manchuria. The fortunes
- of war were with the agile forces of Nippon. In this struggle, it seems,
- President Roosevelt's sympathies were mainly with the Japanese, although
- he observed the proprieties of neutrality. At all events, Secretary Hay
- wrote in his diary on New Year's Day, 1905, that the President was
- "quite firm in his view that we cannot permit Japan to be robbed a
- second time of her victory," referring to the fact that Japan, ten years
- before, after defeating China on the field of battle, had been forced by
- Russia, Germany, and France to forego the fruits of conquest.
- Whatever the President's personal feelings may have been, he was aware
- that Japan, despite her triumphs over Russia, was staggering under a
- heavy burden of debt. At a suggestion from Tokyo, he invited both
- belligerents in the summer of 1905 to join in a peace conference. The
- celerity of their reply was aided by the pressure of European bankers,
- who had already come to a substantial agreement that the war must stop.
- After some delay, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, was chosen as the meeting
- place for the spokesmen of the two warring powers. Roosevelt presided
- over the opening ceremonies with fine urbanity, thoroughly enjoying the
- justly earned honor of being for the moment at the center of the world's
- interest. He had the satisfaction of seeing the conference end in a
- treaty of peace and amity.
- =The Monroe Doctrine Applied to Germany.=--Less spectacular than the
- Russo-Japanese settlement but not less important was a diplomatic
- passage-at-arms with Germany over the Monroe Doctrine. This clash grew
- out of the inability or unwillingness of the Venezuelan government to
- pay debts due foreign creditors. Having exhausted their patience in
- negotiations, England and Germany, in December 1901, sent battleships to
- establish what they characterized as "a peaceful blockade" of Venezuelan
- ports. Their action was followed by the rupture of diplomatic relations;
- there was a possibility that war and the occupation of Venezuelan
- territory might result.
- While unwilling to stand between a Latin-American country and its
- creditors, President Roosevelt was determined that debt collecting
- should not be made an excuse for European countries to seize territory.
- He therefore urged arbitration of the dispute, winning the assent of
- England and Italy. Germany, with a somewhat haughty air, refused to take
- the milder course. The President, learning of this refusal, called the
- German ambassador to the White House and informed him in very precise
- terms that, unless the Imperial German Government consented to
- arbitrate, Admiral Dewey would be ordered to the scene with instructions
- to prevent Germany from seizing any Venezuelan territory. A week passed
- and no answer came from Berlin. Not baffled, the President again took
- the matter up with the ambassador, this time with even more firmness; he
- stated in language admitting of but one meaning that, unless within
- forty-eight hours the Emperor consented to arbitration, American
- battleships, already coaled and cleared, would sail for Venezuelan
- waters. The hint was sufficient. The Kaiser accepted the proposal and
- the President, with the fine irony of diplomacy, complimented him
- publicly on "being so stanch an advocate of arbitration." In terms of
- the Monroe Doctrine this action meant that the United States, while not
- denying the obligations of debtors, would not permit any move on the
- part of European powers that might easily lead to the temporary or
- permanent occupation of Latin-American territory.
- =The Santo Domingo Affair.=--The same issue was involved in a
- controversy over Santo Domingo which arose in 1904. The Dominican
- republic, like Venezuela, was heavily in debt, and certain European
- countries declared that, unless the United States undertook to look
- after the finances of the embarrassed debtor, they would resort to armed
- coercion. What was the United States to do? The danger of having some
- European power strongly intrenched in Santo Domingo was too imminent to
- be denied. President Roosevelt acted with characteristic speed, and
- notwithstanding strong opposition in the Senate was able, in 1907, to
- effect a treaty arrangement which placed Dominican finances under
- American supervision.
- In the course of the debate over this settlement, a number of
- interesting questions arose. It was pertinently asked whether the
- American navy should be used to help creditors collect their debts
- anywhere in Latin-America. It was suggested also that no sanction should
- be given to the practice among European governments of using armed force
- to collect private claims. Opponents of President Roosevelt's policy,
- and they were neither few nor insignificant, urged that such matters
- should be referred to the Hague Court or to special international
- commissions for arbitration. To this the answer was made that the United
- States could not surrender any question coming under the terms of the
- Monroe Doctrine to the decision of an international tribunal. The
- position of the administration was very clearly stated by President
- Roosevelt himself. "The country," he said, "would certainly decline to
- go to war to prevent a foreign government from collecting a just debt;
- on the other hand, it is very inadvisable to permit any foreign power to
- take possession, even temporarily, of the customs houses of an American
- republic in order to enforce the payment of its obligations; for such a
- temporary occupation might turn into a permanent occupation. The only
- escape from these alternatives may at any time be that we must
- ourselves undertake to bring about some arrangement by which so much as
- possible of a just obligation shall be paid." The Monroe Doctrine was
- negative. It denied to European powers a certain liberty of operation in
- this hemisphere. The positive obligations resulting from its application
- by the United States were points now emphasized and developed.
- =The Hague Conference.=--The controversies over Latin-American relations
- and his part in bringing the Russo-Japanese War to a close naturally
- made a deep impression upon Roosevelt, turning his mind in the direction
- of the peaceful settlement of international disputes. The subject was
- moreover in the air. As if conscious of impending calamity, the
- statesmen of the Old World, to all outward signs at least, seemed
- searching for a way to reduce armaments and avoid the bloody and costly
- trial of international causes by the ancient process of battle. It was
- the Czar, Nicholas II, fated to die in one of the terrible holocausts
- which he helped to bring upon mankind, who summoned the delegates of the
- nations in the first Hague Peace Conference in 1899. The conference did
- nothing to reduce military burdens or avoid wars but it did recognize
- the right of friendly nations to offer the services of mediation to
- countries at war and did establish a Court at the Hague for the
- arbitration of international disputes.
- Encouraged by this experiment, feeble as it was, President Roosevelt in
- 1904 proposed a second conference, yielding to the Czar the honor of
- issuing the call. At this great international assembly, held at the
- Hague in 1907, the representatives of the United States proposed a plan
- for the compulsory arbitration of certain matters of international
- dispute. This was rejected with contempt by Germany. Reduction of
- armaments, likewise proposed in the conference, was again deferred. In
- fact, nothing was accomplished beyond agreement upon certain rules for
- the conduct of "civilized warfare," casting a somewhat lurid light upon
- the "pacific" intentions of most of the powers assembled.
- =The World Tour of the Fleet.=--As if to assure the world then that the
- United States placed little reliance upon the frail reed of peace
- conferences, Roosevelt the following year (1908) made an imposing
- display of American naval power by sending a fleet of sixteen
- battleships on a tour around the globe. On his own authority, he ordered
- the ships to sail out of Hampton Roads and circle the earth by way of
- the Straits of Magellan, San Francisco, Australia, the Philippines,
- China, Japan, and the Suez Canal. This enterprise was not, as some
- critics claimed, a "mere boyish flourish." President Roosevelt knew how
- deep was the influence of sea power on the fate of nations. He was aware
- that no country could have a wide empire of trade and dominion without
- force adequate to sustain it. The voyage around the world therefore
- served a double purpose. It interested his own country in the naval
- program of the government, and it reminded other powers that the
- American giant, though quiet, was not sleeping in the midst of
- international rivalries.
- COLONIAL ADMINISTRATION
- =A Constitutional Question Settled.=--In colonial administration, as in
- foreign policy, President Roosevelt advanced with firm step in a path
- already marked out. President McKinley had defined the principles that
- were to control the development of Porto Rico and the Philippines. The
- Republican party had announced a program of pacification, gradual
- self-government, and commercial improvement. The only remaining question
- of importance, to use the popular phrase,--"Does the Constitution follow
- the flag?"--had been answered by the Supreme Court of the United States.
- Although it was well known that the Constitution did not contemplate the
- government of dependencies, such as the Philippines and Porto Rico, the
- Court, by generous and ingenious interpretations, found a way for
- Congress to apply any reasonable rules required by the occasion.
- =Porto Rico.=--The government of Porto Rico was a relatively simple
- matter. It was a single island with a fairly homogeneous population
- apart from the Spanish upper class. For a time after military occupation
- in 1898, it was administered under military rule. This was succeeded by
- the establishment of civil government under the "organic act" passed by
- Congress in 1900. The law assured to the Porto Ricans American
- protection but withheld American citizenship--a boon finally granted in
- 1917. It provided for a governor and six executive secretaries appointed
- by the President with the approval of the Senate; and for a legislature
- of two houses--one elected by popular native vote, and an upper chamber
- composed of the executive secretaries and five other persons appointed
- in the same manner. Thus the United States turned back to the provincial
- system maintained by England in Virginia or New York in old colonial
- days. The natives were given a voice in their government and the power
- of initiating laws; but the final word both in law-making and
- administration was vested in officers appointed in Washington. Such was
- the plan under which the affairs of Porto Rico were conducted by
- President Roosevelt. It lasted until the new organic act of 1917.
- [Illustration: _Photograph from Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- A SUGAR MILL, PORTO RICO]
- =The Philippines.=--The administration of the Philippines presented far
- more difficult questions. The number of islands, the variety of
- languages and races, the differences in civilization all combined to
- challenge the skill of the government. Moreover, there was raging in
- 1901 a stubborn revolt against American authority, which had to be
- faced. Following the lines laid down by President McKinley, the
- evolution of American policy fell into three stages. At first the
- islands were governed directly by the President under his supreme
- military power. In 1901 a civilian commission, headed by William Howard
- Taft, was selected by the President and charged with the government of
- the provinces in which order had been restored. Six years later, under
- the terms of an organic act, passed by Congress in 1902, the third stage
- was reached. The local government passed into the hands of a governor
- and commission, appointed by the President and Senate, and a
- legislature--one house elected by popular vote and an upper chamber
- composed of the commission. This scheme, like that obtaining in Porto
- Rico, remained intact until a Democratic Congress under President
- Wilson's leadership carried the colonial administration into its fourth
- phase by making both houses elective. Thus, by the steady pursuit of a
- liberal policy, self-government was extended to the dependencies; but it
- encouraged rather than extinguished the vigorous movement among the
- Philippine natives for independence.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- MR TAFT IN THE PHILIPPINES]
- =Cuban Relations.=--Within the sphere of colonial affairs, Cuba, though
- nominally independent, also presented problems to the government at
- Washington. In the fine enthusiasm that accompanied the declaration of
- war on Spain, Congress, unmindful of practical considerations,
- recognized the independence of Cuba and disclaimed "any disposition or
- intention to exercise sovereignty, jurisdiction, or control over said
- island except for the pacification thereof." In the settlement that
- followed the war, however, it was deemed undesirable to set the young
- republic adrift upon the stormy sea of international politics without a
- guiding hand. Before withdrawing American troops from the island,
- Congress, in March, 1901, enacted, and required Cuba to approve, a
- series of restrictions known as the Platt amendment, limiting her power
- to incur indebtedness, securing the right of the United States to
- intervene whenever necessary to protect life and property, and reserving
- to the United States coaling stations at certain points to be agreed
- upon. The Cubans made strong protests against what they deemed
- "infringements of their sovereignty"; but finally with good grace
- accepted their fate. Even when in 1906 President Roosevelt landed
- American troops in the island to quell a domestic dissension, they
- acquiesced in the action, evidently regarding it as a distinct warning
- that they should learn to manage their elections in an orderly manner.
- THE ROOSEVELT DOMESTIC POLICIES
- =Social Questions to the Front.=--From the day of his inauguration to
- the close of his service in 1909, President Roosevelt, in messages,
- speeches, and interviews, kept up a lively and interesting discussion of
- trusts, capital, labor, poverty, riches, lawbreaking, good citizenship,
- and kindred themes. Many a subject previously touched upon only by
- representatives of the minor and dissenting parties, he dignified by a
- careful examination. That he did this with any fixed design or policy in
- mind does not seem to be the case. He admitted himself that when he
- became President he did not have in hand any settled or far-reaching
- plan of social betterment. He did have, however, serious convictions on
- general principles. "I was bent upon making the government," he wrote,
- "the most efficient possible instrument in helping the people of the
- United States to better themselves in every way, politically, socially,
- and industrially. I believed with all my heart in real and
- thorough-going democracy and I wished to make the democracy industrial
- as well as political, although I had only partially formulated the
- method I believed we should follow." It is thus evident at least that he
- had departed a long way from the old idea of the government as nothing
- but a great policeman keeping order among the people in a struggle over
- the distribution of the nation's wealth and resources.
- =Roosevelt's View of the Constitution.=--Equally significant was
- Roosevelt's attitude toward the Constitution and the office of
- President. He utterly repudiated the narrow construction of our national
- charter. He held that the Constitution "should be treated as the
- greatest document ever devised by the wit of man to aid a people in
- exercising every power necessary for its own betterment, not as a
- strait-jacket cunningly fashioned to strangle growth." He viewed the
- presidency as he did the Constitution. Strict constructionists of the
- Jeffersonian school, of whom there were many on occasion even in the
- Republican party, had taken a view that the President could do nothing
- that he was not specifically authorized by the Constitution to do.
- Roosevelt took exactly the opposite position. It was his opinion that it
- was not only the President's right but his duty "to do anything that the
- needs of the nation demanded unless such action was forbidden by the
- Constitution or the laws." He went on to say that he acted "for the
- common well-being of all our people whenever and in whatever manner was
- necessary, unless prevented by direct constitutional or legislative
- prohibition."
- =The Trusts and Railways.=--To the trust question, Roosevelt devoted
- especial attention. This was unavoidable. By far the larger part of the
- business of the country was done by corporations as distinguished from
- partnerships and individual owners. The growth of these gigantic
- aggregations of capital had been the leading feature in American
- industrial development during the last two decades of the nineteenth
- century. In the conquest of business by trusts and "the resulting
- private fortunes of great magnitude," the Populists and the Democrats
- had seen a grievous danger to the republic. "Plutocracy has taken the
- place of democracy; the tariff breeds trusts; let us destroy therefore
- the tariff and the trusts"--such was the battle cry which had been taken
- up by Bryan and his followers.
- President Roosevelt countered vigorously. He rejected the idea that the
- trusts were the product of the tariff or of governmental action of any
- kind. He insisted that they were the outcome of "natural economic
- forces": (1) destructive competition among business men compelling them
- to avoid ruin by cooperation in fixing prices; (2) the growth of markets
- on a national scale and even international scale calling for vast
- accumulations of capital to carry on such business; (3) the possibility
- of immense savings by the union of many plants under one management. In
- the corporation he saw a new stage in the development of American
- industry. Unregulated competition he regarded as "the source of evils
- which all men concede must be remedied if this civilization of ours is
- to survive." The notion, therefore, that these immense business concerns
- should be or could be broken up by a decree of law, Roosevelt considered
- absurd.
- At the same time he proposed that "evil trusts" should be prevented from
- "wrong-doing of any kind"; that is, punished for plain swindling, for
- making agreements to limit output, for refusing to sell to customers who
- dealt with rival firms, and for conspiracies with railways to ruin
- competitors by charging high freight rates and for similar abuses.
- Accordingly, he proposed, not the destruction of the trusts, but their
- regulation by the government. This, he contended, would preserve the
- advantages of business on a national scale while preventing the evils
- that accompanied it. The railway company he declared to be a public
- servant. "Its rates should be just to and open to all shippers alike."
- So he answered those who thought that trusts and railway combinations
- were private concerns to be managed solely by their owners without let
- or hindrance and also those who thought trusts and railway combinations
- could be abolished by tariff reduction or criminal prosecution.
- =The Labor Question.=--On the labor question, then pressing to the front
- in public interest, President Roosevelt took advanced ground for his
- time. He declared that the working-man, single-handed and empty-handed,
- threatened with starvation if unemployed, was no match for the employer
- who was able to bargain and wait. This led him, accordingly, to accept
- the principle of the trade union; namely, that only by collective
- bargaining can labor be put on a footing to measure its strength equally
- with capital. While he severely arraigned labor leaders who advocated
- violence and destructive doctrines, he held that "the organization of
- labor into trade unions and federations is necessary, is beneficent, and
- is one of the greatest possible agencies in the attainment of a true
- industrial, as well as a true political, democracy in the United
- States." The last resort of trade unions in labor disputes, the strike,
- he approved in case negotiations failed to secure "a fair deal."
- He thought, however, that labor organizations, even if wisely managed,
- could not solve all the pressing social questions of the time. The aid
- of the government at many points he believed to be necessary to
- eliminate undeserved poverty, industrial diseases, unemployment, and the
- unfortunate consequences of industrial accidents. In his first message
- of 1901, for instance, he urged that workers injured in industry should
- have certain and ample compensation. From time to time he advocated
- other legislation to obtain what he called "a larger measure of social
- and industrial justice."
- =Great Riches and Taxation.=--Even the challenge of the radicals, such
- as the Populists, who alleged that "the toil of millions is boldly
- stolen to build up colossal fortunes for a few"--challenges which his
- predecessors did not consider worthy of notice--President Roosevelt
- refused to let pass without an answer. In his first message he denied
- the truth of the common saying that the rich were growing richer and the
- poor were growing poorer. He asserted that, on the contrary, the average
- man, wage worker, farmer, and small business man, was better off than
- ever before in the history of our country. That there had been abuses in
- the accumulation of wealth he did not pretend to ignore, but he believed
- that even immense fortunes, on the whole, represented positive benefits
- conferred upon the country. Nevertheless he felt that grave dangers to
- the safety and the happiness of the people lurked in great inequalities
- of wealth. In 1906 he wrote that he wished it were in his power to
- prevent the heaping up of enormous fortunes. The next year, to the
- astonishment of many leaders in his own party, he boldly announced in a
- message to Congress that he approved both income and inheritance taxes,
- then generally viewed as Populist or Democratic measures. He even took
- the stand that such taxes should be laid in order to bring about a more
- equitable distribution of wealth and greater equality of opportunity
- among citizens.
- LEGISLATIVE AND EXECUTIVE ACTIVITIES
- =Economic Legislation.=--When President Roosevelt turned from the field
- of opinion he found himself in a different sphere. Many of his views
- were too advanced for the members of his party in Congress, and where
- results depended upon the making of new laws, his progress was slow.
- Nevertheless, in his administrations several measures were enacted that
- bore the stamp of his theories, though it could hardly be said that he
- dominated Congress to the same degree as did some other Presidents. The
- Hepburn Railway Act of 1906 enlarged the interstate commerce commission;
- it extended the commission's power over oil pipe lines, express
- companies, and other interstate carriers; it gave the commission the
- right to reduce rates found to be unreasonable and discriminatory; it
- forbade "midnight tariffs," that is, sudden changes in rates favoring
- certain shippers; and it prohibited common carriers from transporting
- goods owned by themselves, especially coal, except for their own proper
- use. Two important pure food and drug laws, enacted during the same
- year, were designed to protect the public against diseased meats and
- deleterious foods and drugs. A significant piece of labor legislation
- was an act of the same Congress making interstate railways liable to
- damages for injuries sustained by their employees. When this measure was
- declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court it was reenacted with the
- objectionable clauses removed. A second installment of labor legislation
- was offered in the law of 1908 limiting the hours of railway employees
- engaged as trainmen or telegraph operators.
- [Illustration: _Courtesy United States Reclamation Service._
- THE ROOSEVELT DAM, PHOENIX, ARIZONA]
- =Reclamation and Conservation.=--The open country--the deserts, the
- forests, waterways, and the public lands--interested President Roosevelt
- no less than railway and industrial questions. Indeed, in his first
- message to Congress he placed the conservation of natural resources
- among "the most vital internal problems" of the age, and forcibly
- emphasized an issue that had been discussed in a casual way since
- Cleveland's first administration. The suggestion evoked an immediate
- response in Congress. Under the leadership of Senator Newlands, of
- Nevada, the Reclamation Act of 1902 was passed, providing for the
- redemption of the desert areas of the West. The proceeds from the sale
- of public lands were dedicated to the construction of storage dams and
- sluiceways to hold water and divert it as needed to the thirsty sands.
- Furthermore it was stipulated that the rents paid by water users should
- go into a reclamation fund to continue the good work forever.
- Construction was started immediately under the terms of the law. Within
- seventeen years about 1,600,000 acres had been reclaimed and more than a
- million were actually irrigated. In the single year 1918, the crops of
- the irrigated districts were valued at approximately $100,000,000.
- In his first message, also, President Roosevelt urged the transfer of
- all control over national forests to trained men in the Bureau of
- Forestry--a recommendation carried out in 1907 when the Forestry Service
- was created. In every direction noteworthy advances were made in the
- administration of the national domain. The science of forestry was
- improved and knowledge of the subject spread among the people. Lands in
- the national forest available for agriculture were opened to settlers.
- Water power sites on the public domain were leased for a term of years
- to private companies instead of being sold outright. The area of the
- national forests was enlarged from 43 million acres to 194 million acres
- by presidential proclamation--more than 43 million acres being added in
- one year, 1907. The men who turned sheep and cattle to graze on the
- public lands were compelled to pay a fair rental, much to their
- dissatisfaction. Fire prevention work was undertaken in the forests on a
- large scale, reducing the appalling, annual destruction of timber.
- Millions of acres of coal land, such as the government had been
- carelessly selling to mining companies at low figures, were withdrawn
- from sale and held until Congress was prepared to enact laws for the
- disposition of them in the public interest. Prosecutions were
- instituted against men who had obtained public lands by fraud and vast
- tracts were recovered for the national domain. An agitation was begun
- which bore fruit under the administrations of Taft and Wilson in laws
- reserving to the federal government the ownership of coal, water power,
- phosphates, and other natural resources while authorizing corporations
- to develop them under leases for a period of years.
- =The Prosecution of the Trusts.=--As an executive, President Roosevelt
- was also a distinct "personality." His discrimination between "good" and
- "bad" trusts led him to prosecute some of them with vigor. On his
- initiative, the Northern Securities Company, formed to obtain control of
- certain great western railways, was dissolved by order of the Supreme
- Court. Proceedings were instituted against the American Tobacco Company
- and the Standard Oil Company as monopolies in violation of the Sherman
- Anti-Trust law. The Sugar Trust was found guilty of cheating the New
- York customs house and some of the minor officers were sent to prison.
- Frauds in the Post-office Department were uncovered and the offenders
- brought to book. In fact hardly a week passed without stirring news of
- "wrong doers" and "malefactors" haled into federal courts.
- =The Great Coal Strike.=--The Roosevelt theory that the President could
- do anything for public welfare not forbidden by the Constitution and the
- laws was put to a severe test in 1902. A strike of the anthracite coal
- miners, which started in the summer, ran late into the autumn.
- Industries were paralyzed for the want of coal; cities were threatened
- with the appalling menace of a winter without heat. Governors and mayors
- were powerless and appealed for aid. The mine owners rejected the
- demands of the men and refused to permit the arbitration of the points
- in dispute, although John Mitchell, the leader of the miners, repeatedly
- urged it. After observing closely the course affairs, President
- Roosevelt made up his mind that the situation was intolerable. He
- arranged to have the federal troops, if necessary, take possession of
- the mines and operate them until the strike could be settled. He then
- invited the contestants to the White House and by dint of hard labor
- induced them to accept, as a substitute or compromise, arbitration by a
- commission which he appointed. Thus, by stepping outside the
- Constitution and acting as the first citizen of the land, President
- Roosevelt averted a crisis of great magnitude.
- =The Election of 1904.=--The views and measures which he advocated with
- such vigor aroused deep hostility within as well as without his party.
- There were rumors of a Republican movement to defeat his nomination in
- 1904 and it was said that the "financial and corporation interests" were
- in arms against him. A prominent Republican paper in New York City
- accused him of having "stolen Mr. Bryan's thunder," by harrying the
- trusts and favoring labor unions. When the Republican convention
- assembled in Chicago, however, the opposition disappeared and Roosevelt
- was nominated by acclamation.
- This was the signal for a change on the part of Democratic leaders. They
- denounced the President as erratic, dangerous, and radical and decided
- to assume the moderate role themselves. They put aside Mr. Bryan and
- selected as their candidate, Judge Alton B. Parker, of New York, a man
- who repudiated free silver and made a direct appeal for the conservative
- vote. The outcome of the reversal was astounding. Judge Parker's vote
- fell more than a million below that cast for Bryan in 1900; of the 476
- electoral votes he received only 140. Roosevelt, in addition to sweeping
- the Republican sections, even invaded Democratic territory, carrying the
- state of Missouri. Thus vindicated at the polls, he became more
- outspoken than ever. His leadership in the party was so widely
- recognized that he virtually selected his own successor.
- THE ADMINISTRATION OF PRESIDENT TAFT
- =The Campaign of 1908.=--Long before the end of his elective term,
- President Roosevelt let it be known that he favored as his successor,
- William Howard Taft, of Ohio, his Secretary of War. To attain this end
- he used every shred of his powerful influence. When the Republican
- convention assembled, Mr. Taft easily won the nomination. Though the
- party platform was conservative in tone, he gave it a progressive tinge
- by expressing his personal belief in the popular election of United
- States Senators, an income tax, and other liberal measures. President
- Roosevelt announced his faith in the Republican candidate and appealed
- to the country for his election.
- The turn in Republican affairs now convinced Mr. Bryan that the signs
- were propitious for a third attempt to win the presidency. The disaster
- to Judge Parker had taught the party that victory did not lie in a
- conservative policy. With little difficulty, therefore, the veteran
- leader from Nebraska once more rallied the Democrats around his
- standard, won the nomination, and wrote a platform vigorously attacking
- the tariff, trusts, and monopolies. Supported by a loyal following, he
- entered the lists, only to meet another defeat. Though he polled almost
- a million and a half more votes than did Judge Parker in 1904, the palm
- went to Mr. Taft.
- =The Tariff Revision and Party Dissensions.=--At the very beginning of
- his term, President Taft had to face the tariff issue. He had met it in
- the campaign. Moved by the Democratic demand for a drastic reduction, he
- had expressed opinions which were thought to imply a "downward
- revision." The Democrats made much of the implication and the
- Republicans from the Middle West rejoiced in it. Pressure was coming
- from all sides. More than ten years had elapsed since the enactment of
- the Dingley bill and the position of many industries had been altered
- with the course of time. Evidently the day for revision--at best a
- thankless task--had arrived. Taft accepted the inevitable and called
- Congress in a special session. Until the midsummer of 1909, Republican
- Senators and Representatives wrangled over tariff schedules, the
- President making little effort to influence their decisions. When on
- August 5 the Payne-Aldrich bill became a law, a breach had been made in
- Republican ranks. Powerful Senators from the Middle West had spoken
- angrily against many of the high rates imposed by the bill. They had
- even broken with their party colleagues to vote against the entire
- scheme of tariff revision.
- =The Income Tax Amendment.=--The rift in party harmony was widened by
- another serious difference of opinion. During the debate on the tariff
- bill, there was a concerted movement to include in it an income tax
- provision--this in spite of the decision of the Supreme Court in 1895
- declaring it unconstitutional. Conservative men were alarmed by the
- evident willingness of some members to flout a solemn decree of that
- eminent tribunal. At the same time they saw a powerful combination of
- Republicans and Democrats determined upon shifting some of the burden of
- taxation to large incomes. In the press of circumstances, a compromise
- was reached. The income tax bill was dropped for the present; but
- Congress passed the sixteenth amendment to the Constitution, authorizing
- taxes upon incomes from whatever source they might be derived, without
- reference to any apportionment among the states on the basis of
- population. The states ratified the amendment and early in 1913 it was
- proclaimed.
- =President Taft's Policies.=--After the enactment of the tariff bill,
- Taft continued to push forward with his legislative program. He
- recommended, and Congress created, a special court of commerce with
- jurisdiction, among other things, over appeals from the interstate
- commerce commission, thus facilitating judicial review of the railway
- rates fixed and the orders issued by that body. This measure was quickly
- followed by an act establishing a system of postal savings banks in
- connection with the post office--a scheme which had long been opposed by
- private banks. Two years later, Congress defied the lobby of the express
- companies and supplemented the savings banks with a parcels post system,
- thus enabling the American postal service to catch up with that of other
- progressive nations. With a view to improving the business
- administration of the federal government, the President obtained from
- Congress a large appropriation for an economy and efficiency commission
- charged with the duty of inquiring into wasteful and obsolete methods
- and recommending improved devices and practices. The chief result of
- this investigation was a vigorous report in favor of a national budget
- system, which soon found public backing.
- President Taft negotiated with England and France general treaties
- providing for the arbitration of disputes which were "justiciable" in
- character even though they might involve questions of "vital interest
- and national honor." They were coldly received in the Senate and so
- amended that Taft abandoned them altogether. A tariff reciprocity
- agreement with Canada, however, he forced through Congress in the face
- of strong opposition from his own party. After making a serious breach
- in Republican ranks, he was chagrined to see the whole scheme come to
- naught by the overthrow of the Liberals in the Canadian elections of
- 1911.
- =Prosecution of the Trusts.=--The party schism was even enlarged by what
- appeared to be the successful prosecution of several great combinations.
- In two important cases, the Supreme Court ordered the dissolution of the
- Standard Oil Company and the American Tobacco Company on the ground that
- they violated the Sherman Anti-Trust law. In taking this step Chief
- Justice White was at some pains to state that the law did not apply to
- combinations which did not "unduly" restrain trade. His remark,
- construed to mean that the Court would not interfere with corporations
- as such, became the subject of a popular outcry against the President
- and the judges.
- PROGRESSIVE INSURGENCY AND THE ELECTION OF 1912
- =Growing Dissensions.=--All in all, Taft's administration from the first
- day had been disturbed by party discord. High words had passed over the
- tariff bill and disgruntled members of Congress could not forget them.
- To differences over issues were added quarrels between youth and old
- age. In the House of Representatives there developed a group of young
- "insurgent" Republicans who resented the dominance of the Speaker,
- Joseph G. Cannon, and other members of the "old guard," as they named
- the men of long service and conservative minds. In 1910, the insurgents
- went so far as to join with the Democrats in a movement to break the
- Speaker's sway by ousting him from the rules committee and depriving him
- of the power to appoint its members. The storm was brewing. In the
- autumn of that year the Democrats won a clear majority in the House of
- Representatives and began an open battle with President Taft by
- demanding an immediate downward revision of the tariff.
- =The Rise of the Progressive Republicans.=--Preparatory to the campaign
- of 1912, the dissenters within the Republican party added the prefix
- "Progressive" to their old title and began to organize a movement to
- prevent the renomination of Mr. Taft. As early as January 21, 1911, they
- formed a Progressive Republican League at the home of Senator La
- Follette of Wisconsin and launched an attack on the Taft measures and
- policies. In October they indorsed Mr. La Follette as "the logical
- Republican candidate" and appealed to the party for support. The
- controversy over the tariff had grown into a formidable revolt against
- the occupant of the White House.
- =Roosevelt in the Field.=--After looking on for a while, ex-President
- Roosevelt took a hand in the fray. Soon after his return in 1910 from a
- hunting trip in Africa and a tour in Europe, he made a series of
- addresses in which he formulated a progressive program. In a speech in
- Kansas, he favored regulation of the trusts, a graduated income tax
- bearing heavily on great fortunes, tariff revision schedule by schedule,
- conservation of natural resources, labor legislation, the direct
- primary, and the recall of elective officials. In an address before the
- Ohio state constitutional convention in February, 1912, he indorsed the
- initiative and referendum and announced a doctrine known as the "recall
- of judicial decisions." This was a new and radical note in American
- politics. An ex-President of the United States proposed that the people
- at the polls should have the right to reverse the decision of a judge
- who set aside any act of a state legislature passed in the interests of
- social welfare. The Progressive Republicans, impressed by these
- addresses, turned from La Follette to Roosevelt and on February 24,
- induced him to come out openly as a candidate against Taft for the
- Republican nomination.
- =The Split in the Republican Party.=--The country then witnessed the
- strange spectacle of two men who had once been close companions engaged
- in a bitter rivalry to secure a majority of the delegates to the
- Republican convention to be held at Chicago. When the convention
- assembled, about one-fourth of the seats were contested, the delegates
- for both candidates loudly proclaiming the regularity of their election.
- In deciding between the contestants the national committee, after the
- usual hearings, settled the disputes in such a way that Taft received a
- safe majority. After a week of negotiation, Roosevelt and his followers
- left the Republican party. Most of his supporters withdrew from the
- convention and the few who remained behind refused to answer the roll
- call. Undisturbed by this formidable bolt, the regular Republicans went
- on with their work. They renominated Mr. Taft and put forth a platform
- roundly condemning such Progressive doctrines as the recall of judges.
- =The Formation of the Progressive Party.=--The action of the Republicans
- in seating the Taft delegates was vigorously denounced by Roosevelt. He
- declared that the convention had no claim to represent the voters of the
- Republican party; that any candidate named by it would be "the
- beneficiary of a successful fraud"; and that it would be deeply
- discreditable to any man to accept the convention's approval under such
- circumstances. The bitterness of his followers was extreme. On July 8, a
- call went forth for a "Progressive" convention to be held in Chicago on
- August 5. The assembly which duly met on that day was a unique political
- conference. Prominence was given to women delegates, and "politicians"
- were notably absent. Roosevelt himself, who was cheered as a conquering
- hero, made an impassioned speech setting forth his "confession of
- faith." He was nominated by acclamation; Governor Hiram Johnson of
- California was selected as his companion candidate for Vice President.
- The platform endorsed such political reforms as woman suffrage, direct
- primaries, the initiative, referendum, and recall, popular election of
- United States Senators, and the short ballot. It favored a program of
- social legislation, including the prohibition of child labor and minimum
- wages for women. It approved the regulation, rather than the
- dissolution, of the trusts. Like apostles in a new and lofty cause, the
- Progressives entered a vigorous campaign for the election of their
- distinguished leader.
- =Woodrow Wilson and the Election of 1912.=--With the Republicans
- divided, victory loomed up before the Democrats. Naturally, a terrific
- contest over the nomination occurred at their convention in Baltimore.
- Champ Clark, Speaker of the House of Representatives, and Governor
- Woodrow Wilson, of New Jersey, were the chief contestants. After tossing
- to and fro for seven long, hot days, and taking forty-six ballots, the
- delegates, powerfully influenced by Mr. Bryan, finally decided in favor
- of the governor. As a professor, a writer on historical and political
- subjects, and the president of Princeton University, Mr. Wilson had
- become widely known in public life. As the governor of New Jersey he had
- attracted the support of the progressives in both parties. With grim
- determination he had "waged war on the bosses," and pushed through the
- legislature measures establishing direct primaries, regulating public
- utilities, and creating a system of workmen's compensation in
- industries. During the presidential campaign that followed Governor
- Wilson toured the country and aroused great enthusiasm by a series of
- addresses later published under the title of _The New Freedom_. He
- declared that "the government of the United States is at present the
- foster child of the special interests." He proposed to free the country
- by breaking the dominance of "the big bankers, the big manufacturers,
- the big masters of commerce, the heads of railroad corporations and of
- steamship corporations."
- In the election Governor Wilson easily secured a majority of the
- electoral votes, and his party, while retaining possession of the House
- of Representatives, captured the Senate as well. The popular verdict,
- however, indicated a state of confusion in the country. The combined
- Progressive and Republican vote exceeded that of the Democrats by
- 1,300,000. The Socialists, with Eugene V. Debs as their candidate again,
- polled about 900,000 votes, more than double the number received four
- years before. Thus, as the result of an extraordinary upheaval the
- Republicans, after holding the office of President for sixteen years,
- passed out of power, and the government of the country was intrusted to
- the Democrats under the leadership of a man destined to be one of the
- outstanding figures of the modern age, Woodrow Wilson.
- =General References=
- J.B. Bishop, _Theodore Roosevelt and His Time_ (2 vols.).
- Theodore Roosevelt, _Autobiography_; _New Nationalism_; _Progressive
- Principles_.
- W.H. Taft, _Popular Government_.
- Walter Weyl, _The New Democracy_.
- H. Croly, _The Promise of American Life_.
- J.B. Bishop, _The Panama Gateway_.
- J.B. Scott, _The Hague Peace Conferences_.
- W.B. Munro (ed.), _Initiative, Referendum, and Recall_.
- C.R. Van Hise, _The Conservation of Natural Resources_.
- Gifford Pinchot, _The Fight for Conservation_.
- W.F. Willoughby, _Territories and Dependencies of the United States_
- (1905).
- =Research Topics=
- =Roosevelt and "Big Business."=--Haworth, _The United States in Our Own
- Time_, pp. 281-289; F.A. Ogg, _National Progress_ (American Nation
- Series), pp. 40-75; Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp.
- 293-307.
- =Our Insular Possessions.=--Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
- 896-904.
- =Latin-American Relations.=--Haworth, pp. 294-299; Ogg, pp. 254-257.
- =The Panama Canal.=--Haworth, pp. 300-309; Ogg, pp. 266-277; Paxson, pp.
- 286-292; Elson, pp. 906-911.
- =Conservation.=--Haworth, pp. 331-334; Ogg, pp. 96-115; Beard, _American
- Government and Politics_ (3d ed.), pp. 401-416.
- =Republican Dissensions under Taft's Administration.=--Haworth, pp.
- 351-360; Ogg, pp. 167-186; Paxson, pp. 324-342; Elson, pp. 916-924.
- =The Campaign of 1912.=--Haworth, pp. 360-379; Ogg, pp. 187-208.
- =Questions=
- 1. Compare the early career of Roosevelt with that of some other
- President.
- 2. Name the chief foreign and domestic questions of the Roosevelt-Taft
- administrations.
- 3. What international complications were involved in the Panama Canal
- problem?
- 4. Review the Monroe Doctrine. Discuss Roosevelt's applications of it.
- 5. What is the strategic importance of the Caribbean to the United
- States?
- 6. What is meant by the sea power? Trace the voyage of the fleet around
- the world and mention the significant imperial and commercial points
- touched.
- 7. What is meant by the question: "Does the Constitution follow the
- flag?"
- 8. Trace the history of self-government in Porto Rico. In the
- Philippines.
- 9. What is Cuba's relation to the United States?
- 10. What was Roosevelt's theory of our Constitution?
- 11. Give Roosevelt's views on trusts, labor, taxation.
- 12. Outline the domestic phases of Roosevelt's administrations.
- 13. Account for the dissensions under Taft.
- 14. Trace the rise of the Progressive movement.
- 15. What was Roosevelt's progressive program?
- 16. Review Wilson's early career and explain the underlying theory of
- _The New Freedom_.
- CHAPTER XXII
- THE SPIRIT OF REFORM IN AMERICA
- AN AGE OF CRITICISM
- =Attacks on Abuses in American Life.=--The crisis precipitated by the
- Progressive uprising was not a sudden and unexpected one. It had been
- long in preparation. The revolt against corruption in politics which
- produced the Liberal Republican outbreak in the seventies and the
- Mugwump movement of the eighties was followed by continuous criticism of
- American political and economic development. From 1880 until his death
- in 1892, George William Curtis, as president of the Civil Service Reform
- Association, kept up a running fire upon the abuses of the spoils
- system. James Bryce, an observant English scholar and man of affairs, in
- his great work, _The American Commonwealth_, published in 1888, by
- picturing fearlessly the political rings and machines which dominated
- the cities, gave the whole country a fresh shock. Six years later Henry
- D. Lloyd, in a powerful book entitled _Wealth against Commonwealth_,
- attacked in scathing language certain trusts which had destroyed their
- rivals and bribed public officials. In 1903 Miss Ida Tarbell, an author
- of established reputation in the historical field, gave to the public an
- account of the Standard Oil Company, revealing the ruthless methods of
- that corporation in crushing competition. About the same time Lincoln
- Steffens exposed the sordid character of politics in several
- municipalities in a series of articles bearing the painful heading: _The
- Shame of the Cities_. The critical spirit appeared in almost every form;
- in weekly and monthly magazines, in essays and pamphlets, in editorials
- and news stories, in novels like Churchill's _Coniston_ and Sinclair's
- _The Jungle_. It became so savage and so wanton that the opening years
- of the twentieth century were well named "the age of the muckrakers."
- =The Subjects of the Criticism.=--In this outburst of invective, nothing
- was spared. It was charged that each of the political parties had fallen
- into the hands of professional politicians who devoted their time to
- managing conventions, making platforms, nominating candidates, and
- dictating to officials; in return for their "services" they sold offices
- and privileges. It was alleged that mayors and councils had bargained
- away for private benefit street railway and other franchises. It was
- asserted that many powerful labor unions were dominated by men who
- blackmailed employers. Some critics specialized in descriptions of the
- poverty, slums, and misery of great cities. Others took up "frenzied
- finance" and accused financiers of selling worthless stocks and bonds to
- an innocent public. Still others professed to see in the accumulations
- of millionaires the downfall of our republic.
- =The Attack on "Invisible Government."=--Some even maintained that the
- control of public affairs had passed from the people to a sinister
- minority called "the invisible government." So eminent and conservative
- a statesman as the Hon. Elihu Root lent the weight of his great name to
- such an imputation. Speaking of his native state, New York, he said:
- "What is the government of this state? What has it been during the forty
- years of my acquaintance with it? The government of the Constitution?
- Oh, no; not half the time or half way.... From the days of Fenton and
- Conkling and Arthur and Cornell and Platt, from the days of David B.
- Hill down to the present time, the government of the state has presented
- two different lines of activity: one, of the constitutional and
- statutory officers of the state and the other of the party leaders; they
- call them party bosses. They call the system--I don't coin the
- phrase--the system they call 'invisible government.' For I don't know
- how many years Mr. Conkling was the supreme ruler in this state. The
- governor did not count, the legislature did not count, comptrollers and
- secretaries of state and what not did not count. It was what Mr.
- Conkling said, and in a great outburst of public rage he was pulled
- down. Then Mr. Platt ruled the state; for nigh upon twenty years he
- ruled it. It was not the governor; it was not the legislature; it was
- Mr. Platt. And the capital was not here [in Albany]; it was at 49
- Broadway; Mr. Platt and his lieutenants. It makes no difference what
- name you give, whether you call it Fenton or Conkling or Cornell or
- Arthur or Platt or by the names of men now living. The ruler of the
- state during the greater part of the forty years of my acquaintance with
- the state government has not been any man authorized by the constitution
- or by law.... The party leader is elected by no one, accountable to no
- one, bound by no oath of office, removable by no one."
- =The Nation Aroused.=--With the spirit of criticism came also the spirit
- of reform. The charges were usually exaggerated; often wholly false; but
- there was enough truth in them to warrant renewed vigilance on the part
- of American democracy. President Roosevelt doubtless summed up the
- sentiment of the great majority of citizens when he demanded the
- punishment of wrong-doers in 1907, saying: "It makes not a particle of
- difference whether these crimes are committed by a capitalist or by a
- laborer, by a leading banker or manufacturer or railroad man or by a
- leading representative of a labor union. Swindling in stocks, corrupting
- legislatures, making fortunes by the inflation of securities, by
- wrecking railroads, by destroying competitors through rebates--these
- forms of wrong-doing in the capitalist are far more infamous than any
- ordinary form of embezzlement or forgery." The time had come, he added,
- to stop "muckraking" and proceed to the constructive work of removing
- the abuses that had grown up.
- POLITICAL REFORMS
- =The Public Service.=--It was a wise comprehension of the needs of
- American democracy that led the friends of reform to launch and to
- sustain for more than half a century a movement to improve the public
- service. On the one side they struck at the spoils system; at the right
- of the politicians to use public offices as mere rewards for partisan
- work. The federal civil service act of 1883 opened the way to reform by
- establishing five vital principles in law: (1) admission to office, not
- on the recommendation of party workers, but on the basis of competitive
- examinations; (2) promotion for meritorious service of the government
- rather than of parties; (3) no assessment of office holders for campaign
- funds; (4) permanent tenure during good behavior; and (5) no dismissals
- for political reasons. The act itself at first applied to only 14,000
- federal offices, but under the constant pressure from the reformers it
- was extended until in 1916 it covered nearly 300,000 employees out of an
- executive force of approximately 414,000. While gaining steadily at
- Washington, civil service reformers carried their agitation into the
- states and cities. By 1920 they were able to report ten states with
- civil service commissions and the merit system well intrenched in more
- than three hundred municipalities.
- In excluding spoilsmen from public office, the reformers were, in a
- sense, engaged in a negative work: that of "keeping the rascals out."
- But there was a second and larger phase to their movement, one
- constructive in character: that of getting skilled, loyal, and efficient
- servants into the places of responsibility. Everywhere on land and sea,
- in town and country, new burdens were laid upon public officers. They
- were called upon to supervise the ships sailing to and from our ports;
- to inspect the water and milk supplies of our cities; to construct and
- operate great public works, such as the Panama and Erie canals; to
- regulate the complicated rates of railway companies; to safeguard health
- and safety in a thousand ways; to climb the mountains to fight forest
- fires; and to descend into the deeps of the earth to combat the deadly
- coal gases that assail the miners. In a word, those who labored to
- master the secrets and the powers of nature were summoned to the aid of
- the government: chemists, engineers, architects, nurses, surgeons,
- foresters--the skilled in all the sciences, arts, and crafts.
- Keeping rascals out was no task at all compared with the problem of
- finding competent people for all the technical offices. "Now," said the
- reformers, "we must make attractive careers in the government work for
- the best American talent; we must train those applying for admission and
- increase the skill of those already in positions of trust; we must see
- to it that those entering at the bottom have a chance to rise to the
- top; in short, we must work for a government as skilled and efficient as
- it is strong, one commanding all the wisdom and talent of America that
- public welfare requires."
- =The Australian Ballot.=--A second line of attack on the political
- machines was made in connection with the ballot. In the early days
- elections were frequently held in the open air and the poll was taken by
- a show of hands or by the enrollment of the voters under names of their
- favorite candidates. When this ancient practice was abandoned in favor
- of the printed ballot, there was still no secrecy about elections. Each
- party prepared its own ballot, often of a distinctive color, containing
- the names of its candidates. On election day, these papers were handed
- out to the voters by party workers. Any one could tell from the color of
- the ballot dropped into the box, or from some mark on the outside of the
- folded ballot, just how each man voted. Those who bought votes were sure
- that their purchases were "delivered." Those who intimidated voters
- could know when their intimidation was effective. In this way the party
- ballot strengthened the party machine.
- As a remedy for such abuses, reformers, learning from the experience of
- Australia, urged the adoption of the "Australian ballot." That ballot,
- though it appeared in many forms, had certain constant features. It was
- official, that is, furnished by the government, not by party workers; it
- contained the names of all candidates of all parties; it was given out
- only in the polling places; and it was marked in secret. The first state
- to introduce it was Massachusetts. The year was 1888. Before the end of
- the century it had been adopted by nearly all the states in the union.
- The salutary effect of the reform in reducing the amount of cheating
- and bribery in elections was beyond all question.
- =The Direct Primary.=--In connection with the uprising against machine
- politics, came a call for the abolition of the old method of nominating
- candidates by conventions. These time-honored party assemblies, which
- had come down from the days of Andrew Jackson, were, it was said, merely
- conclaves of party workers, sustained by the spoils system, and
- dominated by an inner circle of bosses. The remedy offered in this case
- was again "more democracy," namely, the abolition of the party
- convention and the adoption of the direct primary. Candidates were no
- longer to be chosen by secret conferences. Any member of a party was to
- be allowed to run for any office, to present his name to his party by
- securing signatures to a petition, and to submit his candidacy to his
- fellow partisans at a direct primary--an election within the party. In
- this movement Governor La Follette of Wisconsin took the lead and his
- state was the first in the union to adopt the direct primary for
- state-wide purposes. The idea spread, rapidly in the West, more slowly
- in the East. The public, already angered against "the bosses," grasped
- eagerly at it. Governor Hughes in New York pressed it upon the unwilling
- legislature. State after state accepted it until by 1918 Rhode Island,
- Delaware, Connecticut, and New Mexico were the only states that had not
- bowed to the storm. Still the results were disappointing and at that
- very time the pendulum was beginning to swing backward.
- =Popular Election of Federal Senators.=--While the movement for direct
- primaries was still advancing everywhere, a demand for the popular
- election of Senators, usually associated with it, swept forward to
- victory. Under the original Constitution, it had been expressly provided
- that Senators should be chosen by the legislatures of the states. In
- practice this rule transferred the selection of Senators to secret
- caucuses of party members in the state legislatures. In connection with
- these caucuses there had been many scandals, some direct proofs of
- brazen bribery and corruption, and dark hints besides. The Senate was
- called by its detractors "a millionaires' club" and it was looked upon
- as the "citadel of conservatism." The prescription in this case was
- likewise "more democracy"--direct election of Senators by popular vote.
- This reform was not a new idea. It had been proposed in Congress as
- early as 1826. President Johnson, an ardent advocate, made it the
- subject of a special message in 1868 Not long afterward it appeared in
- Congress. At last in 1893, the year after the great Populist upheaval,
- the House of Representatives by the requisite two-thirds vote
- incorporated it in an amendment to the federal Constitution. Again and
- again it passed the House; but the Senate itself was obdurate. Able
- Senators leveled their batteries against it. Mr. Hoar of Massachusetts
- declared that it would transfer the seat of power to the "great cities
- and masses of population"; that it would "overthrow the whole scheme of
- the Senate and in the end the whole scheme of the national Constitution
- as designed and established by the framers of the Constitution and the
- people who adopted it."
- Failing in the Senate, advocates of popular election made a rear assault
- through the states. They induced state legislatures to enact laws
- requiring the nomination of candidates for the Senate by the direct
- primary, and then they bound the legislatures to abide by the popular
- choice. Nevada took the lead in 1899. Shortly afterward Oregon, by the
- use of the initiative and referendum, practically bound legislators to
- accept the popular nominee and the country witnessed the spectacle of a
- Republican legislature "electing" a Democrat to represent the state in
- the Senate at Washington. By 1910 three-fourths of the states had
- applied the direct primary in some form to the choice of Senators. Men
- selected by that method began to pour in upon the floors of Congress;
- finally in 1912 the two-thirds majority was secured for an amendment to
- the federal Constitution providing for the popular election of Senators.
- It was quickly ratified by the states. The following year it was
- proclaimed in effect.
- =The Initiative and Referendum.=--As a corrective for the evils which
- had grown up in state legislatures there arose a demand for the
- introduction of a Swiss device known as the initiative and referendum.
- The initiative permits any one to draw up a proposed bill; and, on
- securing a certain number of signatures among the voters, to require the
- submission of the measure to the people at an election. If the bill thus
- initiated receives a sufficient majority, it becomes a law. The
- referendum allows citizens who disapprove any act passed by the
- legislature to get up a petition against it and thus bring about a
- reference of the measure to the voters at the polls for approval or
- rejection. These two practices constitute a form of "direct government."
- These devices were prescribed "to restore the government to the people."
- The Populists favored them in their platform of 1896. Mr. Bryan, two
- years later, made them a part of his program, and in the same year South
- Dakota adopted them. In 1902 Oregon, after a strenuous campaign, added a
- direct legislation amendment to the state constitution. Within ten years
- all the Southwestern, Mountain, and Pacific states, except Texas and
- Wyoming, had followed this example. To the east of the Mississippi,
- however, direct legislation met a chilly reception. By 1920 only five
- states in this section had accepted it: Maine, Massachusetts, Ohio,
- Michigan, and Maryland, the last approving the referendum only.
- =The Recall.=--Executive officers and judges, as well as legislatures,
- had come in for their share of criticism, and it was proposed that they
- should likewise be subjected to a closer scrutiny by the public. For
- this purpose there was advanced a scheme known as the recall--which
- permitted a certain percentage of the voters to compel any officer, at
- any time during his term, to go before the people at a new election.
- This feature of direct government, tried out first in the city of Los
- Angeles, was extended to state-wide uses in Oregon in 1908. It failed,
- however, to capture popular imagination to the same degree as the
- initiative and referendum. At the end of ten years' agitation, only ten
- states, mainly in the West, had adopted it for general purposes, and
- four of them did not apply it to the judges of the courts. Still it was
- extensively acclaimed in cities and incorporated into hundreds of
- municipal laws and charters.
- As a general proposition, direct government in all its forms was
- bitterly opposed by men of a conservative cast of mind. It was denounced
- by Senator Henry Cabot Lodge as "nothing less than a complete revolution
- in the fabric of our government and in the fundamental principles upon
- which that government rests." In his opinion, it promised to break down
- the representative principle and "undermine and overthrow the bulwarks
- of ordered liberty and individual freedom." Mr. Taft shared Mr. Lodge's
- views and spoke of direct government with scorn. "Votes," he exclaimed,
- "are not bread ... referendums do not pay rent or furnish houses,
- recalls do not furnish clothes, initiatives do not supply employment or
- relieve inequalities of condition or of opportunity."
- =Commission Government for Cities.=--In the restless searching out of
- evils, the management of cities early came under critical scrutiny. City
- government, Mr. Bryce had remarked, was the one conspicuous failure in
- America. This sharp thrust, though resented by some, was accepted as a
- warning by others. Many prescriptions were offered by doctors of the
- body politic. Chief among them was the idea of simplifying the city
- government so that the light of public scrutiny could shine through it.
- "Let us elect only a few men and make them clearly responsible for the
- city government!" was the new cry in municipal reform. So, many city
- councils were reduced in size; one of the two houses, which several
- cities had adopted in imitation of the federal government, was
- abolished; and in order that the mayor could be held to account, he was
- given the power to appoint all the chief officials. This made the mayor,
- in some cases, the only elective city official and gave the voters a
- "short ballot" containing only a few names--an idea which some proposed
- to apply also to the state government.
- A further step in the concentration of authority was taken in Galveston,
- Texas, where the people, looking upon the ruin of their city wrought by
- the devastating storm of 1901, and confronted by the difficult problems
- of reconstruction, felt the necessity for a more businesslike management
- of city affairs and instituted a new form of local administration. They
- abolished the old scheme of mayor and council and vested all power in
- five commissioners, one of whom, without any special prerogatives, was
- assigned to the office of "mayor president." In 1908, the commission
- form of government, as it was soon characterized, was adopted by Des
- Moines, Iowa. The attention of all municipal reformers was drawn to it
- and it was hailed as the guarantee of a better day. By 1920, more than
- four hundred cities, including Memphis, Spokane, Birmingham, Newark, and
- Buffalo, had adopted it. Still the larger cities like New York and
- Chicago kept their boards of aldermen.
- =The City Manager Plan.=--A few years' experience with commission
- government revealed certain patent defects. The division of the work
- among five men was frequently found to introduce dissensions and
- irresponsibility. Commissioners were often lacking in the technical
- ability required to manage such difficult matters as fire and police
- protection, public health, public works, and public utilities. Some one
- then proposed to carry over into city government an idea from the
- business world. In that sphere the stockholders of each corporation
- elect the directors and the directors, in turn, choose a business
- manager to conduct the affairs of the company. It was suggested that the
- city commissioners, instead of attempting to supervise the details of
- the city administration, should select a manager to do this. The scheme
- was put into effect in Sumter, South Carolina, in 1912. Like the
- commission plan, it became popular. Within eight years more than one
- hundred and fifty towns and cities had adopted it. Among the larger
- municipalities were Dayton, Springfield (Ohio), Akron, Kalamazoo, and
- Phoenix. It promised to create a new public service profession, that of
- city manager.
- MEASURES OF ECONOMIC REFORM
- =The Spirit of American Reform.=--The purification of the ballot, the
- restriction of the spoils system, the enlargement of direct popular
- control over the organs of government were not the sole answers made by
- the reformers to the critics of American institutions. Nor were they the
- most important. In fact, they were regarded not as ends in themselves,
- but as means to serve a wider purpose. That purpose was the promotion of
- the "general welfare." The concrete objects covered by that broad term
- were many and varied; but they included the prevention of extortion by
- railway and other corporations, the protection of public health, the
- extension of education, the improvement of living conditions in the
- cities, the elimination of undeserved poverty, the removal of gross
- inequalities in wealth, and more equality of opportunity.
- All these things involved the use of the powers of government. Although
- a few clung to the ancient doctrine that the government should not
- interfere with private business at all, the American people at large
- rejected that theory as vigorously as they rejected the doctrines of an
- extreme socialism which exalts the state above the individual. Leaders
- representing every shade of opinion proclaimed the government an
- instrument of common welfare to be used in the public interest. "We must
- abandon definitely," said Roosevelt, "the _laissez-faire_ theory of
- political economy and fearlessly champion a system of increased
- governmental control, paying no attention to the cries of worthy people
- who denounce this as socialistic." This view was shared by Mr. Taft, who
- observed: "Undoubtedly the government can wisely do much more ... to
- relieve the oppressed, to create greater equality of opportunity, to
- make reasonable terms for labor in employment, and to furnish vocational
- education." He was quick to add his caution that "there is a line beyond
- which the government cannot go with any good practical results in
- seeking to make men and society better."
- =The Regulation of Railways.=--The first attempts to use the government
- in a large way to control private enterprise in the public interest were
- made by the Northwestern states in the decade between 1870 and 1880.
- Charges were advanced by the farmers, particularly those organized into
- Granges, that the railways extorted the highest possible rates for
- freight and passengers, that favoritism was shown to large shippers,
- that fraudulent stocks and bonds were sold to the innocent public. It
- was claimed that railways were not like other enterprises, but were
- "quasi-public" concerns, like the roads and ferries, and thus subject to
- government control. Accordingly laws were enacted bringing the railroads
- under state supervision. In some cases the state legislature fixed the
- maximum rates to be charged by common carriers, and in other cases
- commissions were created with the power to establish the rates after an
- investigation. This legislation was at first denounced in the East as
- nothing less than the "confiscation" of the railways in the interest of
- the farmers. Attempts to have the Supreme Court of the United States
- declare it unconstitutional were made without avail; still a principle
- was finally laid down to the effect that in fixing rates state
- legislatures and commissions must permit railway companies to earn a
- "fair" return on the capital invested.
- In a few years the Granger spirit appeared in Congress. An investigation
- revealed a long list of abuses committed by the railways against
- shippers and travelers. The result was the interstate commerce act of
- 1887, which created the Interstate Commerce Commission, forbade
- discriminations in rates, and prohibited other objectionable practices
- on the part of railways. This measure was loosely enforced and the
- abuses against which it was directed continued almost unabated. A demand
- for stricter control grew louder and louder. Congress was forced to
- heed. In 1903 it enacted the Elkins law, forbidding railways to charge
- rates other than those published, and laid penalties upon the officers
- and agents of companies, who granted secret favors to shippers, and upon
- shippers who accepted them. Three years later a still more drastic step
- was taken by the passage of the Hepburn act. The Interstate Commerce
- Commission was authorized, upon complaint of some party aggrieved, and
- after a public hearing, to determine whether just and reasonable rates
- had been charged by the companies. In effect, the right to fix freight
- and passenger rates was taken out of the hands of the owners of the
- railways engaged in interstate commerce and vested in the hands of the
- Interstate Commerce Commission. Thus private property to the value of
- $20,000,000,000 or more was declared to be a matter of public concern
- and subject to government regulation in the common interest.
- =Municipal Utilities.=--Similar problems arose in connection with the
- street railways, electric light plants, and other utilities in the great
- cities. In the beginning the right to construct such undertakings was
- freely, and often corruptly, granted to private companies by city
- councils. Distressing abuses arose in connection with such practices.
- Many grants or franchises were made perpetual, or perhaps for a term of
- 999 years. The rates charged and services rendered were left largely to
- the will of the companies holding the franchises. Mergers or unions of
- companies were common and the public was deluged with stocks and bonds
- of doubtful value; bankruptcies were frequent. The connection between
- the utility companies and the politicians was, to say the least, not
- always in the public interest.
- American ingenuity was quick to devise methods for eliminating such
- evils. Three lines of progress were laid out by the reformers. One group
- proposed that such utilities should be subject to municipal or state
- regulation, that the formation of utility companies should be under
- public control, and that the issue of stocks and bonds must be approved
- by public authority. In some cases state, and in other cases municipal,
- commissions were created to exercise this great power over "quasi-public
- corporations." Wisconsin, by laws enacted in 1907, put all heat, light,
- water works, telephone, and street railway companies under the
- supervision of a single railway commission. Other states followed this
- example rapidly. By 1920 the principle of public control over municipal
- utilities was accepted in nearly every section of the union.
- A second line of reform appeared in the "model franchise" for utility
- corporations. An illustration of this tendency was afforded by the
- Chicago street railway settlement of 1906. The total capital of the
- company was fixed at a definite sum, its earnings were agreed upon, and
- the city was given the right to buy and operate the system if it desired
- to do so. In many states, about the same time, it was provided that no
- franchises to utility companies could run more than twenty-five years.
- A third group of reformers were satisfied with nothing short of
- municipal ownership. They proposed to drive private companies entirely
- out of the field and vest the ownership and management of municipal
- plants in the city itself. This idea was extensively applied to electric
- light and water works plants, but to street railways in only a few
- cities, including San Francisco and Seattle. In New York the subways are
- owned by the city but leased for operation.
- =Tenement House Control.=--Among the other pressing problems of the
- cities was the overcrowding in houses unfit for habitation. An inquiry
- in New York City made under the authority of the state in 1902 revealed
- poverty, misery, slums, dirt, and disease almost beyond imagination. The
- immediate answer was the enactment of a tenement house law prescribing
- in great detail the size of the rooms, the air space, the light and the
- sanitary arrangement for all new buildings. An immense improvement
- followed and the idea was quickly taken up in other states having large
- industrial centers. In 1920 New York made a further invasion of the
- rights of landlords by assuring to the public "reasonable rents" for
- flats and apartments.
- =Workmen's Compensation.=--No small part of the poverty in cities was
- due to the injury of wage-earners while at their trade. Every year the
- number of men and women killed or wounded in industry mounted higher.
- Under the old law, the workman or his family had to bear the loss unless
- the employer had been guilty of some extraordinary negligence. Even in
- that case an expensive lawsuit was usually necessary to recover
- "damages." In short, although employers insured their buildings and
- machinery against necessary risks from fire and storm, they allowed
- their employees to assume the heavy losses due to accidents. The
- injustice of this, though apparent enough now, was once not generally
- recognized. It was said to be unfair to make the employer pay for
- injuries for which he was not personally responsible; but the argument
- was overborne.
- [Illustration: AN EAST SIDE STREET IN NEW YORK]
- About 1910 there set in a decided movement in the direction of lifting
- the burden of accidents from the unfortunate victims. In the first
- place, laws were enacted requiring employers to pay damages in certain
- amounts according to the nature of the case, no matter how the accident
- occurred, as long as the injured person was not guilty of willful
- negligence. By 1914 more than one-half the states had such laws. In the
- second place, there developed schemes of industrial insurance in the
- form of automatic grants made by state commissions to persons injured in
- industries, the funds to be provided by the employers or the state or by
- both. By 1917 thirty-six states had legislation of this type.
- =Minimum Wages and Mothers' Pensions.=--Another source of poverty,
- especially among women and children, was found to be the low wages paid
- for their labor. Report after report showed this. In 1912 Massachusetts
- took a significant step in the direction of declaring the minimum wages
- which might be paid to women and children. Oregon, the following year,
- created a commission with power to prescribe minimum wages in certain
- industries, based on the cost of living, and to enforce the rates fixed.
- Within a short time one-third of the states had legislation of this
- character. To cut away some of the evils of poverty and enable widows to
- keep their homes intact and bring up their children, a device known as
- mothers' pensions became popular during the second decade of the
- twentieth century. At the opening of 1913 two states, Colorado and
- Illinois, had laws authorizing the payment from public funds of definite
- sums to widows with children. Within four years, thirty-five states had
- similar legislation.
- =Taxation and Great Fortunes.=--As a part of the campaign waged against
- poverty by reformers there came a demand for heavy taxes upon great
- fortunes, particularly taxes upon inheritances or estates passing to
- heirs on the decease of the owners. Roosevelt was an ardent champion of
- this type of taxation and dwelt upon it at length in his message to
- Congress in 1907. "Such a tax," he said, "would help to preserve a
- measurable equality of opportunity for the people of the generations
- growing to manhood.... Our aim is to recognize what Lincoln pointed out:
- the fact that there are some respects in which men are obviously not
- equal; but also to insist that there should be equality of self-respect
- and of mutual respect, an equality of rights before the law, and at
- least an approximate equality in the conditions under which each man
- obtains the chance to show the stuff that is in him when compared with
- his fellows."
- The spirit of the new age was, therefore, one of reform, not of
- revolution. It called for no evolutionary or utopian experiments, but
- for the steady and progressive enactment of measures aimed at admitted
- abuses and designed to accomplish tangible results in the name of public
- welfare.
- =General References=
- J. Bryce, _The American Commonwealth_.
- R.C. Brooks, _Corruption in American Life_.
- E.A. Ross, _Changing America_.
- P.L. Haworth, _America in Ferment_.
- E.R.A. Seligman, _The Income Tax_.
- W.Z. Ripley, _Railroads: Rates and Regulation_.
- E.S. Bradford, _Commission Government in American Cities_.
- H.R. Seager, _A Program of Social Reform_.
- C. Zueblin, _American Municipal Progress_.
- W.E. Walling, _Progressivism and After_.
- _The American Year Book_ (an annual publication which contains reviews
- of reform legislation).
- =Research Topics=
- ="The Muckrakers."=--Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp.
- 309-323.
- =Civil Service Reform.=--Beard, _American Government and Politics_ (3d
- ed.), pp. 222-230; Ogg, _National Progress_ (American Nation Series),
- pp. 135-142.
- =Direct Government.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp. 461-473; Ogg,
- pp. 160-166.
- =Popular Election of Senators.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp.
- 241-244; Ogg, pp. 149-150.
- =Party Methods.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp. 656-672.
- =Ballot Reform.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp. 672-705.
- =Social and Economic Legislation.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp.
- 721-752.
- =Questions=
- 1. Who were some of the critics of abuses in American life?
- 2. What particular criticisms were advanced?
- 3. How did Elihu Root define "invisible government"?
- 4. Discuss the use of criticism as an aid to progress in a democracy.
- 5. Explain what is meant by the "merit system" in the civil service.
- Review the rise of the spoils system.
- 6. Why is the public service of increasing importance? Give some of its
- new problems.
- 7. Describe the Australian ballot and the abuses against which it is
- directed.
- 8. What are the elements of direct government? Sketch their progress in
- the United States.
- 9. Trace the history of popular election of Senators.
- 10. Explain the direct primary. Commission government. The city manager
- plan.
- 11. How does modern reform involve government action? On what theory is
- it justified?
- 12. Enumerate five lines of recent economic reform.
- CHAPTER XXIII
- THE NEW POLITICAL DEMOCRACY
- =Women in Public Affairs.=--The social legislation enacted in response
- to the spirit of reform vitally affected women in the home and in
- industry and was promoted by their organizations. Where they did not
- lead, they were affiliated with movements for social improvement. No
- cause escaped their attention; no year passed without widening the range
- of their interests. They served on committees that inquired into the
- problems of the day; they appeared before legislative assemblies to
- advocate remedies for the evils they discovered. By 1912 they were a
- force to be reckoned with in national politics. In nine states complete
- and equal suffrage had been established, and a widespread campaign for a
- national suffrage amendment was in full swing. On every hand lay
- evidences that their sphere had been broadened to include public
- affairs. This was the culmination of forces that had long been
- operating.
- =A New Emphasis in History.=--A movement so deeply affecting important
- interests could not fail to find a place in time in the written record
- of human progress. History often began as a chronicle of kings and
- queens, knights and ladies, written partly to amuse and partly to
- instruct the classes that appeared in its pages. With the growth of
- commerce, parliaments, and international relations, politics and
- diplomacy were added to such chronicles of royal and princely doings.
- After the rise of democracy, industry, and organized labor, the
- transactions of everyday life were deemed worthy of a place in the pages
- of history. In each case history was rewritten and the past rediscovered
- in the light of the new age. So it will be with the rise and growth of
- women's political power. The history of their labor, their education,
- their status in society, their influence on the course of events will be
- explored and given its place in the general record.
- It will be a history of change. The superior position which women enjoy
- in America to-day is the result of a slow evolution from an almost
- rightless condition in colonial times. The founders of America brought
- with them the English common law. Under that law, a married woman's
- personal property--jewels, money, furniture, and the like--became her
- husband's property; the management of her lands passed into his control.
- Even the wages she earned, if she worked for some one else, belonged to
- him. Custom, if not law, prescribed that women should not take part in
- town meetings or enter into public discussions of religious questions.
- Indeed it is a far cry from the banishment of Anne Hutchinson from
- Massachusetts in 1637, for daring to dispute with the church fathers, to
- the political conventions of 1920 in which women sat as delegates, made
- nominating speeches, and served on committees. In the contrast between
- these two scenes may be measured the change in the privileges of women
- since the landing of the Pilgrims. The account of this progress is a
- narrative of individual effort on the part of women, of organizations
- among them, of generous aid from sympathetic men in the long agitation
- for the removal of civil and political disabilities. It is in part also
- a narrative of irresistible economic change which drew women into
- industry, created a leisure class, gave women wages and incomes, and
- therewith economic independence.
- THE RISE OF THE WOMAN MOVEMENT
- =Protests of Colonial Women.=--The republican spirit which produced
- American independence was of slow and steady growth. It did not spring
- up full-armed in a single night. It was, on the contrary, nourished
- during a long period of time by fireside discussions as well as by
- debates in the public forum. Women shared that fireside sifting of
- political principles and passed on the findings of that scrutiny in
- letters to their friends, newspaper articles, and every form of written
- word. How widespread was this potent, though not spectacular force, is
- revealed in the collections of women's letters, articles, songs, dramas,
- and satirical "skits" on English rule that have come down to us. In this
- search into the reasons of government, some women began to take thought
- about laws that excluded them from the ballot. Two women at least left
- their protests on record. Abigail, the ingenious and witty wife of John
- Adams, wrote to her husband, in March, 1776, that women objected "to all
- arbitrary power whether of state or males" and demanded political
- privileges in the new order then being created. Hannah Lee Corbin, the
- sister of "Lighthorse" Harry Lee, protested to her brother against the
- taxation of women without representation.
- [Illustration: ABIGAIL ADAMS]
- =The Stir among European Women.=--Ferment in America, in the case of
- women as of men, was quickened by events in Europe. In 1792, Mary
- Wollstonecraft published in England the _Vindication of the Rights of
- Women_--a book that was destined to serve the cause of liberty among
- women as the writings of Locke and Paine had served that of men. The
- specific grievances which stirred English women were men's invasion of
- women's industries, such as spinning and weaving; the denial of equal
- educational opportunities; and political disabilities. In France also
- the great Revolution raised questionings about the status of women. The
- rights of "citizenesses" as well as the rights of "citizens" were
- examined by the boldest thinkers. This in turn reacted upon women in the
- United States.
- =Leadership in America.=--The origins of the American woman movement are
- to be found in the writings of a few early intellectual leaders. During
- the first decades of the nineteenth century, books, articles, and
- pamphlets about women came in increasing numbers from the press. Lydia
- Maria Child wrote a history of women; Margaret Fuller made a critical
- examination of the status of women in her time; and Mrs. Elizabeth Ellet
- supplemented the older histories by showing what an important part women
- had played in the American Revolution.
- =The Struggle for Education.=--Along with criticism, there was carried
- on a constructive struggle for better educational facilities for women
- who had been from the beginning excluded from every college in the
- country. In this long battle, Emma Willard and Mary Lyon led the way;
- the former founded a seminary at Troy, New York; and the latter made the
- beginnings of Mount Holyoke College in Massachusetts. Oberlin College in
- Ohio, established in 1833, opened its doors to girls and from it were
- graduated young students to lead in the woman movement. Sarah J. Hale,
- who in 1827 became the editor of a "Ladies' Magazine," published in
- Boston, conducted a campaign for equal educational opportunities which
- helped to bear fruit in the founding of Vassar College shortly after the
- Civil War.
- =The Desire to Effect Reforms.=--As they came to study their own history
- and their own part in civilization, women naturally became deeply
- interested in all the controversies going on around them. The temperance
- question made a special appeal to them and they organized to demand the
- right to be heard on it. In 1846 the "Daughters of Temperance" formed a
- secret society favoring prohibition. They dared to criticize the
- churches for their indifference and were so bold as to ask that
- drunkenness be made a ground for divorce.
- The slavery issue even more than temperance called women into public
- life. The Grimke sisters of South Carolina emancipated their bondmen,
- and one of these sisters, exiled from Charleston for her "Appeal to the
- Christian Women of the South," went North to work against the slavery
- system. In 1837 the National Women's Anti-Slavery Convention met in New
- York; seventy-one women delegates represented eight states. Three years
- later eight American women, five of them in Quaker costume, attended the
- World Anti-Slavery Convention in London, much to the horror of the men,
- who promptly excluded them from the sessions on the ground that it was
- not fitting for women to take part in such meetings.
- In other spheres of activity, especially social service, women steadily
- enlarged their interest. Nothing human did they consider alien to them.
- They inveighed against cruel criminal laws and unsanitary prisons. They
- organized poor relief and led in private philanthropy. Dorothea Dix
- directed the movement that induced the New York legislature to establish
- in 1845 a separate asylum for the criminal insane. In the same year
- Sarah G. Bagley organized the Lowell Female Reform Association for the
- purpose of reducing the long hours of labor for women, safeguarding "the
- constitutions of future generations." Mrs. Eliza Woodson Farnham, matron
- in Sing Sing penitentiary, was known throughout the nation for her
- social work, especially prison reform. Wherever there were misery and
- suffering, women were preparing programs of relief.
- =Freedom of Speech for Women.=--In the advancement of their causes, of
- whatever kind, women of necessity had to make public appeals and take
- part in open meetings. Here they encountered difficulties. The
- appearance of women on the platform was new and strange. Naturally it
- was widely resented. Antoinette Brown, although she had credentials as a
- delegate, was driven off the platform of a temperance convention in New
- York City simply because she was a woman. James Russell Lowell, editor
- of the "Atlantic Monthly," declined a poem from Julia Ward Howe on the
- theory that no woman could write a poem; but he added on second thought
- that he might consider an article in prose. Nathaniel Hawthorne,
- another editor, even objected to something in prose because to him "all
- ink-stained women were equally detestable." To the natural resentment
- against their intrusion into new fields was added that aroused by their
- ideas and methods. As temperance reformers, they criticized in a caustic
- manner those who would not accept their opinions. As opponents of
- slavery they were especially bitter. One of their conventions, held at
- Philadelphia in 1833, passed a resolution calling on all women to leave
- those churches that would not condemn every form of human bondage. This
- stirred against them many of the clergy who, accustomed to having women
- sit silent during services, were in no mood to treat such a revolt
- leniently. Then came the last straw. Women decided that they would
- preach--out of the pulpit first, and finally in it.
- =Women in Industry.=--The period of this ferment was also the age of the
- industrial revolution in America, the rise of the factory system, and
- the growth of mill towns. The labor of women was transferred from the
- homes to the factories. Then arose many questions: the hours of labor,
- the sanitary conditions of the mills, the pressure of foreign
- immigration on native labor, the wages of women as compared with those
- of men, and the right of married women to their own earnings. Labor
- organizations sprang up among working women. The mill girls of Lowell,
- Massachusetts, mainly the daughters of New England farmers, published a
- magazine, "The Lowell Offering." So excellent were their writings that
- the French statesman, Thiers, carried a copy of their paper into the
- Chamber of Deputies to show what working women could achieve in a
- republic. As women were now admittedly earning their own way in the
- world by their own labor, they began to talk of their "economic
- independence."
- =The World Shaken by Revolution.=--Such was the quickening of women's
- minds in 1848 when the world was startled once more by a revolution in
- France which spread to Germany, Poland, Austria, Hungary, and Italy.
- Once more the people of the earth began to explore the principles of
- democracy and expound human rights. Women, now better educated and more
- "advanced" in their ideas, played a role of still greater importance in
- that revolution. They led in agitations and uprisings. They suffered
- from reaction and persecution. From their prison in France, two of them
- who had been jailed for too much insistence on women's rights exchanged
- greetings with American women who were raising the same issue here. By
- this time the women had more supporters among the men. Horace Greeley,
- editor of the New York _Tribune_, though he afterwards recanted, used
- his powerful pen in their behalf. Anti-slavery leaders welcomed their
- aid and repaid them by urging the enfranchisement of women.
- =The Woman's Rights Convention of 1848.=--The forces, moral and
- intellectual, which had been stirring among women, crystallized a few
- months after the outbreak of the European revolution in the first
- Woman's Rights Convention in the history of America. It met at Seneca
- Falls, New York, in 1848, on the call of Lucretia Mott, Martha Wright,
- Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Mary Ann McClintock, three of them Quakers.
- Accustomed to take part in church meetings with men, the Quakers
- naturally suggested that men as well as women be invited to attend the
- convention. Indeed, a man presided over the conference, for that
- position seemed too presumptuous even for such stout advocates of
- woman's rights.
- The deliberations of the Seneca Falls convention resulted in a
- Declaration of Rights modeled after the Declaration of Independence. For
- example, the preamble began: "When in the course of human events it
- becomes necessary for one portion of the family of man to assume among
- the people of the earth a position different from that which they have
- hitherto occupied...." So also it closed: "Such has been the patient
- suffering of women under this government and such is now the necessity
- which constrains them to demand the equal station to which they are
- entitled." Then followed the list of grievances, the same number which
- had been exhibited to George III in 1776. Especially did they assail the
- disabilities imposed upon them by the English common law imported into
- America--the law which denied married women their property, their wages,
- and their legal existence as separate persons. All these grievances they
- recited to "a candid world." The remedies for the evils which they
- endured were then set forth in detail. They demanded "equal rights" in
- the colleges, trades, and professions; equal suffrage; the right to
- share in all political offices, honors, and emoluments; the right to
- complete equality in marriage, including equal guardianship of the
- children; and for married women the right to own property, to keep
- wages, to make contracts, to transact business, and to testify in the
- courts of justice. In short, they declared women to be persons as men
- are persons and entitled to all the rights and privileges of human
- beings. Such was the clarion call which went forth to the world in
- 1848--to an amused and contemptuous world, it must be admitted--but to a
- world fated to heed and obey.
- =The First Gains in Civil Liberty.=--The convention of 1848 did not make
- political enfranchisement the leading issue. Rather did it emphasize the
- civil disabilities of women which were most seriously under discussion
- at the time. Indeed, the New York legislature of that very year, as the
- result of a twelve years' agitation, passed the Married Woman's Property
- Act setting aside the general principles of the English common law as
- applied to women and giving them many of the "rights of man." California
- and Wisconsin followed in 1850; Massachusetts in 1854; and Kansas in
- 1859. Other states soon fell into line. Women's earnings and
- inheritances were at last their own in some states at least. In a little
- while laws were passed granting women rights as equal guardians of their
- children and permitting them to divorce their husbands on the grounds of
- cruelty and drunkenness.
- By degrees other steps were taken. The Woman's Medical College of
- Pennsylvania was founded in 1850, and the Philadelphia School of Design
- for Women three years later. In 1852 the American Women's Educational
- Association was formed to initiate an agitation for enlarged
- educational opportunities for women. Other colleges soon emulated the
- example of Oberlin: the University of Utah in 1850; Hillsdale College in
- Michigan in 1855; Baker University in Kansas in 1858; and the University
- of Iowa in 1860. New trades and professions were opened to women and old
- prejudices against their activities and demands slowly gave way.
- THE NATIONAL STRUGGLE FOR WOMAN SUFFRAGE
- =The Beginnings of Organization.=--As women surmounted one obstacle
- after another, the agitation for equal suffrage came to the front. If
- any year is to be fixed as the date of its beginning, it may very well
- be 1850, when the suffragists of Ohio urged the state constitutional
- convention to confer the vote upon them. With apparent spontaneity there
- were held in the same year state suffrage conferences in Indiana,
- Pennsylvania, and Massachusetts; and connections were formed among the
- leaders of these meetings. At the same time the first national suffrage
- convention was held in Worcester, Massachusetts, on the call of
- eighty-nine leading men and women representing six states. Accounts of
- the convention were widely circulated in this country and abroad.
- English women,--for instance, Harriet Martineau,--sent words of
- appreciation for the work thus inaugurated. It inspired a leading
- article in the "Westminster Review," which deeply interested the
- distinguished economist, John Stuart Mill. Soon he was the champion of
- woman suffrage in the British Parliament and the author of a powerful
- tract _The Subjection of Women_, widely read throughout the
- English-speaking world. Thus do world movements grow. Strange to relate
- the women of England were enfranchised before the adoption of the
- federal suffrage amendment in America.
- The national suffrage convention of 1850 was followed by an
- extraordinary outburst of agitation. Pamphlets streamed from the press.
- Petitions to legislative bodies were drafted, signed, and presented.
- There were addresses by favorite orators like Garrison, Phillips, and
- Curtis, and lectures and poems by men like Emerson, Longfellow, and
- Whittier. In 1853 the first suffrage paper was founded by the wife of a
- member of Congress from Rhode Island. By this time the last barrier to
- white manhood suffrage in the North had been swept away and the woman's
- movement was gaining momentum every year.
- =The Suffrage Movement Checked by the Civil War.=--Advocates of woman
- suffrage believed themselves on the high road to success when the Civil
- War engaged the energies and labors of the nation. Northern women became
- absorbed in the struggle to preserve the union. They held no suffrage
- conventions for five years. They transformed their associations into
- Loyalty Leagues. They banded together to buy only domestic goods when
- foreign imports threatened to ruin American markets. They rolled up
- monster petitions in favor of the emancipation of slaves. In hospitals,
- in military prisons, in agriculture, and in industry they bore their
- full share of responsibility. Even when the New York legislature took
- advantage of their unguarded moments and repealed the law giving the
- mother equal rights with the father in the guardianship of children,
- they refused to lay aside war work for agitation. As in all other wars,
- their devotion was unstinted and their sacrifices equal to the
- necessities of the hour.
- =The Federal Suffrage Amendment.=--Their plans and activities, when the
- war closed, were shaped by events beyond their control. The emancipation
- of the slaves and their proposed enfranchisement made prominent the
- question of a national suffrage for the first time in our history.
- Friends of the colored man insisted that his civil liberties would not
- be safe unless he was granted the right to vote. The woman suffragists
- very pertinently asked why the same principle did not apply to women.
- The answer which they received was negative. The fourteenth amendment to
- the federal Constitution, adopted in 1868, definitely put women aside by
- limiting the scope of its application, so far as the suffrage was
- concerned, to the male sex. In making manhood suffrage national,
- however, it nationalized the issue.
- This was the signal for the advocates of woman suffrage. In March, 1869,
- their proposed amendment was introduced in Congress by George W. Julian
- of Indiana. It provided that no citizen should be deprived of the vote
- on account of sex, following the language of the fifteenth amendment
- which forbade disfranchisement on account of race. Support for the
- amendment, coming from many directions, led the suffragists to believe
- that their case was hopeful. In their platform of 1872, for example, the
- Republicans praised the women for their loyal devotion to freedom,
- welcomed them to spheres of wider usefulness, and declared that the
- demand of any class of citizens for additional rights deserved
- "respectful consideration."
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- SUSAN B. ANTHONY]
- Experience soon demonstrated, however, that praise was not the ballot.
- Indeed the suffragists already had realized that a tedious contest lay
- before them. They had revived in 1866 their regular national convention.
- They gave the name of "The Revolution" to their paper, edited by
- Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony. They formed a national
- suffrage association and organized annual pilgrimages to Congress to
- present their claims. Such activities bore some results. Many eminent
- congressmen were converted to their cause and presented it ably to their
- colleagues of both chambers. Still the subject was ridiculed by the
- newspapers and looked upon as freakish by the masses.
- =The State Campaigns.=--Discouraged by the outcome of the national
- campaign, suffragists turned to the voters of the individual states and
- sought the ballot at their hands. Gains by this process were painfully
- slow. Wyoming, it is true, while still a territory, granted suffrage to
- women in 1869 and continued it on becoming a state twenty years later,
- in spite of strong protests in Congress. In 1893 Colorado established
- complete political equality. In Utah, the third suffrage state, the
- cause suffered many vicissitudes. Women were enfranchised by the
- territorial legislature; they were deprived of the ballot by Congress in
- 1887; finally in 1896 on the admission of Utah to the union they
- recovered their former rights. During the same year, 1896, Idaho
- conferred equal suffrage upon the women. This was the last suffrage
- victory for more than a decade.
- =The Suffrage Cause in Congress.=--In the midst of the meager gains
- among the states there were occasional flurries of hope for immediate
- action on the federal amendment. Between 1878 and 1896 the Senate
- committee reported the suffrage resolution by a favorable majority on
- five different occasions. During the same period, however, there were
- nine unfavorable reports and only once did the subject reach the point
- of a general debate. At no time could anything like the required
- two-thirds vote be obtained.
- =The Changing Status of Women.=--While the suffrage movement was
- lagging, the activities of women in other directions were steadily
- multiplying. College after college--Vassar, Bryn Mawr, Smith, Wellesley,
- to mention a few--was founded to give them the advantages of higher
- education. Other institutions, especially the state universities of the
- West, opened their doors to women, and women were received into the
- professions of law and medicine. By the rapid growth of public high
- schools in which girls enjoyed the same rights as boys, education was
- extended still more widely. The number of women teachers increased by
- leaps and bounds.
- Meanwhile women were entering nearly every branch of industry and
- business. How many of them worked at gainful occupations before 1870 we
- do not know; but from that year forward we have the records of the
- census. Between 1870 and 1900 the proportion of women in the professions
- rose from less than two per cent to more than ten per cent; in trade and
- transportation from 24.8 per cent to 43.2 per cent; and in manufacturing
- from 13 to 19 per cent. In 1910, there were over 8,000,000 women
- gainfully employed as compared with 30,000,000 men. When, during the war
- on Germany, the government established the principle of equal pay for
- equal work and gave official recognition to the value of their services
- in industry, it was discovered how far women had traveled along the road
- forecast by the leaders of 1848.
- =The Club Movement among Women.=--All over the country women's societies
- and clubs were started to advance this or that reform or merely to study
- literature, art, and science. In time these women's organizations of all
- kinds were federated into city, state, and national associations and
- drawn into the consideration of public questions. Under the leadership
- of Frances Willard they made temperance reform a vital issue. They took
- an interest in legislation pertaining to prisons, pure food, public
- health, and municipal government, among other things. At their sessions
- and conferences local, state, and national issues were discussed until
- finally, it seems, everything led to the quest of the franchise. By
- solemn resolution in 1914 the National Federation of Women's Clubs,
- representing nearly two million club women, formally endorsed woman
- suffrage. In the same year the National Education Association, speaking
- for the public school teachers of the land, added its seal of approval.
- =State and National Action.=--Again the suffrage movement was in full
- swing in the states. Washington in 1910, California in 1911, Oregon,
- Kansas, and Arizona in 1912, Nevada and Montana in 1914 by popular vote
- enfranchised their women. Illinois in 1913 conferred upon them the right
- to vote for President of the United States. The time had arrived for a
- new movement. A number of younger suffragists sought to use the votes of
- women in the equal suffrage states to compel one or both of the national
- political parties to endorse and carry through Congress the federal
- suffrage amendment. Pressure then came upon Congress from every
- direction: from the suffragists who made a straight appeal on the
- grounds of justice; and from the suffragists who besought the women of
- the West to vote against candidates for President, who would not approve
- the federal amendment. In 1916, for the first time, a leading
- presidential candidate, Mr. Charles E. Hughes, speaking for the
- Republicans, endorsed the federal amendment and a distinguished
- ex-President, Roosevelt, exerted a powerful influence to keep it an
- issue in the campaign.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- CONFERENCE OF MEN AND WOMEN DELEGATES AT A NATIONAL CONVENTION IN
- 1920]
- =National Enfranchisement.=--After that, events moved rapidly. The great
- state of New York adopted equal suffrage in 1917. Oklahoma, South
- Dakota, and Michigan swung into line the following year; several other
- states, by legislative action, gave women the right to vote for
- President. In the meantime the suffrage battle at Washington grew
- intense. Appeals and petitions poured in upon Congress and the
- President. Militant suffragists held daily demonstrations in Washington.
- On September 30, 1918, President Wilson, who, two years before, had
- opposed federal action and endorsed suffrage by state adoption only,
- went before Congress and urged the passage of the suffrage amendment to
- the Constitution. In June, 1919, the requisite two-thirds vote was
- secured; the resolution was carried and transmitted to the states for
- ratification. On August 28, 1920, the thirty-sixth state, Tennessee,
- approved the amendment, making three-fourths of the states as required
- by the Constitution. Thus woman suffrage became the law of the land. A
- new political democracy had been created. The age of agitation was
- closed and the epoch of responsible citizenship opened.
- =General References=
- Edith Abbott, _Women in Industry_.
- C.P. Gilman, _Woman and Economics_.
- I.H. Harper, _Life and Work of Susan B. Anthony_.
- E.R. Hecker, _Short History of Woman's Rights_.
- S.B. Anthony and I.H. Harper, _History of Woman Suffrage_ (4 vols.).
- J.W. Taylor, _Before Vassar Opened_.
- A.H. Shaw, _The Story of a Pioneer_.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Rise of the Woman Suffrage Movement.=--McMaster, _History of the
- People of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 116-121; K. Porter,
- _History of Suffrage in the United States_, pp. 135-145.
- =The Development of the Suffrage Movement.=--Porter, pp. 228-254; Ogg,
- _National Progress_ (American Nation Series), pp. 151-156 and p. 382.
- =Women's Labor in the Colonial Period.=--E. Abbott, _Women in Industry_,
- pp. 10-34.
- =Women and the Factory System.=--Abbott, pp. 35-62.
- =Early Occupations for Women.=--Abbott, pp. 63-85.
- =Women's Wages.=--Abbott, pp. 262-316.
- =Questions=
- 1. Why were women involved in the reform movements of the new century?
- 2. What is history? What determines the topics that appear in written
- history?
- 3. State the position of women under the old common law.
- 4. What part did women play in the intellectual movement that preceded
- the American Revolution?
- 5. Explain the rise of the discussion of women's rights.
- 6. What were some of the early writings about women?
- 7. Why was there a struggle for educational opportunities?
- 8. How did reform movements draw women into public affairs and what were
- the chief results?
- 9. Show how the rise of the factory affected the life and labor of
- women.
- 10. Why is the year 1848 an important year in the woman movement?
- Discuss the work of the Seneca Falls convention.
- 11. Enumerate some of the early gains in civil liberty for women.
- 12. Trace the rise of the suffrage movement. Show the effect of the
- Civil War.
- 13. Review the history of the federal suffrage amendment.
- 14. Summarize the history of the suffrage in the states.
- CHAPTER XXIV
- INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY
- =The New Economic Age.=--The spirit of criticism and the measures of
- reform designed to meet it, which characterized the opening years of the
- twentieth century, were merely the signs of a new age. The nation had
- definitely passed into industrialism. The number of city dwellers
- employed for wages as contrasted with the farmers working on their own
- land was steadily mounting. The free land, once the refuge of restless
- workingmen of the East and the immigrants from Europe, was a thing of
- the past. As President Roosevelt later said in speaking of the great
- coal strike, "a few generations ago, the American workman could have
- saved money, gone West, and taken up a homestead. Now the free lands
- were gone. In earlier days, a man who began with a pick and shovel might
- come to own a mine. That outlet was now closed as regards the immense
- majority.... The majority of men who earned wages in the coal industry,
- if they wished to progress at all, were compelled to progress not by
- ceasing to be wage-earners but by improving the conditions under which
- all the wage-earners of the country lived and worked."
- The disappearance of the free land, President Roosevelt went on to say,
- also produced "a crass inequality in the bargaining relation of the
- employer and the individual employee standing alone. The great
- coal-mining and coal-carrying companies which employed their tens of
- thousands could easily dispense with the services of any particular
- miner. The miner, on the other hand, however expert, could not dispense
- with the companies. He needed a job; his wife and children would starve
- if he did not get one.... Individually the miners were impotent when
- they sought to enter a wage contract with the great companies; they
- could make fair terms only by uniting into trade unions to bargain
- collectively." It was of this state of affairs that President Taft spoke
- when he favored the modification of the common law "so as to put
- employees of little power and means on a level with their employers in
- adjusting and agreeing upon their mutual obligations."
- John D. Rockefeller, Jr., on the side of the great captains of industry,
- recognized the same facts. He said: "In the early days of the
- development of industry, the employer and capital investor were
- frequently one. Daily contact was had between him and his employees, who
- were his friends and neighbors.... Because of the proportions which
- modern industry has attained, employers and employees are too often
- strangers to each other.... Personal relations can be revived only
- through adequate representation of the employees. Representation is a
- principle which is fundamentally just and vital to the successful
- conduct of industry.... It is not consistent for us as Americans to
- demand democracy in government and practice autocracy in industry....
- With the developments what they are in industry to-day, there is sure to
- come a progressive evolution from aristocratic single control, whether
- by capital, labor, or the state, to democratic, cooperative control by
- all three."
- COOPERATION BETWEEN EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES
- =Company Unions.=--The changed economic life described by the three
- eminent men just quoted was acknowledged by several great companies and
- business concerns. All over the country decided efforts were made to
- bridge the gulf which industry and the corporation had created. Among
- the devices adopted was that of the "company union." In one of the
- Western lumber mills, for example, all the employees were invited to
- join a company organization; they held monthly meetings to discuss
- matters of common concern; they elected a "shop committee" to confer
- with the representatives of the company; and periodically the agents of
- the employers attended the conferences of the men to talk over matters
- of mutual interest. The function of the shop committee was to consider
- wages, hours, safety rules, sanitation, recreation and other problems.
- Whenever any employee had a grievance he took it up with the foreman
- and, if it was not settled to his satisfaction, he brought it before the
- shop committee. If the members of the shop committee decided in favor of
- the man with a grievance, they attempted to settle the matter with the
- company's agents. All these things failing, the dispute was transferred
- to a grand meeting of all the employees with the employers'
- representatives, in common council. A deadlock, if it ensued from such a
- conference, was broken by calling in impartial arbitrators selected by
- both sides from among citizens outside the mill. Thus the employees were
- given a voice in all decisions affecting their work and welfare; rights
- and grievances were treated as matters of mutual interest rather than
- individual concern. Representatives of trade unions from outside,
- however, were rigidly excluded from all negotiations between employers
- and the employees.
- =Profit-sharing.=--Another proposal for drawing capital and labor
- together was to supplement the wage system by other ties. Sometimes lump
- sums were paid to employees who remained in a company's service for a
- definite period of years. Again they were given a certain percentage of
- the annual profits. In other instances, employees were allowed to buy
- stock on easy terms and thus become part owners in the concern. This
- last plan was carried so far by a large soap manufacturing company that
- the employees, besides becoming stockholders, secured the right to elect
- representatives to serve on the board of directors who managed the
- entire business. So extensive had profit-sharing become by 1914 that the
- Federal Industrial Relations Committee, appointed by the President,
- deemed it worthy of a special study. Though opposed by regular trade
- unions, it was undoubtedly growing in popularity.
- =Labor Managers and Welfare Work.=--Another effort of employers to meet
- the problems of the new age appeared in the appointment of specialists,
- known as employment managers, whose task it was to study the relations
- existing between masters and workers and discover practical methods for
- dealing with each grievance as it arose. By 1918, hundreds of big
- companies had recognized this modern "profession" and universities were
- giving courses of instruction on the subject to young men and women. In
- that year a national conference of employment managers was held at
- Rochester, New York. The discussion revealed a wide range of duties
- assigned to managers, including questions of wages, hours, sanitation,
- rest rooms, recreational facilities, and welfare work of every kind
- designed to make the conditions in mills and factories safer and more
- humane. Thus it was evident that hundreds of employers had abandoned the
- old idea that they were dealing merely with individual employees and
- that their obligations ended with the payment of any wages they saw fit
- to fix. In short, they were seeking to develop a spirit of cooperation
- to take the place of competition and enmity; and to increase the
- production of commodities by promoting the efficiency and happiness of
- the producers.
- THE RISE AND GROWTH OF ORGANIZED LABOR
- =The American Federation of Labor.=--Meanwhile a powerful association of
- workers representing all the leading trades and crafts, organized into
- unions of their own, had been built up outside the control of employers.
- This was the American Federation of Labor, a nation-wide union of
- unions, founded in 1886 on the basis of beginnings made five years
- before. At the time of its establishment it had approximately 150,000
- members. Its growth up to the end of the century was slow, for the total
- enrollment in 1900 was only 300,000. At that point the increase became
- marked. The membership reached 1,650,000 in 1904 and more than 3,000,000
- in 1919. To be counted in the ranks of organized labor were several
- strong unions, friendly to the Federation, though not affiliated with
- it. Such, for example, were the Railway Brotherhoods with more than half
- a million members. By the opening of 1920 the total strength of
- organized labor was put at about 4,000,000 members, meaning, if we
- include their families, that nearly one-fifth of the people of the
- United States were in some positive way dependent upon the operations of
- trade unions.
- =Historical Background.=--This was the culmination of a long and
- significant history. Before the end of the eighteenth century, the
- skilled workmen--printers, shoemakers, tailors, and carpenters--had, as
- we have seen, formed local unions in the large cities. Between 1830 and
- 1860, several aggressive steps were taken in the American labor
- movement. For one thing, the number of local unions increased by leaps
- and bounds in all the industrial towns. For another, there was
- established in every large manufacturing city a central labor body
- composed of delegates from the unions of the separate trades. In the
- local union the printers or the cordwainers, for example, considered
- only their special trade problems. In the central labor union, printers,
- cordwainers, iron molders, and other craftsmen considered common
- problems and learned to cooperate with one another in enforcing the
- demands of each craft. A third step was the federation of the unions of
- the same craftsmen in different cities. The printers of New York,
- Philadelphia, Boston, and other towns, for instance, drew together and
- formed a national trade union of printers built upon the local unions of
- that craft. By the eve of the Civil War there were four or five powerful
- national unions of this character. The expansion of the railway made
- travel and correspondence easier and national conventions possible even
- for workmen of small means. About 1834 an attempt was made to federate
- the unions of all the different crafts into a national organization; but
- the effort was premature.
- _The National Labor Union._--The plan which failed in 1834 was tried
- again in the sixties. During the war, industries and railways had
- flourished as never before; prices had risen rapidly; the demand for
- labor had increased; wages had mounted slowly, but steadily. Hundreds of
- new local unions had been founded and eight or ten national trade unions
- had sprung into being. The time was ripe, it seemed, for a national
- consolidation of all labor's forces; and in 1866, the year after the
- surrender of General Lee at Appomattox, the "National Labor Union" was
- formed at Baltimore under the leadership of an experienced organizer,
- W.H. Sylvis of the iron molders. The purpose of the National Labor Union
- was not merely to secure labor's standard demands touching hours, wages,
- and conditions of work or to maintain the gains already won. It leaned
- toward political action and radical opinions. Above all, it sought to
- eliminate the conflict between capital and labor by making workingmen
- the owners of shops through the formation of cooperative industries. For
- six years the National Labor Union continued to hold conferences and
- carry on its propaganda; but most of the cooperative enterprises failed,
- political dissensions arose, and by 1872 the experiment had come to an
- end.
- _The Knights of Labor._--While the National Labor Union was
- experimenting, there grew up in the industrial world a more radical
- organization known as the "Noble Order of the Knights of Labor." It was
- founded in Philadelphia in 1869, first as a secret society with rituals,
- signs, and pass words; "so that no spy of the boss can find his way into
- the lodge room to betray his fellows," as the Knights put it. In form
- the new organization was simple. It sought to bring all laborers,
- skilled and unskilled, men and women, white and colored, into a mighty
- body of local and national unions without distinction of trade or craft.
- By 1885, ten years after the national organization was established, it
- boasted a membership of over 700,000. In philosophy, the Knights of
- Labor were socialistic, for they advocated public ownership of the
- railways and other utilities and the formation of cooperative societies
- to own and manage stores and factories.
- As the Knights were radical in spirit and their strikes, numerous and
- prolonged, were often accompanied by violence, the organization alarmed
- employers and the general public, raising up against itself a vigorous
- opposition. Weaknesses within, as well as foes from without, started the
- Knights on the path to dissolution. They waged more strikes than they
- could carry on successfully; their cooperative experiments failed as
- those of other labor groups before them had failed; and the rank and
- file could not be kept in line. The majority of the members wanted
- immediate gains in wages or the reduction of hours; when their hopes
- were not realized they drifted away from the order. The troubles were
- increased by the appearance of the American Federation of Labor, a still
- mightier organization composed mainly of skilled workers who held
- strategic positions in industry. When they failed to secure the
- effective support of the Federation in their efforts to organize the
- unskilled, the employers closed in upon them; then the Knights declined
- rapidly in power. By 1890 they were a negligible factor and in a short
- time they passed into the limbo of dead experiments.
- =The Policies of the American Federation.=--Unlike the Knights of Labor,
- the American Federation of Labor sought, first of all, to be very
- practical in its objects and methods. It avoided all kinds of
- socialistic theories and attended strictly to the business of organizing
- unions for the purpose of increasing wages, shortening hours, and
- improving working conditions for its members. It did not try to include
- everybody in one big union but brought together the employees of each
- particular craft whose interests were clearly the same. To prepare for
- strikes and periods of unemployment, it raised large funds by imposing
- heavy dues and created a benefit system to hold men loyally to the
- union. In order to permit action on a national scale, it gave the
- superior officers extensive powers over local unions.
- While declaring that employers and employees had much in common, the
- Federation strongly opposed company unions. Employers, it argued, were
- affiliated with the National Manufacturers' Association or with similar
- employers' organizations; every important industry was now national in
- scope; and wages and hours, in view of competition with other shops,
- could not be determined in a single factory, no matter how amicable
- might be the relations of the company and its workers in that particular
- plant. For these reasons, the Federation declared company unions and
- local shop committees inherently weak; it insisted that hours, wages,
- and other labor standards should be fixed by general trade agreements
- applicable to all the plants of a given industry, even if subject to
- local modifications.
- At the same time, the Federation, far from deliberately antagonizing
- employers, sought to enlist their cooperation and support. It affiliated
- with the National Civic Federation, an association of business men,
- financiers, and professional men, founded in 1900 to promote friendly
- relations in the industrial world. In brief, the American Federation of
- Labor accepted the modern industrial system and, by organization within
- it, endeavored to secure certain definite terms and conditions for trade
- unionists.
- THE WIDER RELATIONS OF ORGANIZED LABOR
- =The Socialists.=--The trade unionism "pure and simple," espoused by the
- American Federation of Labor, seemed to involve at first glance nothing
- but businesslike negotiations with employers. In practice it did not
- work out that way. The Federation was only six years old when a new
- organization, appealing directly for the labor vote--namely, the
- Socialist Labor Party--nominated a candidate for President, launched
- into a national campaign, and called upon trade unionists to desert the
- older parties and enter its fold.
- The socialistic idea, introduced into national politics in 1892, had
- been long in germination. Before the Civil War, a number of reformers,
- including Nathaniel Hawthorne, Horace Greeley, and Wendell Phillips,
- deeply moved by the poverty of the great industrial cities, had
- earnestly sought relief in the establishment of cooperative or
- communistic colonies. They believed that people should go into the
- country, secure land and tools, own them in common so that no one could
- profit from exclusive ownership, and produce by common labor the food
- and clothing necessary for their support. For a time this movement
- attracted wide interest, but it had little vitality. Nearly all the
- colonies failed. Selfishness and indolence usually disrupted the best of
- them.
- In the course of time this "Utopian" idea was abandoned, and another set
- of socialist doctrines, claiming to be more "scientific," appeared
- instead. The new school of socialists, adopting the principles of a
- German writer and agitator, Karl Marx, appealed directly to workingmen.
- It urged them to unite against the capitalists, to get possession of the
- machinery of government, and to introduce collective or public ownership
- of railways, land, mines, mills, and other means of production. The
- Marxian socialists, therefore, became political. They sought to organize
- labor and to win elections. Like the other parties they put forward
- candidates and platforms. The Socialist Labor party in 1892, for
- example, declared in favor of government ownership of utilities, free
- school books, woman suffrage, heavy income taxes, and the referendum.
- The Socialist party, founded in 1900, with Eugene V. Debs, the leader of
- the Pullman strike, as its candidate, called for public ownership of all
- trusts, monopolies, mines, railways; and the chief means of production.
- In the course of time the vote of the latter organization rose to
- considerable proportions, reaching almost a million in 1912. It declined
- four years later and then rose in 1920 to about the same figure.
- In their appeal for votes, the socialists of every type turned first to
- labor. At the annual conventions of the American Federation of Labor
- they besought the delegates to endorse socialism. The president of the
- Federation, Samuel Gompers, on each occasion took the floor against
- them. He repudiated socialism and the socialists, on both theoretical
- and practical grounds. He opposed too much public ownership, declaring
- that the government was as likely as any private employer to oppress
- labor. The approval of socialism, he maintained, would split the
- Federation on the rock of politics, weaken it in its fight for higher
- wages and shorter hours, and prejudice the public against it. At every
- turn he was able to vanquish the socialists in the Federation, although
- he could not prevent it from endorsing public ownership of the railways
- at the convention of 1920.
- =The Extreme Radicals.=--Some of the socialists, defeated in their
- efforts to capture organized labor and seeing that the gains in
- elections were very meager, broke away from both trade unionism and
- politics. One faction, the Industrial Workers of the World, founded in
- 1905, declared themselves opposed to all capitalists, the wages system,
- and craft unions. They asserted that the "working class and the
- employing class have nothing in common" and that trade unions only
- pitted one set of workers against another set. They repudiated all
- government ownership and the government itself, boldly proclaiming their
- intention to unite all employees into one big union and seize the
- railways, mines, and mills of the country. This doctrine, so
- revolutionary in tone, called down upon the extremists the condemnation
- of the American Federation of Labor as well as of the general public. At
- its convention in 1919, the Federation went on record as "opposed to
- Bolshevism, I.W.W.-ism, and the irresponsible leadership that encourages
- such a policy." It announced its "firm adherence to American ideals."
- =The Federation and Political Issues.=--The hostility of the Federation
- to the socialists did not mean, however, that it was indifferent to
- political issues or political parties. On the contrary, from time to
- time, at its annual conventions, it endorsed political and social
- reforms, such as the initiative, referendum, and recall, the abolition
- of child labor, the exclusion of Oriental labor, old-age pensions, and
- government ownership. Moreover it adopted the policy of "rewarding
- friends and punishing enemies" by advising members to vote for or
- against candidates according to their stand on the demands of organized
- labor.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- SAMUEL GOMPERS AND OTHER LABOR LEADERS]
- This policy was pursued with especial zeal in connection with disputes
- over the use of injunctions in labor controversies. An injunction is a
- bill or writ issued by a judge ordering some person or corporation to do
- or to refrain from doing something. For example, a judge may order a
- trade union to refrain from interfering with non-union men or to
- continue at work handling goods made by non-union labor; and he may fine
- or imprison those who disobey his injunction, the penalty being
- inflicted for "contempt of court." This ancient legal device came into
- prominence in connection with nation-wide railway strikes in 1877. It
- was applied with increasing frequency after its effective use against
- Eugene V. Debs in the Pullman strike of 1894.
- Aroused by the extensive use of the writ, organized labor demanded that
- the power of judges to issue injunctions in labor disputes be limited by
- law. Representatives of the unions sought support from the Democrats and
- the Republicans; they received from the former very specific and cordial
- endorsement. In 1896 the Democratic platform denounced "government by
- injunction as a new and highly dangerous form of oppression." Mr.
- Gompers, while refusing to commit the Federation to Democratic politics,
- privately supported Mr. Bryan. In 1908, he came out openly and boasted
- that eighty per cent of the votes of the Federation had been cast for
- the Democratic candidate. Again in 1912 the same policy was pursued. The
- reward was the enactment in 1914 of a federal law exempting trade unions
- from prosecution as combinations in restraint of trade, limiting the use
- of the injunction in labor disputes, and prescribing trial by jury in
- case of contempt of court. This measure was hailed by Mr. Gompers as the
- "Magna Carta of Labor" and a vindication of his policy. As a matter of
- fact, however, it did not prevent the continued use of injunctions
- against trade unions. Nevertheless Mr. Gompers was unshaken in his
- conviction that organized labor should not attempt to form an
- independent political party or endorse socialist or other radical
- economic theories.
- =Organized Labor and the Public.=--Besides its relations to employers,
- radicals within its own ranks, and political questions, the Federation
- had to face responsibilities to the general public. With the passing of
- time these became heavy and grave. While industries were small and
- conflicts were local in character, a strike seldom affected anybody but
- the employer and the employees immediately involved in it. When,
- however, industries and trade unions became organized on a national
- scale and a strike could paralyze a basic enterprise like coal mining or
- railways, the vital interests of all citizens were put in jeopardy.
- Moreover, as increases in wages and reductions in hours often added
- directly to the cost of living, the action of the unions affected the
- well-being of all--the food, clothing, and shelter of the whole people.
- For the purpose of meeting the issue raised by this state of affairs, it
- was suggested that employers and employees should lay their disputes
- before commissions of arbitration for decision and settlement. President
- Cleveland, in a message of April 2, 1886, proposed such a method for
- disposing of industrial controversies, and two years later Congress
- enacted a voluntary arbitration law applicable to the railways. The
- principle was extended in 1898 and again in 1913, and under the
- authority of the federal government many contentions in the railway
- world were settled by arbitration.
- The success of such legislation induced some students of industrial
- questions to urge that unions and employers should be compelled to
- submit all disputes to official tribunals of arbitration. Kansas
- actually passed such a law in 1920. Congress in the Esch-Cummins railway
- bill of the same year created a federal board of nine members to which
- all railway controversies, not settled by negotiation, must be
- submitted. Strikes, however, were not absolutely forbidden. Generally
- speaking, both employers and employees opposed compulsory adjustments
- without offering any substitute in case voluntary arbitration should not
- be accepted by both parties to a dispute.
- IMMIGRATION AND AMERICANIZATION
- =The Problems of Immigration.=--From its very inception, the American
- Federation of Labor, like the Knights of Labor before it, was confronted
- by numerous questions raised by the ever swelling tide of aliens coming
- to our shores. In its effort to make each trade union all-inclusive, it
- had to wrestle with a score or more languages. When it succeeded in
- thoroughly organizing a craft, it often found its purposes defeated by
- an influx of foreigners ready to work for lower wages and thus undermine
- the foundations of the union.
- At the same time, persons outside the labor movement began to be
- apprehensive as they contemplated the undoubted evil, as well as the
- good, that seemed to be associated with the "alien invasion." They saw
- whole sections of great cities occupied by people speaking foreign
- tongues, reading only foreign newspapers, and looking to the Old World
- alone for their ideas and their customs. They witnessed an expanding
- army of total illiterates, men and women who could read and write no
- language at all; while among those aliens who could read few there were
- who knew anything of American history, traditions, and ideals. Official
- reports revealed that over twenty per cent of the men of the draft army
- during the World War could not read a newspaper or write a letter home.
- Perhaps most alarming of all was the discovery that thousands of alien
- men are in the United States only on a temporary sojourn, solely to make
- money and return home with their savings. These men, willing to work for
- low wages and live in places unfit for human beings, have no stake in
- this country and do not care what becomes of it.
- =The Restriction of Immigration.=--In all this there was, strictly
- speaking, no cause for surprise. Since the foundation of our republic
- the policy of the government had been to encourage the coming of the
- alien. For nearly one hundred years no restraining act was passed by
- Congress, while two important laws positively encouraged it; namely, the
- homestead act of 1862 and the contract immigration law of 1864. Not
- until American workingmen came into open collision with cheap Chinese
- labor on the Pacific Coast did the federal government spread the first
- measure of limitation on the statute books. After the discovery of gold,
- and particularly after the opening of the railway construction era, a
- horde of laborers from China descended upon California. Accustomed to
- starvation wages and indifferent to the conditions of living, they
- threatened to cut the American standard to the point of subsistence. By
- 1876 the protest of American labor was loud and long and both the
- Republicans and the Democrats gave heed to it. In 1882 Congress enacted
- a law prohibiting the admission of Chinese laborers to the United States
- for a term of ten years--later extended by legislation. In a little
- while the demand arose for the exclusion of the Japanese as well. In
- this case no exclusion law was passed; but an understanding was reached
- by which Japan agreed not to issue passports to her laborers authorizing
- them to come to the United States. By act of Congress in 1907 the
- President was empowered to exclude any laborers who, having passports to
- Canada, Hawaii, or Mexico, attempted to enter our country.
- These laws and agreements, however, did not remove all grounds for the
- agitation of the subject. They were difficult to enforce and it was
- claimed by residents of the Coast that in spite of federal authority
- Oriental laborers were finding their way into American ports. Moreover,
- several Western states, anxious to preserve the soil for American
- ownership, enacted laws making it impossible for Chinese and Japanese to
- buy land outright; and in other ways they discriminated against
- Orientals. Such proceedings placed the federal government in an
- embarrassing position. By treaty it had guaranteed specific rights to
- Japanese citizens in the United States, and the government at Tokyo
- contended that the state laws just cited violated the terms of the
- international agreement. The Western states were fixed in their
- determination to control Oriental residents; Japan was equally
- persistent in asking that no badge of inferiority be attached to her
- citizens. Subjected to pressure on both sides, the federal government
- sought a way out of the deadlock.
- Having embarked upon the policy of restriction in 1882, Congress readily
- extended it. In that same year it barred paupers, criminals, convicts,
- and the insane. Three years later, mainly owing to the pressure of the
- Knights of Labor, it forbade any person, company, or association to
- import aliens under contract. By an act of 1887, the contract labor
- restriction was made even more severe. In 1903, anarchists were excluded
- and the bureau of immigration was transferred from the Treasury
- Department to the Department of Commerce and Labor, in order to provide
- for a more rigid execution of the law. In 1907 the classes of persons
- denied admission were widened to embrace those suffering from physical
- and mental defects and otherwise unfit for effective citizenship. When
- the Department of Labor was established in 1913 the enforcement of the
- law was placed in the hands of the Secretary of Labor, W.B. Wilson, who
- was a former leader in the American Federation of Labor.
- =The Literacy Test.=--Still the advocates of restriction were not
- satisfied. Still organized labor protested and demanded more protection
- against the competition of immigrants. In 1917 it won a thirty-year
- battle in the passage of a bill excluding "all aliens over sixteen years
- of age, physically capable of reading, who cannot read the English
- language or some other language or dialect, including Hebrew or
- Yiddish." Even President Wilson could not block it, for a two-thirds
- vote to overcome his veto was mustered in Congress.
- This act, while it served to exclude illiterates, made no drastic cut in
- the volume of immigration. Indeed a material reduction was resolutely
- opposed in many quarters. People of certain nationalities already in the
- United States objected to every barrier that shut out their own kinsmen.
- Some Americans of the old stock still held to the idea that the United
- States should continue to be an asylum for "the oppressed of the earth."
- Many employers looked upon an increased labor supply as the means of
- escaping what they called "the domination of trade unions." In the babel
- of countless voices, the discussion of these vital matters went on in
- town and country.
- =Americanization.=--Intimately connected with the subject of immigration
- was a call for the "Americanization" of the alien already within our
- gates. The revelation of the illiteracy in the army raised the cry and
- the demand was intensified when it was found that many of the leaders
- among the extreme radicals were foreign in birth and citizenship.
- Innumerable programs for assimilating the alien to American life were
- drawn up, and in 1919 a national conference on the subject was held in
- Washington under the auspices of the Department of the Interior. All
- were agreed that the foreigner should be taught to speak and write the
- language and understand the government of our country. Congress was
- urged to lend aid in this vast undertaking. America, as ex-President
- Roosevelt had said, was to find out "whether it was a nation or a
- boarding-house."
- =General References=
- J.R. Commons and Associates, _History of Labor in the United States_ (2
- vols.).
- Samuel Gompers, _Labor and the Common Welfare_.
- W.E. Walling, _Socialism as It Is_.
- W.E. Walling (and Others), _The Socialism of Today_.
- R.T. Ely, _The Labor Movement in America_.
- T.S. Adams and H. Sumner, _Labor Problems_.
- J.G. Brooks, _American Syndicalism_ and _Social Unrest_.
- P.F. Hall, _Immigration and Its Effects on the United States_.
- =Research Topics=
- =The Rise of Trade Unionism.=--Mary Beard, _Short History of the
- American Labor Movement_, pp. 10-18, 47-53, 62-79; Carlton, _Organized
- Labor in American History_, pp. 11-44.
- =Labor and Politics.=--Beard, _Short History_, pp. 33-46, 54-61,
- 103-112; Carlton, pp. 169-197; Ogg, _National Progress_ (American Nation
- Series), pp. 76-85.
- =The Knights of Labor.=--Beard, _Short History_, pp. 116-126; Dewey,
- _National Problems_ (American Nation Series), pp. 40-49.
- =The American Federation of Labor--Organization and Policies.=--Beard,
- _Short History_, pp. 86-112.
- =Organized Labor and the Socialists.=--Beard, _Short History_, pp.
- 126-149.
- =Labor and the Great War.=--Carlton, pp. 282-306; Beard, _Short
- History_, pp. 150-170.
- =Questions=
- 1. What are the striking features of the new economic age?
- 2. Give Mr. Rockefeller's view of industrial democracy.
- 3. Outline the efforts made by employers to establish closer relations
- with their employees.
- 4. Sketch the rise and growth of the American Federation of Labor.
- 5. How far back in our history does the labor movement extend?
- 6. Describe the purposes and outcome of the National Labor Union and the
- Knights of Labor.
- 7. State the chief policies of the American Federation of Labor.
- 8. How does organized labor become involved with outside forces?
- 9. Outline the rise of the socialist movement. How did it come into
- contact with the American Federation?
- 10. What was the relation of the Federation to the extreme radicals? To
- national politics? To the public?
- 11. Explain the injunction.
- 12. Why are labor and immigration closely related?
- 13. Outline the history of restrictions on immigration.
- 14. What problems arise in connection with the assimilation of the alien
- to American life?
- CHAPTER XXV
- PRESIDENT WILSON AND THE WORLD WAR
- "The welfare, the happiness, the energy, and the spirit of the men and
- women who do the daily work in our mines and factories, on our
- railroads, in our offices and ports of trade, on our farms, and on the
- sea are the underlying necessity of all prosperity." Thus spoke Woodrow
- Wilson during his campaign for election. In this spirit, as President,
- he gave the signal for work by summoning Congress in a special session
- on April 7, 1913. He invited the cooperation of all "forward-looking
- men" and indicated that he would assume the role of leadership. As an
- evidence of his resolve, he appeared before Congress in person to read
- his first message, reviving the old custom of Washington and Adams. Then
- he let it be known that he would not give his party any rest until it
- fulfilled its pledges to the country. When Democratic Senators balked at
- tariff reductions, they were sharply informed that the party had
- plighted its word and that no excuses or delays would be tolerated.
- DOMESTIC LEGISLATION
- =Financial Measures.=--Under this spirited leadership Congress went to
- work, passing first the Underwood tariff act of 1913, which made a
- downward revision in the rates of duty, fixing them on the average about
- twenty-six per cent lower than the figures of 1907. The protective
- principle was retained, but an effort was made to permit a moderate
- element of foreign competition. As a part of the revenue act Congress
- levied a tax on incomes as authorized by the sixteenth amendment to the
- Constitution. The tax which roused such party passions twenty years
- before was now accepted as a matter of course.
- Having disposed of the tariff, Congress took up the old and vexatious
- currency question and offered a new solution in the form of the federal
- reserve law of December, 1913. This measure, one of the most interesting
- in the history of federal finance, embraced four leading features. In
- the first place, it continued the prohibition on the issuance of notes
- by state banks and provided for a national currency. In the second
- place, it put the new banking system under the control of a federal
- reserve board composed entirely of government officials. To prevent the
- growth of a "central money power," it provided, in the third place, for
- the creation of twelve federal reserve banks, one in each of twelve
- great districts into which the country is divided. All local national
- banks were required and certain other banks permitted to become members
- of the new system and share in its control. Finally, with a view to
- expanding the currency, a step which the Democrats had long urged upon
- the country, the issuance of paper money, under definite safeguards, was
- authorized.
- Mindful of the agricultural interest, ever dear to the heart of
- Jefferson's followers, the Democrats supplemented the reserve law by the
- Farm Loan Act of 1916, creating federal agencies to lend money on farm
- mortgages at moderate rates of interest. Within a year $20,000,000 had
- been lent to farmers, the heaviest borrowing being in nine Western and
- Southern states, with Texas in the lead.
- =Anti-trust Legislation.=--The tariff and currency laws were followed by
- three significant measures relative to trusts. Rejecting utterly the
- Progressive doctrine of government regulation, President Wilson
- announced that it was the purpose of the Democrats "to destroy monopoly
- and maintain competition as the only effective instrument of business
- liberty." The first step in this direction, the Clayton Anti-trust Act,
- carried into great detail the Sherman law of 1890 forbidding and
- penalizing combinations in restraint of interstate and foreign trade. In
- every line it revealed a determined effort to tear apart the great
- trusts and to put all business on a competitive basis. Its terms were
- reinforced in the same year by a law creating a Federal Trade Commission
- empowered to inquire into the methods of corporations and lodge
- complaints against concerns "using any unfair method of competition." In
- only one respect was the severity of the Democratic policy relaxed. An
- act of 1918 provided that the Sherman law should not apply to companies
- engaged in export trade, the purpose being to encourage large
- corporations to enter foreign commerce.
- The effect of this whole body of anti-trust legislation, in spite of
- much labor on it, remained problematical. Very few combinations were
- dissolved as a result of it. Startling investigations were made into
- alleged abuses on the part of trusts; but it could hardly be said that
- huge business concerns had lost any of their predominance in American
- industry.
- =Labor Legislation.=--By no mere coincidence, the Clayton Anti-trust law
- of 1914 made many concessions to organized labor. It declared that "the
- labor of a human being is not a commodity or an article of commerce,"
- and it exempted unions from prosecution as "combinations in restraint of
- trade." It likewise defined and limited the uses which the federal
- courts might make of injunctions in labor disputes and guaranteed trial
- by jury to those guilty of disobedience (see p. 581).
- The Clayton law was followed the next year by the Seamen's Act giving
- greater liberty of contract to American sailors and requiring an
- improvement of living conditions on shipboard. This was such a drastic
- law that shipowners declared themselves unable to meet foreign
- competition under its terms, owing to the low labor standards of other
- countries.
- Still more extraordinary than the Seamen's Act was the Adamson law of
- 1916 fixing a standard eight-hour work-day for trainmen on railroads--a
- measure wrung from Congress under a threat of a great strike by the four
- Railway Brotherhoods. This act, viewed by union leaders as a triumph,
- called forth a bitter denunciation of "trade union domination," but it
- was easier to criticize than to find another solution of the problem.
- Three other laws enacted during President Wilson's administration were
- popular in the labor world. One of them provided compensation for
- federal employees injured in the discharge of their duties. Another
- prohibited the labor of children under a certain age in the industries
- of the nation. A third prescribed for coal miners in Alaska an
- eight-hour day and modern safeguards for life and health. There were
- positive proofs that organized labor had obtained a large share of power
- in the councils of the country.
- =Federal and State Relations.=--If the interference of the government
- with business and labor represented a departure from the old idea of
- "the less government the better," what can be said of a large body of
- laws affecting the rights of states? The prohibition of child labor
- everywhere was one indication of the new tendency. Mr. Wilson had once
- declared such legislation unconstitutional; the Supreme Court declared
- it unconstitutional; but Congress, undaunted, carried it into effect
- under the guise of a tax on goods made by children below the age limit.
- There were other indications of the drift. Large sums of money were
- appropriated by Congress in 1916 to assist the states in building and
- maintaining highways. The same year the Farm Loan Act projected the
- federal government into the sphere of local money lending. In 1917
- millions of dollars were granted to states in aid of vocational
- education, incidentally imposing uniform standards throughout the
- country. Evidently the government was no longer limited to the duties of
- the policeman.
- =The Prohibition Amendment.=--A still more significant form of
- intervention in state affairs was the passage, in December, 1917, of an
- amendment to the federal Constitution establishing national prohibition
- of the manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquors as beverages. This
- was the climax of a historical movement extending over half a century.
- In 1872, a National Prohibition party, launched three years before,
- nominated its first presidential candidate and inaugurated a campaign of
- agitation. Though its vote was never large, the cause for which it
- stood found increasing favor among the people. State after state by
- popular referendum abolished the liquor traffic within its borders. By
- 1917 at least thirty-two of the forty-eight were "dry." When the federal
- amendment was submitted for approval, the ratification was surprisingly
- swift. In a little more than a year, namely, on January 16, 1919, it was
- proclaimed. Twelve months later the amendment went into effect.
- COLONIAL AND FOREIGN POLICIES
- =The Philippines and Porto Rico.=--Independence for the Philippines and
- larger self-government for Porto Rico had been among the policies of the
- Democratic party since the campaign of 1900. President Wilson in his
- annual messages urged upon Congress more autonomy for the Filipinos and
- a definite promise of final independence. The result was the Jones
- Organic Act for the Philippines passed in 1916. This measure provided
- that the upper as well as the lower house of the Philippine legislature
- should be elected by popular vote, and declared it to be the intention
- of the United States to grant independence "as soon as a stable
- government can be established." This, said President Wilson on signing
- the bill, is "a very satisfactory advance in our policy of extending to
- them self-government and control of their own affairs." The following
- year Congress, yielding to President Wilson's insistence, passed a new
- organic act for Porto Rico, making both houses of the legislature
- elective and conferring American citizenship upon the inhabitants of the
- island.
- [Illustration: THE CARIBBEAN REGION]
- =American Power in the Caribbean.=--While extending more self-government
- to its dominions, the United States enlarged its sphere of influence in
- the Caribbean. The supervision of finances in Santo Domingo, inaugurated
- in Roosevelt's administration, was transformed into a protectorate under
- Wilson. In 1914 dissensions in the republic led to the landing of
- American marines to "supervise" the elections. Two years later, an
- officer in the American navy, with authority from Washington, placed
- the entire republic "in a state of military occupation." He proceeded to
- suspend the government and laws of the country, exile the president,
- suppress the congress, and substitute American military authority. In
- 1919 a consulting board of four prominent Dominicans was appointed to
- aid the American military governor; but it resigned the next year after
- making a plea for the restoration of independence to the republic. For
- all practical purposes, it seemed, the sovereignty of Santo Domingo had
- been transferred to the United States.
- In the neighboring republic of Haiti, a similar state of affairs
- existed. In the summer of 1915 a revolution broke out there--one of a
- long series beginning in 1804--and our marines were landed to restore
- order. Elections were held under the supervision of American officers,
- and a treaty was drawn up placing the management of Haitian finances and
- the local constabulary under American authority. In taking this action,
- our Secretary of State was careful to announce: "The United States
- government has no purpose of aggression and is entirely disinterested in
- promoting this protectorate." Still it must be said that there were
- vigorous protests on the part of natives and American citizens against
- the conduct of our agents in the island. In 1921 President Wilson was
- considering withdrawal.
- In line with American policy in the West Indian waters was the purchase
- in 1917 of the Danish Islands just off the coast of Porto Rico. The
- strategic position of the islands, especially in relation to Haiti and
- Porto Rico, made them an object of American concern as early as 1867,
- when a treaty of purchase was negotiated only to be rejected by the
- Senate of the United States. In 1902 a second arrangement was made, but
- this time it was defeated by the upper house of the Danish parliament.
- The third treaty brought an end to fifty years of bargaining and the
- Stars and Stripes were raised over St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John, and
- numerous minor islands scattered about in the neighborhood. "It would be
- suicidal," commented a New York newspaper, "for America, on the
- threshold of a great commercial expansion in South America, to suffer a
- Heligoland, or a Gibraltar, or an Aden to be erected by her rivals at
- the mouth of her Suez." On the mainland American power was strengthened
- by the establishment of a protectorate over Nicaragua in 1916.
- =Mexican Relations.=--The extension of American enterprise southward
- into Latin America, of which the operations in the Caribbean regions
- were merely one phase, naturally carried Americans into Mexico to
- develop the natural resources of that country. Under the iron rule of
- General Porfirio Diaz, established in 1876 and maintained with only a
- short break until 1911, Mexico had become increasingly attractive to our
- business men. On the invitation of President Diaz, they had invested
- huge sums in Mexican lands, oil fields, and mines, and had laid the
- foundations of a new industrial order. The severe regime instituted by
- Diaz, however, stirred popular discontent. The peons, or serfs, demanded
- the break-up of the great estates, some of which had come down from the
- days of Cortez. Their clamor for "the restoration of the land to the
- people could not be silenced." In 1911 Diaz was forced to resign and
- left the country.
- Mexico now slid down the path to disorder. Revolutions and civil
- commotions followed in swift succession. A liberal president, Madero,
- installed as the successor to Diaz, was deposed in 1913 and brutally
- murdered. Huerta, a military adventurer, hailed for a time as another
- "strong man," succeeded Madero whose murder he was accused of
- instigating. Although Great Britain and nearly all the powers of Europe
- accepted the new government as lawful, the United States steadily
- withheld recognition. In the meantime Mexico was torn by insurrections
- under the leadership of Carranza, a friend of Madero, Villa, a bandit of
- generous pretensions, and Zapata, a radical leader of the peons. Without
- the support of the United States, Huerta was doomed.
- In the summer of 1914, the dictator resigned and fled from the capital,
- leaving the field to Carranza. For six years the new president,
- recognized by the United States, held a precarious position which he
- vigorously strove to strengthen against various revolutionary movements.
- At length in 1920, he too was deposed and murdered, and another military
- chieftain, Obregon, installed in power.
- These events right at our door could not fail to involve the government
- of the United States. In the disorders many American citizens lost their
- lives. American property was destroyed and land owned by Americans was
- confiscated. A new Mexican constitution, in effect nationalizing the
- natural resources of the country, struck at the rights of foreign
- investors. Moreover the Mexican border was in constant turmoil. Even in
- the last days of his administration, Mr. Taft felt compelled to issue a
- solemn warning to the Mexican government protesting against the
- violation of American rights.
- President Wilson, soon after his inauguration, sent a commissioner to
- Mexico to inquire into the situation. Although he declared a general
- policy of "watchful waiting," he twice came to blows with Mexican
- forces. In 1914 some American sailors at Tampico were arrested by a
- Mexican officer; the Mexican government, although it immediately
- released the men, refused to make the required apology for the incident.
- As a result President Wilson ordered the landing of American forces at
- Vera Cruz and the occupation of the city. A clash of arms followed in
- which several Americans were killed. War seemed inevitable, but at this
- juncture the governments of Argentina, Brazil, and Chile tendered their
- good offices as mediators. After a few weeks of negotiation, during
- which Huerta was forced out of power, American forces were withdrawn
- from Vera Cruz and the incident closed.
- In 1916 a second break in amicable relations occurred. In the spring of
- that year a band of Villa's men raided the town of Columbus, New Mexico,
- killing several citizens and committing robberies. A punitive expedition
- under the command of General Pershing was quickly sent out to capture
- the offenders. Against the protests of President Carranza, American
- forces penetrated deeply into Mexico without effecting the object of
- the undertaking. This operation lasted until January, 1917, when the
- imminence of war with Germany led to the withdrawal of the American
- soldiers. Friendly relations were resumed with the Mexican government
- and the policy of "watchful waiting" was continued.
- THE UNITED STATES AND THE EUROPEAN WAR
- =The Outbreak of the War.=--In the opening days of August, 1914, the
- age-long jealousies of European nations, sharpened by new imperial
- ambitions, broke out in another general conflict such as had shaken the
- world in the days of Napoleon. On June 28, the heir to the
- Austro-Hungarian throne was assassinated at Serajevo, the capital of
- Bosnia, an Austrian province occupied mainly by Serbs. With a view to
- stopping Serbian agitation for independence, Austria-Hungary laid the
- blame for this incident on the government of Serbia and made humiliating
- demands on that country. Germany at once proposed that the issue should
- be regarded as "an affair which should be settled solely between
- Austria-Hungary and Serbia"; meaning that the small nation should be
- left to the tender mercies of a great power. Russia refused to take this
- view. Great Britain proposed a settlement by mediation. Germany backed
- up Austria to the limit. To use the language of the German authorities:
- "We were perfectly aware that a possible warlike attitude of
- Austria-Hungary against Serbia might bring Russia upon the field and
- that it might therefore involve us in a war, in accordance with our
- duties as allies. We could not, however, in these vital interests of
- Austria-Hungary which were at stake, advise our ally to take a yielding
- attitude not compatible with his dignity nor deny him our assistance."
- That made the war inevitable.
- Every day of the fateful August, 1914, was crowded with momentous
- events. On the 1st, Germany declared war on Russia. On the 2d, the
- Germans invaded the little duchy of Luxemburg and notified the King of
- Belgium that they were preparing to violate the neutrality of his realm
- on their way to Paris. On the same day, Great Britain, anxiously
- besought by the French government, promised the aid of the British navy
- if German warships made hostile demonstrations in the Channel. August
- 3d, the German government declared war on France. The following day,
- Great Britain demanded of Germany respect for Belgian neutrality and,
- failing to receive the guarantee, broke off diplomatic relations. On the
- 5th, the British prime minister announced that war had opened between
- England and Germany. The storm now broke in all its pitiless fury.
- =The State of American Opinion.=--Although President Wilson promptly
- proclaimed the neutrality of the United States, the sympathies of a
- large majority of the American people were without doubt on the side of
- Great Britain and France. To them the invasion of the little kingdom of
- Belgium and the horrors that accompanied German occupation were odious
- in the extreme. Moreover, they regarded the German imperial government
- as an autocratic power wielded in the interest of an ambitious military
- party. The Kaiser, William II, and the Crown Prince were the symbols of
- royal arrogance. On the other hand, many Americans of German descent, in
- memory of their ties with the Fatherland, openly sympathized with the
- Central Powers; and many Americans of Irish descent, recalling their
- long and bitter struggle for home rule in Ireland, would have regarded
- British defeat as a merited redress of ancient grievances.
- Extremely sensitive to American opinion, but ill informed about it, the
- German government soon began systematic efforts to present its cause to
- the people of the United States in the most favorable light possible.
- Dr. Bernhard Dernburg, the former colonial secretary of the German
- empire, was sent to America as a special agent. For months he filled the
- newspapers, magazines, and periodicals with interviews, articles, and
- notes on the justice of the Teutonic cause. From a press bureau in New
- York flowed a stream of pamphlets, leaflets, and cartoons. A magazine,
- "The Fatherland," was founded to secure "fair play for Germany and
- Austria." Several professors in American universities, who had received
- their training in Germany, took up the pen in defense of the Central
- Empires. The German language press, without exception it seems, the
- National German Alliance, minor German societies, and Lutheran churches
- came to the support of the German cause. Even the English language
- papers, though generally favorable to the Entente Allies, opened their
- columns in the interest of equal justice to the spokesmen for all the
- contending powers of Europe.
- Before two weeks had elapsed the controversy had become so intense that
- President Wilson (August 18, 1914) was moved to caution his countrymen
- against falling into angry disputes. "Every man," he said, "who really
- loves America will act and speak in the true spirit of neutrality which
- is the spirit of impartiality and fairness and friendliness to all
- concerned.... We must be impartial in thought as well as in action, must
- put a curb upon our sentiments as well as upon every transaction that
- might be construed as a preference of one party to the struggle before
- another."
- =The Clash over American Trade.=--As in the time of the Napoleonic wars,
- the conflict in Europe raised fundamental questions respecting rights of
- Americans trading with countries at peace as well as those at war. On
- this point there existed on August 1, 1914, a fairly definite body of
- principles by which nations were bound. Among them the following were of
- vital significance. In the first place, it was recognized that an enemy
- merchant ship caught on the high seas was a legitimate prize of war
- which might be seized and confiscated. In the second place, it was
- agreed that "contraband of war" found on an enemy or neutral ship was a
- lawful prize; any ship suspected of carrying it was liable to search and
- if caught with forbidden goods was subject to seizure. In the third
- place, international law prescribed that a peaceful merchant ship,
- whether belonging to an enemy or to a neutral country, should not be
- destroyed or sunk without provision for the safety of crew and
- passengers. In the fourth place, it was understood that a belligerent
- had the right, if it could, to blockade the ports of an enemy and
- prevent the ingress and egress of all ships; but such a blockade, to be
- lawful, had to be effective.
- These general principles left undetermined two important matters: "What
- is an effective blockade?" and "What is contraband of war?" The task of
- answering these questions fell to Great Britain as mistress of the seas.
- Although the German submarines made it impossible for her battleships to
- maintain a continuous patrol of the waters in front of blockaded ports,
- she declared the blockade to be none the less "effective" because her
- navy was supreme. As to contraband of war Great Britain put such a broad
- interpretation upon the term as to include nearly every important
- article of commerce. Early in 1915 she declared even cargoes of grain
- and flour to be contraband, defending the action on the ground that the
- German government had recently taken possession of all domestic stocks
- of corn, wheat, and flour.
- A new question arose in connection with American trade with the neutral
- countries surrounding Germany. Great Britain early began to intercept
- ships carrying oil, gasoline, and copper--all war materials of prime
- importance--on the ground that they either were destined ultimately to
- Germany or would release goods for sale to Germans. On November 2, 1914,
- the English government announced that the Germans wore sowing mines in
- open waters and that therefore the whole of the North Sea was a military
- zone. Ships bound for Denmark, Norway, and Sweden were ordered to come
- by the English Channel for inspection and sailing directions. In effect,
- Americans were now licensed by Great Britain to trade in certain
- commodities and in certain amounts with neutral countries.
- Against these extraordinary measures, the State Department at Washington
- lodged pointed objections, saying: "This government is reluctantly
- forced to the conclusion that the present policy of His Majesty's
- government toward neutral ships and cargoes exceeds the manifest
- necessity of a belligerent and constitutes restrictions upon the rights
- of American citizens on the high seas, which are not justified by the
- rules of international law or required under the principle of
- self-preservation."
- =Germany Begins the Submarine Campaign.=--Germany now announced that, on
- and after February 18, 1915, the whole of the English Channel and the
- waters around Great Britain would be deemed a war zone and that every
- enemy ship found therein would be destroyed. The German decree added
- that, as the British admiralty had ordered the use of neutral flags by
- English ships in time of distress, neutral vessels would be in danger of
- destruction if found in the forbidden area. It was clear that Germany
- intended to employ submarines to destroy shipping. A new factor was thus
- introduced into naval warfare, one not provided for in the accepted laws
- of war. A warship overhauling a merchant vessel could easily take its
- crew and passengers on board for safe keeping as prescribed by
- international law; but a submarine ordinarily could do nothing of the
- sort. Of necessity the lives and the ships of neutrals, as well as of
- belligerents, were put in mortal peril. This amazing conduct Germany
- justified on the ground that it was mere retaliation against Great
- Britain for her violations of international law.
- The response of the United States to the ominous German order was swift
- and direct. On February 10, 1915, it warned Germany that if her
- commanders destroyed American lives and ships in obedience to that
- decree, the action would "be very hard indeed to reconcile with the
- friendly relations happily subsisting between the two governments." The
- American note added that the German imperial government would be held to
- "strict accountability" and all necessary steps would be taken to
- safeguard American lives and American rights. This was firm and clear
- language, but the only response which it evoked from Germany was a
- suggestion that, if Great Britain would allow food supplies to pass
- through the blockade, the submarine campaign would be dropped.
- =Violations of American Rights.=--Meanwhile Germany continued to ravage
- shipping on the high seas. On January 28, a German raider sank the
- American ship, _William P. Frye_, in the South Atlantic; on March 28, a
- British ship, the _Falaba_, was sunk by a submarine and many on board,
- including an American citizen, were killed; and on April 28, a German
- airplane dropped bombs on the American steamer _Cushing_. On the morning
- of May 1, 1915, Americans were astounded to see in the newspapers an
- advertisement, signed by the German Imperial Embassy, warning travelers
- of the dangers in the war zone and notifying them that any who ventured
- on British ships into that area did so at their own risk. On that day,
- the _Lusitania_, a British steamer, sailed from New York for Liverpool.
- On May 7, without warning, the ship was struck by two torpedoes and in a
- few minutes went down by the bow, carrying to death 1153 persons
- including 114 American men, women, and children. A cry of horror ran
- through the country. The German papers in America and a few American
- people argued that American citizens had been duly warned of the danger
- and had deliberately taken their lives into their own hands; but the
- terrible deed was almost universally condemned by public opinion.
- =The _Lusitania_ Notes.=--On May 14, the Department of State at
- Washington made public the first of three famous notes on the
- _Lusitania_ case. It solemnly informed the German government that "no
- warning that an unlawful and inhumane act will be committed can possibly
- be accepted as an excuse or palliation for that act or as an abatement
- of the responsibility for its commission." It called upon the German
- government to disavow the act, make reparation as far as possible, and
- take steps to prevent "the recurrence of anything so obviously
- subversive of the principles of warfare." The note closed with a clear
- caution to Germany that the government of the United States would not
- "omit any word or any act necessary to the performance of its sacred
- duty of maintaining the rights of the United States and its citizens and
- of safeguarding their free exercise and enjoyment." The die was cast;
- but Germany in reply merely temporized.
- In a second note, made public on June 11, the position of the United
- States was again affirmed. William Jennings Bryan, the Secretary of
- State, had resigned because the drift of President Wilson's policy was
- not toward mediation but the strict maintenance of American rights, if
- need be, by force of arms. The German reply was still evasive and German
- naval commanders continued their course of sinking merchant ships. In a
- third and final note of July 21, 1915, President Wilson made it clear to
- Germany that he meant what he said when he wrote that he would maintain
- the rights of American citizens. Finally after much discussion and
- shifting about, the German ambassador on September 1, 1915, sent a brief
- note to the Secretary of State: "Liners will not be sunk by our
- submarines without warning and without safety of the lives of
- non-combatants, provided the liners do not try to escape or offer
- resistance." Editorially, the New York _Times_ declared: "It is a
- triumph not only of diplomacy but of reason, of humanity, of justice,
- and of truth." The Secretary of State saw in it "a recognition of the
- fundamental principles for which we have contended."
- =The Presidential Election of 1916.=--In the midst of this crisis came
- the presidential campaign. On the Republican side everything seemed to
- depend upon the action of the Progressives. If the breach created in
- 1912 could be closed, victory was possible; if not, defeat was certain.
- A promise of unity lay in the fact that the conventions of the
- Republicans and Progressives were held simultaneously in Chicago. The
- friends of Roosevelt hoped that both parties would select him as their
- candidate; but this hope was not realized. The Republicans chose, and
- the Progressives accepted, Charles E. Hughes, an associate justice of
- the federal Supreme Court who, as governor of New York, had won a
- national reputation by waging war on "machine politicians."
- In the face of the clamor for expressions of sympathy with one or the
- other of the contending powers of Europe, the Republicans chose a middle
- course, declaring that they would uphold all American rights "at home
- and abroad, by land and by sea." This sentiment Mr. Hughes echoed in his
- acceptance speech. By some it was interpreted to mean a firmer policy in
- dealing with Great Britain; by others, a more vigorous handling of the
- submarine menace. The Democrats, on their side, renominated President
- Wilson by acclamation, reviewed with pride the legislative achievements
- of the party, and commended "the splendid diplomatic victories of our
- great President who has preserved the vital interests of our government
- and its citizens and kept us out of war."
- In the election which ensued President Wilson's popular vote exceeded
- that cast for Mr. Hughes by more than half a million, while his
- electoral vote stood 277 to 254. The result was regarded, and not
- without warrant, as a great personal triumph for the President. He had
- received the largest vote yet cast for a presidential candidate. The
- Progressive party practically disappeared, and the Socialists suffered a
- severe set-back, falling far behind the vote of 1912.
- =President Wilson Urges Peace upon the Warring Nations.=--Apparently
- convinced that his pacific policies had been profoundly approved by his
- countrymen, President Wilson, soon after the election, addressed "peace
- notes" to the European belligerents. On December 16, the German Emperor
- proposed to the Allied Powers that they enter into peace negotiations, a
- suggestion that was treated as a mere political maneuver by the opposing
- governments. Two days later President Wilson sent a note to the warring
- nations asking them to avow "the terms upon which war might be
- concluded." To these notes the Central Powers replied that they were
- ready to meet their antagonists in a peace conference; and Allied Powers
- answered by presenting certain conditions precedent to a satisfactory
- settlement. On January 22, 1917, President Wilson in an address before
- the Senate, declared it to be a duty of the United States to take part
- in the establishment of a stable peace on the basis of certain
- principles. These were, in short: "peace without victory"; the right of
- nationalities to freedom and self-government; the independence of
- Poland; freedom of the seas; the reduction of armaments; and the
- abolition of entangling alliances. The whole world was discussing the
- President's remarkable message, when it was dumbfounded to hear, on
- January 31, that the German ambassador at Washington had announced the
- official renewal of ruthless submarine warfare.
- THE UNITED STATES AT WAR
- =Steps toward War.=--Three days after the receipt of the news that the
- German government intended to return to its former submarine policy,
- President Wilson severed diplomatic relations with the German empire. At
- the same time he explained to Congress that he desired no conflict with
- Germany and would await an "overt act" before taking further steps to
- preserve American rights. "God grant," he concluded, "that we may not be
- challenged to defend them by acts of willful injustice on the part of
- the government of Germany." Yet the challenge came. Between February 26
- and April 2, six American merchant vessels were torpedoed, in most cases
- without any warning and without regard to the loss of American lives.
- President Wilson therefore called upon Congress to answer the German
- menace. The reply of Congress on April 6 was a resolution, passed with
- only a few dissenting votes, declaring the existence of a state of war
- with Germany. Austria-Hungary at once severed diplomatic relations with
- the United States; but it was not until December 7 that Congress, acting
- on the President's advice, declared war also on that "vassal of the
- German government."
- =American War Aims.=--In many addresses at the beginning and during the
- course of the war, President Wilson stated the purposes which actuated
- our government in taking up arms. He first made it clear that it was a
- war of self-defense. "The military masters of Germany," he exclaimed,
- "denied us the right to be neutral." Proof of that lay on every hand.
- Agents of the German imperial government had destroyed American lives
- and American property on the high seas. They had filled our communities
- with spies. They had planted bombs in ships and munition works. They had
- fomented divisions among American citizens.
- Though assailed in many ways and compelled to resort to war, the United
- States sought no material rewards. "The world must be made safe for
- democracy. Its peace must be planted upon the tested foundations of
- political liberty. We have no selfish ends to serve. We desire no
- conquest, no dominion. We seek no indemnities for ourselves."
- In a very remarkable message read to Congress on January 8, 1918,
- President Wilson laid down his famous "fourteen points" summarizing the
- ideals for which we were fighting. They included open treaties of peace,
- openly arrived at; absolute freedom of navigation upon the seas; the
- removal, as far as possible, of trade barriers among nations; reduction
- of armaments; adjustment of colonial claims in the interest of the
- populations concerned; fair and friendly treatment of Russia; the
- restoration of Belgium; righting the wrong done to France in 1871 in the
- matter of Alsace-Lorraine; adjustment of Italian frontiers along the
- lines of nationality; more liberty for the peoples of Austria-Hungary;
- the restoration of Serbia and Rumania; the readjustment of the Turkish
- Empire; an independent Poland; and an association of nations to afford
- mutual guarantees to all states great and small. On a later occasion
- President Wilson elaborated the last point, namely, the formation of a
- league of nations to guarantee peace and establish justice among the
- powers of the world. Democracy, the right of nations to determine their
- own fate, a covenant of enduring peace--these were the ideals for which
- the American people were to pour out their blood and treasure.
- =The Selective Draft.=--The World War became a war of nations. The
- powers against which we were arrayed had every able-bodied man in
- service and all their resources, human and material, thrown into the
- scale. For this reason, President Wilson summoned the whole people of
- the United States to make every sacrifice necessary for victory.
- Congress by law decreed that the national army should be chosen from all
- male citizens and males not enemy aliens who had declared their
- intention of becoming citizens. By the first act of May 18, 1917, it
- fixed the age limits at twenty-one to thirty-one inclusive. Later, in
- August, 1918, it extended them to eighteen and forty-five. From the men
- of the first group so enrolled were chosen by lot the soldiers for the
- World War who, with the regular army and the national guard, formed the
- American Expeditionary Force upholding the American cause on the
- battlefields of Europe. "The whole nation," said the President, "must be
- a team in which each man shall play the part for which he is best
- fitted."
- =Liberty Loans and Taxes.=--In order that the military and naval forces
- should be stinted in no respect, the nation was called upon to place its
- financial resources at the service of the government. Some urged the
- "conscription of wealth as well as men," meaning the support of the war
- out of taxes upon great fortunes; but more conservative counsels
- prevailed. Four great Liberty Loans were floated, all the agencies of
- modern publicity being employed to enlist popular interest. The first
- loan had four and a half million subscribers; the fourth more than
- twenty million. Combined with loans were heavy taxes. A progressive tax
- was laid upon incomes beginning with four per cent on incomes in the
- lower ranges and rising to sixty-three per cent of that part of any
- income above $2,000,000. A progressive tax was levied upon inheritances.
- An excess profits tax was laid upon all corporations and partnerships,
- rising in amount to sixty per cent of the net income in excess of
- thirty-three per cent on the invested capital. "This," said a
- distinguished economist, "is the high-water mark in the history of
- taxation. Never before in the annals of civilization has an attempt been
- made to take as much as two-thirds of a man's income by taxation."
- =Mobilizing Material Resources.=--No stone was left unturned to provide
- the arms, munitions, supplies, and transportation required in the
- gigantic undertaking. Between the declaration of war and the armistice,
- Congress enacted law after law relative to food supplies, raw materials,
- railways, mines, ships, forests, and industrial enterprises. No power
- over the lives and property of citizens, deemed necessary to the
- prosecution of the armed conflict, was withheld from the government. The
- farmer's wheat, the housewife's sugar, coal at the mines, labor in the
- factories, ships at the wharves, trade with friendly countries, the
- railways, banks, stores, private fortunes--all were mobilized and laid
- under whatever obligations the government deemed imperative. Never was a
- nation more completely devoted to a single cause.
- A law of August 10, 1917, gave the President power to fix the prices of
- wheat and coal and to take almost any steps necessary to prevent
- monopoly and excessive prices. By a series of measures, enlarging the
- principles of the shipping act of 1916, ships and shipyards were brought
- under public control and the government was empowered to embark upon a
- great ship-building program. In December, 1917, the government assumed
- for the period of the war the operation of the railways under a
- presidential proclamation which was elaborated in March, 1918, by act of
- Congress. In the summer of 1918 the express, telephone, and telegraph
- business of the entire country passed under government control. By war
- risk insurance acts allowances were made for the families of enlisted
- men, compensation for injuries was provided, death benefits were
- instituted, and a system of national insurance was established in the
- interest of the men in service. Never before in the history of the
- country had the government taken such a wise and humane view of its
- obligations to those who served on the field of battle or on the seas.
- =The Espionage and Sedition Acts.=--By the Espionage law of June 15,
- 1917, and the amending law, known as the Sedition act, passed in May of
- the following year, the government was given a drastic power over the
- expression of opinion. The first measure penalized those who conveyed
- information to a foreign country to be used to the injury of the United
- States; those who made false statements designed to interfere with the
- military or naval forces of the United States; those who attempted to
- stir up insubordination or disloyalty in the army and navy; and those
- who willfully obstructed enlistment. The Sedition act was still more
- severe and sweeping in its terms. It imposed heavy penalties upon any
- person who used "abusive language about the government or institutions
- of the country." It authorized the dismissal of any officer of the
- government who committed "disloyal acts" or uttered "disloyal language,"
- and empowered the Postmaster General to close the mails to persons
- violating the law. This measure, prepared by the Department of Justice,
- encountered vigorous opposition in the Senate, where twenty-four
- Republicans and two Democrats voted against it. Senator Johnson of
- California denounced it as a law "to suppress the freedom of the press
- in the United States and to prevent any man, no matter who he is, from
- expressing legitimate criticism concerning the present government." The
- constitutionality of the acts was attacked; but they were sustained by
- the Supreme Court and stringently enforced.
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- THE LAUNCHING OF A SHIP AT THE GREAT NAVAL YARDS, NEWARK, N.J.]
- =Labor and the War.=--In view of the restlessness of European labor
- during the war and especially the proletarian revolution in Russia in
- November, 1917, some anxiety was early expressed as to the stand which
- organized labor might take in the United States. It was, however, soon
- dispelled. Samuel Gompers, speaking for the American Federation of
- Labor, declared that "this is labor's war," and pledged the united
- support of all the unions. There was some dissent. The Socialist party
- denounced the war as a capitalist quarrel; but all the protests combined
- were too slight to have much effect. American labor leaders were sent to
- Europe to strengthen the wavering ranks of trade unionists in war-worn
- England, France, and Italy. Labor was given representation on the
- important boards and commissions dealing with industrial questions.
- Trade union standards were accepted by the government and generally
- applied in industry. The Department of Labor became one of the powerful
- war centers of the nation. In a memorable address to the American
- Federation of Labor, President Wilson assured the trade unionists that
- labor conditions should not be made unduly onerous by the war and
- received in return a pledge of loyalty from the Federation. Recognition
- of labor's contribution to winning the war was embodied in the treaty of
- peace, which provided for a permanent international organization to
- promote the world-wide effort of labor to improve social conditions.
- "The league of nations has for its object the establishment of universal
- peace," runs the preamble to the labor section of the treaty, "and such
- a peace can be established only if it is based upon social justice....
- The failure of any nation to adopt humane conditions of labor is an
- obstacle in the way of other nations which desire to improve the
- conditions in their own countries."
- =The American Navy in the War.=--As soon as Congress declared war the
- fleet was mobilized, American ports were thrown open to the warships of
- the Allies, immediate provision was made for increasing the number of
- men and ships, and a contingent of war vessels was sent to cooperate
- with the British and French in their life-and-death contest with
- submarines. Special effort was made to stimulate the production of
- "submarine chasers" and "scout cruisers" to be sent to the danger zone.
- Convoys were provided to accompany the transports conveying soldiers to
- France. Before the end of the war more than three hundred American
- vessels and 75,000 officers and men were operating in European waters.
- Though the German fleet failed to come out and challenge the sea power
- of the Allies, the battleships of the United States were always ready to
- do their full duty in such an event. As things turned out, the service
- of the American navy was limited mainly to helping in the campaign that
- wore down the submarine menace to Allied shipping.
- =The War in France.=--Owing to the peculiar character of the warfare in
- France, it required a longer time for American military forces to get
- into action; but there was no unnecessary delay. Soon after the
- declaration of war, steps were taken to give military assistance to the
- Allies. The regular army was enlarged and the troops of the national
- guard were brought into national service. On June 13, General John J.
- Pershing, chosen head of the American Expeditionary Forces, reached
- Paris and began preparations for the arrival of our troops. In June, the
- vanguard of the army reached France. A slow and steady stream followed.
- As soon as the men enrolled under the draft were ready, it became a
- flood. During the period of the war the army was enlarged from about
- 190,000 men to 3,665,000, of whom more than 2,000,000 were in France
- when the armistice was signed.
- Although American troops did not take part on a large scale until the
- last phase of the war in 1918, several battalions of infantry were in
- the trenches by October, 1917, and had their first severe encounter with
- the Germans early in November. In January, 1918, they took over a part
- of the front line as an American sector. In March, General Pershing
- placed our forces at the disposal of General Foch, commander-in-chief of
- the Allied armies. The first division, which entered the Montdidier
- salient in April, soon was engaged with the enemy, "taking with splendid
- dash the town of Cantigny and all other objectives, which were organized
- and held steadfastly against vicious counter attacks and galling
- artillery fire."
- [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- TROOPS RETURNING FROM FRANCE]
- When the Germans launched their grand drives toward the Marne and Paris,
- in June and July, 1918, every available man was placed at General Foch's
- command. At Belleau Wood, at Chateau-Thierry, and other points along the
- deep salient made by the Germans into the French lines, American
- soldiers distinguished themselves by heroic action. They also played an
- important role in the counter attack that "smashed" the salient and
- drove the Germans back.
- In September, American troops, with French aid, "wiped out" the German
- salient at St. Mihiel. By this time General Pershing was ready for the
- great American drive to the northeast in the Argonne forest, while he
- also cooperated with the British in the assault on the Hindenburg line.
- In the Meuse-Argonne battle, our soldiers encountered some of the most
- severe fighting of the war and pressed forward steadily against the most
- stubborn resistance from the enemy. On the 6th of November, reported
- General Pershing, "a division of the first corps reached a point on the
- Meuse opposite Sedan, twenty-five miles from our line of departure. The
- strategical goal which was our highest hope was gained. We had cut the
- enemy's main line of communications and nothing but a surrender or an
- armistice could save his army from complete disaster." Five days later
- the end came. On the morning of November 11, the order to cease firing
- went into effect. The German army was in rapid retreat and
- demoralization had begun. The Kaiser had abdicated and fled into
- Holland. The Hohenzollern dreams of empire were shattered. In the
- fifty-second month, the World War, involving nearly every civilized
- nation on the globe, was brought to a close. More than 75,000 American
- soldiers and sailors had given their lives. More than 250,000 had been
- wounded or were missing or in German prison camps.
- [Illustration: WESTERN BATTLE LINES OF THE VARIOUS YEARS OF THE
- WORLD WAR]
- THE SETTLEMENT AT PARIS
- =The Peace Conference.=--On January 18, 1919, a conference of the Allied
- and Associated Powers assembled to pronounce judgment upon the German
- empire and its defeated satellites: Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, and
- Turkey. It was a moving spectacle. Seventy-two delegates spoke for
- thirty-two states. The United States, Great Britain, France, Italy, and
- Japan had five delegates each. Belgium, Brazil, and Serbia were each
- assigned three. Canada, Australia, South Africa, India, China, Greece,
- Hedjaz, Poland, Portugal, Rumania, Siam, and Czechoslovakia were
- allotted two apiece. The remaining states of New Zealand, Bolivia, Cuba,
- Ecuador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Liberia, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru,
- and Uruguay each had one delegate. President Wilson spoke in person for
- the United States. England, France, and Italy were represented by their
- premiers: David Lloyd George, Georges Clemenceau, and Vittorio Orlando.
- [Illustration: PREMIERS LLOYD GEORGE, ORLANDO AND CLEMENCEAU AND
- PRESIDENT WILSON AT PARIS]
- =The Supreme Council.=--The real work of the settlement was first
- committed to a Supreme Council of ten representing the United States,
- Great Britain, France, Italy, and Japan. This was later reduced to five
- members. Then Japan dropped out and finally Italy, leaving only
- President Wilson and the Premiers, Lloyd George and Clemenceau, the
- "Big Three," who assumed the burden of mighty decisions. On May 6, their
- work was completed and in a secret session of the full conference the
- whole treaty of peace was approved, though a few of the powers made
- reservations or objections. The next day the treaty was presented to the
- Germans who, after prolonged protests, signed on the last day of grace,
- June 28. This German treaty was followed by agreements with Austria,
- Hungary, Bulgaria, and Turkey. Collectively these great documents formed
- the legal basis of the general European settlement.
- =The Terms of the Settlement.=--The combined treaties make a huge
- volume. The German treaty alone embraces about 80,000 words.
- Collectively they cover an immense range of subjects which may be
- summarized under five heads: (1) The territorial settlement in Europe;
- (2) the destruction of German military power; (3) reparations for
- damages done by Germany and her allies; (4) the disposition of German
- colonies and protectorates; and (5) the League of Nations.
- Germany was reduced by the cession of Alsace-Lorraine to France and the
- loss of several other provinces. Austria-Hungary was dissolved and
- dismembered. Russia was reduced by the creation of new states on the
- west. Bulgaria was stripped of her gains in the recent Balkan wars.
- Turkey was dismembered. Nine new independent states were created:
- Poland, Finland, Lithuania, Latvia, Esthonia, Ukraine, Czechoslovakia,
- Armenia, and Hedjaz. Italy, Greece, Rumania, and Serbia were enlarged by
- cessions of territory and Serbia was transformed into the great state of
- Jugoslavia.
- The destruction of German military power was thorough. The entire navy,
- with minor exceptions, was turned over to the Allied and Associated
- Powers; Germany's total equipment for the future was limited to six
- battleships and six light cruisers, with certain small vessels but no
- submarines. The number of enlisted men and officers for the army was
- fixed at not more than 100,000; the General Staff was dissolved; and the
- manufacture of munitions restricted.
- Germany was compelled to accept full responsibility for all damages; to
- pay five billion dollars in cash and goods, and to make certain other
- payments which might be ordered from time to time by an inter-allied
- reparations commission. She was also required to deliver to Belgium,
- France, and Italy, millions of tons of coal every year for ten years;
- while by way of additional compensation to France the rich coal basin of
- the Saar was placed under inter-allied control to be exploited under
- French administration for a period of at least fifteen years. Austria
- and the other associates of Germany were also laid under heavy
- obligations to the victors. Damages done to shipping by submarines and
- other vessels were to be paid for on the basis of ton for ton.
- The disposition of the German colonies and the old Ottoman empire
- presented knotty problems. It was finally agreed that the German
- colonies and Turkish provinces which were in a backward stage of
- development should be placed under the tutelage of certain powers acting
- as "mandatories" holding them in "a sacred trust of civilization." An
- exception to the mandatory principle arose in the case of German rights
- in Shantung, all of which were transferred directly to Japan. It was
- this arrangement that led the Chinese delegation to withhold their
- signatures from the treaty.
- =The League of Nations.=--High among the purposes which he had in mind
- in summoning the nation to arms, President Wilson placed the desire to
- put an end to war. All through the United States the people spoke of the
- "war to end war." No slogan called forth a deeper response from the
- public. The President himself repeatedly declared that a general
- association of nations must be formed to guard the peace and protect all
- against the ambitions of the few. "As I see it," he said in his address
- on opening the Fourth Liberty Loan campaign, "the constitution of the
- League of Nations and the clear definition of its objects must be a
- part, in a sense the most essential part, of the peace settlement
- itself."
- Nothing was more natural, therefore, than Wilson's insistence at Paris
- upon the formation of an international association. Indeed he had gone
- to Europe in person largely to accomplish that end. Part One of the
- treaty with Germany, the Covenant of the League of Nations, was due to
- his labors more than to any other influence. Within the League thus
- created were to be embraced all the Allied and Associated Powers and
- nearly all the neutrals. By a two-thirds vote of the League Assembly the
- excluded nations might be admitted.
- The agencies of the League of Nations were to be three in number: (1) a
- permanent secretariat located at Geneva; (2) an Assembly consisting of
- one delegate from each country, dominion, or self-governing colony
- (including Canada, Australia, South Africa, New Zealand, and India); (3)
- and a Council consisting of representatives of the United States, Great
- Britain, France, Italy, and Japan, and four other representatives
- selected by the Assembly from time to time.
- The duties imposed on the League and the obligations accepted by its
- members were numerous and important. The Council was to take steps to
- formulate a scheme for the reduction of armaments and to submit a plan
- for the establishment of a permanent Court of International Justice. The
- members of the League (Article X) were to respect and preserve as
- against external aggression the territorial integrity and existing
- political independence of all the associated nations. They were to
- submit to arbitration or inquiry by the Council all disputes which could
- not be adjusted by diplomacy and in no case to resort to war until three
- months after the award. Should any member disregard its covenants, its
- action would be considered an act of war against the League, which would
- accordingly cut off the trade and business of the hostile member and
- recommend through the Council to the several associated governments the
- military measures to be taken. In case the decision in any arbitration
- of a dispute was unanimous, the members of the League affected by it
- were to abide by it.
- Such was the settlement at Paris and such was the association of nations
- formed to promote the peace of the world. They were quickly approved by
- most of the powers, and the first Assembly of the League of Nations met
- at Geneva late in 1920.
- =The Treaty in the United States.=--When the treaty was presented to the
- United States Senate for approval, a violent opposition appeared. In
- that chamber the Republicans had a slight majority and a two-thirds vote
- was necessary for ratification. The sentiment for and against the treaty
- ran mainly along party lines; but the Republicans were themselves
- divided. The major portion, known as "reservationists," favored
- ratification with certain conditions respecting American rights; while a
- small though active minority rejected the League of Nations in its
- entirety, announcing themselves to be "irreconcilables." The grounds of
- this Republican opposition lay partly in the terms of peace imposed on
- Germany and partly in the Covenant of the League of Nations. Exception
- was taken to the clauses which affected the rights of American citizens
- in property involved in the adjustment with Germany, but the burden of
- criticism was directed against the League. Article X guaranteeing
- against external aggression the political independence and territorial
- integrity of the members of the League was subjected to a specially
- heavy fire; while the treatment accorded to China and the sections
- affecting American internal affairs were likewise attacked as "unjust
- and dangerous." As an outcome of their deliberations, the Republicans
- proposed a long list of reservations which touched upon many of the
- vital parts of the treaty. These were rejected by President Wilson as
- amounting in effect to a "nullification of the treaty." As a deadlock
- ensued the treaty was definitely rejected, owing to the failure of its
- sponsors to secure the requisite two-thirds vote.
- [Illustration: EUROPE]
- =The League of Nations in the Campaign of 1920.=--At this juncture the
- presidential campaign of 1920 opened. The Republicans, while condemning
- the terms of the proposed League, endorsed the general idea of an
- international agreement to prevent war. Their candidate, Senator
- Warren G. Harding of Ohio, maintained a similar position without saying
- definitely whether the League devised at Paris could be recast in such a
- manner as to meet his requirements. The Democrats, on the other hand,
- while not opposing limitations clarifying the obligations of the United
- States, demanded "the immediate ratification of the treaty without
- reservations which would impair its essential integrity." The Democratic
- candidate, Governor James M. Cox, of Ohio, announced his firm conviction
- that the United States should "go into the League," without closing the
- door to mild reservations; he appealed to the country largely on that
- issue. The election of Senator Harding, in an extraordinary "landslide,"
- coupled with the return of a majority of Republicans to the Senate, made
- uncertain American participation in the League of Nations.
- =The United States and International Entanglements.=--Whether America
- entered the League or not, it could not close its doors to the world and
- escape perplexing international complications. It had ever-increasing
- financial and commercial connections with all other countries. Our
- associates in the recent war were heavily indebted to our government.
- The prosperity of American industries depended to a considerable extent
- upon the recovery of the impoverished and battle-torn countries of
- Europe.
- There were other complications no less specific. The United States was
- compelled by force of circumstances to adopt a Russian policy. The
- government of the Czar had been overthrown by a liberal revolution,
- which in turn had been succeeded by an extreme, communist
- "dictatorship." The Bolsheviki, or majority faction of the socialists,
- had obtained control of the national council of peasants, workingmen,
- and soldiers, called the soviet, and inaugurated a radical regime. They
- had made peace with Germany in March, 1918. Thereupon the United States
- joined England, France, and Japan in an unofficial war upon them. After
- the general settlement at Paris in 1919, our government, while
- withdrawing troops from Siberia and Archangel, continued in its refusal
- to recognize the Bolshevists or to permit unhampered trade with them.
- President Wilson repeatedly denounced them as the enemies of
- civilization and undertook to lay down for all countries the principles
- which should govern intercourse with Russia.
- Further international complications were created in connection with the
- World War, wholly apart from the terms of peace or the League of
- Nations. The United States had participated in a general European
- conflict which changed the boundaries of countries, called into being
- new nations, and reduced the power and territories of the vanquished.
- Accordingly, it was bound to face the problem of how far it was prepared
- to cooperate with the victors in any settlement of Europe's
- difficulties. By no conceivable process, therefore, could America be
- disentangled from the web of world affairs. Isolation, if desirable, had
- become impossible. Within three hundred years from the founding of the
- tiny settlements at Jamestown and Plymouth, America, by virtue of its
- institutions, its population, its wealth, and its commerce, had become
- first among the nations of the earth. By moral obligations and by
- practical interests its fate was thus linked with the destiny of all
- mankind.
- SUMMARY OF DEMOCRACY AND THE WORLD WAR
- The astounding industrial progress that characterized the period
- following the Civil War bequeathed to the new generation many perplexing
- problems connected with the growth of trusts and railways, the
- accumulation of great fortunes, the increase of poverty in the
- industrial cities, the exhaustion of the free land, and the acquisition
- of dominions in distant seas. As long as there was an abundance of land
- in the West any able-bodied man with initiative and industry could
- become an independent farmer. People from the cities and immigrants from
- Europe had always before them that gateway to property and prosperity.
- When the land was all gone, American economic conditions inevitably
- became more like those of Europe.
- Though the new economic questions had been vigorously debated in many
- circles before his day, it was President Roosevelt who first discussed
- them continuously from the White House. The natural resources of the
- country were being exhausted; he advocated their conservation. Huge
- fortunes were being made in business creating inequalities in
- opportunity; he favored reducing them by income and inheritance taxes.
- Industries were disturbed by strikes; he pressed arbitration upon
- capital and labor. The free land was gone; he declared that labor was in
- a less favorable position to bargain with capital and therefore should
- organize in unions for collective bargaining. There had been wrong-doing
- on the part of certain great trusts; those responsible should be
- punished.
- The spirit of reform was abroad in the land. The spoils system was
- attacked. It was alleged that the political parties were dominated by
- "rings and bosses." The United States Senate was called "a millionaires'
- club." Poverty and misery were observed in the cities. State
- legislatures and city governments were accused of corruption.
- In answer to the charges, remedies were proposed and adopted. Civil
- service reform was approved. The Australian ballot, popular election of
- Senators, the initiative, referendum, and recall, commission and city
- manager plans for cities, public regulation of railways, compensation
- for those injured in industries, minimum wages for women and children,
- pensions for widows, the control of housing in the cities--these and a
- hundred other reforms were adopted and tried out. The national watchword
- became: "America, Improve Thyself."
- The spirit of reform broke into both political parties. It appeared in
- many statutes enacted by Congress under President Taft's leadership. It
- disrupted the Republicans temporarily in 1912 when the Progressive party
- entered the field. It led the Democratic candidate in that year,
- Governor Wilson, to make a "progressive appeal" to the voters. It
- inspired a considerable program of national legislation under President
- Wilson's two administrations.
- In the age of change, four important amendments to the federal
- constitution, the first in more than forty years, were adopted. The
- sixteenth empowered Congress to lay an income tax. The seventeenth
- assured popular election of Senators. The eighteenth made prohibition
- national. The nineteenth, following upon the adoption of woman suffrage
- in many states, enfranchised the women of the nation.
- In the sphere of industry, equally great changes took place. The major
- portion of the nation's business passed into the hands of corporations.
- In all the leading industries of the country labor was organized into
- trade unions and federated in a national organization. The power of
- organized capital and organized labor loomed upon the horizon. Their
- struggles, their rights, and their place in the economy of the nation
- raised problems of the first magnitude.
- While the country was engaged in a heated debate upon its domestic
- issues, the World War broke out in Europe in 1914. As a hundred years
- before, American rights upon the high seas became involved at once. They
- were invaded on both sides; but Germany, in addition to assailing
- American ships and property, ruthlessly destroyed American lives. She
- set at naught the rules of civilized warfare upon the sea. Warnings from
- President Wilson were without avail. Nothing could stay the hand of the
- German war party.
- After long and patient negotiations, President Wilson in 1917 called
- upon the nation to take up arms against an assailant that had in effect
- declared war upon America. The answer was swift and firm. The national
- resources, human and material, were mobilized. The navy was enlarged, a
- draft army created, huge loans floated, heavy taxes laid, and the spirit
- of sacrifice called forth in a titanic struggle against an autocratic
- power that threatened to dominate Europe and the World.
- In the end, American financial, naval, and military assistance counted
- heavily in the scale. American sailors scoured the seas searching for
- the terrible submarines. American soldiers took part in the last great
- drives that broke the might of Germany's army. Such was the nation's
- response to the President's summons to arms in a war "for democracy" and
- "to end war."
- When victory crowned the arms of the powers united against Germany,
- President Wilson in person took part in the peace council. He sought to
- redeem his pledge to end wars by forming a League of Nations to keep the
- peace. In the treaty drawn at the close of the war the first part was a
- covenant binding the nations in a permanent association for the
- settlement of international disputes. This treaty, the President offered
- to the United States Senate for ratification and to his country for
- approval.
- Once again, as in the days of the Napoleonic wars, the people seriously
- discussed the place of America among the powers of the earth. The Senate
- refused to ratify the treaty. World politics then became an issue in the
- campaign of 1920. Though some Americans talked as if the United States
- could close its doors and windows against all mankind, the victor in the
- election, Senator Harding, of Ohio, knew better. The election returns
- were hardly announced before he began to ask the advice of his
- countrymen on the pressing theme that would not be downed: "What part
- shall America--first among the nations of the earth in wealth and
- power--assume at the council table of the world?"
- =General References=
- Woodrow Wilson, _The New Freedom_.
- C.L. Jones, _The Caribbean Interests of the United States_.
- H.P. Willis, _The Federal Reserve_.
- C.W. Barron, _The Mexican Problem_ (critical toward Mexico).
- L.J. de Bekker, _The Plot against Mexico_ (against American
- intervention).
- Theodore Roosevelt, _America and the World War_.
- E.E. Robinson and V.J. West, _The Foreign Policy of Woodrow Wilson_.
- J.S. Bassett, _Our War with Germany_.
- Carlton J.H. Hayes, _A Brief History of the Great War_.
- J.B. McMaster, _The United States in the World War_.
- =Research Topics=
- =President Wilson's First Term.=--Elson, _History of the United States_,
- pp. 925-941.
- =The Underwood Tariff Act.=--Ogg, _National Progress_ (The American
- Nation Series), pp. 209-226.
- =The Federal Reserve System.=--Ogg, pp. 228-232.
- =Trust and Labor Legislation.=--Ogg, pp. 232-236.
- =Legislation Respecting the Territories.=--Ogg, pp. 236-245.
- =American Interests in the Caribbean.=--Ogg, pp. 246-265.
- =American Interests in the Pacific.=--Ogg, pp. 304-324.
- =Mexican Affairs.=--Haworth, pp. 388-395; Ogg, pp. 284-304.
- =The First Phases of the European War.=--Haworth, pp. 395-412; Ogg, pp.
- 325-343.
- =The Campaign of 1916.=--Haworth, pp. 412-418; Ogg, pp. 364-383.
- =America Enters the War.=--Haworth, pp. 422-440; pp. 454-475. Ogg, pp.
- 384-399; Elson, pp. 951-970.
- =Mobilizing the Nation.=--Haworth, pp. 441-453.
- =The Peace Settlement.=--Haworth, pp. 475-497; Elson, pp. 971-982.
- =Questions=
- 1. Enumerate the chief financial measures of the Wilson administration.
- Review the history of banks and currency and give the details of the
- Federal reserve law.
- 2. What was the Wilson policy toward trusts? Toward labor?
- 3. Review again the theory of states' rights. How has it fared in recent
- years?
- 4. What steps were taken in colonial policies? In the Caribbean?
- 5. Outline American-Mexican relations under Wilson.
- 6. How did the World War break out in Europe?
- 7. Account for the divided state of opinion in America.
- 8. Review the events leading up to the War of 1812. Compare them with
- the events from 1914 to 1917.
- 9. State the leading principles of international law involved and show
- how they were violated.
- 10. What American rights were assailed in the submarine campaign?
- 11. Give Wilson's position on the _Lusitania_ affair.
- 12. How did the World War affect the presidential campaign of 1916?
- 13. How did Germany finally drive the United States into war?
- 14. State the American war aims given by the President.
- 15. Enumerate the measures taken by the government to win the war.
- 16. Review the part of the navy in the war. The army.
- 17. How were the terms of peace formulated?
- 18. Enumerate the principal results of the war.
- 19. Describe the League of Nations.
- 20. Trace the fate of the treaty in American politics.
- 21. Can there be a policy of isolation for America?
- APPENDIX
- CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES
- We the people of the United States, in order to form a more
- perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, provide
- for the common defence, promote the general welfare, and secure the
- blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and
- establish this Constitution for the United States of America.
- ARTICLE I
- SECTION 1. All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested in a
- Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House
- of Representatives.
- SECTION 2. 1. The House of Representatives shall be composed of members
- chosen every second year by the people of the several States, and the
- electors in each State shall have the qualifications requisite for
- electors of the most numerous branch of the State legislature.
- 2. No person shall be a representative who shall not have attained to
- the age of twenty-five years, and been seven years a citizen of the
- United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that
- State in which he shall be chosen.
- 3. Representatives and direct taxes[3] shall be apportioned among the
- several States which may be included within this Union, according to
- their respective numbers, which shall be determined by adding to the
- whole number of free persons, including those bound to service for a
- term of years, and excluding Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all
- other persons.[3] The actual enumeration shall be made within three
- years after the first meeting of the Congress of the United States, and
- within every subsequent term of ten years, in such manner as they shall
- by law direct. The number of representatives shall not exceed one for
- every thirty thousand, but each State shall have at least one
- representative; and until such enumeration shall be made, the State of
- New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts eight,
- Rhode Island and Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York
- six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six,
- Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina five, and Georgia
- three.
- 4. When vacancies happen in the representation from any State, the
- executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election to fill such
- vacancies.
- 5. The House of Representatives shall choose their speaker and other
- officers; and shall have the sole power of impeachment.
- SECTION 3. 1. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two
- senators from each State, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six
- years; and each senator shall have one vote.[4]
- 2. Immediately after they shall be assembled in consequence of the first
- election, they shall be divided as equally as may be into three classes.
- The seats of the senators of the first class shall be vacated at the
- expiration of the second year, of the second class at the expiration of
- the fourth year, and of the third class at the expiration of the sixth
- year, so that one-third may be chosen every second year; and if
- vacancies happen by resignation, or otherwise, during the recess of the
- legislature of any State, the executive thereof may make temporary
- appointments until the next meeting of the legislature, which shall then
- fill such vacancies.[5]
- 3. No person shall be a senator who shall not have attained to the age
- of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the United States, and
- who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State for which he
- shall be chosen.
- 4. The Vice-President of the United States shall be President of the
- Senate, but shall have no vote, unless they be equally divided.
- 5. The Senate shall choose their other officers, and also a President
- _pro tempore_, in the absence of the Vice-President, or when he shall
- exercise the office of President of the United States.
- 6. The Senate shall have the sole power to try all impeachments. When
- sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath or affirmation. When the
- President of the United States is tried, the chief justice shall
- preside: And no person shall be convicted without the concurrence of
- two-thirds of the members present.
- 7. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to
- removal from office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any office
- of honor, trust, or profit under the United States: but the party
- convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial,
- judgment, and punishment, according to law.
- SECTION 4. 1. The times, places, and manner of holding elections for
- senators and representatives, shall be prescribed in each State by the
- legislature thereof; but the Congress may at any time by law make or
- alter such regulations, except as to the places of choosing senators.
- 2. The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year, and such
- meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, unless they shall by
- law appoint a different day.
- SECTION 5. 1. Each House shall be the judge of the elections, returns
- and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each shall
- constitute a quorum to do business; but a smaller number may adjourn
- from day to day, and may be authorized to compel the attendance of
- absent members, in such manner, and under such penalties as each House
- may provide.
- 2. Each House may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its
- members for disorderly behaviour, and, with the concurrence of
- two-thirds, expel a member.
- 3. Each House shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and from time to
- time publish the same, excepting such parts as may in their judgment
- require secrecy; and the yeas and nays of the members of either House on
- any question shall, at the desire of one-fifth of those present, be
- entered on the journal.
- 4. Neither House, during the session of Congress, shall, without the
- consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other
- place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.
- SECTION 6. 1. The senators and representatives shall receive a
- compensation for their services, to be ascertained by law, and paid out
- of the Treasury of the United States. They shall in all cases, except
- treason, felony, and breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest
- during their attendance at the sessions of their respective Houses, and
- in going to and returning from the same; and, for any speech or debate
- in either House, they shall not be questioned in any other place.
- 2. No senator or representative shall, during the time for which he was
- elected, be appointed to any civil office under the authority of the
- United States, which shall have been created, or the emoluments whereof
- shall have been increased during such time; and no person, holding any
- office under the United States, shall be a member of either House during
- his continuance in office.
- SECTION 7. 1. All bills for raising revenue shall originate in the House
- of Representatives; but the Senate may propose or concur with amendments
- as on other bills.
- 2. Every bill, which shall have passed the House of Representatives; and
- the Senate, shall, before it become a law, be presented to the President
- of the United States; if he approve he shall sign it, but if not he
- shall return it with his objections to that House, in which it shall
- have originated, who shall enter the objections at large on their
- journal, and proceed to reconsider it. If after such reconsideration
- two-thirds of that House shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent,
- together with the objections, to the other House, by which it shall
- likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two-thirds of that House,
- it shall become a law. But in all such cases the votes of both Houses
- shall be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of the persons
- voting for and against the bill shall be entered on the journal of each
- House respectively. If any bill shall not be returned by the President
- within ten days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to
- him, the same shall be a law, in like manner as if he had signed it,
- unless the Congress by their adjournment prevent its return, in which
- case it shall not be a law.
- 3. Every order, resolution, or vote to which the concurrence of the
- Senate and House of Representatives may be necessary (except on a
- question of adjournment) shall be presented to the President of the
- United States and before the same shall take effect, shall be approved
- by him, or being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two-thirds of
- the Senate and House of Representatives, according to the rules and
- limitations prescribed in the case of a bill.
- SECTION 8. The Congress shall have power: 1. To lay and collect taxes,
- duties, imposts, and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the
- common defence and general welfare of the United States; but all duties,
- imposts, and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;
- 2. To borrow money on the credit of the United States;
- 3. To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several
- States, and with the Indian tribes;
- 4. To establish an uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform laws on
- the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United States;
- 5. To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and
- fix the standard of weights and measures;
- 6. To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securities and
- current coin of the United States;
- 7. To establish post offices and post roads;
- 8. To promote the progress of science and useful arts by securing for
- limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their
- respective writings and discoveries;
- 9. To constitute tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court;
- 10. To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on the high
- seas, and offences against the law of nations;
- 11. To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and make rules
- concerning captures on land and water;
- 12. To raise and support armies, but no appropriation of money to that
- use shall be for a longer term than two years;
- 13. To provide and maintain a navy;
- 14. To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and
- naval forces;
- 15. To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the
- Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions;
- 16. To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining the militia,
- and for governing such part of them as may be employed in the service
- of the United States, reserving to the States respectively the
- appointment of the officers, and the authority of training the militia
- according to the discipline prescribed by Congress.
- 17. To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever, over such
- district (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by cession of
- particular States and the acceptance of Congress, become the seat of the
- government of the United States, and to exercise like authority over all
- places purchased by the consent of the legislature of the State in which
- the same shall be, for the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals,
- dock-yards, and other needful buildings;--and
- 18. To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying
- into execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers vested by this
- Constitution in the government of the United States, or in any
- department or officer thereof.
- SECTION 9. 1. The migration or importation of such persons as any of the
- States now existing shall think proper to admit, shall not be prohibited
- by the Congress prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and eight,
- but a tax or duty may be imposed on such importation, not exceeding ten
- dollars for each person.
- 2. The privilege of the writ of _habeas corpus_ shall not be suspended,
- unless when in cases of rebellion or invasion the public safety may
- require it.
- 3. No bill of attainder or _ex post facto_ law shall be passed.
- 4. No capitation, or other direct, tax shall be laid, unless in
- proportion to the census or enumeration hereinbefore directed to be
- taken.[6]
- 5. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from any State.
- 6. No preference shall be given by any regulation of commerce or revenue
- to the ports of one State over those of another: nor shall vessels bound
- to, or from, one State, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay duties in
- another.
- 7. No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in consequence of
- appropriations made by law; and a regular statement and account of the
- receipts and expenditures of all public money shall be published from
- time to time.
- 8. No title of nobility shall be granted by the United States; and no
- person, holding any office of profit or trust under them, shall, without
- the consent of the Congress, accept of any present, emolument, office,
- or title, of any kind whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign State.
- SECTION 10. 1. No State shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or
- confederation; grant letters of marque and reprisal; coin money; emit
- bills of credit; make anything but gold and silver coin a tender in
- payment of debts; pass any bill of attainder, _ex post facto_ law, or
- law impairing the obligation of contracts, or grant any title of
- nobility.
- 2. No State shall, without the consent of the Congress, lay any imposts
- or duties on imports or exports, except what may be absolutely necessary
- for executing its inspection laws: and the net produce of all duties and
- imposts, laid by any State on imports or exports, shall be for the use
- of the Treasury of the United States; and all such laws shall be subject
- to the revision and control of the Congress.
- 3. No State shall, without the consent of Congress, lay any duty of
- tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war in time of peace, enter into any
- agreement or compact with another State, or with a foreign power, or
- engage in war unless actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as
- will not admit of delay.
- ARTICLE II
- SECTION 1. 1. The executive power shall be vested in a President of the
- United States of America. He shall hold his office during the term of
- four years, and, together with the Vice-President, chosen for the same
- term, be elected, as follows:
- 2. Each State shall appoint, in such manner as the legislature thereof
- may direct, a number of electors, equal to the whole number of senators
- and representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress;
- but no senator or representative, or person holding an office of trust
- or profit under the United States, shall be appointed an elector.[7] The
- electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot for
- two persons, of whom one at least shall not be an inhabitant of the same
- State with themselves. And they shall make a list of all the persons
- voted for, and of the number of votes for each; which list they shall
- sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the government of
- the United States, directed to the president of the Senate. The
- President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House
- of Representatives, open all the certificates, and the votes shall then
- be counted. The person having the greatest number of votes shall be the
- President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors
- appointed; and if there be more than one who have such majority, and
- have an equal number of votes, then the House of Representatives shall
- immediately choose by ballot one of them for President; and if no person
- have a majority, then from the five highest on the list the said House
- shall in like manner choose the President. But in choosing the
- President, the votes shall be taken by States, the representation from
- each State having one vote; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of a
- member or members from two-thirds of the States and a majority of all
- the States shall be necessary to a choice. In every case, after the
- choice of the President, the person having the greatest number of votes
- of the electors shall be the Vice-President. But if there should remain
- two or more who have equal votes, the Senate shall choose from them by
- ballot the Vice-President.[8]
- 3. The Congress may determine the time of choosing the electors, and the
- day on which they shall give their votes; which day shall be the same
- throughout the United States.
- 4. No person except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of the United
- States, at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, shall be
- eligible to the office of President; neither shall any person be
- eligible to that office who shall not have attained to the age of
- thirty-five years, and been fourteen years a resident within the United
- States.
- 5. In case of the removal of the President from office, or of his death,
- resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and duties of the said
- office, the same shall devolve on the Vice-President, and the Congress
- may by law provide for the case of removal, death, resignation, or
- inability both of the President and Vice-President, declaring what
- officer shall then act as President, and such officer shall act
- accordingly, until the disability be removed, or a President shall be
- elected.
- 6. The President shall, at stated times, receive for his services a
- compensation, which shall neither be increased nor diminished during the
- period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive
- within that period any other emolument from the United States, or any of
- them.
- 7. Before he enter on the execution of his office, he shall take the
- following oath or affirmation:--"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I
- will faithfully execute the office of President of the United States,
- and will to the best of my ability, preserve, protect, and defend the
- Constitution of the United States."
- SECTION 2. 1. The President shall be commander-in-chief of the army and
- navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several States,
- when called into the actual service of the United States; he may require
- the opinion, in writing, of the principal officer in each of the
- executive departments, upon any subject relating to the duties of their
- respective offices, and he shall have power to grant reprieves and
- pardons for offences against the United States, except in cases of
- impeachment.
- 2. He shall have power, by and with the advice and consent of the
- Senate, to make treaties, provided two-thirds of the senators present
- concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of
- the Senate, shall appoint ambassadors, other public ministers and
- consuls, judges of the Supreme Court, and all other officers of the
- United States, whose appointments are not herein otherwise provided for,
- and which shall be established by law: but the Congress may by law vest
- the appointment of such inferior officers, as they think proper, in the
- President alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of departments.
- 3. The President shall have power to fill all vacancies that may happen
- during the recess of the Senate, by granting commissions which shall
- expire at the end of their next session.
- SECTION 3. He shall from time to time give to the Congress information
- on the state of the Union, and recommend to their consideration such
- measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient; he may, on
- extraordinary occasions, convene both Houses, or either of them, and in
- case of disagreement between them, with respect to the time of
- adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time as he shall think proper;
- he shall receive ambassadors and other public ministers; he shall take
- care that the laws be faithfully executed, and shall commission all the
- officers of the United States.
- SECTION 4. The President, Vice-President, and all civil officers of the
- United States shall be removed from office on impeachment for, and
- conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors.
- ARTICLE III
- SECTION 1. The judicial power of the United States shall be vested in
- one Supreme Court, and in such inferior courts as the Congress may from
- time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both of the Supreme and
- inferior courts, shall hold their offices during good behaviour, and
- shall, at stated times, receive for their services a compensation, which
- shall not be diminished during their continuance in office.
- SECTION 2. 1. The judicial power shall extend to all cases, in law and
- equity, arising under this Constitution, the laws of the United States,
- and treaties made, or which shall be made, under their authority;--to
- all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls;--to
- all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction;--to controversies to
- which the United States shall be a party;--to controversies between two
- or more States;--between a State and citizens of another
- State;[9]--between citizens of different States;--between citizens of
- the same State claiming lands under grants of different States;--and
- between a State, or the citizens thereof, and foreign States, citizens,
- or subjects.
- 2. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and
- consuls and those in which a State shall be a party, the Supreme Court
- shall have original jurisdiction. In all the other cases before
- mentioned, the Supreme Court shall have appellate jurisdiction, both as
- to law and fact, with such exceptions and under such regulations as the
- Congress shall make.
- 3. The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, shall be by
- jury; and such trial shall be held in the State where the said crimes
- shall have been committed; but when not committed within any State, the
- trial shall be at such place or places as the Congress may by law have
- directed.
- SECTION 3. 1. Treason against the United States shall consist only in
- levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them
- aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the
- testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in
- open court.
- 2. The Congress shall have power to declare the punishment of treason,
- but no attainder of treason shall work corruption of blood or forfeiture
- except during the life of the person attainted.
- ARTICLE IV
- SECTION 1. Full faith and credit shall be given in each State to the
- public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of every other State. And
- the Congress may by general laws prescribe the manner in which such
- acts, records, and proceedings shall be proved, and the effect thereof.
- SECTION 2. 1. The citizens of each State shall be entitled to all
- privileges and immunities of citizens in the several States.
- 2. A person charged in any State with treason, felony, or other crime,
- who shall flee from justice, and be found in another State, shall on
- demand of the executive authority of the State from which he fled, be
- delivered up, to be removed to the State having jurisdiction of the
- crime.
- 3. No person held to service or labor in one State, under the laws
- thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or
- regulation therein, be discharged from such service or labor, but shall
- be delivered up on claim of the party to whom such service or labor may
- be due.
- SECTION 3. 1. New States may be admitted by the Congress into this
- Union; but no new State shall be formed or erected within the
- jurisdiction of any other State; nor any State be formed by the junction
- of two or more States, or parts of States, without the consent of the
- legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress.
- 2. The Congress shall have power to dispose of and make all needful
- rules and regulations respecting the territory or other property
- belonging to the United States; and nothing in this Constitution shall
- be so construed as to prejudice any claims, of the United States, or of
- any particular State.
- SECTION 4. The United States shall guarantee to every State in this
- Union a republican form of government, and shall protect each of them
- against invasion; and on application of the legislature, or of the
- executive (when the legislature cannot be convened), against domestic
- violence.
- ARTICLE V
- The Congress, whenever two-thirds of both Houses shall deem it
- necessary, shall propose amendments to this Constitution, or, on the
- application of the legislatures of two-thirds of the several States,
- shall call a convention for proposing amendments, which, in either case,
- shall be valid to all intents and purposes as part of this Constitution,
- when ratified by the legislatures of three-fourths of the several
- States, or by conventions in three-fourths thereof, as the one or the
- other mode of ratification may be proposed by the Congress; provided
- that no amendment which may be made prior to the year one thousand eight
- hundred and eight shall in any manner affect the first and fourth
- clauses in the ninth Section of the first article; and that no State,
- without its consent, shall be deprived of its equal suffrage in the
- Senate.
- ARTICLE VI
- 1. All debts contracted and engagements entered into, before the
- adoption of this Constitution, shall be as valid against the United
- States under this Constitution, as under the Confederation.
- 2. This Constitution and the laws of the United States which shall be
- made in pursuance thereof and all treaties made, or which shall be made,
- under the authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of
- the land; and the judges in every State shall be bound thereby, anything
- in the Constitution or laws of any State to the contrary
- notwithstanding.
- 3. The senators and representatives before mentioned, and the members of
- the several State legislatures, and all executive and judicial officers,
- both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by
- oath or affirmation to support this Constitution; but no religious test
- shall ever be required as a qualification to any office or public trust
- under the United States.
- ARTICLE VII
- The ratification of the conventions of nine States shall be sufficient
- for the establishment of this Constitution between the States so
- ratifying the same.
- Done in Convention by the unanimous consent of the States present the
- seventeenth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand seven
- hundred and eighty-seven and of the independence of the United States of
- America the twelfth. In witness whereof we have hereunto subscribed our
- names,
- G^O. WASHINGTON--
- Presidt. and Deputy from Virginia
- [and thirty-eight members from all the States except Rhode Island.]
- * * * * *
- Articles in addition to, and amendment of, the Constitution of the
- United States of America, proposed by Congress, and ratified by the
- legislatures of the several States pursuant to the fifth article of the
- original Constitution.
- ARTICLE I[10]
- Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or
- prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of
- speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to
- assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.
- ARTICLE II
- A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free
- State, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be
- infringed.
- ARTICLE III
- No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any house, without
- the consent of the owner, nor in time of war, but in a manner to be
- prescribed by law.
- ARTICLE IV
- The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers,
- and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be
- violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause,
- supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place
- to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.
- ARTICLE V
- No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous
- crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand jury, except in
- cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in
- actual service in time of war or public danger; nor shall any person be
- subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or
- limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness
- against himself; nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without
- due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use,
- without just compensation.
- ARTICLE VI
- In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a
- speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district
- wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have
- been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and
- cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against
- him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor,
- and to have the assistance of counsel for his defence.
- ARTICLE VII
- In suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed
- twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no
- fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise reexamined in any court of the
- United States, than according to the rules of the common law.
- ARTICLE VIII
- Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor
- cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.
- ARTICLE IX
- The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be
- construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.
- ARTICLE X
- The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor
- prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively,
- or to the people.
- ARTICLE XI[11]
- The judicial power of the United States shall not be construed to extend
- to any suit in law or equity, commenced or prosecuted against one of the
- United States by citizens of another State, or by citizens or subjects
- of any foreign State.
- ARTICLE XII[12]
- The electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot
- for President and Vice-President, one of whom at least shall not be an
- inhabitant of the same State with themselves; they shall name in their
- ballots the person voted for as President, and in distinct ballots the
- person voted for as Vice-President, and they shall make distinct lists
- of all persons voted for as President, and of all persons voted for as
- Vice-President, and of the number of votes for each, which lists they
- shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the
- government of the United States, directed to the President of the
- Senate;--The President of the Senate shall, in presence of the Senate
- and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes
- shall then be counted;--The person having the greatest number of votes
- for President, shall be the President, if such number be a majority of
- the whole number of electors appointed; and if no person have such
- majority, then from the persons having the highest numbers not exceeding
- three on the list of those voted for as President, the House of
- Representatives shall choose immediately, by ballot, the President. But
- in choosing the President, the votes shall be taken by States, the
- representation from each State having one vote; a quorum for this
- purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of the
- States, and a majority of all the States shall be necessary to a choice.
- And if the House of Representatives shall not choose a President
- whenever the right of choice shall devolve upon them, before the fourth
- day of March next following, then the Vice-President shall act as
- President, as in the case of the death or other constitutional
- disability of the President. The person having the greatest number of
- votes as Vice-President, shall be the Vice-President, if such number be
- a majority of the whole number of electors appointed, and if no person
- have a majority, then from the two highest members on the list, the
- Senate shall choose the Vice-President; a quorum for the purpose shall
- consist of two-thirds of the whole number of senators, and a majority of
- the whole number shall be necessary to a choice. But no person
- constitutionally ineligible to the office of President shall be eligible
- to that of Vice-President of the United States.
- ARTICLE XIII[13]
- SECTION 1. Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a
- punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted,
- shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to their
- jurisdiction.
- SECTION 2. Congress shall have power to enforce this article by
- appropriate legislation.
- ARTICLE XIV[14]
- SECTION 1. All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and
- subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States
- and of the State wherein they reside. No State shall make or enforce any
- law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the
- United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty,
- or property without due process of law; nor deny to any person within
- its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.
- SECTION 2. Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States
- according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of
- persons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed. But when the right
- to vote at any election for the choice of electors for President and
- Vice-President of the United States, representatives in Congress, the
- executive and judicial officers of a State, or the members of the
- legislature thereof, is denied to any of the male inhabitants of such
- State, being twenty-one years of age, and citizens of the United States,
- or in any way abridged, except for participation in rebellion or other
- crime, the basis of representation therein shall be reduced in the
- proportion which the number of such male citizens shall bear to the
- whole number of male citizens twenty-one years of age in such State.
- SECTION 3. No person shall be a senator or representative in Congress,
- or elector of President and Vice-President, or hold any office, civil or
- military, under the United States, or under any State, who, having
- previously taken an oath, as a member of Congress, or as an officer of
- the United States, or as a member of any State legislature, or as an
- executive or judicial officer of any State, to support the Constitution
- of the United States, shall have engaged in insurrection or rebellion
- against the same, or given aid or comfort to the enemies thereof. But
- Congress may by two-thirds vote of each House, remove such disability.
- SECTION 4. The validity of the public debt of the United States,
- authorized by law, including debts incurred for payment of pensions and
- bounties for services in suppressing insurrection or rebellion, shall
- not be questioned. But neither the United States nor any State shall
- assume or pay any debt or obligation incurred in aid of insurrection or
- rebellion against the United States, or any claim for the loss or
- emancipation of any slave; but all such debts, obligations, and claims
- shall be held illegal and void.
- SECTION 5. The Congress shall have power to enforce, by appropriate
- legislation, the provisions of this article.
- ARTICLE XV[15]
- SECTION 1. The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not
- be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of
- race, color, or previous condition of servitude.
- SECTION 2. The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by
- appropriate legislation.
- ARTICLE XVI[16]
- The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from
- whatever source derived, without apportionment among the several States,
- and without regard to any census or enumeration.
- ARTICLE XVII[17]
- The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two senators from
- each State, elected by the people thereof, for six years; and each
- senator shall have one vote. The electors in each State shall have the
- qualifications requisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the
- State legislature.
- When vacancies happen in the representation of any State in the Senate,
- the executive authority of each State shall issue writs of election to
- fill such vacancies: _Provided_ that the legislature of any State may
- empower the executive thereof to make temporary appointments until the
- people fill the vacancies by election as the legislature may direct.
- This amendment shall not be so construed as to effect the election or
- term of any senator chosen before it becomes valid as part of the
- Constitution.
- ARTICLE XVIII[18]
- SECTION 1. After one year from the ratification of this article the
- manufacture, sale, or transportation of intoxicating liquors within, the
- importation thereof into, or the exportation thereof from the United
- States and all territory subject to the jurisdiction thereof for
- beverage purposes is hereby prohibited.
- SECTION 2. The Congress and the several States shall have concurrent
- power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.
- SECTION 3. This article shall be inoperative unless it shall have been
- ratified as an amendment to the Constitution by the legislatures of the
- several States, as provided in the Constitution, within seven years from
- the date of the submission hereof to the States by the Congress.
- ARTICLE XIX[19]
- The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied
- or abridged by the United States or any State on account of sex.
- The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate
- legislation.
- POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES, BY STATES: 1920, 1910, 1900
- +---------------------+--------------------------------------------+
- | STATES | POPULATION |
- + +--------------+--------------+--------------+
- | | 1920 | 1910 | 1900 |
- +---------------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
- |United States | 105,708,771 | 91,972,266 | 75,994,575 |
- +---------------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
- |Alabama | 2,348,174 | 2,138,093 | 1,828,697 |
- |Arizona | 333,903 | 204,354 | 122,931 |
- |Arkansas | 1,752,204 | 1,574,449 | 1,311,564 |
- |California | 3,426,861 | 2,377,549 | 1,485,053 |
- |Colorado | 939,629 | 799,024 | 539,700 |
- |Connecticut | 1,380,631 | 1,114,756 | 908,420 |
- |Delaware | 223,003 | 202,322 | 184,735 |
- |District of Columbia | 437,571 | 331,069 | 278,718 |
- |Florida | 968,470 | 752,619 | 528,542 |
- |Georgia | 2,895,832 | 2,609,121 | 2,216,331 |
- |Idaho | 431,866 | 325,594 | 161,772 |
- |Illinois | 6,485,280 | 5,638,591 | 4,821,550 |
- |Indiana | 2,930,390 | 2,700,876 | 2,516,462 |
- |Iowa | 2,404,021 | 2,224,771 | 2,231,853 |
- |Kansas | 1,769,257 | 1,690,949 | 1,470,495 |
- |Kentucky | 2,416,630 | 2,289,905 | 2,147,174 |
- |Louisiana | 1,798,509 | 1,656,388 | 1,381,625 |
- |Maine | 768,014 | 742,371 | 694,466 |
- |Maryland | 1,449,661 | 1,295,346 | 1,188,044 |
- |Massachusetts | 3,852,356 | 3,366,416 | 2,805,346 |
- |Michigan | 3,668,412 | 2,810,173 | 2,420,982 |
- |Minnesota | 2,387,125 | 2,075,708 | 1,751,394 |
- |Mississippi | 1,790,618 | 1,797,114 | 1,551,270 |
- |Missouri | 3,404,055 | 3,293,335 | 3,106,665 |
- |Montana | 548,889 | 376,053 | 243,329 |
- |Nebraska | 1,296,372 | 1,192,214 | 1,066,300 |
- |Nevada | 77,407 | 81,875 | 42,335 |
- |New Hampshire | 443,407 | 430,572 | 411,588 |
- |New Jersey | 3,155,900 | 2,537,167 | 1,883,669 |
- |New Mexico | 360,350 | 327,301 | 195,310 |
- |New York | 10,384,829 | 9,113,614 | 7,268,894 |
- |North Carolina | 2,559,123 | 2,206,287 | 1,893,810 |
- |North Dakota | 645,680 | 577,056 | 319,146 |
- |Ohio | 5,759,394 | 4,767,121 | 4,157,545 |
- |Oklahoma | 2,028,283 | 1,657,155 | 790,391 |
- |Oregon | 783,389 | 672,765 | 413,536 |
- |Pennsylvania | 8,720,017 | 7,665,111 | 6,302,115 |
- |Rhode Island | 604,397 | 542,610 | 428,556 |
- |South Carolina | 1,683,724 | 1,515,400 | 1,340,316 |
- |South Dakota | 636,547 | 583,888 | 401,570 |
- |Tennessee | 2,337,885 | 2,184,789 | 2,020,616 |
- |Texas | 4,663,228 | 3,896,542 | 3,048,710 |
- |Utah | 449,396 | 373,351 | 276,749 |
- |Vermont | 352,428 | 355,956 | 343,641 |
- |Virginia | 2,309,187 | 2,061,612 | 1,854,184 |
- |Washington | 1,356,621 | 1,141,990 | 518,103 |
- |West Virginia | 1,463,701 | 1,221,119 | 958,800 |
- |Wisconsin | 2,632,067 | 2,333,860 | 2,069,042 |
- |Wyoming | 194,402 | 145,965 | 92,531 |
- +---------------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
- FOOTNOTES:
- [3] Partly superseded by the 14th Amendment, p. 639.
- [4] See the 17th Amendment, p. 641.
- [5] _Ibid._, p. 641.
- [6] See the 16th Amendment, p. 640.
- [7] The following paragraph was in force only from 1788 to 1803.
- [8] Superseded by the 12th Amendment, p. 638.
- [9] See the 11th Amendment, p. 638.
- [10] First ten amendments proposed by Congress, Sept. 25, 1789.
- Proclaimed to be in force Dec. 15, 1791.
- [11] Proposed Sept. 5, 1794. Declared in force January 8, 1798.
- [12] Adopted in 1804.
- [13] Adopted in 1865.
- [14] Adopted in 1868.
- [15] Proposed February 27, 1869. Declared in force March 30, 1870.
- [16] Passed July, 1909; proclaimed February 25, 1913.
- [17] Passed May, 1912, in lieu of paragraph one, Section 3, Article I,
- of the Constitution and so much of paragraph two of the same Section as
- relates to the filling of vacancies; proclaimed May 31, 1913.
- [18] Ratified January 16, 1919.
- [19] Ratified August 26, 1920.
- APPENDIX
- TABLE OF PRESIDENTS
- NAME STATE PARTY YEAR IN VICE-PRESIDENT
- OFFICE
- 1 George Washington Va. Fed. 1789-1797 John Adams
- 2 John Adams Mass. Fed. 1797-1801 Thomas Jefferson
- 3 Thomas Jefferson Va. Rep. 1801-1809 Aaron Burr
- George Clinton
- 4 James Madison Va. Rep. 1809-1817 George Clinton
- Elbridge Gerry
- 5 James Monroe Va. Rep. 1817-1825 Daniel D. Tompkins
- 6 John Q. Adams Mass. Rep. 1825-1829 John C. Calhoun
- 7 Andrew Jackson Tenn. Dem. 1829-1837 John C. Calhoun
- Martin Van Buren
- 8 Martin Van Buren N.Y. Dem. 1837-1841 Richard M. Johnson
- 9 Wm. H. Harrison Ohio Whig 1841-1841 John Tyler
- 10 John Tyler[20] Va. Whig 1841-1845
- 11 James K. Polk Tenn. Dem. 1845-1849 George M. Dallas
- 12 Zachary Taylor La. Whig 1849-1850 Millard Fillmore
- 13 Millard Fillmore[20] N.Y. Whig 1850-1853
- 14 Franklin Pierce N.H. Dem. 1853-1857 William R. King
- 15 James Buchanan Pa. Dem. 1857-1861 J.C. Breckinridge
- 16 Abraham Lincoln Ill. Rep. 1861-1865 Hannibal Hamlin
- Andrew Johnson
- 17 Andrew Johnson[20] Tenn. Rep. 1865-1869
- 18 Ulysses S. Grant Ill. Rep. 1869-1877 Schuyler Colfax
- Henry Wilson
- 19 Rutherford B. Hayes Ohio Rep. 1877-1881 Wm. A. Wheeler
- 20 James A. Garfield Ohio Rep. 1881-1881 Chester A. Arthur
- 21 Chester A. Arthur[20] N.Y. Rep. 1881-1885
- 22 Grover Cleveland N.Y. Dem. 1885-1889 Thomas A. Hendricks
- 23 Benjamin Harrison Ind. Rep. 1889-1893 Levi P. Morton
- 24 Grover Cleveland N.Y. Dem. 1893-1897 Adlai E. Stevenson
- 25 William McKinley Ohio Rep. 1897-1901 Garrett A. Hobart
- Theodore Roosevelt
- 26 Theodore Roosevelt[20]N.Y. Rep. 1901-1909 Chas. W. Fairbanks
- 27 William H. Taft Ohio Rep. 1909-1913 James S. Sherman
- 28 Woodrow Wilson N.J. Dem. 1913-1921 Thomas R. Marshall
- 29 Warren G. Harding Ohio Rep. 1921- Calvin Coolidge
- FOOTNOTES:
- [20] Promoted from the vice-presidency on the death of the president.
- POPULATION OF THE OUTLYING POSSESSIONS: 1920 AND 1910
- ----------------------------------------+--------------+---------------
- AREA | 1920 | 1910
- ----------------------------------------+--------------+---------------
- United States with outlying possessions |117,857,509 | 101,146,530
- +--------------+---------------
- Continental United States |105,708,771 | 91,972,266
- Outlying Possessions | 12,148,738 | 9,174,264
- +--------------|---------------
- Alaska | 54,899 | 64,356
- American Samoa | 8,056 | 7,251[21]
- Guam | 13,275 | 11,806
- Hawaii | 255,912 | 191,909
- Panama Canal Zone | 22,858 | 62,810[21]
- Porto Rico | 1,299,809 | 1,118,012
- Military and naval, etc., service | |
- abroad | 117,238 | 55,608
- Philippine Islands |10,350,640[22]| 7,635,426[23]
- Virgin Islands of the United States | 26,051[24]| 27,086[25]
- ----------------------------------------+--------------+---------------
- FOOTNOTES:
- [21] Population in 1912.
- [22] Population in 1918.
- [23] Population in 1903.
- [24] Population in 1917.
- [25] Population in 1911.
- A TOPICAL SYLLABUS
- As a result of a wholesome reaction against the purely chronological
- treatment of history, there is now a marked tendency in the direction of
- a purely topical handling of the subject. The topical method, however,
- may also be pushed too far. Each successive stage of any topic can be
- understood only in relation to the forces of the time. For that reason,
- the best results are reached when there is a combination of the
- chronological and the topical methods. It is therefore suggested that
- the teacher first follow the text closely and then review the subject
- with the aid of this topical syllabus. The references are to pages.
- =Immigration=
- I. Causes: religious (1-2, 4-11, 302), economic (12-17, 302-303),
- and political (302-303).
- II. Colonial immigration.
- 1. Diversified character: English, Scotch-Irish, Irish, Jews,
- Germans and other peoples (6-12).
- 2. Assimilation to an American type; influence of the land
- system (23-25, 411).
- 3. Enforced immigration: indentured servitude, slavery, etc.
- (13-17).
- III. Immigration between 1789-1890.
- 1. Nationalities: English, Irish, Germans, and Scandinavians
- (278, 302-303).
- 2. Relations to American life (432-433, 445).
- IV. Immigration and immigration questions after 1890.
- 1. Change in nationalities (410-411).
- 2. Changes in economic opportunities (411).
- 3. Problems of congestion and assimilation (410).
- 4. Relations to labor and illiteracy (582-586).
- 5. Oriental immigration (583).
- 6. The restriction of immigration (583-585).
- =Expansion of the United States=
- I. Territorial growth.
- 1. Territory of the United States in 1783 (134 and color map).
- 2. Louisiana purchase, 1803 (188-193 and color map).
- 3. Florida purchase, 1819 (204).
- 4. Annexation of Texas, 1845 (278-281).
- 5. Acquisition of Arizona, New Mexico, California, and other
- territory at close of Mexican War, 1848 (282-283).
- 6. The Gadsden purchase, 1853 (283).
- 7. Settlement of the Oregon boundary question, 1846 (284-286).
- 8. Purchase of Alaska from Russia, 1867 (479).
- 9. Acquisition of Tutuila in Samoan group, 1899 (481-482).
- 10. Annexation of Hawaii, 1898 (484).
- 11. Acquisition of Porto Rico, the Philippines, and Guam at
- close of Spanish War, 1898 (493-494).
- 12. Acquisition of Panama Canal strip, 1904 (508-510).
- 13. Purchase of Danish West Indies, 1917 (593).
- 14. Extension of protectorate over Haiti, Santo Domingo, and
- Nicaragua (593-594).
- II. Development of colonial self-government.
- 1. Hawaii (485).
- 2. Philippines (516-518).
- 3. Porto Rico (515-516).
- III. Sea power.
- 1. In American Revolution (118).
- 2. In the War of 1812 (193-201).
- 3. In the Civil War (353-354).
- 4. In the Spanish-American War (492).
- 5. In the Caribbean region (512-519).
- 6. In the Pacific (447-448, 481).
- 7. The role of the American navy (515).
- =The Westward Advance of the People=
- I. Beyond the Appalachians.
- 1. Government and land system (217-231).
- 2. The routes (222-224).
- 3. The settlers (221-223, 228-230).
- 4. Relations with the East (230-236).
- II. Beyond the Mississippi.
- 1. The lower valley (271-273).
- 2. The upper valley (275-276).
- III. Prairies, plains, and desert.
- 1. Cattle ranges and cowboys (276-278, 431-432).
- 2. The free homesteads (432-433).
- 3. Irrigation (434-436, 523-525).
- IV. The Far West.
- 1. Peculiarities of the West (433-440).
- 2. The railways (425-431).
- 3. Relations to the East and Europe (443-447).
- 4. American power in the Pacific (447-449).
- =The Wars of American History=
- I. Indian wars (57-59).
- II. Early colonial wars: King William's, Queen Anne's, and King
- George's (59).
- III. French and Indian War (Seven Years' War), 1754-1763 (59-61).
- IV. Revolutionary War, 1775-1783 (99-135).
- V. The War of 1812, 1812-1815 (193-201).
- VI. The Mexican War, 1845-1848 (276-284).
- VII. The Civil War, 1861-1865 (344-375).
- VIII. The Spanish War, 1898 (485-497).
- IX. The World War, 1914-1918 [American participation, 1917-1918]
- (596-625).
- =Government=
- I. Development of the American system of government.
- 1. Origin and growth of state government.
- _a._ The trading corporation (2-4), religious congregation
- (4-5), and proprietary system (5-6).
- _b._ Government of the colonies (48-53).
- _c._ Formation of the first state constitutions (108-110).
- _d._ The admission of new states (_see_ Index under each
- state).
- _e._ Influence of Jacksonian Democracy (238-247).
- _f._ Growth of manhood suffrage (238-244).
- _g._ Nullification and state sovereignty (180-182, 251-257).
- _h._ The doctrine of secession (345-346).
- _i._ Effects of the Civil War on position of states (366,
- 369-375).
- _j._ Political reform--direct government--initiative,
- referendum, and recall (540-544).
- 2. Origin and growth of national government.
- _a._ British imperial control over the colonies (64-72).
- _b._ Attempts at intercolonial union--New England
- Confederation, Albany plan (61-62).
- _c._ The Stamp Act Congress (85-86).
- _d._ The Continental Congresses (99-101).
- _e._ The Articles of Confederation (110-111, 139-143).
- _f._ The formation of the federal Constitution (143-160).
- _g._ Development of the federal Constitution.
- (1) Amendments 1-11--rights of persons and states (163).
- (2) Twelfth amendment--election of President (184, note).
- (3) Amendments 13-15--Civil War settlement (358, 366, 369,
- 370, 374, 375).
- (4) Sixteenth amendment--income tax (528-529).
- (5) Seventeenth amendment--election of Senators (541-542).
- (6) Eighteenth amendment--prohibition (591-592).
- (7) Nineteenth amendment--woman suffrage (563-568).
- 3. Development of the suffrage.
- _a._ Colonial restrictions (51-52).
- _b._ Provisions of the first state constitutions
- (110, 238-240).
- _c._ Position under federal Constitution of 1787 (149).
- _d._ Extension of manhood suffrage (241-244).
- _e._ Extension and limitation of negro suffrage (373-375,
- 382-387).
- _f._ Woman suffrage (560-568).
- II. Relation of government to economic and social welfare.
- 1. Debt and currency.
- _a._ Colonial paper money (80).
- _b._ Revolutionary currency and debt (125-127).
- _c._ Disorders under Articles of Confederation (140-141).
- _d._ Powers of Congress under the Constitution to coin money
- (_see_ Constitution in the Appendix).
- _e._ First United States bank notes (167).
- _f._ Second United States bank notes (257).
- _g._ State bank notes (258).
- _h._ Civil War greenbacks and specie payment (352-353, 454).
- _i._ The Civil War debt (252).
- _j._ Notes of National Banks under act of 1864 (369).
- _k._ Demonetization of silver and silver legislation
- (452-458).
- _l._ The gold standard (472).
- _m._ The federal reserve notes (589).
- _n._ Liberty bonds (606).
- 2. Banking systems.
- _a._ The first United States bank (167).
- _b._ The second United States bank--origin and destruction
- (203, 257-259).
- _c._ United States treasury system (263).
- _d._ State banks (258).
- _e._ The national banking system of 1864 (369).
- _f._ Services of banks (407-409).
- _g._ Federal reserve system (589).
- 3. The tariff.
- _a._ British colonial system (69-72).
- _b._ Disorders under Articles of Confederation (140).
- _c._ The first tariff under the Constitution (150, 167-168).
- _d._ Development of the tariff, 1816-1832 (252-254).
- _f._ Tariff and nullification (254-256).
- _g._ Development to the Civil War--attitude of South and West
- (264, 309-314, 357).
- _h._ Republicans and Civil War tariffs (352, 367).
- _i._ Revival of the tariff controversy under Cleveland (422).
- _j._ Tariff legislation after 1890--McKinley bill (422),
- Wilson bill (459), Dingley bill (472), Payne-Aldrich bill
- (528), Underwood bill (588).
- 4. Foreign and domestic commerce and transportation
- (_see_ Tariff, Immigration, and Foreign Relations).
- _a._ British imperial regulations (69-72).
- _b._ Confusion under Articles of Confederation (140).
- _c._ Provisions of federal Constitution (150).
- _d._ Internal improvements--aid to roads, canals, etc.
- (230-236).
- _e._ Aid to railways (403).
- _f._ Service of railways (402).
- _g._ Regulation of railways (460-461, 547-548).
- _h._ Control of trusts and corporations (461-462, 589-590).
- 5. Land and natural resources.
- _a._ British control over lands (80).
- _b._ Early federal land measures (219-221).
- _c._ The Homestead act (368, 432-445).
- _d._ Irrigation and reclamation (434-436, 523-525).
- _e._ Conservation of natural resources (523-526).
- 6. Legislation advancing human rights and general welfare
- (_see_ Suffrage).
- _a._ Abolition of slavery: civil and political rights of
- negroes (357-358, 373-375).
- _b._ Extension of civil and political rights to women
- (554-568).
- _c._ Legislation relative to labor conditions (549-551,
- 579-581, 590-591).
- _d._ Control of public utilities (547-549).
- _e._ Social reform and the war on poverty (549-551).
- _f._ Taxation and equality of opportunity (551-552).
- =Political Parties and Political Issues=
- I. The Federalists _versus_ the Anti-Federalists [Jeffersonian
- Republicans] from about 1790 to about 1816 (168-208, 201-203).
- 1. Federalist leaders: Hamilton, John Adams, John Marshall,
- Robert Morris.
- 2. Anti-Federalist leaders: Jefferson, Madison, Monroe.
- 3. Issues: funding the debt, assumption of state debts, first
- United States bank, taxation, tariff, strong central
- government _versus_ states' rights, and the Alien and
- Sedition acts.
- II. Era of "Good Feeling" from about 1816 to about 1824, a period
- of no organized party opposition (248).
- III. The Democrats [former Jeffersonian Republicans] _versus_ the
- Whigs [or National Republicans] from about 1832 to 1856
- (238-265, 276-290, 324-334).
- 1. Democratic leaders: Jackson, Van Buren, Calhoun, Benton.
- 2. Whig leaders: Webster and Clay.
- 3. Issues: second United States bank, tariff, nullification,
- Texas, internal improvements, and disposition of Western
- lands.
- IV. The Democrats _versus_ the Republicans from about 1856 to the
- present time (334-377, 388-389, 412-422, 451-475, 489-534,
- 588-620).
- 1. Democratic leaders: Jefferson Davis, Tilden, Cleveland,
- Bryan, and Wilson.
- 2. Republican leaders: Lincoln, Blaine, McKinley, Roosevelt.
- 3. Issues: Civil War and reconstruction, currency, tariff,
- taxation, trusts, railways, foreign policies, imperialism,
- labor questions, and policies with regard to land and
- conservation.
- V. Minor political parties.
- 1. Before the Civil War: Free Soil (319) and Labor Parties
- (306-307).
- 2. Since the Civil War: Greenback (463-464), Populist (464),
- Liberal Republican (420), Socialistic (577-579), Progressive
- (531-534, 602-603).
- =The Economic Development of the United States=
- I. The land and natural resources.
- 1. The colonial land system: freehold, plantation, and manor
- (20-25).
- 2. Development of the freehold in the West (220-221, 228-230).
- 3. The Homestead act and its results (368, 432-433).
- 4. The cattle range and cowboy (431-432).
- 5. Disappearance of free land (443-445).
- 6. Irrigation and reclamation (434-436).
- 7. Movement for the conservation of resources (523-526).
- II. Industry.
- 1. The rise of local and domestic industries (28-32).
- 2. British restrictions on American enterprise (67-69, 70-72).
- 3. Protective tariffs (see above, 648-649).
- 4. Development of industry previous to the Civil War (295-307).
- 5. Great progress of industry after the war (401-406).
- 6. Rise and growth of trusts and combinations (406-412,
- 472-474).
- III. Commerce and transportation.
- 1. Extent of colonial trade and commerce (32-35).
- 2. British regulation (69-70).
- 3. Effects of the Revolution and the Constitution
- (139-140, 154).
- 4. Growth of American shipping (195-196).
- 5. Waterways and canals (230-236).
- 6. Rise and extension of the railway system (298-300).
- 7. Growth of American foreign trade (445-449).
- IV. Rise of organized labor.
- 1. Early phases before the Civil War: local unions, city
- federations, and national unions in specific trades
- (304-307).
- 2. The National Trade Union, 1866-1872 (574-575).
- 3. The Knights of Labor (575-576).
- 4. The American Federation of Labor (573-574).
- _a._ Policies of the Federation (576-577).
- _b._ Relations to politics (579-581).
- _c._ Contests with socialists and radicals (577-579).
- _d._ Problems of immigration (582-585).
- 5. The relations of capital and labor.
- _a._ The corporation and labor (410, 570-571).
- _b._ Company unions and profit-sharing (571-572).
- _c._ Welfare work (573).
- _d._ Strikes (465, 526, 580-581).
- _e._ Arbitration (581-582).
- =American Foreign Relations=
- I. Colonial period.
- 1. Indian relations (57-59).
- 2. French relations (59-61).
- II. Period of conflict and independence.
- 1. Relations with Great Britain (77-108, 116-125, 132-135).
- 2. Establishment of connections with European powers (128).
- 3. The French alliance of 1778 (128-130).
- 4. Assistance of Holland and Spain (130).
- III. Relations with Great Britain since 1783.
- 1. Commercial settlement in Jay treaty of 1794 (177-178).
- 2. Questions arising out of European wars [1793-1801]
- (176-177, 180).
- 3. Blockade and embargo problems (193-199).
- 4. War of 1812 (199-201).
- 5. Monroe Doctrine and Holy Alliance (205-207).
- 6. Maine boundary--Webster-Ashburton treaty (265).
- 7. Oregon boundary (284-286).
- 8. Attitude of Great Britain during Civil War (354-355).
- 9. Arbitration of _Alabama_ claims (480-481).
- 10. The Samoan question (481-482)
- 11. The Venezuelan question (482-484).
- 12. British policy during Spanish-American War (496-497).
- 13. Controversy over blockade, 1914-1917 (598-600).
- 14. The World War (603-620).
- IV. Relations with France.
- 1. The colonial wars (59-61).
- 2. The French alliance of 1778 (128-130).
- 3. Controversies over the French Revolution (128-130).
- 4. Commercial questions arising out of the European wars
- (176-177, 180, 193-199).
- 5. Attitude of Napoleon III toward the Civil War (354-355).
- 6. The Mexican entanglement (478-479).
- 7. The World War (596-620).
- V. Relations with Germany.
- 1. Negotiations with Frederick, king of Prussia (128).
- 2. The Samoan controversy (481-482).
- 3. Spanish-American War (491).
- 4. The Venezuelan controversy (512).
- 5. The World War (596-620).
- VI. Relations with the Orient.
- 1. Early trading connections (486-487).
- 2. The opening of China (447).
- 3. The opening of Japan (448).
- 4. The Boxer rebellion and the "open door" policy (499-502).
- 5. Roosevelt and the close of the Russo-Japanese War (511).
- 6. The Oriental immigration question (583-584).
- VII. The United States and Latin America.
- 1. Mexican relations.
- _a._ Mexican independence and the Monroe Doctrine (205-207).
- _b._ Mexico and French intervention--policy of the United
- States (478-479).
- _c._ The overthrow of Diaz (1911) and recent questions
- (594-596).
- 2. Cuban relations.
- _a._ Slavery and the "Ostend Manifesto" (485-486).
- _b._ The revolutionary period, 1867-1877 (487).
- _c._ The revival of revolution (487-491).
- _d._ American intervention and the Spanish War (491-496).
- _e._ The Platt amendment and American protection (518-519).
- 3. Caribbean and other relations.
- _a._ Acquisition of Porto Rico (493).
- _b._ The acquisition of the Panama Canal strip (508-510).
- _c._ Purchase of Danish West Indies (593).
- _d._ Venezuelan controversies (482-484, 512).
- _e._ Extension of protectorate over Haiti, Santo Domingo,
- and Nicaragua (513-514, 592-594).
- INDEX
- Abolition, 318, 331
- Adams, Abigail, 556
- Adams, John, 97, 128, 179ff.
- Adams, J.Q., 247, 319
- Adams, Samuel, 90, 99, 108
- Adamson law, 590
- Aguinaldo, 497
- Alabama, admission, 227
- _Alabama_ claims, 480
- Alamance, battle, 92
- Alamo, 280
- Alaska, purchase, 479
- Albany, plan of union, 62
- Algonquins, 57
- Alien law, 180
- Amendment, method of, 156
- Amendments to federal Constitution: first eleven, 163
- twelfth, 184, note
- thirteenth, 358
- fourteenth, 366, 369, 387
- fifteenth, 358
- sixteenth, 528
- seventeenth, 542
- eighteenth, 591
- nineteenth, 563ff.
- American expeditionary force, 610
- American Federation of Labor, 573, 608
- Americanization, 585
- Amnesty, for Confederates, 383
- Andros, 65
- Annapolis, convention, 144
- Antietam, 357
- Anti-Federalists, 169
- Anti-slavery. _See_ Abolition
- Anthony, Susan, 564
- Appomattox, 363
- Arbitration: international, 480, 514, 617
- labor disputes, 582
- Arizona, admission, 443
- Arkansas, admission, 272
- Arnold, Benedict, 114, 120
- Articles of Confederation, 110, 139ff., 146
- Ashburton, treaty, 265
- Assembly, colonial, 49ff., 89ff.
- Assumption, 164ff.
- Atlanta, 361
- Australian ballot, 540
- Bacon, Nathaniel, 58
- Ballot: Australian, 540
- short, 544
- Baltimore, Lord, 6
- Bank: first U.S., 167
- second, 203, 257ff.
- Banking system: state, 300
- U.S. national, 369
- services of, 407
- _See also_ Federal reserve
- Barry, John, 118
- Bastille, 172
- Bell, John, 341
- Belleau Wood, 611
- Berlin decree, 194
- Blockade: by England and France, 193ff.
- Southern ports, 353
- law and practice in 1914, 598ff.
- Bond servants, 13ff.
- Boone, Daniel, 28, 218
- Boston: massacre, 91
- evacuation, 116
- port bill, 94
- Bowdoin, Governor, 142
- Boxer rebellion, 499
- Brandywine, 129
- Breckinridge, J.C., 340
- Bright, John, 355
- Brown, John, 338
- Brown University, 45
- Bryan, W.J., 468ff., 495, 502, 503, 527
- Buchanan, James, 335, 368
- Budget system, 529
- Bull Run, 350
- Bunker Hill, 102
- Burgoyne, General, 116, 118, 130
- Burke, Edmund, 87, 96ff., 132, 175
- Burr, Aaron, 183, 231
- Business. _See_ Industry
- Calhoun, J.C., 198ff., 203, 208, 281, 321, 328
- California, 286ff.
- Canada, 61, 114, 530
- Canals, 233, 298, 508
- Canning, British premier, 206
- Cannon, J.G., 530
- Cantigny, 611
- Caribbean, 479
- Carpet baggers, 373
- Cattle ranger, 431ff.
- Caucus, 245
- Censorship. _See_ Newspapers
- Charles I, 3
- Charles II, 65
- Charleston, 36, 116
- Charters, colonial, 2ff., 41
- Chase, Justice, 187
- Chateau-Thierry, 611
- Checks and balances, 153
- _Chesapeake_, the, 195
- Chickamauga, 361
- Child labor law, 591
- China, 447, 499ff.
- Chinese labor, 583
- Churches, colonial, 39ff., 42, 43
- Cities, 35, 36, 300ff., 395, 410, 544
- City manager plan, 545
- Civil liberty, 358ff., 561
- Civil service, 419, 536, 538ff.
- Clarendon, Lord, 6
- Clark, G.R., 116, 218
- Clay, Henry, 198, 203, 248, 261, 328
- Clayton anti-trust act, 489
- Clergy. _See_ Churches
- Cleveland, Grover, 421, 465, 482, 484, 489, 582
- Clinton, Sir Henry, 119
- Colorado, admission, 441
- Combination. _See_ Trusts
- Commerce, colonial, 33ff.
- disorders after 1781, 140
- Constitutional provisions on, 154
- Napoleonic wars, 176, 193ff.
- domestic growth of, 307
- congressional regulation of, 460ff., 547
- _See also_ Trusts and Railways
- Commission government, 544
- Committees of correspondence, 108
- _Commonsense_, pamphlet, 103
- Communism, colonial, 20f.
- Company, trading, 2f.
- Compromises: of Constitution, 148, 150, 151
- Missouri, 325, 332
- of 1850, 328ff.
- Crittenden, 350
- Conciliation, with England, 131
- Concord, battle, 100
- Confederacy, Southern, 346ff.
- Confederation: New England, 61f.
- _See also_ Articles of
- Congregation, religious, 4
- Congress: stamp act, 85
- continental, 99ff.
- under Articles, 139f.
- under Constitution, 152
- powers of, 153
- Connecticut: founded, 4ff.
- self-government, 49
- _See also_ Suffrage
- constitutions, state
- Conservation, 523ff.
- Constitution: formation of, 143ff.
- _See also_ Amendment
- _Constitution_, the, 200
- Constitutions, state, 109ff., 238ff., 385ff.
- Constitutional union party, 340
- Contract labor law, 584
- Convention: 1787, 144ff.
- nominating, 405
- Convicts, colonial, 15
- Conway Cabal, 120
- Cornwallis, General, 116, 119, 131
- Corporation and labor, 571. _See also_ Trusts
- Cotton. _See_ Planting system
- Cowboy, 431ff.
- Cowpens, battle, 116
- Cox, J.M., 619
- _Crisis, The_, pamphlet, 115
- Crittenden Compromise, 350
- Cuba, 485ff., 518
- Cumberland Gap, 223
- Currency. _See_ Banking
- Danish West Indies, purchased, 593
- Dartmouth College, 45
- Daughters of liberty, 84
- Davis, Jefferson, 346ff.
- Deane, Silas, 128
- Debs, E.V., 465, 534
- Debt, national, 164ff.
- Decatur, Commodore, 477
- Declaration of Independence, 101ff.
- Defense, national, 154
- De Kalb, 121
- Delaware, 3, 49
- De Lome affair, 490
- Democratic party, name assumed, 260
- _See also_ Anti-Federalists
- Dewey, Admiral, 492
- Diplomacy: of the Revolution, 127ff.
- Civil War, 354
- Domestic industry, 28
- Donelson, Fort, 361
- Dorr Rebellion, 243
- Douglas, Stephen A., 333, 337, 368
- Draft: Civil War, 351
- World War, 605
- Draft riots, 351
- Dred Scott case, 335, 338
- Drug act, 523
- Duquesne, Fort, 60
- Dutch, 3, 12
- East India Company, 93
- Education, 43ff., 557, 591
- Electors, popular election of, 245
- Elkins law, 547
- Emancipation, 357ff.
- Embargo acts, 186ff.
- England: Colonial policy of, 64ff.
- Revolutionary War, 99ff.
- Jay treaty, 177
- War of 1812, 198ff.
- Monroe Doctrine, 206
- Ashburton treaty, 265
- Civil War, 354
- _Alabama_ claims, 480
- Samoa, 481
- Venezuela question, 482
- Spanish War, 496
- World War, 596ff.
- Erie Canal, 233
- Esch-Cummins bill, 582
- Espionage act, 607
- Excess profits tax, 606
- Executive, federal, plans for, 151
- Expunging resolution, 260
- Farm loan act, 589
- Federal reserve act, 589
- Federal trade commission, 590
- _Federalist_, the, 158
- Federalists, 168ff., 201ff.
- Feudal elements in colonies, 21f.
- Filipino revolt. _See_ Philippines
- Fillmore, President, 485
- Finances: colonial, 64
- revolutionary, 125ff.
- disorders, 140
- Civil War, 347, 352ff.
- World War, 606
- _See also_ Banking
- Fishing industry, 31
- Fleet, world tour, 515
- Florida, 134, 204
- Foch, General, 611
- Food and fuel law, 607
- Force bills, 384 ff., 375
- Forests, national, 525ff.
- Fourteen points, 605
- Fox, C.J., 132
- France: colonization, 59ff.
- French and Indian War, 60ff.
- American Revolution, 116, 123, 128ff.
- French Revolution, 165ff.
- Quarrel with, 180
- Napoleonic wars, 193ff.
- Louisiana purchase, 190
- French Revolution of 1830, 266
- Civil War, 354
- Mexican affair, 478
- World War, 596ff.
- Franchises, utility, 548
- Franklin, Benjamin, 45, 62, 82, 86, 128, 134
- Freedmen. _See_ Negro
- Freehold. _See_ Land
- Free-soil party, 319
- Fremont, J.C., 288, 334
- French. _See_ France
- Friends, the, 5
- Frontier. _See_ Land
- Fugitive slave act, 329
- Fulton, Robert, 231, 234
- Fundamental articles, 5
- Fundamental orders, 5
- Gage, General, 95, 100
- Garfield, President, 416
- Garrison, William Lloyd, 318
- _Gaspee_, the, 92
- Gates, General, 116, 120, 131
- Genet, 177
- George I, 66
- George II, 4, 66, 82
- George III, 77ff.
- Georgia: founded, 4
- royal province, 49
- state constitution, 109
- _See also_ Secession
- Germans: colonial immigration, 9ff.
- in Revolutionary War, 102ff.
- later immigration, 303
- Germany: Samoa, 481
- Venezuela affair, 512
- World War, 596f.
- Gerry, Elbridge, 148
- Gettysburg, 362
- Gibbon, Edward, 133
- Gold: discovery, 288
- standard, 466, 472
- Gompers, Samuel, 573, 608
- Governor, royal, 49ff.
- Grandfather clause, 386f.
- Grangers, 460ff.
- Grant, General, 361, 416, 480, 487
- Great Britain. _See_ England
- Greeley, Horace, 420
- Greenbacks, 454ff.
- Greenbackers, 462ff.
- Greene, General, 117, 120
- Grenville, 79ff.
- Guilford, battle, 117
- Habeas corpus, 358
- Hague conferences, 514
- Haiti, 593
- Hamilton, Alexander, 95, 143, 158, 162, 168ff., 231
- Harding, W.G., 389, 619
- Harlem Heights, battle, 114
- Harper's Ferry, 339
- Harrison, Benjamin, 422, 484
- Harrison, W.H., 198, 263f.
- Hartford convention, 201ff., 238
- Harvard, 44
- Hawaii, 484f.
- Hay, John, 477, 500ff.
- Hayne, Robert, 256
- Hays, President, 416f.
- Henry, Patrick, 85
- Hepburn act, 523
- Hill, James J., 429
- Holland, 130
- Holy Alliance, 205
- Homestead act, 368, 432
- Hooker, Thomas, 5
- Houston, Sam, 279ff.
- Howe, General, 118
- Hughes, Charles E., 602
- Huguenots, 10
- Hume, David, 132
- Hutchinson, Anne, 5
- Idaho, admission, 442
- Income tax, 459, 466, 528, 588, 606
- Inheritance tax, 606
- Illinois, admission, 226
- Illiteracy, 585
- Immigration: colonial, 1-17
- before Civil War, 302, 367
- after Civil War, 410ff.
- problems of, 582ff.
- Imperialism, 494ff., 498f., 502ff.
- Implied powers, 212
- Impressment of seamen, 194
- Indentured servants, 13f.
- Independence, Declaration of, 107
- Indiana, admission, 226
- Indians, 57ff., 81, 431
- Industry: colonial, 28ff.
- growth of, 296ff.
- during Civil War, 366
- after 1865, 390ff., 401ff., 436ff., 559
- _See also_ Trusts
- Initiative, the, 543
- Injunction, 465, 580
- Internal improvements, 260, 368
- Interstate commerce act, 461, 529
- Intolerable acts, 93
- Invisible government, 537
- Iowa, admission, 275
- Irish, 11, 302
- Iron. _See_ Industry
- Irrigation, 434ff., 523ff.
- Jackson, Andrew, 201, 204, 246, 280
- Jacobins, 174
- James I, 3
- James II, 65
- Jamestown, 3, 21
- Japan, relations with, 447, 511, 583
- Jay, John, 128, 158, 177
- Jefferson, Thomas: Declaration of Independence, 107
- Secretary of State, 162ff.
- political leader, 169
- as President, 183ff.
- Monroe Doctrine, 206, 231
- Jews, migration of, 11
- Johnson, Andrew, 365, 368, 371f.
- Johnson, Samuel, 132
- Joliet, 59
- Jones, John Paul, 118
- Judiciary: British system, 67
- federal, 152
- Kansas, admission, 441
- Kansas-Nebraska bill, 333
- Kentucky: admission, 224
- Resolutions, 182
- King George's War, 59
- King Philip's War, 57
- King William's War, 59
- King's College (Columbia), 45
- Knights of Labor, 575ff.
- Kosciusko, 121
- Ku Klux Klan, 382
- Labor: rise of organized, 304
- parties, 462ff.
- question, 521
- American Federation, 573ff.
- legislation, 590
- World War, 608ff.
- Lafayette, 121
- La Follette, Senator, 531
- Land: tenure 20ff.
- sales restricted, 80
- Western survey, 219
- federal sales policy, 220
- Western tenure, 228
- disappearance of free, 445
- new problems, 449
- _See also_ Homestead act
- La Salle, 59
- Lawrence, Captain, 200
- League of Nations, 616ff.
- Le Boeuf, Fort, 59
- Lee, General Charles, 131
- Lee, R.E., 357
- Lewis and Clark expedition, 193
- Lexington, battle, 100
- Liberal Republicans, 420
- Liberty loan, 606
- Lincoln: Mexican War, 282
- Douglas debates, 336f.
- election, 341
- Civil War, 344ff.
- reconstruction, 371
- Literacy test, 585
- Livingston, R.R., 191
- Locke, John, 95
- London Company, 3
- Long Island, battle, 114
- Lords of trade, 67ff.
- Louis XVI, 171ff.
- Louisiana: ceded to Spain, 61
- purchase, 190ff.
- admission, 227
- Loyalists. _See_ Tories
- _Lusitania_, the, 601ff.
- McClellan, General, 362, 365
- McCulloch _vs._ Maryland, 211
- McKinley, William, 422, 467ff., 489ff.
- Macaulay, Catherine, 132
- Madison, James, 158, 197ff.
- Maine, 325
- _Maine_, the, 490
- Manila Bay, battle, 492
- Manors, colonial, 22
- Manufactures. _See_ Industry
- Marbury _vs._ Madison, 209
- Marietta, 220
- Marion, Francis, 117, 120
- Marquette, 59
- Marshall, John, 208ff.
- Martineau, Harriet, 267
- Maryland, founded, 6, 49, 109, 239, 242
- Massachusetts: founded, 3ff.
- _See also_ Immigration, Royal province, Industry, Revolutionary War,
- Constitutions, state, Suffrage, Commerce, and Industry
- Massachusetts Bay Company, 3
- founded, 3ff.
- _See also_ Immigration, Royal province
- _Mayflower_ compact, 4
- Mercantile theory, 69
- Merchants. _See_ Commerce
- _Merrimac_, the, 353
- Meuse-Argonne, battle, 612
- Mexico: and Texas, 278ff.
- later relations, 594f.
- Michigan, admission, 273
- Midnight appointees, 187
- Milan Decree, 194
- Militia, Revolutionary War, 122
- Minimum wages, 551
- Minnesota, admission, 275
- Mississippi River, and West, 189f.
- Missouri Compromise, 207, 227, 271, 325, 332
- Molasses act, 71
- Money, paper, 80, 126, 155, 369
- _Monitor_, the, 353
- Monroe, James, 204ff., 191
- Monroe Doctrine, 205, 512
- Montana, admission, 442
- Montgomery, General, 114
- Morris, Robert, 127
- Mothers' pensions, 551
- Mohawks, 57
- Muckraking, 536f.
- Mugwumps, 420
- Municipal ownership, 549
- Napoleon I, 190
- Napoleon III: Civil War, 354f.
- Mexico, 477
- National Labor Union, 574
- National road, 232
- Nationalism, colonial, 56ff.
- Natural rights, 95
- Navigation acts, 69
- Navy: in Revolution, 188
- War of 1812, 195
- Civil War, 353
- World War, 610.
- _See also_ Sea Power
- Nebraska, admission, 441
- Negro: Civil rights, 370ff.
- in agriculture, 393ff.
- status of, 396ff.
- _See also_ Slavery
- New England: colonial times, 6ff., 35, 40ff.
- _See also_ Industry, Suffrage, Commerce, and Wars
- New Hampshire: founded, 4ff.
- _See also_ Immigration, Royal province, Suffrage, and Constitutions,
- state
- New Jersey, founded, 6.
- _See also_ Immigration, Royal province, Suffrage, and
- Constitutions, state
- Newlands, Senator, 524
- New Mexico, admission, 443
- New Orleans, 59, 190
- battle, 201
- Newspapers, colonial, 46ff.
- New York: founded by Dutch, 3
- transferred to English, 49
- _See also_ Dutch, Immigration, Royal province, Commerce, Suffrage,
- and Constitutions, state
- New York City, colonial, 36
- Niagara, Fort, 59
- Nicaragua protectorate, 594
- Non-intercourse act, 196ff.
- Non-importation, 84ff., 99
- North, Lord, 100, 131, 133
- North Carolina: founded, 6.
- _See also_ Royal province, Immigration, Suffrage, and Constitutions,
- state
- North Dakota, admission, 442
- Northwest Ordinance, 219
- Nullification, 182, 251ff.
- Oglethorpe, James, 3
- Ohio, admission, 225
- Oklahoma, admission, 443
- Open door policy, 500
- Oregon, 284ff.
- Ostend Manifesto, 486
- Otis, James, 88, 95f.
- Pacific, American influence, 447
- Paine, Thomas, 103, 115, 175
- Panama Canal, 508ff.
- Panics: 1837, 262
- 1857, 336
- 1873, 464
- 1893, 465
- Parcel post, 529
- Parker, A.B., 527
- Parties: rise of, 168ff.
- Federalists, 169ff.
- Anti-Federalists (Jeffersonian Republicans), 169ff.
- Democrats, 260
- Whigs, 260ff.
- Republicans, 334ff.
- Liberal Republicans, 420
- Constitutional union, 340
- minor parties, 462ff.
- Paterson, William, 196ff.
- Penn, William, 6
- Pennsylvania: founded, 6
- _See also_ Penn, Germans, Immigration, Industry, Revolutionary War,
- Constitutions, state, Suffrage
- Pennsylvania University, 45
- Pensions, soldiers and sailors, 413, 607
- mothers', 551
- Pequots, 57
- Perry, O.H., 200
- Pershing, General, 610
- Philadelphia, 36, 116
- Philippines, 492ff., 516ff., 592
- Phillips, Wendell, 320
- Pierce, Franklin, 295, 330
- Pike, Z., 193, 287
- Pilgrims, 4
- Pinckney, Charles, 148
- Pitt, William, 61, 79, 87, 132
- Planting system, 22f., 25, 149, 389, 393ff.
- Plymouth, 4, 21
- Polk, J.K., 265, 285f.
- Polygamy, 290f.
- Populist party, 464
- Porto Rico, 515, 592
- Postal savings bank, 529
- Preble, Commodore, 196
- Press. _See_ Newspapers
- Primary, direct, 541
- Princeton, battle, 129
- University, 45
- Profit sharing, 572
- Progressive party, 531f.
- Prohibition, 591f.
- Proprietary colonies, 3, 6
- Provinces, royal, 49ff.
- Public service, 538ff.
- Pulaski, 121
- Pullman strike, 465
- Pure food act, 523
- Puritans, 3, 7, 40ff.
- Quakers, 6ff.
- Quartering act, 83
- Quebec act, 94
- Queen Anne's War, 59
- Quit rents, 21f.
- Radicals, 579
- Railways, 298, 402, 425, 460ff., 547, 621
- Randolph, Edmund, 146, 147, 162
- Ratification, of Constitution, 156ff.
- Recall, 543
- Reclamation, 523ff.
- Reconstruction, 370ff.
- Referendum, the, 543
- Reign of terror, 174
- Republicans: Jeffersonian, 179
- rise of present party, 334ff.
- supremacy of, 412ff.
- _See also_ McKinley, Roosevelt, and Taft
- Resumption, 454
- Revolution: American, 99ff.
- French, 171ff.
- Russian, 619
- Rhode Island: founded, 4ff.
- self-government, 49
- _See also_ Suffrage
- Roosevelt, Theodore, 492, 500ff., 531, 570
- Royal province, 49ff.
- Russia, 205, 207, 355, 479, 619
- Russo-Japanese War, 511f.
- Saint Mihiel, 612
- Samoa, 481
- San Jacinto, 280
- Santa Fe trail, 287
- Santo Domingo, 480, 513, 592
- Saratoga, battle, 116, 130
- Savannah, 116, 131
- Scandinavians, 278
- Schools. _See_ Education
- Scott, General, 283, 330
- Scotch-Irish, 7ff.
- Seamen's act, 590
- Sea power: American Revolution, 118
- Napoleonic wars, 193ff.
- Civil War, 353
- Caribbean, 593
- Pacific, 447
- World War, 610ff.
- Secession, 344ff.
- Sedition: act of 1798, 180ff., 187
- of 1918, 608
- Senators, popular election, 527, 541ff.
- Seven Years' War, 60ff.
- Sevier, John, 218
- Seward, W.H., 322, 342
- Shafter, General, 492
- Shays's rebellion, 142
- Sherman, General, 361
- Sherman: anti-trust law, 461
- silver act, 458
- Shiloh, 361
- Shipping. _See_ Commerce
- Shipping act, 607
- Silver, free, 455ff.
- Slavery: colonial, 16f.
- trade, 150
- in Northwest, 219
- decline in North, 316f.
- growth in South, 320ff.
- and the Constitution, 324
- and territories, 325ff.
- compromises, 350
- abolished, 357ff.
- Smith, Joseph, 290
- Socialism, 577ff.
- Solid South, 388
- Solomon, Hayn, 126
- Sons of liberty, 82
- South: economic and political views, 309ff.
- _See also_ Slavery and Planting system, and Reconstruction
- South Carolina: founded, 6
- nullification, 253ff.
- _See also_ Constitutions, state, Suffrage, Slavery, and Secession
- South Dakota, 442
- Spain: and Revolution, 130
- Louisiana, 190
- Monroe Doctrine, 205
- Spanish War, 490ff.
- Spoils system, 244, 250, 418, 536ff.
- Stamp act, 82ff.
- Stanton, Elizabeth Cady, 564
- States: disorders under Articles of Confederation, 141
- constitutions, federal limits on, 155
- position after Civil War, 366ff.
- _See also_ Suffrage, Nullification, and Secession
- Steamboat, 234
- Stowe, H.B., 332
- Strikes: of 1877, 581
- Pullman, 581
- coal, 526
- _See also_ Labor
- Submarine campaign, 600ff.
- Suffrage: colonial, 42, 51
- first state constitutions, 239
- White manhood, 242
- Negro, 374ff., 385f.
- Woman, 110, 562ff.
- Sugar act, 81
- Sumner, Charles, 319
- Sumter, Fort, 350
- Swedes, 3, 13
- Taft, W.H., 527ff.
- Tammany Hall, 306, 418
- Taney, Chief Justice, 357
- Tariff: first, 167
- of 1816, 203
- development of, 251ff.
- abominations, 249, 253
- nullification, 251
- of 1842, 264
- Southern views of, 309ff.
- of 1857, 337
- Civil War, 367
- Wilson bill, 459
- McKinley bill, 422
- Dingley bill, 472
- Payne-Aldrich, 528
- Underwood, 588
- Taxation: and representation, 149
- and Constitution, 154
- Civil War, 353
- and wealth, 522, 551
- and World War, 606
- Tea act, 88
- Tea party, 92
- Tenement house reform, 549
- Tennessee, 28, 224
- Territories, Northwest, 219
- South of the Ohio, 219
- _See also_ Slavery and Compromise
- Texas, 278ff.
- Tippecanoe, battle, 198
- Tocqueville, 267
- Toleration, religious, 42
- Tories, colonial, 84
- in Revolution, 112
- Townshend acts, 80, 87
- Trade, colonial, 70
- legislation, 70. _See_ Commerce
- Transylvania company, 28
- Treasury, independent, 263
- Treaties, of 1763, 61
- alliance with France, 177
- of 1783 with England, 134
- Jay, 177, 218
- Louisiana purchase, 191f.
- of 1815, 201
- Ashburton, 265
- of 1848 with Mexico, 283
- Washington with England, 481
- with Spain, 492
- Versailles (1919), 612ff.
- Trenton, battle, 116
- Trollope, Mrs., 268
- Trusts, 405ff., 461, 472ff., 521, 526, 530
- Tweed, W.M., 418
- Tyler, President, 264ff., 281, 349
- "Uncle Tom's Cabin," 332
- Union party, 365
- Unions. _See_ Labor
- Utah, 290ff., 329, 442
- Utilities, municipal, 548
- Vallandigham, 360
- Valley Forge, 116, 129
- Van Buren, Martin, 262
- Venango, Fort, 59
- Venezuela, 482ff., 512
- Vermont, 223
- Vicksburg, 361
- Virginia: founded, 3.
- _See also_ Royal province, Constitutions, state, Planting system,
- Slavery, Secession, and Immigration
- Walpole, Sir Robert, 66
- Wars: colonial, 57ff.
- Revolutionary, 99ff.
- of 1812, 199ff.
- Mexican, 282ff.
- Civil, 344ff.
- Spanish, 490ff.
- World, 596ff.
- Washington: warns French, 60
- in French war, 63
- commander-in-chief, 101ff.
- and movement for Constitution, 142ff.
- as President, 166ff.
- Farewell Address, 178
- Washington City, 166
- Washington State, 442
- Webster, 256, 265, 328
- Welfare work, 573
- Whigs: English, 78
- colonial, 83
- rise of party, 260ff., 334, 340
- Whisky Rebellion, 171
- White Camelia, 382
- White Plains, battle, 114
- Whitman, Marcus, 284
- William and Mary College, 45
- Williams, Roger, 5, 42
- Wilmot Proviso, 326
- Wilson, James, 147
- Wilson, Woodrow, election, 533f.
- administrations, 588ff.
- Winthrop, John, 3
- Wisconsin, admission, 274
- Witchcraft, 41
- Wollstonecraft, Mary, 556
- Women: colonial, 28
- Revolutionary War, 124
- labor, 305
- education and civil rights, 554ff.
- suffrage, 562ff.
- Workmen's compensation, 549
- Writs of assistance, 88
- Wyoming, admission, 442
- X, Y, Z affair, 180
- Yale, 44
- Young, Brigham, 290
- Zenger, Peter, 48
- * * * * *
- Printed in the United States of America.
- * * * * *
- [Transcriber's notes:
- Punctuation normalized in all _Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
- Superscripted letters are denoted with a caret. For example, G^O
- WASHINGTON.
- Period added after Mass on verso page. Original read "Mass, U.S.A."
- Chapter I, page 19, period added to pp. 55-159 and pp. 242-244.
- Chapter IV, page 61 cooperation changed to cooperation twice to match
- rest of text usage. Also on page 620.
- Chapter VI, page 121 changed maneuvered to manoevered.
- Chapter VIII, page 185, period added to "Vol." Original read "Vol III,"
- Chapter X, page 219, changed coordinate to coordinate to reflect rest of
- text usage.
- Chapter X, page 234, Italicized habeus corpus to match rest of text.
- Chapter XI, page 257 changed reestablished to reestablished to conform
- to rest of text usage.
- Chapter XI, page 259 changed reelection to reelection
- Chapter XII, page 269 added period after "Vol" Vol. II
- Chapter XII, page 270. Title of work reads "_Selected Documents of
- United States History, 1776-1761_". Research shows the document does
- have this title.
- Chapter XV, page 351. changed "bout" to "about". "for only about"
- Chapter XVI, page 385. changed "provisons" to "provisions".
- Chapter XX, page 478. changed "aniversary" to "anniversary".
- Chapter XXIV, page 579 word "on" changed to "one" "five commissioners,
- one of whom,"
- Topical Syllabus. Missing periods added to normalize punctuation in
- entries such as on page 648 (4) Sixteenth Amendment--income tax
- (528-529).
- Appendix, page 631, comma changed to semi-colon on "bills of credit;" to
- match rest of list. Also on "obligation of contracts;"
- Index, page 657, changed "Freesoil" to Free-soil to match rest of text
- usage.
- Index, page 660, space removed from "396 ff." changed to "status of,
- 396ff."
- Index, Page 662, added comma to States: disorders under Articles of
- Constitution, 141]
- End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States
- by Charles A. Beard and Mary R. Beard
- *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
- ***** This file should be named 16960-8.txt or 16960-8.zip *****
- This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/9/6/16960/
- Produced by Curtis Weyant, M and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
- Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
- will be renamed.
- Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
- one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
- (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
- permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
- set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
- copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
- protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
- Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
- charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
- do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
- rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
- such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
- research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
- practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
- subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
- redistribution.
- *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
- THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
- PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
- To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
- distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
- (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
- Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
- Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
- http://gutenberg.net/license).
- Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
- electronic works
- 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
- electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
- and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
- (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
- the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
- all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
- If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
- Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
- terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
- entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
- 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
- used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
- agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
- things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
- even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
- paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
- Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
- and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
- works. See paragraph 1.E below.
- 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
- or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
- Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
- collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
- individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
- located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
- copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
- works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
- are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
- Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
- freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
- this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
- the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
- keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
- Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
- 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
- what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
- a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
- the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
- before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
- creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
- Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
- the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
- States.
- 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
- 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
- access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
- whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
- phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
- Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
- copied or distributed:
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
- almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
- re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
- with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
- 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
- from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
- posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
- and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
- or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
- with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
- work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
- through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
- Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
- 1.E.9.
- 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
- with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
- must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
- terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
- to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
- permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
- 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
- work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
- 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
- electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
- prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
- active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
- Gutenberg-tm License.
- 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
- compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
- word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
- distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
- "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
- posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
- you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
- copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
- request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
- form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
- 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
- performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
- unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
- 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
- access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
- that
- - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
- - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
- - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
- - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
- 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
- electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
- forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
- both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
- Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
- Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
- 1.F.
- 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
- effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
- public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
- collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
- works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
- "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
- corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
- property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
- computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
- your equipment.
- 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
- of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
- Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
- Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
- liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
- fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
- LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
- PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
- TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
- LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
- INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
- DAMAGE.
- 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
- defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
- receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
- written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
- received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
- your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
- the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
- refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
- providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
- receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
- is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
- opportunities to fix the problem.
- 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
- in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
- WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
- 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
- warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
- If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
- law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
- interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
- the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
- provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
- 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
- trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
- providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
- with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
- promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
- harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
- that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
- or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
- work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
- Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
- Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
- Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
- electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
- including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
- because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
- people in all walks of life.
- Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
- assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
- goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
- remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
- and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
- To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
- and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
- and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
- Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
- Foundation
- The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
- 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
- state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
- Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
- number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
- http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
- permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
- The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
- Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
- throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
- 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
- business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
- information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
- page at http://pglaf.org
- For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
- Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation
- Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
- spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
- increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
- freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
- array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
- ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
- status with the IRS.
- The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
- charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
- States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
- considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
- with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
- where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
- SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
- particular state visit http://pglaf.org
- While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
- have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
- against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
- approach us with offers to donate.
- International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
- any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
- outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
- Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
- methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
- ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
- donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
- Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
- works.
- Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
- concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
- with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
- Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
- Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
- editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
- unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
- keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
- Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
- http://www.gutenberg.net
- This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
- including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
- Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
- subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
- Project Gutenberg's Manual of Surgery, by Alexis Thomson and Alexander Miles
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
- almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
- re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
- with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
- Title: Manual of Surgery
- Volume First: General Surgery. Sixth Edition.
- Author: Alexis Thomson and Alexander Miles
- Release Date: March 4, 2006 [EBook #17921]
- Language: English
- Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
- *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MANUAL OF SURGERY ***
- Produced by Jonathan Ingram, Laura Wisewell and the Online
- Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
- +--------------------------------------------------------------------+
- | |
- | Transcriber's note: The original text used the apothecaries' |
- | symbols here rendered as [ounce] and [dram]. The substitutions |
- | used for other special characters, such as the oe ligature, are |
- | standard. All the special characters are preserved in the UTF-8 |
- | and HTML versions of this text. |
- | |
- | In addition, a number of printing errors have been corrected. |
- | These are marked in the HTML version only. |
- | |
- +--------------------------------------------------------------------+
- OXFORD MEDICAL PUBLICATIONS
- MANUAL OF SURGERY
- BY
- ALEXIS THOMSON, F.R.C.S.Ed.
- _PROFESSOR OF SURGERY, UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH_
- SURGEON EDINBURGH ROYAL INFIRMARY
- AND
- ALEXANDER MILES, F.R.C.S.Ed.
- SURGEON EDINBURGH ROYAL INFIRMARY
- VOLUME FIRST
- GENERAL SURGERY
- _SIXTH EDITION REVISED_
- _WITH 169 ILLUSTRATIONS_
- LONDON
- HENRY FROWDE and HODDER & STOUGHTON
- THE _LANCET_ BUILDING
- 1 & 2 BEDFORD STREET, STRAND, W.C.2
- First Edition 1904
- Second Edition 1907
- Third Edition 1909
- Fourth Edition 1911
- " " Second Impression 1913
- Fifth Edition 1915
- " " Second Impression 1919
- Sixth Edition 1921
- PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY
- MORRISON AND GIBB LTD., EDINBURGH
- PREFACE TO SIXTH EDITION
- Much has happened since this Manual was last revised, and many surgical
- lessons have been learned in the hard school of war. Some may yet have
- to be unlearned, and others have but little bearing on the problems
- presented to the civilian surgeon. Save in its broadest principles, the
- surgery of warfare is a thing apart from the general surgery of civil
- life, and the exhaustive literature now available on every aspect of it
- makes it unnecessary that it should receive detailed consideration in a
- manual for students. In preparing this new edition, therefore, we have
- endeavoured to incorporate only such additions to our knowledge and
- resources as our experience leads us to believe will prove of permanent
- value in civil practice.
- For the rest, the text has been revised, condensed, and in places
- rearranged; a number of old illustrations have been discarded, and a
- greater number of new ones added. Descriptions of operative procedures
- have been omitted from the _Manual_, as they are to be found in the
- companion volume on _Operative Surgery_, the third edition of which
- appeared some months ago.
- We have retained the Basle anatomical nomenclature, as extended
- experience has confirmed our preference for it. For the convenience of
- readers who still employ the old terms, these are given in brackets
- after the new.
- This edition of the _Manual_ appears in three volumes; the first being
- devoted to General Surgery, the other two to Regional Surgery. This
- arrangement has enabled us to deal in a more consecutive manner than
- hitherto with the surgery of the Extremities, including Fractures and
- Dislocations.
- We have once more to express our thanks to colleagues in the Edinburgh
- School and to other friends for aiding us in providing new
- illustrations, and for other valuable help, as well as to our publishers
- for their generosity in the matter of illustrations.
- EDINBURGH,
- _March_ 1921.
- CONTENTS
- PAGE
- CHAPTER I
- REPAIR 1
- CHAPTER II
- CONDITIONS WHICH INTERFERE WITH REPAIR 17
- CHAPTER III
- INFLAMMATION 31
- CHAPTER IV
- SUPPURATION 45
- CHAPTER V
- ULCERATION AND ULCERS 68
- CHAPTER VI
- GANGRENE 86
- CHAPTER VII
- BACTERIAL AND OTHER WOUND INFECTIONS 107
- CHAPTER VIII
- TUBERCULOSIS 133
- CHAPTER IX
- SYPHILIS 146
- CHAPTER X
- TUMOURS 181
- CHAPTER XI
- INJURIES 218
- CHAPTER XII
- METHODS OF WOUND TREATMENT 241
- CHAPTER XIII
- CONSTITUTIONAL EFFECTS OF INJURIES 249
- CHAPTER XIV
- THE BLOOD VESSELS 258
- CHAPTER XV
- THE LYMPH VESSELS AND GLANDS 321
- CHAPTER XVI
- THE NERVES 342
- CHAPTER XVII
- SKIN AND SUBCUTANEOUS TISSUES 376
- CHAPTER XVIII
- THE MUSCLES, TENDONS, AND TENDON SHEATHS 405
- CHAPTER XIX
- THE BURSAE 426
- CHAPTER XX
- DISEASES OF BONE 434
- CHAPTER XXI
- DISEASES OF JOINTS 501
- INDEX 547
- LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
- FIG. PAGE
- 1. Ulcer of Back of Hand grafted from Abdominal Wall 15
- 2. Staphylococcus aureus in Pus from case of Osteomyelitis 25
- 3. Streptococci in Pus from case of Diffuse Cellulitis 26
- 4. Bacillus coli communis in Pus from Abdominal Abscess 27
- 5. Fraenkel's Pneumococci in Pus from Empyema following 28
- Pneumonia
- 6. Passive Hyperaemia of Hand and Forearm induced by Bier's 37
- Bandage
- 7. Passive Hyperaemia of Finger induced by Klapp's Suction 38
- Bell
- 8. Passive Hyperaemia induced by Klapp's Suction Bell for 39
- Inflammation of Inguinal Gland
- 9. Diagram of various forms of Whitlow 56
- 10. Charts of Acute Sapraemia 61
- 11. Chart of Hectic Fever 62
- 12. Chart of Septicaemia followed by Pyaemia 63
- 13. Chart of Pyaemia following on Acute Osteomyelitis 65
- 14. Leg Ulcers associated with Varicose Veins 71
- 15. Perforating Ulcers of Sole of Foot 74
- 16. Bazin's Disease in a girl aet. 16 75
- 17. Syphilitic Ulcers in region of Knee 76
- 18. Callous Ulcer showing thickened edges 78
- 19. Tibia and Fibula, showing changes due to Chronic Ulcer of 80
- Leg
- 20. Senile Gangrene of the Foot 89
- 21. Embolic Gangrene of Hand and Arm 92
- 22. Gangrene of Terminal Phalanx of Index-Finger 100
- 23. Cancrum Oris 103
- 24. Acute Bed Sores over right Buttock 104
- 25. Chart of Erysipelas occurring in a wound 108
- 26. Bacillus of Tetanus 113
- 27. Bacillus of Anthrax 120
- 28. Malignant Pustule third day after infection 122
- 29. Malignant Pustule fourteen days after infection 122
- 30. Colony of Actinomyces 126
- 31. Actinomycosis of Maxilla 128
- 32. Mycetoma, or Madura Foot 130
- 33. Tubercle bacilli 134
- 34. Tuberculous Abscess in Lumbar Region 141
- 35. Tuberculous Sinus injected through its opening in the 144
- Forearm with Bismuth Paste
- 36. Spirochaete pallida 147
- 37. Spirochaeta refrigerans from scraping of Vagina 148
- 38. Primary Lesion on Thumb, with Secondary Eruption on 154
- Forearm
- 39. Syphilitic Rupia 159
- 40. Ulcerating Gumma of Lips 169
- 41. Ulceration in inherited Syphilis 170
- 42. Tertiary Syphilitic Ulceration in region of Knee and on 171
- both Thumbs
- 43. Facies of Inherited Syphilis 174
- 44. Facies of Inherited Syphilis 175
- 45. Subcutaneous Lipoma 185
- 46. Pedunculated Lipoma of Buttock 186
- 47. Diffuse Lipomatosis of Neck 187
- 48. Zanthoma of Hands 188
- 49. Zanthoma of Buttock 189
- 50. Chondroma growing from Infra-Spinous Fossa of Scapula 190
- 51. Chondroma of Metacarpal Bone of Thumb 190
- 52. Cancellous Osteoma of Lower End of Femur 192
- 53. Myeloma of Shaft of Humerus 195
- 54. Fibro-myoma of Uterus 196
- 55. Recurrent Sarcoma of Sciatic Nerve 198
- 56. Sarcoma of Arm fungating 199
- 57. Carcinoma of Breast 206
- 58. Epithelioma of Lip 209
- 59. Dermoid Cyst of Ovary 213
- 60. Carpal Ganglion in a woman aet. 25 215
- 61. Ganglion on lateral aspect of Knee 216
- 62. Radiogram showing pellets embedded in Arm 228
- 63. Cicatricial Contraction following Severe Burn 236
- 64. Genealogical Tree of Haemophilic Family 278
- 65. Radiogram showing calcareous degeneration of Arteries 284
- 66. Varicose Vein with Thrombosis 289
- 67. Extensive Varix of Internal Saphena System on Left Leg 291
- 68. Mixed Naevus of Nose 296
- 69. Cirsoid Aneurysm of Forehead 299
- 70. Cirsoid Aneurysm of Orbit and Face 300
- 71. Radiogram of Aneurysm of Aorta 303
- 72. Sacculated Aneurysm of Abdominal Aorta 304
- 73. Radiogram of Innominate Aneurysm after Treatment by 309
- Moore-Corradi method
- 74. Thoracic Aneurysm threatening to rupture 313
- 75. Innominate Aneurysm in a woman 315
- 76. Congenital Cystic Tumour or Hygroma of Axilla 328
- 77. Tuberculous Cervical Gland with Abscess formation 331
- 78. Mass of Tuberculous Glands removed from Axilla 333
- 79. Tuberculous Axillary Glands 335
- 80. Chronic Hodgkin's Disease in boy aet. 11 337
- 81. Lymphadenoma in a woman aet. 44 338
- 82. Lympho Sarcoma removed from Groin 339
- 83. Cancerous Glands in Neck, secondary to Epithelioma of Lip 341
- 84. Stump Neuromas of Sciatic Nerve 345
- 85. Stump Neuromas, showing changes at ends of divided Nerves 354
- 86. Diffuse Enlargement of Nerves in generalised 356
- Neuro-Fibromatosis
- 87. Plexiform Neuroma of small Sciatic Nerve 357
- 88. Multiple Neuro-Fibromas of Skin (Molluscum fibrosum) 358
- 89. Elephantiasis Neuromatosa in a woman aet. 28 359
- 90. Drop-Wrist following Fracture of Shaft of Humerus 365
- 91. To illustrate the Loss of Sensation produced by Division 367
- of the Median Nerve
- 92. To illustrate Loss of Sensation produced by Complete 368
- Division of Ulnar Nerve
- 93. Callosities and Corns on Sole of Foot 377
- 94. Ulcerated Chilblains on Fingers 378
- 95. Carbuncle on Back of Neck 381
- 96. Tuberculous Elephantiasis 383
- 97. Elephantiasis in a woman aet. 45 387
- 98. Elephantiasis of Penis and Scrotum 388
- 99. Multiple Sebaceous Cysts or Wens 390
- 100. Sebaceous Horn growing from Auricle 392
- 101. Paraffin Epithelioma 394
- 102. Rodent Cancer of Inner Canthus 395
- 103. Rodent Cancer with destruction of contents of Orbit 396
- 104. Diffuse Melanotic Cancer of Lymphatics of Skin 398
- 105. Melanotic Cancer of Forehead with Metastasis in Lymph 399
- Glands
- 106. Recurrent Keloid 401
- 107. Subungual Exostosis 403
- 108. Avulsion of Tendon 410
- 109. Volkmann's Ischaemic Contracture 414
- 110. Ossification in Tendon of Ilio-psoas Muscle 417
- 111. Radiogram of Calcification and Ossification in Biceps and 418
- Triceps
- 112. Ossification in Muscles of Trunk in generalised Ossifying 419
- Myositis
- 113. Hydrops of Prepatellar Bursa 427
- 114. Section through Gouty Bursa 428
- 115. Tuberculous Disease of Sub-Deltoid Bursa 429
- 116. Great Enlargement of the Ischial Bursa 431
- 117. Gouty Disease of Bursae 432
- 118. Shaft of the Femur after Acute Osteomyelitis 444
- 119. Femur and Tibia showing results of Acute Osteomyelitis 445
- 120. Segment of Tibia resected for Brodie's Abscess 449
- 121. Radiogram of Brodie's Abscess in Lower End of Tibia 451
- 122. Sequestrum of Femur after Amputation 453
- 123. New Periosteal Bone on Surface of Femur from Amputation 454
- Stump
- 124. Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Os Magnum 456
- 125. Tuberculous Disease of Tibia 457
- 126. Diffuse Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Right Tibia 458
- 127. Advanced Tuberculous Disease in Region of Ankle 459
- 128. Tuberculous Dactylitis 460
- 129. Shortening of Middle Finger of Adult, the result of 461
- Tuberculous Dactylitis in Childhood
- 130. Syphilitic Disease of Skull 463
- 131. Syphilitic Hyperostosis and Sclerosis of Tibia 464
- 132. Sabre-blade Deformity of Tibia 467
- 133. Skeleton of Rickety Dwarf 470
- 134. Changes in the Skull resulting from Ostitis Deformans 474
- 135. Cadaver, illustrating the alterations in the Lower Limbs 475
- resulting from Ostitis Deformans
- 136. Osteomyelitis Fibrosa affecting Femora 476
- 137. Radiogram of Upper End of Femur in Osteomyelitis Fibrosa 478
- 138. Radiogram of Right Knee showing Multiple Exostoses 482
- 139. Multiple Exostoses of Limbs 483
- 140. Multiple Cartilaginous Exostoses 484
- 141. Multiple Cartilaginous Exostoses 486
- 142. Multiple Chondromas of Phalanges and Metacarpals 488
- 143. Skiagram of Multiple Chondromas 489
- 144. Multiple Chondromas in Hand 490
- 145. Radiogram of Myeloma of Humerus 492
- 146. Periosteal Sarcoma of Femur 493
- 147. Periosteal Sarcoma of Humerus 493
- 148. Chondro-Sarcoma of Scapula 494
- 149. Central Sarcoma of Femur invading Knee Joint 495
- 150. Osseous Shell of Osteo-Sarcoma of Femur 495
- 151. Radiogram of Osteo-Sarcoma of Femur 496
- 152. Radiogram of Chondro-Sarcoma of Humerus 497
- 153. Epitheliomatus Ulcer of Leg invading Tibia 499
- 154. Osseous Ankylosis of Femur and Tibia 503
- 155. Osseous Ankylosis of Knee 504
- 156. Caseating focus in Upper End of Fibula 513
- 157. Arthritis Deformans of Elbow 525
- 158. Arthritis Deformans of Knee 526
- 159. Hypertrophied Fringes of Synovial Membrane of Knee 527
- 160. Arthritis Deformans of Hands 529
- 161. Arthritis Deformans of several Joints 530
- 162. Bones of Knee in Charcot's Disease 533
- 163. Charcot's Disease of Left Knee 534
- 164. Charcot's Disease of both Ankles: front view 535
- 165. Charcot's Disease of both Ankles: back view 536
- 166. Radiogram of Multiple Loose Bodies in Knee-joint 540
- 167. Loose Body from Knee-joint 541
- 168. Multiple partially ossified Chondromas of Synovial 542
- Membrane from Shoulder-joint
- 169. Multiple Cartilaginous Loose Bodies from Knee-joint 543
- MANUAL OF SURGERY
- CHAPTER I
- REPAIR
- Introduction--Process of repair--Healing by primary union--Granulation
- tissue--Cicatricial tissue--Modifications of process of
- repair--Repair in individual tissues--Transplantation or grafting
- of tissues--Conditions--Sources of grafts--Grafting of individual
- tissues--Methods.
- INTRODUCTION
- To prolong human life and to alleviate suffering are the ultimate
- objects of scientific medicine. The two great branches of the healing
- art--Medicine and Surgery--are so intimately related that it is
- impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between them, but for
- convenience Surgery may be defined as "the art of treating lesions and
- malformations of the human body by manual operations, mediate and
- immediate." To apply his art intelligently and successfully, it is
- essential that the surgeon should be conversant not only with the normal
- anatomy and physiology of the body and with the various pathological
- conditions to which it is liable, but also with the nature of the
- process by which repair of injured or diseased tissues is effected.
- Without this knowledge he is unable to recognise such deviations from
- the normal as result from mal-development, injury, or disease, or
- rationally to direct his efforts towards the correction or removal of
- these.
- PROCESS OF REPAIR
- The process of repair in living tissue depends upon an inherent power
- possessed by vital cells of reacting to the irritation caused by injury
- or disease. The cells of the damaged tissues, under the influence of
- this irritation, undergo certain proliferative changes, which are
- designed to restore the normal structure and configuration of the part.
- The process by which this restoration is effected is essentially the
- same in all tissues, but the extent to which different tissues can carry
- the recuperative process varies. Simple structures, such as skin,
- cartilage, bone, periosteum, and tendon, for example, have a high power
- of regeneration, and in them the reparative process may result in almost
- perfect restitution to the normal. More complex structures, on the other
- hand, such as secreting glands, muscle, and the tissues of the central
- nervous system, are but imperfectly restored, simple cicatricial
- connective tissue taking the place of what has been lost or destroyed.
- Any given tissue can be replaced only by tissue of a similar kind, and
- in a damaged part each element takes its share in the reparative process
- by producing new material which approximates more or less closely to the
- normal according to the recuperative capacity of the particular tissue.
- The normal process of repair may be interfered with by various
- extraneous agencies, the most important of which are infection by
- disease-producing micro-organisms, the presence of foreign substances,
- undue movement of the affected part, and improper applications and
- dressings. The effect of these agencies is to delay repair or to prevent
- the individual tissues carrying the process to the furthest degree of
- which they are capable.
- In the management of wounds and other diseased conditions the main
- object of the surgeon is to promote the natural reparative process by
- preventing or eliminating any factor by which it may be disturbed.
- #Healing by Primary Union.#--The most favourable conditions for the
- progress of the reparative process are to be found in a clean-cut wound
- of the integument, which is uncomplicated by loss of tissue, by the
- presence of foreign substances, or by infection with disease-producing
- micro-organisms, and its edges are in contact. Such a wound in virtue of
- the absence of infection is said to be _aseptic_, and under these
- conditions healing takes place by what is called "primary union"--the
- "healing by first intention" of the older writers.
- #Granulation Tissue.#--The essential and invariable medium of repair in
- all structures is an elementary form of new tissue known as _granulation
- tissue_, which is produced in the damaged area in response to the
- irritation caused by injury or disease. The vital reaction induced by
- such irritation results in dilatation of the vessels of the part,
- emigration of leucocytes, transudation of lymph, and certain
- proliferative changes in the fixed tissue cells. These changes are
- common to the processes of inflammation and repair; no hard-and-fast
- line can be drawn between these processes, and the two may go on
- together. It is, however, only when the proliferative changes have come
- to predominate that the reparative process is effectively established by
- the production of healthy granulation tissue.
- _Formation of Granulation Tissue._--When a wound is made in the
- integument under aseptic conditions, the passage of the knife through
- the tissues is immediately followed by an oozing of blood, which soon
- coagulates on the cut surfaces. In each of the divided vessels a clot
- forms, and extends as far as the nearest collateral branch; and on the
- surface of the wound there is a microscopic layer of bruised and
- devitalised tissue. If the wound is closed, the narrow space between its
- edges is occupied by blood-clot, which consists of red and white
- corpuscles mixed with a quantity of fibrin, and this forms a temporary
- uniting medium between the divided surfaces. During the first twelve
- hours, the minute vessels in the vicinity of the wound dilate, and from
- them lymph exudes and leucocytes migrate into the tissues. In from
- twenty-four to thirty-six hours, the capillaries of the part adjacent to
- the wound begin to throw out minute buds and fine processes, which
- bridge the gap and form a firmer, but still temporary, connection
- between the two sides. Each bud begins in the wall of the capillary as a
- small accumulation of granular protoplasm, which gradually elongates
- into a filament containing a nucleus. This filament either joins with a
- neighbouring capillary or with a similar filament, and in time these
- become hollow and are filled with blood from the vessels that gave them
- origin. In this way a series of young _capillary loops_ is formed.
- The spaces between these loops are filled by cells of various kinds, the
- most important being the _fibroblasts_, which are destined to form
- cicatricial fibrous tissue. These fibroblasts are large irregular
- nucleated cells derived mainly from the proliferation of the fixed
- connective-tissue cells of the part, and to a less extent from the
- lymphocytes and other mononuclear cells which have migrated from the
- vessels. Among the fibroblasts, larger multi-nucleated cells--_giant
- cells_--are sometimes found, particularly when resistant substances,
- such as silk ligatures or fragments of bone, are embedded in the
- tissues, and their function seems to be to soften such substances
- preliminary to their being removed by the phagocytes. Numerous
- _polymorpho-nuclear leucocytes_, which have wandered from the vessels,
- are also present in the spaces. These act as phagocytes, their function
- being to remove the red corpuscles and fibrin of the original clot, and
- this performed, they either pass back into the circulation in virtue of
- their amoeboid movement, or are themselves eaten up by the growing
- fibroblasts. Beyond this phagocytic action, they do not appear to play
- any direct part in the reparative process. These young capillary loops,
- with their supporting cells and fluids, constitute granulation tissue,
- which is usually fully formed in from three to five days, after which it
- begins to be replaced by cicatricial or scar tissue.
- _Formation of Cicatricial Tissue._--The transformation of this temporary
- granulation tissue into scar tissue is effected by the fibroblasts,
- which become elongated and spindle-shaped, and produce in and around
- them a fine fibrillated material which gradually increases in quantity
- till it replaces the cell protoplasm. In this way white fibrous tissue
- is formed, the cells of which are arranged in parallel lines and
- eventually become grouped in bundles, constituting fully formed white
- fibrous tissue. In its growth it gradually obliterates the capillaries,
- until at the end of two, three, or four weeks both vessels and cells
- have almost entirely disappeared, and the original wound is occupied by
- cicatricial tissue. In course of time this tissue becomes consolidated,
- and the cicatrix undergoes a certain amount of contraction--_cicatricial
- contraction_.
- _Healing of Epidermis._--While these changes are taking place in the
- deeper parts of the wound, the surface is being covered over by
- _epidermis_ growing in from the margins. Within twelve hours the cells
- of the rete Malpighii close to the cut edge begin to sprout on to the
- surface of the wound, and by their proliferation gradually cover the
- granulations with a thin pink pellicle. As the epithelium increases in
- thickness it assumes a bluish hue and eventually the cells become
- cornified and the epithelium assumes a greyish-white colour.
- _Clinical Aspects._--So long as the process of repair is not complicated
- by infection with micro-organisms, there is no interference with the
- general health of the patient. The temperature remains normal; the
- circulatory, gastro-intestinal, nervous, and other functions are
- undisturbed; locally, the part is cool, of natural colour and free from
- pain.
- #Modifications of the Process of Repair.#--The process of repair by
- primary union, above described, is to be looked upon as the type of all
- reparative processes, such modifications as are met with depending
- merely upon incidental differences in the conditions present, such as
- loss of tissue, infection by micro-organisms, etc.
- _Repair after Loss or Destruction of Tissue._--When the edges of a wound
- cannot be approximated either because tissue has been lost, for example
- in excising a tumour or because a drainage tube or gauze packing has
- been necessary, a greater amount of granulation tissue is required to
- fill the gap, but the process is essentially the same as in the ideal
- method of repair.
- The raw surface is first covered by a layer of coagulated blood and
- fibrin. An extensive new formation of capillary loops and fibroblasts
- takes place towards the free surface, and goes on until the gap is
- filled by a fine velvet-like mass of granulation tissue. This
- granulation tissue is gradually replaced by young cicatricial tissue,
- and the surface is covered by the ingrowth of epithelium from the edges.
- This modification of the reparative process can be best studied
- clinically in a recent wound which has been packed with gauze. When the
- plug is introduced, the walls of the cavity consist of raw tissue with
- numerous oozing blood vessels. On removing the packing on the fifth or
- sixth day, the surface is found to be covered with minute, red,
- papillary granulations, which are beginning to fill up the cavity. At
- the edges the epithelium has proliferated and is covering over the newly
- formed granulation tissue. As lymph and leucocytes escape from the
- exposed surface there is a certain amount of serous or sero-purulent
- discharge. On examining the wound at intervals of a few days, it is
- found that the granulation tissue gradually increases in amount till the
- gap is completely filled up, and that coincidently the epithelium
- spreads in and covers over its surface. In course of time the epithelium
- thickens, and as the granulation tissue is slowly replaced by young
- cicatricial tissue, which has a peculiar tendency to contract and so to
- obliterate the blood vessels in it, the scar that is left becomes
- smooth, pale, and depressed. This method of healing is sometimes spoken
- of as "healing by granulation"--although, as we have seen, it is by
- granulation that all repair takes place.
- _Healing by Union of two Granulating Surfaces._--In gaping wounds union
- is sometimes obtained by bringing the two surfaces into apposition after
- each has become covered with healthy granulations. The exudate on the
- surfaces causes them to adhere, capillary loops pass from one to the
- other, and their final fusion takes place by the further development of
- granulation and cicatricial tissue.
- _Reunion of Parts entirely Separated from the Body._--Small portions of
- tissue, such as the end of a finger, the tip of the nose or a portion of
- the external ear, accidentally separated from the body, if accurately
- replaced and fixed in position, occasionally adhere by primary union.
- In the course of operations also, portions of skin, fascia, or bone, or
- even a complete joint may be transplanted, and unite by primary union.
- _Healing under a Scab._--When a small superficial wound is exposed to
- the air, the blood and serum exuded on its surface may dry and form a
- hard crust or _scab_, which serves to protect the surface from external
- irritation in the same way as would a dry pad of sterilised gauze. Under
- this scab the formation of granulation tissue, its transformation into
- cicatricial tissue, and the growth of epithelium on the surface, go on
- until in the course of time the crust separates, leaving a scar.
- _Healing by Blood-clot._--In subcutaneous wounds, for example tenotomy,
- in amputation wounds, and in wounds made in excising tumours or in
- operating upon bones, the space left between the divided tissues becomes
- filled with blood-clot, which acts as a temporary scaffolding in which
- granulation tissue is built up. Capillary loops grow into the coagulum,
- and migrated leucocytes from the adjacent blood vessels destroy the red
- corpuscles, and are in turn disposed of by the developing fibroblasts,
- which by their growth and proliferation fill up the gap with young
- connective tissue. It will be evident that this process only differs
- from healing by primary union in the _amount_ of blood-clot that is
- present.
- _Presence of a Foreign Body._--When an aseptic foreign body is present
- in the tissues, _e.g._ a piece of unabsorbable chromicised catgut, the
- healing process may be modified. After primary union has taken place the
- scar may broaden, become raised above the surface, and assume a
- bluish-brown colour; the epidermis gradually thins and gives way,
- revealing the softened portion of catgut, which can be pulled out in
- pieces, after which the wound rapidly heals and resumes a normal
- appearance.
- REPAIR IN INDIVIDUAL TISSUES
- _Skin and Connective Tissue._--The mode of regeneration of these tissues
- under aseptic conditions has already been described as the type of ideal
- repair. In highly vascular parts, such as the face, the reparative
- process goes on with great rapidity, and even extensive wounds may be
- firmly united in from three to five days. Where the anastomosis is less
- free the process is more prolonged. The more highly organised elements
- of the skin, such as the hair follicles, the sweat and sebaceous glands,
- are imperfectly reproduced; hence the scar remains smooth, dry, and
- hairless.
- _Epithelium._--Epithelium is only reproduced from pre-existing
- epithelium, and, as a rule, from one of a similar type, although
- metaplastic transformation of cells of one kind of epithelium into
- another kind can take place. Thus a granulating surface may be covered
- entirely by the ingrowing of the cutaneous epithelium from the margins;
- or islets, originating in surviving cells of sebaceous glands or sweat
- glands, or of hair follicles, may spring up in the centre of the raw
- area. Such islets may also be due to the accidental transference of
- loose epithelial cells from the edges. Even the fluid from a blister, in
- virtue of the isolated cells of the rete Malpighii which it contains, is
- capable of starting epithelial growth on a granulating surface. Hairs
- and nails may be completely regenerated if a sufficient amount of the
- hair follicles or of the nail matrix has escaped destruction. The
- epithelium of a mucous membrane is regenerated in the same way as that
- on a cutaneous surface.
- Epithelial cells have the power of living for some time after being
- separated from their normal surroundings, and of growing again when once
- more placed in favourable circumstances. On this fact the practice of
- skin grafting is based (p. 11).
- _Cartilage._--When an articular cartilage is divided by incision or by
- being implicated in a fracture involving the articular end of a bone, it
- is repaired by ordinary cicatricial fibrous tissue derived from the
- proliferating cells of the perichondrium. Cartilage being a non-vascular
- tissue, the reparative process goes on slowly, and it may be many weeks
- before it is complete.
- It is possible for a metaplastic transformation of connective-tissue
- cells into cartilage cells to take place, the characteristic hyaline
- matrix being secreted by the new cells. This is sometimes observed as an
- intermediary stage in the healing of fractures, especially in young
- bones. It may also take place in the regeneration of lost portions of
- cartilage, provided the new tissue is so situated as to constitute part
- of a joint and to be subjected to pressure by an opposing cartilaginous
- surface. This is illustrated by what takes place after excision of
- joints where it is desired to restore the function of the articulation.
- By carrying out movements between the constituent parts, the fibrous
- tissue covering the ends of the bones becomes moulded into shape, its
- cells take on the characters of cartilage cells, and, forming a matrix,
- so develop a new cartilage.
- Conversely, it is observed that when articular cartilage is no longer
- subjected to pressure by an opposing cartilage, it tends to be
- transformed into fibrous tissue, as may be seen in deformities attended
- with displacement of articular surfaces, such as hallux valgus and
- club-foot.
- After fractures of costal cartilage or of the cartilages of the larynx
- the cicatricial tissue may be ultimately replaced by bone.
- _Tendons._--When a tendon is divided, for example by subcutaneous
- tenotomy, the end nearer the muscle fibres is drawn away from the other,
- leaving a gap which is speedily filled by blood-clot. In the course of a
- few days this clot becomes permeated by granulation tissue, the
- fibroblasts of which are derived from the sheath of the tendon, the
- surrounding connective tissue, and probably also from the divided ends
- of the tendon itself. These fibroblasts ultimately develop into typical
- tendon cells, and the fibres which they form constitute the new tendon
- fibres. Under aseptic conditions repair is complete in from two to three
- weeks. In the course of the reparative process the tendon and its sheath
- may become adherent, which leads to impaired movement and stiffness. If
- the ends of an accidentally divided tendon are at once brought into
- accurate apposition and secured by sutures, they unite directly with a
- minimum amount of scar tissue, and function is perfectly restored.
- _Muscle._--Unstriped muscle does not seem to be capable of being
- regenerated to any but a moderate degree. If the ends of a divided
- striped muscle are at once brought into apposition by stitches, primary
- union takes place with a minimum of intervening fibrous tissue. The
- nuclei of the muscle fibres in close proximity to this young cicatricial
- tissue proliferate, and a few new muscle fibres may be developed, but
- any gross loss of muscular tissue is replaced by a fibrous cicatrix. It
- would appear that portions of muscle transplanted from animals to fill
- up gaps in human muscle are similarly replaced by fibrous tissue. When a
- muscle is paralysed from loss of its nerve supply and undergoes complete
- degeneration, it is not capable of being regenerated, even should the
- integrity of the nerve be restored, and so its function is permanently
- lost.
- _Secretory Glands._--The regeneration of secretory glands is usually
- incomplete, cicatricial tissue taking the place of the glandular
- substance which has been destroyed. In wounds of the liver, for example,
- the gap is filled by fibrous tissue, but towards the periphery of the
- wound the liver cells proliferate and a certain amount of regeneration
- takes place. In the kidney also, repair mainly takes place by
- cicatricial tissue, and although a few collecting tubules may be
- reformed, no regeneration of secreting tissue takes place. After the
- operation of decapsulation of the kidney a new capsule is formed, and
- during the process young blood vessels permeate the superficial parts
- of the kidney and temporarily increase its blood supply, but in the
- consolidation of the new fibrous tissue these vessels are ultimately
- obliterated. This does not prove that the operation is useless, as the
- temporary improvement of the circulation in the kidney may serve to tide
- the patient over a critical period of renal insufficiency.
- _Stomach and Intestine._--Provided the peritoneal surfaces are
- accurately apposed, wounds of the stomach and intestine heal with great
- rapidity. Within a few hours the peritoneal surfaces are glued together
- by a thin layer of fibrin and leucocytes, which is speedily organised
- and replaced by fibrous tissue. Fibrous tissue takes the place of the
- muscular elements, which are not regenerated. The mucous lining is
- restored by ingrowth from the margins, and there is evidence that some
- of the secreting glands may be reproduced.
- Hollow viscera, like the oesophagus and urinary bladder, in so far
- as they are not covered by peritoneum, heal less rapidly.
- _Nerve Tissues._--There is no trustworthy evidence that regeneration of
- the tissues of the brain or spinal cord in man ever takes place. Any
- loss of substance is replaced by cicatricial tissue.
- The repair of _Bone_, _Blood Vessels_, and _Peripheral Nerves_ is more
- conveniently considered in the chapters dealing with these structures.
- #Rate of Healing.#--While the rate at which wounds heal is remarkably
- constant there are certain factors that influence it in one direction or
- the other. Healing is more rapid when the edges are in contact, when
- there is a minimum amount of blood-clot between them, when the patient
- is in normal health and the vitality of the tissues has not been
- impaired. Wounds heal slightly more quickly in the young than in the
- old, although the difference is so small that it can only be
- demonstrated by the most careful observations.
- Certain tissues take longer to heal than others: for example, a fracture
- of one of the larger long bones takes about six weeks to unite, and
- divided nerve trunks take much longer--about a year.
- Wounds of certain parts of the body heal more quickly than others: those
- of the scalp, face, and neck, for example, heal more quickly than those
- over the buttock or sacrum, probably because of their greater
- vascularity.
- The extent of the wound influences the rate of healing; it is only
- natural that a long and deep wound should take longer to heal than a
- short and superficial one, because there is so much more work to be
- done in the conversion of blood-clot into granulation tissue, and this
- again into scar tissue that will be strong enough to stand the strain on
- the edges of the wound.
- THE TRANSPLANTATION OR GRAFTING OF TISSUES
- Conditions are not infrequently met with in which healing is promoted
- and restoration of function made possible by the transference of a
- portion of tissue from one part of the body to another; the tissue
- transferred is known as the _graft_ or the _transplant_. The simplest
- example of grafting is the transplantation of skin.
- In order that the graft may survive and have a favourable chance of
- "taking," as it is called, the transplanted tissue must retain its
- vitality until it has formed an organic connection with the tissue in
- which it is placed, so that it may derive the necessary nourishment from
- its new bed. When these conditions are fulfilled the tissues of the
- graft continue to proliferate, producing new tissue elements to replace
- those that are lost and making it possible for the graft to become
- incorporated with the tissue with which it is in contact.
- Dead tissue, on the other hand, can do neither of these things; it is
- only capable of acting as a model, or, at the most, as a scaffolding for
- such mobile tissue elements as may be derived from, the parent tissue
- with which the graft is in contact: a portion of sterilised marine
- sponge, for example, may be observed to become permeated with
- granulation tissue when it is embedded in the tissues.
- A successful graft of living tissue is not only capable of regeneration,
- but it acquires a system of lymph and blood vessels, so that in time it
- bleeds when cut into, and is permeated by new nerve fibres spreading in
- from the periphery towards the centre.
- It is instructive to associate the period of survival of the different
- tissues of the body after death, with their capacity of being used for
- grafting purposes; the higher tissues such as those of the central
- nervous system and highly specialised glandular tissues like those of
- the kidney lose their vitality quickly after death and are therefore
- useless for grafting; connective tissues, on the other hand, such as
- fat, cartilage, and bone retain their vitality for several hours after
- death, so that when they are transplanted, they readily "take" and do
- all that is required of them: the same is true of the skin and its
- appendages.
- _Sources of Grafts._--It is convenient to differentiate between
- _autoplastic_ grafts, that is those derived from the same individual;
- _homoplastic_ grafts, derived from another animal of the same species;
- and _heteroplastic_ grafts, derived from an animal of another species.
- Other conditions being equal, the prospects of success are greatest with
- autoplastic grafts, and these are therefore preferred whenever possible.
- There are certain details making for success that merit attention: the
- graft must not be roughly handled or allowed to dry, or be subjected to
- chemical irritation; it must be brought into accurate contact with the
- new soil, no blood-clot intervening between the two, no movement of the
- one upon the other should be possible and all infection must be
- excluded; it will be observed that these are exactly the same conditions
- that permit of the primary healing of wounds, with which of course the
- healing of grafts is exactly comparable.
- _Preservation of Tissues for Grafting._--It was at one time believed
- that tissues might be taken from the operating theatre and kept in cold
- storage until they were required. It is now agreed that tissues which
- have been separated from the body for some time inevitably lose their
- vitality, become incapable of regeneration, and are therefore unsuited
- for grafting purposes. If it is intended to preserve a portion of tissue
- for future grafting, it should be embedded in the subcutaneous tissue of
- the abdominal wall until it is wanted; this has been carried out with
- portions of costal cartilage and of bone.
- INDIVIDUAL TISSUES AS GRAFTS
- #The Blood# lends itself in an ideal manner to transplantation, or, as
- it has long been called, _transfusion_. Being always a homoplastic
- transfer, the new blood is not always tolerated by the old, in which
- case biochemical changes occur, resulting in haemolysis, which
- corresponds to the disintegration of other unsuccessful homoplastic
- grafts. (See article on Transfusion, _Op. Surg._, p. 37.)
- #The Skin.#--The skin was the first tissue to be used for grafting
- purposes, and it is still employed with greater frequency than any
- other, as lesions causing defects of skin are extremely common and
- without the aid of grafts are tedious in healing.
- Skin grafts may be applied to a raw surface or to one that is covered
- with granulations.
- _Skin grafting of raw surfaces_ is commonly indicated after operations
- for malignant disease in which considerable areas of skin must be
- sacrificed, and after accidents, such as avulsion of the scalp by
- machinery.
- _Skin grafting of granulating surfaces_ is chiefly employed to promote
- healing in the large defects of skin caused by severe burns; the
- grafting is carried out when the surface is covered by a uniform layer
- of healthy granulations and before the inevitable contraction of scar
- tissue makes itself manifest. Before applying the grafts it is usual to
- scrape away the granulations until the young fibrous tissue underneath
- is exposed, but, if the granulations are healthy and can be rendered
- aseptic, the grafts may be placed on them directly.
- If it is decided to scrape away the granulations, the oozing must be
- arrested by pressure with a pad of gauze, a sheet of dental rubber or
- green protective is placed next the raw surface to prevent the gauze
- adhering and starting the bleeding afresh when it is removed.
- #Methods of Skin-Grafting.#--Two methods are employed: one in which the
- epidermis is mainly or exclusively employed--epidermis or epithelial
- grafting; the other, in which the graft consists of the whole thickness
- of the true skin--cutis-grafting.
- _Epidermis or Epithelial Grafting._--The method introduced by the late
- Professor Thiersch of Leipsic is that almost universally practised. It
- consists in transplanting strips of epidermis shaved from the surface of
- the skin, the razor passing through the tips of the papillae, which
- appear as tiny red points yielding a moderate ooze of blood.
- The strips are obtained from the front and lateral aspects of the thigh
- or upper arm, the skin in those regions being pliable and comparatively
- free from hairs.
- They are cut with a sharp hollow-ground razor or with Thiersch's
- grafting knife, the blade of which is rinsed in alcohol and kept
- moistened with warm saline solution. The cutting is made easier if the
- skin is well stretched and kept flat and perfectly steady, the
- operator's left hand exerting traction on the skin behind, the hands of
- the assistant on the skin in front, one above and the other below the
- seat of operation. To ensure uniform strips being cut, the razor is kept
- parallel with the surface and used with a short, rapid, sawing movement,
- so that, with a little practice, grafts six or eight inches long by one
- or two inches broad can readily be cut. The patient is given a general
- anaesthetic, or regional anaesthesia is obtained by injections of a
- solution of one per cent. novocain into the line of the lateral and
- middle cutaneous nerves; the disinfection of the skin is carried out on
- the usual lines, any chemical agent being finally got rid of, however,
- by means of alcohol followed by saline solution.
- The strips of epidermis wrinkle up on the knife and are directly
- transferred to the surface, for which they should be made to form a
- complete carpet, slightly overlapping the edges of the area and of one
- another; some blunt instrument is used to straighten out the strips,
- which are then subjected to firm pressure with a pad of gauze to express
- blood and air-bells and to ensure accurate contact, for this must be as
- close as that between a postage stamp and the paper to which it is
- affixed.
- As a dressing for the grafted area and of that also from which the
- grafts have been taken, gauze soaked in _liquid paraffin_--the patent
- variety known as _ambrine_ is excellent--appears to be the best; the
- gauze should be moistened every other day or so with fresh paraffin, so
- that, at the end of a week, when the grafts should have united, the
- gauze can be removed without risk of detaching them. _Dental wax_ is
- another useful type of dressing; as is also _picric acid_ solution. Over
- the gauze, there is applied a thick layer of cotton wool, and the whole
- dressing is kept in place by a firmly applied bandage, and in the case
- of the limbs some form of splint should be added to prevent movement.
- A dressing may be dispensed with altogether, the grafts being protected
- by a wire cage such as is used after vaccination, but they tend to dry
- up and come to resemble a scab.
- When the grafts have healed, it is well to protect them from injury and
- to prevent them drying up and cracking by the liberal application of
- lanoline or vaseline.
- The new skin is at first insensitive and is fixed to the underlying
- connective tissue or bone, but in course of time (from six weeks
- onwards) sensation returns and the formation of elastic tissue beneath
- renders the skin pliant and movable so that it can be pinched up between
- the finger and thumb.
- _Reverdin's_ method consists in planting out pieces of skin not bigger
- than a pin-head over a granulating surface. It is seldom employed.
- _Grafts of the Cutis Vera._--Grafts consisting of the entire thickness
- of the true skin were specially advocated by Wolff and are often
- associated with his name. They should be cut oval or spindle-shaped, to
- facilitate the approximation of the edges of the resulting wound. The
- graft should be cut to the exact size of the surface it is to cover;
- Gillies believes that tension of the graft favours its taking. These
- grafts may be placed either on a fresh raw surface or on healthy
- granulations. It is sometimes an advantage to stitch them in position,
- especially on the face. The dressing and the after-treatment are the
- same as in epidermis grafting.
- There is a degree of uncertainty about the graft retaining its vitality
- long enough to permit of its deriving the necessary nourishment from its
- new surroundings; in a certain number of cases the flap dies and is
- thrown off as a slough--moist or dry according to the presence or
- absence of septic infection.
- The technique for cutis-grafting must be without a flaw, and the asepsis
- absolute; there must not only be a complete absence of movement, but
- there must be no traction on the flap that will endanger its blood
- supply.
- Owing to the uncertainty in the results of cutis-grafting the
- _two-stage_ or _indirect method_ has been introduced, and its almost
- uniform success has led to its sphere of application being widely
- extended. The flap is raised as in the direct method but is left
- attached at one of its margins for a period ranging from 14 to 21 days
- until its blood supply from its new bed is assured; the detachment is
- then made complete. The blood supply of the proposed flap may influence
- its selection and the way in which it is fashioned; for example, a flap
- cut from the side of the head to fill a defect in the cheek, having in
- its margin of attachment or pedicle the superficial temporal artery, is
- more likely to take than a flap cut with its base above.
- Another modification is to raise the flap but leave it connected at both
- ends like the piers of a bridge; this method is well suited to defects
- of skin on the dorsum of the fingers, hand and forearm, the bridge of
- skin is raised from the abdominal wall and the hand is passed beneath it
- and securely fixed in position; after an interval of 14 to 21 days, when
- the flap is assured of its blood supply, the piers of the bridge are
- divided (Fig. 1). With undermining it is usually easy to bring the
- edges of the gap in the abdominal wall together, even in children; the
- skin flap on the dorsum of the hand appears rather thick and
- prominent--almost like the pad of a boxing-glove--for some time, but
- the restoration of function in the capacity to flex the fingers is
- gratifying in the extreme.
- [Illustration: FIG. 1.--Ulcer of back of Hand covered by flap of skin
- raised from anterior abdominal wall. The lateral edges of the flap are
- divided after the graft has adhered.]
- The indirect element of this method of skin-grafting may be carried
- still further by transferring the flap of skin first to one part of the
- body and then, after it has taken, transferring it to a third part.
- Gillies has especially developed this method in the remedying of
- deformities of the face caused by gunshot wounds and by petrol burns in
- air-men. A rectangular flap of skin is marked out in the neck and chest,
- the lateral margins of the flap are raised sufficiently to enable them
- to be brought together so as to form a tube of skin: after the
- circulation has been restored, the lower end of the tube is detached and
- is brought up to the lip or cheek, or eyelid, where it is wanted; when
- this end has derived its new blood supply, the other end is detached
- from the neck and brought up to where it is wanted. In this way, skin
- from the chest may be brought up to form a new forehead and eyelids.
- Grafts of _mucous membrane_ are used to cover defects in the lip, cheek,
- and conjunctiva. The technique is similar to that employed in
- skin-grafting; the sources of mucous membrane are limited and the
- element of septic infection cannot always be excluded.
- _Fat._--Adipose tissue has a low vitality, but it is easily retained and
- it readily lends itself to transplantation. Portions of fat are often
- obtainable at operations--from the omentum, for example, otherwise the
- subcutaneous fat of the buttock is the most accessible; it may be
- employed to fill up cavities of all kinds in order to obtain more rapid
- and sounder healing and also to remedy deformity, as in filling up a
- depression in the cheek or forehead. It is ultimately converted into
- ordinary connective tissue _pari passu_ with the absorption of the fat.
- The _fascia lata of the thigh_ is widely and successfully used as a
- graft to fill defects in the dura mater, and interposed between the
- bones of a joint--if the articular cartilage has been destroyed--to
- prevent the occurrence of ankylosis.
- The _peritoneum_ of hydrocele and hernial sacs and of the omentum
- readily lends itself to transplantation.
- _Cartilage and bone_, next to skin, are the tissues most frequently
- employed for grafting purposes; their sphere of action is so extensive
- and includes so much of technical detail in their employment, that they
- will be considered later with the surgery of the bones and joints and
- with the methods of re-forming the nose.
- _Tendons and blood vessels_ readily lend themselves to transplantation
- and will also be referred to later.
- _Muscle and nerve_, on the other hand, do not retain their vitality when
- severed from their surroundings and do not functionate as grafts except
- for their connective-tissue elements, which it goes without saying are
- more readily obtainable from other sources.
- Portions of the _ovary_ and of the _thyreoid_ have been successfully
- transplanted into the subcutaneous cellular tissue of the abdominal wall
- by Tuffier and others. In these new surroundings, the ovary or thyreoid
- is vascularised and has been shown to functionate, but there is not
- sufficient regeneration of the essential tissue elements to "carry on";
- the secreting tissue is gradually replaced by connective tissue and the
- special function comes to an end. Even such temporary function may,
- however, tide a patient over a difficult period.
- CHAPTER II
- CONDITIONS WHICH INTERFERE WITH REPAIR
- SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY
- Want of rest--Irritation--Unhealthy tissues--Pathogenic bacteria.
- SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY--General characters of
- bacteria--Classification of bacteria--Conditions of bacterial
- life--Pathogenic powers of bacteria--Results of bacterial
- growth--Death of bacteria--Immunity--Antitoxic sera--Identification
- of bacteria--Pyogenic bacteria.
- In the management of wounds and other surgical conditions it is
- necessary to eliminate various extraneous influences which tend to delay
- or arrest the natural process of repair.
- Of these, one of the most important is undue movement of the affected
- part. "The first and great requisite for the restoration of injured
- parts is _rest_," said John Hunter; and physiological and mechanical
- rest as the chief of natural therapeutic agents was the theme of John
- Hilton's classical work--_Rest and Pain_. In this connection it must be
- understood that "rest" implies more than the mere state of physical
- repose: all physiological as well as mechanical function must be
- prevented as far as is possible. For instance, the constituent bones of
- a joint affected with tuberculosis must be controlled by splints or
- other appliances so that no movement can take place between them, and
- the limb may not be used for any purpose; physiological rest may be
- secured to an inflamed colon by making an artificial anus in the caecum;
- the activity of a diseased kidney may be diminished by regulating the
- quantity and quality of the fluids taken by the patient.
- Another source of interference with repair in wounds is _irritation_,
- either by mechanical agents such as rough, unsuitable dressings,
- bandages, or ill-fitting splints; or by chemical agents in the form of
- strong lotions or other applications.
- An _unhealthy or devitalised condition of the patient's tissues_ also
- hinders the reparative process. Bruised or lacerated skin heals less
- kindly than skin cut with a smooth, sharp instrument; and persistent
- venous congestion of a part, such as occurs, for example, in the leg
- when the veins are varicose, by preventing the access of healthy blood,
- tends to delay the healing of open wounds. The existence of grave
- constitutional disease, such as Bright's disease, diabetes, syphilis,
- scurvy, or alcoholism, also impedes healing.
- Infection by disease-producing micro-organisms or _pathogenic bacteria_
- is, however, the most potent factor in disturbing the natural process of
- repair in wounds.
- SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY
- The influence of micro-organisms in the causation of disease, and the
- role played by them in interfering with the natural process of repair,
- are so important that the science of applied bacteriology has now come
- to dominate every department of surgery, and it is from the standpoint
- of bacteriology that nearly all surgical questions have to be
- considered.
- The term _sepsis_ as now used in clinical surgery no longer retains its
- original meaning as synonymous with "putrefaction," but is employed to
- denote all conditions in which bacterial infection has taken place, and
- more particularly those in which pyogenic bacteria are present. In the
- same way the term _aseptic_ conveys the idea of freedom from all forms
- of bacteria, putrefactive or otherwise; and the term _antiseptic_ is
- used to denote a power of counteracting bacteria and their products.
- #General Characters of Bacteria.#--A _bacterium_ consists of a finely
- granular mass of protoplasm, enclosed in a thin gelatinous envelope.
- Many forms are motile--some in virtue of fine thread-like flagella, and
- others through contractility of the protoplasm. The great majority
- multiply by simple fission, each parent cell giving rise to two daughter
- cells, and this process goes on with extraordinary rapidity. Other
- varieties, particularly bacilli, are propagated by the formation of
- _spores_. A spore is a minute mass of protoplasm surrounded by a dense,
- tough membrane, developed in the interior of the parent cell. Spores are
- remarkable for their tenacity of life, and for the resistance they offer
- to the action of heat and chemical germicides.
- Bacteria are most conveniently classified according to their shape. Thus
- we recognise (1) those that are globular--_cocci_; (2) those that
- resemble a rod--_bacilli_; (3) the spiral or wavy forms--_spirilla_.
- _Cocci_ or _micrococci_ are minute round bodies, averaging about 1 u in
- diameter. The great majority are non-motile. They multiply by fission;
- and when they divide in such a way that the resulting cells remain in
- pairs, are called _diplococci_, of which the bacteria of gonorrhoea and
- pneumonia are examples (Fig. 5). When they divide irregularly, and form
- grape-like bunches, they are known as _staphylococci_, and to this
- variety the commonest pyogenic or pus-forming organisms belong (Fig. 2).
- When division takes place only in one axis, so that long chains are
- formed, the term _streptococcus_ is applied (Fig. 3). Streptococci are
- met with in erysipelas and various other inflammatory and suppurative
- processes of a spreading character.
- _Bacilli_ are rod-shaped bacteria, usually at least twice as long as
- they are broad (Fig. 4). Some multiply by fission, others by
- sporulation. Some forms are motile, others are non-motile. Tuberculosis,
- tetanus, anthrax, and many other surgical diseases are due to different
- forms of bacilli.
- _Spirilla_ are long, slender, thread-like cells, more or less spiral or
- wavy. Some move by a screw-like contraction of the protoplasm, some by
- flagellae. The spirochaete associated with syphilis (Fig. 36) is the most
- important member of this group.
- #Conditions of Bacterial Life.#--Bacteria require for their growth and
- development a suitable food-supply in the form of proteins,
- carbohydrates, and salts of calcium and potassium which they break up
- into simpler elements. An alkaline medium favours bacterial growth; and
- moisture is a necessary condition; spores, however, can survive the want
- of water for much longer periods than fully developed bacteria. The
- necessity for oxygen varies in different species. Those that require
- oxygen are known as _aerobic bacilli_ or _aerobes_; those that cannot
- live in the presence of oxygen are spoken of as _anaerobes_. The great
- majority of bacteria, however, while they prefer to have oxygen, are
- able to live without it, and are called _facultative anaerobes_.
- The most suitable temperature for bacterial life is from 95 o to 102 o F.,
- roughly that of the human body. Extreme or prolonged cold paralyses but
- does not kill micro-organisms. Few, however, survive being raised to a
- temperature of 134 1/2 o F. Boiling for ten to twenty minutes will kill all
- bacteria, and the great majority of spores. Steam applied in an
- autoclave under a pressure of two atmospheres destroys even the most
- resistant spores in a few minutes. Direct sunlight, electric light, or
- even diffuse daylight, is inimical to the growth of bacteria, as are
- also Rontgen rays and radium emanations.
- #Pathogenic Properties of Bacteria.#--We are now only concerned with
- pathogenic bacteria--that is, bacteria capable of producing disease in
- the human subject. This capacity depends upon two sets of factors--(1)
- certain features peculiar to the invading bacteria, and (2) others
- peculiar to the host. Many bacteria have only the power of living upon
- dead matter, and are known as _saphrophytes_. Such as do nourish in
- living tissue are, by distinction, known as _parasites_. The power a
- given parasitic micro-organism has of multiplying in the body and giving
- rise to disease is spoken of as its _virulence_, and this varies not
- only with different species, but in the same species at different times
- and under varying circumstances. The actual number of organisms
- introduced is also an important factor in determining their pathogenic
- power. Healthy tissues can resist the invasion of a certain number of
- bacteria of a given species, but when that number is exceeded, the
- organisms get the upper hand and disease results. When the organisms
- gain access directly to the blood-stream, as a rule they produce their
- effects more certainly and with greater intensity than when they are
- introduced into the tissues.
- Further, the virulence of an organism is modified by the condition of
- the patient into whose tissues it is introduced. So long as a person is
- in good health, the tissues are able to resist the attacks of moderate
- numbers of most bacteria. Any lowering of the vitality of the
- individual, however, either locally or generally, at once renders him
- more susceptible to infection. Thus bruised or torn tissue is much more
- liable to infection with pus-producing organisms than tissues clean-cut
- with a knife; also, after certain diseases, the liability to infection
- by the organisms of diphtheria, pneumonia, or erysipelas is much
- increased. Even such slight depression of vitality as results from
- bodily fatigue, or exposure to cold and damp, may be sufficient to turn
- the scale in the battle between the tissues and the bacteria. Age is an
- important factor in regard to the action of certain bacteria. Young
- subjects are attacked by diphtheria, tuberculosis, acute osteomyelitis,
- and some other diseases with greater frequency and severity than those
- of more advanced years.
- In different races, localities, environment, and seasons, the pathogenic
- powers of certain organisms, such as those of erysipelas, diphtheria,
- and acute osteomyelitis, vary considerably.
- There is evidence that a _mixed infection_--that is, the introduction of
- more than one species of organism, for example, the tubercle bacillus
- and a pyogenic staphylococcus--increases the severity of the resulting
- disease. If one of the varieties gain the ascendancy, the poisons
- produced by the others so devitalise the tissue cells, and diminish
- their power of resistance, that the virulence of the most active
- organisms is increased. On the other hand, there is reason to believe
- that the products of certain organisms antagonise one another--for
- example, an attack of erysipelas may effect the cure of a patch of
- tuberculous lupus.
- Lastly, in patients suffering from chronic wasting diseases, bacteria
- may invade the internal organs by the blood-stream in enormous numbers
- and with great rapidity, during the period of extreme debility which
- shortly precedes death. The discovery of such collections of organisms
- on post-mortem examination may lead to erroneous conclusions being drawn
- as to the cause of death.
- #Results of Bacterial Growth.#--Some organisms, such as those of tetanus
- and erysipelas, and certain of the pyogenic bacteria, show little
- tendency to pass far beyond the point at which they gain an entrance to
- the body. Others, on the contrary--for example, the tubercle bacillus
- and the organism of acute osteomyelitis--although frequently remaining
- localised at the seat of inoculation, tend to pass to distant parts,
- lodging in the capillaries of joints, bones, kidney, or lungs, and there
- producing their deleterious effects.
- In the human subject, multiplication in the blood-stream does not occur
- to any great extent. In some general acute pyogenic infections, such as
- osteomyelitis, cellulitis, etc., pure cultures of staphylococci or of
- streptococci may be obtained from the blood. In pneumococcal and typhoid
- infections, also, the organisms may be found in the blood.
- It is by the vital changes they bring about in the parts where they
- settle that micro-organisms disturb the health of the patient. In
- deriving nourishment from the complex organic compounds in which they
- nourish, the organisms evolve, probably by means of a ferment, certain
- chemical products of unknown composition, but probably colloidal in
- nature, and known as _toxins_. When these poisons are absorbed into the
- general circulation they give rise to certain groups of symptoms--such
- as rise of temperature, associated circulatory and respiratory
- derangements, interference with the gastro-intestinal functions and also
- with those of the nervous system--which go to make up the condition
- known as blood-poisoning, toxaemia, or _bacterial intoxication_. In
- addition to this, certain bacteria produce toxins that give rise to
- definite and distinct groups of symptoms--such as the convulsions of
- tetanus, or the paralyses that follow diphtheria.
- _Death of Bacteria._--Under certain circumstances, it would appear that
- the accumulation of the toxic products of bacterial action tends to
- interfere with the continued life and growth of the organisms
- themselves, and in this way the natural cure of certain diseases is
- brought about. Outside the body, bacteria may be killed by starvation,
- by want of moisture, by being subjected to high temperature, or by the
- action of certain chemical agents of which carbolic acid, the
- perchloride and biniodide of mercury, and various chlorine preparations
- are the most powerful.
- #Immunity.#--Some persons are insusceptible to infection by certain
- diseases, from which they are said to enjoy a _natural immunity_. In
- many acute diseases one attack protects the patient, for a time at
- least, from a second attack--_acquired immunity_.
- _Phagocytosis._--In the production of immunity the leucocytes and
- certain other cells play an important part in virtue of the power they
- possess of ingesting bacteria and of destroying them by a process of
- intra-cellular digestion. To this process Metchnikoff gave the name of
- _phagocytosis_, and he recognised two forms of _phagocytes_: (1) the
- _microphages_, which are the polymorpho-nuclear leucocytes of the blood;
- and (2) the _macrophages_, which include the larger hyaline leucocytes,
- endothelial cells, and connective-tissue corpuscles.
- During the process of phagocytosis, the polymorpho-nuclear leucocytes in
- the circulating blood increase greatly in numbers (_leucocytosis_), as
- well as in their phagocytic action, and in the course of destroying the
- bacteria they produce certain ferments which enter the blood serum.
- These are known as _opsonins_ or _alexins_, and they act on the bacteria
- by a process comparable to narcotisation, and render them an easy prey
- for the phagocytes.
- _Artificial or Passive Immunity._--A form of immunity can be induced by
- the introduction of protective substances obtained from an animal which
- has been actively immunised. The process by which passive immunity is
- acquired depends upon the fact that as a result of the reaction between
- the specific virus of a particular disease (the _antigen_) and the
- tissues of the animal attacked, certain substances--_antibodies_--are
- produced, which when transferred to the body of a susceptible animal
- protect it against that disease. The most important of these antibodies
- are the _antitoxins_. From the study of the processes by which immunity
- is secured against the effects of bacterial action the serum and vaccine
- methods of treating certain infective diseases have been evolved. The
- _serum treatment_ is designed to furnish the patient with a sufficiency
- of antibodies to neutralise the infection. The anti-diphtheritic and the
- anti-tetanic act by neutralising the specific toxins of the
- disease--_antitoxic serums_; the anti-streptcoccic and the serum for
- anthrax act upon the bacteria--_anti-bacterial serums_.
- A _polyvalent_ serum, that is, one derived from an animal which has been
- immunised by numerous strains of the organism derived from various
- sources, is much more efficacious than when a single strain has been
- used.
- _Clinical Use of Serums._--Every precaution must be taken to prevent
- organismal contamination of the serum or of the apparatus by means of
- which it is injected. Syringes are so made that they can be sterilised
- by boiling. The best situations for injection are under the skin of the
- abdomen, the thorax, or the buttock, and the skin should be purified at
- the seat of puncture. If the bulk of the full dose is large, it should
- be divided and injected into different parts of the body, not more than
- 20 c.c. being injected at one place. The serum may be introduced
- directly into a vein, or into the spinal canal, _e.g._ anti-tetanic
- serum. The immunity produced by injections of antitoxic sera lasts only
- for a comparatively short time, seldom longer than a few weeks.
- _"Serum Disease" and Anaphylaxis._--It is to be borne in mind that some
- patients exhibit a supersensitiveness with regard to protective sera, an
- injection being followed in a few days by the appearance of an
- urticarial or erythematous rash, pain and swelling of the joints, and a
- variable degree of fever. These symptoms, to which the name _serum
- disease_ is applied, usually disappear in the course of a few days.
- The term _anaphylaxis_ is applied to an allied condition of
- supersensitiveness which appears to be induced by the injection of
- certain substances, including toxins and sera, that are capable of
- acting as antigens. When a second injection is given after an interval
- of some days, if anaphylaxis has been established by the first dose, the
- patient suddenly manifests toxic symptoms of the nature of profound
- shock which may even prove fatal. The conditions which render a person
- liable to develop anaphylaxis and the mechanism by which it is
- established are as yet imperfectly understood.
- _Vaccine Treatment._--The vaccine treatment elaborated by A. E. Wright
- consists in injecting, while the disease is still active, specially
- prepared dead cultures of the causative organisms, and is based on the
- fact that these "vaccines" render the bacteria in the tissues less able
- to resist the attacks of the phagocytes. The method is most successful
- when the vaccine is prepared from organisms isolated from the patient
- himself, _autogenous vaccine_, but when this is impracticable, or takes
- a considerable time, laboratory-prepared polyvalent _stock vaccines_ may
- be used.
- _Clinical Use of Vaccines._--Vaccines should not be given while a
- patient is in a negative phase, as a certain amount of the opsonin in
- the blood is used up in neutralising the substances injected, and this
- may reduce the opsonic index to such an extent that the vaccines
- themselves become dangerous. As a rule, the propriety of using a vaccine
- can be determined from the general condition of the patient. The initial
- dose should always be a small one, particularly if the disease is acute,
- and the subsequent dosage will be regulated by the effect produced. If
- marked constitutional disturbance with rise of temperature follows the
- use of a vaccine, it indicates a negative phase, and calls for a
- diminution in the next dose. If, on the other hand, the local as well as
- the general condition of the patient improves after the injection, it
- indicates a positive phase, and the original dose may be repeated or
- even increased. Vaccines are best introduced subcutaneously, a part
- being selected which is not liable to pressure, as there is sometimes
- considerable local reaction. Repeated doses may be necessary at
- intervals of a few days.
- The vaccine treatment has been successfully employed in various
- tuberculous lesions, in pyogenic infections such as acne, boils,
- sycosis, streptococcal, pneumococcal, and gonococcal conditions, in
- infections of the accessory air sinuses, and in other diseases caused by
- bacteria.
- PYOGENIC BACTERIA
- From the point of view of the surgeon the most important varieties of
- micro-organisms are those that cause inflammation and suppuration--the
- _pyogenic bacteria_. This group includes a great many species, and these
- are so widely distributed that they are to be met with under all
- conditions of everyday life.
- The nature of the inflammatory and suppurative processes will be
- considered in detail later; suffice it here to say that they are brought
- about by the action of one or other of the organisms that we have now to
- consider.
- It is found that the _staphylococci_, which cluster into groups, tend to
- produce localised lesions; while the chain-forms--_streptococci_--give
- rise to diffuse, spreading conditions. Many varieties of pyogenic
- bacteria have now been differentiated, the best known being the
- staphylococcus aureus, the streptococcus, and the bacillus coli
- communis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 2.--Staphylococcus aureus in Pus from case of
- Osteomyelitis. x 1000 diam. Gram's stain.]
- _Staphylococcus Aureus._--This is the commonest organism found in
- localised inflammatory and suppurative conditions. It varies greatly in
- its virulence, and is found in such widely different conditions as skin
- pustules, boils, carbuncles, and some acute inflammations of bone. As
- seen by the microscope it occurs in grape-like clusters, fission of the
- individual cells taking place irregularly (Fig. 2). When grown in
- artificial media, the colonies assume an orange-yellow colour--hence the
- name _aureus_. It is of high vitality and resists more prolonged
- exposure to high temperatures than most non-sporing bacteria. It is
- capable of lying latent in the tissues for long periods, for example, in
- the marrow of long bones, and of again becoming active and causing a
- fresh outbreak of suppuration. This organism is widely distributed: it
- is found on the skin, in the mouth, and in other situations in the body,
- and as it is present in the dust of the air and on all objects upon
- which dust has settled, it is a continual source of infection unless
- means are taken to exclude it from wounds.
- The _staphylococcus albus_ is much less common than the aureus, but has
- the same properties and characters, save that its growth on artificial
- media assumes a white colour. It is the common cause of stitch
- abscesses, the skin being its normal habitat.
- [Illustration: FIG. 3.--Streptococci in Pus from an acute abscess in
- subcutaneous tissue. x 1000 diam. Gram's stain.]
- _Streptococcus Pyogenes._--This organism also varies greatly in its
- virulence; in some instances--for example in erysipelas--it causes a
- sharp attack of acute spreading inflammation, which soon subsides
- without showing any tendency to end in suppuration; under other
- conditions it gives rise to a generalised infection which rapidly proves
- fatal. The streptococcus has less capacity of liquefying the tissues
- than the staphylococcus, so that pus formation takes place more slowly.
- At the same time its products are very potent in destroying the tissues
- in their vicinity, and so interfering with the exudation of leucocytes
- which would otherwise exercise their protective influence. Streptococci
- invade the lymph spaces, and are associated with acute spreading
- conditions such as phlegmonous or erysipelatous inflammations and
- suppurations, lymphangitis and suppuration in lymph glands, and
- inflammation of serous and synovial membranes, also with a form of
- pneumonia which is prone to follow on severe operations in the mouth and
- throat. Streptococci are also concerned in the production of spreading
- gangrene and pyaemia.
- Division takes place in one axis, so that chains of varying length are
- formed (Fig. 3). It is less easily cultivated by artificial media than
- the staphylococcus; it forms a whitish growth.
- [Illustration: FIG. 4.--Bacillus coli communis in Urine, from a case of
- Cystitis. x 1000 diam. Leishman's stain.]
- _Bacillus Coli Communis._--This organism, which is a normal inhabitant
- of the intestinal tract, shows a great tendency to invade any organ or
- tissue whose vitality is lowered. It is causatively associated with such
- conditions as peritonitis and peritoneal suppuration resulting from
- strangulated hernia, appendicitis, or perforation in any part of the
- alimentary canal. In cystitis, pyelitis, abscess of the kidney,
- suppuration in the bile-ducts or liver, and in many other abdominal
- conditions, it plays a most important part. The discharge from wounds
- infected by this organism has usually a foetid, or even a faecal odour,
- and often contains gases resulting from putrefaction.
- It is a small rod-shaped organism with short flagellae, which render it
- motile (Fig. 4). It closely resembles the typhoid bacillus, but is
- distinguished from it by its behaviour in artificial culture media.
- [Illustration: FIG. 5.--Fraenkel's Pneumococci in Pus from Empyema
- following Pneumonia. x 100 diam. Stained with Muir's capsule stain.]
- _Pneumo-bacteria._--Two forms of organism associated with
- pneumonia--_Fraenkel's pneumococcus_ (one of the diplococci) (Fig. 5)
- and _Friedlander's pneumo-bacillus_ (a short rod-shaped form)--are
- frequently met with in inflammations of the serous and synovial
- membranes, in suppuration in the liver, and in various other
- inflammatory and suppurative conditions.
- _Bacillus Typhosus._--This organism has been found in pure culture in
- suppurative conditions of bone, of cellular tissue, and of internal
- organs, especially during convalescence from typhoid fever. Like the
- staphylococcus, it is capable of lying latent in the tissues for long
- periods.
- _Other Pyogenic Bacteria._--It is not necessary to do more than name
- some of the other organisms that are known to be pyogenic, such as the
- bacillus pyocyaneus, which is found in green and blue pus, the
- micrococcus tetragenus, the gonococcus, actinomyces, the glanders
- bacillus, and the tubercle bacillus. Most of these will receive further
- mention in connection with the diseases to which they give rise.
- #Leucocytosis.#--Most bacterial diseases, as well as certain other
- pathological conditions, are associated with an increase in the number
- of leucocytes in the blood throughout the circulatory system. This
- condition of the blood, which is known as _leucocytosis_, is believed to
- be due to an excessive output and rapid formation of leucocytes by the
- bone marrow, and it probably has as its object the arrest and
- destruction of the invading organisms or toxins. To increase the
- resisting power of the system to pathogenic organisms, an artificial
- leucocytosis may be induced by subcutaneous injection of a solution of
- nucleinate of soda (16 minims of a 5 per cent. solution).
- The _normal_ number of leucocytes per cubic millimetre varies in
- different individuals, and in the same individual under different
- conditions, from 5000 to 10,000: 7500 is a normal average, and anything
- above 12,000 is considered abnormal. When leucocytosis is present, the
- number may range from 12,000 to 30,000 or even higher; 40,000 is looked
- upon as a high degree of leucocytosis. According to Ehrlich, the
- following may be taken as the standard proportion of the various forms
- of leucocytes in normal blood: polynuclear neutrophile leucocytes, 70 to
- 72 per cent.; lymphocytes, 22 to 25 per cent.; eosinophile cells, 2 to 4
- per cent.; large mononuclear and transitional leucocytes, 2 to 4 per
- cent.; mast-cells, 0.5 to 2 per cent.
- In estimating the clinical importance of a leucocytosis, it is not
- sufficient merely to count the aggregate number of leucocytes present. A
- differential count must be made to determine which variety of cells is
- in excess. In the majority of surgical affections it is chiefly the
- granular polymorpho-nuclear neutrophile leucocytes that are in excess
- (_ordinary leucocytosis_). In some cases, and particularly in parasitic
- diseases such as trichiniasis and hydatid disease, the eosinophile
- leucocytes also show a proportionate increase (_eosinophilia_). The term
- _lymphocytosis_ is applied when there is an increase in the number of
- circulating lymphocytes, as occurs, for example, in lymphatic leucaemia,
- and in certain cases of syphilis.
- Leucocytosis is met with in nearly all acute infective diseases, and in
- acute pyogenic inflammatory affections, particularly in those attended
- with suppuration. In exceptionally acute septic conditions the extreme
- virulence of the toxins may prevent the leucocytes reacting, and
- leucocytosis may be absent. The absence of leucocytosis in a disease in
- which it is usually present is therefore to be looked upon as a grave
- omen, particularly when the general symptoms are severe. In some cases
- of malignant disease the number of leucocytes is increased to 15,000 or
- 20,000. A few hours after a severe haemorrhage also there is usually a
- leucocytosis of from 15,000 to 30,000, which lasts for three or four
- days (Lyon). In cases of haemorrhage the leucocytosis is increased by
- infusion of fluids into the circulation. After all operations there is
- at least a transient leucocytosis (_post-operative leucocytosis_)
- (F. I. Dawson).
- The leucocytosis begins soon after the infection manifests itself--for
- example, by shivering, rigor, or rise of temperature. The number of
- leucocytes rises somewhat rapidly, increases while the condition is
- progressing, and remains high during the febrile period, but there is no
- constant correspondence between the number of leucocytes and the height
- of the temperature. The arrest of the inflammation and its resolution
- are accompanied by a fall in the number of leucocytes, while the
- occurrence of suppuration is attended with a further increase in their
- number.
- In interpreting the "blood count," it is to be kept in mind that a
- _physiological leucocytosis_ occurs within three or four hours of taking
- a meal, especially one rich in proteins, from 1500 to 2000 being added
- to the normal number. In this _digestion leucocytosis_ the increase is
- chiefly in the polynuclear neutrophile leucocytes. Immediately before
- and after delivery, particularly in primiparae, there is usually a
- moderate degree of leucocytosis. If the labour is normal and the
- puerperium uncomplicated, the number of leucocytes regains the normal in
- about a week. Lactation has no appreciable effect on the number of
- leucocytes. In new-born infants the leucocyte count is abnormally high,
- ranging from 15,000 to 20,000. In children under one year of age, the
- normal average is from 10,000 to 20,000.
- _Absence of Leucocytosis--Leucopenia._--In certain infective diseases
- the number of leucocytes in the circulating blood is abnormally
- low--3000 or 4000--and this condition is known as _leucopenia_. It
- occurs in typhoid fever, especially in the later stages of the disease,
- in tuberculous lesions unaccompanied by suppuration, in malaria, and in
- most cases of uncomplicated influenza. The occurrence of leucocytosis in
- any of these conditions is to be looked upon as an indication that a
- mixed infection has taken place, and that some suppurative process is
- present.
- The absence of leucocytosis in some cases of virulent septic poisoning
- has already been referred to.
- It will be evident that too much reliance must not be placed upon a
- single observation, particularly in emergency cases. Whenever possible,
- a series of observations should be made, the blood being examined about
- four hours after meals, and about the same hour each day.
- The clinical significance of the blood count in individual diseases will
- be further referred to.
- _The Iodine or Glycogen Reaction._--The leucocyte count may be
- supplemented by staining films of the blood with a watery solution of
- iodine and potassium iodide. In all advancing purulent conditions, in
- septic poisonings, in pneumonia, and in cancerous growths associated
- with ulceration, a certain number of the polynuclear leucocytes are
- stained a brown or reddish-brown colour, due to the action of the iodine
- on some substance in the cells of the nature of glycogen. This reaction
- is absent in serous effusions, in unmixed tuberculous infections, in
- uncomplicated typhoid fever, and in the early stages of cancerous
- growths.
- CHAPTER III
- INFLAMMATION
- Definition--Nature of inflammation from surgical point of
- view--Sequence of changes in bacterial inflammation--Clinical
- aspects of inflammation--General principles of treatment--Chronic
- inflammation.
- Inflammation may be defined as the series of vital changes that occurs
- in the tissues in response to irritation. These changes represent the
- reaction of the tissue elements to the irritant, and constitute the
- attempt made by nature to arrest or to limit its injurious effects, and
- to repair the damage done by it.
- The phenomena which characterise the inflammatory reaction can be
- induced by any form of irritation--such, for example, as mechanical
- injury, the application of heat or of chemical substances, or the action
- of pathogenic bacteria and their toxins--and they are essentially
- similar in kind whatever the irritant may be. The extent to which the
- process may go, however, and its effects on the part implicated and on
- the system as a whole, vary with different irritants and with the
- intensity and duration of their action. A mechanical, a thermal, or a
- chemical irritant, acting alone, induces a degree of reaction directly
- proportionate to its physical properties, and so long as it does not
- completely destroy the vitality of the part involved, the changes in the
- tissues are chiefly directed towards repairing the damage done to the
- part, and the inflammatory reaction is not only compatible with the
- occurrence of ideal repair, but may be looked upon as an integral step
- in the reparative process.
- The irritation caused by infection with bacteria, on the other hand, is
- cumulative, as the organisms not only multiply in the tissues, but in
- addition produce chemical poisons (toxins) which aggravate the
- irritative effects. The resulting reaction is correspondingly
- progressive, and has as its primary object the expulsion of the irritant
- and the limitation of its action. If the natural protective effort is
- successful, the resulting tissue changes subserve the process of repair,
- but if the bacteria gain the upper hand in the struggle, the
- inflammatory reaction becomes more intense, certain of the tissue
- elements succumb, and the process for the time being is a destructive
- one. During the stage of bacterial inflammation, reparative processes
- are in abeyance, and it is only after the inflammation has been allayed,
- either by natural means or by the aid of the surgeon, that repair takes
- place.
- In applying the antiseptic principle to the treatment of wounds, our
- main object is to exclude or to eliminate the bacterial factor, and so
- to prevent the inflammatory reaction going beyond the stage in which it
- is protective, and just in proportion as we succeed in attaining this
- object, do we favour the occurrence of ideal repair.
- #Sequence of Changes in Bacterial Inflammation.#--As the form of
- inflammation with which we are most concerned is that due to the action
- of bacteria, in describing the process by which the protective influence
- of the inflammatory reaction is brought into play, we shall assume the
- presence of a bacterial irritant.
- The introduction of a colony of micro-organisms is quickly followed by
- an accumulation of wandering cells, and proliferation of
- connective-tissue cells in the tissues at the site of infection. The
- various cells are attracted to the bacteria by a peculiar chemical or
- biological power known as _chemotaxis_, which seems to result from
- variations in the surface tension of different varieties of cells,
- probably caused by some substance produced by the micro-organisms.
- Changes in the blood vessels then ensue, the arteries becoming dilated
- and the rate of the current in them being for a time increased--_active
- hyperaemia_. Soon, however, the rate of the blood flow becomes slower
- than normal, and in course of time the current may cease (_stasis_), and
- the blood in the vessels may even coagulate (_thrombosis_). Coincidently
- with these changes in the vessels, the leucocytes in the blood of the
- inflamed part rapidly increase in number, and they become viscous and
- adhere to the vessel wall, where they may accumulate in large numbers.
- In course of time the leucocytes pass through the vessel
- wall--_emigration of leucocytes_--and move towards the seat of
- infection, giving rise to a marked degree of _local leucocytosis_.
- Through the openings by which the leucocytes have escaped from the
- vessels, red corpuscles may be passively extruded--_diapedesis of red
- corpuscles_. These processes are accompanied by changes in the
- endothelium of the vessel walls, which result in an increased formation
- of lymph, which transudes into the meshes of the connective tissue
- giving rise to an _inflammatory oedema_, or, if the inflammation is on a
- free surface, forming an _inflammatory exudate_. The quantity and
- characters of this exudate vary in different parts of the body, and
- according to the nature, virulence, and location of the organisms
- causing the inflammation. Thus it may be _serous_, as in some forms of
- synovitis; _sero-fibrinous_, as in certain varieties of peritonitis, the
- fibrin tending to limit the spread of the inflammation by forming
- adhesions; _croupous_, when it coagulates on a free surface and forms a
- false membrane, as in diphtheria; _haemorrhagic_ when mixed with blood;
- or _purulent_, when suppuration has occurred. The protective effects of
- the inflammatory reaction depend for the most part upon the transudation
- of lymph and the emigration of leucocytes. The lymph contains the
- opsonins which act on the bacteria and render them less able to resist
- the attack of the phagocytes, as well as the various protective
- antibodies which neutralise the toxins. The polymorph leucocytes are the
- principal agents in the process of phagocytosis (p. 22), and together
- with the other forms of phagocytes they ingest and destroy the bacteria.
- If the attempt to repel the invading organisms is successful, the
- irritant effects are overcome, the inflammation is arrested, and
- _resolution_ is said to take place.
- Certain of the vascular and cellular changes are now utilised to restore
- the condition to the normal, and _repair_ ensues after the manner
- already described. In certain situations, notably in tendon sheaths, in
- the cavities of joints, and in the interior of serous cavities, for
- example the pleura and peritoneum, the restoration to the normal is not
- perfect, adhesions forming between the opposing surfaces.
- If, however, the reaction induced by the infection is insufficient to
- check the growth and spread of the organisms, or to inhibit their toxin
- production, local necrosis of tissue may take place, either in the form
- of suppuration or of gangrene, or the toxins absorbed into the
- circulation may produce blood-poisoning, which may even prove fatal.
- #Clinical Aspects of Inflammation.#--It must clearly be understood that
- inflammation is not to be looked upon as a disease in itself, but rather
- as an evidence of some infective process going on in the tissues in
- which it occurs, and of an effort on the part of these tissues to
- overcome the invading organisms and their products. The chief danger to
- the patient lies, not in the reactive changes that constitute the
- inflammatory process, but in the fact that he is liable to be poisoned
- by the toxins of the bacteria at work in the inflamed area.
- Since the days of Celsus (first century A.D.), heat, redness, swelling,
- and pain have been recognised as cardinal signs of inflammation, and to
- these may be added, interference with function in the inflamed part, and
- general constitutional disturbance. Variations in these signs and
- symptoms depend upon the acuteness of the condition, the nature of the
- causative organism and of the tissue attacked, the situation of the part
- in relation to the surface, and other factors.
- The _heat_ of the inflamed part is to be attributed to the increased
- quantity of blood present in it, and the more superficial the affected
- area the more readily is the local increase of temperature detected by
- the hand. This clinical point is best tested by placing the palm of the
- hand and fingers for a few seconds alternately over an uninflamed and an
- inflamed area, otherwise under similar conditions as to coverings and
- exposure. In this way even slight differences may be recognised.
- _Redness_, similarly, is due to the increased afflux of blood to the
- inflamed part. The shade of colour varies with the stage of the
- inflammation, being lighter and brighter in the early, hyperaemic stages,
- and darker and duskier when the blood flow is slowed or when stasis has
- occurred and the oxygenation of the blood is defective. In the
- thrombotic stage the part may assume a purplish hue.
- The _swelling_ is partly due to the increased amount of blood in the
- affected part and to the accumulation of leucocytes and proliferated
- tissue cells, but chiefly to the exudate in the connective
- tissue--_inflammatory oedema_. The more open the structure of the tissue
- of the part, the greater is the amount of swelling--witness the marked
- degree of oedema that occurs in such parts as the scrotum or the eyelids.
- _Pain_ is a symptom seldom absent in inflammation. _Tenderness_--that
- is, pain elicited on pressure--is one of the most valuable diagnostic
- signs we possess, and is often present before pain is experienced by the
- patient. That the area of tenderness corresponds to the area of
- inflammation is almost an axiom of surgery. Pain and tenderness are due
- to the irritation of nerve filaments of the part, rendered all the more
- sensitive by the abnormal conditions of their blood supply. In
- inflammatory conditions of internal organs, for example the abdominal
- viscera, the pain is frequently referred to other parts, usually to an
- area supplied by branches from the same segment of the cord as that
- supplying the inflamed part.
- For purposes of diagnosis, attention should be paid to the terms in
- which the patient describes his pain. For example, the pain caused by
- an inflammation of the skin is usually described as of a _burning_ or
- _itching_ character; that of inflammation in dense tissues like
- periosteum or bone, or in encapsuled organs, as _dull_, _boring_, or
- _aching_. When inflammation is passing on to suppuration the pain
- assumes a _throbbing_ character, and as the pus reaches the surface, or
- "points," as it is called, sharp, _darting_, or _lancinating_ pains are
- experienced. Inflammation involving a nerve-trunk may cause a _boring_
- or a _tingling_ pain; while the implication of a serous membrane such as
- the pleura or peritoneum gives rise to a pain of a sharp, _stabbing_
- character.
- _Interference with the function_ of the inflamed part is always present
- to a greater or less extent.
- #Constitutional Disturbances.#--Under the term constitutional
- disturbances are included the presence of fever or elevation of
- temperature; certain changes in the pulse rate and the respiration;
- gastro-intestinal and urinary disturbances; and derangements of the
- central nervous system. These are all due to the absorption of toxins
- into the general circulation.
- _Temperature._--A marked rise of temperature is one of the most constant
- and important concomitants of acute inflammatory conditions, and the
- temperature chart forms a fairly reliable index of the state of the
- patient. The toxins interfere with the nerve-centres in the medulla that
- regulate the balance between the production and the loss of body heat.
- Clinically the temperature is estimated by means of a self-registering
- thermometer placed, for from one to five minutes, in close contact with
- the skin in the axilla, or in the mouth. Sometimes the thermometer is
- inserted into the rectum, where, however, the temperature is normally
- 3/4 o F. higher than in the axilla.
- _In health_ the temperature of the body is maintained at a mean of about
- 98.4 o F. (37 o C.) by the heat-regulating mechanism. It varies from hour
- to hour even in health, reaching its maximum between four and eight in
- the evening, when it may rise to 99 o F., and is at its lowest between
- four and six in the morning, when it may be about 97 o F.
- The temperature is more easily disturbed in children than in adults, and
- may become markedly elevated (104 o or 105 o F.) from comparatively slight
- causes; in the aged it is less liable to change, so that a rise to 103 o
- or 104 o F. is to be looked upon as indicating a high state of fever.
- A sudden rise of temperature is usually associated with a feeling of
- chilliness down the back and in the limbs, which may be so marked that
- the patient shivers violently, while the skin becomes cold, pale, and
- shrivelled--_cutis anserina_. This is a nervous reaction due to a want
- of correspondence between the internal and the surface temperature of
- the body, and is known clinically as a _rigor_. When the temperature
- rises gradually the chill is usually slight and may be unobserved. Even
- during the cold stage, however, the internal temperature is already
- raised, and by the time the chill has passed off its maximum has been
- reached.
- The _pulse_ is always increased in frequency, and usually varies
- directly with the height of the temperature. _Respiration_ is more
- active during the progress of an inflammation; and bronchial catarrh is
- common apart from any antecedent respiratory disease.
- _Gastro-intestinal disturbances_ take the form of loss of appetite,
- vomiting, diminished secretion of the alimentary juices, and weakening
- of the peristalsis of the bowel, leading to thirst, dry, furred tongue,
- and constipation. Diarrhoea is sometimes present. The _urine_ is usually
- scanty, of high specific gravity, rich in nitrogenous substances,
- especially urea and uric acid, and in calcium salts, while sodium
- chloride is deficient. Albumin and hyaline casts may be present in cases
- of severe inflammation with high temperature. The significance of
- general _leucocytosis_ has already been referred to.
- #General Principles of Treatment.#--The capacity of the inflammatory
- reaction for dealing with bacterial infections being limited, it often
- becomes necessary for the surgeon to aid the natural defensive
- processes, as well as to counteract the local and general effects of the
- reaction, and to relieve symptoms.
- The ideal means of helping the tissues is by removing the focus of
- infection, and when this can be done, as for example in a carbuncle or
- an anthrax pustule, the infected area may be completely excised. When
- the focus is not sufficiently limited to admit of this, the infected
- tissue may be scraped away with the sharp spoon, or destroyed by
- caustics or by the actual cautery. If this is inadvisable, the organisms
- may be attacked by strong antiseptics, such as pure carbolic acid.
- Moist dressings favour the removal of bacteria by promoting the escape
- of the inflammatory exudate, in which they are washed out.
- #Artificial Hyperaemia.#--When such direct means as the above are
- impracticable, much can be done to aid the tissues in their struggle by
- improving the condition of the circulation in the inflamed area, so as
- to ensure that a plentiful supply of fresh arterial blood reaches it.
- The beneficial effects of _hot fomentations and poultices_ depend on
- their causing a dilatation of the vessels, and so inducing a hyperaemia
- in the affected area. It has been shown experimentally that repeated,
- short applications of moist heat (not exceeding 106 o F.) are more
- efficacious than continuous application. It is now believed that the
- so-called _counter-irritants_--mustard, iodine, cantharides, actual
- cautery--act in the same way; and the method of treating erysipelas by
- applying a strong solution of iodine around the affected area is based
- on the same principle.
- [Illustration: FIG. 6.--Passive Hyperaemia of Hand and Forearm induced by
- Bier's Bandage.]
- While these and similar methods have long been employed in the treatment
- of inflammatory conditions, it is only within comparatively recent years
- that their mode of action has been properly understood, and to August
- Bier belongs the credit of having put the treatment of inflammation on a
- scientific and rational basis. Recognising the "beneficent intention" of
- the inflammatory reaction, and the protective action of the leucocytosis
- which accompanies the hyperaemic stages of the process, Bier was led to
- study the effects of increasing the hyperaemia by artificial means. As a
- result of his observations, he has formulated a method of treatment
- which consists in inducing an artificial hyperaemia in the inflamed area,
- either by obstructing the venous return from the part (_passive
- hyperaemia_), or by stimulating the arterial flow through it (_active
- hyperaemia_).
- _Bier's Constricting Bandage._--To induce a _passive hyperaemia_ in a
- limb, an elastic bandage is applied some distance above the inflamed
- area sufficiently tightly to obstruct the venous return from the distal
- parts without arresting in any way the inflow of arterial blood (Fig. 6).
- If the constricting band is correctly applied, the parts beyond
- become swollen and oedematous, and assume a bluish-red hue, but they
- retain their normal temperature, the pulse is unchanged, and there is no
- pain. If the part becomes blue, cold, or painful, or if any existing
- pain is increased, the band has been applied too tightly. The hyperaemia
- is kept up from twenty to twenty-two hours out of the twenty-four, and
- in the intervals the limb is elevated to get rid of the oedema and to
- empty it of impure blood, and so make room for a fresh supply of healthy
- blood when the bandage is re-applied. As the inflammation subsides, the
- period during which the band is kept on each day is diminished; but the
- treatment should be continued for some days after all signs of
- inflammation have subsided.
- This method of treating acute inflammatory conditions necessitates
- close supervision until the correct degree of tightness of the band has
- been determined.
- [Illustration: FIG. 7.--Passive Hyperaemia of Finger induced by Klapp's
- Suction Bell.]
- _Klapp's Suction Bells._--In inflammatory conditions to which the
- constricting band cannot be applied, as for example an acute mastitis, a
- bubo in the groin, or a boil on the neck, the affected area may be
- rendered hyperaemic by an appropriately shaped glass bell applied over it
- and exhausted by means of a suction-pump, the rarefaction of the air in
- the bell determining a flow of blood into the tissues enclosed within it
- (Figs. 7 and 8). The edge of the bell is smeared with vaseline, and the
- suction applied for from five to ten minutes at a time, with a
- corresponding interval between the applications. Each sitting lasts for
- from half an hour to an hour, and the treatment may be carried out once
- or twice a day according to circumstances. This apparatus acts in the
- same way as the old-fashioned _dry cup_, and is more convenient and
- equally efficacious.
- [Illustration: FIG. 8.--Passive Hyperaemia induced by Klapp's Suction
- Bell for Inflammation of Inguinal Gland.]
- _Active hyperaemia_ is induced by the local application of heat,
- particularly by means of hot air. It has not proved so useful in acute
- inflammation as passive hyperaemia, but is of great value in hastening
- the absorption of inflammatory products and in overcoming adhesions and
- stiffness in tendons and joints.
- _General Treatment._--The patient should be kept at rest, preferably in
- bed, to diminish the general tissue waste; and the diet should be
- restricted to fluids, such as milk, beef-tea, meat juices or gruel, and
- these may be rendered more easily assimilable by artificial digestion if
- necessary. To counteract the general effect of toxins absorbed into
- the circulation, specific antitoxic sera are employed in certain forms
- of infection, such as diphtheria, streptococcal septicaemia, and tetanus.
- In other forms of infection, vaccines are employed to increase the
- opsonic power of the blood. When such means are not available, the
- circulating toxins may to some extent be diluted by giving plenty of
- bland fluids by the mouth or normal salt solution by the rectum.
- The elimination of the toxins is promoted by securing free action of the
- emunctories. A saline purge, such as half an ounce of sulphate of
- magnesium in a small quantity of water, ensures a free evacuation of the
- bowels. The kidneys are flushed by such diluent drinks as equal parts of
- milk and lime water, or milk with a dram of liquor calcis saccharatus
- added to each tumblerful. Barley-water and "Imperial drink," which
- consists of a dram and a half of cream of tartar added to a pint of
- boiling water and sweetened with sugar after cooling, are also useful
- and non-irritating diuretics. The skin may be stimulated by Dover's
- powder (10 grains) or liquor ammoniae acetatis in three-dram doses every
- four hours.
- Various drugs administered internally, such as quinine, salol,
- salicylate of iron, and others, have a reputation, more or less
- deserved, as internal antiseptics.
- Weakness of the heart, as indicated by the condition of the pulse, is
- treated by the use of such drugs as digitalis, strophanthus, or
- strychnin, according to circumstances.
- Gastro-intestinal disturbances are met by ordinary medical means.
- Vomiting, for example, can sometimes be checked by effervescing drinks,
- such as citrate of caffein, or by dilute hydrocyanic acid and bismuth.
- In severe cases, and especially when the vomited matter resembles
- coffee-grounds from admixture with altered blood--the so-called
- post-operative haematemesis--the best means of arresting the vomiting is
- by washing out the stomach. Thirst is relieved by rectal injections of
- saline solution. The introduction of saline solution into the veins or
- by the rectum is also useful in diluting and hastening the elimination
- of circulating toxins.
- In surgical inflammations, as a rule, nothing is gained by lowering the
- temperature, unless at the same time the cause is removed. When severe
- or prolonged pyrexia becomes a source of danger, the use of hot or cold
- sponging, or even the cold bath, is preferable to the administration of
- drugs.
- _Relief of Symptoms._--For the relief of _pain_, rest is essential. The
- inflamed part should be placed in a splint or other appliance which will
- prevent movement, and steps must be taken to reduce its functional
- activity as far as possible. Locally, warm and moist dressings, such as
- a poultice or fomentation, may be used. To make a fomentation, a piece
- of flannel or lint is wrung out of very hot water or antiseptic lotion
- and applied under a sheet of mackintosh. Fomentations should be renewed
- as often as they cool. An ordinary india-rubber bag filled with hot
- water and fixed over the fomentation, by retaining the heat, obviates
- the necessity of frequently changing the application. The addition of a
- few drops of laudanum sprinkled on the flannel has a soothing effect.
- Lead and opium lotion is a useful, soothing application employed as a
- fomentation. We prefer the application of lint soaked in a 10 per cent.
- aqueous or glycerine solution of ichthyol, or smeared with ichthyol
- ointment (1 in 3). Belladonna and glycerine, equal parts, may be used.
- Dry cold obtained by means of icebags, or by Leiter's lead tubes through
- which a continuous stream of ice-cold water is kept flowing, is
- sometimes soothing to the patient, but when the vessels in the inflamed
- part are greatly congested its use is attended with considerable risk,
- as it not only contracts the arterioles supplying the part, but also
- diminishes the outflow of venous blood, and so may determine gangrene of
- tissues already devitalised.
- A milder form of employing cold is by means of evaporating lotions: a
- thin piece of lint or gauze is applied over the inflamed part and kept
- constantly moist with the lotion, the dressing being left freely exposed
- to allow of continuous evaporation. A useful evaporating lotion is made
- up as follows: take of chloride of ammonium, half an ounce; rectified
- spirit, one ounce; and water, seven ounces.
- The administration of opiates may be necessary for the relief of pain.
- The accumulation of an excessive amount of inflammatory exudate may
- endanger the vitality of the tissues by pressing on the blood vessels to
- such an extent as to cause stasis, and by concentrating the local action
- of the toxins. Under such conditions the tension should be relieved and
- the exudate with its contained toxins removed by making an incision into
- the inflamed tissues, and applying a suction bell. When the exudate has
- collected in a synovial cavity, such as a joint or bursa, it may be
- withdrawn by means of a trocar and cannula. There are other methods of
- withdrawing blood and exudate from an inflamed area, for example by
- leeches or wet-cupping, but they are seldom employed now.
- Before applying leeches the part must be thoroughly cleansed, and if
- the leech is slow to bite, may be smeared with cream. The leech is
- retained in position under an inverted wine-glass or wide test-tube till
- it takes hold. After it has sucked its fill it usually drops off, having
- withdrawn a dram or a dram and a half of blood. If it be desirable to
- withdraw more blood, hot fomentations should be applied to the bite. As
- it is sometimes necessary to employ considerable pressure to stop the
- bleeding, leeches should, if possible, be applied over a bone which will
- furnish the necessary resistance. The use of styptics may be called for.
- _Wet-cupping_ has almost entirely been superseded by the use of Klapp's
- suction bells.
- _General blood-letting_ consists in opening a superficial vein
- (venesection) and allowing from eight to ten ounces of blood to flow
- from it. It is seldom used in the treatment of surgical forms of
- inflammation.
- _Counter-irritants._--In deep-seated inflammations, counter-irritants
- are sometimes employed in the form of mustard leaves or blisters,
- according to the degree of irritation required. A mustard leaf or
- plaster should not be left on longer than ten or fifteen minutes, unless
- it is desired to produce a blister. Blistering may be produced by a
- _cantharides plaster_, or by painting with _liquor epispasticus_. The
- plaster should be left on from eight to ten hours, and if it has failed
- to raise a blister, a hot fomentation should be applied to the part.
- _Liquor epispasticus_, alone or mixed with equal parts of collodion, is
- painted on the part with a brush. Several paintings are often required
- before a blister is raised. The preliminary removal of the natural
- grease from the skin favours the action of these applications.
- The treatment of inflammation in special tissues and organs will be
- considered in the sections devoted to regional surgery.
- #Chronic Inflammation.#--A variety of types of chronic and subacute
- inflammation are met with which, owing to ignorance of their causations,
- cannot at present be satisfactorily classified.
- The best defined group is that of the _granulomata_, which includes such
- important diseases as tuberculosis and syphilis, and in which different
- types of chronic inflammation are caused by infection with a specific
- organism, all having the common character, however, that abundant
- granulation tissue is formed in which cellular changes are more in
- evidence than changes in the blood vessels, and in which the subsequent
- degeneration and necrosis of the granulation tissue results in the
- breaking down and destruction of the tissue in which it is formed.
- Another group is that in which chronic inflammation is due to mild or
- attenuated forms of pyogenic infection affecting especially the lymph
- glands and the bone marrow. In the glands of the groin, for example,
- associated with various forms of irritation about the external genitals,
- different types of _chronic lymphadenitis_ are met with; they do not
- frankly suppurate as do the acute types, but are attended with a
- hyperplasia of the tissue elements which results in enlargement of the
- affected glands of a persistent, and sometimes of a relapsing character.
- Similar varieties of _osteomyelitis_ are met with that do not, like the
- acute forms, go on to suppuration or to death of bone, but result in
- thickening of the bone affected, both on the surface and in the
- interior, resulting in obliteration of the medullary canal.
- A third group of chronic inflammations are those that begin as an acute
- pyogenic inflammation, which, instead of resolving completely, persists
- in a chronic form. It does so apparently because there is some factor
- aiding the organisms and handicapping the tissues, such as the presence
- of a foreign body, a piece of glass or metal, or a piece of dead bone;
- in these circumstances the inflammation persists in a chronic form,
- attended with the formation of fibrous tissue, and, in the case of bone,
- with the formation of new bone in excess. It will be evident that in
- this group, chronic inflammation and repair are practically
- interchangeable terms.
- There are other groups of chronic inflammation, the origin of which
- continues to be the subject of controversy. Reference is here made to
- the chronic inflammations of the synovial membrane of joints, of tendon
- sheaths and of bursae--_chronic synovitis_, _teno-synovitis_ and
- _bursitis_; of the fibrous tissues of joints--chronic forms of
- _arthritis_; of the blood vessels--chronic forms of _endarteritis_ and
- of _phlebitis_ and of the peripheral nerves--_neuritis_. Also in the
- breast and in the prostate, with the waning of sexual life there may
- occur a formation of fibrous tissue--chronic _interstitial mastitis_,
- _chronic prostatitis_, having analogies with the chronic interstitial
- inflammations of internal organs like the kidney--_chronic interstitial
- nephritis_; and in the breast and prostate, as in the kidney, the
- formation of fibrous tissue leads to changes in the secreting epithelium
- resulting in the formation of cysts.
- Lastly, there are still other types of chronic inflammation attended
- with the formation of fibrous tissue on such a liberal scale as to
- suggest analogies with new growths. The best known of these are the
- systematic forms of fibromatosis met with in the central nervous system
- and in the peripheral nerves--_neuro-fibromatosis_; in the submucous
- coat of the stomach--_gastric fibromatosis_; and in the
- colon--_intestinal fibromatosis_.
- These conditions will be described with the tissues and organs in which
- they occur.
- In the _treatment of chronic inflammations_, pending further knowledge
- as to their causation, and beyond such obvious indications as to help
- the tissues by removing a foreign body or a piece of dead bone, there
- are employed--empirically--a number of procedures such as the induction
- of hyperaemia, exposure to the X-rays, and the employment of blisters,
- cauteries, and setons. Vaccines may be had recourse to in those of
- bacterial origin.
- CHAPTER IV
- SUPPURATION
- Definition--Pus--_Varieties_--Acute circumscribed abscess--_Acute
- suppuration in a wound_--_Acute Suppuration in a mucous
- membrane_--Diffuse cellulitis and diffuse suppuration--
- _Whitlow_--_Suppurative cellulitis in different situations_--Chronic
- suppuration--Sinus, Fistula--Constitutional manifestations of
- pyogenic infection--_Sapraemia_--_Septicaemia_--_Pyaemia_.
- Suppuration, or the formation of pus, is one of the results of the
- action of bacteria on the tissues. The invading organism is usually one
- of the staphylococci, less frequently a streptococcus, and still less
- frequently one of the other bacteria capable of producing pus, such as
- the bacillus coli communis, the gonococcus, the pneumococcus, or the
- typhoid bacillus.
- So long as the tissues are in a healthy condition they are able to
- withstand the attacks of moderate numbers of pyogenic bacteria of
- ordinary virulence, but when devitalised by disease, by injury, or by
- inflammation due to the action of other pathogenic organisms,
- suppuration ensues.
- It would appear, for example, that pyogenic organisms can pass through
- the healthy urinary tract without doing any damage, but if the pelvis of
- the kidney, the ureter, or the bladder is the seat of stone, they give
- rise to suppuration. Similarly, a calculus in one of the salivary ducts
- frequently results in an abscess forming in the floor of the mouth. When
- the lumen of a tubular organ, such as the appendix or the Fallopian tube
- is blocked also, the action of pyogenic organisms is favoured and
- suppuration ensues.
- #Pus.#--The fluid resulting from the process of suppuration is known
- as _pus_. In its typical form it is a yellowish creamy substance, of
- alkaline reaction, with a specific gravity of about 1030, and it has a
- peculiar mawkish odour. If allowed to stand in a test-tube it does not
- coagulate, but separates into two layers: the upper, transparent,
- straw-coloured fluid, the _liquor puris_ or pus serum, closely
- resembling blood serum in its composition, but containing less protein
- and more cholestrol; it also contains leucin, tyrosin, and certain
- albumoses which prevent coagulation.
- The layer at the bottom of the tube consists for the most part of
- polymorph leucocytes, and proliferated connective tissue and endothelial
- cells (_pus corpuscles_). Other forms of leucocytes may be present,
- especially in long-standing suppurations; and there are usually some red
- corpuscles, dead bacteria, fat cells and shreds of tissue, cholestrol
- crystals, and other detritus in the deposit.
- If a film of fresh pus is examined under the microscope, the pus cells
- are seen to have a well-defined rounded outline, and to contain a finely
- granular protoplasm and a multi-partite nucleus; if still warm, the
- cells may exhibit amoeboid movement. In stained films the nuclei take the
- stain well. In older pus cells the outline is irregular, the protoplasm
- coarsely granular, and the nuclei disintegrated, no longer taking the
- stain.
- _Variations from Typical Pus._--Pus from old-standing sinuses is often
- watery in consistence (ichorous), with few cells. Where the granulations
- are vascular and bleed easily, it becomes sanious from admixture with
- red corpuscles; while, if a blood-clot be broken down and the debris
- mixed with the pus, it contains granules of blood pigment and is said to
- be "grumous." The _odour_ of pus varies with the different bacteria
- producing it. Pus due to ordinary pyogenic cocci has a mawkish odour;
- when putrefactive organisms are present it has a putrid odour; when it
- forms in the vicinity of the intestinal canal it usually contains the
- bacillus coli communis and has a faecal odour.
- The _colour_ of pus also varies: when due to one or other of the
- varieties of the bacillus pyocyaneus, it is usually of a blue or green
- colour; when mixed with bile derivatives or altered blood pigment, it
- may be of a bright orange colour. In wounds inflicted with rough iron
- implements from which rust is deposited, the pus often presents the same
- colour.
- The pus may form and collect within a circumscribed area, constituting a
- localised _abscess_; or it may infiltrate the tissues over a wide
- area--_diffuse suppuration_.
- ACUTE CIRCUMSCRIBED ABSCESS
- Any tissue of the body may be the seat of an acute abscess, and there
- are many routes by which the bacteria may gain access to the affected
- area. For example: an abscess in the integument or subcutaneous
- cellular tissue usually results from infection by organisms which have
- entered through a wound or abrasion of the surface, or along the ducts
- of the skin; an abscess in the breast from organisms which have passed
- along the milk ducts opening on the nipple, or along the lymphatics
- which accompany these. An abscess in a lymph gland is usually due to
- infection passing by way of the lymph channels from the area of skin or
- mucous membrane drained by them. Abscesses in internal organs, such as
- the kidney, liver, or brain, usually result from organisms carried in
- the blood-stream from some focus of infection elsewhere in the body.
- A knowledge of the possible avenues of infection is of clinical
- importance, as it may enable the source of a given abscess to be traced
- and dealt with. In suppuration in the Fallopian tube (pyosalpynx), for
- example, the fact that the most common origin of the infection is in the
- genital passage, leads to examination for vaginal discharge; and if none
- is present, the abscess is probably due to infection carried in the
- blood-stream from some primary focus about the mouth, such as a gumboil
- or an infective sore throat.
- The exact location of an abscess also may furnish a key to its source;
- in axillary abscess, for example, if the suppuration is in the lymph
- glands the infection has come through the afferent lymphatics; if in the
- cellular tissue, it has spread from the neck or chest wall; if in the
- hair follicles, it is a local infection through the skin.
- #Formation of an Abscess.#--When pyogenic bacteria are introduced into
- the tissue there ensues an inflammatory reaction, which is characterised
- by dilatation of the blood vessels, exudation of large numbers of
- leucocytes, and proliferation of connective-tissue cells. These
- wandering cells soon accumulate round the focus of infection, and form a
- protective barrier which tends to prevent the spread of the organisms
- and to restrict their field of action. Within the area thus
- circumscribed the struggle between the bacteria and the phagocytes takes
- place, and in the process toxins are formed by the organisms, a certain
- number of the leucocytes succumb, and, becoming degenerated, set free
- certain proteolytic enzymes or ferments. The toxins cause
- coagulation-necrosis of the tissue cells with which they come in
- contact, the ferments liquefy the exudate and other albuminous
- substances, and in this way _pus_ is formed.
- If the bacteria gain the upper hand, this process of liquefaction which
- is characteristic of suppuration, extends into the surrounding tissues,
- the protective barrier of leucocytes is broken down, and the
- suppurative process spreads. A fresh accession of leucocytes, however,
- forms a new barrier, and eventually the spread is arrested, and the
- collection of pus so hemmed in constitutes an _abscess_.
- Owing to the swelling and condensation of the parts around, the pus thus
- formed is under considerable pressure, and this causes it to burrow
- along the lines of least resistance. In the case of a subcutaneous
- abscess the pus usually works its way towards the surface, and "points,"
- as it is called. Where it approaches the surface the skin becomes soft
- and thin, and eventually sloughs, allowing the pus to escape.
- An abscess forming in the deeper planes is prevented from pointing
- directly to the surface by the firm fasciae and other fibrous structures.
- The pus therefore tends to burrow along the line of the blood vessels
- and in the connective-tissue septa, till it either finds a weak spot or
- causes a portion of fascia to undergo necrosis and so reaches the
- surface. Accordingly, many abscess cavities resulting from deep-seated
- suppuration are of irregular shape, with pouches and loculi in various
- directions--an arrangement which interferes with their successful
- treatment by incision and drainage.
- The relief of tension which follows the bursting of an abscess, the
- removal of irritation by the escape of pus, and the casting off of
- bacteria and toxins, allow the tissues once more to assert themselves,
- and a process of repair sets in. The walls of the abscess fall in;
- granulation tissue grows into the space and gradually fills it; and
- later this is replaced by cicatricial tissue. As a result of the
- subsequent contraction of the cicatricial tissue, the scar is usually
- depressed below the level of the surrounding skin surface.
- If an abscess is prevented from healing--for example, by the presence of
- a foreign body or a piece of necrosed bone--a sinus results, and from it
- pus escapes until the foreign body is removed.
- #Clinical Features of an Acute Circumscribed Abscess.#--In the initial
- stages the usual symptoms of inflammation are present. Increased
- elevation of temperature, with or without a rigor, progressive
- leucocytosis, and sweating, mark the transition between inflammation and
- suppuration. An increasing leucocytosis is evidence that a suppurative
- process is spreading.
- The local symptoms vary with the seat of the abscess. When it is
- situated superficially--for example, in the breast tissue--the affected
- area is hot, the redness of inflammation gives place to a dusky purple
- colour, with a pale, sometimes yellow, spot where the pus is near the
- surface. The swelling increases in size, the firm brawny centre becomes
- soft, projects as a cone beyond the level of the rest of the swollen
- area, and is usually surrounded by a zone of induration.
- By gently palpating with the finger-tips over the softened area, a fluid
- wave may be detected--_fluctuation_--and when present this is a certain
- indication of the existence of fluid in the swelling. Its recognition,
- however, is by no means easy, and various fallacies are to be guarded
- against in applying this test clinically. When, for example, the walls
- of the abscess are thick and rigid, or when its contents are under
- excessive tension, the fluid wave cannot be elicited. On the other hand,
- a sensation closely resembling fluctuation may often be recognised in
- oedematous tissues, in certain soft, solid tumours such as fatty tumours
- or vascular sarcomata, in aneurysm, and in a muscle when it is palpated
- in its transverse axis.
- When pus has formed in deeper parts, and before it has reached the
- surface, oedema of the overlying skin is frequently present, and the skin
- pits on pressure.
- With the formation of pus the continuous burning or boring pain of
- inflammation assumes a throbbing character, with occasional sharp,
- lancinating twinges. Should doubt remain as to the presence of pus,
- recourse may be had to the use of an exploring needle.
- _Differential Diagnosis of Acute Abscess._--A practical difficulty which
- frequently arises is to decide whether or not pus has actually formed.
- It may be accepted as a working rule in practice that when an acute
- inflammation has lasted for four or five days without showing signs of
- abatement, suppuration has almost certainly occurred. In deep-seated
- suppuration, marked oedema of the skin and the occurrence of rigors and
- sweating may be taken to indicate the formation of pus.
- There are cases on record where rapidly growing sarcomatous and
- angiomatous tumours, aneurysms, and the bruises that occur in
- haemophylics, have been mistaken for acute abscesses and incised, with
- disastrous results.
- #Treatment of Acute Abscesses.#--The dictum of John Bell, "Where there
- is pus, let it out," summarises the treatment of abscess. The extent and
- situation of the incision and the means taken to drain the cavity,
- however, vary with the nature, site, and relations of the abscess. In a
- superficial abscess, for example a bubo, or an abscess in the breast or
- face where a disfiguring scar is undesirable, a small puncture should be
- made where the pus threatens to point, and a Klapp's suction bell be
- applied as already described (p. 39). A drain is not necessary, and in
- the intervals between the applications of the bell the part is covered
- with a moist antiseptic dressing.
- In abscesses deeply placed, as for example under the gluteal or pectoral
- muscles, one or more incisions should be made, and the cavity drained by
- glass or rubber tubes or by strips of rubber tissue.
- The wound should be dressed the next day, and the tube shortened, in the
- case of a rubber tube, by cutting off a portion of its outer end. On the
- second day or later, according to circumstances, the tube is removed,
- and after this the dressing need not be repeated oftener than every
- second or third day.
- Where pus has formed in relation to important structures--as, for
- example, in the deeper planes of the neck--_Hilton's method_ of opening
- the abscess may be employed. An incision is made through the skin and
- fascia, a grooved director is gently pushed through the deeper tissues
- till pus escapes along its groove, and then the track is widened by
- passing in a pair of dressing forceps and expanding the blades. A tube,
- or strip of rubber tissue, is introduced, and the subsequent treatment
- carried out as in other abscesses. When the drain lies in proximity to a
- large blood vessel, care must be taken not to leave it in position long
- enough to cause ulceration of the vessel wall by pressure.
- In some abscesses, such as those in the vicinity of the anus, the cavity
- should be laid freely open in its whole extent, stuffed with iodoform or
- bismuth gauze, and treated by the open method.
- It is seldom advisable to wash out an abscess cavity, and squeezing out
- the pus is also to be avoided, lest the protective zone be broken down
- and the infection be diffused into the surrounding tissues.
- The importance of taking precautions against further infection in
- opening an abscess can scarcely be exaggerated, and the rapidity with
- which healing occurs when the access of fresh bacteria is prevented is
- in marked contrast to what occurs when such precautions are neglected
- and further infection is allowed to take place.
- _Acute Suppuration in a Wound._--If in the course of an operation
- infection of the wound has occurred, a marked inflammatory reaction soon
- manifests itself, and the same changes as occur in the formation of an
- acute abscess take place, modified, however, by the fact that the pus
- can more readily reach the surface. In from twenty-four to forty-eight
- hours the patient is conscious of a sensation of chilliness, or may
- even have a rigor. At the same time he feels generally out of sorts,
- with impaired appetite, headache, and it may be looseness of the bowels.
- His temperature rises to 100 o or 101 o F., and the pulse quickens to 100
- or 110.
- On exposing the wound it is found that the parts for some distance
- around are red, glazed, and oedematous. The discoloration and swelling
- are most intense in the immediate vicinity of the wound, the edges of
- which are everted and moist. Any stitches that may have been introduced
- are tight, and the deep ones may be cutting into the tissues. There is
- heat, and a constant burning or throbbing pain, which is increased by
- pressure. If the stitches be cut, pus escapes, the wound gapes, and its
- surfaces are found to be inflamed and covered with pus.
- The open method is the only safe means of treating such wounds. The
- infected surface may be sponged over with pure carbolic acid, the excess
- of which is washed off with absolute alcohol, and the wound either
- drained by tubes or packed with iodoform gauze. The practice of scraping
- such surfaces with the sharp spoon, squeezing or even of washing them
- out with antiseptic lotions, is attended with the risk of further
- diffusing the organisms in the tissue, and is only to be employed under
- exceptional circumstances. Continuous irrigation of infected wounds or
- their immersion in antiseptic baths is sometimes useful. The free
- opening up of the wound is almost immediately followed by a fall in the
- temperature. The surrounding inflammation subsides, the discharge of pus
- lessens, and healing takes place by the formation of granulation
- tissue--the so-called "healing by second intention."
- Wound infection may take place from _catgut_ which has not been
- efficiently prepared. The local and general reactions may be slight,
- and, as a rule, do not appear for seven or eight days after the
- operation, and, it may be, not till after the skin edges have united.
- The suppuration is strictly localised to the part of the wound where
- catgut was employed for stitches or ligatures, and shows little tendency
- to spread. The infected part, however, is often long of healing. The
- irritation in these cases is probably due to toxins in the catgut and
- not to bacteria.
- When suppuration occurs in connection with buried sutures of
- unabsorbable materials, such as silk, silkworm gut, or silver wire, it
- is apt to persist till the foreign material is cast off or removed.
- Suppuration may occur in the track of a skin stitch, producing a _stitch
- abscess_. The infection may arise from the material used, especially
- catgut or silk, or, more frequently perhaps, from the growth of
- staphylococcus albus from the skin of the patient when this has been
- imperfectly disinfected. The formation of pus under these conditions may
- not be attended with any of the usual signs of suppuration, and beyond
- some induration around the wound and a slight tenderness on pressure
- there may be nothing to suggest the presence of an abscess.
- _Acute Suppuration of a Mucous Membrane._--When pyogenic organisms gain
- access to a mucous membrane, such as that of the bladder, urethra, or
- middle ear, the usual phenomena of acute inflammation and suppuration
- ensue, followed by the discharge of pus on the free surface. It would
- appear that the most marked changes take place in the submucous tissue,
- causing the covering epithelium in places to die and leave small
- superficial ulcers, for example in gonorrhoeal urethritis, the
- cicatricial contraction of the scar subsequently leading to the
- formation of stricture. When mucous glands are present in the membrane,
- the pus is mixed with mucus--_muco-pus_.
- DIFFUSE CELLULITIS AND DIFFUSE SUPPURATION
- Cellulitis is an acute affection resulting from the introduction of some
- organism--commonly the _streptococcus pyogenes_--into the cellular
- connective tissue of the integument, intermuscular septa, tendon
- sheaths, or other structures. Infection always takes place through a
- breach of the surface, although this may be superficial and
- insignificant, such as a pin-prick, a scratch, or a crack under a nail,
- and the wound may have been healed for some time before the inflammation
- becomes manifest. The cellulitis, also, may develop at some distance
- from the seat of inoculation, the organisms having travelled by the
- lymphatics.
- The virulence of the organisms, the loose, open nature of the tissues in
- which they develop, and the free lymphatic circulation by means of which
- they are spread, account for the diffuse nature of the process.
- Sometimes numbers of cocci are carried for a considerable distance from
- the primary area before they are arrested in the lymphatics, and thus
- several patches of inflammation may appear with healthy areas between.
- The pus infiltrates the meshes of the cellular tissue, there is
- sloughing of considerable portions of tissue of low vitality, such as
- fat, fascia, or tendon, and if the process continues for some time
- several collections of pus may form.
- _Clinical Features._--The reaction in cases of diffuse cellulitis is
- severe, and is usually ushered in by a distinct chill or even a rigor,
- while the temperature rises to 103 o, 104 o, or 105 o F. The pulse is
- proportionately increased in frequency, and is small, feeble, and often
- irregular. The face is flushed, the tongue dry and brown, and the
- patient may become delirious, especially during the night. Leucocytosis
- is present in cases of moderate severity; but in severe cases the
- virulence of the toxins prevents reaction taking place, and leucocytosis
- is absent.
- The local manifestations vary with the relation of the seat of the
- inflammation to the surface. When the superficial cellular tissue is
- involved, the skin assumes a dark bluish-red colour, is swollen,
- oedematous, and the seat of burning pain. To the touch it is firm, hot,
- and tender. When the primary focus is in the deeper tissues, the
- constitutional disturbance is aggravated, while the local signs are
- delayed, and only become prominent when pus forms and approaches the
- surface. It is not uncommon for blebs containing dark serous fluid to
- form on the skin. The infection frequently spreads along the line of the
- main lymph vessels of the part (_septic lymphangitis_) and may reach the
- lymph glands (_septic lymphadenitis_).
- With the formation of pus the skin becomes soft and boggy at several
- points, and eventually breaks, giving exit to a quantity of thick
- grumous discharge. Sometimes several small collections under the skin
- fuse, and an abscess is formed in which fluctuation can be detected.
- Occasionally gases are evolved in the tissues, giving rise to emphysema.
- It is common for portions of fascia, ligaments, or tendons to slough,
- and this may often be recognised clinically by a peculiar crunching or
- grating sensation transmitted to the fingers on making firm pressure on
- the part.
- If it is not let out by incision, the pus, travelling along the lines of
- least resistance, tends to point at several places on the surface, or to
- open into joints or other cavities.
- _Prognosis._--The occurrence of _septicaemia_ is the most serious risk,
- and it is in cases of diffuse suppurative cellulitis that this form of
- blood-poisoning assumes its most aggravated forms. The toxins of the
- streptococci are exceedingly virulent, and induce local death of tissue
- so rapidly that the protective emigration of leucocytes fails to take
- place. In some cases the passage of masses of free cocci in the
- lymphatics, or of infective emboli in the blood vessels, leads to the
- formation of _pyogenic abscesses_ in vital organs, such as the brain,
- lungs, liver, kidneys, or other viscera. _Haemorrhage_ from erosion of
- arterial or venous trunks may take place and endanger life.
- _Treatment._--The treatment of diffuse cellulitis depends to a large
- extent on the situation and extent of the affected area, and on the
- stage of the process.
- _In the limbs_, for example, where the application of a constricting
- band is practicable, Bier's method of inducing passive hyperaemia yields
- excellent results. If pus is formed, one or more small incisions are
- made and a light moist dressing placed over the wounds to absorb the
- discharge, but no drain is inserted. The whole of the inflamed area
- should be covered with gauze wrung out of a 1 in 10 solution of ichthyol
- in glycerine. The dressing is changed as often as necessary, and in the
- intervals when the band is off, gentle active and passive movements
- should be carried out to prevent the formation of adhesions. After
- incisions have been made, we have found the _immersion_ of the limb, for
- a few hours at a time, in a water-bath containing warm boracic lotion or
- eusol a useful adjuvant to the passive hyperaemia.
- _Continuous irrigation_ of the part by a slow, steady stream of lotion,
- at the body temperature, such as eusol, or Dakin's solution, or boracic
- acid, or frequent washing with peroxide of hydrogen, has been found of
- value.
- A suitably arranged splint adds to the comfort of the patient; and the
- limb should be placed in the attitude which, in the event of stiffness
- resulting, will least interfere with its usefulness. The elbow, for
- example, should be flexed to a little less than a right angle; at the
- wrist, the hand should be dorsiflexed and the fingers flexed slightly
- towards the palm.
- Massage, passive movement, hot and cold douching, and other measures,
- may be necessary to get rid of the chronic oedema, adhesions of tendons,
- and stiffness of joints which sometimes remain.
- In situations where a constricting band cannot be applied, for example,
- on the trunk or the neck, Klapp's suction bells may be used, small
- incisions being made to admit of the escape of pus.
- If these measures fail or are impracticable, it may be necessary to make
- one or more free incisions, and to insert drainage-tubes, portions of
- rubber dam, or iodoform worsted.
- The general treatment of toxaemia must be carried out, and in cases due
- to infection by streptococci, anti-streptococcic serum may be used.
- In a few cases, amputation well above the seat of disease, by removing
- the source of toxin production, offers the only means of saving the
- patient.
- WHITLOW
- The clinical term whitlow is applied to an acute infection, usually
- followed by suppuration, commonly met with in the fingers, less
- frequently in the toes. The point of infection is often trivial--a
- pin-prick, a puncture caused by a splinter of wood, a scratch, or even
- an imperceptible lesion of the skin.
- Several varieties of whitlow are recognised, but while it is convenient
- to describe them separately, it is to be clearly understood that
- clinically they merge one into another, and it is not always possible to
- determine in which connective-tissue plane a given infection has
- originated.
- _Initial Stage._--Attention is usually first attracted to the condition
- by a sensation of tightness in the finger and tenderness when the part
- is squeezed or knocked against anything. In the course of a few hours
- the part becomes red and swollen; there is continuous pain, which soon
- assumes a throbbing character, particularly when the hand is dependent,
- and may be so severe as to prevent sleep, and the patient may feel
- generally out of sorts.
- If a constricting band is applied at this stage, the infection can
- usually be checked and the occurrence of suppuration prevented. If this
- fails, or if the condition is allowed to go untreated, the inflammatory
- reaction increases and terminates in suppuration, giving rise to one or
- other of the forms of whitlow to be described.
- _The Purulent Blister._--In the most superficial variety, pus forms
- between the rete Malpighii and the stratum corneum of the skin, the
- latter being raised as a blister in which fluctuation can be detected
- (Fig. 9, a). This is commonly met with in the palm of the hand of
- labouring men who have recently resumed work after a spell of idleness.
- When the blister forms near the tip of the finger, the pus burrows under
- the nail--which corresponds to the stratum corneum--raising it from its
- bed.
- There is some local heat and discoloration, and considerable pain and
- tenderness, but little or no constitutional disturbance. Superficial
- lymphangitis may extend a short distance up the forearm. By clipping
- away the raised epidermis, and if necessary the nail, the pus is allowed
- to escape, and healing speedily takes place.
- _Whitlow at the Nail Fold._--This variety, which is met with among those
- who handle septic material, occurs in the sulcus between the nail and
- the skin, and is due to the introduction of infective matter at the root
- of the nail (Fig. 9, b). A small focus of suppuration forms under the
- nail, with swelling and redness of the nail fold, causing intense pain
- and discomfort, interfering with sleep, and producing a constitutional
- reaction out of all proportion to the local lesion.
- To allow the pus to escape, it is necessary, under local anaesthesia, to
- cut away the nail fold as well as the portion of nail in the infected
- area, or, it may be, to remove the nail entirely. If only a small
- opening is made in the nail it is apt to be blocked by granulations.
- [Illustration: FIG. 9.--Diagram of various forms of Whitlow.
- a = Purulent blister.
- b = Suppuration at nail fold.
- c = Subcutaneous whitlow.
- d = Whitlow in sheath of flexor tendon (e). ]
- _Subcutaneous Whitlow._--In this variety the infection manifests itself
- as a cellulitis of the pulp of the finger (Fig. 9, c), which sometimes
- spreads towards the palm of the hand. The finger becomes red, swollen,
- and tense; there is severe throbbing pain, which is usually worst at
- night and prevents sleep, and the part is extremely tender on pressure.
- When the palm is invaded there may be marked oedema of the back of the
- hand, the dense integument of the palm preventing the swelling from
- appearing on the front. The pus may be under such tension that
- fluctuation cannot be detected. The patient is usually able to flex the
- finger to a certain extent without increasing the pain--a point which
- indicates that the tendon sheaths have not been invaded. The
- suppurative process may, however, spread to the tendon sheaths, or even
- to the bone. Sometimes the excessive tension and virulent toxins induce
- actual gangrene of the distal part, or even of the whole finger. There
- is considerable constitutional disturbance, the temperature often
- reaching 101 o or 102 o F.
- The treatment consists in applying a constriction band and making an
- incision over the centre of the most tender area, care being taken to
- avoid opening the tendon sheath lest the infection be conveyed to it.
- Moist dressings should be employed while the suppuration lasts. Carbolic
- fomentations, however, are to be avoided on account of the risk of
- inducing gangrene.
- _Whitlow of the Tendon Sheaths._--In this form the main incidence of the
- infection is on the sheaths of the flexor tendons, but it is not always
- possible to determine whether it started there or spread thither from
- the subcutaneous cellular tissue (Fig. 9, d). In some cases both
- connective tissue planes are involved. The affected finger becomes red,
- painful, and swollen, the swelling spreading to the dorsum. The
- involvement of the tendon sheath is usually indicated by the patient
- being unable to flex the finger, and by the pain being increased when he
- attempts to do so. On account of the anatomical arrangement of the
- tendon sheaths, the process may spread into the forearm--directly in the
- case of the thumb and little finger, and after invading the palm in the
- case of the other fingers--and there give rise to a diffuse cellulitis
- which may result in sloughing of fasciae and tendons. When the infection
- spreads into the common flexor sheath under the transverse carpal
- (anterior annular) ligament, it is not uncommon for the intercarpal and
- wrist joints to become implicated. Impaired movement of tendons and
- joints is, therefore, a common sequel to this variety of whitlow.
- The _treatment_ consists in inducing passive hyperaemia by Bier's method,
- and, if this is done early, suppuration may be avoided. If pus forms,
- small incisions are made, under local anaesthesia, to relieve the tension
- in the sheath and to diminish the risk of the tendons sloughing. No form
- of drain should be inserted. In the fingers the incisions should be made
- in the middle line, and in the palm they should be made over the
- metacarpal bones to avoid the digital vessels and nerves. If pus has
- spread under the transverse carpal ligament, the incision must be made
- above the wrist. Passive movements and massage must be commenced as
- early as possible and be perseveringly employed to diminish the
- formation of adhesions and resulting stiffness.
- _Subperiosteal Whitlow._--This form is usually an extension of the
- subcutaneous or of the thecal variety, but in some cases the
- inflammation begins in the periosteum--usually of the terminal phalanx.
- It may lead to necrosis of a portion or even of the entire phalanx. This
- is usually recognised by the persistence of suppuration long after the
- acute symptoms have passed off, and by feeling bare bone with the probe.
- In such cases one or more of the joints are usually implicated also, and
- lateral mobility and grating may be elicited. Recovery does not take
- place until the dead bone is removed, and the usefulness of the finger
- is often seriously impaired by fibrous or bony ankylosis of the
- interphalangeal joints. This may render amputation advisable when a
- stiff finger is likely to interfere with the patient's occupation.
- SUPPURATIVE CELLULITIS IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
- _Cellulitis of the forearm_ is usually a sequel to one of the deeper
- varieties of whitlow.
- In the _region of the elbow-joint_, cellulitis is common around the
- olecranon. It may originate as an inflammation of the olecranon bursa,
- or may invade the bursa secondarily. In exceptional cases the
- elbow-joint is also involved.
- Cellulitis of the _axilla_ may originate in suppuration in the lymph
- glands, following an infected wound of the hand, or it may spread from a
- septic wound on the chest wall or in the neck. In some cases it is
- impossible to discover the primary seat of infection. A firm, brawny
- swelling forms in the armpit and extends on to the chest wall. It is
- attended with great pain, which is increased on moving the arm, and
- there is marked constitutional disturbance. When suppuration occurs, its
- spread is limited by the attachments of the axillary fascia, and the pus
- tends to burrow on to the chest wall beneath the pectoral muscles, and
- upwards towards the shoulder-joint, which may become infected. When the
- pus forms in the axillary space, the treatment consists in making free
- incisions, which should be placed on the thoracic side of the axilla to
- avoid the axillary vessels and nerves. If the pus spreads on to the
- chest wall, the abscess should be opened below the clavicle by Hilton's
- method, and a counter opening may be made in the axilla.
- Cellulitis of the _sole of the foot_ may follow whitlow of the toes.
- In the _region of the ankle_ cellulitis is not common; but _around the
- knee_ it frequently occurs in relation to the prepatellar bursa and to
- the popliteal lymph glands, and may endanger the knee-joint. It is also
- met with in the _groin_ following on inflammation and suppuration of the
- inguinal glands, and cases are recorded in which the sloughing process
- has implicated the femoral vessels and led to secondary haemorrhage.
- Cellulitis of the scalp, orbit, neck, pelvis, and perineum will be
- considered with the diseases of these regions.
- CHRONIC SUPPURATION
- While it is true that a chronic pyogenic abscess is sometimes met
- with--for example, in the breast and in the marrow of long bones--in the
- great majority of instances the formation of a chronic or cold abscess
- is the result of the action of the tubercle bacillus. It is therefore
- more convenient to study this form of suppuration with tuberculosis
- (p. 139).
- SINUS AND FISTULA
- #Sinus.#--A sinus is a track leading from a focus of suppuration to a
- cutaneous or mucous surface. It usually represents the path by which the
- discharge escapes from an abscess cavity that has been prevented from
- closing completely, either from mechanical causes or from the persistent
- formation of discharge which must find an exit. A sinus is lined by
- granulation tissue, and when it is of long standing the opening may be
- dragged below the level of the surrounding skin by contraction of the
- scar tissue around it. As a sinus will persist until the obstacle to
- closure of the original abscess is removed, it is necessary that this
- should be sought for. It may be a foreign body, such as a piece of dead
- bone, an infected ligature, or a bullet, acting mechanically or by
- keeping up discharge, and if the body is removed the sinus usually
- heals. The presence of a foreign body is often suggested by a mass of
- redundant granulations at the mouth of the sinus. If a sinus passes
- through a muscle, the repeated contractions tend to prevent healing
- until the muscle is kept at rest by a splint, or put out of action by
- division of its fibres. The sinuses associated with empyema are
- prevented from healing by the rigidity of the chest wall, and will only
- close after an operation which admits of the cavity being obliterated.
- In any case it is necessary to disinfect the track, and, it may be, to
- remove the unhealthy granulations lining it, by means of the sharp
- spoon, or to excise it bodily. To encourage healing from the bottom the
- cavity should be packed with bismuth or iodoform gauze. The healing of
- long and tortuous sinuses is often hastened by the injection of Beck's
- bismuth paste (p. 145). If disfigurement is likely to follow from
- cicatricial contraction--for example, in a sinus over the lower jaw
- associated with a carious tooth--the sinus should be excised and the raw
- surfaces approximated with stitches.
- The _tuberculous sinus_ is described under Tuberculosis.
- A #fistula# is an abnormal canal passing from a mucous surface to the
- skin or to another mucous surface. Fistulae resulting from suppuration
- usually occur near the natural openings of mucous canals--for example,
- on the cheek, as a salivary fistula; beside the inner angle of the eye,
- as a lacrymal fistula; near the ear, as a mastoid fistula; or close to
- the anus, as a fistula-in-ano. Intestinal fistulae are sometimes met with
- in the abdominal wall after strangulated hernia, operations for
- appendicitis, tuberculous peritonitis, and other conditions. In the
- perineum, fistulae frequently complicate stricture of the urethra.
- Fistulae also occur between the bladder and vagina (_vesico-vaginal
- fistula_), or between the bladder and the rectum (_recto-vesical
- fistula_).
- The _treatment_ of these various forms of fistula will be described in
- the sections dealing with the regions in which they occur.
- _Congenital fistulae_, such as occur in the neck from imperfect closure
- of branchial clefts, or in the abdomen from unobliterated foetal ducts
- such as the urachus or Meckel's diverticulum, will be described in their
- proper places.
- CONSTITUTIONAL MANIFESTATIONS OF PYOGENIC INFECTION
- We have here to consider under the terms Sapraemia, Septicaemia, and
- Pyaemia certain general effects of pyogenic infection, which, although
- their clinical manifestations may vary, are all associated with the
- action of the same forms of bacteria. They may occur separately or in
- combination, or one may follow on and merge into another.
- #Sapraemia#, or septic intoxication, is the name applied to a form of
- poisoning resulting from the absorption into the blood of the toxic
- products of pyogenic bacteria. These products, which are of the nature
- of alkaloids, act immediately on their entrance into the circulation,
- and produce effects in direct proportion to the amount absorbed. As the
- toxins are gradually eliminated from the body the symptoms abate, and if
- no more are introduced they disappear. Sapraemia in these respects,
- therefore, is comparable to poisoning by any other form of alkaloid,
- such as strychnin or morphin.
- _Clinical Features._--The symptoms of sapraemia seldom manifest
- themselves within twenty-four hours of an operation or injury, because
- it takes some time for the bacteria to produce a sufficient dose of
- their poisons. The onset of the condition is marked by a feeling of
- chilliness, sometimes amounting to a rigor, and a rise of temperature to
- 102 o, 103 o, or 104 o F., with morning remissions (Fig. 10). The heart's
- action is markedly depressed, and the pulse is soft and compressible.
- The appetite is lost, the tongue dry and covered with a thin
- brownish-red fur, so that it has the appearance of "dried beef." The
- urine is scanty and loaded with urates. In severe cases diarrhoea and
- vomiting of dark coffee-ground material are often prominent features.
- Death is usually impending when the skin becomes cold and clammy, the
- mucous membranes livid, the pulse feeble and fluttering, the discharges
- involuntary, and when a low form of muttering delirium is present.
- [Illustration: FIG. 10.--Charts of Acute sapraemia from (a) case of
- crushed foot, and (b) case of incomplete abortion.]
- A local form of septic infection is always present--it may be an
- abscess, an infected compound fracture, or an infection of the cavity of
- the uterus, for example, from a retained portion of placenta.
- _Treatment._--The first indication is the immediate and complete removal
- of the infected material. The wound must be freely opened, all
- blood-clot, discharge, or necrosed tissue removed, and the area
- disinfected by washing with sterilised salt solution, peroxide of
- hydrogen, or eusol. Stronger lotions are to be avoided as being likely
- to depress the tissues, and so interfere with protective phagocytosis.
- On account of its power of neutralising toxins, iodoform is useful in
- these cases, and is best employed by packing the wound with iodoform
- gauze, and treating it by the open method, if this is possible.
- The general treatment is carried out on the same lines as for other
- infective conditions.
- #Chronic sapraemia or Hectic Fever.#--Hectic fever differs from acute
- sapraemia merely in degree. It usually occurs in connection with
- tuberculous conditions, such as bone or joint disease, psoas abscess, or
- empyema, which have opened externally, and have thereby become infected
- with pyogenic organisms. It is gradual in its development, and is of a
- mild type throughout.
- [Illustration: FIG. 11.--Chart of Hectic Fever.]
- The pulse is small, feeble, and compressible, and the temperature rises
- in the afternoon or evening to 102 o or 103 o F. (Fig. 11), the cheeks
- becoming characteristically flushed. In the early morning the
- temperature falls to normal or below it, and the patient breaks into a
- profuse perspiration, which leaves him pale, weak, and exhausted. He
- becomes rapidly and markedly emaciated, even although in some cases the
- appetite remains good and is even voracious.
- The poisons circulating in the blood produce _waxy degeneration_ in
- certain viscera, notably the liver, spleen, kidneys, and intestines. The
- process begins in the arterial walls, and spreads thence to the
- connective-tissue structures, causing marked enlargement of the affected
- organs. Albuminuria, ascites, oedema of the lower limbs, clubbing of the
- fingers, and diarrhoea are among the most prominent symptoms of this
- condition.
- The _prognosis_ in hectic fever depends on the completeness with which
- the further absorption of toxins can be prevented. In many cases this
- can only be effected by an operation which provides for free drainage,
- and, if possible, the removal of infected tissues. The resulting wound
- is best treated by the open method. Even advanced waxy degeneration does
- not contra-indicate this line of treatment, as the diseased organs
- usually recover if the focus from which absorption of toxic material is
- taking place is completely eradicated.
- [Illustration: FIG. 12.--Chart of case of Septicaemia followed by
- Pyaemia.]
- #Septicaemia.#--This form of blood-poisoning is the result of the action
- of pyogenic bacteria, which not only produce their toxins at the primary
- seat of infection, but themselves enter the blood-stream and are carried
- to other parts, where they settle and produce further effects.
- _Clinical Features._--There may be an incubation period of some hours
- between the infection and the first manifestation of acute septicaemia.
- In such conditions as acute osteomyelitis or acute peritonitis, we see
- the most typical clinical pictures of this condition. The onset is
- marked by a chill, or a rigor, which may be repeated, while the
- temperature rises to 103 o or 104 o F., although in very severe cases the
- temperature may remain subnormal throughout, the virulence of the toxins
- preventing reaction. It is in the general appearance of the patient and
- in the condition of the pulse that we have our best guides as to the
- severity of the condition. If the pulse remains firm, full, and regular,
- and does not exceed 110 or even 120, while the temperature is moderately
- raised, the outlook is hopeful; but when the pulse becomes small and
- compressible, and reaches 130 or more, especially if at the same time
- the temperature is low, a grave prognosis is indicated. The tongue is
- often dry and coated with a black crust down the centre, while the sides
- are red. It is a good omen when the tongue becomes moist again. Thirst
- is most distressing, especially in septicaemia of intestinal origin.
- Persistent vomiting of dark-brown material is often present, and
- diarrhoea with blood-stained stools is not uncommon. The urine is small
- in amount, and contains a large proportion of urates. As the poisons
- accumulate, the respiration becomes shallow and laboured, the face of a
- dull ashy grey, the nose pinched, and the skin cold and clammy.
- Capillary haemorrhages sometimes take place in the skin or mucous
- membranes; and in a certain proportion of cases cutaneous eruptions
- simulating those of scarlet fever or measles appear, and are apt to lead
- to errors in diagnosis. In other cases there is slight jaundice. The
- mental state is often one of complete apathy, the patient failing to
- realise the gravity of his condition; sometimes there is delirium.
- The _prognosis_ is always grave, and depends on the possibility of
- completely eradicating the focus of infection, and on the reserve force
- the patient has to carry him over the period during which he is
- eliminating the poison already circulating in his blood.
- The _treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as in sapraemia, but it
- is less likely to be successful owing to the organisms having entered
- the circulation. When possible, the primary focus of infection should be
- dealt with.
- #Pyaemia# is a form of blood-poisoning characterised by the development
- of secondary foci of suppuration in different parts of the body. Toxins
- are thus introduced into the blood, not only at the primary seat of
- infection, but also from each of these metastatic collections. Like
- septicaemia, this condition is due to pyogenic bacteria, the
- _streptococcus pyogenes_ being the commonest organism found. The primary
- infection is usually in a wound--for example, a compound fracture--but
- cases occur in which the point of entrance of the bacteria is not
- discoverable. The dissemination of the organisms takes place through the
- medium of infected emboli which form in a thrombosed vein in the
- vicinity of the original lesion, and, breaking loose, are carried
- thence in the blood-stream. These emboli lodge in the minute vessels of
- the lungs, spleen, liver, kidneys, pleura, brain, synovial membranes, or
- cellular tissue, and the bacteria they contain give rise to secondary
- foci of suppuration. Secondary abscesses are thus formed in those parts,
- and these in turn may be the starting-point of new emboli which give
- rise to fresh areas of pus formation. The organs above named are the
- commonest situations of pyaemic abscesses, but these may also occur in
- the bone marrow, the substance of muscles, the heart and pericardium,
- lymph glands, subcutaneous tissue, or, in fact, in any tissue of the
- body. Organisms circulating in the blood are prone to lodge on the
- valves of the heart and give rise to endocarditis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 13.--Chart of Pyaemia following on Acute
- Osteomyelitis.]
- _Clinical Features._--Before antiseptic surgery was practised, pyaemia
- was a common complication of wounds. In the present day it is not only
- infinitely less common, but appears also to be of a less severe type.
- Its rarity and its mildness may be related as cause and effect, because
- it was formerly found that pyaemia contracted from a pyaemic patient was
- more virulent than that from other sources.
- In contrast with sapraemia and septicaemia, pyaemia is late of developing,
- and it seldom begins within a week of the primary infection. The first
- sign is a feeling of chilliness, or a violent rigor lasting for perhaps
- half an hour, during which time the temperature rises to 103 o, 104 o, or
- 105 o F. In the course of an hour it begins to fall again, and the
- patient breaks into a profuse sweat. The temperature may fall several
- degrees, but seldom reaches the normal. In a few days there is a second
- rigor with rise of temperature, and another remission, and such attacks
- may be repeated at diminishing intervals during the course of the
- illness (Figs. 12 and 13). The pulse is soft, and tends to remain
- abnormally rapid even when the temperature falls nearly to normal.
- The face is flushed, and wears a drawn, anxious expression, and the eyes
- are bright. A characteristic sweetish odour, which has been compared to
- that of new-mown hay, can be detected in the breath and may pervade the
- patient. The appetite is lost; there may be sickness and vomiting and
- profuse diarrhoea; and the patient emaciates rapidly. The skin is
- continuously hot, and has often a peculiar pungent feel. Patches of
- erythema sometimes appear scattered over the body. The skin may assume a
- dull sallow or earthy hue, or a bright yellow icteric tint may appear.
- The conjunctivae also may be yellow. In the latter stages of the disease
- the pulse becomes small and fluttering; the tongue becomes dry and
- brown; sordes collect on the teeth; and a low muttering form of delirium
- supervenes.
- Secondary infection of the parotid gland frequently occurs, and gives
- rise to a suppurative parotitis. This condition is associated with
- severe pain, gradually extending from behind the angle of the jaw on to
- the face. There is also swelling over the gland, and eventually
- suppuration and sloughing of the gland tissue and overlying skin.
- Secondary abscesses in the lymph glands, subcutaneous tissue, or joints
- are often so insidious and painless in their development that they are
- only discovered accidentally. When the abscess is evacuated, healing
- often takes place with remarkable rapidity, and with little impairment
- of function.
- The general symptoms may be simulated by an attack of malaria.
- _Prognosis._--The prognosis in acute pyaemia is much less hopeless than
- it once was, a considerable proportion of the patients recovering. In
- acute cases the disease proves fatal in ten days or a fortnight, death
- being due to toxaemia. Chronic cases often run a long course, lasting for
- weeks or even months, and prove fatal from exhaustion and waxy disease
- following on prolonged suppuration.
- _Treatment._--In such conditions as compound fractures and severe
- lacerated wounds, much can be done to avert the conditions which lead to
- pyaemia, by applying a Bier's constricting bandage as soon as there is
- evidence of infection having taken place, or even if there is reason to
- suspect that the wound is not aseptic.
- If sepsis is already established, and evidence of general infection is
- present, the wound should be opened up sufficiently to admit of thorough
- disinfection and drainage, and the constricting bandage applied to aid
- the defensive processes going on in the tissues. If these measures fail,
- amputation of the limb may be the only means of preventing further
- dissemination of infective material from the primary source of
- infection.
- Attempts have been made to interrupt the channel along which the
- infective emboli spread, by ligating or resecting the main vein of the
- affected part, but this is seldom feasible except in the case of the
- internal jugular vein for infection of the transverse sinus.
- Secondary abscesses must be aspirated or opened and drained whenever
- possible.
- The general treatment is conducted on the same lines as on other forms
- of pyogenic infection.
- CHAPTER V
- ULCERATION AND ULCERS
- Definitions--Clinical examination of an ulcer--The healing
- sore.--Classification of ulcers--A. According to cause:
- _Traumatism_, _Imperfect circulation_, _Imperfect nerve-supply_,
- _Constitutional causes_--B. According to condition: _Healing_,
- _Stationary_, _Spreading_.--Treatment.
- The process of _ulceration_ may be defined as the molecular or cellular
- death of tissue taking place on a free surface. It is essentially of the
- same nature as the process of suppuration, only that the purulent
- discharge, instead of collecting in a closed cavity and forming an
- abscess, at once escapes on the surface.
- An _ulcer_ is an open wound or sore in which there are present certain
- conditions tending to prevent it undergoing the natural process of
- repair. Of these, one of the most important is the presence of
- pathogenic bacteria, which by their action not only prevent healing, but
- so irritate and destroy the tissues as to lead to an actual increase in
- the size of the sore. Interference with the nutrition of a part by oedema
- or chronic venous congestion may impede healing; as may also induration
- of the surrounding area, by preventing the contraction which is such an
- important factor in repair. Defective innervation, such as occurs in
- injuries and diseases of the spinal cord, also plays an important part
- in delaying repair. In certain constitutional conditions, too--for
- example, Bright's disease, diabetes, or syphilis--the vitiated state of
- the tissues is an impediment to repair. Mechanical causes, such as
- unsuitable dressings or ill-fitting appliances, may also act in the same
- direction.
- #Clinical Examination of an Ulcer.#--In examining any ulcer, we
- observe--(1) Its _base_ or _floor_, noting the presence or absence of
- granulations, their disposition, size, colour, vascularity, and whether
- they are depressed or elevated in relation to the surrounding parts. (2)
- The _discharge_ as to quantity, consistence, colour, composition, and
- odour. (3) The _edges_, noting particularly whether or not the marginal
- epithelium is attempting to grow over the surface; also their shape,
- regularity, thickness, and whether undermined or overlapping, everted or
- depressed. (4) The _surrounding tissues_, as to whether they are
- congested, oedematous, inflamed, indurated, or otherwise. (5) Whether or
- not there is _pain_ or tenderness in the raw surface or its
- surroundings. (6) The _part of the body_ on which it occurs, because
- certain ulcers have special seats of election--for example, the varicose
- ulcer in the lower third of the leg, the perforating ulcer on the sole
- of the foot, and so on.
- #The Healing Sore.#--If a portion of skin be excised aseptically, and no
- attempt made to close the wound, the raw surface left is soon covered
- over with a layer of coagulated blood and lymph. In the course of a few
- days this is replaced by the growth of _granulations_, which are of
- uniform size, of a pinkish-red colour, and moist with a slight serous
- exudate containing a few dead leucocytes. They grow until they reach the
- level of the surrounding skin, and so fill the gap with a fine velvety
- mass of granulation tissue. At the edges, the young epithelium may be
- seen spreading in over the granulations as a fine bluish-white pellicle,
- which gradually covers the sore, becoming paler in colour as it
- thickens, and eventually forming the smooth, non-vascular covering of
- the cicatrix. There is no pain, and the surrounding parts are healthy.
- This may be used as a type with which to compare the ulcers seen at the
- bedside, so that we may determine how far, and in what particulars,
- these differ from the type; and that we may in addition recognise the
- conditions that have to be counteracted before the characters of the
- typical healing sore are assumed.
- For purposes of contrast we may indicate the characters of an open sore
- in which bacterial infection with pathogenic bacteria has taken place.
- The layer of coagulated blood and lymph becomes liquefied and is thrown
- off, and instead of granulations being formed, the tissues exposed on
- the floor of the ulcer are destroyed by the bacterial toxins, with the
- formation of minute sloughs and a quantity of pus.
- The discharge is profuse, thin, acrid, and offensive, and consists of
- pus, broken-down blood-clot, and sloughs. The edges are inflamed,
- irregular, and ragged, showing no sign of growing epithelium--on the
- contrary, the sore may be actually increasing in area by the
- breaking-down of the tissues at its margins. The surrounding parts are
- hot, red, swollen, and oedematous; and there is pain and tenderness both
- in the sore itself and in the parts around.
- #Classification of Ulcers.#--The nomenclature of ulcers is much involved
- and gives rise to great confusion, chiefly for the reason that no one
- basis of classification has been adopted. Thus some ulcers are named
- according to the causes at work in producing or maintaining them--for
- example, the traumatic, the septic, and the varicose ulcer; some from
- the constitutional element present, as the gouty and the diabetic ulcer;
- and others according to the condition in which they happen to be when
- seen by the surgeon, such as the weak, the inflamed, and the callous
- ulcer.
- So long as we retain these names it will be impossible to find a single
- basis for classification; and yet many of the terms are so descriptive
- and so generally understood that it is undesirable to abolish them. We
- must therefore remain content with a clinical arrangement of ulcers,--it
- cannot be called a classification,--considering any given ulcer from two
- points of view: first its _cause_, and second its _present condition_.
- This method of studying ulcers has the practical advantage that it
- furnishes us with the main indications for treatment as well as for
- diagnosis: the cause must be removed, and the condition so modified as
- to convert the ulcer into an aseptic healing sore.
- A. #Arrangement of Ulcers according to their Cause.#--Although any given
- ulcer may be due to a combination of causes, it is convenient to
- describe the following groups:
- _Ulcers due to Traumatism._--Traumatism in the form of a _crush_ or
- _bruise_ is a frequent cause of ulcer formation, acting either by
- directly destroying the skin, or by so diminishing its vitality that it
- is rendered a suitable soil for bacteria. If these gain access, in the
- course of a few days the damaged area of skin becomes of a greyish
- colour, blebs form on it, and it undergoes necrosis, leaving an
- unhealthy raw surface when the slough separates.
- _Heat_ and _prolonged exposure to the Rontgen rays_ or _to radium
- emanations_ act in a similar way.
- The _pressure_ of improperly padded splints or other appliances may so
- far interfere with the circulation of the part pressed upon, that the
- skin sloughs, leaving an open sore. This is most liable to occur in
- patients who suffer from some nerve lesion--such as anterior
- poliomyelitis, or injury of the spinal cord or nerve-trunks.
- Splint-pressure sores are usually situated over bony prominences, such
- as the malleoli, the condyles of the femur or humerus, the head of the
- fibula, the dorsum of the foot, or the base of the fifth metatarsal
- bone. On removing the splint, the skin of the part pressed upon is found
- to be of a red or pink colour, with a pale grey patch in the centre,
- which eventually sloughs and leaves an ulcer. Certain forms of
- _bed-sore_ are also due to prolonged pressure.
- Pressure sores are also known to have been produced artificially by
- malingerers and hysterical subjects.
- [Illustration: FIG. 14.--Leg Ulcers associated with Varicose Veins and
- Pigmentation of the Skin.]
- _Ulcers due to Imperfect Circulation._--Imperfect circulation is an
- important causative factor in ulceration, especially when it is the
- _venous return_ that is defective. This is best illustrated in the
- so-called _leg ulcer_, which occurs most frequently on the front and
- medial aspect of the lower third of the leg. At this point the
- anastomosis between the superficial and deep veins of the leg is less
- free than elsewhere, so that the extra stress thrown upon the surface
- veins interferes with the nutrition of the skin (Hilton). The importance
- of imperfect venous return in the causation of such ulcers is evidenced
- by the fact that as soon as the condition of the circulation is improved
- by confining the patient to bed and elevating the limb, the ulcer begins
- to heal, even although all methods of local treatment have hitherto
- proved ineffectual. In a considerable number of cases, but by no means
- in all, this form of ulcer is associated with the presence of varicose
- veins, and in such cases it is spoken of as the _varicose ulcer_ (Fig. 14).
- The presence of varicose veins is frequently associated with a
- diffuse brownish or bluish pigmentation of the skin of the lower third
- of the leg, or with an obstinate form of dermatitis (_varicose eczema_),
- and the scratching or rubbing of the part is liable to cause a breach of
- the surface and permit of infection which leads to ulceration. Varicose
- ulcers may also originate from the bursting of a small peri-phlebitic
- abscess.
- Varicose veins in immediate relation to the base of a large chronic
- ulcer usually become thrombosed, and in time are reduced to fibrous
- cords, and therefore in such cases haemorrhage is not a common
- complication. In smaller and more superficial ulcers, however, the
- destructive process is liable to implicate the wall of the vessel before
- the occurrence of thrombosis, and to lead to profuse and it may be
- dangerous bleeding.
- These ulcers are at first small and superficial, but from want of care,
- from continued standing or walking, or from injudicious treatment, they
- gradually become larger and deeper. They are not infrequently multiple,
- and this, together with their depth, may lead to their being mistaken
- for ulcers due to syphilis. The base of the ulcer is covered with
- imperfectly formed, soft, oedematous granulations, which give off a thin
- sero-purulent discharge. The edges are slightly inflamed, and show no
- evidence of healing. The parts around are usually pigmented and slightly
- oedematous, and as a rule there is little pain. This variety of ulcer is
- particularly prone to pass into the condition known as callous.
- In _anaemic_ patients, especially young girls, ulcers are occasionally
- met with which have many of the clinical characters of those associated
- with imperfect venous return. They are slow to heal, and tend to pass
- into the condition known as weak.
- _Ulcers due to Interference with Nerve-Supply._--Any interference with
- the nerve-supply of the superficial tissues predisposes to ulceration.
- For example, _trophic_ ulcers are liable to occur in injuries or
- diseases of the spinal cord, in cerebral paralysis, in limbs weakened by
- poliomyelitis, in ascending or peripheral neuritis, or after injuries of
- nerve-trunks.
- The _acute bed-sore_ is a rapidly progressing form of ulceration, often
- amounting to gangrene, of portions of skin exposed to pressure when
- their trophic nerve-supply has been interfered with.
- [Illustration: FIG. 15.--Perforating Ulcers of Sole of Foot.
- (From Photograph lent by Sir Montagu Cotterill.)]
- The _perforating ulcer of the foot_ is a peculiar type of sore which
- occurs in association with the different forms of peripheral neuritis,
- and with various lesions of the brain and spinal cord, such as general
- paralysis, locomotor ataxia, or syringo-myelia (Fig. 15). It also occurs
- in patients suffering from glycosuria, and is usually associated with
- arterio-sclerosis--local or general. Perforating ulcer is met with most
- frequently under the head of the metatarsal bone of the great toe. A
- callosity forms and suppuration occurs under it, the pus escaping
- through a small hole in the centre. The process slowly and gradually
- spreads deeper and deeper, till eventually the bone or joint is reached,
- and becomes implicated in the destructive process--hence the term
- "perforating ulcer." The flexor tendons are sometimes destroyed, the toe
- being dorsiflexed by the unopposed extensors. The depth of the track
- being so disproportionate to its superficial area, the condition closely
- simulates a tuberculous sinus, for which it is liable to be mistaken.
- The raw surface is absolutely insensitive, so that the probe can be
- freely employed without the patient even being aware of it or suffering
- the least discomfort--a significant fact in diagnosis. The cavity is
- filled with effete and decomposing epidermis, which has a most offensive
- odour. The chronic and intractable character of the ulcer is due to
- interference with the trophic nerve-supply of the parts, and to the fact
- that the epithelium of the skin grows in and lines the track leading
- down to the deepest part of the ulcer and so prevents closure. While
- they are commonest on the sole of the foot and other parts subjected to
- pressure, perforating ulcers are met with on the sides and dorsum of the
- foot and toes, on the hands, and on other parts where no pressure has
- been exerted.
- The _tuberculous ulcer_, so often seen in the neck, in the vicinity of
- joints, or over the ribs and sternum, usually results from the bursting
- through the skin of a tuberculous abscess. The base is soft, pale, and
- covered with feeble granulations and grey shreddy sloughs. The edges are
- of a dull blue or purple colour, and gradually thin out towards their
- free margins, and in addition are characteristically undermined, so that
- a probe can be passed for some distance between the floor of the ulcer
- and the thinned-out edges. Thin, devitalised tags of skin often stretch
- from side to side of the ulcer. The outline is irregular; small
- perforations often occur through the skin, and a thin, watery discharge,
- containing grey shreds of tuberculous debris, escapes.
- _Bazin's Disease._--This term is applied to an affection of the skin and
- subcutaneous tissue which bears certain resemblances to tuberculosis. It
- is met with almost exclusively between the knee and the ankle, and it
- usually affects both legs. It is commonest in girls of delicate
- constitution, in whose family history there is evidence of a tuberculous
- taint. The patient often presents other lesions of a tuberculous
- character, notably enlarged cervical glands, and phlyctenular
- ophthalmia. The tubercle bacillus has rarely been found, but we have
- always observed characteristic epithelioid cells and giant cells in
- sections made from the edge or floor of the ulcer.
- [Illustration: FIG. 16.--Bazin's Disease in a girl aet. 16.]
- The condition begins by the formation in the skin and subcutaneous
- tissue of dusky or livid nodules of induration, which soften and
- ulcerate, forming small open sores with ragged and undermined edges, not
- unlike those resulting from the breaking down of superficial syphilitic
- gummata (Fig. 16). Fresh crops of nodules appear in the neighbourhood of
- the ulcers, and in turn break down. While in the nodular stage the
- affection is sometimes painful, but with the formation of the ulcer the
- pain subsides.
- The disease runs a chronic course, and may slowly extend over a wide
- area in spite of the usual methods of treatment. After lasting for some
- months, or even years, however, it may eventually undergo spontaneous
- cure. The most satisfactory treatment is to excise the affected tissues
- and fill the gap with skin-grafts.
- [Illustration: FIG. 17.--Syphilitic Ulcers in region of Knee, showing
- punched-out appearance and raised indurated edges.]
- The _syphilitic ulcer_ is usually formed by the breaking down of a
- cutaneous or subcutaneous gumma in the tertiary stage of syphilis. When
- the gummatous tissue is first exposed by the destruction of the skin or
- mucous membrane covering it, it appears as a tough greyish slough,
- compared to "wash leather," which slowly separates and leaves a more or
- less circular, deep, punched-out gap which shows a few feeble unhealthy
- granulations and small sloughs on its floor. The edges are raised and
- indurated; and the discharge is thick, glairy, and peculiarly offensive.
- The parts around the ulcer are congested and of a dark brown colour.
- There are usually several such ulcers together, and as they tend to heal
- at one part while they spread at another, the affected area assumes a
- sinuous or serpiginous outline. Syphilitic ulcers may be met with in any
- part of the body, but are most frequent in the upper part of the leg
- (Fig. 17), especially around the knee-joint in women, and over the ribs
- and sternum. On healing, they usually leave a depressed and adherent
- cicatrix.
- The _scorbutic ulcer_ occurs in patients suffering from scurvy, and is
- characterised by its prominent granulations, which show a marked
- tendency to bleed, with the formation of clots, which dry and form a
- spongy crust on the surface.
- In _gouty_ patients small ulcers which are exceedingly irritable and
- painful are liable to occur.
- _Ulcers associated with Malignant Disease._--Cancer and sarcoma when
- situated in the subcutaneous tissue may destroy the overlying skin so
- that the substance of the tumour is exposed. The fungating masses thus
- produced are sometimes spoken of as malignant ulcers, but as they are
- essentially different in their nature from all other forms of ulcers,
- and call for totally different treatment, it is best to consider them
- along with the tumours with which they are associated. Rodent ulcer,
- which is one form of cancer of the skin, will be discussed with new
- growths of the skin.
- B. #Arrangement of Ulcers according to their Condition.#--Having arrived
- at an opinion as to the cause of a given ulcer, and placed it in one or
- other of the preceding groups, the next question to ask is, In what
- condition do I find this ulcer at the present moment?
- Any ulcer is in one of three states--healing, stationary, or spreading;
- although it is not uncommon to find healing going on at one part while
- the destructive process is extending at another.
- _The Healing Condition._--The process of healing in an ulcer has already
- been studied, and we have learned that it takes place by the formation
- of granulation tissue, which becomes converted into connective tissue,
- and is covered over by epithelium growing in from the edges.
- Those ulcers which are _stationary_--that is, neither healing nor
- spreading--may be in one of several conditions.
- _The Weak Condition._--Any ulcer may get into a weak state from
- receiving a blood supply which is defective either in quantity or in
- quality. The granulations are small and smooth, and of a pale yellow or
- grey colour, the discharge is small in amount, and consists of thin
- serum and a few pus cells, and as this dries on the edges it forms scabs
- which interfere with the growth of epithelium.
- Should the part become oedematous, either from general causes, such as
- heart or kidney disease, or from local causes, such as varicose veins,
- the granulations share in the oedema, and there is an abundant serous
- discharge.
- The excessive use of moist dressings leads to a third variety of weak
- ulcer--namely, one in which the granulations become large, soft, pale,
- and flabby, projecting beyond the level of the skin and overlapping the
- edges, which become pale and sodden. The term "proud flesh" is popularly
- applied to such redundant granulations.
- [Illustration: FIG. 18.--Callous Ulcer, showing thickened edges and
- indurated swelling of surrounding parts.]
- _The Callous Condition._--This condition is usually met with in ulcers
- on the lower third of the leg, and is often associated with the presence
- of varicose veins. It is chiefly met with in hospital practice. The want
- of healing is mainly due to impeded venous return and to oedema and
- induration of the surrounding skin and cellular tissues (Fig. 18). The
- induration results from coagulation and partial organisation of the
- inflammatory effusion, and prevents the necessary contraction of the
- sore. The base of a callous ulcer lies at some distance below the level
- of the swollen, thickened, and white edges, and presents a glazed
- appearance, such granulations as are present being unhealthy and
- irregular. The discharge is usually watery, and cakes in the dressing.
- When from neglect and want of cleanliness the ulcer becomes inflamed,
- there is considerable pain, and the discharge is purulent and often
- offensive.
- The prolonged hyperaemia of the tissues in relation to a callous ulcer of
- the leg often leads to changes in the underlying bones. The periosteum
- is abnormally thick and vascular, the superficial layers of the bone
- become injected and porous, and the bones, as a whole, are thickened. In
- the macerated bone "the surface is covered with irregular,
- stalactite-like processes or foliaceous masses, which, to a certain
- extent, follow the line of attachment of the interosseous membrane and
- of the intermuscular septa" (Cathcart) (Fig. 19). When the whole
- thickness of the soft tissues is destroyed by the ulcerative process,
- the area of bone that comes to form the base of the ulcer projects as a
- flat, porous node, which in its turn may be eroded. These changes as
- seen in the macerated specimen are often mistaken for disease
- originating in the bone.
- [Illustration: FIG. 19.--Tibia and Fibula, showing changes due to
- chronic ulcer of leg.]
- The _irritable condition_ is met with in ulcers which occur, as a rule,
- just above the external malleolus in women of neurotic temperament. They
- are small in size and have prominent granulations, and by the aid of a
- probe points of excessive tenderness may be discovered. These, Hilton
- believed, correspond to exposed nerve filaments.
- _Ulcers which are spreading_ may be met with in one of several
- conditions.
- _The Inflamed Condition._--Any ulcer may become acutely inflamed from
- the access of fresh organisms, aided by mechanical irritation from
- trauma, ill-fitting splints or bandages, or want of rest, or from
- chemical irritants, such as strong antiseptics. The best clinical
- example of an inflamed ulcer is the venereal soft sore. The base of the
- ulcer becomes red and angry-looking, the granulations disappear, and a
- copious discharge of thin yellow pus, mixed with blood, escapes. Sloughs
- of granulation tissue or of connective tissue may form. The edges become
- red, ragged, and everted, and the ulcer increases in size by spreading
- into the inflamed and oedematous surrounding tissues. Such ulcers are
- frequently multiple. Pain is a constant symptom, and is often severe,
- and there is usually some constitutional disturbance.
- The _phagedaenic condition_ is the result of an ulcer being infected with
- specially virulent bacteria. It occurs in syphilitic ulcers, and rapidly
- leads to a widespread destruction of tissue. It is also met with in the
- throat in some cases of scarlet fever, and may give rise to fatal
- haemorrhage by ulcerating into large blood vessels. All the local and
- constitutional signs of a severe septic infection are present.
- #Treatment of Ulcers.#--An ulcer is not only an immediate cause of
- suffering to the patient, crippling and incapacitating him for his work,
- but is a distinct and constant menace to his health: the prolonged
- discharge reduces his strength; the open sore is a possible source of
- infection by the organisms of suppuration, erysipelas, or other specific
- diseases; phlebitis, with formation of septic emboli, leading to pyaemia,
- is liable to occur; and in old persons it is not uncommon for ulcers of
- long standing to become the seat of cancer. In addition, the offensive
- odour of many ulcers renders the patient a source of annoyance and
- discomfort to others. The primary object of treatment in any ulcer is to
- bring it into the condition of a healing sore. When this has been
- effected, nature will do the rest, provided extraneous sources of
- irritation are excluded.
- Steps must be taken to facilitate the venous return from the ulcerated
- part, and to ensure that a sufficient supply of fresh, healthy blood
- reaches it. The septic element must be eliminated by disinfecting the
- ulcer and its surroundings, and any other sources of irritation must be
- removed.
- If the patient's health is below par, good nourishing food, tonics, and
- general hygienic treatment are indicated.
- _Management of a Healing Sore._--Perhaps the best dressing for a healing
- sore is a layer of Lister's perforated oiled-silk protective, which is
- made to cover the raw surface and the skin for about a quarter of an
- inch beyond the margins of the sore. Over this three or four thicknesses
- of sterilised gauze, wrung out of eusol, creolin, or sterilised water,
- are applied, and covered by a pad of absorbent wool. As far as possible
- the part should be kept at rest, and the position should be adjusted so
- as to favour the circulation in the affected area.
- The dressing may be renewed at intervals, and care must be taken to
- avoid any rough handling of the sore. Any discharge that lies on the
- surface should be removed by a gentle stream of lotion rather than by
- wiping. The area round the sore should be cleansed before the fresh
- dressing is applied.
- In some cases, healing goes on more rapidly under a dressing of weak
- boracic ointment (one-quarter the strength of the pharmacopoeial
- preparation). The growth of epithelium may be stimulated by a 6 to 8 per
- cent. ointment of scarlet-red.
- Dusting powders and poultice dressings are best avoided in the treatment
- of healing sores.
- In extensive ulcers resulting from recent burns, if the granulations are
- healthy and aseptic, skin-grafts may safely be placed on them directly.
- If, however, their asepticity cannot be relied upon, it is necessary to
- scrape away the superficial layer of the granulations, the young fibrous
- tissue underneath being conserved, as it is sufficiently vascular to
- nourish the grafts placed on it.
- #Treatment of Special Varieties of Ulcers.#--Before beginning to treat a
- given ulcer, two questions have to be answered--first, What are the
- causative conditions present? and second, In what condition do I find
- the ulcer?--in other words, In what particulars does it differ from a
- healthy healing sore?
- If the cause is a local one, it must be removed; if a constitutional
- one, means must be taken to counteract it. This done, the condition of
- the ulcer must be so modified as to bring it into the state of a healing
- sore, after which it will be managed on the lines already laid down.
- #Treatment in relation to the Cause of the Ulcer.#--_Traumatic
- Group._--The _prophylaxis_ of these ulcers consists in excluding
- bacteria, by cleansing crushed or bruised parts, and applying sterilised
- dressings and properly adjusted splints. If there is reason to fear that
- the disinfection has not been complete, a Bier's constricting bandage
- should be applied for some hours each day. These measures will often
- prevent a grossly injured portion of skin dying, and will ensure
- asepticity should it do so. In the event of the skin giving way, the
- same form of dressing should be continued till the slough has separated
- and a healthy granulating surface is formed. The protective dressing
- appropriate to a healing sore is then substituted. _Pressure sores_ are
- treated on the same lines.
- The treatment of ulcers caused by _burns and scalds_ will be described
- later.
- In _ulcers of the leg due to interference with the venous return_, the
- primary indication is to elevate the limb in order to facilitate the
- flow of the blood in the veins, and so admit of fresh blood reaching the
- part. The limb may be placed on pillows, or the foot of the bed raised
- on blocks, so that the ulcer lies on a higher level than the heart.
- Should varicose veins be present, the question of operative treatment
- must be considered.
- When an _imperfect nerve supply_ is the main factor underlying ulcer
- formation, prophylaxis is the chief consideration. In patients suffering
- from spinal injuries or diseases, cerebral paralysis, or affections of
- the peripheral nerves, all sources of irritation, such as ill-fitting
- splints, tight bandages, moist applications, and hot bottles, should be
- avoided. Any part liable to pressure, from the position of the patient
- or otherwise, must be carefully protected by pads of wool, air-cushions,
- or water-bags, and must be kept absolutely dry. The skin should be
- hardened by daily applications of methylated spirit.
- Should an ulcer form in spite of these precautions, the mildest
- antiseptics must be employed for bathing and dressing it, and as far as
- possible all dressings should be dry.
- The _perforating ulcer_ of the foot calls for special treatment. To
- avoid pressure on the sole of the foot, the patient must be confined to
- bed. As the main local obstacle to healing is the down-growth of
- epithelium along the sides of the ulcer, this must be removed by the
- knife or sharp spoon. The base also should be excised, and any bone
- which may have become involved should be gouged away, so as to leave a
- healthy and vascular surface. The cavity thus formed is stuffed with
- bismuth or iodoform gauze and encouraged to heal from the bottom. As the
- parts are insensitive an anaesthetic is not required. After the ulcer has
- healed, the patient should wear in his boot a thick felt sole with a
- hole cut out opposite the situation of the cicatrix. When a joint has
- been opened into, the difficulty of thoroughly getting rid of all
- unhealthy and infected granulations is so great that amputation may be
- advisable, but it is to be remembered that ulceration may recur in the
- stump if pressure is put upon it. The treatment of any nervous disease
- or glycosuria which may coexist is, of course, indicated.
- Exposure of the plantar nerves by an incision behind the medial
- malleolus, and subjecting them to forcible stretching, has been employed
- by Chipault and others in the treatment of perforating ulcers of the
- foot.
- The ulcer that forms in relation to callosities on the sole of the foot
- is treated by paring away all the thickened skin, after softening it
- with soda fomentations, removing the unhealthy granulations, and
- applying stimulating dressings.
- _Treatment of Ulcers due to Constitutional Causes._--When ulcers are
- associated with such diseases as tuberculosis, syphilis, diabetes,
- Bright's disease, scurvy, or gout, these must receive appropriate
- treatment.
- The local treatment of the _tuberculous ulcer_ calls for special
- mention. If the ulcer is of limited extent and situated on an exposed
- part of the body, the most satisfactory method is complete removal, by
- means of the knife, scissors, or sharp spoon, of the ulcerated surface
- and of all the infected area around it, so as to leave a healthy surface
- from which granulations may spring up. Should the raw surface left be
- likely to result in an unsightly scar or in cicatricial contraction,
- skin-grafting should be employed.
- For extensive ulcers on the limbs, the chest wall, or on other covered
- parts, or when operative treatment is contra-indicated, the use of
- tuberculin and exposure to the Rontgen rays have proved beneficial. The
- induction of passive hyperaemia, by Bier's or by Klapp's apparatus,
- should also be used, either alone or supplementary to other measures.
- No ulcerative process responds so readily to medicinal treatment as the
- _syphilitic ulcer_ does to the intra-venous administration of arsenical
- preparations of the "606" or "914" groups or to full doses of iodide of
- potassium and mercury, and the local application of black wash. When the
- ulceration has lasted for a long time, however, and is widespread and
- deep, the duration of treatment is materially shortened by a thorough
- scraping with the sharp spoon.
- #Treatment in relation to the Condition of the Ulcer.#--_Ulcers in a
- weak condition._--If the weak condition of the ulcer is due to anaemia
- or kidney disease, these affections must first be treated. Locally, the
- imperfect granulations should be scraped away, and some stimulating
- agent applied to the raw surface to promote the growth of healthy
- granulations. For this purpose the sore may be covered with gauze
- smeared with a 6 to 8 per cent. ointment of scarlet-red, the surrounding
- parts being protected from the irritant action of the scarlet-red by a
- layer of vaseline. A dressing of gauze moistened with eusol or of
- boracic lint wrung out of red lotion (2 grains of sulphate of zinc, and
- 10 minims of compound tincture of lavender, to an ounce of water), and
- covered with a layer of gutta-percha tissue, is also useful.
- When the condition has resulted from the prolonged use of moist
- dressings, these must be stopped, the redundant granulations clipped
- away with scissors, the surface rubbed with silver nitrate or sulphate
- of copper (blue-stone), and dry dressings applied.
- When the ulcer has assumed the characters of a healing sore, skin-grafts
- may be applied to hasten cicatrisation.
- _Ulcers in a callous condition_ call for treatment in three
- directions--(1) The infective element must be eliminated. When the ulcer
- is foul, relays of charcoal poultices (three parts of linseed meal to
- one of charcoal), maintained for thirty-six to forty-eight hours, are
- useful as a preliminary step. The base of the ulcer and the thickened
- edges should then be freely scraped with a sharp spoon, and the
- resulting raw surface sponged over with undiluted carbolic acid or
- iodine, after which an antiseptic dressing is applied, and changed daily
- till healthy granulations appear. (2) The venous return must be
- facilitated by elevation of the limb and massage. (3) The induration of
- the surrounding parts must be got rid of before contraction of the sore
- is possible. For this purpose the free application of blisters, as first
- recommended by Syme, leaves little to be desired. Liquor epispasticus
- painted over the parts, or a large fly-blister (emplastrum cantharidis)
- applied all round the ulcer, speedily disperses the inflammatory
- products which cause the induration. The use of elastic pressure or of
- strapping, of hot-air baths, or the making of multiple incisions in the
- skin around the ulcer, fulfils the same object.
- As soon as the ulcer assumes the characters of a healing sore, it should
- be covered with skin-grafts, which furnish a much better cicatrix than
- that which forms when the ulcer is allowed to heal without such aid.
- A more radical method of treatment consists in excising the whole
- ulcer, including its edges and about a quarter of an inch of the
- surrounding tissue, as well as the underlying fibrous tissue, and
- grafting the raw surface.
- _Ambulatory Treatment._--When the circumstances of the patient forbid
- his lying up in bed, the healing of the ulcer is much delayed. He should
- be instructed to take every possible opportunity of placing the limb in
- an elevated position, and must constantly wear a firm bandage of
- _elastic webbing_. This webbing is porous and admits of evaporation of
- the skin and wound secretions--an advantage it has over Martin's rubber
- bandage. The bandage should extend from the toes to well above the knee,
- and should always be applied while the patient is in the recumbent
- position with the leg elevated, preferably before getting out of bed in
- the morning. Additional support is given to the veins if the bandage is
- applied as a figure of eight.
- We have found the following method satisfactory in out-patient
- practice. The patient lying on a couch, the limb is raised about
- eighteen inches and kept in this position for five minutes--till the
- excess of blood has left it. With the limb still raised, the ulcer with
- the surrounding skin is covered with a layer, about half an inch thick,
- of finely powdered boracic acid, and the leg, from foot to knee,
- excluding the sole, is enveloped in a thick layer of wood-wool wadding.
- This is held in position by ordinary cotton bandages, painted over with
- liquid starch; while the starch is drying the limb is kept elevated.
- With this appliance the patient may continue to work, and the dressing
- does not require to be changed oftener than once in three or four weeks
- (W. G. Richardson).
- When an ulcer becomes acutely _inflamed_ as a result of superadded
- infection, antiseptic measures are employed to overcome the infection,
- and ichthyol or other soothing applications may be used to allay the
- pain.
- The _phagedaenic ulcer_ calls for more energetic means of disinfection;
- the whole of the affected surface is touched with the actual cautery at
- a white heat, or is painted with pure carbolic acid. Relays of charcoal
- poultices are then applied until the spread of the disease is arrested.
- For the _irritable ulcer_ the most satisfactory treatment is complete
- excision and subsequent skin-grafting.
- CHAPTER VI
- GANGRENE
- Definition--Types: _Dry_, _Moist_--Varieties--Gangrene primarily due to
- interference with circulation: _Senile gangrene_; _Embolic
- gangrene_; _Gangrene following ligation of arteries_; _Gangrene
- from mechanical causes_; _Gangrene from heat, chemical agents, and
- cold_; _Diabetic gangrene_; _Gangrene associated with spasm of
- blood vessels_; _Raynaud's disease_; _Angio-sclerotic gangrene_;
- _Gangrene from ergot_. Bacterial varieties of gangrene.
- _Pathology_--clinical varieties--_Acute infective gangrene_;
- _Malignant oedema_; _Acute emphysematous_ or _gas gangrene_;
- _Cancrum oris_, _etc_. Bed-sores: _Acute_; _chronic_.
- Gangrene or mortification is the process by which a portion of tissue
- dies _en masse_, as distinguished from the molecular or cellular death
- which constitutes ulceration. The dead portion is known as a _slough_.
- In this chapter we shall confine our attention to the process as it
- affects the limbs and superficial parts, leaving gangrene of the viscera
- to be described in regional surgery.
- TYPES OF GANGRENE
- Two distinct types of gangrene are met with, which, from their most
- obvious point of difference, are known respectively as _dry_ and
- _moist_, and there are several clinical varieties of each type.
- Speaking generally, it may be said that dry gangrene is essentially due
- to a simple _interference with the blood supply_ of a part; while the
- main factor in the production of moist gangrene is _bacterial
- infection_.
- The cardinal signs of gangrene are: change in the colour of the part,
- coldness, loss of sensation and motor power, and, lastly, loss of
- pulsation in the arteries.
- #Dry Gangrene# or #Mummification# is a comparatively slow form of local
- death due, as a rule, to a diminution in the arterial blood supply of
- the affected part, resulting from such causes as the gradual narrowing
- of the lumen of the arteries by disease of their coats, or the blocking
- of the main vessel by an embolus.
- As the fluids in the tissues are lost by evaporation the part becomes
- dry and shrivelled, and as the skin is usually intact, infection does
- not take place, or if it does, the want of moisture renders the part an
- unsuitable soil, and the organisms do not readily find a footing. Any
- spread of the process that may take place is chiefly influenced by the
- anatomical distribution of the blocked arteries, and is arrested as soon
- as it reaches an area rich in anastomotic vessels. The dead portion is
- then cast off, the irritation resulting from the contact of the dead
- with the still living tissue inducing the formation of granulations on
- the proximal side of the junction, and these by slowly eating into the
- dead portion produce a furrow--the _line of demarcation_--which
- gradually deepens until complete separation is effected. As the muscles
- and bones have a richer blood supply than the integument, the death of
- skin and subcutaneous tissues extends higher than that of muscles and
- bone, with the result that the stump left after spontaneous separation
- is conical, the end of the bone projecting beyond the soft parts.
- _Clinical Features._--The part undergoing mortification becomes colder
- than normal, the temperature falling to that of the surrounding
- atmosphere. In many instances, but not in all, the onset of the process
- is accompanied by severe neuralgic pain in the part, probably due to
- anaemia of the nerves, to neuritis, or to the irritation of the exposed
- axis cylinders by the dead and dying tissues around them. This pain soon
- ceases and gives place to a complete loss of sensation. The dead part
- becomes dry, horny, shrivelled, and semi-transparent--at first of a dark
- brown, but finally of a black colour, from the dissemination of blood
- pigment throughout the tissues. There is no putrefaction, and therefore
- no putrid odour; and the condition being non-infective, there is not
- necessarily any constitutional disturbance. In itself, therefore, dry
- gangrene does not involve immediate risk to life; the danger lies in the
- fact that the breach of surface at the line of demarcation furnishes a
- possible means of entrance for bacteria, which may lead to infective
- complications.
- #Moist Gangrene# is an acute process, the dead part retaining its fluids
- and so affording a favourable soil for the development of bacteria. The
- action of the organisms and their toxins on the adjacent tissues leads
- to a rapid and wide spread of the process. The skin becomes moist and
- macerated, and bullae, containing dark-coloured fluid or gases, form
- under the epidermis. The putrefactive gases evolved cause the skin to
- become emphysematous and crepitant and produce an offensive odour. The
- tissues assume a greenish-black colour from the formation in them of a
- sulphide of iron resulting from decomposition of the blood pigment.
- Under certain conditions the dead part may undergo changes resembling
- more closely those of ordinary post-mortem decomposition. Owing to its
- nature the spread of the gangrene is seldom arrested by the natural
- protective processes, and it usually continues until the condition
- proves fatal from the absorption of toxins into the circulation.
- The _clinical features_ vary in the different varieties of moist
- gangrene, but the local results of bacterial action and the
- constitutional disturbance associated with toxin absorption are present
- in all; the prognosis therefore is grave in the extreme.
- From what has been said, it will be gathered that in dry gangrene there
- is no urgent call for operation to save the patient's life, the primary
- indication being to prevent the access of bacteria to the dead part, and
- especially to the surface exposed at the line of demarcation. In moist
- gangrene, on the contrary, organisms having already obtained a footing,
- immediate removal of the dead and dying tissues, as a rule, offers the
- only hope of saving life.
- VARIETIES OF GANGRENE
- #Varieties of Gangrene essentially due to Interference with the
- Circulation#
- While the varieties of gangrene included in this group depend primarily
- on interference with the circulation, it is to be borne in mind that the
- clinical course of the affection may be profoundly influenced by
- superadded infection with micro-organisms. Although the bacteria do not
- play the most important part in producing tissue necrosis, their
- subsequent introduction is an accident of such importance that it may
- change the whole aspect of affairs and convert a dry form of gangrene
- into one of the moist type. Moreover, the low state of vitality of the
- tissues, and the extreme difficulty of securing and maintaining asepsis,
- make it a sequel of great frequency.
- #Senile Gangrene.#--Senile gangrene is the commonest example of local
- death produced by a _gradual_ diminution in the quantity of blood
- passing through the parts, as a result of arterio-sclerosis or other
- chronic disease of the arteries leading to diminution of their calibre.
- It is the most characteristic example of the dry type of gangrene. As
- the term indicates, it occurs in old persons, but the patient's age is
- to be reckoned by the condition of his arteries rather than by the
- number of his years. Thus the vessels of a comparatively young man who
- has suffered from syphilis and been addicted to alcohol are more liable
- to atheromatous degeneration leading to this form of gangrene than are
- those of a much older man who has lived a regular and abstemious life.
- This form of gangrene is much more common in men than in women. While it
- usually attacks only one foot, it is not uncommon for the other foot to
- be affected after an interval, and in some cases it is bilateral from
- the outset. It must clearly be understood that any form of gangrene may
- occur in old persons, the term senile being here restricted to that
- variety which results from arterio-sclerosis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 20.--Senile Gangrene of the Foot, showing line of
- demarcation.]
- _Clinical Features._--The commonest seat of the disease is in the toes,
- especially the great toe, whence it spreads up the foot to the heel, or
- even to the leg (Fig. 20). There is often a history of some slight
- injury preceding its onset. The vitality of the tissues is so low that
- the balance between life and death may be turned by the most trivial
- injury, such as a cut while paring a toe-nail or a corn, a blister
- caused by an ill-fitting shoe or the contact of a hot-bottle. In some
- cases the actual gangrene is determined by thrombosis of the popliteal
- or tibial arteries, which are already narrowed by obliterating
- endarteritis.
- It is common to find that the patient has been troubled for a long time
- before the onset of definite signs of gangrene, with cold feet, with
- tingling and loss of feeling, or a peculiar sensation as if walking on
- cotton wool.
- The first evidence of the death of the part varies in different cases.
- Sometimes a dark-blue spot appears on the medial side of the great toe
- and gradually increases in size; or a blister containing blood-stained
- fluid may form. Streaks or patches of dark-blue mottling appear higher
- up on the foot or leg. In other cases a small sore surrounded by a
- congested areola forms in relation to the nail and refuses to heal. Such
- sores on the toes of old persons are always to be looked upon with
- suspicion and treated with the greatest care; and the urine should be
- examined for sugar. There is often severe, deep-seated pain of a
- neuralgic character, with cramps in the limb, and these may persist long
- after a line of demarcation has formed. The dying part loses sensibility
- to touch and becomes cold and shrivelled.
- All the physical appearances and clinical symptoms associated with dry
- gangrene supervene, and the dead portion is delimited by a line of
- demarcation. If this forms slowly and irregularly it indicates a very
- unsatisfactory condition of the circulation; while, if it forms quickly
- and decidedly, the presumption is that the circulation in the parts
- above is fairly good. The separation of the dead part is always attended
- with the risk of infection taking place, and should this occur, the
- temperature rises and other evidences of toxaemia appear.
- _Prophylaxis._--The toes and feet of old people, the condition of whose
- circulation predisposes them to gangrene, should be protected from
- slight injuries such as may be received while paring nails, cutting
- corns, or wearing ill-fitting boots. The patient should also be warned
- of the risk of exposure to cold, the use of hot-bottles, and of placing
- the feet near a fire. Attempts have been made to improve the peripheral
- circulation by establishing an anastomosis between the main artery of a
- limb and its companion vein, so that arterial blood may reach the
- peripheral capillaries--reversal of the circulation--but the clinical
- results have proved disappointing. (See _Op. Surg._, p. 29.)
- _Treatment._--When there is evidence that gangrene has occurred, the
- first indication is to prevent infection by purifying the part, and
- after careful drying to wrap it in a thick layer of absorbent and
- antiseptic wool, retained in place by a loosely applied bandage. A
- slight degree of elevation of the limb is an advantage, but it must not
- be sufficient to diminish the amount of blood entering the part.
- Hot-bottles are to be used with the utmost caution. As absolute dryness
- is essential, ointments or other greasy dressings are to be avoided, as
- they tend to prevent evaporation from the skin. Opium should be given
- freely to alleviate pain. Stimulation is to be avoided, and the patient
- should be carefully dieted.
- When the gangrene is limited to the toes in old and feeble patients,
- some surgeons advocate the expectant method of treatment, waiting for a
- line of demarcation to form and allowing the dead part to be separated.
- This takes place so slowly, however, that it necessitates the patient
- being laid up for many weeks, or even months; and we agree with the
- majority in advising early amputation.
- In this connection it is worthy of note that there are certain points at
- which gangrene naturally tends to become arrested--namely, at the highly
- vascular areas in the neighbourhood of joints. Thus gangrene of the
- great toe often stops when it reaches the metatarso-phalangeal joint; or
- if it trespasses this limit it may be arrested either at the
- tarso-metatarsal or at the ankle joint. If these be passed, it usually
- spreads up the leg to just below the knee before signs of arrestment
- appear. Further, it is seen from pathological specimens that the spread
- is greater on the dorsal than on the plantar aspect, and that the death
- of skin and subcutaneous tissues extends higher than that of bone and
- muscle.
- These facts furnish us with indications as to the seat and method of
- amputation. Experience has proved that in senile gangrene of the lower
- extremity the most reliable and satisfactory results are obtained by
- amputating in the region of the knee, care being taken to perform the
- operation so as to leave the prepatellar anastomosis intact by retaining
- the patella in the anterior flap. The most satisfactory operation in
- these cases is Gritti's supra-condylar amputation. Haemorrhage is easily
- controlled by digital pressure, and the use of a tourniquet should be
- dispensed with, as the constriction of the limb is liable to interfere
- with the vitality of the flaps.
- When the tibial vessels can be felt pulsating at the ankle it may be
- justifiable, if the patient urgently desires it, to amputate lower than
- the knee; but there is considerable risk of gangrene recurring in the
- stump and necessitating a second operation.
- That amputation for senile gangrene performed between the ankle and the
- knee seldom succeeds, is explained by the fact that the vascular
- obstruction is usually in the upper part of the posterior tibial artery,
- and the operation is therefore performed through tissues with an
- inadequate blood supply. It is not uncommon, indeed, on amputating above
- the knee, to find even the popliteal artery plugged by a clot. This
- should be removed at the amputation by squeezing the vessel from above
- downward by a "milking" movement, or by "catheterising the artery" with
- the aid of a cannula with a terminal aperture.
- It is to be borne in mind that the object of amputation in these cases
- is merely to remove the gangrenous part, and so relieve the patient of
- the discomfort and the risks from infection which its presence involves.
- While it is true that in many of these patients the operation is borne
- remarkably well, it must be borne in mind that those who suffer from
- senile gangrene are of necessity bad lives, and a guarded opinion should
- be expressed as to the prospects of survival. The possibility of the
- disease developing in the other limb has already been referred to.
- [Illustration: FIG. 21.--Embolic Gangrene of Hand and Arm.]
- #Embolic Gangrene# (Fig. 21).--This is the most typical form of gangrene
- resulting from the _sudden_ occlusion of the main artery of a part,
- whether by the impaction of an embolus or the formation of a thrombus in
- its lumen, when the collateral circulation is not sufficiently free to
- maintain the vitality of the tissues.
- There is sudden pain at the site of impaction of the embolus, and the
- pulses beyond are lost. The limb becomes cold, numb, insensitive, and
- powerless. It is often pale at first--hence the term "white gangrene"
- sometimes applicable to the early appearances, which closely resemble
- those presented by the limb of a corpse.
- If the part is aseptic it shrivels, and presents the ordinary features
- of dry gangrene. It is liable, however, especially in the lower
- extremity and when the veins also are obstructed, to become infected and
- to assume the characters of the moist type.
- The extent of the gangrene depends upon the site of impaction of the
- embolus, thus if the _abdominal aorta_ becomes suddenly occluded by an
- embolus at its bifurcation, the obstruction of the iliacs and femorals
- induces symmetrical gangrene of both extremities as high as the inguinal
- ligaments. When gangrene follows occlusion of the _external iliac_ or of
- the _femoral artery_ above the origin of its deep branch, the death of
- the limb extends as high as the middle or upper third of the thigh. When
- the _femoral_ below the origin of its deep branch or the _popliteal
- artery_ is obstructed, the veins remaining pervious, the anastomosis
- through the profunda is sufficient to maintain the vascular supply, and
- gangrene does not necessarily follow. The rupture of a popliteal
- aneurysm, however, by compressing the vein and the articular branches,
- usually determines gangrene. When an embolus becomes impacted at the
- _bifurcation of the popliteal_, if gangrene ensues it usually spreads
- well up the leg.
- When the _axillary artery_ is the seat of embolic impaction, and
- gangrene ensues, the process usually reaches the middle of the upper
- arm. Gangrene following the blocking of the _brachial_ at its
- bifurcation usually extends as far as the junction of the lower and
- middle thirds of the forearm.
- Gangrene due to thrombosis or embolism is sometimes met with in patients
- recovering from typhus, typhoid, or other fevers, such as that
- associated with child-bed. It occurs in peripheral parts, such as the
- toes, fingers, nose, or ears.
- _Treatment._--The general treatment of embolic gangrene is the same as
- that for the senile form. Success has followed opening the artery and
- removing the embolus. The artery is exposed at the seat of impaction
- and, having been clamped above and below, a longitudinal opening is made
- and the clot carefully extracted with the aid of forceps; it is
- sometimes unexpectedly long (one recorded from the femoral artery
- measured nearly 34 inches); the wound in the artery is then sewn up with
- fine silk soaked in paraffin. When amputation is indicated, it must be
- performed sufficiently high to ensure a free vascular supply to the
- flaps.
- #Gangrene following Ligation of Arteries.#--After the ligation of an
- artery in its continuity--for example, in the treatment of aneurysm--the
- limb may for some days remain in a condition verging on gangrene, the
- distal parts being cold, devoid of sensation, and powerless. As the
- collateral circulation is established, the vitality of the tissues is
- gradually restored and these symptoms pass off. In some cases,
- however,--and especially in the lower extremity--gangrene ensues and
- presents the same characters as those resulting from embolism. It tends
- to be of the dry type. The occlusion of the vein as well as the artery
- is not found to increase the risk of gangrene.
- #Gangrene from Mechanical Constriction of the Vessels of the part.#--The
- application of a bandage or plaster-of-Paris case too tightly, or of a
- tourniquet for too long a time, has been known to lead to death of the
- part beyond; but such cases are rare, as are also those due to the
- pressure of a fractured bone or of a tumour on a large artery or vein.
- When gangrene occurs from such causes, it tends to be of the moist type.
- Much commoner is it to meet with localised areas of necrosis due to the
- excessive _pressure of splints_ over bony prominences, such as the
- lateral malleolus, the medial condyle of the humerus, or femur, or over
- the dorsum of the foot. This is especially liable to occur when the
- nutrition of the skin is depressed by any interference with its
- nerve-supply, such as follows injuries to the spine or peripheral
- nerves, disease of the brain, or acute anterior poliomyelitis. When the
- splint is removed the skin pressed upon is found to be of a pale yellow
- or grey colour, and is surrounded by a ring of hyperaemia. If protected
- from infection, the clinical course is that of dry gangrene.
- Bed-sores, which are closely allied to pressure sores, will be described
- at the end of this chapter.
- When a localised portion of tissue, for example, a piece of skin, is so
- severely _crushed_ or _bruised_ that its blood vessels are occluded and
- its structure destroyed, it dies, and, if not infected with bacteria,
- dries up, and the shrivelled brown skin is slowly separated by the
- growth of granulation tissue beneath and around it.
- Fingers, toes, or even considerable portions of limbs may in the same
- way be suddenly destroyed by severe trauma, and undergo mummification.
- If organisms gain access, typical moist gangrene may ensue, or changes
- similar to those of ordinary post-mortem decomposition may take place.
- _Treatment._--The first indication is to exclude bacteria by purifying
- the damaged part and its surroundings, and applying dry, non-irritating
- dressings.
- When these measures are successful, dry gangrene ensues. The raw surface
- left after the separation of the dead skin may be allowed to heal by
- granulation, or may be covered by skin-grafts. In the case of a finger
- or a limb it is not necessary to wait until spontaneous separation takes
- place, as this is often a slow process. When a well-marked line of
- demarcation has formed, amputation may be performed just sufficiently
- far above it to enable suitable flaps to be made.
- The end of a stump, after spontaneous separation of the gangrenous
- portion, requires to be trimmed, sufficient bone being removed to permit
- of the soft parts coming together.
- If moist gangrene supervenes, amputation must be performed without
- delay, and at a higher level.
- #Gangrene from Heat, Chemical Agents, and Cold.#--Severe #burns# and
- #scalds# may be followed by necrosis of tissue. So long as the parts are
- kept absolutely dry--as, for example, by the picric acid method of
- treatment--the grossly damaged portions of tissue undergo dry gangrene;
- but when wet or oily dressings are applied and organisms gain access,
- moist gangrene follows.
- Strong #chemical agents#, such as caustic potash, nitric or sulphuric
- acid, may also induce local tissue necrosis, the general appearances of
- the lesions produced being like those of severe burns. The resulting
- sloughs are slow to separate, and leave deep punched-out cavities which
- are long of healing.
- #Carbolic Gangrene.#--Carbolic acid, even in comparatively weak
- solution, is liable to induce dry gangrene when applied as a fomentation
- to a finger, especially in women and children. Thrombosis occurs in the
- blood vessels of the part, which at first is pale and soft, but later
- becomes dark and leathery. On account of the anaesthetic action of
- carbolic acid, the onset of the process is painless, and the patient
- does not realise his danger. A line of demarcation soon forms, but the
- dead part separates very slowly.
- #Gangrene from Frost-bite.#--It is difficult to draw the line between
- the third degree of chilblain and the milder forms of true frost-bite;
- the difference is merely one of degree. Frost-bite affects chiefly the
- toes and fingers--especially the great toe and the little finger--the
- ears, and the nose. In this country it is seldom seen except in members
- of the tramp class, who, in addition to being exposed to cold by
- sleeping in the open air, are ill-fed and generally debilitated. The
- condition usually manifests itself after the parts, having been
- subjected to extreme cold, are brought into warm surroundings. The first
- symptom is numbness in the part, followed by a sense of weight,
- tingling, and finally by complete loss of sensation. The part attacked
- becomes white and bleached-looking, feels icy cold, and is insensitive
- to touch. Either immediately, or, it may be, not for several days, it
- becomes discoloured and swollen, and finally contracts and shrivels.
- Above the dead area the limb may be the seat of excruciating pain. The
- dead portion is cast off, as in other forms of dry gangrene, by the
- formation of a line of demarcation.
- To prevent the occurrence of gangrene from frost-bite it is necessary to
- avoid the sudden application of heat. The patient should be placed in a
- cold room, and the part rubbed with snow, or put in a cold bath, and
- have light friction applied to it. As the circulation is restored the
- general surroundings and the local applications are gradually made
- warmer. Elevation of the part, wrapping it in cotton wool, and removal
- to a warmer room, are then permissible, and stimulants and warm drinks
- may be given with caution. When by these means the occurrence of
- gangrene is averted, recovery ensues, its onset being indicated by the
- white parts assuming a livid red hue and becoming the seat of an acute
- burning sensation.
- A condition known as _Trench feet_ was widely prevalent amongst the
- troops in France during the European War. Although allied to frost-bite,
- cold appears to play a less important part in its causation than
- humidity and constriction of the limbs producing ischaemia of the feet.
- Changes were found in the endothelium of the blood vessels, the axis
- cylinders of nerves, and the muscles. The condition does not occur in
- civil life.
- #Diabetic Gangrene.#--This form of gangrene is prone to occur in persons
- over fifty years of age who suffer from glycosuria. The arteries are
- often markedly diseased. In some cases the existence of the glycosuria
- is unsuspected before the onset of the gangrene, and it is only on
- examining the urine that the cause of the condition is discovered. The
- gangrenous process seldom begins as suddenly as that associated with
- embolism, and, like senile gangrene, which it may closely simulate in
- its early stages, it not infrequently begins after a slight injury to
- one of the toes. It but rarely, however, assumes the dry, shrivelling
- type, as a rule being attended with swelling, oedema, and dusky redness
- of the foot, and severe pain. According to Paget, the dead part remains
- warm longer than in other forms of senile gangrene; there is a greater
- tendency for patches of skin at some distance from the primary seat of
- disease to become gangrenous, and for the death of tissue to extend
- upwards in the subcutaneous planes, leaving the overlying skin
- unaffected. The low vitality of the tissues favours the growth of
- bacteria, and if these gain access, the gangrene assumes the characters
- of the moist type and spreads rapidly.
- The rules for amputation are the same as those governing the treatment
- of senile gangrene, the level at which the limb is removed depending
- upon whether the gangrene is of the dry or moist type. The general
- treatment for diabetes must, of course, be employed whether amputation
- is performed or not. Paget recommended that the dietetic treatment
- should not be so rigid as in uncomplicated diabetes, and that opium
- should be given freely.
- The _prognosis_ even after amputation is unfavourable. In many cases the
- patient dies with symptoms of diabetic coma within a few days of the
- operation; or, if he survives this, he may eventually succumb to
- diabetes. In others there is sloughing of the flaps and death results
- from toxaemia. Occasionally the other limb becomes gangrenous. On the
- other hand, the glycosuria may diminish or may even disappear after
- amputation.
- #Gangrene associated with Spasm of Blood Vessels.#--#Raynaud's Disease#,
- or symmetrical gangrene, is supposed to be due to spasm of the
- arterioles, resulting from peripheral neuritis. It occurs oftenest in
- women, between the ages of eighteen and thirty, who are the subjects of
- uterine disorders, anaemia, or chlorosis. Cold is an aggravating factor,
- as the disease is commonest during the winter months. The digits of both
- hands or the toes of both feet are simultaneously attacked, and the
- disease seldom spreads beyond the phalanges or deeper than the skin.
- The first evidence is that the fingers become cold, white, and
- insensitive to touch and pain. These attacks of _local syncope_ recur at
- varying intervals for months or even years. They last for a few minutes
- or even for some hours, and as they pass off the parts become hyperaemic
- and painful.
- A more advanced stage of the disease is known as _local asphyxia_. The
- circulation through the fingers becomes exceedingly sluggish, and the
- parts assume a dull, livid hue. There is swelling and burning or
- shooting pain. This may pass off in a few days, or may increase in
- severity, with the formation of bullae, and end in dry gangrene. As a
- rule, the slough which forms is comparatively small and superficial,
- but it may take some months to separate. The condition tends to recur in
- successive winters.
- The _treatment_ consists in remedying any nervous or uterine disorder
- that may be present, keeping the parts warm by wrapping them in cotton
- wool, and in the use of hot-air or electric baths, the parts being
- immersed in water through which a constant current is passed. When
- gangrene occurs, it is treated on the same lines as other forms of dry
- gangrene, but if amputation is called for it is only with a view to
- removing the dead part.
- #Angio-sclerotic Gangrene.#--A form of gangrene due to _angio-sclerosis_
- is occasionally met with in young persons, even in children. It bears
- certain analogies to Raynaud's disease in that spasm of the vessels
- plays a part in determining the local death.
- The main arteries are narrowed by hyperplastic endarteritis followed by
- thrombosis, and similar changes are found in the veins. The condition is
- usually met with in the feet, but the upper extremity may be affected,
- and is attended with very severe pain, rendering sleep impossible.
- The patient is liable to sudden attacks of numbness, tingling and
- weakness of the limbs which pass off with rest--_intermittent
- claudication_. During these attacks the large arteries--femoral,
- brachial, and subclavian--can be felt as firm cords, while pulsation is
- lost in the peripheral vessels. Gangrene eventually ensues, is attended
- with great pain and runs a slow course. It is treated on the same lines
- as Raynaud's disease.
- #Gangrene from Ergot.#--Gangrene may occur from interference with blood
- supply, the result of tetanic contraction of the minute vessels, such as
- results in ill-nourished persons who eat large quantities of coarse rye
- bread contaminated with the _claviceps purpurea_ and containing the
- ergot of rye. It has also occurred in the fingers of patients who have
- taken ergot medicinally over long periods. The gangrene, which attacks
- the toes, fingers, ears, or nose, is preceded by formication, numbness,
- and pains in the parts to be affected, and is of the dry variety.
- In this country it is usually met with in sailors off foreign ships,
- whose dietary largely consists of rye bread. Trivial injuries may be the
- starting-point, the anaesthesia produced by the ergotin preventing the
- patient taking notice of them. Alcoholism is a potent predisposing
- cause.
- As it is impossible to predict how far the process will spread, it is
- advisable to wait for the formation of a line of demarcation before
- operating, and then to amputate immediately above the dead part.
- BACTERIAL VARIETIES OF GANGRENE
- The acute bacillary forms of gangrene all assume the moist type from the
- first, and, spreading rapidly, result in extensive necrosis of tissue,
- and often end fatally.
- The infection is usually a mixed one in which anaerobic bacteria
- predominate. The anaerobe most constantly present is the _bacillus
- aerogenes capsulatus_, usually in association with other anaerobes, and
- sometimes with pyogenic diplo- and streptococci. According to the mode of
- action of the associated organisms and the combined effects of their
- toxins on the tissues, the gangrenous process presents different
- pathological and clinical features. Some combinations, for example,
- result in a rapidly spreading cellulitis with early necrosis of
- connective tissue accompanied by thrombosis throughout the capillary and
- venous circulation of the parts implicated; other combinations cause
- great oedema of the part, and others again lead to the formation of gases
- in the tissues, particularly in the muscles.
- These different effects do not appear to be due to a specific action of
- any one of the organisms present, but to the combined effect of a
- particular group living in symbiosis.
- According as the cellulitic, the oedematous, or the gaseous
- characteristics predominate, the clinical varieties of bacillary
- gangrene may be separately described, but it must be clearly understood
- that they frequently overlap and cannot always be distinguished from one
- another.
- #Clinical Varieties of Bacillary Gangrene.#--#Acute infective gangrene#
- is the form most commonly met with in civil practice. It may follow such
- trivial injuries as a pin-prick or a scratch, the signs of acute
- cellulitis rapidly giving place to those of a spreading gangrene. Or it
- may ensue on a severe railway, machinery, or street accident, when
- lacerated and bruised tissues are contaminated with gross dirt. Often
- within a few hours of the injury the whole part rapidly becomes painful,
- swollen, oedematous, and tense. The skin is at first glazed, and perhaps
- paler than normal, but soon assumes a dull red or purplish hue, and
- bullae form on the surface. Putrefactive gases may be evolved in the
- tissues, and their presence is indicated by emphysematous crackling when
- the part is handled. The spread of the disease is so rapid that its
- progress is quite visible from hour to hour, and may be traced by the
- occurrence of red lines along the course of the lymphatics of the limb.
- In the most acute cases the death of the affected part takes place so
- rapidly that the local changes indicative of gangrene have not time to
- occur, and the fact that the part is dead may be overlooked.
- [Illustration: FIG. 22.--Gangrene of Terminal Phalanx of Index-Finger,
- following cellulitis of hand resulting from a scratch on the palm of the
- hand.]
- Rigors may occur, but the temperature is not necessarily raised--indeed,
- it is sometimes subnormal. The pulse is small, feeble, rapid, and
- irregular. Unless amputation is promptly performed, death usually
- follows within thirty-six or forty-eight hours. Even early operation
- does not always avert the fatal issue, because the quantity of toxin
- absorbed and its extreme virulence are often more than even a robust
- subject can outlive.
- _Treatment._--Every effort must be made to purify all such wounds as are
- contaminated by earth, street dust, stable refuse, or other forms of
- gross dirt. Devitalised and contaminated tissue is removed with the
- knife or scissors and the wound purified with antiseptics of the
- chlorine group or with hydrogen peroxide. If there is a reasonable
- prospect that infection has been overcome, the wound may be at once
- sutured, but if this is doubtful it is left open and packed or
- irrigated.
- When acute gangrene has set in no treatment short of amputation is of
- any avail, and the sooner this is done, the greater is the hope of
- saving the patient. The limb must be amputated well beyond the apparent
- limits of the infected area, and stringent precautions must be taken to
- avoid discharge from the already gangrenous area reaching the operation
- wound. An assistant or nurse, who is to take no other part in the
- operation, is told off to carry out the preliminary purification, and to
- hold the limb during the operation.
- #Malignant Oedema.#--This form of acute gangrene has been defined as
- "a spreading inflammatory oedema attended with emphysema, and ultimately
- followed by gangrene of the skin and adjacent parts." The predominant
- organism is the _bacillus of malignant oedema_ or _vibrion septique_ of
- Pasteur, which is found in garden soil, dung, and various putrefying
- substances. It is anaerobic, and occurs as long, thick rods with
- somewhat rounded ends and several laterally placed flagella. Spores,
- which have a high power of resistance, form in the centre of the rods,
- and bulge out the sides so as to give the organisms a spindle-shaped
- outline. Other pathogenic organisms are also present and aid the
- specific bacillus in its action.
- At the bedside it is difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish it
- from acute infective gangrene. Both follow on the same kinds of injury
- and run an exceedingly rapid course. In malignant oedema, however, the
- incidence of the disease is mainly on the superficial parts, which
- become oedematous and emphysematous, and acquire a marbled appearance
- with the veins clearly outlined. Early disappearance of sensation is a
- particularly grave symptom. Bullae form on the skin, and the tissues
- have "a peculiar heavy but not putrid odour." The constitutional effects
- are extremely severe, and death may ensue within a few hours.
- #Acute Emphysematous# or #Gas Gangrene# was prevalent in certain areas
- at various periods during the European War. It follows infection of
- lacerated wounds with the _bacillus aerogenes capsulatus_, usually in
- combination with other anaerobes, and its main incidence is on the
- muscles, which rapidly become infiltrated with gas that spreads
- throughout the whole extent of the muscle, disintegrating its fibres and
- leading to necrosis. The gangrenous process spreads with appalling
- rapidity, the limb becoming enormously swollen, painful, and crepitant
- or even tympanitic. Patches of coppery or purple colour appear on the
- skin, and bullae containing blood-stained serum form on the surface. The
- toxaemia is profound, and the face and lips assume a characteristic
- cyanosis. The condition is attended with a high mortality. Only in the
- early stages and when the infection is limited are local measures
- successful in arresting the spread; in more severe cases amputation is
- the only means of saving life.
- #Cancrum Oris# or #Noma#.--This disease is believed to be due to a
- specific bacillus, which occurs in long delicate rods, and is chiefly
- found at the margin of the gangrenous area. It is prone to attack
- unhealthy children from two to five years of age, especially during
- their convalescence from such diseases as measles, scarlet fever, or
- typhoid, but may attack adults when they are debilitated. It is most
- common in the mouth, but sometimes occurs on the vulva. In the mouth it
- begins as an ulcerative stomatitis, more especially affecting the gums
- or inner aspect of the cheek. The child lies prostrated, and from the
- open mouth foul-smelling saliva, streaked with blood, escapes; the face
- is of an ashy-grey colour, the lips dark and swollen. On the inner
- aspect of the cheek is a deeply ulcerated surface, with sloughy shreds
- of dark-brown or black tissue covering its base; the edges are
- irregular, firm, and swollen, and the surrounding mucous membrane is
- infiltrated and oedematous. In the course of a few hours a dark spot
- appears on the outer aspect of the cheek, and rapidly increases in size;
- towards the centre it is black, shading off through blue and grey into a
- dark-red area which extends over the cheek (Fig. 23). The tissue
- implicated is at first firm and indurated, but as it loses its vitality
- it becomes doughy and sodden. Finally a slough forms, and, when it
- separates, the cheek is perforated.
- Meanwhile the process spreads inside the mouth, and the gums, the floor
- of the mouth, or even the jaws, may become gangrenous and the teeth fall
- out. The constitutional disturbance is severe, the temperature raised,
- and the pulse feeble and rapid.
- The extremely foetid odour which pervades the room or even the house the
- patient occupies, is usually sufficient to suggest the diagnosis of
- cancrum oris. The odour must not be mistaken for that due to
- decomposition of sordes on the teeth and gums of a debilitated patient.
- The _prognosis_ is always grave in the extreme, the main risks being
- general toxaemia and septic pneumonia. When recovery takes place there is
- serious deformity, and considerable portions of the jaws may be lost by
- necrosis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 23.--Cancrum oris.
- (From a photograph lent by Sir George T. Beatson.)]
- _Treatment._--The only satisfactory treatment is thorough removal under
- an anaesthetic of all the sloughy tissue, with the surrounding zone in
- which the organisms are active. This is most efficiently accomplished by
- the knife or scissors, cutting until the tissue bleeds freely, after
- which the raw surface is painted with undiluted carbolic acid and
- dressed with iodoform gauze. It may be necessary to remove large pieces
- of bone when the necrotic process has implicated the jaws. The mouth
- must be constantly sprayed with peroxide of hydrogen, and washed out
- with a disinfectant and deodorant lotion, such as Condy's fluid. The
- patient's general condition calls for free stimulation.
- The deformity resulting from these necessarily heroic measures is not so
- great as might be expected, and can be further diminished by plastic
- operations, which should be undertaken before cicatricial contraction
- has occurred.
- BED-SORES
- Bed-sores are most frequently met with in old and debilitated patients,
- or in those whose tissues are devitalised by acute or chronic diseases
- associated with stagnation of blood in the peripheral veins. Any
- interference with the nerve-supply of the skin, whether from injury or
- disease of the central nervous system or of the peripheral nerves,
- strongly predisposes to the formation of bed-sores. Prolonged and
- excessive pressure over a bony prominence, especially if the parts be
- moist with skin secretions, urine, or wound discharges, determines the
- formation of a sore. Excoriations, which may develop into true
- bed-sores, sometimes form where two skin surfaces remain constantly
- apposed, as in the region of the scrotum or labium, under pendulous
- mammae, or between fingers or toes confined in a splint.
- [Illustration: FIG. 24.--Acute Bed-Sores over Right Buttock.]
- _Clinical Features._--Two clinical varieties are met with--the acute
- and the chronic bed-sore.
- The _acute_ bed-sore usually occurs over the sacrum or buttock. It
- develops rapidly after spinal injuries and in the course of certain
- brain diseases. The part affected becomes red and congested, while the
- surrounding parts are oedematous and swollen, blisters form, and the skin
- loses its vitality (Fig. 24).
- In advanced cases of general paralysis of the insane, a peculiar form of
- acute bed-sore beginning as a blister, and passing on to the formation
- of a black, dry eschar, which slowly separates, occurs on such parts as
- the medial side of the knee, the angle of the scapula, and the heel.
- The _chronic_ bed-sore begins as a dusky reddish purple patch, which
- gradually becomes darker till it is almost black. The parts around are
- oedematous, and a blister may form. This bursts and exposes the papillae
- of the skin, which are of a greenish hue. A tough greyish-black slough
- forms, and is slowly separated. It is not uncommon for the gangrenous
- area to continue to spread both in width and in depth till it reaches
- the periosteum or bone. Bed-sores over the sacrum sometimes implicate
- the vertebral canal and lead to spinal meningitis, which usually proves
- fatal.
- In old and debilitated patients the septic absorption taking place from
- a bed-sore often proves a serious complication of other surgical
- conditions. From this cause, for example, old people may succumb during
- the treatment of a fractured thigh.
- The granulating surface left on the separation of the slough tends to
- heal comparatively rapidly.
- _Prevention of Bed-sores._--The first essential in the prevention of
- bed-sores is the regular changing of the patient's position, so that no
- one part of the body is continuously pressed upon for any length of
- time. Ring-pads of wool, air-cushions, or water-beds are necessary to
- remove pressure from prominent parts. Absolute dryness of the skin is
- all-important. At least once a day, the sacrum, buttocks,
- shoulder-blades, heels, elbows, malleoli, or other parts exposed to
- pressure, must be sponged with soap and water, thoroughly dried, and
- then rubbed with methylated spirit, which is allowed to dry on the skin.
- Dusting the part with boracic acid powder not only keeps it dry, but
- prevents the development of bacteria in the skin secretions.
- In operation cases, care must be taken that irritating chemicals used to
- purify the skin do not collect under the patient and remain in contact
- with the skin of the sacrum and buttocks during the time he is on the
- operating-table. There is reason to believe that the so-called
- "post-operation bed-sore" may be due to such causes. A similar result
- has been known to follow soiling of the sheets by the escape of a
- turpentine enema.
- _Treatment._--Once a bed-sore has formed, every effort must be made to
- prevent its spread. Alcohol is used to cleanse the broken surface, and
- dry absorbent dressings are applied and frequently changed. It is
- sometimes found necessary to employ moist or oily substances, such as
- boracic poultices, eucalyptus ointment, or balsam of Peru, to facilitate
- the separation of sloughs, or to promote the growth of granulations. In
- patients who are not extremely debilitated the slough may be excised,
- the raw surface scraped, and then painted with iodine.
- Skin-grafting is sometimes useful in covering in the large raw surface
- left after separation or removal of sloughs.
- CHAPTER VII
- BACTERIAL AND OTHER WOUND INFECTIONS
- _Erysipelas_--_Diphtheria_--_Tetanus_--_Hydrophobia_--_Anthrax_--
- _Glanders_--_Actinomycosis_--_Mycetoma_--_Delhi
- boil_--_Chigoe_--_Poisoning by insects_--_Snake-bites_.
- ERYSIPELAS
- Erysipelas, popularly known as "rose," is an acute spreading infective
- disease of the skin or of a mucous membrane due to the action of a
- streptococcus. Infection invariably takes place through an abrasion of
- the surface, although this may be so slight that it escapes observation
- even when sought for. The streptococci are found most abundantly in the
- lymph spaces just beyond the swollen margin of the inflammatory area,
- and in the serous blebs which sometimes form on the surface.
- #Clinical Features.#--_Facial erysipelas_ is the commonest clinical
- variety, infection usually occurring through some slight abrasion in the
- region of the mouth or nose, or from an operation wound in this area.
- From this point of origin the inflammation may spread all over the face
- and scalp as far back as the nape of the neck. It stops, however, at the
- chin, and never extends on to the front of the neck. There is great
- oedema of the face, the eyes becoming closed up, and the features
- unrecognisable. The inflammation may spread to the meninges, the
- intracranial venous sinuses, the eye, or the ear. In some cases the
- erysipelas invades the mucous membrane of the mouth, and spreads to the
- fauces and larynx, setting up an oedema of the glottis which may prove
- dangerous to life.
- Erysipelas occasionally attacks an operation wound that has become
- septic; and it may accompany septic infection of the genital tract in
- puerperal women, or the separation of the umbilical cord in infants
- (_erysipelas neonatorum_). After an incubation period, which varies from
- fifteen to sixty hours, the patient complains of headache, pains in the
- back and limbs, loss of appetite, nausea, and frequently there is
- vomiting. He has a chill or slight rigor, initiating a rise of
- temperature to 103 o, 104 o, or 105 o F.; and a full bounding pulse of
- about 100 (Fig. 25). The tongue is foul, the breath heavy, and, as a
- rule, the bowels are constipated. There is frequently albuminuria, and
- occasionally nocturnal delirium. A moderate degree of leucocytosis
- (15,000 to 20,000) is usually present.
- Around the seat of inoculation a diffuse red patch forms, varying in hue
- from a bright scarlet to a dull brick-red. The edges are slightly raised
- above the level of the surrounding skin, as may readily be recognised by
- gently stroking the part from the healthy towards the affected area. The
- skin is smooth, tense, and glossy, and presents here and there blisters
- filled with serous fluid. The local temperature is raised, and the part
- is the seat of a burning sensation and is tender to the touch, the most
- tender area being the actively spreading zone which lies about half an
- inch beyond the red margin.
- [Illustration: FIG. 25.--Chart of Erysipelas occurring in a wound.]
- The disease tends to spread spasmodically and irregularly, and the
- direction and extent of its progress may be recognised by mapping out
- the peripheral zone of tenderness. Red streaks appear along the lines of
- the superficial lymph vessels, and the deep lymphatics may sometimes be
- palpated as firm, tender cords. The neighbouring glands, also, are
- generally enlarged and tender.
- The disease lasts for from two or three days to as many weeks, and
- relapses are frequent. Spontaneous resolution usually takes place, but
- the disease may prove fatal from absorption of toxins, involvement of
- the brain or meninges, or from general streptococcal infection.
- #Complications.#--_Diffuse suppurative cellulitis_ is the most serious
- local complication, and results from a mixed infection with other
- pyogenic bacteria. Small _localised superficial abscesses_ may form
- during the convalescent stage. They are doubtless due to the action of
- skin bacteria, which attack the tissues devitalised by the erysipelas. A
- persistent form of _oedema_ sometimes remains after recurrent attacks of
- erysipelas, especially when they affect the face or the lower extremity,
- a condition which is referred to with elephantiasis.
- #Treatment.#--The first indication is to endeavour to arrest the spread
- of the process. We have found that by painting with linimentum iodi, a
- ring half an inch broad, about an inch in front of the peripheral tender
- zone--not the red margin--an artificial leucocytosis is produced, and
- the advancing streptococci are thereby arrested. Several coats of the
- iodine are applied, one after the other, and this is repeated daily for
- several days, even although the erysipelas has not overstepped the ring.
- Success depends upon using the liniment of iodine (the tincture is not
- strong enough), and in applying it well in front of the disease. To
- allay pain the most useful local applications are ichthyol ointment (1
- in 6), or lead and opium fomentations.
- The general treatment consists in attending to the emunctories, in
- administrating quinine in small--two-grain--doses every four hours, or
- salicylate of iron (2-5 gr. every three hours), and in giving plenty of
- fluid nourishment. It is worthy of note that the anti-streptococcic
- serum has proved of less value in the treatment of erysipelas than might
- have been expected, probably because the serum is not made from the
- proper strain of streptococcus.
- It is not necessary to isolate cases of erysipelas, provided the usual
- precautions against carrying infection from one patient to another are
- rigidly carried out.
- DIPHTHERIA
- Diphtheria is an acute infective disease due to the action of a specific
- bacterium, the _bacillus diphtheriae_ or _Klebs-Loffler bacillus_. The
- disease is usually transmitted from one patient to another, but it may
- be contracted from cats, fowls, or through the milk of infected cows.
- Cases have occurred in which the surgeon has carried the infection from
- one patient to another through neglect of antiseptic precautions. The
- incubation period varies from two to seven days.
- #Clinical Features.#--In _pharyngeal diphtheria_, on the first or
- second day of the disease, redness and swelling of the mucous membrane
- of the pharynx, tonsils, and palate are well marked, and small, circular
- greenish or grey patches of false membrane, composed of necrosed
- epithelium, fibrin, leucocytes, and red blood corpuscles, begin to
- appear. These rapidly increase in area and thickness, till they coalesce
- and form a complete covering to the parts. In the pharynx the false
- membrane is less adherent to the surface than it is when the disease
- affects the air-passages. The diphtheritic process may spread from the
- pharynx to the nasal cavities, causing blocking of the nares, with a
- profuse ichorous discharge from the nostrils, and sometimes severe
- epistaxis. The infection may spread along the nasal duct to the
- conjunctiva. The middle ear also may become involved by spread along the
- auditory (Eustachian) tube.
- The lymph glands behind the angle of the jaw enlarge and become tender,
- and may suppurate from superadded infection. There is pain on
- swallowing, and often earache; and the patient speaks with a nasal
- accent. He becomes weak and anaemic, and loses his appetite. There is
- often albuminuria. Leucocytosis is usually well marked before the
- injection of antitoxin; after the injection there is usually a
- diminution in the number of leucocytes. The false membrane may separate
- and be cast off, after which the patient gradually recovers. Death may
- take place from gradual failure of the heart's action or from syncope
- during some slight exertion.
- _Laryngeal Diphtheria._--The disease may arise in the larynx, although,
- as a rule, it spreads thence from the pharynx. It first manifests itself
- by a short, dry, croupy cough, and hoarseness of the voice. The first
- difficulty in breathing usually takes place during the night, and once
- it begins, it rapidly gets worse. Inspiration becomes noisy, sometimes
- stridulous or metallic or sibilant, and there is marked indrawing of the
- epigastrium and lower intercostal spaces. The hoarseness becomes more
- marked, the cough more severe, and the patient restless. The difficulty
- of breathing occurs in paroxysms, which gradually increase in frequency
- and severity, until at length the patient becomes asphyxiated. The
- duration of the disease varies from a few hours to four or five days.
- After the acute symptoms have passed off, various localised
- paralyses may develop, affecting particularly the nerves of the palatal
- and orbital muscles, less frequently the lower limbs.
- #Diagnosis.#--The finding of the Klebs-Loffler bacillus is the only
- conclusive evidence of the disease. The bacillus may be obtained by
- swabbing the throat with a piece of aseptic--not antiseptic--cotton wool
- or clean linen rag held in a pair of forceps, and rotated so as to
- entangle portions of the false membrane or exudate. The swab thus
- obtained is placed in a test-tube, previously sterilised by having had
- some water boiled in it, and sent to a laboratory for investigation. To
- identify the bacillus a piece of the membrane from the swab is rubbed on
- a cover glass, dried, and stained with methylene blue or other basic
- stain; or cultures may be made on agar or other suitable medium. When a
- bacteriological examination is impossible, or when the clinical features
- do not coincide with the results obtained, the patient should always be
- treated on the assumption that he suffers from diphtheria. So much doubt
- exists as to the real nature of membranous croup and its relationship to
- true diphtheria, that when the diagnosis between the two is uncertain
- the safest plan is to treat the case as one of diphtheria.
- In children, diphtheria may occur on the vulva, vagina, prepuce, or
- glans penis, and give rise to difficulty in diagnosis, which is only
- cleared up by demonstration of the bacillus.
- #Treatment.#--An attempt may be made to destroy or to counteract the
- organisms by swabbing the throat with strong antiseptic solutions, such
- as 1 in 1000 corrosive sublimate or 1 in 30 carbolic acid, or by
- spraying with peroxide of hydrogen.
- The antitoxic serum is our sheet-anchor in the treatment of diphtheria,
- and recourse should be had to its use as early as possible.
- Difficulty of swallowing may be met by the use of a stomach tube passed
- either through the mouth or nose. When this is impracticable, nutrient
- enemata are called for.
- In laryngeal diphtheria, the interference with respiration may call for
- intubation of the larynx, or tracheotomy, but the antitoxin treatment
- has greatly diminished the number of cases in which it becomes necessary
- to have recourse to these measures.
- Intubation consists in introducing through the mouth into the larynx a
- tube which allows the patient to breathe freely during the period while
- the membrane is becoming separated and thrown off. This is best done
- with the apparatus of O'Dwyer; but when this instrument is not
- available, a simple gum-elastic catheter with a terminal opening (as
- suggested by Macewen and Annandale) may be employed.
- When intubation is impracticable, the operation of tracheotomy is
- called for if the patient's life is endangered by embarrassment of
- respiration. Unless the patient is in hospital with skilled assistance
- available, tracheotomy is the safer of the two procedures.
- TETANUS
- Tetanus is a disease resulting from infection of a wound by a specific
- micro-organism, the _bacillus tetani_, and characterised by increased
- reflex excitability, hypertonus, and spasm of one or more groups of
- voluntary muscles.
- _Etiology and Morbid Anatomy._--The tetanus bacillus, which is a perfect
- anaerobe, is widely distributed in nature and can be isolated from
- garden earth, dung-heaps, and stable refuse. It is a slender rod-shaped
- bacillus, with a single large spore at one end giving it the shape of a
- drum-stick (Fig. 26). The spores, which are the active agents in
- producing tetanus, are highly resistant to chemical agents, retain their
- vitality in a dry condition, and even survive boiling for five minutes.
- The organism does not readily establish itself in the human body, and
- seems to flourish best when it finds a nidus in necrotic tissue and is
- accompanied by aerobic organisms, which, by using up the oxygen in the
- tissues, provide for it a suitable environment. The presence of a
- foreign body in the wound seems to favour its action. The infection is
- for all practical purposes a local one, the symptoms of the disease
- being due to the toxins produced in the wound of infection acting upon
- the central nervous system.
- The toxin acts principally on the nerve centres in the spinal medulla,
- to which it travels from the focus of infection by way of the nerve
- fibres supplying the voluntary muscles. Its first effect on the motor
- ganglia of the cord is to render them hypersensitive, so that they are
- excited by mild stimuli, which under ordinary conditions would produce
- no reaction. As the toxin accumulates the reflex arc is affected, with
- the result that when a stimulus reaches the ganglia a motor discharge
- takes place, which spreads by ascending and descending collaterals to
- the reflex apparatus of the whole cord. As the toxin spreads it causes
- both motor hyper-tonus and hyper-excitability, which accounts for the
- tonic contraction and the clonic spasms characteristic of tetanus.
- [Illustration: FIG. 26.--Bacillus of Tetanus from scraping of a wound of
- finger, x 1000 diam. Basic fuchsin stain.]
- #Clinical Varieties of Tetanus.#--_Acute_ or _Fulminating
- Tetanus_.--This variety is characterised by the shortness of the
- incubation period, the rapidity of its progress, the severity of its
- symptoms, and its all but universally fatal issue in spite of
- treatment, death taking place in from one to four days. The
- characteristic symptoms may appear within three or four days of the
- infliction of the wound, but the incubation period may extend to three
- weeks, and the wound may be quite healed before the disease declares
- itself--_delayed tetanus_. Usually, however, the wound is inflamed and
- suppurating, with ragged and sloughy edges. A slight feverish attack may
- mark the onset of the tetanic condition, or the patient may feel
- perfectly well until the spasms begin. If careful observations be made,
- it may be found that the muscles in the immediate neighbourhood of the
- wound are the first to become contracted; but in the majority of
- instances the patient's first complaint is of pain and stiffness in the
- muscles of mastication, notably the masseter, so that he has difficulty
- in opening the mouth--hence the popular name "lock-jaw." The muscles of
- expression soon share in the rigidity, and the face assumes a taut,
- mask-like aspect. The angles of the mouth may be retracted, producing a
- grinning expression known as the _risus sardonicus_.
- The next muscles to become stiff and painful are those of the neck,
- especially the sterno-mastoid and trapezius. The patient is inclined to
- attribute the pain and stiffness to exposure to cold or rheumatism. At
- an early stage the diaphragm and the muscles of the anterior abdominal
- wall become contracted; later the muscles of the back and thorax are
- involved; and lastly those of the limbs. Although this is the typical
- order of involvement of the different groups of muscles, it is not
- always adhered to.
- To this permanent tonic contraction of the muscles there are soon added
- clonic spasms. These spasms are at first slight and transient, with
- prolonged intervals between the attacks, but rapidly tend to become more
- frequent, more severe, and of longer duration, until eventually the
- patient simply passes out of one seizure into another.
- The distribution of the spasms varies in different cases: in some it is
- confined to particular groups of muscles, such as those of the neck,
- back, abdominal walls, or limbs; in others all these groups are
- simultaneously involved.
- When the muscles of the back become spasmodically contracted, the body
- is raised from the bed, sometimes to such an extent that the patient
- rests only on his heels and occiput--the position of _opisthotonos_.
- Lateral arching of the body from excessive action of the muscles on one
- side--_pleurosthotonos_--is not uncommon, the arching usually taking
- place towards the side on which the wound of infection exists. Less
- frequently the body is bent forward so that the knees and chin almost
- meet (_emprosthotonos_). Sometimes all the muscles simultaneously become
- rigid, so that the body assumes a statuesque attitude (_orthotonos_).
- When the thoracic muscles, including the diaphragm, are thrown into
- spasm, the patient experiences a distressing sensation as if he were
- gripped in a vice, and has extreme difficulty in getting breath. Between
- the attacks the limbs are kept rigidly extended. The clonic spasms may
- be so severe as to rupture muscles or even to fracture one of the long
- bones.
- As time goes on, the clonic exacerbations become more and more frequent,
- and the slightest external stimulus, such as the feeling of the pulse, a
- whisper in the room, a noise in the street, a draught of cold air, the
- effort to swallow, a question addressed to the patient or his attempt to
- answer, is sufficient to determine an attack. The movements are so
- forcible and so continuous that the nurse has great difficulty in
- keeping the bedclothes on the patient, or even in keeping him in bed.
- The general condition of the patient is pitiful in the extreme. He is
- fully conscious of the gravity of the disease, and his mind remains
- clear to the end. The suffering induced by the cramp-like spasms of the
- muscles keeps him in a constant state of fearful apprehension of the
- next seizure, and he is unable to sleep until he becomes utterly
- exhausted.
- The temperature is moderately raised (100 o to 102 o F.), or may remain
- normal throughout. Shortly before death very high temperatures (110 o F.)
- have been recorded, and it has been observed that the thermometer
- sometimes continues to rise after death, and may reach as high as
- 112 o F. or more.
- The pulse corresponds with the febrile condition. It is accelerated
- during the spasms, and may become exceedingly rapid and feeble before
- death, probably from paralysis of the vagus. Sudden death from cardiac
- paralysis or from cardiac spasm is not uncommon.
- The respiration is affected in so far as the spasms of the respiratory
- muscles produce dyspnoea, and a feeling of impending suffocation which
- adds to the horrors of the disease.
- One of the most constant symptoms is a copious perspiration, the patient
- being literally bathed in sweat. The urine is diminished in quantity,
- but as a rule is normal in composition; as in other acute infective
- conditions, albumen and blood may be present. Retention of urine may
- result from spasm of the urethral muscles, and necessitate the use of
- the catheter.
- The fits may cease some time before death, or, on the other hand, death
- may occur during a paroxysm from fixation of the diaphragm and arrest of
- respiration.
- _Differential Diagnosis._--There is little difficulty, as a rule, in
- diagnosing a case of fulminating tetanus, but there are several
- conditions with which it may occasionally be confused. In _strychnin
- poisoning_, for example, the spasms come on immediately after the
- patient has taken a toxic dose of the drug; they are clonic in
- character, but the muscles are relaxed between the fits. If the dose is
- not lethal, the spasms soon cease. In _hydrophobia_ a history of having
- been bitten by a rabid animal is usually forthcoming; the spasms, which
- are clonic in character, affect chiefly the muscles of respiration and
- deglutition, and pass off entirely in the intervals between attacks.
- Certain cases of _haemorrhage into the lateral ventricles_ of the brain
- also simulate tetanus, but an analysis of the symptoms will prevent
- errors in diagnosis. _Cerebro-spinal meningitis_ and _basal meningitis_
- present certain superficial resemblances to tetanus, but there is no
- trismus, and the spasms chiefly affect the muscles of the neck and
- back. _Hysteria and catalepsy_ may assume characters resembling those
- of tetanus, but there is little difficulty in distinguishing between
- these diseases. Lastly, in the _tetany_ of children, or that following
- operations on the thyreoid gland, the spasms are of a jerking character,
- affect chiefly the hands and fingers, and yield to medicinal treatment.
- #Chronic Tetanus.#--The difference between this and acute tetanus is
- mainly one of degree. Its incubation period is longer, it is more slow
- and insidious in its progress, and it never reaches the same degree of
- severity. Trismus is the most marked and constant form of spasm; and
- while the trunk muscles may be involved, those of respiration as a rule
- escape. Every additional day the patient lives adds to the probability
- of his ultimate recovery. When the disease does prove fatal, it is from
- exhaustion, and not from respiratory or cardiac spasm. The usual
- duration is from six to ten weeks.
- #Delayed Tetanus.#--During the European War acute tetanus occasionally
- developed many weeks or even months after a patient had been injured,
- and when the original wound had completely healed. It usually followed
- some secondary operation, _e.g._, for the removal of a foreign body, or
- the breaking down of adhesions, which aroused latent organisms.
- #Local Tetanus.#--This term is applied to a form of the disease in which
- the hypertonus and spasms are localised to the muscles in the vicinity
- of the wound. It usually occurs in patients who have had prophylactic
- injections of anti-tetanic serum, the toxins entering the blood being
- probably neutralised by the antibodies in circulation, while those
- passing along the motor nerves are unaffected.
- When it occurs in the _limbs_, attention is usually directed to the fact
- by pain accompanying the spasms; the muscles are found to be hard and
- there are frequent twitchings of the limb. A characteristic reflex is
- present in the lower extremity, namely, extension of the foot and leg
- when the sole is tickled.
- _Cephalic Tetanus_ is another localised variety which follows injury in
- the distribution of the facial nerve. It is characterised by the
- occurrence on the same side as the injury, of facial spasm, rapidly
- followed by more or less complete paralysis of the muscles of
- expression, with unilateral trismus and difficulty in swallowing. Other
- cranial nerves, particularly the oculomotor and the hypoglossal, may
- also be implicated. A remarkable feature of this condition is that
- although the muscles are irresponsive to ordinary physiological stimuli,
- they are thrown into spasm by the abnormal impulses of tetanus.
- _Trismus._--This term is used to denote a form of tetanic spasm limited
- to the muscles of mastication. It is really a mild form of chronic
- tetanus, and the prognosis is favourable. It must not be confused with
- the fixation of the jaw sometimes associated with a wisdom-tooth
- gumboil, with tonsillitis, or with affections of the temporo-mandibular
- articulation.
- _Tetanus neonatorum_ is a form of tetanus occurring in infants of about
- a week old. Infection takes place through the umbilicus, and manifests
- itself clinically by spasms of the muscles of mastication. It is almost
- invariably fatal within a few days.
- _Prophylaxis._--Experience in the European War has established the
- fact that the routine injection of anti-tetanic serum to all patients
- with lacerated and contaminated wounds greatly reduces the frequency of
- tetanus. The sooner the serum is given after the injury, the more
- certain is its effect; within twenty-four hours 1500 units injected
- subcutaneously is sufficient for the initial dose; if a longer period
- has elapsed, 2000 to 3000 units should be given intra-muscularly, as
- this ensures more rapid absorption. A second injection is given a week
- after the first.
- The wound must be purified in the usual way, and all instruments and
- appliances used for operations on tetanic patients must be immediately
- sterilised by prolonged boiling.
- _Treatment._--When tetanus has developed the main indications are to
- prevent the further production of toxins in the wound, and to neutralise
- those that have been absorbed into the nervous system. Thorough
- purification with antiseptics, excision of devitalised tissues, and
- drainage of the wound are first carried out. To arrest the absorption of
- toxins intra-muscular injections of 10,000 units of serum are given
- daily into the muscles of the affected limb, or directly into the nerve
- trunks leading from the focus of infection, in the hope of "blocking"
- the nerves with antitoxin and so preventing the passage of toxins
- towards the spinal cord.
- To neutralise the toxins that have already reached the spinal cord, 5000
- units should be injected intra-thecally daily for four or five days, the
- foot of the bed being raised to enable the serum to reach the upper
- parts of the cord.
- The quantity of toxin circulating in the blood is so small as to be
- practically negligible, and the risk of anaphylactic shock attending
- intra-venous injection outweighs any benefit likely to follow this
- procedure.
- Baccelli recommends the injection of 20 c.c. of a 1 in 100 solution of
- carbolic acid into the subcutaneous tissues every four hours during the
- period that the contractions persist. Opinions vary as to the
- efficiency of this treatment. The intra-thecal injection of 10 c.c. of a
- 15 per cent. solution of magnesium sulphate has proved beneficial in
- alleviating the severity of the spasms, but does not appear to have a
- curative effect.
- To conserve the patient's strength by preventing or diminishing the
- severity of the spasms, he should be placed in a quiet room, and every
- form of disturbance avoided. Sedatives, such as bromides, paraldehyde,
- or opium, must be given in large doses. Chloral is perhaps the best, and
- the patient should rarely have less than 150 grains in twenty-four
- hours. When he is unable to swallow, it should be given by the rectum.
- The administration of chloroform is of value in conserving the strength
- of the patient, by abolishing the spasms, and enabling the attendants to
- administer nourishment or drugs either through a stomach tube or by the
- rectum. Extreme elevation of temperature is met by tepid sponging. It is
- necessary to use the catheter if retention of urine occurs.
- HYDROPHOBIA
- Hydrophobia is an acute infective disease following on the bite of a
- rabid animal. It most commonly follows the bite or lick of a rabid dog
- or cat. The virus appears to be communicated through the saliva of the
- animal, and to show a marked affinity for nerve tissues; and the disease
- is most likely to develop when the patient is infected on the face or
- other uncovered part, or in a part richly endowed with nerves.
- A dog which has bitten a person should on no account be killed until its
- condition has been proved one way or the other. Should rabies develop
- and its destruction become necessary, the head and spinal cord should be
- retained and forwarded, packed in ice, to a competent observer. Much
- anxiety to the person bitten and to his friends would be avoided if
- these rules were observed, because in many cases it will be shown that
- the animal did not after all suffer from rabies, and that the patient
- consequently runs no risk. If, on the other hand, rabies is proved to be
- present, the patient should be submitted to the Pasteur treatment.
- _Clinical Features._--There is almost always a history of the patient
- having been bitten or licked by an animal supposed to suffer from
- rabies. The incubation period averages about forty days, but varies from
- a fortnight to seven or eight months, and is shorter in young than in
- old persons. The original wound has long since healed, and beyond a
- slight itchiness or pain shooting along the nerves of the part, shows no
- sign of disturbance. A few days of general malaise, with chills and
- giddiness precede the onset of the acute manifestations, which affect
- chiefly the muscles of deglutition and respiration. One of the earliest
- signs is that the patient has periodically a sudden catch in his
- breathing "resembling what often occurs when a person goes into a cold
- bath." This is due to spasm of the diaphragm, and is frequently
- accompanied by a loud-sounding hiccough, likened by the laity to the
- barking of a dog. Difficulty in swallowing fluids may be the first
- symptom.
- The spasms rapidly spread to all the muscles of deglutition and
- respiration, so that the patient not only has the greatest difficulty in
- swallowing, but has a constant sense of impending suffocation. To add to
- his distress, a copious secretion of viscid saliva fills his mouth. Any
- voluntary effort, as well as all forms of external stimuli, only serve
- to aggravate the spasms which are always induced by the attempt to
- swallow fluid, or even by the sound of running water.
- The temperature is raised; the pulse is small, rapid, and intermittent;
- and the urine may contain sugar and albumen.
- The mind may remain clear to the end, or the patient may have delusions,
- supposing himself to be surrounded by terrifying forms. There is always
- extreme mental agitation and despair, and the sufferer is in constant
- fear of his impending fate. Happily the inevitable issue is not long
- delayed, death usually occurring in from two to four days from the
- onset. The symptoms of the disease are so characteristic that there is
- no difficulty in diagnosis. The only condition with which it is liable
- to be confused is the variety of cephalic tetanus in which the muscles
- of deglutition are specially involved--the so-called tetanus
- hydrophobicus.
- _Prophylaxis._--The bite of an animal suspected of being rabid should be
- cauterised at once by means of the actual or Paquelin cautery, or by a
- strong chemical escharotic such as pure carbolic acid, after which
- antiseptic dressings are applied.
- It is, however, to Pasteur's _preventive inoculation_ that we must look
- for our best hope of averting the onset of symptoms. "It may now be
- taken as established that a grave responsibility rests on those
- concerned if a person bitten by a mad animal is not subjected to the
- Pasteur treatment" (Muir and Ritchie).
- This method is based on the fact that the long incubation period of the
- disease admits of the patient being inoculated with a modified virus
- producing a mild attack, which protects him from the natural disease.
- _Treatment._--When the symptoms have once developed they can only be
- palliated. The patient must be kept absolutely quiet and free from all
- sources of irritation. The spasms may be diminished by means of chloral
- and bromides, or by chloroform inhalation.
- ANTHRAX
- Anthrax is a comparatively rare disease, communicable to man from
- certain of the lower animals, such as sheep, oxen, horses, deer, and
- other herbivora. In animals it is characterised by symptoms of acute
- general poisoning, and, from the fact that it produces a marked
- enlargement of the spleen, is known in veterinary surgery as "splenic
- fever."
- The _bacillus anthracis_ (Fig. 27), the largest of the known pathogenic
- bacteria, occurs in groups or in chains made up of numerous bacilli,
- each bacillus measuring from 6 to 8 u in length. The organisms are found
- in enormous numbers throughout the bodies of animals that have died of
- anthrax, and are readily recognised and cultivated. Sporulation only
- takes place outside the body, probably because free oxygen is necessary
- to the process. In the spore-free condition, the organisms are readily
- destroyed by ordinary germicides, and by the gastric juice. The spores,
- on the other hand, have a high degree of resistance. Not only do they
- remain viable in the dry state for long periods, even up to a year, but
- they survive boiling for five minutes, and must be subjected to dry heat
- at 140 o C. for several hours before they are destroyed.
- [Illustration: FIG. 27.--Bacillus of Anthrax in section of skin, from a
- case of malignant pustule; shows vesicle containing bacilli. x 400 diam.
- Gram's stain.]
- _Clinical Varieties of Anthrax._--In man, anthrax may manifest itself in
- one of three clinical forms.
- It may be transmitted by means of spores or bacilli directly from a
- diseased animal to those who, by their occupation or otherwise, are
- brought into contact with it--for example, shepherds, butchers,
- veterinary surgeons, or hide-porters. Infection may occur on the face by
- the use of a shaving-brush contaminated by spores. The path of infection
- is usually through an abrasion of the skin, and the primary
- manifestations are local, constituting what is known as _the malignant
- pustule_.
- In other cases the disease is contracted through the inhalation of the
- dried spores into the respiratory passages. This occurs oftenest in
- those who work amongst wool, fur, and rags, and a form of acute
- pneumonia of great virulence ensues. This affection is known as
- _wool-sorter's disease_, and is almost universally fatal.
- There is reason to believe that infection may also take place by means
- of spores ingested into the alimentary canal in meat or milk derived
- from diseased animals, or in infected water.
- #Clinical Features of Malignant Pustule.#--We shall here confine
- ourselves to the consideration of the local lesion as it occurs in the
- skin--_the malignant pustule_.
- The point of infection is usually on an uncovered part of the body, such
- as the face, hands, arms, or back of the neck, and the wound may be
- exceedingly minute. After an incubation period varying from a few hours
- to several days, a reddish nodule resembling a small boil appears at the
- seat of inoculation, the immediately surrounding skin becomes swollen
- and indurated, and over the indurated area there appear a number of
- small vesicles containing serum, which at first is clear but soon
- becomes blood-stained (Fig. 28). Coincidently the subcutaneous tissue
- for a considerable distance around becomes markedly oedematous, and the
- skin red and tense. Within a few hours, blood is extravasated in the
- centre of the indurated area, the blisters burst, and a dark brown or
- black eschar, composed of necrosed skin and subcutaneous tissue and
- altered blood, forms (Fig. 29). Meanwhile the induration extends, fresh
- vesicles form and in turn burst, and the eschar increases in size. The
- neighbouring lymph glands soon become swollen and tender. The affected
- part is hot and itchy, but the patient does not complain of great pain.
- There is a moderate degree of constitutional disturbance, with headache,
- nausea, and sometimes shivering.
- If the infection becomes generalised--_anthracaemia_--the temperature
- rises to 103 o or 104 o F., the pulse becomes feeble and rapid, and other
- signs of severe blood-poisoning appear: vomiting, diarrhoea, pains in the
- limbs, headache and delirium, and the condition proves fatal in from
- five to eight days.
- _Differential Diagnosis._--When the malignant pustule is fully
- developed, the central slough with the surrounding vesicles and the
- widespread oedema are characteristic. The bacillus can be obtained from
- the peripheral portion of the slough, from the blisters, and from the
- adjacent lymph vessels and glands. The occupation of the patient may
- suggest the possibility of anthrax infection.
- [Illustration: FIG. 28.--Malignant Pustule, third day after infection
- with Anthrax, showing great oedema of upper extremity and pectoral region
- (cf. Fig. 29).]
- [Illustration: FIG. 29.--Malignant Pustule, fourteen days after
- infection, showing black eschar in process of separation. The oedema has
- largely disappeared. Treated by Sclavo's serum (cf. Fig. 28).]
- _Prophylaxis._--Any wound suspected of being infected with anthrax
- should at once be cauterised with caustic potash, the actual cautery, or
- pure carbolic acid.
- _Treatment._--The best results hitherto obtained have followed the use
- of the anti-anthrax serum introduced by Sclavo. The initial dose is 40
- c.c., and if the serum is given early in the disease, the beneficial
- effects are manifest in a few hours. Favourable results have also
- followed the use of pyocyanase, a vaccine prepared from the bacillus
- pyocyaneus.
- By some it is recommended that the local lesion should be freely
- excised; others advocate cauterisation of the affected part with solid
- caustic potash till all the indurated area is softened. Graf has had
- excellent results by the latter method in a large series of cases, the
- oedema subsiding in about twenty-four hours and the constitutional
- symptoms rapidly improving. Wolff and Wiewiorowski, on the other hand,
- have had equally good results by simply protecting the local lesion with
- a mild antiseptic dressing, and relying upon general treatment.
- The general treatment consists in feeding and stimulating the patient as
- freely as possible. Quinine, in 5 to 10 grain doses every four hours,
- and powdered ipecacuanha, in 40 to 60 grain doses every four hours, have
- also been employed with apparent benefit.
- GLANDERS
- Glanders is due to the action of a specific bacterium, the _bacillus
- mallei_, which resembles the tubercle bacillus, save that it is somewhat
- shorter and broader, and does not stain by Gram's method. It requires
- higher temperatures for its cultivation than the tubercle bacillus, and
- its growth on potato is of a characteristic chocolate-brown colour, with
- a greenish-yellow ring at the margin of the growth. The bacillus mallei
- retains its vitality for long periods under ordinary conditions, but is
- readily killed by heat and chemical agents. It does not form spores.
- _Clinical Features._--Both in the lower animals and in man the bacillus
- gives rise to two distinct types of disease--_acute glanders_, and
- _chronic glanders_ or _farcy_.
- Acute Glanders is most commonly met with in the horse and in other
- equine animals, horned cattle being immune. It affects the septum of the
- nose and adjacent parts, firm, translucent, greyish nodules containing
- lymphoid and epithelioid cells appearing in the mucous membrane. These
- nodules subsequently break down in the centre, forming irregular
- ulcers, which are attended with profuse discharge, and marked
- inflammatory swelling. The cervical lymph glands, as well as the lungs,
- spleen, and liver, may be the seat of secondary nodules.
- _In man_, acute glanders is commoner than the chronic variety. Infection
- always takes place through an abraded surface, and usually on one of the
- uncovered parts of the body--most commonly the skin of the hands, arms,
- or face; or on the mucous membrane of the mouth, nose, or eye. The
- disease has been acquired by accidental inoculation in the course of
- experimental investigations in the laboratory, and proved fatal. The
- incubation period is from three to five days.
- The _local_ manifestations are pain and swelling in the region of the
- infected wound, with inflammatory redness around it and along the lines
- of the superficial lymphatics. In the course of a week, small, firm
- nodules appear, and are rapidly transformed into pustules. These may
- occur on the face and in the vicinity of joints, and may be mistaken for
- the eruption of small-pox.
- After breaking down, these pustules give rise to irregular ulcers, which
- by their confluence lead to extensive destruction of skin. Sometimes the
- nasal mucous membrane becomes affected, and produces a discharge--at
- first watery, but later sanious and purulent. Necrosis of the bones of
- the nose may take place, in which case the discharge becomes peculiarly
- offensive. In nearly every case metastatic abscesses form in different
- parts of the body, such as the lungs, joints, or muscles.
- During the development of the disease the patient feels ill, complains
- of headache and pains in the limbs, the temperature rises to 104 o or
- even to 106 o F., and assumes a pyaemic type. The pulse becomes rapid and
- weak. The tongue is dry and brown. There is profuse sweating,
- albuminuria, and often insomnia with delirium. Death may take place
- within a week, but more frequently occurs during the second or third
- week.
- _Differential Diagnosis._--There is nothing characteristic in the site
- of the primary lesion in man, and the condition may, during the early
- stages, be mistaken for a boil or carbuncle, or for any acute
- inflammatory condition. Later, the disease may simulate acute articular
- rheumatism, or may manifest all the symptoms of acute septicaemia or
- pyaemia. The diagnosis is established by the recognition of the bacillus.
- Veterinary surgeons attach great importance to the mallein test as a
- means of diagnosis in animals, but in the human subject its use is
- attended with considerable risk and is not to be recommended.
- _Treatment._--Excision of the primary nodule, followed by the
- application of the thermo-cautery and sponging with pure carbolic acid,
- should be carried out, provided the condition is sufficiently limited to
- render complete removal practicable.
- When secondary abscesses form in accessible situations, they must be
- incised, disinfected, and drained. The general treatment is carried out
- on the same lines as in other acute infective diseases.
- #Chronic Glanders.#--_In the horse_ the chronic form of glanders is
- known as _farcy_, and follows infection through an abrasion of the skin,
- involving chiefly the superficial lymph vessels and glands. The
- lymphatics become indurated and nodular, constituting what veterinarians
- call _farcy pipes_ and _farcy buds_.
- _In man_ also the clinical features of the chronic variety of the
- disease are somewhat different from those of the acute form. Here, too,
- infection takes place through a broken cutaneous surface, and leads to a
- superficial lymphangitis with nodular thickening of the lymphatics
- (_farcy buds_). The neighbouring glands soon become swollen and
- indurated. The primary lesion meanwhile inflames, suppurates, and, after
- breaking down, leaves a large, irregular ulcer with thickened edges and
- a foul, purulent or bloody discharge. The glands break down in the same
- way, and lead to wide destruction of skin, and the resulting sinuses and
- ulcers are exceedingly intractable. Secondary deposits in the
- subcutaneous tissue, the muscles, and other parts, are not uncommon, and
- the nasal mucous membrane may become involved. The disease often runs a
- chronic course, extending to four or five months, or even longer.
- Recovery takes place in about 50 per cent. of cases, but the
- convalescence is prolonged, and at any time the disease may assume the
- characters of the acute variety and speedily prove fatal.
- The _differential diagnosis_ is often difficult, especially in the
- chronic nodules, in which it may be impossible to demonstrate the
- bacillus. The ulcerated lesions of farcy have to be distinguished from
- those of tubercle, syphilis, and other forms of infective granuloma.
- _Treatment._--Limited areas of disease should be completely excised. The
- general condition of the patient must be improved by tonics, good food,
- and favourable hygienic surroundings. In some cases potassium iodide
- acts beneficially.
- ACTINOMYCOSIS
- Actinomycosis is a chronic disease due to the action of an organism
- somewhat higher in the vegetable scale than ordinary bacteria--the
- _streptothrix actinomyces_ or _ray fungus_.
- [Illustration: FIG. 30.--Section of Actinomycosis Colony in Pus from
- Abscess of Liver, showing filaments and clubs of streptothrix
- actinomyces. x 400 diam. Gram's stain.]
- _Etiology and Morbid Anatomy._--The actinomyces, which has never been
- met with outside the body, gives rise in oxen, horses, and other animals
- to tumour-like masses composed of granulation tissue; and in man to
- chronic suppurative processes which may result in a condition resembling
- chronic pyaemia. The actinomyces is more complex in structure than other
- pathogenic organisms, and occurs in the tissues in the form of small,
- round, semi-translucent bodies, about the size of a pin-head or less,
- and consisting of colonies of the fungus. On account of their yellow
- tint they are spoken of as "sulphur grains." Each colony is made up of a
- series of thin, interlacing, and branching _filaments_, some of which
- are broken up so as to form masses or chains of _cocci_; and around the
- periphery of the colony are elongated, pear-shaped, hyaline, _club-like
- bodies_ (Fig. 30).
- Infection is believed to be conveyed by the husks of cereals, especially
- barley; and the organism has been found adhering to particles of grain
- embedded in the tissues of animals suffering from the disease. In the
- human subject there is often a history of exposure to infection from
- such sources, and the disease is said to be most common during the
- harvesting months.
- Around each colony of actinomyces is a zone of granulation tissue in
- which suppuration usually occurs, so that the fungus comes to lie in a
- bath of greenish-yellow pus. As the process spreads these purulent foci
- become confluent and form abscess cavities. When metastasis takes place,
- as it occasionally does, the fungus is transmitted by the blood vessels,
- as in pyaemia.
- _Clinical features._--In man the disease may be met with in the skin,
- the organisms gaining access through an abrasion, and spreading by the
- formation of new nodules in the same way as tuberculosis.
- The region of the mouth and jaws is one of the commonest sites of
- surgical actinomycosis. Infection takes place, as a rule, along the side
- of a carious tooth, and spreads to the lower jaw. A swelling is slowly
- and insidiously developed, but when the loose connective tissue of the
- neck becomes infiltrated, the spread is more rapid. The whole region
- becomes infiltrated and swollen, and the skin ultimately gives way and
- free suppuration occurs, resulting in the formation of sinuses. The
- characteristic greenish-grey or yellow granules are seen in the pus, and
- when examined microscopically reveal the colonies of actinomyces.
- Less frequently the maxilla becomes affected, and the disease may spread
- to the base of the skull and brain. The vertebrae may become involved by
- infection taking place through the pharynx or oesophagus, and leading to
- a condition simulating tuberculous disease of the spine. When it
- implicates the intestinal canal and its accessory glands, the lungs,
- pleura, and bronchial tubes, or the brain, the disease is not amenable
- to surgical treatment.
- _Differential Diagnosis._--The conditions likely to be mistaken for
- surgical actinomycosis are sarcoma, tubercle, and syphilis. In the early
- stages the differential diagnosis is exceedingly difficult. In many
- cases it is only possible when suppuration has occurred and the fungus
- can be demonstrated.
- The slow destruction of the affected tissue by suppuration, the absence
- of pain, tenderness, and redness, simulate tuberculosis, but the absence
- of glandular involvement helps to distinguish it.
- Syphilitic lesions are liable to be mistaken for actinomycosis, all the
- more that in both diseases improvement follows the administration of
- iodides. When it affects the lower jaw, in its early stages,
- actinomycosis may closely simulate a periosteal sarcoma.
- [Illustration: FIG. 31.--Actinomycosis of Maxilla. The disease spread to
- opposite side; finally implicated base of skull, and proved fatal.
- Treated by radium.
- (Mr. D. P. D. Wilkie's case.)]
- The recognition of the fungus is the crucial point in diagnosis.
- _Prognosis._--Spontaneous cure rarely occurs. When the disease
- implicates internal organs, it is almost always fatal. On external parts
- the destructive process gradually spreads, and the patient eventually
- succumbs to superadded septic infection. When, from its situation, the
- primary focus admits of removal, the prognosis is more favourable.
- _Treatment._--The surgical treatment is early and free removal of the
- affected tissues, after which the wound is cauterised by the actual
- cautery, and sponged over with pure carbolic acid. The cavity is packed
- with iodoform gauze, no attempt being made to close the wound.
- Success has attended the use of a vaccine prepared from cultures of the
- organism; and the X-rays and radium, combined with the administration of
- iodides in large doses, or with intra-muscular injections of a 10 per
- cent. solution of cacodylate of soda, have proved of benefit.
- MYCETOMA, OR MADURA FOOT.--Mycetoma is a chronic disease due to
- an organism resembling that of actinomycosis, but not identical with it.
- It is endemic in certain tropical countries, and is most frequently met
- with in India. Infection takes place through an abrasion of the skin,
- and the disease usually occurs on the feet of adult males who work
- barefooted in the fields.
- _Clinical Features._--The disease begins on the foot as an indurated
- patch, which becomes discoloured and permeated by black or yellow
- nodules containing the organism. These nodules break down by
- suppuration, and numerous minute abscesses lined by granulation tissues
- are thus formed. In the pus are found yellow particles likened to
- fish-roe, or black pigmented granules like gunpowder. Sinuses form, and
- the whole foot becomes greatly swollen and distorted by flattening of
- the sole and dorsiflexion of the toes. Areas of caries or necrosis occur
- in the bones, and the disease gradually extends up the leg (Fig. 32).
- There is but little pain, and no glandular involvement or constitutional
- disturbance. The disease runs a prolonged course, sometimes lasting for
- twenty or thirty years. Spontaneous cure never takes place, and the risk
- to life is that of prolonged suppuration.
- If the disease is localised, it may be removed by the knife or sharp
- spoon, and the part afterwards cauterised. As a rule, amputation well
- above the disease is the best line of treatment. Unlike actinomycosis,
- this disease does not appear to be benefited by iodides.
- [Illustration: FIG. 32.--Mycetoma, or Madura Foot. (Museum of Royal
- College of Surgeons, Edinburgh.)]
- DELHI BOIL.--_Synonyms_--Aleppo boil, Biskra button, Furunculus
- orientalis, Natal sore.
- Delhi boil is a chronic inflammatory disease, most commonly met with in
- India, especially towards the end of the wet season. The disease occurs
- oftenest on the face, and is believed to be due to an organism, although
- this has not been demonstrated. The infection is supposed to be conveyed
- through water used for washing, or by the bites of insects.
- _Clinical Features._--A red spot, resembling the mark of a mosquito
- bite, appears on the affected part, and is attended with itching. After
- becoming papular and increasing to the size of a pea, desquamation takes
- place, leaving a dull-red surface, over which in the course of several
- weeks there develops a series of small yellowish-white spots, from which
- serum exudes, and, drying, forms a thick scab. Under this scab the skin
- ulcerates, leaving small oval sores with sharply bevelled edges, and an
- uneven floor covered with yellow or sanious pus. These sores vary in
- number from one to forty or fifty. They may last for months and then
- heal spontaneously, or may continue to spread until arrested by suitable
- treatment. There is no enlargement of adjacent glands, and but little
- inflammatory reaction in the surrounding tissues; nor is there any
- marked constitutional disturbance. Recovery is often followed by
- cicatricial contraction leading to deformity of the face.
- The _treatment_ consists in destroying the original papule by the actual
- cautery, acid nitrate of mercury, or pure carbolic acid. The ulcers
- should be scraped with the sharp spoon, and cauterised.
- CHIGOE.--Chigoe or jigger results from the introduction of the
- eggs of the sand-flea (_Pulex penetrans_) into the tissues. It occurs in
- tropical Africa, South America, and the West Indies. The impregnated
- female flea remains attached to the part till the eggs mature, when by
- their irritation they cause localised inflammation with pustules or
- vesicles on the surface. Children are most commonly attacked,
- particularly about the toe-nails and on the scrotum. The treatment
- consists in picking out the insect with a blunt needle, special care
- being taken not to break it up. The puncture is then cauterised. The
- application of essential oils to the feet acts as a preventive.
- POISONING BY INSECTS.--The bites of certain insects, such as
- mosquitoes, midges, different varieties of flies, wasps, and spiders,
- may be followed by serious complications. The effects are mainly due to
- the injection of an irritant acid secretion, the exact nature of which
- has not been ascertained.
- The local lesion is a puncture, surrounded by a zone of hyperaemia,
- wheals, or vesicles, and is associated with burning sensations and
- itching which usually pass off in a few hours, but may recur at
- intervals, especially when the patient is warm in bed. Scratching also
- reproduces the local signs and symptoms. Where the connective tissue is
- loose--for example, in the eyelid or scrotum--there is often
- considerable swelling; and in the mouth and fauces this may lead to
- oedema of the glottis, which may prove fatal.
- The _treatment_ consists in the local application of dilute alkalies
- such as ammonia water, solutions of carbonate or bicarbonate of soda, or
- sal-volatile. Weak carbolic lotions, or lead and opium lotion, are
- useful in allaying the local irritation. One of the best means of
- neutralising the poison is to apply to the sting a drop of a mixture
- containing equal parts of pure carbolic acid and liquor ammoniae.
- Free stimulation is called for when severe constitutional symptoms are
- present.
- SNAKE-BITES.--We are here only concerned with the injuries
- inflicted by the venomous varieties of snakes, the most important of
- which are the hooded snakes of India, the rattle-snakes of America, the
- horned snakes of Africa, the viper of Europe, and the adder of the
- United Kingdom.
- While the virulence of these creatures varies widely, they are all
- capable of producing in a greater or less degree symptoms of acute
- poisoning in man and other animals. By means of two recurved fangs
- attached to the upper jaw, and connected by a duct with poison-secreting
- glands, they introduce into their prey a thick, transparent, yellowish
- fluid, of acid reaction, probably of the nature of an albumose, and
- known as the _venom_.
- The _clinical features_ resulting from the injection of the venom vary
- directly in intensity with the amount of the poison introduced, and the
- rapidity with which it reaches the circulating blood, being most marked
- when it immediately enters a large vein. The poison is innocuous when
- taken into the stomach.
- _Locally_ the snake inflicts a double wound, passing vertically into the
- subcutaneous tissue; the edges of the punctures are ecchymosed, and the
- adjacent vessels the seat of thrombosis. Immediately there is intense
- pain, and considerable swelling with congestion, which tends to spread
- towards the trunk. Extensive gangrene may ensue. There is no special
- involvement of the lymphatics.
- The _general symptoms_ may come on at once if the snake is a
- particularly venomous one, or not for some hours if less virulent. In
- the majority of viper or adder bites the constitutional disturbance is
- slight and transient, if it appears at all. Snake-bites in children are
- particularly dangerous.
- The patient's condition is one of profound shock with faintness,
- giddiness, dimness of sight, and a feeling of great terror. The pupils
- dilate, the skin becomes moist with a clammy sweat, and nausea with
- vomiting, sometimes of blood, ensues. High fever, cramps, loss of
- sensation, haematuria, and melaena are among the other symptoms that may
- be present. The pulse becomes feeble and rapid, the respiratory nerve
- centres are profoundly depressed, and delirium followed by coma usually
- precedes the fatal issue, which may take place in from five to
- forty-eight hours. If the patient survives for two days the prognosis is
- favourable.
- _Treatment._--A broad ligature should be tied tightly round the limb
- above the seat of infection, to prevent the poison passing into the
- general circulation, and bleeding from the wound should be encouraged.
- The application of an elastic bandage from above downward to empty the
- blood out of the infected portion of the limb has been recommended. The
- whole of the bite should at once be excised, and crystals of
- permanganate of potash rubbed into the wound until it is black, or
- peroxide of hydrogen applied with the object of destroying the poison by
- oxidation.
- The general treatment consists in free stimulation with whisky, brandy,
- ammonia, digitalis, etc. Hypodermic injections of strychnin in doses
- sufficiently large to produce a slight degree of poisoning by the drug
- are particularly useful. The most rational treatment, when it is
- available, is the use of the _antivenin_ introduced by Fraser and
- Calmette.
- CHAPTER VIII
- TUBERCULOSIS
- Tubercle bacillus--Methods of infection--Inherited and acquired
- predisposition--Relationship of tuberculosis to injury--Human and
- bovine tuberculosis--Action of the bacillus upon the
- tissues--Tuberculous granulation tissue--Natural cure--Recrudescence
- of the disease--THE TUBERCULOUS ABSCESS--Contents and wall of the
- abscess--Tuberculous sinuses.
- Tuberculosis occurs more frequently in some situations than in others;
- it is common, for example, in lymph glands, in bones and joints, in the
- peritoneum, the intestine, the kidney, prostate and testis, and in the
- skin and subcutaneous cellular tissue; it is seldom met with in the
- breast or in muscles, and it rarely affects the ovary, the pancreas, the
- parotid, or the thyreoid.
- _Tubercle bacilli_ vary widely in their virulence, and they are more
- tenacious of life than the common pyogenic bacteria. In a dry state, for
- example, they can retain their vitality for months; and they can also
- survive immersion in water for prolonged periods. They resist the action
- of the products of putrefaction for a considerable time, and are not
- destroyed by digestive processes in the stomach and intestine. They may
- be killed in a few minutes by boiling, or by exposure to steam under
- pressure, or by immersion for less than a minute in 1 in 20 carbolic
- lotion.
- #Methods of Infection.#--In marked contrast to what obtains in the
- infective diseases that have already been described, tuberculosis rarely
- results from the _infection of a wound_. In exceptional instances,
- however, this does occur, and in illustration of the fact may be cited
- the case of a servant who cut her finger with a broken spittoon
- containing the sputum of her consumptive master; the wound subsequently
- showed evidence of tuberculous infection, which ultimately spread up
- along the lymph vessels of the arm. Pathologists, too, whose hands,
- before the days of rubber gloves, were frequently exposed to the contact
- of tuberculous tissues and pus, were liable to suffer from a form of
- tuberculosis of the skin of the finger, known as _anatomical tubercle_.
- Slight wounds of the feet in children who go about barefoot in towns
- sometimes become infected with tubercle. Operation wounds made with
- instruments contaminated with tuberculous material have also been known
- to become infected. It is highly probable that the common form of
- tuberculosis of the skin known as "lupus" arises by direct infection
- from without.
- [Illustration: FIG. 33.--Tubercle Bacilli in caseous material
- x 1000 diam. Z. Neilsen stain.]
- In the vast majority of cases the tubercle bacillus gains entrance to
- the body by way of the mucous surfaces, the organisms being either
- inhaled or swallowed; those inhaled are mostly derived from the human
- subject, those swallowed, from cattle. Bacilli, whether inhaled or
- swallowed, are especially apt to lodge about the pharynx and pass to the
- pharyngeal lymphoid tissue and tonsils, and by way of the lymph vessels
- to the glands. The glands most frequently infected in this way are the
- cervical glands, and those within the cavity of the chest--particularly
- the bronchial glands at the root of the lung. From these, infection
- extends at any later period in life to the bones, joints, and internal
- organs.
- There is reason to believe that the organisms may lie in a dormant
- condition for an indefinite period in these glands, and only become
- active long afterwards, when some depression of the patient's health
- produces conditions which favour their growth. When the organisms become
- active in this way, the tuberculous tissue undergoes softening and
- disintegration, and the infective material, by bursting into an adjacent
- vein, may enter the blood-stream, in which it is carried to distant
- parts of the body. In this way a _general tuberculosis_ may be set up,
- or localised foci of tuberculosis may develop in the tissues in which
- the organisms lodge. Many tuberculous patients are to be regarded as
- possessing in their bronchial glands, or elsewhere, an internal store of
- bacilli, to which the disease for which advice is sought owes its
- origin, and from which similar outbreaks of tuberculosis may originate
- in the future.
- _The alimentary mucous membrane_, especially that of the lower ileum and
- caecum, is exposed to infection by swallowed sputum and by food
- materials, such as milk, containing tubercle bacilli. The organisms may
- lodge in the mucous membrane and cause tuberculous ulceration, or they
- may be carried through the wall of the bowel into the lacteals, along
- which they pass to the mesenteric glands where they become arrested and
- give rise to tuberculous disease.
- #Relationship of Tuberculosis to Trauma.#--Any tissue whose vitality has
- been lowered by injury or disease furnishes a favourable nidus for the
- lodgment and growth of tubercle bacilli. The injury or disease, however,
- is to be looked upon as determining the _localisation_ of the
- tuberculous lesion rather than as an essential factor in its causation.
- In a person, for example, in whose blood tubercle bacilli are
- circulating and reaching every tissue and organ of the body, the
- occurrence of tuberculous disease in a particular part may be determined
- by the depression of the tissues resulting from an injury of that part.
- There can be no doubt that excessive movement and jarring of a limb
- aggravates tuberculous disease of a joint; also that an injury may light
- up a focus that has been long quiescent, but we do not agree with
- those--Da Costa, for example--who maintain that injury may be a
- determining cause of tuberculosis. The question is not one of mere
- academic interest, but one that may raise important issues in the law
- courts.
- #Human and Bovine Tuberculosis.#--The frequency of the bovine bacillus
- in the abdominal and in the glandular and osseous tuberculous lesions of
- children would appear to justify the conclusion that the disease is
- transmissible from the ox to the human subject, and that the milk of
- tuberculous cows is probably a common vehicle of transmission.
- #Changes in the Tissues following upon the successful Lodgment of
- Tubercle Bacilli.#--The action of the bacilli on the tissues results in
- the formation of granulation tissue comprising characteristic tissue
- elements and with a marked tendency to undergo caseation.
- The recognition of the characteristic elements, with or without
- caseation, is usually sufficient evidence of the tuberculous nature of
- any portion of tissue examined for diagnostic purposes. The recognition
- of the bacillus itself by appropriate methods of staining makes the
- diagnosis a certainty; but as it is by no means easy to identify the
- organism in many forms of surgical tuberculosis, it may be necessary to
- have recourse to experimental inoculation of susceptible animals such as
- guinea-pigs.
- The changes subsequent to the formation of tuberculous granulation
- tissue are liable to many variations. It must always be borne in mind
- that although the bacilli have effected a lodgment and have inaugurated
- disease, the relation between them and the tissues remains one of mutual
- antagonism; which of them is to gain and keep the upper hand in the
- conflict depends on their relative powers of resistance.
- If the tissues prevail, there ensues a process of repair. In the
- immediate vicinity of the area of infection young connective tissue, and
- later, fibrous tissue, is formed. This may replace the tuberculous
- tissue and bring about repair--a fibrous cicatrix remaining to mark the
- scene of the previous contest. Scars of this nature are frequently
- discovered at the apex of the lung after death in persons who have at
- one time suffered from pulmonary phthisis. Under other circumstances,
- the tuberculous tissue that has undergone caseation, or even
- calcification, is only encapsulated by the new fibrous tissue, like a
- foreign body. Although this may be regarded as a victory for the
- tissues, the cure, if such it may be called, is not necessarily a
- permanent one, for at any subsequent period, if the part affected is
- disturbed by injury or through some other influence, the encapsulated
- tubercle may again become active and get the upper hand of the tissues,
- and there results a relapse or recrudescence of the disease. This
- _tendency to relapse_ after apparent cure is a notable feature of
- tuberculous disease as it is met with in the spine, or in the
- hip-joint, and it necessitates a prolonged course of treatment to give
- the best chance of a lasting cure.
- If, however, at the inauguration of the tuberculous disease the bacilli
- prevail, the infection tends to spread into the tissues surrounding
- those originally infected, and more and more tuberculous granulation
- tissue is formed. Finally the tuberculous tissue breaks down and
- liquefies, resulting in the formation of a cold abscess. In their
- struggle with the tissues, tubercle bacilli receive considerable support
- and assistance from any pyogenic organisms that may be present. A
- tuberculous infection may exhibit its aggressive qualities in a more
- serious manner by sending off detachments of bacilli, which are carried
- by the lymphatics to the nearest glands, or by the blood-stream to more
- distant, and it may be to all, parts of the body. When the infection is
- thus generalised, the condition is called _general tuberculosis_.
- Considering the extraordinary frequency of localised forms of surgical
- tuberculosis, general dissemination of the disease is rare.
- #The clinical features# of surgical tuberculosis will be described with
- the individual tissues and organs, as they vary widely according to the
- situation of the lesion.
- #The general treatment# consists in combating the adverse influences
- that have been mentioned as increasing the liability to tuberculous
- infection. Within recent years the value of the "open-air" treatment has
- been widely recognised. An open-air life, even in the centre of a city,
- may be followed by marked improvement, especially in the hospital class
- of patient, whose home surroundings tend to favour the progress of the
- disease. The purer air of places away from centres of population is
- still better; and, according to the idiosyncrasies of the individual
- patient, mountain air or that of the sea coast may be preferred. In view
- of the possible discomforts and gastric disturbance which may attend a
- sea-voyage, this should be recommended to patients suffering from
- tuberculous lesions with more caution than has hitherto been exercised.
- The diet must be a liberal one, and should include those articles which
- are at the same time easily digested and nourishing, especially proteids
- and fats; milk obtained from a reliable source and underdone
- butcher-meat are among the best. When the ordinary nourishment taken is
- insufficient, it may be supplemented by such articles as malt extract,
- stout, and cod-liver oil. The last is specially beneficial in patients
- who do not take enough fat in other forms. It is noteworthy that many
- tuberculous patients show an aversion to fat.
- For _the use of tuberculin in diagnosis_ and for _the vaccine treatment
- of tuberculosis_ the reader is referred to text-books on medicine.
- In addition to increasing the resisting power of the patient, it is
- important to enable the fluids of the body, so altered, to come into
- contact with the tuberculous focus. One of the obstacles to this is that
- the focus is often surrounded by tissues or fluids which have been
- almost entirely deprived of bactericidal substances. In the case of
- caseated glands in the neck, for example, it is obvious that the removal
- of this inert material is necessary before the tissues can be irrigated
- with fluids of high bactericidal value. Again, in tuberculous ascites
- the abdominal cavity is filled with a fluid practically devoid of
- anti-bacterial substances, so that the bacilli are able to thrive and
- work their will on the tissues. When the stagnant fluid is got rid of by
- laparotomy, the parts are immediately douched with lymph charged with
- protective substances, the bactericidal power of which may be many times
- that of the fluid displaced.
- It is probable that the beneficial influence of _counter-irritants_,
- such as blisters, and exposure to the _Finsen light_ and other forms of
- _rays_, is to be attributed in part to the increased flow of blood to
- the infected tissues.
- _Artificial Hyperaemia._--As has been explained, the induction of
- hyperaemia by the method devised by Bier, constitutes one of our most
- efficient means of combating bacterial infection. The treatment of
- tuberculosis on this plan has been proved by experience to be a valuable
- addition to our therapeutic measures, and the simplicity of its
- application has led to its being widely adopted in practice. It results
- in an increase in the reactive changes around the tuberculous focus, an
- increase in the immigration of leucocytes, and infiltration with the
- lymphocytes.
- The constricting bandage should be applied at some distance above the
- seat of infection; for instance, in disease of the wrist, it is put on
- above the elbow, and it must not cause pain either where it is applied
- or in the diseased part. The bandage is only applied for a few hours
- each day, either two hours at a time or twice a day for one hour, and,
- while it is on, all dressings are removed save a piece of sterile gauze
- over any wound or sinus that may be present. The process of cure takes a
- long time--nine or even twelve months in the case of a severe joint
- affection.
- In cases in which a constricting bandage is inapplicable, for example,
- in cold abscesses, tuberculous glands or tendon sheaths, Klapp's suction
- bell is employed. The cup is applied for five minutes at a time and then
- taken off for three minutes, and this is repeated over a period of
- about three-quarters of an hour. The pus is allowed to escape by a small
- incision, and no packing or drain should be introduced.
- It has been found that tuberculous lesions tend to undergo cure
- when the infected tissues are exposed to the rays of the
- sun--_heliotherapy_--therefore whenever practicable this therapeutic
- measure should be had recourse to.
- Since the introduction of the methods of treatment described above, and
- especially by their employment at an early stage in the disease, the
- number of cases of tuberculosis requiring operative interference has
- greatly diminished. There are still circumstances, however, in which an
- operation is required; for example, in disease of the lymph glands for
- the removal of inert masses of caseous material, in disease of bone for
- the removal of sequestra, or in disease of joints to improve the
- function of the limb. It is to be understood, however, that operative
- treatment must always be preceded by and combined with other therapeutic
- measures.
- TUBERCULOUS ABSCESS
- The caseation of tuberculous granulation tissue and its liquefaction is
- a slow and insidious process, and is unattended with the classical signs
- of inflammation--hence the terms "cold" and "chronic" applied to the
- tuberculous abscess.
- In a cold abscess, such as that which results from tuberculous disease
- of the vertebrae, the clinical appearances are those of a soft, fluid
- swelling without heat, redness, pain, or fever. When toxic symptoms are
- present, they are usually due to a mixed infection.
- A tuberculous abscess results from the disintegration and liquefaction
- of tuberculous granulation tissue which has undergone caseation. Fluid
- and cells from the adjacent blood vessels exude into the cavity, and
- lead to variations in the character of its contents. In some cases the
- contents consist of a clear amber-coloured fluid, in which are suspended
- fragments of caseated tissue; in others, of a white material like
- cream-cheese. From the addition of a sufficient number of leucocytes,
- the contents may resemble the pus of an ordinary abscess.
- The wall of the abscess is lined with tuberculous granulation tissue,
- the inner layers of which are undergoing caseation and disintegration,
- and present a shreddy appearance; the outer layers consist of
- tuberculous tissue which has not yet undergone caseation. The abscess
- tends to increase in size by progressive liquefaction of the inner
- layers, caseation of the outer layers, and the further invasion of the
- surrounding tissues by tubercle bacilli. In this way a tuberculous
- abscess is capable of indefinite extension and increase in size until it
- reaches a free surface and ruptures externally. The direction in which
- it spreads is influenced by the anatomical arrangement of the tissues,
- and possibly to some extent by gravity, and the abscess may reach the
- surface at a considerable distance from its seat of origin. The best
- illustration of this is seen in the psoas abscess, which may originate
- in the dorsal vertebrae, extend downwards within the sheath of the psoas
- muscle, and finally appear in the thigh.
- #Clinical Features.#--The insidious development of the tuberculous
- abscess is one of its characteristic features. The swelling may attain a
- considerable size without the patient being aware of its existence, and,
- as a matter of fact, it is often discovered accidentally. The absence of
- toxaemia is to be associated with the incapacity of the wall of the
- abscess to permit of absorption; this is shown also by the fact that
- when even a large quantity of iodoform is inserted into the cavity of
- the abscess, there are no symptoms of poisoning. The abscess varies in
- size from a small cherry to a cavity containing several pints of pus.
- Its shape also varies; it is usually that of a flattened sphere, but it
- may present pockets or burrows running in various directions. Sometimes
- it is hour-glass or dumb-bell shaped, as is well illustrated in the
- region of the groin in disease of the spine or pelvis, where there may
- be a large sac occupying the venter ilii, and a smaller one in the
- thigh, the two communicating by a narrow channel under Poupart's
- ligament. By pressing with the fingers the pus may be displaced from one
- compartment to the other. The usual course of events is that the abscess
- progresses slowly, and finally reaches a free surface--generally the
- skin. As it does so there may be some pain, redness, and local elevation
- of temperature. Fluctuation becomes evident and superficial, and the
- skin becomes livid and finally gives way. If the case is left to nature,
- the discharge of pus continues, and the track opening on the skin
- remains as a _sinus_. The persistence of suppuration is due to the
- presence in the wall of the abscess and of the sinus, of tuberculous
- granulation tissue, which, so long as it remains, continues to furnish
- discharge, and so prevents healing. Sooner or later pyogenic organisms
- gain access to the sinus, and through it to the wall of the abscess.
- They tend further to depress the resisting power of the tissues, and
- thereby aggravate and perpetuate the tuberculous disease. This
- superadded infection with pyogenic organisms exposes the patient to the
- further risks of septic intoxication, especially in the form of hectic
- fever and septicaemia, and increases the liability to general
- tuberculosis, and to waxy degeneration of the internal organs. The mixed
- infection is chiefly responsible for the pyrexia, sweating, and
- emaciation which the laity associate with consumptive disease. A
- tuberculous abscess may in one or other of these ways be a cause of
- death.
- _Residual abscess_ is the name given to an abscess that makes its
- appearance months, or even years, after the apparent cure of tuberculous
- disease--as, for example, in the hip-joint or spine. It is called
- residual because it has its origin in the remains of the original
- disease.
- [Illustration: FIG. 34.--Tuberculous Abscess in right lumbar region in a
- woman aged thirty.]
- #Diagnosis.#--A cold abscess is to be diagnosed from a syphilitic gumma,
- a cyst, and from lipoma and other soft tumours. The differential
- diagnosis of these affections will be considered later; it is often made
- easier by recognising the presence of a lesion that is likely to cause a
- cold abscess, such as tuberculous disease of the spine or of the
- sacro-iliac joint. When it is about to burst externally, it may be
- difficult to distinguish a tuberculous abscess from one due to infection
- with pyogenic organisms. Even when the abscess is opened, the
- appearances of the pus may not supply the desired information, and it
- may be necessary to submit it to bacteriological examination. When the
- pus is found to be sterile, it is usually safe to assume that the
- condition is tuberculous, as in other forms of suppuration the causative
- organisms can usually be recognised. Experimental inoculation will
- establish a definite diagnosis, but it implies a delay of two to three
- weeks.
- #Treatment.#--The tuberculous abscess may recede and disappear under
- general treatment. Many surgeons advise that so long as the abscess is
- quiescent it should be left alone. All agree, however, that if it shows
- a tendency to spread, to increase in size, or to approach the skin or a
- mucous membrane, something should be done to avoid the danger of its
- bursting and becoming infected with pyogenic organisms. Simple
- evacuation of the abscess by a hollow needle may suffice, or bismuth or
- iodoform may be introduced after withdrawal of the contents.
- _Evacuation of the Abscess and Injection of Iodoform._--The iodoform is
- employed in the form of a 10 per cent. solution in ether or the same
- proportion suspended in glycerin. Either form becomes sterile soon after
- it is prepared. Its curative effects would appear to depend upon the
- liberation of iodine, which restrains the activity of the bacilli, and
- upon its capacity for irritating the tissues and so inducing a
- protective leucocytosis, and also of stimulating the formation of scar
- tissue. An anaesthetic is rarely called for, except in children. The
- abscess is first evacuated by means of a large trocar and cannula
- introduced obliquely through the overlying soft parts, avoiding any part
- where the skin is thin or red. If the cannula becomes blocked with
- caseous material, it may be cleared with a probe, or a small quantity of
- saline solution is forced in by the syringe. The iodoform is injected by
- means of a glass-barrelled syringe, which is firmly screwed on to the
- cannula. The amount injected varies with the size of the abscess and the
- age of the patient; it may be said to range from two or three drams in
- the case of children to several ounces in large abscesses in adults. The
- cannula is withdrawn, the puncture is closed by a Michel's clip, and a
- dressing applied so as to exert a certain amount of compression. If the
- abscess fills up again, the procedure should be repeated; in doing so,
- the contents show the coloration due to liberated iodine. When the
- contents are semi-solid, and cannot be withdrawn even through a large
- cannula, an incision must be made, and, after the cavity has been
- emptied, the iodoform is introduced through a short rubber tube attached
- to the syringe. Experience has shown that even large abscesses, such as
- those associated with spinal disease, may be cured by iodoform
- injection, and this even when rupture of the abscess on the skin surface
- has appeared to be imminent.
- Another method of treatment which is less popular now than it used to
- be, and which is chiefly applicable in abscesses of moderate size, is by
- _incision of the abscess and removal of the tuberculous tissue in its
- wall_ with the sharp spoon. An incision is made which will give free
- access to the interior of the abscess, so that outlying pockets or
- recesses may not be overlooked. After removal of the pus, the wall of
- the abscess is scraped with the Volkmann spoon or with Barker's flushing
- spoon, to get rid of the tuberculous tissue with which it is lined. In
- using the spoon, care must be taken that its sharp edge does not
- perforate the wall of a vein or other important structure. Any debris
- which may adhere to the walls is removed by rubbing with dry gauze. The
- oozing of blood is arrested by packing the cavity for a few minutes with
- gauze. After the packing is removed, iodoform powder is rubbed into the
- raw surface. The soft parts divided by the incision are sutured in
- layers so as to ensure primary union. If, on the other hand, there is
- fear of a mixed infection, especially in abscesses near the rectum or
- anus, it is safer to treat it by the open method, packing the cavity
- with iodoform worsted or bismuth gauze, which is renewed at intervals of
- a week or ten days as the cavity heals from the bottom.
- Another method is to incise the abscess, cleanse the cavity with gauze,
- irrigate with Carrel-Dakin solution and pack with gauze smeared with the
- dilute non-toxic B.I.P.P. (bismuth and iodoform 2 parts, vaseline 12
- parts, hard paraffin, sufficient to give the consistence of butter). The
- wound is closed with "bipped" silk sutures; one of these--the "waiting
- suture"--is left loose to permit of withdrawal of the gauze after
- forty-eight hours; the waiting suture is then tied, and delayed primary
- union is thus effected.
- When the skin over the abscess is red, thin, and about to give way, as
- is frequently the case when the abscess is situated in the subcutaneous
- cellular tissue, any skin which is undermined and infected with tubercle
- should be removed with the scissors at the same time that the abscess is
- dealt with.
- In abscesses treated by the open method, when the cavity has become
- lined with healthy granulations, it may be closed by secondary suture,
- or, if the granulating surface is flush with the skin, healing may be
- hastened by skin-grafting.
- If the tuberculous abscess has burst and left a _sinus_, this is apt to
- persist because of the presence of tuberculous tissue in its wall, and
- of superadded pyogenic infection, or because it serves as an avenue for
- the escape of discharge from a focus of tubercle in a bone or a lymph
- gland.
- [Illustration: FIG. 35.--Tuberculous Sinus injected through its opening
- in the forearm with bismuth paste.
- (Mr. Pirie Watson's case--Radiogram by Dr. Hope Fowler.)]
- The treatment varies with the conditions present, and must include
- measures directed to the lesion from which the sinus has originated. The
- extent and direction of any given sinus may be demonstrated by the use
- of the probe, or, more accurately, by injecting the sinus with a paste
- consisting of white vaseline containing 10 to 30 per cent. of bismuth
- subcarbonate, and following its track with the X-rays (Fig. 35).
- It was found by Beck of Chicago that the injection of bismuth paste is
- frequently followed by healing of the sinus, and that, if one injection
- fails to bring about a cure, repeating the injection every second day
- may be successful. Some caution must be observed in this treatment, as
- symptoms of poisoning have been observed to follow its use. If they
- manifest themselves, an injection of warm olive oil should be given; the
- oil, left in for twelve hours or so, forms an emulsion with the bismuth,
- which can be withdrawn by aspiration. Iodoform suspended in glycerin may
- be employed in a similar manner. When these and other non-operative
- measures fail, and the whole track of the sinus is accessible, it should
- be laid open, scraped, and packed with bismuth or iodoform gauze until
- it heals from the bottom.
- The _tuberculous ulcer_ is described in the chapter on ulcers.
- CHAPTER IX
- SYPHILIS
- Definition.--Virus.--ACQUIRED SYPHILIS--Primary period:
- _Incubation, primary chancre, glandular enlargement_;
- _Extra-genital chancres_--Treatment--Secondary period: _General
- symptoms, skin affections, mucous patches, affections of bones,
- joints, eyes_, etc.--Treatment: _Salvarsan_--_Methods of
- administering mercury_--Syphilis and marriage--Intermediate
- stage--_Reminders_--Tertiary period: _General symptoms_,
- _gummata_, _tertiary ulcers_, _tertiary lesions of skin, mucous
- membrane, bones, joints_, etc.--Second attacks.--INHERITED
- SYPHILIS--Transmission--_Clinical features in infancy, in later
- life_--Contagiousness--Treatment.
- Syphilis is an infective disease due to the entrance into the body of a
- specific virus. It is nearly always communicated from one individual to
- another by contact infection, the discharge from a syphilitic lesion
- being the medium through which the virus is transmitted, and the seat of
- inoculation is almost invariably a surface covered by squamous
- epithelium. The disease was unknown in Europe before the year 1493, when
- it was introduced into Spain by Columbus' crew, who were infected in
- Haiti, where the disease had been endemic from time immemorial (Bloch).
- The granulation tissue which forms as a result of the reaction of the
- tissues to the presence of the virus is chiefly composed of lymphocytes
- and plasma cells, along with an abundant new formation of capillary
- blood vessels. Giant cells are not uncommon, but the endothelioid cells,
- which are so marked a feature of tuberculous granulation tissue, are
- practically absent.
- When syphilis is communicated from one individual to another by contact
- infection, the condition is spoken of as _acquired syphilis_, and the
- first visible sign of the disease appears at the site of inoculation,
- and is known as _the primary lesion_. Those who have thus acquired the
- disease may transmit it to their offspring, who are then said to suffer
- from _inherited syphilis_.
- #The Virus of Syphilis.#--The cause of syphilis, whether acquired or
- inherited, is the organism, described by Schaudinn and Hoffman, in 1905,
- under the name of _spirochaeta pallida_ or _spironema pallidum_. It is a
- delicate, thread-like spirilla, in length averaging from 8 to 10 u and
- in width about 0.25 u, and is distinguished from other spirochaetes by
- its delicate shape, its dead-white appearance, together with its closely
- twisted spiral form, with numerous undulations (10 to 26), which are
- perfectly regular, and are characteristic in that they remain the same
- during rest and in active movement (Fig. 36). In a fresh specimen, such
- as a scraping from a hard chancre suspended in a little salt solution,
- it shows active movements. The organism is readily destroyed by heat,
- and perishes in the absence of moisture. It has been proved
- experimentally that it remains infective only up to six hours after its
- removal from the body. Noguchi has succeeded in obtaining pure cultures
- from the infected tissues of the rabbit.
- [Illustration: FIG. 36.--Spirochaeta pallida from scraping of hard
- Chancre of Prepuce. x 1000 diam. Burri method.]
- The spirochaete may be recognised in films made by scraping the deeper
- parts of the primary lesion, from papules on the skin, or from blisters
- artificially raised on lesions of the skin or on the immediately
- adjacent portion of healthy skin. It is readily found in the mucous
- patches and condylomata of the secondary period. It is best stained by
- Giemsa's method, and its recognition is greatly aided by the use of the
- ultra-microscope.
- The spirochaete has been demonstrated in every form of syphilitic lesion,
- and has been isolated from the blood--with difficulty--and from lymph
- withdrawn by a hollow needle from enlarged lymph glands. The saliva of
- persons suffering from syphilitic lesions of the mouth also contains the
- organism.
- [Illustration: FIG. 37.--Spirochaeta refrigerans from scraping of Vagina.
- x 1000 diam. Burri method.]
- In tertiary lesions there is greater difficulty in demonstrating the
- spirochaete, but small numbers have been found in the peripheral parts of
- gummata and in the thickened patches in syphilitic disease of the aorta.
- Noguchi and Moore have discovered the spirochaete in the brain in a
- number of cases of general paralysis of the insane. The spirochaete may
- persist in the body for a long time after infection; its presence has
- been demonstrated as long as sixteen years after the original
- acquisition of the disease.
- In inherited syphilis the spirochaete is present in enormous numbers
- throughout all the organs and fluids of the body.
- Considerable interest attaches to the observations of Metchnikoff, Roux,
- and Neisser, who have succeeded in conveying syphilis to the chimpanzee
- and other members of the ape tribe, obtaining primary and secondary
- lesions similar to those observed in man, and also containing the
- spirochaete. In animals the disease has been transmitted by material from
- all kinds of syphilitic lesions, including even the blood in the
- secondary and tertiary stages of the disease. The primary lesion is in
- the form of an indurated papule, in every respect resembling the
- corresponding lesion in man, and associated with enlargement and
- induration of the lymph glands. The primary lesion usually appears about
- thirty days after inoculation, to be followed, in about half the cases,
- by secondary manifestations, which are usually of a mild character; in
- no instance has any tertiary lesion been observed. The severity of the
- affection amongst apes would appear to be in proportion to the nearness
- of the relationship of the animal to the human subject. The eye of the
- rabbit is also susceptible to inoculation from syphilitic lesions; the
- material in a finely divided state is introduced into the anterior
- chamber of the eye.
- Attempts to immunise against the disease have so far proved negative,
- but Metchnikoff has shown that the inunction of the part inoculated with
- an ointment containing 33 per cent. of calomel, within one hour of
- infection, suffices to neutralise the virus in man, and up to eighteen
- hours in monkeys. He recommends the adoption of this procedure in the
- prophylaxis of syphilis.
- Noguchi has made an emulsion of dead spirochaetes which he calls
- _luetin_, and which gives a specific reaction resembling that of
- tuberculin in tuberculosis, a papule or a pustule forming at the site of
- the intra-dermal injection. It is said to be most efficacious in the
- tertiary and latent forms of syphilis, which are precisely those forms
- in which the diagnosis is surrounded with difficulties.
- ACQUIRED SYPHILIS
- In the vast majority of cases, infection takes place during the congress
- of the sexes. Delicate, easily abraded surfaces are then brought into
- contact, and the discharge from lesions containing the virus is placed
- under favourable conditions for conveying the disease from one person to
- the other. In the male the possibility of infection taking place is
- increased if the virus is retained under cover of a long and tight
- prepuce, and if there are abrasions on the surface with which it comes
- in contact. The frequency with which infection takes place on the
- genitals during sexual intercourse warrants syphilis being considered a
- venereal disease, although there are other ways in which it may be
- contracted.
- Some of these imply direct contact--such, for example, as kissing, the
- digital examination of syphilitic patients by doctors or nurses, or
- infection of the surgeon's fingers while operating upon a syphilitic
- patient. In suckling, a syphilitic wet nurse may infect a healthy
- infant, or a syphilitic infant may infect a healthy wet nurse. In other
- cases the infection is by indirect contact, the virus being conveyed
- through the medium of articles contaminated by a syphilitic
- patient--such, for example, as surgical instruments, tobacco pipes, wind
- instruments, table utensils, towels, or underclothing. Physiological
- secretions, such as saliva, milk, or tears, are not capable of
- communicating the disease unless contaminated by discharge from a
- syphilitic sore. While the saliva itself is innocuous, it can be, and
- often is, contaminated by the discharge from mucous patches or other
- syphilitic lesions in the mouth and throat, and is then a dangerous
- medium of infection. Unless these extra-genital sources of infection are
- borne in mind, there is a danger of failing to recognise the primary
- lesion of syphilis in unusual positions, such as the lip, finger, or
- nipple. When the disease is thus acquired by innocent transfer, it is
- known as _syphilis insontium_.
- #Stages or Periods of Syphilis.#--Following the teaching of Ricord, it
- is customary to divide the life-history of syphilis into three periods
- or stages, referred to, for convenience, as primary, secondary, and
- tertiary. This division is to some extent arbitrary and artificial, as
- the different stages overlap one another, and the lesions of one stage
- merge insensibly into those of another. Wide variations are met with in
- the manifestations of the secondary stage, and histologically there is
- no valid distinction to be drawn between secondary and tertiary lesions.
- _The primary period_ embraces the interval that elapses between the
- initial infection and the first constitutional manifestations,--roughly,
- from four to eight weeks,--and includes the period of incubation, the
- development of the primary sore, and the enlargement of the nearest
- lymph glands.
- _The secondary period_ varies in duration from one to two years, during
- which time the patient is liable to suffer from manifestations which are
- for the most part superficial in character, affecting the skin and its
- appendages, the mucous membranes, and the lymph glands.
- _The tertiary period_ has no time-limit except that it follows upon the
- secondary, so that during the remainder of his life the patient is
- liable to suffer from manifestations which may affect the deeper tissues
- and internal organs as well as the skin and mucous membranes.
- #Primary Syphilis.#--_The period of incubation_ represents the interval
- that elapses between the occurrence of infection and the appearance of
- the primary lesion at the site of inoculation. Its limits may be stated
- as varying from two to six weeks, with an average of from twenty-one to
- twenty-eight days. While the disease is incubating, there is nothing to
- show that infection has occurred.
- _The Primary Lesion._--The incubation period having elapsed, there
- appears at the site of inoculation a circumscribed area of infiltration
- which represents the reaction of the tissues to the entrance of the
- virus. The first appearance is that of a sharply defined papule, rarely
- larger than a split pea. Its surface is at first smooth and shiny, but
- as necrosis of the tissue elements takes place in the centre, it becomes
- concave, and in many cases the epithelium is shed, and an ulcer is
- formed. Such an ulcer has an elevated border, sharply cut edges, an
- indurated base, and exudes a scanty serous discharge; its surface is at
- first occupied by yellow necrosed tissue, but in time this is replaced
- by smooth, pale-pink granulation tissue; finally, epithelium may spread
- over the surface, and the ulcer heals. As a rule, the patient suffers
- little discomfort, and may even be ignorant of the existence of the
- lesion, unless, as a result of exposure to mechanical or septic
- irritation, ulceration ensues, and the sore becomes painful and tender,
- and yields a purulent discharge. The primary lesion may persist until
- the secondary manifestations make their appearance, that is, for several
- weeks.
- It cannot be emphasised too strongly that the induration of the primary
- lesion, which has obtained for it the name of "hard chancre," is its
- most important characteristic. It is best appreciated when the sore is
- grasped from side to side between the finger and thumb. The sensation on
- grasping it has been aptly compared to that imparted by a nodule of
- cartilage, or by a button felt through a layer of cloth. The evidence
- obtained by touch is more valuable than that obtained by inspection, a
- fact which is made use of in the recognition of _concealed
- chancres_--that is, those which are hidden by a tight prepuce. The
- induration is due not only to the dense packing of the connective-tissue
- spaces with lymphocytes and plasma cells, but also to the formation of
- new connective-tissue elements. It is most marked in chancres situated
- in the furrow between the glans and the prepuce.
- _In the male_, the primary lesion specially affects certain
- _situations_, and the appearances vary with these: (1) On the inner
- aspect of the prepuce, and in the fold between the prepuce and the
- glans; in the latter situation the induration imparts a "collar-like"
- rigidity to the prepuce, which is most apparent when it is rolled back
- over the corona. (2) At the orifice of the prepuce the primary lesion
- assumes the form of multiple linear ulcers or fissures, and as each of
- these is attended with infiltration, the prepuce cannot be pulled
- back--a condition known as _syphilitic phimosis_. (3) On the glans penis
- the infiltration may be so superficial that it resembles a layer of
- parchment, but if it invades the cavernous tissue there is a dense mass
- of induration. (4) On the external aspect of the prepuce or on the skin
- of the penis itself. (5) At either end of the torn fraenum, in the form
- of a diamond-shaped ulcer raised above the surroundings. (6) In relation
- to the meatus and canal of the urethra, in either of which situations
- the swelling and induration may lead to narrowing of the urethra, so
- that the urine is passed with pain and difficulty and in a minute
- stream; stricture results only in the exceptional cases in which the
- chancre has ulcerated and caused destruction of tissue. A chancre within
- the orifice of the urethra is rare, and, being concealed from view, it
- can only be recognised by the discharge from the meatus and by the
- induration felt between the finger and thumb on palpating the urethra.
- _In the female_, the primary lesion is not so typical or so easily
- recognised as in men; it is usually met with on the labia; the
- induration is rarely characteristic and does not last so long. The
- primary lesion may take the form of condylomata. Indurated oedema, with
- brownish-red or livid discoloration of one or both labia, is diagnostic
- of syphilis.
- The hard chancre is usually solitary, but sometimes there are two or
- more; when there are several, they are individually smaller than the
- solitary chancre.
- It is the exception for a hard chancre to leave a visible scar, hence,
- in examining patients with a doubtful history of syphilis, little
- reliance can be placed on the presence or absence of a scar on the
- genitals. When the primary lesion has taken the form of an open ulcer
- with purulent discharge, or has sloughed, there is a permanent scar.
- _Infection of the adjacent lymph glands_ is usually found to have taken
- place by the time the primary lesion has acquired its characteristic
- induration. Several of the glands along Poupart's ligament, on one or on
- both sides, become enlarged, rounded, and indurated; they are usually
- freely movable, and are rarely sensitive unless there is superadded
- septic infection. The term _bullet-bubo_ has been applied to them, and
- their presence is of great value in diagnosis. In a certain number of
- cases, one of the main _lymph vessels_ on the dorsum of the penis is
- transformed into a fibrous cord easily recognisable on palpation, and
- when grasped between the fingers appears to be in size and consistence
- not unlike the vas deferens.
- _Concealed chancre_ is the term applied when one or more chancres are
- situated within the sac of a prepuce which cannot be retracted. If the
- induration is well marked, the chancre can be palpated through the
- prepuce, and is tender on pressure. As under these conditions it is
- impossible for the patient to keep the parts clean, septic infection
- becomes a prominent feature, the prepuce is oedematous and inflamed, and
- there is an abundant discharge of pus from its orifice. It occasionally
- happens that the infection assumes a virulent character and causes
- sloughing of the prepuce--a condition known as _phagedaena_. The
- discharge is then foul and blood-stained, and the prepuce becomes of a
- dusky red or purple colour, and may finally slough, exposing the glans.
- _Extra-genital or Erratic Chancres_ (Fig. 38).--Erratic chancre is the
- term applied by Jonathan Hutchinson to the primary lesion of syphilis
- when it appears on parts of the body other than the genitals. It differs
- in some respects from the hard chancre as met with on the penis; it is
- usually larger, the induration is more diffused, and the enlarged glands
- are softer and more sensitive. The glands in nearest relation to the
- sore are those first affected, for example, the epitrochlear or axillary
- glands in chancre of the finger; the submaxillary glands in chancre of
- the lip or mouth; or the pre-auricular gland in chancre of the eyelid or
- forehead. In consequence of their divergence from the typical chancre,
- and of their being often met with in persons who, from age,
- surroundings, or moral character, are unlikely subjects of venereal
- disease, the true nature of erratic chancres is often overlooked until
- the persistence of the lesion, its want of resemblance to anything else,
- or the onset of constitutional symptoms, determines the diagnosis of
- syphilis. A solitary, indolent sore occurring on the lip, eyelid,
- finger, or nipple, which does not heal but tends to increase in size,
- and is associated with induration and enlargement of the adjacent
- glands, is most likely to be the primary lesion of syphilis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 38.--Primary Lesion on Thumb, with Secondary
- Eruption on Forearm.[1]]
- [1] From _A System of Syphilis_, vol. ii., edited by D'Arcy Power and
- J. Keogh Murphy, Oxford Medical Publications.
- #The Soft Sore, Soft Chancre, or Chancroid.#--The differential diagnosis
- of syphilis necessitates the consideration of the _soft sore_, _soft
- chancre_, or _chancroid_, which is also a common form of venereal
- disease, and is due to infection with a virulent pus-forming bacillus,
- first described by Ducrey in 1889. Ducrey's bacillus occurs in the form
- of minute oval rods measuring about 1.5 u in length, which stain readily
- with any basic aniline dye, but are quickly decolorised by Gram's
- method. They are found mixed with other organisms in the purulent
- discharge from the sore, and are chiefly arranged in small groups or in
- short chains. Soft sores are always contracted by direct contact from
- another individual, and the incubation period is a short one of from two
- to five days. They are usually situated in the vicinity of the fraenum,
- and, in women, about the labia minora or fourchette; they probably
- originate in abrasions in these situations. They appear as pustules,
- which are rapidly converted into small, acutely inflamed ulcers with
- sharply cut, irregular margins, which bleed easily and yield an abundant
- yellow purulent discharge. They are devoid of the induration of
- syphilis, are painful, and nearly always multiple, reproducing
- themselves in successive crops by auto-inoculation. Soft sores are often
- complicated by phimosis and balanitis, and they frequently lead to
- infection of the glands in the groin. The resulting bubo is ill-defined,
- painful, and tender, and suppuration occurs in about one-fourth of the
- cases. The overlying skin becomes adherent and red, and suppuration
- takes place either in the form of separate foci in the interior of the
- individual glands, or around them; in the latter case, on incision, the
- glands are found lying bathed in pus. Ducrey's bacillus is found in pure
- culture in the pus. Sometimes other pyogenic organisms are superadded.
- After the bubo has been opened the wound may take on the characters of a
- soft sore.
- _Treatment._--Soft sores heal rapidly when kept clean. If concealed
- under a tight prepuce, an incision should be made along the dorsum to
- give access to the sores. They should be washed with eusol, and dusted
- with a mixture of one part iodoform and two parts boracic or salicylic
- acid, or, when the odour of iodoform is objected to, of equal parts of
- boracic acid and carbonate of zinc. Immersion of the penis in a bath of
- eusol for some hours daily is useful. The sore is then covered with a
- piece of gauze kept in position by drawing the prepuce over it, or by a
- few turns of a narrow bandage. Sublimed sulphur frequently rubbed into
- the sore is recommended by C. H. Mills. If the sores spread in spite of
- this, they should be painted with cocaine and then cauterised. When the
- glands in the groin are infected, the patient must be confined to bed,
- and a dressing impregnated with ichthyol and glycerin (10 per cent.)
- applied; the repeated use of a suction bell is of great service.
- Harrison recommends aspiration of a bubonic abscess, followed by
- injection of 1 in 20 solution of tincture of iodine into the cavity;
- this is in turn aspirated, and then 1 or 2 c.c. of the solution injected
- and left in. This is repeated as often as the cavity refills. It is
- sometimes necessary to let the pus out by one or more small incisions
- and continue the use of the suction bell.
- _Diagnosis of Primary Syphilis._--In cases in which there is a history
- of an incubation period of from three to five weeks, when the sore is
- indurated, persistent, and indolent, and attended with bullet-buboes in
- the groin, the diagnosis of primary syphilis is not difficult. Owing,
- however, to the great importance of instituting treatment at the
- earliest possible stage of the infection, an effort should be made to
- establish the diagnosis without delay by demonstrating the spirochaete.
- Before any antiseptic is applied, the margin of the suspected sore is
- rubbed with gauze, and the serum that exudes on pressure is collected
- in a capillary tube and sent to a pathologist for microscopical
- examination. A better specimen can sometimes be obtained by puncturing
- an enlarged lymph gland with a hypodermic needle, injecting a few minims
- of sterile saline solution and then aspirating the blood-stained fluid.
- The Wassermann test must not be relied upon for diagnosis in the early
- stage, as it does not appear until the disease has become generalised
- and the secondary manifestations are about to begin. The practice of
- waiting in doubtful cases before making a diagnosis until secondary
- manifestations appear is to be condemned.
- Extra-genital chancres, _e.g._ sores on the fingers of doctors or
- nurses, are specially liable to be overlooked, if the possibility of
- syphilis is not kept in mind.
- It is important to bear in mind _the possibility of a patient having
- acquired a mixed infection_ with the virus of soft chancre, which will
- manifest itself a few days after infection, and the virus of syphilis,
- which shows itself after an interval of several weeks. This occurrence
- was formerly the source of much confusion in diagnosis, and it was
- believed at one time that syphilis might result from soft sores, but it
- is now established that syphilis does not follow upon soft sores unless
- the virus of syphilis has been introduced at the same time. The
- practitioner must be on his guard, therefore, when a patient asks his
- advice concerning a venereal sore which has appeared within a few days
- of exposure to infection. Such a patient is naturally anxious to know
- whether he has contracted syphilis or not, but neither a positive nor a
- negative answer can be given--unless the spirochaete can be identified.
- Syphilis is also to be diagnosed from _epithelioma_, the common form of
- cancer of the penis. It is especially in elderly patients with a tight
- prepuce that the induration of syphilis is liable to be mistaken for
- that associated with epithelioma. In difficult cases the prepuce must be
- slit open.
- Difficulty may occur in the diagnosis of primary syphilis from _herpes_,
- as this may appear as late as ten days after connection; it commences as
- a group of vesicles which soon burst and leave shallow ulcers with a
- yellow floor; these disappear quickly on the use of an antiseptic
- dusting powder.
- Apprehensive patients who have committed sexual indiscretions are apt to
- regard as syphilitic any lesion which happens to be located on the
- penis--for example, acne pustules, eczema, psoriasis papules, boils,
- balanitis, or venereal warts.
- _The local treatment_ of the primary sore consists in attempting to
- destroy the organisms _in situ_. An ointment made up of calomel 33
- parts, lanoline 67 parts, and vaseline 10 parts (Metchnikoff's cream) is
- rubbed into the sore several times a day. If the surface is unbroken, it
- may be dusted lightly with a powder composed of equal parts of calomel
- and carbonate of zinc. A gauze dressing is applied, and the penis and
- scrotum should be supported against the abdominal wall by a triangular
- handkerchief or bathing-drawers; if there is inflammatory oedema the
- patient should be confined to bed.
- In _concealed chancres_ with phimosis, the sac of the prepuce should be
- slit up along the dorsum to admit of the ointment being applied. If
- phagedaena occurs, the prepuce must be slit open along the dorsum, or if
- sloughing, cut away, and the patient should have frequent sitz baths of
- weak sublimate lotion. When the chancre is within the meatus, iodoform
- bougies are inserted into the urethra, and the urine should be rendered
- bland by drinking large quantities of fluid.
- General treatment is considered on p. 149.
- #Secondary Syphilis.#--The following description of secondary syphilis
- is based on the average course of the disease in untreated cases. The
- onset of constitutional symptoms occurs from six to twelve weeks after
- infection, and the manifestations are the result of the entrance of the
- virus into the general circulation, and its being carried to all parts
- of the body. The period during which the patient is liable to suffer
- from secondary symptoms ranges from six months to two years.
- In some cases the general health is not disturbed; in others the patient
- is feverish and out of sorts, losing appetite, becoming pale and anaemic,
- complaining of lassitude, incapacity for exertion, headache, and pains
- of a rheumatic type referred to the bones. There is a moderate degree of
- leucocytosis, but the increase is due not to the polymorpho-nuclear
- leucocytes but to lymphocytes. In isolated cases the temperature rises
- to 101 o or 102 o F. and the patient loses flesh. The lymph glands,
- particularly those along the posterior border of the sterno-mastoid,
- become enlarged and slightly tender. The hair comes out, eruptions
- appear on the skin and mucous membranes, and the patient may suffer from
- sore throat and affections of the eyes. The local lesions are to be
- regarded as being of the nature of reactions against accumulations of
- the parasite, lymphocytes and plasma cells being the elements chiefly
- concerned in the reactive process.
- _Affections of the Skin_ are among the most constant manifestations. An
- evanescent macular rash, not unlike that of measles--_roseola_--is the
- first to appear, usually in from six to eight weeks from the date of
- infection; it is widely diffused over the trunk, and the original dull
- rose-colour soon fades, leaving brownish stains, which in time
- disappear. It is usually followed by a _papular eruption_, the
- individual papules being raised above the surface of the skin, smooth or
- scaly, and as they are due to infiltration of the skin they are more
- persistent than the roseoles. They vary in size and distribution, being
- sometimes small, hard, polished, and closely aggregated like lichen,
- sometimes as large as a shilling-piece, with an accumulation of scales
- on the surface like that seen in psoriasis. The co-existence of scaly
- papules and faded roseoles is very suggestive of syphilis.
- Other types of eruption are less common, and are met with from the third
- month onwards. A _pustular_ eruption, not unlike that of acne, is
- sometimes a prominent feature, but is not characteristic of syphilis
- unless it affects the scalp and forehead and is associated with the
- remains of the papular eruption. The term _ecthyma_ is applied when the
- pustules are of large size, and, after breaking on the surface, give
- rise to superficial ulcers; the discharge from the ulcer often dries up
- and forms a scab or crust which is continually added to from below as
- the ulcer extends in area and depth. The term _rupia_ is applied when
- the crusts are prominent, dark in colour, and conical in shape, roughly
- resembling the shell of a limpet. If the crust is detached, a sharply
- defined ulcer is exposed, and when this heals it leaves a scar which is
- usually circular, thin, white, shining like satin, and the surrounding
- skin is darkly pigmented; in the case of deep ulcers, the scar is
- depressed and adherent (Fig. 39).
- [Illustration: FIG. 39.--Syphilitic Rupia, showing the limpet-shaped
- crusts or scabs.]
- In the later stages there may occur a form of creeping or _spreading
- ulceration of the skin_ of the face, groin, or scrotum, healing at one
- edge and spreading at another like tuberculous lupus, but distinguished
- from this by its more rapid progress and by the pigmentation of the
- scar.
- _Condylomata_ are more characteristic of syphilis than any other type of
- skin lesion. They are papules occurring on those parts of the body where
- the skin is habitually moist, and especially where two skin surfaces are
- in contact. They are chiefly met with on the external genitals,
- especially in women, around the anus, beneath large pendulous mammae,
- between the toes, and at the angles of the mouth, and in these
- situations their development is greatly favoured by neglect of
- cleanliness. They present the appearance of well-defined circular or
- ovoid areas in which the skin is thickened and raised above the surface;
- they are covered with a white sodden epidermis, and furnish a scanty but
- very infective discharge. Under the influence of irritation and want of
- rest, as at the anus or at the angle of the mouth, they are apt to
- become fissured and superficially ulcerated, and the discharge then
- becomes abundant and may crust on the surface, forming yellow scabs. At
- the angle of the mouth the condylomatous patches may spread to the
- cheek, and when they ulcerate may leave fissure-like scars radiating
- from the mouth--an appearance best seen in inherited syphilis (Fig. 44).
- _The Appendages of the Skin._--The _hair_ loses its gloss, becomes dry
- and brittle, and readily falls out, either as an exaggeration of the
- normal shedding of the hair, or in scattered areas over the scalp
- (_syphilitic alopoecia_). The hair is not re-formed in the scars which
- result from ulcerated lesions of the scalp. The _nail-folds_
- occasionally present a pustular eruption and superficial ulceration, to
- which the name _syphilitic onychia_ has been applied; more commonly the
- nails become brittle and ragged, and they may even be shed.
- _The Mucous Membranes_, and especially those of the _mouth_ and
- _throat_, suffer from lesions similar to those met with on the skin. On
- a mucous surface the papular eruption assumes the form of _mucous
- patches_, which are areas with a congested base covered with a thin
- white film of sodden epithelium like wet tissue-paper. They are best
- seen on the inner aspect of the cheeks, the soft palate, uvula, pillars
- of the fauces, and tonsils. In addition to mucous patches, there may be
- a number of small, _superficial, kidney-shaped ulcers_, especially along
- the margins of the tongue and on the tonsils. In the absence of mucous
- patches and ulcers, the sore throat may be characterised by a bluish
- tinge of the inflamed mucous membrane and a thin film of shed epithelium
- on the surface. Sometimes there is an elongated sinuous film which has
- been likened to the track of a snail. In the _larynx_ the presence of
- congestion, oedema, and mucous patches may be the cause of persistent
- hoarseness. The _tongue_ often presents a combination of lesions,
- including ulcers, patches where the papillae are absent, fissures, and
- raised white papules resembling warts, especially towards the centre of
- the dorsum. These lesions are specially apt to occur in those who smoke,
- drink undiluted alcohol or spirits, or eat hot condiments to excess, or
- who have irregular, sharp-cornered teeth. At a later period, and in
- those who are broken down in health from intemperance or other cause,
- the sore throat may take the form of rapidly spreading, penetrating
- ulcers in the soft palate and pillars of the fauces, which may lead to
- extensive destruction of tissue, with subsequent scars and deformity
- highly characteristic of previous syphilis.
- In the _Bones_, lesions occur which assume the clinical features of an
- evanescent periostitis, the patient complaining of nocturnal pains over
- the frontal bone, sternum, tibiae, and ulnae, and localised tenderness on
- tapping over these bones.
- In the _Joints_, a serous synovitis or hydrops may occur, chiefly in the
- knee, on one or on both sides.
- _The Affections of the Eyes_, although fortunately rare, are of great
- importance because of the serious results which may follow if they are
- not recognised and treated. _Iritis_ is the commonest of these, and may
- occur in one or in both eyes, one after the other, from three to eight
- months after infection. The patient complains of impairment of sight and
- of frontal or supraorbital pain. The eye waters and is hypersensitive,
- the iris is discoloured and reacts sluggishly to light, and there is a
- zone of ciliary congestion around the cornea. The appearance of minute
- white nodules or flakes of lymph at the margin of the pupil is
- especially characteristic of syphilitic iritis. When adhesions have
- formed between the iris and the structures in relation to it, the pupil
- dilates irregularly under atropin. Although complete recovery is to be
- expected under early and energetic treatment, if neglected, _iritis_ may
- result in occlusion of the pupil and permanent impairment or loss of
- sight.
- The other lesions of the eye are much rarer, and can only be discovered
- on ophthalmoscopic examination.
- The virus of syphilis exerts a special influence upon the _Blood
- Vessels_, exciting a proliferation of the endothelial lining which
- results in narrowing of their lumen, _endarteritis_, and a perivascular
- infiltration in the form of accumulations of plasma cells around the
- vessels and in the lymphatics that accompany them.
- In the _Brain_, in the later periods of secondary and in tertiary
- syphilis, changes occur as a result of the narrowing of the lumen of the
- arteries, or of their complete obliteration by thrombosis. By
- interfering with the nutrition of those parts of the brain supplied by
- the affected arteries, these lesions give rise to clinical features of
- which severe headache and paralysis are the most prominent.
- Affections of the _Spinal Cord_ are extremely rare, but paraplegia from
- myelitis has been observed.
- Lastly, attention must be directed to the remarkable variations observed
- in different patients. Sometimes the virulent character of the disease
- can only be accounted for by an idiosyncrasy of the patient.
- Constitutional symptoms, particularly pyrexia and anaemia, are most often
- met with in young women. Patients over forty years of age have greater
- difficulty in overcoming the infection than younger adults. Malarial and
- other infections, and the conditions attending life in tropical
- countries, from the debility which they cause, tend to aggravate and
- prolong the disease, which then assumes the characters of what has been
- called _malignant syphilis_. All chronic ailments have a similar
- influence, and alcoholic intemperance is universally regarded as a
- serious aggravating factor.
- _Diagnosis of Secondary Syphilis._--A routine examination should be made
- of the parts of the body which are most often affected in this
- disease--the scalp, mouth, throat, posterior cervical glands, and the
- trunk, the patient being stripped and examined by daylight. Among the
- _diagnostic features of the skin affections_ the following may be
- mentioned: They are frequently, and sometimes to a marked degree,
- symmetrical; more than one type of eruption--papules and pustules, for
- example--are present at the same time; there is little itching; they are
- at first a dull-red colour, but later present a brown pigmentation which
- has been likened to the colour of raw ham; they exhibit a predilection
- for those parts of the forehead and neck which are close to the roots of
- the hair; they tend to pass off spontaneously; and they disappear
- rapidly under treatment.
- #Serum Diagnosis--Wassermann Reaction.#--Wassermann found that if an
- extract of syphilitic liver rich in spirochaetes is mixed with the serum
- from a syphilitic patient, a large amount of complement is fixed. The
- application of the test is highly complicated and can only be carried
- out by an expert pathologist. For the purpose he is supplied with from 5
- c.c. to 10 c.c. of the patient's blood, withdrawn under aseptic
- conditions from the median basilic vein by means of a serum syringe, and
- transferred to a clean and dry glass tube. There is abundant evidence
- that the Wassermann test is a reliable means of establishing a diagnosis
- of syphilis.
- A definitely positive reaction can usually be obtained between the
- fifteenth and thirtieth day after the appearance of the primary lesion,
- and as time goes on it becomes more marked. During the secondary period
- the reaction is practically always positive. In the tertiary stage also
- it is positive except in so far as it is modified by the results of
- treatment. In para-syphilitic lesions such as general paralysis and
- tabes a positive reaction is almost always present. In inherited
- syphilis the reaction is positive in every case. A positive reaction may
- be present in other diseases, for example, frambesia, trypanosomiasis,
- and leprosy.
- As the presence of the reaction is an evidence of the activity of the
- spirochaetes, repeated applications of the test furnish a valuable means
- of estimating the efficacy of treatment. The object aimed at is to
- change a persistently positive reaction to a permanently negative one.
- #Treatment of Syphilis.#--In the treatment of syphilis the two main
- objects are to maintain the general health at the highest possible
- standard, and to introduce into the system therapeutic agents which will
- inhibit or destroy the invading parasite.
- The second of these objects has been achieved by the researches of
- Ehrlich, who, in conjunction with his pupil, Hata, has built up a
- compound, the dihydrochloride of dioxydiamido-arseno-benzol, popularly
- known as salvarsan or "606." Other preparations, such as kharsivan,
- arseno-billon, and diarsenol, are chemically equivalent to salvarsan,
- containing from 27 to 31 per cent. of arsenic, and are equally
- efficient. The full dose is 0.6 grm. All these members of the "606"
- group form an acid solution when dissolved in water, and must be
- rendered alkaline before being injected. As subcutaneous and
- intra-muscular injections cause considerable pain, and may cause
- sloughing of the tissues, "606" preparations must be injected
- intravenously. Ehrlich has devised a preparation--neo-salvarsan, or
- "914," which is more easily prepared and forms a neutral solution. It
- contains from 18 to 20 per cent. of arsenic. Neo-kharsivan,
- novo-arseno-billon, and neo-diarsenol belong to the "914" group, the
- full dosage of which is 0.9 grm. As subcutaneous and intra-muscular
- injections of the "914" group are not painful, and even more efficient
- than intravenous injections, the administration is simpler.
- Galyl, luargol, and other preparations act in the same way as the "606"
- and "914" groups.
- The "606" preparations may be introduced into the veins by injection or
- by means of an apparatus which allows the solution to flow in by
- gravity. The left median basilic vein is selected, and a platino-iridium
- needle with a short point and a bore larger than that of the ordinary
- hypodermic syringe is used. The needle is passed for a few millimetres
- along the vein, and the solution is then slowly introduced; before
- withdrawing the needle some saline is run in to diminish the risk of
- thrombosis.
- The "914" preparations may be injected either into the subcutaneous
- tissue of the buttock or into the substance of the gluteus muscle. The
- part is then massaged for a few minutes, and the massage is repeated
- daily for a few days.
- No hard-and-fast rules can be laid down as to what constitutes a
- complete course of treatment. Harrison recommends as a _minimum_ course
- of one of the "914" preparations in _early primary cases_ an initial
- dose of 0.45 grm. given intra-muscularly or into the deep subcutaneous
- tissue; the same dose a week later; 0.6 grm. the following week; then
- miss a week and give 9.6 grms. on two successive weeks; then miss two
- weeks and give 0.6 grm. on two more successive weeks.
- When a _positive Wassermann reaction_ is present before treatment is
- commenced, the above course is prolonged as follows: for three weeks is
- given a course of potassium iodide, after which four more weekly
- injections of 0.6 grm. of "914" are given.
- With each injection of "914" after the first, throughout the whole
- course 1 grain of mercury is injected intra-muscularly.
- In the course of a few hours, there is usually some indisposition, with
- a feeling of chilliness and slight rise of temperature; these symptoms
- pass off within twenty-four hours, and in a few days there is a decided
- improvement of health. Three or four days after an intra-muscular
- injection there may be pain and stiffness in the gluteal region.
- These preparations are the most efficient therapeutic agents that have
- yet been employed in the treatment of syphilis.
- The manifestations of the disease disappear with remarkable rapidity.
- Observations show that the spirochaetes lose their capacity for movement
- within an hour or two of the administration, and usually disappear
- altogether in from twenty-four to thirty-six hours. Wassermann's
- reaction usually yields a negative result in from three weeks to two
- months, but later may again become positive. Subsequent doses of the
- arsenical preparation are therefore usually indicated, and should be
- given in from 7 to 21 days according to the dose.
- When syphilis occurs in a _pregnant woman_, she should be given in the
- early months an ordinary course of "914," followed by 10-grain doses of
- potassium iodide twice daily. The injections may be repeated two months
- later, and during the remainder of the pregnancy 2-grain mercury pills
- are given twice daily (A. Campbell). The presence of albumen in the
- urine contra-indicates arsenical treatment.
- It need scarcely be pointed out that the use of powerful drugs like
- "606" and "914" is not free from risk; it may be mentioned that each
- dose contains nearly three grains of arsenic. Before the administration
- the patient must be overhauled; its administration is contra-indicated
- in the presence of disease of the heart and blood vessels, especially a
- combination of syphilitic aortitis and sclerosis of the coronary
- arteries, with degeneration of the heart muscle; in affections of the
- central nervous system, especially advanced paralysis, and in such
- disturbances of metabolism as are associated with diabetes and Bright's
- disease. Its use is not contra-indicated in any lesion of active
- syphilis.
- The administration is controlled by the systematic examination of the
- urine for arsenic.
- _The Administration of Mercury._--The success of the arsenical
- preparations has diminished the importance of mercury in the treatment
- of syphilis, but it is still used to supplement the effect of the
- injections. The amount of mercury to be given in any case must be
- proportioned to the idiosyncrasies of the patient, and it is advisable,
- before commencing the treatment, to test his urine and record his
- body-weight. The small amount of mercury given at the outset is
- gradually increased. If the body-weight falls, or if the gums become
- sore and the breath foul, the mercury should be stopped for a time. If
- salivation occurs, the drinking of hot water and the taking of hot baths
- should be insisted upon, and half-dram doses of the alkaline sulphates
- prescribed.
- _Methods of Administering Mercury._--(1) _By the Mouth._--This was for
- long the most popular method in this country, the preparation usually
- employed being grey powder, in pills or tablets, each of which contains
- one grain of the powder. Three of these are given daily in the first
- instance, and the daily dose is increased to five or even seven grains
- till the standard for the individual patient is arrived at. As the grey
- powder alone sometimes causes irritation of the bowels, it should be
- combined with iron, as in the following formula: Hydrarg. c. cret. gr. 1;
- ferri sulph. exsiccat. gr. 1 or 2.
- (2) _By Inunction._--Inunction consists in rubbing into the pores of the
- skin an ointment composed of equal parts of 20 per cent. oleate of
- mercury and lanolin. Every night after a hot bath, a dram of the
- ointment (made up by the chemist in paper packets) is rubbed for fifteen
- minutes into the skin where it is soft and comparatively free from
- hairs. When the patient has been brought under the influence of the
- mercury, inunction may be replaced by one of the other methods, of
- administering the drug.
- (3) _By Intra-muscular Injection._--This consists in introducing the
- drug by means of a hypodermic syringe into the substance of the gluteal
- muscles. The syringe is made of glass, and has a solid glass piston; the
- needle of platino-iridium should be 5 cm. long and of a larger calibre
- than the ordinary hypodermic needle. The preparation usually employed
- consists of: metallic mercury or calomel 1 dram, lanolin and olive oil
- each 2 drams; it must be warmed to allow of its passage through the
- needle. Five minims--containing one grain of metallic mercury--represent
- a dose, and this is injected into the muscles above and behind the great
- trochanter once a week. The contents of the syringe are slowly
- expressed, and, after withdrawing the needle, gentle massage of the
- buttock should be employed. Four courses each of ten injections are
- given the first year, three courses of the same number during the second
- and third years, and two courses during the fourth year (Lambkin).
- _The General Health._--The patient must lead a regular life and
- cultivate the fresh-air habit, which is as beneficial in syphilis as in
- tuberculosis. Anaemia, malaria, and other sources of debility must
- receive appropriate treatment. The diet should be simple and easily
- digested, and should include a full supply of milk. Alcohol is
- prohibited. The excretory organs are encouraged to act by the liberal
- drinking of hot water between meals, say five or six tumblerfuls in the
- twenty-four hours. The functions of the skin are further aided by
- frequent hot baths, and by the wearing of warm underclothing. While the
- patient should avoid exposure to cold, and taxing his energies by undue
- exertion, he should be advised to take exercise in the open air. On
- account of the liability to lesions of the mouth and throat, he should
- use tobacco in moderation, his teeth should be thoroughly overhauled by
- the dentist, and he should brush them after every meal, using an
- antiseptic tooth powder or wash. The mouth and throat should be rinsed
- out night and morning with a solution of chlorate of potash and alum, or
- with peroxide of hydrogen.
- _Treatment of the Local Manifestations._--_The skin lesions_ are treated
- on the same lines as similar eruptions of other origin. As local
- applications, preparations of mercury are usually selected, notably the
- ointments of the red oxide of mercury, ammoniated mercury, or oleate of
- mercury (5 per cent.), or the mercurial plaster introduced by Unna. In
- the treatment of condylomata the greatest attention must be paid to
- cleanliness and dryness. After washing and drying the affected patches,
- they are dusted with a powder consisting of equal parts of calomel and
- carbonate of zinc; and apposed skin surfaces, such as the nates or
- labia, are separated by sublimate wool. In the ulcers of later secondary
- syphilis, crusts are got rid of in the first instance by means of a
- boracic poultice, after which a piece of lint or gauze cut to the size
- of the ulcer and soaked in black wash is applied and covered with
- oil-silk. If the ulcer tends to spread in area or in depth, it should be
- scraped with a sharp spoon, and painted over with acid nitrate of
- mercury, or a local hyperaemia may be induced by Klapp's suction
- apparatus.
- _In lesions of the mouth and throat_, the teeth should be attended to;
- the best local application is a solution of chromic acid--10 grains to
- the ounce--painted on with a brush once daily. If this fails, the
- lesions may be dusted with calomel the last thing at night. For deep
- ulcers of the throat the patient should gargle frequently with chlorine
- water or with perchloride of mercury (1 in 2000); if the ulcer continues
- to spread it should be painted with acid nitrate of mercury.
- In the treatment of _iritis_ the eyes are shaded from the light and
- completely rested, and the pupil is well dilated by atropin to prevent
- adhesions. If there is much pain, a blister may be applied to the
- temple.
- _The Relations of Syphilis to Marriage._--Before the introduction of the
- Ehrlich-Hata treatment no patient was allowed to marry until three years
- had elapsed after the disappearance of the last manifestation. While
- marriage might be entered upon under these conditions without risk of
- the husband infecting the wife, the possibility of his conveying the
- disease to the offspring cannot be absolutely excluded. It is
- recommended, as a precautionary measure, to give a further mercurial
- course of two or three months' duration before marriage, and an
- intravenous injection of an arsenical preparation.
- #Intermediate Stage.#--After the dying away of the secondary
- manifestations and before the appearance of tertiary lesions, the
- patient may present certain symptoms which Hutchinson called
- _reminders_. These usually consist of relapses of certain of the
- affections of the skin, mouth, or throat, already described. In the
- skin, they may assume the form of peeling patches in the palms, or may
- appear as spreading and confluent circles of a scaly papular eruption,
- which if neglected may lead to the formation of fissures and superficial
- ulcers. Less frequently there is a relapse of the eye affections, or of
- paralytic symptoms from disease of the cerebral arteries.
- #Tertiary Syphilis.#--While the manifestations of primary and secondary
- syphilis are common, those of the tertiary period are by comparison
- rare, and are observed chiefly in those who have either neglected
- treatment or who have had their powers of resistance lowered by
- privation, by alcoholic indulgence, or by tropical disease.
- It is to be borne in mind that in a certain proportion of men and in a
- larger proportion of women, the patient has no knowledge of having
- suffered from syphilis. Certain slight but important signs may give the
- clue in a number of cases, such as irregularity of the pupils or failure
- to react to light, abnormality of the reflexes, and the discovery of
- patches of leucoplakia on the tongue, cheek, or palate.
- The _general character of tertiary manifestations_ may be stated as
- follows: They attack by preference the tissues derived from the
- mesoblastic layer of the embryo--the cellular tissue, bones, muscles,
- and viscera. They are often localised to one particular tissue or organ,
- such, for example, as the subcutaneous cellular tissue, the bones, or
- the liver, and they are rarely symmetrical. They are usually aggressive
- and persistent, with little tendency to natural cure, and they may be
- dangerous to life, because of the destructive changes produced in such
- organs as the brain or the larynx. They are remarkably amenable to
- treatment if instituted before the stage which is attended with
- destruction of tissue is reached. Early tertiary lesions may be
- infective, and the disease may be transmitted by the discharges from
- them; but the later the lesions the less is the risk of their containing
- an infective virus.
- The most prominent feature of tertiary syphilis consists in the
- formation of granulation tissue, and this takes place on a scale
- considerably larger than that observed in lesions of the secondary
- period. The granulation tissue frequently forms a definite swelling or
- tumour-like mass (syphiloma), which, from its peculiar elastic
- consistence, is known as a _gumma_. In its early stages a gumma is a
- firm, semi-translucent greyish or greyish-red mass of tissue; later it
- becomes opaque, yellow, and caseous, with a tendency to soften and
- liquefy. The gumma does harm by displacing and replacing the normal
- tissue elements of the part affected, and by involving these in the
- degenerative changes, of the nature of caseation and necrosis, which
- produce the destructive lesions of the skin, mucous membranes, and
- internal organs. This is true not only of the circumscribed gumma, but
- of the condition known as _gummatous infiltration_ or _syphilitic
- cirrhosis_, in which the granulation tissue is diffused throughout the
- connective-tissue framework of such organs as the tongue or liver. Both
- the gummatous lesions and the fibrosis of tertiary syphilis are directly
- excited by the spirochaetes.
- The life-history of an untreated gumma varies with its environment. When
- protected from injury and irritation in the substance of an internal
- organ such as the liver, it may become encapsulated by fibrous tissue,
- and persist in this condition for an indefinite period, or it may be
- absorbed and leave in its place a fibrous cicatrix. In the interior of a
- long bone it may replace the rigid framework of the shaft to such an
- extent as to lead to pathological fracture. If it is near the surface of
- the body--as, for example, in the subcutaneous or submucous cellular
- tissue, or in the periosteum of a superficial bone, such as the palate,
- the skull, or the tibia--the tissue of which it is composed is apt to
- undergo necrosis, in which the overlying skin or mucous membrane
- frequently participates, the result being an ulcer--the tertiary
- syphilitic ulcer (Figs. 40 and 41).
- _Tertiary Lesions of the Skin and Subcutaneous Cellular Tissue._--The
- clinical features of a _subcutaneous gumma_ are those of an indolent,
- painless, elastic swelling, varying in size from a pea to an almond or
- walnut. After a variable period it usually softens in the centre, the
- skin over it becomes livid and dusky, and finally separates as a slough,
- exposing the tissue of the gumma, which sometimes appears as a mucoid,
- yellowish, honey-like substance, more frequently as a sodden, caseated
- tissue resembling wash-leather. The caseated tissue of a gumma differs
- from that of a tuberculous lesion in being tough and firm, of a buff
- colour like wash-leather, or whitish, like boiled fish. The degenerated
- tissue separates slowly and gradually, and in untreated cases may be
- visible for weeks in the floor of the ulcer.
- [Illustration: FIG. 40.--Ulcerating Gumma of Lips.
- (From a photograph lent by Dr. Stopford Taylor and Dr. R. W. Mackenna.)]
- _The tertiary ulcer_ may be situated anywhere, but is most frequently
- met with on the leg, especially in the region of the knee (Fig. 42) and
- over the calf. There may be one or more ulcers, and also scars of
- antecedent ulcers. The edges are sharply cut, as if punched out; the
- margins are rounded in outline, firm, and congested; the base is
- occupied by gummatous tissue, or, if this has already separated and
- sloughed out, by unhealthy granulations and a thick purulent discharge.
- When the ulcer has healed it leaves a scar which is depressed, and if
- over a bone, is adherent to it. The features of the tertiary ulcer,
- however, are not always so characteristic as the above description would
- imply. It is to be diagnosed from the "leg ulcer," which occurs almost
- exclusively on the lower third of the leg; from Bazin's disease (p. 74);
- from the ulcers that result from certain forms of malignant disease,
- such as rodent cancer, and from those met with in chronic glanders.
- _Gummatous Infiltration of the Skin_ ("Syphilitic Lupus").--This is a
- lesion, met with chiefly on the face and in the region of the external
- genitals, in which the skin becomes infiltrated with granulation tissue
- so that it is thickened, raised above the surface, and of a brownish-red
- colour. It appears as isolated nodules, which may fuse together; the
- epidermis becomes scaly and is shed, giving rise to superficial ulcers
- which are usually covered by crusted discharge. The disease tends to
- spread, creeping over the skin with a serpiginous, crescentic, or
- horse-shoe margin, while the central portion may heal and leave a scar.
- From the fact of its healing in the centre while it spreads at the
- margin, it may resemble tuberculous disease of the skin. It can usually
- be differentiated by observing that the infiltration is on a larger
- scale; the progress is much more rapid, involving in the course of
- months an area which in the case of tuberculosis would require as many
- years; the scars are sounder and are less liable to break down again;
- and the disease rapidly yields to anti-syphilitic treatment.
- [Illustration: FIG. 41.--Ulceration of nineteen year's duration
- in a woman aet. 24, the subject of inherited syphilis, showing active
- ulceration, cicatricial contraction, and sabre-blade deformity of
- tibiae.]
- _Tertiary lesions of mucous membrane and of the submucous cellular
- tissue_ are met with chiefly in the tongue, nose, throat, larynx, and
- rectum. They originate as gummata or as gummatous infiltrations, which
- are liable to break down and lead to the formation of ulcers which may
- prove locally destructive, and, in such situations as the larynx, even
- dangerous to life. In the tongue the tertiary ulcer may prove the
- starting-point of cancer; and in the larynx or rectum the healing of the
- ulcer may lead to cicatricial stenosis.
- Tertiary lesions of the _bones and joints_, of the _muscles_, and of the
- _internal organs_, will be described under these heads. The part played
- by syphilis in the production of disease of arteries and of aneurysm
- will be referred to along with diseases of blood vessels.
- [Illustration: FIG. 42.--Tertiary Syphilitic Ulceration in region of
- Knee and on both Thumbs of woman aet. 37.]
- _Treatment._--The most valuable drugs for the treatment of the
- manifestations of the tertiary period are the arsenical preparations and
- the iodides of sodium and potassium. On account of their depressing
- effects, the latter are frequently prescribed along with carbonate of
- ammonium. The dose is usually a matter of experiment in each individual
- case; 5 grains three times a day may suffice, or it may be necessary to
- increase each dose to 20 or 25 grains. The symptoms of iodism which may
- follow from the smaller doses usually disappear on giving a larger
- amount of the drug. It should be taken after meals, with abundant water
- or other fluid, especially if given in tablet form. It is advisable to
- continue the iodides for from one to three months after the lesions for
- which they are given have cleared up. If the potassium salt is not
- tolerated, it may be replaced by the ammonium or sodium iodide.
- _Local Treatment._--The absorption of a subcutaneous gumma is often
- hastened by the application of a fly-blister. When a gumma has broken on
- the surface and caused an ulcer, this is treated on general principles,
- with a preference, however, for applications containing mercury or
- iodine, or both. If a wet dressing is required to cleanse the ulcer,
- black wash may be used; if a powder to promote dryness, one containing
- iodoform; if an ointment is indicated, the choice lies between the red
- oxide of mercury or the dilute nitrate of mercury ointment, and one
- consisting of equal parts of lanolin and vaselin with 2 per cent. of
- iodine. Deep ulcers, and obstinate lesions of the bones, larynx, and
- other parts may be treated by excision or scraping with the sharp spoon.
- #Second Attacks of Syphilis.#--Instances of re-infection of syphilis
- have been recorded with greater frequency since the more general
- introduction of arsenical treatment. A remarkable feature in such cases
- is the shortness of the interval between the original infection and the
- alleged re-infection; in a recent series of twenty-eight cases, this
- interval was less than a year. Another feature of interest is that when
- patients in the tertiary stage of syphilis are inoculated with the virus
- from lesions from these in the primary and secondary stage lesions of
- the tertiary type are produced.
- Reference may be made to the #relapsing false indurated chancre#,
- described by Hutchinson and by Fournier, as it may be the source of
- difficulty in diagnosis. A patient who has had an infecting chancre one
- or more years before, may present a slightly raised induration on the
- penis at or close to the site of his original sore. This relapsed
- induration is often so like that of a primary chancre that it is
- impossible to distinguish between them, except by the history. If there
- has been a recent exposure to venereal infection, it is liable to be
- regarded as the primary lesion of a second attack of syphilis, but the
- further progress shows that neither bullet-buboes nor secondary
- manifestations develop. These facts, together with the disappearance of
- the induration under treatment, make it very likely that the lesion is
- really gummatous in character.
- INHERITED SYPHILIS
- One of the most striking features of syphilis is that it may be
- transmitted from infected parents to their offspring, the children
- exhibiting the manifestations that characterise the acquired form of the
- disease.
- The more recent the syphilis in the parent, the greater is the risk of
- the disease being communicated to the offspring; so that if either
- parent suffers from secondary syphilis the infection is almost
- inevitably transmitted.
- While it is certain that either parent may be responsible for
- transmitting the disease to the next generation, the method of
- transmission is not known. In the case of a syphilitic mother it is most
- probable that the infection is conveyed to the foetus by the placental
- circulation. In the case of a syphilitic father, it is commonly believed
- that the infection is conveyed to the ovum through the seminal fluid at
- the moment of conception. If a series of children, one after the other,
- suffer from inherited syphilis, it is almost invariably the case that
- the mother has been infected.
- In contrast to the acquired form, inherited syphilis is remarkable for
- the absence of any primary stage, the infection being a general one from
- the outset. The spirochaete is demonstrated in incredible numbers in the
- liver, spleen, lung, and other organs, and in the nasal secretion, and,
- from any of these, successful inoculations in monkeys can readily be
- made. The manifestations differ in degree rather than in kind from those
- of the acquired disease; the difference is partly due to the fact that
- the virus is attacking developing instead of fully formed tissues.
- The virus exercises an injurious influence on the foetus, which in many
- cases dies during the early months of intra-uterine life, so that
- miscarriage results, and this may take place in repeated pregnancies,
- the date at which the miscarriage occurs becoming later as the virus in
- the mother becomes attenuated. Eventually a child is carried to full
- term, and it may be still-born, or, if born alive, may suffer from
- syphilitic manifestations. It is difficult to explain such vagaries of
- syphilitic inheritance as the infection of one twin and the escape of
- the other.
- _Clinical Features._--We are not here concerned with the severe forms of
- the disease which prove fatal, but with the milder forms in which the
- infant is apparently healthy when born, but after from two to six weeks
- begins to show evidence of the syphilitic taint.
- The usual phenomena are that the child ceases to thrive, becomes thin
- and sallow, and suffers from eruptions on the skin and mucous membranes.
- There is frequently a condition known as _snuffles_, in which the nasal
- passages are obstructed by an accumulation of thin muco-purulent
- discharge which causes the breathing to be noisy. It usually begins
- within a month after birth and before the eruptions on the skin appear.
- When long continued it is liable to interfere with the development of
- the nasal bones, so that when the child grows up there results a
- condition known as the "saddle-nose" deformity (Figs. 43 and 44).
- [Illustration: FIG. 43.--Facies of Inherited Syphilis.
- (From Dr. Byrom Bramwell's _Atlas of Clinical Medicine_.)]
- _Affections of the Skin._--Although all types of skin affection are met
- with in the inherited disease, the most important is a _papular_
- eruption, the papules being of large size, with a smooth shining top and
- of a reddish-brown colour. It affects chiefly the buttocks and thighs,
- the genitals, and other parts which are constantly moist. It is
- necessary to distinguish this specific eruption from a form of eczema
- which occurs in these situations in non-syphilitic children, the points
- that characterise the syphilitic condition being the infiltration of the
- skin and the coppery colour of the eruption. At the anus the papules
- acquire the characters of _condylomata_, also at the angles of the
- mouth, where they often ulcerate and leave radiating scars.
- _Affections of the Mucous Membranes._--The inflammation of the nasal
- mucous membrane that causes snuffles has already been referred to. There
- may be mucous patches in the mouth, or a stomatitis which is of
- importance, because it results in interference with the development of
- the permanent teeth. The mucous membrane of the larynx may be the seat
- of mucous patches or of catarrh, and as a result the child's cry is
- hoarse.
- _Affections of the Bones._--Swellings at the ends of the long bones, due
- to inflammation at the epiphysial junctions, are most often observed at
- the upper end of the humerus and in the bones in the region of the
- elbow. Partial displacement and mobility at the ossifying junction may
- be observed. The infant cries when the part is touched; and as it does
- not move the limb voluntarily, the condition is spoken of as _the
- pseudo-paralysis of syphilis_. Recovery takes place under
- anti-syphilitic treatment and immobilisation of the limb.
- Diffuse thickening of the shafts of the long bones, due to a deposit of
- new bone by the periosteum, is sometimes met with.
- [Illustration: FIG. 44.--Facies of Inherited Syphilis.]
- The conditions of the skull known as Parrot's nodes or bosses, and
- craniotabes, were formerly believed to be characteristic of inherited
- syphilis, but they are now known to occur, particularly in rickety
- children, from other causes. The _bosses_ result from the heaping up of
- new spongy bone beneath the pericranium, and they may be grouped
- symmetrically around the anterior fontanelle, or may extend along either
- side of the sagittal suture, which appears as a deep groove--the
- "natiform skull." The bosses disappear in time, but the skull may remain
- permanently altered in shape, the frontal and parietal eminences
- appearing unduly prominent. The term _craniotabes_ is applied when the
- bone becomes thin and soft, reverting to its original membranous
- condition, so that the affected areas dimple under the finger like
- parchment or thin cardboard; its localisation in the posterior parts of
- the skull suggests that the disappearance of the osseous tissue is
- influenced by the pressure of the head on the pillow. Craniotabes is
- recovered from as the child improves in health.
- Between the ages of three and six months, certain other phenomena may be
- met with, such as _effusion into the joints_, especially the knees;
- _iritis_, in one or in both eyes, and enlargement of the spleen and
- liver.
- In the majority of cases the child recovers from these early
- manifestations, especially when efficiently treated, and may enjoy an
- indefinite period of good health. On the other hand, when it attains the
- age of from two to four years, it may begin to manifest lesions which
- correspond to those of the tertiary period of acquired syphilis.
- #Later Lesions.#--In the skin and subcutaneous tissue, the later
- manifestations may take the form of localised gummata, which tend to
- break down and form ulcers, on the leg for example, or of a spreading
- gummatous infiltration which is also liable to ulcerate, leaving
- disfiguring scars, especially on the face. The palate and fauces may be
- destroyed by ulceration. In the nose, especially when the ulcerative
- process is associated with a putrid discharge--ozaena--the destruction of
- tissue may be considerable and result in unsightly deformity. The entire
- palatal portions of the upper jaws, the vomer, turbinate, and other
- bones bounding the nasal and oral cavities, may disappear, so that on
- looking into the mouth the base of the skull is readily seen. Gummatous
- disease is frequently observed also in the flat bones of the skull, in
- the bones of the hand, as syphilitic dactylitis, and in the bones of the
- forearm and leg. When the tibia is affected the disease is frequently
- bilateral, and may assume the form of gummatous ulcers and sinuses. In
- later years the tibia may present alterations in shape resulting from
- antecedent gummatous disease--for example, nodular thickenings of the
- shaft, flattening of the crest, or a more uniform increase in thickness
- and length of the shaft of the bone, which, when it is curved in
- addition, is described as the "sabre-blade" deformity. Among lesions of
- the viscera, mention should be made of gumma of the testis, which causes
- the organ to become enlarged, uneven, and indurated. This has even been
- observed in infants a few months old.
- Occasionally a syphilitic child suffers from a succession of these
- gummatous lesions with resulting ill-health, and, it may be, waxy
- disease of the internal organs; on the other hand, it may recover and
- present no further manifestations of the inherited taint.
- _Affections of the Eyes._--At or near puberty there is frequently
- observed an affection of the eyes, known as _chronic interstitial
- keratitis_, the relationship of which to inherited syphilis was first
- established by Hutchinson. It occurs between the ages of six and sixteen
- years, and usually affects one eye before the other. It commences as a
- diffuse haziness or steaminess near the centre of the cornea, and as it
- spreads the entire cornea assumes the appearance of ground glass. The
- chief complaint is of dimness of sight, which may almost amount to
- blindness, but there is little pain or photophobia; a certain amount of
- conjunctival and ciliary congestion is usually present, and there may be
- _iritis_ in addition. The cornea, or parts of it, may become of a deep
- pink or salmon colour from the formation in it of new blood vessels. The
- affection may last for from eighteen months to two years. Complete
- recovery usually takes place, but slight opacities, especially in the
- site of former salmon patches, may persist, and the disease occasionally
- relapses. _Choroiditis_ and _retinitis_ may also occur, and leave
- permanent changes easily recognised on examination with the
- ophthalmoscope.
- Among the rarer and more serious lesions of the inherited disease may be
- mentioned gummatous disease in the _larynx and trachea_, attended with
- ulceration and resulting in stenosis; and lesions of the _nervous
- system_ which may result in convulsions, paralysis, or dementia.
- In a limited number of cases, about the period of puberty there may
- develop _deafness_, which is usually bilateral and may become absolute.
- _Changes in the Permanent Teeth._--These affect specially the upper
- central incisors, which are dwarfed and stand somewhat apart in the gum,
- with their free edges converging towards one another. They are tapering
- or peg-shaped, and present at their cutting margin a deep semilunar
- notch. These appearances are commonly associated with the name of
- Hutchinson, who first described them. Affecting as they do the
- permanent teeth, they are not available for diagnosis until the child is
- over eight years of age. Henry Moon drew attention to a change in the
- first molars; these are reduced in size and dome-shaped through dwarfing
- of the central tubercle of each cusp.
- #Diagnosis of Inherited Syphilis.#--When there is a typical eruption on
- the buttocks and snuffles there is no difficulty in recognising the
- disease. When, however, the rash is scanty or is obscured by co-existing
- eczema, most reliance should be placed on the distribution of the
- eruption, on the brown stains which are left after it has passed off, on
- the presence of condylomata, and of fissuring and scarring at the angles
- of the mouth. The history of the mother relative to repeated
- miscarriages and still-born children may afford confirmatory evidence.
- In doubtful cases, the diagnosis may be aided by the Wassermann test and
- by noting the therapeutic effects of grey powder, which, in syphilitic
- infants, usually effects a marked and rapid improvement both in the
- symptoms and in the general health.
- While a considerable number of syphilitic children grow up without
- showing any trace of their syphilitic inheritance, the majority retain
- throughout life one or more of the following characteristics, which may
- therefore be described as _permanent signs of the inherited disease_:
- Dwarfing of stature from interference with growth at the epiphysial
- junctions; the forehead low and vertical, and the parietal and frontal
- eminences unduly prominent; the bridge of the nose sunken and rounded;
- radiating scars at the angles of the mouth; perforation or destruction
- of the hard palate; Hutchinson's teeth; opacities of the cornea from
- antecedent keratitis; alterations in the fundus oculi from choroiditis;
- deafness; depressed scars or nodes on the bones from previous gummata;
- "sabre-blade" or other deformity of the tibiae.
- #The Contagiousness of Inherited Syphilis.#--In 1837, Colles of Dublin
- stated his belief that, while a syphilitic infant may convey the disease
- to a healthy wet nurse, it is incapable of infecting its own mother if
- nursed by her, even although she may never have shown symptoms of the
- disease. This doctrine, which is known as _Colles' law_, is generally
- accepted in spite of the alleged occurrence of occasional exceptions.
- The older the child, the less risk there is of its communicating the
- disease to others, until eventually the tendency dies out altogether, as
- it does in the tertiary period of acquired syphilis. It should be
- added, however, that the contagiousness of inherited syphilis is denied
- by some observers, who affirm that, when syphilitic infants prove
- infective, the disease has been really acquired at or soon after birth.
- There is general agreement that the subjects of inherited syphilis
- cannot transmit the disease by inheritance to their offspring, and that,
- although they very rarely acquire the disease _de novo_, it is possible
- for them to do so.
- #Prognosis of Inherited Syphilis.#--Although inherited syphilis is
- responsible for a large but apparently diminishing mortality in infancy,
- the subjects of this disease may grow up to be as strong and healthy as
- their neighbours. Hutchinson insisted on the fact that there is little
- bad health in the general community that can be attributed to inherited
- syphilis.
- #Treatment.#--Arsenical injections are as beneficial in the inherited as
- in the acquired disease. An infant the subject of inherited syphilis
- should, if possible, be nursed by its mother, and failing this it should
- be fed by hand. In infants at the breast, the drug may be given to the
- mother; in others, it is administered in the same manner as already
- described--only in smaller doses. On the first appearance of syphilitic
- manifestations it should be given 0.05 grm, novarsenbillon, injected
- into the deep subcutaneous tissues every week for six weeks, followed by
- one year's mercurial inunction--a piece of mercurial ointment the size
- of a pea being inserted under the infant's binder. In older children the
- dose is proportionately increased. The general health should be improved
- in every possible direction; considerable benefit may be derived from
- the use of cod-liver oil, and from preparations containing iron and
- calcium. Surgical interference may be required in the destructive
- gummatous lesions of the nose, throat, larynx, and bones, either with
- the object of arresting the spread of the disease, or of removing or
- alleviating the resulting deformities. In children suffering from
- keratitis, the eyes should be protected from the light by smoked or
- coloured glasses, and the pupils should be dilated with atropin from
- time to time, especially in cases complicated with iritis.
- #Acquired Syphilis in Infants and Young Children.#--When syphilis is met
- with in infants and young children, it is apt to be taken for granted
- that the disease has been inherited. It is possible, however, for them
- to acquire the disease--as, for example, while passing through the
- maternal passages during birth, through being nursed or kissed by
- infected women, or through the rite of circumcision. The risk of
- infection which formerly existed by the arm-to-arm method of
- vaccination has been abolished by the use of calf lymph.
- The clinical features of the acquired disease in infants and young
- children are similar to those observed in the adult, with a tendency,
- however, to be more severe, probably because the disease is often late
- in being recognised and treated.
- CHAPTER X
- TUMOURS[2]
- Definition--Etiology--General characters of innocent and malignant
- tumours. CLASSIFICATION OF TUMOURS: I. Connective-tissue tumours:
- (1) _Innocent_: _Lipoma_, _Xanthoma_, _Chondroma_, _Osteoma_,
- _Odontoma_, _Fibroma_, _Myxoma_, _Endothelioma_, etc.; (2)
- _Malignant_: _Sarcoma_--II. Epithelial tumours: (1) _Innocent_:
- _Papilloma_, _Adenoma_, _Cystic Adenoma_; (2) _Malignant_:
- _Epithelioma_, _Glandular Cancer_, _Rodent Cancer_, _Melanotic
- Cancer_--III. Dermoids--IV. Teratoma. Cysts: _Retention_,
- _Exudation_, _Implantation_, _Parasitic_, _Lymphatic or Serous_.
- Ganglion.
- [2] For the histology of tumours the reader is referred to a text-book
- of pathology.
- A tumour or neoplasm is a localised swelling composed of newly formed
- tissue which fulfils no physiological function. Tumours increase in size
- quite independently of the growth of the body, and there is no natural
- termination to their growth. They are to be distinguished from such
- over-growths as are of the nature of simple hypertrophy or local
- giantism, and also from inflammatory swellings, which usually develop
- under the influence of a definite cause, have a natural termination, and
- tend to disappear when the cause ceases to act.
- The _etiology of tumours_ is imperfectly understood. Various factors,
- acting either singly or in combination, may be concerned in their
- development. Certain tumours, for example, are the result of some
- congenital malformation of the particular tissue from which they take
- origin. This would appear to be the case in many tumours of blood
- vessels (angioma), of cartilage (chondroma), of bone (osteoma), and of
- secreting gland tissue (adenoma). The theory that tumours originate from
- foetal residues or "rests," is associated with the name of Cohnheim.
- These rests are supposed to be undifferentiated embryonic cells which
- remain embedded amongst fully formed tissue elements, and lie dormant
- until they are excited into active growth and give rise to a tumour.
- This mode of origin is illustrated by the development of dermoids from
- sequestrated portions of epidermis.
- Among the local factors concerned in the development of tumours,
- reference must be made to the influence of irritation. This is probably
- an important agent in the causation of many of the tumours met with in
- the skin and in mucous membranes--for example, cancer of the skin, of
- the lip, and of the tongue. The part played by injury is doubtful. It
- not infrequently happens that the development of a tumour is preceded by
- an injury of the part in which it grows, but it does not necessarily
- follow that the injury and the tumour are related as cause and effect.
- It is possible that an injury may stimulate into active growth
- undifferentiated tissue elements or "rests," and so determine the growth
- of a tumour, or that it may alter the characters of a tumour which
- already exists, causing it to grow more rapidly.
- The popular belief that there is some constitutional peculiarity
- concerned in the causation of tumours is largely based on the fact that
- certain forms of new growth--for example, cancer--are known to occur
- with undue frequency in certain families. The same influence is more
- striking in the case of certain innocent tumours--particularly multiple
- osteomas and lipomas--which are hereditary in the same sense as
- supernumerary or webbed fingers, and appear in members of the same
- family through several generations.
- INNOCENT AND MALIGNANT TUMOURS
- For clinical purposes, tumours are arbitrarily divided into two
- classes--the innocent and the malignant. The outstanding difference
- between them is, that while the evil effects of innocent tumours are
- entirely local and depend for their severity on the environment of the
- growth, malignant tumours wherever situated, in addition to producing
- similar local effects, injure the general health and ultimately cause
- death.
- _Innocent_, benign, or simple tumours present a close structural
- resemblance to the normal tissues of the body. They grow slowly, and are
- usually definitely circumscribed by a fibrous capsule, from which they
- are easily enucleated, and they do not tend to recur after removal. In
- their growth they merely push aside and compress adjacent parts, and
- they present no tendency to ulcerate and bleed unless the overlying skin
- or mucous membrane is injured. Although usually solitary, some are
- multiple from the outset--for example, fatty, fibrous, and bony tumours,
- warts, and fibroid tumours of the uterus. They produce no constitutional
- disturbance. They only threaten life when growing in the vicinity of
- vital organs, and then only in virtue of their situation--for example,
- death may result from an innocent tumour in the air-passage causing
- suffocation, in the intestine causing obstruction of the bowels, or in
- the vertebral canal causing pressure on the spinal medulla.
- _Malignant tumours_ usually show a marked departure from the structure
- and arrangement of the normal tissues of the body. Although the cells of
- which they are composed are derived from normal tissue cells, they tend
- to take on a lower, more vegetative form; they may be regarded as
- parasites living at the expense of the organism, multiplying
- indefinitely and destroying everything with which they come in contact.
- Malignant tumours grow more rapidly than innocent tumours, and tend to
- infiltrate their surroundings by sending out prolongations or offshoots;
- they are therefore liable to recur after an operation which is
- restricted to the removal of the main tumour. They are not encapsulated,
- although they may appear to be circumscribed by condensation of the
- surrounding tissues; they are rarely multiple at the outset, but show a
- marked tendency to spread to other parts of the body. Fragments of the
- parent tumour may become separated and be carried off in the lymph or
- blood-stream and deposited in other parts of the body, where they give
- rise to secondary growths. Malignant tumours tend to invade and destroy
- the overlying skin or mucous membrane, and thus give rise to bleeding
- ulcers; if the tumour tissue protrudes through the gap in the skin, it
- is said to _fungate_. In course of time they give rise to a condition of
- ill-health or _cachexia_, the patient becoming pale, sallow, feverish,
- and emaciated, probably as a result of chronic poisoning from the
- absorption of toxic products from the tumour. They ultimately destroy
- life, it may be by their local effects, such as ulceration and
- haemorrhage, by favouring the entrance of septic infection, by
- interfering with the function of organs which are essential to life, by
- cachexia, or by a combination of these effects.
- The situation of a malignant tumour exercises considerable influence on
- the rapidity, as well as on the mode, in which it causes death. Some
- cancers, such as that known as "rodent," show malignant features which
- are entirely local, while others, such as melanotic cancer, exhibit a
- malignancy characterised by rapid generalisation of growths throughout
- the body. Tumours that are structurally alike may show variations in
- malignancy, according to their situation and to the age of the patient,
- as well as to other factors which are as yet unknown.
- In attempting to arrive at a conclusion as to the innocence or
- malignancy of any tumour, too much reliance must not be placed on its
- histological features; its situation, rate of growth, and other clinical
- features must also be taken into consideration. It cannot be too
- emphatically stated that there is no hard-and-fast line between innocent
- and malignant growths; there is an indefinite transition from one to the
- other. The possibility of the transformation of a benign into a
- malignant tumour must be admitted. Such a transformation implies a
- change in the structure of the growth, and has been observed especially
- in fibrous and cartilaginous tumours, in tumours of the thyreoid gland,
- and in uterine fibroids. The alteration in character may take place
- under the influence of injury, prolonged or repeated irritation,
- incomplete removal of the benign tumour by operation, or the altered
- physiological conditions of the tissues which attend upon advancing
- years.
- After a tumour has been removed by operation it should as a routine
- measure be subjected to microscopical examination; the results are often
- instructive and sometimes other than what was expected.
- #Varieties of Tumours.#--In the following description, tumours are
- classified on an anatomical basis, taking in order first the
- connective-tissue group and subsequently those that originate in
- epithelium.
- INNOCENT CONNECTIVE-TISSUE TUMOURS
- #Lipoma.#--A lipoma is composed of fat resembling that normally present
- in the body. The commonest variety is the _subcutaneous lipoma_, which
- grows from the subcutaneous fat, and forms a soft, irregularly lobulated
- tumour (Fig. 45). The fat is arranged in lobules separated by
- connective-tissue septa, which are continuous with the capsule
- surrounding the tumour and with the overlying skin, which becomes
- dimpled or puckered when an attempt is made to pinch it up. As the fat
- is almost fluid at the body temperature, fluctuation can usually be
- detected. These tumours vary greatly in size, occur at all ages, grow
- slowly, and, while generally solitary, are sometimes multiple. They are
- most commonly met with on the shoulder, buttock, or back. In certain
- situations, such as the thigh and perineum, they tend to become
- pedunculated (Fig. 46).
- A fatty tumour is to be diagnosed from a cold abscess and from a cyst.
- The distinguishing features of the lipoma are the tacking down and
- dimpling of the overlying skin, the lobulation of the tumour, which is
- recognised when it is pressed upon with the flat of the hand, and, more
- reliable than either of these, the mobility, the tumour slipping away
- when pressed upon at its margin.
- [Illustration: FIG. 45.--Subcutaneous Lipoma showing lobulation.]
- The prognosis is more favourable than in any other tumour as it never
- changes its characters; the only reasons for its removal by operation
- are its unsightliness and its probable increase in size in the course of
- years. The operation consists in dividing the skin and capsule over the
- tumour and shelling it out. Care must be taken that none of the outlying
- lobules are left behind. If the overlying skin is damaged or closely
- adherent, it should be removed along with the tumour.
- [Illustration: FIG. 46.--Pedunculated Lipoma of Buttock of forty years'
- duration in a woman aet. 68.]
- _Multiple subcutaneous lipomas_ are frequently symmetrical, and in a
- certain group of cases, met with chiefly in women, pain is a prominent
- symptom, hence the term _adiposis dolorosa_ (Dercum). These multiple
- tumours show little or no tendency to increase in size, and the pain
- which attends their development does not persist.
- In the neck, axilla, and pubes a diffuse overgrowth of the subcutaneous
- fat is sometimes met with, forming symmetrical tumour-like masses, known
- as _diffuse lipoma_. As this is not, strictly speaking, a tumour, the
- term _diffuse lipomatosis_ is to be preferred. A similar condition was
- described by Jonathan Hutchinson as being met with in the domestic
- animals. If causing disfigurement, the mass of fat may be removed by
- operation.
- [Illustration: FIG. 47.--Diffuse Lipomatosis of Neck.]
- _Lipoma in other Situations._--The _periosteal lipoma_ is usually
- congenital, and is most often met with in the hand; it forms a
- projecting lobulated tumour, which, when situated in the palm, resembles
- an angioma or a lymphangioma. The _subserous lipoma_ arises from the
- extra-peritoneal fat in the posterior abdominal wall, in which case it
- tends to grow forwards between the layers of the mesentery and to give
- rise to an abdominal tumour; or it may grow from the extra-peritoneal
- fat in the anterior abdominal wall and protrude from one of the hernial
- openings or through an abnormal opening in the parietes, constituting a
- _fatty hernia_. A _subsynovial lipoma_ grows from the fat surrounding
- the synovial membrane of a joint, and projects into its interior, giving
- rise to the symptoms of loose body. Lipomas are also met with growing
- from the adipose connective tissue _between or in the substance of
- muscles_, and, when situated beneath the deep fascia, such as the fascia
- lata of the thigh, the characteristic signs are obscured and a
- differential diagnosis is difficult. It may be differentiated from a
- cold abscess by puncture with an exploring needle.
- [Illustration: FIG. 48.--Zanthoma of Hands in a girl aet. 14, showing
- multiple subcutaneous tumours (cf. Fig. 49).
- (Sir H. J. Stiles' case.)]
- #Zanthoma# is a rare but interesting form of tumour, composed of a
- fibrous and fatty tissue, containing a granular orange-yellow pigment,
- resembling that of the corpus luteum. It originates in the corium and
- presents two clinical varieties. In the first of these, it occurs in the
- form of raised yellow patches, usually in the skin of the eyelids of
- persons after middle life, and in many instances is associated with
- chronic jaundice; the patches are often symmetrical, and as they
- increase in size they tend to fuse with another.
- The second form occurs in children and adolescents; it may affect
- several generations of the same family, and is often multiple, there
- being a combination of thickened yellow patches of skin and projecting
- tumours, some of which may attain a considerable size (Figs. 48 and 49).
- On section, the tumour tissue presents a brilliant orange or saffron
- colour.
- There is no indication for removing the tumours unless for the deformity
- which they cause; exposure to the X-rays is to be preferred to
- operation.
- [Illustration: FIG. 49.--Zanthoma showing Subcutaneous Tumours on
- Buttocks. From same patient as Fig. 48.]
- #Chondroma.#--A chondroma is mainly composed of cartilage. Processes of
- vascular connective tissue pass in between the nodules of cartilage
- composing the tumour from the fibrous capsule which surrounds it. On
- section it is of a greyish-blue colour and semi-translucent. The tumour
- is firm and elastic in consistence, but certain portions may be densely
- hard from calcification or ossification, while other portions may be
- soft and fluctuating as a result of myxomatous degeneration and
- liquefaction. These tumours grow slowly and painlessly, and may surround
- nerves and arteries without injuring them. They may cause a deep hollow
- in the bone from which they originate. All intermediate forms between
- the innocent chondroma and the malignant chondro-sarcoma are met with.
- Chondroma may occur in a multiple form, especially in relation to the
- phalanges and metacarpal bones. When growing in the interior of a bone
- it causes a spindle-shaped enlargement of the shaft, which in the case
- of a phalanx or metacarpal bone may resemble the dactylitis resulting
- from tubercle or syphilis. A chondroma appears as a clear area in a
- skiagram.
- A _skiagram_ of a bone in which there is a chondroma shows a clear
- rounded area in the position of the tumour, which must be differentiated
- from similar clear areas due to other kinds of tumour, especially the
- myeloma; when it has undergone calcification or ossification, it gives a
- shadow as dark as bone.
- [Illustration: FIG. 50.--Chondroma growing from infraspinous fossa of
- Scapula.]
- [Illustration: FIG. 51.--Chondroma of Metacarpal Bone of Thumb.]
- _Treatment._--In view of the unstable quality of the chondroma,
- especially of its liability to become malignant, it should be removed as
- soon as it is recognised. In those projecting from the surface of a
- bone, both the tumour and its capsule should be removed. If in the
- interior, a sufficient amount of the cortex should be removed to allow
- of the tumour being scraped out, and care must be taken that no nodules
- of cartilage are left behind. In multiple chondromas of the hand, when
- the fingers are crippled and useless, exposure to the X-rays should be
- given a trial, and in extreme cases the question of amputation may have
- to be considered. When a cartilaginous tumour takes on active growth, it
- must be treated as malignant.
- The chondromas that are met with at the ends of the long bones in
- children and young adults form a group by themselves. They are usually
- related to the epiphysial cartilage, and it was suggested by Virchow
- that they take origin from islands of cartilage which have not been used
- up in the process of ossification. They are believed to occur more
- frequently in those who have suffered from rickets. They have no
- malignant tendencies and tend to undergo ossification concurrently with
- the epiphysial cartilage from which they take origin, and constitute
- what are known as _cartilaginous exostoses_. These are sometimes met
- with in a multiple form, and may occur in several generations of the
- same family. They are considered in greater detail in the chapter
- dealing with tumours of bone.
- Minute nodules of cartilage sometimes form in the synovial membrane of
- joints and lining of tendon sheaths and bursae: they tend to become
- detached from the membrane and constitute loose bodies; they also
- undergo a variable amount of calcification and ossification, so as to be
- visible in skiagrams. They are further considered with loose bodies in
- joints.
- Cartilaginous tumours in the parotid, submaxillary gland, and testicle
- belong to a class of "mixed tumours" that will be referred to later.
- #Osteoma.#--The true osteoma is composed of bony tissue, and originates
- from the skeleton. Two varieties are recognised--the spongy or
- cancellous, and the ivory or compact. The _spongy_ or _cancellous
- osteoma_ is really an ossified chondroma, and is met with at the ends of
- the long bones (Fig. 52). From the fact that it projects from the
- surface of the bone it is often spoken of as an _exostosis_. It grows
- slowly, and rarely causes any discomfort unless it presses upon a
- nerve-trunk or upon a bursa which has developed over it. The Rontgen
- rays show a dark shadow corresponding to the ossified portion of the
- tumour, and continuous with that of the bone from which it is growing
- (Fig. 138). Operative interference is only indicated when the tumour is
- giving rise to inconvenience. It is then removed, its base or neck being
- divided by means of the chisel. The multiple variety of osteoma is
- considered with the diseases of bone.
- The bony outgrowth from the terminal phalanx of the great toe--known as
- the _subungual exostosis_--is described and figured on p. 404. Bony
- projections or "spurs" sometimes occur on the under surface of the
- calcaneus, and, projecting downwards and forwards from the greater
- process, cause pain on putting the heel to the ground.
- [Illustration: FIG. 52.--Cancellous Osteoma of lower end of Femur.]
- The _ivory_ or _compact osteoma_ is composed of dense bone, and usually
- grows from the skull. It is generally sessile and solitary, and may grow
- into the interior of the skull, into the frontal sinus, into the cavity
- of the orbit or nose, or may fill up the external auditory meatus,
- causing most unsightly deformity and interference with sight, breathing,
- and hearing.
- Bony formations occur in _muscles and tendons_, especially at their
- points of attachment to the skeleton, and are known as false exostoses;
- they are described with the diseases of muscles.
- #Odontoma.#--An odontoma is composed of dental tissues in varying
- proportions and different degrees of development, arising from
- tooth-germs or from teeth still in process of growth (Bland Sutton).
- Odontomas resemble teeth in so far that during their development they
- remain hidden below the mucous membrane and give no evidence of their
- existence. There then succeeds, usually between the twentieth and
- twenty-fifth years, an eruptive stage, which is often attended with
- suppuration, and this may be the means of drawing attention to the
- tumour. Following Bland Sutton, several varieties of odontoma may be
- distinguished according to the part of the tooth-germ concerned in their
- formation.
- The _epithelial odontoma_ is derived from persistent portions of the
- epithelium of the enamel organ, and constitutes a multilocular cystic
- tumour which is chiefly met with in the mandible. The cystic spaces of
- the tumour contain a brownish glairy fluid. These tumours have been
- described by Eve under the name of multilocular cystic epithelial
- tumours of the jaw.
- The _follicular odontoma_, also known as a _dentigerous cyst_, is
- derived from the distension of a tooth follicle. It constitutes a cyst
- containing a viscid fluid, and an imperfectly formed tooth is often
- found embedded in its wall. The cyst usually forms in relation to one of
- the permanent molars, and may attain considerable dimensions.
- The _fibrous odontoma_ is the result of an overgrowth of fibrous tissue
- surrounding the tooth sac, which encapsulates the tooth and prevents its
- eruption. The thickened tooth sac is usually mistaken for a fibrous
- tumour, until, after removal, the tooth is recognised in its interior.
- _Composite Odontoma._--This is a convenient term to apply to certain
- hard dental tumours which are met with in the jaws, and consist of
- enamel, dentine, and cement. The tumour is to be regarded as being
- derived from an abnormal growth of all the elements of a tooth germ, or
- of two or more tooth germs, indiscriminately fused with one another. It
- may appear in childhood, and form a smooth unyielding tumour, often of
- considerable size, replacing the corresponding permanent tooth. It may
- cause a purulent discharge, and in some cases it has been extruded after
- sloughing of the overlying soft parts. Many examples of this variety of
- odontoma, growing in the nasal cavity or in the maxillary sinus, have
- been erroneously regarded as osteomas even after removal.
- On section, the tumour is usually laminated, and is seen to consist
- mainly of dentine with a partial covering of enamel and cement.
- _Diagnosis._--Odontomas are often only diagnosed after removal. When
- attended with suppuration, the condition has been mistaken for disease
- of the jaw. Fibrous odontomas have been mistaken for sarcoma, and
- portions of the maxilla removed unnecessarily. Any circumscribed tumour
- of the jaw, particularly when met with in a young adult, should suggest
- the possibility of an odontoma. Skiagrams often give useful information
- both for diagnosis and for treatment.
- _Treatment._--The solid varieties of odontoma can usually be shelled out
- after dividing the overlying soft parts. In the follicular variety, it
- is usually sufficient to excise a portion of the wall, scrape out the
- interior, and remove any tooth that may be present. The cavity is then
- packed and allowed to heal from the bottom.
- #Fibroma.#--A fibroma is a tumour composed of fibrous connective tissue.
- A distinction may be made between the _soft fibroma_, which is
- comparatively rich in cells and blood vessels, and in which the fibres
- are arranged loosely; and the _hard fibroma_, which is composed of
- closely packed bundles of fibres often arranged in a concentric fashion
- around the blood vessels. The cut surface of the soft fibroma presents a
- pinkish-white, fleshy appearance, resembling the slowly growing forms of
- sarcoma; that of a hard fibroma presents a dry, glistening appearance,
- aptly compared to watered silk. The soft variety grows much more rapidly
- than the hard. In certain fibromas--in those, for example, which grow
- from the periosteum of the base of the skull and project into the
- naso-pharynx--the blood vessels are dilated into sinuses and have no
- proper sheaths; they therefore tend to remain open when divided, and to
- bleed excessively. Transition forms between soft fibroma and sarcoma are
- met with, so that in operating for their removal it is safer to take
- away the capsule along with the tumour, and the patient should be kept
- under observation in view of the risk of recurrence.
- The skin--especially the skin of the buttock--is one of the favourite
- seats of fibroma, and it may occur in a multiple form. It is met with
- also in the subcutaneous and intermuscular cellular tissue, and in the
- abdominal wall, where it sometimes attains considerable dimensions.
- Various forms of fibroma are met with in the mamma and are described
- with diseases of that organ. The fibrous overgrowths in the skin, known
- as _keloid_ and _molluscum fibrosum_, and those met with in the _sheaths
- of nerves_, are described elsewhere. Fibroid tumours of the uterus are
- described with myoma.
- _Diffuse fibroma_ or _Fibromatosis_, analogous to lipomatosis, is met
- with in the connective tissue of the skin and sheaths of nerves, and
- constitutes one form of neuro-fibromatosis; a similar change is also met
- with in the stomach and colon.
- #Myxoma.#--A myxoma is composed of tissue of a soft gelatinous,
- semifluid consistence. The pure myxoma is extremely rare, and
- clinically resembles the lipoma. Myxomatous tissue is, however,
- frequently found in other connective-tissue tumours as a result of
- degeneration, for example, in cartilaginous tumours and in sarcomas.
- Myxomatous tissue is also a prominent constituent of the "innocent
- parotid tumour." Mucous polypus of the nose, which is often described as
- a myxoma, is merely a pendulous process of oedematous mucous membrane.
- [Illustration: FIG. 53.--Myeloma of Shaft of Humerus, causing
- pathological fracture. (Mr. J. W. Struthers' case.)
- (The unusual site of the tumour is to be noted.)]
- #Myeloma.#--A myeloma is composed of large multinuclear giant cells
- surrounded by round and spindle cells. The cut surface of the tumour
- presents a deep red or maroon colour. While occasionally met with in
- tendon sheaths and bursae, and is then of an orange-yellow colour, the
- myeloma occurs most frequently in the cancellous tissue at the ends of
- the long bones, its favourite site being the upper end of the tibia.
- Although formerly classified as a sarcoma, it is the exception for it to
- present malignant features, and it can usually be extirpated by local
- measures without fear of recurrence. The diagnosis, X-ray appearances,
- and the method of removal are considered with the diseases of bone.
- Sometimes the myeloma is met with in multiple form in the skeleton, in
- association with an unusual form of protein in the urine (Bence Jones).
- #Myoma.#--A myoma is composed of non-striped muscle fibres. A pure myoma
- is very rare, and is met with in organs possessed of non-striped muscle,
- such as the stomach, intestine, urinary bladder, and prostate. In the
- uterus, which is the most common situation, these tumours contain a
- considerable admixture of fibrous tissue, and are known as _fibroids_ or
- _fibro-myomas_. They present on section a fasciculated appearance, which
- may resemble that of a section of balls of cotton (Fig. 54). They are
- encapsulated and vascular, frequently attain a large size, and may be
- single or multiple. While they may occasion neither inconvenience nor
- suffering, they frequently give rise to profuse haemorrhage from the
- uterus, and may cause serious symptoms by pressing injuriously on the
- ureters or the intestine, or by complicating pregnancy and parturition.
- The #Rhabdomyoma# is an extremely rare form of tumour, met with in the
- kidney, uterus, and testicle. It contains striped muscle fibres, and is
- supposed to originate from a residue of muscular tissue which has become
- sequestrated during development.
- [Illustration: FIG. 54.--Fibro-myoma of Uterus.
- (Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
- #Glioma.#--A glioma is a tumour composed of neuroglia. It is met with
- exclusively in the central nervous system, retina, and optic nerve. It
- is a slowly growing, soft, ill-defined tumour, which displaces the
- adjacent nerve centres and nerve tracts, and is liable to become the
- seat of haemorrhage and thus to give rise to pressure symptoms resembling
- apoplexy. The glioma of the retina tends to grow into the vitreous
- humour and to perforate the globe. It is usually of the nature of a
- glio-sarcoma and is highly malignant.
- #Endotheliomas# take origin from the endothelium of lymph vessels and
- blood vessels, and serous cavities. They show great variation in type,
- partly because of the number of different kinds of endothelium from
- which they are derived, and partly because the new connective tissue
- which is formed is liable to undergo transformation into other tissues.
- They may be soft or hard, solid or cystic, diffuse or circumscribed;
- they grow very slowly, and are almost always innocent, although
- recurrence has been occasionally observed. Cases of multiple
- endotheliomata of the skin have recently been described by Wise.
- _Angioma_, _lymphangioma_, and _neuroma_ are described with the disease
- of the individual tissues.
- MALIGNANT CONNECTIVE-TISSUE TUMOURS--SARCOMA
- The term sarcoma is applied to any connective-tissue tumour which
- exhibits malignant characters. The essential structural feature is the
- predominance of the cellular elements over the intercellular substance
- or stroma, in which respect a sarcoma resembles the connective tissue of
- the embryo. The typical sarcoma consists chiefly of immature or
- embryonic connective tissue. It most frequently originates from fascia,
- intermuscular connective tissue, periosteum, bone-marrow, and skin, and
- forms a rounded or nodulated tumour which appears to be encapsulated,
- but the capsule merely consists of the condensed surrounding tissues,
- and usually contains sarcomatous elements. The consistence of the tumour
- depends on the nature and amount of the stroma, and on the presence of
- degenerative changes. The softer medullary forms are composed almost
- exclusively of cells; while the harder forms--such as the fibro-,
- chondro-, and osteo-sarcoma--are provided with an abundant stroma and
- are relatively poor in cells. Degenerative changes may produce areas of
- softening or liquefaction which result in the formation of cystic
- cavities in the interior of the tumour. The colour depends on the amount
- of blood in the tumour, and on the presence of the products of
- degeneration.
- The blood vessels are usually represented by mere chinks or spaces
- between the cells. This peculiarity accounts for the facility with which
- haemorrhage takes place into the substance of the tumour, the persistence
- of the bleeding when it is incised or ulcerates through the skin, and
- the readiness with which the sarcomatous cells are carried off and
- infect distant parts through the blood-stream. Sarcomas are devoid of
- lymphatics, and unless originating in lymphatic structures--for example,
- in the tonsil--they rarely infect the lymph glands. Minute portions of
- the tumour grow into the small veins, and, becoming detached, are
- transported by the blood-current to distant organs, where they are
- arrested in the capillaries and give rise to secondary growths. These
- are most frequently situated in the lungs, except when the primary
- growth lies within the territory of the portal circulation, in which
- case they occur in the liver. The secondary growths closely resemble the
- parent tumour. Sarcoma may invade an adjacent vein on such a scale that
- if the invading portion becomes detached it may constitute a dangerous
- embolus. This may be observed in sarcoma of the kidney, the growth
- taking place along the renal vein until it projects into the vena cava.
- [Illustration: FIG. 55.--Recurrent Sarcoma of Sciatic Nerve in a woman
- aet. 27. Recurrence twenty months after removal of primary growth.]
- In its growth, a sarcoma compresses and destroys neighbouring parts,
- surrounds vessels and nerves, and may lead to destruction of the skin,
- either by invading it, or more commonly by causing sloughing from
- pressure. Inflammatory and suppurative changes may take place as a
- result of pyogenic infection following upon sloughing of the overlying
- skin or upon an exploratory incision. Once the skin is broken the tumour
- fungates through the opening. Sarcomas vary in malignancy, especially as
- regards rapidity of growth and capacity for dissemination. Certain of
- them, such as the so-called "recurrent fibroid of Paget," grow
- comparatively slowly, and are only malignant in the sense that they tend
- to recur locally after removal; others--especially the more cellular
- ones--grow with extreme rapidity, and are early disseminated throughout
- the body, resembling in these respects the most malignant forms of
- cancer. They are usually solitary in the first instance, although
- primary multiple growths are occasionally met with in the skin and in
- the bones.
- Many varieties of sarcoma are recognised, according to its structural
- peculiarities. Thus, in virtue of the size and character of the cells,
- we have the _small round-celled_ and the _large round-celled_ sarcoma,
- the _small_ and the _large spindle-celled_, the _giant-celled_ and the
- _mixed-celled_ sarcoma. The _lympho-sarcoma_ presents a structure
- similar to that of lymph-follicular tissue, and the _alveolar sarcoma_
- an arrangement of cells in alveoli resembling that seen in cancers. When
- there is a considerable amount of intercellular fibrous tissue, the
- tumour is called a _fibro-sarcoma_.
- [Illustration: FIG. 56.--Fungating Sarcoma of Arm.
- (Dr. J. M'Watt's case.)]
- The term _lymphangio-sarcoma_ is applied when the cells of the tumour
- are derived from the endothelium of lymph spaces and vessels. The
- _angio-sarcomas_ are those in which blood vessels form a prominent
- element in the structure of the tumour. They are sometimes derived from
- innocent angiomas, and they may be so vascular as to pulsate and on
- auscultation yield a blowing murmur like an aneurysm. The
- _glio-sarcoma_, _myxo-sarcoma_, _chondro-sarcoma_, and _myo-sarcoma_ are
- mixed forms which usually develop in pre-existing innocent tumours. The
- _osteo-sarcoma_ is characterised by the formation in the tumour of bone,
- the medullary spaces being occupied by sarcomatous cells in place of
- marrow. The _osteoid sarcoma_ is characterised by the formation of a
- tissue resembling bone but deficient in lime salts, and the _petrifying
- sarcoma_ by the formation of calcified areas in the stroma. These
- varieties, although met with chiefly in the bones, may occur in soft
- tissues such as muscle, and in such organs as the mamma. The pigmented
- varieties include the _chloroma_, which is of a light-green colour, and
- the _melanotic sarcoma_, which is brown or black. The _psammoma_ is a
- sarcoma containing a material resembling sand; it is chiefly met with in
- the membranes of the brain. The _chordoma_ is a rare form of tumour
- originating from the remains of the notochord in the region of the
- spheno-occipital synchondrosis or in the sacro-coccygeal region.
- _Diagnosis of Sarcoma._--A sarcoma is to be differentiated from an
- inflammatory swelling such as results from tubercle, actinomycosis, or
- syphilis, from an innocent tumour, and from a cancer. The points on
- which the diagnosis is founded are discussed with the different tissues
- and organs.
- _Treatment._--The removal of the tumour by operation is the most
- reliable method of treatment; in order to be successful it must be
- undertaken before dissemination has taken place, and a considerable area
- of healthy tissue beyond the apparent margin of the growth must be
- removed, and in tumours near the surface of the body, the overlying skin
- also.
- In order to prevent recurrence, a tube of _radium_, to which a silk
- thread is attached, is inserted into the space from which the tumour was
- removed; the thread is brought out at the drain-opening, and at the end
- of a week or ten days the tube of radium is removed by pulling on the
- thread. Radium causes a reaction in the tissues attended with exudation
- from the vessels, for the escape of which provision must be made. If
- radium is not available, the affected area is repeatedly exposed to the
- action of the _X-rays_ as soon as the wound has healed. The employment
- of these measures has diminished to a remarkable degree the recurrence
- of sarcoma after operation.
- It will readily be understood that the less thoroughly or radically the
- growth has been removed, the more do we depend upon radium or the X-rays
- for bringing about a permanent cure, and that in advanced cases of
- sarcoma and in cases in which, on account of their anatomical situation,
- removal by operation is necessarily incomplete, the prospect of cure is
- still more dependent on the use of radium or of the X-rays. Finally,
- there are cases in which removal by operation is impossible, the
- so-called _inoperable sarcoma_; a tube of radium, to which a silk thread
- is attached, is inserted into the substance of the tumour, either
- through an opening made by a large trocar, or, when necessary, by open
- dissection. A second tube of radium is placed upon the skin over the
- tumour and is secured there by a stitch or by a strip of plaster, thus
- securing a cross-fire action of the radium rays, both from within and
- without, as this is found to be much more efficacious in destroying or
- inhibiting the cellular elements of the growth. The tubes of radium are
- left _in situ_ for from eight to fourteen days, according to the power
- of the radium employed, but are moved about every second day or so in
- order that every part of the tumour may be efficiently radiated. If the
- tumour shrinks in size after the use of radium and becomes operable, it
- should be removed before time is given it to resume its growth. It will
- depend upon the subsequent course of the disease, whether or not a
- second, or it may be even a third, application of radium will be
- required.
- Where neither radium nor X-rays is available or applicable, recourse may
- be had to the injection of Coley's fluid, a preparation containing the
- mixed toxins of the streptococcus of erysipelas and the bacillus
- prodigiosus; or of selenium.
- EPITHELIAL TUMOURS
- An excessive and erratic growth of epithelium is the essential and
- distinguishing feature of these tumours. The innocent forms are the
- papilloma and the adenoma; the malignant, the carcinoma or cancer.
- #Papilloma.#--A papilloma is a tumour which projects from a cutaneous or
- mucous surface, and consists of a central axis of vascular fibrous
- tissue with a covering of epithelium resembling that of the surface from
- which the tumour grows. In the papillomas of the skin--commonly known as
- _warts_--the covering consists of epidermis; in those growing from
- mucous surfaces it consists of the epithelium covering the mucous
- membrane. When the surface epithelium projects as filiform processes,
- the tumour is called a _villous papilloma_, the best-known example of
- which is met with in the urinary bladder. Papillomatous growths are
- also met with in the larynx, in the ducts of the breast, and in the
- interior of certain cystic tumours of the breast and of the ovary.
- Although papillomas are primarily innocent, they may become the
- starting-point of cancer, especially in persons past middle life and if
- the papilloma has been subjected to irritation and has ulcerated. The
- clinical features and treatment of the various forms of papilloma are
- considered with the individual tissues and organs.
- #Adenoma.#--An adenoma is a tumour constructed on the type of, and
- growing in connection with, a secreting gland. In the substance of such
- glands as the mamma, parotid, thyreoid, and prostate, adenomas are met
- with as encapsulated tumours. When they originate from the glands of the
- skin or of a mucous membrane, they tend to project from the surface, and
- form pedunculated tumours or polypi.
- Adenomas may be single or multiple, and they vary greatly in size. The
- tumour is seldom composed entirely of gland tissue; it usually contains
- a considerable proportion of fibrous tissue, and is then called a
- _fibro-adenoma_. When it contains myxomatous tissue it is called a
- _myxo-adenoma_, and when the gland spaces of the tumour become distended
- with accumulated secretion, a _cystic adenoma_, the best examples of
- which are met with in the mamma and ovary. A characteristic feature of
- the cystic variety is the tendency the tumour tissue exhibits to project
- into the interior of the cysts, constituting what are known as
- _intracystic growths_. They are essentially innocent, but intracystic
- growths, especially in the mamma of women over fifty, should be regarded
- with suspicion and therefore should be removed on radical lines.
- Transition forms between adenoma and carcinoma are also met with in the
- rectum and large intestine, and these should be treated on the same
- lines as cancer.
- CARCINOMA OR CANCER
- A cancer is a malignant tumour which originates in epithelium. The
- cancer cells are derived by proliferation from already existing
- epithelium, and they invade the sub-epithelial connective tissue in the
- form of simple or branching columns. These columns are enclosed in
- spaces--termed alveoli--which are probably dilated lymph spaces, and
- which communicate freely with the lymph vessels. The cells composing the
- columns and filling the alveoli vary with the character of the
- epithelium in which the cancer originates. The malignancy of cancer
- depends on the tendency which the epithelium has of invading the tissues
- in its neighbourhood, and on the capacity of the cells, when
- transported elsewhere by the lymph or blood-stream, of giving rise to
- secondary growths.
- Cancer may arise on any surface covered by epithelium or in any of the
- secreting glands of the body, but it is much more common in some
- situations than in others. It is frequently met with, for example, in
- the skin, in the stomach and large intestine, in the breast, the uterus,
- and the external genitals; less frequently in the gall-bladder, larynx,
- thyreoid, prostate, and urinary bladder.
- Tissues appear to be most liable to cancer when, having attained
- maturity, they enter upon the phase of decadence or involution, and this
- phase is reached by different tissues at different periods. It is not so
- much, therefore, the age of the person in whom it occurs, as the age of
- the tissue in which it arises, that determines the maximum incidence of
- cancer. Cancer of the stomach appears and attains a maximum frequency
- earlier than cancer of the skin; cancer of the uterus and mamma is more
- frequent towards the decline of reproductive activity than in the later
- years of life; rectal cancer is not infrequently met with during the
- second and third decades. There is evidence that the irritation caused
- by alcohol and tobacco plays a part in the causation of cancer, in the
- fact that a large proportion of those who become the subjects of cancer
- of the mouth are excessive drinkers and smokers.
- A cancer may appear as a papillary growth on a mucous or a skin surface,
- as a nodule in the substance of an organ, or as a diffuse thickening of
- a tubular organ such as the stomach or intestine. The absence of
- definition in cancerous tumours explains the difficulty of completely
- removing them by surgical measures, and has led to the practice of
- complete extirpation of cancerous organs wherever this is possible. The
- boundaries of the affected organ, moreover, are frequently transgressed
- by the disease, and the epithelial infiltration implicates the
- surrounding parts. In cancer of the breast, for example, the disease
- often extends to the adjacent skin, fat, and muscle; in cancer of the
- lip or tongue, to the mandible; in cancer of the uterus or intestine, to
- the investing peritoneum.
- In addition to its tendency to infiltrate adjacent tissues and organs,
- cancer is also liable to give rise to _secondary growths_. These are
- most often met with in the nearest lymph glands; those in the neck, for
- example, becoming infected from cancer of the lip, tongue, or throat;
- those in the axilla, from cancer of the breast; those along the
- curvatures of the stomach, from cancer of the pylorus; and those in the
- groin, from cancer of the external genitals. In lymph vessels the cancer
- cells may merely accumulate so as to fill the lumen and form indurated
- cords, or they may proliferate and give rise to secondary nodules along
- the course of the vessels. When the lymphatic network in the skin is
- diffusely infected, the appearance is either that of a multitude of
- secondary nodules or of a diffuse thickening, so that the skin comes to
- resemble coarse leather. On the wall of the chest this condition is
- known as _cancer en cuirasse_. Although the cancer cells constantly
- attack the walls of the adjacent veins and spread into their interior at
- a comparatively early period, secondary growths due to dissemination by
- the blood-stream rarely show themselves clinically until late in the
- course of the disease. It is probable that many of the cancer cells
- which are carried away in the blood or lymph stream undergo necrosis and
- fail to give rise to secondary growths. Secondary growths present a
- faithful reproduction of the structure of the primary tumour. Apart from
- the lymph glands, the chief seats of secondary growths are the liver,
- lungs, serous membranes, and bone marrow.
- It is generally believed that the secondary growths in cancer that
- develop at a distance from the primary tumour, those, for example, in
- the medullary canal of the femur or in the diploe of the skull occurring
- in advanced cases of cancer of the breast, are the result of
- dissemination of cancer cells by way of the blood-stream and are to be
- regarded as emboli. Sampson Handley disagrees with this view; he
- believes that the dissemination is accomplished in a more subtle way,
- namely, by the actual growth of cancer cells along the finer vessels of
- the lymph plexuses that ramify in the deep fascia, a method of spread
- which he calls _permeation_. It is maintained also that permeation
- occurs as readily against the lymph stream as with it. He compares the
- spread of cancer to that of an invisible annular ringworm. The growing
- edge extends in a wider and wider circle, within which a healing process
- may occur, so that the area of permeation is a ring, rather than a disc.
- Healing occurs by a process of "peri-lymphatic fibrosis," but as the
- natural process of healing may fail at isolated points, nodules of
- cancer appear, which, although apparently separate from the primary
- growth, have developed in continuity with it, peri-lymphatic fibrosis
- having destroyed the cancer chain connecting the nodule with the primary
- growth. This centrifugal spread of cancer is clearly seen in the
- distribution of the subcutaneous secondary nodules so frequently met
- with in the late stages of mammary cancer. The area within which the
- secondary nodules occur is a circle of continually increasing diameter
- with the primary growth in the centre.
- In the rare cases in which the skin of the greater part of the body is
- affected, the nodules rarely appear below the level of the deltoid or
- the middle third of the thigh, the patient dying before the spread can
- reach the distal portions of the limbs.
- Handley argues against the embolic origin of the metastases in the bones
- because of the rarity of these in the bones of the distal parts of the
- limbs, because of the fact that secondary cancer of the femur nearly
- always commences in the upper third of the shaft, which harmonises with
- the intimate connection of the deep fascia with the periosteum over the
- great trochanter, thus favouring invasion of the bone marrow when
- permeation has spread thus far. He claims support for the permeation
- theory from the fact that the humerus is rarely involved below the
- insertion of the deltoid, and that spontaneous fracture of the femur is
- three times more common on the side on which the breast cancer is
- situated.
- The tumour tissue may undergo necrosis, and when the overlying skin or
- mucous membrane gives way an ulcer is formed. The margins of a
- _cancerous ulcer_ (Fig. 57) are made up of tumour tissue which has not
- broken down. Usually they are irregular, nodularly thickened or
- indurated; sometimes they are raised and crater-like. The floor of the
- ulcer is smooth and glazed, or occupied by necrosed tissue, and the
- discharge is watery and blood-stained, and as a result of putrefactive
- changes may become offensive. Haemorrhage is rarely a prominent feature,
- but discharge of blood may constitute a symptom of considerable
- diagnostic importance in cancer of internal organs such as the rectum,
- the bladder, or the uterus.
- [Illustration: FIG. 57.--Carcinoma of Breast with Cancerous Ulcer.]
- _The Contagiousness of Cancer._--A limited number of cases are on record
- in which a cancer appears to have been transferred by contact, as from
- the lower to the upper lip, from one labium majus to the other, from the
- tongue to the cheek, and from one vocal cord to the other; these being
- all examples of cancer involving surfaces which are constantly or
- frequently in contact. The transference of cancer from one human being
- to another, whether by accident, as in the case of a surgeon wounding
- his finger while operating for cancer, or by the deliberate introduction
- of a portion of cancerous tumour into the tissues, has never been known
- to occur. It is by no means infrequent, however, that when recurrence
- takes place after an operation for the removal of cancer, the recurrent
- nodules make their appearance in the main scar or in the scars of
- stitches in its neighbourhood. In the lower animals the grafting of
- cancer only succeeds in animals of the same species; for example, a
- cancer taken from a mouse will not grow in the tissues of a rat, but
- only in a mouse of the same variety as that from which the graft was
- taken.
- While cancer cannot be regarded as either contagious or infectious, it
- is important to bear in mind the possibility of infection of a wound
- with cancer when operating for the disease. A cancer should not be cut
- into unless this is essential for purposes of diagnosis, and the wound
- made for exploration should be tightly closed by stitches before the
- curative operation is proceeded with; the instruments used for the
- exploration must not be used again until they have been boiled. The
- greatest care should be taken that a cancer which has softened or broken
- down is not opened into during the operation.
- Investigations regarding the cause of cancer have been prosecuted with
- great energy during recent years, but as yet without positive result. It
- is recognised that there are a number of conditions which favour the
- development of cancer, such as prolonged irritation, and a considerable
- number of cases have been recorded in which cancer of the skin of the
- hands has followed prolonged and repeated exposure to the Rontgen rays.
- _The Alleged Increase of Cancer._--Regarding the alleged increase of
- cancer, it may be pointed out that it is impossible to ascertain how
- much of the apparent increase is due to more accurate diagnosis and
- improved registration. It is probable also that some increase has taken
- place in consequence of the increased average duration of life; a larger
- proportion of persons now reach the age at which cancer is frequent.
- _The prognosis_ largely depends on the variety of cancer and on its
- situation. Certain varieties--such as the atrophic cancer of the breast
- which occurs in old people, and some forms of cancer in the rectum--are
- so indolent in their progress that they can scarcely be said to shorten
- life; while others--such as the softer varieties of mammary cancer
- occurring in young women--are among the most malignant of tumours. The
- mode in which cancer causes death depends to a large extent upon its
- situation. In the gullet, for example, it usually causes death by
- starvation; in the larynx or thyreoid, by suffocation; in the intestine,
- by obstruction of the bowels; in the uterus, prostate, and bladder, by
- haemorrhage or by implication of the ureters and kidneys. Independently
- of their situation, however, cancers frequently cause death by giving
- rise to a progressive impairment of health known as the _cancerous
- cachexia_, a condition which is due to the continued absorption of
- poisonous products from the tumour. The patient loses appetite, becomes
- emaciated, pale, and feverish, and gradually loses strength until he
- dies. In many cases, especially those in which ulceration has occurred,
- the addition of pyogenic infection may also be concerned in the failure
- of health.
- _Treatment._--Removal by surgical means affords the best prospect of
- cure. If carcinomatous disease is to be rooted out, its mode of spread
- by means of the lymph vessels must be borne in mind, and as this occurs
- at an early stage, and is not evident on examination, a wide area must
- be included in the operation. The organ from which the original growth
- springs should, if practicable, be altogether removed, because its lymph
- vessels generally communicate freely with each other, and secondary
- deposits have probably already taken place in various parts of it. In
- addition, the nearest chain of lymph glands must also be removed, even
- though they may not be noticeably enlarged, and in some cases--in cancer
- of the breast, for example--the intervening lymph vessels should be
- removed at the same time.
- The treatment of cancer by other than operative methods has received a
- great deal of attention within recent years, and many agents have been
- put to the test, _e.g._ colloidal suspensions of selenium, but without
- any positive results. Most benefit has resulted from the use of radium
- and of the X-rays, and one or other should be employed as a routine
- measure after every operation for cancer.
- It has been demonstrated that cancer cells are more sensitive to radium
- and to the Rontgen rays than the normal cells of the body, and are more
- easily killed. The effect varies a good deal with the nature and seat of
- the tumour. In rodent cancers of the skin, for example, both radium and
- X-ray treatment are very successful, and are to be preferred to
- operation because they yield a better cosmetic result. While small
- epitheliomas of the skin may be cured by means of the rays, they are not
- so amenable as rodent cancers.
- Cancers of mucous membranes are less amenable to ray treatment because
- they are less circumscribed and are difficult of access. In cancers
- under the skin, the Rontgen rays are less efficient; if radium is
- employed, the tube containing it should be inserted into the substance
- of the tumour after the method described in connection with sarcoma--and
- another tube should be placed on the overlying skin.
- In the employment of X-rays and of radium in the treatment of cancer,
- experience is required, not only to obtain the maximum effect of the
- rays, but to avoid damage to the adjacent and overlying tissues.
- Ray treatment is not to be looked upon as a rival but as a powerful
- supplement to the operative treatment of cancer.
- VARIETIES OF CANCER
- The varieties of cancer are distinguished according to the character and
- arrangement of the epithelial cells.
- The _squamous epithelial cancer_ or _epithelioma_ originates from a
- surface covered by squamous epithelium, such as the skin, or the mucous
- membrane of the mouth, gullet, or larynx. The cancer cells retain the
- characters of squamous epithelium, and, being confined within the lymph
- spaces of the sub-epithelial connective tissue, become compressed and
- undergo a horny change. This results in the formation of concentrically
- laminated masses known as cell nests.
- The clinical features are those of a slowly growing indurated tumour,
- which nearly always ulcerates; there is a characteristic induration of
- the edges and floor of the ulcer, and its surface is often covered with
- warty or cauliflower-like outgrowths (Fig. 58). The infection of the
- lymph glands is early and constant, and constitutes the most dangerous
- feature of the disease; the secondary growths in the glands exhibit the
- characteristic induration, and may themselves break down and lead to the
- formation of ulcers.
- [Illustration: FIG. 58.--Epithelioma of Lip.]
- Epithelioma frequently originates in long-standing ulcers or sinuses,
- and in scars, and probably results from the displacement and
- sequestration of epithelial cells during the process of cicatrisation.
- The _columnar epithelial cancer_ or _columnar epithelioma_ originates in
- mucous membranes covered with columnar epithelium, and is chiefly met
- with in the stomach and intestine. As it resembles an adenoma in
- structure it is sometimes described as a _malignant adenoma_. Its
- malignancy is shown by the proliferating epithelium invading the other
- coats of the stomach or intestine, and by the development of secondary
- growths.
- _Glandular carcinoma_ originates in organs such as the breast, and in
- the glands of mucous membranes and skin. The epithelial cells are not
- arranged on any definite plan, but are closely packed in irregularly
- shaped alveoli. If the alveoli are large and the intervening stroma is
- scanty and delicate, the tumour is soft and brain-like, and is described
- as a _medullary_ or _encephaloid cancer_. If the alveoli are small and
- the intervening stroma is abundant and composed of dense fibrous tissue,
- the tumour is hard, and is known as a _scirrhous cancer_--a form which
- is most frequently met with in the breast. If the cells undergo
- degeneration and absorption and the stroma contracts, the tumour becomes
- still harder, and tends to shrink and to draw in the surrounding parts,
- leading, in the breast, to retraction of the nipple and overlying skin,
- and in the stomach and colon to narrowing of the lumen. When the cells
- of the tumour undergo colloid degeneration, a _colloid cancer_ results;
- if the degeneration is complete, as may occur in the breast, the
- malignancy is thereby greatly diminished; if only partial, as is more
- common in rectal cancer, the malignancy is not appreciably affected.
- Melanin pigment is formed in relation to the cells and stroma of certain
- epithelial tumours, giving rise to _melanotic cancer_, one of the most
- malignant of all new growths. Cyst-like spaces may form in the tumour by
- the accumulation of the secretion of the epithelial cells, or as a
- result of their degeneration--_cystic carcinoma_. This is met with
- chiefly in the breast and ovary, and the tumour resembles the cystic
- adenoma, but it tends to infect its surroundings and gives rise to
- secondary growths.
- _Rodent cancer_ originates in the glands of the skin, and presents a
- special tendency to break down and ulcerate on the surface (Figs. 102
- and 103). It almost never infects the lymph glands.
- DERMOIDS
- A dermoid is a tumour containing skin or mucous membrane, occurring in a
- situation where these tissues are not met under normal conditions.
- The _skin dermoid_, or _derma-cyst_ as it has been called by Askanazy,
- arises from a portion of epiblast, which has become sequestrated during
- the process of coalescence of two cutaneous surfaces in development.
- This form is therefore most frequently met with on the face and neck in
- the situations which correspond to the various clefts and fissures of
- the embryo. It occurs also on the trunk in situations where the lateral
- halves of the body coalesce during development. Such a dermoid usually
- takes the form of a globular cyst, the wall of which consists of skin,
- and the contents of turbid fluid containing desquamated epithelium, fat
- droplets, cholestrol crystals, and detached hairs. Delicate hairs may
- also be found projecting from the epithelial lining of the cyst.
- Faulty coalescence of the cutaneous covering of the back occurs most
- frequently over the lower sacral vertebrae, giving rise to small
- congenital recesses, known as post-anal dimples and coccygeal sinuses.
- These recesses are lined with skin, which is furnished with hairs,
- sebaceous and sweat glands. If the external orifice becomes occluded,
- there results a dermoid cyst.
- _Tubulo-dermoids_ arise from embryonic ducts and passages that are
- normally obliterated at birth, for example, _lingual dermoids_ develop
- in relation to the thyreo-glossal duct; _rectal and post-rectal_
- dermoids to the post-anal gut; and _branchial dermoids_ in relation to
- the branchial clefts. Tubulo-dermoids present the same structure as skin
- dermoids, save that mucous membrane takes the place of skin in the wall
- of the cyst, and the contents consist of the pent-up secretion of mucous
- glands.
- _Clinical Features._--Although dermoids are of congenital origin, they
- are rarely evident at birth, and may not give rise to visible tumours
- until puberty, when the skin and its appendages become more active, or
- not till adult life. Superficial dermoids, such as those met with at the
- outer angle of the orbit, form rounded, definitely limited tumours over
- which the skin is freely movable. They are usually adherent to the
- deeper parts, and when situated over the skull may be lodged in a
- depression or actual gap in the bone. Sometimes the cyst becomes
- infected and suppurates, and finally ruptures on the surface. This may
- lead to a natural cure, or a persistent sinus may form. Dermoids more
- deeply placed, such as those within the thorax, or those situated
- between the rectum and sacrum, give rise to difficulty in diagnosis,
- even with the help of the X-rays, and their nature is seldom recognised
- until the escape of the contents--particularly hairs--supplies the clue.
- The literature of dermoid cysts is full of accounts of puzzling tumours
- met with in all sorts of situations.
- The treatment is to remove the cyst. When it is impossible to remove the
- whole of the lining membrane by dissection, the portion that is left
- should be destroyed with the cautery.
- _Ovarian Dermoids._--Dermoids are not uncommon in the ovary (Fig. 59).
- They usually take the form of unilocular or multilocular cysts, the
- wall of which contains skin, mucous membrane, hair follicles, sebaceous,
- sweat, and mucous glands, nails, teeth, nipples, and mammary glands. The
- cavity of the cyst usually contains a pultaceous mixture of shed
- epithelium, fluid fat, and hair. If the cyst ruptures, the epithelial
- elements are diffused over the peritoneum, and may give rise to
- secondary dermoids.
- [Illustration: FIG. 59.--Dermoid Cyst of Ovary showing Teeth in its
- interior.]
- The ovarian dermoid appears clinically as an abdominal or pelvic tumour
- provided with a pedicle; if the pedicle becomes twisted, the tumour
- undergoes strangulation, an event which is attended with urgent
- symptoms, not unlike those of strangulated hernia.
- The treatment consists in removing the tumour by laparotomy.
- #Teratoma.#--A teratoma is believed to result from partial dichotomy or
- cleavage of the trunk axis of the embryo, and is found exclusively in
- connection with the skull and vertebral column. It may take the form of
- a monstrosity such as conjoined twins or a parasitic foetus, but more
- commonly it is met with as an irregularly shaped tumour, usually growing
- from the sacrum. On dissection, such a tumour is found to contain a
- curious mixture of tissues--bones, skin, and portions of viscera, such
- as the intestine or liver. The question of the removal of the tumour
- requires to be considered in relation to the conditions present in each
- individual case.
- CYSTS[3]
- [3] Cysts which form in relation to new-growths have been considered
- with tumours.
- Cysts are rounded sacs, the wall being composed of fibrous tissue lined
- by epithelium or endothelium; the contents are fluid or semi-solid, and
- vary in character according to the tissue in which the cyst has
- originated.
- _Retention and Exudation Cysts._--_Retention cysts_ develop when the
- duct of a secreting gland is partly obstructed; the secretion
- accumulates, and the gland and its duct become distended into a cyst.
- They are met with in the mamma and in the salivary glands. Sebaceous
- cysts or wens are described with diseases of the skin. _Exudation cysts_
- arise from the distension of cavities which are not provided with
- excretory ducts, such as those in the thyreoid.
- _Implantation cysts_ are caused by the accidental transference of
- portions of the epidermis into the underlying connective tissue, as may
- occur in wounds by needles, awls, forks, or thorns. The implanted
- epidermis proliferates and forms a small cyst. They are met with chiefly
- on the palmar aspect of the fingers, and vary in size from a split pea
- to a cherry. The treatment consists in removing them by dissection.
- _Parasitic cysts_ are produced by the growth within the tissues of
- cyst-forming parasites, the best known being the taenia echinococcus,
- which gives rise to the _hydatid cyst_. The liver is by far the most
- common site of hydatid cysts in the human subject.
- With regard to the further life-history of hydatids, the living elements
- of the cyst may die and degenerate, or the cyst may increase in size
- until it ruptures. As a result of pyogenic infection the cyst may be
- converted into an abscess.
- The _clinical features_ of hydatids vary so much with their situation
- and size, that they are best discussed with the individual organs. In
- general it may be said that there is a slow formation of a globular,
- elastic, fluctuating, painless swelling. Fluctuation is detected when
- the cyst approaches the surface, and it is then also that percussion
- may elicit the "hydatid thrill" or fremitus. This thrill is not often
- obtainable, and in any case is not pathognomonic of hydatids, as it may
- be elicited in ascites and in other abdominal cysts. Pressure of the
- cyst upon adjacent structures, and the occurrence of suppuration, are
- attended with characteristic clinical features.
- The _diagnosis_ of hydatids will be considered with the individual
- organs. The disease is more common in certain parts of Australia and in
- Shetland and Iceland than in countries where the association of dogs in
- the domestic life of the inhabitants is less intimate. Pfeiler, who has
- worked at the _serum diagnosis of hydatid disease_, regards the
- complement deviation method as the most reliable; he believes that a
- positive reaction may almost be regarded as absolutely diagnostic of an
- echinococcal lesion.
- The _treatment_ is to excise the cyst completely, or to inject into it a
- 1 per cent. solution of formalin. In operating upon hydatids the utmost
- care must be taken to avoid leakage of the contents of the cyst, as
- these may readily disseminate the infection.
- A _blood cyst_ or haematoma results from the encapsulation of
- extravasated blood in the tissues, from haemorrhage taking place into a
- preformed cyst, or from the saccular pouching of a varicose vein.
- A _lymph cyst_ usually results from a contusion in which the skin is
- forcibly displaced from the subjacent tissues, and lymph vessels are
- thereby torn across. The cyst is usually situated between the skin and
- fascia, and contains clear or blood-stained serum. At first it is lax
- and fluctuates readily, later it becomes larger and more tense. The
- treatment consists in drawing off the contents through a hollow needle
- and applying firm pressure. Apart from injury, lymph cysts are met with
- as the result of the distension of lymph spaces and vessels
- (_lymphangiectasis_); and in lymphangiomas, of which the best-known
- example is the cystic hygroma or hydrocele of the neck.
- GANGLION
- This term is applied to a cyst filled with a clear colourless jelly or
- colloid material, met with in the vicinity of a joint or tendon sheath.
- The commonest variety--the _carpal ganglion_--popularly known as a
- sprained sinew--is met with as a smooth, rounded, or oval swelling on
- the dorsal aspect of the carpus, usually towards its radial side (Fig. 60).
- It is situated over one of the intercarpal or other joints in this
- region, and may be connected with one or other of the extensor tendons.
- The skin and fascia are movable over the cyst. The cyst varies in size
- from a pea to a pigeon's egg, and usually attains its maximum size
- within a few months and then remains stationary. It becomes tense and
- prominent when the hand is flexed towards the palm. Its appearance is
- usually ascribed to some strain of the wrist--for example, in girls
- learning gymnastics. It may cause no symptoms or it may interfere with
- the use of the hand, especially in grasping movements and when the hand
- is dorsiflexed. In girls it may give rise to pain which shoots up the
- arm. Ganglia are also met with on the dorsum of the metacarpus and on
- the palmar aspect of the wrist.
- [Illustration: FIG. 60.--Carpal Ganglion in a woman aet. 25.]
- The _tarsal ganglion_ is situated on the dorsum of the foot over one or
- other of the intertarsal joints. It is usually smaller, flatter, and
- more tense than that met with over the wrist, so that it is sometimes
- mistaken for a bony tumour. It rarely causes symptoms, unless so
- situated as to be pressed upon by the boot.
- _Ganglia in the region of the knee_ are usually situated over the
- interval between the femur and tibia, most often on the lateral aspect
- of the joint in front of the tendon of the biceps (Fig. 61). The
- swelling, which may attain the size of half a walnut, is tense and hard
- when the knee is extended, and becomes softer and more prominent when it
- is flexed. They are met with in young adults who follow laborious
- occupations or who indulge in athletics, and they cause stiffness,
- discomfort, and impairment of the use of the limb. A ganglion is
- sometimes met with on the median aspect of the head of the metatarsal
- bone of the great toe and may be the cause of considerable suffering; it
- is indistinguishable from the thickened and enlarged bursa so commonly
- present in this situation in the condition known as bunion.
- [Illustration: FIG. 61.--Ganglion on lateral aspect of Knee in a young
- woman.]
- Ganglionic cysts are met with in other situations than those mentioned,
- but they are so rare as not to require separate description.
- Ganglia are to be diagnosed by their situation and physical characters;
- enlarged bursae, synovial cysts, and new-growths are the swellings most
- likely to be mistaken for them. The diagnosis is sometimes only cleared
- up by withdrawing the clear, jelly-like contents through a hollow
- needle.
- _Pathological Anatomy._--The wall of the cyst is composed of fibrous
- tissue closely adherent to or fused with the surrounding tissues, so
- that it cannot be shelled out. There is no endothelial lining, and the
- fibrous tissue of the wall is in immediate contact with the colloid
- material in the interior, which appears to be derived by a process of
- degeneration from the surrounding connective tissue. In the region of
- the knee the ganglion is usually multilocular, and consists of a
- meshwork of fibrous tissue, the meshes of which are occupied by colloid
- material.
- It is often stated that a ganglion originates from a hernial protrusion
- of the synovial membrane of a joint or tendon sheath. We have not been
- able to demonstrate any communication between the cavity of the cyst
- and that of an adjacent tendon sheath or joint. It is possible, however,
- that the cyst may originate from a minute portion of synovial membrane
- being protruded and strangulated so that it becomes disconnected from
- that to which it originally belonged; it may then degenerate and give
- rise to colloid material, which accumulates and forms a cyst. Ledderhose
- and others regard ganglia as entirely new formations in the
- peri-articular tissues, resulting from colloid degeneration of the
- fibrous tissue of the capsular ligament, occurring at first in numerous
- small areas which later coalesce. Ganglia are probably, therefore, of
- the nature of degeneration cysts arising in the capsule of joints, in
- tendons, and in their sheaths.
- _Treatment._--A ganglion can usually be got rid of by a modification of
- the old-fashioned seton. The skin and cyst wall are transfixed by a
- stout needle carrying a double thread of silkworm gut; some of the
- colourless jelly escapes from the punctures; the ends of the thread are
- tied and cut short, and a dressing is applied. A week later the threads
- are removed and the minute punctures are sealed with collodion. The
- action of the threads is to convert the cyst wall into granulation
- tissue, which undergoes the usual conversion into scar tissue. If the
- cyst re-forms, it should be removed by open dissection under local
- anaesthesia. Puncture with a tenotomy knife and scraping the interior,
- and the injection of irritants, are alternative, but less satisfactory,
- methods of treatment.
- _Ganglia_ in the substance of _tendons_ are rare. The diagnosis rests on
- the observation that the small tumour is cystic, and that it follows the
- movements of the tendon. The cyst is at first multiple, but the
- partitions disappear, and the spaces are thrown into one. The tendon is
- so weakened that it readily ruptures. The best treatment is to resect
- the affected segment of tendon.
- The so-called "compound palmar ganglion" is a tuberculous disease of the
- tendon sheaths, and is described with diseases of tendon sheaths.
- CHAPTER XI
- INJURIES
- CONTUSIONS--WOUNDS: _Varieties_--WOUNDS BY FIREARMS AND
- EXPLOSIVES: _Pistol-shot wounds_; _Wounds by sporting guns_;
- _Wounds by rifle bullets_; _Wounds received in warfare_; _Shell
- wounds_. _Embedded foreign bodies_--BURNS AND
- SCALDS--INJURIES PRODUCED BY ELECTRICITY: _X-ray and
- radium_; _Electrical burns_; _Lightning stroke_.
- CONTUSIONS
- A contusion or bruise is a laceration of the subcutaneous soft tissues,
- without solution of continuity of the skin. When the integument gives
- way at the same time, a _contused-wound_ results. Bruising occurs when
- force is applied to a part by means of a blunt object, whether as a
- direct blow, a crush, or a grazing form of violence. If the force acts
- at right angles to the part, it tends to produce localised lesions which
- extend deeply; while, if it acts obliquely, it gives rise to lesions
- which are more diffuse, but comparatively superficial. It is well to
- remember that those who suffer from scurvy, or haemophilia (bleeders),
- and fat and anaemic females, are liable to be bruised by comparatively
- trivial injuries.
- _Clinical Features._--The less severe forms of contusion are associated
- with _ecchymosis_, numerous minute and discrete punctate haemorrhages
- being scattered through the superficial layers of the skin, which is
- slightly oedematous. The effused blood is soon reabsorbed.
- The more severe forms are attended with _extravasation_, the
- extravasated blood being widely diffused through the cellular tissue of
- the part, especially where this is loose and lax, as in the region of
- the orbit, the scrotum and perineum, and on the chest wall. A blue or
- bluish-black discoloration occurs in patches, varying in size and depth
- with the degree of force which produced the injury, and in shape with
- the instrument employed. It is most intense in regions where the skin is
- naturally thin and pigmented. In parts where the extravasated blood is
- only separated from the oxygen of the air by a thin layer of epidermis
- or by a mucous membrane, it retains its bright arterial colour. These
- points are often well illustrated in cases of black eye, where the blood
- effused under the conjunctiva is bright red, while that in the eyelids
- is almost black. In severe contusions associated with great tension of
- the skin--for example, over the front of the tibia or around the
- ankle--blisters often form on the surface and constitute a possible
- avenue of infection. When deeply situated, the blood tends to spread
- along the lines of least resistance, partly under the influence of
- gravity, passing under fasciae, between muscles, along the sheaths of
- vessels, or in connective-tissue spaces, so that it may only reach the
- surface after some time, and at a considerable distance from the seat of
- injury. This fact is sometimes of importance in diagnosis, as, for
- example, in certain fractures of the base of the skull, where
- discoloration appears under the conjunctiva or behind the mastoid
- process some days after the accident.
- Blood extravasated deeply in the tissues gives rise to a firm,
- resistant, doughy swelling, in which there may be elicited on deep
- palpation a peculiar sensation, not unlike the crepitus of fracture.
- It frequently happens that, from the tearing of lymph vessels, serous
- fluid is extravasated, and a _lymphatic_ or _serous cyst_ may form.
- In all contusions accompanied by extravasation, there is marked swelling
- of the area involved, as well as pain and tenderness. The temperature
- may rise to 101 o F., or, in the large extravasations that occur in
- bleeders, even higher--a form of aseptic fever. The degree of shock is
- variable, but sudden syncope frequently results from severe bruises of
- the testicle, abdomen, or head, and occasionally marked nervous
- depression follows these injuries.
- Contusion of muscles or nerves may produce partial atrophy and paresis,
- as is often seen after injuries in the region of the shoulder.
- In alcoholic or other debilitated patients, suppuration is liable to
- ensue in bruised parts, infection taking place from cocci circulating in
- the blood, or through the overlying skin.
- _Terminations of Contusions._--The usual termination is a complete
- return to the normal, some of the extravasated blood being organised,
- but most of it being reabsorbed. During the process characteristic
- alterations in the colour of the effused blood take place as a result of
- changes in the blood pigment. In from twenty-four to forty-eight hours
- the margins of the blue area become of a violet hue, and as time goes on
- the discoloured area increases in size, and becomes successively green,
- yellow, and lemon-coloured at its margins, the central part being the
- last to change. The rate at which this play of colours proceeds is so
- variable, and depends on so many circumstances, that no time-limits can
- be laid down. During the disintegration of the effused blood the
- adjacent lymph glands may become enlarged, and on dissection may be
- found to be pigmented. Sometimes the blood persists as a collection of
- fluid with a newly formed connective-tissue capsule, constituting a
- _haematoma_ or _blood cyst_, more often met with in the scalp than in
- other parts.
- The impairment of the blood supply of the skin may lead to the formation
- of _blisters_, or to _necrosis_. Death of skin is more liable to occur
- in bleeders, and when the slough separates the blood-clot is exposed and
- the reparative changes go on extremely slowly. _Suppuration_ may occur
- and lead to the formation of an abscess as a result of direct infection
- from the skin or through the circulation.
- _Treatment._--If the patient is seen immediately after the accident,
- elevation of the part, and firm pressure applied by means of a thick pad
- of cotton wool and an elastic bandage, are useful in preventing effusion
- of blood. Ice-bags and evaporating lotions are to be used with caution,
- as they are liable to lower the vitality of the damaged tissues and lead
- to necrosis of the skin.
- When extravasation has already taken place, massage is the most speedy
- and efficacious means of dispersing the effused blood. The part should
- be massaged several times a day, unless the presence of blebs or
- abrasions of the skin prevents this being done. When this is the case,
- the use of antiseptic dressings is called for to prevent infection and
- to promote healing, after which massage is employed.
- When the tension caused by the extravasated blood threatens the vitality
- of the skin, incisions may be made, if asepsis can be assured. The blood
- from a haematoma may be withdrawn by an exploring needle, and the
- puncture sealed with collodion. Infective complications must be looked
- for and dealt with on general principles.
- WOUNDS
- A wound is a solution in the continuity of the skin or mucous membrane
- and of the underlying tissues, caused by violence.
- Three varieties of wounds are described: incised, punctured, and
- contused and lacerated.
- #Incised Wounds.#--Typical examples of incised wounds are those made by
- the surgeon in the course of an operation, wounds accidentally inflicted
- by cutting instruments, and suicidal cut-throat wounds. It should be
- borne in mind in connection with medico-legal inquiries, that wounds of
- soft parts that closely overlie a bone, such as the skull, the tibia, or
- the patella, although, inflicted by a blunt instrument, may have all the
- appearances of incised wounds.
- _Clinical Features._--One of the characteristic features of an incised
- wound is its tendency to gape. This is evident in long skin wounds, and
- especially when the cut runs across the part, or when it extends deeply
- enough to divide muscular fibres at right angles to their long axis. The
- gaping of a wound, further, is more marked when the underlying tissues
- are in a state of tension--as, for example, in inflamed parts. Incised
- wounds in the palm of the hand, the sole of the foot, or the scalp,
- however, have little tendency to gape, because of the close attachment
- of the skin to the underlying fascia.
- Incised wounds, especially in inflamed tissues, tend to bleed profusely;
- and when a vessel is only partly divided and is therefore unable to
- contract, it continues to bleed longer than when completely cut across.
- The _special risks_ of incised wounds are: (1) division of large blood
- vessels, leading to profuse haemorrhage; (2) division of nerve-trunks,
- resulting in motor and sensory disturbances; and (3) division of tendons
- or muscles, interfering with movement.
- _Treatment._--If haemorrhage is still going on, it must be arrested by
- pressure, torsion, or ligature, as the accumulation of blood in a wound
- interferes with union. If necessary, the wound should be purified by
- washing with saline solution or eusol, and the surrounding skin painted
- with iodine, after which the edges are approximated by sutures. The raw
- surfaces must be brought into accurate apposition, care being taken that
- no inversion of the cutaneous surface takes place. In extensive and deep
- wounds, to ensure more complete closure and to prevent subsequent
- stretching of the scar, it is advisable to unite the different
- structures--muscles, fasciae, and subcutaneous tissue--by separate series
- of _buried sutures_ of catgut or other absorbable material. For the
- approximation of the skin edges, stitches of horse-hair, fishing-gut, or
- fine silk are the most appropriate. These _stitches of coaptation_ may
- be interrupted or continuous. In small superficial wounds on exposed
- parts, stitch marks may be avoided by approximating the edges with
- strips of gauze fixed in position by collodion, or by subcutaneous
- sutures of fine catgut. Where the skin is loose, as, for example, in the
- neck, on the limbs, or in the scrotum, the use of Michel's clips is
- advantageous in so far as these bring the deep surfaces of the skin into
- accurate apposition, are introduced with comparatively little pain, and
- leave only a slight mark if removed within forty-eight hours.
- When there is any difficulty in bringing the edges of the wound into
- apposition, a few interrupted _relaxation stitches_ may be introduced
- wide of the margins, to take the strain off the coaptation stitches.
- Stout silk, fishing-gut, or silver wire may be employed for this
- purpose. When the tension is extreme, Lister's button suture may be
- employed. The tension is relieved and death of skin prevented by scoring
- it freely with a sharp knife. Relaxation stitches should be removed in
- four or five days, and stitches of coaptation in from seven to ten days.
- On the face and neck, wounds heal rapidly, and stitches may be removed
- in two or three days, thus diminishing the marks they leave.
- _Drainage._--In wounds in which no cavity has been left, and in which
- there is no reason to suspect infection, drainage is unnecessary. When,
- however, the deeper parts of an extensive wound cannot be brought into
- accurate apposition, and especially when there is any prospect of oozing
- of blood or serum--as in amputation stumps or after excision of the
- breast--drainage is indicated. It is a wise precaution also to insert
- drainage tubes into wounds in fat patients when there is the slightest
- reason to suspect the presence of infection. Glass or rubber tubes are
- the best drains; but where it is desirable to leave little mark, a few
- strands of horse-hair, or a small roll of rubber, form a satisfactory
- substitute. Except when infection occurs, the drain is removed in from
- one to four days and the opening closed with a Michel's clip or a
- suture.
- #Punctured Wounds.#--Punctured wounds are produced by narrow, pointed
- instruments, and the sharper and smoother the instrument the more does
- the resulting injury resemble an incised wound; while from more rounded
- and rougher instruments the edges of the wound are more or less contused
- or lacerated. The depth of punctured wounds greatly exceeds their width,
- and the damage to subcutaneous parts is usually greater than that to the
- skin. When the instrument transfixes a part, the edges of the wound of
- entrance may be inverted, and those of the exit wound everted. If the
- instrument is a rough one, these conditions may be reversed by its
- sudden withdrawal.
- Punctured wounds neither gape nor bleed much. Even when a large vessel
- is implicated, the bleeding usually takes place into the tissues rather
- than externally.
- The _risks_ incident to this class of wounds are: (1) the extreme
- difficulty, especially when a dense fascia has been perforated, of
- rendering them aseptic, on account of the uncertainty as to their depth,
- and of the way in which the surface wound closes on the withdrawal of
- the instrument; (2) different forms of aneurysm may result from the
- puncture of a large vessel; (3) perforation of a joint, or of a serous
- cavity, such as the abdomen, thorax, or skull, materially adds to the
- danger.
- _Treatment._--The first indication is to purify the whole extent of the
- wound, and to remove any foreign body or blood-clot that may be in it.
- It is usually necessary to enlarge the wound, freely dividing injured
- fasciae, paring away bruised tissues, and purifying the whole
- wound-surface. Any blood vessel that is punctured should be cut across
- and tied; and divided muscles, tendons, or nerves must be sutured. After
- haemorrhage has been arrested, iodoform and bismuth paste is rubbed into
- the raw surface, and the wound closed. If there is any reason to doubt
- the asepticity of the wound, it is better treated by the open method,
- and a Bier's bandage should be applied.
- #Contused and Lacerated Wounds.#--These may be considered together, as
- they so occur in practice. They are produced by crushing, biting, or
- tearing forms of violence--such as result from machinery accidents,
- firearms, or the bites of animals. In addition to the irregular wound of
- the integument, there is always more or less bruising of the parts
- beneath and around, and the subcutaneous lesions are much wider than
- appears on the surface.
- Wounds of this variety usually gape considerably, especially when there
- is much laceration of the skin. It is not uncommon to have considerable
- portions of skin, muscle, or tendon completely torn away.
- Haemorrhage is seldom a prominent feature, as the crushing or tearing of
- the vessel wall leads to the obliteration of the lumen.
- The _special risks_ of these wounds are: (1) Sloughing of the bruised
- tissues, especially when attempts to sterilise the wound have not been
- successful. (2) Reactionary haemorrhage after the initial shock has
- passed off. (3) Secondary haemorrhage as a result of infective processes
- ensuing in the wound. (4) Loss of muscle or tendon, interfering with
- motion. (5) Cicatricial contraction. (6) Gangrene, which may follow
- occlusion of main vessels, or virulent infective processes. (7) It is
- not uncommon to have particles of carbon embedded in the tissues after
- lacerated wounds, leaving unsightly, pigmented scars. This is often seen
- in coal-miners, and in those injured by firearms, and is to be prevented
- by removing all gross dirt from the edges of the wound.
- _Treatment._--In severe wounds of this class implicating the
- extremities, the most important question that arises is whether or not
- the limb can be saved. In examining the limb, attention should first be
- directed to the state of the main blood vessels, in order to determine
- if the vascular supply of the part beyond the lesion is sufficient to
- maintain its vitality. Amputation is usually called for if there is
- complete absence of pulsation in the distal arteries and if the part
- beyond is cold. If at the same time important nerve-trunks are
- lacerated, so that the function of the limb would be seriously impaired,
- it is not worth running the risk of attempting to save it. If, in
- addition, there is extensive destruction of large muscular masses or of
- important tendons, or comminution of the bones, amputation is usually
- imperative. Stripping of large areas of skin is not in itself a reason
- for removing a limb, as much can be done by skin grafting, but when it
- is associated with other lesions it favours amputation. In considering
- these points, it must be borne in mind that the damage to the deeper
- tissues is always more extensive than appears on the surface, and that
- in many cases it is only possible to estimate the real extent of the
- injury by administering an anaesthetic and exploring the wound. In
- doubtful cases the possibility of rendering the parts aseptic will often
- decide the question for or against amputation. If thorough purification
- is accomplished, the success which attends conservative measures is
- often remarkable. It is permissible to run an amount of risk to save an
- upper extremity which would be unjustifiable in the case of a lower
- limb. The age and occupation of the patient must also be taken into
- account.
- It having been decided to try and save the limb, the question is only
- settled for the moment; it may have to be reconsidered from day to day,
- or even from hour to hour, according to the progress of the case.
- When it is decided to make the attempt to save the limb, the wound must
- be thoroughly purified. All bruised tissue in which gross dirt has
- become engrained should be cut away with knife or scissors. The raw
- surface is then cleansed with eusol, washed with sterilised salt
- solution followed by methylated spirit, and rubbed all over with "bipp"
- paste. If the purification is considered satisfactory the wound may be
- closed, otherwise it is left open, freely drained or packed with gauze,
- and the limb is immobilised by suitable splints.
- WOUNDS BY FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES
- It is not necessary here to do more than indicate the general characters
- of wounds produced by modern weapons. For further details the reader is
- referred to works on military surgery. Experience has shown that the
- nature and severity of the injuries sustained in warfare vary widely in
- different campaigns, and even in different fields of the same campaign.
- Slight variations in the size, shape, and weight of rifle bullets, for
- example, may profoundly modify the lesions they produce: witness the
- destructive effect of the pointed bullet compared with that of the
- conical form previously used. The conditions under which the fighting is
- carried on also influence the wounds. Those sustained in the open,
- long-range fighting of the South African campaign of 1899-1902 were very
- different from those met with in the entrenched warfare in France in
- 1914-1918. It has been found also that the infective complications are
- greatly influenced by the terrain in which the fighting takes place. In
- the dry, sandy, uncultivated veldt of South Africa, bullet wounds seldom
- became infected, while those sustained in the highly manured fields of
- Belgium were almost invariably contaminated with putrefactive organisms,
- and gaseous gangrene and tetanus were common complications. It has been
- found also that wounds inflicted in naval engagements present different
- characters from those sustained on land. Many other factors, such as the
- physical and mental condition of the men, the facilities for affording
- first aid, and the transport arrangements, also play a part in
- determining the nature and condition of the wounds that have to be dealt
- with by military surgeons.
- Whatever the nature of the weapon concerned, the wound is of the
- _punctured, contused, and lacerated_ variety. Its severity depends on
- the size, shape, and velocity of the missile, the range at which the
- weapon is discharged, and the part of the body struck.
- Shock is a prominent feature, but its degree, as well as the time of its
- onset, varies with the extent and seat of the injury, and with the
- mental state of the patient when wounded. We have observed pronounced
- shock in children after being shot even when no serious injury was
- sustained. At the moment of injury the patient experiences a sensation
- which is variously described as being like the lash of a whip, a blow
- with a stick, or an electric shock. There is not much pain at first, but
- later it may become severe, and is usually associated with intense
- thirst, especially when much blood has been lost.
- In all forms of wounds sustained in warfare, septic infection
- constitutes the main risk, particularly that resulting from
- streptococci. The presence of anaerobic organisms introduces the
- additional danger of gaseous forms of gangrene.
- The earlier the wound is disinfected the greater is the possibility of
- diminishing this risk. If cleansing is carried out within the first six
- hours the chance of eliminating sepsis is good; with every succeeding
- six hours it diminishes, until after twenty-four hours it is seldom
- possible to do more than mitigate sepsis. (J. T. Morrison.)
- The presence of a metallic foreign body having been determined and its
- position localised by means of the X-rays, all devitalised and
- contaminated tissue is excised, the foreign material, _e.g._, a missile,
- fragments of clothing, gravel and blood-clot, removed, the wound
- purified with antiseptics and closed or drained according to
- circumstances.
- #Pistol-shot Wounds.#--Wounds inflicted by pistols, revolvers, and small
- air-guns are of frequent occurrence in civil practice, the weapon being
- discharged usually by accident, but frequently with suicidal, and
- sometimes with homicidal intent.
- With all calibres and at all ranges, except actual contact, the wound of
- entrance is smaller than the bullet. If the weapon is discharged within
- a foot of the body, the skin surrounding the wound is usually stained
- with powder and burned, and the hair singed. At ranges varying from six
- inches to thirty feet, grains of powder may be found embedded in the
- skin or lying loose on the surface, the greater the range the wider
- being the area of spread. When black powder is used, the embedded grains
- usually leave a permanent bluish-black tattooing of the skin. When the
- weapon is placed in contact with the skin, the subcutaneous tissues are
- lacerated over an area of two or three inches around the opening made by
- the bullet and smoke and powder-staining and scorching are more marked
- than at longer ranges.
- When the bullet perforates, the exit wound is usually larger and more
- extensively lacerated than the wound of entrance. Its margins are as a
- rule everted, and it shows no marks of flame, smoke, or powder. These
- features are common to all perforations caused by bullets.
- Pistol wounds only produce dangerous effects when fired at close range,
- and when the cavities of the skull, the thorax, or the abdomen are
- implicated. In the abdomen a lethal injury may readily be caused even by
- pistols of the "toy" order. These injuries will be described with
- regional surgery.
- Pistol-shot wounds of _joints_ and _soft parts_ are seldom of serious
- import apart from the risk of haemorrhage and of infection.
- _Treatment._--The treatment of wounds of the soft parts consists in
- purifying the wounds of entrance and exit and the surrounding skin, and
- in providing for drainage if this is indicated.
- There being no urgency for the removal of the bullet, time should be
- taken to have it localised by the X-rays, preferably by stereoscopic
- plates. In some cases it is not necessary to remove the bullet.
- #Wounds by Sporting Guns.#--In the common sporting or scatter gun, with
- which accidents so commonly occur during the shooting season, the charge
- of small shot or pellets leave the muzzle of the gun as a solid mass
- which makes a single ragged wound having much the appearance of that
- caused by a single bullet. At a distance of from four to five feet from
- the muzzle the pellets begin to disperse so that there are separate
- punctures around the main central wound. As the range increases, these
- outlying punctures make a wider and wider pattern, until at a distance
- of from eighteen to twenty feet from the muzzle, the scattering is
- complete, there is no longer any central wound, and each individual
- pellet makes its own puncture. From these elementary data, it is usually
- possible, from the features of the wound, to arrive at an approximately
- accurate conclusion regarding the range at which the gun was discharged,
- and this may have an important bearing on the question of accident,
- suicide, or murder.
- As regards the effects on the tissues at close range, that is, within a
- few feet, there is widespread laceration and disruption; if a bone is
- struck it is shattered, and portions of bone may be displaced or even
- driven out through the exit wound.
- When the charge impinges over one of the large cavities of the body, the
- shot may scatter widely through the contained viscera, and there is
- often no exit wound. In the thorax, for example, if a rib is struck, the
- charge and possibly fragments of bone, will penetrate the pleura, and be
- dispersed throughout the lung; in the head, the skull may be shattered
- and the brain torn up; and in the abdomen, the hollow viscera may be
- perforated in many places and the solid organs lacerated.
- On covered parts the clothing, by deflecting the shot, influences the
- size and shape of the wound; the entrance wound is increased in size and
- more ragged, and portions of the clothes may be driven into the tissues.
- [Illustration: FIG. 62.--Radiogram showing Pellets embedded in Arm.
- (Mr. J. W. Dowden's case.)]
- A charge of small shot is much more destructive to blood vessels,
- tendons, and ligaments than a single bullet, which in many cases pushes
- such structures aside without dividing them. In the abdomen and chest,
- also, the damage done by a full charge of shot is much more extensive
- than that inflicted by a single bullet, the deflection of the pellets
- leading to a greater number of perforations of the intestine and more
- widespread laceration of solid viscera.
- When the charge impinges on one of the extremities at close range, we
- often have the opportunity of observing that the exit wound is larger,
- more ragged than that of entrance, and that its edges are everted; the
- extensive tearing and bruising of all the tissues, including the bones,
- and the marked tendency to early and progressive septic infection,
- render amputation compulsory in the majority of such cases.
- At a range of from twenty to thirty feet, although the scatter is
- complete, the pellets are still close together, so that if they
- encounter the shaft of a long bone, even the femur, they fracture the
- bone across, often along with some longitudinal splintering.
- Individual pellets striking the shafts of long bones become flattened or
- distorted, and when cancellated bone is struck they become embedded in
- it (Fig. 62).
- The skin, when it is closely peppered with shot, is liable to lose its
- vitality, and with the addition of a little sepsis, readily necroses and
- comes away as a slough.
- When the shot have diverged so as to strike singly, they seldom do much
- harm, but fatal damage may be done to the brain or to the aorta, or the
- eye may be seriously injured by a single pellet.
- Small shot fired at longer ranges--over about a hundred and fifty
- feet--usually go through the skin, but seldom pierce the fascia, and lie
- embedded in the subcutaneous tissue, from which they can readily be
- extracted.
- The wad of the cartridge behaves erratically: so long as it remains flat
- it goes off with the rest of the charge, and is often buried in the
- wound; but if it curls up or turns on its side, it is usually deflected
- and flies clear of the shot. It may make a separate wound.
- Wounds from sporting guns are to be _treated_ on the usual lines, the
- early efforts being directed to the alleviation of shock and the
- prevention of septic infection. There is rarely any urgency in the
- removal of pellets from the tissues.
- #Wounds by Rifle Bullets.#--The vast majority of wounds inflicted by
- rifle bullets are met with in the field during active warfare, and fall
- to be treated by military surgeons. They occasionally occur
- accidentally, however, during range practice for example, and may then
- come under the notice of the civil surgeon.
- It is only necessary here to consider the effects of modern small-bore
- rifle or machine-gun bullets.
- The trajectory is practically flat up to 675 yards. In destructive
- effect there is not much difference between the various high velocity
- bullets used in different armies; they will kill up to a distance of two
- miles. The hard covering is employed to enable the bullet to take the
- grooves in the rifle, and to prevent it stripping as it passes through
- the barrel. It also increases the penetrating power of the missile, but
- diminishes its "stopping" power, unless a vital part or a long bone is
- struck. By removing the covering from the point of the bullet, as is
- done in the Dum-Dum bullet, or by splitting the end, the bullet is made
- to expand or "mushroom" when it strikes the body, and its stopping power
- is thereby greatly increased, the resulting wound being much more
- severe. These "soft-nosed" expanding bullets are to be distinguished
- from "explosive" bullets which contain substances which detonate on
- impact. High velocity bullets are unlikely to lodge in the body unless
- spent, or pulled up by a sandbag, or metal buckle on a belt, or a book
- in the pocket, or the core and the case separating--"stripping" of the
- bullet. Spent shot may merely cause bruising of the surface, or they may
- pass through the skin and lodge in the subcutaneous tissue, or may even
- damage some deeper structure such as a nerve trunk.
- A blank cartridge fired at close range may cause a severe wound, and, if
- charged with black powder, may leave a permanent bluish-black
- pigmentation of the skin.
- The lesions of individual tissues--bones, nerves, blood vessels--are
- considered with these.
- #Treatment of Gunshot Wounds under War Conditions.#--It is only
- necessary to indicate briefly the method of dealing with gunshot wounds
- in warfare as practised in the European War.
- 1. _On the Field._--Haemorrhage is arrested in the limbs by an improvised
- tourniquet; in the head by a pad and bandage; in the thorax or abdomen
- by packing if necessary, but this should be avoided if possible, as it
- favours septic infection. If a limb is all but detached it should be
- completely severed. A full dose of morphin is given hypodermically. The
- ampoule of iodine carried by the wounded man is broken, and its contents
- are poured over and around the wound, after which the field dressing is
- applied. In extensive wounds, the "shell-dressing" carried by the
- stretcher bearers is preferred. All bandages are applied loosely to
- allow for subsequent swelling. The fragments of fractured bones are
- immobilised by some form of emergency splint.
- 2. _At the Advanced Dressing Station_, after the patient has had a
- liberal allowance of warm fluid nourishment, such as soup or tea, a full
- dose of anti-tetanic serum is injected. The tourniquet is removed and
- the wound inspected. Urgent amputations are performed. Moribund patients
- are detained lest they die _en route_.
- 3. _In the Field Ambulance or Casualty Clearing Station_ further
- measures are employed for the relief of shock, and urgent operations are
- performed, such as amputation for gangrene, tracheotomy for dyspnoea, or
- laparotomy for perforated or lacerated intestine. In the majority of
- cases the main object is to guard against infection; the skin is
- disinfected over a wide area and surrounded with towels; damaged tissue,
- especially muscle, is removed with the knife or scissors, and foreign
- bodies are extracted. Torn blood vessels, and, if possible, nerves and
- tendons are repaired. The wound is then partly closed, provision being
- made for free drainage, or some special method of irrigation, such as
- that of Carrel, is adopted. Sometimes the wound is treated with bismuth,
- iodoform, and paraffin paste (B.I.P.P.) and sutured.
- 4. _In the Base Hospital or Hospital Ship_ various measures may be
- called for according to the progress of the wound and the condition of
- the patient.
- #Shell Wounds and Wounds produced by Explosions.#--It is convenient to
- consider together the effects of the bursting of shells fired from heavy
- ordnance and those resulting in the course of blasting operations from
- the discharge of dynamite or other explosives, or from the bursting of
- steam boilers or pipes, the breaking of machinery, and similar accidents
- met with in civil practice.
- Wounds inflicted by shell fragments and shrapnel bullets tend to be
- extensive in area, and show great contusion, laceration, and destruction
- of the tissues. The missiles frequently lodge and carry portions of the
- clothing and, it may be, articles from the man's pocket, with them.
- Shell wounds are attended with a considerable degree of shock. On
- account of the wide area of contusion which surrounds the actual wound
- produced by shell fragments, amputation, when called for, should be
- performed some distance above the torn tissues, as there is considerable
- risk of sloughing of the flaps.
- Wounds produced by dynamite explosions and the bursting of boilers have
- the same general characters as shell wounds. Fragments of stone, coal,
- or metal may lodge in the tissues, and favour the occurrence of
- infective complications.
- All such injuries are to be treated on the general principles governing
- contused and lacerated wounds.
- EMBEDDED FOREIGN BODIES
- In the course of many operations foreign substances are introduced into
- the tissues and intentionally left there, for example, suture and
- ligature materials, steel or aluminium plates, silver wire or ivory pegs
- used to secure the fixation of bones, or solid paraffin employed to
- correct deformities. Other substances, such as gauze, drainage tubes,
- or metal instruments, may be unintentionally left in a wound.
- Foreign bodies may also lodge in accidentally inflicted wounds, for
- example, bullets, needles, splinters of wood, or fragments of clothing.
- The needles of hypodermic syringes sometimes break and a portion remains
- embedded in the tissues. As a result of explosions, particles of carbon,
- in the form of coal-dust or gunpowder, or portions of shale, may lodge
- in a wound.
- The embedded foreign body at first acts as an irritant, and induces a
- reaction in the tissues in which it lodges, in the form of hyperaemia,
- local leucocytosis, proliferation of fibroblasts, and the formation of
- granulation tissue. The subsequent changes depend upon whether or not
- the wound is infected with pyogenic bacteria. If it is so infected,
- suppuration ensues, a sinus forms, and persists until the foreign body
- is either cast out or removed.
- If the wound is aseptic, the fate of the foreign body varies with its
- character. A substance that is absorbable, such as catgut or fine silk,
- is surrounded and permeated by the phagocytes, which soften and
- disintegrate it, the debris being gradually absorbed in much the same
- manner as a fibrinous exudate. Minute bodies that are not capable of
- being absorbed, such as particles of carbon, or of pigment used in
- tattooing, are taken up by the phagocytes, and in course of time
- removed. Larger bodies, such as needles or bullets, which are not
- capable of being destroyed by the phagocytes, become encapsulated. In
- the granulation tissue by which they are surrounded large multinuclear
- giant-cells appear ("_foreign-body giant-cells_") and attach themselves
- to the foreign body, the fibroblasts proliferate and a capsule of scar
- tissue is eventually formed around the body. The tissues of the capsule
- may show evidence of iron pigmentation. Sometimes fluid accumulates
- around a foreign body within its capsule, constituting a cyst.
- Substances like paraffin, strands of silk used to bridge a gap in a
- tendon, or portions of calcined bone, instead of being encapsulated, are
- gradually permeated and eventually replaced by new connective tissue.
- Embedded bodies may remain in the tissues for an indefinite period
- without giving rise to inconvenience. At any time, however, they may
- cause trouble, either as a result of infective complications, or by
- inducing the formation of a mass of inflammatory tissue around them,
- which may simulate a gumma, a tuberculous focus, or a sarcoma. This
- latter condition may give rise to difficulties in diagnosis,
- particularly if there is no history forthcoming of the entrance of the
- foreign body. The ignorance of patients regarding the possible lodgment
- in the tissues of a foreign body--even of considerable size--is
- remarkable. In such cases the X-rays will reveal the presence of the
- foreign body if it is sufficiently opaque to cast a shadow. The heavy,
- lead-containing varieties of glass throw very definite shadows little
- inferior in sharpness and definition to those of metal; almost all the
- ordinary forms of commercial glass also may be shown up by the X-rays.
- Foreign bodies encapsulated in the peritoneal cavity are specially
- dangerous, as the proximity of the intestine furnishes a constant
- possibility of infection.
- The question of removal of the foreign body must be decided according to
- the conditions present in individual cases; in searching for a foreign
- body in the tissues, unless it has been accurately located, a general
- anaesthetic is to be preferred.
- BURNS AND SCALDS
- The distinction between a burn which results from the action of dry heat
- on the tissues of the body and a scald which results from the action of
- moist heat, has no clinical significance.
- In young and debilitated subjects hot poultices may produce injuries of
- the nature of burns. In old people with enfeebled circulation mere
- exposure to a strong fire may cause severe degrees of burning, the
- clothes covering the part being uninjured. This may also occur about the
- feet, legs, or knees of persons while intoxicated who have fallen asleep
- before the fire.
- The damage done to the tissues by strong caustics, such as fuming nitric
- acid, sulphuric acid, caustic potash, nitrate of silver, or arsenical
- paste, presents pathological and clinical features almost identical with
- those resulting from heat. Electricity and the Rontgen rays also produce
- lesions of the nature of burns.
- _Pathology of Burns._--Much discussion has taken place regarding the
- explanation of the rapidly fatal issue in extensive superficial burns.
- On post-mortem examination the lesions found in these cases are: (1)
- general hyperaemia of all the organs of the abdominal, thoracic, and
- cerebro-spinal cavities; (2) marked leucocytosis, with destruction of
- red corpuscles, setting free haemoglobin which lodges in the epithelial
- cells of the tubules of the kidneys; (3) minute thrombi and
- extravasations throughout the tissues of the body; (4) degeneration of
- the ganglion cells of the solar plexus; (5) oedema and degeneration of
- the lymphoid tissue throughout the body; (6) cloudy swelling of the
- liver and kidneys, and softening and enlargement of the spleen. Bardeen
- suggests that these morbid phenomena correspond so closely to those met
- with where the presence of a toxin is known to produce them, that in all
- probability death is similarly due to the action of some poison produced
- by the action of heat on the skin and on the proteins of the blood.
- #Clinical Features--Local Phenomena.#--The most generally accepted
- classification of burns is that of Dupuytren, which is based upon the
- depth of the lesion. Six degrees are thus, recognised: (1) hyperaemia or
- erythema; (2) vesication; (3) partial destruction of the true skin; (4)
- total destruction of the true skin; (5) charring of muscles; (6)
- charring of bones.
- It must be observed, however, that burns met with at the bedside always
- illustrate more than one of these degrees, the deeper forms always being
- associated with those less deep, and the clinical picture is made up of
- the combined characters of all. A burn is classified in terms of its
- most severe portion. It is also to be remarked that the extent and
- severity of a burn usually prove to be greater than at first sight
- appears.
- _Burns of the first degree_ are associated with erythema of the skin,
- due to hyperaemia of its blood vessels, and result from scorching by
- flame, from contact with solids or fluids below 212 o F., or from
- exposure to the sun's rays. They are characterised clinically by acute
- pain, redness, transitory swelling from oedema, and subsequent
- desquamation of the surface layers of the epidermis. A special form of
- pigmentation of the skin is seen on the front of the legs of women from
- exposure to the heat of the fire.
- _Burns of Second Degree--Vesication of the Skin._--These are
- characterised by the occurrence of vesicles or blisters which are
- scattered over the hyperaemic area, and contain a clear yellowish or
- brownish fluid. On removing the raised epidermis, the congested and
- highly sensitive papillae of the skin are exposed. Unna has found that
- pyogenic bacteria are invariably present in these blisters. Burns of the
- second degree leave no scar but frequently a persistent discoloration.
- In rare instances the burned area becomes the seat of a peculiar
- overgrowth of fibrous tissue of the nature of keloid (p 401).
- _Burns of Third Degree--Partial Destruction of the Skin._--The epidermis
- and papillae are destroyed in patches, leaving hard, dry, and insensitive
- sloughs of a yellow or black colour. The pain in these burns is
- intense, but passes off during the first or second day, to return again,
- however, when, about the end of a week, the sloughs separate and expose
- the nerve filaments of the underlying skin. Granulations spring up to
- fill the gap, and are rapidly covered by epithelium, derived partly from
- the margins and partly from the remains of skin glands which have not
- been completely destroyed. These latter appear on the surface of the
- granulations as small bluish islets which gradually increase in size,
- become of a greyish-white colour, and ultimately blend with one another
- and with the edges. The resulting cicatrix may be slightly depressed,
- but otherwise exhibits little tendency to contract and cause deformity.
- _Burns of Fourth Degree--Total Destruction of the Skin._--These follow
- the more prolonged action of any form of intense heat. Large, black, dry
- eschars are formed, surrounded by a zone of intense congestion. Pain is
- less severe, and is referred to the parts that have been burned to a
- less degree. Infection is liable to occur and to lead to wide
- destruction of the surrounding skin. The amount of granulation tissue
- necessary to fill the gap is therefore great; and as the epithelial
- covering can only be derived from the margins--the skin glands being
- completely destroyed--the healing process is slow. The resulting scars
- are irregular, deep and puckered, and show a great tendency to contract.
- Keloid frequently develops in such cicatrices. When situated in the
- region of the face, neck, or flexures of joints, much deformity and
- impairment of function may result (Fig. 63).
- [Illustration: FIG. 63.--Cicatricial Contraction following Severe Burn.]
- In _burns of the fifth degree_ the lesion extends through the
- subcutaneous tissue and involves the muscles; while in those of the
- _sixth degree_ it passes still more deeply and implicates the bones.
- These burns are comparatively limited in area, as they are usually
- produced by prolonged contact with hot metal or caustics. Burns of the
- fifth and sixth degrees are met with in epileptics or intoxicated
- persons who fall into the fire. Large blood vessels, nerve-trunks,
- joints, or serous cavities may be implicated.
- #General Phenomena.#--It is customary to divide the clinical history of
- a severe burn into three periods; but it is to be observed that the
- features characteristic of the periods have been greatly modified since
- burns have been treated on the same lines as other wounds.
- _The first period_ lasts for from thirty-six to forty-eight hours,
- during which time the patient remains in a more or less profound state
- of _shock_, and there is a remarkable absence of pain. When shock is
- absent or little marked, however, the amount of suffering may be great.
- When the injury proves fatal during this period, death is due to shock,
- probably aggravated by the absorption of poisonous substances produced
- in the burned tissues. In fatal cases there is often evidence of
- cerebral congestion and oedema.
- The _second period_ begins when the shock passes off, and lasts till the
- sloughs separate. The outstanding feature of this period is _toxaemia_,
- manifested by fever, the temperature rising to 102 o, 103 o, or 104 o F.,
- and congestive or inflammatory conditions of internal organs, giving
- rise to such clinical complications as bronchitis, broncho-pneumonia, or
- pleurisy--especially in burns of the thorax; or meningitis and
- cerebritis, when the neck or head is the seat of the burn. Intestinal
- catarrh associated with diarrhoea is not uncommon; and ulceration of the
- duodenum leading to perforation has been met with in a few cases. These
- phenomena are much more prominent when bacterial infection has taken
- place, and it seems probable that they are to be attributed chiefly to
- the infection, as they have become less frequent and less severe since
- burns have been treated like other breaches of the surface. Albuminuria
- is a fairly constant symptom in severe burns, and is associated with
- congestion of the kidneys. In burns implicating the face, neck, mouth,
- or pharynx, oedema of the glottis is a dangerous complication, entailing
- as it does the risk of suffocation.
- The _third period_ begins when the sloughs separate, usually between
- the seventh and fourteenth days, and lasts till the wound heals, its
- duration depending upon the size, depth, and asepticity of the raw area.
- The chief causes of death during this period are toxin absorption in any
- of its forms; waxy disease of the liver, kidneys, or intestine; less
- commonly erysipelas, tetanus, or other diseases due to infection by
- specific organisms. We have seen nothing to substantiate the belief that
- duodenal ulcers are liable to perforate during the third period.
- The _prognosis_ in burns depends on (1) the superficial extent, and, to
- a much less degree, the depth of the injury. When more than one-third of
- the entire surface of the body is involved, even in a mild degree, the
- prognosis is grave. (2) The situation of the burn is important. Burns
- over the serous cavities--abdomen, thorax, or skull--are, other things
- being equal, much more dangerous than burns of the limbs. The risk of
- oedema of the glottis in burns about the neck and mouth has already been
- referred to. (3) Children are more liable to succumb to shock during the
- early period, but withstand prolonged suppuration better than adults.
- (4) When the patient survives the shock, the presence or absence of
- infection is the all-important factor in prognosis.
- #Treatment.#--The _general treatment_ consists in combating the shock.
- When pain is severe, morphin must be injected.
- _Local Treatment._--The local treatment must be carried out on
- antiseptic lines, a general anaesthetic being administered, if necessary,
- to enable the purification to be carried out thoroughly. After carefully
- removing the clothing, the whole of the burned area is gently, but
- thoroughly, cleansed with peroxide of hydrogen or warm boracic lotion,
- followed by sterilised saline solution. As pyogenic bacteria are
- invariably found in the blisters of burns, these must be opened and the
- raised epithelium removed.
- The dressings subsequently applied should meet the following
- indications: the relief of pain; the prevention of sepsis; and the
- promotion of cicatrisation.
- An application which satisfactorily fulfils these requirements is
- _picric acid_. Pads of lint or gauze are lightly wrung out of a solution
- made up of picric acid, 1 1/2 drams; absolute alcohol, 3 ounces;
- distilled water, 40 ounces, and applied over the whole of the reddened
- area. These are covered with antiseptic wool, _without_ any waterproof
- covering, and retained in position by a many-tailed bandage. The
- dressing should be changed once or twice a week, under the guidance of
- the temperature chart, any portion of the original dressing which
- remains perfectly dry being left undisturbed. The value of a general
- anaesthetic in dressing extensive burns, especially in children, can
- scarcely be overestimated.
- Picric acid yields its best results in superficial burns, and it is
- useful as _a primary dressing_ in all. As soon as the sloughs separate
- and a granulating surface forms, the ordinary treatment for a healing
- sore is instituted. Any slough under which pus has collected should be
- cut away with scissors to permit of free drainage.
- An occlusive dressing of melted _paraffin_ has also been employed. A
- useful preparation consists of: Paraffin molle 25 per cent., paraffin
- durum 67 per cent., olive oil 5 per cent., oil of eucalyptus 2 per
- cent., and beta-naphthol 1/4 per cent. It has a melting point of 48 o C.
- It is also known as _Ambrine_ and _Burnol_. After the burned area has
- been cleansed and thoroughly dried, it is sponged or painted with the
- melted paraffin, and before solidification takes place a layer of
- sterilised gauze is applied and covered with a second coating of
- paraffin. Further coats of paraffin are applied every other day to
- prevent the gauze sticking to the skin.
- An alternative method of treating extensive burns is by immersing the
- part, or even the whole body when the trunk is affected, in a bath of
- boracic lotion kept at the body temperature, the lotion being frequently
- renewed.
- If a burn is already infected when first seen, it is to be treated on
- the same principles as govern the treatment of other infected wounds.
- All moist or greasy applications, such as Carron oil, carbolic oil and
- ointments, and all substances like collodion and dry powders, which
- retain discharges, entirely fail to meet the indications for the
- rational treatment of burns, and should be abandoned.
- Skin-grafting is of great value in hastening healing after extensive
- burns, and in preventing cicatricial contraction. The _deformities_
- which are so liable to develop from contraction of the cicatrices are
- treated on general principles. In the region of the face, neck, and
- flexures of joints (Fig. 63), where they are most marked, the contracted
- bands may be divided and the parts stretched, the raw surface left being
- covered by Thiersch grafts or by flaps of skin raised from adjacent
- surfaces or from other parts of the body (Fig. 1).
- INJURIES PRODUCED BY ELECTRICITY
- #Injuries produced by Exposure to X-Rays and Radium.#--In the routine
- treatment of disease by radiations, injury is sometimes done to the
- tissues, even when the greatest care is exercised as to dosage and
- frequency of application. Robert Knox describes the following
- ill-effects.
- _Acute dermatitis_ varying in degree from a slight erythema to deep
- ulceration or even necrosis of skin. When ulcers form they are extremely
- painful and slow to heal. When hair-bearing areas are affected,
- epilation may occur without destroying the hair follicles and the hairs
- are reproduced, but if the reaction is excessive permanent alopecia may
- result.
- _Chronic dermatitis_, which results from persistence of the acute form,
- is most intractable and may assume malignant characters. X-ray warts are
- a late manifestation of chronic dermatitis and may become malignant.
- Among the _late manifestations_ are neuritis, telangiectasis, and a
- painful and intractable form of ulceration, any of which may come on
- months or even years after the cessation of exposure. _Sterility_ may be
- induced in X-ray workers who are imperfectly protected from the effects
- of the rays.
- #Electrical burns# usually occur in those who are engaged in industrial
- undertakings where powerful electrical currents are employed.
- The lesions--which vary from a slight superficial scorching to complete
- charring of parts--are most evident at the points of entrance and exit
- of the current, the intervening tissues apparently escaping injury.
- The more superficial degrees of electrical burns differ from those
- produced by heat in being almost painless, and in healing very slowly,
- although as a rule they remain dry and aseptic.
- The more severe forms are attended with a considerable degree of shock,
- which is not only more profound, but also lasts much longer than the
- shock in an ordinary burn of corresponding severity. The parts at the
- point of entrance of the current are charred to a greater or lesser
- depth. The eschar is at first dry and crisp, and is surrounded by a zone
- of pallor. For the first thirty-six to forty-eight hours there is
- comparatively little suffering, but at the end of that time the parts
- become exceedingly painful. In a majority of cases, in spite of careful
- purification, a slow form of moist gangrene sets in, and the slough
- spreads both in area and in depth, until the muscles and often the
- large blood vessels and nerves are exposed. A line of demarcation
- eventually forms, but the sloughs are exceedingly slow to separate,
- taking from three to five times as long as in an ordinary burn, and
- during the process of separation there is considerable risk of secondary
- haemorrhage from erosion of large vessels.
- _Treatment._--Electrical burns are treated on the same lines as ordinary
- burns, by thorough purification and the application of dry dressings,
- with a view to avoiding the onset of moist gangrene. After granulations
- have formed, skin-grafting is of value in hastening healing.
- #Lightning-stroke.#--In a large proportion of cases lightning-stroke
- proves instantly fatal. In non-fatal cases the patient suffers from a
- profound degree of shock, and there may or may not be any external
- evidence of injury. In the mildest cases red spots or wheals--closely
- resembling those of urticaria--may appear on the body, but they usually
- fade again in the course of twenty-four hours. Sometimes large patches
- of skin are scorched or stained, the discoloured area showing an
- arborescent appearance. In other cases the injured skin becomes dry and
- glazed, resembling parchment. Appearances are occasionally met with
- corresponding to those of a superficial burn produced by heat. The chief
- difference from ordinary burns is the extreme slowness with which
- healing takes place. Localised paralysis of groups of muscles, or even
- of a whole limb, may follow any degree of lightning-stroke. Treatment is
- mainly directed towards combating the shock, the surface-lesions being
- treated on the same lines as ordinary burns.
- CHAPTER XII
- METHODS OF WOUND TREATMENT
- Varieties of wounds--Modes of infection--Lister's work--Means taken to
- prevent infection of wounds: _heat_; _chemical antiseptics_;
- _disinfection of hands_; _preparation of skin of patient_;
- _instruments_; _ligatures_; _dressings_--Means taken to combat
- infection: _purification_; _open-wound method_.
- The surgeon is called upon to treat two distinct classes of wounds: (1)
- those resulting from injury or disease in which _the skin is already
- broken_, or in which a communication with a mucous surface exists; and
- (2) those that he himself makes _through intact skin_, no infected
- mucous surface being involved.
- Infection by bacteria must be assumed to have taken place in all wounds
- made in any other way than by the knife of the surgeon operating through
- unbroken skin. On this assumption the modern system of wound treatment
- is based. Pathogenic bacteria are so widely distributed, that in the
- ordinary circumstances of everyday life, no matter how trivial a wound
- may be, or how short a time it may remain exposed, the access of
- organisms to it is almost certain unless preventive measures are
- employed.
- It cannot be emphasised too strongly that rigid precautions are to be
- taken to exclude fresh infection, not only in dealing with wounds that
- are free of organisms, but equally in the management of wounds and other
- lesions that are already infected. Any laxity in our methods which
- admits of fresh organisms reaching an infected wound adds materially to
- the severity of the infective process and consequently to the patient's
- risk.
- There are many ways in which accidental infection may occur. Take, for
- example, the case of a person who receives a cut on the face by being
- knocked down in a carriage accident on the street. Organisms may be
- introduced to such a wound from the shaft or wheel by which he was
- struck, from the ground on which he lay, from any portion of his
- clothing that may have come in contact with the wound, or from his own
- skin. Or, again, the hands of those who render first aid, the water used
- to bathe the wound, the handkerchief or other extemporised dressing
- applied to it, may be the means of conveying bacterial infection. Should
- the wound open on a mucous surface, such as the mouth or nasal cavity,
- the organisms constantly present in such situations are liable to prove
- agents of infection.
- Even after the patient has come under professional care the risks of his
- wound becoming infected are not past, because the hands of the doctor,
- his instruments, dressings, or other appliances may all, unless
- purified, become the sources of infection.
- In the case of an operation carried out through unbroken skin, organisms
- may be introduced into the wound from the patient's own skin, from the
- hands of the surgeon or his assistants, through the medium of
- contaminated instruments, swabs, ligature or suture materials, or other
- things used in the course of the operation, or from the dressings
- applied to the wound.
- Further, bacteria may gain access to devitalised tissues by way of the
- blood-stream, being carried hither from some infected area elsewhere in
- the body.
- _The Antiseptic System of Surgery._--Those who only know the surgical
- conditions of to-day can scarcely realise the state of matters which
- existed before the introduction of the antiseptic system by Joseph
- Lister in 1867. In those days few wounds escaped the ravages of pyogenic
- and other bacteria, with the result that suppuration ensued after most
- operations, and such diseases as erysipelas, pyaemia, and "hospital
- gangrene" were of everyday occurrence. The mortality after compound
- fractures, amputations, and many other operations was appalling, and
- death from blood-poisoning frequently followed even the most trivial
- operations. An operation was looked upon as a last resource, and the
- inherent risk from blood-poisoning seemed to have set an impassable
- barrier to the further progress of surgery. To the genius of Lister we
- owe it that this barrier was removed. Having satisfied himself that the
- septic process was due to bacterial infection, he devised a means of
- preventing the access of organisms to wounds or of counteracting their
- effects. Carbolic acid was the first antiseptic agent he employed, and
- by its use in compound fractures he soon obtained results such as had
- never before been attained. The principle was applied to other
- conditions with like success, and so profoundly has it affected the
- whole aspect of surgical pathology, that many of the infective diseases
- with which surgeons formerly had to deal are now all but unknown. The
- broad principles upon which Lister founded his system remain unchanged,
- although the methods employed to put them into practice have been
- modified.
- #Means taken to Prevent Infection of Wounds.#--The avenues by which
- infective agents may gain access to surgical wounds are so numerous and
- so wide, that it requires the greatest care and the most watchful
- attention on the part of the surgeon to guard them all. It is only by
- constant practice and patient attention to technical details in the
- operating room and at the bedside, that the carrying out of surgical
- manipulations in such a way as to avoid bacterial infection will become
- an instinctive act and a second nature. It is only possible here to
- indicate the chief directions in which danger lies, and to describe the
- means most generally adopted to avoid it.
- To prevent infection, it is essential that everything which comes into
- contact with a wound should be sterilised or disinfected, and to ensure
- the best results it is necessary that the efficiency of our methods of
- sterilisation should be periodically tested. The two chief agencies at
- our disposal are heat and chemical antiseptics.
- #Sterilisation by Heat.#--The most reliable, and at the same time the
- most convenient and generally applicable, means of sterilisation is by
- heat. All bacteria and spores are completely destroyed by being
- subjected for fifteen minutes to _saturated circulating steam_ at a
- temperature of 130 o to 145 o C. (= 266 o to 293 o F.). The articles to be
- sterilised are enclosed in a perforated tin casket, which is placed in a
- specially constructed steriliser, such as that of Schimmelbusch. This
- apparatus is so arranged that the steam circulates under a pressure of
- from two to three atmospheres, and permeates everything contained in it.
- Objects so sterilised are dry when removed from the steriliser. This
- method is specially suitable for appliances which are not damaged by
- steam, such, for example, as gauze swabs, towels, aprons, gloves, and
- metal instruments; it is essential that the efficiency of the steriliser
- be tested from time to time by a self-registering thermometer or other
- means.
- The best substitute for circulating steam is _boiling_. The articles are
- placed in a "fish-kettle steriliser" and boiled for fifteen minutes in a
- 1 per cent. solution of washing soda.
- To prevent contamination of objects that have been sterilised they must
- on no account be touched by any one whose hands have not been
- disinfected and protected by sterilised gloves.
- #Sterilisation by Chemical Agents.#--For the purification of the skin of
- the patient, the hands of the surgeon, and knives and other instruments
- that are damaged by heat, recourse must be had to chemical agents.
- These, however, are less reliable than heat, and are open to certain
- other objections.
- #Disinfection of the Hands.#--It is now generally recognised that one of
- the most likely sources of wound infection is the hands of the surgeon
- and his assistants. It is only by carefully studying to avoid all
- contact with infective matter that the hands can be kept surgically
- pure, and that this source of wound infection can be reduced to a
- minimum. The risk of infection from this source has further been greatly
- reduced by the systematic use of rubber gloves by house-surgeons,
- dressers, and nurses. The habitual use of gloves has also been adopted
- by the great majority of surgeons; the minority, who find they are
- handicapped by wearing gloves as a routine measure, are obliged to do so
- when operating in infective cases or dressing infected wounds, and in
- making rectal and vaginal examinations.
- The gloves may be sterilised by steam, and are then put on dry, or by
- boiling, in which case they are put on wet. The gauntlet of the glove
- should overlap and confine the end of the sleeve of the sterilised
- overall, and the gloved hands are rinsed in lotion before and at
- frequent intervals during the operation. The hands are sterilised before
- putting on the gloves, preferably by a method which dehydrates the skin.
- Cotton gloves may be worn by the surgeon when tying ligatures, or
- between operations, and by the anaesthetist during operations on the
- head, neck, and chest.
- The first step in the disinfection of the hands is the mechanical
- removal of gross surface dirt and loose epithelium by soap, a stream of
- running water as hot as can be borne, and a loofah or nail-brush, that
- has been previously sterilised by heat. The nails should be cut down
- till there is no sulcus between the nail edge and the pulp of the finger
- in which organisms may lodge. They are next washed for three minutes in
- methylated spirit to dehydrate the skin, and then for two or three
- minutes in 70 per cent. sublimate or biniodide alcohol (1 in 1000).
- Finally, the hands are rubbed with dry sterilised gauze.
- #Preparation of the Skin of the Patient.#--In the purification of the
- skin of the patient before operation, reliance is to be placed chiefly
- in the mechanical removal of dirt and grease by the same means as are
- taken for the cleansing of the surgeon's hands. Hair-covered parts
- should be shaved. The skin is then dehydrated by washing with methylated
- spirit, followed by 70 per cent. sublimate or biniodide alcohol (1 in
- 1000). This is done some hours before the operation, and the part is
- then covered with pads of dry sterilised gauze or a sterilised towel.
- Immediately before the operation the skin is again purified in the same
- way.
- The _iodine method_ of disinfecting the skin introduced by Grossich is
- simple, and equally efficient. The day before operation the skin, after
- being washed with soap and water, is shaved, dehydrated by means of
- methylated spirit, and then painted with a 5 per cent. solution of
- iodine in rectified spirit. The painting with iodine is repeated just
- before the operation commences, and again after it is completed. The
- final application is omitted in the case of children. In emergency
- operations the skin is shaved dry and dehydrated with spirit, after
- which the iodine is applied as described above. The staining of the skin
- is an advantage, as it enables the operator to recognise the area that
- has been prepared.
- If any acne pustules or infected sinuses are present, they should be
- destroyed or purified by means of the thermo-cautery or pure carbolic
- acid, after the patient is anaesthetised.
- #Appliances used at Operation.#--_Instruments_ that are not damaged by
- heat must be boiled in a fish-kettle or other suitable steriliser for
- fifteen minutes in a 1 per cent. solution of cresol or washing soda.
- Just before the operation begins they are removed in the tray of the
- steriliser and placed on a sterilised towel within reach of the surgeon
- or his assistant. Knives and instruments that are liable to be damaged
- by heat should be purified by being soaked in pure cresol for a few
- minutes, or in 1 in 20 carbolic for at least an hour.
- _Pads of Gauze_ sterilised by compressed circulating steam have almost
- entirely superseded marine sponges for operative purposes. To avoid the
- risk of leaving swabs in the peritoneal cavity, large square pads of
- gauze, to one corner of which a piece of strong tape about a foot long
- is securely stitched, should be employed. They should be removed from
- the caskets in which they are sterilised by means of sterilised forceps,
- and handed direct to the surgeon. The assistant who attends to the swabs
- should wear sterilised gloves.
- _Ligatures and Sutures._--To avoid the risk of implanting infective
- matter in a wound by means of the materials used for ligatures and
- sutures, great care must be taken in their preparation.
- _Catgut._--The following methods of preparing catgut have proved
- satisfactory: (1) The gut is soaked in juniper oil for at least a month;
- the juniper oil is then removed by ether and alcohol, and the gut
- preserved in 1 in 1000 solution of corrosive sublimate in alcohol
- (Kocher). (2) The gut is placed in a brass receiver and boiled for
- three-quarters of an hour in a solution consisting of 85 per cent.
- absolute alcohol, 10 per cent. water, and 5 per cent. carbolic acid, and
- is then stored in 90 per cent. alcohol. (3) Cladius recommends that the
- catgut, just as it is bought from the dealers, be loosely rolled on a
- spool, and then immersed in a solution of--iodine, 1 part; iodide of
- potassium, 1 part; distilled water, 100 parts. At the end of eight days
- it is ready for use. Moschcowitz has found that the tensile strength of
- catgut so prepared is increased if it is kept dry in a sterile vessel,
- instead of being left indefinitely in the iodine solution. If
- Salkindsohn's formula is used--tincture of iodine, 1 part; proof spirit,
- 15 parts--the gut can be kept permanently in the solution without
- becoming brittle. To avoid contamination from the hands, catgut should
- be removed from the bottle with aseptic forceps and passed direct to the
- surgeon. Any portion unused should be thrown away.
- _Silk_ is prepared by being soaked for twelve hours in ether, for other
- twelve in alcohol, and then boiled for ten minutes in 1 in 1000
- sublimate solution. It is then wound on spools with purified hands
- protected by sterilised gloves, and kept in absolute alcohol. Before an
- operation the silk is again boiled for ten minutes in the same solution,
- and is used directly from this (Kocher). Linen thread is sterilised in
- the same way as silk.
- Fishing-gut and silver wire, as well as the needles, should be boiled
- along with the instruments. Horse-hair and fishing-gut may be sterilised
- by prolonged immersion in 1 in 20 carbolic, or in the iodine solutions
- employed to sterilise catgut.
- The field of operation is surrounded by sterilised towels, clipped to
- the edges of the wound, and securely fixed in position so that no
- contamination may take place from the surroundings.
- The surgeon and his assistants, including the anaesthetist, wear
- overalls sterilised by steam. To avoid the risk of infection from dust,
- scurf, or drops of perspiration falling from the head, the surgeon and
- his assistants may wear sterilised cotton caps. To obviate the risk of
- infection taking place by drops of saliva projected from the mouth in
- talking or coughing in the vicinity of a wound, a simple mask may be
- worn.
- The risk of infection from the _air_ is now known to be very small, so
- long as there is no excess of floating dust. All sweeping, dusting, and
- disturbing of curtains, blinds, or furniture must therefore be avoided
- before or during an operation.
- It has been shown that the presence of spectators increases the number
- of organisms in the atmosphere. In teaching clinics, therefore, the risk
- from air infection is greater than in private practice.
- To facilitate primary union, all haemorrhage should be arrested, and the
- accumulation of fluid in the wound prevented. When much oozing is
- anticipated, a glass or rubber drainage-tube is inserted through a small
- opening specially made for the purpose. In aseptic wounds the tube may
- be removed in from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, and where it is
- important to avoid a scar, the opening should be closed with a Michel's
- clip; in infected wounds the tube must remain as long as the discharge
- continues.
- The fascia and skin should be brought into accurate apposition by
- sutures. If any cavity exists in the deeper part of the wound it should
- be obliterated by buried sutures, or by so adjusting the dressing as to
- bring its walls into apposition.
- If these precautions have been successful, the wound will heal under the
- original dressing, which need not be interfered with for from seven to
- ten days, according to the nature of the case.
- #Dressings.#--_Gauze_, sterilised by heat, is almost universally
- employed for the dressing of wounds. _Double cyanide gauze_ may be used
- in such regions as the neck, axilla, or groin, where complete
- sterilisation of the skin is difficult to attain, and where it is
- desirable to leave the dressing undisturbed for ten days or more.
- _Iodoform_ or _bismuth gauze_ is of special value for the packing of
- wounds treated by the open method.
- One variety or another of _wool_, rendered absorbent by the extraction
- of its fat, and sterilised by heat, forms a part of almost every
- surgical dressing, and various antiseptic agents may be added to it. Of
- these, corrosive sublimate is the most generally used. Wood-wool
- dressings are more highly and more uniformly absorbent than cotton
- wools. As evaporation takes place through wool dressings, the discharge
- becomes dried, and so forms an unfavourable medium for bacterial growth.
- Pads of _sphagnum moss_, sterilised by heat, are highly absorbent, and
- being economical are used when there is much discharge, and in cases
- where a leakage of urine has to be soaked up.
- #Means adopted to combat Infection.#--As has already been indicated, the
- same antiseptic precautions are to be taken in dealing with infected as
- with aseptic wounds.
- In _recent injuries_ such as result from railway or machinery accidents,
- with bruising and crushing of the tissues and grinding of gross dirt
- into the wounds, the scissors must be freely used to remove the tissues
- that have been devitalised or impregnated with foreign material.
- Hair-covered parts should be shaved and the surrounding skin painted
- with iodine. Crushed and contaminated portions of bone should be
- chiselled away. Opinions differ as to the benefit derived from washing
- such wounds with chemical antiseptics, which are liable to devitalise
- the tissues with which they come in contact, and so render them less
- able to resist the action of any organisms that may remain in them. All
- are agreed, however, that free washing with normal salt solution is
- useful in mechanically cleansing the injured parts. Peroxide of hydrogen
- sprayed over such wounds is also beneficial in virtue of its oxidising
- properties. Efficient drainage must be provided, and stitches should be
- used sparingly, if at all.
- The best way in which to treat such wounds is by the _open method_. This
- consists in packing the wound with iodoform or bismuth gauze, which is
- left in position as long as it adheres to the raw surface. The packing
- may be renewed at intervals until the wound is filled by granulations;
- or, in the course of a few days when it becomes evident that the
- infection has been overcome, _secondary_ sutures may be introduced and
- the edges drawn together, provision being made at the ends for further
- packing or for drainage-tubes.
- If earth or street dirt has entered the wound, the surface may with
- advantage be painted over with pure carbolic acid, as virulent
- organisms, such as those of tetanus or spreading gangrene, are liable to
- be present. Prophylactic injection of tetanus antitoxin may be
- indicated.
- CHAPTER XIII
- CONSTITUTIONAL EFFECTS OF INJURIES
- SYNCOPE--SHOCK--COLLAPSE--FAT EMBOLISM--TRAUMATIC ASPHYXIA--DELIRIUM
- IN SURGICAL PATIENTS: _Delirium in general_; _Delirium tremens_;
- _Traumatic delirium_.
- SYNCOPE, SHOCK, AND COLLAPSE
- Syncope, shock, and collapse are clinical conditions which, although
- depending on different causes, bear a superficial resemblance to one
- another.
- #Syncope or Fainting.#--Syncope is the result of a suddenly produced
- anaemia of the brain from temporary weakening or arrest of the heart's
- action. In surgical practice, this condition is usually observed in
- nervous persons who have been subjected to pain, as in the reduction of
- a dislocation or the incision of a whitlow; or in those who have rapidly
- lost a considerable quantity of blood. It may also follow the sudden
- withdrawal of fluid from a large cavity, as in tapping an abdomen for
- ascites, or withdrawing fluid from the pleural cavity. Syncope sometimes
- occurs also during the administration of a general anaesthetic,
- especially if there is a tendency to sickness and the patient is not
- completely under. During an operation the onset of syncope is often
- recognised by the cessation of oozing from the divided vessels before
- the general symptoms become manifest.
- _Clinical Features._--When a person is about to faint he feels giddy,
- has surging sounds in his ears, and haziness of vision; he yawns,
- becomes pale and sick, and a free flow of saliva takes place into the
- mouth. The pupils dilate; the pulse becomes small and almost
- imperceptible; the respirations shallow and hurried; consciousness
- gradually fades away, and he falls in a heap on the floor.
- Sometimes vomiting ensues before the patient completely loses
- consciousness, and the muscular exertion entailed may ward off the
- actual faint. This is frequently seen in threatened syncopal attacks
- during chloroform administration.
- Recovery begins in a few seconds, the patient sighing or gasping, or, it
- may be, vomiting; the strength of the pulse gradually increases, and
- consciousness slowly returns. In some cases, however, syncope is fatal.
- _Treatment._--The head should at once be lowered--in imitation of
- nature's method--to encourage the flow of blood to the brain, the
- patient, if necessary, being held up by the heels. All tight clothing,
- especially round the neck or chest, must be loosened. The heart may be
- stimulated reflexly by dashing cold water over the face or chest, or by
- rubbing the face vigorously with a rough towel. The application of
- volatile substances, such as ammonia or smelling-salts, to the nose; the
- administration by the mouth of sal-volatile, whisky or brandy, and the
- intra-muscular injection of ether, are the most speedily efficacious
- remedies. In severe cases the application of hot cloths over the heart,
- or of the faradic current over the line of the phrenic nerve, just above
- the clavicle, may be called for.
- #Surgical Shock.#--The condition known as surgical shock may be looked
- upon as a state of profound exhaustion of the mechanism that exists in
- the body for the transformation of energy. This mechanism consists of
- (1) the _brain_, which, through certain special centres, regulates all
- vital activity; (2) the _adrenal glands_, the secretion of
- which--adrenalin--acting as a stimulant of the sympathetic system, so
- controls the tone of the blood vessels as to maintain efficient
- oxidation of the tissues; and (3) _the liver_, which stores and delivers
- glycogen as it is required by the muscles, and in addition, deals with
- the by-products of metabolism.
- Crile and his co-workers have shown that in surgical shock histological
- changes occur in the cells of the brain, the adrenals, and the liver,
- and that these are identical, whatever be the cause that leads to the
- exhaustion of the energy-transforming mechanism. These changes vary in
- degree, and range from slight alterations in the structure of the
- protoplasm to complete disorganisation of the cell elements.
- The influences which contribute to bring about this form of exhaustion
- that we call shock are varied, and include such emotional states as
- fear, anxiety, or worry, physical injury and toxic infection, and the
- effects of these factors are augmented by anything that tends to lower
- the vitality, such as loss of blood, exposure, insufficient food, loss
- of sleep or antecedent illness.
- Any one or any combination of these influences may cause shock, but the
- most potent, and the one which most concerns the surgeon, is physical
- injury, _e.g._, a severe accident or an operation (_traumatic shock_).
- This is usually associated with some emotional disturbance, such as fear
- or anxiety (_emotional shock_), or with haemorrhage; and may be followed
- by septic infection (_toxic shock_).
- The exaggerated afferent impulses reaching the brain as a result of
- trauma, inhibit the action of the nuclei in the region of the fourth
- ventricle and cerebellum which maintain the muscular tone, with the
- result that the muscular tone is diminished and there is a marked fall
- in the arterial blood pressure. The capillaries dilate--the blood
- stagnating in them and giving off its oxygen and transuding its fluid
- elements into the tissues--with the result that an insufficient quantity
- of oxygenated blood reaches the heart to enable it to maintain an
- efficient circulation. As the sarco-lactic acid liberated in the muscles
- is not oxygenated a condition of acidosis ensues.
- The more highly the injured part is endowed with sensory nerves the more
- marked is the shock; a crush of the hand, for example, is attended with
- a more intense degree of shock than a correspondingly severe crush of
- the foot; and injuries of such specially innervated parts as the testis,
- the urethra, the face, or the spinal cord, are associated with severe
- degrees, as are also those of parts innervated from the sympathetic
- system, such as the abdominal or thoracic viscera. It is to be borne in
- mind that a state of general anaesthesia does not prevent injurious
- impulses reaching the brain and causing shock during an operation. If
- the main nerves of the part are "blocked" by injection of a local
- anaesthetic, however, the central nervous system is protected from these
- impulses.
- While the aged frequently manifest but few signs of shock, they have a
- correspondingly feeble power of recovery; and while many young children
- suffer little, even after severe operations, others with much less cause
- succumb to shock.
- When the injured person's mind is absorbed with other matters than his
- own condition,--as, for example, during the heat of a battle or in the
- excitement of a railway accident or a conflagration,--even severe
- injuries may be unattended by pain or shock at the time, although when
- the period of excitement is over, the severity of the shock is all the
- greater. The same thing is observed in persons injured while under the
- influence of alcohol.
- _Clinical Features._--The patient is in a state of prostration. He is
- roused from his condition of indifference with difficulty, but answers
- questions intelligently, if only in a whisper. The face is pale, beads
- of sweat stand out on the brow, the features are drawn, the eyes
- sunken, and the cheeks hollow. The lips and ears are pallid; the skin of
- the body of a greyish colour, cold, and clammy. The pulse is rapid,
- fluttering, and often all but imperceptible at the wrist; the
- respiration is irregular, shallow, and sighing; and the temperature may
- fall to 96 o F. or even lower. The mouth is parched, and the patient
- complains of thirst. There is little sensibility to pain.
- Except in very severe cases, shock tends towards recovery within a few
- hours, the _reaction_, as it is called, being often ushered in by
- vomiting. The colour improves; the pulse becomes full and bounding; the
- respiration deeper and more regular; the temperature rises to 100 o F. or
- higher; and the patient begins to take notice of his surroundings. The
- condition of neurasthenia which sometimes follows an operation may be
- associated with the degenerative changes in nerve cells described by
- Crile.
- In certain cases the symptoms of traumatic shock blend with those
- resulting from toxin absorption, and it is difficult to estimate the
- relative importance of the two factors in the causation of the
- condition. The conditions formerly known as "delayed shock" and
- "prostration with excitement" are now generally recognised to be due to
- toxaemia.
- _Question of Operating during Shock._--Most authorities agree that
- operations should only be undertaken during profound shock when they are
- imperatively demanded for the arrest of haemorrhage, the prevention of
- infection of serous cavities, or for the relief of pain which is
- producing or intensifying the condition.
- _Prevention of Operation Shock._--In the preparation of a patient for
- operation, drastic purgation and prolonged fasting must be avoided, and
- about half an hour before a severe operation a pint of saline solution
- should be slowly introduced into the rectum; this is repeated, if
- necessary, during the operation, and at its conclusion. The
- operating-room must be warm--not less than 70 o F.--and the patient
- should be wrapped in cotton wool and blankets, and surrounded by
- hot-bottles. All lotions used must be warm (100 o F.); and the operation
- should be completed as speedily and as bloodlessly as possible. The
- element of fear may to some extent be eliminated by the preliminary
- administration of such drugs as scopolamin or morphin, and with a view
- to preventing the passage of exciting afferent impulses, Crile advocates
- "blocking" of the nerves by the injection of a 1 per cent. solution of
- novocaine into their substance on the proximal side of the field of
- operation. To prevent after-pain in abdominal wounds he recommends
- injecting the edges with quinine and urea hydrochlorate before suturing,
- the resulting anaesthesia lasting for twenty-four to forty-eight hours.
- To these preventive measures the term _anoci-association_ has been
- applied. In selecting an anaesthetic, it may be borne in mind that
- chloroform lowers the blood pressure more than ether does, and that with
- spinal anaesthesia there is no lowering of the blood pressure.
- _Treatment._--A patient suffering from shock should be placed in the
- recumbent position, with the foot of the bed raised to facilitate the
- return circulation in the large veins, and so to increase the flow of
- blood to the brain. His bed should be placed near a large fire, and the
- patient himself surrounded by cotton wool and blankets and hot-bottles.
- If he has lost much blood, the limbs should be wrapped in cotton wool
- and firmly bandaged from below upwards, to conserve as much of the
- circulating blood as possible in the trunk and head. If the shock is
- moderate in degree, as soon as the patient has been put to bed, about a
- pint of saline solution should be introduced into the rectum, and 10 to
- 15 minims of adrenalin chloride (1 in 1000) may with advantage be added
- to the fluid. The injection should be repeated every two hours until the
- circulation is sufficiently restored. In severe cases, especially when
- associated with haemorrhage, transfusion of whole blood from a compatible
- donor, is the most efficient means (_Op. Surg._, p. 37). Cardiac
- stimulants such as strychnin, digitalin, or strophanthin are
- contra-indicated in shock, as they merely exhaust the already impaired
- vaso-motor centre.
- Artificial respiration may be useful in tiding a patient over the
- critical period of shock, especially at the end of a severe operation.
- Failing this, the introduction of saline solution at a temperature of
- about 105 o F. into a vein or into the subcutaneous tissue is useful
- where much blood has been lost (p. 276). Two or three pints may be
- injected into a vein, or smaller quantities under the skin.
- Thirst is best met by giving small quantities of warm water by the
- mouth, or by the introduction of saline solution into the rectum. Ice
- only relieves thirst for a short time, and as it is liable to induce
- flatulence should be avoided, especially in abdominal cases. Dryness of
- the tongue may be relieved by swabbing the mouth with a mixture of
- glycerine and lemon juice.
- If severe pain calls for the use of morphin, 1/120th grain of atropin
- should be added, or heroin alone may be given in doses of 1/24th to
- 1/12th grain.
- #Collapse# is a clinical condition which comes on more insidiously than
- shock, and which does not attain its maximum degree of severity for
- several hours. It is met with in the course of severe illnesses,
- especially such as are associated with the loss of large quantities of
- fluid from the body--for example, by severe diarrhoea, notably in Asiatic
- cholera; by persistent vomiting; or by profuse sweating, as in some
- cases of heat-stroke. Severe degrees of collapse follow sudden and
- profuse loss of blood.
- Collapse often follows upon shock--for example, in intestinal
- perforations, or after abdominal operations complicated by peritonitis,
- especially if there is vomiting, as in cases of obstruction high up in
- the intestine. The symptoms of collapse are aggravated if toxin
- absorption is superadded to the loss of fluid.
- The _clinical features_ of this condition are practically the same as
- those of shock; and it is treated on the same lines.
- FAT EMBOLISM.--After various injuries and operations, but
- especially such as implicate the marrow of long bones--for example,
- comminuted fractures, osteotomies, resections of joints, or the forcible
- correction of deformities--fluid fat may enter the circulation in
- variable quantity. In the vast majority of cases no ill effects follow,
- but when the quantity is large or when the absorption is long continued
- certain symptoms ensue, either immediately, or more frequently not for
- two or three days. These are mostly referable to the lungs and brain.
- In the lung the fat collects in the minute blood vessels and produces
- venous congestion and oedema, and sometimes pneumonia. Dyspnoea, with
- cyanosis, a persistent cough and frothy or blood-stained sputum, a
- feeble pulse and low temperature, are the chief symptoms.
- When the fat lodges in the capillaries of the brain, the pulse becomes
- small, rapid, and irregular, delirium followed by coma ensues, and the
- condition is usually rapidly fatal.
- Fat is usually to be detected in the urine, even in mild cases.
- The _treatment_ consists in tiding the patient over the acute stage of
- his illness, until the fat is eliminated from the blood vessels.
- TRAUMATIC ASPHYXIA OR TRAUMATIC CYANOSIS.--This term has been
- applied to a condition which results when the thorax is so forcibly
- compressed that respiration is mechanically arrested for several
- minutes. It has occurred from being crushed in a struggling crowd, or
- under a fall of masonry, and in machinery accidents. When the patient is
- released, the face and the neck as low down as the level of the
- clavicles present an intense coloration, varying from deep purple to
- blue-black. The affected area is sharply defined, and on close
- inspection the appearance is found to be due to the presence of
- countless minute reddish-blue or black spots, with small areas or
- streaks of normal skin between them. The punctate nature of the
- coloration is best recognised towards the periphery of the affected
- area--at the junction of the brow with the hairy scalp, and where the
- dark patch meets the normal skin of the chest (Beach and Cobb). Pressure
- over the skin does not cause the colour to disappear as in ordinary
- cyanosis. It has been shown by Wright of Boston, that the coloration is
- due to stasis from mechanical over-distension of the veins and
- capillaries; actual extravasation into the tissues is exceptional. The
- sharply defined distribution of the coloration is attributed to the
- absence of functionating valves in the veins of the head and neck, so
- that when the increased intra-thoracic pressure is transmitted to these
- veins they become engorged. Under the conjunctivae there are
- extravasations of bright red blood; and sublingual haematoma has been
- observed (Beatson).
- The discoloration begins to fade within a few hours, and after the
- second or third day it disappears, without showing any of the chromatic
- changes which characterise a bruise. The sub-conjunctival ecchymosis,
- however, persists for several weeks and disappears like other
- extravasations. Apart from combating the shock, or dealing with
- concomitant injuries, no treatment is called for.
- DELIRIUM IN SURGICAL PATIENTS
- Delirium is a temporary disturbance of mind which occurs in the course
- of certain diseases, and sometimes after injuries or operations. It may
- be associated with any of the acute pyogenic infections; with
- erysipelas, especially when it affects the head or face; or with chronic
- infective diseases of the urinary organs. In the various forms of
- meningitis also, and in some cases of injury to the head, it is common;
- and it is sometimes met with after severe haemorrhage, and in cases of
- poisoning by such drugs as iodoform, cocain, or alcohol. Delirium may
- also, of course, be a symptom of insanity.
- Often there is merely incoherent muttering regarding past incidents or
- occupations, or about absent friends; or the condition may assume the
- form of excitement, of dementia, or of melancholia; and the symptoms are
- usually worst at night.
- #Delirium Tremens# is seen in persons addicted to alcohol, who, as the
- result of accident or operation, are suddenly compelled to lie in bed.
- Although oftenest met with in habitual drunkards or chronic tipplers, it
- is by no means uncommon in moderate drinkers, and has even been seen in
- children.
- _Clinical Features._--The delirium, which has been aptly described as
- being of a "busy" character, usually manifests itself within a few days
- of the patient being laid up. For two or three days he refuses food, is
- depressed, suspicious, sleepless and restless, demanding to be allowed
- up. Then he begins to mutter incoherently, to pull off the bedclothes,
- and to attempt to get out of bed. There is general muscular tremor, most
- marked in the tongue, the lips, and the hands. The patient imagines that
- he sees all sorts of horrible beings around him, and is sometimes
- greatly distressed because of rats, mice, beetles, or snakes, which he
- fancies are crawling over him. The pulse is soft, rapid, and
- compressible; the temperature is only moderately raised (100 o-101 o F.),
- and as a rule there is profuse sweating. The digestion is markedly
- impaired, and there is often vomiting. Patients in this condition are
- peculiarly insensitive to pain, and may even walk about with a fractured
- leg without apparent discomfort.
- In most cases the symptoms begin to pass off in three or four days; the
- patient sleeps, the hallucinations and tremors cease, and he gradually
- recovers. In other cases the temperature rises, the pulse becomes rapid,
- and death results from exhaustion.
- The main indication in _treatment_ is to secure sleep, and this is done
- by the administration of bromides, chloral, or paraldehyde, or of one or
- other of the drugs of which sulphonal, trional, and veronal are
- examples. Heroin in doses of from 1/24th to 1/12th grain is often of
- service. Morphin must be used with great caution. In some cases hyoscin
- (1/200 grain) injected hypodermically is found efficacious when all
- other means have failed, but this drug must be used with great
- discrimination. The patient must be encouraged to take plenty of easily
- digested fluid food, supplemented, if necessary, by nutrient enemata and
- saline infusions.
- In the early stage a brisk mercurial purge is often of value. Alcohol
- should be withheld, unless failing of the pulse strongly indicates its
- use, and then it should be given along with the food.
- A delirious patient must be constantly watched by a trained attendant or
- other competent person, lest he get out of bed and do harm to himself or
- others. Mechanical restraint is often necessary, but must be avoided if
- possible, as it is apt to increase the excitement and exhaust the
- patient. On account of the extreme restlessness, there is often great
- difficulty in carrying out the proper treatment of the primary surgical
- condition, and considerable modifications in splints and other
- appliances are often rendered necessary.
- A form of delirium, sometimes spoken of as #Traumatic Delirium#, may
- follow on severe injuries or operations in persons of neurotic
- temperament, or in those whose nervous system is exhausted by overwork.
- It is met with apart from alcoholic intemperance. This form of delirium
- seems to be specially prone to ensue on operations on the face, the
- thyreoid gland, or the genito-urinary organs. The symptoms appear in
- from two to five days after the operation, and take the form of
- restlessness, sleeplessness, low incoherent muttering, and picking at
- the bedclothes. It is not necessarily attended by fever or by muscular
- tremors. The patient may show hysterical symptoms. This condition is
- probably to be regarded as a form of insanity, as it is liable to merge
- into mania or melancholia.
- The _treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as that of delirium
- tremens.
- CHAPTER XIV
- THE BLOOD VESSELS
- Anatomy--INJURIES OF ARTERIES: _Varieties_--INJURIES OF
- VEINS: _Air Embolism_--Repair of blood vessels and natural
- arrest of haemorrhage--HAEMORRHAGE: _Varieties_;
- _Prevention_; _Arrest_--Constitutional effects of
- haemorrhage--Haemophilia--DISEASES OF BLOOD VESSELS:
- Thrombosis; Embolism--Arteritis: _Varieties_;
- Arterio-sclerosis--Thrombo-phlebitis--Phlebitis:
- _Varieties_--VARIX--ANGIOMATA--Naevus: _Varieties_;
- _Electrolysis_--Cirsoid aneurysm--ANEURYSM: _Varieties_;
- _Methods of treatment_--ANEURYSMS OF INDIVIDUAL ARTERIES.
- #Surgical Anatomy.#--An _artery_ has three coats: an internal coat--the
- _tunica intima_--made up of a single layer of endothelial cells lining
- the lumen; outside of this a layer of delicate connective tissue; and
- still farther out a dense tissue composed of longitudinally arranged
- elastic fibres--the internal elastic lamina. The tunica intima is easily
- ruptured. The middle coat, or _tunica media_, consists of non-striped
- muscular fibres, arranged for the most part concentrically round the
- vessel. In this coat also there is a considerable proportion of elastic
- tissue, especially in the larger vessels. The thickness of the vessel
- wall depends chiefly on the development of the muscular coat. The
- external coat, or _tunica externa_, is composed of fibrous tissue,
- containing, especially in vessels of medium calibre, some yellow elastic
- fibres in its deeper layers.
- In most parts of the body the arteries lie in a sheath of connective
- tissue, from which fine fibrous processes pass to the tunica externa.
- The connection, however, is not a close one, and the artery when divided
- transversely is capable of retracting for a considerable distance within
- its sheath. In some of the larger arteries the sheath assumes the form
- of a definite membrane.
- The arteries are nourished by small vessels--the _vasa vasorum_--which
- ramify chiefly in the outer coat. They are also well supplied with
- nerves, which regulate the size of the lumen by inducing contraction or
- relaxation of the muscular coat.
- The _veins_ are constructed on the same general plan as the arteries,
- the individual coats, however, being thinner. The inner coat is less
- easily ruptured, and the middle coat contains a smaller proportion of
- muscular tissue. In one important point veins differ structurally from
- arteries--namely, in being provided with valves which prevent reflux of
- the blood. These valves are composed of semilunar folds of the tunica
- intima strengthened by an addition of connective tissue. Each valve
- usually consists of two semilunar flaps attached to opposite sides of
- the vessel wall, each flap having a small sinus on its cardiac side.
- The distension of these sinuses with blood closes the valve and
- prevents regurgitation. Valves are absent from the superior and inferior
- venae cavae, the portal vein and its tributaries, the hepatic, renal,
- uterine, and spermatic veins, and from the veins in the lower part of
- the rectum. They are ill-developed or absent also in the iliac and
- common femoral veins--a fact which has an important bearing on the
- production of varix in the veins of the lower extremity.
- The wall of _capillaries_ consists of a single layer of endothelial
- cells.
- HAEMORRHAGE
- Various terms are employed in relation to haemorrhage, according to its
- seat, its origin, the time at which it occurs, and other circumstances.
- The term _external haemorrhage_ is employed when the blood escapes on the
- surface; when the bleeding takes place into the tissues or into a cavity
- it is spoken of as _internal_. The blood may infiltrate the connective
- tissue, constituting an _extravasation_ of blood; or it may collect in a
- space or cavity and form a _haematoma_.
- The coughing up of blood from the lungs is known as _haemoptysis_;
- vomiting of blood from the stomach, as _haematemesis_; the passage of
- black-coloured stools due to the presence of blood altered by digestion,
- as _melaena_; and the passage of bloody urine, as _haematuria_.
- Haemorrhage is known as arterial, venous, or capillary, according to the
- nature of the vessel from which it takes place.
- In _arterial_ haemorrhage the blood is bright red in colour, and escapes
- from the cardiac end of the divided vessel in pulsating jets
- synchronously with the systole of the heart. In vascular parts--for
- example the face--both ends of a divided artery bleed freely. The blood
- flowing from an artery may be dark in colour if the respiration is
- impeded. When the heart's action is weak and the blood tension low the
- flow may appear to be continuous and not in jets. The blood from a
- divided artery at the bottom of a deep wound, escapes on the surface in
- a steady flow.
- _Venous_ bleeding is not pulsatile, but occurs in a continuous stream,
- which, although both ends of the vessel may bleed, is more copious from
- the distal end. The blood is dark red under ordinary conditions, but may
- be purplish, or even black, if the respiration is interfered with. When
- one of the large veins in the neck is wounded, the effects of
- respiration produce a rise and fall in the stream which may resemble
- arterial pulsation.
- In _capillary_ haemorrhage, red blood escapes from numerous points on the
- surface of the wound in a steady ooze. This form of bleeding is serious
- in those who are the subjects of haemophilia.
- INJURIES OF ARTERIES
- The following description of the injuries of arteries refers to the
- larger, named trunks. The injuries of smaller, unnamed vessels are
- included in the consideration of wounds and contusions.
- #Contusion.#--An artery may be contused by a blow or crush, or by the
- oblique impact of a bullet. The bruising of the vessel wall, especially
- if it is diseased, may result in the formation of a thrombus which
- occludes the lumen temporarily or even permanently, and in rare cases
- may lead to gangrene of the limb beyond.
- #Subcutaneous Rupture.#--An artery may be ruptured subcutaneously by a
- blow or crush, or by a displaced fragment of bone. This injury has been
- produced also during attempts to reduce dislocations, especially those
- of old standing at the shoulder. It is most liable to occur when the
- vessels are diseased. The rupture may be incomplete or complete.
- _Incomplete Subcutaneous Rupture._--In the majority of cases the rupture
- is incomplete--the inner and middle coats being torn, while the outer
- remains intact. The middle coat contracts and retracts, and the
- internal, because of its elasticity, curls up in the interior of the
- vessel, forming a valvular obstruction to the blood-flow. In most cases
- this results in the formation of a thrombus which occludes the vessel.
- In some cases the blood-pressure gradually distends the injured segment
- of the vessel wall and leads to the formation of an aneurysm.
- The pulsation in the vessels beyond the seat of rupture is arrested--for
- a time at least--owing to the occlusion of the vessel, and the limb
- becomes cold and powerless. The pulsation seldom returns within five or
- six weeks of the injury, if indeed it is not permanently arrested, but,
- as a rule, a collateral circulation is rapidly established, sufficient
- to nourish the parts beyond. If the pulsation returns within a week of
- the injury, the presumption is that the occlusion was due to pressure
- from without--for example, by haemorrhage into the sheath or the pressure
- of a fragment of bone.
- _Complete Subcutaneous Rupture._--When the rupture is complete, all the
- coats of the vessel are torn and the blood escapes into the surrounding
- tissues. If the original injury is attended with much shock, the
- bleeding may not take place until the period of reaction. Rupture of the
- popliteal artery in association with fracture of the femur, or of the
- axillary or brachial artery with fracture of the humerus or dislocation
- of the shoulder, are familiar examples of this injury.
- Like incomplete rupture, this lesion is accompanied by loss of pulsation
- and power, and by coldness of the limb beyond; a tense and excessively
- painful swelling rapidly appears in the region of the injury, and, where
- the cellular tissue is loose, may attain a considerable size. The
- pressure of the effused blood occludes the veins and leads to congestion
- and oedema of the limb beyond. The interference with the circulation, and
- the damage to the tissues, may be so great that gangrene ensues.
- _Treatment._--When an artery has been contused or ruptured, the limb
- must be placed in the most favourable condition for restoration of the
- circulation. The skin is disinfected and the limb wrapped in cotton wool
- to conserve its heat, and elevated to such an extent as to promote the
- venous return without at the same time interfering with the inflow of
- blood. A careful watch must be kept on the state of nutrition of the
- limb, lest gangrene occurs.
- If no complications supervene, the swelling subsides, and recovery may
- be complete in six or eight weeks. If the extravasation is great and the
- skin threatens to give way, or if the vitality of the limb is seriously
- endangered, it is advisable to expose the injured vessel, and, after
- clearing away the clots, to attempt to suture the rent in the artery,
- or, if torn across, to join the ends after paring the bruised edges. If
- this is impracticable, a ligature is applied above and below the
- rupture. If gangrene ensues, amputation must be performed.
- These descriptions apply to the larger arteries of the extremities. A
- good illustration of subcutaneous rupture of the arteries of the head is
- afforded by the tearing of the middle meningeal artery caused by the
- application of blunt violence to the skull; and of the arteries of the
- trunk--caused by the tearing of the renal artery in rupture of the
- kidney.
- #Open Wounds of Arteries--Laceration.#--Laceration of large arteries is
- a common complication of machinery and railway accidents. The violence
- being usually of a tearing, twisting, or crushing nature, such injuries
- are seldom associated with much haemorrhage, as torn or crushed vessels
- quickly become occluded by contraction and retraction of their coats and
- by the formation of a clot. A whole limb even may be avulsed from the
- body with comparatively little loss of blood. The risk in such cases is
- secondary haemorrhage resulting from pyogenic infection.
- The _treatment_ is that applicable to all wounds, with, in addition, the
- ligation of the lacerated vessels.
- #Punctured wounds# of blood vessels may result from stabs, or they may
- be accidentally inflicted in the course of an operation.
- The division of the coats of the vessel being incomplete, the natural
- haemostasis that results from curling up of the intima and contraction of
- the media, fails to take place, and bleeding goes on into the
- surrounding tissues, and externally. If the sheath of the vessel is not
- widely damaged, the gradually increasing tension of the extravasated
- blood retained within it may ultimately arrest the haemorrhage. A clot
- then forms between the lips of the wound in the vessel wall and projects
- for a short distance into the lumen, without, however, materially
- interfering with the flow through the vessel. The organisation of this
- clot results in the healing of the wound in the vessel wall.
- In other cases the blood escapes beyond the sheath and collects in the
- surrounding tissues, and a traumatic aneurysm results. Secondary
- haemorrhage may occur if the wound becomes infected.
- The _treatment_ consists in enlarging the external wound to permit of
- the damaged vessel being ligated above and below the puncture. In some
- cases it may be possible to suture the opening in the vessel wall. When
- circumstances prevent these measures being taken, the bleeding may be
- arrested by making firm pressure over the wound with a pad; but this
- procedure is liable to be followed by the formation of an aneurysm.
- _Minute puncture of arteries_ such as frequently occur in the hypodermic
- administration of drugs and in the use of exploring needles, are not
- attended with any escape of blood, chiefly because of the elastic recoil
- of the arterial wall; a tiny thrombus of platelets and thrombus forms at
- the point where the intima is punctured.
- #Incised Wounds.#--We here refer only to such incised wounds as partly
- divide the vessel wall.
- Longitudinal wounds show little tendency to gape, and are therefore not
- attended with much bleeding. They usually heal rapidly, but, like
- punctured wounds, are liable to be followed by the formation of an
- aneurysm.
- When, however, the incision in the vessel wall is oblique or transverse,
- the retraction of the muscular coat causes the opening to gape, with the
- result that there is haemorrhage, which, even in comparatively small
- arteries, may be so profuse as to prove dangerous. When the associated
- wound in the soft parts is valvular the haemorrhage is arrested and an
- aneurysm may develop.
- When a large arterial trunk, such as the external iliac, the femoral,
- the common carotid, the brachial, or the popliteal, has been partly
- divided, for example, in the course of an operation, the opening should
- be closed with sutures--_arteriorrhaphy_. The circulation being
- controlled by a tourniquet, or the artery itself occluded by a clamp,
- fine silk or catgut stitches are passed through the outer and middle
- coats after the method of Lembert, a fine, round needle being employed.
- The sheath of the vessel or an adjacent fascia should be stitched
- over the line of suture in the vessel wall. If infection be excluded,
- there is little risk of thrombosis or secondary haemorrhage; and even if
- thrombosis should develop at the point of suture, the artery is
- obstructed gradually, and the establishment of a collateral circulation
- takes place better than after ligation. In the case of smaller trunks,
- or when suture is impracticable, the artery should be tied above and
- below the opening, and divided between the ligatures.
- #Gunshot Wounds of Blood Vessels.#--In the majority of cases injuries of
- large vessels are associated with an external wound; the profusion of
- the bleeding indicates the size of the damaged vessel, and the colour of
- the blood and the nature of the flow denote whether an artery or a vein
- is implicated.
- When an artery is wounded a firm _haematoma_ may form, with an expansile
- pulsation and a palpable thrill--whether such a haematoma remains
- circumscribed or becomes diffuse depends upon the density or laxity of
- the tissues around it. In course of time a _traumatic arterial aneurysm_
- may develop from such a haematoma.
- When an artery and its companion vein are injured simultaneously an
- _arterio-venous aneurysm_ (p. 310) may develop. This frequently takes
- place without the formation of a haematoma as the arterial blood finds
- its way into the vein and so does not escape into the tissues. Even if a
- haematoma forms it seldom assumes a great size. In time a swelling is
- recognised, with a palpable thrill and a systolic bruit, loudest at the
- level of the communication and accompanied by a continuous venous hum.
- If leakage occurs into the tissues, the extravasated blood may occlude
- the vein by pressure, and the symptoms of arterial aneurysm replace
- those of the arterio-venous form, the systolic bruit persisting, while
- the venous hum disappears.
- _Gangrene_ may ensue if the blood supply is seriously interfered with,
- or the signs of _ischaemia_ may develop; the muscles lose their
- elasticity, become hard and paralysed, and anaesthesia of the "glove" or
- "stocking" type, with other alterations of sensation ensue. Apart from
- ischaemia, _reflex paralysis_ of motion and sensation of a transient kind
- may follow injury of a large vessel.
- _Treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as for similar injuries due
- to other causes.
- INJURIES OF VEINS
- Veins are subject to the same forms of injury as arteries, and the
- results are alike in both, such variations as occur being dependent
- partly on the difference in their anatomical structure, and partly on
- the conditions of the circulation through them.
- #Subcutaneous rupture# of veins occur most frequently in association
- with fractures and in the reduction of dislocations. The veins most
- commonly ruptured are the popliteal, the axillary, the femoral, and the
- subclavian. On account of the smaller amount of elastic and muscular
- tissue in the wall of a vein, the contraction and retraction of its
- walls are less than in an artery, and so bleeding may continue for a
- longer period. On the other hand, owing to the lower blood-pressure the
- outflow goes on more slowly, and the gradually increasing pressure
- produced by the extravasated blood is usually sufficient to arrest the
- haemorrhage before it becomes serious. As an aid in diagnosing the source
- of the bleeding, it should be remembered that the rupture of a vein does
- not affect the pulsation in the limb beyond. The risks are practically
- the same as when an artery is ruptured, excepting that of aneurysm, and
- the treatment is carried out on the same lines, but it is seldom
- necessary to operate for the purpose of applying a ligature to the
- injured vein.
- #Wounds# of veins--punctured and incised--frequently occur in the course
- of operations; for example, in the removal of tumours or diseased glands
- from the neck, the axilla, or the groin. They are also met with as a
- result of accidental stabs and of suicidal or homicidal injuries. The
- haemorrhage from a large vein so damaged is usually profuse, but it is
- more readily controlled by external pressure than that from an artery.
- When a vein is merely punctured, the bleeding may be arrested by
- pressure with a pad of gauze, or by a lateral ligature--that is, picking
- up the margins of the rent in the wall and securing them with a
- ligature without occluding the lumen. In the large veins, such as the
- internal jugular, the femoral, or the axillary, it is usually possible
- to suture the opening in the wall. This does not necessarily result in
- thrombosis in the vessel, or in obliteration of its lumen.
- When an _artery and vein are simultaneously wounded_, the features
- peculiar to each are present in greater or less degree. In the limbs
- gangrene may ensue, especially if the wound is infected. Punctured and
- gun-shot wounds implicating both artery and vein are liable to be
- followed by the development of arterio-venous aneurysm.
- #Entrance of Air into Veins--Air Embolism.#--This serious, though
- fortunately rare, accident is apt to occur in the course of operations
- in the region of the thorax, neck, or axilla, if a large vein is opened
- and fails to collapse on account of the rigidity of its walls, its
- incorporation in a dense fascia, or from traction being made upon it. If
- the wound in a vein is thus held open, the negative pressure during
- inspiration sucks air into the right side of the heart. This is
- accompanied by a hissing or gurgling sound, and with the next expiration
- some frothy blood escapes from the wound. The patient instantly becomes
- pale, the pupils dilate, respiration becomes laboured, and although the
- heart may continue to beat forcibly, the peripheral pulse is weak, and
- may even be imperceptible. On auscultating the heart, a churning sound
- may be heard. Death may result in a few minutes; or the heart may slowly
- regain its power and recovery take place.
- _Prevention._--In operations in the "dangerous area"--as the region of
- the root of the neck is called in this connection--care must be taken
- not to cut or divide any vein before it has been secured by forceps, and
- to apply ligatures securely and at once. Deep wounds in this region
- should be kept filled with normal salt solution. Immediately a cut is
- recognised in a vein, a finger should be placed over the vessel on the
- cardiac side of the wound, and kept there until the opening is secured.
- _Treatment._--Little can be done after the air has actually entered the
- vein beyond endeavouring to maintain the heart's action by hypodermic
- injections of ether or strychnin and the application of mustard or hot
- cloths over the chest. The head at the same time should be lowered to
- prevent syncope. Attempts to withdraw the air by suction, and the
- employment of artificial respiration, have proved futile, and are, by
- some, considered dangerous. In a desperate case massage of the heart
- might be tried.
- THE NATURAL ARREST OF HAEMORRHAGE AND THE REPAIR OF BLOOD
- VESSELS
- #Primary Haemorrhage.#--The term primary haemorrhage is applied to the
- bleeding which follows immediately on the wounding of a blood vessel.
- The natural process by which such haemorrhage is arrested varies with the
- character of the wound in the vessel and may be modified by accidental
- circumstances.
- (a) _Repair of completely divided Artery._--When an artery is
- _completely_ divided, the circular fibres of the muscular coat contract,
- so that the lumen of the cut ends is diminished, and at the same time
- each segment retracts within its sheath in virtue of the recoil of the
- elastic elements in its walls, the tunica intima curls up in the
- interior of the vessel, and the tunica externa collapses over the cut
- ends. The blood that escapes from the injured vessel fills the
- interstices of the tissues, and, coagulating, forms a clot which
- temporarily arrests the bleeding. That part of the clot which lies
- between the divided ends of the vessel and in the cellular tissue
- outside, is known as the _external clot_, while the portion which
- projects into the lumen of the vessel is known as the _internal clot_,
- and it usually extends as far as the nearest collateral branch. These
- processes constitute what is known as the _temporary arrest of
- haemorrhage_, which, it will be observed, is effected by the contraction
- and retraction of the divided artery and by clotting.
- The _permanent arrest_ takes place by the transformation of the clot
- into scar tissue. The internal clot plays the most important part in the
- process; it becomes invaded by leucocytes and proliferating endothelial
- and connective-tissue cells, and new blood vessels permeate the mass,
- which is thus converted into granulation tissue. This is ultimately
- replaced by fibrous tissue, which permanently occludes the end of the
- vessel. Concurrently and by the same process the external clot is
- converted into scar tissue.
- If a divided artery is _ligated at its cut end_, the tension of the
- ligature is usually sufficient to rupture the inner and middle coats,
- which curl up within the lumen, the outer coat alone being held in the
- grasp of the ligature. An internal clot forms and, becoming organised,
- permanently occludes the vessel as above described. The ligature and the
- small portion of vessel beyond it are subsequently absorbed.
- In course of time the collateral branches of the vessel above and below
- the level of section enlarge and their inter-communication becomes more
- free, so that even when large trunks have been divided the vascular
- supply of the parts beyond may be completely restored. This is known as
- the development of the _collateral circulation_.
- _Imperfect Collateral Circulation._--While the development of the
- collateral circulation after the ligation or obstruction from other
- cause of a main arterial trunk may be sufficient to prevent gangrene of
- the limb, it may be insufficient for its adequate nourishment; it may be
- cold, bluish in colour, and there may be necrosis of the skin over bony
- points; this is notably the case in the lower extremity after ligation
- of the femoral or popliteal artery, when patches of skin may die over
- the prominence of the heel, the balls of the toes, the projecting base
- of the fifth metatarsal and the external malleolus.
- If, during the period of reaction, the blood-pressure rises
- considerably, the occluding clot at the divided end of the vessel may be
- washed away or the ligature displaced, permitting of fresh bleeding
- taking place--_reactionary_ or _intermediary haemorrhage_ (p. 272).
- In the event of the wound becoming infected with pyogenic organisms, the
- occluding blood-clot or the young fibrous tissue may become
- disintegrated in the suppurative process, and the bleeding start
- afresh--_secondary haemorrhage_ (p. 273).
- (b) If an artery is only _partly cut across_, the divided fibres of
- the tunica muscularis contract and those of the tunica externa retract,
- with the result that a more or less circular hole is formed in the wall
- of the vessel, from which free bleeding takes place, as the conditions
- are unfavourable for the formation of an occluding clot. Even if a clot
- does form, when the blood-pressure rises it is readily displaced,
- leading to reactionary haemorrhage. Should the wound become infected,
- secondary haemorrhage is specially liable to occur. A further risk
- attends this form of injury, in that the intra-vascular tension may in
- time lead to gradual stretching of the scar tissue which closes the gap
- in the vessel wall, with the result that a localised dilatation or
- diverticulum forms, constituting a _traumatic aneurysm_.
- (c) When the injury merely takes the form of a _puncture_ or _small
- incision_ a blood-clot forms between the edges, becomes organised, and
- is converted into cicatricial tissue which seals the aperture. Such
- wounds may also be followed by reactionary or secondary haemorrhage, or
- later by the formation of a traumatic aneurysm.
- _Conditions which influence the Natural Arrest of Haemorrhage._--The
- natural arrest of bleeding is favoured by tearing or crushing of the
- vessel walls, owing to the contraction and retraction of the coats and
- the tendency of blood to coagulate when in contact with damaged tissue.
- Hence the primary haemorrhage following lacerated wounds is seldom
- copious. The occurrence of syncope or of profound shock also helps to
- stop bleeding by reducing the force of the heart's action.
- On the other hand, there are conditions which retard the natural arrest.
- When, for example, a vessel is only partly divided, the contraction and
- retraction of the muscular coat, instead of diminishing the calibre of
- the artery, causes the wound in the vessel to gape; by completing the
- division of the vessel under these circumstances the bleeding can often
- be arrested. In certain situations, also, the arteries are so intimately
- connected with their sheaths, that when cut across they were unable to
- retract and contract--for example, in the scalp, in the penis, and in
- bones--and copious bleeding may take place from comparatively small
- vessels. This inability of the vessels to contract and retract is met
- with also in inflamed and oedematous parts and in scar tissue. Arteries
- divided in the substance of a muscle also sometimes bleed unduly. Any
- increase in the force of the heart's action, such as may result from
- exertion, excitement, or over-stimulation, also interferes with the
- natural arrest. Lastly, in bleeders, there are conditions which
- interfere with the natural arrest of haemorrhage.
- #Repair of a Vessel ligated in its Continuity.#--When a ligature is
- applied to an artery it should be pulled sufficiently tight to occlude
- the lumen without causing rupture of its coats. It often happens,
- however, that the compression causes rupture of the inner and middle
- coats, so that only the outer coat remains in the grasp of the ligature.
- While this weakens the wall of the vessel, it has the advantage of
- hastening coagulation, by bringing the blood into contact with damaged
- tissue. Whether the inner and middle coats are ruptured or not, blood
- coagulates both above and below the ligature, the proximal clot being
- longer and broader than that on the distal side. In small arteries these
- clots extend as far as the nearest collateral branch, but in the larger
- trunks their length varies. The permanent occlusion of those portions of
- the vessel occupied by clot is brought about by the formation of
- granulation tissue, and its replacement by cicatricial tissue, so that
- the occluded segment of the vessel is represented by a fibrous cord. In
- this process the coagulum only plays a passive role by forming a
- scaffolding on which the granulation tissue is built up. The ligature
- surrounding the vessel, and the elements of the clot, are ultimately
- absorbed.
- #Repair of Veins.#--The process of repair in veins is the same as that
- in arteries, but the thrombosed area may become canalised and the
- circulation through the vessel be re-established.
- HAEMORRHAGE IN SURGICAL OPERATIONS
- The management of the haemorrhage which accompanies an operation includes
- (a) preventive measures, and (b) the arrest of the bleeding.
- #Prevention of Haemorrhage.#--Whenever possible, haemorrhage should be
- controlled by _digital compression_ of the main artery supplying the
- limb rather than by a tourniquet. If efficiently applied compression
- reduces the immediate loss of blood to a minimum, and the bleeding from
- small vessels that follows the removal of the tourniquet is avoided.
- Further, the pressure of a tourniquet has been shown to be a material
- factor in producing shock.
- In selecting a point at which to apply digital compression, it is
- essential that the vessel should be lying over a bone which will furnish
- the necessary resistance. The common carotid, for example, is pressed
- backward and medially against the transverse process (carotid tubercle)
- of the sixth cervical vertebra; the temporal against the temporal
- process (zygoma) in front of the ear; and the facial against the
- mandible at the anterior edge of the masseter.
- In the upper extremity, the subclavian is pressed against the first rib
- by making pressure downwards and backwards in the hollow above the
- clavicle; the axillary and brachial by pressing against the shaft of the
- humerus.
- In the lower extremity, the femoral is controlled by pressing in a
- direction backward and slightly upward against the brim of the pelvis,
- midway between the symphysis pubis and the anterior superior iliac
- spine.
- The abdominal aorta may be compressed against the bodies of the lumbar
- vertebrae opposite the umbilicus, if the spine is arched well forwards
- over a pillow or sand-bag, or by the method suggested by Macewen, in
- which the patient's spine is arched forwards by allowing the lower
- extremities and pelvis to hang over the end of the table, while the
- assistant, standing on a stool, applies his closed fist over the
- abdominal aorta and compresses it against the vertebral column.
- Momburg recommends an elastic cord wound round the body between the
- iliac crest and the lower border of the ribs, but this procedure has
- caused serious damage to the intestine.
- When digital compression is not available, the most convenient and
- certain means of preventing haemorrhage--say in an amputation--is by the
- use of some form of _tourniquet_, such as the elastic tube of Esmarch or
- of Foulis, or an elastic bandage, or the screw tourniquet of Petit.
- Before applying any of these it is advisable to empty the limb of blood.
- This is best done after the manner suggested by Lister: the limb is held
- vertical for three or four minutes; the veins are thus emptied by
- gravitation, and they collapse, and as a physiological result of this
- the arteries reflexly contract, so that the quantity of blood entering
- the limb is reduced to a minimum. With the limb still elevated the
- tourniquet is firmly applied, a part being selected where the vessel can
- be pressed directly against a bone, and where there is no risk of
- exerting injurious pressure on the nerve-trunks. The tourniquet should
- be applied over several layers of gauze or lint to protect the skin, and
- the first turn of the tourniquet must be rapidly and tightly applied to
- arrest completely the arterial flow, otherwise the veins only are
- obstructed and the limb becomes congested. In the lower extremity the
- best place to apply a tourniquet is the middle third of the thigh; in
- the upper extremity, in the middle of the arm. A tourniquet should never
- be applied tighter or left on longer than is absolutely necessary.
- The screw tourniquet of Petit is to be preferred when it is desired to
- intermit the flow through the main artery as in operations for aneurysm.
- When a tourniquet cannot conveniently be applied, or when its presence
- interferes with the carrying out of the operation--as, for example, in
- amputations at the hip or shoulder--the haemorrhage may be controlled by
- preliminary ligation of the main artery above the seat of operation--for
- instance, the external iliac or the subclavian. For such contingencies
- also the steel skewers used by Spence and Wyeth, or a special clamp or
- forceps, such as that suggested by Lynn Thomas, may be employed. In the
- case of vessels which it is undesirable to occlude permanently, such as
- the common carotid, the temporary application of a ligature or clamp is
- useful.
- #Arrest of Haemorrhage.#--_Ligature._--This is the best means of securing
- the larger vessels. The divided vessel having been caught with forceps
- as near to its cut end as possible, a ligature of catgut or silk is tied
- round it. When there is difficulty in applying a ligature securely, for
- example in a dense tissue like the scalp or periosteum, or in a friable
- tissue like the thyreoid gland or the mesentery, a stitch should be
- passed so as to surround the bleeding vessel a short distance from its
- end, in this way ensuring a better hold and preventing the ligature from
- slipping.
- If the haemorrhage is from a partly divided vessel, this should be
- completely cut across to enable its walls to contract and retract, and
- to facilitate the application of forceps and ligatures.
- _Torsion._--This method is seldom employed except for comparatively
- small vessels, but it is applicable to even the largest arteries. In
- employing torsion, the end of the vessel is caught with forceps, and the
- terminal portion twisted round several times. The object is to tear the
- inner and middle coats so that they curl up inside the lumen, while the
- outer fibrous coat is twisted into a cord which occludes the end of the
- vessel.
- _Forci-pressure._--Bleeding from the smallest arteries and from
- arterioles can usually be arrested by firmly squeezing them for a few
- minutes with artery forceps. It is usually found that on the removal of
- the forceps at the end of an operation no further haemorrhage takes
- place. By the use of specially strong clamps, such as the angiotribes of
- Doyen, large trunks may be occluded by pressure.
- _Cautery._--The actual cautery or Paquelin's thermo-cautery is seldom
- employed to arrest haemorrhage, but is frequently useful in preventing
- it, as, for example, in the removal of piles, or in opening the bowel in
- colostomy. It is used at a dull-red heat, which sears the divided ends
- of the vessel and so occludes the lumen. A bright-red or a white heat
- cuts the vessel across without occluding it. The separation of the
- slough produced by the charring of the tissues is sometimes attended
- with secondary bleeding.
- _Haemostatics_ or _Styptics_.--The local application of haemostatics is
- seldom to be recommended. In the treatment of epistaxis or bleeding from
- the nose, of haemorrhage from the socket of a tooth, and sometimes from
- ulcerating or granulating surfaces, however, they may be useful. All
- clots must be removed and the drug applied directly to the bleeding
- surface. Adrenalin and turpentine are the most useful drugs for this
- purpose.
- Haemorrhage from bone, for example the skull, may be arrested by means of
- Horsley's aseptic plastic wax. To stop persistent oozing from soft
- tissues, Horsley successfully applied a portion of living vascular
- tissue, such as a fragment of muscle, which readily adheres to the
- oozing surface and yields elements that cause coagulation of the blood
- by thrombo-kinetic processes. When examined after two or three days the
- muscle has been found to be closely adherent and undergoing
- organisation.
- #Arrest of Accidental Haemorrhage.#--The most efficient means of
- temporarily controlling haemorrhage is by pressure applied with the
- finger, or with a pad of gauze, directly over the bleeding point. While
- this is maintained an assistant makes digital pressure, or applies a
- tourniquet, over the main vessel of the limb on the proximal side of the
- bleeding point. A useful _emergency tourniquet_ may be improvised by
- folding a large handkerchief _en cravatte_, with a cork or piece of wood
- in the fold to act as a pad. The handkerchief is applied round the
- limb, with the pad over the main artery, and the ends knotted on the
- lateral aspect of the limb. With a strong piece of wood the handkerchief
- is wound up like a Spanish windlass, until sufficient pressure is
- exerted to arrest the bleeding.
- When haemorrhage is taking place from a number of small vessels, its
- arrest may be effected by elevation of the bleeding part, particularly
- if it is a limb. By this means the force of the circulation is
- diminished and the formation of coagula favoured. Similarly, in wounds
- of the hand or forearm, or of the foot or leg, bleeding may be arrested
- by placing a pad in the flexure and acutely flexing the limb at the
- elbow or knee respectively.
- #Reactionary Haemorrhage.#--Reactionary or intermediary haemorrhage
- is really a recurrence of primary bleeding. As the name indicates, it
- occurs during the period of reaction--that is, within the first twelve
- hours after an operation or injury. It may be due to the increase in the
- blood-pressure that accompanies reaction displacing clots which have
- formed in the vessels, or causing vessels to bleed which did not bleed
- during the operation; to the slipping of a ligature; or to the giving
- way of a grossly damaged portion of the vessel wall. In the scrotum, the
- relaxation of the dartos during the first few hours after operation
- occasionally leads to reactionary haemorrhage.
- As a rule, reactionary haemorrhage takes place from small vessels as a
- result of the displacement of occluding clots, and in many cases the
- haemorrhage stops when the bandages and soaked dressings are removed. If
- not, it is usually sufficient to remove the clots and apply firm
- pressure, and in the case of a limb to elevate it. Should the haemorrhage
- recur, the wound must be reopened, and ligatures applied to the bleeding
- vessels. Douching the wound with hot sterilised water (about 110 o F.),
- and plugging it tightly with gauze, are often successful in arresting
- capillary oozing. When the bleeding is more copious, it is usually due
- to a ligature having slipped from a large vessel such as the external
- jugular vein after operations in the neck, and the wound must be opened
- up and the vessel again secured. The internal administration of heroin
- or morphin, by keeping the patient quiet, may prove useful in preventing
- the recurrence of haemorrhage.
- #Secondary Haemorrhage.#--The term secondary haemorrhage refers to
- bleeding that is delayed in its onset and is due to pyogenic infection
- of the tissues around an artery. The septic process causes softening and
- erosion of the wall of the artery so that it gives way under the
- pressure of the contained blood. The leakage may occur in drops, or as a
- rush of blood, according to the extent of the erosion, the size of the
- artery concerned, and the relations of the erosion to the surrounding
- tissues. When met with as a complication of a wound there is an
- interval--usually a week to ten days--between the receipt of the wound
- and the first haemorrhage, this time being required for the extension of
- the septic process to the wall of the artery and the consequent erosion
- of its coats. When secondary haemorrhage occurs apart from a wound, there
- is a similar septic process attacking the wall of the artery from the
- outside; for example in sloughing sore-throat, the separation of a
- slough may implicate the wall of an artery and be followed by serious
- and it may be fatal haemorrhage. The mechanical pressure of a fragment of
- bone or of a rubber drainage tube upon the vessel may aid the septic
- process in causing erosion of the artery. In pre-Listerian days, the
- silk ligature around the artery likewise favoured the changes that lead
- to secondary haemorrhage, and the interesting observation was often made,
- that when the collateral circulation was well established, the leakage
- occurred on the _distal_ side of the ligature. While it may happen that
- the initial haemorrhage is rapidly fatal, as for example when the
- external carotid or one of its branches suddenly gives way, it is quite
- common to have one, two or more _warning haemorrhages_ before the leakage
- on a large scale, which is rapidly fatal.
- The _appearances of the wound_ in cases complicated by secondary
- haemorrhage are only characteristic in so far that while obviously
- infected, there is an absence of all reaction; instead of frankly
- suppurating, there is little or no discharge and the surrounding
- cellular tissue and the limb beyond are oedematous and pit on pressure.
- The _general symptoms_ of septic poisoning in cases of secondary
- haemorrhage vary widely in severity: they may be so slight that the
- general health is scarcely affected and the convalescence from an
- operation, for example, may be apparently normal except that the wound
- does not heal satisfactorily. For example, a patient may be recovering
- from an operation such as the removal of an epithelioma of the mouth,
- pharynx or larynx and the associated lymph glands in the neck, and be
- able to be up and going about his room, when, suddenly, without warning
- and without obvious cause, a rush of blood occurs from the mouth or the
- incompletely healed wound in the neck, causing death within a few
- minutes.
- On the other hand, the toxaemia may be of a profound type associated with
- marked pallor and progressive failure of strength, which, of itself,
- even when the danger from haemorrhage has been overcome, may have a fatal
- termination. The _prognosis_ therefore in cases of secondary haemorrhage
- can never be other than uncertain and unfavourable; the danger from loss
- of blood _per se_ is less when the artery concerned is amenable to
- control by surgical measures.
- _Treatment._--The treatment of secondary haemorrhage includes the use of
- local measures to arrest the bleeding, the employment of general
- measures to counteract the accompanying toxaemia, and when the loss of
- blood has been considerable, the treatment of the bloodless state.
- _Local Measures to arrest the Haemorrhage._--The occurrence of even
- slight haemorrhages from a septic wound in the vicinity of a large blood
- vessel is to be taken seriously; it is usually necessary to _open up the
- wound_, clear out the clots and infected tissues with a sharp spoon,
- disinfect the walls of the cavity with eusol or hydrogen peroxide, and
- _pack_ it carefully but not too tightly with gauze impregnated with some
- antiseptic, such as "bipp," so that, if the bleeding does not recur, it
- may be left undisturbed for several days. The packing should if possible
- be brought into actual contact with the leaking point in the vessel, and
- so arranged as to make pressure on the artery above the erosion. The
- dressings and bandage are then applied, with the limb in the attitude
- that will diminish the force of the stream through the main artery, for
- example, flexion at the elbow in haemorrhage from the deep palmar arch.
- Other measures for combating the local sepsis, such as the irrigation
- method of Carrel, may be considered.
- If the wound involves one of the extremities, it may be useful; and it
- imparts confidence to the nurse, and, it may be, to the patient, if a
- Petit's tourniquet is loosely applied above the wound, which the nurse
- is instructed to tighten up in the event of bleeding taking place.
- _Ligation of the Artery._--If the haemorrhage recurs in spite of packing
- the wound, or if it is serious from the outset and likely to be critical
- if repeated, ligation of the artery itself or of the trunk from which it
- springs, at a selected spot higher up, should be considered. This is
- most often indicated in wounds of the extremities.
- As examples of proximal ligation for secondary haemorrhage may be cited
- ligation of the hypogastric artery for haemorrhage in the buttock, of the
- common iliac for haemorrhage in the thigh, of the brachial in the upper
- arm for haemorrhage from the deep palmar arch, and of the posterior
- tibial behind the medial malleolus for haemorrhage from the sole of the
- foot.
- _Amputation_ is the last resource, and should be decided upon if the
- haemorrhage recurs after proximal ligation, or if this has been followed
- by gangrene of the limb; it should also be considered if the nature of
- the wound and the virulence of the sepsis would of themselves justify
- removal of the limb. Every surgeon can recall cases in which a timely
- amputation has been the means of saving life.
- The _counteraction of the toxaemia_ and the _treatment of the bloodless
- state_, are carried out on the usual lines.
- #Haemorrhage of Toxic Origin.#--Mention must also be made of haemorrhages
- which depend upon infective or toxic conditions and in which no gross
- lesion of the vessels can be discovered. The bleeding occurs as an
- oozing, which may be comparatively slight and unimportant, or by its
- persistence may become serious. It takes place into the superficial
- layers of the skin, from mucous membranes, and into the substance of
- such organs as the pancreas. Haemorrhage from the stomach and intestine,
- attended with a brown or black discoloration of the vomit and of the
- stools, is one of the best known examples: it is not uncommonly met with
- in infective conditions originating in the appendix, intestine,
- gall-bladder, and other abdominal organs. Haemorrhage from the mucous
- membrane of the stomach after abdominal operations--apparently also due
- to toxic causes and not to the operation--gives rise to the so-called
- _post-operative haematemesis_.
- #Constitutional Effects of Haemorrhage.#--The severity of the symptoms
- resulting from haemorrhage depends as much on the rapidity with which the
- bleeding takes place as on the amount of blood lost. The sudden loss of
- a large quantity, whether from an open wound or into a serous
- cavity--for example, after rupture of the liver or spleen--is attended
- with marked pallor of the surface of the body and coldness of the skin,
- especially of the face, feet, and hands. The skin is moist with a cold,
- clammy sweat, and beads of perspiration stand out on the forehead. The
- pulse becomes feeble, soft, and rapid, and the patient is dull and
- listless, and complains of extreme thirst. The temperature is usually
- sub-normal; and the respiration rapid, shallow, and sighing in
- character. Abnormal visual sensations, in the form of flashes of light
- or spots before the eyes; and rushing, buzzing, or ringing sounds in the
- ears, are often complained of.
- In extreme cases, phenomena which have been aptly described as those of
- "air-hunger" ensue. On account of the small quantity of blood
- circulating through the body, and the diminished haemoglobin content of
- the blood, the tissues are imperfectly oxygenated, and the patient
- becomes extremely restless, gasping for breath, constantly throwing
- about his arms and baring his chest in the vain attempt to breath more
- freely. Faintness and giddiness are marked features. The diminished
- supply of oxygen to the brain and to the muscles produces muscular
- twitchings, and sometimes convulsions. Finally the pupils dilate, the
- sphincters relax, and death ensues.
- Young children stand the loss of blood badly, but they quickly recover,
- as the regeneration of blood takes place rapidly. In old people also,
- and especially when they are fat, the loss of blood is badly borne, and
- the ill effects last longer. Women, on the whole, stand loss of blood
- better than men, and in them the blood is more rapidly re-formed. A few
- hours after a severe haemorrhage there is usually a leucocytosis of from
- 15,000 to 30,000.
- #Treatment of the Bloodless State.#--The patient should be placed in a
- warm, well-ventilated room, and the foot of the bed elevated. Cardiac
- stimulants, such as strychnin or alcohol, must be judiciously
- administered, over-stimulation being avoided. The inhalation of oxygen
- has been found useful in relieving the urgent symptoms of dyspnoea.
- The blood may be emptied from the limbs into the vessels of the trunk,
- where it is more needed, by holding them vertically in the air for a few
- minutes, and then applying a firm elastic bandage over a layer of cotton
- wool, from the periphery towards the trunk.
- _Introduction of Fluids into the Circulation._--The most valuable
- measure for maintaining the circulation, however, is by transfusion of
- blood (_Op. Surg._, p. 37). If this is not immediately available the
- introduction of from one to three pints of physiological salt
- solution (a teaspoonful of common salt to a pint of water) into a vein,
- or a 6 per cent. solution of gum acacia, is a useful expedient. The
- solution is sterilised by boiling, and cooled to a temperature of about
- 105 o F. The addition of 5 to 10 minims of adrenalin solution (1 in 1000)
- is advantageous in raising the blood-pressure (_Op. Surg._, p. 565).
- When the intra-venous method is not available, one or two pints of
- saline solution with adrenalin should be slowly introduced into the
- rectum, by means of a long rubber tube and a filler. Satisfactory,
- although less rapidly obtained results follow the introduction of saline
- solution into the cellular tissue--for example, under the mamma, into
- the axilla, or under the skin of the back.
- If the patient can retain fluids taken by the mouth--such as hot coffee,
- barley water, or soda water--these should be freely given, unless the
- injury necessitates operative treatment under a general anaesthetic.
- Transfusion of blood is most valuable as _a preliminary to operation_ in
- patients who are bloodless as a result of haemorrhage from gastric and
- duodenal ulcers, and in bleeders.
- HAEMOPHILIA
- The term haemophilia is applied to an inherited disease which renders the
- patient liable to serious haemorrhage from even the most trivial
- injuries; and the subjects of it are popularly known as "bleeders."
- The cause of the disease and its true nature are as yet unknown. There
- is no proof of any structural defect in the blood vessels, and beyond
- the fact that there is a diminution in the number of blood-plates, it
- has not been demonstrated that there is any alteration in the
- composition of the blood.
- The affection is in a marked degree hereditary, all the branches of an
- affected family being liable to suffer. Its mode of transmission to
- individuals, moreover, is characteristic: the male members of the stock
- alone suffer from the affection in its typical form, while the tendency
- is transmitted through the female line. Thus the daughters of a father
- who is a bleeder, whilst they do not themselves suffer from the disease,
- transmit the tendency to their male offspring. The sons, on the other
- hand, neither suffer themselves nor transmit the disease to their
- children (Fig. 64). The female members of a haemophilic stock are often
- very prolific, and there is usually a predominance of daughters in their
- families.
- FIG 64.--Genealogical Tree of a Haemophilic Family.
- Great-Great-Grandmother Great-Great-Grandfather
- Mrs D. (Lancashire) F M (History not known
- .| | as to bleeding)
- .| |
- .+----------+-------+
- ............|
- .|
- ....|
- .+---------+--------+
- Great-Grandmother .| | |
- (Married three .F MB MB
- times) .|
- .|
- .|
- By First Husband .| By Second By Third
- ..............| Husband Husband
- +-----------+------------+----------+-------+-------+-----------+------+
- | .| | | +-------+-----------+------+
- M .F F F | | +------+
- | .| | | MB F Died in No
- Died Grandmother | | | Childbed Family
- aet. .| | +-----------+ +----+---
- 70 .| +------+ |had family | |
- .| | | |but history| |
- .| MB MB |not known | MB
- .|
- .|
- .|.............................
- +-----+----------+------------+------------+------------+-------------+
- | | | | |. | |
- | | | | |. | |
- M M M MB F. F F
- | |. | |
- | Mother +--+--+---+--+--+ |
- +----+ |. | | | | | | |
- | | |. M M MB F F F |
- M F |. |
- Not Married |. +---+---+---+---+
- |. | | | | |
- |. MB M MB M M
- .............|.
- +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
- | .| .| | | |
- | .|* .|* | | |
- M MB MB F F F
- F = Females. M = Males (not bleeders). MB = Males (bleeders)
- ** the patients observed by the authors. The dotted line shows the
- transmission of the disease to our patients through four
- generations.
- The disease is met with in boys who are otherwise healthy, and usually
- manifests itself during the first few years of life. In rare instances
- profuse haemorrhage takes place when the umbilical cord separates. As a
- rule the first evidence is the occurrence of long-continued and
- uncontrollable bleeding from a comparatively slight injury, such as the
- scratch of a pin, the extraction of a tooth, or after the operation of
- circumcision. The blood oozes slowly from the capillaries; at first it
- appears normal, but after flowing for some days, or it may be weeks, it
- becomes pale, thin, and watery, and shows less and less tendency to
- coagulate.
- Female members of haemophilia families sometimes show a tendency to
- excessive haemorrhage, but they seldom manifest the characteristic
- features met with in the male members.
- Sometimes the haemorrhage takes place apparently spontaneously from the
- gums, the nasal or the intestinal mucous membrane. In other cases the
- bleeding occurs into the cellular tissue under the skin or mucous
- membrane, producing large areas of ecchymosis and discoloration. One of
- the commonest manifestations of the disease is the occurrence of
- haemorrhage into the cavities of the large joints, especially the knee,
- elbow, or hip. The patient suffers repeatedly from such haemorrhages, the
- determining injury being often so slight as to have passed unobserved.
- There is evidence that the tendency to bleed is greater at certain times
- than at others--in some cases showing almost a cyclical
- character--although nothing is known as to the cause of the variation.
- After a severe haemorrhage into the cellular tissue or into a joint, the
- patient becomes pale and anaemic, the temperature may rise to 102 o or
- 103 o F., the pulse become small and rapid, and haemic murmurs are
- sometimes developed over the heart and large arteries. The swelling is
- tense, fluctuating, and hot, and there is considerable pain and
- tenderness.
- In exceptional cases, blisters form over the seat of the effusion, or
- the skin may even slough, and the clinical features may therefore come
- to simulate closely those of an acute suppurative condition. When the
- skin sloughs, an ulcer is formed with altered blood-clot in its floor
- like that seen in scurvy, and there is a remarkable absence of any
- attempt at healing.
- The acute symptoms gradually subside, and the blood is slowly absorbed,
- the discoloration of the skin passing through the same series of changes
- as occur after an ordinary bruise. The patients seldom manifest the
- symptoms of the bloodless state, and the blood is rapidly regenerated.
- The _diagnosis_ is easy if the patient or his friends are aware of the
- family tendency to haemorrhage and inform the doctor of it, but they are
- often sensitive and reticent regarding the fact, and it may only be
- elicited after close investigation. From the history it is usually easy
- to exclude scurvy and purpura. Repeated haemorrhages into a joint may
- result in appearances which closely simulate those of tuberculous
- disease. Recent haemorrhages into the cellular tissue often present
- clinical features closely resembling those of acute cellulitis or
- osteomyelitis. A careful examination, however, may reveal ecchymoses on
- other parts of the body which give a clue to the nature of the
- condition, and may prevent the disastrous consequences that may follow
- incision.
- These patients usually succumb sooner or later to haemorrhage, although
- they often survive several severe attacks. After middle life the
- tendency to bleed appears to diminish.
- _Treatment._--As a rule the ordinary means of arresting haemorrhage are
- of little avail. From among the numerous means suggested, the following
- may be mentioned: The application to the bleeding point of gauze soaked
- in a 1 in 1000 solution of adrenalin; prolonged inhalation of oxygen;
- freezing the part with a spray of ethyl-chloride; one or more
- subcutaneous injections of gelatin--5 ounces of a 2 1/2 per cent.
- solution of white gelatin in normal salt solution being injected at a
- temperature of about 100 o F.; the injection of pituitary extract. The
- application of a pad of gauze soaked in the blood of a normal person
- sometimes arrests the bleeding.
- To prevent bleeding in haemophilics, intra-venous or subcutaneous
- injections of fresh blood serum, taken from the human subject, the
- sheep, the dog, or the horse, have proved useful. If fresh serum is not
- available, anti-diphtheritic or anti-tetanic serum or trade
- preparations, such as hemoplastin, may be employed. We have removed the
- appendix and amputated through the thigh in haemophilic subjects without
- excessive loss of blood after a course of fresh sheep's serum given by
- the mouth over a period of several weeks.
- The chloride and lactate of calcium, and extract of thymus gland have
- been employed to increase the coagulability of the blood. The patient
- should drink large quantities of milk, which also increases the
- coagulability of the blood. Monro has observed remarkable results from
- the hypodermic injection of emetin hydrochloride in 1/2-grain doses.
- THROMBOSIS AND EMBOLISM
- The processes known as thrombosis and embolism are so intimately
- associated with the diseases of blood vessels that it is convenient to
- define these terms in the first instance.
- #Thrombosis.#--The term _thrombus_ is applied to a clot of blood formed
- in the interior of the heart or of a blood vessel, and the process by
- which such a clot forms is known as _thrombosis_. It would appear that
- slowing or stagnation of the blood-stream, and interference with the
- integrity of the lining membrane of the vessel wall, are the most
- important factors determining the formation of the clot. Alterations in
- the blood itself, such as occur, for example, in certain toxaemias, also
- favour coagulation. When the thrombus is formed slowly, it consists of
- white blood cells with a small proportion of fibrin, and, being
- deposited in successive layers, has a distinctly laminated appearance on
- section. It is known as a _white thrombus_ or laminated clot, and is
- often met with in the sac of an aneurysm (Fig. 72). When rapidly formed
- in a vessel in which the blood is almost stagnant--as, for example, in a
- pouched varicose vein--the blood coagulates _en masse_, and the clot
- consists of all the elements of the blood, constituting a _red thrombus_
- (Fig. 66). Sometimes the thrombus is _mixed_--a red thrombus being
- deposited on a white one, it may be in alternate layers.
- When aseptic, a thrombus may become detached and be carried off in the
- blood-stream as an embolus; it may become organised; or it may
- degenerate and undergo calcification. Occasionally a small thrombus
- situated behind a valve in a varicose vein or in the terminal end of a
- dilated vein--for example in a pile--undergoes calcification, and is
- then spoken of as a _phlebolith_; it gives a shadow with the X-rays.
- When infected with pyogenic bacteria, the thrombus becomes converted
- into pus and a localised abscess forms; or portions of the thrombus may
- be carried as emboli in the circulation to distant parts, where they
- give rise to secondary foci of suppuration--pyaemic abscesses.
- #Embolism.#--The term _embolus_ is applied to any body carried along in
- the circulation and ultimately becoming impacted in a blood vessel. This
- occurrence is known as _embolism_. The commonest forms of embolus are
- portions of thrombi or of fibrinous formations on the valves of the
- heart, the latter being usually infected with micro-organisms.
- Embolism plays an important part in determining one form of gangrene, as
- has already been described. Infective emboli are the direct cause of the
- secondary abscesses that occur in pyaemia; and they are sometimes
- responsible for the formation of aneurysm.
- Portions of malignant tumours also may form emboli, and their impaction
- in the vessels may lead to the development of secondary growths in
- distant parts of the body.
- Fat and air embolism have already been referred to.
- ARTERITIS
- _Pyogenic._--Non-suppurative inflammation of the coats of an artery may
- so soften the wall of the vessel as to lead to aneurysmal dilatation. It
- is not uncommon in children, and explains the occurrence of aneurysm in
- young subjects.
- When suppuration occurs, the vessel wall becomes disintegrated and gives
- way, leading to secondary haemorrhage. If the vessel ruptures into an
- abscess cavity, dangerous bleeding may occur when the abscess bursts or
- is opened.
- _Syphilitic._--The inflammation associated with syphilis results in
- thickening of the tunica intima, whereby the lumen of the vessel becomes
- narrowed, or even obliterated--_endarteritis obliterans_. The middle
- coat usually escapes, but the tunica externa is generally thickened.
- These changes cause serious interference with the nutrition of the parts
- supplied by the affected arteries. In large trunks, by diminishing the
- elasticity of the vessel wall, they are liable to lead to the formation
- of aneurysm.
- Changes in the arterial walls closely resembling those of syphilitic
- arteritis are sometimes met with in _tuberculous_ lesions.
- #Arterio-sclerosis# or #Chronic Arteritis#.--These terms are applied to
- certain changes which result in narrowing of the lumen and loss of
- elasticity in the arteries. The condition may affect the whole vascular
- system or may be confined to particular areas. In the smaller arteries
- there is more or less uniform thickening of the tunica intima from
- proliferation of the endothelium and increase in the connective tissue
- in the elastic lamina--a form of obliterative endarteritis. The
- narrowing of the vessels may be sufficient to determine gangrene in the
- extremities. In course of time, particularly in the larger arteries,
- this new tissue undergoes degeneration, at first of a fatty nature, but
- progressing in the direction of calcification, and this is followed by
- the deposit of lime salts in the young connective tissue and the
- formation of calcareous plates or rings over a considerable area of the
- vessel wall. To this stage in the process the term _atheroma_ is
- applied. The endothelium over these plates often disappears, leaving
- them exposed to the blood-stream.
- Changes of a similar kind sometimes occur in the middle coat, the lime
- salts being deposited among the muscle fibres in concentric rings.
- The primary cause of arterio-sclerosis is not definitely known, but its
- almost constant occurrence, to a greater or less degree, in the aged
- suggests that it is of the nature of a senile degeneration. It is
- favoured by anything which throws excessive strain on the vessel walls,
- such as heavy muscular work; by chronic alcoholism and syphilis; or by
- such general diseases as tend to raise the blood-pressure--for example,
- chronic Bright's disease or gout. It occurs with greater frequency and
- with greater severity in men than in women.
- Atheromatous degeneration is most common in the large arterial trunks,
- and the changes are most marked at the arch of the aorta, opposite the
- flexures of joints, at the mouths of large branches, and at parts where
- the vessel lies in contact with bone. The presence of diseased patches
- in the wall of an artery diminishes its elasticity and favours
- aneurysmal dilatation. Such a vessel also is liable to be ruptured by
- external violence and so give rise to traumatic aneurysm. Thrombosis is
- liable to occur when calcareous plates are exposed in the lumen of the
- vessel by destruction of the endothelium, and this predisposes to
- embolism. Arterio-sclerosis also interferes with the natural arrest of
- haemorrhage, and by rendering the vessels brittle, makes it difficult to
- secure them by ligature. In advanced cases the accessible arteries--such
- as the radial, the temporal or the femoral--may be felt as firm,
- tortuous cords, which are sometimes so hard that they have been aptly
- compared to "pipe-stems." The pulse is smaller and less compressible
- than normal, and the vessel moves bodily with each pulsation. It must be
- borne in mind, however, that the condition of the radial artery may fail
- to afford a clue to that of the larger arteries. Calcified arteries are
- readily identified in skiagrams (Fig. 65).
- [Illustration: FIG. 65.--Radiogram showing Calcareous Degeneration
- (Atheroma) of Arteries.]
- We have met with a chronic form of arterial degeneration in elderly
- women, affecting especially the great vessels at the root of the neck,
- in which the artery is remarkably attenuated and dilated, and so friable
- that the wall readily tears when seized with an artery-forceps,
- rendering ligation of the vessel in the ordinary way well-nigh
- impossible. Matas suggests infolding the wall of the vessel with
- interrupted sutures that do not pierce the intima, and wrapping it
- round with a strip of peritoneum or omentum.
- The most serious form of arterial _thrombosis_ is that met with _in the
- abdominal aorta_, which is attended with violent pains in the lower
- limbs, rapidly followed by paralysis and arrest of the circulation.
- THROMBO-PHLEBITIS AND THROMBOSIS IN VEINS
- #Thrombosis# is more common in veins than in arteries, because slowing
- of the blood-stream and irritation of the endothelium of the vessel wall
- are, owing to the conditions of the venous circulation, more readily
- induced in veins.
- Venous thrombosis may occur from purely mechanical causes--as, for
- example, when the wall of a vein is incised, or the vessel included in a
- ligature, or when it is bruised or crushed by a fragment of a broken
- bone or by a bandage too tightly applied. Under these conditions
- thrombosis is essentially a reparative process, and has already been
- considered in relation to the repair of blood vessels.
- In other cases thrombosis is associated with certain constitutional
- diseases--gout, for example; the endothelium of the veins undergoing
- changes--possibly the result of irritation by abnormal constituents in
- the blood--which favour the formation of thrombi.
- Under these various conditions the formation of a thrombus is not
- necessarily associated with the action of bacteria, although in any
- of them this additional factor may be present.
- The most common cause of venous thrombosis, however, is inflammation of
- the wall of the vein--phlebitis.
- #Phlebitis.#--Various forms of phlebitis are met with, but for practical
- purposes they may be divided into two groups--one in which there is a
- tendency to the formation of a thrombus; the other in which the
- infective element predominates.
- In surgical patients, the _thrombotic form_ is almost invariably met
- with in the lower extremity, and usually occurs in those who are
- debilitated and anaemic, and who are confined to bed for prolonged
- periods--for example, during the treatment of fractures of the leg or
- pelvis, or after such operations as herniotomy, prostatectomy, or
- appendectomy.
- _Clinical Features._--The most typical example of this form of phlebitis
- is that so frequently met with in the great saphena vein, especially
- when it is varicose. The onset of the attack is indicated by a sudden
- pain in the lower limb--sometimes below, sometimes above the knee. This
- initial pain may be associated with shivering or even with a rigor, and
- the temperature usually rises one or two degrees. There is swelling and
- tenderness along the line of the affected vein, and the skin over it is
- a dull-red or purple colour. The swollen vein may be felt as a firm
- cord, with bead-like enlargements in the position of the valves. The
- patient experiences a feeling of stiffness and tightness throughout the
- limb. There is often oedema of the leg and foot, especially when the limb
- is in the dependent position. The acute symptoms pass off in a few days,
- but the swelling and tenderness of the vein and the oedema of the limb
- may last for many weeks.
- When the deep veins--iliac, femoral, popliteal--are involved, there is
- great swelling of the whole limb, which is of a firm almost "wooden"
- consistence, and of a pale-white colour; the oedema may be so great that
- it is impossible to feel the affected vein until the swelling has
- subsided. This is most often seen in puerperal women, and is known as
- _phlegmasia alba dolens_.
- _Treatment._--The patient must be placed at absolute rest, with the foot
- of the bed raised on blocks 10 or 12 inches high, and the limb
- immobilised by sand-bags or splints. It is necessary to avoid handling
- the parts, lest the clot be displaced and embolism occur. To avoid
- frequent movement of the limb, the necessary dressings should be kept in
- position by means of a many-tailed rather than a roller bandage.
- To relieve the pain, warm fomentations or lead and opium lotion should
- be applied. Later, ichthyol-glycerin, or glycerin and belladonna, may be
- substituted.
- When, at the end of three weeks, the danger of embolism is past,
- douching and gentle massage may be employed to disperse the oedema; and
- when the patient gets up he should wear a supporting elastic bandage.
- The _infective_ form usually begins as a peri-phlebitis arising in
- connection with some focus of infection in the adjacent tissues. The
- elements of the vessel wall are destroyed by suppuration, and the
- thrombus in its lumen becomes infected with pyogenic bacteria and
- undergoes softening.
- _Occlusion of the inferior vena cava_ as a result of infective
- thrombosis is a well-known condition, the thrombosis extending into the
- main trunk from some of its tributaries, either from the femoral or
- iliac veins below or from the hepatic veins above.
- Portions of the softened thrombus are liable to become detached and to
- enter the circulating blood, in which they are carried as emboli. These
- may lodge in distant parts, and give rise to secondary foci of
- suppuration--pyaemic abscesses.
- _Clinical Features._--Infective phlebitis is most frequently met with in
- the transverse sinus as a sequel to chronic suppuration in the mastoid
- antrum and middle ear. It also occurs in relation to the peripheral
- veins, but in these it can seldom be recognised as a separate entity,
- being merged in the general infective process from which it takes
- origin. Its occurrence may be inferred, if in the course of a
- suppurative lesion there is a sudden rise of temperature, with pain,
- redness, and swelling along the line of a venous trunk, and a rapidly
- developed oedema of the limb, with pitting of the skin on pressure. In
- rare cases a localised abscess forms in the vein and points towards the
- surface.
- _Treatment._--Attention must be directed towards the condition with
- which the phlebitis is associated. Ligation of the vein on the cardiac
- side of the thrombus with a view to preventing embolism is seldom
- feasible in the peripheral veins, although, as will be pointed out
- later, the jugular vein is ligated with this object in cases of
- phlebitis of the transverse sinus.
- VARIX--VARICOSE VEINS
- The term varix is applied to a condition in which veins are so altered
- in structure that they remain permanently dilated, and are at the same
- time lengthened and tortuous. Two types are met with: one in which
- dilatation of a large superficial vein and its tributaries is the most
- obvious feature; the other, in which bunches of distended and tortuous
- vessels develop at one or more points in the course of a vein, a
- condition to which Virchow applied the term _angioma racemosum venosum_.
- The two types may occur in combination.
- Any vein in the body may become varicose, but the condition is rare
- except in the veins of the lower extremity, in the veins of the
- spermatic cord (varicocele), and in the veins of the anal canal
- (haemorrhoids).
- We are here concerned with varix as it occurs in the veins of the lower
- extremity.
- _Etiology._--Considerable difference of opinion exists as to the
- essential cause of varix. The weight of evidence is in favour of the
- view that, when dilatation is the predominant element, it results from a
- congenital deficiency in the number, size, and strength of the valves of
- the affected veins, and in an inherent weakness in the vessel walls.
- The _angioma racemosum venosum_ is probably also due to a congenital
- alteration in the structure of the vessels, and is allied to tumours of
- blood vessels. The view that varix is congenital in origin, as was first
- suggested by Virchow, is supported by the fact that in a large
- proportion of cases the condition is hereditary; not only may several
- members of the same family in succeeding generations suffer from varix,
- but it is often found that the same vein, or segment of a vein, is
- involved in all of them. The frequent occurrence of varix in youth is
- also an indication of its congenital origin.
- In the majority of cases it is only when some exciting factor comes into
- operation that the clinical phenomena associated with varix appear. The
- most common exciting cause is increased pressure within the veins, and
- this may be produced in a variety of ways. In certain diseases of the
- heart, lungs, and liver, for example, the venous pressure may be so
- raised as to cause a localised dilatation of such veins as are
- congenitally weak. The direct pressure of a tumour, or of the gravid
- uterus on the large venous trunks in the pelvis, may so obstruct the
- flow as to distend the veins of the lower extremity. It is a common
- experience in women that the signs of varix date from an antecedent
- pregnancy. The importance of the wearing of tight garters as a factor in
- the production of varicose veins has been exaggerated, although it must
- be admitted that this practice is calculated to aggravate the condition
- when it is once established. It has been proved experimentally that the
- backward pressure in the veins may be greatly increased by straining, a
- fact which helps to explain the frequency with which varicosity occurs
- in the lower limbs of athletes and of those whose occupation involves
- repeated and violent muscular efforts. There is reason to believe,
- moreover, that a sudden strain may, by rupturing the valves and so
- rendering them incompetent, induce varicosity independently of any
- congenital defect. Prolonged standing or walking, by allowing gravity to
- act on the column of blood in the veins of the lower limbs, is also an
- important determining factor in the production of varix.
- Thrombosis of the deep veins--in the leg, for example--may induce marked
- dilatation of the superficial veins, by throwing an increased amount of
- work upon them. This is to be looked upon rather as a compensatory
- hypertrophy of the superficial vessels than as a true varix.
- _Morbid Anatomy._--In the lower extremity the varicosity most commonly
- affects the vessels of the great saphena system; less frequently those
- of the small saphena system. Sometimes both systems are involved, and
- large communicating branches may develop between the two.
- The essential lesion is the absence or deficiency of valves, so that
- they are incompetent and fail to support the column of blood which bears
- back upon them. Normally the valves in the femoral and iliac veins and
- in the inferior vena cava are imperfectly developed, so that in the
- erect posture the great saphena receives a large share of the backward
- pressure of the column of venous blood.
- The whole length of the vein may be affected, but as a rule the disease
- is confined to one or more segments, which are not only dilated, but are
- also increased in length, so that they become convoluted. The adjacent
- loops of the convoluted vein are often bound together by fibrous tissue.
- All the coats are thickened, chiefly by an increased development of
- connective tissue, and in some cases changes similar to those of
- arterio-sclerosis occur. The walls of varicose veins are often
- exceedingly brittle. In some cases the thickening is uniform, and in
- others it is irregular, so that here and there thin-walled sacs or
- pouches project from the side of the vein. These pouches vary in size
- from a bean to a hen's egg, the larger forms being called _venous
- cysts_, and being most commonly met with in the region of the saphenous
- opening and of the opening in the popliteal fascia. Such pouches, being
- exposed to injury, are frequently the seat of thrombosis (Fig. 66).
- [Illustration: FIG. 66.--Thrombosis in Tortuous and Pouched Great
- Saphena Vein, in longitudinal section.]
- _Clinical Features._--Varix is most frequently met with between puberty
- and the age of thirty, and the sexes appear to suffer about equally.
- The amount of discomfort bears no direct proportion to the extent of
- the varicosity. It depends rather upon the degree of pressure in the
- veins, as is shown by the fact that it is relieved by elevation of the
- limb. When the whole length of the main trunk of the great saphena is
- implicated, the pressure in the vein is high and the patient suffers a
- good deal of pain and discomfort. When, on the contrary, the upper part
- of the saphena and its valves are intact, and only the more distal veins
- are involved, the pressure is not so high and there is comparatively
- little suffering. The usual complaint is of a sense of weight and
- fulness in the limb after standing or walking, sometimes accompanied by
- actual pain, from which relief is at once obtained by raising the limb.
- Cramp-like pains in the muscles are often associated with varix of the
- deep veins.
- The dilated and tortuous vein can be readily seen and felt when the
- patient is examined in the upright posture. In advanced cases, bead-like
- swellings are sometimes to be detected over the position of the valves,
- and, on running the fingers along the course of the vessel, a firm
- ridge, due to periphlebitis, may be detected on each side of the vein.
- When the limb is oedematous, the outline of the veins is obscured, but
- they can be identified on palpation as gutter-like tracks. When large
- veins are implicated, a distinct impulse on coughing may be seen to pass
- down as far as the knee; and if the vessel is sharply percussed a fluid
- wave may be detected passing both up and down the vein.
- If the patient is placed on a couch and the limb elevated, the veins are
- emptied, and if pressure is then made over the region of the saphenous
- opening and the patient allowed to stand up, so long as the great
- saphena system alone is involved, the veins fill again very slowly from
- below. If the small saphena system also is involved, and if
- communicating branches are dilated, the veins fill up from below more
- rapidly. When the pressure over the saphenous opening is removed, the
- blood rapidly rushes into the varicose vessels from above; this is known
- as Trendelenburg's test.
- The most marked dilatation usually occurs on the medial side of the
- limb, between the middle of the thigh and the middle of the calf, the
- arrangement of the veins showing great variety (Fig. 67).
- There are usually one or more bunches of enlarged and tortuous veins in
- the region of the knee. Frequently a large branch establishes a
- communication between the systems of the great and small saphenous veins
- in the region of the popliteal space, or across the front of the upper
- part of the tibia. The superficial position of this last branch and its
- proximity to the bone render it liable to injury.
- [Illustration: FIG. 67.--Extensive Varix of Internal Saphena System on
- Left Leg, of many years' standing.]
- The small veins of the skin of the ankle and foot often show as fine
- blue streaks arranged in a stellate or arborescent manner, especially in
- women who have borne children.
- _Complications._--When the varix is of long standing, the skin in the
- lower part of the leg sometimes assumes a mahogany-brown or bluish hue,
- as a result of the _deposit of blood pigment_ in the tissues, and this
- is frequently a precursor of ulceration.
- _Chronic dermatitis_ (_varicose eczema_) is often met with in the lower
- part of the leg, and is due to interference with the nutrition of the
- skin. The incompetence of the valves allows the pressure in the varicose
- veins to equal that in the arterioles, so that the capillary circulation
- is impeded. From the same cause the blood in the deep veins is enabled
- to enter the superficial veins, where the backward pressure is so great
- that the blood flows down again, and so a vicious circle is established.
- The blood therefore loses more and more of its oxygen, and so fails to
- nourish the tissues.
- The _ulcer_ of the leg associated with varicose veins has already been
- described.
- _Haemorrhage_ may take place from a varicose vein as a result of a wound
- or of ulceration of its wall. Increased intra-venous pressure produced
- by severe muscular strain may determine rupture of a vein exposed in the
- floor of an ulcer. If the limb is dependent, the incompetency of the
- valves permits of rapid and copious bleeding, which may prove fatal,
- particularly if the patient is intoxicated when the rupture takes place
- and no means are taken to arrest the haemorrhage. The bleeding may be
- arrested at once by elevating the limb, or by applying pressure directly
- over the bleeding point.
- _Phlebitis and thrombosis_ are common sequelae of varix, and may prove
- dangerous, either by spreading into the large venous trunks or by giving
- rise to emboli. The larger the varix the greater is the tendency for a
- thrombus to spread upwards and to involve the deep veins. Thrombi
- usually originate in venous cysts or pouches, and at acute bends on the
- vessel, especially when these are situated in the vicinity of the knee,
- and are subjected to repeated injuries--for example in riding.
- Phleboliths sometimes form in such pouches, and may be recognised in a
- radiogram. In a certain proportion of cases, especially in elderly
- people, the occurrence of thrombosis leads to cure of the condition by
- the thrombus becoming organised and obliterating the vein.
- _Treatment._--At best the treatment of varicose veins is only
- palliative, as it is obviously impossible to restore to the vessels
- their normal structure. The patient must avoid wearing anything, such as
- a garter, which constricts the limb, and any obvious cause of direct
- pressure on the pelvic veins, such as a tumour, persistent
- constipation, or an ill-fitting truss, should be removed. Cardiac,
- renal, or pulmonary causes of venous congestion must also be treated,
- and the functions of the liver regulated. Severe forms of muscular
- exertion and prolonged standing or walking are to be avoided, and the
- patient may with benefit rest the limb in an elevated position for a few
- hours each day. To support the distended vessels, a closely woven silk
- or worsted stocking, or a light and porous form of elastic bandage,
- applied as a puttee, should be worn. These appliances should be put on
- before the patient leaves his bed in the morning, and should only be
- removed after he lies down at night. In this way the vessels are never
- allowed to become dilated. Elastic stockings, and bandages made entirely
- of india-rubber, are to be avoided. In early and mild cases these
- measures are usually sufficient to relieve the patient's discomfort.
- _Operative Treatment._--In aggravated cases, when the patient is
- suffering pain, when his occupation is interfered with by repeated
- attacks of phlebitis, or when there are large pouches on the veins,
- operative treatment is called for. The younger the patient the clearer
- is the indication to operate. It may be necessary to operate to enable a
- patient to enter one of the public services, even although no symptoms
- are present. The presence of an ulcer does not contra-indicate
- operation; the ulcer should be excised, and the raw surface covered with
- skin grafts, before dealing with the veins.
- The _operation of Trendelenburg_ is especially appropriate to cases in
- which the trunk of the great saphena vein in the thigh is alone
- involved. It consists in exposing three or four inches of the vein in
- its upper part, applying a ligature at the upper and lower ends of the
- exposed portion, and, after tying all tributary branches, resecting this
- portion of the vein.
- The procedure of C. H. Mayo is adapted to cases in which it is desirable
- to remove longer segments of the veins. It consists in the employment of
- special instruments known as "ring-enucleators" or "vein-strippers," by
- means of which long portions of the vein are removed through
- comparatively small incisions.
- An alternative procedure consists in avulsing segments of the vein by
- means of Babcock's stylet, which consists of a flexible steel rod, 30
- inches in length, with acorn-shaped terminals. The instrument is passed
- along the lumen of the segment to be dealt with, and a ligature applied
- around the vein above the bulbous end of the stylet enables nearly the
- whole length of the great saphena vein to be dragged out in one piece.
- These methods are not suitable when the veins are brittle, when there
- are pouches or calcareous deposits in their walls, or where there has
- been periphlebitis binding the coils together.
- Mitchell of Belfast advises exposing the varices at numerous points by
- half-inch incisions, and, after clamping the vein between two pairs of
- forceps, cutting it across and twisting out the segments of the vein
- between adjacent incisions. The edges of the incisions are sutured; and
- the limb is firmly bandaged from below upwards, and kept in an elevated
- position. We have employed this method with satisfactory results.
- The treatment of the complications of varix has already been considered.
- ANGIOMA[4]
- [4] In the description of angiomas we have followed the teaching of the
- late John Duncan.
- Tumours of blood vessels may be divided, according to the nature of the
- vessels of which they are composed, into the capillary, the venous, and
- the arterial angiomas.
- CAPILLARY ANGIOMA
- The most common form of capillary angioma is the naevus or congenital
- telangiectasis.
- #Naevus.#--A naevus is a collection of dilated capillaries, the afferent
- arterioles and the efferent venules of which often share in the
- dilatation. Little is known regarding the _etiology_ of naevi beyond the
- fact that they are of congenital origin. They often escape notice until
- the child is some days old, but attention is usually drawn to them
- within a fortnight of birth. For practical purposes the most useful
- classification of naevi is into the cutaneous, the subcutaneous, and the
- mixed forms.
- _The cutaneous naevus_, "mother's mark," or "port-wine stain," consists
- of an aggregation of dilated capillaries in the substance of the skin.
- On stretching the skin the vessels can be seen to form a fine network,
- or to run in leashes parallel to one another. A dilated arteriole or a
- vein winding about among the capillaries may sometimes be detected.
- These naevi occur on any part of the body, but they are most frequently
- met with on the face. They may be multiple, and vary greatly in size,
- some being no bigger than a pin-head, while others cover large areas of
- the body. In colour they present every tint from purple to brilliant
- red; in the majority there is a considerable dash of blue, especially in
- cold weather.
- Unlike the other forms of naevi, the cutaneous variety shows little
- tendency to disappear, and it is especially persistent when associated
- with overgrowth of the epidermis and of the hairs--_naevoid mole_.
- The _treatment_ of the cutaneous naevus is unsatisfactory, owing to the
- difficulty of removing the naevus without leaving a scar which is even
- more disfiguring. Very small naevi may be destroyed by a fine pointed
- Paquelin thermo-cautery, or by escharotics, such as nitric acid. For
- larger naevi, radium and solidified carbon dioxide ("CO_2 snow") may be
- used. The extensive port-wine stains so often met with on the face are
- best left alone.
- The _subcutaneous naevus_ is comparatively rare. It constitutes a
- well-defined, localised tumour, which may possess a distinct capsule,
- especially when it has ceased to grow or is retrogressing. On section,
- it presents the appearance of a finely reticulated sponge.
- Although it may be noticed at, or within a few days of, birth, a
- subcutaneous naevus is often overlooked, especially when on a covered
- part of the body, and may not be discovered till the patient is some
- years old. It forms a rounded, lobulated swelling, seldom of large size
- and yielding a sensation like that of a sponge; the skin over it is
- normal, or may exhibit a bluish tinge, especially in cold weather. In
- some cases the tumour is diminished by pressing the blood out of it, but
- slowly fills again when the pressure is relaxed, and it swells up when
- the child struggles or cries. From a cold abscess it is diagnosed by the
- history and progress of the swelling and by the absence of fluctuation.
- When situated over one of the hernial openings, it closely simulates a
- hernia; and when it occurs in the middle line of the face, head, or
- back, it may be mistaken for such other congenital conditions as
- meningocele or spina bifida. When other means fail, the use of an
- exploring needle clears up the diagnosis.
- _Mixed Naevus._--As its name indicates, the mixed naevus partakes of the
- characters of the other two varieties; that is, it is a subcutaneous
- naevus with involvement of the skin.
- It is frequently met with on the face and head, but may occur on any
- part of the body. It also affects parts covered by mucous membrane, such
- as the cheek, tongue, and soft palate. The swelling is rounded or
- lobulated, and projects beyond the level of its surroundings. Sometimes
- the skin is invaded by the naevoid tissue over the whole extent of the
- tumour, sometimes only over a limited area. Frequently the margin only
- is of a bright-red colour, while the skin in the centre resembles a
- cicatrix. The swelling is reduced by steady pressure, and increases in
- size and becomes tense when the child cries.
- [Illustration: FIG. 68.--Mixed Naevus of Nose which was subsequently
- cured by Electrolysis.]
- _Prognosis._--The rate of growth of the subcutaneous and mixed forms of
- naevi varies greatly. They sometimes increase rapidly, especially during
- the first few months of life; after this they usually grow at the same
- rate as the child, or more slowly. There is a decided tendency to
- disappearance of these varieties, fully 50 per cent. undergoing natural
- cure by a process of obliteration, similar to the obliteration of
- vessels in cicatricial tissue. This usually begins about the period of
- the first dentition, sometimes at the second dentition, and sometimes at
- puberty. On the other hand, an increased activity of growth may be shown
- at these periods. The onset of natural cure is recognised by the tumour
- becoming firmer and less compressible, and, in the mixed variety, by the
- colour becoming less bright. Injury, infection, or ulceration of the
- overlying skin may initiate the curative process.
- Towards adult life the spaces in a subcutaneous naevus may become greatly
- enlarged, leading to the formation of a cavernous angioma.
- _Treatment._--In view of the frequency with which subcutaneous and mixed
- naevi disappear spontaneously, interference is only called for when the
- growth of the tumour is out of proportion to that of the child, or when,
- from its situation--for example in the vicinity of the eye--any marked
- increase in its size would render it less amenable to treatment.
- The methods of treatment most generally applicable are the use of radium
- and carbon dioxide snow, igni-puncture, electrolysis, and excision.
- For naevi situated on exposed parts, where it is desirable to avoid a
- scar, the use of _radium_ is to be preferred. The tube of radium is
- applied at intervals to different parts of the naevus, the duration and
- frequency of the applications varying with the strength of the
- emanations and the reaction produced. The object aimed at is to induce
- obliteration of the naevoid tissue by cicatricial contraction without
- destroying the overlying skin. _Carbon-dioxide snow_ may be employed in
- the same manner, but the results are inferior to those obtained by
- radium.
- _Igni-puncture_ consists in making a number of punctures at different
- parts of the naevus with a fine-pointed thermo-cautery, with the object
- of starting at each point a process of cicatrisation which extends
- throughout the naevoid tissue and so obliterates the vessels.
- _Electrolysis_ acts by decomposing the blood and tissues into their
- constituent elements--oxygen and acids appearing at the positive,
- hydrogen and bases at the negative electrode. These substances and gases
- being given off in a nascent condition, at once enter into new
- combinations with anything in the vicinity with which they have a
- chemical affinity. In the naevus the practical result of this reaction is
- that at the positive pole nitric acid, and at the negative pole caustic
- potash, both in a state of minute subdivision, make their appearance.
- The effect on the tissues around the positive pole, therefore, is
- equivalent to that of an acid cauterisation, and on those round the
- negative pole, to an alkaline cauterisation.
- As the process is painful, a general anaesthetic is necessary. The
- current used should be from 20 to 80 milliamperes, gradually increasing
- from zero, without shock; three to six large Bunsen cells give a
- sufficient current, and no galvanometer is required. Steel needles,
- insulated with vulcanite to within an eighth of an inch of their points,
- are the best. Both poles are introduced into the naevus, the positive
- being kept fixed at one spot, while the negative is moved about so as to
- produce a number of different tracks of cauterisation. On no account
- must either pole be allowed to come in contact with the skin, lest a
- slough be formed. The duration of the sitting is determined by the
- effect produced, as indicated by the hardening of the tumour, the
- average duration being from fifteen to twenty minutes. If pallor of the
- skin appears, it indicates that the needles are too near the surface, or
- that the blood supply to the integument is being cut off, and is an
- indication to stop. To cauterise the track and so prevent bleeding, the
- needles should be slowly withdrawn while the current is flowing. When
- the skin is reached the current is turned off. The punctures are covered
- with collodion. Six or eight weeks should be allowed to elapse before
- repeating the procedure. From two to eight or ten sittings may be
- necessary, according to the size and character of the naevus.
- _Excision_ is to be preferred for naevi of moderate size situated on
- covered parts of the body, where a scar is of no importance. Its chief
- advantages over electrolysis are that a single operation is sufficient,
- and that the cure is speedy and certain. The operation is attended with
- much less haemorrhage than might be expected.
- #Cavernous Angioma.#--This form of angioma consists of a series of large
- blood spaces which are usually derived from the dilatation of the
- capillaries of a subcutaneous naevus. The spaces come to communicate
- freely with one another by the disappearance of adjacent capillary
- walls. While the most common situation is in the subcutaneous tissue, a
- cavernous angioma is sometimes met with in internal organs. It may
- appear at any age from early youth to middle life, and is of slow growth
- and may become stationary. The swelling is rounded or oval, there is no
- pulsation or bruit, and the tumour is but slightly compressible. The
- treatment consists in dissecting it out.
- #Aneurysm by Anastomosis# is the name applied to a vascular tumour in
- which the arteries, veins, and capillaries are all involved. It is met
- with chiefly on the upper part of the trunk, the neck, and the scalp. It
- tends gradually to increase in size, and may, after many years, attain
- an enormous size. The tumour is ill-defined, and varies in consistence.
- It is pulsatile, and a systolic bruit or a "thrilling" murmur may be
- heard over it. The chief risk is haemorrhage from injury or ulceration.
- [Illustration: FIG. 69.--Cirsoid Aneurysm of Forehead in a boy aet. 10.
- (Mr. J. W. Dowden's case.)]
- The _treatment_ is conducted on the same lines as for naevus. When
- electrolysis is employed, it should be directed towards the afferent
- vessels; and if it fails to arrest the flow through these, it is useless
- to persist with it. In some cases ligation of the afferent vessels has
- been successful.
- #Arterial Angioma# or #Cirsoid Aneurysm#.--This is composed of the
- enlarged branches of an arterial trunk. It originates in the smaller
- branches of an artery--usually the temporal--and may spread to the main
- trunk, and may even involve branches of other trunks with which the
- affected artery anastomoses.
- The condition is probably congenital in origin, though its appearance is
- frequently preceded by an injury. It almost invariably occurs in the
- scalp, and is usually met with in adolescent young adults.
- The affected vessels slowly increase in size, and become tortuous, with
- narrowings and dilatations here and there. Grooves and gutters are
- frequently found in the bone underlying the dilated vessels.
- There is a constant loud bruit in the tumour, which greatly troubles the
- patient and may interfere with sleep. There is no tendency either to
- natural cure or to rupture, but severe and even fatal haemorrhage may
- follow a wound of the dilated vessels.
- [Illustration: FIG. 70.--Cirsoid Aneurysm of Orbit and Face, which
- developed after a blow on the Orbit with a cricket ball.
- (From a photograph lent by Sir Montagu Cotterill.)]
- The condition may be treated by excision or by electrolysis. In excision
- the haemorrhage is controlled by an elastic tourniquet applied
- horizontally round the head, or by ligation of the feeding trunks. In
- large tumours the bleeding is formidable. In many cases electrolysis is
- to be preferred, and is performed in the same way as for naevus. The
- positive pole is placed in the centre of the tumour, while the negative
- is introduced into the main affluents one after another.
- ANEURYSM
- An aneurysm is a sac communicating with an artery, and containing fluid
- or coagulated blood.
- Two types are met with--the pathological and the traumatic. It is
- convenient to describe in this section also certain conditions in which
- there is an abnormal communication between an artery and a
- vein--arterio-venous aneurysm.
- PATHOLOGICAL ANEURYSM
- In this class are included such dilatations as result from weakening of
- the arterial coats, combined, in most cases, with a loss of elasticity
- in the walls and increase in the arterial tension due to
- arterio-sclerosis. In some cases the vessel wall is softened by
- arteritis--especially the embolic form--so that it yields before the
- pressure of the blood.
- Repeated and sudden raising of the arterial tension, as a result, for
- example, of violent muscular efforts or of excessive indulgence in
- alcohol, plays an important part in the causation of aneurysm. These
- factors probably explain the comparative frequency of aneurysm in those
- who follow such arduous occupations as soldiers, sailors,
- dock-labourers, and navvies. In these classes the condition usually
- manifests itself between the ages of thirty and fifty--that is, when the
- vessels are beginning to degenerate, although the heart is still
- vigorous and the men are hard at work. The comparative immunity of women
- may also be explained by the less severe muscular strain involved by
- their occupations and recreations.
- Syphilis plays an important part in the production of aneurysm, probably
- by predisposing the patient to arterio-sclerosis and atheroma, and
- inducing an increase in the vascular tension in the peripheral vessels,
- from loss of elasticity of the vessel wall and narrowing of the lumen as
- a result of syphilitic arteritis. It is a striking fact that aneurysm is
- seldom met with in women who have not suffered from syphilis.
- #Varieties--Fusiform Aneurysm.#--When the _whole circumference_ of an
- artery has been weakened, the tension of the blood causes the walls to
- dilate uniformly, so that a fusiform or tubular aneurysm results. All
- the coats of the vessel are stretched and form the sac of the aneurysm,
- and the affected portion is not only dilated but is also increased in
- length. This form is chiefly met with in the arch of the aorta, but may
- occur in any of the main arterial trunks. As the sac of the aneurysm
- includes all three coats, and as the inner and outer coats are usually
- thickened by the deposit in them of connective tissue, this variety
- increases in size slowly and seldom gives rise to urgent symptoms.
- As a rule a fusiform aneurysm contains fluid blood, but when the intima
- is roughened by disease, especially in the form of calcareous plates,
- shreds of clot may adhere to it.
- It has little tendency to natural cure, although this is occasionally
- effected by the emerging artery becoming occluded by a clot; it has also
- little tendency to rupture.
- #Sacculated Aneurysm.#--When a _limited area_ of the vessel wall is
- weakened--for example by atheroma or by other form of arteritis--this
- portion yields before the pressure of the blood, and a sacculated
- aneurysm results. The internal and middle coats being already damaged,
- or, it may be, destroyed, by the primary disease, the stress falls on
- the external coat, which in the majority of cases constitutes the sac.
- To withstand the pressure the external coat becomes thickened, and as
- the aneurysm increases in size it forms adhesions to surrounding
- tissues, so that fasciae, tendons, nerves, and other structures may be
- found matted together in its wall. The wall is further strengthened by
- the deposit on its inner aspect of blood-clot, which may eventually
- become organised.
- The contents of the sac consist of fluid blood and a varying amount of
- clot which is deposited in concentric layers on the inner aspect of the
- sac, where it forms a pale, striated, firm mass, which constitutes a
- laminated clot. Near the blood-current the clot is soft, red, and
- friable (Fig. 72). The laminated clot not only strengthens the sac,
- enabling it to resist the blood-pressure and so prevent rupture, but, if
- it increases sufficiently to fill the cavity, may bring about cure. The
- principle upon which all methods of treatment are based is to imitate
- nature in producing such a clot.
- Sacculated aneurysm, as compared with the fusiform variety, tends to
- rupture and also to cure by the formation of laminated clot; natural
- cure is sometimes all but complete when extension and rupture occur and
- cause death.
- An aneurysm is said to be _diffused_ when the sac ruptures and the blood
- escapes into the cellular tissue.
- #Clinical Features of Aneurysm.#--Surgically, the sacculated is by far
- the most important variety. The outstanding feature is the existence in
- the line of an artery of a globular swelling, which pulsates. The
- pulsation is of an expansile character, which is detected by observing
- that when both hands are placed over the swelling they are separated
- with each beat of the heart. If the main artery be compressed on the
- cardiac side of the swelling, the pulsation is arrested and the tumour
- becomes smaller and less tense, and it may be still further reduced in
- size by gentle pressure being made over it so as to empty it of fluid
- blood. On allowing the blood again to flow through the artery, the
- pulsation returns at once, but several beats are required before the sac
- regains its former size. In most cases a distinct thrill is felt on
- placing the hand over the swelling, and a blowing, systolic murmur may
- be heard with the stethoscope. It is to be borne in mind that
- occasionally, when the interchange of blood between an aneurysm and the
- artery from which it arises is small, pulsation and bruit may be slight
- or even absent. This is also the case when the sac contains a
- considerable quantity of clot. When it becomes filled with
- clot--_consolidated aneurysm_--these signs disappear, and the clinical
- features are those of a solid tumour lying in contact with an artery,
- and transmitting its pulsation.
- A comparison of the pulse in the artery beyond the seat of the aneurysm
- with that in the corresponding artery on the healthy side, shows that on
- the affected side the wave is smaller in volume, and delayed in time. A
- pulse tracing shows that the normal impulse and dicrotic waves are lost,
- and that the force and rapidity of the tidal wave are diminished.
- [Illustration: FIG. 71.--Radiogram of Aneurysm of Aorta, showing
- laminated clot and erosion of bodies of vertebrae. The intervertebral
- discs are intact.]
- An aneurysm exerts pressure on the surrounding structures, which are
- usually thickened and adherent to it and to one another. Adjacent veins
- may be so compressed that congestion and oedema of the parts beyond are
- produced. Pain, disturbances of sensation, and muscular paralyses may
- result from pressure on nerves. Such bones as the sternum and vertebrae
- undergo erosion and are absorbed by the gradually increasing pressure of
- the aneurysm. Cartilage, on the other hand, being elastic, yields before
- the pressure, so that the intervertebral discs or the costal cartilages
- may escape while the adjacent bones are destroyed (Fig. 71). The skin
- over the tumour becomes thinned and stretched, until finally a slough
- forms, and when it separates haemorrhage takes place.
- [Illustration: FIG. 72.--Sacculated Aneurysm of Abdominal Aorta nearly
- filled with laminated clot. Note greater density of clot towards
- periphery.]
- In the progress of an aneurysm towards rupture, timely clotting may
- avert death for the moment, but while extension in one direction has
- been arrested there is apt to be extension in another, with imminence of
- rupture, or it may be again postponed.
- #Differential Diagnosis.#--The diagnosis is to be made from other
- pulsatile swellings. Pulsation is sometimes transmitted from a large
- artery to a tumour, a mass of enlarged lymph glands, or an inflammatory
- swelling which lies in its vicinity, but the pulsation is not
- expansile--a most important point in differential diagnosis. Such
- swellings may, by appropriate manipulation, be moved from the artery and
- the pulsation ceases, and compression of the artery on the cardiac side
- of the swelling, although it arrests the pulsation, does not produce any
- diminution in the size or tension of the swelling, and when the pressure
- is removed the pulsation is restored immediately.
- Fluid swellings overlying an artery, such as cysts, abscesses, or
- enlarged bursae, may closely simulate aneurysm. An apparent expansion may
- accompany the pulsation, but careful examination usually enables this to
- be distinguished from the true expansion of an aneurysm. Compression of
- the artery makes no difference in the size or tension of the swelling.
- Vascular tumours, such as sarcoma and goitre, may yield an expansile
- pulsation and a soft, whifling bruit, but they differ from an aneurysm
- in that they are not diminished in size by compression of the main
- artery, nor can they be emptied by pressure.
- The exaggerated pulsation sometimes observed in the abdominal aorta, the
- "pulsating aorta" seen in women, should not be mistaken for aneurysm.
- #Prognosis.#--When _natural cure_ occurs it is usually brought about by
- the formation of laminated clot, which gradually increases in amount
- till it fills the sac. Sometimes a portion of the clot in the sac is
- separated and becomes impacted as an embolus in the artery beyond,
- leading to thrombosis which first occludes the artery and then extends
- into the sac.
- The progress of natural cure is indicated by the aneurysm becoming
- smaller, firmer, less expansile, and less compressible; the murmur and
- thrill diminish and the pressure effects become less marked. When the
- cure is complete the expansile pulsation is lost, and there remains a
- firm swelling attached to the vessel (_consolidated aneurysm_). While
- these changes are taking place the collateral arteries become enlarged,
- and an anastomotic circulation is established.
- An aneurysm may prove _fatal_ by exerting pressure on important
- structures, by causing syncope, by rupture, or from the occurrence of
- suppuration. _Pressure_ symptoms are usually most serious from aneurysms
- situated in the neck, thorax, or skull. Sudden fatal _syncope_ is not
- infrequent in cases of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta.
- _Rupture_ may take place through the skin, on a mucous or serous
- surface, or into the cellular tissue. The first haemorrhage is often
- slight and stops naturally, but it soon recurs, and is so profuse,
- especially when the blood escapes externally, that it rapidly proves
- fatal. When the bleeding takes place into the cellular tissue, the
- aneurysm is said to become _diffused_, and the extravasated blood
- spreads widely through the tissues, exerting great pressure on the
- surrounding structures.
- The _clinical features_ associated with rupture are sudden and severe
- pain in the part, and the patient becomes pale, cold, and faint. If a
- comparatively small escape of blood takes place into the tissues, the
- sudden alteration in the size, shape, and tension of the aneurysm,
- together with loss of pulsation, may be the only local signs. When the
- bleeding is profuse, however, the parts beyond the aneurysm become
- greatly swollen, livid, and cold, and the pulse beyond is completely
- lost. The arrest of the blood supply may result in gangrene. Sometimes
- the pressure of the extravasated blood causes the skin to slough and,
- later, give way, and fatal haemorrhage results.
- The _treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as for a ruptured
- artery (p. 261), it being remembered, however, that the artery is
- diseased and does not lend itself to reconstructive procedures.
- _Suppuration_ may occur in the vicinity of an aneurysm, and the aneurysm
- may burst into the abscess which forms, so that when the latter points
- the pus is mixed with broken-down blood-clot, and finally free
- haemorrhage takes place. It has more than once happened that a surgeon
- has incised such an abscess without having recognised its association
- with aneurysm, with tragic results.
- #Treatment.#--In treating an aneurysm, the indications are to imitate
- Nature's method of cure by means of laminated clot.
- _Constitutional treatment_ consists in taking measures to reduce the
- arterial tension and to diminish the force of the heart's action. The
- patient must be kept in bed. A dry and non-stimulating diet is
- indicated, the quantity being gradually reduced till it is just
- sufficient to maintain nutrition. Saline purges are employed to reduce
- the vascular tension. The benefit derived from potassium iodide
- administered in full doses, as first recommended by George W. Balfour,
- probably depends on its depressing action on the heart and its
- therapeutic benefit in syphilis. Pain or restlessness may call for the
- use of opiates, of which heroin is the most efficient.
- _Local Treatment._--When constitutional treatment fails, local measures
- must be adopted, and many methods are available.
- #Endo-aneurysmorrhaphy.#--The operation devised by Rudolf Matas in 1888
- aims at closing the opening between the sac and its feeding artery, and
- in addition, folding the wall of the sac in such a way as to leave no
- vacant space. If there is marked disease of the vessel, Matas' operation
- is not possible and recourse is then had to ligation of the artery just
- above the sac.
- _Extirpation of the Sac--The Old Operation._--The procedure which goes
- by this name consists in exposing the aneurysm, incising the sac,
- clearing out the clots, and ligating the artery above and below the sac.
- This method is suitable to sacculated aneurysm of the limbs, so long as
- they are circumscribed and free from complications. It has been
- successfully practised also in aneurysm of the subclavian, carotid, and
- external iliac arteries. It is not applicable to cases in which there is
- such a degree of atheroma as would interfere with the successful
- ligation of the artery. The continuity of the artery may be restored by
- grafting into the gap left after excision of the sac a segment of the
- great saphena vein.
- _Ligation of the Artery._--The object of tying the artery is to diminish
- or to arrest the flow of blood through the aneurysm so that the blood
- coagulates both in the sac and in the feeding artery. The ligature may
- be applied on the cardiac side of the aneurysm--proximal ligation, or to
- the artery beyond--distal ligation.
- _Proximal Ligation._--The ligature may be applied immediately above the
- sac (Anel, 1710) or at a distance above (John Hunter, 1785). The
- _Hunterian operation_ ensures that the ligature is applied to a part of
- the artery that is presumably healthy and where relations are
- undisturbed by the proximity of the sac; the best example is the
- ligation of the superficial femoral artery in Scarpa's triangle or in
- Hunter's canal for popliteal aneurysm; it is on record that Syme
- performed this operation with cure of the aneurysm on thirty-nine
- occasions.
- It is to be noted that the Hunterian ligature does not aim at
- _arresting_ the flow of blood through the sac, but is designed so to
- diminish its volume and force as to favour the deposition within the sac
- of laminated clot. The development of the collateral circulation which
- follows upon ligation of the artery at a distance above the sac may be
- attended with just that amount of return stream which favours the
- deposit of laminated clot, and consequently the cure of the aneurysm;
- the return stream may, however, be so forcible as to prevent coagulation
- of the blood in the sac, or only to allow of the formation of a red
- thrombus which may in its turn be dispersed so that pulsation in the sac
- recurs. This does not necessarily imply failure to cure, as the
- recurrent pulsation may only be temporary; the formation of laminated
- clot may ultimately take place and lead to consolidation of the
- aneurysm.
- The least desirable result of the Hunterian ligature is met with in
- cases where, owing to widespread arterial disease, the collateral
- circulation does not develop and gangrene of the limb supervenes.
- _Anel's ligature_ is only practised as part of the operation which deals
- with the sac directly.
- _Distal Ligation._--The tying of the artery beyond the sac, or of its
- two branches where it bifurcates (Brasdor, 1760, and Wardrop, 1825), may
- arrest or only diminish the flow of blood through the sac. It is less
- successful than the proximal ligature, and is therefore restricted to
- aneurysms so situated as not to be amenable to other methods; for
- example, in aneurysm of the common carotid near its origin, the artery
- may be ligated near its bifurcation, or in aneurysm of the innominate
- artery, the carotid and subclavian arteries are tied at the seat of
- election.
- _Compression._--Digital compression of the feeding artery has been given
- up except as a preparation for operations on the sac with a view to
- favouring the development of a collateral circulation.
- _Macewen's acupuncture or "needling"_ consists in passing one or more
- fine, highly tempered steel needles through the tissues overlying the
- aneurysm, and through its outer wall. The needles are made to touch the
- opposite wall of the sac, and the pulsation of the aneurysm imparts a
- movement to them which causes them to scarify the inner surface of the
- sac. White thrombus forms on the rough surface produced, and leads to
- further coagulation. The needles may be left in position for some hours,
- being shifted from time to time, the projecting ends being surrounded
- with sterile gauze.
- The _Moore-Corradi method_ consists in introducing through the wall of
- the aneurysm a hollow insulated needle, through the lumen of which from
- 10 to 20 feet of highly drawn silver or other wire is passed into the
- sac, where it coils up into an open meshwork (Fig. 73). The positive
- pole of a galvanic battery is attached to the wire, and the negative
- pole placed over the patient's back. A current, varying in strength from
- 20 to 70 milliamperes, is allowed to flow for about an hour. The hollow
- needle is then withdrawn, but the wire is left _in situ_. The results
- are somewhat similar to those obtained by needling, but the clot formed
- on the large coil of wire is more extensive.
- [Illustration: FIG. 73.--Radiogram of Innominate Aneurysm after
- treatment by the Moore-Corradi method. Two feet of finely drawn silver
- wire were introduced. The patient, a woman, aet. 47, lived for ten months
- after operation, free from pain (cf. Fig. 75).]
- Colt's method of wiring has been mainly used in the treatment of
- abdominal aneurysm; gilt wire in the form of a wisp is introduced
- through the cannula and expands into an umbrella shape.
- _Subcutaneous Injections of Gelatin._--Three or four ounces of a 2 per
- cent. solution of white gelatin in sterilised water, at a temperature of
- about 100 o F., are injected into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen
- every two, three, or four days. In the course of a fortnight or three
- weeks improvement may begin. The clot which forms is liable to soften
- and be absorbed, but a repetition of the injection has in several cases
- established a permanent cure.
- _Amputation of the limb_ is indicated in cases complicated by
- suppuration, by secondary haemorrhage after excision or ligation, or by
- gangrene. Amputation at the shoulder was performed by Fergusson in a
- case of subclavian aneurysm, as a means of arresting the blood-flow
- through the sac.
- TRAUMATIC ANEURYSM
- The essential feature of a traumatic aneurysm is that it is produced by
- some form of injury which divides all the coats of the artery. The walls
- of the injured vessel are presumably healthy, but they form no part of
- the sac of the aneurysm. The sac consists of the condensed and thickened
- tissues around the artery.
- The injury to the artery may be a subcutaneous one such as a tear by a
- fragment of bone: much more commonly it is a punctured wound from a stab
- or from a bullet.
- The aneurysm usually forms soon after the injury is inflicted; the blood
- slowly escapes into the surrounding tissues, gradually displacing and
- condensing them, until they form a sac enclosing the effused blood.
- Less frequently a traumatic aneurysm forms some considerable time after
- the injury, from gradual stretching of the fibrous cicatrix by which the
- wound in the wall of the artery has been closed. The gradual stretching
- of this cicatrix results in condensation of the surrounding structures
- which form the sac, on the inner aspect of which laminated clot is
- deposited.
- A traumatic aneurysm is almost always sacculated, and, so long as it
- remains circumscribed, has the same characters as a pathological
- sacculated aneurysm, with the addition that there is a scar in the
- overlying skin. A traumatic aneurysm is liable to become diffuse--a
- change which, although attended with considerable risk of gangrene, has
- sometimes been the means of bringing about a cure.
- The treatment is governed by the same principles as apply to the
- pathological varieties, but as the walls of the artery are not diseased,
- operative measures dealing with the sac and the adjacent segment of the
- affected artery are to be preferred.
- ARTERIO-VENOUS ANEURYSM
- An abnormal communication between an artery and a vein constitutes an
- arterio-venous aneurysm. Two varieties are recognised--one in which the
- communication is direct--_aneurysmal varix_; the other in which the
- vein communicates with the artery through the medium of a sac--_varicose
- aneurysm_.
- Either variety may result from pathological causes, but in the majority
- of cases they are traumatic in origin, being due to such injuries as
- stabs, punctured wounds, and gun-shot injuries which involve both artery
- and vein. In former times the most common situation was at the bend of
- the elbow, the brachial artery being accidentally punctured in
- blood-letting from the median basilic vein. Arterio-venous aneurysm is a
- frequent result of injuries by modern high-velocity bullets--for
- example, in the neck or groin.
- In _aneurysmal varix_ the higher blood pressure in the artery forces
- arterial blood into the vein, which near the point of communication with
- the artery tends to become dilated, and to form a thick-walled sac,
- beyond which the vessel and its tributaries are distended and tortuous.
- The clinical features resemble those associated with varicose veins, but
- the entrance of arterial blood into the dilated veins causes them to
- pulsate, and produces in them a vibratory thrill and a loud murmur. In
- those at the groin, the distension of the veins may be so great that
- they look like sinuses running through the muscles, a feature that must
- be taken into account in any operation.
- As the condition tends to remain stationary, the support of an elastic
- bandage is all that is required; but when the condition progresses and
- causes serious inconvenience, it may be necessary to cut down and expose
- the communication between the artery and vein, and, after separating the
- vessels, to close the opening in each by suture; this may be difficult
- or impossible if the parts are matted from former suppuration. If it is
- impossible thus to obliterate the communication, the artery should be
- ligated above and below the point of communication; although the risk of
- gangrene is considerable unless means are taken to develop the
- collateral circulation beforehand (Makins).
- _Varicose aneurysm_ usually develops in relation to a traumatic
- aneurysm, the sac becoming adherent to an adjacent vein, and ultimately
- opening into it. In this way a communication between the artery and the
- vein is established, and the clinical features are those of a
- combination of aneurysm and aneurysmal varix.
- As there is little tendency to spontaneous cure, and as the aneurysm is
- liable to increase in size and finally to rupture, operative treatment
- is usually called for. This is carried out on the same lines as for
- aneurysmal varix, and at the same time incising the sac, turning out the
- clots, and ligating any branches which open into the sac. If it can be
- avoided, the vein should not be ligated.
- ANEURYSMS OF INDIVIDUAL ARTERIES
- #Thoracic Aneurysm.#--All varieties of aneurysm occur in the aorta, the
- fusiform being the most common, although a sacculated aneurysm
- frequently springs from a fusiform dilatation.
- The _clinical features_ depend chiefly on the direction in which the
- aneurysm enlarges, and are not always well marked even when the sac is
- of considerable size. They consist in a pulsatile swelling--sometimes in
- the supra-sternal notch, but usually towards the right side of the
- sternum--with an increased area of dulness on percussion. With the
- X-rays a dark shadow is seen corresponding to the sac. Pain is usually a
- prominent symptom, and is largely referable to the pressure of the
- aneurysm on the vertebrae or the sternum, causing erosion of these bones.
- Pressure on the thoracic veins and on the air-passage causes cyanosis
- and dyspnoea. When the oesophagus is pressed upon, the patient may have
- difficulty in swallowing. The left recurrent nerve may be stretched or
- pressed upon as it hooks round the arch of the aorta, and hoarseness of
- the voice and a characteristic "brassy" cough may result from paralysis
- of the muscles of the larynx which it supplies. The vagus, the phrenic,
- and the spinal nerves may also be pressed upon. When the aneurysm is on
- the transverse part of the arch, the trachea is pulled down with each
- beat of the heart--a clinical phenomena known as the "tracheal tug."
- Aneurysm of the descending aorta may, after eroding the bodies of the
- vertebrae (Fig. 71) and posterior portions of the ribs, form a swelling
- in the back to the left of the spine.
- Inasmuch as obliteration of the sac and the feeding artery is out of the
- question, surgical treatment is confined to causing coagulation of the
- blood in an extension or pouching of the sac, which, making its way
- through the parietes of the chest, threatens to rupture externally. This
- may be achieved by Macewen's needles or by the introduction of wire into
- the sac. We have had cases under observation in which the treatment
- referred to has been followed by such an amount of improvement that the
- patient has been able to resume a laborious occupation for one or more
- years. Christopher Heath found that improvement followed ligation of the
- left common carotid in aneurysm of the transverse part of the aortic
- arch.
- [Illustration: FIG. 74.--Thoracic Aneurysm, threatening to rupture
- externally, but prevented from doing so by Macewen's needling. The
- needles were left in for forty-eight hours.]
- #Abdominal Aneurysm.#--Aneurysm is much less frequent in the abdominal
- than in the thoracic aorta. While any of the large branches in the
- abdomen may be affected, the most common seats are in the aorta itself,
- just above the origin of the coeliac artery and at the bifurcation.
- The _clinical features_ vary with the site of the aneurysm and with its
- rapidity and direction of growth. A smooth, rounded swelling, which
- exhibits expansile pulsation, forms, usually towards the left of the
- middle line. It may extend upwards under cover of the ribs, downwards
- towards the pelvis, or backward towards the loin. On palpation a
- systolic thrill may be detected, but the presence of a murmur is neither
- constant nor characteristic. Pain is usually present; it may be
- neuralgic in character, or may simulate renal colic. When the aneurysm
- presses on the vertebrae and erodes them, the symptoms simulate those of
- spinal caries, particularly if, as sometimes happens, symptoms of
- compression paraplegia ensue. In its growth the swelling may press upon
- and displace the adjacent viscera, and so interfere with their
- functions.
- The _diagnosis_ has to be made from solid or cystic tumours overlying
- the artery; from a "pulsating aorta"; and from spinal caries; much help
- is obtained by the use of the X-rays.
- The condition usually proves fatal, either by the aneurysm bursting into
- the peritoneal cavity, or by slow leakage into the retro-peritoneal
- tissue.
- The Moore-Corradi method has been successfully employed, access to the
- sac having been obtained by opening the abdomen. Ligation of the aorta
- has so far been unsuccessful, but in one case operated upon by Keen the
- patient survived forty-eight days.
- #Innominate aneurysm# may be of the fusiform or of the sacculated
- variety, and is frequently associated with pouching of the aorta. It
- usually grows upwards and laterally, projecting above the sternum and
- right clavicle, which may be eroded or displaced (Fig. 75). Symptoms of
- pressure on the structures in the neck, similar to those produced by
- aortic aneurysm, occur. The pulses in the right upper extremity and in
- the right carotid and its branches are diminished and delayed. Pressure
- on the right brachial plexus causes shooting pain down the arm and
- muscular paresis on that side. Vaso-motor disturbances and contraction
- of the pupil on the right side may result from pressure on the
- sympathetic. Death may take place from rupture, or from pressure on the
- air-passage.
- [Illustration: FIG. 75.--Innominate Aneurysm in a woman, aet. 47, eight
- months after treatment by Moore-Corradi method (cf. Fig. 73).]
- The available methods of treatment are ligation of the right common
- carotid and third part of the right subclavian (Wardrop's operation), of
- which a number of successful cases have been recorded. Those most
- suitable for ligation are cases in which the aneurysm is circumscribed
- and globular (Sheen). If ligation is found to be impracticable, the
- Moore-Corradi method or Macewen's needling may be tried.
- #Carotid Aneurysms.#--Aneurysm of the _common carotid_ is more frequent
- on the right than on the left side, and is usually situated either at
- the root of the neck or near the bifurcation. It is the aneurysm most
- frequently met with in women. From its position the swelling is liable
- to press on the vagus, recurrent and sympathetic nerves, on the
- air-passage, and on the oesophagus, giving rise to symptoms referable to
- such pressure. There may be cerebral symptoms from interference with the
- blood supply of the brain.
- Aneurysm near the origin has to be diagnosed from subclavian,
- innominate, and aortic aneurysm, and from other swellings--solid or
- fluid--met with in the neck. It is often difficult to determine with
- precision the trunk from which an aneurysm at the root of the neck
- originates, and not infrequently more than one vessel shares in the
- dilatation. A careful consideration of the position in which the
- swelling first appeared, of the direction in which it has progressed, of
- its pressure effects, and of the condition of the pulses beyond, may
- help in distinguishing between aortic, innominate, carotid, and
- subclavian aneurysms. Skiagraphy is also of assistance in recognising
- the vessel involved.
- Tumours of the thyreoid, enlarged lymph glands, and fatty and
- sarcomatous tumours can usually be distinguished from aneurysm by the
- history of the swelling and by physical examination. Cystic tumours and
- abscesses in the neck are sometimes more difficult to differentiate on
- account of the apparently expansile character of the pulsation
- transmitted to them. The fact that compression of the vessel does not
- affect the size and tension of these fluid swellings is useful in
- distinguishing them from aneurysm.
- _Treatment._--Digital compression of the vessel against the transverse
- process of the sixth cervical vertebra--the "carotid tubercle"--has been
- successfully employed in the treatment of aneurysm near the bifurcation.
- Proximal ligation in the case of high aneurysms, or distal ligation in
- those situated at the root of the neck, is more certain. Extirpation of
- the sac is probably the best method of treatment, especially in those of
- traumatic origin. These operations are attended with considerable risk
- of hemiplegia from interference with the blood supply of the brain.
- The _external carotid_ and the cervical portion of the _internal
- carotid_ are seldom the primary seat of aneurysm, although they are
- liable to be implicated by the upward spread of an aneurysm at the
- bifurcation of the common trunk. In addition to the ordinary signs of
- aneurysm, the clinical manifestations are chiefly referable to pressure
- on the pharynx and larynx, and on the hypoglossal nerve. Aneurysm of the
- internal carotid is of special importance on account of the way in which
- it bulges into the pharynx in the region of the tonsil, in some cases
- closely simulating a tonsillar abscess. Cases are on record in which
- such an aneurysm has been mistaken for an abscess and incised, with
- disastrous results.
- _Aneurysmal varix_ may occur in the neck as a result of stabs or bullet
- wounds. The communication is usually between the common carotid artery
- and the internal jugular vein. The resulting interference with the
- cerebral circulation causes headache, giddiness, and other brain
- symptoms, and a persistent loud murmur is usually a source of annoyance
- to the patient and may be sufficient indication for operative treatment.
- #Intracranial aneurysm# involves the internal carotid and its branches,
- or the basilar artery, and appears to be more frequently associated with
- syphilis and with valvular disease of the heart than are external
- aneurysms. It gives rise to symptoms similar to those of other
- intracranial tumours, and there is sometimes a loud murmur. It usually
- proves fatal by rupture, and intracranial haemorrhage. The treatment is
- to ligate the common carotid or the vertebral artery in the neck,
- according to the seat of the aneurysm.
- #Orbital Aneurysm.#--The term pulsating exophthalmos is employed to
- embrace a number of pathological conditions, including aneurysm, in
- which the chief symptoms are pulsation in the orbit and protrusion of
- the eyeball. There may be, in addition, congestion and oedema of the
- eyelids, and a distinct thrill and murmur, which can be controlled by
- compression of the common carotid in the neck. Varying degrees of ocular
- paralysis and of interference with vision may also be present.
- These symptoms are due, in the majority of cases, to an aneurysmal varix
- of the internal carotid artery and cavernous sinus, which is often
- traumatic in origin, being produced either by fracture of the base of
- the skull or by a punctured wound of the orbit. In other cases they are
- due to aneurysm of the ophthalmic artery, to thrombosis of the cavernous
- sinus, and, in rare instances, to cirsoid aneurysm.
- If compression of the common carotid is found to arrest the pulsation,
- ligation of this vessel is indicated.
- #Subclavian Aneurysm.#--Subclavian aneurysm is usually met with in men
- who follow occupations involving constant use of the shoulder--for
- example, dock-porters and coal-heavers. It is more common on the right
- side.
- The aneurysm usually springs from the third part of the artery, and
- appears as a tense, rounded, pulsatile swelling just above the clavicle
- and to the outer side of the sterno-mastoid muscle. It occasionally
- extends towards the thorax, where it may become adherent to the pleura.
- The radial pulse on the same side is small and delayed. Congestion and
- oedema of the arm, with pain, numbness, and muscular weakness, may result
- from pressure on the veins and nerves as they pass under the clavicle;
- and pressure on the phrenic nerve may induce hiccough. The aneurysm is
- of slow growth, and occasionally undergoes spontaneous cure.
- The conditions most likely to be mistaken for it are a soft, rapidly
- growing sarcoma, and a normal artery raised on a cervical rib.
- On account of the relations of the artery and of its branches, treatment
- is attended with greater difficulty and danger in subclavian than in
- almost any other form of external aneurysm. The available operative
- measures are proximal ligation of the innominate, and distal ligation.
- In some cases it has been found necessary to combine distal ligation
- with amputation at the shoulder-joint, to prevent the collateral
- circulation maintaining the flow through the aneurysm. Matas' operation
- has been successfully performed by Hogarth Pringle.
- #Axillary Aneurysm.#--This is usually met with in the right arm of
- labouring men and sailors, and not infrequently follows an injury in the
- region of the shoulder. The vessel may be damaged by the head of a
- dislocated humerus or in attempts to reduce the dislocation, by the
- fragments of a fractured bone, or by a stab or cut. Sometimes the vein
- also is injured and an arterio-venous aneurysm established.
- Owing to the laxity of the tissues, it increases rapidly, and it may
- soon attain a large size, filling up the axilla, and displacing the
- clavicle upwards. This renders compression of the third part of the
- subclavian difficult or impossible. It may extend beneath the clavicle
- into the neck, or, extending inwards may form adhesions to the chest
- wall, and, after eroding the ribs, to the pleura.
- The usual symptoms of aneurysm are present, and the pressure effects on
- the veins and nerves are similar to those produced by an aneurysm of the
- subclavian. Intra-thoracic complications, such as pleurisy or pneumonia,
- are not infrequent when there are adhesions to the chest wall and
- pleura. Rupture may take place externally, into the shoulder-joint, or
- into the pleura.
- Extirpation of the sac is the operation of choice, but, if this is
- impracticable, ligation of the third part of the subclavian may be had
- recourse to.
- #Brachial aneurysm# usually occurs at the bend of the elbow, is of
- traumatic origin, and is best treated by excision of the sac.
- _Aneurysmal varix_, which was frequently met with in this situation in
- the days of the barber-surgeons,--usually as a result of the artery
- having been accidentally wounded while performing venesection of the
- median basilic vein,--may be treated, according to the amount of
- discomfort it causes, by a supporting bandage, or by ligation of the
- artery above and below the point of communication.
- Aneurysms of the vessels of the #forearm and hand# call for no special
- mention; they are almost invariably traumatic, and are treated by
- excision of the sac.
- #Inguinal Aneurysm# (_Aneurysm of the Iliac and Femoral
- Arteries_).--Aneurysms appearing in the region of Poupart's ligament may
- have their origin in the external or common iliac arteries or in the
- upper part of the femoral. On account of the tension of the fascia lata,
- they tend to spread upwards towards the abdomen, and, to a less extent,
- downwards into the thigh. Sometimes a constriction occurs across the
- sac at the level of Poupart's ligament.
- The pressure exerted on the nerves and veins of the lower extremity
- causes pain, congestion, and oedema of the limb. Rupture may take place
- externally, or into the cellular tissue of the iliac fossa.
- These aneurysms have to be diagnosed from pulsating sarcoma growing from
- the pelvic bones, and from an abscess or a mass of enlarged lymph glands
- overlying the artery and transmitting its pulsation.
- The method of treatment that has met with most success is ligation of
- the common or external iliac, reached either by reflecting the
- peritoneum from off the iliac fossa (extra-peritoneal operation), or by
- going through the peritoneal cavity (trans-peritoneal operation).
- #Gluteal Aneurysm.#--An aneurysm in the buttock may arise from the
- superior or from the inferior gluteal artery, but by the time it forms a
- salient swelling it is seldom possible to recognise by external
- examination in which vessel it takes origin. The special symptoms to
- which it gives rise are pain down the limb from pressure on the sciatic
- nerve, and interference with the movements at the hip.
- Ligation of the hypogastric (internal iliac) by the trans-peritoneal
- route is the most satisfactory method of treatment. Extirpation of the
- sac is difficult and dangerous, especially when the aneurysm has spread
- into the pelvis.
- #Femoral Aneurysm.#--Aneurysm of the femoral artery beyond the origin of
- the profunda branch is usually traumatic in origin, and is more common
- in Scarpa's triangle than in Hunter's canal. Any of the methods already
- described is available for their treatment--the choice lying between
- Matas' operation and ligation of the external iliac.
- Aneurysm of the _profunda femoris_ is distinguished from that of the
- main trunk by the fact that the pulses beyond are, in the former,
- unaffected, and by the normal artery being felt pulsating over or
- alongside the sac.
- In _aneurysmal varix_, a not infrequent result of a bullet wound or a
- stab, the communication with the vein may involve the main trunk of the
- femoral artery. Should operative interference become necessary as a
- result of progressive increase in size of the tumour, or progressive
- distension of the veins of the limb, an attempt should be made to
- separate the vessels concerned and to close the opening in each by
- suture. If this is impracticable, the artery is tied above and below the
- communication; gangrene of the limb may supervene, and we have observed
- a case in which the gangrene extended up to the junction of the middle
- and lower thirds of the thigh, and in which recovery followed upon
- amputation of the thigh.
- #Popliteal Aneurysm.#--This is the most common surgical aneurysm, and is
- not infrequently met with in both limbs. It is generally due to disease
- of the artery, and repeated slight strains, which are so liable to occur
- at the knee, play an important part in its formation. In former times it
- was common in post-boys, from the repeated flexion and extension of the
- knee in riding.
- The aneurysm is usually of the sacculated variety, and may spring from
- the front or from the back of the vessel. It may exert pressure on the
- bones and ligaments of the joint, and it has been known to rupture into
- the articulation. The pain, stiffness, and effusion into the joint which
- accompany these changes often lead to an erroneous diagnosis of joint
- disease. The sac may press upon the popliteal artery or vein and their
- branches, causing congestion and oedema of the leg, and lead to gangrene.
- Pressure on the tibial and common peroneal nerves gives rise to severe
- pain, muscular cramp, and weakness of the leg.
- The differential diagnosis is to be made from abscess, bursal cyst,
- enlarged glands, and sarcoma, especially pulsating sarcoma of one of the
- bones entering into the knee joint.
- The choice of operation lies between ligation of the femoral artery in
- Hunter's canal, and Matas' operation of aneurysmo-arteriorrhaphy. The
- success which attends the Hunterian operation is evidenced by the fact
- that Syme performed it thirty-seven times without a single failure. If
- it fails, the old operation should be considered, but it is a more
- serious operation, and one which is more liable to be followed by
- gangrene of the limb. Experience shows that ligation of the vein, or
- even the removal of a portion of it, is not necessarily followed by
- gangrene. The risk of gangrene is diminished by a course of digital
- compression of the femoral artery, before operating on the aneurysm.
- _Aneurysmal varix_ is sometimes met with in the region of the popliteal
- space. It is characterised by the usual symptoms, and is treated by
- palliative measures, or by ligation of the artery above and below the
- point of communication.
- _Aneurysm_ in the #leg and foot# is rare. It is almost always traumatic,
- and is treated by excision of the sac.
- CHAPTER XV
- THE LYMPH VESSELS AND GLANDS
- Anatomy and Physiology--INJURIES OF LYMPH VESSELS--_Wounds of
- thoracic duct_--DISEASES OF LYMPH VESSELS--Lymphangitis:
- _Varieties_--Lymphangiectasis--Filarial
- disease--Lymphangioma--DISEASES OF LYMPH
- GLANDS--Lymphadenitis: _Septic_; _Tuberculous_;
- _Syphilitic_--Lymphadenoma--Leucocythaemia--TUMOURS.
- #Surgical Anatomy and Physiology.#--Lymph is essentially blood plasma,
- which has passed through the walls of capillaries. After bathing
- and nourishing the tissues, it is collected by lymph vessels, which
- return it to the blood stream by way of the thoracic duct. These lymph
- vessels take origin in the lymph spaces of the tissues and in the
- walls of serous cavities, and they usually run alongside blood
- vessels--_perivascular lymph vessels_. They have a structure similar to
- that of veins, but are more abundantly provided with valves. Along the
- course of the lymph trunks are the _lymph glands_, which possess a
- definite capsule and are composed of a reticulated connective tissue,
- the spaces of which are packed with leucocytes. The glands act as
- filters, arresting not only inert substances, such as blood pigment
- circulating in the lymph, but also living elements, such as cancer cells
- or bacteria. As it passes through a gland the lymph is brought into
- intimate contact with the leucocytes, and in bacterial infections there
- is always a struggle between the organisms and the leucocytes, so that
- the glands may be looked upon as an important line of defence, retarding
- or preventing the passage of bacteria and their products into the
- general circulation. The infective agent, moreover, in order to reach
- the blood stream, must usually overcome the resistance of several
- glands.
- Lymph glands are, for the most part, arranged in groups or chains, such
- as those in the axilla, neck, and groin. In any given situation they
- vary in number and size in different individuals, and fresh glands may
- be formed on comparatively slight stimulus, and disappear when the
- stimulus is withdrawn. The best-known example of this is the increase in
- the number of glands in the axilla which takes place during lactation;
- when this function ceases, many of the glands become involuted and are
- transformed into fat, and in the event of a subsequent lactation they
- are again developed. After glands have been removed by operation, new
- ones may be formed.
- The following are the more important groups of glands, and the areas
- drained by them in the head and neck and in the extremities.
- #Head and Neck.#--_The anterior auricular (parotid and pre-auricular)
- glands_ lie beneath the parotid fascia in front of the ear, and some
- are partly embedded in the substance of the parotid gland; they drain
- the parts about the temple, cheek, eyelids, and auricle, and are
- frequently the seat of tuberculous disease. _The occipital gland_,
- situated over the origin of the trapezius from the superior curved line,
- drains the top and back of the head; it is rarely infected. _The
- posterior auricular (mastoid) glands_ lie over the mastoid process, and
- drain the side of the head and auricle. These three groups pour their
- lymph into the superficial cervical glands. _The submaxillary_--two to
- six in number--lie along the lower order of the mandible from the
- symphysis to the angle, the posterior ones (paramandibular) being
- closely connected with the submaxillary salivary gland. They receive
- lymph from the face, lips, floor of the mouth, gums, teeth, anterior
- part of tongue, and the alae nasi, and from the pre-auricular glands. The
- lymph passes from them into the deeper cervical glands. They are
- frequently infected with tubercle, with epithelioma which has spread to
- them from the mouth, and also with pyogenic organisms. _The submental
- glands_ lie in or close to the median line between the anterior bellies
- of the digastric muscles, and receive lymph from the lips. It is rare
- for them to be the seat of tubercle, but in epithelioma of the lower lip
- and floor of the mouth they are infected at an early stage of the
- disease. _The supra-hyoid gland_ lies a little farther back, immediately
- above the hyoid bone, and receives lymph from the tongue. _The
- superficial cervical (external jugular) glands_, when present, lie along
- the external jugular vein, and receives lymph from the occipital and
- auricular glands and from the auricle. _The sterno-mastoid
- glands_--glandulae concatinatae--form a chain along the posterior edge of
- the sterno-mastoid muscle, some of them lying beneath the muscle. They
- are commonly enlarged in secondary syphilis. _The superior deep cervical
- (internal jugular) glands_--from six to twenty in number--form a
- continuous chain along the internal jugular vein, beneath the
- sterno-mastoid muscle. They drain the various groups of glands which lie
- nearer the surface, also the interior of the skull, the larynx, trachea,
- thyreoid, and lower part of the pharynx, and pour their lymph into the
- main trunks at the root of the neck. Belonging to this group is one
- large gland (the tonsillar gland) which lies behind the posterior belly
- of the digastric, and rests in the angle between the internal jugular
- and common facial veins. It is commonly enlarged in affections of the
- tonsil and posterior part of the tongue. In the same group are three or
- four glands which lie entirely under cover of the upper end of the
- sterno-mastoid muscle, and surround the accessory nerve before it
- perforates the muscle. The deep cervical glands are commonly infected by
- tubercle and also by epithelioma secondary to disease in the tongue or
- throat. _The inferior deep cervical (supra-clavicular) glands_ lie in
- the posterior triangle, above the clavicle. They receive lymph from the
- lowest cervical glands, from the upper part of the chest wall, and from
- the highest axillary glands. They are frequently infected in cancer of
- the breast; those on the left side also in cancer of the stomach. The
- removal of diseased supra-clavicular glands is not to be lightly
- undertaken, as difficulties are liable to ensue in connection with the
- thoracic duct, the pleura, or the junction of the subclavian and
- internal jugular veins. _The retro-pharyngeal glands_ lie on each side
- of the median line upon the rectus capitis anticus major muscle and in
- front of the pre-vertebral layer of the cervical fascia. They receive
- part of the lymph from the posterior wall of the pharynx, the interior
- of the nose and its accessory cavities, the auditory (Eustachian) tube,
- and the tympanum. When they are infected with pyogenic organisms or
- with tubercle bacilli, they may lead to the formation of one form of
- retro-pharyngeal abscess.
- #Upper Extremity.#--_The epi-trochlear and cubital glands_ vary in
- number, that most commonly present lying about an inch and a half above
- the medial epi-condyle, and other and smaller glands may lie along the
- medial (internal) bicipital groove or at the bend of the elbow. They
- drain the ulnar side of the hand and forearm, and pour their lymph into
- the axillary group. The epi-trochlear gland is sometimes enlarged in
- syphilis. _The axillary glands_ are arranged in groups: a central group
- lies embedded in the axillary fascia and fat, and is often related to an
- opening in it; a posterior or subscapular group lies along the line of
- the subscapular vessels; anterior or pectoral groups lie behind the
- pectoralis minor, along the medial side of the axillary vein, and an
- inter-pectoral group, between the two pectoral muscles. The axillary
- glands receive lymph from the arm, mamma, and side of the chest, and
- pass it on into the lowest cervical glands and the main lymph trunk.
- They are frequently the seat of pyogenic, tuberculous, and cancerous
- infection, and their complete removal is an essential part of the
- operation for cancer of the breast.
- #Lower Extremity.#--_The popliteal glands_ include one superficial gland
- at the termination of the small saphenous vein, and several deeper ones
- in relation to the popliteal vessels. They receive lymph from the toes
- and foot, and transmit it to the inguinal glands. _The femoral glands_
- lie vertically along the upper part of the great saphenous vein, and
- receive lymph from the leg and foot; from them the lymph passes to the
- deep inguinal and external iliac glands. The femoral glands often
- participate in pyogenic infections entering through the skin of the toes
- and sole of the foot. _The superficial inguinal glands_ lie along the
- inguinal (Poupart's) ligament, and receive lymph from the external
- genitals, anus, perineum, buttock, and anterior abdominal wall. The
- lymph passes on to the deep inguinal and external iliac glands. The
- superficial glands through their relations to the genitals are
- frequently the subject of venereal infection, and also of epithelioma
- when this disease affects the genitals or anus; they are rarely the seat
- of tuberculosis. _The deep inguinal glands_ lie on the medial side of
- the femoral vein, and sometimes within the femoral canal. They receive
- lymph from the deep lymphatics of the lower limb, and some of the
- efferent vessels from the femoral and superficial inguinal glands. The
- lymph then passes on through the femoral canal to the external iliac
- glands. The extension of malignant disease, whether cancer or sarcoma,
- can often be traced along these deeper lymphatics into the pelvis, and
- as the obstruction to the flow of lymph increases there is a
- corresponding increase in the swollen dropsical condition of the lower
- limb on the same side.
- The glands of the _thorax_ and _abdomen_ will be considered with the
- surgery of these regions.
- INJURIES OF LYMPH VESSELS
- Lymph vessels are divided in all wounds, and the lymph that escapes from
- them is added to any discharge that may be present. In injuries of
- larger trunks the lymph may escape in considerable quantity as a
- colourless, watery fluid--_lymphorrhagia_; and the opening through which
- it escapes is known as a _lymphatic fistula_. This has been observed
- chiefly after extensive operation for the removal of malignant glands in
- the groin where there already exists a considerable degree of
- obstruction to the lymph stream, and in such cases the lymph, including
- that which has accumulated in the vessels of the limb, may escape in
- such abundance as to soak through large dressings and delay healing.
- Ultimately new lymph channels are formed, so that at the end of from
- four to six weeks the discharge of lymph ceases and the wound heals.
- _Lymphatic Oedema._--When the lymphatic return from a limb has been
- seriously interfered with,--as, for example, when the axillary contents
- has been completely cleared out in operating for cancer of the
- breast,--a condition of lymphatic oedema may result, the arm becoming
- swollen, tight, and heavy.
- Various degrees of the conditions are met with; in the severe forms,
- there is pain, as well as incapacity of the limb. As in ordinary oedema,
- the condition is relieved by elevation of the limb, but not nearly to
- the same degree; in time the tissues become so hard and tense as
- scarcely to pit on pressure; this is in part due to the formation of new
- connective tissue and hypertrophy of the skin; in advanced cases there
- is a gradual transition into one form of elephantiasis.
- Handley has devised a method of treatment--_lymphangioplasty_--the
- object of which is to drain the lymph by embedding a number of silk
- threads in the subcutaneous cellular tissue.
- #Wounds of the Thoracic Duct.#--The thoracic duct usually opens at the
- angle formed by the junction of the left internal jugular and subclavian
- veins, but it may open into either of these vessels by one or by several
- channels, or the duct may be double throughout its course. There is a
- smaller duct on the right side--the right lymphatic duct. The duct or
- ducts may be displaced by a tumour or a mass of enlarged glands, and may
- be accidentally wounded in dissections at the root of the neck; jets of
- milky fluid--chyle--may at once escape from it. The jets are rhythmical
- and coincide with expiration. The injury may, however, not be observed
- at the time of operation, but later through the dressings being soaked
- with chyle--_chylorrhoea_. If the wound involves the only existing main
- duct and all the chyle escapes, the patient suffers from intense thirst,
- emaciation, and weakness, and may die of inanition; but if, as is
- usually the case, only one of several collateral channels is implicated,
- the loss of chyle may be of little moment, as the discharge usually
- ceases. If the wound heals so that the chyle is prevented from escaping,
- a fluctuating swelling may form beneath the scar; in course of time it
- gradually disappears.
- An attempt should be made to close the wound in the duct by means of a
- fine suture; failing this, the duct must be occluded by a ligature as if
- it were a bleeding artery. The tissues are then stitched over it and the
- skin wound accurately closed, so as to obtain primary union, firm
- pressure being applied by dressings and an elastic webbing bandage. Even
- if the main duct is obliterated, a collateral circulation is usually
- established. A wound of the right lymphatic duct is of less importance.
- _Subcutaneous rupture of the thoracic duct_ may result from a crush of
- the thorax. The chyle escapes and accumulates in the cellular tissue of
- the posterior mediastinum, behind the peritoneum, in the pleural cavity
- (_chylo-thorax_), or in the peritoneal cavity (_chylous ascites_). There
- are physical signs of fluid in one or other of these situations, but, as
- a rule, the nature of the lesion is only recognised when chyle is
- withdrawn by the exploring needle.
- DISEASES OF LYMPH VESSELS
- #Lymphangitis.#--Inflammation of peripheral lymph vessels usually
- results from some primary source of pyogenic infection in the skin. This
- may be a wound or a purulent blister, and the streptococcus pyogenes is
- the organism most frequently present. _Septic_ lymphangitis is commonly
- met with in those who, from the nature of their occupation, handle
- infective material. A _gonococcal_ form has been observed in those
- suffering from gonorrhoea.
- The inflammation affects chiefly the walls of the vessels, and is
- attended with clotting of the lymph. There is also some degree of
- inflammation of the surrounding cellular tissue--_peri-lymphangitis_.
- One or more abscesses may form along the course of the vessels, or a
- spreading cellulitis may supervene.
- The _clinical features_ resemble those of other pyogenic infections, and
- there are wavy red lines running from the source of infection towards
- the nearest lymph glands. These correspond to the inflamed vessels, and
- are the seat of burning pain and tenderness. The associated glands are
- enlarged and painful. In severe cases the symptoms merge into those of
- septicaemia. When the deep lymph vessels alone are involved, the
- superficial red lines are absent, but the limb becomes greatly swollen
- and pits on pressure.
- In cases of extensive lymphangitis, especially when there are repeated
- attacks, the vessels are obliterated by the formation of new connective
- tissue and a persistent solid oedema results, culminating in one form of
- elephantiasis.
- _Treatment._--The primary source of infection is dealt with on the usual
- lines. If the lymphangitis affects an extremity, Bier's elastic bandage
- is applied, and if suppuration occurs, the pus is let out through one or
- more small incisions; in other parts of the body Klapp's suction bells
- are employed. An autogenous vaccine may be prepared and injected. When
- the condition has subsided, the limb is massaged and evenly bandaged to
- promote the disappearance of oedema.
- _Tuberculous Lymphangitis._--Although lymph vessels play an important
- role in the spread of tuberculosis, the clinical recognition of the
- disease in them is exceptional. The infection spreads upwards along the
- superficial lymphatics, which become nodularly thickened; at one or more
- points, larger, peri-lymphangitic nodules may form and break down into
- abscesses and ulcers; the nearest group of glands become infected at an
- early stage. When the disease is widely distributed throughout the
- lymphatics of the limb, it becomes swollen and hard--a condition
- illustrated by lupus elephantiasis.
- _Syphilitic lymphangitis_ is observed in cases of primary syphilis, in
- which the vessels of the dorsum of the penis can be felt as indurated
- cords.
- In addition to acting as channels for the conveyance of bacterial
- infection, _lymph vessels frequently convey the cells of malignant
- tumours_, and especially cancer, from the seat of the primary disease to
- the nearest lymph glands, and they may themselves become the seat of
- cancerous growth forming nodular cords. The permeation of cancer by way
- of the lymphatics, described by Sampson Handley, has already been
- referred to.
- #Lymphangiectasis# is a dilated or varicose condition of lymph vessels.
- It is met with as a congenital affection in the tongue and lips, or it
- may be acquired as the result of any condition which is attended with
- extensive obliteration or blocking of the main lymph trunks. An
- interesting type of lymphangiectasis is that which results from the
- presence of the _filaria Bancrofti_ in the vessels, and is observed
- chiefly in the groin, spermatic cord, and scrotum of persons who have
- lived in the tropics.
- _Filarial disease in the lymphatics of the groin_ appears as a soft,
- doughy swelling, varying in size from a walnut to a cocoa-nut; it may
- partly disappear on pressure and when the patient lies down.
- The patient gives a history of feverish attacks of the nature of
- lymphangitis during which the swelling becomes painful and tender. These
- attacks may show a remarkable periodicity, and each may be followed by
- an increase in the size of the swelling, which may extend along the
- inguinal canal into the abdomen, or down the spermatic cord into the
- scrotum. On dissection, the swelling is found to be made up of dilated,
- tortuous, and thickened lymph vessels in which the parent worm is
- sometimes found, and of greatly enlarged lymph glands which have
- undergone fibrosis, with giant-cell formation and eosinophile
- aggregations. The fluid in the dilated vessels is either clear or
- turbid, in the latter case resembling chyle. The affection is frequently
- bilateral, and may be associated with lymph scrotum, with elephantiasis,
- and with chyluria.
- The _diagnosis_ is to be made from such other swellings in the groin as
- hernia, lipoma, or cystic pouching of the great saphenous vein. It is
- confirmed by finding the recently dead or dying worms in the inflamed
- lymph glands.
- _Treatment._--When the disease is limited to the groin or scrotum,
- excision may bring about a permanent cure, but it may result in the
- formation of lymphatic sinuses and only afford temporary relief.
- #Lymphangioma.#--A lymphangioma is a swelling composed of a series of
- cavities and channels filled with lymph and freely communicating with
- one another. The cavities result either from the new formation of lymph
- spaces or vessels, or from the dilatation of those which already exist;
- their walls are composed of fibro-areolar tissue lined by endothelium
- and strengthened by non-striped muscle. They are rarely provided with a
- definite capsule, and frequently send prolongations of their substance
- between and into muscles and other structures in their vicinity. They
- are of congenital origin and usually make their appearance at or shortly
- after birth. When the tumour is made up of a meshwork of caverns and
- channels, it is called a _cavernous lymphangioma_; when it is composed
- of one or more cysts, it is called a _cystic lymphangioma_. It is
- probable that the cysts are derived from the caverns by breaking down
- and absorption of the intervening septa, as transition forms between the
- cavernous and cystic varieties are sometimes met with.
- The _cavernous lymphangioma_ appears as an ill-defined, soft swelling,
- presenting many of the characters of a subcutaneous haemangioma, but it
- is not capable of being emptied by pressure, it does not become tense
- when the blood pressure is raised, as in crying, and if the tumour is
- punctured, it yields lymph instead of blood. It also resembles a lipoma,
- especially the congenital variety which grows from the periosteum, and
- the differential diagnosis between these is rarely completed until the
- swelling is punctured or explored by operation. If treatment is called
- for, it is carried out on the same lines as for haemangioma, by means of
- electrolysis, igni-puncture, or excision. Complete excision is rarely
- possible because of the want of definition and encapsulation, but it is
- not necessary for cure, as the parts that remain undergo cicatrisation.
- [Illustration: FIG. 76.--Congenital Cystic Tumour or Hygroma of Axilla.
- (From a photograph lent by Dr. Lediard.)]
- The _cystic lymphangioma_, _lymphatic cyst_, or _congenital cystic
- hygroma_ is most often met with in the neck--_hydrocele of the neck_; it
- is situated beneath the deep fascia, and projects either in front of or
- behind the sterno-mastoid muscle. It may attain a large size, the
- overlying skin and cyst wall may be so thin as to be translucent, and it
- has been known to cause serious impairment of respiration through
- pressing on the trachea. In the axilla also the cystic tumour may attain
- a considerable size (Fig. 76); less frequent situations are the groin,
- and the floor of the mouth, where it constitutes one form of ranula.
- The nature of these swellings is to be recognised by their situation, by
- their having existed from infancy, and, if necessary, by drawing off
- some of the contents of the cyst through a fine needle. They are usually
- remarkably indolent, persisting often for a long term of years without
- change, and, like the haemangioma, they sometimes undergo spontaneous
- cicatrisation and cure. Sometimes the cystic tumour becomes infected and
- forms an abscess--another, although less desirable, method of cure.
- Those situated in the neck are most liable to suppurate, probably
- because of pyogenic organisms being brought to them by the lymphatics
- taking origin in the scalp, ear, or throat.
- If operative interference is called for, the cysts may be tapped and
- injected with iodine, or excised; the operation for removal may entail a
- considerable dissection amongst the deeper structures at the root of the
- neck, and should not be lightly undertaken; parts left behind may be
- induced to cicatrise by inserting a tube of radium and leaving it for a
- few days.
- Lymphangiomas are met with in the abdomen in the form of _omental
- cysts_.
- DISEASES OF LYMPH GLANDS
- #Lymphadenitis.#--Inflammation of lymph glands results from the advent
- of an irritant, usually bacterial or toxic, brought to the glands by the
- afferent lymph vessels. These vessels may share in the inflammation and
- be the seat of lymphangitis, or they may show no evidence of the passage
- of the noxa. It is exceptional for the irritant to reach the gland
- through the blood-stream.
- A strain or other form of trauma is sometimes blamed for the onset of
- lymphadenitis, especially in the glands of the groin (bubo), but it is
- usually possible to discover some source of pyogenic infection which is
- responsible for the mischief, or to obtain a history of some antecedent
- infection such as gonorrhoea. It is possible for gonococci to lie latent
- in the inguinal glands for long periods, and only give rise to
- lymphadenitis if the glands be subsequently subjected to injury. The
- glands most frequently affected are those in the neck, axilla, and
- groin.
- The characters of the lymphadenitis vary with the nature of the
- irritant. Sometimes it is mild and evanescent, as in the glandular
- enlargement in the neck which attends tonsillitis and other forms of
- sore throat. Sometimes it is more persistent, as in the enlargement
- that is associated with adenoids, hypertrophied tonsils, carious teeth,
- eczema of the scalp, and otorrhoea; and it is possible that this indolent
- enlargement predisposes to tuberculous infection. A similar enlargement
- is met with in the axilla in cases of chronic interstitial mastitis, and
- in the groin as a result of chronic irritation about the external
- genitals, such as balanitis.
- Sometimes the lymphadenitis is of an acute character, and the tendency
- is towards the formation of an abscess. This is illustrated in the
- axillary glands as a result of infected wounds of the fingers; in the
- femoral glands in infected wounds or purulent blisters on the foot; in
- the inguinal glands in gonorrhoea and soft sore; and in the cervical
- glands in the severer forms of sore throat associated with diphtheria
- and scarlet fever. The most acute suppurations result from infection
- with streptococci.
- Superficial glands, when inflamed and suppurating, become enlarged,
- tender, fixed, and matted to one another. In the glands of the groin the
- suppurative process is often remarkably sluggish; purulent foci form in
- the interior of individual glands, and some time may elapse before the
- pus erupts through their respective capsules. In the deeply placed
- cervical glands, especially in cases of streptococcal throat infections,
- the suppuration rapidly involves the surrounding cellular tissue, and
- the clinical features are those of an acute cellulitis and deeply seated
- abscess. When this is incised the necrosed glands may be found lying in
- the pus, and on bacteriological examination are found to be swarming
- with streptococci. In suppuration of the axillary glands the abscess may
- be quite superficial, or it may be deeply placed beneath the strong
- fascia and pectoral muscles, according to the group of glands involved.
- The _diagnosis_ of septic lymphadenitis is usually easy. The indolent
- enlargements are not always to be distinguished, however, from
- commencing tuberculous disease, except by the use of the tuberculin
- test, and by the fact that they usually disappear on removing the
- peripheral source of irritation.
- _Treatment._--The first indication is to discover and deal with the
- source of infection, and in the indolent forms of lymphadenitis this
- will usually be followed by recovery. In the acute forms following on
- pyogenic infection, the best results are obtained from the hyperaemic
- treatment carried out by means of suction bells. If suppuration is not
- thereby prevented, or if it has already taken place, each separate
- collection of pus is punctured with a narrow-bladed knife and the use of
- the suction bell is persevered with. If there is a large periglandular
- abscess, as is often the case, in the neck and axilla, the opening may
- require to be made by Hilton's method, and it may be necessary to insert
- a drainage-tube.
- [Illustration: FIG. 77.--Tuberculous Cervical Gland with abscess
- formation in subcutaneous cellular tissue, in a boy aet. 10.]
- #Tuberculous Disease of Glands.#--This is a disease of great frequency
- and importance. The tubercle bacilli usually gain access to the gland
- through the afferent lymph vessels, which convey them from some lesion
- of the surface within the area drained by them. Tuberculous infection
- may supervene in glands that are already enlarged as a result of chronic
- septic irritation. While any of the glands in the body may be affected,
- the disease is most often met with in the cervical groups which derive
- their lymph from the mouth, nose, throat, and ear.
- _The appearance of the glands on section_ varies with the stage of the
- disease. In the early stages the gland is enlarged, it may be to many
- times its natural size, is normal in appearance and consistence, and as
- there is no peri-adenitis it is easily shelled out from its
- surroundings. On microscopical examination, however, there is evidence
- of infection in the shape of bacilli and of characteristic giant and
- epithelioid cells. At a later stage, the gland tissue is studded with
- minute yellow foci which tend to enlarge and in time to become
- confluent, so that the whole gland is ultimately converted into a
- caseous mass. This caseous material is surrounded by the thickened
- capsule which, as a result of peri-adenitis, tends to become adherent to
- and fused with surrounding structures, and particularly with layers of
- fascia and with the walls of veins. The caseated tissue often remains
- unchanged for long periods; it may become calcified, but more frequently
- it breaks down and liquefies.
- #Tuberculous disease in the cervical glands# is a common accompaniment
- or sequel of adenoids, enlarged tonsils, carious teeth, pharyngitis,
- middle-ear disease, and conjunctivitis. These lesions afford the bacilli
- a chance of entry into the lymph vessels, in which they are carried to
- the glands, where they give rise to disease.
- The enlargement may affect only one gland, usually below the angle of
- the mandible, and remain confined to it, the gland reaching the size of
- a hazel-nut, and being ovoid, firm, and painless. More commonly the
- disease affects several glands, on one or on both sides of the neck.
- When the disease commences in the pre-auricular or submaxillary glands,
- it tends to spread to those along the carotid sheath: when the posterior
- auricular and occipital glands are first involved, the spread is to
- those along the posterior border of the sterno-mastoid. In many cases
- all the chains in front of, beneath, and behind this muscle are
- involved, the enlarged glands extending from the mastoid to the
- clavicle. They are at first discrete and movable, and may even vary in
- size from time to time; but with the addition of peri-adenitis they
- become fixed and matted together, forming lobulated or nodular masses
- (Fig. 78). They become adherent not only to one another, but also to the
- structures in their vicinity,--and notably to the internal jugular
- vein,--a point of importance in regard to their removal by operation.
- At any stage the disease may be arrested and the glands remain for long
- periods without further change. It is possible that the tuberculous
- tissue may undergo cicatrisation. More commonly suppuration ensues, and
- a cold abscess forms, but if there is a mixed infection, the pyogenic
- factor being usually derived from the throat, it may take on active
- features.
- [Illustration: FIG. 78.--Mass of Tuberculous Glands removed from Axilla
- (cf. Fig. 79).]
- The transition from the solid to the liquefied stage is attended with
- pain and tenderness in the gland, which at the same time becomes fixed
- and globular, and finally fluctuation can be elicited.
- If left to itself, the softened tubercle erupts through the capsule of
- the gland and infects the cellular tissue. The cervical fascia is
- perforated and a cold abscess, often much larger than the gland from
- which it took origin, forms between the fascia and the overlying skin.
- The further stages--reddening, undermining of skin and external rupture,
- with the formation of ulcers and sinuses--have been described with
- tuberculous abscess. The ulcers and sinuses persist indefinitely, or
- they heal and then break out again; sometimes the skin becomes infected,
- and a condition like lupus spreads over a considerable area. Spontaneous
- healing finally takes place after the caseous tubercle has been
- extruded; the resulting scars are extremely unsightly, being puckered or
- bridled, or hypertrophied like keloid.
- While the disease is most common in childhood and youth, it may be met
- with even in advanced life; and although often associated with impaired
- health and unhealthy surroundings, it may affect those who are
- apparently robust and are in affluent circumstances.
- _Diagnosis._--The chief importance lies in differentiating tuberculous
- disease from lympho-sarcoma and from lymphadenoma, and this is usually
- possible from the history and from the nature of the enlargement. Signs
- of liquefaction and suppuration support the diagnosis of tubercle. If
- any doubt remains, one of the glands should be removed and submitted to
- microscopical examination. Other forms of sarcoma, and the enlargement
- of an accessory thyreoid, are less likely to be confused with
- tuberculous glands. Calcified tuberculous glands give definite shadows
- with the X-rays.
- Enlargement of the cervical glands from secondary cancer may simulate
- tuberculosis, but is differentiated by its association with cancer in
- the mouth or throat, and by the characteristic, stone-like induration of
- epithelioma.
- The cold abscess which results from tuberculous glands is to be
- distinguished from that due to disease in the cervical spine,
- retro-pharyngeal abscess, as well as from congenital and other cystic
- swellings in the neck.
- _Prognosis._--Next to lupus, glandular disease is of all tuberculous
- lesions the least dangerous to life; but while it is the rule to recover
- from tuberculous disease of glands with or without an operation, it is
- unfortunately quite common for such persons to become the subjects of
- tuberculosis in other parts of the body at any subsequent period of
- life.
- _Treatment._--There is considerable difference of opinion regarding the
- treatment of glandular tuberculosis. Some authorities, impressed with
- the undoubted possibility of natural cure, are satisfied with promoting
- this by measures directed towards improving the general health, by the
- prolonged administration of tuberculin, and by repeated exposures to the
- X-rays and to sunlight. Others again, influenced by the risk of
- extension of the disease and by the destruction of tissue and
- disfigurement caused by breaking down of the tuberculous tissue and
- mixed infection, advocate the removal of the glands by operation.
- The conditions vary widely in different cases, and the treatment should
- be adapted to the individual requirements. If the disease remains
- confined to the glands originally infected and there are no signs of
- breaking down, "expectant measures" may be persevered with.
- [Illustration: FIG. 79.--Tuberculous Axillary Glands (cf. Fig. 78).]
- If, on the other hand, the disease exhibits aggressive tendencies, the
- question of operation should be considered. The undesirable results of
- the breaking down and liquefaction of the diseased gland may be avoided
- by the timely withdrawal of the fluid contents through a hollow needle.
- _The excision of tuberculous glands_ is often a difficult operation,
- because of the number and deep situation of the glands to be removed,
- and of the adhesions to surrounding structures. The skin incision must
- be sufficiently extensive to give access to the whole of the affected
- area, and to avoid disfigurement should, whenever possible, be made in
- the line of the natural creases of the skin. In exposing the glands the
- common facial and other venous trunks may require to be clamped and
- tied. Care must be taken not to injure the important nerves,
- particularly the accessory, the vagus, and the phrenic. The
- inframaxillary branches of the facial, the hypoglossal and its
- descending branches, and the motor branches of the deep cervical plexus,
- are also liable to be injured. The dissection is rendered easier and is
- attended with less risk of injury to the nerves, if the patient is
- placed in the sitting posture so as to empty the veins, and, instead of
- a knife, the conical scissors of Mayo are employed. When the glands are
- extensively affected on both sides of the neck, it is advisable to allow
- an interval to elapse rather than to operate on both sides at one
- sitting. (_Op. Surg._, p. 189.)
- If the tonsils are enlarged they should not be removed at the same time,
- as, by so doing, there is a risk of pyogenic infection from the throat
- being carried to the wound in the neck, but they should be removed,
- after an interval, to prevent relapse of disease in the glands.
- _When the skin is broken_ and caseous tuberculous tissue is exposed,
- healing is promoted by cutting away diseased skin, removing the
- granulation tissue with the spoon, scraping sinuses, and packing the
- cavity with iodoform worsted and treating it by the open method and
- secondary suture if necessary. Exposure to the sunshine on the seashore
- and to the X-rays is often beneficial in these cases.
- #Tuberculous disease in the axillary glands# may be a result of
- extension from those in the neck, from the mamma, ribs, or sternum, or
- more rarely from the upper extremity. We have seen it from an infected
- wound of a finger. In some cases no source of infection is discoverable.
- The individual glands attain a considerable size, and they fuse together
- to form a large tumour which fills up the axillary space. The disease
- progresses more rapidly than it does in the cervical glands, and almost
- always goes on to suppuration with the formation of sinuses.
- Conservative measures need not be considered, as the only satisfactory
- treatment is excision, and that without delay.
- #Tuberculous disease in the glands of the groin# is comparatively rare.
- We have chiefly observed it in the femoral glands as a result of
- inoculation tubercle on the toes or sole of the foot. The affected
- glands nearly always break down and suppurate, and after destroying the
- overlying skin give rise to fungating ulcers. The treatment consists in
- excising the glands and the affected skin. The dissection may be
- attended with troublesome haemorrhage from the numerous veins that
- converge towards the femoral trunk.
- Tuberculous disease in the _mesenteric_ and _bronchial glands_ is
- described with the surgery of regions.
- #Syphilitic Disease of Glands.#--Enlargement of lymph glands is a
- prominent feature of acquired syphilis, especially in the form of the
- indolent or bullet-bubo which accompanies the primary lesion, and the
- general enlargement of glands that occurs in secondary syphilis.
- Gummatous disease in glands is extremely rare; the affected gland
- rapidly enlarges to the size of a walnut, and may then persist for a
- long period without further change; if it breaks down, the overlying
- skin is destroyed and the caseated tissue of the gumma exposed.
- #Lymphadenoma.#--_Hodgkin's Disease_ (Pseudo-leukaemia of German
- authors).--This is a rare disease, the origin of which is as yet
- unknown, but analogy would suggest that it is due to infection with a
- slowly growing micro-organism. It is chiefly met with in young subjects,
- and is characterised by a painless enlargement of a particular group of
- glands, most commonly those in the cervical region (Fig. 80).
- [Illustration: FIG. 80.--Chronic Hodgkin's Disease in a boy aet. 11.]
- The glands are usually larger than in tuberculosis, and they remain
- longer discrete and movable; they are firm in consistence, and on
- section present a granular appearance due to overgrowth of the
- connective-tissue framework. In time the glandular masses may form
- enormous projecting tumours, the swelling being added to by lymphatic
- oedema of the overlying cellular tissue and skin.
- The enlargement spreads along the chain of glands to those above the
- clavicle, to those in the axilla, and to those of the opposite side
- (Fig. 81). Later, the glands in the groin become enlarged, and it is
- probable that the infection has spread from the neck along the
- mediastinal, bronchial, retro-peritoneal, and mesenteric glands, and has
- branched off to the iliac and inguinal groups.
- Two clinical types are recognised, one in which the disease progresses
- slowly and remains confined to the cervical glands for two or more
- years; the other, in which the disease is more rapidly disseminated and
- causes death in from twelve to eighteen months.
- [Illustration: FIG. 81.--Lymphadenoma (Hodgkin's Disease) affecting left
- side of neck and left axilla, in a woman aet. 44. Three years' duration.]
- In the acute form, the health suffers, there is fever, and the glands
- may vary in size with variations in the temperature; the blood presents
- the characters met with in secondary anaemia. The spleen, liver, testes,
- and mammae may be enlarged; the glandular swellings press on important
- structures, such as the trachea, oesophagus, or great veins, and symptoms
- referable to such pressure manifest themselves.
- _Diagnosis._--Considerable difficulty attends the diagnosis of
- lymphadenoma at an early stage. The negative results of tuberculin tests
- may assist in the differentiation from tuberculous disease, but the more
- certain means of excising one of the suspected glands and submitting it
- to microscopical examination should be had recourse to. The sections
- show proliferation of endothelial cells, the formation of numerous giant
- cells quite unlike those of tuberculosis and a progressive fibrosis.
- Lympho-sarcoma can usually be differentiated by the rapid assumption of
- the local features of malignant disease, and in a gland removed for
- examination, a predominance of small round cells with scanty protoplasm.
- The enlargement associated with leucocythaemia is differentiated by the
- characteristic changes in the blood.
- _Treatment._--In the acute form of lymphadenoma, treatment is of little
- avail. Arsenic may be given in full doses either by the mouth or by
- subcutaneous injection; the intravenous administration of neo-salvarsan
- may be tried. Exposure to the X-rays and to radium has been more
- successful than any other form of treatment. Excision of glands,
- although sometimes beneficial, seldom arrests the progress of the
- disease. The ease and rapidity with which large masses of glands may be
- shelled out is in remarkable contrast to what is observed in tuberculous
- disease. Surgical interference may give relief when important structures
- are being pressed upon--tracheotomy, for example, may be required where
- life is threatened by asphyxia.
- #Leucocythaemia.#--This is a disease of the blood and of the
- blood-forming organs, in which there is a great increase in the number,
- and an alteration of the character, of the leucocytes present in the
- blood. It may simulate lymphadenoma, because, in certain forms of the
- disease, the lymph glands, especially those in the neck, axilla, and
- groin, are greatly enlarged.
- TUMOURS OF LYMPH GLANDS
- #Primary Tumours.#--_Lympho-sarcoma_, which may be regarded as a sarcoma
- starting in a lymph gland, appears in the neck, axilla, or groin as a
- rapidly growing tumour consisting of one enlarged gland with numerous
- satellites. As the tumour increases in size, the sarcomatous tissue
- erupts through the capsule of the gland, and infiltrates the surrounding
- tissues, whereby it becomes fixed to these and to the skin.
- [Illustration: FIG. 82.--Lympho-Sarcoma removed from Groin. It will be
- observed that there is one large central parent tumour surrounded by
- satellites.]
- The prognosis is grave in the extreme, and the only hope is in early
- excision, followed by the use of radium and X-rays. We have observed a
- case of lympho-sarcoma above the clavicle, in which excision of all that
- was removable, followed by the insertion of a tube of radium for ten
- days, was followed by a disappearance of the disease over a period which
- extended to nearly five years, when death resulted from a tumour in the
- mediastinum. In a second case in which the growth was in the groin, the
- patient, a young man, remained well for over two years and was then lost
- sight of.
- #Secondary Tumours.#--Next to tuberculosis, _secondary cancer_ is the
- most common disease of lymph glands. In the neck it is met with in
- association with epithelioma of the lip, tongue, or fauces. The glands
- form tumours of variable size, and are often larger than the primary
- growth, the characters of which they reproduce. The glands are at first
- movable, but soon become fixed both to each other and to their
- surroundings; when fixed to the mandible they form a swelling of
- bone-like hardness; in time they soften, liquefy, and burst through the
- skin, forming foul, fungating ulcers. A similar condition is met with in
- the groin from epithelioma of the penis, scrotum, or vulva. In cancer of
- the breast, the infection of the axillary glands is an important
- complication.
- In _pigmented_ or _melanotic cancers_ of the skin, the glands are early
- infected and increase rapidly, so that, when the primary growth is still
- of small size--as, for example, on the sole of the foot--the femoral
- glands may already constitute large pigmented tumours.
- [Illustration: FIG. 83.--Cancerous Glands in Neck secondary to
- Epithelioma of Lip.
- (Mr. G. L. Chiene's case.)]
- The implication of the glands in other forms of cancer will be
- considered with regional surgery.
- _Secondary sarcoma_ is seldom met with in the lymph glands except when
- the primary growth is a lympho-sarcoma and is situated in the tonsil,
- thyreoid, or testicle.
- CHAPTER XVI
- THE NERVES
- Anatomy--INJURIES OF NERVES: Changes in nerves after division;
- Repair and its modifications; Clinical features; _Primary and
- secondary suture_--SUBCUTANEOUS INJURIES OF
- NERVES--DISEASES: _Neuritis_; _Tumours_--Surgery of
- the individual nerves: _Brachial neuralgia_; _Sciatica_;
- _Trigeminal neuralgia_.
- #Anatomy.#--A nerve-trunk is made up of a variable number of bundles of
- nerve fibres surrounded and supported by a framework of connective
- tissue. The nerve fibres are chiefly of the medullated type, and they
- run without interruption from a nerve cell or _neuron_ in the brain or
- spinal medulla to their peripheral terminations in muscle, skin, and
- secretory glands.
- Each nerve fibre consists of a number of nerve fibrils collected into a
- central bundle--the axis cylinder--which is surrounded by an envelope,
- the neurolemma or sheath of Schwann. Between the neurolemma and the axis
- cylinder is the medullated sheath, composed of a fatty substance known
- as myelin. This medullated sheath is interrupted at the nodes of
- Ranvier, and in each internode is a nucleus lying between the myelin and
- the neurolemma. The axis cylinder is the essential conducting structure
- of the nerve, while the neurolemma and the myelin act as insulating
- agents. The axis cylinder depends for its nutrition on the central
- neuron with which it is connected, and from which it originally
- developed, and it degenerates if it is separated from its neuron.
- The connective-tissue framework of a nerve-trunk consists of the
- _perineurium_, or general sheath, which surrounds all the bundles; the
- _epineurium_, surrounding individual groups of bundles; and the
- _endoneurium_, a delicate connective tissue separating the individual
- nerve fibres. The blood vessels and lymphatics run in these
- connective-tissue sheaths.
- According to Head and his co-workers, Sherren and Rivers, the afferent
- fibres in the peripheral nerves can be divided into three systems:--
- 1. Those which subserve _deep sensibility_ and conduct the impulses
- produced by pressure as well as those which enable the patient to
- recognise the position of a joint on passive movement (joint-sensation),
- and the kinaesthetic sense, which recognises that active contraction of
- the muscle is taking place (active muscle-sensation). The fibres of this
- system run with the motor nerves, and pass to muscles, tendons, and
- joints. Even division of both the ulnar and the median nerves above the
- wrist produces little loss of deep sensibility, unless the tendons are
- also cut through. The failure to recognise this form of sensibility has
- been largely responsible for the conflicting statements as to the
- sensory phenomena following operations for the repair of divided nerves.
- 2. Those which subserve _protopathic_ sensibility--that is, are capable
- of responding to painful cutaneous stimuli and to the extremes of heat
- and cold. These also endow the hairs with sensibility to pain. They are
- the first to regenerate after division.
- 3. Those which subserve _epicritic_ sensibility, the most highly
- specialised, capable of appreciating light touch, _e.g._ with a wisp of
- cotton wool, as a well-localised sensation, and the finer grades of
- temperature, called cool and warm (72 o-104 o F.), and of discriminating
- as separate the points of a pair of compasses 2 cms. apart. These are
- the last to regenerate.
- A nerve also exerts a trophic influence on the tissues in which it is
- distributed.
- The researches of Stoffel on the minute anatomy of the larger nerves,
- and the disposition in them of the bundles of nerve fibres supplying
- different groups of muscles, have opened up what promises to be a
- fruitful field of clinical investigation and therapeutics. He has shown
- that in the larger nerve-trunks the nerve bundles for special groups of
- muscles are not, as was formerly supposed, arranged irregularly and
- fortuitously, but that on the contrary the nerve fibres to a particular
- group of muscles have a typical and practically constant position within
- the nerve.
- In the large nerve-trunks of the limbs he has worked out the exact
- position of the bundles for the various groups of muscles, so that in a
- cross section of a particular nerve the component bundles can be
- labelled as confidently and accurately as can be the cortical areas in
- the brain. In the living subject, by using a fine needle-like electrode
- and a very weak galvanic current, he has been able to differentiate the
- nerve bundles for the various groups of muscles. In several cases of
- spastic paralysis he succeeded in picking out in the nerve-trunk of the
- affected limb the nerve bundles supplying the spastic muscles, and, by
- resecting portions of them, in relieving the spasm. In a case of spastic
- contracture of the pronator muscles of the forearm, for example, an
- incision is made along the line of the median nerve above the bend of
- the elbow. At the lateral side of the median nerve, where it lies in
- contact with the biceps muscle, is situated a well-defined and easily
- isolated bundle of fibres which supplies the pronator teres, the flexor
- carpi radialis, and the palmaris longus muscles. On incising the sheath
- of the nerve this bundle can be readily dissected up and its identity
- confirmed by stimulating it with a very weak galvanic current. An inch
- or more of the bundle is then resected.
- INJURIES OF NERVES
- Nerves are liable to be cut or torn across, bruised, compressed,
- stretched, or torn away from their connections with the spinal medulla.
- #Complete Division of a Mixed Nerve.#--Complete division is a common
- result of accidental wounds, especially above the wrist, where the
- ulnar, median, and radial nerves are frequently cut across, and in
- gun-shot injuries.
- _Changes in Structure and Function._--The mere interruption of the
- continuity of a nerve results in degeneration of its fibres, the myelin
- being broken up into droplets and absorbed, while the axis cylinders
- swell up, disintegrate, and finally disappear. Both the conducting and
- the insulating elements are thus lost. The degeneration in the central
- end of the divided nerve is usually limited to the immediate proximity
- of the lesion, and does not even involve all the nerve fibres. In the
- distal end, it extends throughout the entire peripheral distribution of
- the nerve, and appears to be due to the cutting off of the fibres from
- their trophic nerve cells in the spinal medulla. Immediate suturing of
- the ends does not affect the degeneration of the distal segment. The
- peripheral end undergoes complete degeneration in from six weeks to two
- months.
- The physiological effects of complete division are that the muscles
- supplied by the nerve are immediately paralysed, the area to which it
- furnishes the sole cutaneous supply becomes insensitive, and the other
- structures, including tendons, bones, and joints, lose sensation, and
- begin to atrophy from loss of the trophic influence.
- #Nerves divided in Amputation.#--In the case of nerves divided in an
- amputation, there is an active, although necessarily abortive, attempt
- at regeneration, which results in the formation of bulbous swellings at
- the cut ends of the nerves. When there has been suppuration, and
- especially if the nerves have been cut so as to be exposed in the wound,
- these bulbous swellings may attain an abnormal size, and are then known
- as "amputation" or "stump neuromas" (Fig. 84).
- When the nerves in a stump have not been cut sufficiently short, they
- may become involved in the cicatrix, and it may be necessary, on account
- of pain, to free them from their adhesions, and to resect enough of the
- terminal portions to prevent them again becoming adherent. When this is
- difficult, a portion may be resected from each of the nerve-trunks at a
- higher level; and if this fails to give relief, a fresh amputation may
- be performed. When there is agonising pain dependent upon an ascending
- neuritis, it may be necessary to resect the corresponding posterior
- nerve roots within the vertebral canal.
- [Illustration: FIG. 84.--Stump Neuromas of Sciatic Nerve, excised forty
- years after the original amputation by Mr. A. G. Miller.]
- #Other Injuries of Nerves.#--_Contusion_ of a nerve-trunk is attended
- with extravasation of blood into the connective-tissue sheaths, and is
- followed by degeneration of the contused nerve fibres. Function is
- usually restored, the conducting paths being re-established by the
- formation of new nerve fibres.
- When a nerve is _torn across_ or badly _crushed_--as, for example, by a
- fractured bone--the changes are similar to those in a divided nerve, and
- the ultimate result depends on the amount of separation between the ends
- and the possibility of the young axis cylinders bridging the gap.
- _Involvement of Nerves in Scar Tissue._--Pressure or traction may be
- exerted upon a nerve by contracting scar tissue, or a process of
- neuritis or perineuritis may be induced.
- When terminal filaments are involved in a scar, it is best to dissect
- out the scar, and along with it the ends of the nerves pressed upon.
- When a nerve-trunk, such as the sciatic, is involved in cicatricial
- tissue, the nerve must be exposed and freed from its surroundings
- (_neurolysis_), and then stretched so as to tear any adhesions that may
- be present above or below the part exposed. It may be advisable to
- displace the liberated nerve from its original position so as to
- minimise the risk of its incorporation in the scar of the original wound
- or in that resulting from the operation--for example, the radial nerve
- may be buried in the substance of the triceps, or it may be surrounded
- by a segment of vein or portion of fat-bearing fascia.
- _Injuries of nerves resulting from_ #gun-shot wounds# include: (1) those
- in which the nerve is directly damaged by the bullet, and (2) those in
- which the nerve-trunk is involved secondarily either by scar tissue in
- its vicinity or by callus following fracture of an adjacent bone. The
- primary injuries include contusion, partial or complete division, and
- perforation of the nerve-trunk. One of the most constant symptoms is the
- early occurrence of severe neuralgic pain, and this is usually
- associated with marked hyperaesthesia.
- #Regeneration.#--_Process of Repair when the Ends are in Contact._--_If
- the wound is aseptic_, and the ends of the divided nerve are sutured or
- remain in contact, they become united, and the conducting paths are
- re-established by a regeneration of nerve fibres. There is a difference
- of opinion as to the method of regeneration. The Wallerian doctrine is
- that the axis cylinders in the central end grow downwards, and enter the
- nerve sheaths of the distal portion, and continue growing until they
- reach the peripheral terminations in muscle and skin, and in course of
- time acquire a myelin sheath; the cells of the neurolemma multiply and
- form long chains in both ends of the nerve, and are believed to provide
- for the nourishment and support of the actively lengthening axis
- cylinders. Another view is that the formation of new axis cylinders is
- not confined to the central end, but that it goes on also in the
- peripheral segment, in which, however, the new axis cylinders do not
- attain maturity until continuity with the central end has been
- re-established.
- _If the wound becomes infected_ and suppuration occurs, the young nerve
- fibres are destroyed and efficient regeneration is prevented; the
- formation of scar tissue also may constitute a permanent obstacle to new
- nerve fibres bridging the gap.
- _When the ends are not in contact_, reunion of the divided nerve fibres
- does not take place whether the wound is infected or not. At the
- proximal end there forms a bulbous swelling, which becomes adherent to
- the scar tissue. It consists of branching axis cylinders running in all
- directions, these having failed to reach the distal end because of the
- extent of the gap. The peripheral end is completely degenerated, and is
- represented by a fibrous cord, the cut end of which is often slightly
- swollen or bulbous, and is also incorporated with the scar tissue of
- the wound.
- #Clinical Features.#--The symptoms resulting from division and non-union
- of a nerve-trunk necessarily vary with the functions of the affected
- nerve. The following description refers to a mixed sensori-motor trunk,
- such as the median or radial (musculo-spiral) nerve.
- _Sensory Phenomena._--Superficial touch is tested by means of a wisp of
- cotton wool stroked gently across the skin; the capacity of
- discriminating two points as separate, by a pair of blunt-pointed
- compasses; the sensation of pressure, by means of a pencil or other
- blunt object; of pain, by pricking or scratching with a needle; and of
- sensibility to heat and cold, by test-tubes containing water at
- different temperatures. While these tests are being carried out, the
- patient's eyes are screened off.
- After division of a nerve containing sensory fibres, there is an area of
- absolute cutaneous insensibility to touch (anaesthesia), to pain
- (analgesia), and to all degrees of temperature--_loss of protopathic
- sensibility_; surrounded by an area in which there is loss of sensation
- to light touch, inability to recognise minor differences of temperature
- (72 o-104 o F.), and to appreciate as separate impressions the contact of
- the two points of a compass--_loss of epicritic sensibility_ (Head and
- Sherren) (Figs. 91, 92).
- _Motor Phenomena._--There is immediate and complete loss of voluntary
- power in the muscles supplied by the divided nerve. The muscles rapidly
- waste, and within from three to five days, they cease to react to the
- faradic current. When tested with the galvanic current, it is found that
- a stronger current must be used to call forth contraction than in a
- healthy muscle, and the contraction appears first at the closing of the
- circuit when the anode is used as the testing electrode. The loss of
- excitability to the interrupted current, and the specific alteration in
- the type of contraction with the constant current, is known as the
- _reaction of degeneration_. After a few weeks all electric excitability
- is lost. The paralysed muscles undergo fatty degeneration, which attains
- its maximum three or four months after the division of the nerve.
- Further changes may take place, and result in the transformation of the
- muscle into fibrous tissue, which by undergoing shortening may cause
- deformity known as _paralytic contracture_.
- _Vaso-motor Phenomena._--In the majority of cases there is an initial
- rise in the temperature of the part (2 o to 3 o F.), with redness and
- increased vascularity. This is followed by a fall in the local
- temperature, which may amount to 8 o or 10 o F., the parts becoming pale
- and cold. Sometimes the hyperaemia resulting from vaso-motor paralysis is
- more persistent, and is associated with swelling of the parts from
- oedema--the so-called _angio-neurotic oedema_. The vascularity varies with
- external influences, and in cold weather the parts present a bluish
- appearance.
- _Trophic Phenomena._--Owing to the disappearance of the subcutaneous
- fat, the skin is smooth and thin, and may be abnormally dry. The hair is
- harsh, dry, and easily shed. The nails become brittle and furrowed, or
- thick and curved, and the ends of the fingers become club-shaped. Skin
- eruptions, especially in the form of blisters, occur, or there may be
- actual ulcers of the skin, especially in winter. In aggravated cases the
- tips of the fingers disappear from progressive ulceration, and in the
- sole of the foot a perforating ulcer may develop. Arthropathies are
- occasionally met with, the joints becoming the seat of a painless
- effusion or hydrops, which is followed by fibrous thickening of the
- capsular and other ligaments, and terminates in stiffness and fibrous
- ankylosis. In this way the fingers are seriously crippled and deformed.
- #Treatment of Divided Nerves.#--The treatment consists in approximating
- the divided ends of the nerve and placing them under the most favourable
- conditions for repair, and this should be done at the earliest possible
- opportunity. (_Op. Surg._, pp. 45, 46.)
- #Primary Suture.#--The reunion of a recently divided nerve is spoken of
- as primary suture, and for its success asepsis is essential. As the
- suturing of the ends of the nerve is extremely painful, an anaesthetic is
- required.
- When the wound is healed and while waiting for the restoration of
- function, measures are employed to maintain the nutrition of the damaged
- nerve and of the parts supplied by it. The limb is exercised, massaged,
- and douched, and protected from cold and other injurious influences. The
- nutrition of the paralysed muscles is further improved by electricity.
- The galvanic current is employed, using at first a mild current of not
- more than 5 milliamperes for about ten minutes, the current being made
- to flow downwards in the course of the nerve, with the positive
- electrode applied to the spine, and the negative over the affected nerve
- near its termination. It is an advantage to have a metronome in the
- circuit whereby the current is opened and closed automatically at
- intervals, so as to cause contraction of the muscles.
- _The results_ of primary suture, when it has been performed under
- favourable conditions, are usually satisfactory. In a series of cases
- investigated by Head and Sherren, the period between the operation and
- the first return of sensation averaged 65 days. According to Purves
- Stewart protopathic sensation commences to appear in about six weeks and
- is completely restored in six months; electric sensation and motor power
- reappear together in about six months, and restoration is complete in a
- year. When sensation returns, the area of insensibility to pain steadily
- diminishes and disappears; sensibility to extremes of temperature
- appears soon after; and last of all, after a considerable interval,
- there is simultaneous return of appreciation of light touch, moderate
- degrees of temperature, and the points of a compass.
- A clinical means of estimating how regeneration in a divided nerve is
- progressing has been described by Tinel. He found that a tingling
- sensation, similar to that experienced in the foot, when it is
- recovering from the "sleeping" condition induced by prolonged pressure
- on the sciatic nerve from sitting on a hard bench, can be elicited on
- percussing over _growing_ axis cylinders. Tapping over the proximal end
- of a _newly divided nerve_, _e.g._ the common peroneal behind the head
- of the fibula, produces no tingling, but when in about three weeks
- axis cylinders begin to grow in the proximal end-bulb, local tingling is
- induced by tapping there. The downward growth of the axis cylinders can
- be traced by tapping over the distal segment of the nerve, the tingling
- sensation being elicited as far down as the young axis cylinders have
- reached. When the regeneration of the axis cylinders is complete,
- tapping no longer causes tingling. It usually takes about one hundred
- days for this stage to be reached.
- Tinel's sign is present before voluntary movement, muscular tone, or the
- normal electrical reactions reappear.
- In cases of complete nerve paralysis that have not been operated upon,
- the tingling test is helpful in determining whether or not regeneration
- is taking place. Its detection may prevent an unnecessary operation
- being performed.
- Primary suture should not be attempted so long as the wound shows signs
- of infection, as it is almost certain to end in failure. The ends should
- be sutured, however, as soon as the wound is aseptic or has healed.
- #Secondary Suture.#--The term secondary suture is applied to the
- operation of stitching the ends of the divided nerve after the wound has
- healed.
- _Results of Secondary Suture._--When secondary suture has been performed
- under favourable conditions, the prognosis is good, but a longer time is
- required for restoration of function than after primary suture. Purves
- Stewart says protopathic sensation is sometimes observed much earlier
- than in primary suture, because partial regeneration of axis cylinders
- in the peripheral segment has already taken place. Sensation is
- recovered first, but it seldom returns before three or four months.
- There then follows an improvement or disappearance of any trophic
- disturbances that may be present. Recovery of motion may be deferred for
- long periods--rather because of the changes in the muscles than from
- want of conductivity in the nerve--and if the muscles have undergone
- complete degeneration, it may never take place at all. While waiting for
- recovery, every effort should be made to maintain the nutrition of the
- damaged nerve, and of the parts which it supplies.
- When suture is found to be impossible, recourse must be had to other
- methods, known as nerve bridging and nerve implantation.
- #Incomplete Division of a Mixed Nerve.#--The effects of partial division
- of a mixed nerve vary according to the destination of the nerve bundles
- that have been interrupted. Within their area of distribution the
- paralysis is as complete as if the whole trunk had been cut across. The
- uninjured nerve-bundles continue to transmit impulses with the result
- that there is a _dissociated paralysis_ within the distribution of the
- affected nerve, some muscles continuing to act and to respond normally
- to electric stimulation, while others behave as if the whole nerve-trunk
- had been severed.
- In addition to vasomotor and trophic changes, there is often severe pain
- of a burning kind (_causalgia_ or _thermalgia_) which comes on about a
- fortnight after the injury and causes intense and continuous suffering
- which may last for months. Paroxysms of pain may be excited by the
- slightest touch or by heat, and the patient usually learns for himself
- that the constant application of cold wet cloths allays the pain. The
- thermalgic area sweats profusely.
- Operative treatment is indicated where there is no sign of improvement
- within three months, when recovery is arrested before complete
- restoration of function is attained, or when thermalgic pain is
- excessive.
- #Subcutaneous Injuries of Nerves.#--Several varieties of subcutaneous
- injuries of nerves are met with. One of the best known is the
- compression paralysis of the nerves of the upper arm which results from
- sleeping with the arm resting on the back of a chair or the edge of a
- table--the so-called "drunkard's palsy"; and from the pressure of a
- crutch in the axilla--"crutch paralysis." In some of these injuries,
- notably "drunkard's palsy," the disability appears to be due not to
- damage of the nerve, but to overstretching of the extensors of the wrist
- and fingers (Jones). A similar form of paralysis is sometimes met with
- from the pressure of a tourniquet, from tight bandages or splints, from
- the pressure exerted by a dislocated bone or by excessive callus, and
- from hyper-extension of the arm during anaesthesia.
- In all these forms there is impaired sensation, rarely amounting to
- anaesthesia, marked muscular wasting, and diminution or loss of voluntary
- motor power, while--and this is a point of great importance--the normal
- electrical reactions are preserved. There may also develop trophic
- changes such as blisters, superficial ulcers, and clubbing of the tips
- of the fingers. The prognosis is usually favourable, as recovery is the
- rule within from one to three months. If, however, neuritis supervenes,
- the electrical reactions are altered, the muscles degenerate, and
- recovery may be retarded or may fail to take place.
- Injuries which act abruptly or instantaneously are illustrated in the
- crushing of a nerve by the sudden displacement of a sharp-edged fragment
- of bone, as may occur in comminuted fractures of the humerus. The
- symptoms include perversion or loss of sensation, motor paralysis, and
- atrophy of muscles, which show the reaction of degeneration from the
- eighth day onwards. The presence of the reaction of degeneration
- influences both the prognosis and the treatment, for it implies a lesion
- which is probably incapable of spontaneous recovery, and which can only
- be remedied by operation.
- The _treatment_ varies with the cause and nature of the lesion. When,
- for example, a displaced bone or a mass of callus is pressing upon the
- nerve, steps must be taken to relieve the pressure, by operation if
- necessary. When there is reason to believe that the nerve is severely
- crushed or torn across, it should be exposed by incision, and, after
- removal of the damaged ends, should be united by sutures. When it is
- impossible to make a definite diagnosis as to the state of the nerve, it
- is better to expose it by operation, and thus learn the exact state of
- affairs without delay; in the event of the nerve being torn, the ends
- should be united by sutures.
- #Dislocation of Nerves.#--This injury, which resembles the dislocation
- of tendons from their grooves, is seldom met with except in the ulnar
- nerve at the elbow, and is described with injuries of that nerve.
- DISEASES OF NERVES
- #Traumatic Neuritis.#--This consists in an overgrowth of the
- connective-tissue framework of a nerve, which causes irritation and
- pressure upon the nerve fibres, sometimes resulting in their
- degeneration. It may originate in connection with a wound in the
- vicinity of a nerve, as, for example, when the brachial nerves are
- involved in scar tissue subsequent to an operation for clearing out the
- axilla for cancer; or in contusion and compression of a nerve--for
- example, by the pressure of the head of the humerus in a dislocation of
- the shoulder. Some weeks or months after the injury, the patient
- complains of increasing hyperaesthesia and of neuralgic pains in the
- course of the nerve. The nerve is very sensitive to pressure, and, if
- superficial, may be felt to be swollen. The associated muscles are
- wasted and weak, and are subject to twitchings. There are also trophic
- disturbances. It is rare to have complete sensory and motor paralysis.
- The disease is commonest in the nerves of the upper extremity, and the
- hand may become crippled and useless.
- _Treatment._--Any constitutional condition which predisposes to
- neuritis, such as gout, diabetes, or syphilis, must receive appropriate
- treatment. The symptoms may be relieved by rest and by soothing
- applications, such as belladonna, ichthyol, or menthol, by the use of
- hot-air and electric baths, and in obstinate cases by blistering or by
- the application of Corrigan's button. When such treatment fails the
- nerve may be stretched, or, in the case of a purely sensory trunk, a
- portion may be excised. Local causes, such as involvement of the nerve
- in a scar or in adhesions, may afford indications for operative
- treatment.
- #Multiple Peripheral Neuritis.#--Although this disease mainly comes
- under the cognizance of the physician, it may be attended with phenomena
- which call for surgical interference. In this country it is commonly due
- to alcoholism, but it may result from diabetes or from chronic poisoning
- with lead or arsenic, or from bacterial infections and intoxications
- such as occur in diphtheria, gonorrhoea, syphilis, leprosy, typhoid,
- influenza, beri-beri, and many other diseases.
- It is, as a rule, widely distributed throughout the peripheral nerves,
- but the distribution frequently varies with the cause--the alcoholic
- form, for example, mainly affecting the legs, the diphtheritic form the
- soft palate and pharynx, and that associated with lead poisoning the
- forearms. The essential lesion is a degeneration of the conducting
- fibres of the affected nerves, and the prominent symptoms are the result
- of this. In alcoholic neuritis there is great tenderness of the muscles.
- When the legs are affected the patient may be unable to walk, and the
- toes may droop and the heel be drawn up, resulting in one variety of pes
- equino-varus. Pressure sores and perforating ulcer of the foot are the
- most important trophic phenomena.
- Apart from the medical _treatment_, measures must be taken to prevent
- deformity, especially when the legs are affected. The bedclothes are
- supported by a cage, and the foot maintained at right angles to the leg
- by sand-bags or splints. When the disease is subsiding, the nutrition of
- the damaged nerves and muscles should be maintained by massage, baths,
- passive movements, and the use of the galvanic current. When deformity
- has been allowed to take place, operative measures may be required for
- its correction.
- NEUROMA[5]
- [5] We have followed the classification adopted by Alexis Thomson in his
- work _On Neuroma, and Neuro-fibromatosis_ (Edinburgh: 1900).
- Neuroma is a clinical term applied to all tumours, irrespective of their
- structure, which have their seat in nerves.
- A tumour composed of newly formed nerve tissue is spoken of as a #true
- neuroma#; when ganglionic cells are present in addition to nerve fibres,
- the name _ganglionic neuroma_ is applied. These tumours are rare, and
- are chiefly met with in the main cords or abdominal plexuses of the
- sympathetic system of children or young adults. They are quite
- insensitive, and their removal is only called for if they cause pain or
- show signs of malignancy.
- A #false neuroma# is an overgrowth of the sheath of a nerve. This
- overgrowth may result in the formation of a circumscribed tumour, or may
- take the form of a diffuse fibromatosis.
- _The circumscribed or solitary tumour_ grows from the sheath of a nerve
- which is otherwise healthy, and it may be innocent or malignant.
- _The innocent_ form is usually fibrous or myxomatous, and is definitely
- encapsulated. It may become cystic as a result of haemorrhage or of
- myxomatous degeneration. It grows very slowly, is usually elliptical in
- shape, and the solid form is rarely larger than a hazel-nut. The nerve
- fibres may be spread out all round the tumour, or may run only on one
- side of it. When subcutaneous and related to the smaller unnamed
- cutaneous nerves, it is known as a _painful subcutaneous nodule_ or
- _tubercle_. It is chiefly met with about the ankle, and most often in
- women. It is remarkably sensitive, even gentle handling causing intense
- pain, which usually radiates to the periphery of the nerve affected.
- When related to a deeper, named nerve-trunk, it is known as a
- _trunk-neuroma_. It is usually less sensitive than the "subcutaneous
- nodule," and rarely gives rise to motor symptoms unless it involves the
- nerve roots where they pass through bony canals.
- A trunk-neuroma is recognised clinically by its position in the line of
- a nerve, by the fact that it is movable in the transverse axis of the
- nerve but not in its long axis, and by being unduly painful and
- sensitive.
- [Illustration: FIG. 85.--Amputation Stump of Upper Arm, showing bulbous
- thickening of the ends of the nerves, embedded in scar tissue at the
- apex of the stamp.]
- _Treatment._--If the tumour causes suffering it should be removed,
- preferably by shelling it out from the investing nerve sheath or
- capsule. In the subcutaneous nodule the nerve is rarely recognisable,
- and is usually sacrificed. When removal of the tumour is incomplete, a
- tube of radium should be inserted into the cavity, to prevent recurrence
- of the tumour in a malignant form.
- _The malignant neuroma_ is a sarcoma growing from the sheath of a nerve.
- It has the same characters and clinical features as the innocent
- variety, only it grows more rapidly, and by destroying the nerve fibres
- causes motor symptoms--jerkings followed by paralysis. The sarcoma tends
- to spread along the lymph spaces in the long axis of the nerve, as well
- as to implicate the surrounding tissues, and it is liable to give rise
- to secondary growths. The malignant neuroma is met with chiefly in the
- sciatic and other large nerves of the limbs.
- The _treatment_ is conducted on the same lines as sarcoma in other
- situations; the insertion of a tube of radium after removal of the
- tumour diminishes the tendency to recurrence; a portion of the
- nerve-trunk being sacrificed, means must be taken to bridge the gap. In
- inoperable cases it may be possible to relieve pain by excising a
- portion of the nerve above the tumour, or, when this is impracticable,
- by resecting the posterior nerve roots and their ganglia within the
- vertebral canal.
- The so-called _amputation neuroma_ has already been referred to (p. 344).
- _Diffuse or Generalised Neuro-Fibromatosis--Recklinghausen's
- Disease._--These terms are now used to include what were formerly known
- as "multiple neuromata," as well as certain other overgrowths related to
- nerves. The essential lesion is an overgrowth of the endoneural
- connective tissue throughout the nerves of both the cerebro-spinal and
- sympathetic systems. The nerves are diffusely and unequally thickened,
- so that small twigs may become enlarged to the size of the median, while
- at irregular intervals along their course the connective-tissue
- overgrowth is exaggerated so as to form tumour-like swellings similar to
- the trunk-neuroma already described. The tumours, which vary greatly in
- size and number--as many as a thousand have been counted in one
- case--are enclosed in a capsule derived from the perineurium. The
- fibromatosis may also affect the cranial nerves, the ganglia on the
- posterior nerve roots, the nerves within the vertebral canal, and the
- sympathetic nerves and ganglia, as well as the continuations of the
- motor nerves within the muscles. The nerve fibres, although mechanically
- displaced and dissociated by the overgrown endoneurium, undergo no
- structural change except when compressed in passing through a bony
- canal.
- The disease probably originates before birth, although it may not make
- its appearance till adolescence or even till adult life. It is sometimes
- met with in several members of one family. It is recognised clinically
- by the presence of multiple tumours in the course of the nerves, and
- sometimes by palpable enlargement of the superficial nerve-trunks
- (Fig. 86). The tumours resemble the solitary trunk-neuroma, are usually
- quite insensitive, and many of them are unknown to the patient. As a
- result of injury or other exciting cause, however, one or other tumour
- may increase in size and become extremely sensitive; the pain is then
- agonising; it is increased by handling, and interferes with sleep. In
- these conditions, a malignant transformation of the fibroma into sarcoma
- is to be suspected. Motor disturbances are exceptional, unless in the
- case of tumours within the vertebral canal, which press on the spinal
- medulla and cause paraplegia.
- [Illustration: FIG. 86.--Diffuse enlargement of Nerves in generalised
- Neuro-fibromatosis.
- (After R. W. Smith.)]
- Neuro-fibromatosis is frequently accompanied by _pigmentation of the
- skin_ in the form of brown spots or patches scattered over the trunk.
- The disease is often stationary for long periods. In progressive cases
- the patient becomes exhausted, and usually dies of some intercurrent
- affection, particularly phthisis. The treatment is restricted to
- relieving symptoms and complications; removal of one of the tumours is
- to be strongly deprecated.
- In a considerable proportion of cases one of the multiple tumours takes
- on the characters of a malignant growth ("secondary malignant neuroma,"
- Garre). This malignant transformation may follow upon injury, or on an
- unsuccessful attempt to remove the tumour. The features are those of a
- rapidly growing sarcoma involving a nerve-trunk, with agonising pain
- and muscular cramps, followed by paralysis from destruction of the
- nerve fibres. The removal of the tumour is usually followed by
- recurrence, so that high amputation is the only treatment to be
- recommended. Metastasis to internal organs is exceptional.
- [Illustration: FIG. 87.--Plexiform Neuroma of small Sciatic Nerve, from
- a girl aet. 16.
- (Mr. Annandale's case.)]
- There are other types of neuro-fibromatosis which require brief mention.
- _The plexiform neuroma_ (Fig. 87) is a fibromatosis confined to the
- distribution of one or more contiguous nerves or of a plexus of nerves,
- and it may occur either by itself or along with multiple tumours of the
- nerve-trunks and with pigmentation of the skin. The clinical features
- are those of an ill-defined swelling composed of a number of tortuous,
- convoluted cords, lying in a loose areolar tissue and freely movable on
- one another. It is rarely the seat of pain or tenderness. It most often
- appears in the early years of life, sometimes in relation to a pigmented
- or hairy mole. It is of slow growth, may remain stationary for long
- periods, and has little or no tendency to become malignant. It is
- usually subcutaneous, and is frequently situated on the head or neck in
- the distribution of the trigeminal or superficial cervical nerves. There
- is no necessity for its removal, but this may be indicated because of
- disfigurement, especially on the face or scalp or because its bulk
- interferes with function. When involving the ophthalmic division of the
- trigeminus, for example, it may cause enlargement of the upper lid and
- proptosis, with danger to the function of the globe. The results of
- excision are usually satisfactory, even if the removal is not complete.
- [Illustration: FIG. 88.--Multiple Neuro-fibromas of Skin (Molluscum
- fibrosum, or Recklinghausen's disease).]
- _The cutaneous neuro-fibroma_ or _molluscum fibrosum_ has been shown by
- Recklinghausen to be a soft fibroma related to the terminal filaments of
- one of the cutaneous nerves (Fig. 88). The disease appears in the form
- of multiple, soft, projecting tumours, scattered all over the body,
- except the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. The tumours are of
- all sizes, some being no larger than a pin's head, whilst many are as
- big as a filbert and a few even larger. Many are sessile and others are
- distinctly pedunculated, but all are covered with skin. They are mobile,
- soft to the touch, and of the consistence of firm fat. In exceptional
- cases one of the skin tumours may attain an enormous size and cause a
- hideous deformity, hanging down by its own weight in lobulated or folded
- masses (pachy-dermatocele). The treatment consists in removing the
- larger swellings. In some cases molluscum fibrosum is associated with
- pigmentation of the skin and with multiple tumours of the nerve-trunks.
- The small multiple tumours rarely call for interference.
- [Illustration: FIG. 89.--Elephantiasis Neuromatosa in a woman aet. 28]
- _Elephantiasis neuromatosa_ is the name applied by Virchow to a
- condition in which a limb is swollen and misshapen as a result of the
- extension of a neuro-fibromatosis to the skin and subcutaneous cellular
- tissue of the extremity as a whole (Fig. 89). It usually begins in early
- life without apparent cause, and it may be associated with multiple
- tumours of the nerve-trunks. The inconvenience caused by the bulk and
- weight of the limb may justify its removal.
- SURGERY OF THE INDIVIDUAL NERVES[6]
- [6] We desire here to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. James
- Sherren's work on _Injuries of Nerves and their Treatment_.
- #The Brachial Plexus.#--Lesions of the brachial plexus may be divided
- into those above the clavicle and those below that bone.
- In the #supra-clavicular injuries#, the violence applied to the head or
- shoulder causes over-stretching of the anterior branches (primary
- divisions) of the cervical nerves, the fifth, or the fifth and sixth
- being those most liable to suffer. Sometimes the traction is exerted
- upon the plexus from below, as when a man in falling from a height
- endeavours to save himself by clutching at some projection, and the
- lesion then mainly affects the first dorsal nerve. There is tearing of
- the nerve sheaths, with haemorrhage, but in severe cases partial or
- complete severance of nerve fibres may occur and these give way at
- different levels. During the healing process an excess of fibrous tissue
- is formed, which may interfere with regeneration.
- _Post-anaesthetic paralysis_ occurs in patients in whom, during the
- course of an operation, the arm is abducted and rotated laterally or
- extended above the head, causing over-stretching of the plexus,
- especially of the fifth, or fifth and sixth, anterior branches.
- A _cervical rib_ may damage the plexus by direct pressure, the part
- usually affected being the medial cord, which is made up of fibres from
- the eighth cervical and first dorsal nerves.
- When a lesion of the plexus complicates a _fracture of the clavicle_,
- the nerve injury is due, not to pressure on or laceration of the nerves
- by fragments of bone, but to the violence causing the fracture, and this
- is usually applied to the point of the shoulder.
- Penetrating _wounds_, apart from those met with in military practice,
- are rare.
- In the #infra-clavicular injuries#, the lesion most often results from
- the pressure of the dislocated head of the humerus; occasionally from
- attempts made to reduce the dislocation by the heel-in-the-axilla
- method, or from fracture of the upper end of the humerus or of the neck
- of the scapula. The whole plexus may suffer, but more frequently the
- medial cord is alone implicated.
- _Clinical Features._--Three types of lesion result from indirect
- violence: the whole plexus; the upper-arm type; and the lower-arm type.
- _When the whole plexus is involved_, sensibility is lost over the entire
- forearm and hand and over the lateral surface of the arm in its distal
- two-thirds. All the muscles of the arm, forearm, and hand are paralysed,
- and, as a rule, also the pectorals and spinati, but the rhomboids and
- serratus anterior escape. There is paralysis of the sympathetic fibres
- to the eye and orbit, with narrowing of the palpebral fissure, recession
- of the globe, and the pupil is slow to dilate when shaded from the
- light.
- The _upper-arm type_--Erb-Duchenne paralysis--is that most frequently
- met with, and it is due to a lesion of the fifth anterior branch, or, it
- may be, also of the sixth. The position of the upper limb is typical:
- the arm and forearm hang close to the side, with the forearm extended
- and pronated; the deltoid, spinati, biceps, brachialis, and supinators
- are paralysed, and in some cases the radial extensors of the wrist and
- the pronator teres are also affected. The patient is unable to supinate
- the forearm or to abduct the arm, and in most cases to flex the forearm.
- He may, however, regain some power of flexing the forearm when it is
- fully pronated, the extensors of the wrist becoming feeble flexors of
- the elbow. There is, as a rule, no loss of sensibility, but complaint
- may be made of tickling and of pins-and-needles over the lateral aspect
- of the arm. The abnormal position of the limb may persist although the
- muscles regain the power of voluntary movement, and as the condition
- frequently follows a fall on the shoulder, great care is necessary in
- diagnosis, as the condition is apt to be attributed to an injury to the
- axillary (circumflex) nerve.
- The _lower-arm type_ of paralysis, associated with the name of Klumpke,
- is usually due to over-stretching of the plexus, and especially affects
- the anterior branch of the first dorsal nerve. In typical cases all the
- intrinsic muscles of the hand are affected, and the hand assumes the
- claw shape. Sensibility is usually altered over the medial side of the
- arm and forearm, and there is paralysis of the sympathetic.
- _Infra-clavicular injuries_, as already stated, are most often produced
- by a sub-coracoid dislocation of the humerus; the medial cord is that
- most frequently injured, and the muscles paralysed are those supplied by
- the ulnar nerve, with, in addition, those intrinsic muscles of the hand
- supplied by the median. Sensibility is affected over the medial surface
- of the forearm and ulnar area of the hand. Injury of the lateral and
- posterior cords is very rare.
- _Treatment_ is carried out on the lines already laid down for nerve
- injuries in general. It is impossible to diagnose between complete and
- incomplete rupture of the nerve cords, until sufficient time has elapsed
- to allow of the establishment of the reaction of degeneration. If this
- is present at the end of fourteen days, operation should not be delayed.
- Access to the cords of the plexus is obtained by a dissection similar to
- that employed for the subclavian artery, and the nerves are sought for
- as they emerge from under cover of the scalenus anterior, and are then
- traced until the seat of injury is found. In the case of the first
- dorsal nerve, it may be necessary temporarily to resect the clavicle.
- The usual after-treatment must be persisted in until recovery ensues,
- and care must be taken that the paralysed muscles do not become
- over-stretched. The prognosis is less favourable in the supra-clavicular
- lesions than in those below the clavicle, which nearly always recover
- without surgical intervention.
- In the _brachial birth-paralysis_ met with in infants, the lesion is due
- to over-stretching of the plexus, and is nearly always of the
- Erb-Duchenne type. The injury is usually unilateral, it occurs with
- almost equal frequency in breech and in vertex presentations, and the
- left arm is more often affected than the right. The lesion is seldom
- recognised at birth. The first symptom noticed is tenderness in the
- supra-clavicular region, the child crying when this part is touched or
- the arm is moved. The attitude may be that of the Erb-Duchenne type, or
- the whole of the muscles of the upper limb may be flaccid, and the arm
- hangs powerless. A considerable proportion of the cases recover
- spontaneously. The arm is to be kept at rest, with the affected muscles
- relaxed, and, as soon as tenderness has disappeared, daily massage and
- passive movements are employed. The reaction of degeneration can rarely
- be satisfactorily tested before the child is three months old, but if it
- is present, an operation should be performed. After operation, the
- shoulder should be elevated so that no traction is exerted on the
- affected cords.
- #The long thoracic nerve# (nerve of Bell), which supplies the serratus
- anterior, is rarely injured. In those whose occupation entails carrying
- weights upon the shoulder it may be contused, and the resulting
- paralysis of the serratus is usually combined with paralysis of the
- lower part of the trapezius, the branches from the third and fourth
- cervical nerves which supply this muscle also being exposed to pressure
- as they pass across the root of the neck. There is complaint of pain
- above the clavicle, and winging of the scapula; the patient is unable to
- raise the arm in front of the body above the level of the shoulder or to
- perform any forward pushing movements; on attempting either of these the
- winging of the scapula is at once increased. If the scapula is compared
- with that on the sound side, it is seen that, in addition to the lower
- angle being more prominent, the spine is more horizontal and the lower
- angle nearer the middle line. The majority of these cases recover if the
- limb is placed at absolute rest, the elbow supported, and massage and
- galvanism persevered with. If the paralysis persists, the sterno-costal
- portion of the pectoralis major may be transplanted to the lower angle
- of the scapula.
- The long thoracic nerve may be cut across while clearing out the axilla
- in operating for cancer of the breast. The displacement of the scapula
- is not so marked as in the preceding type, and the patient is able to
- perform pushing movements below the level of the shoulder. If the
- reaction of degeneration develops, an operation may be performed, the
- ends of the nerve being sutured, or the distal end grafted into the
- posterior cord of the brachial plexus.
- #The Axillary (Circumflex) Nerve.#--In the majority of cases in which
- paralysis of the deltoid follows upon an injury of the shoulder, it is
- due to a lesion of the fifth cervical nerve, as has already been
- described in injuries of the brachial plexus. The axillary nerve itself
- as it passes round the neck of the humerus is most liable to be injured
- from the pressure of a crutch, or of the head of the humerus in
- sub-glenoid dislocation, or in fracture of the neck of the scapula or of
- the humerus. In miners, who work for long periods lying on the side, the
- muscle may be paralysed by direct pressure on the terminal filaments of
- the nerve, and the nerve may also be involved as a result of disease in
- the sub-deltoid bursa.
- The deltoid is wasted, and the acromion unduly prominent. In recent
- cases paralysis of the muscle is easily detected. In cases of long
- standing it is not so simple, because other muscles, the spinati, the
- clavicular fibres of the pectoral and the serratus, take its place and
- elevate the arm; there is always loss of sensation on the lateral aspect
- of the shoulder. There is rarely any call for operative treatment, as
- the paralysis is usually compensated for by other muscles.
- When the _supra-scapular nerve_ is contused or stretched in injuries of
- the shoulder, the spinati muscles are paralysed and wasted, the spine of
- the scapula is unduly prominent, and there is impairment in the power of
- abducting the arm and rotating it laterally.
- The _musculo-cutaneous nerve_ is very rarely injured; when cut across,
- there is paralysis of the coraco-brachialis, biceps, and part of the
- brachialis, but no movements are abolished, the forearm being flexed, in
- the pronated position, by the brachio-radialis and long radial extensor
- of the wrist; in the supinated position, by that portion of the
- brachialis supplied by the radial nerve. Supination is feebly performed
- by the supinator muscle. Protopathic and epicritic sensibility are lost
- over the radial side of the forearm.
- #Radial (Musculo-Spiral) Nerve.#--From its anatomical relationships this
- trunk is more exposed to injury than any other nerve in the body. It is
- frequently compressed against the humerus in sleeping with the arm
- resting on the back of a chair, especially in the deep sleep of
- alcoholic intoxication (drunkard's palsy). It may be pressed upon by a
- crutch in the axilla, by the dislocated head of the humerus, or by
- violent compression of the arm, as when an elastic tourniquet is applied
- too tightly. The most serious and permanent injuries of this nerve are
- associated with fractures of the humerus, especially those from direct
- violence attended with comminution of the bone. The nerve may be crushed
- or torn by one of the fragments at the time of the injury, or at a later
- period may be compressed by callus.
- _Clinical Features._--Immediately after the injury it is impossible to
- tell whether the nerve is torn across or merely compressed. The patient
- may complain of numbness and tingling in the distribution of the
- superficial branch of the nerve, but it is a striking fact, that so long
- as the nerve is divided below the level at which it gives off the dorsal
- cutaneous nerve of the forearm (external cutaneous branch), there is no
- loss of sensation. When it is divided above the origin of the dorsal
- cutaneous branch, or when the dorsal branch of the musculo-cutaneous
- nerve is also divided, there is a loss of sensibility on the dorsum
- of the hand.
- The motor symptoms predominate, the muscles affected being the extensors
- of the wrist and fingers, and the supinators. There is a characteristic
- "drop-wrist"; the wrist is flexed and pronated, and the patient is
- unable to dorsiflex the wrist or fingers (Fig. 90). If the hand and
- proximal phalanges are supported, the second and third phalanges may be
- partly extended by the interossei and lumbricals. There is also
- considerable impairment of power in the muscles which antagonise those
- that are paralysed, so that the grasp of the hand is feeble, and the
- patient almost loses the use of it; in some cases this would appear to
- be due to the median nerve having been injured at the same time.
- [Illustration: FIG. 90.--Drop-wrist following Fracture of Shaft of
- Humerus.]
- If the lesion is high up, as it is, for example, in crutch paralysis,
- the triceps and anconeus may also suffer.
- _Treatment._--The slighter forms of injury by compression recover under
- massage, douching, and electricity. If there is drop-wrist, the hand and
- forearm are placed on a palmar splint, with the hand dorsiflexed to
- nearly a right angle, and this position is maintained until voluntary
- dorsiflexion at the wrist returns to the normal. Recovery is sometimes
- delayed for several months.
- In the more severe injuries associated with fracture of the humerus and
- attended with the reaction of degeneration, it is necessary to cut down
- upon the nerve and free it from the pressure of a fragment of bone or
- from callus or adhesions. If the nerve is torn across, the ends must be
- sutured, and if this is impossible owing to loss of tissue, the gap may
- be bridged by a graft taken from the superficial branch of the radial
- nerve, or the ends may be implanted into the median.
- Finally, in cases in which the paralysis is permanent and incurable, the
- disability may be relieved by operation. A fascial graft can be employed
- to act as a ligament permanently extending the wrist; it is attached to
- the third and fourth metacarpal bones distally and to the radius or ulna
- proximally. The flexor carpi radialis can then be joined up with the
- extensor digitorum communis by passing its tendon through an aperture in
- the interosseous membrane, or better still, through the pronator
- quadratus, as there is less likelihood of the formation of adhesions
- when the tendon passes through muscle than through interosseous
- membrane. The palmaris longus is anastomosed with the abductor pollicis
- longus (extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis), thus securing a fair amount
- of abduction of the thumb. The flexor carpi ulnaris may also be
- anastomosed with the common extensor of the fingers. The extensors of
- the wrist may be shortened, so as to place the hand in the position of
- dorsal flexion, and thus improve the attitude and grasp of the hand.
- _The superficial branch of the radial_ (radial nerve) _and the deep
- branch_ (posterior interosseous), apart from suffering in lesions of the
- radial, are liable to be contused or torn is dislocation of the head of
- the radius, and in fracture of the neck of the bone. The deep branch may
- be divided as it passes through the supinator in operations on old
- fractures and dislocations in the region of the elbow. Division of the
- superficial branch in the upper two-thirds of the forearm produces no
- loss of sensibility; division in the lower third after the nerve has
- become associated with branches from the musculo-cutaneous is followed
- by a loss of sensibility on the radial side of the hand and thumb. Wounds
- on the dorsal surface of the wrist and forearm are often followed by
- loss of sensibility over a larger area, because the musculo-cutaneous
- nerve is divided as well, and some of the fibres of the lower lateral
- cutaneous branch of the radial.
- [Illustration: FIG. 91.--To illustrate the Loss of Sensation produced by
- Division of the Median Nerve. The area of complete cutaneous
- insensibility is shaded black. The parts insensitive to light touch and
- to intermediate degrees of temperature are enclosed within the dotted
- line.
- (After Head and Sherren.)]
- #The Median Nerve# is most frequently injured in wounds made by broken
- glass in the region of the wrist. It may also be injured in fractures of
- the lower end of the humerus, in fractures of both bones of the forearm,
- and as a result of pressure by splints. After _division at the elbow_,
- there is impairment of mobility which affects the thumb, and to a less
- extent the index finger: the terminal phalanx of the thumb cannot be
- flexed owing to the paralysis of the flexor pollicis longus, and the
- index can only be flexed at its metacarpo-phalangeal joint by the
- interosseous muscles attached to it. Pronation of the forearm is feeble,
- and is completed by the weight of the hand. After _division at the
- wrist_, the abductor-opponens group of muscles and the two lateral
- lumbricals only are affected; the abduction of the thumb can be feebly
- imitated by the short extensor and the long abductor (ext. ossis
- metacarpi pollicis), while opposition may be simulated by contraction of
- the long flexor and the short abductor of the thumb; the paralysis of
- the two medial lumbricals produces no symptoms that can be recognised.
- It is important to remember that when the median nerve is divided at the
- wrist, deep touch can be appreciated over the whole of the area
- supplied by the nerve; the injury, therefore, is liable to be over
- looked. If, however, the tendons are divided as well as the nerve, there
- is insensibility to deep touch. The areas of epicritic and of
- protopathic insensibility are illustrated in Fig. 91. The division of
- the nerve at the elbow, or even at the axilla, does not increase the
- extent of the loss of epicritic or protopathic sensibility, but usually
- affects deep sensibility.
- [Illustration: FIG. 92.--To illustrate Loss of Sensation produced by
- complete Division of Ulnar Nerve. Loss of all forms of cutaneous
- sensibility is represented by the shaded area. The parts insensitive to
- light touch and to intermediate degrees of heat and cold are enclosed
- within the dotted line.
- (Head and Sherren.)]
- #The Ulnar Nerve.#--The most common injury of this nerve is its division
- in transverse accidental wounds just above the wrist. In the arm it may
- be contused, along with the radial, in crutch paralysis; in the region
- of the elbow it may be injured in fractures or dislocations, or it may
- be accidentally divided in the operation for excising the elbow-joint.
- When it is injured _at or above the elbow_, there is paralysis of the
- flexor carpi ulnaris, the ulnar half of the flexor digitorum profundus,
- all the interossei, the two medial lumbricals, and the adductors of the
- thumb. The hand assumes a characteristic attitude: the index and middle
- fingers are extended at the metacarpo-phalangeal joints owing to
- paralysis of the interosseous muscles attached to them; the little and
- ring fingers are hyper-extended at these joints in consequence of the
- paralysis of the lumbricals; all the fingers are flexed at the
- inter-phalangeal joints, the flexion being most marked in the little and
- ring fingers--claw-hand or _main en griffe_. On flexing the wrist, the
- hand is tilted to the radial side, but the paralysis of the flexor carpi
- ulnaris is often compensated for by the action of the palmaris longus.
- The little and ring fingers can be flexed to a slight degree by the
- slips of the flexor sublimis attached to them and supplied by the median
- nerve; flexion of the terminal phalanx of the little finger is almost
- impossible. Adduction and abduction movements of the fingers are lost.
- Adduction of the thumb is carried out, not by the paralysed adductor
- pollicis, but the movement may be simulated by the long flexor and
- extensor muscles of the thumb. Epicritic sensibility is lost over the
- little finger, the ulnar half of the ring finger, and that part of the
- palm and dorsum of the hand to the ulnar side of a line drawn
- longitudinally through the ring finger and continued upwards.
- Protopathic sensibility is lost over an area which varies in different
- cases. Deep sensibility is usually lost over an area almost as extensive
- as that of protopathic insensibility.
- When the nerve is _divided at the wrist_, the adjacent tendons are also
- frequently severed. If divided below the point at which its dorsal
- branch is given off, the sensory paralysis is much less marked, and the
- injury is therefore liable to be overlooked until the wasting of muscles
- and typical _main en griffe_ ensue. The loss of sensibility after
- division of the nerve before the dorsal branch is given off resembles
- that after division at the elbow, except that in uncomplicated cases
- deep sensibility is usually retained. If the tendons are divided as
- well, however, deep touch is also lost.
- Care must be taken in all these injuries to prevent deformity; a splint
- must be worn, at least during the night, until the muscles regain their
- power of voluntary movement, and then exercises should be instituted.
- #Dislocation of the ulnar nerve# at the elbow results from sudden and
- violent flexion of the joint, the muscular effort causing stretching or
- laceration of the fascia that holds the nerve in its groove; it is
- predisposed to if the groove is shallow as a result of imperfect
- development of the medial condyle of the humerus, and by cubitus valgus.
- The nerve slips forward, and may be felt lying on the medial aspect of
- the condyle. It may retain this position, or it may slip backwards and
- forwards with the movements of the arm. The symptoms at the time of the
- displacement are some disability at the elbow, and pain and tingling
- along the nerve, which are exaggerated by movement and by pressure. The
- symptoms may subside altogether, or a neuritis may develop, with severe
- pain shooting up the nerve.
- The dislocated nerve is easily replaced, but is difficult to retain in
- position. In recent cases the arm may be placed in the extended position
- with a pad over the condyle, care being taken to avoid pressure on the
- nerve. Failing relief, it is better to make a bed for the nerve by
- dividing the deep fascia behind the medial condyle and to stitch the
- edges of the fascia over the nerve. This operation has been successful
- in all the recorded cases.
- #The Sciatic Nerve.#--When this nerve is compressed, as by sitting on a
- fence, there is tingling and powerlessness in the limb as a whole, known
- as "sleeping" of the limb, but these phenomena are evanescent. _Injuries
- to the great sciatic nerve_ are rare except in war. Partial division is
- more common than complete, and it is noteworthy that the fibres destined
- for the peroneal nerve are more often and more severely injured than
- those for the tibial (internal popliteal). After complete division, all
- the muscles of the leg are paralysed; if the section is in the upper
- part of the thigh, the hamstrings are also paralysed. The limb is at
- first quite powerless, but the patient usually recovers sufficiently to
- be able to walk with a little support, and although the hamstrings are
- paralysed the knee can be flexed by the sartorius and gracilis. The
- chief feature is drop-foot. There is also loss of sensation below the
- knee except along the course of the long saphenous nerve on the medial
- side of the leg and foot. Sensibility to deep touch is only lost over a
- comparatively small area on the dorsum of the foot.
- #The Common Peroneal (external popliteal) nerve# is exposed to injury
- where it winds round the neck of the fibula, because it is superficial
- and lies against the unyielding bone. It may be compressed by a
- tourniquet, or it may be bruised or torn in fractures of the upper end
- of the bone. It has been divided in accidental wounds,--by a scythe, for
- example,--in incising for cellulitis, and in performing subcutaneous
- tenotomy of the biceps tendon. Cases have been observed of paralysis of
- the nerve as a result of prolonged acute flexion of the knee in certain
- occupations.
- When the nerve is divided, the most obvious result is "drop-foot"; the
- patient is unable to dorsiflex the foot and cannot lift his toes off the
- ground, so that in walking he is obliged to jerk the foot forwards and
- laterally. The loss of sensibility depends upon whether the nerve is
- divided above or below the origin of the large cutaneous branch which
- comes off just before it passes round the neck of the fibula. In course
- of time the foot becomes inverted and the toes are pointed--pes
- equino-varus--and trophic sores are liable to form.
- #The Tibial (internal popliteal) nerve# is rarely injured.
- #The Cranial nerves# are considered with affections of the head and neck
- (Vol. II.).
- NEURALGIA
- The term neuralgia is applied clinically to any pain which follows the
- course of a nerve, and is not referable to any discoverable cause. It
- should not be applied to pain which results from pressure on a nerve by
- a tumour, a mass of callus, an aneurysm, or by any similar gross lesion.
- We shall only consider here those forms of neuralgia which are amenable
- to surgical treatment.
- #Brachial Neuralgia.#--The pain is definitely located in the
- distribution of one of the branches or nerve roots, is often
- intermittent, and is usually associated with tingling and disturbance of
- tactile sensation. The root of the neck should be examined to exclude
- pressure as the cause of the pain by a cervical rib, a tumour, or an
- aneurysm. When medical treatment fails, the nerve-trunks may be injected
- with saline solution or recourse may be had to operative measures, the
- affected cords being exposed and stretched through an incision in the
- posterior triangle of the neck. If this fails to give relief, the more
- serious operation of resecting the posterior roots of the affected
- nerves within the vertebral canal may be considered.
- _Neuralgia of the sciatic nerve_--#sciatica#--is the most common form of
- neuralgia met with in surgical practice.
- It is chiefly met with in adults of gouty or rheumatic tendencies who
- suffer from indigestion, constipation, and oxaluria--in fact, the same
- type of patients who are liable to lumbago, and the two affections are
- frequently associated. In hospital practice it is commonly met with in
- coal-miners and others who assume a squatting position at work. The
- onset of the pain may follow over-exertion and exposure to cold and wet,
- especially in those who do not take regular exercise. Any error of diet
- or indulgence in beer or wine may contribute to its development.
- The essential symptom is paroxysmal or continuous pain along the course
- of the nerve in the buttock, thigh, or leg. It may be comparatively
- slight, or it may be so severe as to prevent sleep. It is aggravated by
- movement, so that the patient walks lame or is obliged to lie up. It is
- aggravated also by any movement which tends to put the nerve on the
- stretch, as in bending down to put on the shoes, such movements also
- causing tingling down the nerve, and sometimes numbness in the foot.
- This may be demonstrated by flexing the thigh on the abdomen, the knee
- being kept extended; there is no pain if the same manoeuvre is repeated
- with the knee flexed. The nerve is sensitive to pressure, the most
- tender points being its emergence from the greater sciatic foramen, the
- hollow between the trochanter and the ischial tuberosity, and where the
- common peroneal nerve winds round the neck of the fibula. The muscles of
- the thigh are often wasted and are liable to twitch.
- The clinical features vary a good deal in different cases; the affection
- is often obstinate, and may last for many weeks or even months.
- In the sciatica that results from neuritis and perineuritis, there is
- marked tenderness on pressure due to the involvement of the nerve
- filaments in the sheath of the nerve, and there may be patches of
- cutaneous anaesthesia, loss of tendon reflexes, localised wasting of
- muscles, and vaso-motor and trophic changes. The presence of the
- reaction of degeneration confirms the diagnosis of neuritis. In
- long-standing cases the pain and discomfort may lead to a postural
- scoliosis (_ischias-scoliotica_).
- _Diagnosis._--Pain referred along the course of the sciatic nerve on one
- side, or, as is sometimes the case, on both sides, is a symptom of
- tumours of the uterus, the rectum, or the pelvic bones. It may result
- also from the pressure of an abscess or an aneurysm either inside the
- pelvis or in the buttock, and is sometimes associated with disease of
- the spinal medulla, such as tabes. Gluteal fibrositis may be mistaken
- for sciatica. It is also necessary to exclude such conditions as disease
- in the hip or sacro-iliac joint, especially tuberculous disease and
- arthritis deformans, before arriving at a diagnosis of sciatica. A
- digital examination of the rectum or vagina is of great value in
- excluding intra-pelvic tumours.
- _Treatment_ is both general and local. Any constitutional tendency, such
- as gout or rheumatism, must be counteracted, and indigestion, oxaluria,
- and constipation should receive appropriate treatment. In acute cases
- the patient is confined to bed between blankets, the limb is wrapped in
- thermogene wool, and the knee is flexed over a pillow; in some cases
- relief is experienced from the use of a long splint, or slinging the leg
- in a Salter's cradle. A rubber hot-bottle may be applied over the seat
- of greatest pain. The bowels should be well opened by castor oil or by
- calomel followed by a saline. Salicylate of soda in full doses, or
- aspirin, usually proves effectual in relieving pain, but when this is
- very intense it may call for injections of heroin or morphin. Potassium
- iodide is of benefit in chronic cases.
- Relief usually results from bathing, douching, and massage, and from
- repeated gentle stretching of the nerve. This may be carried out by
- passive movements of the limb--the hip being flexed while the knee is
- kept extended; and by active movements--the patient flexing the limb at
- the hip, the knee being maintained in the extended position. These
- exercises, which may be preceded by massage, are carried out night and
- morning, and should be practised systematically by those who are liable
- to sciatica.
- Benefit has followed the injection into the nerve itself, or into the
- tissues surrounding it, of normal saline solution; from 70-100 c.c. are
- injected at one time. If the pain recurs, the injection may require to
- be repeated on many occasions at different points up and down the nerve.
- Needling or acupuncture consists in piercing the nerve at intervals in
- the buttock and thigh with long steel needles. Six or eight needles are
- inserted and left in position for from fifteen to thirty minutes.
- In obstinate and severe cases the nerve may be _forcibly stretched_.
- This may be done bloodlessly by placing the patient on his back with the
- hip flexed to a right angle, and then gradually extending the knee until
- it is in a straight line with the thigh (Billroth). A general anaesthetic
- is usually required. A more effectual method is to expose the nerve
- through an incision at the fold of the buttock, and forcibly pull upon
- it. This operation is most successful when the pain is due to the nerve
- being involved in adhesions.
- #Trigeminal Neuralgia.#--A severe form of epileptiform neuralgia occurs
- in the branches of the fifth nerve, and is one of the most painful
- affections to which human flesh is liable. So far as its pathology is
- known, it is believed to be due to degenerative changes in the semilunar
- (Gasserian) ganglion. It is met with in adults, is almost invariably
- unilateral, and develops without apparent cause. The pain, which occurs
- in paroxysms, is at first of moderate severity, but gradually becomes
- agonising. In the early stages the paroxysms occur at wide intervals,
- but later they recur with such frequency as to be almost continuous.
- They are usually excited by some trivial cause, such as moving the jaws
- in eating or speaking, touching the face as in washing, or exposure to a
- draught of cold air. Between the paroxysms the patient is free from
- pain, but is in constant terror of its return, and the face wears an
- expression of extreme suffering and anxiety. When the paroxysm is
- accompanied by twitching of the facial muscles, it is called _spasmodic
- tic_.
- The skin of the affected area may be glazed and red, or may be pale and
- moist with inspissated sweat, the patient not daring to touch or wash
- it.
- There is excessive tenderness at the points of emergence of the
- different branches on the face, and pressure over one or other of these
- points may excite a paroxysm. In typical cases the patient is unable to
- take any active part in life. The attempt to eat is attended with such
- severe pain that he avoids taking food. In some cases the suffering is
- so great that the patient only obtains sleep by the use of hypnotics,
- and he is often on the verge of suicide.
- _Diagnosis._--There is seldom any difficulty in recognising the disease.
- It is important, however, to exclude the hysterical form of neuralgia,
- which is characterised by its occurrence earlier in life, by the pain
- varying in situation, being frequently bilateral, and being more often
- constant than paroxysmal.
- _Treatment._--Before having recourse to the measures described below, it
- is advisable to give a thorough trial to the medical measures used in
- the treatment of neuralgia.
- _The Injection of Alcohol into the Nerve._--The alcohol acts by
- destroying the nerve fibres, and must be brought into direct contact
- with them; if the nerve has been properly struck the injection is
- followed by complete anaesthesia in the distribution of the nerve. The
- relief may last for from six months to three years; if the pain returns,
- the injection may be repeated. The strength of the alcohol should be 85
- per cent., and the amount injected about 2 c.c.; a general, or
- preferably a local, anaesthetic (novocain) should be employed
- (Schlosser); the needle is 8 cm. long, and 0.7 mm. in diameter. The
- severe pain which the alcohol causes may be lessened, after the needle
- has penetrated to the necessary depth, by passing a few cubic
- centimetres of a 2 per cent. solution of _novocain-suprarenin_ through
- it before the alcohol is injected. The treatment by injection of alcohol
- is superior to the resection of branches of the nerve, for though
- relapses occur after the treatment with alcohol, renewed freedom from
- pain may be obtained by its repetition. The ophthalmic division should
- not, however, be treated in this manner, for the alcohol may escape into
- the orbit and endanger other nerves in this region. Harris recommends
- the injection of alcohol into the semilunar ganglion.
- _Operative Treatment._--This consists in the removal of the affected
- nerve or nerves, either by resection--_neurectomy_; or by a combination
- of resection with twisting or tearing of the nerve from its central
- connections--_avulsion_. To prevent the regeneration of the nerve after
- these operations, the canal of exit through the bone should be
- obliterated; this is best accomplished by a silver screw-nail driven
- home by an ordinary screw-driver (Charles H. Mayo).
- When the neuralgia involves branches of two or of all three trunks, or
- when it has recurred after temporary relief following resection of
- individual branches, the _removal of the semilunar ganglion_, along with
- the main trunks of the maxillary and mandibular divisions, should be
- considered.
- The operation is a difficult and serious one, but the results are
- satisfactory so far as the cure of the neuralgia is concerned. There is
- little or no disability from the unilateral paralysis of the muscles of
- mastication; but on account of the insensitiveness of the cornea, the
- eye must be protected from irritation, especially during the first month
- or two after the operation; this may be done by fixing a large
- watch-glass around the edge of the orbit with adhesive plaster.
- If the ophthalmic branch is not involved, neither it nor the ganglion
- should be interfered with; the maxillary and mandibular divisions should
- be divided within the skull, and the foramen rotundum and foramen ovale
- obliterated.
- CHAPTER XVII
- THE SKIN AND SUBCUTANEOUS TISSUE
- Structure of skin--_Blisters_--_Callosities_--_Corns_--_Chilblains_
- --_Boils_--_Carbuncle_--_Abscess_--_Veldt sores_--Tuberculosis of
- skin: _Inoculation tubercle_--_Lupus_: _Varieties_--Sporotrichosis
- --Elephantiasis--Sebaceous cysts or wens--Moles--Horns--New growths:
- _Fibroma_; _Papilloma_; _Adenoma_; _Epithelioma_; _Rodent cancer_;
- _Melanotic cancer_; _Sarcoma_--AFFECTIONS OF CICATRICES--_Varieties
- of scars_--_Keloid_--_Tumours_--AFFECTIONS OF NAILS.
- #Structure of Skin.#--The skin is composed of a superficial cellular
- layer--the epidermis, and the corium or true skin. The _epidermis_ is
- differentiated from without inwards into the stratum corneum, the
- stratum lucidum, the stratum granulosum, and the rete Malpighii or
- germinal layer, from which all the others are developed. The _corium_ or
- _true skin_ consists of connective tissue, in which ramify the blood
- vessels, lymphatics, and nerves. That part of the corium immediately
- adjoining the epidermis is known as the papillary portion, and contains
- the terminal loops of the cutaneous blood vessels and the terminations
- of the cutaneous nerves. The deeper portion of the true skin is known as
- the reticular portion, and is largely composed of adipose tissue.
- #Blisters# result from the exudation of serous fluid beneath the horny
- layer of the epidermis. The fluid may be clear, as in the blisters of a
- recent burn, or blood-stained, as in the blisters commonly accompanying
- fractures of the leg. It may become purulent as a result of infection,
- and this may be the starting-point of lymphangitis or cellulitis.
- The skin should be disinfected and the blisters punctured. When
- infected, the separated horny layer must be cut away with scissors to
- allow of the necessary purification.
- #Callosities# are prominent, indurated masses of the horny layer of the
- epidermis, where it has been exposed to prolonged friction and pressure.
- They occur on the fingers and hand as a result of certain occupations
- and sports, but are most common under the balls of the toes or heel. A
- bursa may form beneath a callosity, and if it becomes inflamed may cause
- considerable suffering; if suppuration ensues, a sinus may form,
- resembling a perforating ulcer of the foot.
- The _treatment_ of callosities on the foot consists in removing pressure
- by wearing properly fitting boots, and in applying a ring pad around the
- callosity; another method is to fit a sock of spongiopilene with a hole
- cut out opposite the callosity. After soaking in hot water, the
- overgrown horny layer is pared away, and the part painted daily with a
- saturated solution of salicylic acid in flexile collodion.
- [Illustration: FIG. 93.--Callosities and Corns on the Sole and Plantar
- Aspect of the Toes in a woman who was also the subject of flat-foot.]
- #Corns.#--A corn is a localised overgrowth of the horny layer of the
- epidermis, which grows downwards, pressing upon and displacing the
- sensitive papillae of the corium. Corns are due to the friction and
- pressure of ill-fitting boots, and are met with chiefly on the toes and
- sole of the foot. A corn is usually hard, dry, and white; but it may be
- sodden from moisture, as in "soft corns" between the toes. A bursa may
- form beneath a corn, and if inflamed constitutes one form of bunion.
- When suppuration takes place in relation to a corn, there is great pain
- and disability, and it may prove the starting-point of lymphangitis.
- The _treatment_ consists in the wearing of properly fitting boots and
- stockings, and, if the symptoms persist, the corn should be removed.
- This is done after the manner of chiropodists by digging out the corn
- with a suitably shaped knife. A more radical procedure is to excise,
- under local anaesthesia, the portion of skin containing the corn and
- the underlying bursa. The majority of so-called corn solvents consist of
- a solution of salicylic acid in collodion; if this is painted on daily,
- the epidermis dies and can then be pared away. The unskilful paring of
- corns may determine the occurrence of senile gangrene in those who are
- predisposed to it by disease of the arteries.
- [Illustration: FIG. 94.--Ulcerated Chilblains on Fingers of a Child.]
- #Chilblains.#--Chilblain or _erythema pernio_ is a vascular disturbance
- resulting from the alternate action of cold and heat on the distal parts
- of the body. Chilblains are met with chiefly on the fingers and toes in
- children and anaemic girls. In the mild form there is a sensation of
- burning and itching, the part becomes swollen, of a dusky red colour,
- and the skin is tense and shiny. In more severe cases the burning and
- itching are attended with pain, and the skin becomes of a violet or
- wine-red colour. There is a third degree, closely approaching
- frost-bite, in which the skin tends to blister and give way, leaving an
- indolent raw surface popularly known as a "broken chilblain."
- Those liable to chilblains should take open-air exercise, nourishing
- food, cod-liver oil, and tonics. Woollen stockings and gloves should be
- worn in cold weather, and sudden changes of temperature avoided. The
- symptoms may be relieved by ichthyol ointment, glycerin and belladonna,
- or a mixture of Venice turpentine, castor oil, and collodion applied on
- lint which is wrapped round the toe. Another favourite application is
- one of equal parts of tincture of capsicum and compound liniment of
- camphor, painted over the area night and morning. Balsam of Peru or
- resin ointment spread on gauze should be applied to broken chilblains.
- The most effective treatment is Bier's bandage applied for about six
- hours twice daily; it can be worn while the patient is following his
- occupation; in chronic cases this may be supplemented with hot-air
- baths.
- #Boils and Carbuncles.#--These result from infection with the
- staphylococcus aureus, which enters the orifices of the ducts of the
- skin under the influence of friction and pressure, as was demonstrated
- by the well-known experiment of Garre, who produced a crop of pustules
- and boils on his own forearm by rubbing in a culture of the
- staphylococcus aureus.
- A #boil# results when the infection is located in a hair follicle or
- sebaceous gland. A hard, painful, conical swelling develops, to which,
- so long as the skin retains its normal appearance, the term "blind
- boil" is applied. Usually, however, the skin becomes red, and after a
- time breaks, giving exit to a drop or two of thick pus. After an
- interval of from six to ten days a soft white slough is discharged; this
- is known as the "core," and consists of the necrosed hair follicle or
- sebaceous gland. After the separation of the core the boil heals
- rapidly, leaving a small depressed scar.
- Boils are most frequently met with on the back of the neck and the
- buttocks, and on other parts where the skin is coarse and thick and is
- exposed to friction and pressure. The occurrence of a number or a
- succession of boils is due to spread of the infection, the cocci from
- the original boil obtaining access to adjacent hair follicles. The
- spread of boils may be unwittingly promoted by the use of a domestic
- poultice or the wearing of infected underclothing.
- While boils are frequently met with in debilitated persons, and
- particularly in those suffering from diabetes or Bright's disease, they
- also occur in those who enjoy vigorous health. They seldom prove
- dangerous to life except in diabetic subjects, but when they occur on
- the face there is a risk of lymphatic and of general pyogenic infection.
- Boils may be differentiated from syphilitic lesions of the skin by
- their acute onset and progress, and by the absence of other evidence of
- syphilis; and from the malignant or anthrax pustule by the absence of
- the central black eschar and of the circumstances which attend upon
- anthrax infection.
- _Treatment._--The skin of the affected area should be painted with
- iodine, and a Klapp's suction bell applied thrice daily. If pus forms,
- the skin is frozen with ethyl-chloride and a small incision made, after
- which the application of the suction bell is persevered with. The
- further treatment consists in the use of diluted boracic or resin
- ointment. In multiple boils on the trunk and limbs, lysol or boracic
- baths are of service; the underclothing should be frequently changed,
- and that which is discarded must be disinfected. In patients with
- recurrence of boils about the neck, re-infection frequently takes place
- from the scalp, to which therefore treatment should be directed.
- Any impaired condition of health should be corrected; when, there is
- sugar or albumen in the urine the conditions on which these depend must
- receive appropriate treatment. When there are successive crops of boils,
- recourse should be had to vaccines. In refractory cases benefit has
- followed the subcutaneous injection of lipoid solution containing tin.
- #Carbuncle# may be looked upon as an aggregation of boils, and is
- characterised by a densely hard base and a brownish-red discoloration of
- the skin. It is usually about the size of a crown-piece, but it may
- continue to enlarge until it attains the size of a dinner-plate. The
- patient is ill and feverish, and the pain may be so severe as to prevent
- sleep. As time goes on several points of suppuration appear, and when
- these burst there are formed a number of openings in the skin, giving it
- a cribriform appearance; these openings exude pus. The different
- openings ultimately fuse and the large adherent greyish-white slough is
- exposed. The separation of the slough is a tedious process, and the
- patient may become exhausted by pain, discharge, and toxin absorption.
- When the slough is finally thrown off, a deep gap is left, which takes a
- long time to heal. A large carbuncle is a grave disease, especially in a
- weakly person suffering from diabetes or chronic alcoholism; we have on
- several occasions seen diabetic coma supervene and the patient die
- without recovering consciousness. In the majority of cases the patient
- is laid aside for several months. It is most common in male adults over
- forty years of age, and is usually situated on the back between the
- shoulders. When it occurs on the face or anterior part of the neck it is
- especially dangerous, because of the greater risk of dissemination of
- the infection.
- A carbuncle is to be differentiated from an ulcerated gumma and from
- anthrax pustule.
- [Illustration: FIG. 95.--Carbuncle of seventeen days' duration in a
- woman aet. 57.]
- _Treatment._--Pain is relieved by full doses of opium or codein, and
- these drugs are specially indicated when sugar is present in the urine.
- Vaccines may be given a trial. The diet should be liberal and easily
- digested, and strychnin and other stimulants may be of service. Locally
- the treatment is carried out on the same lines as for boils.
- In some cases it is advisable to excise the carbuncle or to make
- incisions across it in different directions, so that the resulting wound
- presents a stellate appearance.
- #Acute Abscesses of the Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue in Young
- Children.#--In young infants, abscesses are not infrequently met with
- scattered over the trunk and limbs, and are probably the result of
- infection of the sebaceous glands from dirty underclothing. The
- abscesses should be opened, and the further spread of infection
- prevented by cleansing of the skin and by the use of clean under-linen.
- Similar abscesses are met with on the scalp in association with eczema,
- impetigo, and pediculosis.
- #Veldt Sore.#--This sore usually originates in an abrasion of the
- epidermis, such as a sun blister, the bite of an insect, or a scratch. A
- pustule forms and bursts, and a brownish-yellow scab forms over it. When
- this is removed, an ulcer is left which has little tendency to heal.
- These sores are most common about the hands, arms, neck, and feet, and
- are most apt to occur in those who have had no opportunities of washing,
- and who have lived for a long time on tinned foods.
- #Tuberculosis of the Skin.#--Interest attaches chiefly to the primary
- forms of tuberculosis of the skin in which the bacilli penetrate from
- without--inoculation tubercle and lupus.
- #Inoculation Tubercle.#--The appearances vary with the conditions under
- which the inoculation takes place. As observed on the fingers of adults,
- the affection takes the form of an indolent painless swelling, the
- epidermis being red and glazed, or warty, and irregularly fissured.
- Sometimes the epidermis gives way, forming an ulcer with flabby
- granulations. The infection rarely spreads to the lymphatics, but we
- have seen inoculation tubercle of the index-finger followed by a large
- cold abscess on the median side of the upper arm and by a huge mass of
- breaking down glands in the axilla.
- In children who run about barefooted in towns, tubercle may be
- inoculated into wounds in the sole or about the toes, and although the
- local appearances may not be characteristic, the nature of the infection
- is revealed by its tendency to spread up the limb along the lymph
- vessels, giving rise to abscesses and fungating ulcers in relation to
- the femoral glands.
- #Tuberculous Lupus.#--This is an extremely chronic affection of the
- skin. It rarely extends to the lymph glands, and of all tuberculous
- lesions is the least dangerous to life. The commonest form of
- lupus--_lupus vulgaris_--usually commences in childhood or youth, and is
- most often met with on the nose or cheek. The early and typical
- appearance is that of brownish-yellow or pink nodules in the skin, about
- the size of hemp seed. Healing frequently occurs in the centre of the
- affected area while the disease continues to extend at the margin.
- When there is actual destruction of tissue and ulceration--the so-called
- "_lupus excedens_" or "_ulcerans_"--healing is attended with
- cicatricial contraction, which may cause unsightly deformity. When the
- cheek is affected, the lower eyelid may be drawn down and everted; when
- the lips are affected, the mouth may be distorted or seriously
- diminished in size. When the nose is attacked, both the skin and mucous
- surfaces are usually involved, and the nasal orifices may be narrowed or
- even obliterated; sometimes the soft parts, including the cartilages,
- are destroyed, leaving only the bones covered by tightly stretched scar
- tissue.
- The disease progresses slowly, healing in some places and spreading at
- others. The patient complains of a burning sensation, but little of
- pain, and is chiefly concerned about the disfigurement. Nothing is more
- characteristic of lupus than the appearance of fresh nodules in parts
- which have already healed. In the course of years large tracts of the
- face and neck may become affected. From the lips it may spread to the
- gum and palate, giving to the mucous membrane the appearance of a
- raised, bright-red, papillary or villous surface. When the disease
- affects the gums, the teeth may become loose and fall out.
- [Illustration: FIG. 96.--Tuberculous Elephantiasis in a woman aet. 35.]
- On parts of the body other than the face, the disease is even more
- chronic, and is often attended with a considerable production of dense
- fibrous tissue--the so-called _fibroid lupus_. Sometimes there is a
- warty thickening of the epidermis--_lupus verrucosus_. In the fingers
- and toes it may lead to a progressive destruction of tissue like that
- observed in leprosy, and from the resulting loss of portions of the
- digits it has been called _lupus mutilans_. In the lower extremity a
- remarkable form of the disease is sometimes met with, to which the term
- _lupus elephantiasis_ (Fig. 96) has been applied. It commences as an
- ordinary lupus of the toes or dorsum of the foot, from which the
- tuberculous infection spreads to the lymph vessels, and the limb as a
- whole becomes enormously swollen and unshapely.
- Finally, a long-standing lupus, especially on the cheek, may become the
- seat of epithelioma--_lupus epithelioma_--usually of the exuberant or
- cauliflower type, which, like other epitheliomas that originate in scar
- tissue, presents little tendency to infect the lymphatics.
- The _diagnosis_ of lupus is founded on the chronic progress and long
- duration, and the central scarring with peripheral extension of the
- disease. On the face it is most liable to be confused with syphilis and
- with rodent cancer. The syphilitic lesion belongs to the tertiary
- period, and although presenting a superficial resemblance to
- tuberculosis, its progress is more rapid, so that within a few months it
- may involve an area of skin as wide as would be affected by lupus in as
- many years. Further, it readily yields to anti-syphilitic treatment. In
- cases of tertiary syphilis in which the nose is destroyed, it will be
- noticed that the bones have suffered most, while in lupus the
- destruction of tissue involves chiefly the soft parts.
- Rodent cancer is liable to be mistaken for lupus, because it affects the
- same parts of the face; it is equally chronic, and may partly heal. It
- begins later in life, however, the margin of the ulcer is more sharply
- defined, and often presents a "rolled" appearance.
- _Treatment._--When the disease is confined to a limited area, the most
- rapid and certain cure is obtained by _excision_; larger areas are
- scraped with the sharp spoon. The _ray treatment_ includes the use of
- luminous, Rontgen, or radium rays, and possesses the advantage of being
- comparatively painless and of being followed by the least amount of
- scarring and deformity.
- Encouraging results have also been obtained by the application of carbon
- dioxide snow.
- #Multiple subcutaneous tuberculous nodules# are met with chiefly in
- children. They are indolent and painless, and rarely attract attention
- until they break down and form abscesses, which are usually about the
- size of a cherry, and when these burst sinuses or ulcers result. If the
- overlying skin is still intact, the best treatment is excision. If the
- abscess has already infected the skin, each focus should be scraped and
- packed.
- #Sporotrichosis# is a mycotic infection due to the sporothrix Shenkii.
- It presents so many features resembling syphilis and tubercle that it is
- frequently mistaken for one or other of these affections. It occurs
- chiefly in males between fifteen and forty-five, who are farmers, fruit
- and vegetable dealers, or florists. There is usually a history of trauma
- of the nature of a scratch or a cut, and after a long incubation period
- there develop a series of small, hard, round nodules in the skin and
- subcutaneous tissue which, without pain or temperature, soften into
- cold abscesses and leave indolent ulcers or sinuses. The infection is
- of slow progress and follows the course of the lymphatics. From the
- gelatinous pus the organism is cultivated without difficulty, and this
- is the essential step in arriving at a diagnosis. The disease yields in
- a few weeks to full doses of iodide of potassium.
- #Elephantiasis.#--This term is applied to an excessive enlargement of a
- part depending upon an overgrowth of the skin and subcutaneous cellular
- tissue, and it may result from a number of causes, acting independently
- or in combination. The condition is observed chiefly in the extremities
- and in the external organs of generation.
- _Elephantiasis from Lymphatic or Venous Obstruction._--Of this the
- best-known example is _tropical elephantiasis_ (E. arabum), which is
- endemic in Samoa, Barbadoes, and other places. It attacks the lower
- extremity or the genitals in either sex (Figs. 97, 98). The disease is
- usually ushered in with fever, and signs of lymphangitis in the part
- affected. After a number of such attacks, the lymph vessels appear to
- become obliterated, and the skin and subcutaneous cellular tissue, being
- bathed in stagnant lymph--which possibly contains the products of
- streptococci--take on an overgrowth, which continues until the part
- assumes gigantic proportions. In certain cases the lymph trunks have
- been found to be blocked with the parent worms of the filaria Bancrofti.
- Cases of elephantiasis of the lower extremity are met with in this
- country in which there are no filarial parasites in the lymph vessels,
- and these present features closely resembling the tropical variety, and
- usually follow upon repeated attacks of lymphangitis or erysipelas.
- The part affected is enormously increased in size, and causes
- inconvenience from its bulk and weight. In contrast to ordinary dropsy,
- there is no pitting on pressure, and the swelling does not disappear on
- elevation of the limb. The skin becomes rough and warty, and may hang
- down in pendulous folds. Blisters form on the surface and yield an
- abundant exudate of clear lymph. From neglect of cleanliness, the skin
- becomes the seat of eczema or even of ulceration attended with foul
- discharge.
- Samson Handley has sought to replace the blocked lymph vessels by
- burying in the subcutaneous tissue of the swollen part a number of stout
- silk threads--_lymphangioplasty_. By their capillary action they drain
- the lymph to a healthy region above, and thus enable it to enter the
- circulation. It has been more successful in the face and upper limb than
- in the lower extremity. If the tissues are infected with pus organisms,
- a course of vaccines should precede the operation.
- [Illustration: FIG. 97.--Elephantiasis in a woman aet. 45.]
- A similar type of elephantiasis may occur after extirpation of the lymph
- glands in the axilla or groin; in the leg in long-standing standing
- varix and phlebitis with chronic ulcer; in the arm as a result of
- extensive cancerous disease of the lymphatics in the axilla secondarily
- to cancer of the breast; and in extensive tuberculous disease of the
- lymphatics. The last-named is chiefly observed in the lower limb in
- young adult women, and from its following upon lupus of the toes or foot
- it has been called _lupus elephantiasis_. The tuberculous infection
- spreads slowly up the limb by way of the lymph vessels, and as these are
- obliterated the skin and cellular tissues become hypertrophied, and the
- surface is studded over with fungating tuberculous masses of a livid
- blue colour. As the more severe forms of the disease may prove dangerous
- to life by pyogenic complications inducing gangrene of the limb, the
- question of amputation may have to be considered.
- [Illustration: FIG. 98.--Elephantiasis of Penis and Scrotum in native of
- Demerara.
- (Mr. Annandale's case.)]
- Belonging to this group also is a form of _congenital elephantiasis_
- resulting from the circular constriction of a limb _in utero_ by
- amniotic bands.
- _Elephantiasis occurring apart from lymphatic or venous obstruction_ is
- illustrated by _elephantiasis nervorum_, in which there is an overgrowth
- of the skin and cellular tissue of an extremity in association with
- neuro-fibromatosis of the cutaneous nerves (Fig. 89); and by
- _elephantiasis Graecorum_--a form of leprosy in which the skin of the
- face becomes the seat of tumour-like masses consisting of leprous
- nodules. It is also illustrated by _elephantiasis involving the scrotum_
- as a result of prolonged irritation by the urine in cases in which the
- penis has been amputated and the urine has infiltrated the scrotal
- tissues over a period of years.
- #Sebaceous Cysts.#--Atheromatous cysts or wens are formed in relation to
- the sebaceous glands and hair follicles. They are commonly met with in
- adults, on the scalp (Fig. 99), face, neck, back, and external genitals.
- Sometimes they are multiple, and they may be met with in several members
- of the same family. They are smooth, rounded, or discoid cysts, varying
- in size from a split-pea to a Tangerine orange. In consistence they are
- firm and elastic, or fluctuating, and are incorporated with the
- overlying skin, but movable on the deeper structures. The orifice of the
- partly blocked sebaceous follicle is sometimes visible, and the contents
- of the cyst can be squeezed through the opening. The wall of the cyst is
- composed of a connective-tissue capsule lined by stratified squamous
- epithelium. The contents consist of accumulated epithelial cells, and
- are at first dry and pearly white in appearance, but as a result of
- fatty degeneration they break down into a greyish-yellow pultaceous and
- semi-fluid material having a peculiar stale odour. It is probable that
- the decomposition of the contents is the result of the presence of
- bacteria, and that from the surgical point of view they should be
- regarded as infective. A sebaceous cyst may remain indefinitely without
- change, or may slowly increase in size, the skin over it becoming
- stretched and closely adherent to the cyst wall as a result of friction
- and pressure. The contents may ooze from the orifice of the duct and dry
- on the skin surface, leading to the formation of a sebaceous horn
- (Fig. 100). As a result of injury the cyst may undergo sudden
- enlargement from haemorrhage into its interior.
- Recurrent attacks of inflammation frequently occur, especially in wens
- of the face and scalp. Suppuration may ensue and be followed by cure of
- the cyst, or an offensive fungating ulcer forms which may be mistaken
- for epithelioma. True cancerous transformation is rare.
- Wens are to be _diagnosed_ from dermoids, from fatty tumours, and from
- cold abscesses. Dermoids usually appear before adult life, and as they
- nearly always lie beneath the fascia, the skin is movable over them. A
- fatty tumour is movable, and is often lobulated. The confusion with a
- cold abscess is most likely to occur in wens of the neck or back, and it
- may be impossible without the use of an exploring needle to
- differentiate between them.
- [Illustration: FIG. 99.--Multiple Sebaceous Cysts or Wens; the larger
- ones are of many years' duration.]
- _Treatment._--The removal of wens is to be recommended while they are
- small and freely movable, as they are then easily shelled out after
- incising the overlying skin; sometimes splitting the cyst makes its
- removal easier. Local anaesthesia is to be preferred. It is important
- that none of the cyst wall be left behind. In large and adherent wens an
- ellipse of skin is removed along with the cyst. When inflamed, it may be
- impossible to dissect out the cyst, and the wall should be destroyed
- with carbolic acid, the resulting wound being treated by the open
- method.
- #Moles.#--The term mole is applied to a pigmented, and usually hairy,
- patch of skin, present at or appearing shortly after birth. The colour
- varies from brown to black, according to the amount of melanin pigment
- present. The lesion consists in an overgrowth of epidermis which often
- presents an alveolar arrangement. Moles vary greatly in size: some are
- mere dots, others are as large as the palm of the hand, and occasionally
- a mole covers half the face. In addition to being unsightly, they bleed
- freely when abraded, are liable to ulcerate from friction and pressure,
- and occasionally become the starting-point of melanotic cancer. Rodent
- cancer sometimes originates in the slightly pigmented moles met with on
- the face. Overgrowths in relation to the cutaneous nerves, especially
- the plexiform neuroma, occasionally originate in pigmented moles. Soldau
- believes that the pigmentation and overgrowth of the epidermis in moles
- are associated with, and probably result from, a fibromatosis of the
- cutaneous nerves.
- _Treatment._--The quickest way to get rid of a mole is to excise it; if
- the edges of the gap cannot be brought together with sutures, recourse
- should be had to grafting. In large hairy moles of the face whose size
- forbids excision, radium or the X-rays should be employed. Excellent
- results have been obtained by refrigeration with solid carbon dioxide.
- In children and women with delicate skin, applications of from ten to
- thirty seconds suffice. In persons with coarse skin an application of
- one minute may be necessary, and it may have to be repeated.
- #Horns.#--The _sebaceous_ horn results from the accumulation of the
- dried contents of a wen on the surface of the skin: the sebaceous
- material after drying up becomes cornified, and as fresh material is
- added to the base the horn increases in length (Fig. 100). The _wart_
- horn grows from a warty papilloma of the skin. _Cicatrix_ horns are
- formed by the heaping up of epidermis in the scars that result from
- burns. _Nail_ horns are overgrown nails (keratomata of the nail bed),
- and are met with chiefly in the great toe of elderly bedridden patients.
- If an ulcer forms at the base of a horn, it may prove the starting-point
- of epithelioma, and for this reason, as well as for others, horns should
- be removed.
- [Illustration: FIG. 100.--Sebaceous Horn growing from Auricle.
- (Dr. Kenneth Maclachan's case.)]
- #New Growths in the Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue.#--The _Angioma_ has
- been described with diseases of blood vessels. _Fibroma._--Various types
- of fibroma occur in the skin. A soft pedunculated fibroma, about the
- size of a pea, is commonly met with, especially on the neck and trunk;
- it is usually solitary, and is easily removed with scissors. The
- multiple, soft fibroma known as _molluscum fibrosum_, which depends upon
- a neuro-fibromatosis of the cutaneous nerves, is described with the
- tumours of nerves. Hard fibromas occurring singly or in groups may be
- met with, especially in the skin of the buttock, and may present a local
- malignancy, recurring after removal like the "recurrent fibroid" of
- Paget. The "painful subcutaneous nodule" is a solitary fibroma related
- to one of the cutaneous nerves. The hard fibroma known as _keloid_ is
- described with the affections of scars.
- #Papilloma.#--The _common wart_ or verruca is an outgrowth of the
- surface epidermis. It may be sessile or pedunculated hard or soft. The
- surface may be smooth, or fissured and foliated like a cauliflower, or
- it may be divided up into a number of spines. Warts are met with chiefly
- on the hands, and are often multiple, occurring in clusters or in
- successive crops. Multiple warts appear to result from some contagion,
- the nature of which is unknown; they sometimes occur in an epidemic form
- among school-children, and show a remarkable tendency to disappear
- spontaneously. The solitary flat-topped wart which occurs on the face
- of old people may, if irritated, become the seat of epithelioma. A warty
- growth of the epidermis is a frequent accompaniment of moles and of that
- variety of lupus known as _lupus verrucosus_.
- _Treatment._--In the multiple warts of children the health should be
- braced up by a change to the seaside. A dusting-powder, consisting of
- boracic acid with 5 per cent. salicylic acid, may be rubbed into the
- hands after washing and drying. The persistent warts of young adults
- should be excised after freezing with chloride of ethyl. When cutting is
- objected to, they may be painted night and morning with salicylic
- collodion, the epidermis being dehydrated with alcohol before each
- application.
- _Venereal warts_ occur on the genitals of either sex, and may form large
- cauliflower-like masses on the inner surface of the prepuce or of the
- labia majora. Although frequently co-existing with gonorrhoea or
- syphilis, they occur independently of these diseases, being probably
- acquired by contact with another individual suffering from warts
- (C. W. Cathcart). They give rise to considerable irritation and
- suffering, and when cleanliness is neglected there may be an offensive
- discharge.
- In the female, the cauliflower-like masses are dissected from the labia;
- in the male, the prepuce is removed and the warts on the glans are
- snipped off with scissors. In milder cases, the warts usually disappear
- if the parts are kept absolutely dry and clean. A useful dusting-powder
- is one consisting of calamine and 5 per cent. salicylic acid; the
- exsiccated sulphate of iron, in the form of a powder, may be employed in
- cases which resist this treatment.
- #Adenoma.#--This is a comparatively rare tumour growing from the glands
- of the skin. One variety, known as the "tomato tumour," which apparently
- originates from _the sweat glands_, is met with on the scalp and face in
- women past middle life. These growths are often multiple; the individual
- tumours vary in size, and the skin, which is almost devoid of hairs, is
- glistening and tightly stretched over them. A similar tumour may occur
- on the nose. The _sebaceous adenoma_, which originates from the
- sebaceous glands, forms a projecting tumour on the face or scalp, and
- when the skin is irritated it may ulcerate and fungate. The treatment
- consists in the removal of the tumour along with the overlying skin.
- The exuberant masses on the nose known as "rhinophyma," "lipoma nasi,"
- or "potato nose" are of the nature of sebaceous adenoma, and are removed
- by shaving them off with a knife until the normal shape of the nose is
- restored Healing takes place with remarkable rapidity.
- #Cancer.#--There are several types of primary cancer of the skin, the
- most important being squamous epithelioma, rodent cancer, and melanotic
- cancer.
- [Illustration: FIG. 101.--Paraffin Epithelioma.]
- #Epithelioma# occurs in a variety of forms. When originating in a small
- ulcer or wart-for example on the face in old people--it presents the
- features of a chronic indurated ulcer. A more exuberant and rapidly
- growing form of epithelial cancer, described by Hutchinson as the
- _crateriform ulcer_, commences on the face as a small red pimple which
- rapidly develops into an elevated mass shaped like a bee-hive, and
- breaks down in the centre. Epithelioma may develop anywhere on the body
- in relation to long-standing ulcers, especially that resulting from a
- burn or from lupus; this form usually presents an exuberant outgrowth of
- epidermis not unlike a cauliflower. An interesting example of
- epithelioma has been described by Neve of Kashmir. The natives in that
- province are in the habit of carrying a fire-basket suspended from the
- waist, which often burns the skin and causes a chronic ulcer, and many
- of these ulcers become the seat of epithelioma, due, in Neve's opinion,
- to the actual contact of the sooty pan with the skin.
- The term _trade epithelioma_ has been applied to that form met with in
- those who follow certain occupations, such as paraffin workers and
- chimney-sweeps. The most recent member of this group is the _X-ray
- carcinoma_, which is met with in those who are constantly exposed to the
- irritation of the X-rays; there is first a chronic dermatitis with warty
- overgrowth of the surface epithelium, pigmentation, and the formation of
- fissures and warts. The trade epithelioma varies a good deal in
- malignancy, but it tends to cause death in the same manner as other
- epitheliomas.
- Epithelial cancer has also been observed in those who have taken arsenic
- over long periods for medicinal purposes.
- [Illustration: FIG. 102.--Rodent Cancer of Inner Canthus.]
- #Rodent Cancer# (Rodent Ulcer).--This is a cancer originating in the
- sweat glands or sebaceous follicles, or in the foetal residues of
- cutaneous glands. The cells are small and closely packed together in
- alveoli or in reticulated columns; cell nests are rare. It is remarkably
- constant in its seat of origin, being nearly always located on the
- lateral aspect of the nose or in the vicinity of the lower eyelid
- (Fig. 102). It is rare on the trunk or limbs. It commences as a small
- flattened nodule in the skin, the epidermis over it being stretched and
- shining. The centre becomes depressed, while the margins extend in the
- form of an elevated ridge. Sooner or later the epidermis gives way in
- the centre, exposing a smooth raw surface devoid of granulations.
- [Illustration: FIG. 103.--Rodent Cancer of fifteen years' duration,
- which has destroyed the contents of the Orbit.
- (Sir Montagu Cotterill's case)]
- The margin, while in parts irregular, is typically represented by a
- well-defined "rolled" border which consists of the peripheral portion of
- the cancer that has not broken down. The central ulcer may temporarily
- heal. There is itching but little pain, and the condition progresses
- extremely slowly; rodent cancers which have existed for many years are
- frequently met with. The disease attacks and destroys every structure
- with which it comes in contact, such as the eyelids, the walls of the
- nasal cavities, and the bones of the face; hence it may produce the most
- hideous deformities (Fig. 103). The patient may succumb to haemorrhage or
- to infective complications such as erysipelas or meningitis.
- Secondary growths in the lymph glands, while not unknown, are extremely
- rare. We have only seen them once--in a case of rodent cancer in the
- groin.
- _Diagnosis._--Lupus is the disease most often mistaken for rodent
- cancer. Lupus usually begins earlier in life, it presents apple-jelly
- nodules, and lacks the rounded, elevated border. Syphilitic lesions
- progress more rapidly, and also lack the characteristic margin. The
- differentiation from squamous epithelioma is of considerable importance,
- as the latter affection spreads more rapidly, involves the lymph glands
- early, and is much more dangerous to life.
- _Treatment._--In rodent cancers of limited size--say less than one inch
- in diameter--free excision is the most rapid and certain method of
- treatment. The alternative is the application of radium or of the
- Rontgen rays, which, although requiring many exposures, results in cure
- with the minimum of disfigurement. If the cancer already covers an
- extensive area, or has invaded the cavity of the orbit or nose, radium
- or X-rays yield the best results. The effect is soon shown by the
- ingrowth of healthy epithelium from the surrounding skin, and at the
- same time the discharge is lessened. Good results are also reported from
- the application of carbon dioxide snow, especially when this follows
- upon a course of X-ray treatment.
- #Paget's disease# of the nipple is an epithelioma occurring in women
- over forty years of age: a similar form of epithelioma is sometimes met
- with at the umbilicus or on the genitals.
- #Melanotic Cancer.#--Under this head are included all new growths which
- contain an excess of melanin pigment. Many of these were formerly
- described as melanotic sarcoma. They nearly always originate in a
- pigmented mole which has been subjected to irritation. The primary
- growth may remain so small that its presence is not even suspected, or
- it may increase in size, ulcerate, and fungate. The amount of pigment
- varies: when small in amount the growth is brown, when abundant it is a
- deep black. The most remarkable feature is the rapidity with which the
- disease becomes disseminated along the lymphatics, the first evidence of
- which is an enlargement of the lymph glands. As the primary growth is
- often situated on the sole of the foot or in the matrix of the nail of
- the great toe, the femoral and inguinal glands become enlarged in
- succession, forming tumours much larger than the primary growth.
- Sometimes the dissemination involves the lymph vessels of the limb,
- forming a series of indurated pigmented cords and nodules (Fig. 104).
- Lastly, the dissemination may be universal throughout the body, and this
- usually occurs at a comparatively early stage. The secondary growths are
- deeply pigmented, being usually of a coal-black colour, and melanin
- pigment may be present in the urine. When recurrence takes place in or
- near the scar left by the operation, the cancer nodules are not
- necessarily pigmented.
- [Illustration: FIG. 104.--Diffuse Melanotic Cancer of Lymphatics of Skin
- secondary to a Growth in the Sole of the Foot.]
- To extirpate the disease it is necessary to excise the tumour, with a
- zone of healthy skin around it and a somewhat large zone of the
- underlying subcutaneous tissue and deep fascia. Hogarth Pringle
- recommends that a broad strip of subcutaneous fascia up to and including
- the nearest anatomical group of glands should be removed with the tumour
- in one continuous piece.
- #Secondary Cancer of the Skin.#--Cancer may spread to the skin from a
- subjacent growth by direct continuity or by way of the lymphatics. Both
- of these processes are so well illustrated in cases of mammary cancer
- that they will be described in relation to that disease.
- #Sarcoma# of various types is met with in the skin. The fibroma, after
- excision, may recur as a fibro-sarcoma. The alveolar sarcoma commences
- as a hard lump and increases in size until the epidermis gives way and
- an ulcer is formed.
- [Illustration: FIG. 105.--Melanotic Cancer of Forehead with Metastases
- in Lymph Vessels and Glands.
- (Mr. D. P. D. Wilkie's case.)]
- A number of fresh tumours may spring up around the original growth.
- Sometimes the primary growth appears in the form of multiple nodules
- which tend to become confluent. Excision, unless performed early, is of
- little avail, and in any case should be followed up by exposure to
- radium.
- AFFECTIONS OF CICATRICES
- A cicatrix or scar consists of closely packed bundles of white fibres
- covered by epidermis; the skin glands and hair follicles are usually
- absent. The size, shape, and level of the cicatrix depend upon the
- conditions which preceded healing.
- A healthy scar, when recently formed, has a smooth, glossy surface of a
- pinkish colour, which tends to become whiter as a result of obliteration
- of the blood vessels concerned in its formation.
- _Weak Scars._--A scar is said to be weak when it readily breaks down as
- a result of irritation or pressure. The scars resulting from severe
- burns and those over amputation stumps are especially liable to break
- down from trivial causes. The treatment is to excise the weak portion of
- the scar and bring the edges of the gap together.
- _Contracted scars_ frequently cause deformity either by displacing
- parts, such as the eyelid or lip, or by fixing parts and preventing the
- normal movements--for example, a scar on the flexor aspect of a joint
- may prevent extension of the forearm (Fig. 63). These are treated by
- dividing the scar, correcting the deformity, and filling up the gap with
- epithelial grafts, or with a flap of the whole thickness of the skin.
- When deformity results from _depression of a scar_, as is not uncommon
- after the healing of a sinus, the treatment is to excise the scar.
- Depressed scars may be raised by the injection of paraffin into the
- subcutaneous tissue.
- _Painful Scars._--Pain in relation to a scar is usually due to nerve
- fibres being compressed or stretched in the cicatricial tissue; and in
- some cases to ascending neuritis. The treatment consists in excising the
- scar or in stretching or excising a portion of the nerve affected.
- _Pigmented or Discoloured Scars._--The best-known examples are the blue
- coloration which results from coal-dust or gunpowder, the brown scars
- resulting from chronic ulcer with venous congestion of the leg, and the
- variously coloured scars caused by tattooing. The only satisfactory
- method of getting rid of the coloration is to excise the scar; the edges
- are brought together by sutures, or the raw surface is covered with
- skin-grafts according to the size of the gap.
- _Hypertrophied Scars._--Scars occasionally broaden out and become
- prominent, and on exposed parts this may prove a source of
- disappointment after operations such as those for goitre or tuberculous
- glands in the neck. There is sometimes considerable improvement from
- exposure to the X-rays.
- _Keloid._--This term is applied to an overgrowth of scar tissue which
- extends beyond the area of the original wound, and the name is derived
- from the fact that this extension occurs in the form of radiating
- processes, suggesting the claws of a crab. It is essentially a fibroma
- or new growth of fibrous tissue, which commences in relation to the
- walls of the smaller blood vessels; the bundles of fibrous tissue are
- for the most part parallel with the surface, and the epidermis is
- tightly stretched over them. It is more frequent in the negro and in
- those who are, or have been, the subjects of tuberculous disease.
- [Illustration: FIG. 106.--Recurrent Keloid in scar left by operation for
- tuberculous glands in a girl aet. 7.]
- Keloid may attack scars of any kind, such as those resulting from
- leech-bites, acne pustules, boils or blisters; those resulting from
- operation or accidental wounds; and the scars resulting from burns,
- especially when situated over the sternum, appear to be specially
- liable. The scar becomes more and more conspicuous, is elevated above
- the surface, of a pinkish or brownish-pink pink colour, and sends out
- irregular prolongations around its margins. The patient may complain of
- itching and burning, and of great sensitiveness of the scar, even to
- contact with the clothing.
- There is a natural hesitation to excise keloid because of the fear of
- its returning in the new scar. The application of radium is, so far as
- we know, the only means of preventing such return. The irritation
- associated with keloid may be relieved by the application of salicylic
- collodion or of salicylic and creosote plaster.
- _Epithelioma_ is liable to attack scars in old people, especially those
- which result from burns sustained early in childhood and have never
- really healed. From the absence of lymphatics in scar tissue, the
- disease does not spread to the glands until it has invaded the tissues
- outside the scar; the prognosis is therefore better than in epithelioma
- in general. It should be excised widely; in the lower extremity when
- there is also extensive destruction of tissue from an antecedent chronic
- ulcer or osteomyelitis, it may be better to amputate the limb.
- AFFECTION OF THE NAILS
- _Injuries._--When a nail is contused or crushed, blood is extravasated
- beneath it, and the nail is usually shed, a new one growing in its
- place. A splinter driven underneath the nail causes great pain, and if
- organisms are carried in along with it, may give rise to infective
- complications. The free edge of the nail should be clipped away to allow
- of the removal of the foreign body and the necessary disinfection.
- _Trophic Changes._--The growth of the nails may be interfered with in
- any disturbance of the general health. In nerve lesions, such as a
- divided nerve-trunk, the nails are apt to suffer, becoming curved,
- brittle, or furrowed, or they may be shed.
- _Onychia_ is the term applied to an infection of the soft parts around
- the nail or of the matrix beneath it. The commonest form of onychia has
- already been referred to with whitlow. There is a superficial variety
- resulting from the extension of a purulent blister beneath the nail
- lifting it up from its bed, the pus being visible through the nail. The
- nail as well as the raised horny layer of the epidermis should be
- removed. A deeper and more troublesome onychia results from infection at
- the nail-fold; the infection spreads slowly beneath the fold until it
- reaches the matrix, and a drop or two of pus forms beneath the nail,
- usually in the region of the lunule. This affection entails a
- disability of the finger which may last for weeks unless it is properly
- treated. Treatment by hyperaemia, using a suction bell, should first be
- tried, and, failing improvement, the nail-fold and lunule should be
- frozen, and a considerable portion removed with the knife; if only a
- small portion of the nail is removed, the opening is blocked by
- granulations springing from the matrix. A new nail is formed, but it is
- liable to be misshapen.
- _Tuberculous onychia_ is met with in children and adolescents. It
- appears as a livid or red swelling at the root of the nail and spreading
- around its margins. The epidermis, which is thin and shiny, gives way,
- and the nail is usually shed.
- [Illustration: FIG. 107.--Subungual Exostosis growing from Distal
- Phalanx of Great Toe, showing Ulceration of Skin and Displacement of
- Nail.
- _a._ Surface view. _b._ On section.]
- _Syphilitic_ affections of the nails assume various aspects. A primary
- chancre at the edge of the nail may be mistaken for a whitlow,
- especially if it is attended with much pain. Other forms of onychia
- occur during secondary syphilis simultaneously with the skin eruptions,
- and may prove obstinate and lead to shedding of the nails. They also
- occur in inherited syphilis. In addition to general treatment, an
- ointment containing 5 per cent. of oleate of mercury should be applied
- locally.
- _Ingrowing Toe-nail._--This is more accurately described as an
- overgrowth of the soft tissues along the edge of the nail. It is most
- frequently met with in the great toe in young adults with flat-foot
- whose feet perspire freely, who wear ill-fitting shoes, and who cut
- their toe-nails carelessly or tear them with their fingers. Where the
- soft tissues are pressed against the edge of the nail, the skin gives
- way and there is the formation of exuberant granulations and of
- discharge which is sometimes foetid. The affection is a painful one and
- may unfit the patient for work. In mild cases the condition may be
- remedied by getting rid of contributing causes and by disinfecting the
- skin and nail; the nail is cut evenly, and the groove between it and the
- skin packed with an antiseptic dusting-powder, such as boracic acid. In
- more severe cases it may be necessary to remove an ellipse of tissue
- consisting of the edge of the nail, together with the subjacent matrix
- and the redundant nail-fold.
- _Subungual exostosis_ is an osteoma growing from the terminal phalanx of
- the great toe (Fig. 107). It raises the nail and may be accompanied by
- ulceration of the skin over the most prominent part of the growth. The
- soft parts, including the nail, should be reflected towards the dorsum
- in the form of a flap, the base of the exostosis divided with the
- chisel, and the exostosis removed.
- _Malignant disease_ in relation to the nails is rare. Squamous
- epithelioma and melanotic cancer are the forms met with. Treatment
- consists in amputating the digit concerned, and in removing the
- associated lymph glands.
- CHAPTER XVIII
- THE MUSCLES, TENDONS, AND TENDON SHEATHS
- INJURIES: _Contusion_; _Sprain_; _Rupture_--Hernia of
- muscle--Dislocation of tendons--Wounds--Avulsion of tendon.
- DISEASES OF MUSCLE AND OF TENDONS: _Atrophy_; _"Muscular
- rheumatism"_--_Fibrositis_; _Contracture_; _Myositis_;
- _Calcification and Ossification_; _Tumours_. DISEASES OF TENDON
- SHEATHS: _Teno-synovitis_.
- INJURIES
- #Contusion of Muscle.#--Contusion of muscle, which consists in bruising
- of its fibres and blood vessels, may be due to violence acting from
- without, as in a blow, a kick, or a fall; or from within, as by the
- displacement of bone in a fracture or dislocation.
- The symptoms are those common to all contusions, and the patient
- complains of severe pain on attempting to use the muscle, and maintains
- an attitude which relaxes it. If the sheath of the muscle also is torn,
- there is subcutaneous ecchymosis, and the accumulation of blood may
- result in the formation of a haematoma.
- Restoration of function is usually complete; but when the nerve
- supplying the muscle is bruised at the same time, as may occur in the
- deltoid, wasting and loss of function may be persistent. In exceptional
- cases the process of repair may be attended with the formation of bone
- in the substance of the muscle, and this may likewise impair its
- function.
- A contused muscle should be placed at rest and supported by cotton wool
- and a bandage; after an interval, massage and appropriate exercises are
- employed.
- #Sprain and Partial Rupture of Muscle.#--This lesion consists in
- overstretching and partial rupture of the fibres of a muscle or its
- aponeurosis. It is of common occurrence in athletes and in those who
- follow laborious occupations. It may follow upon a single or repeated
- effort--especially in those who are out of training. Familiar examples
- of muscular sprain are the "labourer's" or "golfer's back," affecting
- the latissimus dorsi or the sacrospinalis (erector spinae); the
- "tennis-player's elbow," and the "sculler's sprain," affecting the
- muscles and ligaments about the elbow; the "angler's elbow," affecting
- the common origin of the extensors and supinators; the "sprinter's
- sprain," affecting the flexors of the hip; and the "jumper's and
- dancer's sprain," affecting the muscles of the calf. The patient
- complains of pain, often sudden in onset, of tenderness on pressure, and
- of inability to carry out the particular movement by which the sprain
- was produced. The disability varies in different cases, and it may
- incapacitate the patient from following his occupation or sport for
- weeks or, if imperfectly treated, even for months.
- The _treatment_ consists in resting the muscle from the particular
- effort concerned in the production of the sprain, in gently exercising
- it in other directions, in the use of massage, and the induction of
- hyperaemia by means of heat. In neglected cases, that is, where the
- muscle has not been exercised, the patient shrinks from using it and the
- disablement threatens to be permanent; it is sometimes said that
- adhesions have formed and that these interfere with the recovery of
- function. The condition may be overcome by graduated movements or by a
- sudden forcible movement under an anaesthetic. These cases afford a
- fruitful field for the bone-setter.
- #Rupture of Muscle or Tendon.#--A muscle or a tendon may be ruptured in
- its continuity or torn from its attachment to bone. The site of rupture
- in individual muscles is remarkably constant, and is usually at the
- junction of the muscular and tendinous portions. When rupture takes
- place through the belly of a muscle, the ends retract, the amount of
- retraction depending on the length of the muscle, and the extent of its
- attachment to adjacent aponeurosis or bone. The biceps in the arm, and
- the sartorius in the thigh, furnish examples of muscles in which the
- separation between the ends may be considerable.
- The gap in the muscle becomes filled with blood, and this in time is
- replaced by connective tissue, which forms a bond of union between the
- ends. When the space is considerable the connecting medium consists of
- fibrous tissue, but when the ends are in contact it contains a number of
- newly formed muscle fibres. In the process of repair, one or both ends
- of the muscle or tendon may become fixed by adhesions to adjacent
- structures, and if the distal portion of a muscle is deprived of its
- nerve supply it may undergo degeneration and so have its function
- impaired.
- Rupture of a muscle or tendon is usually the result of a sudden, and
- often involuntary, movement. As examples may be cited the rupture of
- the quadriceps extensor in attempting to regain the balance when falling
- backwards; of the gastrocnemius, plantaris, or tendo-calcaneus in
- jumping or dancing; of the adductors of the thigh in gripping a horse
- when it swerves--"rider's sprain"; of the abdominal muscles in vomiting,
- and of the biceps in sudden movements of the arm. Sometimes the effort
- is one that would scarcely be thought likely to rupture a muscle, as in
- the case recorded by Pagenstecher, where a professional athlete, while
- sitting at table, ruptured his biceps in a sudden effort to catch a
- falling glass. It would appear that the rupture is brought about not so
- much by the contraction of the muscle concerned, as by the contraction
- of the antagonistic muscles taking place before that of the muscle which
- undergoes rupture is completed. The violent muscular contractions of
- epilepsy, tetanus, or delirium rarely cause rupture.
- The _clinical features_ are usually characteristic. The patient
- experiences a sudden pain, with the sensation of being struck with a
- whip, and of something giving way; sometimes a distant snap is heard.
- The limb becomes powerless. At the seat of rupture there is tenderness
- and swelling, and there may be ecchymosis. As the swelling subsides, a
- gap may be felt between the retracted ends, and this becomes wider when
- the muscle is thrown into contraction. If untreated, a hard, fibrous
- cord remains at the seat of rupture.
- _Treatment._--The ends are approximated by placing the limb in an
- attitude which relaxes the muscle, and the position is maintained by
- bandages, splints, or special apparatus. When it is impossible thus to
- approximate the ends satisfactorily, the muscle or tendon is exposed by
- incision, and the ends brought into accurate contact by catgut sutures.
- This operation of primary suture yields the most satisfactory results,
- and is most successful when it is done within five or six days of the
- accident. Secondary suture after an interval of months is rendered
- difficult by the retraction of the ends and by their adhesion to
- adjacent structures.
- _Rupture of the biceps of the arm_ may involve the long or the short
- head, or the belly of the muscle. Most interest attaches to rupture of
- the long tendon of origin. There is pain and tenderness in front of the
- upper end of the humerus, the patient is unable to abduct or to elevate
- the arm, and he may be unable to flex the elbow when the forearm is
- supinated. The long axis of the muscle, instead of being parallel with
- the humerus, inclines downwards and outwards. When the patient is asked
- to contract the muscle, its belly is seen to be drawn towards the
- elbow.
- The _adductor longus_ may be ruptured, or torn from the pubes, by a
- violent effort to adduct the limb. A swelling forms in the upper and
- medial part of the thigh, which becomes smaller and harder when the
- muscle is thrown into contraction.
- The _quadriceps femoris_ is usually ruptured close to its insertion into
- the patella, in the attempt to avoid falling backwards. The injury is
- sometimes bilateral. The injured limb is rendered useless for
- progression, as it suddenly gives way whenever the knee is flexed.
- Treatment is conducted on the same lines as in transverse fracture of
- the patella; in the majority of cases the continuity of the quadriceps
- should be re-established by suture within five or six days of the
- accident.
- The _tendo calcaneus_ (Achillis) is comparatively easily ruptured, and
- the symptoms are sometimes so slight that the nature of the injury may
- be overlooked. The limb should be put up with the knee flexed and the
- toes pointed. This may be effected by attaching one end of an elastic
- band to the heel of a slipper, and securing the other to the lower third
- of the thigh. If this is not sufficient to bring the ends into
- apposition they should be approximated by an open operation.
- The _plantaris_ is not infrequently ruptured from trivial causes, such
- as a sudden movement in boxing, tennis, or hockey. A sharp stinging pain
- like the stroke of a whip is felt in the calf; there is marked
- tenderness at the seat of rupture, and the patient is unable to raise
- the heel without pain. The injury is of little importance, and if the
- patient does not raise the heel from the ground in walking, it is
- recovered from in a couple of weeks or so, without it being necessary to
- lay him up.
- #Hernia of Muscle.#--This is a rare condition, in which, owing to the
- fascia covering a muscle becoming stretched or torn, the muscular
- substance is protruded through the rent. It has been observed chiefly in
- the adductor longus. An oval swelling forms in the upper part of the
- thigh, is soft and prominent when the muscle is relaxed, less prominent
- when it is passively extended, and disappears when the muscle is thrown
- into contraction. It is liable to be mistaken, according to its
- situation, for a tumour, a cyst, a pouched vein, or a femoral or
- obturator hernia. Treatment is only called for when it is causing
- inconvenience, the muscle being exposed by a suitable incision, the
- herniated portion excised, and the rent in the sheath closed by sutures.
- #Dislocation of Tendons.#--Tendons which run in grooves may be displaced
- as a result of rupture of the confining sheath. This injury is met with
- chiefly in the tendons at the ankle and in the long tendon of the
- biceps.
- Dislocation of the _peronei tendons_ may occur, for example, from a
- violent twist of the foot. There is severe pain and considerable
- swelling on the lateral aspect of the ankle; the peroneus longus by
- itself, or together with the brevis, can be felt on the lateral aspect
- or in front of the lateral malleolus; the patient is unable to move the
- foot. By a little manipulation the tendons are replaced in their
- grooves, and are retained there by a series of strips of plaster. At the
- end of three weeks massage and exercises are employed.
- In other cases there is no history of injury, but whenever the foot is
- everted the tendon of the peroneus longus is liable to be jerked
- forwards out of its groove, sometimes with an audible snap. The patient
- suffers pain and is disabled until the tendon is replaced. Reduction is
- easy, but as the displacement tends to recur, an operation is required
- to fix the tendon in its place. An incision is made over the tendon; if
- the sheath is slack or torn, it is tightened up or closed with catgut
- sutures; or an artificial sheath is made by raising up a quadrilateral
- flap of periosteum from the lateral aspect of the fibula, and stitching
- it over the tendon.
- Similarly the _tibialis posterior_ may be displaced over the medial
- malleolus as a result of inversion of the foot.
- The _long tendon of the biceps_ may be dislocated laterally--or more
- frequently medially--as a result of violent or repeated rotation
- movements of the arm, such as are performed in wringing clothes. The
- patient is aware of the displacement taking place, and is unable to
- extend the forearm until the displaced tendon has been reduced by
- abducting the arm. In recurrent cases the patient may be able to
- dislocate the tendon at will, but the disability is so inconsiderable
- that there is rarely any occasion for interference.
- #Wounds of Muscles and Tendons.#--When a muscle is cut across in a
- wound, its ends should be brought together with sutures. If the ends are
- allowed to retract, and especially if the wound suppurates, they become
- united by scar tissue and fixed to bone or other adjacent structure. In
- a limb this interferes with the functions of the muscle; in the
- abdominal wall the scar tissue may stretch, and so favour the
- development of a ventral hernia.
- Tendons may be cut across accidentally, especially in those wounds so
- commonly met with above the wrist as a result, for example, of the hand
- being thrust through a pane of glass. It is essential that the ends
- should be sutured to each other, and as the proximal end is retracted
- the original wound may require to be enlarged in an upward direction.
- When primary suture has been omitted, or has failed in consequence of
- suppuration, the separated ends of the tendon become adherent to
- adjacent structures, and the function of the associated muscle is
- impaired or lost. Under these conditions the operation of secondary
- suture is indicated.
- A free incision is necessary to discover and isolate the ends of the
- tendon; if the interval is too wide to admit of their being approximated
- by sutures, means must be taken to lengthen the tendon, or one from some
- other part may be inserted in the gap. A new sheath may be provided for
- the tendon by resecting a portion of the great saphenous vein.
- _Injuries of the tendons of the fingers_ are comparatively common. One
- of the best known is the partial or complete rupture of the aponeurosis
- of the extensor tendon close to its insertion into the terminal
- phalanx--_drop-_ or _mallet-finger_. This may result from comparatively
- slight violence, such as striking the tip of the extended finger against
- an object, or the violence may be more severe, as in attempting to catch
- a cricket ball or in falling. The terminal phalanx is flexed towards the
- palm and the patient is unable to extend it. The treatment consists in
- putting up the finger with the middle joint strongly flexed. In
- neglected cases, a perfect functional result can only be obtained by
- operation; under a local anaesthetic, the ruptured tendon is exposed and
- is sutured to the base of the phalanx, which may be drilled for the
- passage of the sutures.
- _Subcutaneous rupture_ of one or other _of the digital tendons_ in the
- hand or at the wrist can be remedied only by operation. When some time
- has elapsed since the accident, the proximal end may be so retracted
- that it cannot be brought down into contact with the distal end, in
- which case a slip may be taken from an adjacent tendon; in the case of
- one of the extensors of the thumb, the extensor carpi radialis longus
- may be detached from its insertion and stitched to the distal end of the
- tendon of the thumb.
- Subcutaneous _rupture of the tendon of the extensor pollicis longus_ at
- the wrist takes place just after its emergence from beneath the annular
- ligament; the actual rupture may occur painlessly, more frequently a
- sharp pain is felt over the back of the wrist. The prominence of the
- tendon, which normally forms the ulnar border of the snuff-box,
- disappears. This lesion is chiefly met with in drummer-boys and is the
- cause of drummer's palsy. The only chance of restoring function is in
- uniting the ruptured tendon by open operation.
- [Illustration: FIG. 108.--Avulsion of Tendon with Terminal Phalanx of
- Thumb.
- (Surgical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
- _Avulsion of Tendons._--This is a rare injury, in which the tendons of a
- finger or toe are torn from their attachments along with a portion of
- the digit concerned. In the hand, it is usually brought about by the
- fingers being caught in the reins of a runaway horse, or being seized in
- a horse's teeth, or in machinery. It is usually the terminal phalanx
- that is separated, and with it the tendon of the deep flexor, which
- ruptures at its junction with the belly of the muscle (Fig. 108). The
- treatment consists in disinfecting the wound, closing the tendon-sheath,
- and trimming the mutilated finger so as to provide a useful stump.
- DISEASES OF MUSCLES AND TENDONS
- _Congenital absence_ of muscles is sometimes met with, usually in
- association with other deformities. The pectoralis major, for example,
- may be absent on one or on both sides, without, however, causing any
- disability, as other muscles enlarge and take on its functions.
- _Atrophy of Muscle._--Simple atrophy, in which the muscle elements are
- merely diminished in size without undergoing any structural alteration,
- is commonly met with as a result of disuse, as when a patient is
- confined to bed for a long period.
- In cases of joint disease, the muscles acting on the joint become
- atrophied more rapidly than is accounted for by disuse alone, and this
- is attributed to an interference with the trophic innervation of the
- muscles reflected from centres in the spinal medulla. It is more marked
- in the extensor than in the flexor groups of muscles. Those affected
- become soft and flaccid, exhibit tremors on attempted movement, and
- their excitability to the faradic current is diminished.
- _Neuropathic atrophy_ is associated with lesions of the nervous system.
- It is most pronounced in lesions of the motor nerve-trunks, probably
- because vaso-motor and trophic fibres are involved as well as those that
- are purely motor in function. It is attended with definite structural
- alterations, the muscle elements first undergoing fatty degeneration,
- and then being absorbed, and replaced to a large extent by ordinary
- connective tissue and fat. At a certain stage the muscles exhibit the
- reaction of degeneration. In the common form of paralysis resulting from
- poliomyelitis, many fibres undergo fatty degeneration and are replaced
- by fat, while at the same time there is a regeneration of muscle fibres.
- #Fibrositis# or "#Muscular Rheumatism#."--This clinical term is applied
- to a group of affections of which lumbago is the best-known example. The
- group includes lumbago, stiff-neck, and pleurodynia--conditions which
- have this in common, that sudden and severe pain is excited by movement
- of the affected part. The lesion consists in inflammatory hyperplasia of
- the connective tissue; the new tissue differs from normal fibrous tissue
- in its tendency to contract, in being swollen, painful and tender on
- pressure, and in the fact that it can be massaged away (Stockman). It
- would appear to involve mainly the fibrous tissue of muscles, although
- it may extend from this to aponeuroses, ligaments, periosteum, and the
- sheaths of nerves. The term _fibrositis_ was applied to it by Gowers in
- 1904.
- In _lumbago_--_lumbo-sacral fibrositis_--the pain is usually located
- over the sacrum, the sacro-iliac joint, or the aponeurosis of the lumbar
- muscles on one or both sides. The amount of tenderness varies, and so
- long as the patient is still he is free from pain. The slightest
- attempt to alter his position, however, is attended by pain, which may
- be so severe as to render him helpless for the moment. The pain is most
- marked on rising from the stooping or sitting posture, and may extend
- down the back of the hip, especially if, as is commonly the case,
- lumbago and gluteal fibrosis coexist. Once a patient has suffered from
- lumbago, it is liable to recur, and an attack may be determined by
- errors of diet, changes of weather, exposure to cold or unwonted
- exertion. It is met with chiefly in male adults, and is most apt to
- occur in those who are gouty or are the subjects of oxaluric dyspepsia.
- _Gluteal fibrositis_ usually follows exposure to wet, and affects the
- gluteal muscles, particularly the medius, and their aponeurotic
- coverings. When the condition has lasted for some time, indurated
- strands or nodules can be detected on palpating the relaxed muscles. The
- patient complains of persistent aching and stiffness over the buttock,
- and sometimes extending down the lateral aspect of the thigh. The pain
- is aggravated by such movements as bring the affected muscles into
- action. It is not referred to the line of the sciatic nerve, nor is
- there tenderness on pressing over the nerve, or sensations of tingling
- or numbness in the leg or foot.
- If untreated, the morbid process may implicate the sheath of the sciatic
- nerve and cause genuine sciatic neuralgia (Llewellyn and Jones). A
- similar condition may implicate the fascia lata of the thigh, or the
- calf muscles and their aponeuroses--_crural fibrositis_.
- In _painful stiff-neck_, or "rheumatic torticollis," the pain is located
- in one side of the neck, and is excited by some inadvertent movement.
- The head is held stiffly on one side as in wry-neck, the patient
- contracting the sterno-mastoid. There may be tenderness over the
- vertebral spines or in the lines of the cervical nerves, and the
- sterno-mastoid may undergo atrophy. This affection is more often met
- with in children.
- In _pleurodynia_--_intercostal fibrositis_--the pain is in the line of
- the intercostal nerves, and is excited by movement of the chest, as in
- coughing, or by any bodily exertion. There is often marked tenderness.
- A similar affection is met with in the _shoulder and arm_--_brachial
- fibrositis_--especially on waking from sleep. There is acute pain on
- attempting to abduct the arm, and there may be localised tenderness in
- the region of the axillary nerve.
- _Treatment._--The general treatment is concerned with the diet,
- attention to the stomach, bowels, and kidneys and with the correction
- of any gouty tendencies that may be present. Remedies such as
- salicylates are given for the relief of pain, and for this purpose drugs
- of the aspirin type are to be preferred, and these may be followed by
- large doses of iodide of potassium. Great benefit is derived from
- massage, and from the induction of hyperaemia by means of heat. Cupping
- or needling, or, in exceptional cases, hypodermic injections of
- antipyrin or morphin, may be called for. To prevent relapses of lumbago,
- the patient must take systematic exercises of all kinds, especially such
- as bring out the movements of the vertebral column and hip-joints.
- [Illustration: FIG. 109.--Volkmann's Ischaemic Contracture. When the
- wrist is flexed to a right angle it is possible to extend the fingers.
- (Photographs lent by Mr. Lawford Knaggs)]
- #Contracture of Muscles.#--Permanent shortening of muscles results from
- the prolonged approximation of their points of attachment, or from
- structural changes in their substance produced by injury or by disease.
- It is a frequent accompaniment and sometimes a cause of deformities, in
- the treatment of which lengthening of the shortened muscles or their
- tendons may be an essential step.
- #Myositis.#--_Ischaemic Myositis._--Volkmann was the first to describe a
- form of myositis followed by contracture, resulting from interference
- with the arterial blood supply. It is most frequently observed in the
- flexor muscles of the forearm in children and young persons under
- treatment for fractures in the region of the elbow, the splints and
- bandages causing compression of the blood vessels. There is considerable
- effusion of blood, the skin is tense, and the muscles, vessels, and
- nerves are compressed; this is further increased if the elbow is flexed
- and splints and tight bandages are applied. The muscles acquire a
- board-like hardness and no longer contract under the will, and passive
- motion is painful and restricted. Slight contracture of the fingers is
- usually the first sign of the malady; in time the muscles undergo
- further contraction, and this brings about a claw-like deformity of the
- hand. The affected muscles usually show the reaction of degeneration. In
- severe cases the median and ulnar nerves are also the seat of
- cicatricial changes (ischaemic neuritis).
- By means of splints, the interphalangeal, metacarpo-phalangeal, and
- wrist joints should be gradually extended until the deformity is
- over-corrected (R. Jones). Murphy advises resection of the radius and
- ulna sufficient to admit of dorsiflexion of the joints and lengthening
- of the flexor tendons.
- Various forms of _pyogenic_ infection are met with in muscle, most
- frequently in relation to pyaemia and to typhoid fever. These may result
- in overgrowth of the connective-tissue framework of the muscle and
- degeneration of its fibres, or in suppuration and the formation of one
- or more abscesses in the muscle substance. Repair may be associated with
- contracture.
- A _gonorrhoeal_ form of myositis is sometimes met with; it is painful,
- but rarely goes on to suppuration.
- In the early secondary period of _syphilis_, the muscles may be the seat
- of dull, aching, nocturnal pains, especially in the neck and back.
- _Syphilitic contracture_ is a condition which has been observed chiefly
- in the later secondary period; the biceps of the arm and the hamstrings
- in the thigh are the muscles more commonly affected. The striking
- feature is a gradually increasing difficulty of extending the limb at
- the elbow or knee, and progressive flexion of the joint. The affected
- muscle is larger and firmer than normal, and its electric excitability
- is diminished. In tertiary syphilis, individual muscles may become the
- seat of interstitial myositis or of gummata, and these affections
- readily yield to anti-syphilitic remedies.
- _Tuberculous disease_ in muscle, while usually due to extension from
- adjacent tissues, is sometimes the result of a primary infection through
- the blood-stream. Tuberculous nodules are found disseminated throughout
- the muscle; the surrounding tissues are indurated, and central caseation
- may take place and lead to abscess formation and sinuses. We have
- observed this form of tuberculous disease in the gastrocnemius and in
- the psoas--in the latter muscle apart from tuberculous disease in the
- vertebrae.
- #Tendinitis.#--German authors describe an inflammation of tendon as
- distinguished from inflammation of its sheath, and give it the name
- tendinitis. It is met with most frequently in the tendo-calcaneus in
- gouty and rheumatic subjects who have overstrained the tendon,
- especially during cold and damp weather. There is localised pain which
- is aggravated by walking, and the tendon is sensitive and swollen from a
- little above its insertion to its junction with the muscle. Gouty
- nodules may form in its substance. Constitutional measures, massage, and
- douching should be employed, and the tendon should be protected from
- strain.
- #Calcification and Ossification in Muscles, Tendons, and
- Fasciae.#--_Myositis ossificans._--Ossifications in muscles, tendons,
- fasciae, and ligaments, in those who are the subjects of arthritis
- deformans, are seldom recognised clinically, but are frequently met with
- in dissecting-rooms and museums. Similar localised ossifications are met
- with in Charcot's disease of joints, and in fractures which have
- repaired with exuberant callus. The new bone may be in the form of
- spicules, plates, or irregular masses, which, when connected with a
- bone, are called _false exostoses_ (Fig. 110).
- [Illustration: FIG. 110.--Ossification in Tendon of Ilio-psoas Muscle.]
- _Traumatic Ossification in Relation to Muscle._--Various forms of
- ossification are met with in muscle as the result of a single or of
- repeated injury. Ossification in the crureus or vastus lateralis muscle
- has been frequently observed as a result of a kick from a horse. Within
- a week or two a swelling appears at the site of injury, and becomes
- progressively harder until its consistence is that of bone. If the mass
- of new bone moves with the affected muscle, it causes little
- inconvenience. If, as is commonly the case, it is fixed to the femur,
- the action of the muscle is impaired, and the patient complains of pain
- and difficulty in flexing the knee. A skiagram shows the extent of the
- mass and its relationship to the femur. The treatment consists in
- excising the bony mass.
- Difficulty may arise in differentiating such a mass of bone from
- sarcoma; the ossification in muscle is uniformly hard, while the sarcoma
- varies in consistence at different parts, and the X-ray picture shows a
- clear outline of the bone in the vicinity of the ossification in
- muscle, whereas in sarcoma the involvement of the bone is shown by
- indentations and irregularity in its contour.
- A similar ossification has been observed in relation to the insertion of
- the brachialis muscle as a sequel of dislocation of the elbow. After
- reduction of the dislocation, the range of movement gradually diminishes
- and a hard swelling appears in front of the lower end of the humerus.
- The lump continues to increase in size and in three to four weeks the
- disability becomes complete. A radiogram shows a shadow in the muscle,
- attached at one part as a rule to the coronoid process. During the next
- three or four months, the lump in front of the elbow remains stationary
- in size; a gradual decrease then ensues, but the swelling persists, as a
- rule, for several years.
- [Illustration: FIG. 111.--Calcification and Ossification in Biceps and
- Triceps.
- (From a radiogram lent by Dr. C. A. Adair Dighton.)]
- Ossification in the adductor longus was first described by Billroth
- under the name of "rider's bone." It follows bruising and partial
- rupture of the muscle, and has been observed chiefly in cavalry
- soldiers. If it causes inconvenience the bone may be removed by
- operation.
- Ossification in the deltoid and pectoral muscles has been observed in
- foot-soldiers in the German army, and has received the name of
- "drill-bone"; it is due to bruising of the muscle by the recoil of the
- rifle.
- _Progressive Ossifying Myositis._--This is a rare and interesting
- disease, in which the muscles, tendons, and fasciae throughout the body
- become the seat of ossification. It affects almost exclusively the male
- sex, and usually begins in childhood or youth, sometimes after an
- injury, sometimes without apparent cause. The muscles of the back,
- especially the trapezius and latissimus, are the first to be affected,
- and the initial complaint is limitation of movement.
- [Illustration: FIG. 112.--Ossification in Muscles of Trunk in a case of
- generalised Ossifying Myositis.
- (Photograph lent by Dr. Rustomjee.)]
- The affected muscles show swellings which are rounded or oval, firm and
- elastic, sharply defined, without tenderness and without discoloration
- of the overlying skin. Skiagrams show that a considerable deposit of
- lime salts may precede the formation of bone, as is seen in Fig. 111. In
- course of time the vertebral column becomes rigid, the head is bent
- forward, the hips are flexed, and abduction and other movements of the
- arms are limited. The disease progresses by fits and starts, until all
- the striped muscles of the body are replaced by bone, and all movements,
- even those of the jaws, are abolished. The subjects of this disease
- usually succumb to pulmonary tuberculosis.
- There is no means of arresting the disease, and surgical treatment is
- restricted to the removal or division of any mass of bone that
- interferes with an important movement.
- A remarkable feature of this disease is the frequent presence of a
- deformity of the great toe, which usually takes the form of hallux
- valgus, the great toe coming to lie beneath the second one; the
- shortening is usually ascribed to absence of the first phalanx, but it
- has been shown to depend also on a synostosis and imperfect development
- of the phalanges. A similar deformity of the thumb is sometimes met
- with.
- Microscopical examination of the muscles shows that, prior to the
- deposition of lime salts and the formation of bone, there occurs a
- proliferation of the intra-muscular connective tissue and a gradual
- replacement and absorption of the muscle fibres. The bone is spongy in
- character, and its development takes place along similar lines to those
- observed in ossification from the periosteum.
- #Tumours of Muscle.#--With the exception of congenital varieties, such
- as the rhabdomyoma, tumours of muscle grow from the connective-tissue
- framework and not from the muscle fibres. Innocent tumours, such as the
- fibroma, lipoma, angioma, and neuro-fibroma, are rare. Malignant tumours
- may be primary in the muscle, or may result from extension from adjacent
- growths--for example, implication of the pectoral muscle in cancer of
- the breast--or they may be derived from tumours situated elsewhere. The
- diagnosis of an intra-muscular tumour is made by observing that the
- swelling is situated beneath the deep fascia, that it becomes firm and
- fixed when the muscle contracts, and that, when the muscle is relaxed,
- it becomes softer, and can be moved in the transverse axis of the
- muscle, but not in its long axis.
- Clinical interest attaches to that form of slowly growing
- fibro-sarcoma--_the recurrent fibroid of Paget_--which is most
- frequently met with in the muscles of the abdominal wall. A rarer
- variety is the ossifying chondro-sarcoma, which undergoes ossification
- to such an extent as to be visible in skiagrams.
- In primary sarcoma the treatment consists in removing the muscle. In the
- limbs, the function of the muscle that is removed may be retained by
- transplanting an adjacent muscle in its place.
- _Hydatid cysts_ of muscle resemble those developing in other tissues.
- DISEASES OF TENDON SHEATHS
- Tendon sheaths have the same structure and function as the synovial
- membranes of joints, and are liable to the same diseases. Apart from the
- tendon sheaths displayed in anatomical dissections, there is a loose
- peritendinous and perimuscular cellular tissue which is subject to the
- same pathological conditions as the tendon sheaths proper.
- #Teno-synovitis.#--The toxic or infective agent is conveyed to the
- tendon sheaths through the blood-stream, as in the gouty, gonorrhoeal,
- and tuberculous varieties, or is introduced directly through a wound, as
- in the common pyogenic form of teno-synovitis.
- _Teno-synovitis Crepitans._--In the simple or traumatic form of
- teno-synovitis, although the most prominent etiological factor is a
- strain or over-use of the tendon, there would appear to be some other,
- probably a toxic, factor in its production, otherwise the affection
- would be much more common than it is: only a small proportion of those
- who strain or over-use their tendons become the subjects of
- teno-synovitis. The opposed surfaces of the tendon and its sheath are
- covered with fibrinous lymph, so that there is friction when they move
- on one another.
- The _clinical features_ are pain on movement, tenderness on pressure
- over the affected tendon, and a sensation of crepitation or friction
- when the tendon is moved in its sheath. The crepitation may be soft like
- the friction of snow, or may resemble the creaking of new
- leather--"saddle-back creaking." There may be swelling in the long axis
- of the tendon, and redness and oedema of the skin. If there is an
- effusion of fluid into the sheath, the swelling is more marked and
- crepitation is absent. There is little tendency to the formation of
- adhesions.
- In the upper extremity, the sheath of the long tendon of the biceps may
- be affected, but the condition is most common in the tendons about the
- wrist, particularly in the extensors of the thumb, and it is most
- frequently met with in those who follow occupations which involve
- prolonged use or excessive straining of these tendons--for example,
- washerwomen or riveters. It also occurs as a result of excessive
- piano-playing, fencing, or rowing.
- At the ankle it affects the peronei, the extensor digitorum longus, or
- the tibialis anterior. It is most often met with in relation to the
- tendo-calcaneus--_Achillo-dynia_--and results from the pressure of
- ill-fitting boots or from the excessive use and strain of the tendon in
- cycling, walking, or dancing. There is pain in raising the heel from the
- ground, and creaking can be felt on palpation.
- The _treatment_ consists in putting the affected tendon at rest, and
- with this object a splint may be helpful; the usual remedies for
- inflammation are indicated: Bier's hyperaemia, lead and opium
- fomentations, and ichthyol and glycerine. The affection readily subsides
- under treatment, but is liable to relapse on a repetition of the
- exciting cause.
- _Gouty Teno-synovitis._--A deposit of urate of soda beneath the
- endothelial covering of tendons or of that lining their sheaths is
- commonly met with in gouty subjects. The accumulation of urates may
- result in the formation of visible nodular swellings, varying in size
- from a pea to a cherry, attached to the tendon and moving with it. They
- may be merely unsightly, or they may interfere with the use of the
- tendon. Recurrent attacks of inflammation are prone to occur. We have
- removed such gouty masses with satisfactory results.
- _Suppurative Teno-synovitis._--This form usually follows upon infected
- wounds of the fingers--especially of the thumb or little finger--and is
- a frequent sequel to whitlow; it may also follow amputation of a finger.
- Once the infection has gained access to the sheath, it tends to spread,
- and may reach the palm or even the forearm, being then associated with
- cellulitis. In moderately acute cases the tendon and its sheath become
- covered with granulations, which subsequently lead to the formation of
- adhesions; while in more acute cases the tendon sloughs. The pus may
- burst into the cellular tissue outside the sheath, and the suppuration
- is liable to spread to neighbouring sheaths or to adjacent bones or
- joints--for example, those of the wrist.
- The _treatment_ consists in inducing hyperaemia and making small
- incisions for the escape of pus. The site of incision is determined by
- the point of greatest tenderness on pressure. After the inflammation has
- subsided, active and passive movements are employed to prevent the
- formation of adhesions between the tendon and its sheath. If the tendon
- sloughs, the dead portion should be cut away, as its separation is
- extremely slow and is attended with prolonged suppuration.
- _Gonorrhoeal Teno-synovitis._--This is met with especially in the tendon
- sheaths about the wrist and ankle. It may occur in a mild form, with
- pain, impairment of movement, and oedema, and sometimes an elongated,
- fluctuating swelling, the result of serous effusion into the sheath.
- This condition may alternate with a gonorrhoeal affection of one of the
- larger joints. It may subside under rest and soothing applications, but
- is liable to relapse. In the more severe variety the skin is red, and
- the swelling partakes of the characters of a phlegmon with threatening
- suppuration; it may result in crippling from adhesions. Even if pus
- forms in the sheath, the tendon rarely sloughs. The treatment consists
- in inducing hyperaemia by Bier's method; and a vaccine may be employed
- with satisfactory results.
- #Tuberculous Disease of Tendon Sheaths.#--This is a comparatively common
- affection, and is analogous to tuberculous disease of the synovial
- membrane of joints. It may originate in the sheath, or may spread to it
- from an adjacent bone.
- The commonest form--hydrops--is that in which the synovial sheath is
- distended with a viscous fluid, and the fibrinous material on the free
- surface becomes detached and is moulded into melon-seed bodies by the
- movement of the tendon. The sheath itself is thickened by the growth of
- tuberculous granulation tissue. The bodies are smooth and of a
- dull-white colour, and vary greatly in size and shape. There may be an
- overgrowth of the fatty fringes of the synovial sheath, a condition
- described as "arborescent lipoma."
- The _clinical features_ vary with the tendon sheath affected. In the
- common flexor sheath of the hand an hour-glass-shaped swelling is
- formed, bulging above and below the transverse carpal (anterior annular)
- ligament--formerly known as _compound palmar ganglion_. There is little
- or no pain, but the fingers tend to be stiff and weak, and to become
- flexed. On palpation, it is usually possible to displace the contents of
- the sheath from one compartment to the other, and this may yield
- fluctuation, and, what is more characteristic, a peculiar soft crepitant
- sensation from the movement of the melon-seed bodies. In the sheath of
- the peronei or other tendons about the ankle, the swelling is
- sausage-shaped, and is constricted opposite the annular ligament.
- The onset and progress of the affection are most insidious, and the
- condition may remain stationary for long periods. It is aggravated by
- use or strain of the tendons involved. In exceptional cases the skin is
- thinned and gives way, resulting in the formation of a sinus.
- _Treatment._--In the common flexor sheath of the palm, an attempt may be
- made to cure the condition by removing the contents through a small
- incision and filling the cavity with iodoform glycerine, followed by the
- use of Bier's bandage. If this fails, the distended sheath is laid open,
- the contents removed, the wall scraped, and the wound closed.
- A less common form of tuberculous disease is that in which the sheath
- becomes the seat of _a diffuse tuberculous thickening_, not unlike the
- white swelling met with in joints, and with a similar tendency to
- caseation. A painless swelling of an elastic character forms in relation
- to the tendon sheath. It is hour-glass-shaped in the common flexor
- sheath of the palm, elongated or sausage-shaped in the extensors of the
- wrist and in the tendons at the ankle. The tuberculous granulation
- tissue is liable to break down and lead to the formation of a cold
- abscess and sinuses, and in our experience is often associated with
- disease in an adjacent bone or joint. In the peronei tendons, for
- example, it may result from disease of the fibula or of the ankle-joint.
- When conservative measures fail, excision of the affected sheath should
- be performed; the whole of the diseased area being exposed by free
- incision of the overlying soft parts, the sheath is carefully isolated
- from the surrounding tissues and is cut across above and below. Any
- tuberculous tissue on the tendon itself is removed with a sharp spoon.
- Associated bone or joint lesions are dealt with at the same time. In the
- after-treatment the functions of the tendons must be preserved by
- voluntary and passive movements.
- #Syphilitic Affections of Tendon Sheaths.#--These closely resemble the
- syphilitic affections of the synovial membrane of joints. During the
- secondary period the lesion usually consists in effusion into the
- sheath; gummata are met with during the tertiary period.
- Arborescent lipoma has been found in the sheaths of tendons about the
- wrist and ankle, sometimes in a multiple and symmetrical form,
- unattended by symptoms and disappearing under anti-syphilitic treatment.
- #Tumours of Tendon Sheaths.#--Innocent tumours, such as _lipoma_,
- _fibroma_, and _myxoma_, are rare. Special mention should be made of the
- _myeloma_ which is met with at the wrist or ankle as an elongated
- swelling of slow development, or over the phalanx of a finger as a small
- rounded swelling. The tumour tissue, when exposed by dissection, is of a
- chocolate or chamois-yellow colour, and consists almost entirely of
- giant cells. The treatment consists in dissecting the tumour tissue off
- the tendons, and this is usually successful in bringing about a
- permanent cure.
- All varieties of _sarcoma_ are met with, but their origin from tendon
- sheaths is not associated with special features.
- CHAPTER XIX
- THE BURSAE
- Anatomy--Normal and adventitious bursae--Injuries: Bursal
- haematoma--DISEASES: Infective bursitis; Traumatic or trade
- bursitis; Bursal hydrops; Solid bursal tumour; Gonorrhoeal and
- suppurative forms of bursitis; Tuberculous and syphilitic
- disease--Tumours--_Diseases of individual bursae in the upper and
- lower extremities_.
- A bursa is a closed sac lined by endothelium and containing synovia.
- Some are normally present--for instance, that between the skin and the
- patella, and that between the aponeurosis of the gluteus maximus and the
- great trochanter. _Adventitious bursae_ are developed as a result of
- abnormal pressure--for example, over the tarsal bones in cases of
- club-foot.
- #Injuries of Bursae.#--As a result of contusion, especially in bleeders,
- haemorrhage may occur into the cavity of a bursa and give rise to a
- _bursal haematoma_. Such a haematoma may mask a fracture of the bone
- beneath--for example, fracture of the olecranon.
- #Diseases of Bursae.#--The lining membrane of bursae resembles that of
- joints and tendon sheaths, and is liable to the same forms of disease.
- #Infective bursitis# frequently follows abrasions, scratches, and wounds
- of the skin over the prepatellar or olecranon bursa, and in neglected
- cases the infection transgresses the wall of the bursa and gives rise to
- a spreading cellulitis.
- #Traumatic or Trade Bursitis.#--This term may be conveniently applied to
- those affections of bursae which result from repeated slight traumatism
- incident to particular occupations. The most familiar examples of these
- are the enlargement of the prepatellar bursa met with in housemaids--the
- "housemaid's knee" (Fig. 113); the enlargement of the olecranon
- bursa--"miner's elbow"; and of the ischial bursa--"weaver's" or
- "tailor's bottom" (Fig. 116). These affections are characterised by an
- effusion of fluid into the sac of the bursa with thickening of its
- lining membrane. While friction and pressure are the most evident
- factors in their production, it is probable that there is also some
- toxic agent concerned, otherwise these affections would be much more
- common than they are. Of the countless housemaids in whom the
- prepatellar bursa is subjected to friction and pressure, only a small
- proportion become the subjects of housemaid's knee.
- _Clinical Features._--As these are best illustrated in the different
- varieties of prepatellar bursitis, it is convenient to take this as the
- type. In a number of cases the inflammation is acute and the patient is
- unable to use the limb; the part is hot, swollen, and tender, and
- fluctuation can be detected in the bursa. In the majority the condition
- is chronic, and the chief feature is the gradual accumulation of fluid
- constituting the _bursal hydrops_ or _hygroma_. When the affection has
- lasted some time, or has frequently relapsed, the wall of the bursa
- becomes thickened by fibrous tissue, which may be deposited irregularly,
- so that septa, bands, or fringes are formed, not unlike those met with
- in arthritis deformans. These fringes may be detached and form loose
- bodies like those met with in joints; less frequently there are
- fibrinous bodies of the melon-seed type, sometimes moulded into circular
- discs like wafers. The presence of irregular thickenings of the wall, or
- of loose bodies, may be recognised on palpation, especially in
- superficial bursae, if the sac is not tensely filled with fluid. The
- thickening of the wall may take place in a uniform and concentric
- fashion, resulting in the formation of a fibrous tumour--_the solid
- bursal tumour_--a small cavity remaining in the centre which serves to
- distinguish it from a new growth or neoplasm.
- [Illustration: FIG. 113.--Hydrops of Prepatellar Bursa in a housemaid.]
- The _treatment_ varies according to the variety and stage of the
- affection. In recent cases the symptoms subside under rest and the
- application of fomentations. Hydrops may be got rid of by blistering,
- by tapping, or by incision and drainage. When the wall is thickened, the
- most satisfactory treatment is to excise the bursa; the overlying skin
- being reflected in the shape of a horse-shoe flap or being removed along
- with the bursa.
- #Other Diseases of Bursae# are associated with _gonorrhoeal infection_,
- and with _rheumatism_, especially that following scarlet fever, and are
- apt to be persistent or to relapse after apparent cure. In the _gouty_
- form, urate of soda is deposited in the wall of the bursa, and may
- result in the formation of chalky tumours, sometimes of considerable
- size (Fig. 114).
- [Illustration: FIG. 114.--Section through Bursa over external malleolus,
- showing deposit of urate of soda. (Cf. Fig. 117.)]
- _Tuberculous disease_ of bursae closely resembles that of tendon sheaths.
- It may occur as an independent affection, or may be associated with
- disease in an adjacent bone or joint. It is met with chiefly in the
- prepatellar and subdeltoid bursae, or in one of the bursae over the great
- trochanter. The clinical features are those of an indolent hydrops, with
- or without melon-seed bodies, or of uniform thickening of the wall of
- the bursa; the tuberculous granulation tissue may break down into a cold
- abscess, and give rise to sinuses. The best treatment is to excise the
- affected bursa, or, when this is impracticable, to lay it freely open,
- remove the tuberculous tissue with the sharp spoon or knife, and treat
- the cavity by the open method.
- _Syphilitic disease_ is rarely recognised except in the form of bursal
- and peri-bursal gummata in front of the knee-joint.
- _New growths_ include the fibroma, the myxoma, the myeloma or
- giant-celled tumour, and various forms of sarcoma.
- #Diseases of Individual Bursae.#--The _olecranon bursa_ is frequently
- the seat of pyogenic infection and of traumatic or trade bursitis, the
- latter being known as "miner's" or "student's elbow."
- [Illustration: FIG. 115.--Tuberculous Disease of Sub-deltoid Bursa.
- (From a photograph lent by Sir George T. Beatson.)]
- The _sub-deltoid_ or _sub-acromial bursa_, which usually presents a
- single cavity and does not normally communicate with the shoulder-joint,
- is indispensable in abduction and rotation of the humerus. When the arm
- is abducted, the fixed lower part or floor of the bursa is carried under
- the acromion, and the upper part or roof is rolled up in the same
- direction, hence tenderness over the inflamed bursa may disappear when
- the arm is abducted (Dawbarn's sign). It is liable to traumatic
- affections from a fall on the shoulder, pressure, or over-use of the
- limb. Pain, located commonly at the insertion of the deltoid, is a
- constant symptom and is especially annoying at night, the patient being
- unable to get into a comfortable position. Tenderness may be elicited
- over the anatomical limits of the bursa, and is usually most marked over
- the great tuberosity, just external to the inter-tubercular (bicipital)
- groove. When adhesions are present, abduction beyond 10 degrees is
- impossible. Demonstrable effusion is not uncommon, but is disguised by
- the overlying tissues. If left to himself, the patient tends to maintain
- the limb in the "sling position," and resists movements in the direction
- of abduction and rotation. In the treatment of this affection the arm
- should be maintained at a right angle to the body, the arm being rotated
- medially (Codman). When pain does not prevent it, movements of the arm
- and massage are persevered with. In neglected cases, when adhesions have
- formed and the shoulder is fixed, it may be necessary to break down the
- adhesions under an anaesthetic.
- The bursa is also liable to infective conditions, such as acute
- rheumatism, gonorrhoea, suppuration, or tubercle. In tuberculous disease
- a large fluctuating swelling may form and acquire the characters of a
- cold abscess (Fig. 115).
- The bursa underneath the tendon of the _subscapularis_ muscle when
- inflamed causes alteration in the attitude of the shoulder and
- impairment of its movements.
- An adventitious bursa forms over the _acromion_ process in porters and
- others who carry weights on the shoulder, and may be the seat of
- traumatic bursitis.
- The bursa under the _tendon of insertion of the biceps_, when the seat
- of disease, is attended with pain and swelling about a finger's breadth
- below the bend of the elbow; there is pain and difficulty in effecting
- the combined movement of flexion and supination, slight limitation of
- extension, and restriction of pronation.
- In the lower extremity, a large number of normal and adventitious bursae
- are met with and may be the seat of bursitis. That over the _tuberosity
- of the ischium_, when enlarged as a trade disease, is known as
- "weaver's" or "tailor's bottom." It may form a fluctuating swelling of
- great size, projecting on the buttock and extending down the thigh, and
- causing great inconvenience in sitting (Fig. 116). It sometimes contains
- a number of loose bodies.
- There are two bursae over the _great trochanter_, one superficial to, the
- other beneath the aponeurosis of the gluteus maximus; the latter is not
- infrequently infected by tuberculous disease that has spread from the
- trochanter.
- The bursa _between the psoas muscle and the capsule of the hip-joint_
- may be the seat of tuberculous disease, and give rise to clinical
- features not unlike those of disease of the hip-joint. The limb is
- flexed, abducted and rotated out; there is a swelling in the upper part
- of Scarpa's triangle, but the movements are not restricted in directions
- which do not entail putting the ilio-psoas muscle on the stretch.
- Cartilaginous and partly ossified loose bodies may accumulate in the
- ilio-psoas bursa and distend it, both in a downward direction towards
- the hip-joint, with which it communicates, and upwards, projecting
- towards the abdomen.
- The bursa beneath the quadriceps extensor--_subcrural bursa_--usually
- communicates with the knee-joint and shares in its diseases. When shut
- off from the joint it may suffer independently, and when distended with
- fluid forms a horse-shoe swelling above the patella.
- In front of the patella and its ligament is the _prepatellar bursa_,
- which may have one, two, or three compartments, usually communicating
- with one another. It is the seat of the affection known as "housemaid's
- knee," which is very common and is sometimes bilateral, and, less
- frequently, of tuberculous disease which usually originates in the
- patella.
- [Illustration: FIG. 116.--Great Enlargement of the Ischial Bursa.
- (Mr. Scot-Skirving's case.)]
- The bursa _between the ligamentum patellae and the tibia_ is rarely the
- seat of disease. When it is, there is pain and tenderness referred to
- the ligament, the patient is unable to extend the limb completely, the
- tuberosity of the tibia is apparently enlarged, and there is a
- fluctuating swelling on either side of the ligament, most marked in the
- extended position of the limb.
- Of the numerous bursae in the popliteal space, that _between the
- semi-membranosus and the medial head of the gastrocnemius_ is most
- frequently the seat of disease, which is usually of the nature of a
- simple hydrops, forming a fluctuating egg-or sausage-shaped swelling at
- the medial side of the popliteal space. It is flaccid in the flexed, and
- tense in the extended position. As a rule it causes little
- inconvenience, and may be left alone. Otherwise it should be dissected
- out, and if, as is frequently the case, there is a communication with
- the knee-joint, this should be closed with sutures.
- [Illustration: FIG. 117.--Gouty Disease of Bursae in a tailor. The bursal
- tumours were almost entirely composed of urate of soda. (Cf. Fig. 114.)]
- An adventitious bursa may form over the _lateral malleolus_, especially
- in tailors, giving rise to the condition known as "tailor's ankle"
- (Fig. 117).
- The bursa _between the tendo-calcaneus (Achillis) and the upper part of
- the calcaneus_ may become inflamed--especially as a result of
- post-scarlatinal rheumatism or gonorrhoea. The affection is known as
- Achillo-bursitis. There is severe pain in the region of the insertion of
- the tendo-calcaneus, the movements at the ankle-joint are restricted,
- and the patient may be unable to walk. There is a tender swelling on
- either side of the tendon. When, in spite of palliative treatment, the
- affection persists or relapses, it is best to excise the bursa. The
- tendo-calcaneus is detached from the calcaneus, the bursa dissected out,
- and the tendon replaced. If there is a bony projection from the
- calcaneus, it should be shaved off with the chisel.
- The bursa that is sometimes met with on the under aspect of the
- calcaneus--_the subcalcanean bursa_--when inflamed, gives rise to pain
- and tenderness in the sole of the foot. This affection may be associated
- with a spinous projection from the bone, which is capable of being
- recognised in a skiagram. The soft parts of the heel are turned forwards
- as a flap, the bursa is dissected out, and the projection of bone, if
- present, is removed.
- The enlargement of adventitious bursae over the head of the first
- metatarsal in hallux valgus; over the tarsus, metatarsus, and digits in
- the different forms of club-foot; over the angular projection in Pott's
- disease of the spine; over the end of the bone in amputation stumps, and
- over hard tumours such as chondroma and osteoma, are described
- elsewhere.
- CHAPTER XX
- DISEASES OF BONE
- Anatomy and physiology--Regeneration of bone--Transplantation of bone.
- DISEASES OF BONE--Definition of terms--Pyogenic diseases:
- _Acute osteomyelitis and periostitis_; _Chronic and relapsing
- osteomyelitis_; _Abscess of bone_--Tuberculous disease--Syphilitic
- disease--Hydatids; Rickets; Osteomalacia--Ostitis deformans of
- Paget--Osteomyelitis fibrosa--Affections of bones in diseases of
- the nervous system--Fragilitas ossium--Tumours and cysts of bone.
- #Surgical Anatomy.#--During the period of growth, a long bone such as
- the tibia consists of a shaft or _diaphysis_, and two extremities or
- _epiphyses_. So long as growth continues there intervenes between the
- shaft and each of the epiphyses a disc of actively growing
- cartilage--_the epiphysial cartilage_; and at the junction of this
- cartilage with the shaft is a zone of young, vascular, spongy bone known
- as the _metaphysis_ or _epiphysial junction_. The shaft is a cylinder of
- compact bone enclosing the medullary canal, which is filled with yellow
- marrow. The extremities, which include the ossifying junctions, consist
- of spongy bone, the spaces of which are filled with red marrow. The
- articular aspect of the epiphysis is invested with a thick layer of
- hyaline cartilage, known as the _articular cartilage_, which would
- appear to be mainly nourished from the synovia.
- The external investment--the _periosteum_--is thick and vascular during
- the period of growth, but becomes thin and less vascular when the
- skeleton has attained maturity. Except where muscles are attached it is
- easily separated from the bone; at the extremities it is intimately
- connected with the epiphysial cartilage and with the epiphysis, and at
- the margin of the latter it becomes continuous with the capsule of the
- adjacent joint. It consists of two layers, an outer fibrous and an inner
- cellular layer; the cells, which are called osteoblasts, are continuous
- with those lining the Haversian canals and the medullary cavity.
- The arrangement of the _blood vessels_ determines to some extent the
- incidence of disease in bone. The nutrient artery, after entering the
- medullary canal through a special foramen in the cortex, bifurcates, and
- one main division runs towards each of the extremities, and terminates
- at the ossifying junction in a series of capillary loops projected
- against the epiphysial cartilage. This arrangement favours the lodgment
- of any organisms that may be circulating in the blood, and partly
- accounts for the frequency with which diseases of bacterial origin
- develop in the region of the ossifying junction. The diaphysis is also
- nourished by numerous blood vessels from the periosteum, which penetrate
- the cortex through the Haversian canals and anastomose with those
- derived from the nutrient artery. The epiphyses are nourished by a
- separate system of blood vessels, derived from the arteries which supply
- the adjacent joint. The veins of the marrow are of large calibre and are
- devoid of valves.
- The _nerves_ enter the marrow along with the arteries, and, being
- derived from the sympathetic system, are probably chiefly concerned with
- the innervation of the blood vessels, but they are also capable of
- transmitting sensory impulses, as pain is a prominent feature of many
- bone affections.
- It has long been believed that _the function of the periosteum_ is to
- form new bone, but this view has been questioned by Sir William Macewen,
- who maintains that its chief function is to limit the formation of new
- bone. His experimental observations appear to show that new bone is
- exclusively formed by the cellular elements or osteoblasts: these are
- found on the surface of the bone, lining the Haversian canals and in the
- marrow. We believe that it will avoid confusion in the study of the
- diseases of bone if the osteoblasts on the surface of the bone are still
- regarded as forming the deeper layer of the periosteum.
- The formation of new bone by the osteoblasts may be _defective_ as a
- result of physiological conditions, such as old age and disease of a
- part, and defective formation is often associated with atrophy, or more
- strictly speaking, absorption, of the existing bone, as is well seen in
- the edentulous jaw and in the neck of the femur of a person advanced in
- years. Defective formation associated with atrophy is also illustrated
- in the bones of the lower limbs of persons who are unable to stand or
- walk, and in the distal portion of a bone which is the seat of an
- ununited fracture. The same combination is seen in an exaggerated degree
- in the bones of limbs that are paralysed; in the case of adults, atrophy
- of bone predominates; in children and adolescents, defective formation
- is the more prominent feature, and the affected bones are attenuated,
- smooth on the surface, and abnormally light.
- On the other hand, the formation of new bone may be _exaggerated_, the
- osteoblasts being excited to abnormal activity by stimuli of different
- kinds: for example, the secretion of certain glandular organs, such as
- the pituitary and thyreoid; the diluted toxins of certain
- micro-organisms, such as the staphylococcus aureus and the spirochaete of
- syphilis; a condition of hyperaemia, such as that produced artificially
- by the application of a Bier's bandage or that which accompanies a
- chronic leg-ulcer.
- The new bone is laid down on the surface, in the Haversian canals, or
- in the cancellous spaces and medullary canal, or in all three
- situations. The new bone on the surface sometimes takes the form of a
- diffuse _encrustation_ of porous or spongy bone as in secondary
- syphilis, sometimes as a uniform increase in the girth of the
- bone--_hyperostosis_, sometimes as a localised heaping up of bone or
- _node_, and sometimes in the form of spicules, spoken of as
- _osteophytes_. When the new bone is laid down in the Haversian canals,
- cancellous spaces and medulla, the bone becomes denser and heavier, and
- is said to be _sclerosed_; in extreme instances this may result in
- obliteration of the medullary canal. Hyperostosis and sclerosis are
- frequently met with in combination, a condition that is well illustrated
- in the femur and tibia in tertiary syphilis; if the subject of this
- condition is confined to bed for several months before his death, the
- sclerosis may be undone, and rarefaction may even proceed beyond the
- normal, the bone becoming lighter and richer in fat, although retaining
- its abnormal girth.
- The _function of the epiphysial cartilage_ is to provide for the growth
- of the shaft in length. While all epiphysial cartilages contribute to
- this result, certain of them functionate more actively and for a longer
- period than others. Those at the knee, for example, contribute more to
- the length of limb than do those at the hip or ankle, and they are also
- the last to unite. In the upper limb the more active epiphyses are at
- the shoulder and wrist, and these also are the last to unite.
- The activity of the epiphysial cartilage may be modified as a result of
- disease. In rickets, for example, the formation of new bone may take
- place unequally, and may go on more rapidly in one half of the disc than
- in the other, with the result that the axis of the shaft comes to
- deviate from the normal, giving rise to knock-knee or bow-knee. In
- bacterial diseases originating in the marrow, if the epiphysial junction
- is directly involved in the destructive process, its bone-forming
- functions may be retarded or abolished, and the subsequent growth of the
- bone be seriously interfered with. On the other hand, if it is not
- directly involved but is merely influenced by the proximity of an
- infective focus, its bone-forming functions may be stimulated by the
- diluted toxins and the growth of the bone in length exaggerated. In
- paralysed limbs the growth from the epiphyses is usually little short of
- the normal. The result of interference with growth is more injurious in
- the lower than in the upper limb, because, from the functional point of
- view, it is essential that the lower extremities should be approximately
- of equal length. In the forearm or leg, where there are two parallel
- bones, if the growth of one is arrested the continued growth of the
- other results in a deviation of the hand or foot to one side.
- In certain diseases, such as rickets and inherited syphilis, and in
- developmental anomalies such as achondroplasia, _dwarfing_ of the
- skeleton results from defective growth of bone at the ossifying
- junctions. Conversely, excessive growth of bone at the ossifying
- junctions results in abnormal height of the skeleton or _giantism_ as a
- result, for example, of increased activity of the pituitary in
- adolescents, and in eunuchs who have been castrated in childhood or
- adolescence; in the latter, union of the epiphyses at the ends of the
- long bones is delayed beyond the usual period at which the skeleton
- attains maturity.
- #Regeneration of Bone.#--When bone has been lost or destroyed as a
- result of injury or disease, it is capable of being reproduced, the
- extent to which regeneration takes place varying under different
- conditions. The chief part in the regeneration of bone is played by the
- osteoblasts in the adjacent marrow and in the deeper layer of the
- periosteum. The shaft of a long bone may be reproduced after having been
- destroyed by disease or removed by operation. The flat bones of the
- skull and the bones of the face, which are primarily developed in
- membrane, have little capacity of regeneration; hence, when bone has
- been lost or removed in these situations, there results a permanent
- defect.
- Wounds or defects in articular cartilage are repaired by fibrous or
- osseous tissue derived from the subjacent cancellous spaces.
- _Transplantation of Bone--Bone-grafting._--Clinical experience is
- conclusive that a portion of bone which has been completely detached
- from its surroundings--for example, a trephine circle, or a flap of bone
- detached with the saw, or the loose fragments in a compound
- fracture--may become, if replaced in position, firmly and permanently
- incorporated with the surrounding bone. Embedded foreign bodies, on the
- other hand, such as ivory pegs or decalcified bone, exhibit, on removal
- after a sufficient interval, evidence of having been eroded, in the
- shape of worm-eaten depressions and perforations, and do not become
- united or fused to the surrounding bone. It follows from this that the
- implanting of living bone is to be preferred to the implanting of dead
- bone or of foreign material. We believe that transplanted living bone
- when placed under favourable conditions survives and becomes
- incorporated with the bone with which it is in contact, and does not
- merely act as a scaffolding. We believe also that the retention of the
- periosteum on the graft is not essential, but, by favouring the
- establishment of vascular connections, it contributes to the survival of
- the graft and the success of the transplantation. Macewen maintains that
- bone grafts "take" better if broken up into small fragments; we regard
- this as unnecessary. Bone grafts yield better functional results when
- they are immovably fixed to the adjacent bone by suture, pegs, or
- plates. As in all grafting procedures, asepsis is essential.
- Transplanted bone retains its vitality when embedded in the soft parts,
- but is gradually absorbed and replaced by fibrous tissue.
- DISEASES OF BONE
- The morbid processes met with in bone originate in the same way and lead
- to the same results as do similar processes in other tissues. The
- structural peculiarities of bone, however, and the important changes
- which take place in the skeleton during the period of growth, modify
- certain of the clinical and pathological features.
- _Definition of Terms._--Any diseased process that affects the periosteum
- is spoken of as _periostitis_; the term _osteomyelitis_ is employed when
- it is located in the marrow. The term _epiphysitis_ has been applied to
- an inflammatory process in two distinct situations--namely, the
- ossifying nucleus in the epiphysis, and the ossifying junction or
- metaphysis between the epiphysial cartilage and the diaphysis. We shall
- restrict the term to inflammation in the first of these situations.
- Inflammation at the ossifying junction is included under the term
- osteomyelitis.
- The term _rarefying ostitis_ is applied to any process that is attended
- with excessive absorption of the framework of a bone, whereby it becomes
- more porous or spongy than it was before, a condition known as
- _osteoporosis_.
- The term _caries_ is employed to indicate any diseased process
- associated with crumbling away of the trabecular framework of a bone. It
- may be considered as the equivalent of ulceration or molecular
- destruction in the soft parts. The carious process is preceded by the
- formation of granulation tissue in the marrow or periosteum, which eats
- away and replaces the bone in contact with it. The subsequent
- degeneration and death of the granulation tissue under the necrotic
- influence of bacterial toxins results in disintegration and crumbling
- away of the trabecular framework of the portion of bone affected.
- Clinically, carious bone yields a soft grating sensation under the
- pressure of the probe. The macerated bone presents a rough, eroded
- surface.
- The term _dry caries_ (_caries sicca_) is applied to that variety which
- is unattended with suppuration.
- _Necrosis_ is the term applied to the death of a tangible portion of
- bone, and the dead portion when separated is called a _sequestrum_. The
- term _exfoliation_ is sometimes employed to indicate the separation or
- throwing off of a superficial sequestrum. The edges and deep surface of
- the sequestrum present a serrated or worm-eaten appearance due to the
- process of erosion by which the dead bone has been separated from the
- living.
- BACTERIAL DISEASES
- The most important diseases in this group are the pyogenic, the
- tuberculous, and the syphilitic.
- PYOGENIC DISEASES OF BONE.--These diseases result from
- infection with pyogenic organisms, and two varieties or types are
- recognised according to whether the organisms concerned reach their seat
- of action by way of the blood-stream, or through an infection of the
- soft parts in contact with the bone.
- INFECTIONS THROUGH THE BLOOD-STREAM
- #Diseases caused by the Staphylococcus Aureus.#--As the majority of
- pyogenic diseases are due to infection with the staphylococcus aureus,
- these will be described first.
- #Acute osteomyelitis# is a suppurative process beginning in the marrow
- and tending to spread to the periosteum. The disease is common in
- children, but is rare after the skeleton has attained maturity. Boys are
- affected more often than girls, in the proportion of three to one,
- probably because they are more liable to exposure, to injury, and to
- violent exertion.
- _Etiology._--Staphylococci gain access to the blood-stream in various
- ways, it may be through the skin or through a mucous surface.
- Such conditions as, for example, a blow, some extra exertion such as a
- long walk, or exposure to cold, as in wading, may act as localising
- factors.
- The long bones are chiefly affected, and the commonest sites are: either
- end of the tibia and the lower end of the femur; the other bones of the
- skeleton are affected in rare instances.
- _Pathology._--The disease commences and is most intense in the marrow of
- the ossifying junction at one end of the diaphysis; it may commence at
- both ends simultaneously--_bipolar osteomyelitis_; or, commencing at one
- end, may spread to the other.
- The changes observed are those of intense engorgement of the marrow,
- going on to greenish-yellow purulent infiltration. Where the process is
- most advanced--that is, at the ossifying junction--there are evidences
- of absorption of the framework of the bone; the marrow spaces and
- Haversian canals undergo enlargement and become filled with
- greenish-yellow pus. This rarefaction of the spongy bone is the earliest
- change seen with the X-rays.
- The process may remain localised to the ossifying junction, but usually
- spreads along the medullary canal for a varying distance, and also
- extends to the periosteum by way of the enlarged Haversian canals. The
- pus accumulates under the periosteum and lifts it up from the bone. The
- extent of spread in the medullary canal and beneath the periosteum is in
- close correspondence. The periosteum of the diaphysis is easily
- separated--hence the facility with which the pus spreads along the
- shaft; but in the region of the ossifying junction it is raised with
- difficulty because of its intimate connection with the epiphysial
- cartilage. Less frequently there is more than one collection of pus
- under the periosteum, each being derived from a focus of suppuration in
- the subjacent marrow. The pus perforates the periosteum, and makes its
- way to the surface by the easiest anatomical route, and discharges
- externally, forming one or more sinuses through which fresh infection
- may take place. The infection may spread to the adjacent joint, either
- directly through the epiphysis and articular cartilage, or along the
- deep layer of the periosteum and its continuation--the capsular
- ligament. When the epiphysis is intra-articular, as, for example, in the
- head of the femur, the pus when it reaches the surface of the bone
- necessarily erupts directly into the joint.
- While the occurrence of purely periosteal suppuration is regarded as
- possible, we are of opinion that the embolic form of staphylococcal
- osteomyelitis always originates in the marrow.
- The portion of the diaphysis which has sustained the action of the
- concentrated toxins has its vitality further impaired as a result of the
- stripping of the periosteum and thrombosis of the blood vessels of the
- marrow, so that _necrosis_ of bone is one of the most striking results
- of the disease, and as this takes place rapidly, that is, in a day or
- two, the term _acute necrosis_, formerly applied to the disease, was
- amply justified.
- When there is marked rarefaction of the bone at the ossifying junction,
- the epiphysis is liable to be separated--_epiphysiolysis_. The
- separation usually takes place through the young bone of the ossifying
- junction, and the surfaces of the diaphysis and epiphysis are opposed to
- each other by irregular eroded surfaces bathed in pus. The separated
- epiphysis may be kept in place by the periosteum, but when this has been
- detached by the formation of pus beneath it, the epiphysis is liable to
- be displaced by muscular action or by some movement of the limb, or it
- is the diaphysis that is displaced, for example, the lower end of the
- diaphysis of the femur may be projected into the popliteal space.
- The epiphysial cartilage usually continues its bone-forming functions,
- but when it has been seriously damaged or displaced, the further growth
- of the bone in length may be interfered with. Sometimes the separated
- and displaced epiphysis dies and constitutes a sequestrum.
- The adjacent joint may become filled at an early stage with a serous
- effusion, which may be sterile. When the cocci gain access to the joint,
- the lesion assumes the characters of a purulent arthritis, which, from
- its frequency during the earlier years of life, has been called _the
- acute arthritis of infants_.
- Separation of an epiphysis nearly always results in infection and
- destruction of the adjacent joint.
- Osteomyelitis is rare in the bones of the carpus and tarsus, and the
- associated joints are usually infected from the outset. In flat bones,
- such as the skull, the scapula, or the ilium, suppuration usually occurs
- on both aspects of the bone as well as in the marrow.
- _Clinical Features._--The constitutional symptoms, which are due to the
- associated toxaemia, vary considerably in different cases. In mild cases
- they may be so slight as to escape recognition. In exceptionally severe
- cases the patient may succumb before there are obvious signs of the
- localisation of the staphylococci in the bone marrow. In average cases
- the temperature rises rapidly with a rigor and runs an irregular course
- with morning remissions, there is marked general illness accompanied by
- headache, vomiting, and sometimes delirium.
- The local manifestations are pain and tenderness in relation to one of
- the long bones; the pain may be so severe as to prevent sleep and to
- cause the child to cry out. Tenderness on pressure over the bone is the
- most valuable diagnostic sign. At a later stage there is an ill-defined
- swelling in the region of the ossifying junction, with oedema of the
- overlying skin and dilatation of the superficial veins.
- The swelling appears earlier and is more definite in superficial bones
- such as the tibia, than in those more deeply placed such as the upper
- end of the femur. It may be less evident to the eye than to the fingers,
- and is best appreciated by gently stroking the bone from the middle of
- its shaft towards the end. The maximum thickening and tenderness usually
- correspond to the junction of the diaphysis with the epiphysis, and the
- swelling tails off gradually along the shaft. As time goes on there is
- redness of the skin, especially over a superficial bone, such as the
- tibia, the swelling becomes softer, and gives evidence of fluctuation.
- This stage may be reached at the end of twenty-four hours, or not for
- some days.
- Suppuration spreads towards the surface, until, some days later, the
- skin sloughs and pus escapes, after which the fever usually remits and
- the pain and other symptoms are relieved. The pus may contain blood and
- droplets of fat derived from the marrow, and in some cases minute
- particles of bone are present also. The presence of fat and bony
- particles in the pus confirms the medullary origin of the suppuration.
- If an incision is made, the periosteum is found to be raised from the
- bone; the extent of the bare bone will be found to correspond fairly
- accurately with the extent of the lesion in the marrow.
- _Local Complications._--The adjacent joint may exhibit symptoms which
- vary from those of a simple effusion to those of a purulent _arthritis_.
- The joint symptoms may count for little in the clinical picture, or, as
- in the case of the hip, may so predominate as to overshadow those of the
- bone lesion from which they originated.
- _Separation and displacement of the epiphysis_ usually reveals itself by
- an alteration in the attitude of the limb; it is nearly always
- associated with suppuration in the adjacent joint.
- When _pathological fracture_ of the shaft occurs, as it may do, from
- some muscular effort or strain, it is attended with the usual signs of
- fracture.
- _Dislocation_ of the adjacent joint has been chiefly observed at the
- hip; it may result from effusion into the joint and stretching of the
- ligaments, or may be the sequel of a purulent arthritis; the signs of
- dislocation are not so obvious as might be expected, but it is attended
- with an alteration in the attitude of the limb, and the displacement of
- the head of the bone is readily shown in a skiagram.
- _General Complications._--In some cases a _multiplicity of lesions_ in
- the bones and joints imparts to the disease the features of pyaemia. The
- occurrence of endocarditis, as indicated by alterations in the heart
- sounds and the development of murmurs, may cause widespread infective
- embolism, and metastatic suppurations in the kidneys, heart-wall, and
- lungs, as well as in other bones and joints than those primarily
- affected. The secondary suppurations are liable to be overlooked unless
- sought for, as they are rarely attended with much pain.
- In these multiple forms of osteomyelitis the toxaemic symptoms
- predominate; the patient is dull and listless, or he may be restless and
- talkative, or actually delirious. The tongue is dry and coated, the lips
- and teeth are covered with sordes, the motions are loose and offensive,
- and may be passed involuntarily. The temperature is remittent and
- irregular, the pulse small and rapid, and the urine may contain blood
- and albumen. Sometimes the skin shows erythematous and purpuric rashes,
- and the patient may cry out as in meningitis. The post-mortem
- appearances are those of pyaemia.
- _Differential Diagnosis._--Acute osteomyelitis is to be diagnosed from
- infections of the soft parts, such as erysipelas and cellulitis, and, in
- the case of the tibia, from erythema nodosum. Tenderness localised to
- the ossifying junction is the most valuable diagnostic sign of
- osteomyelitis.
- When there is early and pronounced general intoxication, there is likely
- to be confusion with other acute febrile illnesses, such as scarlet
- fever. In all febrile conditions in children and adolescents, the
- ossifying junctions of the long bones should be examined for areas of
- pain and tenderness.
- Osteomyelitis has many features in common with acute articular
- rheumatism, and some authorities believe them to be different forms of
- the same disease (Kocher). In acute rheumatism, however, the joint
- symptoms predominate, there is an absence of suppuration, and the pains
- and temperature yield to salicylates.
- The _prognosis_ varies with the type of the disease, with its
- location--the vertebrae, skull, pelvis, and lower jaw being specially
- unfavourable--with the multiplicity of the lesions, and with the
- development of endocarditis and internal metastases.
- _Treatment._--This is carried out on the same lines as in other pyogenic
- infections.
- In the earliest stages of the disease, the induction of hyperaemia is
- indicated, and should be employed until the diagnosis is definitely
- established, and in the meantime preparations for operation should be
- made. An incision is made down to and through the periosteum, and
- whether pus is found or not, the bone should be opened in the vicinity
- of the ossifying junction by means of a drill, gouge, or trephine. If
- pus is found, the opening in the bone is extended along the shaft as far
- as the periosteum has been separated, and the infected marrow is removed
- with the spoon. The cavity is then lightly packed with rubber dam, or,
- as recommended by Bier, the skin edges are brought together by sutures
- which are loosely tied to afford sufficient space between them for the
- exit of discharge, and the hyperaemic treatment is continued.
- When there is widespread suppuration in the marrow, and the shaft is
- extensively bared of periosteum and appears likely to die, it may be
- resected straight away or after an interval of a day or two. Early
- resection of the shaft is also indicated if the opening of the medullary
- canal is not followed by relief of symptoms. In the leg and forearm, the
- unaffected bone maintains the length and contour of the limb; in the
- case of the femur and humerus, extension with weight and pulley along
- with some form of moulded gutter splint is employed with a similar
- object.
- Amputation of the limb is reserved for grave cases, in which life is
- endangered by toxaemia, which is attributed to the primary lesion. It may
- be called for later if the limb is likely to be useless, as, for
- example, when the whole shaft of the bone is dead without the formation
- of a new case, when the epiphyses are separated and displaced, and the
- joints are disorganised.
- Flat bones, such as the skull or ilium, must be trephined and the pus
- cleared out from both aspects of the bone. In the vertebrae, operative
- interference is usually restricted to opening and draining the
- associated abscess.
- #Nature's Effort at Repair.#--_In cases which are left to nature_, and
- in which necrosis of bone has occurred, those portions of the periosteum
- and marrow which have retained their vitality resume their osteogenetic
- functions, often to an exaggerated degree. Where the periosteum has been
- lifted up by an accumulation of pus, or is in contact with bone that is
- dead, it proceeds to form new bone with great activity, so that the dead
- shaft becomes surrounded by a sheath or case of new bone, known as the
- _involucrum_ (Fig. 118). Where the periosteum has been perforated by pus
- making its way to the surface, there are defects or holes in the
- involucrum, called _cloacae_. As these correspond more or less in
- position to the sinuses in the skin, in passing a probe down one of the
- sinuses it usually passes through a cloaca and strikes the dead bone
- lying in the interior. If the periosteum has been extensively
- destroyed, new bone may only be formed in patches, or not at all. The
- dead bone is separated from the living by the agency of granulation
- tissue with its usual complements of phagocytes and osteoclasts, so that
- the sequestrum presents along its margins and on its deep surface a
- pitted, grooved, and worm-eaten appearance, except on the periosteal
- aspect, which is unaltered. Ultimately the dead bone becomes loose and
- lies in a cavity a little larger than itself; the wall of the cavity is
- formed by the new case, lined with granulation tissue. The separation of
- the sequestrum takes place more rapidly in the spongy bone of the
- ossifying junction than in the compact bone of the shaft.
- When foci of suppuration have been scattered up and down the medullary
- cavity, and the bone has died in patches, several sequestra may be
- included by the new case; each portion of dead bone is slowly separated,
- and comes to lie in a cavity lined by granulations.
- Even at a distance from the actual necrosis there is formation of new
- bone by the marrow; the medullary canal is often obliterated, and the
- bone becomes heavier and denser--sclerosis; and the new bone which is
- deposited on the original shaft results in an increase in the girth of
- the bone--hyperostosis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 118.--Shaft of Femur after Acute Osteomyelitis. The
- shaft has undergone extensive necrosis, and a shell of new bone has been
- formed by the periosteum.]
- _Pathological fracture_ of the shaft may occur at the site of necrosis,
- when the new case is incapable of resisting the strain put upon it, and
- is most frequently met with in the shaft of the femur. Short of
- fracture, there may be bending or curving of the new case, and this
- results in deformity and shortening of the limb (Fig. 119).
- The _extrusion of a sequestrum_ may occur, provided there is a cloaca
- large enough to allow of its escape, but the surgeon has usually to
- interfere by performing the operation of sequestrectomy. Displacement or
- partial extrusion of the dead bone may cause complications, as when a
- sequestrum derived from the trigone of the femur perforates the
- popliteal artery or the cavity of the knee-joint, or a sequestrum of the
- pelvis perforates the wall of the urinary bladder.
- The extent to which bone which has been lost is reproduced varies in
- different parts of the skeleton: while the long bones, the scapula, the
- mandible, and other bones which are developed in cartilage are almost
- completely re-formed, bones which are entirely developed in membrane,
- such as the flat bones of the skull and the maxilla, are not reproduced.
- [Illustration: FIG. 119.--Femur and Tibia showing results of Acute
- Osteomyelitis affecting Trigone of Femur; sequestrum partly surrounded
- by new case; backward displacement of lower epiphysis and implication of
- knee-joint.]
- It may be instructive to describe _the X-ray appearances of a long bone
- that has passed through an attack of acute osteomyelitis_ severe enough
- to have caused necrosis of part of the diaphysis. The shadow of the dead
- bone is seen in the position of the original shaft which it represents;
- it is of the same shape and density as the original shaft, while its
- margins present an irregular contour from the erosion concerned in its
- separation. The sequestrum is separated from the living bone by a clear
- zone which corresponds to the layer of granulations lining the cavity in
- which it lies. This clear zone separating the shadow of the dead bone
- from that of the living bone by which it is surrounded is conclusive
- evidence of a sequestrum. The medullary canal in the vicinity of the
- sequestrum being obliterated, is represented by a shadow of varying
- density, continuous with that of the surrounding bone. The shadow of the
- new case or involucrum with its wavy contour is also in evidence, with
- its openings or cloacae, and is mainly responsible for the increase in
- the diameter of the bone.
- The skiagram may also show separation and displacement of the adjacent
- epiphysis and destruction of the articular surfaces or dislocation of
- the joint.
- _Sequelae of Acute Suppurative Osteomyelitis._--The commonest sequel is
- the presence of a sequestrum with one or more discharging sinuses; owing
- to the abundant formation of scar tissue these sinuses have rigid edges
- which are usually depressed and adherent to the bone.
- _The Recognition and Removal of Sequestra._--So long as there is dead
- bone there will be suppuration from the granulations lining the cavity
- in which it lies, and a discharge of pus from the sinuses, so that the
- mere persistence of discharge after an attack of osteomyelitis, is
- presumptive evidence of the occurrence of necrosis. Where there are one
- or more sinuses, the passage of a probe which strikes bare bone affords
- corroboration of the view that the bone has perished. When the dead bone
- has been separated from the living, the X-rays yield the most exact
- information.
- The traditional practice is to wait until the dead bone is entirely
- separated before undertaking an operation for its removal, from fear, on
- the one hand, of leaving portions behind which may keep up the
- discharge, and, on the other, of removing more bone than is necessary.
- This practice need not be adhered to, as by operating at an earlier
- stage healing is greatly hastened. If it is decided to wait for
- separation of the dead bone, drainage should be improved, and the
- infective element combated by the induction of hyperaemia.
- _The operation_ for the removal of the dead bone (_sequestrectomy_)
- consists in opening up the periosteum and the new case sufficiently to
- allow of the removal of all the dead bone, including the most minute
- sequestra. The limb having been rendered bloodless, existing sinuses are
- enlarged, but if these are inconveniently situated--for example, in the
- centre of the popliteal space in necrosis of the femoral trigone--it is
- better to make a fresh wound down to the bone on that aspect of the
- limb which affords best access, and which entails the least injury of
- the soft parts. The periosteum, which is thick and easily separable, is
- raised from the new case with an elevator, and with the chisel or gouge
- enough of the new bone is taken away to allow of the removal of the
- sequestrum. Care must be taken not to leave behind any fragment of dead
- bone, as this will interfere with healing, and may determine a relapse
- of suppuration.
- The dead bone having been removed, the lining granulations are scraped
- away with a spoon, and the cavity is disinfected.
- There are different ways of dealing with a _bone cavity_. It may be
- packed with gauze (impregnated with "bipp" or with iodoform), which is
- changed at intervals until healing takes place from the bottom; it may
- be filled with a flap of bone and periosteum raised from the vicinity,
- or with bone grafts; or the wall of bone on one side of the cavity may
- be chiselled through at its base, so that it can be brought into contact
- with the opposite wall. The method of filling bone cavities devised by
- Mosetig-Moorhof, consists in disinfecting and drying the cavity by a
- current of hot air, and filling it with a mixture of powdered iodoform
- (60 parts) and oil of sesame and spermaceti (each 40 parts), which is
- fluid at a temperature of 112 o F.; the soft parts are then brought
- together without drainage. As the cavity fills up with new bone the
- iodoform is gradually absorbed. Iodoform gives a dark shadow with the
- X-rays, so that the process of its absorption can be followed in
- skiagrams taken at intervals.
- These procedures may be carried out at the same time as the sequestrum
- is removed, or after an interval. In all of them, asepsis is essential
- for success.
- The _deformities_ resulting from osteomyelitis are more marked the
- earlier in life the disease occurs. Even under favourable conditions,
- and with the continuous effort at reconstruction of the bone by Nature's
- method, the return to normal is often far from perfect, and there
- usually remains a variable amount of hyperostosis and sclerosis and
- sometimes curving of the bone. Under less favourable conditions, the
- late results of osteomyelitis may be more serious. _Shortening_ is not
- uncommon from interference with growth at the ossifying junction.
- _Exaggerated growth_ in the length of a bone is rare, and has been
- observed chiefly in the bones of the leg. Where there are two parallel
- bones--as in the leg, for example--the growth of the diseased bone may
- be impaired, and the other continuing its normal growth becomes
- disproportionately long; less frequently the growth of the diseased
- bone is exaggerated, and it becomes the longer of the two. In either
- case, the longer bone becomes curved. An _obliquity_ of the bone may
- result when one half of the epiphysial cartilage is destroyed and the
- other half continues to form bone, giving rise to such deformities as
- knock-knee and club-hand.
- Deformity may also result from vicious union of a pathological fracture,
- permanent displacement of an epiphysis, contracture, ankylosis, or
- dislocation of the adjacent joint.
- #Relapsing Osteomyelitis.#--As the term indicates, the various forms of
- relapsing osteomyelitis date back to an antecedent attack, and their
- occurrence depends on the capacity of staphylococci to lie latent in the
- marrow.
- Relapse may take place within a few months of the original attack, or
- not for many years. Cases are sometimes met with in which relapses recur
- at regular intervals for several years, the tendency, however, being for
- the attacks to become milder as the virulence of the organisms becomes
- more and more attenuated.
- _Clinical Features._--Osteomyelitis in a patient over twenty-five is
- nearly always of the relapsing variety. In some cases the bone becomes
- enlarged, with pain and tenderness on pressure; in others there are the
- usual phenomena which attend suppuration, but the pus is slow in coming
- to the surface, and the constitutional symptoms are slight. The pus may
- escape by new channels, or one of the old sinuses may re-open.
- Radiograms usually furnish useful information as to the condition of the
- bone, both as it is altered by the original attack and by the changes
- that attend the relapse of the infective process.
- _Treatment._--In cases of thickening of the bone with persistent and
- severe pain, if relief is not afforded by the repeated application of
- blisters, the thickened periosteum should be incised, and the bone
- opened up with the chisel or trephine. In cases attended with
- suppuration, the swelling is incised and drained, and if there is a
- sequestrum, it must be removed.
- #Circumscribed Abscess of Bone--"Brodie's Abscess."#--The most important
- form of relapsing osteomyelitis is the circumscribed abscess of bone
- first described by Benjamin Brodie. It is usually met with in young
- adults, but we have met with it in patients over fifty. Several years
- may intervene between the original attack of osteomyelitis and the onset
- of symptoms of abscess.
- _Morbid Anatomy._[7]--The abscess is nearly always situated in the
- central axis of the bone in the region of the ossifying junction,
- although cases are occasionally met with in which it lies nearer the
- middle of the shaft. In exceptional cases there is more than one abscess
- (Fig. 120). The tibia is the bone most commonly affected, but the lower
- end of the femur, or either end of the humerus, may be the seat of the
- abscess. In the quiescent stage the lesion is represented by a small
- cavity in the bone, filled with clear serum, and lined by a fibrous
- membrane which is engaged in forming bone. Around the cavity the bone is
- sclerosed, and the medullary canal is obliterated. When the infection
- becomes active, the contents of the cavity are transformed into a
- greenish-yellow pus from which the staphylococcus can be isolated, and
- the cavity is lined by a thin film of granulation tissue which erodes
- the surrounding bone and so causes the abscess to increase in size. If
- the erosion proceeds uniformly, the cavity is spherical or oval; if it
- is more active at some points than others, diverticula or tunnels are
- formed, and one of these may finally erupt through the shell of the bone
- or into an adjacent joint. Small irregular sequestra are occasionally
- found within the abscess cavity. In long-standing cases it is common to
- find extensive obliteration of the medullary canal, and a considerable
- increase in the girth of the bone.
- [7] Alexis Thomson, _Edin. Med. Journ._, 1906.
- [Illustration: FIG. 120.--Segment of Tibia resected for Brodie's
- Abscess. The specimen shows two separate abscesses in the centre of the
- shaft, the lower one quiescent, the upper one active and increasing in
- size.]
- The size of the abscess ranges from that of a cherry to that of a
- walnut, but specimens in museums show that, if left to Nature, the
- abscess may attain much greater dimensions.
- The affected bone is not only thicker and heavier than normal, but may
- also be curved or otherwise deformed as a result of the original attack
- of osteomyelitis.
- The _clinical features_ are almost exclusively local. Pain, due to
- tension within the abscess, is the dominant symptom. At first it is
- vague and difficult to localise, later it is referred to the interior of
- the bone, and is described as "boring." It is aggravated by use of the
- limb, and there are often, especially during the night, exacerbations in
- which the pain becomes excruciating. In the early stages there are
- periods of days or weeks during which the symptoms abate, but as the
- abscess increases these become shorter, until the patient is hardly ever
- free from pain. Localised tenderness can almost always be elicited by
- percussion, or by compressing the bone between the fingers and thumb.
- The pain induced by the traction of muscles attached to the bone, or by
- the weight of the body, may interfere with the function of the limb, and
- in the lower extremity cause a limp in walking. The limb may be disabled
- from _involvement of the adjacent joint_, in which there may be an
- intermittent hydrops which comes and goes coincidently with
- exacerbations of pain; or the abscess may perforate the joint and set up
- an acute arthritis.
- The _diagnosis_ of Brodie's abscess from other affections met with at
- the ends of long bones, and particularly from tuberculosis, syphilis,
- and new growths, is made by a consideration of the previous history,
- especially with reference to an antecedent attack of osteomyelitis. When
- the adjacent joint is implicated, the surgeon may be misled by the
- patient referring all the symptoms to the joint.
- The X-ray picture is usually diagnostic chiefly because all the lesions
- which are liable to be confused with Brodie's abscess--gumma, tubercle,
- myeloma, chondroma, and sarcoma--give a well-marked central clear area;
- the sclerosis around Brodie's abscess gives a dense shadow in which the
- central clear area is either not seen at all or only faintly (Fig. 121).
- _Treatment._--If an abscess is suspected, there should be no hesitation
- in exploring the interior of the bone. It is exposed by a suitable
- incision; the periosteum is reflected and the bone is opened up by a
- trephine or chisel, and the presence of an abscess may be at once
- indicated by the escape of pus. If, owing to the small size of the
- abscess or the density of the bone surrounding it, the pus is not
- reached by this procedure, the bone should be drilled in different
- directions.
- [Illustration: FIG. 121.--Radiogram of Brodie's Abscess in Lower End of
- Tibia.]
- #Other Forms of Acute Osteomyelitis.#--Among the less severe forms of
- osteomyelitis resulting from the action of attenuated organisms are the
- _serous_ variety, in which an effusion of serous fluid forms under the
- periosteum; and _growth fever_, in which the child complains of vague
- evanescent pains (growing pains), and of feeling tired and disinclined
- to play; there may be some rise of temperature in the evening.
- Infection with the _staphylococcus albus_, the _streptococcus_, or the
- _pneumococcus_ also causes a mild form of osteomyelitis which may go on
- to suppuration.
- _Necrosis without suppuration_, described by Paget under the name "quiet
- necrosis," is a rare disease, and would appear to be associated with an
- attenuated form of staphylococcal infection (Tavel). It occurs in
- adults, being met with up to the age of fifty or sixty, and is
- characterised by the insidious development of a swelling which involves
- a considerable extent of a long bone. The pain varies in intensity, and
- may be continuous or intermittent, and there is tenderness on pressure.
- The shaft is increased in girth as a result of its being surrounded by a
- new case of bone. The resemblance to sarcoma may be very close, but the
- swelling is not as defined as in sarcoma, nor does it ever assume the
- characteristic "leg of mutton" shape. In both diseases there is a
- tendency to pathological fracture. It is difficult also in the absence
- of skiagrams to differentiate the condition from syphilitic and from
- tuberculous disease. If the diagnosis is not established after
- examination with the X-rays, an exploratory incision should be made; if
- dead bone is found, it is removed.
- In typhoid fever the bone marrow is liable to be invaded by _the typhoid
- bacillus_, which may set up osteomyelitis soon after its lodgment, or it
- may lie latent for a considerable period before doing so. The lesions
- may be single or multiple, they involve the marrow or the periosteum or
- both, and they may or may not be attended with suppuration. They are
- most commonly met with in the tibia and in the ribs at the
- costo-chondral junctions.
- The bone lesions usually occur during the seventh or eighth week of the
- fever, but have been known to occur much later. The chief complaint is
- of vague pains, at first referred to several bones, later becoming
- localised in one; they are aggravated by movement, or by handling the
- bone, and are worst at night. There is redness and oedema of the
- overlying soft parts, and swelling with vague fluctuation, and on
- incision there escapes a yellow creamy pus, or a brown syrupy fluid
- containing the typhoid bacillus in pure culture. Necrosis is
- exceptional.
- When the abscess develops slowly, the condition resembles tuberculous
- disease, from which it may be diagnosed by the history of typhoid fever,
- and by obtaining a positive Widal reaction.
- The prognosis is favourable, but recovery is apt to be slow, and relapse
- is not uncommon.
- It is usually sufficient to incise the periosteum, but when the disease
- occurs in a rib it may be necessary to resect a portion of bone.
- #Pyogenic Osteomyelitis due to Spread of Infection from the Soft
- Parts.#--There still remain those forms of osteomyelitis which result
- from infection through a wound involving the bone--for example, compound
- fractures, gun-shot injuries, osteotomies, amputations, resections, or
- operations for un-united fracture. In all of these the marrow is exposed
- to infection by such organisms as are present in the wound. A similar
- form of osteomyelitis may occur apart from a wound--for example,
- infection may spread to the jaws from lesions of the mouth; to the
- skull, from lesions of the scalp or of the cranial bones
- themselves--such as a syphilitic gumma or a sarcoma which has fungated
- externally; or to the petrous temporal, from suppuration in the middle
- ear.
- The most common is an osteomyelitis commencing in the marrow exposed in
- a wound infected with pyogenic organisms. In amputation stumps,
- fungating granulations protrude from the sawn end of the bone, and if
- necrosis takes place, the sequestrum is annular, affecting the
- cross-section of the bone at the saw-line; or tubular, extending up the
- shaft, and tapering off above. The periosteum is more easily detached,
- is thicker than normal, and is actively engaged in forming bone. In the
- macerated specimen, the new bone presents a characteristic coral-like
- appearance, and may be perforated by cloacae (Fig. 122).
- [Illustration: FIG. 122.--Tubular Sequestrum resulting from Septic
- Osteomyelitis in Amputation Stump.]
- Like other pyogenic infections, it may terminate in pyaemia, as a result
- of septic phlebitis in the marrow.
- The _clinical features_ of osteomyelitis in _an amputation stump_ are
- those of ordinary pyogenic infection; the involvement of the bone may be
- suspected from the clinical course, the absence of improvement from
- measures directed towards overcoming the sepsis in the soft parts, and
- the persistence of suppuration in spite of free drainage, but it is not
- recognised unless the bone is exposed by opening up the stump or the
- changes in the bone are shown by the X-rays. The first change is due to
- the deposit of new bone on the periosteal surface; later, there is the
- shadow of the sequestrum.
- Healing does not take place until the sequestrum is extruded or removed
- by operation.
- _In compound fractures_, if a fragment dies and forms a sequestrum, it
- is apt to be walled in by new bone; the sinuses continue to discharge
- until the sequestrum is removed. Even after healing has taken place,
- relapse is liable to occur, especially in gun-shot injuries. Months or
- years afterwards, the bone may become painful and tender. The symptoms
- may subside under rest and elevation of the limb and the application of
- a compress, or an abscess forms and bursts with comparatively little
- suffering. The contents may be clear yellow serum or watery pus;
- sometimes a small spicule of bone is discharged. Valuable information,
- both for diagnosis and treatment, is afforded by skiagrams.
- [Illustration: FIG. 123.--New Periosteal Bone on surface of Femur from
- Amputation Stump. Osteomyelitis supervened on the amputation, and
- resulted in necrosis at the sawn section of the bone. (Anatomical
- Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
- TUBERCULOUS DISEASE
- The tuberculous diseases of bone result from infection of the marrow or
- periosteum by tubercle bacilli conveyed through the arteries; it is
- exceedingly rare for tubercle to appear in bone as a primary infection,
- the bacilli being usually derived from some pre-existing focus in the
- bronchial glands or elsewhere. According to the observations of John
- Fraser, 60 per cent. of the cases of bone and joint tubercle in children
- are due to the bovine bacillus, 37 per cent. to the human variety, and
- in 3 per cent. both types are present.
- Tuberculous disease in bone is characterised by its insidious onset and
- slow progress, and by the frequency with which it is associated with
- disease of the adjacent joint.
- #Periosteal tuberculosis# is met with in the ribs, sternum, vertebral
- column, skull, and less frequently in the long bones of the limbs. It
- may originate in the periosteum, or may spread thence from the marrow,
- or from synovial membrane.
- _In superficial bones_, such as the sternum, the formation of
- tuberculous granulation tissue in the deeper layer of the periosteum,
- and its subsequent caseation and liquefaction, is attended by the
- insidious development of a doughy swelling, which is not as a rule
- painful, although tender on pressure. While the swelling often remains
- quiescent for some time, it tends to increase in size, to become boggy
- or fluctuating, and to assume the characters of a cold abscess. The pus
- perforates the fibrous layer of the periosteum, invading and infecting
- the overlying soft parts, its spread being influenced by the anatomical
- arrangement of the tissues. The size of the abscess affords no
- indication of the extent of the bone lesion from which it originates. As
- the abscess reaches the surface, the skin becomes of a dusky red or
- livid colour, is gradually thinned out, and finally sloughs, forming a
- sinus. A probe passed into the sinus strikes carious bone. Small
- sequestra may be found embedded in the granulation tissue. The sinus
- persists as long as any active tubercle remains in the tissues, and is
- apt to form an avenue for pyogenic infection.
- _In deeply seated bones_, such as the upper end of the femur, the
- formation of a cold abscess in the soft parts is often the first
- evidence of the disease.
- _Diagnosis._--Before the stage of cold abscess is reached, the localised
- swelling is to be differentiated from a gumma, from chronic forms of
- staphylococcal osteomyelitis, from enlarged bursa or ganglion, from
- sub-periosteal lipoma, and from sarcoma. Most difficulty is met with in
- relation to periosteal sarcoma, which must be differentiated either by
- the X-ray appearances or by an exploratory incision.
- _X-ray appearances in periosteal tubercle_: the surface of the cortical
- bone in the area of disease is roughened and irregular by erosion, and
- in the vicinity there may be a deposit of new bone on the surface,
- particularly if a sinus is present and mixed infection has occurred; in
- _syphilis_ the shadow of the bone is denser as a result of sclerosis,
- and there is usually more new bone on the surface--hyperostosis; in
- _periosteal sarcoma_ there is greater erosion and consequently greater
- irregularity in the contour of the cortical bone, and frequently there
- is evidence of formation of bone in the form of characteristic spicules
- projecting from the surface at a right angle.
- The early recognition of periosteal lesions in the articular ends of
- bones is of importance, as the disease, if left to itself, is liable to
- spread to the adjacent joint.
- The _treatment_ is that of tuberculous lesions in general; if
- conservative measures fail, the choice lies between the injection of
- iodoform, and removal of the infected tissues with the sharp spoon. In
- the ribs it is more satisfactory to remove the diseased portion of bone
- along with the wall of the associated abscess or sinus. If all the
- tubercle has been removed and there is no pyogenic infection, the wound
- is stitched up with the object of obtaining primary union; otherwise it
- is treated by the open method.
- #Tuberculous Osteomyelitis.#--Tuberculous lesions in the marrow occur as
- isolated or as multiple foci of granulation tissue, which replace the
- marrow and erode the trabeculae of bone in the vicinity (Fig. 124). The
- individual focus varies in size from a pea to a walnut. The changes that
- ensue resemble in character those in other tissues, and the extent of
- the destruction varies according to the way in which the tubercle
- bacillus and the marrow interact upon one another. The granulation
- tissue may undergo caseation and liquefaction, or may become
- encapsulated by fibrous tissue--"encysted tubercle."
- [Illustration: FIG. 124.--Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Os Magnum,
- excised from a boy aet. 8. Note well-defined caseous focus, with several
- minute foci in surrounding marrow.]
- Sometimes the tuberculous granulation tissue spreads in the marrow,
- assuming the characters of a diffuse infiltration--diffuse tuberculous
- osteomyelitis. The trabecular framework of the bone undergoes erosion
- and absorption--rarefying ostitis--and either disappears altogether or
- only irregular fragments or sequestra of microscopic dimensions remain
- in the area affected. Less frequently the trabecular framework is added
- to by the formation of new bone, resulting in a remarkable degree of
- sclerosis, and if, following upon this, there is caseation of the
- tubercle and death of the affected portion of bone, there results a
- sequestrum often of considerable size and characteristic shape, which,
- because of the sclerosis and surrounding endarteritis, is exceedingly
- slow in separating. When the sequestrum involves an articular surface it
- is often wedge-shaped; in other situations it is rounded or truncated
- and lies in the long axis of the medullary canal (Fig. 125). Finally,
- the sequestrum lies loose in a cavity lined by tuberculous granulation
- tissue, and is readily identified in a radiogram. This type of sclerosis
- preceding death of the bone is highly characteristic of tuberculosis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 125.--Tuberculous Disease of Child's Tibia,
- showing sequestrum in medullary cavity, and increase in girth from
- excess of new bone.]
- _Clinical Features._--As a rule, it is only in superficially placed
- bones, such as the tibia, ulna, clavicle, mandible, or phalanges, that
- tuberculous disease in the marrow gives rise to signs sufficiently
- definite to allow of its clinical recognition. In the vertebrae, or in
- the bones of deeply seated joints, such as the hip or shoulder, the
- existence of tuberculous lesions in the marrow can only be inferred from
- indirect signs--such, for example, as rigidity and curvature in the case
- of the spine, or from the symptoms of grave and persistent joint-disease
- in the case of the hip or shoulder.
- With few exceptions, tuberculous disease in the interior of a bone does
- not reveal its presence until by extension it reaches one or other of
- the surfaces of the bone. In the shaft of a long bone its eruption on
- the periosteal surface is usually followed by the formation of a cold
- abscess in the overlying soft parts. When situated in the articular ends
- of bones, the disease more often erupts in relation to the reflection of
- the synovial membrane or directly on the articular surface--in either
- case giving rise to disease of the joint (Fig. 156).
- [Illustration: Fig. 126.--Diffuse Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Right
- Tibia.
- (Photograph lent by Sir H. J. Stiles.)]
- #Diffuse Tuberculous Osteomyelitis in the shaft of a long bone# is
- comparatively rare, and has been observed chiefly in the tibia and the
- ulna in children (Fig. 126). It commences at the growing extremity of
- the diaphysis, and spreads along the medulla to a variable extent; it is
- attended by the formation of vascular and porous bone on the surface,
- which causes thickening of the diaphysis; this is most marked at the
- ossifying junction and tapers off along the shaft. The infection not
- only spreads along the medulla, but it invades the spongy bone
- surrounding this, and then the cortical bone, and is only prevented from
- reaching the soft parts by the new bone formed by the periosteum. The
- bone is replaced by granulation tissue, and disappears, or part of it
- may become sclerosed and in time form a sequestrum. In the macerated
- specimen, the sequestrum appears small in proportion to the large cavity
- in which it lies. All these changes are revealed in a good skiagram,
- which not only confirms the diagnosis, but, in many instances,
- demonstrates the extent of the disease, the presence or absence of a
- sequestrum, and the amount of new bone on the surface. Finally the
- periosteum gives way, and an abscess forms in the soft parts; and if
- left to itself ruptures externally, leaving a sinus. The most
- satisfactory _treatment_ is to resect sub-periosteally the diseased
- portion of the diaphysis.
- _In cancellous bones, such as those of the tarsus_, there is a similar
- caseous infiltration in the marrow, and this may be attended with the
- formation of a sequestrum either in the interior of the bone or
- involving its outer shell, as shown in Fig. 127. The situation and
- extent of the disease are shown in X-ray photographs. After the
- tuberculous granulation tissue erupts through the cortex of the bone, it
- gives rise to a cold abscess or infects adjacent joints or tendon
- sheaths.
- [Illustration: FIG. 127.--Advanced Tuberculous Disease in region of
- Ankle. The ankle-joint is ankylosed, and there is a large sequestrum in
- the calcaneus.
- (Specimen in Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
- If an exact diagnosis is made at an early stage of the disease--and this
- is often possible with the aid of X-rays--the affected bone is excised
- sub-periosteally or its interior is cleared out with the sharp spoon and
- gouge, the latter procedure being preferred in the case of the
- _calcaneus_ to conserve the stability of the heel. When several bones
- and joints are simultaneously affected, and there are sinuses with
- mixed infection, amputation is usually indicated, especially in adults.
- #Tuberculous dactylitis# is the name applied to a diffuse form of the
- disease as it affects the phalanges, metacarpal or metatarsal bones. The
- lesion presents, on a small scale, all the anatomical changes that have
- been described as occurring in the medulla of the tibia or ulna, and
- they are easily followed in skiagrams. A periosteal type of dactylitis
- is also met with.
- The _clinical features_ are those of a spindle-shaped swelling of a
- finger or toe, indolent, painless, and interfering but little with the
- function of the digit. Recovery may eventually occur without
- suppuration, but it is common to have the formation of a cold abscess,
- which bursts and forms one or more sinuses. It may be difficult to
- differentiate tuberculous dactylitis from the enlargement of the
- phalanges in inherited syphilis (syphilitic dactylitis), especially when
- the tuberculous lesion occurs in a child who is the subject of inherited
- syphilis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 128.--Tuberculous Dactylitis.]
- In the syphilitic lesion, skiagrams usually show a more abundant
- formation of new bone, but in many cases the doubt is only cleared up by
- observing the results of the tuberculin test or the effects of
- anti-syphilitic treatment.
- Sarcoma of a phalanx or metacarpal bone may closely resemble a
- dactylitis both clinically and in skiagrams, but it is rare.
- _Treatment._--Recovery under conservative measures is not uncommon, and
- the functional results are usually better than those following upon
- operative treatment, although in either case the affected finger is
- liable to be dwarfed (Fig. 129). The finger should be immobilised in a
- splint, and a Bier's bandage applied to the upper arm. Operative
- interference is indicated if a cold abscess develops, if there is a
- persistent sinus, or if a sequestrum has formed, a point upon which
- information is obtained by examination with the X-rays. When a toe is
- affected, amputation is the best treatment, but in the case of a finger
- it is rarely called for. In the case of a metacarpal or metatarsal bone,
- sub-periosteal resection is the procedure of choice, saving the
- articular ends if possible.
- [Illustration: FIG. 129.--Shortening of Middle Finger of Adult, the
- result of Tuberculous Dactylitis in childhood.]
- SYPHILITIC DISEASE
- Syphilitic affections of bone may be met with at any period of the
- disease, but the graver forms occur in the tertiary stage of acquired
- and inherited syphilis. The virus is carried by the blood-stream to all
- parts of the skeleton, but the local development of the disease appears
- to be influenced by a predisposition on the part of individual bones.
- Syphilitic diseases of bone are much less common in practice than those
- due to pyogenic and tuberculous infectious, and they show a marked
- predilection for the tibia, sternum, and skull. They differ from
- tuberculous affections in the frequency with which they attack the
- shafts of bones rather than the articular ends, and in the comparative
- rarity of joint complications.
- _Evanescent periostitis_ is met with in acquired syphilis during the
- period of the early skin eruptions. The patient complains, especially at
- night, of pains over the frontal bone, ribs, sternum, tibiae, or ulnae.
- Localised tenderness is elicited on pressure, and there is slight
- swelling, which, however, rarely amounts to what may be described as a
- _periosteal node_.
- In the later stages of acquired syphilis, _gummatous periostitis and
- osteomyelitis_ occur, and are characterised by the formation in the
- periosteum and marrow of circumscribed gummata or of a diffuse gummatous
- infiltration. The framework of the bone is rarefied in the area
- immediately involved, and sclerosed in the parts beyond. If the
- gummatous tissue degenerates and breaks down, and especially if the
- overlying skin is perforated and septic infection is superadded, the
- bone disintegrates and exhibits the condition known as _syphilitic
- caries_; sometimes a portion of bone has its blood supply so far
- interfered with that it dies--_syphilitic necrosis_. Syphilitic
- sequestra are heavier and denser than normal bone, because sclerosis
- usually precedes death of the bone. The bones especially affected by
- gummatous disease are: the skull, the septum of the nose, the nasal
- bones, palate, sternum, femur, tibia, and the bones of the forearm.
- _In the bones of the skull_, gummata may form in the peri-cranium,
- diploe, or dura mater. An isolated gumma forms a firm elastic swelling,
- shading off into the surroundings. In the macerated bone there is a
- depression or an actual perforation of the calvaria; multiple gummata
- tend to fuse with one another at their margins, giving the appearance of
- a combination of circles: these sometimes surround an area of bone and
- cut it off from its blood supply (Fig. 130). If the overlying skin is
- destroyed and septic infection superadded, such an isolated area of bone
- is apt to die and furnish a sequestrum; the separation of the dead bone
- is extremely slow, partly from the want of vascularity in the sclerosed
- bone round about, and partly from the density of the sequestrum. In
- exceptional cases the necrosis involves the entire vertical plate of the
- frontal bone. Pus is formed between the bone and the dura (suppurative
- pachymeningitis), and this may be followed by cerebral abscess or by
- pyaemia. Gummatous disease in the wall of the orbit may cause
- displacement of the eye and paralysis of the ocular muscles.
- [Illustration: FIG. 130.--Syphilitic Disease of Skull, showing a
- sequestrum in process of separation.]
- On the inner surface of the skull, the formation of gummatous tissue may
- cause pressure on the brain and give rise to intense pain in the head,
- Jacksonian epilepsy, or paralysis, the symptoms varying with the seat
- and extent of the disease. The cranial nerves may be pressed upon at the
- base, especially at their points of exit, and this gives rise to
- symptoms of irritation or paralysis in the area of distribution of the
- nerves affected.
- _In the septum of the nose, the nasal bones, and the hard palate_,
- gummatous disease causes ulceration, which, beginning in the mucous
- membrane, spreads to the bones, and being complicated with septic
- infection leads to caries and necrosis. In the nose, the disease is
- attended with stinking discharge (ozoena), the extrusion of portions of
- dead bone, and subsequently with deformity characterised by loss of the
- bridge of the nose; in the palate, it is common to have a perforation,
- so that the air escapes through the nose in speaking, giving to the
- voice a characteristic nasal tone.
- _Syphilitic disease of the tibia_ may be taken as the type of the
- affection as it occurs _in the long bones_. Gummatous disease in the
- periosteum may be localised and result in the formation of a
- well-defined node, or the whole shaft may become the seat of an
- irregular nodular enlargement (Fig. 132). If the bone is macerated, it
- is found to be heavier and bulkier than normal; there is diffuse
- sclerosis with obliteration of the medullary canal, and the surface is
- uneven from heaping up of new bone--hyperostosis (Fig. 131). If a
- periosteal gumma breaks down and invades the skin, a syphilitic ulcer is
- formed with carious bone at the bottom. A central gumma may eat away the
- surrounding bone to such an extent that the shaft undergoes pathological
- fracture. In the rare cases in which it attacks the articular end of a
- long bone, gummatous disease may implicate the adjacent joint and give
- rise to syphilitic arthritis.
- [Illustration: FIG. 131.--Syphilitic Hyperostosis and Sclerosis of
- Tibia, on section and on surface view.]
- _Clinical Features._--There is severe boring pain--as if a gimlet were
- being driven into the bone. It is worst at night, preventing sleep, and
- has been ascribed to compression of the nerves in the narrowed Haversian
- canals.
- The _periosteal gumma_ appears as a smooth, circumscribed swelling which
- is soft and elastic in the centre and firm at the margins, and shades
- off into the surrounding bone. The gumma may be completely absorbed or
- it may give place to a hard node. In some cases the gumma softens in the
- centre, the skin becomes adherent, thin, and red, and finally gives way.
- The opening in the skin persists as a sinus, or develops into a typical
- ulcer with irregular, crescentic margins; in either case a probe reveals
- the presence of carious bone or of a sequestrum. The health may be
- impaired as a result of mixed infection, and the absorption of toxins
- and waxy degeneration in the viscera may ultimately be induced.
- A _central gumma_ in a long bone may not reveal its presence until it
- erupts through the shell and reaches the periosteal surface or invades
- an adjacent joint. Sometimes the first manifestation is a fracture of
- the bone produced by slight violence.
- In radiograms the appearance of syphilitic bones is usually
- characteristic. When there is hyperostosis and sclerosis, the shaft
- appears denser and broader than normal, and the contour is uneven or
- wavy. When there is a central gumma, the shadow is interrupted by a
- rounded clear area, like that of a chondroma or myeloma, but there is
- sclerosis round about.
- _Diagnosis._--The conditions most liable to be mistaken for syphilitic
- disease of bone are chronic staphylococcal osteomyelitis, tuberculosis,
- and sarcoma; and the diagnosis is to be made by the history and progress
- of the disease, the result of examination with the X-rays, and the
- results of specific tests and treatment.
- _Treatment._--The general health is to be improved by open air, by
- nourishing food, and by the administration of cod-liver oil, iron, and
- arsenic. Anti-syphilitic remedies should be given, and if they are
- administered before there is any destruction of tissue, the benefit
- derived from them is usually marked.
- Radiograms show the rapid absorption of the new bone both on the surface
- and in the marrow, and are of value in establishing the therapeutic
- diagnosis.
- In certain cases, and particularly when there are destructive changes in
- the bone complicated with pyogenic infection, specific remedies have
- little effect. In cases of persistent or relapsing gummatous disease
- with ulceration of skin, it is often necessary to remove the diseased
- soft parts with the sharp spoon and scissors, and to gouge or chisel
- away the unhealthy bone, on the same lines as in tuberculous disease.
- When hyperostosis and sclerosis of the bone is attended with severe pain
- which does not yield to blistering, the periosteum may be incised and
- the sclerosed bone perforated with a drill or trephine.
- #Lesions of Bone in Inherited Syphilis.#--_Craniotabes_, in which the
- flat bones of the skull undergo absorption in patches, was formerly
- regarded as syphilitic, but it is now known to result from prolonged
- malnutrition from any cause. _Bossing of the skull_ resulting in the
- formation of Parrot's nodes is also being withdrawn from the category of
- syphilitic affections. The lesions in infancy--epiphysitis, bossing of
- the skull, and craniotabes--have been referred to in the chapter on
- inherited syphilis.
- _Epiphysitis or Syphilitic Perichondritis._--The first of these terms is
- misleading, because the lesion involves the ossifying junction and the
- shaft of the bone, and the epiphysis only indirectly. The young bone is
- replaced by granulation tissue, so that large clear areas are seen with
- the X-rays. The symptoms are referred to the joint, because it is there
- that the muscles are inserted and drag on the perichondrium when
- movement occurs; swelling is most marked in the vicinity of the joint,
- and it may be added to by effusion into the synovial cavity. The baby,
- usually under six months, is noticed to be feverish and fretful and to
- cry when touched. The mother discovers that the pain is caused by moving
- a particular limb, usually the arm, as the humerus, radius, and ulna are
- the bones most commonly affected; the limb, moreover, hangs useless at
- the side as if paralysed, and the condition was formerly described as
- _syphilitic pseudo-paralysis_.
- The lesions met with later correspond to those of the tertiary period of
- the acquired disease, but as they affect bones which are still actively
- growing, the effects are more striking. Gummatous disease may come and
- go over periods of many years, with the result that the external
- appearance and architectural arrangement of a long bone come to be
- profoundly altered. In the tibia, for example, the shaft is bowed
- forward in a gentle curve, which is compared to the curve of a
- sabre--"sabre-blade" deformity (Fig. 132). The diffuse thickening all
- round the bone obscures the sharp margins so that the bone becomes
- circular in section and the anterior and mesial edges are blunted, and
- the comparison to a cucumber is deserved. In some cases the tibia is
- actually increased in length as well as in girth.
- [Illustration: FIG. 132.--Sabre-blade Deformity of Left Tibia in
- Inherited Syphilis.
- (From a photograph lent by Sir George T. Beatson.)]
- The contrast between the grossly enlarged and misshapen tibia and the
- normal or even attenuated fibula is a striking one.
- _Treatment_ is carried out on lines similar to those recommended in the
- acquired disease. When curving of the tibia causes disability in
- walking, the bone may be straightened by a cuneiform resection.
- _Syphilitic dactylitis_ is met with chiefly in children. It may affect
- any of the fingers or toes, but is commonest in the first phalanx of the
- index-finger or of the thumb. Several fingers may be attacked at the
- same time or in succession. The lesion consists in a gummatous
- infiltration of the soft parts surrounding the phalanx, or a gummatous
- osteomyelitis, but there is practically no tendency to break down and
- discharge, or to the formation of a sequestrum as is so common in
- tuberculous dactylitis.
- The finger becomes the seat of a swelling, which is more evident on the
- dorsal aspect, and, according to the distribution and extent of the
- disease, it is acorn-shaped, fusiform, or cylindrical. It is firm and
- elastic, and usually painless. The movements are impaired, especially if
- the joints are involved. In its early stages the disease is amenable to
- anti-syphilitic treatment, and complete recovery is the rule.
- HYDATID DISEASE
- This rare disease results from the lodgment of the embryos of the taenia
- echinoccus, which are conveyed to the marrow by the blood-stream. The
- cysts are small, usually about the size of a pin-head, and they are
- present in enormous numbers scattered throughout the marrow. The parts
- of the skeleton most often affected are the articular ends of the long
- bones, the bodies of the vertebrae, and the pelvis.
- As the cysts increase in number and in size, the framework of the bone
- is gradually absorbed, and there result excavations or cavities. The
- marrow and spongy bone first disappear, the compact tissue then becomes
- thin, and pathological fracture may result. The bone becomes expanded,
- and the cysts may escape through perforations into the surrounding
- cellular tissue, and when thus freed from confinement may attain
- considerable dimensions. Suppuration from superadded pyogenic infection
- may be attended with extensive necrosis, and lead to disorganisation of
- the adjacent joint.
- _Clinical Features._--The patient complains of deep-seated pains. In
- superficial bones, such as the tibia, there is enlargement, and it may
- be possible to recognise egg-shell crackling, or unequal consistence of
- the bone, which is hard in some parts, and doughy and elastic in others.
- The disease may pursue an indolent course during months or years until
- some complication occurs, such as suppuration or fracture. With the
- occurrence of suppuration the disease becomes more active, and abscesses
- may form in the soft parts and in the adjacent joint. In the vertebral
- column, hydatids give rise to angular deformity and paraplegia. In the
- pelvis, there is usually great enlargement of the bones, and when
- suppuration occurs it is apt to infect the hip-joint and to terminate
- fatally.
- Examination with the X-rays shows the characteristic excavations of the
- bone caused by the cysts. The disease is liable to be mistaken for
- central tumour, gumma, tuberculosis, or abscess of bone.
- The _treatment_ consists in thorough eradication of the parasite by
- operation. The bone is laid open and scraped or resected according to
- the extent of the disease, and the raw surfaces swabbed with 1 per cent.
- formalin. In advanced cases complicated with spontaneous fracture or
- with suppuration, amputation affords the best chance of recovery.
- The lesions in the bones resulting from _actinomycosis_ and from
- _mycetoma_, have been described with these diseases.
- CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES ATTENDED WITH LESIONS IN THE BONES
- These include rickets, scurvy-rickets, osteomalacia, ostitis deformans,
- osteomyelitis fibrosa, fragilitas ossium, and diseases of the nervous
- system.
- RICKETS
- Rickets or rachitis is a constitutional disease associated with
- disturbance of nutrition, and attended with changes in the skeleton.
- The disease is most common and most severe among the children of the
- poorer classes in large cities, who are improperly fed and are brought
- up in unhealthy surroundings. There is evidence that the most important
- factors in the causation of rickets are ill-health of the mother during
- pregnancy, and the administration to the child after its birth of food
- which is defective in animal fat, proteids, and salts of lime, or which
- contains these in such a form that they are not readily assimilated. The
- occurrence of the disease is favoured, and its features are aggravated,
- by imperfect oxygenation of the blood as the result of a deficiency of
- fresh air and sunlight, want of exercise, and by other conditions which
- prevail in the slums of large towns.
- _Pathological Anatomy._--The most striking feature is the softness
- (malacia) of the bones, due to excessive absorption of osseous tissue,
- and the formation of an imperfectly calcified tissue at the sites of
- ossification. The affected bones lose their rigidity, so that they are
- bent under the weight of the body, by the traction of muscles, and by
- other mechanical forces.
- The _periosteum_ is thick and vascular, and when detached carries with
- it plates and spicules of soft porous bone. The new bone may be so
- abundant that it forms a thick crust on the surface, and in the flat
- bones of the skull this may be heaped up in the form of bosses or ridges
- resembling those ascribed to inherited syphilis.
- In the epiphysial cartilages and at the ossifying junctions, all the
- processes concerned in ossification, excepting the deposition of lime
- salts, occur to an exaggerated degree. The cartilage of the epiphysial
- disc proliferates actively and irregularly, so that it becomes softer,
- thicker, and wider, and gives rise to a visible swelling, best seen at
- the lower end of the radius and lower end of the tibia, and at the
- costo-chondral junctions where the series of beaded swellings is known
- as the "rickety rosary."
- The ossifying zone is increased in depth; the marrow is abnormally
- vascular; and the new bone that is formed is imperfectly calcified. The
- result is that the bones may never attain their normal length, and they
- remain stunted throughout life as in rickety dwarfs (Fig. 133), or the
- shafts may grow unequally and come to deviate from their normal axes as
- in knock-knee and bow-knee.
- [Illustration: FIG. 133.--Skeleton of Rickety Dwarf, known as
- "Bowed Joseph," leader of the Meal Riots in Edinburgh, who died in 1780.
- (Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
- These changes are well brought out in skiagrams; instead of the
- well-defined narrow line which represents the epiphysial cartilage,
- there is an ill-defined, blurred zone of considerable depth.
- In the shafts of the long bones, owing to the excessive absorption of
- bone, the cortex becomes porous, the spongy bone is rarefied, and the
- bones readily bend or break under mechanical influences. When the
- disease is arrested, a process of repair sets in which often results in
- the bones becoming denser and heavier than normal. In the flat bones of
- the skull, the absorption may result in the entire disappearance of
- areas of bone, leaving a membrane which dimples like thin cardboard
- under the pressure of the finger--a condition known as _craniotabes_.
- _Changes in the Skeleton before the Child is able to walk._--The
- fontanelles remain open until the end of the second year or longer, and
- the frontal and parietal eminences are unduly prominent. There is
- sometimes hydrocephalus, and the head is characteristically enlarged.
- The jaws are altered so that while the upper jaw is contracted into the
- shape of a #V#, the lower jaw is square instead of rounded in outline,
- and the teeth do not oppose one another. In the _thorax_, the chief
- feature may be the beading at the costo-chondral junctions, principally
- of the fifth and sixth ribs or its walls may be contracted,
- particularly if respiration is interfered with as a result of bronchial
- catarrh or adenoids. The contraction may take the form of a vertical
- groove on each side, or of a horizontal groove at the level of the upper
- end of the xiphi-sternum; when the sternum and cartilages form a
- projection in front, the deformity is known as "pigeon-breast."
- The _spine_ may be curved backwards--_kyphosis_--throughout its
- whole extent or only in one part; or it may be curved to one
- side--_scoliosis_.
- In the _limbs_, the prominent features are the deficient growth in
- length of the long bones, the enlargements at the epiphysial junctions,
- and the bending, and occasional greenstick fracture, of the shafts. The
- degree of enlargement of the epiphysial junctions is directly
- proportionate to the amount of movement to which the bone is subjected
- (John Thomson). The curves at this stage depend on the attitude of the
- child while sitting or being carried--for example, the arm bones become
- bent in children who paddle about the floor with the aid of their arms;
- and in a child who lies on its back with the lower limbs everted, the
- weight of the limb may lead to curvature of the neck of the femur--coxa
- vara. The clavicle or humerus may sustain greenstick fracture from the
- child being lifted by the arms; the femur, by a fall. From the extreme
- laxity of the ligaments, the joints can be moved beyond the normal
- limits, and the child is often observed to twist its limbs into abnormal
- attitudes.
- _In Children who have walked._--In these children the most important
- deformities occur in the spine, pelvis, and lower extremities, and
- result for the most part from yielding of the softened bones under the
- weight of the body. Scoliosis is the usual type of spinal curvature, and
- in extreme cases it may lead to a pronounced form of hump-back. The
- pelvis may remain small (_justo-minor pelvis_), or it may be contracted
- in the sagittal plane (_flat pelvis_); when the bones are unusually
- soft, the acetabular portions are pushed inwards by the femora bearing
- the weight of the body, and the pelvis assumes the shape of a trefoil,
- as in the malacia of women. The shaft of the femur is curved forwards
- and laterally; the bones of the leg laterally as in bow-leg, or
- forwards, or forwards and laterally just above the ankle. The
- deformities at the knee (genu valgum, genu varum, and genu recurvatum),
- and at the hip (coxa vara), will be described in the volume dealing with
- the Extremities.
- The majority of cases seen in surgical practice suffer from the
- deformities resulting from rickets rather than from the active disease.
- The examination of a large series of children at different ages shows
- that the deformities become less and less frequent with each year. Those
- who recover may ultimately show no trace of rickets, and this is
- especially true of children who grow at the average rate; in those,
- however, in whom growth is retarded, especially from the fifth to the
- seventh year, the deformities are apt to be permanent. It may be noted
- that the scoliosis due to rickets has little tendency towards recovery.
- _Treatment._--The treatment of the disease consists in regulating the
- diet, improving the surroundings, and preventing deformity. Phosphorus
- in doses of 100th grain may be given dissolved in cod-liver oil, and
- preparations of iron and lime may be added with advantage. To avoid
- those postures which predispose to deformities, the child should lie as
- much as possible. In the well-to-do classes this is readily accomplished
- by the aid of a nurse and the use of a perambulator. In hospital
- out-patients the child is kept off its feet by the use of a light wooden
- splint applied to the lateral aspect of each lower extremity, and
- extending from the pelvis to 6 inches beyond the sole.
- When deformities are already present, the treatment depends upon whether
- or not there is any prospect of the bone straightening naturally. Under
- five years of age this may, as a rule, be confidently expected; the
- child should be kept off its feet, and the limbs bathed and massaged. In
- children of five or six and upwards, the prospect of natural
- straightening is a diminishing one, and it is more satisfactory to
- correct the deformity by operation. In rickety curvature of the spine,
- the child should lie on a firm mattress, or, to allow of its being taken
- into the open air, upon a double Thomas' splint extending from the
- occiput to the heels; the muscles acting on the trunk should be braced
- up by massage and appropriate exercises.
- #Late Rickets# or #Rachitis Adolescentium# is met with at any age from
- nine to seventeen, and is generally believed to be due to a
- recrudescence of rickets which had been present in childhood. The
- disease is not attended with any disturbance of the general health; the
- pathological changes are the same as in infantile rickets, but are for
- the most part confined to the ossifying junctions, especially those
- which are most active during adolescence, for example at the knee-joint.
- The patient is easily tired, complains of pain in the bones, and, unless
- care is taken, deformity is liable to ensue. There can be no doubt that
- adolescent rickets plays an important part in the production of the
- deformities which occur at or near puberty, especially knock-knee and
- bow-knee.
- #Scurvy-Rickets# or #Infantile Scurvy#.--This disease, described by
- Barlow and Cheadle, is met with in infants under two years who have been
- brought up upon sterilised or condensed milk and other proprietary
- foods, and is most common in the well-to-do classes. The haemorrhages,
- which are so characteristic of the disease, are usually preceded for
- some weeks by a cachectic condition, with listlessness and debility and
- disinclination for movement. Very commonly the child ceases to move one
- of his lower limbs--pseudo-paralysis--and screams if it is touched; a
- swelling is found over one of the bones, usually the femur, accompanied
- by exquisite tenderness; the skin is tense and shiny, and there may be
- some oedema. These symptoms are due to a sub-periosteal haemorrhage, and
- associated with this there may be crepitus from separation of an
- epiphysis, rarely from fracture of the shaft of the bone. X-ray
- photographs show enlargement of the bone, the periosteum being raised
- from the shaft and new bone formed in relation to it. Haemorrhages also
- occur into the skin, presenting the appearance of bruises, into the
- orbit and conjunctiva, and from the mucous membranes.
- The _treatment_ consists in correcting the errors in diet. The infant
- should have a wet nurse or a plentiful supply of cow's milk in its
- natural state. Anti-scorbutics in the form of orange, lemon, or grape
- juice, and of potatoes bruised down in milk, may be given.
- #Osteomalacia.#--The term osteomalacia includes a group of conditions,
- closely allied to rickets, in which the bones of adults become soft and
- yielding, so that they are unduly liable to bend or break.
- One form occurs in _pregnant and puerperal women_, affecting most
- commonly the pelvis and lumbar vertebrae, but sometimes the entire
- skeleton. The lime salts are absorbed, the bones lose their rigidity and
- bend under the weight of the body and other mechanical influences, with
- the result that gross deformities are produced, particularly in the
- pelvis, the lumbar spine, and the hip-joints.
- _Neuropathic_ forms occur in certain chronic diseases of the brain and
- cord; in some cases the bones lose their lime salts and bend, in others
- they become brittle.
- _Osteomalacia associated with New Growths in the Skeleton._--When
- _secondary cancer_ is widely distributed throughout the skeleton, it is
- associated with softening of the bones, as a result of which they
- readily bend or break, and after death are easily cut with a knife. In
- the disease known as _multiple myeloma_, the interior of the ribs,
- sternum, and bodies of the vertebrae is occupied by a reddish gelatinous
- pulp, the structure of which resembles sarcoma; the bones are reduced to
- a mere shell, and may break on the slightest pressure; the urine
- contains albumose, a substance resembling albumen but coagulating at a
- comparatively low temperature (140 o F.), and the coagulum is
- re-dissolved on boiling, and it is readily precipitated by hydrochloric
- acid (Bence-Jones).
- #Ostitis Deformans--Paget's Disease of Bone.#--This rare disease was
- first described by Sir James Paget in 1877. In the early stages, the
- marrow is transformed into a vascular connective tissue; its bone-eating
- functions are exaggerated, and the framework of the bone becomes
- rarefied, so that it bends under pressure as in osteomalacia. In course
- of time, however, new bone is formed in great abundance; it is at first
- devoid of lime salts, but later becomes calcified, so that the bones
- regain their rigidity. This formation of new bone is much in excess of
- the normal, the bones become large and bulky, their surfaces rough and
- uneven, their texture sclerosed in parts, and the medullary canal is
- frequently obliterated. These changes are well brought out in X-ray
- photographs. The curving of the long bones, which is such a striking
- feature of the disease, may be associated with actual lengthening, and
- the changes are sometimes remarkably symmetrical (Fig. 135). The bones
- forming the cranium may be enormously thickened, the sutures are
- obliterated, the distinction into tables and diploe is lost, and, while
- the general texture is finely porous, there may be areas as dense as
- ivory (Fig. 134).
- [Illustration: FIG. 134.--Changes in the Skull resulting from Ostitis
- Deformans.
- (Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
- _Clinical Features._--The disease is usually met with in persons over
- fifty years of age. It is insidious in its onset, and, the patient's
- attention may be first attracted by the occurrence of vague pains in the
- back or limbs; by the enlargement and bending of such bones as the tibia
- or femur; or by a gradual increase in the size of the head,
- necessitating the wearing of larger hats. When the condition is fully
- developed, the attitude and general appearance are eminently
- characteristic. The height is diminished, and, owing to the curving of
- the lower limbs and spine, the arms appear unnaturally long; the head
- and upper part of the spine are bent forwards; the legs are held apart,
- slightly flexed at the knees, and are rotated out as well as curved; the
- whole appearance suggests that of one of the large anthropoid apes. The
- muscles of the limbs may waste to such an extent as to leave the large,
- curved, misshapen bones covered only by the skin (Fig. 135). In the
- majority of cases the bones of the lower extremities are much earlier
- and more severely affected than those of the upper extremity, but the
- capacity of walking is usually maintained even in the presence of great
- deformity. In a case observed by Byrom Bramwell, the patient suffered
- from a succession of fractures over a period of years.
- [Illustration: FIG. 135.--Cadaver, illustrating the alterations in the
- Lower Limbs resulting from Ostitis Deformans.]
- The disease may last for an indefinite period, the general health
- remaining long unaffected. In a considerable number of the recorded
- cases one of the bones became the seat of sarcoma.
- #Osteomyelitis Fibrosa.#--This comparatively rare disease, which was
- first described by Recklinghausen, presents many interesting features.
- Because of its causing deformities of the bones and an undue liability
- to fracture, and being chiefly met with in adolescents, it is regarded
- by some authors as a juvenile form of Paget's disease. It may be
- diffused throughout the skeleton--we have seen it in the skull and in
- the bones of the extremities--or it may be confined to a single bone,
- usually the femur, or, what is more remarkable, the condition may affect
- a portion only of the shaft of a long bone and be sharply defined from
- the normal bone in contact with it.
- [Illustration: FIG. 136.--Osteomyelitis Fibrosa affecting Femora in a
- man aet. 19. The curving of the bones is due to multiple fractures.]
- On longitudinal section of a long bone during the active stage of the
- disease, the marrow is seen to be replaced by a vascular young
- connective tissue which encroaches on the surrounding spongy bone,
- reducing it to the slenderest proportions; the formation of bone from
- the periosteum does not keep pace with the absorption and replacement
- going on in the interior, and the cortex may be reduced to a thin shell
- of imperfectly calcified bone which can be cut with a knife. The young
- connective tissue which replaces the marrow is not unlike that seen in
- osteomalacia; it is highly vascular and may show haemorrhages of various
- date; there are abundant giant cells of the myeloma type, and
- degeneration and liquefaction of tissue may result in the formation of
- cysts, which, when they constitute a prominent feature, are responsible
- for the name--_osteomyelitis fibrosa cystica_--sometimes applied to the
- condition.
- It would appear that most of the recorded cases of _cysts of bone_ owe
- their origin to this disease, while the abundance of giant cells with
- occasional islands of cartilage in the wall of such cysts is responsible
- for the view formerly held that they owed their origin to the
- liquefaction of a solid tumour, such as a myeloma, a chondroma, or even
- a sarcoma. Although the tissue elements in this disease resemble those
- of a new growth arising in the marrow, they differ in their arrangement
- and in their method of growth; there is no tendency to erupt through the
- cortex of the bone, to invade the soft parts, or to give rise to
- secondary growths.
- _Clinical Features._--The onset of the disease is insidious, and
- attention is usually first directed to it by the occurrence of fracture
- of the shaft of one of the long bones--usually the femur--from violence
- that would be insufficient to break a healthy bone. Apart from fracture,
- the great increase in the size of one of the long bones and its uneven
- contour are sufficiently remarkable to suggest examination with the
- X-rays, by means of which the condition is at once recognised. A
- systematic examination of the other long bones will often reveal the
- presence of the disease at a stage before the bone is altered
- externally.
- Symmetrical bossing of the skull was present in the case shown in
- Figs. 136 and 137, and there were also scattered patches of brown
- pigmentation of the skin of the face, neck, and trunk, similar to those
- met with in generalised neuro-fibromatosis. Apart from fracture, the
- disease is recognised by the thickening and usually also by the curving
- of the shafts of the long bones. It is easy to understand the curvature
- of bones that have passed through a soft stage and also of those that
- have been broken and badly united, but it is difficult to account for
- the curvatures that have no such cause; for example, we have seen
- marked curve of the radius in a forearm of which the ulna was quite
- straight. The curvature probably resulted from exaggerated growth in
- length.
- [Illustration: FIG. 137.--Radiogram of Upper End of Femur showing
- appearances in Osteomyelitis Fibrosa.]
- The X-ray appearances vary with the stage of the malady, not estimated
- in time, for the condition is chronic and may become stationary, but
- according to whether it is progressive or undergoing repair. The shadow
- of the bone presents a poor contrast to the soft parts, and no trace of